1
•*****
R85
W
*
Sens
A
ܐܢܐܬ
**

►
■
Biru
8% SENGAGE INNERving at a mont
24 import
1000
1
Scarce
!
1837)
.......
ARTES
LIBRARY
VERITAS
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
ZEROLIFE VCUIS
SCIENTIA
OF THE
TUBBOR
AI-QUÆRIS PENINSULAM AMIENAM
CIRCUMSPICE
TALIADKIKISIKIAINTE HAPA TARONGAN/CO
C
MIG
i
"Takan "Gallery typograda "vat" ja laanantaista radami per Calda
kwake..
g
PM MONDA
SUKA
ས
Ca
f
!
י}
:
1
3

SE CHRESTOMATHY
¡
CANTON DIALECT.
IN THE
ان کا شعور
Br E C. BRIDGMAN.
MACAO.
S. WELLS WILLIAM
DCA
Un
i
...
··
WITH much solicitude this Chrestomathy is now presented to the friends and patrons of
Chinese literature in general, and in particular to the members of the "Society for the Diffusion
off Useful Knowledge in China," under whose auspices it was commenced.
Reference to the table of contents, with a glance at the body of the work, will afford an idea
of what is comprised in the volume.
The books and native assistants employed in preparing the work and always availed of as
much as possible need not be here specified; it would, however, be unjust to pass without
grateful acknowledgment— the aid afforded by Mr. J. R. Morrison in reading and revising
large portions of the manuscript — by Mr. Robert Thom in preparing the fifth and sixth sections
on commercial affairs and by Mr. S. Wells Williams in preparing the chapters on Natural
History, with some other minor portions, and the whole of the Index. By the kind assistance
of these gentlemen the value of the work has been very much enhanced.
For the errors which the critical reader cannot fail to observe, some explanation is due. A
few words have different meanings, which must be indicated by different orthography, or tones,
or both; all these are to be carefully distinguished from those words that have no such diversity
of usage. Many of the errors in the orthography of Chinese words, and in their tones and
aspirates, are attributable to the withdrawal of native assistants engaged to aid in compiling
the work. This withdrawal was occasioned by the shutting up of foreigners in Canton, and the
disturbed state of political affairs which ensued. The inconveniences, hindrances, and losses
arising from this source have been many. The want of a well-established standard (there
being no translation of any dictionary printed in this dialect) has been an additional cause of
embarrassment.
M
PREFACE.
The information respecting China and its productions, the people and their customs, the go-
vernment and its laws, &c., &c., contained in the volume, will render it of value to the general
scholar, while it will form a convenient manual in particular for the student of the language.
If the Chrestomathy, by serving these purposes, shall aid in bringing about a better state of
relations between foreigners and the Chinese, and in facilitating a more friendly intercourse,
desirable and useful alike to all, the object of its publication will be fully gained.
E. C'. B.
Macao, June 10th, 1841.
{-
1.Object of the Chrestomathy,
II. Character of this Dialect,
dalaga
III. Orthography adopted,
IV. — Diacritical Marks,
M
V.
VI.
VII. Chinese Grammar,
VIII. — Chinese Literature,
IX. Student's Library,
X. — Mode of Study,
CONTENTS.
INTRODUCTION.
Explanation of the Tones,
The General Language,
MA
SECT. 1. — Exercises in Conversation,
SECT. 2. — Exercises in Conversation,
SECT. 3. Exercises in Reading,
SECT. 4. Exercises in Conversation,
SECT. 5.- Exercises in Writing,
SECT. 6. — Exercises in Writing,
G
M
SECT. 1. Shape and motions of the Head,
SECT. 2. Parts and motions of Eye,
SECT. 3.
- Form and functions of the Nose,
SECT. 4. - Form and functions of the Mouth,
Parts and functions of the Ear,
SECT. 5.
SECT. 6.-
Form and expression of the Face,
SECT. 7. — The Four Limbs,
SECT. 8. — The Collective Parts of the Body,
CHAPTER I.
STUDY OF CHINESE.
CHAPTER II.
THE HUMAN BODY.
A
SECT. 1.— Of Parents,
SECT. 2. Of Ancestors,
CHAPTER II I.
SÉCт. 3. — Of Sons and Grandsons,
SECT 4.Of Husband and Wife,
THE KINDRED RELATIONS.
1
P
$
W
ܝ
XV.
xvi.
xvii.
xxxiv.
T
ii.
iii.
iv.
X.

100
16
- 19
25
1
7
9
· 42
47
- 50
53
- 56
60
- 63
70
S
CONTENTS.
SECT. 1.
Of Sages,
SECT. 2. - Of Worthies,
(
SECT. 3.- Of Excellent Men,
SECT. 4. Of Just Men,
SECT. 5. — Of Philanthropists,
SECT. 6.- Of Good Men,
SECT. 7.—Of Heroes,
SECT.
8. — Of Bards,
SECT. 9. — Of the Middling Classes,
SECT. 10.— Of the Lower Classes,
SECT. 5.
SECT. 6.
SECT. 7.
SECT. 8.
SECT. 9.
P
1.Of Renting Houses,
SECT.
SECT. 2.- Of Apartments of Houses,
SECT. 3. Of Furniture of Houses,
SECT. 4. Articles of Dress,
SECT. 5. Of the Toilet,
SECT. 6. — Of the Bedroom,
SECT. 7.- Articles of Food,
SECT. 8. Of the Steward,
--
CHAPTER IV.
CLASSES OF MEN.
SECT. 9. — Of the Breakfast Table,
SECT. 10. — Of the Dinner Table,
SECT. 11.— Of the Tea Table,
SECT. 12. - Rules of Visiting,
Ab
-
CHAPTER V.
SECT. 1. Of Renting Shops,
SECT. 2.-— Of Commercial Articles and Terms,
SECT. 3. Regulations respecting Pilots,
SECT. 4.
Different kinds of Teas,
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
Name
CHAPTER V I.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS,
Dialogue on buying Woolens,
Dialogue on buying Piece Goods,
National Coins,
- Varieties of Silk,
- Edict for the Delivery of Opium,
CHAPTER VI I.
"
MECHANICAL AFFAIRS.
Artificers,
na
<
40
109
111
113
114
116
118
119
121
123
125
127
130
134
146
150
156
160
168
173
175
179
182

190
195
219
224
233
245
257
263
268
277
285
!
SECT. 1. Various Kinds of Edifices,
SECT. 2.The Parts of Buildings,
SECT. 3. Of Ships and their Appendages,
SECT. 4. Of Carriages and Sedans,
J
SECT. 1.
SECT. 2.
SEC
SECT
SEC
SECT
SEC
SEC
SEC
SECT. 1.Implements of Agriculture,
Agricultural Operations,
SECT. 2.
SECT. 3. On the Importance of Agriculture,
SECT. 1-Of Ceremonial Rites,
SECT. 2
SECT. 31
SECT. 4.
SECT. 5.
I
On Writing,
SEOT. 6. — On Arithmetic,
S
C
CHAPTER
dej
ARCHITECTURE.
Numerical Characters,
Rules of Arithmetic,
SECT. 3.
Measures of Length,
SECT. 4. Measures of Capacity,
SECT. 5. Weights,
SECT. 6. Land Measures,
SECT. 7. Measures of Time,
SECT. 8-Geometry and Trigonometry,
SECT 9. Of Astronomy,
→→
CONTENTS.
CHAPTER IX.
AGRICULTURE.
CHAPTER X.
THE LIBERAL ARTS.
Musical Instruments,
Rules of Archery,
Charioteering Illustrated,
VIII.
CHAPTER X I.
MATHEMATICS.
CHAPTER X I I.
Shape of the Earth,
Meteorology,
GEOGRAPHY.
Nations of Asia,
Nations of Europe,
Nations of Africa,
s of Ame
307
313
320
329
333
340
347
353
356
366
365
370
372

375
378
380
383
384
386
388
393
396
399
403
406
SE
SEC
s s
CONTENTS.
SECT. 1.- Minerals,
SECT. 2. Metals,
SECT. 1.— Parts of Plants,
SECT. 2.—Forest Trees,
SECT. 3. - Fruit Trees,
g
Ger
SECT. 1.
SECT. 2.
SECT. 3.
SECT. 4.Vegetables and Grains,
SECT. 5. Ornamental Flowers,
SECT. 6. — Miscellaneous Plants,
Categ
SECT. 1.— Parts of Animals,
SECT. 2. Mammalia,
SECT. 3.
SECT. 4.
SECT. 5.
SECT. 6.
SECT. 7. — Insects,
A
CHAPTER XI I I.
MINERALOGY.
SECT. 4. — Anatomy,
SECT. 5. Surgery,
CHAPTER XI V.
M
BOTANY.
Birds,
Reptiles,
Fishes,
Crustacea and Mollusca,
CHAPTER X V.
ww
ZOOLOGY.
CHAPTER XV I.
Conversation on Medicine,
Nosology,
Materia Medica,
MEDICINE.
AN
CHAPTER X VI I.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
SECT. 1.—The Penal Code,
TABLES I to IV. Scales of Punishment and Redemption therefrom,
SECT. 2.-Imperial Titles,
SECT. 3. — Imperial Family,
SECT 4. Inner Council,
oral Council,
Boards,
*
{
AR
CLA
429
433
436
440
442
447
451
457
460
466
471
477
479
490
493

497
501
508
515
525
533
556
558
563
567
573
576
582
586
605
395
INTRODUCTION.
I. OBJECT OF THE CHRESTOMATHY.
THE Chrestomathy is designed to furnish a series of easy lessons comprising, as its title.
indicates, simple instruction, or that which is plain and useful. Its object is threefold: to
aid foreigners in learning the Chinese, to assist native youth in acquiring the English tongue,
and to show how far this language can be expressed and acquired through the medium of the
Roman letters. Throughout the work, the English, the Chinese characters, and their sounds,
Occupy three parallel columns on each page. The Chinese, in the middle column, is written
in the local dialect, only excepting the extracts from the classics and other standard works, law
phrases, with forms of edicts, &c. The English, in the column on the left, is a translation of
the Chinese; and the sounds, or the Romanized Chinese, fill the column on the right. A few
notes and explanations, designed to illustrate the text, are supplied at the bottom of each page.
Used from time immemorial,-often by clans having but little intercourse with each other,
perhaps in some instances by tribes once distinct from the Chinese,-this language has gradually
branched into dialects, some more and some less rernoved from the original tongue. These
dialects differ from each other, like the cognate languages of Europe; and the principal ones,
like the Italian and its kindred branches, require separate elementary treatises to facilitate their
acquisition. Of such works the Chinese have a few; these few, however, are of little value, and
none of them have yet been translated. For acquiring a knowledge of the Chinese Language,
appropriately so styled-or that form of it generally used by the literati and by the officers of
government, and hence sometimes, perhaps erroneously, called the mandarin or court dialect-the
works of Prémare, Marshman, Morrison, and Rémusat, are well known and highly approved.
For studying one of the principal dialects of Fukien, Mr. Medhurst's Dictionary is a valuable
help. But, excepting a small Vocabulary published by Dr. Morrison in 1829, no work of any
note has yet been provided for the student in this dialect—a dialect spoken by all the inhabi-
tants of this metropolis, and by great numbers in adjacent cities and villages. Such neglect of
this dialect, after more than two centuries of intercourse with the people of Canton, ought not
to be continued; and it is hoped that the Chrestomathy, appearing under circumstances, and in
a time like the present, will be received with approbation, and be found useful to those for whom
it is designed.
II.
CHARACTER OF THIS DIALECT.
Diversities in the modes of speech, and deviations from the most approved usages, exist in
every tongue; and it is often difficult to determine which of several usages should be regarded as
the standard. That now most prevalent in Peking, among the people about the court, differs
considerably from that once dominant, and still extensively used, known as the Nanking dialect,
or the language of the southern court. In their present position, foreigners are unable to
ascertain even the number of dialects spoken within the empire. They cannot be few. How-
D
ii.
INTRODUCTION.
ever, with reference to such as are known, some particulars may be here noticed. In the first
place, the differences, between the colloquial style and that generally used in books, seem to
be greater in the Chinese than they are in most other languages. These differences are not
everywhere the same. For example, in that dialect given in Mr. Medhurst's Dictionary, the
differences between the colloquial and the written idioms are far greater than they are in the
dialect of Canton. In the second place, standard works, which form the great body of national
literature, are read and understood with nearly equal ease by people in every part of the empire,
however much their local dialects may differ from the style of those works. In the third place,
the system of intonation, except in a few instances, appears to be one and the same in all the
dialects. But it is not true, (as some have supposed,) that Chinese books can be understood by
people of the neighboring states-Lewchew, Japan, &c.,-unless, like all other foreigners and like
the Chinese themselves, they have by dint of study acquired a knowledge of the language. And,
in the fourth place, the characters preserve an unvarying form in all parts of the empire: a
partial exception to this, however, is occasioned by the use of well-known characters, slightly
changed to express new local phrases; in all such cases, regard is had only to the sound of the
characters; while the addition, usually that of hau (a mouth) to the left side, indicates that
the character is changed. For instance, the three characters A used to express the
sound of the word hampaláng (all), have no meaning in themselves when used in this collocation,
their united sound being alone attended to and recognized. So with names of persons, coun-
tries, &c. When the word is well known, the hau is usually omitted, as mi sz' for
Mr.; sín sz' for cents, &c.
先​士
​The characteristics of the Canton dialect are limited to the pronunciation, choice, and col-
location of words. In these three particulars, the deviations from the standard language are
less than in many of the other dialects; still they are too numerous to be here specified. A
reference to Morrison's Dictionary will show the principal differences in pronunciation. And a
careful comparison, throughout the following pages, of the extracts from standard works with the
sections written in the local dialect will in a measure illustrate its peculiarities in the choice and
collocation of words. The books written in this dialect are but few, and they are sometimes
accompanied with glossaries, containing explanations of the dialectical words and phrases.

III.
ORTHOGRAPHY ADOPTED.
The system of orthography proposed by sir William Jones, afterwards recommended by Mr.
Pickering, and now adopted, with some variations, throughout almost all India, in the islands of the
Pacific, and among the native tribes of North America, seems better fitted than any other to ex-
press the sounds of the Chinese language. And with few exceptions and alterations, it has been
followed in this work. The system is too well-known to need here any explanations, and too
generally approved to need any defense. The changes made in it are such as the peculiarities
of the Chinese language necessarily require. In defining the letters, no attempt has been made
to distinguish the double vowels from the true diphthongs, nor to separate the consonants into
different classes.
A
1.
2.
3.
VOWELS AND Diphthongs.
a pronounced as in quota, America, agreeable, and like short u in tun, pun.
á pronounced as in calm, balm, father.
é pronounced as a in may, lay, and as ei in neigh.
INTRODUCTION.
iii.
1
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
i pronounced short as in pin, sin, sing.
í pronounced long as in machine, marine, police.
33.
6 pronounced as in lord, as aw in awful, and as a in all, tall.
ò pronounced as in no, so; or as ow in snow, flow, glow.
{
u pronounced as in bull, pull; or as oo in foot, book.
ú pronounced as in rule; or oo in school, fool.
ü pronounced as in l'une; the French sound.
ai pronounced as in aisle; as ie in tie; or as i in life, but closer.
ái pronounced nearly like the word aye.
16. ch pronounced as in chair, cheap.
18.
19.
17. ƒ pronounced as in fine, fair, face.
h pronounced as in he, home, house.
k pronounced as in kite, key, king.
kw pronounced as qu in quite, quash.
1 pronounced as in lane, lay, low, long.
m pronounced as in may, man, much.
n pronounced as in nay, new, no.
ng pronounced as in singing; as an initial sound it may be represented by sounding the
word hanging, omitting the first two letters.
p pronounced as in pay, pomp, pound.
au pronounced as ou in plough, our; or as ow in cow, brow, but closer.
{
áu pronounced like the preceding, with the a long.
éu pronounced with both letters distinct, resembling the colloquial contraction say' em.
íú pronounced as ew in pew, but more open or lengthened.
oi pronounced as in oil; or oy in joy, alloy.
ui pronounced nearly as in fluid, ruined, but more open.
úi pronounced like the preceding, with u long.
CONSONANTS.
$ pronounced as in son, sea, say.
sh pronounced as in shall, she, show.
+
28.
29.
30.
31. tsz' pronounced like sz', with only the addition of a t.
32.
w pronounced as in wind, woe, will.
y pronounced as in young, your, youth.
sz' pronounced with a strong emission of breath, as if followed by i half suppressed.
t pronounced as in time, tune, tent.
ts pronounced as in wits, bits.
IV. DIACRITICAL MARKS.
The spiritus lenis (') is used to denote the omission of an imperfect vowel, as in the case of
sz' and tsz', above. The spiritus asper () indicates a rough breathing, or the omission of the h.
Semicircular marks, (') like the sign for a degree cut in two, and placed at one of the four cor-
ners of a word as is done by the. Chinese, indicate and distinguish the four upper tones; si-
milar marks, with a line underneath, (5) placed in the same manner, indicate the lower series
".
of tones.
iv.
INTRODUCTION.
V. EXPLANATION OF THE TONES.
The authority for the intonations, as marked in the Chrestomathy, is a small Chinese Tonic
Dictionary (see page 4), in which more than seven thousand of the most common characters
are arranged into classes and orders, according to their tones. Systematic and close attention
to these is especially important when commencing the study of the language. Analysis of them
has the same relation to speaking, that tuning an instrument has to music. The musician's first
business is to tune his instruments; until he does this, there is no music. So, without proper
intonation, there is no speaking Chinese correctly. Definitions and rules can serve only as
auxiliaries; and perhaps the examples adduced in English, on account of the diversities of
pronunciation among foreigners, may lead some into error. Whenever practicable, therefore,
recourse should be had to the voice of the best native speakers, as the ultimate standard of appeal.
The student of music could never learn to sing correctly by the use of notes alone; but on this
account he surely would not discard their use. Frequent practice with a master, with careful
attention to the rudiments of the science, would be his best course. So the only way to learn
to pronounce Chinese correctly, is constant practice with natives, carefully discriminating and
noting the tones.
The eight tones marked in the Chrestomathy are formed into two series, four in each. Unit.
ing these two we have a fourfold division, resembling what rhetoricians call the absolute modi-
fications of the voice, or cardinal sounds, capable of subdivision. These are thus described by
Chinese grammarians in a stanza taken from the Honghi Tsz' Tin, or Imperial Dictionary of
Kanghe.
+ 7 * 1
Ping shing, spring to mok, tai sngóng;
上聲​高呼​猛烈
​mà đi 3 h Sheung «shing, chò fú mang lít, shéung;
ĐỂ A B khu Tử shing, fan ming coi ‘in tờ ;
人​聲​短促 ​in Hk ii Yap, shing, ‘tun tsuk, kap, shau chóng.
These four tones are usually illustrated, in Chinese lexicons, by a diagram representing a
man's hand, in the following manner.

2. Sheung shing, or
Rising tone.
1. Ping shing, or
Even tone.
Esta
平
​•
3. Hü shing, or
Receding tone.
4. Yap shing, or
Entering tone.
1. P'ing shing, or the monotone, is an even sound, and is fairly represented by a horizontal
line.
It is characterized by an entire absence of all inflection of voice. It may be quick or
;
INTRODUCTION.
V.
slow, harsh or soft, on a high or low key; but it always continues in regard to elevation, pre-
cisely where it commenced. The following lines afford instances resembling it in English
verse.
High on a throne of royal state, which far
Outshone the wealth of Ormuz or of Inde,
Or where the gorgeous East, with richest hand,
Shōw'rs on her kings barbāric, pearls and gold,
Satan exalted sat.
2. Shéung shing, ascending tone, or rising inflection, turns the voice upwards, ending higher
than it began. In English, it is heard invariably in the direct question. In the following lines,
which afford instances of this tone, the acute accent (´) indicates the shéung shing.
My mother! when I learn'd that thou wast déad,
Say, wast thou conscious of the tears I shéd?
Hover'd thy spirit o'er thy sorrowing són,
Wretch even thén, life's journey just begún?
3. Hü shing, the receding tone, is a distinct prolongation of the voice, diminishing, while
it is prolonged; in English, it is used in the indirect question, and also in the language of scorn,
surprise, authority, and alarm. In the two following examples, it is indicated by the grave (`)
accent.
Hènce! home, you idle creatures, get you home,
You blocks, you stònes, you worse than senseless things!
entering tone, is an abrupt, short sound. In English, it occurs in words
4. Yap shing, the
like hit, hop, &c.
A repetition of the description of these four tones, by varying the phraseology and presenting
them in a different point of view, will perhaps throw on them additional light.
The ping shing is precisely the musical monotone, well represented by two parallel lines, in-
dicating that it admits, neither of inflection in the tone, nor of variation in the volume, of voice,
the evenness of the tone, alluded to in the term ping, precluding both. The sheung shing is
that rising inflection, which is heard in our own language in every question that indicates some
degree of surprise, and in the common expressions ah! indeed! 'The h'i shing, a monotone like
the p'ing shing, has this distinctive difference, that it is a diminuendo, or an inverted swell, and
therefore may be pictured to the eye by the common musical mark of that expression. The
Chinese call it the departing tone,' because it dies away upon the ear like the tones of reced-
ing music. The yap shing may be regarded as an abrupt monotone, in this dialect always pre-
ceding p, t, or k, hence deriving its characteristic ending. If one will pronounce the English
word lock, only omitting the final consonants, he will give the true yap shing.
C
Each of these four tones, being subdivided, form the two series, noticed above, one of which
may be considered primary, and the other secondary, the two being parallel to each other. The
four tones, forming the first series, may be regarded as the fundamental modifications of the voice;
and the four forming the second series, considered as counterpart or parallel to the first series,
may be described in precisely the same terms as the first four tones, since they are distinguished
from them only by being uttered on a lower key. Following out this arrangement, a well-defined
system is formed, presenting in a narrow space all the tones, and all the vowel and diphthongal
sounds, which occur in this dialect, in a tabular form, as exhibited on the two following pages.
E
1
1

10rds.
iNo.
1 先​蘚​線​骨 ​sín
‹ wai
2 威​偉​畏
​3幾​紀​記
​‹kí
<chü
4諸​主​著
​5 修​叟​秀
​<sau
6東​董​凍​篤 ​tung
英 ​應​盆 ​ying
FIRST SERIES, Comprising the Upper Tones.
1 2 3 4 Ping Sheung
Yap
Meaning of the words, the heads of the
shing.
orders and classes.
shing.
shing
'sín
sít,
Before, moss, thread, bits.
'wai
Dignity, great, awe.
kí
Several, to record, to remember.
'chü
All, master, to publish.
Adorn, venerable man, elegant.
East, to rule, cold, real.
16 師​史​四 ​csz’
17
18 交​絞​教
​19 栽​竿​載
​兼​檢 ​劍
​20
21 津
​10 剛​講​降​角 ​kóng kóng kóng
11 朝​沼​照 ​.chíú 'chíú chíú'
12 孤​古​故
​13 鴛​婉​怨​乙​än
‹kú
kú
kú
'ün
in'
14 皆​解​介 ​‹kái
kái ká?
15登​等​登德 ​tang
'tang tang
'sz'
SZ”
錦​禁​急 ​ckam 'kam kam'
káu 'káu káu'
22 雖​髓​歲
​23
科​火​貨
​Excellent, shadow, answer, beneficial.
賔​禀​嬪​畢 ​pan 'pan pan' pat,
Guest, petition, court lady, ended.
掌​帳​着 ​cchéung chéung chéung' chéuk, To draw out, to rule, curtain, to order.
kók, Strong, to speak, to descend, horn.
Morning, pool, to illumine.
Alone, ancient, old.
Drake, yielding, animosity, curved.
All, to open, firm or uncorrupted.
Ascend, sort, stool, virtue.
Master, history, four.
kap, Metal, embroidery, prohibit, hasty.
Intercourse, to strangle, to teach.
To plant, to rule, to contain.
Joined, to examine, sword, to rob.
A ford, presents, to enter, soldiers.
Although, marrow, year.
Order or sort, fire, cargo.
fát,
káp To bind, to diminish, mirror, armor.
To fly, to rebel, to float, to issue.
House, price, to marry (a husband).
Officer, tube, to connect, to inclose.
Headmost, a bribe, to teach.
22
tsun
進
​fo
緘​减​鑒​甲 ​ckám
24
25 翻​反​泛​發 ​fán
32
26 家​賈​嫁
​‹ká
27 官​管​貫​括 ​ckún
‹fúi
33
sui
28 魁​賄​詢
​遮​者​蔗
​<ché
29
30干​趕​幹​割 ​kón
H'ü
shing
sín'
wai'
k?
chi'
<tsoi
'tsoi. tsoi'
刦 ​ckím 'kím kím'
'sau
tung
tung tuk,
ying ying yik,
sau'
'kám
'fan
'ká
'kún
'fúi fúr
'ché
ché'
'kón kón?
'k'óm k'óm'
kám²
fán'
ká'
kún'
üt,
kíp›
'tsun tsun' tsut,
'sui
sui'
'fo
fo
tak,
kót,
31 甘​敢​紺​蛤 ​ckóm
k'óp,
In these two orders, no words occur in
N. B.
this series.
kút,
Screen, this, sugar cane.
A shield, to pursue, business, to cut.
Sweet, daring, purple, a clam.

Ords.
SECOND SERIES, Comprising the Lower Tones.
No ]
1 連​璉​鍊​列 ​lín
2迷​米​袂
​mai
宜​議​貳
​除​佇​住
​5 留​柳​陋
​容​勇​用​欲 ​4y
靈​頜​合力 ​Jing
交​敏​問​勿
​7
12 無​母​務
​smú
13元​軟​願​月 ​çin
14
15 盟​猛
​18
· 19
yuk
likz
mat, Letters, celerity, to ask, do not.
yéuk, Light, to look up, pattern, physic.
9
wók: King, to go, abundance, a pan.
10 王​往​旺​鑊 ​swóng swóng wóng²
11寮​了​料 ​slíú
liú
líú?
A window, finished, to estimate.
Smú
mú?
Without, mother, business.
'ün
in²
Origin, flexible, desire, moon.
Shoes, crab, lazy.
shái
shái hái²
猛​孟​墨 ​mang mang mang² mak, To swear, fierce, first, ink.
stsz’ tsz"
Sentence, like, self.
To chant, lappet, to sustain, to enter.
Rushes, luxuriant, countenance.
Terrace, dangerous, instead of.
Severe, to dye, to examine, occupation.
20
1 2 3
16 詞​似​自 ​stsz’
17 吟​任​入
​KEE Asyam
茅​卯​貌
​Ping Sheung H'u Yap
3 4
shing. shing. shing shing
slín
lín²
lít₂
$mai
mai?
sí
仁
​Schü chi²
24
yam yam: yapz
máu²
smáu
smáu
ste oi
tfo?
sím
ím²
slun
lun²
lui
lui?
鵝​我​臥 ​sngó
$ngó
ngó
藍​覽​纘​蠟 ​lám
slám lám²
闌​懶​爛​辣 ​Ján slán lán²
25
$ngá
ngá
Smún mún²
smúi $múi múi²
shé²
hón²
hót2
hóm²
hóp:
ngáng² ngák:
26
27
schü
slau slau
lau²
用​欲 ​syung Syung yung²
syung Syung yung?
sling ling?
sman £man man²
仰​樣​藥 ​syéung syéung yéung²
21
22 雷​累
​23
28
کی
29
蟹​懈
​30
31
臺​殆​代
​st'oi
嚴​染​驕​業 ​m
倫​卵​論​律 ​slun
slui
蛇​社​射 ​sshé 'shé
寒​旱​翰​褐 ​shón
shón
含​頷​憾​合 ​shóm
shóm
彭​棒​硬​額 ​spáng peáng
32
33 吾​五​悟 ​‚'ng s’ng 'ng?
牙​雅​迓 ​$ngá
門​滿​悶​末 ​smún
梅​每​时
​üt,
工
​Meaning of the words, the heads of the
orders and classes.
lutz
To unite, gem, chain, to separate.
To deceive, rice, cuff of the sleeve.
Right, deliberate, the second.
láp₂
lát₂
To exclude, to stand, to dwell.
To detain, willow, base or mean.
Manner, brave, use, to wish.
Spiritual, the neck, to order, strength.
Relation, egg, discourse, law.
Thunder, to involve, species.
Goose, I or we, to sleep.
Blue, to look, rope, wax.
|Fading, lazy, broken, pungent.
Teeth, elegant, to receive.
mit: Door, full, grief; the end.
Plum, each, obscure.
Snake, local deities, to shoot.
Cold, drought, pencil, hempen cloth.
To endure, jaws, indignation, to unite.
Abundant, a mace, stiff, forehead.
My or our, five, to perceive.
viii.
INTRODUCTION.
?
Each of these thirty-three orders is characterized by its termination. All words ending with
in and it, for example, belong to the first order; all ending with 6ng and 6k belong to the tenth;
those with im and ip, to the twentieth; and those in ón and 6t, to the thirtieth. So of all others;
the order to which any word belongs is ascertained by its termination-that always being, or
else including, a vowel or diphthongal sound. Further, each of these orders is distributed into
eight—or, when the yap shing is wanting, into six-classes, according to the tones, as explained
above. Thus the arrangement of all the characters in this dialect and their pronunciation
depend on these two particulars: first, on the vowel or diphthongal sound; and secondly, on the
tone. By the vowel or diphthongal sound and the consonants following them, the order is ascer-
tained, and by the tone the class. In the second series, the initial sounds of the words do not
always correspond to those in the first series; this results from the fact, that there are not in
every order, a double series of words having the same initials. For example, in the first order,
‹sin, ‘sin, sin', sit», form the first series, and lín, slín, lín², lit₂, the second series; lín and lít being
substituted for sin and sit.
ORDER I. Sín, sit. There are few or no deviations under this order, the vowel being the long
and easy sound of the Italian i, like ee in meet, feet, &c.
ORDER II.
Wai. Here there is no deviation from the sound of ai, as defined above, though
the sound of ai in some words in this order is occasionally heard lengthened to ái as in the
14th order. It will be seen that in the fourth and eighth classes of this order the yap shing
is wanting, as they are also in all the other orders where the words do not end with a conso-
nant.
ORDER III.
Ki. This is the same vowel as in the 1st order, and there seem to be only a few
exceptions to, or slight deviations, from it in some words where the long í sound approximates
nearly to the é of the 29th order, pronounced like ay in may, pay, say, &c.
ORDER IV.
Chu. Here the sound of the vowel remains throughout the same; there are a few
instances, however, in which it closely resembles ui, in the 22d order; the two are liable to
be confounded, and should be carefully distinguished.
ORDERS V and vi. Sau. Tung, tuk. In these, the sounds of the terminations au in the 5th,
and ung in the 6th are preserved without change. Yet there is the same tendency to
lengthen the sound of au to that of áu in order 18th perceptible in some words under the first
of these orders that has just been noticed under the 2d order.
ORDER VII. Ying, yik. Not unfrequently this vowel approximates to, and sometimes actu-
ally becomes a short e; thus hing and ping are changed to heng and peng; kik and shik to
kek and shek; and so of some others under this order. However, even in those cases where
e has become the common sound, the words will be readily understood if they are pronounced
with i, according to the standard. A much more frequent change of words under this
termination is that of the i into a; as for sing, ming, ting, to say sang, mang, tang, but still
the change is of such a nature that an educated native easily distinguishes all these words
from those of the 15th order.

ORDER VIII. Pan, pat. In a few words, especially those ending in the yap shing, the a in
abundant comes very near to the long á of the 25th order; in which cases they are liable to
be confounded with words of that order.
ORDER IX. Chéung, chéuk. The variations in the pronunciation of éung and éuk are few;
in some instances the u approximates to the sound of a, in quota.
ORDERS X and XI. Kóng, kók. Chíú. There are no essential deviations under either of
these orders.
INTRODUCTION.
ix.
ORDER XII.
1
Kú. Probably in more than one half of the words forming this order, the ú is
exchanged for d; and many seem to range somewhere between the two, giving the sound
of o in so, no, &c., so that it is difficult to determine which of the letters ú or d should be
used. In some cases, the sound of the vowel will be heard approximating to the ú by one
ear, while by other persons the same word will be sounded as if it terminated in d; most of
the words, however, are uniformly pronounced by all persons ending either in ò or ú.
ORDER XIII. Ün, üt.
Ün, üt. In all words under this order, the French sound of the vowel is uni-
formly retained, being always followed by n or t.
ORDER XIV. Kái. In all these, there is uniformly the long sound of ái; but there is at times
a little difficulty in distinguishing them from words of the 2d order where those run into
this.
ORDER XV. Tang, tak. Here, as in pan and pat, and in other orders having short vowels,
there is a tendency to change the short into the long vowel; some words placed here in
the Tonic Dictionary are usually heard sounded long.
ORDER XVI. Sz'. There seems to be no word in the English language which has the sound
given to those under this order; it will be nearly attained if pronounced according to the
directions above, on page iii.
ORDER XVII. Kam, kap. Here likewise the vowel sometimes shows a disposition, though
rather less than in some of the other orders having short vowels, to claim affinity with
the á in calm, and thus to run into the 24th order.
ORDER XVIII. Káu.
Here the full broad sound of á is invariably retained, distinguishing
this from those in the 5th order.
the words under
ORDERS XIX and xx.
ái of the 14th.
ORDER XXI. Tsun, tsut. The sound of u, as defined on page iii, is preserved in all the words
Tsoi. Kim, kip. The oi of order 19, in a very few cases approaches the
The terminations im and ip are throughout uniform.
in this order. By disregarding the vowel, the Chinese sometimes confound these words
with those of the 8th order, under pan and pat, and it will require close attention to dis-
criminate between the two.
ORDER XXII. Sui. In some words, the ui is a little more open and prolonged than in others;
care should be taken not to confound these words with those of the 4th or 28th orders.
ORDER XXIII. F6. The long 6 of this order is in a very few cases shortened, so that it
resembles that in no, so.
ORDERS XXIV, Xxv, and xxvI. Kám, káp. Fán, fát. Ká. The variations under these three
orders are few or none, each one being easily distinguished from all others, and uniform
within itself.
ORDER XXVII. Kún, kút. The full broad sound of the ú, as oo in school, followed by n and t,
characterizes this order, and easily distinguishes it from all the others.
ORDER XXVIII. Fúi. There is a distinct relationship between the sound of úi in this, and the
ui in the 22d order, but the words under this order are uniform; care is, however, requisite
to distinguish the two.
ORDER XXIX.
Ché. The words under this head are uniform, and easily distinguished from
all the others, except it may be a few in the 3d order, when the í approaches to the sound
of é as here given.
}
ORDER XXX. Kón, kốt. The vowel here, as in the 23d order, is usually full and broad, nor
will any word comprised in it be easily confounded with those of any other order.
ORDER XXXI. Kóm, k6p. Not only are m and p here used instead of n and t, in the pre-
ceding order, but the vowel 6 is slightly changed, by abruptly closing the mouth when
F
X.
INTRODUCTION.
the sound is but half uttered; the former is like the sound brawn, lawn, this more like
comb, roam, the change in the sound of 6 being occasioned by the different terminating
consonant.
ORDER XXXII. Páng, ngáng, ngák. The words under this order are few, though several
which are placed in the 15th order are sounded as if belonging to this. The vowel á is
uniformly sounded long.
ORDER XXXIII. 'Ng. By dropping the vowel in ing, and retaining the full sound of the ng,
the scholar will give the true nasal here required.
It may be observed concerning these variations, that they are for the most part caused by
an endeavor to multiply and extend the number of different sounds in conversation. There being
no sound to Chinese characters, derivable from their component strokes, as the sounds of English
words are derivable from the letters of which they are composed, the true sound of any character
can only be learned by rote; and this too is the great source of the dialectical variations in
pronunciation. These variations need give the student no trouble, as they will be easily learned
by the ear. Besides these variations in the final vowel sound, there are a few occurring in the
initial consonant, which are heard at Macao and other places near the coast. For instance, the
initial sh is usually heard as s; as for shui (water) to say sui; sáng sing for sháng shing, provincial
city, &c.; the sounds tsz' and sz' are sounded like a hard hissing tchi and chi differing from the
common chí by its forced enunciation as if attempting to say tsz': in both these deviations, an
approach to the Fukien dialect is observed. A few words, which, at Canton, are spoken without
any initial vowel, are in Macao heard beginning with ng; as ngi (two) for í; ngin or ngün
(words) for in; ngit (hot) for it; in (worthy) is pronounced hin. These variations, together
with that of sounding almost all the words comprised under the 7th order ending in ing and ik, as
if they were written ang and ak, constitute the principal discrepancies in the dialect as is it
spoken in the two cities, and the intermediate neighboring places. These are, however, not
very important, and the word or phrase will be understood sounded either way.
VI. THE GENERAL LANGUAGE.
That form of the Chinese most prevalent among the literati and at court, constituting the
general language of the country, ought not to be overlooked by those who commence with any
one of the dialects. Without going into lengthened details, a few observations here respecting
it will help to exhibit more clearly the character and value of this dialect.
The language should be viewed as a whole. The dialectical diversities are chiefly in speak-
ing, not in writing. There are local phrases, for some of which written characters exist, while
for others there are none. These diversities, however numerous they may be, do not very
materially affect the language of the country, properly so called. The great body of Chi-
nese writings, like that of England, or of France, or of Germany, constitutes one uniform lan-
guage, and is everywhere equally well understood. By the Chinese themselves their writings
are always thus regarded. Their literature is one; and they have but one language. This
every child, on learning to read, studies; for therein, with scarcely an exception, all books and
all papers written for publication appear. The scholar therefore who learns to read only in a pro-
vincial dialect, may be as thoroughly versed in the literature of his country, and may become as
familiar with its idioms, as the one who employs only that pronunciation prevalent among the
literati, officers of government, and traveled gentlemen. Ability to use this pronunciation,
in the conversational style current in all the high circles of the empire, is regarded by the Chi-
Ag
INTRODUCTION.
xi.
nese as so essential, that an education is hardly considered finished if this part be wanting. In
like manner, the foreign student, who commences with any one of the dialects, should early
direct his attention to the general language, and be careful not to neglect too long that pro-
nunciation and conversational style which only can enable him to hold free converse with gen-
tlemen and travelers wherever he may go. For this pronunciation, recourse must be had to
native masters. For the language itself, as it appears in books, portions of the Chrestomathy
afford very good examples, quoted from standard authors. All parts of the volume, however,
even those sections which follow most closely the Canton local dialect, will probably be in-
telligible to every educated Chinese who reads them in any part of the country.
Fragments, like the inscription on the bath of Táng, first emperor of the Sháng dynasty,
whose reign commenced 1766, B. C., prove that this language was early reduced to writing.
Portions of the Book of Odes and Book of Records are confessedly of a very ancient date, and
show too that many words in early use were homophonous. The number of syllables given in
Morrison's Dictionary is 411; these by the use of tones and aspirates are increased to more than
fifteen hundred. The number specified in the Tonic Dictionary is 1582; under each of these
are arranged several homophonous words, varying from three or four to twenty, thirty, and more.
Thus under tsing, following the Tonic Dictionary, occur these six, viz.,❀***-
each written differently, with a signification different from the others; yet the six are all pro-
nounced precisely alike. This characteristic of the language may be exemplified by the words
rite, right, write, and wright, in English; when spoken they are alike in sound, as these six
Chinese words when spoken, or when their sounds are denoted by Roman letters, are all alike
yet when written as the Chinese write them, they are as unlike as rite, right, write, wright.
But while these homophonous words are few in English, in Chinese they are exceedingly
numerous, and constitute one of the greatest difficulties in learning the language.
A complete history of the Chinese literature is a great desideratum. It would settle some
difficult questions, and throw light on this hard speech.' Valuable sketches have been given
by several writers. The introductory papers to the dictionaries of Morrison and Medhurst, and
an article in the Chinese Repository, vol. III. pp. 14-37, are probably among the best.
An alphabetical list of the syllables, similar to that in Morrison's Dictionary, is introduced
here, the sounds of the characters being represented by the same system of orthography that has
been employed in the body of the Chrestomathy. The list is intended to exhibit all the syllables
in the general language, excepting only the varieties occasioned by the tones and aspirates; and
it will enable the student, without referring to any other work, to form an opinion of the general
language, and to mark the principal differences in pronunciation between it and this dialect. To
aid him in marking these differences between the two, the sound of the characters is given in
both, and in separate columns. Besides the vowels and diphthongs used in the Chrestomathy,
the following additional ones are required in the general language; viz., e as in where, or like
ai in chair; and ei, which is pronounced open nearly like ey in the words bey and dey.
Note. In this list of syllables, commencing on the next page, the sounds as used in the court
dialect are given in the first column after the Chinese characters, and the sounds of the local
dialect in the second. In a few instances, two words occur in the first column having the same
sound, as 'án and ’ún, chá and chá, che and che; in each of these cases, the vowel in the se-
cond of the two words, if it be a final one as in chá and che, must be pronounced somewhat
short and abrupt. So in all cases of the yap shing, where in the provincial dialect the vowel is
followed by p, t, or k, it is pronounced short and abrupt: such are chi, chó, chue, fá, hiá, &c. It
will be seen also, that analogy does not hold in all cases: thus hiáng becomes héung in one case,
while kiáng becomes kong in another; so che becomes chip in one, and chit in another instance.
{
1
xii.
INTRODUCTION.
亞
​額
​艾 ​'ai
安 ​'ăn
岬 ​'án
恩 ​'an
a
Máng
澳 ​'su
'au
查 ​chá
閘 ​chá
chái
斬
​đi chán
油 ​chau
者 ​ché
折 ​che
á
ngák
ngai
ón
ngón
yan
ngóng
chó
chú or
主
​chu
竹 ​chu
გ
chám
草 ​cháng chéung
章
​ba cháu
追
​au
chá
cháp
chái
chíú 風 ​fung
chau
chí
春 ​chun
Lê chung
撾 ​chwá
chik
chü
chuk
發 ​chue chüt
川 ​chuen
chün
chúi
ché
chít
hán
摺 ​che chíp 恨 ​han
占 ​chen
chím
知 ​chí
尺 ​chi
今
​Xfú
弗 ​fu
chui
chun
chung
chá
嘬 ​chwái chái
H chuáng chóng
老​饭
​fát
凡 ​fán
fán
分 ​fan
方 ​fáng
否 ​fau
非 ​fei
縳 ​fo
赫​害
​tháng
亨 ​宴 ​hang
浩
​háu
chin
chan
後 ​hau
正 ​ching ching 希​hí
卓
​chéuk
檄 ​hi
Thiá
狹 ​hiá )
駭 ​hiái
向 ​hiáng
孝​hiáu
ha
害 ​hái
協 ​hie
陷 ​hien
忻 ​hin
行 ​hing
hó
頊 ​hiu
休 ​hiú
穴 ​hiue
玄 ​hiuen
熏 ​hiun
凶 ​hiung
Khò
合 ​hó
平​hú
吁 ​hii
hü
紅 ​hung
hoi
1 hwá
滑 ​hwá
hón
淮 ​hwái
han
fan
fóng
fau
fí
fók
fú
fat
fung
hak
hóng
hang
hò
hau
hí
hat
há
徊 ​hwui
衣
​híp
hám
í
yan
hang
hók
háp
讓
​hoi
jáng
héung 饒 ​jáu
肉 ​jau
háu
huk
yau
yüt
hün
fan
hung
fó
wát
wai
喚 ​hwán fún
昏 ​hwan
fan
黄 ​hwáng wóng
thi hwang wang
活 ​hwó
忽 ​hwu fat
hung
fá
út
úi
1
煮​jé
yé
熱 ​je or jue it
ín
yat
yéung
ប
yuk
然 ​jen
日 ​ji
Ʌ jin
yan
ying
yéuk
yü
yuk
yün
yui
閏 ​jun yun
yung
koi
仍 ​jing
hóp 戎 ​jung
ú
hü
11若汝​辱​軟​閨​戎
​若 ​jo
汝 ​ji
辱 ​ju
軟 ​juen
背​jui
改 ​kái
干 ​kán
跟 ​kan
抗 ​kang
更
​告 ​káu
忌 ​kí
及 ​ki
加
​kiá
甲 ​kiá
介
​江畔​茄 ​0
呌
​刮
​kóng
kang kang
kò
kí
káp
ká
káp
kiái kái
kón
kiáng kóng
kié
kan
kiáu kíú
ké
kie
劍 ​kien
角 ​kió
kíp
kím
kók
INTRODUCTION.
xiii.
客 ​ka
巾 ​kin
京 ​king
菊 ​kiu
决 ​kiue
·犬 ​kiuen
均 ​kiun
窮 ​kiung
九 ​kiú
個 ​kò
各 ​kó
古​去
​kau
去 ​ki
谷 ​ku
I kung
瓜 ​kwa
刮 ​kwa
快 ​kwái
一​拉脚
​拉 ​14
喇
​來
​lá
hák 濫 ​lán
浪 ​láng
冷 ​lang
lái
hau
kó
kók
古 ​ká kú
hü
kuk
kung 流 ​liú
kwá
kwát
fái
官 ​kwán kún
kwan
困 ​kwan
光 ​kwáng kwóng
肱 ​kwang kwang
圭 ​kwei
kwai
果 ​kwò
kwó
Zkwu
kan
king
kuk
küt
hün
kwan
kung
kau
G
kwó
kwók
kwat
老
​láp
lát
loi
龙​里
​里
​láu
lí
兩 ​liáng
了 ​liáu
列 ​lie
連 ​lien
力 ​Yi
畧 ​lió
Zlü
劣
​律​流​勒
​liue
絲 ​liuen
律 ​liu
勒 ​la
林 ​lin
合 ​ling
羅 ​10
洛 ​10
ló
路 ​lú
樓 ​lau
telu
倫 ​lun
弄 ​lung
雷 ​lui
卵 ​luán
馬 ​má
株 ​味 ​má
lám 貓
​1óng
lang
lò
lí
léung
Kú
lít
lín
lik
ma
mái
曼 ​mán
|
máng
孟 ​mang
冒 ​máu
年
​牟 ​mau
t mé
mí
妙 ​miáu
屈
​威 ​mie
léuk
lü
面 ​mien
lüt
妹​mei
密 ​mi
lün
繆
​lut
miú
lau
民 ​min
名 ​ming
lak
摩 ​mò
末​mó
lam
ling
ló
母 ​mú
木
​lók
1ò
門
​家 ​mung
lau
luk
滿​,
lun
lung 納
​lui
mu
mun
na
mak
乃 ​nái
mái
nán
lün
能 ​nang
má
mút 關 ​náu
mán
móng
mang
mò
mau
mat
mai
míú
mít
mín
múi
mat
mau
man
ming
mó
mút
mò
muk
muán mún
mún
那 ​ná nó
náp
nái
耨
​囊 ​náng
nám
nau
nóng
thiên ngang ngáng
訛 ​ngó
ngó
尼 ​ní
ní
娘
​鳥 ​niáu
攝 ​nie
niáng
年 ​nien
匿​虐
​匿 ​ni
虐 ​nió
nun
疴​蝘​巴​八​俳
​nü
恧
​農 ​nung
内 ​nui
牛 ​niú
ngau
紉 ​nin yan
寧 ​ning
ning
挪 ​nù
nó
諾 ​nó
奴 ​nú
嫩
​nu
疴​。
ó
pá
八​吃
​náu
mung 暖 ​nuán nün
俳 ​pái
扮 ​pán
nang
náu 旁 ​páng
néung
níú
níp
nín
nik
yéuk
nók
nú
nün
nii
nuk
nung
noi
·
ók
pá
pát

pái
pán
póng
xiv.
INTRODUCTION.
朋 ​pang
本
​剖
​pau
包 ​páu
比​pí
表 ​piáu
别 ​pie
片 ​pien
丕​pei
匹 ​pi
彪 ​piú
白
​pan
笨
​pp pin
Pyping
波 ​pù
泊 ​Pó
布 ​pú
ト
​半​色​撒
​色
​pa
腮
​pu
牛 ​puán
pung
sa
sá
sái
sán
sán
pang
pún
桑
​生
​掃 ​sau
sáu
西 ​$1
相 ​siáng
pau
páu
pí
píú
pít
pín
pí
pat
píú
pák
pan
ping
pó
pók
pò
puk
pún
pung
shik
sát
soi
小 ​siáu
些​屑​先
​sié
骨 ​sie
先 ​sien
タ ​si
削 ​sió
削​序​雪​宜
​sii
siue
sieun
戌 ​siú
旬 ​钊 ​siun
脩 ​siú
沙 ​shá
殺 ​shá
晒 ​shái
佘 ​shé
舌 ​she
善 ​shen
+ shi
申 ​shin
sám
升
​sham
shing
槊 ​shó
sáng sóng
殳
​shang
sang
shü
書 ​shú
SÒ
手 ​shau
sai
朮 ​shu
séung
síú
sé
sít
sín
sik
séuk
tsü
süt
sün
sut
tsun
sau
shá
shé
尸 ​shí shí
shít
shap
shan
shát
損
​-shái
宋 ​sung
山 ​shán
shán
上​sháng shéung|| 綏 ​sui
少​sháu shíú 算 ​suán
shing
sheuk
順 ​shun
耍 ​shwá
刷
​shwá
衰 ​shwái
shü
shu
shau
shut
để shwang shóng
說 ​shwó
讒
​shüt
水 ​shui
shui
心 ​sin
sin
姓​所​索​素
​姓 ​sing
shá
shát
shwái shui
FFT sa
索 ​só
素 ​sú
叟
​夙
​得​大​塔​太
​sau
大​坂
​shín
su
+ sz²
sun
得 ​ta
A
塔 ​tá
shun
tái
當 ​táng
等 ​tang
sam
sing
shó
sók
sú
sau
suk
sün
sung
shui
sün
sz'
táp
tái
丹 ​tan tán
tóng
tang
Пtáu
tò
地 ​tí tí
刁 ​tiáu
tíú
爹 ​tie
té
tak
tái
瓞 ​tie
天 ​tien
的 ​ti
Kiú
Tting
佗 ​to
奪 ​10
tó
± tú
斗 ​tau
則 ​tsa
匜 ​tsá
才 ​tsái
殘 ​tsán
倉 ​tsáng
且 ​tsié
妾 ​tsie
+ tsien
七 ​tsi
雀 ​tsió
tít
取 ​tsii
tsü
絕 ​tsiue
全 ​tsiuen
tín
tik
tíú
ting
tó
tüt
tò
tau
tsak
tsáp
tsoi
會 ​tsang
VG
早 ​tsáu
妻 ​tsí
tsai
將 ​tsiáng tséung
佾 ​tsiáu
tsíú
tsán
tsóng
tsang
tso
ché
tsíp
tsín
tsat
tséuk
tsü
tsüt
tsün
姿 ​tsiun tsun
酒 ​tsiú
tsau
侵 ​tsin
tsam
T:
INTRODUCTION.
XV.
請 ​tsing
左 ​tsò
作 ​tsó
祖 ​tsú
走 ​tsau
足 ​tsu
攢 ​tsuán
寸 ​tsun
1
宗 ​tsung
罪 ​tsui
tsz?
督
​屯 ​tun
Fam
tu
tsing
tsó
tsók
tsò
tsau
tsuk
tsün
tsün
tsung
tsui
tsz'
tuk
冬 ​tung
兌
​假 ​tuán
I'u
五​白
​翁 ​ung
'rh
tun
túi
π wa
Σt wa
外 ​wái
九 ​wán
*
wan
tung
túi
tün
ngat
'ng
yung
1
ngá
wat
ngoi
ün
man
為 ​wei
未
​✯ wi
我 ​wo
PE Wó
勿
​yyá
押 ​yá
险 ​yái
仰 ​yáng
wu
天 ​yáu
天​也​葉
​yé
葉 ​ye
言
​mí
yen.
wai
ngó
wók
mat
á
áp
ái
yéung
íú
yá
íp
ín
X yú
yi
吟 ​yin
應 ​ying
約 ​yo
fyü
日 ​yue
元 ​yuen
玉 ​yu
Žyun
用 ​yung
yau
yat
yam
ying
yéuk
yü
üt
ün
yuk
wáng wóng
VII. CHINESE GRAMMAR.
Regarding the grammar of this language no very small amount of matériel has been collected
by Prémare, in his Notitia Linguæ Sinicæ. The Elémens de la Grammaire Chinoise by
Rémusat is however a much more methodical and useful work. By analyzing the language, and
by marking attentively the modes of expression, the student will soon perceive—as well expressed
in the résumé of Rémusat-that generally:
In every
Chinese sentence, in which nothing is understood, the elements of which it is com-
posed are arranged in the following order; the subject, the verb, the complement direct, and the
complement indirect.
wan
yung
Modifying expressions precede those to which they belong: thus, the adjective is placed before
the substantive, subject or complement; the substantive governed before the noun that governs it;
the adverb before the verb; the proposition incidental, circumstantial, or hypothetical, before the
principal proposition, to which it attaches itself by a conjunctive adjective, or by a conjunction
expressed or understood.
The relative position of words and phrases thus determined, supplies the place often of every
other mark intended to denote their mutual dependence, their character whether adjective or
adverbial, positive, conditional, or circumstantial.
If the subject is understood, it is because it is a personal pronoun, or that it has been expressed
above, and that the same substantive that is omitted is found in the preceding sentence, and in
the same quality of subject, and not in any other.
If the verb is wanting, it is because it is the substantive verb, or some other easily supplied,
or one which has already found a place in the preceding sentences, with a subject or complement
not the same.
If several substantives follow each other, either they are in construction with each other, or
they form an enumeration, or they are synonymes which explain and determine each other,
xvi.
INTRODUCTION.
If several verbs succeed each other, which are not synonymous, and are not employed as auxi-
liaries, the first ones should be taken as adverbs, or as verbal nouns, the subjects of those which
follow, or these latter as verbal nouns the complements of those which precede.
Here ends the summary of Rémusat. The student will find that Chinese sentences are gene-
rally short, and simple in their construction, the parts of each proposition being arranged in their
natural order. And if he turns to the Chinese
man fát, or laws of language,' he
Those in the first are called shat
sz' tsz', dead or inactive words, i. e.
文法
​will find all words arranged into two great divisions.
tsz', essential words, which are subdivided into
實​字
​hi yu tsz', initials;
五
​PC
nouns; and intoút
út tsz', living or active words, i. e. verbs. Those in the second are
called hu tsz', or particles, which comprise,
ftsip yü tsz', conjunctions;
tán yü tsz', exclamations;
hit yü tsz', fi-
nals;
chün yü tsz, words denoting transition, &c. He will further perceive that
these laws of language,' which constitute the grammar of the Chinese, have reference mainly
to the construction of phrases and sentences. Practice in analyzing sentences-so as to be
able in each case easily to distinguish the subject, the attribute, and the verb-or the subject and
predicate—will show him that the character and uses of words are determined, not from their
forms, but from the position they occupy. Chinese words have no variations in form, such as are
made by the conjugation and declension of Latin or Greek verbs and nouns; but by position, their
character and uses are greatly varied.
Those Chinese who best understand the use of their own language, give great weight to the
hü tsz',—these 'wings of Mercury,'-considering their right employment as the most important
and the most difficult part of grammar.
מם
VIII. CHINESE LITERATURE.
THE writings of the Chinese are exceedingly numerous, and great is the variety of style.
From the days of Confucius down to our own times, during a period of more than twenty-three
hundred years, there has been one uninterrupted series of authors. The Five Classics and Four
Books taken collectively are somewhat less copious than the Old and New Testaments, with
which however they are not to be compared, either in diversity and beauty of composition, or in
purity and elevation of sentiment. Still the precepts given, the duties inculcated, and the prohi-
bitions made, are remarkable, and have elicited an inquiry whether we should not look on these
writings, as given by God, for the moral government of this people? Poetry and prose here have
not assumed precisely the same forms as they did among the Greeks and Romans; but before passing
judgment on the relative value of eastern and western authors, the student should examine and
weigh well the merits of each. He may easily estimate the value of Grecian and Roman litera.
ture, for the whole ground on which the estimate is to be made, has been repeatedly surveyed,
and every great problem worked out ready for use; but with regard to eastern literature, the case
is different. Before one can be able to pass an accurate judgment on the whole body of Chinese
lore, he must have enjoyed a much longer and a far more intimate acquaintance with this people
and their writings, than any foreigner now living can boast of. The naturalist need not examine
every individual in either of the kingdoms of nature, in order to determine the character and qua-
lities of all its species. Nor is it necessary to read all Chinese books before you venture to form
an opinion respecting the literature of this nation. It is requisite, however, to know what works
exist, and also to know something of the circumstances under which they were written, before
sentence be pronounced on their respective merits.
INTRODUCTION.
xvii.
China is full of books, and schools, and colleges. New authors are continually springing up,
though comparatively few of them gain much celebrity. The press is active, and the traffic in
books is a lucrative and most honorable branch of trade. Individuals have their libraries,
and government its collections. Of these there are catalogues, some of which contain simply
the titles of books with the names of their authors; but others, in addition to the titles and names,
give brief notices of their contents, intimating in few words what each work contains. Of the
imperial library at Peking, there are catalogues in both these forms. A selection of authors from
one of them, while it may serve as a guide for the student in collecting a library, will at the
same time afford valuable data for forming an opinion regarding the merits, variety, and extent
of Chinese literature.
KING PÒ,
§1. BOOK OF CHANGES.
1. Tsz'hiá's Memoir on the
Book of Changes, in eleven
chapters. By Pu Tsz'hiá.
IX. STUDENT'S LIBRARY.
THAT catalogue of books in the imperial library-noticed in the third Annual Report of the
Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge in China-is probably one of the best ever
published. It is called Yam ting, Sz' Fú tsün Shu Tsung Muk,
º ‡ ‡ ‡
General Catalogue of all the Books in the Four Libraries, [published] by Imperial Au-
thority. This catalogue is in itself a very valuable work, comprised in one hundred and twelve
duodecimo volumes of 140 or 150 pages each. As indicated by its title, the works enumerated
in the catalogue are arranged into four great departments, which are subdivided into sections.
From the many works comprised in each section, the names of only a few can here be enume-
rated. Such is the character of the titles of Chinese books that it is hardly practicable in all
cases to translate them, and therefore in the following list the titles have sometimes been literally
translated, in other instances, an equivalent has been substituted.
First Division.
2. Commentary on Chau's
ook of Changes, in ten chap-
ers. By Wang Pei of Wei
i. e. of the dynasty Wei).
3. The original meaning of
Chau's Book of Changes, in
losopher Chu of Sung.
welve chapters. By the phi-
Chü
!
KI
CLASSICAL WRITINGS.
:
易​類
​子夏​易​傳​十-
​卷​卜​子夏​撰
​周易​註​十卷​魏
​王弼​撰
​周易​本義​十二
​卷​宋​朱子撰
​Yik Lui.
Tsz' há Yik Chun, shap yat
kin. Puk Tsz há chán.
Chau Yik Chu, shap kün.
Ngai Wóng Pak chán.
Chau Yik pún í, shap í kün.
Sung Chu tsz chán.
§1. The Yi King is the oldest and most admired literary work extant among the Chinese.
The number of treatises on it of various kinds, such as memoirs, commentaries, &c., enumerated
in the imperial catalogue, is about 1450. The Yi King treats of general philosophy as supposed
to have been taught by Fuhí. By some European writers it has been called a "book of riddles."
-The word kün, here rendered chapter, is usually an arbitrary division, and varies in length from
20 to 100 and more pages, and may be translated chapter, book, part, or section, according to its
relative length, and the character of the work in hand.
H
i
xviii.
INTRODUCTION.
4. Treatise on the Dia.
grams in the Book of Changes,
in three chapters. By Wú
Jinkie of Sung.
§2. BOOK OF Records.
5. Complete Exposition of
the Ancient Records, in forty
chapters. By Lin Chíkí of
Sung.
6. Treatise on the Book of
Records, in thirty-five chap-
ters. By Lü Tsúhien of
Sung.
7. Geographical Researches.
in the nine ancient provinces,
in three chapters. By Sun
Chingtsi of the reigning dy.
nasty.
12. Researches' respecting
the birds, beasts, plants, and
trees mentioned in Mau's
Book of Odes, in twenty chap-
ters. By WúYü of Ming.
$4. Book or RITES.
13. Critical Exposition of
Chau's Ritual, in forty chap-
8. The Meanings of the
Book of Records compared, in
six chapters. By Kiáng Cháu-
si of the reigning dynasty.
Q3. Book or ODES.
9. The true Meaning of
Máu's Book of Odes, in forty
毛詩​正義​四十
​chapters. By Máu Hang of 卷​漢​毛​亨​撰
​Hán.
10. Miscellaneous Memoirs
on the Book of Odes, in
twenty chapters. By Sú Chi
of Sung.
詩集​傳​二十​卷
​宋​蘇轍​撰
​11. Geographical Resear-
ches on the Book of Odes, in
six chapters. By Hwáng Ying-
詩​地理​考​六卷
​宋​黄​應​麟​撰
​lun of Sung.
毛詩​鳥獸​炒​木
​考​二十​卷​明​吳
​雨​撰
​ters. By Wang Cháuyü of
Sung.
易​圖​說​三卷 ​| Yik To
吳仁傑​撰
​書​類
​尙​書​全​解​四十
​卷​宋林​之​奇​撰
​書​說​三十​五卷
​宋​呂祖謙​撰
​九州​山水​考​三
​卷​國​朝​孫承澤
​撰
​書​經​參​義 ​六 ​卷
​國​朝​姜錫撰
​詩​類
​禮​類
​周禮​詳解​四十
​卷​宋​王昭禹​撰
​Shiit, sám kin.
Sung ’Ng Yan kít chán.
Shi Lui.
Shéung Shii tsin kái, sz'
shap kin. Sung Lam Chí kí
chán.
Shü shit, sám shap 'ng kiin.
Sung Lü Tsò hím chán.
Kau Chau shán shui Háu,
sám kün. Kwók chíú Sün
Shing chák chán.
Shu King tsám Í, luk kün.
Kwok chíú Kéung Chíu sik
chán.
Shi Lui.
Mò Shí ching í, sz'shap kin.
Hón Mà Hang chán.
Shí tsap Chin,íshap kiin.
Sung Sú Chít chán.
Shí Tí lí Háu, luk kün.
Sung Wong Ying lun chán.
Mò Shí níú, shau, tsò, muk,
Háu, í shap kin. Ming 'Ng
Yi chán.
Lai Lui.
Chau Lai tséung kái, sz' shap
Sung Wong Chíú yi
kiin.
chán.

§2. To the foreign student the Shi King is much more interesting than the Yi King. / Its
moral sentiments are the purest and best in the language.
§3. These writings, in point of excellence, are second only to the Shi King. They are short,
sententious, and often very hard to understand.
4. The writings on ceremonial observances are exceedingly voluminous, and though uch
studied by the Chinese, are but little valued by foreign students. They exercise great influence
in forming the manners of the people.
INTRODUCTION.
xix.
14. Miscellaneous observa-
tions on Rites and Ceremo-
nies, in seventeen chapters.
By lord Ngau Kí of Yuen.
15. Miscellaneous Remarks
on the Ceremonial Records,
in one hundred and sixty chap-
ters. By Wei Tei of Sung.
16. General Researches re-
specting the Five Ceremonies,
in two hundred and sixty-two
chapters. By Tsin Hwuitien
of the reigning dynasty.
05. SPRING AND AUTUMN
ANNALS.
17. The correct meaning
of Tso's Memoir on the Spring
and Autumn Annals, in sixty
chapters.
18. Commentary upon Kung-
yáng's Memoir on the Spring
and Autumn Annals, in twen-
ty-eight chapters.
19. Commentary upon Ku-
liáng's Memoir on the Spring
and Autumn Annals, in twelve
chapters.
§6. FILIAL DUTY.
20. The Correct Meaning
of the classic Filial Duty, in
three chapters, with Comments
by Yuentsung the illustrious
emperor of Táng.
21. A clear Exposition of
the ancient text of the classic
Filial Duty, in one chapter.
By an anonymous writer.
§7. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS
ON THE FIVE CLASSICS.
22. Writings Explanatory
of the classical and canonical
Books, in thirty chapters, By
Lu Yuenláng of Táng.
儀禮​集​說​十七
​卷​元​敖繼公​撰
​禮記​集​說​一百
​六十​卷​宋​衛
​撰
​五​禮​通考​二百
​六十​二卷​國​朝
​秦蕙田​撰
​春秋​類
​春秋​左傳​正義
​六十​卷
​春秋​公羊​傳​注
​疏​二十​八卷
​春秋​穀梁​傳​注
​疏​二十​卷
​孝經​類
​孝經​正義​三卷
​唐元宗​明​皇帝
​御​註
​百
​1
古​交​孝經​指​解
​一卷​不著​編輯
​者​名氏
​五​經​總​義​類
​經典釋文​三十
​卷​唐​陸​元朗​撰
​Í Lai tsap shit, shap tsat kun.
Yin Ngà Kai kung chán.
Lai Kí tsap shüt, yat pák
luk shap kün. Sung Wai
Tại chán.
Ng Lai Tung Háu, í pák luk
shapí kin. Kwok chíú
Tsun Wai tín chán.
Chun Tsau Lui.
Chun Tsau Tsó Chun ching
í, luk shap kun.
Chun Tsau Kung yéung
Chin chi shó, í shap pát
kin.
Chun Tsau Kuk léung Chun
chu shó, í shap kün.
Hữu King Lu
Háu King Ching Í, sám kùn.
Tóng Yiin tsung ming wong
tai yi chi.
1
Kú man Háu King chí kái,
yat kün. Pat chü pín tsap
ché ming shí.
'Ng King tsung í Lui.
King Tín shik man, sám shap
kin. Tông Luk Yün lóng
chán.
§5. These annals were compiled by Confucius. Brief notices of them, and of other sacred
writings of the Chinese, are to be found in chapter I., section 3, of the Chrestomathy: see pages
13, 14, and 15.
§6. The Hiáu King is comprised in a very few pages; it is however highly valued, and much
read. Its object is indicated by its title.
§7. Under this head, the Five Classics are treated of as a whole, the several works being
considered collectively, in the same manner as the Four Books are usually regarded as one work.
XX.
INTRODUCTION.
ION
23. The Plates of the Six
Classics, in six books. By
Yang Kia of the Sung dynas-
ty.
六​經​圖​六卷​宋
​揚​甲​撰
​§8. THE Four Books.
四​書​類
​24. Various Inquiries on
the Four Books, in thirty-
四​書​或​問​三十
​mine chapters. By the philoso- 九​卷​宋​朱子
​pher Chi of Sung.
25. Researches respecting
四​書​人物​考​四
​the persons and things men-
tioned in the Four Books, in
forty chapters, with a supple.
十卷​補考​八卷
​ment in eight chapters. By 明​薛​應​旂​撰
​Sie Yingki.
四​書​初學​易​知
​解​十卷​國​朝​邰
​嗣​堯​撰
​四​書​句​讀​釋義
​十九​卷​國​朝​范
​26. Exposition of the Four
Books, made easy for young
students, in ten chapters. By
Cháu Sz'yáu of the reigning
dynasty.
27. The Meaning of the
Four Books explained by
clauses and sentences, in
nineteen chapters. By Fán
Yingting of the reigning dy. 凝​鼎​撰
​nasty.
$9. MUSICAL WORKS.
28. Writings on Music, in
two hundred chapters. By
Chin Yang of Sung.
29. Musical Pieces for the
scholar's lute, in three chai-
ters. By Wang Háujen of
Ming.
30. Musical canons, in thir-
ty-six chapters. By Hwang
Tsó of Ming.
$10. NORMAL EDUCATION.
樂​類
​樂​書​二百​卷​宋
​陳​晹​撰
​琴譜​三卷​明
​浩然​撰
​樂​典
​樂​典​三十​六卷
​明​黄​佐​撰
​舞​志​十二​卷​明
​張​敉​撰
​31. Treatise on Dancing, 舞​志
​in twelve chapters. By Cháng
Mí of Ming.
?
小學​類
​爾雅​註疏​十
​爾​卷
​32. A Commentary on the
Book of Elegances, in eleven
chapters, commented upon by 卷​晉郭璞​註
​Kwó Po of Tsin.
Luk King Tò, luk kün. Sung
Yéung Káp chán.
Sz' Shü Lui.
Sz' Shii wák Man, sám shap
kau kiin. Sung Chi tsz'
chán.
Sz’Shii yan mat Hau,sz'
shap kiin; Pò Háu pat kiin.
Ming Sít Ying kí chán.
Sz Shi Chó Hok í chí lái,
shap kun. . Kwok chíu Chíu
Sz yíú chán.
{
Sz' Shii Kü Tau shik í, shap
kau kün. Kwók chíú Fán
Ying ting chán.
Ngók Lui.
Ngok shii, í pak kin. Sung
Chan Yéung chán.
Kam Pò, sám kin. Ming
Wóng Hồ ín chán.
Ngók Tin, sam shap luk kin.
Ming Wóng só chán.
Mò Chí, shap í kin. Ming
Chéung Mí chán.
Síú Hók Lui.
Í Ngá Chu shó, shap yat
kin. Tsun Kwok Puk chi.
§9. In chapter X., sec. 2, the subject of music is treated of at considerable length, and the
mò, or dancing of the Chinese, is also there spoken of; see page 356.
$10. The 'Rh Yé is a work which now commonly appears in three volumes, quarto, embellished
with engravings, and is apparently an abridgment of that by Kwó Pó. It is highly valued by
the Chinese: it is a kind of dictionary.’
INTRODUCTION.
xxi.
33. Explanation of the
Names of Things, in eight
chapters. By Liú Hí of Hán.
釋​名​八卷​漢​劉
​熙​機
​#
說文解字​三十
​卷​漢​許慎​撰
​類​篇​四十​五卷
​舊​本​題​司馬​光
​撰
​36. The six Sources for
Derivation of Words, in thirty-
六​書​故​三十​三
​three chapters. By Tái Tung 卷​元​戴​侗​撰
​of Yuen.
字
​五卷​元​李
​文仲​撰
​34. Treatise on the Mean-
ing of Words, in thirty-three
chapters. By Hü Shin of
Hán.
35. Classification of Words,
in forty-five chapters. The
original work written by Sz'.
mã Kwáng.
í
37. A Dictionary, in five
chapters. By Li Wanchung
of Yuen.
38. Kánghi's Dictionary,
in forty-two chapters.
39. Treatise on the Litera-
ture of Western Scholars. By
Kin Níkó of the Ming dy
nasty.
·
I
康熙字典​四十
​二卷
​西​儒​耳目​資​明
​金​尼​閣​撰
​§1. NATIONAL HISTORIES.
正史​類
​40. Historical Records, in
one hundred and thirty chap-
ters. By Sz'má Tsien of the
Hán dynasty.
史記​一百​三十
​卷​漢​司馬遷​撰
​史記​索隱​三十
​41. The Obscurities of the
Historical Records investigat-
ed, in thirty chapters. By 卷​唐​司馬​貞​撰
​Sz'má Ching of Táng.
Shik ming, pát kün. Hón
Lau Hí chán.
Shut Man Kái tsz', sám shap
kin. Hón Hi Shan chán.
Lui Pín, sz' shap 'ng kün.
Kau pún tai Sz' má Kwóng
chán.
Luk Shü Kú, sám shap sám
kin. Yün Tái Tung chán.
Tsz' Kám, 'ng kün. Yün Lí
Man chung chán.
Hồng hí Tsz tín, sz’shap í
kün.
Sai Yu í muk Tsz'.
Kam Ní kok chán.
Second Division.
SZ' PÒ, HISTORICAL WRITINGS.
Ming
Ching sz' Lui.
Sz' Kí, yat pák sám shap kün.
Hón Sz' má Tsín chán.
Sz' Kí Sók Yan, sám shap
kün. Tóng Sz' má Ching
chán.
The works arranged under the head of Siú Hók Lui are rudimental, having reference to ex-
planations of things, and the words or names by which they are denoted. The Shw6 Wan and
Lú Shu are very often quoted in the Dictionary of Kánghí: the object of the first is to explain
the orthography of words by an exhibition of their component parts: the object of the second is
to show whence words are derived, and refers them all to six general principles of derivation.
Kánghí's Dictionary is in general use throughout the empire, and is a very valuable work.
§1. The historical writings of the Chinese are very prolix, often extending through many
minute and uninteresting details. Sometimes however they are concise, animated, and graphic,
in an admirable degree.
xxii.
INTRODUCTION.
42. History of the Hán
dynasty, in one hundred and
twenty chapters. By Pán Kò
of Hán.
43. History of the Three
Kingdoms, in sixty-five chap-
ters. By Chin Shau of Tsin.
§2. ANNALS.
44. General Mirror to aid
in Government; two hundred
and ninety-four chapters. By
Sz'má Kwang of Sung.
45. An extended Supple-
ment to the General Mirror
for aiding Government, in five
hundred and twenty chapters.
By Lí Shau of Sung.
§3. COMPLETE Records.
46. Narrative of the Sub-
jugation of the Two Golden
streams [in the reign of Kien-
·lung], in one hundred and
fifty-two chapters; by imperial
authority.
47. Narratives respecting
Formosa, in seventy chapters;
published by imperial au-
thority.
48. History Unraveled, in
one hundred and sixty chap-
ters. By Má Siú of the
reigning dynasty.
§ 4. SEPARATE Records.
49. Ancient Records, in
sixty chapters. By Sú Chi
of Sung.
50. A Universal History,
in two hundred chapters. By
Ching Tsiau of Sung.
漢書​一百​二十 ​Hón Shi, yat pák í shap
kin. Hón Pán Kú chán.
卷​漢​班固​撰
​三國​志​六​十五 ​Sam Kwok Chí, luk shap 'ng
Sám ’ng
kin. Tsun Chan Shau chán.
卷​晉​陳壽撰
​編​年​類
​資治通鑑​二百
​九十​四卷​宋​司
​馬光撰
​續​資治通鑑​長
​編​五百​二十​卷
​宋​李壽撰
​紀事​本末​類
​Pin nin Lui.
Tsz' Chí Tung Kám, í pák
kau shap sz' kiin. Sung Sz'
má Kwong chán.
Tsuk Tsz Chí Tung Kám
chéung Pín, 'ng pák í shap
kin. Sung Lí Shau chán.
Kí sz' pún mút Lui.
Yam ting Ping ting Léung
Kam chun fong Léuk, yat
欽​定​平定​兩​金
​川​方略​一百​五 ​pák 'ng shapí kun.
十二​卷
​欽​定​臺​彎​紀​略
​七十​卷
​繹​史​一百​六十
​卷​國​朝​馬​驌​撰 ​chán
别​史​類
​Yam ting Toi wán Kí Léuk,
tsat shap kin.
Yik Shí, yat pák luk shap
kün. Kwók chíú Má Sau
Pít sz' Lui.
Kú Sz', luk shap kün. Sung
Sú Chít chán,
古史​六十​卷​宋
​蘇轍​撰
​通志
​二百​卷​宋​ng Chí, í pak kin. Sung
鄭樵​撰
​chán.
42, 43. There are distinct histories of every dynasty, usually compiled from the records of the
government, and which have, of course, the best claim to authenticity. The History of the Three
Kingdoms is very much admired by the Chinese, chiefly for its style, for in its narrative it is
admitted that the writer has not restricted himself to simple facts.
§2. These annals are for the most part the production of private individuals, drawn from the
general histories. Sz'má Kwang's annals form a highly finished and one of the best digested
histories that Chinese scholars have produced.
§ 3. Under this head are narratives of distinct events, traced from their beginning to their
The History Unraveled is a work of great labor and highly valued.
end.
INTRODUCTION.
xxiii.
51. A Supplement to the
Universal History, by imperial
authority, in five hundred and
twenty-seven chapters.
§ 5. MIXED HISTORIES.
52. National Sayings, in
two hundred and eleven chap-
ters. By Wei Cháu of Wú.
53. Miscellanies of the
Shady-Hill Establishment in
one hundred chapters. By
Wang Shíching of the Ming
dynasty.
54. Historical accounts of
Corea, in one volume. By
I' Hien of Ming.
55. History of the Country
of Tsú, in sixty chapters. By
Liú Táunán of Ming.
06. OFFICIAL PAPERS.
56. Imperial proclamations
and orders of Táng, in one
hundred and thirty chapters.
57. Memorials to the Throne
from high ministers of state,
in one hundred and fifty chap.
ters.
58. Memorials of celebrated
ministers of state during suc-
cessive dynasties, in three
hundred and fifty chapters.
§7. MEMOIRS.
59. Memoirs of Confucius,
in five chapters. The origi-
nal work by Hú Shunchi of
the Sung dynasty.
60. Memoirs of Distinguish-
ed Ladies in ancient times, in
seven chapters; with a Sup-
plement to the same in one
chapter. By Liú Hiáng of
the Han dynasty.
欽​定​續​通志​五
​百​二十​七卷
​雜​史​類
​國語​二十​一卷
​吳韋昭​注
​弇​山​堂​别​集
​百​卷​明​王世貞
​撰
​朝鮮​紀事​一卷
​明​倪​謙​撰
​楚​紀​六十​卷​明
​廖道南​撰
​詔令​奏議​類
​唐​大​詔​合集-
​百​三十​卷
​諸臣​奏議​一百 ​shap kin.
五十​卷
​歴代​名​臣​奏議
​三百​五十​卷
​傳記​類
​孔子​編​年​五卷
​舊​本​題​宋​胡​舜
​陟​撰
​古​列​女​傳​七卷
​續​列​女​傳​一卷
​漢​劉向撰
​Yam ting, Tsuk Tung Chí
'ng pák í shap tsat kin.
Tsap Sz' Lui.
Kwók Yü,í shap yat kiin.
’Ng Wai Chíú chủ.
Ím Shán Tóng pít tsap, yat
pák kün. Ming Wong Shai
ching chán.
Chíú sín Kí sz', yat kiin.
Ming Ngai Hím chán.
Tsù Kí, luk shap kin. Ming
Líú Tò nam chán.
Chíú ling tsau í Lui.
Tóng tái chíú ling tsap, yat
pák sám shap kün.
Chü shan tsau í, yat pák 'ng
Lik toi ming shan tsau í, sám
pák 'ng shap kün.
Chun Ki Lui.
Hung tsz pín nín, ng kin
Kau pún tai Sung U Shun
chik chán.
Kú lít Nu Chün, tsat kün;
tsuk lít Ni Chin, yat kin.
Hón Lau Héung chán.
§6. These official papers comprise a large variety of subjects, and are perhaps among the
most authentic portions of the historical writings of the Chinese.
ㄚ
​§7. There are extant separate memoirs, or biographical narratives, of almost all distinguished
persons of every age; they afford one of the best sources for studying the national character of
the Chinese. The lives of queens, empresses, and other females, have been ably written.
xxiv.
INTRODUCTION.
61. Narrative of a Wes-
tern Embassy, in one volume.
By Liu Yu of the Yuen dy-
nasty.
§8. HISTORICAL EXCERPTA.
62. The Seventeen Histo-
ries in complete and distinct
parts, comprised in two hun-
dred and seventy-three chap-
ters. By Lu Tsúkien of the
Sung dynasty.
63. Conversations on An-
cient and Modern affairs, in
By Wang
twelve chapters.
Yingkiáu of Ming.
64. Historical Woof, in
three hundred and thirty chap-
ters. By Chin Yunsi of the
reigning dynasty.
$9. RECORDS OF NEIGHBORING
STATES.
65. Account of Foreign
States, in ten chapters.
By
Fán Chó of the Táng dy-
nasty.
66. Account of the Uncul-
tivated parts of Kiángnán, in
ten chapters. By Lung Kwan
of Sung.
67. An Historical Narrative
of Corea, in six chapters.
§ 10. OF TIMES AND SEASONS.
68. An Extensive Record
of the seasons of the Year, in
four chapters. By Chin
Yuentsing of Sung.
69. Miscellaneous Explana-
tions of the four seasons, in
four chapters. By Lí Tái of
Ming.
§11. GEOGRAPHICAL TREA-
TISES.
70. Description of the whole
Universe when at peace, in
one hundred and ninety-three
chapters. By Ngó Sz' of the
Sung dynasty.
西​使​記​一卷​元
​劉郁撰
​史​鈔​類
​十七​史​詳​節​二
​百​七十​三卷​宋
​呂祖謙​撰
​古今​彝語​十二
​巻​明​汪​應​蛟​撰
​史​緯​三百​三十
​國​朝​陳允錫
​撰
​載​記​類
​蠻​書​十卷​唐​樊
​綽​撰
​江南​野史​十卷
​宋​龍​袞​撰
​朝鮮​史略​六卷
​時​分類
​歲時​廣​記​四卷
​宋​陳​元​靚​撰
​四時​氣候​集解
​四卷​明​李泰撰
​地理​類
​太平​寰宇​記
​百​九十​三卷 ​宋
​樂​史​撰
​Sai Sz’Kí, yat kin. Yiin Lau
Yuh chán.
Sz' Sháu Lui.
Shap tsat Sz' Tséung Tsít, í
pák tsat shap sám kün.
Sung Lui Tsò hím chán.
Kó Kam í Yii, shapí kiin.
Ming Wong Ying hầu chán,
Sz' Wai, sám pák sám shap
kün. Kwók chíú Chan Wan
sik chán.
Tsoi Kí Lui.
Mán Shü, shap kin. Tông
Fán Chéuk chán.
Kóng nám Yé Sz', shap kiin.
Sung Lung Kwan chán.
Chíú sín Sz' Léuk, luk kün.
Shi Ling Lui.
Sui shí Kwong Kí, sz’ kin.
Sung Chan Yūn tsing chán.
Sz’Shí Hí Hau tsap kái, sz'
kin. Ming Lí Tái chán.
Ti Li Lui.
Tái ping wán Yi Kí, yat pak
kau shap sám kün. Sung
Ngók Sz chún.
8. There is extant another work, or a continuation of the seventeen historians, which is called
the twenty-one histories. It is often referred to and much valued.
§9. These refer to states and tribes which are in part or entirely dependent on the Chinese
and extend of course only to those who are on, or within, their borders. The mountain tribes on
the northwest of Kwangtung come under this head.
INTRODUCTION.
XXV.
1
71. A Complete Statistical
account of the Empire under
the reigning dynasty, in five
hundred chapters.
72. A full Statistical Ac-
count of the province of Can-
ton, in sixty-four chapters.
By Hó Julun and others of
the reigning dynasty.
73. Memorials and other pa-
pers on the Management of Ca-
nals, in four chapters. By Kin
Pú of the reigning dynasty.
74. Researches respecting
the origin of the Mántchous,
in twenty chapters, by im-
perial authority.
75. A Geographical Ac-
count of the Lòfau hills, in
twelve chapters. By Táu
Kingyi of the reigning dy-
nrsty.
77. Drafts of documents of
the Board of Rites, in one
hundred and ten chapters.
78. A Description of the
Magistracy in every age and of
every rank, in sixty-three chap-
ters; by imperial authority.
79. A Golden Mirror for
the magistracy, in twelve
chapters. By Niú Tiensu of
the reigning dynasty.
§13. ON THE CONSTITUTION.
80. A complete Govern-
mental Directory, in two hun-
dred chapters. By To Yiú
of Táng.
大​清​一統​志​五
​百​卷
​廣東​通志​六十
​四卷​國​朝​郝玉
​麟​等撰
​治​河​奏
​書​四
​卷​國​朝​靳輔​撰
​欽​定​滿洲​源流
​考​二十​卷
​羅浮​山​志​十二
​卷國​朝陶​敬益
​撰
​禮部​志​槀​一百
​十卷
​職​卷​十
​Kún Chik Lui.
§ 12. ON THE MAGISTRACY.
官職​類
​76. The six Canons of 唐​六​典​三十​卷 ​Tong luk Tin, sám shap kiin.
Táng, in thirty chapters. By
Yuentsung the illustrious em-
peror of the Tang dynasty.
tsung wong
tai yi chán.
唐元宗​明​皇帝
​御​撰
​欽​定​歴​代​職官
​表​六十​三卷
​百僚​金​鑑​十二
​卷​國​朝​牛​天​宿
​撰
​Tái Tsing yat Tung Chí, ng
pák kün.
Kwóng tung Tung Chí, luk
shap sz' kün. Kwók chíú
Kok Yuk lun tang chán.
Chí Hó tsau chik Shü, sz
kün. Kwók chíú Kan Pò
chán.
Yam ting Mún chau in lan
Háu, í shap kün.
Ló fau Shán Chí, shapíkiin.
Kwók chíú Tau King yik
chán.
!
Lai Pò Chí Kò, yat pak shap
kün.
Yam ting lik toi chik kún
píú, luk shap sám kiin.
Pák kú Kam Kám, shap í
kin. Kwok chíu Ngau Tín
suk chán.
政​書​類
​Ching shi Lui.
通典​二百​卷​唐 ​Tung Tin,í pák kin. Tông
杜佑撰
​Tà Yau chán.
§11. Number 71 is the best statistical work extant on the Chinese empire; and No. 72 is one
of the best for the province of Canton. There are similar works for all the provinces, depart-
ments, and districts of the empire, the whole forming a body of works on statistics unequaled for
its extent and minuteness in any country. No. 75 is a popular work: the Lòfau hills are in this
province, about a hundred miles northwest from the city of Canton.
J
xxvi.
INTRODUCTION.
81. Complete Antiquarian | 文獻​通考​三百
​Researches, in three hundred
四十​八卷​元​馬
​端​臨​撰
​欽​定​續​文獻​通
​考​二百五​十二
​卷
​and forty-eight chapters. By
Ma Tuánlin of Yuen.
82. Supplement to the Com-
plete Antiquarian Researches,
in two hundred and fifty-two
chapters. By imperial au.
thority.
83. Collected Statutes of
the Great Pure dynasty, in
one hundred chapters. By
imperial authority.
84. Complete Statistical
Account of the eight Banners
first collection, in two hundred
and fifty chapters.
85. Laws and Statutes of
the Great Pure dynasty, in
forty-seven chapters.
§ 14. Books or REFERENCE.
86. Chíchai's Catalogue of
Books, with explanations of
their contents, in twenty-two
chapters. By Chin Chinsun
of Sung.
欽​定​大​清​會​典
​一百​卷
​八旗​通志​初​集
​二百五​十卷
​大​清​律例​四十
​七卷
​目錄​類
​直​齋​書​錄​解題
​二十​二卷​宋​陳
​振​孫​撰
​87. Catalogue of
Books
千頃​堂​書目​三
​belonging to the house of
Tsiencing, in thirty-two chap- 十二​卷​國​朝​黄
​ters. By Hwang Yütsi of the
reigning dynasty.
虞​撰
​史​評​類
​三國​雜​事​二卷
​15. CRITICISMS ON HISTORY,
88. Miscellaneous Remarks
on the Three Kingdoms, in
two volumes. By Táng King 宋​唐​庚
​of Sung.
89. Observations on Men
and Things, in thirty-four
人物​論​三​十四
​volumes. By Ching Hien of
Ming.
卷​明​鄭賢撰
​90. Táisz' Observations on
the Laws, in one hundred
太史​史​例​一百
​chapters. By Cháng Chísiáng 卷​明​張​之​象​撰
​of Ming.
Man Hin Tung Háu, sám
Yün
未
​pák sz' shap pát kün.
Mã Tin làm chán.
Yam ting Tsuk Man Hin
Tung Háu, í pák 'ng shap í
kün.
Yam ting Tá Tsing Úi Tín,
yat pák kün.
Pát Kí Tung Chí chó tsap, á
pák 'ng shap kün.
Tái Tsing Lut Lai, sz shap
tsat kün.
Muk Luk Lui.
Chik chái Shu luk Kái tai, í
shap í kün. Sung Chan
Chan sin chán.
Tsin king tong Shu Muk,
sám shap í kün. Kwok chíú
Wóng Yü tsik chán.
Sz' Ping Lui.
Sam Kwók tsap sz', íkin.
Sung Tông King chán.
Yan Mat Lun, sám shap sz’
kin. Ming Ching Ấn chán.
Tái sz' Sz' Lai, yat pák kün.
Ming Chéung Chí tséung
chán.
§ 13. The works arranged under this head exhibit and explain all the forms and duties of the
government in all its numerous branches. For an account of No. 83, and extracts from it,
see page. 564 and sequel; for No. 85, see page 533, &c.
§14. These are apparently similar to the catalogue of the imperial library, from which this
selection is made.
INTRODUCTION.
. xxvii.
Third Division.
TSz'Pò, 子部 ​PROFESSIONAL WRITINGS.
§1. PHILOSOPHICAL WORKS.
91. Domestic Sayings of
Confucius, in ten chapters,
with comments by Wang Su
of Wei.
92. Learning, of Emperors,
in eight chapters. By Fán
Tsúyü of Sung.
93. A Miscellaneous Com-
mentary on the Primary Les-
sons, by the philosopher Chü
of Sung.
94. Conversations of the
philosopher Chü, in one hun.
dred and forty chapters.
95. Notes on Reading, in
sixty-one chapters. By Chin
Tisiú of the Sung dynasty.
96. Treatise on the Mind,
in one volume. By Chin
Tisiú of Sung.
97. Rules for Reading, by
the philosopher Chu, in four
chapters. Compiled by Chăng
Hung and Tsí Hí of Sung.
98. A full and complete
Treatise on the Passions, in
seventeen chapters.
99. Treatise on Filial Duty
for women, in one volume.
By lady Ching of Táng.
100. Plates and Remarks
explanatory of the Great Ex-
treme, in fourteen chapters.
By Wáng Tszhwái of the
reigning dynasty.
儒家​類
​孔子​家​語​十卷
​魏​王肅​註
​帝​學​八卷​宋​范
​祖禹​撰
​小學​集註​六卷
​宋​朱子撰
​朱子​語​類​一百
​四十​卷
​讀​書記​六十
​卷​宋​眞​德​秀​撰
​心​經​一卷​宋​眞
​德​秀​撰
​朱子​讀書​法​四
​卷​宋​張​洪齊熙
​同​編
​性理​大全​書​十
​七卷
​女​孝經​一卷​唐
​鄭氏​撰
​太極​圖​說​論​十
​四卷​國​朝​王​嗣
​槐​撰
​Yü Ká Lui.
Hung tsz' Ká Yü, shap kün.
Ngai Wong Suk chu.
Tai Hók, pát kün. Sung
Fán Tsò yi chán.
Síú Hók tsap chü, luk kün.
Sung Chủ tsz chán.
Chü tsz’Yü lui, yat pák sz.
shap sz' kün.
Tuk shu Kí, luk shap yat
kün. Sung Chan Tak sau
chán.
Sam King,yat kiin. Sung
Chan Tak sau chán.
Chü tsz' Tuk shi Fat, sz.
kin. Sung Cheung Hung
Tsai Hí tung pín.
Sing Lí tái tsun shi, shap
tsat kin.
Nü Háu King, yat kün.
Tóng Ching shí chán.
Tái Kik Tà Shit Lun, shap
sz'kin. Kwok Chtú Wong
Tsz’ wai chán.
§1. The yü ká is the school of the literati, comprising all the wise and the learned men of the
nation, who follow the principles of Confucius, their great master. Their writings are numerous;
and in point of excellence are second only to the ancient classics. The writings of some of the
followers of the sage are such as would probably be preferred to those of Confucius by all and
any but Chinese.
xxviii.
INTRODUCTION.
101. Education of females,
in six chapters. By Lán
Tingyuen (or Luchow) of the
reigning dynasty.
§ 2. MILITARY AUTHORS.
102. Writings on Defences
of Cities, in four chapters.
103. Military Records, in
four chapters. By Ho Liáng-
chin of Ming.
104. Memoirs of a hundred
Generals, in one hundred
chapters. By Cháng Yü of
Sung.
105. Soldier's Mirror, in
eleven chapters. By Tang
Tinglò of the reigning dy-
nasty.
Ş3. WRITERS on Law.
106. The original works of
the philosopher Kwán, in
twenty-four chapters. By
Kwán Chung.
107. Requisites for the pro-
per execution of punishment.
By Páng Tiensi of Yuen.
§4. WRITERS on Hus-
BANDRY.
108. The chief Essentials
regarding Husbandry, Silk,
Clothes, and Food, in two
chapters. By Lú Mingshen
of the Yuen dynasty.
109. A complete Work on
Agricultural Operations, in
sixty chapters. By Shü
Kwángkí of Ming.
110. Plates and Odes on
Tillage and Weaving. By Lú
Chau of the Sung dynasty.
§5. MEDICAL Writers.
111. The Plain Questions
of Hwangtí, in twenty-four
chapters, commented on by
Wáng Ping of Táng.
:
女​學​六卷​國​朝 ​Nü Hok, luk kin.
chíú Lám Ting yün pín.
藍​鼎​元​編
​兵家​類
​守城​錄​四卷
​四卷​明​何
​醫​家​類
​黄帝​素​問​二十
​四卷​唐​王冰​註
​Kwók
Ping Ká Lui.
Shau shing Luk, sz' kün.
Chan Kí, sz’kin. Ming Ho
Léung shan chán.
良臣​撰
​百​將​傳​一百​卷 ​Pak Tséung Chin, yat pak
kin. Sung Chéung Yüchán.
宋​張​預​撰
​兵​鏡​十一​卷​國
​朝​鄧​廷羅撰
​法家​類
​管子​二十​四卷
​舊​本​題​管仲 ​chán.
政​刑​類​要​一卷
​元​彭天錫​撰
​農家​類
​農​桑​衣食​撮要
​二卷​元​魯明善
​撰
​Nung Ching tsun shi, luk
農政​全書​六​十 ​shap kiin. Ming Chi Kwóng
kai chán.
卷​明​除​光啟​撰
​耕​織​圖​詩​宋​樓
​璹​撰
​Ping King, shap yat kiin.
Kwok chíu Tang Ting ló
chán.
Fát Ká Lui.
Kún tsz', í shap sz' kün.
Kau pún tai Kún Chung
Ching Ying lui ú, yat kiin.
Yun Pang Tín sik chán.
Nung Ká Lui.
Nung Sông í shik tsiit ú,í
kün. Yün Lú Ming shín
chán.
King Chik Ta Shí. Sung.
Lau Chau chán.
Í Ká Lui.
Wóng tai sú Man, í shap sz'
Tóng Wong Ping
kün.
chi.
§2. The military school, or ping ká, is respectable only for its numbers. The writings of
its professors are worthless.
3. The number of writers on law is not large; their works are occupied with the history of
the laws and with the principles involved in them.
$4. For the views of the Chinese on agriculture, see chap. IX, passim.
}
INTRODUCTION.
xxix.
112. Treatise on Difficult
Cases, in two chapters. By
Tsin Yuejin of Chau.
113. Rules to aid in Gene-
ral Practice, in four hundred
and twenty-six chapters. By
Chau Ting and Wang Su of
Ming.
114. Treatise on the Buffa
lo, in three chapters. By
Tsáu Fú of Táng.
115. Veterinary Miscel.
lany, in four chapters; with a
supplementary work in one
chapter. By Yu Jin and Yü
c Ming.
OMICAL AND MA-
CAL WRITERS.
w Treatise on the
lestial Phenomena,
chapters. By Sú
sung.
A new work on Math.
, in one hundred chap-
By Su Kwangkí and
European Lunghwámin
others under the Ming
ynasty.
§7. MAGICAL CALCULATIONS.
118. Treatise on the Great
Original, in ten chapters. By
Yang Hiung of Hán.
119. On the Site for a
House, two chapters: accord-
ing to the original memoir
called the House of Hwangti.
120. A Minute Inquiry into
the Laws of Divination, in
four chapters. By Hú Hü of
the reigning dynasty.
!
難​經​二卷​周秦
​越​人​撰
​普​濟​方​四百​二
​十六​卷​明​周​定
​K
天文​算法​類
​新​儀​象​法​要​三
​卷​宋​蘇頌撰
​新法​算​書​一百
​爸​明​徐光啟​及
​西洋人​龍華​民
​等撰
​Nán King,í kiin.
Tsun Yut yan chán.
王​橚​撰
​水牛​經​三卷​唐 ​Tong Tso Fú chán.
造父​撰
​療​馬​集​四卷​附
​錄​一卷​明​喻​仁
​喻​傑​同​撰
​術​數​類
​太​元​經​十卷​漢
​揚雄​撰
​宅​經​二卷​舊​本
​題​日​黄帝​宅​經
​卜​法​詳​考​四卷
​國​朝​胡​煦​撰
​Chan
Pò Tsai Fóng, sz’pák í shap
luk kin. Ming Chau Ting.
Wóng Suk chán.
Shui Ngau King, sám kin.
Liú Má tsap, sz'kün, fú luk
yat kin. Ming Yü Yan, Yiu
Kít tung chán.

Tin Man Sün Fát Lui.
San Í Tséung Fát íú, sám
kun. Sung Sú Tsung chán.
San Fát Sün shü, yat pak
kün. Ming Tsü Kwóng kai
kap Sai yéung yan Lung-wa-
man tang chán.
Shut Sho Lui.
Tái Yin King, shap hin
Hồn Yéung Hung chán.
Chák King, í kün. Kau pún
tai üt Wóng tai Chák King.
§5. The works on medicine are numerous and copious, but they have not been much read by
foreigners. For a brief account of the practice and science of medicine among the Chinese, see
chapter XVI., page 497.
§6. In this section are found several works which have been prepared by the aid of foreign-
ers, chiefly the Jesuits connected with the Astronomical Board. The native works are not of
much value.
Puk Fát Tséung Háu, sz.'
kün. Kwok chíú U Kii
chán.
$7. The works on magical calculations appear not to have been investigated by any foreigner,
and it is not probable they ever will be. Some works under this head are published by imperial
authority.
XXX.
INTRODUCTION.
§ 8. FINE ARTS.
121. Records of Distin-
guished Painters of successive
ages. By Cháng Yenyuen of
Táng.
122. Siuenho's Works on
Writing, in twenty chapters.
124. Extensive and Com-
plete collection of Musical
Pieces, in ten chapters. By
Ving Piáuching of Ming.
125. Works on Archery, in
four chapters. By Kú Yu of
the Ming dynasty.
§9. COLLECTIONS.
126. The Student's Ap-
paratus, in five chapters. By
Sú Yikien of Sung.
123. A Collection of Seals,
in eight chapters. By Chu
Sianghien of the reigning 朱象賢​撰
​dynasty.
127. Memoir on Tea, in
three chapters. By Lu Yü of
Táng.
128. Memoir on the Wines
of the northern hills. By
Chi Yichung of the Sung
dynasty.
129. The most Important
Things to be known in diet,
in eight chapters. By Kú
Ming of Yuen.
130. An Account of In-
sects, in ten chapters. By
Shin Hungching of Ming,
§10. MISCELLANEOUS
AUTHORS.
131. Notices of Men and
Things, in three chapters.
By Liú Sháu of Wei.
藝術​類
​歴代​名​畫記​十
​卷​唐張彥​遠​撰
​宣​和​書​譜​二十
​宣​卷
​印​典​八卷​國​朝
​琴譜​大全​十卷
​明​楊​表​正​撰
​射​書​四卷​明​顧
​煜​撰
​宋​蘇​易​簡​撰
​茶​經​三卷​唐​陸
​羽​撰
​北山​酒​經​三卷
​宋​朱​翼​中​撰
​飲食​須知​八卷
​Ngai Shut Lui.
Lik toi Ming Wá Kí, shap
kin. Tong Cheung In yiin
chan.
元​賈銘​撰
​蟲​天​志​十卷​明
​沈宏​正​撰
​雜​家​類
​人物​志​三卷​魏
​劉​邵​撰
​Siin wó shii Po, íshap kin.
Yan Tín, pát kin. Kwok
chíu Chu Tséung ín cháu,
Kam Pò Tai Tsin, shap kiin,
Ming Yéung Píú ching chán.

Pò Tuk L
譜​錄​類
​Man Fong Sz' Pò,
文​房​四​譜​五卷 ​Sung Sú Yik kán c
Shé Shii, sz' kun. Ming W
Yuk chán.
Chá King, sám kün.
Luk Yi chán.
Pak shán Tsau King, sám
kün. Sung Chu Yik Chung
chán.
Yam Shik su chí, pát kiên
Yun Kú Ming chán.
Chung Tín Chí, shap kun
Ming Sham Wing ching chán.
Tsáp Ká Lui.
Yan mat che, sán kün. Ngai
Lú Shíú chán.
§8. Chapter X, on the Liberal Arts, contains a summary view of the Chinese ideas on the
tine arts. Sce page 353.
§ 9. The collections are divided into two parts, collections of manufactured things, and of
natural productions: in the first are comprised coins, ink, &c.; in the second are included several
branches of natural history. One of the best works on Natural History, however, is arranged
under §5, with the Medical Writers. It is the Pún Ts'd by Lí Shíchan; an account of it is
inserted on pages 436, and 508.
INTRODUCTION.
xxxi.
}
132. General Observations
on Manners and Customs, in
ten chapters; with a supple-
ment in one chapter. By
Ying Sháu of Hán.
133. Stories about the Eas-
tern deserts of Tsí, in twenty
chapters. By Chau Mie of
Sung.
134. Ancient and modern
Accounts of the Seas, in one
hundred and forty-two chap-
ters. By Lu Tsie of the Ming
dynasty.
135. Verity and reasonable-
ness of Christianity, in two
chapters. By Matthew Ricci
nder the Ming dynasty.
ENCYCLOPÆDIAS.
sory Researches
tain Hall, in two
d twenty-eight
th twelve supple-
apters. By Páng
he Ming dynasty.
The Remembrancer
Tonic Treasury, in four
fred and forty-four chap-
By imperial authority.
138. The Great Classical
Work of Yungló in twenty-
two thousand eight hundred
and seventy-seven chapters.
139. Collection of Plates
Illustrative of all Things, in
106 chapters. By Wáng Chi
of Ming.
§ 12. LIGHT LITERATURE.
140. Court and Country
completely Described, in six
chapters, according to the
original of Cháng Tsu of the
Táng dynasty.
風俗​通​義​十卷
​附錄​一卷​漢​應
​邵​撰
​五
​齊​東​野
​卷​宋​周密​撰
​今​說​海​一百
​四十​二卷​明​陸
​楫​編
​天主​實​義​二卷
​明​利瑪竇​撰
​+
類​書​類
​山​堂​肆​考​二百
​二十​八卷​補遺
​十二​卷​明​彭​大
​翼​撰
​御​定​佩​文​韻​府
​四百​四十​四卷
​永樂大典​二萬
​二千​八百​七十
​七卷
​三才​圖​會 ​百
​六卷​明王​折​撰
​小說​類
​朝野​僉​載​六卷
​舊​本​題​唐​張​駕
​撰
​:
Fung Tsuk tung I, shap kün.
í,
fú luk yat kün. Hón Ying
Shíú chán.
Tsai Tung Yé Yü, í shap
kin. Sung Chau Mat chán.
Kú Kam Shut Hoi, yat pák
sz'shapí kün. Ming Luk
Yap pín.
Tin Chi Shat Í,í kiin.
Ming Lí Má tau chán.

Lui Shü Lui.
Shán Tóng sz' Háu, í pákí
shap pát kün; pò wai shap í
Ming Páng Tái yik
kün.
chán.
Yii Ting Púi Man Wan Fú,
sz’pák sz'shap sz'kin.
Wing lúk Tái Tín, í mán i
tsín pát pák tsat shap tsat
kün.
Sám Tsoi Tò Úi, yat pák
luk kún. Ming Wong Chít
chán.
Siú Shüt Lui.
Chíú Yé Kim Tsoi, luk kiin.
kau pún tai Tóng Cheung
Tsuk chán.
135. There are some other works by Ricci in the imperial library.
138. Yungló was the third emperor of the Ming dynasty, whose reign commenced A. D. 1403,
and was a great patron of learning.
139. The sám tsoi are heaven, earth, and man, and the phrase is intended to denote all things
in the whole universe, including whatsoever appertains to heavenly, earthly, and human affairs.
xxxii.
INTRODUCTION.
141. Amusing Tale dream-+
ed at the North River, in 20
chapters. By Sun Kwáng. 卷​宋​孫光憲​撰
​hien of Sung.
山海經​廣​註​十
​142. Comments on the
(monsters of the) Mountains
and Seas, in eighteen chap-E
八卷​國​朝​吳​任
​臣​撰
​ters. By Wú Jinchin of the
reigning dynasty.
143. Records of Research.
搜神記​二十​卷
​es concerning the Gods, in
twenty chapters; according 舊​本​题​晉​干​寶
​to the original of Hán Páu of
Tsin.
FEE
§13. BUDHISTIC WRITINGS.
144. Concerning the origin
of Budhism, in twenty chap-
ters. Written by the Budhist
Chishing of the Táng dy-
nasty.
-
§14. WRITINGs of the
RATIONALISTS.
147. An Exposition of the
Canonical Work on True
Virtue, in two chapters. By
Sú Chi of Sung.
145. Memoirs of the high
Budhistic priests of Sung, in
30 chapters. By the Budhist
Tsánning of Sung.
146. Complete Records of 佛祖​統​紀​五十
​the Budhistic Fathers, in fif-
ty-four chapters, by the Bud-
四卷​宋​儈​志​磐
​hist Chímò of the Sung dy-
nasty.
148. Memoirs of Demigods
in two chapters. By Liú
Hiang of Hán.
149. Memoirs of Gods and
Demigods, in ten chapters.
By Kó Hung of Tsin.
150. Expositions of the
philosopher Chwáng, in three
chapters. By Wú Shísháng
of the present dynasty.
釋​家​類
​開元
​元​釋​教​錄​:
** =
十卷​唐​釋​智​昇
​撰
​= +
宋​高僧傳​三十
​卷​宋​釋​贊​寧​撰
​道家​類
​道德​經​解​二卷
​#
列​仙​傳​二卷​漢
​劉向撰
​神仙​傳​十卷​晉
​葛洪撰
​莊子​解​三卷​國
​朝​吳世​尙​撰
​Pak mung shó ín, í shap kiin.
Sung Sun Kwong hín chán.
Shán Hoi King kwóng Chu,
shap pát kün. Kwok chíú
Ng Yam shan chán.
Sau Shan Kí, í shap kün,
kau pún tai Tsun Kón Pò
chán.

Shik ká Lui.
Hoi Yün Shik káu luk, í shap
kün.
Tóng Shik Chí shir
chán.
Sung Kò Tsang
shap kün. Sung
ning chán.
Fat tsò Tung Kí, ng
kün. Sung Tsang C
chán.
Tð Ká Lui.
Tò Tak King Kái, í kin.
Sung Sú Chít chán.
Lít Sín chün, í kün. Hón
Laú Heung chán.
Shan Sín Chin, shap kün.
Tsun Kot Hung chán.
Chóng tsz Kái, Sám kún.
Kwok chíú ’Ng Shai shéng
chán.
§13. Budhism, though sometimes patronized by the emperors of China and supported by large
and numerous monasteries, is nevertheless but little esteemed by men of letters.
§14. The writings of this sect rank no higher, and are perhaps less valued, than those of the
Budhists. The work on Virtue has been translated into Latin by one of the French sinologues.
The "three religions" of the Chinese are much blended one with the other.
I
xxxiii.
INTRODUCTION.
§1. POETRY OF Tsu.
151. The Poetry of Tsú in
paragraphs and sentences; se-
venteen chapters. By Wang
Yi of Hán.
152. Poetical Beauties il.
lustrated with plates, in two
volumes. Published by im-
perial authority.
153. Commentary on the
Dissipation of Sorrows, in one
volume. By Kú Shingtien
of the reigning dynasty.
62. INDIVIDUAL COLLECTIONS.
154. Lí Táipa's Collection
(of odes), in thirty chapters.
By Lí Táipa of Táng.
Fourth Division.
TSAPPò,集​部 ​MISCELLANIES.
155. Collection for Domes.
tic Entertainment, in eighty
chapters. By Sz'má Kwáng
of Sung.
156. Tungpò's Complete
Collection, in one hundred
and fifteen chapters, by Sú
Shi of Sung.
§3. GENERAL COLLECTIONS.
157. The complete Poems
of Táng, in nine hundred
chapters; by imperial autho-
rity.
158. Poetry by ladies, in
fourten chapters. Compiled
by Tien l'hang of the Ming
dynasty.
§4. ON THE ART OF POETRY.
159. Treatise on Poetical
Composition, in one volume.
By Chin Yitsang of Yuen.
#
楚辭​類
​楚辭​章句​十七
​卷​漢​王逸撰
​欽​定​補​繪​離騷
​全​圖​二卷
​離騷​解​一卷​國
​朝​顧​成天​撰
​別​集​類
​李​太白​集​三十
​卷​唐​李​太白​撰
​傳​家​集​八十​卷
​宋​司​馬光撰
​東坡​全集​一百
​十五​卷​宋​蘇​軾
​撰
​總​集​類
​御​定​全​唐詩​九
​百​卷
​詩​女​史​十四​卷
​明田​藝​蘅編
​詩文​評​類
​文​說​一卷​元​陳
​繹​會​撰
​Tsò Tsz' Lui.
Tsò Tsz' Chéung kü, shap tsat
kin. Hón Wóng Yat chán.
Yam ting Pò úi Lí Sò tsun
tò, 1 kin.
Kwók
Lí Sò Kái, yat kin.
chíú Kú Shing tín chán.
Pit Tsap Lui.
Lí Tái pak Tsap, sám shap
kin. Tổng Lí Tái pák chán.
Chin Ka Tsap, pát shap kiin.
Sung Sz’ má Kwóng chán.
Tung pó Tsun Tsap, yat pák
shap 'ng kün. Sung Sú Shik
chán.
Tsung Tsap Lui.
Yu ting Tsun Tống Shí, kan
pák kin.
Shí nü Sz', shap sz' kin.
Ming Tín Ngai hang pín.
Shi man Ping Lui.
Man Shüt, yat kün. Yün
Chan Yik tsang chán.
This fourth division comprises a large variety of works which might be appropriately classed
under the head of polite literature or belles-lettres. Nearly one third of the catalogue is occupied
with the names of these works.
§2. Epistles, essays, inscriptions, with a large variety of poetical pieces form this collection.
The first author is highly esteemed among the Chinese.
L
xxxiv.
INTRODUCTION.
"
160. Poetical Sayings of
successive ages, in eighty
chapters. By Wú Kinghiu
of the reigning dynasty.
161. History of the Poetry
of the Sung dynasty, in one
hundred chapters. By Lí
Ngo of this dynasty.
$5. ODES AND SONGS.
162. Odes on Winc, in two
chapters. By Tsz' Hwui of
the Sung dynasty.
163. Odes on the White
Clouds of the Mountains, in
eight chapters. By Cháng
Yen of Sung,
164. Fragmentary Odes of
successive ages, in one hund-
red and twenty chapters; pub-
lished by imperial authority.
165. Records of the odes
» Táng, in sixteen chapters.
By Tung Fungyuen of the
Ming dynasty.
какого
20.
vovania
колоного
I.
Classical Writings.
1. Book of Changes.
2. Book of Records.
3. Book of Odes.
4. Book of Rites.
5. Spring and Autmn
Annals.
6. Filial Duty.
7. General Observations
on the Five Classics.
8. The Four Books.
9. Musical Works.
10. Normal Education.
II. Historical Writings.
1. National Histories.
2. Annals.
3. Complete Records.
4. Separate Records.
撰
​宋詩​紀事​一百
​卷​國​朝​厲​鴞​撰
​詞曲​類
​From the preceeding list an idea may be formed of the general scope and characters of Chinese
The subject will be better exhibited by recapitulation, in a tabular form.
literature.
t
RE
百二​十卷
​唐​詞​紀​十六​卷
​**+*
明​董​逢​元​撰
​Onoreica
酒​邊​詞​二卷​宋
​子​諲​撰
​山​中​白雲​詞​八
​#
↑ŻET‡✯ Yü ting, Lik toi Shí ü, yat
御​定​歷代​詩​餘
​pák í shap kün.
One
onvenonaa
5. Mixed Histories.
6. Official papers.
§ 10. Of Times and Seasons,
11. Geographical treatises.
12. On the Magistracy.
13. On the Contitution.
14. Books of Reference.
15. Criticisms on History.
III. Professional Writings.
1. Philosophical Works.
2. Military Authors.
3. Writers on Law.
4. Writers on Husbandry.
5. Medical Writers.
Lik toi Shí Wá, pát shap kün.
Kwok chíú 'Ng King huk
chán.
7. Memoirs.
8. Historical Excerpta.
9. Records of neighboring
states.
Sung Shí Kí sz', yat pák kun.
Kwok chíú Lai Ngók chán.
Tsz' Huk Lui.
Tsau pín Tsz', í kün. Sung
Tsz’ Wai chán.
Shán chung Pak Wan Tsz',
pát kin. Sung Chéung Im
chán.
•
Tong Tsz' Kí, shap luk kun.
Ming Tung Fung in chán.
§ 6. Astronomical and Ma-
thematical Writers.
consu
IV. Micellanies.
§ 1. Poetry of Tsú.
anchoana
J
7. Magical Calculations.
8. Fine Arts.
9. Collections.
10. Miscellaneous Authors.
11. Encyclopedias.
12. Light Literature.
13. Budhistic Writings.
14. Writings of the Ra-
tionalitss.
2. Individual Collections.
3. General Collections.
4. On the Art of Poetry.
5. Odes and Songs.
X. METHOD OF STUDY.
The questions, how shall I begin, and how shall I proceed with the study of the Chinese lan-
guage, have been so often asked by those who were commencing with it, that some suggestions
INTRODUCTION.
XXXV.
r
relate thereto will not be out of place here.
At first view the difficulties seem to be very many
and great. The student finds the characters entirely different in form from those of alphabetic
languages; changes, such as are occasioned by conjugation and declensions, are wanting; while
homophonous words, synonymous terms, and peculiar phrases, are superabundant. All these
things, ⚫owever, need not discourage him; for, with all its difficulties, native children easily
acquire ability to speak, and read, and write it. The foreigner should learn the Chinese language
as these children do; he should talk, talk, talk; read, read, read; write, write, write; and while
thus talking, and reading, and writing, he should bring to his assistance whatever aid can be
derived from books and teachers.
Special care should always be taken not to overstrain the mind. By attempting to compass
too much at once, the memory is weakened, the intellectual faculties are fatigued, debility and
disgust ensue, and study, becoming irksome, is either abandoned or dragged on without success.
No one should read many books, until the general principles of the language, with a few select
lessons, comprising say eight or ten hundred characters, have been made perfectly familiar.
Some students justly complain of having gone over too much ground, rambling from book to
book: no course can be worse than this. It will not often be necessary to dwell long at once on
a single word, or phrase, or sentence; but the exact and full force of each word should be sought
for and acquired. In order to proceed with pleasure and success all the efforts should be natural
and easy. With the mind undisturbed and free, the learner should daily and hourly speak and
read; repeat again and again the same; hear others read and speak; write and rewrite what he
hears and reads; peruse and reperuse it: and he should assiduously persevere in these exercises,
until the language becomes as familiar as his own. (See Jahn on the study of oriental
languages.)
In using the Chrestomathy as a text-book after first perusing the Introduction so as to be-
come familiar both with the system of orthography and with that of the tones the exercises in
conversation, Sections first and second, may be commenced with. While these are being
acquired, the two series of tones, given on pages VI and VII, should be so fixed in the memory,
that any word in the dialect, when heard by the student, may be referred to its proper order.
The two series of tones and Sections first and second being rendered familiar, the learner may pass
on to the third Section and commit it to memory à la Chinoise, as recommended by Prémare.
He need not stop at line eighty-eight, but go on and acquire the whole of the Trimetrical Classic,
at the same time repeating the preceding lessons and studying Section fourth.-The Thousand
Character Classic and the Odes for Children, noticed on page 8th, may be read in the some
manner as the Trimetrical Classic, after this latter is completed.
Thus far the attention of the student will have been confined to talking and reading, under
the tuition of the best native masters he can procure. It will now be time to take up the pencil,
to the doing of which and to the system of writing, Sections fifth and sixth will afford an easy
introduction. Henceforth talking and reading and writing will be carried on simultaneously,
yet so varied as to afford that change which is rest.
At this stage, having thoroughly acquired the first chapter of the Chrestomathy "with the three
(little) volumes in large characters," the student will have gained a stock of fifteen or eighteen
hundred characters. These he should repeatedly examine and analyze, mark their component
parts, and see to which of the 214 classes of characters, as given in Kánghí's dictionary, each
one belongs. For this purpose, he should keep by his side a copy of that work, with a copy of
Morrison's also,-in which latter the radicals, or heads of the 214 classes, are fully explained.
With this system of classification, he should thoroughly acquaint himself, which he can easily do
with the aid of a teacher and Kánghí's dictionary, if Morrison's be not at hand.
xxxvi.
INTRODUCTION.
On no account should the student be anxious to hurry on from these preliminary exercises.
The ground already gone over, he should review and rereview so as to know all the characters,
and be able to recognize them at once wherever they may occur. It should be a rule, in the
early part of his course, not to leave behind many characters or phrases of which he has not
gained perfect mastery. Continual repetition, without any very laborious efforts, will fix the
language fast in the memory.
Gutta cavat lapidem, non vi, sed sæpe cadendo.
Children and unlettered men learn languages rapidly by such frequent repetition: with these
persons it is the only way they can learn; and with the scholar, though it be not the only, it is
the surest and the most easy method for successful study.
Legendum potius multum quam multa.
The reading of Chinese books, such as tracts, essays, &c.,-composed by foreignes, is a very
questionable course. When the style is purely Chinese, all the phrases having been selected or
formed by native masters, as in the case of Esop's Fables, it cannot be objected to. Thoghrout
the Chrestomathy, care has been taken not to introduce any phrases or sentences except those
either composed by Chinese or selected from their books. The only exceptions to this remark
are to be found in those terms, which are (or were supposed to be) new to the Chinese. It is
a true remark, that "the only way to impress upon the mind of a pupil the genius of a foreign
tongue, is to impress upon it the phraseology of native speakers or writers. The habit of con-
ception in conformity whith the models thus furnished will follow of itself. The pratice of ex-
pressing English conceptions in the words of a foreign language, for the purpose of learning
it, is not only useless but positively injurious." The practice of committing to memory select
phrases and sentences should be continned, in order to funish good supplies of these models.
To his list of selections, it will be well for the studant occasionly to add paragraphs and short
pieces taken from the best native authors.
When a few chapters of the Chrestomathy have been made familiar, with the Sacred Edict
and the three little works above named, the History of the Three Kingdoms and the Four Books
may be taken up. These two works thoroughly mastered, and the Chrestomathy studied to the
end, the student will be able to lay his own course, selecting from among the thousands of Chinese
authors such works as may best suit his own taste and purposes.
S
}
CHINESE CHRESTOMATHY.
CHAPTER I.
STUDY OF CHINESE.
習​唐​話​篇​ㄧ
​Tsáp Tóng wá²;
<p'ín
yat,.
Section First.
EXERCISES IN CONVERSATION.
1. Teacher! (says the
learner; to whom the for-
mer replies,)
You compliment me,
2. I think of learning the
Chinese language.
Do you indeed?
(
習​言​第
​·章
​Tsáp sn; tai yat, chéung.
先生
​好話
​我​想​學​話​幡
​你​要​學​唐​話​嗍
​:
Sín shang!
'Hồ wá² !
Ngô séung hok, Tông
wá² pó'.
Ní íứ hók Tông wá mé?
Notes and Explanations.
TSAP is composed of two wings, placed over white, which are supposed to indicate repe-
tition, like the motion of a bird's wings when flying; hence it comes to mean exercise,
practice. Tong, the name of one of the most celebrated dynasties, is an appellative of
the Chinese: wá, formed of words placed on the left of tongue, signifies speech, lan-
guage, or to speak: Tổng wá, then, is the language of the Chinese. Pin is one of the
terms used to denote a chapter; yat means one or first; p'in yat is chapter first. I'n is
the common term for word, to utter words; tsáp ín, denotes practice in words, or exer-
eises in conversation. Tai yat is an ordinal; tai, formed of two parts, bamboo placed
above steps, signifies number; yat is one; the two mean number one, or first. Cheung,
formed of sound written above ten, indicates something perfect, a complete piece, as of music,
or a section of a book.
1. Sinṣhang is a phrase compounded of sin, before, and shang, born; hence it
means a senior, a superior, a teacher. Hò wá, literally, well spoken, is a complimental
phrase, equivalent to saying, I am unworthy of the excellent title you give me: hd,
formed of son placed on the right of daughter, signifies good, excellent.
2. Ng6 is the personal pronoun I, commonly used in conversation: ní is its corre-
lative, used in like manner for the second person singular. Séung, having a tree for its
CHI. CHR, 1
10
[CHAP. I.
STUDY OF CHINESE.
3. Yes; is it well to do so
or not?
It is well.
4. How shall I begin?
First learn to speak in con-
versation.
5. Do you suppose I am
able to learn?
Most certainly you are able.
6. I fear I am not.
You need not fear, for you
have good vocal organs.
係​好唔​好呢
​好吃
​起首​點​樣​學​呢
​先​學​講​說話​咯
​你​估​我​學​得​唔
​學​得​呢
​過頭​唎
​我​怕​唔​學​得​喵
​唔怕​你好​鉗口
​Hai; hò sm hò chí?
Hồ cá !
Hí ‘shau “tím yéung hók.
«ní?
Sín hók, kóng shut, wá'
lók,.
Ní kú ngó hók, taks m
hók, tak ní?
Kwo'st'au lé.
Ngó p¹á’-s’m hók, tak, kwá’.
S
s'M p'á', 'ní hò sk'ím 'hau.
upper left hand part, and for the right an eye-an eye looking among trees, or something
connected, attached to,—with heart close beneath, means the heart attached to, thinking
of, reflecting on, or to contemplate: tú, directly below séung, means to seek, to desire;
it is formed by writing nü, a daughter, a female, beneath a canopy or covering. H6k,
to learn, is compounded of four parts; viz. to imitate, placed on a mortar, the two form-
ing the top of the character, standing on a cover, the middle horizontal line, suspended
over a child, which makes the lower part and completes the word. Pó and mé are par-
ticles, the first a dubitative, the second an interrogative:-You desire learn Chinese lan-
guage, eh?
3. Hai is a direct affirmative: ní is an interrogative particle: 'm is a negative one,
formed of five, with two mouths, one on the left and one beneath; it is not found in
native lexicons: Yes; good not good? that is, I do desire to learn the Chinese; do you
think it well for me to undertake the task? Hò á, is the direct, unqualified, affirmative.
answer.
4. Hishau is a compound phrase: hi is formed of already placed close on the right of
to walk, thus indicating, already on foot, raised up, beginning; shau represents the human
head, and the hair upon it; hence its meaning, head foremost, beginning; hishau, there-
fore, is equivalent to raising up, or making a beginning. Tím yéung is a simple phrase:
tím, being formed of the radical black or black spots and divination, literally means to point,
to dot, to mark with dots; in this dialect it has the interrogative meaning of how, what;
yéung is mode, fashion, manner; tím yéung is what manner, or simply how: begin how
learn? that is, how shall I commence the study of the Chinese? Sin, as above, means
before, first, or in the first place: kóng, shut, and wá, each having in or words on the left,
usually, when standing alone, mean to speak; here, shütwá may be regarded as a com-
pound phrase, signifying conversation. Lók is a particle used in answering a question.
Q
5. Kú is to conjecture, to form an opinion: Is it your opinion that I can succeed in
learning the language according to my wishes ?-tak having the sense of obtaining that
for which one seeks ;-or, do you deem it impracticable? Or, as the Chinese phrase it,
You think I learn can, not learn can, eh? Pass over the head, is the literal reply; kw6-
t'au is a compound phrase, denoting that you have more than the needful ability; kw6
js to pass over; tau is, in many instances, synonymous with shau, from the form of
which it differs only in having the two strokes at the top removed to the bottom, with
a leguminous plant placed on its left side. Lé is an affirmative particle.
1
6. P'á is formed of heart and white: the Chinese suppose that the heart, like the
face, turns pale under the excitement of fear: it should be observed, that in p'á, both the
form and position of the heart are different from what they are in séung (above in No. 2.);
in the latter, it is at the bottom in four strokes, in the other it has but three strokes, and
is placed on the left side of the character. Kwá is a dubitative particle: hau is the
SECT. 1.]
3
EXERCISES IN CONVERSATION.
7. It is really very difficult, TP
實​守​難​呀
​Not so.
唔​難
​8. The tones are difficult.
聲音​係​難​咯
​You must carefully listen,
你​用心​聽​呵
​9. It is difficult to distin-
guish these tones.
There are merely eight of
them.
10. How are the eight
tones uttered?
Four of them high, and four
low.
11. What do you mean
by high and low?
By and by you will under-
stand.
12. Where shall I com-
inence?
Commence with the four high
tones.
10
難​分​個​的​聲​嗾
​不過​都​係​八​聲
​啫
​八​聲​點​樣​講​呢
​四個​上​四個​下
​上下​係​乜野​呀
​慢慢​就​曉得​咯
​向​邊​處​埋​手​呢
​向上​四聲​先​埋
​手​咯
​•
Shat 'shaunán á’.
'M nán.
Shing yam hai nán lók.
Ní yung <sam ‹t'ing ‹ó.
Nán ‹fan kó' tik› ‹shing ‹é.
Pat kwó tò hai pát, shing
<ché.
common word for mouth: kim, formed of sweet placed on the right of metal, usually
means forceps; but joined with hau it denotes the faculties of speech, the vocal organs.
7. Shatshau is a phrase: shat, formed of pearls strung together beneath a covering,
means affluent, full, solid, real; shau here resembles shat in its meaning, though it
usually signifies to guard, to maintain; I maintain that it is really difficult. Nán, difficult,
has eleven strokes on the left, and eight on the right; the latter are supposed to resemble
short tailed birds. A is an intensitive particle.
8. Shing and yam are synonyms, denoting sounds generally, but here refer to the tones
of voice: yam, though commonly regarded as a simple character, is composed of to erect
and sun; shing has an ear placed beneath eleven strokes: yung signifies to use, to em-
ploy. Sam is the heart, or mind. Ting has ten, four, and one, above heart on the
σ is
right of an ear above a king, and means to hear, to listen, to discriminate sounds.
an admonitive particle.
9. Fan, having eight above a knife, signifies to divide. Kótik is a definitive, and é is an
affirmative, particle. Pat kwó, literally, not exceeding, is equivalent to merely. To com-
Ché is a restrictive
monly signifies an imperial residence; here it implies all, the whole.
particle. Literally, the sentence runs thus: not exceeding all are eight tones only.
10. Kó is a numerical particle. Shéung is high, há, low: four of the tones are ut-
tered on a high key, and four on a low one.
.
11. Mat is an interrogative particle: yé, formed of mile placed on the left of the
pronoun I or me, usually means wild, wilderness; but in the phrase mat yé, it signifies
thing: what things are the tones? Mán mán is leisurely, or by and by. Tsau, then, is
formed by placing more on the right of metropolis. Hiú has sun on the left of twelve
strokes, meaning high, i. e. the sun high up; hence it signifies to enlighten, and joined.
with tak, to get light, to understand.
%
12. Heung, having a mouth within a cave, means toward, at, or upon : pin ch'ü is
where, what place or part. Mai means to bury, but in this dialect it is used for ap-
proaching; when followed by hand, it signifies joining, taking in hand, or making a begin-
ning.
Pát› ‹shing 'tím yéung² 'kóng
‹ní?
Sz" kó' shéung' sz" kó' há'.
Shéung hát hai mat, yé á ?
Mán mán' tsau² 'híú tak›
lók,.
Héung pín ch‘ismai ‘shau
<ní?
Héung' shéung' sz" <shing
<sín mai 'shau lók›.
·
#
4
[CHAP. I.
STUDY OF CHINESE.
13. How are they uttered?
The four high tones are ele-
vated and also shrill, acute,
and clear.
14. And the four low tones,
how are they uttered?
With a depressed voice,
grum, grave, and thick.
16. What is the Tonic
Dictionary?
It is the name of a book.
下​四聲​沉​而且
​啞​又​重​又​濁
​15. How can a knowledge 點​樣​至​曉得​呢
​of these be acquired?
By examination of the Tonic
Dictionary.
睇​分​韻​就​曉得
​PAI
分​韻​係​乜野​呀
​分​韻​係​書名
​17. But I fear I am unable
to read Chinese books.
Then I will teach you to
read.
18. This is unnecessary,
for I wish first to learn to
speak.
點​樣​講​呢
​上​四聲​高​而且
​響​又​輕​又​清
​下​四聲​呢
​:
唐​書​喉
​我​教​你​讀​騃
​唔使​我​愛​先​學
​講
​Tím yéung' kóng ‹ní?
Shéung2 sz" shíng ‹kò, sí
'ch'é héung, yau ching,
yau² ts'ing.
Hász” shing aní ?
Há sz” shing sch‘am, á
'ch'é 'a, yau' chung², yau²
chuk,.
“Tím yêung chí híú tak
cní?
“Tai Fan Wan tsau chu
tak, lé.
'Fan Wan² hai² mat› ‘yé á'?
Fan Wan hai² ‹shü ‹ming.
*#*#* Ngo p'a 'm híú tak, tukɔ
Tóng shi é,
1
Ngó káu ‘ní tuk, cé.
2
s’M ‘shai, ngó oi sín hok,
'kóng,
+
13, 14. Kd and ch'am, elevated and depressed, héung and á, shrill and grum, hing
and chung, acute and grave, ts'ing and chuk, clear and dull, are opposites: the sounds
of these eight words, in some degree, indicate their respective meanings, and to a prac-
ticed Chinese eye, the same is true also with respect to their forms. I, ch'é, and yau, are
connective particles, meaning and, also, further: the last one in the present case is not
required in the English, yet it cannot be omitted in the Chinese.
15. Chí means to attain, to arrive at the highest degree; here the sense is, How can
I arrive at, or acquire, a good knowledge of the tones? Tai, having an eye on the left,
signifies to look, to examine. Fan Wan, literally divided tones, is a small book, bound
sometimes in one or two, but oftener in four thin volumes it consists of two small
works, both of which commence on the first page and run through the whole book:
one is a collection of letters, &c., occupying the upper half of each page, and the other
is the work here named, in which all the words commonly used in this dialect are
arranged according to their tones.
16. Shu is formed of pencil and to speak; hence its meaning, to write or what iş
written, a book. Ming, formed of evening and mouth, signifies name, or to name.
17. Tuk, formed by placing words on the left of to sell, means to read or to study.
Káu, a law, rule, precept, or system of ethics, here means to teach it is composed of
to imitate, child, and letters; or, according to another derivation, of to imitate, child, and
to beat this being considered by the Chinese as an essential part of education--know-
ledge must be beaten into the young and simple.
18. Shai means to use, to employ, to be of use, needful, necessary. Oi, with a
heart in the centre, is to love, to think on with affection; here it is equivalent to íú:
see No. 2. Kóm wá, so eh, i. e. Do you say so! Kóm is a local word used for kon
SECT. 1.]
EXERCISES IN CONVERSATION.
If so, then you must imitate
the sounds of my voice.
19. I fear I cannot do this.
Try, try.
20. I cannot utter the
sounds correctly.
If so, then try again, repeat-
ing the experiment.
21. How long before I shall
be able to speak correctly?
{
Do not trouble yourself on
that point.
22. But I wish quickly to
be able to speak.
Then study assiduously, of-
ten repeating what you learn.
23. [Besides often repeat-
ing,] is there any other way
to facilitate the study?
Yes; it can be done by first
clearly distinguishing the la-
咁​話​你​跟住​我
​個​口​講
​怕​唔​學​得​你​噉
​PE
bials, linguals, gutturals, den-
tals, and nasals.
@ 1:
試一試​嗾
​唔​講得​正職
​唔​正​番​轉頭​再
​講
​幾​耐​至​學​得​會
​呢
​唔使​問​幾​耐
​我​想​快​的​會
​勤​力學​多​幾​回
​BALE
有​捷徑​有冇
​PZ
有​先​分清​唇舌
​喉​牙​鼻​等​音​囉
​'Kóm wá, ní kan chii?
‘ngó kí ‘hau hóng lá.
Pám hók, tak, 'ní kóm
chá'.
Shí' yat› shí' ‹é.
'M 'kóng tak ching' ke'.
'M ching', fán 'chun t'au
tsoi' 'kóng.
Kí noi chứ hok, tak, cúi
<ní?
M ‘shai man kí noi.
Ngó seung fái tik, úi.
K'an lik hók, tó kí úi
dó.
Yau mat, tsít, king' yau'
'mò ‹ní?
Yau; ‹sín fan tsing 'shan,
shít, chau, ngá, pí, tang
yam ló.
O
to dare, or to presume. Kanchü, to follow, to imitate, derives its meaning from foot,
which forms the left part of kan: chi means to dwell, and is here used instead of tsui,
to follow. K6 joined to ngó indicates the possessive case. Lá is a particle.
19. Chá is a particle implying doubt. Shi yat shí, try one try, make one effort; if
you fear you cannot learn, yet you can make the attempt, can begin, can try: shí is
formed of words placed on the left of a rule or pattern.
20. Ching is right, straight, or a correct manner; I cannot speak correct as you do; if
you cannot, then back turn head again speak, meaning, you must repeat the trial: fán chún
t'au is a phrase nearly equivalent to tsoi, again.
21. Kínoi, a compound phrase, is formed of kí a distributive particle, and noi, duration,
length of time in what length of time, chí can I arrive at or acquire, hók tak by learn-
ing, úi the ability - of speaking the dialect correctly?
22. Faitik s quickly: fái is compounded of heart and flowing. Lik is nerve, strength,
and forms a part of kan, which itself means diligent: to much, many, often, ki sever-
al, úi repetitions; that is, many several repetitions.
23. Tsit king is a phrase, meaning a short way; Is there any short way? The sentence
is elliptical;-besides the oft grepetitions which you have recommended, is there any other
short way to acquire the language? Yau mò are opposites, have not have; in form d
differs from yau only in having the two strokes removed from the middle of the cha-
racter. Shan the lips, shit the tongue, hau the thorax, ngá the teeth, and pi the nose,
CHI. CHR, 26
6
[CHAP. I.
STUDY OF CHINESE.
24. How can you distin-
guish so many
By careful attention, this can
be easily done.
25. It is also necessary to
hear them spoken.
Come then, listen while I
repeat them.
26. Please proceed.
They are as follows:
i. Pan, Pháng, Fán,
are labials.
ii. Tung, Tang, Tsoi,
are linguals.
iii. Kóm, Káu, Kám,
are gutturals.
iv. Sín, Sau, Sz',
are dentals.
v. ’Ng, Ngáng, Ngái,
are nasals.
27. Such then being the
proper way to learn, what
course shall I now pursue?
}
con
Whatever you find most co
venient.
·
咁多​點​樣​分​呢
​細心​就​分得​啫
​都要​聽過​至​做
​得
​咁​話​你​聽​我​講
​Kóm' tó, tím yéung fan
‹ní?
咁​話​而​家​學​也
​野​好呢
​隨便​學​咯
​Sai' sam, tsau² <fan tak,
<ché.
Tò íứ ting kwớ chứ trờ
<tak›.
'Kóm wá, ní t'ing ngo
'kóng lá'.
請​講
​如​賔​彭​翻​就​係
​唇音​唎
​東​豋​栽​就​係​舌
​音
​甘​交鍼​就係​喉
​音​喇
​先修​師​就​係​牙
​音
​# BÊ ẨN HỆ | Ng, Ngáng, Ngái,
音
​tsau hai pí yăm lá.
'Ts'ing 'kóng.
SÜ: «pan, spảng, đáng
tsau hai sshan yam áo
Tung, tang, tsoi,
tsau hai shít, yam áo
Kóm, káu, ‹kám,
tsau❜ hai' shau ‹yam clá.
Sín, sau, <sz',
tsau hai ngá gam lá .
'Kóm wá², sí ‹ká hók, mat;
‘yé hò ní?
¿Ts'ui pín² hók, lók.
followed by tang yam classes of sounds, denote the labials, linguals, &c., or the classes
of sounds formed by the lips, tongue, &c.: these five characters are thought to resemble
the vocal organs which they severally specify.
24. Kóm tó so many or being so many, how can they be distinguished? Sai sam,
literally small heart, is equivalent to yung sam; be careful, then you can distinguish them.
25. To here has the sense of also-it is also necessary, t'ing kưó to have heard them
pronounced, chí in order to arrive at, tsò tak the doing successfully-of the business in
question. Kóm wá so speak, if such is your view of the case and such your wishes,
then come on, listen while I repeat the five classes of sounds; or literally ni t'ing you hear,
ng6 kong I speak.
26. T's'ing kong, I beg you will repeat to me examples of the five classes which you
have specified: ü, literally, so or thus, is equivalent to the phrase, they are the following,
viz., the labials, &c. N. B. These five are merely the leading or fundamental sounds of
this description, which are modified and blended in almost every possible variety.
27. Kồm wá, used as a phrase, varies in its meaning according to the subject. The
meaning of the whole sentence is, I regard what you have recommended as the tsit
king, or best method of acquiring the language, and I wish now to know what course
SECT. 2.]
7
EXERCISES IN CONVERSATION.
28. I wish to learn the
dialect of Canton.
If so, then it is requisite to
take up one topic after ano-
ther and proceed in order.
29. Very well; I thank you
very much; please wait a
few days, when I shall be
obliged if you will come
again and teach me.
Good bye.
30. Good bye.
我​要​學​廣東​省
​城​俗話
​咁​樣​就要​逐
​逐​二​學
​呀​好​多得多​得
​等​遲​幾​日​再​請
​先生​番​嚟​教
​請​呀
​請​呀
​1. Please sit down, (says
the learner; and to whom the
teacher replies,)
Very well!
Ngó íứ hok, Kwong tung
'sháng,shing tsuk, wa².
'Kóm yéung', tsau² íú' chuk,
yat, chuk, í hók, lá'.
A ho; to tak>, <tó tak»,
2
to pursue; how and where I shall commence: íká is a compound phrase, meaning now,
a signification differing entirely from the original and common meaning, which is í and or
also, ka family. Tsui to follow, pin convenient, agreeable; that is, in your study you may
follow the course most agreeable and convenient to yourself.
28. Kwongtung, (pronounced Kwangtung in the court dialect,) wide east, is the pro-
per name of the province of which the city Canton is the metropolis: sháng province,
shing city, are used for the provincial city, the capital of the province, the metropolis ;
tsuk wá is the common dialect. Kom yeung such being your wishes, tsau íú then it is
requisite, chuk yat to hasten one, chuki to hasten two; that is, to take up one subject
after another, and proceed methodically in your study.
請坐
​呀​好
​29. A hò yes good, this is what I like. To tak repeated is a common phrase for
expressing gratitude; inuch I have received, much I have received by your kindness, and
therefore thank you much. Tang wait, or please wait, ch' delaying for, ki yat a few
days, tsoi again or when again, ts'ing I will thank, sinshang you, fán lai back come.
kau teach: i. e. please wait for a few days when I shall feel much obliged (and of course
thank you,) if you will come again and give me further instruction. The teacher sig-
nifies his cousent by saying ts'ing á, good bye.
Section Second.
EXERCISES IN CONVERSATION.
'tang sch'i 'ki yat, tsoi' 'ts'ing
sín shang fan slai káu'.
"Ts'ing á'.
"Ts'ing á'.
留言​第二​章
​Tsáp, in; tai?
tai 2 chéung.
"Ts'ing tsó².
A' 'ho.
Notes and Explanations.
1. Tsing, in polite intercourse is used, when taking leave, when meeting, and in the
midst of discourse; it is composed of words and pure, and means to ask, to beg, to announce
to, which are varied according to the subject and the occasion.
8
[CHAP. I.
STUDY OF CHINESE.
!
With the three volumes in
the large character.
3. Where are those vo-
lumes to be obtained?
2. I now think of learning ¥
to read, with what book shall
1 begin?
At the bookseller's shop.
4. I beg you will buy a
copy of them for me.
I will do so.
5. Are you able to rehearse
those volumes?
Perhaps I can.
6. Are you able to write
them?
Some parts of them I can
write.
7. Please write a few lines.
Very well.
Käi
CL C
喺​乜野​書​起​呢
​簿​大字​書​起
​套
​# 11/19
DX
邊​處​有​個​的​書
​呢
​書舖​就有
​請​你​同​我​買
​I
你​念​得過​個​簿
​書​唔​念​得​呢
​或者​做得
​寫​得出​唔​寫得
​呢
​寫得​的
​請​你​寫​幾​行
​呀​好
​I cká séung hók, tuk, <shi,
'hai mat› 'yé ‹shü 'hí ‹ní?
Sám pò tai tsz" ‹shü hí
lók,.
Pín ch'u' 'yau kó' tik› ‹shü
‹ní?
Shü p'ó' tsau² ‘yau dé.
“Tsing $ní tung ngó mai
yat, t'o'.
Tsò tak,.
Ní ním tak kwó' kó' pò²
‹shü, 'm ním² tak› ‹ní?
Wák, 'ché tsd2 tak».
'Sé tak, ch'ut› 'm 'sé tak,
<ní?
'Sé tak, tik›,
“Tsing ‘ní ‘sé kí chóng,
A hò.
2. Hai, differing from hai, (sec. i: 3.,) only in having a mouth added on the left, means
with, and is used only in conversation. The three volumes in large characters are the
Trimetrical Classic, the Hundred Family Names, and the Thousand Character Classic.
The first derives its name from the arrangement of the work, having three characters in a
line; these lines, however, are doubled, and the volume contains one hundred and seventy-
eight double lines. The Hundred Family Names, arranged in a similar manner, with four
characters in each single line, contains between four and five hundred names of families,
worked into rhyme: being an unreadable book, its place in the school-room is supplied by
another little volume, styled Yau Hók Shí, or Odes for Children. The Thousand Character
Classic is so named, because it is composed of a thousand characters, no one of which is re-
peated in the volume. This work is said to have been composed in a single night, and so
great was the mental exertion of its author, that all the hair of his head turned gray.
4. Tung ngó is with me, or for me, I beg you to purchase for me, yat tò one set or a
copy of the three volumes. T'sò tak, do can, or can do, what you request can be done; I
will buy the books for you.
5. Ním, composed of now and heart, means to ponder, to read; in this dialect it means to
recite a lesson without a book; wákché is a compound phrase, implying doubt; perhaps, or it
may be, that I can rehearse those volumes.
6. Write can [come] out, not write can eh? is the literal reading of this question: to
which the answer is, write can a little;—a little is a local signification of the word tik differ-
ing from its use in books, where it is employed to denote the genitive or possessive case.
SECT. 3.]
9
EXERCISES IN READING.
Section Third.
EXERCISES IN READING.
習​讀​第三​章
​Tsáp tuk; tai sám chéung.
1. Men at their birth are in
nature pure ;
2. In this all are alike: but
they differ in practice.
3. If left uneducated: nature
deteriorates.
4. In the path of education :
foremost is application.
5. Anciently, Mang's mother:
selected a residence ;
6. And as her son did not learn:
she cut out her web.
人​之初 ​性​本​善
​性​相近 ​習​相​遠
​苟不​教 ​性​乃​遷
​敎​之​道 ​貴​以​專
​昔​孟母​擇​鄰​處
​子​不​學 ​斷​機​杼
​sYan chí cho: sing
'pún shín²;
Sing' séung kan²: tsáp₂
‹séung fün.
'Kau pat, káu': sing'
nái tsín.
Káo chí tò: kwai
<chün.
Sik, Mang ‘mò: chák
slun 'ch'ü;
"Tsz' pat› hók₂: tún²
ckí chối.
>
Notes and Explanations.
1. These lines are taken from the Trimetrical Classic, or Sám Tsz' King. Yan is the ge-
neric term for man; ch'6, beginning or man's beginning, is formed of knife placed on the
right of clothes; in composition, the character clothes or to clothe should be carefully dis-
tinguished from shí to manifest; shi has but one dot on the right side, while the other has
two, as in ch'6. Sing, composed of heart and to be born, signifies nature; pún is root or ori-
gin; man's original nature, shín is good. N. B. The colon is used in the two columns of
English merely to make them correspond to the division in the column of Chinese.
2. Séung has the sense of mutually, universally; men are universally, kan alike or kindred
in their nature, but ün unlike, differing from one another, in their practice; kan and ün are
opposites. This is a saying of Confucius.
3. Kau is a suppositive particle; if, or supposing that children are not educated — pat
being a negative particle,-under such circumstances, their nature, nái ts'in is removed from
what it was originally.
4. To means the way or course of education; káu chí tò education's way, kwai is made
high in value, of prime importance, í by, chün close attention-of both teacher and pupil.
The
5. Mang, or Mangtsz', is the original of what has been latinized into Mencius.
character of this distinguished philosopher was formed by his mother before he was born. So
careful was she in all that she did and said, that at his birth he was superior to other mortals.
Thrice she removed her residence solely for his benefit. First, she lived in the vicinity of
tombs; there her boy learned to weep and wail. Next, she lived near a slaughter-house;
lun a
there he learned to imitate the butcher. From thence she removed, and chák selected,
neighborhood, in which chi to reside: this was close by a school, where the boy had constant
opportunity to witness good deportment. 'Here,' said the mother, 'is the place for my son to
reside.' One day, the boy becoming tired of his book while at school, and returning home,
his mother seized a knife, and cut from her loom a piece of cloth when it was yet unfinished.
Alarmed at her conduct he fell on his knees before her, begging to know what she meant.
'This web,' said she, is like my boy's learning: an accumulation of threads form inches; of
inches feet are formed, and of feet yards; but if the web be cut asunder, it will never be com-
pleted. So it is with your studies.' By this illustration the lad was roused to diligence; and
his subsequent life showed how much could be effected by a mother's attention.
6. Ki the loom, and ch'ü a shuttle are, by metonymy, used to denote the cloth woven in
the loom.
CHI. CHR. 3
10
[CHAP. E.
STUDY OF CHINESE.
7. Tau of Inshán: had good
regulations;
8. And educated his five sons:
who all became renowned.
9. To nurture without educat-
is the father's fault;
ing
10. To teach without rigor :
shows the master's indolence.
11. That a child should not
learn is an improper thing;
12. For if he do not learn: then
what can he do when old?
13. A gem unwrought is a
useless thing;
14. So a man unlearned: is a
senseless being.
15. Those who are children:
at that tender age,
16. With teacher and friends:
ought to learn politeness.
17. Héung, when nine years
old: warmed his father's bed;
18. Duty to parents: ought
carefully to be observed.
19. Yung, when four years old:
gave up his pears;
竇​燕山 ​有​義​方
​敎​五​子 ​名​俱​揚
​養​不​教父​之​過
​敎​不嚴​師​之​惰
​子​不​學​非​所​宜
​幼​不​學 ​老​何​為
​玉不琢不成器
​人​不​學​不知​義
​為人​子 ​方​少時
​親​師​友 ​習​禮儀
​香​九齡 ​能​溫​席
​孝​親 ​所​當​執
​融​四歲 ​能讓​梨
​Tau I'n shán: yau í'
<fong;
Káu ng 'tsz': ming
‹k'ü ¿yéung.
Yeung pat, káu': fú
chí kwó;
Káu pat sím: sz chí
tó².
Tsz' pat› hók, : ‹fí 'shó
sí;
Yau pat hók : lò chó
swai?
Yuk, pat› téuk›: pat›
sshing hí;
Yan pat, hók: pat,
«chí 1.
Wai syan 'tsz': <fóng
shíú' sshí,
'Ts'an <sz' 'yau: tsáp,
Jai .
Héung kau ling:
nang wan tsik, ;
Háu' ‹ü ts'an: 'shó
<
óng chap.
Yung sz" sui nang
yéung” lí;
S
W
7. Tau, the most celebrated master of his age, was a native of In (Yen), one of the an-
cient states of China; he gained his high reputation by the rigid discipline he maintained in his
school his five sons all became distinguished statesmen, and generation after generation,
they preserved their father's good regulations, and maintained the honor and reputation of the
family. "Such is the advantage of sustaining a rigid course of paternal instruction.”
8. K'ü all, the names of all the five sons, or the reports of what they were and of what
they did, yéung were spread abroad.
9. Yeung, formed of sheep placed above eating, signifies to nourish, to bring up this ne-
glect of providing for the instruction of children, fú chí kw6 is the fault of the father-
for which he is to be blamed.
10. I'm is that grave magisterial deportment which the Chinese deem indispensable for a
school-master, and which is neglected, if neglected at all, only because he is lazy.
11. Children not learn, not thing proper-children ought to learn: shó, a place, a thing,
here refers to children's neglecting to learn, which conduct is, fii improper.
12. Yau, composed of small and strength, is the opposite of ld, or persons advanced to old
age; h6 wai, used as an interrogative, is equivalent to the direct negative, they are useless,
or those who grow up uneducated can do nothing.
13, 14. In these two lines, which are quoted from the Book of Rites, education is compar-
ed to the work of the lapidary: yuk refers to the gem in its unwrought state, and hi to the
ornaments into which it is formed by the artist; pat shing means unfinished articles, which
are useless; pat chí, not to know, is equivalent to being destitute of, i correct principles of
conduct-it is being without any sense of propriety, or becoming like a brute.
15, 16. Wai yan tsz', being men's sons, or while you are children, fong then, shíú young
in years, shí time, or while you are yet young, ts'an be near to, or follow and imitate a
teacher, associate with and copy after good friends, in order, tsap to practice, and become a
proficient in, lai i good manners.
17, 18. Háu is the duty which children owe, i to, ts'an their parents; sh6 this thing, or
duty, tổng ought, chap to be carefully held or observed. The precept is adduced here in order
to add force to the example of the illustrious Héung, who when only nine years old used to
drive the musketoes from, and cool, bis father's bed in summer, and warm it in winter.
SECT. 3.]
11
EXERCISES IN READING.
20. Duty to seniors: ought ear-
ly to be understood.
21. First practice filial and fra-
ternal duties: next see and hear.
22. Understand classification:
investigate first principles.
23. Units advance to tens: tens
ascend to hundreds;
24. Hundreds to thousands:
and thousands to myriads.
25. The three powers: are hea-
ven, earth, and man.
26. The three lights are the
sun, moon, and stars.
27. There are three ties: that
of prince and minister, justice;
28. Of father and son, affection:
of husband and wife, kindness.
29. Spring and summer: au-
tumn and winter,
30. These four seasons: re-
volve unceasingly.
31. North and south east and
west,
32. These four points: con-
verge to the centre.
弟​於​長 ​宜​先知
​首​孝弟 ​次​見聞
​知​某​數 ​識​某​文
​-而​十 ​十​而​百
​百​而​千 ​千​而​萬
​三才​者 ​天地​人
​三光​者 ​日月​星
​三綱​者 ​君臣​義
​父子​親 ​夫婦​順
​日​春夏 ​日​秋冬
​此​四時 ​運​不​窮
​日​南北 ​日​西​東
​此​四方 ​應​乎​中
​Tai' u 'chéung: ≤í ‹sín
chí.
'Shau háu' tai²: ts'z”
kín man.
Chí mau shờ: shik,
mau man.
Yat, í shap, shap, sí
pák,;
Pák, í ‹ts'ín: ‹ts'ín á
mán².
Sám ts'oi 'ché: t'ín
tí² yan.
Sám kwóng 'ché: yat
üt, <sing.
'ché :
Sám
<kóng
kwan shau í²;
Fú' 'tsz'ts'an: ‹fú fú
shun❜.
Ut ch'un há
cts'au <tung,
"Ts'z' sz” shí:
üt
wan'
pat, sk'ung.
Ut, nám pak› : üt› ‹sai
tung,
"Ts'z' sz" <fóng: ying'
cú chung.
19, 20. Yung was the youngest of several sons; being presented one day with a box of
pears, they all strove for the largest and best except Yung, who selected the smallest ; a bystan-
der observing this, asked why he did so; "I am the youngest, and ought to take the least,"
was his sage reply. Tai means a younger brother, and also to act the part of such an one,
a duty which he owes, ü chéung to superiors or seniors, and which, í sín chí, ought early to be
understood and observed: nang, in the phrases nang wan and nang yéung, means literally
able, or to be able, and implies the actual doing of what is expressed in the word which fol-
lows it; as he did warm the bed, he did give up the pears; or simply, he warmed the bed, he
gave up the pears.
21, 22. Shau first of all, hau tai, we must do all our duty to our parents, and discharge
all our obligations as younger brothers; ts'z' next, kín man see and hear, i. e. acquire general
knowledge. Chí mau shò, literally know certain numbers, and shik mau man understand cer-
tain principles;-in acquiring general knowledge, classify it, and investigate the principles.
23. The classification commences with this line and is continued on to the 53d. Yatí shap,
is literally one and ten; the simple numbers commence with one and rise to ten; thence,
by a common multiple ten, they may be increased indefinitely.
25. According to the cosmogony of the Chinese, man is placed on an equality with heaven
and earth; and together they form a kind of triad, and hence are called the three powers.
27, 28. Kong is a strong band, or regulator of these there are three, justice, affection.
and kindness, which are the ties of the social and civil compact. "The upright prince in
his palace is the regulator of his ministers; the upright father at home is the regulator of his
children; and the upright husband is the regulator of his wife: these three being upright, then
the prince will be immaculate, the minister good, the father compassionate, the son dutiful, the
husband kind, the wife submissive, the empire quiet, and nations at peace."
29. This phraseology is peculiar: üt, to speak, is used here to fill up the measure, and may
be translated thus: ut ch'un há, what we call (or to wit,) spring and summer. It answers
nearly to the latin word videlicet, as often used in English composition.
31, 32. Sz' fong are the four cardinal points of the compass; and, considering the earth
as one vast plain, are supposed to converge to a common centre.
12
[CHAP. I.
STUDY OF CHINESE.
33. Water and fire: wood, me-
tal, and earth,
34. These five elements: are
the original of material forms.
35. Benevolence and justice :
propriety, wisdom, and truth;
36. These five virtues: are not
to be confounded.
37. Rice, millet, and pulse :
wheat, panicum, and rye,
38. Are the six kinds of grain:
on which men subsist.
39. Horses, oxen, and sheep:
poultry, dogs, and swine,
40. Are six kinds of animals:
which men rear.
41. Joy and anger; sorrow and
fear,
42. Love, hatred, and desire:
are the seven passions.
43. Gourd, earth, and skin:
wood, stone and metal,
44. Silk and bamboo: form
eight musical instruments.
45. Gt.-grandsire's sire, gt.-gd-
sire, grandsire: sire, and self;
46. One's own son: with one's
grandson,
47. Great-grandson: and great-
grandson's son,
日​水火​木​金​土
​此​五行 ​本​乎​數
​日​仁義禮智​信
​此​五常​不容​紊
​稻​梁​菽 ​麥​黍稷
​此​六​穀​人​所​食
​馬​牛羊​雞犬​豕
​此​六畜 ​人​所​飼
​日​喜怒 ​日​哀​懼
​愛​惡​欲 ​乃​七情
​匏​土​革 ​木石​金
​絲​與​竹 ​乃​八音
​高​會​祖父​而​身
​身​而​子 ​子​而​孫
​自​子孫 ​至元​會
​Üt 'shui fó: muk
cham t0,
"Ts'z' "'ng shang: 'pún
sú shờ.
Ut syan 1: lai chí
sun',
"Ts'z' "'ng sshéung: pat›
syung lun.
To² léung shuk, mak,
'shu tsik›,
"Ts'z' luk₂ kuk›: yan
'shó shik,.
Má sngau syéung: hại
'hün 'ch'í,
“Ts'z' luk₂ ch'uk): 、yan
'shó tsz".
Üt₂ ‘hí nò²: üt₂ ‹oi kü²,
Oi ứ yuk): nái ts at
sts'ing.
¿Páu t'ò kák,: muk,
shek₂ ‹kam,
‹Sz'‘ü chuk›: 'nái pát›
‹yam.
Kò ‹tsang 'tsd: fú² sí
<shan;
‹Shan sí ‘tsz': 'tsz' sí
<sün,
Tsz" 'tsz' ‹sün: chí
sün tsang,
33, 34. These five elements are supposed, by a constant succession of changes, mutually
to destroy and reproduce each other; and in this way they constitute the pún or basis, ú in ✅
or of which, shò numbers or things numbered consist; i. e. they are the original elements of alļ
things.
35, 36. Yan, genuine philanthropy, pure benevolence; í, justice, moral rectitude, good in-
tention, guilelessness; lai, decorum, politeness, exact propriety; chi, discretion, knowledge,
understanding, wisdom; sun, unsuspicious confidence, truth, a man of his word; these five
are, sheung the great cardinal virtues, which, pat yung will not endure or allow of, lun disor-
der or derangement.
37,38. To is the general name for rice, of which there are many varieties; léung is the
spiked Barbadoes millet; shuk is the common name for pulse; shu is the panicled millet;
tsik also may perhaps be a species of millet; yan shó shik, men things-which eat; i. e. the
vegetables which they eat.
39, 40. Má includes horses, asses, and several kinds of mules; ngau designates the whole
bovine race;
kai is used here as a general term for all kinds of poultry; hün is also a general
term for the many varieties of dogs; ch'uk is limited to domesticated animals; tsz' means to
feed, to give food to; yan shó tsz³, men things-which feed, i. e. the animals which men rear.
41, 42. These seven passions are regarded as natural feelings, common to all men; when
rightly governed they render their possessor good; but if left uncontroled, they lead to evil;
for the sake of euphony, nái is dropped in some editions, and another word is added to the
end of the line to rhyme with kü above in the preceding line.
43, 44. Nái pát yam are eight sounds; the several objects specified here are the materials
used in making the eight kinds of musical instruments for giving the eight sounds.
45-48. A modern author says: "my own generation forms one class, my father's one, my
grandfather's one, my great-grandfather's one, my great-great-grandfather's one; thus above
me are four classes: my son's is one, my grandson's one, my great-grandson's one, my great-
SECT. 3.]
13
EXERCISES IN READING.
48. Are nine degrees of kindred:
constituting the human relations.
49. Affection of father and son:
agreement of husband and wife;
50. The elder brother's love:
the younger one's respect;
51. Precedence observed: in
the intercourse of friends;
52. Honor from the prince: fi-
delity from his ministers:
53. These are the ten duties:
on all alike binding.
54. Every teacher of youth:
should clearly elucidate;
55. Adduce proofs and illustra-
tions: plainly marking the periods.
56. He who is a scholar: must
have a beginning.
57. The Primary Lessons finish-
ed: he comes to the Four Books.
58. Confucius' Conversations;
are in twenty chapters.
乃​九族​人​之​倫
​父子​恩​夫婦​從
​兄​則​友 ​弟​則​恭
​長幼​序​友​與​朋
​君​則​敬 ​臣​則​忠
​此​十​義​人​所​同
​凡​訓 ​須​講究
​詳​訓詁 ​明​句​讀
​為​學者​必有​初
​小學​終​至四​書
​論語​者 ​二十​篇
​Nái 'kau tsuk yan
chí lun.
Fú² 'tsz' yan: ‹fú fú
sts'ung;
<Hing tsak, yau: tai
tsak, <kung;
'Chéung yau' tsü²: “yau
sú sp'ang;
Kwan tsak, king':
shan tsak, chung:
Ts'z' shap 1: yan
shó stung.
Fán fan' mung:
'kong kau';
"
<su
fan' 'kú:
¿Ts'éung
ming ku tau².
Wai hók 'ché: pít
yau ch'ó.
Síú Hók, chung: chí
Sz" Shu.
Lun² ‘Yü ‘ché: í² shap
<p'ín.
great-grandson's one; thus there are four classes below me: these, including myself, are the
nine classes or degrees of kindred. The following is a literal translation: great-great-grand-
father, great-grandfather, grandfather, father, and self, self and son, son and grandson,
from son and grandson to great-grandson and great-grandson's son, are nine classes, men's
relations. Tsuk mean he successive generations of those who are united by blood.
49-53. The yan chí lun are here indicated, being those which subsist between father and
son, husband and wife, elder and younger brothers, friends and associates, prince and minis-
ters: these ten parties have their respective obligations: fú tsz' yan father and son's affection;
yan kindness, when predicated of the father, is tender regard; but when referred to the son,
it signifies filial duty, and such is the twofold meaning of the word here; ts'ung in like man-
ner here means both the kindness of the husband, and the gentleness of the wife: hing tsak
yau elder brother then love, i. e. they must love their younger brothers, and these must res-
pect elder brothers; chéung yau tsi, senior and junior's order, or the order of precedence must
be observed, yau ú p'ang in the intercourse of friends: kwan tsak king, prince then honor, the
: prince must give due honor or consideration to his ministers, while they must be faithful to
him: these are, shap í the ten obligations, yan sh6 t'ung men things which agree-which all
men, in their respective stations, ought carefully to discharge. The import of the whole is,
that every son must dutifully serve his parents, every minister must be faithful to his prince;
and so of the others.
54. With this line commences the second division of knowledge, that of the scientific inves-
tigation, specified in the 22d line above.
55. Tau is in form the same as tuk to read, but differing from it in tone, it receives a new
signification; words of this kind frequently occur,
56. Wai to act, to be, hók ché a scholar; i. e. the scholar, or every scholar, pít yau must
have, ch' a beginning-a suitable beginning of his studies.
57. The Primary Lessons were compiled about seven hundred years ago by Chü fútsz',
and form six distinct parts, treating on education and the common duties of life; these
lessons, chung being finished, the student next, chí enters on the study of the Sz' Shu, Four
Books. These are; 1. the Superior Lessons; 2. the True Medium; 3. Conversations of
Confucius; 4. Writings of Mencius. The Four Books were brought together into their pre-
sent shape by Ching fútsz', who flourished about eight hundred years ago.
58, 59. The Lun Yu are the Conversations of Confucius, divided into twenty chapters, in
which, kwan tai tsz' the collective body of his disciples, ki recorded his words, actions, &c.
This work has been, not inaptly, compared to Boswell's Life of Johnson.
CHI. CHR. 4
14
[CHAP. I.
STUDY OF CHINESE.
59. His disciples have [there-
in]: recorded his good sayings.
60. The works of Mencius:
are in seven chapters;
61. He discourses on reason and
virtue benevolence and justice.
62. The author of the True
Medium: was Tsz'sz'.
63. 'True' is unperverted: 'me-
dium' is unchangeableness.
64. The author of the Superior
Lessons: was Tsang;
65. From personal and domes-
tic: he goes to national, rule.
66. When Filial Duty: and the
Four Books are understood,
67. Then the six classics: may
be commenced.
68. The Odes, Records, Chan-
ges: Ritual, Spring and Autumn,
69. Called the six classics:
ought to be well studied.
70. The systems of changes:
by Fukhi and Shannung, with
71. That of the Chau dynasty:
were three complete works.
<<
羣​弟子 ​記​善言
​孟子​者 ​七​篇​止
​講​道德 ​說​仁義
​作​中庸 ​子思​筆
​中​不​偏 ​庸​不易
​作​大學 ​乃​會​子
​自修​齊 ​至​平​治
​孝經​通 ​四​書​熟
​如​六​經 ​始​可讀
​詩書​易 ​禮​春秋
​號​六​經 ​當​講求
​有​連山 ​有​歸​藏
​有​周易 ​三​易​誤
​Kw'an tai' 'tsz': kí
shin sín.
Mang' 'tsz' 'ché: ts'át›
«phán chí;
'Kóng to tak›: shit,
syan í².
Tsók› ‹Chung Yung:
"Tsz sz' pat.
Chung pat, p'ín:
S
syung pat, yik₂.
Tsok, Tái Hók : nái
Tsang tsz';
Tsz?2
sau sts ai: chí
sping chí.
Hán King tung:Sz”
Shu shuk,
U luk, king: 'ch'í kó
tuką.
<Shí ‹Shu Yik₂: Lai
Ch'un Ts'au,
Hờ luk, king: đóng
'kóng sk'au.
"Yau Lín Shán: Syau
Kwai.Chóng,
Yau Chau Yik₂: ‹sám
yik, sts'éung.
60, 61. Mang tsz', the name of the man, is here used to designate his works, just as we say
Johnson or Milton when we refer to the works of those writers. Tsz' and fútsz' are terms of
respect, nearly equivalent to philosopher: kóng and shüt are synonyms, and the latter serves
as a connective, at the same time it fills the measure of the verse.
62, 63. Tsók means to make, or the maker, pat is the Chinese pencil; the pencil of Tsz'-
sz' was the maker of the Chung Yung, i. e. this work was written by his hand; he was a
grandson of Confucius, and the work consists chiefly of the ethical sayings of the sage, and
originally formed a part of the Book of Rites.
64. Tái Hók, magna scientia, is explained to mean that learning which is suitable for per-
sons who are advanced in years. This work was also originally a chapter of the Book of
Rites; but is now one of the Four Books, and forms a counterpart to the Siú H6k or Pri-
mary Lessons.
65. Tsz' means from; sau is self-government; tsai is the government of a family; chí
means to rule well a state, province, or kingdom; and ping is to keep in order an empire:
these are the leading topics of the essay, which was reduced to writing by Tsang, one of the
disciples of Confucius.
66, 77. Háu King is, as the name signifies, a treatise on filial duty, consisting of conversa-
tions between Confucius and Tsang; it is divided into eighteen short sections, and is com-
monly published with the Primary Lessons: tung and shuk are synonyms, each meaning tho-
roughly studied, well understood; ü as, such as, or works such as, luk king the six classics,
ch'í begin, kó can, tuk to read; i. e. the treatise on Filial Duty and the Four Books being well
understood, the student may commence the study of the higher classics.
68, 69. Spring and Autumn is a single work; but the Ritual originally formed two sepa-
rate treatises, and these several works, collectively, hò were styled, luk king the six classics,
tóng deserving, kóng explanation, and kau investigation.
70, 71. You there was, Lin Shán 'connected hills,' a so named treatise on the changes,
written by Fukhí; yau there was, Kwai Ch'óng another work of the same kind written by
the emperor Shannung; you there was, Chau Yik the Changes of Chau, written by king
Wan (or Wan wáng); sám yik three systems of changes, ts'éung complete and entire.
These are unitedly called the Yik King, or the Book of Changes.
J
SECT. 3.
15
EXERCISES IN READING.
72. The royal and ministerial
canons: the instructions and in-
junctions,
73. The vows and commands:
are included in the Records.
74. My lord Chau: was the
author of the Chau Ritual.
75. He instituted six Boards:
for the general government.
76. The elder and younger
Tai: commented on the Ritual;
77. Transmited the sage's words:
& completed the ritual and music.
78. The National Airs: the two
Eulogies, and the Songs,
79. Styled the Four Odes: are
worthy to be rehearsed.
80. The odes having ceased:
Spring and Autumn was made;
81. Which by praise and blame:
separate the good and bad.
有​典​謨 ​有​訓​誥
​有​誓​命​書​之​奥
​我​周公 ​周禮
​著​六​官 ​存​治​體
​大小​戴 ​註​禮記
​述​聖言 ​禮樂​備
​日​國​風 ​日​雅​頌
​號​四​詩 ​當​諷​詠
​詩​旣​亡 ​春秋​作
​寓​褒貶 ​別​善惡
​Yau “tín smò: ‘yau fan
kō',
Yau shai' ming' shu
chí ờ.
Ngó Chau ‹kung:
tsok, Chau Lai.
Chu' luk, ‹Kún: ‹ts'ün
chí tại.
Tái síu Tái: chủ
Lai Kí;
Shut, shing sn: lái
ngók, pí².
Ut Kwok, Fung: üt
'Ngá Tsung',
Ho Sz" Shí: tóng
fung' wing'.
Shí kí móng: Ch‘un
<Ts'au tsók›;
Yü pò 'pín: pít, shín
ók.
72, 73. Shü, the Book of Records, contains six different kinds of state papers, referring to
times before Confucius: 1. tin were the imperial ordinances, which were regarded as unalte-
rable; 2. md included drafts or plans, drawn up by ministers as laws of action for their so-
vereigns; 3. fan denotes those instructions which the chief ministers prepared for their sove-
reign, opening and delineating the path in which he should walk; 4. kò were imperial
proclamations, given for the instruction and admonition of the whole empire; 5. shai were
vows taken by the emperors; for example, when an army was going out to battle, the mon-
arch, worshiping towards heaven, vowed in the presence of his leaders, that he would reward
the faithful and punish the unfaithful among his troops; 6. ming were the emperor's man-
dates, given to his great ministers.
74. Kung is an honorary title nearly equivalent to lord; ngó Chau, our Chau dynasty,
i. e.
my lord of the Chau (Chow) dynasty, ts6k made, Chau Lai the Chau Ritual; he was the son
of king Wan, mentioned above, and younger brother of the martial king (Wú wáng), the
first monarch of the Chau dynasty, which arose B. C. 1122. The family name of this line of
monarchs, which are very renowned in Chinese history, was K, and in some editions it is
written ngó Kí hung.
75. Chu is to institute, lord Kí instituted six Boards, the prototypes, probably, of the mo-
dern ones; tsün to maintain, chí governmental, tai operations, i. e. to preserve and govern the
body politic.
76, 77. These two brothers, chi wrote commentaries on the Lai, and their work was styled
Lai Ki, the Book of Rites; it was divided into forty-nine p'in or chapters, two of which, the
True Medium and the Superior Lessons, have been taken to form parts of the Four Books:
the other chapters constitute the Book of Rites, one of the Five Classics: shut is to narrate,
or add by way of comment; they narrated the sayings of the sage, and in this way, lai ngók
pí both the ritual and musical services were rendered complete.
78, 79. Hồ Sz' Shi named Four Odes, üt viz., Kwók Fung National Airs, which were an-
nually collected and presented to the emperor, and by him submitted to his ministers, to enable
them to know the character of those whom they had to govern; Ngá Eulogies, forming two
parts,-Síú the Lesser, and Tái the Greater;-these were employed on state occasions, at
imperial audiences and banquets; Tsung were Songs of praises, used at the imperial sacri-
fices; tổng worthy, fung wing to be rehearsed and sung.
80, 81. The odes, kí móng having been discontinued, Confucius, in order to supply their
place, commenced his Annals, which cover a period of 242 years; they were compiled from
the records of his native state, the modern Shántung: yü in them are found recorded, pò pír
commendations and censures, pít distinguishing, shin the good, 6k from the bad. From this
16
[CHAP. I.
STUDY OF CHINESE.
82. [On the Annals] are three
commentaries: by Kungyéung,
83. The family of Tsó: and
by Kukléung.
84. The classics understood:
read the philosophical writers;
85. Select important parts:
and commit them to memory.
86. Of these there are five: by
Sun and by Yéung,
87. By Manchung: and by Ld
and Chóng.
88. The classics and philoso-
phers understood: read next ge-
neral history.
=** *4* | ‹Sám Chin' 'ché: syau
三​傳​者 ​有​公羊
​‹Kung yéung,
Yau Tsó shí': Syau
有​左氏​有​穀梁
​經​旣​明 ​方子
​撮​其​要 ​記​其事
​五​子​者 ​有​荀​揚
​Kuk› ‹léung.
King kiming: fóng
tuk, 'tsz';
文​中子 ​及​老莊
​經​子​通 ​讀​諸​史
​-p13
characteristic, the work received its name; the commendations are life-giving like spring;
the censures are life-withering like autumn; hence Spring and Autumn Annals.
82, 83. These three, in their respective commentaries, endeavored to complete and render
more lucid the annals, which had been commenced by their master.
84-87. Tsz' is here used to denote the philosophical writers; of these, tsüt select, kí íú
the most eminent, or parts from the writings of the most eminent, and, kí k sz' commit them
to memory: 'ng tsz' are five of shap tsz', or ten authors, often referred to by the Chinese, and
whose writings form a body of literature, second, only to their classics.
88. Chü sz', literally all histories, i. e. general history, which however refers only to their
own country. From this line, the Sám Tsz' King proceeds with a brief summary of the his-
tory of the Chinese empire, and closes with examples and exhortations, intended to encourage
the young student.
1. Stop, stop! I wish to
understand the meaning of
what you have written.
Section Fourth.
EXERCISES IN CONVERSATION,
習​言​第四​章
​Tsáp₂ sín; tai² sz" chéung.
莫​自​莫​自我​要
​曉得​點​解​至​做
​得
​It is easily understood, I 易曉​我​講​你​知
​will explain it to you.
呵
​Ts'üt› ‹k'í·íú': kí skí
sz2.
"Ng 'tsz' 'ché: yau
Sun Yeung,
Man chung 'tsz': kap
Lò Chóng.
2
King ‘tsz' <t'ung: tuk
}
'Mó tsz", 'mó tsz”! ³ngó íú'
híú tak tím kái, chỉ trờ
tak..
I híú, ngó kóng ní chí
có.
Notes and Explanations.
1. M6k is the common pronunciation of m6; with this latter tone and sound it is frequent-
ly used in conversation. I wish now to understand, tím kái how explain, or what is the mean-
ing of what you have written, chí then arrive at, tsd do, tak obtain; i. e. I shall then have
obtained what I wish, when you have explained to me those lines, which you have copied
from the Sam Tsz' King. N. B. The learner is supposed to interrupt his teacher, when he
SECT. 4.]
17
EXERCISES IN CONVERSATION.
2. What is the meaning of
this character? (pointing to
the first in the 3d section.)
It is called yan, and denotes
man.
3. (Pointing to the second
he asks again,) And this?
This is chí, a particle.
4. I know it is a particle,
but what is its meaning?
5. And this, (pointing to
the third,) what is its mean-
ing?
This is ch 6, and it signifies
beginning.
點​解​呢
​It means man's beginning, 只​係​人​於​初生
​the time when he is born.
個​陣​時​咁​咯
​呢​個​叉​點​呢
​呢​個​初​字​就​係
​始​初​咁​解
​三個​合​埋​點​呢
​人​於​初生​離​母
​胎​時​咁​解​咯
​6. What is the meaning of
the three when joined toge-
ther?
They mean man at his birth,
when first separated from
呢​個​字​點​解​呢
​呢​個人​字​指​凡
​人
​呢​個​呢
​呢​個​之​字​係​虛
​字
​They mean, that the nature
of all men, when first born is
good.
裝
​his mother's womb.
7. What is the meaning XS
of the next three?
呢
​凡人​初生​之​性
​本來​係​善​咁​咯
​Ní kó' tsz❞ tím 'kái ní?
Ní kó gan tsz”, chí fán
syan.
Ní kó' ni?
Ní ko chí tsz” hai chú
tsz".
Ngó chí hai chi tsz”, chí
'tím 'kái ní?
Chat, hai yan ‹ü ch'o
shang, hó chau shí, kcra
lók›.
Ní kó', yau 'tím ‹ní?
Ní kó' ch'ó isz" tsau' ha
ch'í ch'ó, 'kóm 'kái.
Sám hó hóp mái tím
<ní?
Yan i chó shang chí ‘mò
C
t‘oi shí, hóm hái lok.
Há² ťau ‹sám kó' yau tím
‹ní?
Fán yan cho shang chí
sing 'pún loi hai shín³,
'kóm lók,.
has written eighty-eight lines, by calling for an explanation of what has been written; the
conversation commences with the line 'yan chí ch'ó, sing pún shín,' and may be extended at
the pleasure of the learner.
2. Níkó means this; chi, the finger, here signifies to point with the finger, niko yan tsz
this man character points to all men; i. e. it denotes the species, or man generally.
3. Níkó chí tsz' this character chí, hai is, hü tsz' an empty character, or a particle. By
this vague term the Chinese intend to express connective or euphonic particles, in distinction
from the shat tsz', or solid words, such as nouns, verbs, &c.
4. In the phrase chí tím kái ní? the particle chí has the sense of but or yet: chat mere-
ly, hai is, yan man, ü at, ch'6 beginning, shang born, ko that, chan moment, shí time, kóm
so, lók indeed; that is, the particle merely denotes the point of time, at which man is born.
The phrase yan chí ch'6 may be rendered in various ways, thus; man's beginning, man at
his birth, man at the time of his birth; &c.
6. Here the same idea is repeated, literally thus; man at beginning born separated mo-
ther's womb time, so explain indeed. The sentiment is explicitly expressed, that the child
when first born possesses a good nature.
7. Há t'au below head, sám ko the three, also how? All men beginning born 's nature
CHI. CHR. 5
18
[CHAP. I.
STUDY OF CHINESE.
8. Is there really such a
doctrine! Where did it ori-
ginate?
It was the general sentiment
expressed by the ancient sa-
ges and wise men.
9. Were there any who
doubted its correctness?
In the second book of Men-
cius, the philosopher Kungtò
called it in question.
10. How was this?
Having first quoted several
cases, bearing on the ques-
tion, he said (to Mencius),
Now, you say, nature is good,
are then all these false?
11. What was the answer
of Mencius?
He waved the question, by
introducing the subject of the
passions.
12. Well, you have ex-
plained enough for the pre-
sent; to-morrow I will thank
you to come again.
眞​有​個​的​道理
​喺​邊​處​嚟​呢
​歴​古​聖賢​都​係
​咁​講​嘅
​有人​疑​有冇
​呢
​下​孟​裏頭​公​都
​子思​疑
​點​思​疑​呢
​佢​先​引​幾​說​嚟
​講​故此​話​今日
​性善​然則​彼​皆
​非​與​咁
​孟夫子​點​答​呢
​孟夫子​檸​情​嚟
​推度​話​佢​知
​做得​聽​日​請
​先生​番​嚟
​‹Chan 'yau kó' tik, tò² slí!
'Hai ‹pín ch'ü' slai ‹ní?
Lik, 'kú shing' sín tò hai'
hóm kóng kể lá.
Yau ‹yan ‹sz' sí, ‘yau mò
<ní?
Há Mang lu tau Kung
tò 'tsz' ‹sz' sí.
"Tím ‹sz' í ‹ní?
'K'ui sín 'yan 'kí shüt› slai
'kóng, kú' 'ts'z' wá², ‹kam
üt, sing' shín², sín tsak› 'pí
‹kái fí syü, kóm.
Mang' fú 'tsz' 'tím táp, ní?
Mang' fú 'tsz' <ning sts'ing
slai ch ui tók, wá sh‘ui chí.
Tsò tak, l'; t'ing yat,
lá
'ts'ing <sín <shang ‹fán lai.
original come is good, so indeed! i. e. the meaning of the three next characters is, that
the nature of all men is good at the time when they are first born.
8. Truly have that doctrine! In what place come eh? To lí means what is reasonable, or
right, a just sentiment, a true doctrine, or simply a doctrine, or sentiment: kai pín ch'ü lai
may be correctly rendered, either, From what place did it originate? or, With whom did it
originate? lik pass, kú ancient, shing sages, in worthies, to all, hai were, kóm so, kóng speak-
ing, ké lá even so! that is, this was the sentiment, which the sages and worthies generally
held through the successive ages of antiquity.
9. Yau yan have men, sz'í doubting, yau mò ní have not have eh? i. e. were there any
who doubted the correctness of the sentiment? Below Mang inside head, referring to the se-
cond book of Mencius, Kungtò tsz' the philosopher Kungto (who is there introduced), sz' í
doubted, i, e. called in question the correctness of the sentiment.
10. Kui refers to Kungtò, who having first, yan adduced, ki shüt several sayings, lai kóng
come speak, kú ts'z' with reference to these sayings, (which were in opposition to what Men-
cius had advanced,) wá said or asked, Now you say the nature of man is good, in are, tsak
then, pí the sayings which I have adduced, kái all, fí false or erroneous? yü is an interroga-
tive particle: kóm thus, or in this manner, Kungtò expressed his doubts of the correctness of
the sentiment in question. See Mang tsz', kün luk, tai luk chéung.
11. Tap is to answer, to give an answer: ning is to bring, or to take up as a topic of con-
versation; tsing denotes man's natural disposition, or the passions, (sec. iii: 42.,) Mencius
1
SECT. 5.]
19
EXERCISES IN WRITING.
Very good.
13. Good morning.
Good bye.
1. How, Sir, do the Chi-
nese commence learning to
write?
taking up the subject of the passions, lai brought it, ch'ui to push, tók to measure, i. e. he
made it take the place of the other, and in this way he waved the point at issue; wá k'ui
chí speak him know, i. e. in his conversation with Kungtò.
The teacher is requested at
first to guide the child's
hand, holding the pencil, to
write copies in red ink.
好
​請​唎​請​唎
​請​呀​請​呀
​12. Tsò tak lá, these words mean, you have explained as far as I desire you to do at this
time; ting yat but to-morrow, please come again and renew your explanations. The teach-
er answers hd good, or I will do so, the reply being usually attended with a deferential bow,
and then he takes his leave.
Section Fifth.
EXERCISES IN WRITING.
習​寫​第五​章
​Tsap sé; tai'
tai "ng chéung.
2. Are there any rules for
writing?
Yes; there are rules for hold-
ing the pencil, for making
the separate strokes, and for
combining them into charac-
ters.
'Hd.
"Ts'ing lé' 'ts'ing lé'!
"Ts'ing a'! ts'ing á'!
先生​唐人​點​樣
​初學​寫字​呢
​請​先生​把​手執
​筆​寫​紅​硃​字​先
​HITET S
寫字​有乜​方法
​to ti me
有​喉​有​執筆​法
​使​筆法​裝​字​法
​S
Sín shang, Tòng yan
'tím yéung ch'ó hók, sé
tsz²² ‹ní?
Tsing sín shang 'pá 'shau
chap, pat, sé shung chu tsz"
(sín lók,.
'Sé tsz" 'yau mat› ‹fóng fát›,
yau mà ní?
Yau cé; 'yau chap, pat, fát›,
shai pat, fát, chóng tsz
fát,.
ܐܙ
Notes and Explanations.
1. Sinshang is often used in the sense of Sir and Mr., and in many instances, as in the
present, may be well translated by Sir: pá shau is to grasp the hand; the teacher, standing
up, grasps the child's hand and guides both it and the pencil: chá pat is to hold the pencil:
sé is to write, hung chü tsz' red characters, sín in the first place; i. e. at first, when the child
begins learning to write, he is furnished with copies written in red ink, and a pencil which
he takes in his hand; then at the child's request, the teacher, grasping his hand, guides the
pencil slowly and carefully over each of the characters in the copy.
2. Fóng fát is a common phrase for rules, such as rules, or instructions, for studying, writ-
ing, painting, and other similar arts; the two words are synonymous, and are often used
separately in the same sense which they have here.
20
[CHAP. I.
STUDY OF CHINESE.
3. How is the pencil to be
held?
As Wong Yaukwan held
it.
4. How can I know how
he held it?
By inspecting his copy-book,
5. I have done so, and yet
I do not at all understand
how it is to be held.
and middle fingers, with the
back turned outwards, be
brought near it, facing the
body; thus holding fast the
pencil: let the fourth and lit-
tle fingers, placed close toge-
ther, be brought part way in
[beyond the pencil] pointing
towards you, so holding the
pencil, with the fist half open
and hollow within, and with
the fingers close together:
this is the best way to hold
the pencil.
點​樣
​呢
​學​王​右軍​執​囉
​點​知​佢​點​樣​執
​呢
​睇佢​個​筆​陣​圖
​囃
​睇​都唔​曉得​嘥
​DET
Then I will teach you: let
我​敎​你​阿​頭​指
​the thumb be placed with
the back towards the body, 挨​身​向外 ​= 指
​facing outwards; let the fore
申​指​挨​外向​身
​咁​樣​執​住​個​枝
​筆​使​無名指​尾
​指​叠​伸 ​半
​入​裏頭​指​住​自
​已​咁​樣​執​住​好
​D + H * * -
樣​總​要​空​指
​密​為​好
​"Tím yéung chap› ‹ní?
S
Hók, Wong Yau kwan
chap, ó.
Tím chí k‘ui tím yéung
chap, ní?
'T'ai 'k'ui ko' pat, chan²st'ò
Jó.
Tai, tò s’m híú tak, sái
ké,
Ngó háu ‘ní có; stau chí
cái shan héung ngoi ; Ý chí,
chung chị, cái ngoi heung
shan; kóm yéung? chá
chữ kí chí pat): ‘shai mò
sming ‘chí, mí ‘chí, típ
smái, shan yat pun yap.
Shü st‘au, ‘chí chi tsz” kí,
hóm yéung chap, chi, hò
'tsz' pún' hoi ke sk'ün
yat› yéung', 'chung íú' ‹k'ün
chung ‘chí mat ; wai hò.
".
3. Wong Yaukwan is the author of a system of writing, answering in many respects to
those which are common in the west; the work contains twelve plates illustrating the several
ways of holding the pencil, together with full explanations, to which are appended examples
of all the different strokes used in writing Chinese, and characters showing the mode of their
use.
The one on the opposite page is intended to represent a Chinese master sitting at his
table, engaged in writing.
4. Pat chan t'd pencil order plates, i. e. plates illustrating the order, or manner, of hold-
ing the pencil.
5. Tai I have looked, tò and yet, do not understand it, sái ké altogether, or entirely, i. e.
I have examined the plates, and yet do not at all understand the subject.
6. T'au chí the thumb is also called tái chú the great finger: chí the forefinger is also
called shik chí the eating finger, from the part it often takes with the Chinese in supplying
the mouth with food: shai is to use or let,-let mò ming chí the nameless or the fourth, and
mí chí the last or little finger, típ mái placed one on the other, shan be brought, yat pún one
half, yap entering, lüt au within [side of the pencil], chí chu pointing towards, tsz kí your-
self, hò tsz' just as, pun half, hoi opened, ké being (being opened), k'ün the fist, yat yéung
in one and the same manner; chung moreover, íú it is required, k'ün that the fist, hung be
hollow, chí mat with the fingers close together; wai hò to be good, i, e. this is the good, or
the best way to hold the pencil.
-
SECT. 5.]
21
EXERCISES IN WRITING.

&
Jaypy
Jasm
In
CHI. CHR.
.6
22
[CHAP. 1.
STUDY OF CHINESE.
6. Though [I am able] to
hold the pencil, yet I do not
know which part of the cha-
racter should be written first.
執​住​個​枝筆​每
​個​字​唔知​寫​邊
​的​先​呢
​以上​下​左右​分
​Distinguishing between the
upper and the lower, the
right and left parts, proceed
from the upper to the lower,
writing the left side first and
then the right; if you doubt
由上至下​先​左
​後​右​唔信​你​睇
​this, you may examine the
eight rules in the character 永字八法​阿
​WING.
7. Eternal.
i. A dot, slanting.
horizontal
ii. A
line, curbed.
iii. A perpendicu-
lar line, erect.
iv. A hook, quick
leaping.
v. A spike, point-.
ed upwards.
vi. A sweep, ra-
pidly brushing out-
wards.
vii. A stroke, bill
shaped, quickly
sweeping.
viii. A dash, slow-
ly moving outwards.
肉​鹹
​Ame
左​横​師​勒​右
​努
​155
EX
换
​دختر
點​息
​即​撇
​即​側
​Zui
櫂
​鉤
​白
​BAR
*
Chap chứ ko chí pat,
múi kó tsz” sm chí ‘sé pín
tik› ‹sín ‹ní?
'I' shéung' hátsó yau' fan,
syau shéung chí há, sín
tsó hau' yau'; s'in sun', 'ní
't'ai Wing tsz” pát› fát› ‹ó.
#1=
R
旅
​Wing.
“Tím, tsik, chak:.
‹Wáng, tsik, lak..
'No, tsik, shu².
Yéuk, tsik, k'au.
Ch'ák›, tsik, t'íú'.
Léuk,, tsik› p'ít›.

Téuk, tsik, fat,.
Chák›, tsik› nát,.
6. Hold fast the pencil, every character not know to write, [which] side of first eh? Al-
though you have told me how to hold the pencil, yet I know not which part of even a single
character should be written first,-which part is to be written first? Ni gives this interro-
gative form to the sentence, which otherwise would be declarative: the learner says that he
does not know where to begin to write a single character; using, shéung há upper and
{
lower, tsb yau left and right, fan divisions, proceed in writing, yau shéung from the upper
parts, chi ha to the lower; also, sín tsó first write the left part, hau yau afterwards the right;
'm sun not believing this, ní t'ai you may examine for confirmation, Wing tsz' pát fát the
eight rules which are based on the eight parts of the character Wing. The Wing Tsz' Pát
Fắt is also used as the name of a little work on writing, from which the directions given
above are chiefly selected.
7. This character is regarded as containing all the simple strokes required in writing Chi-
nese; and both their names and the modes of writing them are briefly expressed in the res--
pective parts, as here numbered.
•
SECT. 5.]
23
EXERCISES IN WRITING.
8. A dot. (i.)
This is made by a slant of
the pencil, which moving
[first] towards the right, is
then turned round towards
the left. It has 18 forms.
Avoid the ox-head shape.
9. A horizontal line.
(ii.)
This is made by a leap of the
pencil, which stopping short
on a point is drawn off to the
left. It has 6 forms. Avoid
making it with drooping
shoulders.
10. A perpendicu-
lar line. (iii.)
Here the pencil must not be
held perfectly erect, for then
the stroke will lack body. It
Avoid the
has 12 forms.
wasp-like waist.
11. A hook. (iv.)
The pencil brought down ist
made to diverge a little, and
raised upwards with a jerk.
It has 14 forms. Avoid a re-
semblance to a crane's knees.
側
​側​筆​而成​向右
​轉​左​生​一​十八
​法​忌​牛頭
​勒
​趯​筆​而成​駐​鋒
​廻​左​生​六法​忌
​垂肩
​努 ​1
筆​不可​直直​則
​4 力​生​一​十 ​十二
​法​忌​蜂腰
​# 1
殺​筆​斜​行​借勢
​而起​生​一​十四
​法​忌​鶴​膝
​Chak,.
Chak, pat, 1 sshing, héung'
yau' 'chan 'tsó. ‹Shang yat,
shap, pát, fát. Ki ngau
st'au.
Lak..
Yéuk pat› ‹í ‹shing, chu'
cung súi tsó. Shang luh,
fát. Kí shui kín.
No.
Pat pat, ho chik,, chih,
tsak, mò lik. ‹Shang yais
shap, í fát. Kí fung dú.
Yéuk.
Shát, pat› ‹ts'échang, isë'
shai' á hí. Shang yat:
shap, sz" fát. Kí hók, sat).
8. This chak, slant, is commonly called tím, a dot. It has, either simple or compound,
eighteen different forms, which, from some real or imaginary resemblance to certain objects,
are called by their names; thus, pearl drop; plum seed; almond seed; goat's horns; cock's
crest. These names, often very fanciful, are given to assist the memory. They are found in
most of the Chinese copy-books, and ought to be carefully examined by every one who de-
sires to write the character correctly with ease and elegance.
9. This lak, bit or curb, is commonly called wáng, a horizontal line; the pencil, being plac-
ed down carefully on the left, is carried rapidly off to the right, where, chü fung it is brought
to a dead halt, úi thence recoiling, tsó towards the left. The ends of the line are compared
to a man's shoulders, and ought, for the sake of beauty, to be erect and square, and not bent
down or drooping.
10. No, a strong line, is usually called shu or chik, both meaning a perpendicular line:
among the twelve forms assumed by this line, there are two or three which exhibit a crooked
or deflected shape, one is called a crooked rule, and another a golden city.
11. Yeuk, a quick leap, is commonly called 'au, a hook. În most of the forms, the hook
is turned to the left; in a few instances it takes the opposite direction; the shaft also takes a
variety of forms: new moon, flying goose, swimming goose, dragon's tail, &c., are some of
the names of these forms.
•
24
[CHAP. I.
STUDY OF CHINESE.
1
12. A spike. (v.)
This resembles a part of a
broken line, with the point
thrown upwards. It has 6
forms. Avoid the shape of
a nail's head.
13. A sweep. (vi.)
The best form of this is made
by turning the pencil's point
off to the left, with a heavy
stroke. It has 8 forms.
Avoid the shape of a rat's tail.
14. A stroke. (vii.)
This is made by a sudden
jerk of the pencil, and should
be short and slender. It has
12 forms. Avoid the shape
of a broken splinter.
•
forms. Avoid the shape of a
broom.
16. Are there also rules
for forming the characters?
Come and examine the co-
py-plates of professor Shíú
Ying.
策
​折​異​畫​仰​鋒
​上​揭​生​六法​忌
​釘頭
​掠ノ
​筆鋒​左​出​肥​舒
​為​貴​生​八​法​忌
​鼠​尾
​法​忌​斷​柴
​15. A dash. (viii.)
Here the pencil delicatel 筆​微​仰​而​徐​開
​rises, and then spreads off
with a full stroke. It has 6
其​勢​生​六法​忌
​撒​帚
​重​有​裝​字​嘅​呢
​你​嚟​睇​邵​瑛​先
​生​冩​個​法帖​呵
​磔​~
啄
​Téuk,.
* * * * * #Ngo pat tsat₂ 'ím, léuk, tái
sau' 1'.
Shang yat› shap, í²
瘦​意​生​一​十二
​Ch'ák,.
Tsik, chít í wák, yéung
fung shéung” kít. Shang
luk› fát›. Kí² ‹ting sť'au.
Léuk,.
Pat> <fung 'tsó ch'ut›, sfí ‹shü
swai kwai'. Shang pát
fát. Ki shu mí.
fátɔ. Kí² tün² ‹shái.
Chák.
Pat, smí syéung sí, ‹ch'ü choi
sk'í shai'. Shang luk, fát›.
Kí sát, ‘chau.
Chung Śyau chóng tsz” ké
ní?
Ní slai 't'ai Shíú² Ying ‹sín
shang sẽ ní ko fát, típ,
<ó.
12. Ch'ák, a spike, is also called tíú, pointing upwards, to prick or stir up; in one form it
resembles the hook.
13. Léuk, a sweep, means to plunder; it is also called p'it which has nearly the same
sense; the allusion is derived from the sweeping course of those who plunder.
14. Téuk, a stroke, means also to strike with the bill, as a bird does in feeding; it is
likewise called fat, which means to strike, to brush, to wave.
15. Chák is to pull in pieces, and is commonly called nát; golden knife, crying duck,
frightened snake, roaming fish, playing fish, and double eyes, are the names of its forms.
16. The work of Shiu Ying contains a series of copies, ninety-two in number, each of
which is accompanied by a short rule, for guidance of the learner. The work is in octavo;
printed on thick stiff paper like pasteboard; the characters are white upon a black ground.
The paper is all in one piece, folded between two boards, like a fan.
SECT. 6.]
25
EXERCISES IN WRITING.
1. Universe. Fixed.
Repose,
宙​定​寧
​In characters of this form, 天​覆​者​凡​畫​皆
​the upper part should cover
all the lines below it.
冒​於其​下
​至聖​蓋
​In characters of this form, 地​載​者​有​畫​皆
​the lower part should sup-
port all the lines above it.
托​於其​上
​部​幼​即
​༡.
Section Sixth.
EXERCISES IN WRITING.
習​寫​第六​章
​Tsáp, sé; tai luk, chéung.

Extreme. Sa-
cred. A cover.
G
3. A class. Youth.
Immediately.
In these prominence is given 讓​左​者​左​昂​右
​to the left part, it being ele-
vated, while the right is de-
pressed.
4. Read. Rainbow.
Meritorious deeds.
In these prominence is given
to the right, it being extend-
ed, while the left is contract-
ed.
低
​讀​蝀​績
​讓​右​者​右​伸​左
​縮
​Chau. Ting. Ning.
T'in fauché, fán wáką
‹kái mò ù ‹k'í há³,
củ
Chí. Shing’. Khoi.
Tí tsoi ‘ché, yau wak, chai
tók, ü k'i shéung'.
Po². Yau'. Tsik,.
Yeung' 'tsó 'ché, 'tso ‹ngong,
yau tai.
;

Tuk,. Tung'. Tsik².
Yeung' yau' 'ché, yau' <shan,
'tsó shukɔ.
Notes and Explanations,
1. These are the copies of Shíú Ying, The large characters are selected only with refe-
rence to their form, and stand entirely independent of each other; their literal meaning is
given, that it may be fixed in the memory during the exercise of writing. Tin fau ché, the
celestial canopy, denotes the upper part of the character; and in this dialect is called dam
sp'ung stau: the literal translation of the rule is,-celestial covering the, every line all cover-
ed in it below; wák, like lak (sec. v: 9.), means a horizontal line, or to draw such a line.
2. Ti tsoi ché, terrestrial support, denotes the lower line; you there being, wák lines, kái
all, tók [should be] supported, i on, k'í it, shéung above: yau wák here is nearly equivalent
to fán wák; the latter means every line, the former signifies whatever lines there are;-each
phrase thus denoting all the lines.
3, 4. The student will not fail to notice a correspondence-sometimes antithetical, some-
CHI. CHR.
7 my
26
[CHAP. I.
STUDY OF CHINESE.

5. Glad. I or me.
Rest.
In these, the transverse line.
through the middle should be
well extended.
6. Armor. Even.
Spear.
In these, the perpendicular
line should be drawn perfect-
ly straight through the mid-
dle.
7. Grapes. A cater-
pillar. A bean.
lu characters of this form,
the body of the hook should
not be either too crooked or
too short.
8. A sentence. A
broad spoon. Do not.
In characters of this form,
the shape of the hook should
not be too straight or too
long.
9. Left. In. Parti-
colored,
In these, the horizontal line
should be short, and the
sweep long.
喜​吾​安
​橫​擔​者​巾​畫​宜
​長
​甲​平​干
​直​卓​者​中​竪​宜
​JE
葡​蜀​葛
​勾​拏​法​其​身​不
​宜​曲​短
​句​勺​勿
​勾​衄​法​其​勢​不
​可​直​長
​左​在​龙
​畫​短​撇​長
​Hí. Ng. On.
Ón.
<
sWáng tám chế, chung
wák, sí sch'éung.
Káp. P'ing. Kón.
Chik, chéuk, ‘ché, chung
shuí ching'.
Pò. Chuk, Kót,.
‹Kau sná fát›, sk'í ‹shan pat›
í b'uk, 'tün.
1
как
Kui'. Ch'éuk,. Mat,.
‹Kau nuk› fát›, ‹k'í shai' pat›
'hó chik, sch'éung.
Tsó. Tsoi. Phóng.
Wák, 'tün, p'it, sch'éung.
times correlative-in many of the following rules; there is likewise a similar correspondence ·
between the terms used in the same rules; ngóng and tai, shan and shuk, are examples of
this usage.
5, 6. The long horizontal line in the one, and the long perpendicular line in the other, of
these are to be noted: the former should be well extended both ways; it has been by the Chi-
nese compared to the two ends of a pole, on which a burden is suspended to be carried on the
shoulders of two men.
7, 8. In both of these the long crooked line should be noted; from the shape into which
it is bent, it is called kau a hook; ná means to seize or catch; nuk is a sabre, or the nose
made bloody by the sabre: kau ná fát the hook catching form, ki shan its body, pat not, í
should be, h'uk crooked, tün short, i. e. it ought not to be too crooked or too short, but should
be open nearly like the two sides of a square in the kau nuk fát, the hook should be more
short and contracted, “because it has not so much to contain," as may be seen by inspection.
N. B. The hook in these examples, and the celestial canopy (sec. vi: 1.), are both among the
six forms specified sec. v: 9.
SECT. 6.]
27
EXERCISES IN WRITING.

10. Right. Being.
Ashes.
In these, the horizontal line
should be long, and
sweep short.
11. Wood. The ori-
gin. Vermilion.
Here the horizontal line
should be short, the perpen-
dicular long, the sweep and
dash well extended.
畫​長​撇​短
​the
12. Joy. A wood.
To build mud walls.
Here the horizontal line
should be long, the perpen-
dicular short, the sweep and
dash contracted.
13. Ten. Above.
Below.
In these, the transverse line
should be long, and the per-
pendicular short.
14. Talent. A dry
measure. A well.
In these the transverse should
be short, and the perpendic-
ular long.
15. Great. Second.
Also or with.
When there are horizontal
lines at the top and bottom,
the former must be short, the
latter long.
16. Eye. Self. Be-
cause.
When there are perpendicu-
lar lines on the right and left,
that on the left must be limit-
ed, and the right prolonged.
右​有​灰
​木本​朱
​畫​短​直​長​撇​捺
​宜​伸
​樂​棐​築
​畫​長​直​短​撇​捺
​宜​縮
​十​上下
​横​長​直​短
​才​斗​井
​横​短​直​長
​丕​亞​並
​Yau². Yau. Fúi.
Muk, 'Pún. Chü.
Wak, scheung, phít, tiên.
Lók,. 'Fí. Chuk,.
Wák, 'tün, chik, sch'éung,
phít, nát, sí shan.
有
​
Wák, sch'éung, chik, 'tün,
phít, nát, sí shuk,.
S
Shap. Shéung². Há'.
Wáng ch'éung, chik, 'tun.
Ts'oi. Tau. Tsing.
Wang 'tün, chik, sch'éung.
Muk. Tsz”.Yan.
Pí. A'. Ping'.
上下​有​畫​須​上 ​Shéung? hát syau wáke, csii
短​而​下​長
​shéung? tin í há schtéung.
目​自​因
​左右​有​直​宜​左
​收​而​右​展
​(Tsó yan' 'yau chike, sí tso
shau, sí yau chín.
10, 11. In these and similar examples, the learner will easily ascertain the parts which are
the object of the rules, and need not, therefore, be detained with any notes or explanations.
木
​


28
[CHAP. I.
STUDY OF CHINESE.
17. A dry measure.
Streams. A country.
When there is a sweep on the
left, and a perpendicular line
on the right, the former
should be contracted, and the
latter extended downwards.
18. Him. Disgrace.
Large.
contracted, and the latter
open and extended.
伊​僇​侈
​When there are perpendic 左​直​右​撇宜​左
​ular lines on the left, and
sweeps on the right, the for-
斂​而​右​放
​mer should be collected and
19. Also. Truly.
None.
When there are dots on the
two lower corners, one reclin-
ing on the right and the other
on the left with its point ele-
vated, their tops ought to
converge towards the middle
of the character, so as to give
it a diversified appearance.
20. Three. Imperial
order. Pencil.
When there are several hori-
zontal lines, they ought to be
diversified like scales and
feathers, to prevent stiffness
of appearance.
21. Although. Look
back. A body,
升​川邦
​111 FR
左​撇​右​直​須​左
​縮​而​右​垂
​亦然​無
​點​複​者​宜​偃​仰
​向背​以​求變
​三​冊​聿
​畫重​者​宜​鱗​羽
​参差​以​化​板
​雖​顧​體
​T
Shing. Ch‘ün. Póng.
“Tsó phít, yau chik, sử
'tsó shuk, sí yau'‹shui,
I'. Luk,. Ch'í.
1
Tso chik, yau phít, si tro
slím, sí yau fong'.
Yik. In. Mộ.
"Tím fuk 'ché, sí 'in 'yéung
héung' púï', ‘í ‹k'au pín'.
Sám. Chák,. Lut,.
Wák, ch'ung 'ché, sí slun
'ü ts'ám ‹ts'z', 'í fá' ‘pán.

Sui. Kú'. T'ai.
19. Fuk ché means double, or a double garment: the allusion is to a short coat or frock,
worn by the Chinese, which, being open on the two sides, has four corners at the bottom;
figures or flowers are embroidered on the corners, and there are stripes up and down on the
back, or as in some cases the garment is merely figured along the bottom; this description of
characters is thought to resemble the back of such a dress; in, to sleep, or lie inclined in a
sleeping posture, denotes the position of the dot on the right, and yeung to look upwards,
denotes the dot on the opposite corner; the two dots, í ought, héung to correspond to each
other, facing in towards, púi the back, which is formed by the two middle lines or dots, as the
case may happen to be, í k'au pin to seek change, i. e. to give diversity.
1
20. In this the reference is to, ts'ám ts'z' the uneven and variegated appearance of, lun fish
scales, and ü bird's feathers: the several horizontal lines should be drawn in this manner, í
fá pán, to metamorphose the board, i. e. to remove the appearance of stiffness.
SECT. 6.]
29
EXERCISES IN WRITING.
When both sides are alike,
the right and the left should
be equal.
22. Thanks. Cha-
rioteer. Tree.
When three are united [side
by side], the middle one
should be made perfectly re-
gular.
23. Imperial car.
Sound. Detention.
When the character is in two
parts, the upper and lower
being equally divided, the
[lines in the] middle may be
a little increased or diminish-
ed, as the case requires.
24. Essay. Ideas,
To implicate.
In these examples, three
parts being united one above
the other, the upper and the
lower, though extended or
contracted, must be evenly
arranged.
25. Inhale. To call.
Peak.
26. To know. Lady's
headdress. Small.
27. To vociferate.
Barbarous. Utensil.
兩​平​者​左右​宜 ​| Leung sp'ing 'ché, 'tsó yau?
均
​sí kkwan.
謝​御​树
​
三​合​者​中間​務
​正
​!
章​意​累
​三聯​者​頭尾​伸
​縮​間​仍要​勻​停
​Tsé². Yü². Shü².
鑾​響​留
​二段​者​上下​平
​分​中​微​加​饒​減 ​ú Ram.
吸​呼​峰
​When the left side is small, 左​傍​小​者​齊​其 ​fisheung .
make its top even with the
other.
上
​-
知​鈿​細
​‹Sám hóp, 'ché, ‹chung ‹kán
mò ching”.
Lin. (Héung. Lan.
Y?tün? ‘ché, shéunghá2
spʻing ‹fan, ‹chung mí ‹ká
kám.
Chéung. I". Lui².
Sam lin ché, t'au mi
shan shuk, kán, sying i2
swan sting.

Hap). Ft. (Fung.
Tsó póng siú ché, sts'ai

Chí. Tín. Sai.
When the right side is small, 右邊​少​者​齊​其 ​Yau spín shíú ché, sts'ai
make its bottom even with
the other.
下
​囂​嚚​器
​Híú. Ngau. Hí.
24. Kán here denotes amid; amid the extensions or contractions of the top and bottom,
ying still, there must be a due proportion and compactness maintained; the meaning of the
word here and in 22 differs somewhat, though in the main they are alike.
CHI. CHR. 8
30
[CHAP. I.
STUDY OF CHINESE.
When a part occurs four
times on the outside of a cha-
racter, the positions must be
such as to give the whole a
square form.
28. Incisor teeth.
You. A succession.
When a part is repeated four
times within a character, the
repetitions ought to be ar-
ranged close together in uni-
form order.
29. Seven. Also.
What?
In characters of this form, the
horizontal line should not be
level, for then it would de-
stroy all beauty of shape.
30. Say. Go away.
Moreover.
In characters of this form,
the horizontal line should not
be inclined, for then it would
be inelegant.
31. Ten cubits. A
cubit. And.
When the dash is freely ex-
tended, it is very necessary to
contract the head and snort-
en the sweep.
32. Martial. Com-
plete. Several.
In giving free extension to
the hooked line, care should
be taken to prevent its being
too slender or too much bent.
外​四​叠​者​體格 ​Ngoil sz” típ, ché, tai kák,
必​整​方
​pít, ‘ching fong.
丝
​玄
​K
齒​爾
​內​四​叠​者​布置 ​Noil sz" típ: ché, pd² chi sá
宜​勻​密
​swan mat¿.
七​也​乜
​斜​勒​者​不宜​平
​平​則​失勢
​云​去​且
​Ch'í. T. Kai'.

Ts'at,. Yá. Mat,.
Ts'é lake 'ché, pat, sí sp'ing,
sp'ing tsak, shat, sha'.

Wan. Hü'. 'Ch'é.
平​勒​者​不宜​倚 ​Pring lak, ché, patái,你
​倚​則無​儀
​tsak, smù sí.
大​尺​ㄡ
​又
​Chéung².Chek). Yau².
pít, í
縱​捺​之​字​必要 ​Tsung náts cchí tez”, pit it
攢​頭​收尾
​tsun' t'au shau mí.
武​成​幾
​
Mù. Shing. Kí.
縱​戈​之​法​最忌 ​Tsung ckwó cchí fát), tsui?
k? like yéuky shan wán.
力弱​身​灣
​27, 28. Tip is to repeat, or reiterate; and tip ché are the repetitions: t'ai kák, the body
marks, denote the limits of the character; which, pít must be, ching arranged, fóng in a
square. Again, the several repetitions of the part on the inside ought to be, wan uniform,
and, mat close together.
32. In these examples the hook is called fi ngán the flying goose; it is one of the fourteen
forms of the hook mentioned in sec. v: 11. When extended as in 34, the name of floating
or swimming goose is applied to it.
SECT. 6.]
31
EXERCISES IN WRITING.
33. Desist. Must.
The will.
When the hooked line is ho-
rizontal, there is no danger
of its being too much bent.
34. Chief' Throw.
Diligence.
In these where the hook is
extended, it should compass
the part on its side.
35. Heaven. Father.
Letters.
In such characters as have
the sweep and dash placed
across each other, and at-
—
tached to a part above, they
must be exactly in the middle.
36. Horse. Rest. Be-
ing or doing.
In characters of this form-
resembling horse's teeth, the
point of the hook should shoot
up towards the middle of the
four dots.
37. To adjust. Con-
versation. Millet.
When the dash is repeated, it
should vary, being now con-
tracted, and now extended.
38. Clear. Already.
Wilderness.
Characters, having a level
top, should have their upper
parts even.
39. Morning. Time.
After.
息​必​志
​横​戈​不厭​曲
​魁​抛​勉
​伸​勾​貴​抱持
​天父​文
​承​上​之​乂​正中
​貴
​Sik,. Pít,. Ch'.
SWáng ckwó pat, ím' hfuk).

Fuí. P´au. Mín.
Shan ckau kwa' spò schí.

T'ín. Fú. Man.
Shing shéung chí chó
ching? cchung swai kwa.
Má. I'n. Wai.
馬馬​為
​馬​齒​法​其​拏​勾
​之​鋒​宜​注射​四
​點​之​半
​夑​談​黍
​重​捺​者​須​有​缩 ​Chung nát, ché, sü Syau
有​伸
​shuk› yau <shan.
Má 'ch'í fát,, ‹k'í ná ‹kau
chí fung, sí chứ shé’sz’
tím chí pún.

Sít,. T'ám. 'Shü.
明​既野
​Ming. Kí. Yé.
上​平​之​字​宜​齊 ​Shéung spring cchí tsz", st
首
​sts'ai shan.

辰​後
​33. In these examples the hook is called a 'horizontal spear,' from its resemblance to
spear, thrown down in a horizontal position.
Chíú. Shan. Hau².
;
32
[CHAP. I.
STUDY OF CHINESE.
Characters of this form should
be even at the foot,
40. Prohibition. A
grove. A forest.
When the hook is repeated,
sometimes it should retain
the full form, at others it
should be suppressed.
41. Dates. Small.
Elder brother.
When there is a hook above
and one below, the latter
should be more prominent
than the other.
42. Cap of manhood.
A crown. To dwell.
When one hook hangs down-
wards, and the other turns
upwards, the former should
be contracted, and the latter
extended.
43. Mandarin duck.
Pigeon. Brightness.
The bended hook in these
examples ought to be turned
back and contracted.
44. Equal. Every-
where. All.
If the upper part of a cha-
racter requires much space,
give it an open appearance.
下​平​之​字​宜​齊
​足
​禁​林森
​:
叠​趯​者​當​或​挑
​El tit
棗​戔​哥
​上下​勾​耀​者​下
​勾​明​而​上勾​暗
​冠冕​宅
​俯仰​勾​挑​者​俯
​勾​縮​而​仰​勾​伸
​鴉​鳩​輝
​屈​勾​之​勢​退縮
​斯​宜
​Há ping chí tsz”, st sts'ai
tsuk,.

Kam'. Lam. Sham,
|
wák₂
Típ yéuk, ‘ché, tóng wát,
tú wak, chữ,

Tsò. Tsín. Kó.
Sheung² há² kau yéuk, ‘ché,
há chau ming, s shéụng
‹kau óm'.
Kún. Mín. Chák),
'Fú yéung kau t'iú 'ché,
'fú ‹kau shuk›, í ‘yéung ‹kau
<shan.

Ün. Kau. Fai,
Wat kau chí shai, tui
shuk› ‹sz' ‹í.
齊​普皆
​上​占​地步​者​聽 ​Sheung
其​上​寬
​Tsai. Pò. Kái.
Shéung chím tí pờ ‘ché,
t'ing' k'i shéung' ‹fún.
43. The wat kau, or bended hook, is the small one in the left part of the character, and is
one of the six forms of the spike, or stroke pointing upwards, described in sec. v: 12; the
technical name given to it is shuk kau, the hewn hook, and it also occurs in the lower part of
í clothes, chéung long, &c.
44, 45. Chim means to usurp: ti pò denotes a pace or measure of ground, much room:
ting, differing both in its meaning and tone from the same form of the character in sec. i: 8,
is here synonymous with yam, which means to allow or permit: this, however, is a meta-
phorical sense of the word, it denotes a magisterial hearing of a representation and the sub-
sequent sanctioning of it. Fun and fút are nearly synonymous; the former refers to an
Fún
open displayed mode of writing, the latter implies breadth simply.
1
1
SECT. 6.]
33
EXERCISES IN WRITING.
45. The whole. Ten |
thousand. Solitary.
If the lower part of a charac-
ter requires much space, let
it be broad.
46. Ascend. Yield.
Tranquil.
47. Respect, Offer.
Arrange.
If the left side requires much
space there is no fear of its
being too great.
if the right side requires 右​占​者​右​不妨
​much space, it may be ex-
tended without fear.
於​獨​豐
​敬獻
​48. Assistant. Dis-
tinguish. Spreading.
If both the right and left sides
require much space, the mid-
·dle should yield to them.
49. Much. Pencil.
To excite.
If the middle requires much
space, let it be enlarged.
50. A thrush. Fear.
To fumigate.
If the upper and lower parts
require much space, then the
middle must be small.
51. A phoenix. Fly.
Breath.
眾​萬​禹
​下​占​地步​者​任
​其​下​濶
​騰​讓​靖
​左​占​者​左​無​嫌
​於​偏大
​弼​辨​衍
​左右​占​者​中​宜
​遜
​蕃​筆​衝
​中間​占​者​中​獨
​雄
​鶯​驚​釁
​上下​占​者​中小
​鳳​飛​氣
​Chung’. Mán. Yu.
Há chím' tí' pò 'ché, yam'
ck'í há? fúts.

Tang.Yéung.Tsing².
Yau²chím''ché, yau² pat,
sfóng cü tuk) fung.

King'. Hin'. Lau.
"Tsó chím' 'ché, tsó nò in
aii phín tái.
Pat. Pín'. 'I'n.
Tso yau chím ché, chung
Á sun.

Fán. Pat. Chung.
Chung cháu chín’ ché,
chung tuk> hung.
Ang. King. Yau²。
Shéung” há chín
<chung 'siú.
Fung². Fi. H'.
ché,
46, 47. Pat fóng no fear, i in, tuk it alone, fung being expanded or extended: md im no
dread, ü in, p'ín a one-sided, tái greatness or largeness; in these cases, the two sides are not
required to balance each other,
CHI, CHR. 9
34
[CHAP.I.
STUDY OF CHINESE..
The long hooked line in cha-
racters of this form ought to
be bent and strong.
52. See. Original.
Hair.
If the hooked line is in a ho
rizontal position, it should be
well rounded and extended,
53. Hall. To rule.
Bottom..
in giving freedon to the
sweep, avoid making it like a.
rat's tail.
54... Friend. Turn.
back. Skin.
When there are successive
sweeps, they must not be
made parallel like a set of
teeth..
55. Topractice. Ne-
cessity. Figure.
When there are three sweeps.
in succession, the -head of the
lower one must point to the
middle of the one iminediate--
ly. above it.
56. To rule: Flow:
Sea.
Where three dots are placed:
an the side, the point of the
lower one must be directed
upwards near the end of the
top one, with which it corres-
ponds.
57. Is. Torun. Te:
loiter.
Here the character puk, 'divi--
nation,’must be straight, not
deflected, extending from the.
middle of the upper part, in
a rectangular position.
縦​腕​宜​曲​勁
​見​元​毛
​橫​腕​貴​圓​雋
​庭​尹​底
​縱​撇​慈​鼠​尾
​友​反​皮
​聯​撇​忌​排​牙
​修​須​形
​三​撇​法​以下​撇
​首​頂上​撇​之​腹
​成
​治​流​海
​點​法​以下​點
​提​鋒​與​上​點​駐
​筆​相應
​是​走​辵
​▶字​直​無​偏​與
​上​截​中
​正​對
​Tsung ún, sí h'uk, king².

Kin'. Yin. 〈Mò.
S
Wáng ún,kwaisiin tsun’.

Ting. Wan. Tai:
Tsung phít, ứ shi mí.

'Yau. Fán. Pí.
Liin peits, k? spái sngá..

Sau. Sü. Ying.
(Sám pít, fát), í há? pit.
‘shau, ‘ting shéung phít, chí
fuk..
Chr. Lau. Hoi..
〈Sám tím fát, sí há? tím
st'ai fung u shéung' tím
chii pat, séung ying.
Shi. Tsau. Ch'éuk.
Puk, tsz" chik, smd cp'ín, sü
shéung? tsity cchung. fung:
ching, tui'.
襄
​53. In this place, ú is used as a verb, and means nearly the same as-ki (sec. v:: 13); in:
the Sam Tsz' King (sec. iii: 42), it has the same sound but is there used as a noun.
;

SECT. 6.1]
35
EXERCISES IN WRITING..
I

58. A sexagenarian.
Old. Examine..
Here the character t'd,'earth,?
must be straight, not deflect-
ed, the perpendicular line
corresponding with the left
one in.the part beneath..
59. Perfume. Abun-
dant... Bind..
馨​繁​繫
​When many parts are brought 錯綜​者​貴​迎​讓
​together, they must receive,
穿挿​而​惡​紛紜
​yield to, and blend with, each
other in such a manner,. as
prevent.confusion.
60. Succession. To
bind. A girdle.
If the parts are very close
together, they must be well
arranged, without being at all
blended.
61. Carriage. Mid--
dle. Handkerchief.
62. Eminent.Sin-
gle.. Ended.
Here the perpendicular line
應​懸​針​者​而​垂
​should be tapering like a
needle, otherwise the beauty 露​焉​則無​韻
​is lost.
i
Here the lower point of the
perpendicular line should be
blunt, otherwise it will want.
firmness.
耆老​考
​土​字​直​無​偏​與
​下​截​左​竪​正​對
​63. Regular. Lord..
King.
64. Change. But..
Strength.
繼​纒​緲
​縯​密​者​宜​布置
​安排​而​嫌​擠​雜
​車​中​巾
​正​主​王
​In characters of a regular 形​本​自​正​而​骨
​forn, the lines must be large..
力​必​堅
​易​乃​力
​卓​單​畢
​當​垂​露​者​而​懸
​針​焉​則​無力
​Kí. Lò. Háu.
'T'd tsz" chik› ‹mò ‹p'ín, fii›
há?tsity‘tsó shi?ching' tui',

Hing. Fán. Hai².
Ts'ók, tsung 'ché, kwai'
ying yéung” ch‘in cháp, gi
① fan swan.

Kai'. Ch'ín. Chuk,.
Shan mat, ‘ché, sí pờ chí
cón spái, sí sim ctsai tsáp?..
Kii. Chung. Kan.
«Ying ‹ün ‹cham ‘ché, ‹í ‹shui
lò? sín, tsak, smò wan?..

Chéuk). Tán. Pat..
Tóng shui lò? ‘ché, sí siiu
cham sín, tsak, mò lik.

Ching'. 'Chü. Wóng.
SYing ‘penggara ching', si
kwat, like pits in..
Yik.. Nai. Lik...
36
[CHAP.I.
STUDY OF CHINESE.
Though the body of these
ought to be slightly aslant,
yet they must be regular in
the centre.
65. The body. Ear.
Precious.
When the character is slen-
der, its form must not be too
short.
66. White. Work.
67. To unite. To as-
semble. Decree.
In a covering over the lower
part of the character, as in
these examples, the sweep and
dash should be equal.
68. A guitar. Each.
Valley,
In characters embracing a
part beneath, the right and left
sides should correspond to
each other.
白​工​曰
​To say.
When the body of the cha- 身​本​矮​者​用筆 ​〈Shan ‘pún ‘ai ‘ché, yung?
racter is short, the strokes of
patsí sfi.
the pencil must be full.
宜​肥
​合​會​命
​盖​下​之​法​撇​捺
​宜​均
​琴​各​谷
​69. To stop. Hill.
Male.
Although the lines ought to
be full in these, yet they must
not be too heavy.
70. To complete.
Inch. Divination.
Although thees ought to be
slender in Mese, yet they
must not be made too much
SO.
體​雖​宜​斜​而​字
​心​必​正
​身​耳​貝
​字​本​瘦​者​其​形
​勿​短
​趑​下​之​勢​左右
​相稱
​止​山​公
​雖​宜​肥​而勿​腫
​“T'ai ‹sui ‹í ¿ts'é, ‹í tsz” ‹sam
pít,ching.
了​寸​卜
​雖​宜​瘦​而勿​癯
​Shan. I. Púi.
Tsz”‘pún shau’‘ché, kí
sying mat, tjin.

Pák. Kung. Út.
•

Hóp..Ú². Ming.
K‘oi hả chí fát, phít, nát.
sí ckwan.

K'am, Kók,. Kuk,.
Chan há chí shai,
yau' séung ch'ing».
'tsó
Chí. Shán: (Kung.
‹Sui sí sfí, sí mat, 'chung,
Líú. Ts'ün'. Puk,.
‹Sui ‹í shau', ‹í mat½ sk'ü.
64. The meaning of the rule given for characters of this form seems to be that, though the
body leans a little out of the perpendicular, it must not lose the centre of gravity. It is li-
terally tsz' sam pit ching, the heart of the character must be kept right-which may be under-
stood either verbally or tropically.
SECT. 6.]
37
EXERCISES IN WRITING.

!
71. Above. Below..
Thousand.
When the lines are few and
open, give them breadth.
72. Mule. Tortoise.
Crocodile.
When the lines are nume-
rous and close together, they
should be evenly arranged.
When a character is formed
by several repetitions of ano-
ther, they should be orderly
arranged.
74. A furnace. Spi-
rit. Anxious.
When the lines are accumu-
lated, they must be distinctly
written.
73. Bright. Accumu-
lated rocks. Rumbling. 日
​75. The mouth. A
field. From..
The lower horizontal line
here should be a little pro-
longed, so as to support the
end of the perpendicular one
[on the right].
76. A man. Stem.
A portico.
77. Distant. To re:
pay. To reach to.
上下​千
​:
-
陳​者​豐​之
​蠃​龜​池
​局
​密​者​勻​之
​丁​芐​亭
​In these the end of the hook
末​勾​宜​微​拖​似
​ought to be a little bent down,
as if intended to hook up 有​带下​之​勢
​something from beneath.
遠​還​逮
​口​田​由
​下​畫​宜​微​長​以
​承​右​竪​之​末
​Shéung². H..Ts'in.
〈Shó ‘ché, fung chí.
Ló. Kwai. Tó.
晶​磊​轟
​Tsing. Lui. Kwang
堆疊​者​消​納​之 ​Tui típ, ‘ché, síu nạp, chí.
Mat, ché, swan chí.

爨​靈​鬱
​Ts'un. Ling. Wat..
積累​者​清晰​之 ​Tsik› lui' 'ché, «ts'ing ts'ik:
chí.
*Hau. Tin. Yau.
Há² wake sí smí sch'éung, 絲
​2
shing you shi chí mút.
Ting. Ting. Ting.
Mút (kauísmí tó, [tsz'
‘tsz’
yau tai há° chí shai.

¹Ûn. ¸Wán. Tai'.
73,74. Tui tóp. means to pile stones or other things on top of each other in a regular man-
ner, and tsik lui implies that the things are heaped one upon another in the best manner
they will admit of; síú disperse, nap receive, chí them, meaning, that the strokes must give
and accommodate to each other in an orderly manner: again, ts'ing distinctly, ts'ik clearly,
CHI. CHR.
10
38
[CHAP.I.
STUDY OF CHINESE.
The part in the middle, when
|
surrounded in this manner,
ought to have its top rather
larger than its bottom.
78. Do not. A parti-
cle. A dart.
80. Minister. Great.
Beautiful.
81. Palace. Empty.
Indulgence.
Here the hook in the cover-
ing, when made to resemble a
bird looking at its breast, is
elegant.
82. Partridge. Lu-
ininous. Congee.
-
When the horizontal line is
Jong, and the sweep short, the
dash on the right must not
be used, (but a dot should be
placed in its stead.)
79. Make. Look up.
To walk.
作​仰​行
​Here the left perpendicular 左​竪​不嫌​短​右
​line may be short, and the
right long.
堅​不嫌​長
​臣​巨​佳
​Here the left may be long, 左​竪​不嫌​長​右
​and the right short.
竪​不嫌​短
​官​空​宥
​寶盖​之​勾​宛如
​島​之​視​乃​妙
​鷓​赫​鬻
​排​纂​之​畫​必​如
​工​之​鏤​物​乃​佳
​印​叩​卹
​chí them, implying that the strokes should be regularly and distinctly written, preserving to
each a due proportion in forming the whole.
82. P'ái tsun gives the idea of regularly arranged articles, as if for presentation to a supe-
rior, or as if arranging the materials of a book for publication, chí wák such strokes must be
When horizontal lines are
arranged close together, it is
necessary that they resemble
the carved work of the artist,
in order to produce a beauti-
ful character.
1
83. A seal. Toknock
head. Compassionate.
中​字​宜於
​上​畧​大​而​下​小
​莫​矢
​畫​長​撇​短​者​在
​不宜​用​捺
​Chí íú chung tsz”, số cu
shéung² léuk, tai² sí há² “síú.

Mók,. I. 'Ch'í.
Wák; sch'éung p'it, 'tün 'ché,
yau? pat, sí yung² nátz.
Tsók.. Yéung. Hang.
"Tsó shu' pat› ‹‚ím ‘tün, yau'
shii?pat, sím schéung.
Shan. Ki. Kái.
"Tsó shu' pat, sím sch'éung,
yau' shu' pat› ‹ím ‘tün.

Kún. Hung. Yau².
Pò koi chí chau un
níu chí shí chung nái míu.

Ché'. Hak,. Chuk,,
sPái tsun chí wák, pít,
si chung chí lau nat, nái
chái.

Yan'. Kau'. Sut,.
SECT. 6.]
39
EXERCISES IN WRITING.
Characters in which tsit, 'a
seal,' occurs, must conform to
these examples.
84. Wilderness. A
surname. Neighbor.
Characters in which yap, ‘a
city,' occurs, must conform to
these.
85. Islet. Barracks.
Step.
陼​鴨​陔
​Characters in which fau 從​阜​之​字​准​此
​‘a mound,’occurs, must con-
form to these.
86. Ascend. Protrud-
ing. Horary character.
登​發​癸
​Characters in which put, ca 從​癶​之​字​准​此
​‘a
mound,' occurs, must con-
form to these.
87. Sacrifice. A sur-
name. To examine.
-
i
Characters in which this
nameless part occurs, must
conform to these.
88. Many voices.
Whole. To collect.
Characters in which sám yan,
‘three men," occurs, must
conform to these.
從​卩​之​字​准​此
​郊​鄭​鄰
​從​邑​之​字​准​此
​89. A family. Ele-
phant. Heroic.
}
祭​蔡​察
​從​奴​之​字​准​此
​家家​豪
​Characters in which ch', 'a
pig,' occurs, must conformto 從​豕​之​字​准​此
​泉​聚聚
​從​三​之​字​准
​此
​sTs‘ung tsít, chí tsz” ‘chun
'ts'z'.

(Káu. Ching. Lun.
sTs‘ung gap, chí tsz” ‘chun
'ts'z'.
Chü. Ú. Hoi.
sTs‘ung fau` «chí tsz” chun
'ts'z'.
ܕܙ

Tang. Fát. Kwai'.
sTsung pút, chí tsz” ‘chun
'ts'z'.

Tsai. Tsoi. Chát.
***
¿Ts'ung
'chun 'ts'z'.
l
2
«chí. tsz”

KY. Chung'. Tsui².
sTsung sớm sgan chí tsz
'chun 'ts'z'.
Ká. Tséung. Hò.
sTs*ung chi chítsz” ‘chun
'ts'z'.
like the artist's, lau mat engraved thing or work, nái is, kái beautiful; míú in the preceding
number implies beauty from grace, kái beauty from regularity.
84,85. The two characters yap and fau are radicals, and in composition are, with a few
exceptions, always contracted as in these examples; the only difference is in their position
with respect to the other part of the character, the former being placed on the right, and
the latter on the left side.
40
[CHAP. I.
STUDY OF CHINESE.

90. To look down.
Benevolence. Cease.
When the character yan,
'man,' is placed on the side,
it must be in this manner.
91. Slowly. Compli-
ance. Afterwards.
When the character man is
doubled on the side, it must
be in this manner.
92. Milk. Rebellion,
To wrap.
The character üt, an invert-
ed hook, must be placed as in
these examples.
俯​仁​休
​單​人​傍​字​准​此
​徐​循​後
​雙人​傍​字​准​此
​LALE
從​乙​之​字​准​此
​Fú. Yan. Yau.
Tán yan spóng tsz” ‘chua
'ts'z'.
Ts'ü. Ts'un. Hau'.
Shéung sgan phóng tsz”
'chun 'ts'z'.
'Yü. Lün'. Páu.
sTsung it, chí tBz” ‘chun
'ts'z'.
92. In learning to write these lessons, a little patience on the part of the student and con
siderable care will be requisite at starting, but the habit of holding the pencil in the erect
position will soon become easy to the hand, and well proportioned characters will be the
result. The Chinese mode, of laying a piece of thin paper over the copy, and writing the
character repeatedly, is a good one in order to learn to write well, while it also acquaints the
learner with the form and structure of the character. After some freedom with the pencil is
thus acquired, a painted board, called fan pái, is procured, on which the characters are
written again and again in an open, bold manner with a pencil dipped in blackened water,
which just leaves a trace; by this means a free hand is acquired, and the form of characters
indelibly impressed upon the memory. The Chinese are great admirers of calligraphy, and
take unwearied pains to write their numerous characters in a uniform, proportionate, and ele-
gant manner. Of the two points to be regarded, correctness and elegance, the former only
is absolutely required of candidates at the literary examinations; but it adds greatly to the
consideration in which they are held, if to this quality they add neatness and freedom. A
stiffly written character, however correct may be the proportion of its parts, is little less dis-
pleasing to the eye of a Chinese than one written carelessly and out of proportion. In these
copies, repeated writing is attended with the more advantage, inasmuch as the student has
both the sound and signification of the characters before him with which he can associate
their shape; and although there are some advantages in acquiring the meaning of characters
when combined in sentences, yet it is of prime importance to have a single leading meaning
in the mind for each character.

宇宙​定​寧​至聖​孟​蓋​部​幼​即​讀
​吾 ​妻​安
​平​干​午​葡萄​蜀​葛​句句​匀​勿​左​在​尤​龙​右​有​宏
​本​朱​東​樂​築​菜​十​上下​士​才​手​丰 ​丕​正​亞​並
​因​固​川​升​邢​邦伊
​修​亦​赤​然​無​三​冊​冉​聿
​體​御​謝​树​術​總
​需 ​素​累​吸​呼​峰
​知​細細​嚚​囂​器​齒​爾
​此​七​也​乜​云​去
​又​武​成​或​幾​恩​息​必​志​勉​旭​魁​抛​天父
​馬馬​為​師​明​既野​朝​故​後​燮​談​茶​泰
​林森​懋​棗​戔​哥桑​冠冕​我​宅​雲​普皆​齊
​萬
​靖​敬獻​歛​劉​弼​辨​衍​仰
​衝​擲
​鳳​飛​氣​先見​元​毛​庭​居​尹​底​友​及​反​皮​參​修​須​形
​洪流​海​是​足​走​辵​者​耆老​考​著​聲
​中​巾​卓肇​單​畢​易​乃​毋​力​正​主​本​王​身​目​耳
​百工​曰​四​會合 ​金​命​琴​本​各​谷​土​止​山​公子​オ​ト
​上下​千​小​巖​齋​龜​鼉 ​磊​轟
​鬱​靈​糜​口​曰​田​由
​丁寧亭 ​遠​邊 ​遂​逮​莫​关
​矢​契​作​仰​冲​行​臣​巨大
​官​空 ​空有​宰​鷓​赫​鬬​鬻
​峭​那​郊​鄭​鄰
​婺
​察登​水泉
​家​仁 ​仁​儀​俯​休
​徐
​林​鳩​尺​知​願
​輝​史​鈿​顧
​從​登​官​丁​上​白​車​治​風​施​禁​鵷​丈​和​雖​目​木​甲​字
​鳫
​會​卓​是​先
​循 ​乳​亂​色​包
​響
​冕​明
​ܠܓܟ
寇​既​必
​10
衆​叩
​外​衆
​lil
外
​釁​禹​黍​文
​貝​矚​天
​休​阪​佳​由​不
​
Br
肅​穴​體​曰
​昌​糌​昌​昌
​書​有​六​烨​曰​曰​曰​楷​曰​行​曰​曰
​ת
書​有​六​體​曰​篆​日​康
​隸​日​楷​曰​行​曰​草
​སྶཾ
素有​六​脞​曰​釜​田​择​曰​世​田​行​回​草​回​宋
​吳君​六 ​四​掌​龍​、四川​四​菜​。事
​曰​掌​曰​諫​曰
​上
​曰
​書​有​六​體​曰​象​曰​隸​日​楷​日​行​日​草​日​宋
​書​昇​貿​體​曰​〗昌​糌​昌​昌
​亞
​^
1.
書​有​六曰​曰​怒​曰​楷​曰​行​曰​曰
​書​有​六​體​曰​篆​日​隸​日​楷​曰​行​曰​草​曰​宋
​盡​有​六​體​書​釜​田
​竹田​草​回​宋
​=
書​有​六​體​日​象​曰​隸​日​楷​日​行​日​草​日​宋
​19 MARTYR -
im
篆
​I avels
辛
​1039650-180
UNIE
ICH
OC
2
SECT. 6.1
EXERCISES IN WRITING.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLAtes.
The copies of Shíú Ying are repeated in the first of these two sheets, printed in the com-
mon manner and size of type of Chinese books, and being presented on one sheet will afford
the scholar a good exercise in writing. It will be observed, that in the plate there are four
characters given under each rule, instead of three as in the preceding copies; this is accord-
ing to the original book, but the space in the column did not admit the whole. An attentive
examination of the sheet and comparison with the characters already given, and also a com-
parison of the characters with each other, will enable the learner to ascertain some of the
modifications the same parts are susceptible of when placed differently.
The second plate contains specimens of the six different styles of writing employed by the
Chinese. The same characters are given in each column, and read perpendicularly, thus:
‹Shü ‘yau luk₂ ‘t'ai; üt, sün², üt, laï², üt, 'k'ái, üt› ‹hang, üt› ‘tsd, üt› Sung'.
Of writing, there are six forms, viz., the sün or seal character, the lai or style of official
persons, the k'ái or pattern style, the hang or running hand, the t'sò or abbreviated run-
ning hand, and the Sung or style of the Sung dynasty. A short account of these various
styles is here added,
CHI. CHR.
41
1. The Sun shü. This, from its present most common use, has been called by Euro-
peans the seal character. Next to the original hieroglyphics, it is the most ancient style of
writing, and includes many varieties, either fanciful inventions or modifications of various
ages; its chief distinctions are however two, the greater and the inferior sün. The former
belongs more exclusively to seals and stamps, and is often seen on the goods and wares of
the Chinese, resembling an interminable labyrinth of rectangular lines; the latter is fre-
quently used for ornamental inscriptions and prefaces to books, as well as for seals; a spe-
cimen of it is given in the first column of the plate on the right hand.
2. The Lai shü, style of official attendants. This was introduced during the Tsun dynasty,
near the commencement of the Christian era. It was formed for the use of writers in the
public offices, and has derived its name from this circumstance. It is now chiefly used for
inscriptions and prefaces of works. See a specimen in the second column.
3. The K'ái shü, pattern style. This has been formed by the gradual improvements of good
writing, and from it all the modern forms have originated. A Chinese can have no claim to
literary merit among his countrymen who cannot write neatly as well as correctly in this
style. The third column is an example of this kind, as are also the writing copies on the pre-
ceding pages.
4. The Hang shü. This may be literally translated the running hand, and to a certain ex-
tent it is so; but it does not admit of entire freedom. The pencil may be carried from stroke
to stroke, without being raised from the paper; but no forms of abbreviation unauthorized
by the dictionaries may be introduced, nor may any of the component parts of a character
be thrown out. It is the common business hand of a neat writer, and is also frequently used
in prefaces of books. Individuals often adopt unsanctioned abbreviations to a greater or less
extent, according as custom has authorized or education habituated them, which in a measure
serves to characterize their handwriting.
5. The T'sò tsz', or 'plant character,' is the name given to a freer description of running
hand than the preceding. It is full of abbreviations, which render it very difficult even to
a well-educated native. Not only are abbreviated forms adopted, but even from them many
lines are thrown out, and the pencil may be carried from one character to another almost
ad libitum. This style is partially employed in the ordinary writing of the man of business,
but to understand it fully, requires a particular study. Its chief use therefore is in inscrip-
tions, and sometimes also in prefaces, particularly those of aged writers.
6. The Sung t'ai, style of the Sung dynasty, was introduced as a more elegant form of
printing than any of the others, under the dynasty whose name it bears. Printing in China,
by means of carved wooden plates, was invented in the early part of the tenth century. The
Sung family obtained the supremacy about forty years after; and this style was gradually
formed during the period that it retained the throne. Since that time, it is not known that
any material alteration has taken place in its form; an example of it is given in the sixth
column.
11
&
CHAPTER II.
THE HUMAN BODY.
身體​篇
​Shan
't'ai;
‹p'ín
Section First.
SHAPE AND MOTIONS OF THE HEAD.
1. Man's head.
2. The skull, or head.
3. A great head.
4. A small head.
5. A long head.
6. A round head.
7. A flat head.
頭​類​第 ​·章
​T'au lui; tai² yat, chéung.
人頭
​頭​売
​大頭
​細​頭
​長​頭
​圓頭
​扁​頭
​1.
Yan st'au.
S
sTau hók,.
Tái t‘au.
Sai' t'au.
¿Ch'éung st'au.
Ün st'au.
'Pin t'au.
Notes and Explanations.
SHANT'AI denotes the human body, not that of animals. The original form of shan is said
to resemble the human body; but, when standing by itself, it may signify the body of an ani-
mal or of any object; body is also the leading signification of t'ai, which is formed of bones
and a vessel filled: the two united form an appropriate term, denoting the human body, and
that only. The Chinese language abounds with terms of this description. Tau lui denotes
a collection of phrases relating to the head; in another place, it might stand as the title of
a chapter on heads.
1,2. For uses of t'au see chap. I. sec. i: 5, 20, &c. Yan t'au means, either a human head,
or human heads, there being nothing in the phrase to define the number, which may be one
or a thousand. Hók literally means a covering; joined with t'au it denotes the skull, and in
common phraseology simply the head: the common form of the character, which is here used,
is an abridged one.
3-7. These terms denote the shape of the head; there are many other expressions,
borrowed from objects of nature or art, for the same ideas; but they are often vulgar, and
need not be enumerated.
1
j→ [
SECT. 1.]
SHAPE AND MOTIONS OF THE HEAD.
8. The forehead.
9. Droop the head.
10. Hang down the head.
11. Lift up the head.
12. Elevate the head.
13. Raise the head.
14. Nod the head; or give
assent.
15. Nod the head; or give
permission.
16. Shake the head; or
give a refusal.
17. Shake the head; or
refuse assent.
18. Move the head.
19. Incline the head.
20. Turn round the head.
21. Turn back the head.
22. Bow down the head to
the ground.
額頭
​HE HI
低頭
​舉​頭
​擔​頭
​擡頭
​點頭
​頭
​擰​頭
​搖頭
​喐​頭
​側頭
​回頭
​轉頭
​嗑 ​1
Ngák, t'au.
Shui t'au.
Tai t'au.
'Kü st'au.
Tám st‘au.
T'oi st'au.
S
'Tím st'au.
Ngap, st'au.
Ning' t'au.
síú sť'au.
Yuk, st'au.
Chak, t'au.
Úi st'au.
'Chün st'au.
‹K'ó t'au.
43
8. Ngák is the space which extends from the hair on the top of the head to the eyebrows; it
is followed by t'au partly for the sake of euphony, and partly in order to render the expression
more definite. The temples are called ngák, kók,, horns or corners of the forehead.
9, 10. The movements of the head described here and in the following sentences, down to
the twenty-third, are made by one's self-they are one's own actions. It may be I, you, he,
or they: as, he lifts up his head; lift up your head, &c. The person, whether first, second,
or third; and the number, mode, &c. may be easily ascertained from the circumstances of the
case, and the context of the sentence. Shui and tai are synonyms; and whether used se-
parately, or joined as in shui tai t'au, they denote that drooping or bending down of the head,
which is witnessed in sorrow, dejection, submission, meditation, &c.
11-13. These have a signification nearly the opposite of the preceding, and the three are
so nearly alike that they are used interchangeably.
t
14, 15. These both denote the nod of the head, that natural and easy expression of assent
or permission, which is everywhere so readily understood that none can mistake it. Ngap is
a colloquial term.
16, 17. Ning never occurs except in conversational style; it denotes a shorter and quicker
motion than is expressed by tú, which is the slow movement of the head from side to side.
18. Yuk simply denotes motion, without any reference to its direction, or object; yuk t'au
may be in the imperative mode, meaning, move your head; or, if referring to a third person,
it may signify he moves his head.
19. Chak t'au is to incline the head in order to listen, or the turning of it upon one shoul-
der in a listless attitude.
20, 21. These are used literally for turning round the head, and figuratively for returning,
or sending anything back.
22, 23. K'ỗ t'au and k'au t'au signify oue and the same act-a ceremony which originated
in early tires, and is perpetuated in the homage which children do to their parents, and the
$
44
23. Knock the head upon
the ground.
24. Wash the head.
25. Comb the head,
26. Shave the head.
27. Bind the head with a
turban.
28. Bind the head with a
bandage.
29. Lean the head on the
hand.
1
30. Rest the head on a
pillow.
31. Oil the head,
32. To decapitate.
33. Cut off the head.
34. Beat the head.
35. A headach,
36. Pain in the head.
37. Giddiness; or vertigo.
38. Heaviness of the head.
39. Cut off men's heads.
THE HUMAN BODY,
叩頭
​叩​洗​梳​剃​包​勒托​枕​油​斬斷​打​頭頭
​洗 ​1
梳 ​1
剃​1
托​]
tt I
油 ​1
斬 ​1
斷​1
打
​頭痛
​頭​疾
​頭​重
​殺人​頭
​K'au' t'au.
'Sai t'au.
Shost'au.
·
T'ai' t'au,
Páu t'au.
Lak st'au,
Tok, tau.
'Cham t'au
Yau t'au.
“Chám stau.
Tün' t'au
Tá t'au.
¿T'au t'ung'.
¿T'au ts'ek›.
*
T'au ‹wan.
Tau chung”.
Shát› ‹yan t'au.
[CHAP. II,
people to their sovereign and their deities. The modus operandi has varied under different
dynasties: the present formula is three kneelings and nine knockings of the head-sám kwai
kau k'au!
24. In this and the following sentences, down to the thirty-fourth, the action is upon the
head, and may be performed by one's self, or by a second or third person. The perpendicu-
lar mark which is used here instead of t'au denotes a repetition of the character immediately
above it, and is the same mark that is employed for that purpose in Chinese books and dic-
ționaries.
26. T'ai tau is the shaving of the head now practiced throughout China, a custom which
was introduced by the reigning family, and required of every male subject as a token of sub-
mission to the Mantchou conquerers.
27, 28. In some parts of the empire the people occasionally dress their heads with a tur-
ban, which is denoted by pay tau lak tau refers to the dressing of the head with bandages,
or binding it fast with cords or thongs.
32, 33. T'ün is the term used in the Penal Code to denote decapitation; chám, etymo-
logically, means the chariot cut, and is the common word for the same idea. The head is
severed from the body by a sword, and usually at a single stroke.
!
35-38. By these phrases action in the head is denoted; t'ung is severe pain; ts'ek, com-
pounded of sickness and arrow or dart, is used to express that thrilling pain sometimes felt
in the temples, and other parts of the head.
39. The remaining part of this section consists of miscellaneous phrases; and in some of
them there is a repetition of the ideas expressed in preceding sentences in fewer characters;
SECT. 1.]
45
SHAPE AND MOTIONS OF THE HEAD.
40. The head has pain.
1. The head is heavy.
42. Did not nod the head;
or give assent.
43. Did not lift up the
head.
44. Certainly will shake
the head; or give a refusal.
45. Certainly will cut off
the head.
46. Wash the head clean.
47. Comb the head smooth.
48. Shave the head smooth.
49. Gray hairs come im-
perceptibly.
50. Excessive headache.
51. Being dejected, droop-
ing the head.
52. So sick as not to be
able to raise the head.
53. Unwilling to bend down
the head; or will not assent.
54. Private conversation.
55. A lady..
56. Went away and never
returned.
57. Meeting without bow-
ing to each other.
58. Refusing to bow on
seeing each other.
頭​有​痛
​頭​係​重
​唔​輯​頭
​不​舉​頭
​必​擰​頭
​必​斬​1
洗淨
​梳​光​1
剃​滑​1
不覺​白頭
​頭​疾​到​極
​喪氣​垂頭
​病​不起​頭
​不肯​低頭
​交頭接耳
​粉面​油​頭
​去​不​回頭
​相逢​不​點頭
​撞見​唔​辑​頭
​T'au yau t'ung'.
sTau hai chung”.
¿'M
ngapa t'au.
Pat, 'kü t'au.
Pít, ning' t'au.
Pít, 'chám t'au.
'Sai tsing' t'au.
Sho kwóng tau.
T'ai' wat₂ t'au.
Pat, kók, pákɔ ‹ť‘au.
Tau tseh, từ hihi.
Sóng” hí shui thau.
Peng’ pat, hí tau.
Pat, hang tai t'au.
Káu t'au tsíp, 'í.
'Fan min' yau t'au.
Yat, hi' pat› ‹úi ‹t'au.
Séung fung pat› 'tim tau.
Chóng kín m ngap tau.
!
thus shát yan t'au is used for shát l'au: and tau yau t'ung, for t'au t'ung-different phrases
for the same idea.
49.
Pat kók is unconsciously, imperceptibly; gray hairs come upon one before he is
aware of it; old age gains upon a man imperceptibly.
50. Kik is the extreme point, the highest degree, implying that the throbbing pain in the
head, to kik has reached an excessive degree.
1
51. Sóng hí is to lose the breath, the courage, or to become dejected; in which case the head
droops; here the agent is to be supplied, he, she, or they according to the case in hand.
52. This elliptical mode of expression is very common in Chinese: peng sick, i. e. sick to
such a degree as to be unable to raise the head; it is like the phrase in English, 'sick abed.'
54. Literally, this means, 'joining hends, receiving ears;' putting heads together, and whis-
pering in each other's ears, so that the by-standers may not hear what is said.
55. Here and elsewhere it will be seen, that common phraseology may go far to illustrate
manners, customs, and character: from the common practice of ladies using rouge and oil on
the face and head, the terms fan mín yau t'au have come to denote the person using them.
57, 58. Both these phrases express one and the same idea, namely, the refusal of old ac-
quaintances to recognize and bow to each other when accidentally brought together.
59, 60. Here too, in both phrases the same idea is expressed; the first phrase is often
CHI. CHR
12
}
46
[CHAP. II.
THE HUMAN BODY.
59. Most assuredly it is
wrong to assent.
60. On no account is it
right to assent.
61. The head is man's
glory.
62. I would rather be de-
capitated than do it.
63. Go and never return.
64. I will go and never re-
turn here again.
65. I beg to ask how this
character t'au is used?
It is used in a great variety
of ways.
66. (Thus for example,)
What price, Sir, do you want
for this?
67. This shop has certain-
ly good wares and honest
prices.
68. That sort is of a good
mark and of the best quality.
69. In doing an affair, he
begins but never finishes.
70. All affairs are intrust-
ed to me to manage.
是​必​唔好​啦​頭
​千祈唔好​楫​頭
​頭​乃​人​之​元首
​情願​割​頭​亦​唔
​做
​絕跡​唔使​回頭
​呢​處​絕跡​我​唔
​回頭
​請問​呢​個頭​字
​使​呢
​有​好多​使​處
​事​頭​公​個​的​貨
​要​乜​價錢​呢
​呢​間​舖頭​果然
​係​貨真價實​唎
​個​樣​係​頭號​最
​好的​野
​做事​有​頭​無​尾
​乜事​都​係​要​我
​頭​當
​Shí pít, sm hò ngạp, st‘au.
Ts in sk1 sm hò ngap
st'au.
sTau nái syan chí sin
'shau.
sTsing in hót, stau yik.
s'm tso².
Tsüt, tsik, s'm ‘shai ‚úi t'au.
Ní ch‘i” tsut, tsik, ngó s’m
súi st au.
"Ts'ing man ‹ní kó¹ sťav
tsz" 'tím 'shai 'ní.
sYau hò có shai chái.
Sz❞ t'au ‹kung, kó' tik fó’
íú' mat, ká' sts'ín ‹ní?
Ní ‹kán p'ò' st'au 'kwó sín
hai' fó' chan ká' shat, ‹lé.
Ko yéung hai sthau hờ
tsui' hò tik, yé.
Tsò' sz? yau st'au sinò mí.
Mat sz” tò hai íu ngó
tóng st au.
employed by superiors in giving instructions to inferiors, charging them not to give any infor-
mation on this or that topic about which they may chance to be interrogated: the other
expression is rather the language of request;—a thousand times I pray you, or I intreat you
on all accounts, not to give him the least information.
61. The phrase in shau means the chief, that which guides and governs, or which has the
preeminence; hence the crown or the glory.
62. Ts'ing ün is one's own wish or choice; if my head should be cut off in case I would
not do a specified action, yik 'm tsò even then I would not do it, I would prefer decapitation.
63, 64. The first of these two phrases refers to the expulsion of a servant or any other in-
mate of an establishment; the second relates to the voluntary abandonment of a house in
disgust or anger; tsüt tsik, to obliterate footsteps, here means never, and implies the final
departure, so that the prints of the feet-the footsteps-will never be retraced.
66-70. In these examples, the general meaning of t'au is that of chief, first. Kung is a
term of respect added to sz't'au, 'head of affairs,' and is equivalent to Mr.; it is the respectful
address in common use for a shopman, or indeed the director of almost any work or business.
'Doing affairs has head but no tail,' is an expression for those shiftless, thriftless persons who
never accomplish what they undertake.
•
SECT. 2.]
47
PARTS AND MOTIONS OF THE EYE.
Section Second.
PARTS AND MOTIONS OF THE EYE.
眼​類​第 ​二​章
​S
Ngán lui; tai 12 chéung.
1. Large eyes.
2. Small eyes.
3. Prominent eyes.
4. Sunken eyes.
5. Bleareyed; lippitudo.
6. Good eyes; or healthy
eyes.
7. Weeping eyes; epi-
phora.
8. Moist eyes.
9. Bright eyes; or keen-
eyed.
10. Blindness; amaurosis.
11. Blindness; or closed
eyes.
12. Dim-eyed.
13. Both eyes.
14. One eye.
大​眼
​1
大​細​突​深​爛​好​淚​濕​慧​肓​客​矇​雙​單
​突 ​1
# 1
爛​1
# 1
淚 ​1
濕 ​1
盲 ​1
密
​鑅 ​1
單​1
Tái ngán.
Sai ngán.
Tat, ngáu.
Sham ‘ngán.
Lán ngán.
Hò ngán.
Lui ngán.
Shap, ngán.
Wai ngán.
sMáng ngán.
Mat, ngán.
Mung ngán.
Shéung ngán.
Tán ngán.
Notes and Explanations.
MUK is the radical word for the organ of vision, which it somewhat resembles; and it
forms a part of nearly all the terms which refer to optics. Ngán, which has muk placed on
the left of kan, is the character most in use to denote the eyes.
'1, 2. The fondness of the Chinese for opposite terms, which appear in almost all they write
and say, often assists in defining their most common words. Here we have three sets of then :
To say, 'the sunken eye is the eye which is not prominent, and the prominent eye is that
which is not sunken,' is their common mode of defining terms.`
7, 8. Lui and shap are often used interchangeably; the former denotes the greatest profu-
sion of humors.
19. This is the really good eye, characterised as the brilliant, the piercing, the intelligent
eye, 'an eye which is not dull or stupid.'
·
10, 11. In common discourse the only distinction made between these two terms is this,
the first is used when speaking of a person, the second when speaking to a person who is
blind: This distinction results, perhaps, from the etymology of the two characters: máng is
the dead eye, the evacuated eye, or that in which the parts are ruined: mat signifies what is
small, close, or hidden; and literally therefore, mat ngán is the eye which is closed up.
48
[CHAP. II.
THE HUMAN BODY.
15. Vacant eyes; haggard
looks.
16. Acute ophthalmia.
17. Inflamed eyes.
18. Red eyes.
19. Cross-eyed or squint-
ing; strabismus.
20. Open the eyes.
21. Shut the eyes.
22. Close the eyes.
23. Internal angle of the
eye.
24. External angle of the
eye.
25. The corners of the
eye.
26. The eyelids; palpe-
bræ.
27. The eyebrows; super-
cilia.
28. The eyeball.
29. The crystaline lens.
of the eye.
30. The pupil of the eye.
31. The pupil of the eye.
32. The white of the eye.
33. The iris of the eye.
34. The eyelashes; cilia.
虛​眼
​熱​眼
​赤​眼
​紅眼
​斜眼
​開眼
​閉眼
​合眼
​眼​頭
​眼尾
​眼角
​眼​盖
​眼眉
​眼睛
​眼珠
​瞳人
​眸子
​眼白​睛
​眼​黑​睛
​眼​揖​毛
​;
Hồi ngán.
Ít ngán.
Chik, ngán.
Hung ngán.
Tsé ngán.
Hoi ngán.
Pai ‘ngán.
Hóp, ngán.
Ngán t'au.
Ngán mí.
Ngán hók,.
Ngán hoi.
*Ngán mí.
Ngán tsing.
Ngán chủ.
Tung yan.
Mau 'tsz'.
Ngán pák, ‹tsing.
Ngán hak, tsing.
Ngán yap, mò.
1
15. The h'ü ngán is that of the debauchee or idiot-the haggard or vacant stare of one
whose mental powers are distracted, or in ruins, or both.
17, 18. These two terms are synonymous, and denote redness or inflammation of the eyes,
whether occasioned by anger, by disease, or by excessive drinking.
19. Ts'é ngán may be used for any distortion of the eyes, or for looking askance, as well
as for the strabismus.
28. This and all the other terms in this section are translated in the common and popular
sense, in which they are used by the Chinese. Hence perfect accuracy is not, in all cases,
to be expected.
29. This is literally the 'pearl of the eye;' and, though sometimes referred to the orb of the
eye, seems admirably fitted to designate the crystalline lens. This use of it is supported
by a reference to the eye of the fish.
30, 31. Both these, like the word pupil, seem to refer not less to the miniature image of
any object which is formed on the eye, than to the perforation through which the rays of light
pass into it: their literal meaning is, the child of the eye.
32, 33. Pák and hak, white and black, refer to the external appearance of the eye, to that
which appears white, and to that which appears discolored.
SECT. 2.]
49
PARTS AND MOTIONS OF THE EYE.
35. Do not cut my eyes.
36. Invisible; or what the
eye has never seen.
37. Lawless; or regardless
of the laws.
38. Fixed attention; or
the eyes riveted.
39. In the twinkling of an
eye.
40. Vanished in the twink-
ling of an eye.
41. Open both eyes.
42. You must not open
your eyes.
43. This eye is ruined.
44. Unacquainted with the
world.
45. The eyes are blurred,
and cannot see distinctly.
46. Though my eyes are ti-
red, I am indisposed to sleep.
47. The eye closed, and all
sensation lost.
48. What is the disease in
that man's eye?
勿​割​親眼
​目​所​不見
​目無法紀
​目不轉睛
​一瞬​之間
​轉眼​成​空
​擘​開​雙眼
​唔好​掙開​眼
​呢​隻​眼​壞​了
​有​眼​不​識​人
​眼花​看​不​真
​倦​眼​尙​未​思​眠
​瞑目​無所​知覺
​個​個人​個​隻眼
​係​乜野​症
​1
Mat kot, ts'an ngán.
Muk, 'sho pat, kín'.
Muk, mò fát› ‘kí.
Muk, pat, 'chün «tsing.
Yat, ‘shun chí chán.
Chün ngán shing chung.
Mák, choi shéung ngán.
M hò chang choi ngán.
sNí chek, ngán wái líú.
Yau ngán pat, shik, yan.
Ngán fá hón pat chan.
Kün ‘ngán shéung mí sz’
mín.
Ming muk, mò 'shó chí
kók,.
Ko kó yan kó cheh, ngán
hai' mat, yé ching'?
35. T's'an here means at, or into; the phrase is used to admonish the careless barber not
to injure his employer's eyes; for, after the tonsure, these organs are usually subjected to a
probing with a pointed instrument almost as sharp as the razor itself.
36. Eye thing which not see-what the eye has never seen, is said with reference to things
or beings invisible to mortal eyes.
37. Eye without law rules-void of respect to the laws, denotes a lawless person, who acts
regardless of all the laws of the land, and who deserves to be treated as an outlaw.
38. Chun tsing, the turning or rolling of the eyes, preceded by muk pat, gives the idea of
fixed attention.
39, 40. Both these phrases denote the shortest period of time: the first is, literally, one
turn of the eyes' duration; the second is elliptical, and is used when speaking of the destruc-
tion of property by fire or flood, and of all those pleasures which, chün ngán in the twinkling
of an eye, shing become, hung vacant or empty, i. e. cease to exist.
41, 42. Mák and chang express that exertion which is necessary to open the eyes, when
one is afraid or unwilling to have them inspected, or when the lids have become attached to
each other, or confined by disease; they are also often used with hoi merely for the sake of
euphony, without adding anything to the force of the latter.
43. Wái expresses the act of destruction; and líú, joined to it, denotes that the act is al-
ready complete, and the object-the eye in this case-past recovery.
44. Having eyes, not understanding men-denotes one who is unable to appreciate cha-
racter, and is said in scorn of an opponent.
46. Weary eyes, still not yet desiring sleep-refers not to that restlessness which disqual-
ifies for sleep, but to a desire or necessity of engaging in some business requiring immediate
attention.
47. Ming muk refers to that extreme point of sickness or stupefaction, when the subject is
entirely senseless, so that he can neither see, hear, nor feel.
CHI. CHR. 13
50
[CHAP. II.
THE HUMAN BODY.
It is the cataract.
49. The following is an
elegant saying: Words may
act a deceitful part, but the
eye cannot play the rogue.
50. The eye is the best in-
dex of a man's character.
係​綠​水灌​瞳神
​成語​云​言​個​可
​以​偽​為​眸子​則
​有​不容​者
​存乎​八​者​莫​良
​於​眸子
​1. The nose.
2. A false nose.
3. A flat nose.
4. A high nose.
48. Ching is disorder or disease: the name for the cataract-green water poured [into the]
pupil is descriptive of the disease, as it is viewed by those who are ignorant of the eye's
structure: t'ung shan is here used for the pupil instead of t'ung yan; but the phrase luk shui
kún t'ung yan is more frequently heard from the lips of the common people, than the former
phrase, luk shui kún t'ung shan.
49. Shing means to complete, to finish; shing yi is a finished, or elegant saying: wan, to
say, is equivalent to the English phrase, as follows;' and, when the structure of a sentence
requires, as in shing yi wan, it may be translated thus, there is an elegant saying, namely;
words perhaps may serve deceitful action, eye pupil then has what not permits deception, i. e.
a man may deceive another by words, but he cannot do this by his eye, for that cannot be
made to play the hypocrite; tsak yau, then has, refers to the time when the eye is brought
into question,-do you speak of the eye, then I must say of it, that it will never deceive.
50. Possessed by man things, none good as the eye, freely construed means, that, Of all the
parts of the human body, no one is so sure an index of character as the eye.
Hai luk, ‘shui kín stung
sshan.
Shing Syü swan: sín syau
'hó íngai' wai mau 'tsz'
tsak, yau pat, syung ngai'
'ché.
Section Third.
FORM AND FUNCTIONS OF THE NOSE.
鼻​類​第三​章
​Pí² lui; tai sám chéung.
¿Ts'ün sú syan 'ché, mók,
¿léung ‹ü ¿mau 'tsz'.
鼻​哥
​瓖​鼻
​扁​鼻
​高​鼻
​Pí skó.
Séung pí².
Pín pí.
Kò pí².
Notes and Explanations.
Pí is one of the radical characters of the language, and is the common term for the organ
of smelling: k6 added to it in the first phrase, pí kó, is merely euphonic.
2. The false nose is an artificial one, sometimes made to supply the place of the natural
organ, when by any misfortune it has been removed: séung means to inlay; and séung pí,
is, literally, an inlaid nose.
3-5. Pin pí is the common flat nose, characteristic of the people of the southern provinces
of this empire; kò pí is the high Roman nose; and kau pí is a prominent and hooked nose.
SECT. 3.]
51
FORM AND FUNCTIONS OF THE NOSE.
5. A hooked nose.
6. A great nose.
7. A small nose.
8. To bore the nose.
9. To pinch the nose.
10. Cover the nose.
11. To snort, or blow
through the nose.
12. To sneeze.
open.
14. Stoppage of the nose.
15. Obstruction of the
nose.
16. Pain of the nose.
17. Polypus of the nose.
18. Bridge of the nose.
19. Sides of the nose.
20. Cartilage of the nose.
21. End of the nose.
22. The nostrils.
23. The nose regaled with
flowers.
24. White nose; or a craf-
ty fellow.
25. Red nose.
勾​鼻
​26. The nose affected by
[the use of] wine.
* 1
大​細​穿​捻​掩​噴噴​鼻​鼻
​細菌
​穿 ​1
13. The nose free and 鼻​通
​1
the 1
噴 ​1
噴嚏
​嚏​通​塞​萌​痛​蛇​梁子​柱​準
​鼻塞
​1 萌
​1 痛
​] 蛇
​1 梁
​1子
​•
1 柱
​1 準
​| ML
花​撲鼻
​白鼻​哥
​紅​鼻​哥
​Kau pí².
Tái pí.
Sai pí.
Ch‘ün pí.
Níp pí.
'Ím pí².
P'an' pí².
P'an' t'ai'.
Pí t‘ung.
Pí sak..
Pímang.
Pf trung.
Pí² shé.
Pí' léung.
Pí² 'tsz'.
Pí' sch'ü.
Pí 'chun.
Pí² lung.
‹Fá p'ók› pí².
Pák₂ pí² kó.
Hung pí chó.
"Tsau ‹kung pí³.
11, 12. P'an expresses a forcible emission of breath from the mouth or nose, implying
usually contempt or disgust. The colloquial phrase for sneezing is 'tá hat› ‹chí, the sound
of the two last words being an attempt to imitate the noise made in the act of sneezing.
13-15. Tung denotes the organ in a perfectly healthy state; sak is an entire stoppage :
mang a partial one.
22. A striking instance is here afforded of the vulgar misapplication of characters which
occurs now and then in the provincial dialects. In this dialect, the nostril is called pí lung,
but in books it is pi kung, the same characters as are here used, except the second has no hau
or mouth on the side. Now in writing the colloquial phrase, they wish to approach as near
as may be to the written character, and therefore take this same kung, adding a mouth on the
side, but still calling it lung. Its proper sound, however, is hau, and it means to low, to bel-
low, to vociferate.
1
d. Pa kada malatt
J
52
27. A blotched nose.
28. Water flowing from
the nose.
29. Nose bleeding; or he-
morrhage of the nose.
30. An aquiline nose.
31. A snort of defiance.
32. Bringing the nose near
in order to smell.
33. To inhale the effluvia.
34. To judge of odors by
the smell.
35. To distinguish odors
by the smell.
36. What makes your nose
bleed?
It is caused by present ex-
citement.
37. What is that growing
in that man's nose?
It is a polypus.
38. What is a polypus?
It is a small fleshy excres-
cence growing in the nostril
and stopping it up.
THE HUMAN BODY.
酒渣鼻
​流​鼻涕
​流​鼻 ​血
​鶯​哥​鼻
​關​鼻​氣
​以​鼻​就​嗅
​以​鼻​取​氣
​以​鼻​審​氣
​以​鼻​辨​氣
​你​為​乜事​流​鼻
​血
​Tsau chá pí,
×
¿Lau pí' t'ai',
sLau pí hut.
‹Ang ‹kó pí².
Tau' pí hí'.
³Í pí² tsau² ch'au'.
³Í pí² 'ts'ü hí'.
Í pí² sham hí'.
³Í pí² pín² hí³.
}
[CHAP. II.
Ní wai mat› sz" au pí²
hüt›.
因為​呢​排​熱氣
​個​個人​個​鼻​生
​也​野
​生​鼻​蛇
​鼻​蛇​係​乜野
​係​鼻​吼​生​一条
​肉​塞住​個​鼻 ​lung.
Yan wai' ní spái ít, hí'.
Kó' kó' yan kó' pí² shang
mat› Syé.
Shang pí² shé.
Pí² ‹shé hai² mat› ‹yé?
Hai' pí² clung <shang yat›
sť'íú yuk₂, sak, chu' kó' pí²
27. T'sau chá pí, wine dregs' nose, is that which is infected with pimples caused by exces-
sive use of wine, or by an unhealthy state of the blood.
30. The shape denoted by ang ko pí or parrot nose is the same as that by kau pí; this form
of the nose is seldom seen among the natives of the southern provinces, though more frequent-
ly observed among the Tartars and northern Chinese.
32. With nose approach smell, specifies the act of bringing the nose near to an object of
smell: tsau means to approach near, and ch'au is the odor of anything, whether fragrant or
the contrary.
33, 34. With nose to take effluvia: the precise meaning of hí must be determined by the
context, or circumstances of the case in which it occurs; it may be the simple atmospheric
air, or the same surcharged with any gas or odor: sham means to judge, test, or determine
the qualities of; pin has here a sense analagous to sham, referring to the act of discriminating:
í pí is with the nose, or by means of the nose-it being used as the organ or instrument by
which we judge of whatever comes in contact with the olfactory nerves.
36. Wai is here distinguished both in its tone and in its signification from the same form
of the character in No. 49 of the last section: there it means to act, here it signifies for;
wai mat sz' for what reason? to which the answer is, yan wai for this reason, or because of,
ní p'ái present, it hí inflamed breath, i. e. excitement, resulting from intemperate eating,
drinking, or exercise.
SECT. 4.]
53
FORM AND FUNCTIONS OF THE MOUTH.
Section Fourth.
FORM AND FUNCTIONS OF THE MOUTH.
1. A great mouth.
2. A small mouth.
3. A distorted mouth.
4. Close the mouth.
5. Open the mouth.
6. Keep silence.
7. Stop the mouth; or
to gag.
8. To procure a livelihood.
9. Bitterness in the mouth.
10. Dryness of the mouth.
11. The mouth eats.
12. The mouth drinks,
13. To hold fluid in the
mouth.
14. To chew food; or to
masticate.
15. To gnaw with the
teeth.
口​類​第四​章
​'Hau lui; tai sz❞ cheung.
大​口
​大​細​歪​緘​開​合​塞​糊
​細
​歪​1
緘 ​1
合 ​1
塞​1
糊 ​1
苦乾​食​飲​含​嚼​囓
​口​苦
​1 乾
​1 食
​1 飲
​1 含
​1 B
1 囓
​Tái hau.
Sai' 'hau.
Wai 'hau.
Kám 'hau.
Hoi 'hau.
Hóp₂ 'hau.
Sak, 'hau.
Úhau.
'Hau fú.
'Hau ‹kón.
Hau shik.
Hau 'yam.
"Hau shóm.
Hau tséuk.
Hau ngát.
Notes and Explanations.
HAU, 'the mouth," say the Chinese, 'denotes that with which people eat and speak: its form
is represented by the character. It stands in Iónghí's imperial dictionary as the thirtieth
radical, and forms a part of most of those words which refer to eating and speaking.
3, 4. Wái is compounded of not and regular; hence its meaning, irregular, distorted: kám
means to bind with cords, to envelop, to close up; here it denotes one's voluntary act of
closing the mouth, and in that way keeping silence, or, as we often say, holding the tongue.
7. The phrase sak hau is used in both a literal and figurative sense: a band of robbers,
when they have seized on a person and are afraid that his cries will alarm the neighborhood,
take care to stop his mouth; and if it happen that their nefarious acts have come to the ears
of a local officer, or to any one else who may be willing to bring them to justice, again they
take care to stop his mouth, which is usually done by bribing him or 'buying his mouth.'
8. The phrase ú hau, is, literally, to paste the mouth, or to stop it with boiled rice, and is
in common use to denote the idea of procuring personal support, or that which is merely suf-
ficient to supply daily wants-it is the 'living from hand to mouth.'
CHI. CHR. 14
54
[CHAP. II.
THE HUMAN BODY.
।
16. The lips.
17. Polite.
18. Veracious.
19. Loquacious.
20. Obscene.
21. A harelip.
22. Stammering.
23. Open the mouth.
24. Close the mouth.
25. Embarrassed.
26. Indisposed to speak.
27. True to his word.
28. Regardless of the
truth.
29. Very slow of speech.
30. Fluency of speech.
31. Eloquent.
32. Strife of words.
33. Written testimony is
necessary.
¤ 唇
​好​口
​好​直​多​粗​崩漏​擘​開​難
​直​1
多​了
​1
崩 ​1
1
擘​開口
​閉​埋​1
難​開​1
冇​口​講
​有​口齒
​冇​口齒
​咁​口​訥
​好 ​口角
​有​口才
​爭口氣
​口​話​無​湯
​'Hau shun.
Hò hau.
Chik, 'hau.
‹Tó ‘hau.
Tsò 'hau.
<Pang 'hau.
Lau' 'hau.
Mák, hoi hau.
Pai mái hau.
Nán choi hau,
Mò hau kóng.
Yau 'hau 'ch'í.
Mò hau chi.
Kóm' 'hau nut¿….
Hò hau kok.
"Yau 'hausts'oi..
<Chang 'bau hí'.
'Hau wá² smo sp‘ang.
}
25. Nán hoi hau, difficult to open the mouth, denotes that embarrassment which one feels
in presenting a second demand on the kindness of a friend: he feels embarrassed, and finds
it difficult to broach the subject, or to hoi hau.
26-28. Literally these phrases read thus: no mouth to speak, meaning that one is indis-
posed to speak; having mouth and teeth, denoting one who is true to his word; and without
mouth and teeth, or one who is regardless of the truth.
}
29. Kóm in a high degree, hau the mouth, nut slow to speak: nut does not imply any lack
of knowledge, but simply backwardness in giving utterance to thoughts: in the Conversations
of Confucius it is said of the good man, yuk, nut, ‹üi sín, sí ³man ‹ü hang', 'he is slow to
speak, and prompt to act.'
30, 31. Good mouth corners, and having mouth power, both express nearly the same idea,.
and are applied to those who are able to speak well.
32. Hau hi, the breath of the mouth, here denotes mere words: chang is to contend: hence
the meaning of the phrase, war of words, or logomachy, a mode of settling quarrels much
practiced by the Chinese, to which is often added a lusty tug at the cue, and many demon-
strations of a hostile dispostion, but bloody noses or broken heads are seldom a consequence
of these wordy battles.
33. Mouth words no proof, is a phrase used to express the necessity of having written testi-
mouy, because the circumstances of a given case are such, that, hau wá words of the mouth,
md p'ang afford no proof, i. e. no sufficient evidence of the truth or fact in question.
SECT. 4.]
55
FORM AND FUNCTIONS OF THE MOUTH.
34. Charming eloquence.
35. It is useless to say
more.
36. Talebearing is a fruit-
ful source of mischief.
37. A sweet mouth and a
slippery tongue.
38. Words come from the
mouth in perfect sentences.
39. He must be true to his
word.
40. Unable to procure a
livelihood.
41. I cannot endure such
venomous words.
42. Bitter words are good
medicine.
43. Disease enters by the
mouth.
44. Mischief proceeds from
the mouth.
45. Yes in the mouth, and
no in the heart.
46. The mouth specious
and the heart perverse.
47. From the mouth come
peace and war. Peace is
mild, but war is destructive:
from the words of the mouth,
then, are these two diverse
effects. How greatly ought
such springs of evil and of
good to be feared!
{
口角​春風
​不用​費唇舌
​口舌​是非​多
​口​甜​舌​滑
​出口​成文
​Mandala
須​用​口齒
​唔​究​糊口
​不堪​毒​口
​苦口​凉​藥
​A
病​從​口​入
​禍從口出
​口是心非
​1乖​心​歪
​惟​口​出​好​興​戎
​好​善​也​戎​兵​也
​言 ​於​口​則​有
​二者​之​分​利害
​之​幾​可畏​如此
​34. Ch'un fung, the vernal breezes, are used figuratively for what is mild, gentle, pleasing:
hence the phrase denotes an utterance that is charming, like the zephyrs of spring.
35. Fai shun shit, an expenditure of the lips and tongue, refers to a case where words are
unavailing, or pat yung without use.
36. Mouth and tongue [much, then there will be] right and wrong much, is a counterpart
to one of the proverbs of an ancient king, 'Where there is no talebearer, strife ceaseth.'
38. This refers to that natural conversation, which, in accuracy and elegance, is compara-
ble to the finished style of written composition.
43, 44. Disease enters through the mouth, because of intemperance in eating and drinking:
mischief proceeds from the mouth, because of unguarded words.
Hau kok, chun fung,
Pat, yung' fai' ‹shun shít,.
'Hau shít, shí' cfí ‹tó.
'Hau tím shít, wát.
Ch'ut› 'hau,shing man,
Sü yung' 'hau 'ch'í.
'M kau' sú ‘hau.
Pat, chóm tuk, hau.
'Fú 'hau léung yéuk,
Peng' tsung hau yap.
Wó² ts'ung 'hau ch'ut».
'Hau shí' sam ‹fí.
Hau kwái sam wái.
Wai hau ch‘ut, hò chung
syung. Hò, shín gá:
syung, ‹ping Syá; sín fát› ‹ü
'hau, tsak› ‘yau í² 'ché ‹chi
fan. Lí hoi chí chí ho
wai'‹ü t'sz”.
47. These words, wai hau ch'ut hò hing yung, are from the closing part of an address of
the ancient chieftain Shun to his successor U, found in the Shü King, or Book of Records.
and must have been uttered more than 4000 years ago. They remind us of the inspired peu-
man's words, "out of the same mouth proceedeth blessing and cursing." Literally translated.
they run thus, the mouth promotes good, and excites weapons of war. The twenty-four
words which follow are exegetical, and of a later date.
-
56
[CHAP. II.
THE HUMAN BODY.
!
1. The ear.
2. Cavity of the ear.
3. Deafness of the ears,
4. Acute ears.
5. Ringing in the ears.
6. Stoppage of the ear,
7. Dull ears.
8. To feign deafness.
}
9. Regardless of admoni-
tion.
10. No ear to hear.
11. No ear to receive what
is said.
Section Fifth,
PARTS AND FUNCTIONS OF THE EAR.
耳​類​第五​章
​SI lui; tai ng schéung.
12. Incline the ear to
{
hear.
13. Give ear to hear.
耳朵
​耳​吼
​耳聾
​耳​聰
​1 鳴
​1 塞
​唔好​耳
​詐​耳聾
​冇​耳​性
​冇​耳聽
​冇​耳​裝
​側耳​聽
​附耳​聽
​sí tó.
SÍ
‹lung.
sí slung.
SÍ
sĺ ‹ming,
sĺ sak›.
s'M 'hò í.
Chá'í slung,
Mò sí sing'.
Mò sí ‹t'ing.
Mò sí chóng.
Chak, si t'ing'.
Fú sí t'ing'.
<ts'ung,
Notes and Explanations.
THE organ of hearing is thought to be represented by the character 1, the common term to
denote the ear; the present form differs from its original, which presents an outline of the
external ear; tổ, in the phrase í tó, is merely a euphonic particle, used in speaking of certain
classes of objects which are pendulous or globular.
3, 4. The words lung and ts'ung are opposite in their signification: the first denotes the
sense of hearing when it is lost or has become extremely dull; the latter is used when the or-
gan is quick to perceive and discriminate.
5. Ringing in the ears is that sensation of sound which one sometimes perceives, and for
which he can assign no cause, though for the moment it seems as distinct and real as the
ringing of a bell. The same idea is expressed in No. 32, below.
9. No ear nature-denotes one who is regardless of whatever is said to him, as though the
natural functions of his ears had ceased to perform the duties of their office.
10, 11. The meaning of t'ing and chong in these two phrases is nearly the same: the latter
often means to put into, to store up, which shade of thought is here retained.
12, 13. Chak i t'ing is the turning of the ear in any direction which will facilitate hearing;
fú denotes the act of bringing it near for this purpose. Ting, in these two examples, it will
be perceived, has a different intonation from the preceding number; it has the same use as in
chap. I., sect. 6: 44.
!
SECT. 5.]
57
PARTS AND FUNCTIONS OF THE EAR.
14. A deaf ear.
15. The ears pierced with
flags.
16. To bore the lobes of
the ears.
17. An acute ear.
18. Both ears very long.
19. He has many eyes and
ears [in his employ].
20. When I have washed
my ears, I will listen to you.
21. Having heard you thro'
I will now wash my ears.
22. His words are still
sounding in my ears.
23. Stop both ears.
24. Can cleanse the ear by
candle-light.
25. The ear ought not to
hear lewd sounds.
26. Those who have long
ears, will enjoy long life.
27. Very charming sounds.
28. Close both ears.
耳​無​聞
​插​耳​旗
​錐​丨​珠
​好 ​1 鬼
​兩
​垂肩
​佢​1目​多
​洗 ​1 聆​音
​聽過​洗​耳
​言​猶​在 ​1
塞​埋​兩​1
1
燈​前​取
​耳​不​聽​淫聲
​1長命​必​長
​好​撩​1旣​聲
​捻​埋​兩隻​1
"Í,mò ¿man.
Ch'áp, í skí.
.Chui í chủ.
'Hò í 'kwai.
śLéung í shui kín.
'K'ui í muk› ‹tó.
Sailing yam.
T'ing kwó' 'sai “.
tsoi² $1.
sín
syau
Sak, mái ‘léung .
‹Tang ‹tsín ‘ts'ü ³í.
SÍ
pat› t'ing' yam ‹shing.
Í sch'éung,
sch'éung.
'Hò líú í kế ‹shing.
‘Am mái léung chek, .
ming pít
14. An ear without hearing is the listless ear, and denotes one who, having ears, yet hears
not, either in a natural or moral sense.
15. This is part of a punishment often inflicted on persons in Canton, for petty thefts and
other similar misdemeanors: two little ki or flags are prepared, having shafts about a foot
long, which are, ch'áp í thrust into or pierced through the ears, one on each side of the head;
in this condition, with his hands chained behind him, the evildoer is led through the streets,
one soldier going on before him beating a gong, and another following him with a rattan,
which is smartly applied to the poor man's naked back.
18. Both ears depending to the shoulders denotes one who has very long ears; among the
common people, however, this physiognomy is sometimes regarded as a presage of sitting
down on the dragon's seat, or the throne.
19. This expression, and another one similar, 'He has many hands and feet,' are applied
to officers of government who keep in pay a number of spies secretly to ascertain the ac-
tions of the people, or to other persons, who watch their enemies closely.
20, 21. Washed ears listen [to] sounds-is a respectful expression, implying that the per-
son may have been hearing what was vile or rude, and when the impression of the sounds
is washed away, he will be attentive. The other phrase has a reference to an ancient states-
man in the time of the emperor l'ú, named Hüyau, who, whenever he heard anything vile
or mendacious, would wash his ears after it, as if to remove the impression of the words.
22. This was spoken by an ancient sage, and refers to the instructions of his father; the
whole sentence is, ¿In ¿yau tsoi² sí, sí hí ‹chí yéuk, sh6? his words are still sounding in my
ears, and how can I discard them?
}
24. Another line usually accompanies this, and both may be seen hanging up at the bar-
ber's door; literally they read thus: 'lamp before receive ears, moon beneath shave heads'—
intending to set forth the man's skill, which is so great that he can perform all the manipula-
tions of tonsure and toilet as well by night as by day.
CHI. CHR.
15
58
[CHAP. II.
THE HUMAN BODY.
29. Cut the ear to make a
remembrancer.
切​耳​做​記號
​30. When her ears are bo-
red she will become a lady.
31. Cut off your ears and
make you a branded debtor.
32. Draw an ear upon the
wall to hear [your idle tales].
33. An ear may be behind
the adjoining wall, take care!
34. Passes in at one ear
and out at the other.
錐 ​1孌​姑娘
​割​丨​變​債​整
​畫 ​1 上​牆​聼
​隔牆​防​有​耳
​心
​左​1人​右​1出
​35. If he does not obey,1 17
then pull his ears.
36. A credulous ear re-
ceives everything that is said.
37. Sound ringing in both
ears.
38. A sudden clap of thun-
der, giving no time to close
the ears.
39. When the mind is ab-
sent, the ear does not hear.
40. Take him by the ear
and lead him back.
41. You do not at all give
ear to what I say.
42. My ears are a little dull
of hearing.
1朶​軟​信​人​講
​兩隻​1嚶​嚶​聲
​迅雷​不及​掩​1
心​唔​在​就​唔
​聽見
​扭住​1朶拉​佢
​番​嚟
​你​都唔​捭​耳聽
​我​講
​我​對​耳​有的​咁
​多​撞​聾
​Tsít, í tsố kí hờ.
<Chui í pín' ‹kú ¿néung.
Kót, í pín chái “tan.
Wák, í shéung sts'éung
t'ing.
Kák, sts'éung sfóng 'yau 1.
Tsó í yap, yau² í ch'ut».
'M t'ing wá 'nau í 'tsai.
‘Í ‘tó ‘yün sun² syan kóng.
Leung chek, í ‹ying <ying
<shing.
Sun' ¿lúi pat, k'ap₂ ‘ím ‘í.
ડ
S
Sam 'm tsoi² 1 tsau' 'm
ting kín.
Nau chứ í có ái k‘ui
‹fán slai.
Ní tò s’m pí í «ting ngó
'kóng.
Ngó túi” sí ‘yan tí, kém’ tó
chóng slung.
29. Cut ears make memory mark-is said to one who is troubled with a treacherous mem-
ory; therefore he is admonished, 'Cut your ears to make a mark which will assist your mem-
ory.'
C
30. This is said of the little girl, while yet she is called 'child', and has nothing in her dress
to indicate that she is a girl; but when her ears are decked with jewels, the question of her
ladyship will no longer be doubtful.
31. Chúi tan is used to denote one who is deeply involved in debt, but the origin of the
terin is doubtful: chái is a debtor, and tan is a signal chimney, built of brick or stone on em-
inences, in which fires are lighted as a signal of alarm: tan has other significations; and
the phrase chái tan is written sometimes in forms different from that above.
32. This is the language of angry reproach: if you must give utterance to such language
as you now use, draw an ear upon the wall to listen to your idle vociferations, for my
ears, which are accustomed to the truth, are not to be attacked in this rude manner.
33. Kák ts'éung the adjoining wall, fong fear, you have, í an ear; you must be careful
what you say, for behind the adjoining wall there may be some one who will hear you speak.
36. Yun is applied to what is weak, flexible, yielding, both physically and morally: here it
is applied to those who readily believe whatever is said, regardless of the matter told them,
or of the source from whence it comes.
FOR
42. Túi í, a pair of ears, is the same as léung chek í, two piece [of] ears, i. e. both ears ;
the phrase is idiomatic, and preceded by ngó simply means my ears: tí-kóm-tó, a jot-so-
SECT. 5.]
59
PARTS AND FUNCTIONS OF THE EAR.
!
43. The words you speak
are
not worthy of being
heard.
44. He closed his ears as
if he heard nothing.
45. In shaving your head
this morning, you omitted to
clean out your ears.
46.
孟子​曰​口​之​於
​味​也​目​之​於​色
​Mencius said, the
desire of the mouth towards
flavors, of the eye towards
colors, of the ear towards
sounds, of the nose towards
scents, and of the four mem-
bers towards ease, is natural;
yet, these desires being im-
也​耳​之​於​聲​也
​鼻​之​於​臭​也​四
​parted by heaven, the supe- 肢​之​於​安​佚​也
​rior man does not speak of
them merely as natural incli-
nations.
性​也​有​命​焉​君
​子​不​謂​性​也
​K#HE¶ Ní kóng tik, s'm yap, sí ké’
說話
​塞​埋​兩耳​當作
​唔​聽見
​今日​剃頭​未​取
​乾淨​耳
​F
Sak› ‹mái ‘léung 'í, tóng'
tsók, s'm t'ing kín'.
Kam yat, t'ai' t'au, mí²
'ts'ü kón tsing² 1.
Mang ‘tsz út, hau chí cu
mí² Syá, mukɔ ‹chí ‹ü shik›
¹yá, ³í ‹chí ‹ü ‹shing ‘yá, pí²
chí cũ ch‘au yá, sz” chỉ
chí u on yat gá; sing
ya; 'yau ming² ín, ‹kwan
'tsz' pat, wai' sing' sya.
much, is a common local phrase, denoting 'a little,' in degree, or in quantity; ti is the same
as tik, the change in pronounciation is made merely for the sake of euphony; in most cases
the k in tik is sounded very slightly: chóng lung is a sudden stroke of deafness, not that which
is habitual: the whole sentence, as used in conversation, is equivalent to our common phrase.
'I beg your pardon,'-meaning, I did not distinctly hear what you said, please repeat it.
43. Ní kóng tik you speak that, or, that which you speak; ké is of, or belongs to, shüt wá
words, or that class of words, 'm which is unfit, yap í to enter the ear.
44. The words 'm t'ing kin, not hear see, mean not to perceive by the sense of hearing,
or to be deaf; tổng tsák to make as if, i. e. to feign: he closed his ears and acted as if he did
not hear; he pretended to be deaf.
45. This is uttered in reproof for not hearing; were your ears open, or were you attentive
as you ought to be, there would be no difficulty in hearing what is said to you.
46. This beautiful sentence is selected from the closing chapter of the conversations of Men -
cius. The sentence which succeeds it is antithetical to it, as follows; "the exercise of love
between parents and children, of equity between princes and ministers, of propriety between
hosts and guests, of wisdom among the virtuous, and of accordance on the sage's part with ce-
lestial principles, is ordained of heaven; yet such exercises being subjects of natural effort, the
superior man does not speak of them wholly as heavenly gifts." The purpose of the sage, in
these remarks was to restrain men from the unreserved obedience of what is called natural in-
clinations, and to urge on them the importance of exerting themselves to seek after gifts, con-
sidered as heavenly, and therefore supposed to be unattainable by ordinary men. The superior
man, he here tells us, does not regard our inclinations purely as sing, natural and beyond the
the power of restraint, but as being also ming, heavenly endowments, which are to be rightly
employed for good.
-
: 60
[CHAP. II.
THE HUMAN BODY.
"
1. The human face.
2. A smiling face.
3. A square face.
4. A round face.
5. A broad face.
6. A lean face.
7. The visage; or the hu-
Section Sixth.
FORM AND EXPRESSION OF THE FACE.
man countenance.
8. The complexion.
9. A flushed countenance.
10. A pallid countenance.
11. A dark countenance.
12. To meet together.
13. A personal interview.
14. To turn the back upon
a person.
15. Being face to face.
16. Being in the presence
of a person.
17. Being of little reputa-
tion.
面​類​第六​章
​Mín lui; tai luk, ‹chéung,
人​面
​笑​面
​方面
​圓​面
​濶​面
​瘦​面
​面容
​面色
​面赤
​面​青
​面​黑
​會面
​見面
​背面
​對面
​當面
​薄面
​Yan mín².
Síú' mín².
¿Fóng mín².
¿Ün mín².
Fút, mín².
Shau' mín².
Mín syung.
Mín² shik,.
Mín' ch'ik,.
Mín² ts'ing.
Mín' hak,.
Úï² mín².
Kín' mín².
Púi mín².
Túr mín².
Tóng mín.
Pók, mín².
2
Notes and Explanations.
Mín was originally intended as a picture of the human face: it now denotes the face, the
countenance, the front, the surface; also to front, to face, to see; and it often enters into the
composition of those characters which, in any way, relate to the face. As an index of what
man is, the face has come to signify character, reputation, &c.
12. This denotes coming into the presence of a person, and may be spoken of few or ma-
ny: úi means to come together, to associate; an association, a society, a band.
14-16. Púi mín, literally back face, signifies the act of one person turning his back upon
another in scorn or disgust; the phrase may also mean the back: túi mín is face to face, one
being over against another: tong min is simply being in the presence of, without regard
to the position of the parties.
1
SECT. 6.]
61
FORM AND EXPRESSION OF THE FACE.
18. Having a good reputa-
tion.
19. Having lost reputation.
20. Having preserved re-
putation.
21. Reputation; or a good
name.
22. Mutually turning their
backs on each other.
23. A smiling face.
24. A very lank face.
25. A benignant counte-
nance.
26. A fair complexion.
27. I did not see him.
28. I did not obtain an in-
terview.
29. To choose in the pre-
sence of others.
30. A good reputation.
31. Without reputation.
32. To destroy one's re-
putation.
33. Personal esteem..
34. Seeking reputation.
35. Ashamed to be seen.
36. It is difficult to get a
sight of him.
→
有​面
​失​留​體​相
​1
失
​1
留​1
體 ​1
相​背面
​面​帶笑
​1 太瘦
​1 寬容
​好​面色
​不會​面
​不見​1
當面​揀
​好​體面
​冇​體 ​1
丟​了​1
有情 ​1
想​討 ​1
無​體 ​1
難逢​一面
​'Yau mín².
Shat, mín².
¿Lau mín².
"T'ai mín².
‹Séung púï' mín².
Mín² táï' síú'.
Min' t'ai' shau'.
Mín² fún syung.
Hò mín shik,.
Pat, úi² mín².
Pat› kin' mín².
Tóng mín² 'kán.
“Hò tai món.
Mò t'ai món.
‹Tíú líú mín².
"Yau sts'ing mín².
'Séung 't'ò mín².
sMò tai mín.
Nán sfung yat, mín².
17-21. Thin face, having face, lost face, retained face, substantial face, all have reference
to reputation, or a good name: pók mín is a modest term used when speaking of one's own
character: t'ai is often used in connection with min, thus, k'ui yau t'ai mín, he has a sub-
stance and face, is respectable, or has a good reputation.
24. Tái written in this form, with an aspirate, denotes what is very great, or what exists
in an eminent degree.
26. A good face color is applied to those whose countenances indicate health and good
spirits, and not to personal beauty; a slight tinge of red on the cheeks, clear eyes, &c., are
the well known indications.
27, 28. These refer to cases in which one goes to the house of another: pat úi mín, cannot
tmeet the face, because the person sought does not choose to appear; pat kín mín, did not see
he face, because the person sought was absent from home.
29. This is said of selecting goods, or anything else, where the choice is made in the pre-
sence of interested parties.
32. The reputation is here supposed to be destroyed by improper conduct; the phrase,
therefore, is true to the letter, tíú casting away the reputation.
36. This is said when one, in pursuit of another, repeatedly fails to find him in the place
where he is ordinarily to be seen.
:
CHI. CHR. 16
62
[CHAP. II.
THE HUMAN BODY.
37. It is a long time since
we met.
38. A single conversation.
39. A single interview.
40. Praising to the face,
and slandering to the back.
41. Excessive insolence.
42. An open mistake.
43. I have spoken with
him.
44. Gazing at each other
in amazement.
45. By a personal inter-
view friendship is restored.
46. There is joy upon his
countenance.
47. Its virtues will present-
ly appear.
48. He turned away his
face, without noticing me.
49. Leave me a little re-
putation.
50. If so, all reputation is
lost.
51. Repeatedly failed in
seeing him.
52. It is difficult to break
from personal esteem.
53. Ashamed to go and
see him.
54. It is absolutely neces-
sary to report in person.
55. Diligence will secure
a reputation.
許久​一面
​面​之​詞
​| 之交
​面​舉​背​毁
​過​面相​欺
​當​┃錯過
​覿​]講過
​面​1相​窺
​見​1着​情
​面上​有​喜色
​當面​就​見​功
​反面​不​識​人
​留​遠​的​薄面
​咁​樣​冇​體​1
幾次​不見​1
情​面上​難過
​無​面​去見​人
​必須​面​禀​方可
​勤力​方​討​得​面
​'Hü 'kau yat, mín³.
Yat, mín? «chí sts 2.
Yat, mín? «chí cháu.
Mín' 'kü púi' 'wai.
Kwó' mín séung ‹hí.
Tóng mín ts'ó' kwó'.
Tik, mín² kóng kwó'. ·
Mín' mín² séung ‹kw'ai.
Kín' mín² chéuk, stsʻing.
Mín' shéung yau 'hí shik».
Tong mín² ts'au² kin'
kung.
'Fán mín' pat, shik› ¿yan.
Lau wán tik, pók, mín².
'Kóm yéung', 'mò tai mín².
Kí tsz" pat› kín' mín².
Ts'ing mín shéung nán
kwo.
.Mò mín h kín syan.
Pít› ‹sü mín² 'pan fóng hó.
K'an lik₂ fóng td tak,
mín².
41. Pass face give insult, is susceptible of two meanings: insulting beyond endurance; or
insulting one who passes before you as a mere stranger.
;
42. Ï's'6 kw6 is an error of any kind, which has been committed in the presence of others;
and this fact, on detection of the error, is given in extenuation.
43. See face speak pass-I have seen and spoken with him-is a mode of saying that one
has enjoyed an interview for consultation, &c.
45. Seeing the face creates kind feeling, a phrase derived from the usual experience of
mankind, that when differences have arisen between absent parties, either by slanderous im-
putations or personal enmity existing between them, kind feeling and friendship are restored
by a personal interview.
47. Now presence immediately see virtue-is said by the druggist, and others, in commen-
dation of their commodities.
52. Ts'ing mín denotes that feeling which springs from personal acquaintance, or it is that
personal regard which constraius one to befriend another under all circumstances. The
character mín, partially contracted as in this example, often occurs in manuscripts and cheap
publications.
54. Must necessarily in person report to my superior, then it will be well: the case is such
that it cannot be stated in writng, nor intrusted to a second person.
&
·
SECT. 7.]
63
THE FOUR LIMBS.
56. There is no color in
his face.
57. His countenance is not
as good as it was last year.
58. The debtor must fre-
quently pay respects to the
creditor.
59. Under the mask he
may appear in public.
60. The man who has a
bold face will get rich.
61. Men's minds differ
like their faces.
1. The palm of the hand.
2. The finger nails.
3. The elbow.
4. The arm.
面上​有的​血色
​面色​唔似​舊​年
​欠債​不離​常見
​面
​帶笑​面​致​見得
​^
满面​春光​必​發
​財
​人心​不一​如其
​面​然
​手掌
​手​甲
​Mín shéung mò tik, hüt
shik,.
Mín' shik, s'm ‘tsz' kau' ‹níu.
手腳
​手臂
​Hím' chai' pat› slí ‹shéung
kín' mín².
Tái sứ mín chỉ kín tai,
syan.
60. The whole face spring bright must produce wealth, i. e. a bold prompt person of this
description is supposed to be fitted for the acquisition of wealth. The phrase ch'un kwong
refers to the vivacity and freshness which is observed in nature, and especially birds, on the
approach of spring.
Mún mín ch‘un kwóng
pít› fát› ‹ts'oi.
Section Seventh.
THE FOUR LIMBS.
四肢​類​第七​章
​Sz” chí lui; tai tsát chéung.
Yan <sam patɔ yat› ‹ü sk”ı
mín² sín.
'Shau 'chéung.
Shau káp.
Shau cháng.
“Shau pí.
Notes and Explanations.
CHí, formed of flesh placed on the left of branches, denotes branches of flesh, the extrem
ties of the human body: sz' chí, the four extremities, are the hands and feet. Both parts of
chi are found among the radicals; and, in composition, generally give to the words into
which they enter something of their original signification.
1, 2. Shau is the common word for the hand; it is one of the radicals, and enters into the
composition of a very large class of words, where, in a great many instances, it indicates some
act performed by the hand, or to which it is related.
64
[CHAP. IX.
THE HUMAN BODY.
¿
5. The wrist.
6. A paralytic hand.
7. The fist.
8. A finger.
9. The thumb.
10. The forefinger.
11. The middle finger.
12. Little finger.
13. Knuckles.
14. Striæ on the skin at
the ends of the fingers.
15. Ring finger.
16. Both hands.
17. One hand.
18. A thievish hand.
19. Right and left hands.
20. Stretch out the hand.
21. Draw back the hand.
22. Walking hand in hand.
23. Handcuffed.
24. Burning the hand.
手腕
​跛​手
​拳頭
​手指
​公​指
​食指
​申​指
​小指
​手​節
​指模
​無名指
​對手
​·隻​手
​三​隻​手
​左右手
​伸開​手
​縮​埋​手
​拖拉​手
​鎖住​手
​燒​親手
​Shau ún.
Pai 'shau.
K'ün st'au.
Shau chí.
Kung ‘chí.
Shik, chí.
Chung chí.
Síu chí.
Shau tsít.
Chí mò.
Mò sming chí
Yat, túi shau.
Yat, chek, 'shau.
<Sám chek› 'shau.
"Tsó yau' 'shau.
<Shan choi 'shau.
Shuk, smái shau.
Tó ái shau.
'Só chu' 'shau.
Shíú ts'an 'shau.
{
6. Pai, formed of skin on the right of feet, means lameness in the feet; it is also used in
reference to other parts of the body: pai shau is the hand deprived of the power of muscular
motion.
7. Kün, considered etymologically, signifies the hand rolled up, i. e. the fist: t'au is an
idiomatic addition, serving to make the phrase more definite and euphonic.
18. Sám chek shau, three hands, denotes an expert thief, who employs one hand more than
is done by honest people.
21. This is used not only for drawing the hand back from any object or pursuit, but it also
designates the haud that is drawn back and is remaining idle.
22. T'6 lái shau, take and lead by the hand, is said of two persons walking hand in hand,
aschildren often do when playfully passing along in the street.
23. Só means a lock or to lock; chü denotes that the action is being effected, and that the
hands are already bound fast; the whole phrase, therefore, denotes being handcuffed.
24. Ts'an, like chü in the preceding phrase, denotes that the action has already taken ef-
fect, that the hand is in contact with the fire: ts'an shau is also used for one's own hand,
and sometimes it implies the whole arm, as shau alone frequently does.
Den gran que
SECT. 7.]
25. Good workmanship.
26. To beat the palm of
the hand.
27. To mark with the fin-
ger.
28. A beginner; or one just
entering upon a science.
29. Not yet commenced.
30. Crooked fingers.
31. Under the instep of
the foot.
32. The little toe.
33. The heel.
34. Wound the feet.
35. Pain in the knees.
36. To shake hands with
mutual joy.
37. To raise high with the
hand.
38. The extremities as
cold as ice.
39. Restore to the original
possessor.
40. Walking hand in hand.
41. To use much gesticu
lation.
42. Bear it in both hands.
THE FOUR LIMBS.
好​手勢
​打 ​1 板
​打​指模
​初學​手
​未​開​1
手指​攣
​脚板​堂
​脚​指​尾
​脚​睜​頭
​打​跛脚
​膝​頭痛
​握手​相
​1擎起
​四肢​冰冷
​交​還原​手
​携手​同行
​手舞足蹈
​兩手​捧住
​Hò shau shar.
Tá 'shau 'pán.
“Tá chí mò.
Ch'o bók, 'shau.
Mi hoi 'shau.
€1.5
25. This is said of any kind of work which is well executed by the hand: shai, power, skill,
beauty, here denotes the effect which is produced by the power of the hand.
27. To strike the finger's lines refers to a custom among the Chinese of daubing the tip of
the forefinger in ink, and making an impression of it upon the paper in connexion with the
signature of the writer, for the sake of greater security; this practice is observed only in impor-
tant documents, especially those relating to the purchase and sale of human beings. If the
striæ on the finger tips are in divergent lines, they are called ts'ám, a corn fan; if they are
convergent, and somewhat oval, around the little protuberance at the end of the finger, they
are called ló, a spiral univalve. When a careless servant drops a vessel, the indignant mis-
tress cries out, 'shau 'chí mò l6? have your fingers no shells? meaning that where the stria
are in ovals, a safer hold is supposed to be had of the article, because there are some of them
which turn up towards the tip of the finger.
31. Kéuk is the common word for feet used in conversation; in books and in elevated
style, tsuk is often used in its stead; pán is a flat board, tong is a hall; the two words denote
that part of the foot which is immediately under the instep: kéuk chéung, or kéuk pán, are
names for the bottom of the foot.
:
Shau chí dùn.
Kéuk, pán t'ong.
Kéuk, chíní.
Kéuk, cháng thau.
Tá ‹pai keuk›.
Sat t'au t'ung'..
Ak› 'shau ‹séung ‹fún.
Yat, shauking 'hí.
Sz” chí ping láng.
Háu wán sun shau.
Kwai ‘shau tung shang.
“Shau mú tsuk, tờ.
Léung 'shau 'fung chu'.
32. For the toes, as among us, there are no individual names, except for the great toe
which is called kéuk› 'chí ‹kung, and for the little one, named as above.
34. Pai is used here in a modified sense, denoting a severe bruising, but not sufficient to
destroy the feet or render them useless.
CHI. CHR.
17
66
[CHAP. II.
THE HUMAN BODY.
43. He is a very active
person.
44. With depending hands
he must stand and wait.
45. Procure the assistance
of another person.
46. He folds his hands
and waits for death.
47. Being hand-bound he
has no way to act.
48. He is indifferent to
those who are in distress.
49. Two partners in trade.
50. To make a display of
one's skill.
51. Succeeding according
to one's wishes.
52. He avails himself of
an experienced hand.
53. Counting by one's fin-
gers.
54. Very beautiful fingers.
55. Fingers like the ver-
nal shoots of bamboo.
56. The beginning of an
enterprise is difficult.
快手快腳
​垂​i侍立
​假​斂​束​袖​對​演​得
​假​1於​人
​斂 ​1 待​斃
​束 ​1 無策
​袖 ​1 傍​觀
​對​1夥計
​演​吓​手勢
​得心應手
​以資​熟​1
屈指​計算
​十指​纖纖
​指​如​春笋
​唔好​入手
​Fái shau fái' kéuk,.
Shui 'shau shí' lapɔ.
Ká 'shau ‹ü yan.
Líu ‘shau toi pai.
Ch'uk, 'shau smò ch'ák».
Tsau ‘shau spóng kín.
Túi shau đó kí.
'In ‘há 'shau shai’.
Tak, sam ying 'shau.
-1
$ĺtsz' shuk, 'shau.
Wat 'chi kai sün'.
Shap, 'chi ets'ím cts'ím.
“Chí si ch‘un sun.
s'M hò yap, 'shau.
43. Quick hands and quick feet, denotes one who is very active in the execution of what-
ever he undertakes.
44. This is said of the servant, child, or pupil, in attendance on his superior; his hands
must hang down straight, and in an erect attitude, he must stand near his superior, so that
he may readily hear and attend to his commands.
45. To borrow a hand from another, is to procure the assistance of others in the perfor-
mance of business.
46. This is said of one who, being in danger, ought to exert himself; but instead of so
doing, he merely folds his hands and waits for the calamity to overtake him.
47. His hands are bound and he is without ways and means for action; he is in circum-
stances where he can do nothing, however well disposed.
48. When one is in distress, or in any imminent danger, the person who happens to be
present at the moment, tsau shau sleeves his hands, or folds them up in his broad sleeves,
and looks on the sufferer without making any effort to succor him.
49. Fóki is a partner in business, a companion or comrade in the common pursuits of life,
excepting only those of a literary character: ki, in other phrases, is pronounced kai.
52. The capitalist, for instance, in establishing a commercial house, will endeavor, í tsz' to
avail himself of the services, or will intrust the management of the new house to, shuk shav
a ripe hand, one who has had experience in such business.
53. Bending down the fingers to count is common among the Chinese; as the person
counts one, he bends down the thumb, and thus proceeds till he reaches five, when all the fin-
gers are bent down; he then, proceeding on from six to ten, reverses the order, throwing open
one finger after another: if the number is above ten, the same process is repeated.
-
54, 55. Shap chí, ten fingers, is an idiomatic expression for the fingers; ts'im ts'im, small
small, denote what is fine and delicate, and are here descriptive of tapering and beautiful fin-
gers: ch'un sun expresses the same idea.
56. Yap shau, entering the hand, is the beginning of an undertaking; 'm hò denotes that
it is not easy, i. e. that it is beset with difficulties.
SECT. 7.]
67
THE FOUR LIMBS.
57. As easy as turning
over the hand.
58. More than can be num-
bered by the fingers.
59. He acts in great con-
fusion.
60. He stands a tiptoe in
expectation.
61. He is very swift on
foot.
62. Limbs and body are
very languid.
63. The hands and feet are
mutually dependent.
64. Dear to each other as
the hands and feet.
65. His feet are fettered,
and he is unable to advance.
66. He embraced her feet
and wept.
67. The inferior must not
tread on his superior's shadow.
68. As intimate as the
hands and feet.
69. I reside in the little
cottage.
70. He resides in the val-
lies of the mountain.
71. He comes to the river
to wash his feet.
72. Languor spread over
all the limbs.
73. To feel with the hand.
74. To cover the face with
the hand.
75. He impedes my pro-
gress.
易如反掌
​指​不勝​屈
​手忙脚亂
​兀​高​脚​望
​兩脚​如飛
​肢體​怠倦
​手足​相依
​1 足​至親
​裹足不前
​抱​足​而哭
​足​不​履​影
​情同手足
​小​廬​寄 ​1
深山​托 ​1
臨​流​濯​1
四肢​困​懈
​以​手​探​之
​以​1掩面
​拖​]帶​脚
​ü 'fán 'chéung.
“Chí pat, shing wat.
“Shau smóng kéuk, lun.
Ngat, chờ kéuk, móng.
'Léung kéuk, sü cfí.
Chí tai t‘oi kin.
'Shau tsuk› ‹séung ‹í.
Shau tsuk, chỉ tsan.
'Kwó tsuk, pat› ‹ts'ín.
'P'ò tsuk, í huk›.
Tsuk, pat› lí 'ying.
Ts'ing st'ung 'shau tsuk.
Síu lò kí tsuk).
Sham shán tók, tsuk,.
¿Lam slau chók, tsuk›.
Sz” chí kwan hái.
sf shau tám chí.
‹Í ‘shau 'ím mín².
T% shau tái kěuk).
58. Fingers not sufficient to bend down, denotes a number so large that it cannot be count-
ed by the fingers, in the manner stated above.
59. This is said of one who comes to his business in such a state of perturbation, that all
the motions of his hands and feet are made in confusion and disorder.
63, 64. Both of these phrases are intended to exhibit the relation of brothers: they are as
dependent on, and as dear to, each other, as the hands and feet.
65. Kw6 means to wrap up, to bandage; kwó tsuk denotes impediment of any kind which
prevents one from advancing rapidly: sch'ín kéuk, is the phrase used to express the act of
dressing the little foot of the females.
66. This is said of the little child, or of any one else, who in great distress throws himself
down and clings about the feet of another, weeping and begging for pardon or assistance.
67. It is deemed disrespectful for an inferior person of any grade, to tread on the shadow
of a superior.
68. The affection expressed here is nearly the same as that in No. 64, but the reference is,
not to brothers, but to friends.
69, 70. The first of these is said of one's self; into the little cottage I place my feet: the
second is said of a scholar or statesman who seeks retirement in the deep places among hills:
into the recesses of the mountains he throws his feet.
68
[CHAP. 11.
THE HUMAN BODY.
76. Embracing with both.
arms.
77. Transmitted from one
to another.
78. An unskillful work-
man.
79. Surely he cannot re-
side here.
80. Detained by the moon-
light.
81. Their feet are bound
with scarlet bands.
82. Lend a helping hand.
83.
Brothers are like
hands and feet.
84. The palm of one hand
laid on the back of the other.
85. Sitting down with the
hands holding the knees.
86. His hands and feet
have no place to rest.
87. He strikes as soon as
he speaks.
88. You may look at it, but
must not touch it.
89. Do not refuse to me
the thing I desire.
90. He has not yet com-
menced.
雙手​攬住
​上交​下手
​有的​手段
​斷​難​駐足
​明月​留​足
​赤​縯​繫​足
​助​一臂之力
​兄弟​如​手足
​手板​踏​1背
​1 抱膝​頭​坐
​1 足無所​措
​口​起手​就​起
​眼看​1勿​動
​莫​個​手勢
​唔​會​開 ​1 做
​Shéung shau lám chữ.
Shéung² káu há' 'shau.
Mò tí, ‘shau tun.
Tünnán chu² tsuk›.
Ming üt slau tsuk».
Ch'ik shing hai' tsuk›.
Chó yat, pí chí like.
Hing tai' u 'shau tsuk›.
Shau pán táp, ‘shau púi.
Shau 'p'd sat› ‹t'au tsó².
'Shau tsuk, mò 'shó ts'o'.
'Hau 'hí 'shau tsau' 'hí.
Ngán hón’ ‘shau mat, tung,
Mók, kó' shat, 'shau shai'.
'Msts'ang choi 'shau tsò',
75. He draws back my hands and my feet, is said by one who is hindered by a person
from making rapid advances.
76. Shau is here used for the arms: chu, as in No. 23, denotes action being performed: the
phrase is used to express the conduct of the affectionate child, in spreading out both hands
and throwing them around the neck of its beloved parent,
77. This may be used in various cases, where the idea is that of handing or transmitting
anything from a superior to an inferior, or from a predecessor to his successor.
78. Shau tün is nearly synonymous with shau shai in No. 25; mò tí without a bit-of skill,
an artificer who exhibits not the slightest degree of skill.
79. It is very hard to stop the feet, denotes the great difficulty one experiences in maintain-
ing even a temporary residence in any given place: it is a place in which he cannot reside.
80. The bright moon detains the feet, is said of one who, being abroad in the moonlight
with agreeable companions, is unwilling to return home.
81. Ch'ik shing is equivalent to hymeneal bands: like the phrase, "matches are made in
heaven," the words refer to the destiny which is supposed to bind certain parties so indissolu-
bly to each other, that in due time, come what may, they will be husband and wife. This
form of tsuk is an abbreviated one which frequently occurs.
84. This is descriptive of the idle manner of Budha, who is represented in images sitting
on the ground, with his hands before him, having the palin of the one on the back of the
other.
86. He has so much to do and is in such confusion, that he seems not to know what to do
with himself, i. e. he has no place to rest his hands and feet.
87. A word and a blow, and the blow comes first, is said by a servant of his passionate
master, who strikes even while he is telling him his faults.
89. Shau shai here denotes things or objects which one desires, and which he needs; he
therefore begs they may not be refused to him.
SECT. 7.]
69
THE FOUR LIMBS.
91. The golden lilies are
seen beneath the screen.
92. He holds my wrist,
[and prevents my action.]
93. He cannot move hand
or foot.
94. In the palm of the hand
to form strings of cash.
95. Passed from one hand
to another.
96. Both the palm and the
back of the hand are alike.
97. He lives from hand to
mouth.
98. Make motions with
your hands to let me know.
99. No one can tell when
we shall meet again.
100. Never act without
some motive.
101. Both hands and feet
are asleep.
102. Always busily em-
ployed at work.
103. He has lost an intimate
friend.
104. With the palm of his
hand he is able to destroy
men.
105. For transacting busi-
ness an experienced hand is
the best.
106. When the heart is
afraid, the hands and the feet
tremble.
簾​下​露​金蓮
​佢​拗​我​手​頸
​四肢​不能​舉
​手板​做​錢​串
​左手​交​右手
​手板​肉​手背​肉
​左手​右手​去
​打手​面​話​我​聽
​未​審​何時​握手
​手足​不可​妄動
​手​又​痺​脚​又​痺
​手​不停​脚​不住
​*
一​手足​朋友
​伸手​板​就​殺人
​辦事​不如​老手
​心驚​手脚​就​振
​Lím há² lò² kam lín.
K…ui áu ngó ‘shau heng.
Sz” chí pat, snang ki.
'Shau 'pán tso² ‹tsín ch'ün'.
“Tsó shau ‹káu yau' 'shau.
'Shau 'pán yukɔ, ‘shau púi’
yuk.
Tsó shau dai yau' 'shau
h'ü'.
“Tá ‘shau mín wá ‘ng
<ting.
Mí sham chó shí ak, shau.
Shau tsuk, pat, kó móng
tung”.
'Shau yau' pí' kéuk› yau² pí'.
'Shau pat t'ing kéuk, pat,
chü².
Shat› yat› 'shau tsuk› ‹p‘ang
'yau.
'Pí 'shau pán tsau' shát,
yan.
Pán sz" pat› ‹ü lò 'shau.
Sam king 'shau kéuk, tsau²
chan'.
91. Screen beneath appear the golden lilies: doors in China are usually defended by
screens suspended from the lintel, and hanging down nearly to the threshold; from behind
these screens the female inmates often seek to get a glimpse at those who are passing in the
streets, but in doing this they are liable to expose their "little feet," which are called golden
lilies.
94. This is the complaint of a man that he has no capital to commence business with;
what profit will there be in opening a shop, if I must string nothing but cash all day long?
95. This phrase is used in exchanging articles in barter or for money: when I deliver to
you the goods in one hand, I must receive their equivalent at the same time in the other.
96. To say, that the palm and the back of the hand are both fleshy, is to prevent the ex-
hibition of partiality in dispensing favors; both persons are alike worthy.
97. By the left hand it comes, by the right hand it goes: everything is expended and no
surplus remains from day to day.
99. No one can determine at what time we shall again grasp each other's hands: this is
said by friends when they are taking leave of each other.
100. The hands and feet should never move without some good design, for whenever in
motion, they are liable to do harm.
104. A faithless man, who never abides by his word, pishau pán, using the palm of his
hand for a sword, i. e. without any weapon, is able to kill men.
CHI. CHR. 18
70
[CHAP. II.
THE HUMAN BODY.
1. A very long neck.
2. A broad back.
Section Eighth.
THE COLLECTIVE PARTS OF THE BODY.
百​體​類​第八​章
​Pák tai lui; tai pát› ‹chéung.
3. Bones as naked as bil-
lets of wood.
4. Mucus and tears min-
gle and flow down together.
5. Bowels in disorder.
6. Bind up the hair and
take the book.
7. The hair is as white as
silver.
8. To beat the breast and
stamp the feet.
9. The hairs of the head
have become white.
10. The sinews and joints
are not yet come to maturity.
11. Engraved on my bones,
and inscribed on my heart.
好​長頸
​# # #
骨 ​瘦 ​如 ​柴
​涕淚​交流
​肚腹​不好
​朿​髮​受​書
​髮白​如​銀
​捶胸​頓足
​頭​毛​轉​白
​筋​節​未​足
​刻骨銘心
​Hò chéung ‘keng.
Púi tsek, fút,.
Kwat, shau’sử chái.
Tai lui káu lau.
Tò fuk, pat, hò.
Ch‘uk, fát, shau shi.
Fát› pák› ‹ü ‹ngan.
Ch‘ui chung tun’tsuk.
T'au mò 'chun pák,.
Kan tsít, mí tsuk.
Hák› kwat› ‘ming ‹sam.
Notes and Explanations.
PAK T'AI, the hundred [parts of the] body, are used to denote all the parts, external and
internal, considered collectively. In Honghi's Imperial Dictionary, t'ai is called a mansion,
having twelve departments, which are explained to be the bones, the flesh, the hairs, the
blood, &c., all arranged in order. The decimal numbers, ten, hundred, thousand, and my-
riad, are in frequent use among the Chinese to denote a certain set of things, or an indefinite
number collectively considered, or, as in some cases, to express the completeness of a thing
or action.
3, 4. These two phrases are descriptive of persons who have become emaciated, and are
suffering from intemperance.
*
5. This phrase often occurs in the provincial Court Circular, where it appears as the reason
given by an officer for asking leave of absence from his post of duty: to and fuk are nearly
synonymous terms for the belly.
6. This is said of the boy who has arrived at the age when he must, ch'uk fát have his hair
tied up in two little tufts on the top of his head, and, shau shü take in hand his books, i. e. .
it is time for him to commence going to school.
8. Under the pressure of extreme grief it is common among the Chinese, especially females,
to beat their breasts and stamp their feet.
10. Kan tsít are here used to denote the whole framework of the child's body, at an age
when the bones and muscles, &c., of the limbs have not become firm enough to enable it to
walk; it is still a tender infant.
11. The man who has received a favor from another, feeling unable to requite it, says he
will engrave it on his bones, and inscribe it on his heart.
•
SECT. 8.]
71
THE COLLECTIVE PARTS OF THE BODY.
12.. A firm and inflexible
disposition.
13. He is very honest and
faithful.
14. Violent anger will in-
jure the liver.
15. Bold and heaven-dar-
ing.
16. The lungs are affected
with disease.
17. The brains are run
out.
18. The contents of the
chest and of the abdomen.
19. Gray headed.
20. Do you not fear he
will pull out the roots of your
tongue?
21. The Adam's apple is
remarkably prominent.
22. The tears trickle down
upon his breast.
23. The heart beats con-
tinually.
24. Holding fast under the
arm.
25. Do not fear breaking
your ribs.
26. The shoulders are
higher than the ears.
27. The tears flow down
in streams.
28. The hair of the head is
all in confusion.
鐵石​心腸
​鐵膽​銅​肝
​怒氣​傷​肝
​膽大包天
​肺​家​受病
​腦漿​进出
​五腑​六​臟
​頭髮​花白
​唔怕​勾​利​根
​喉​欖​高​過頭
​珠​淚滴​胸膛
​心口​不歇​跳
​咖​噝​底​挾住
​唔怕​折​拼​骨
​膊頭​高​過​耳
​眼​水淋​淋漓
​頭髮 ​亂
​Tít, shek, sam ch‘éung.
Tít, tám stung chín.
No² hí' shéung ‹kón.
"Tám tái ‹páu stín.
Fai' ‹ká shau' peng'.
No tséung ping' ch'ut'.
s’Ng ‘fú luk, chóng”.
T'au fát, kán' ‹fá pák.
C
s'M p'á' kau lí' kan.
sHau lám chò kwo st‘au.
<Chu lui' tik, chung st'óng.
Sam ‘hau pat, hít tíu.
Ká
Ká» lák, tai kíp, chữ.
s’M phá chít p‘eng kwat).
Pók, t'au kò kwó' í.
Ngán shui slam slam slí.
T'au fát, lap, lap, lün'.
12, 13. These have nearly the same sense, each being applied to persons of high integrity
and great firmness: they denote a character like that of the Indian chief, described in the
following couplet :
"Like monumental bronze, firm and unmov'd his look,
A heart that pity touch'd, but never shook.”
15. Gall so large as to encircle the heavens, is a common phrase used to designate a per-
son of great boldness.
18. 'Ñg fú and luk chóng are very often used to denote the whole of the internal parts of
the body, all that is contained both in the chest and abdomen.
20. There is allusion here to the supposed king of hades, and the question is put to one
who speaks without any regard to the truth: talking so, are you not afraid of sinking to hades,
and having your tongue hooked out by its king? Li kan are the roots of the tongue; lí is the
colloquial term in use to denote the tongue, and this character is used to express the sound.
22. Hung is the usual term for the breast; tổng added to it renders the phrase more
definite.
23. Sam hau the heart, pat does not, hít cease, tíú to leap; it beats incessantly-said of a
person under the excitement of fear.
24. Ká lák tai is the hollow place under the shoulder, the armpit; kíp chi holding fast
under the arm; the term by which the armpit is here designated is a vulgar one, and is writ-
ten with other characters as well as these.
25. This is said by way of reproof and admonition to one who seems reluctant to work,
if he were afraid of breaking his ribs.
as
:
72
[CHAP. II.
THE HUMAN BODY.
}
29. The malady has pene-
trated even into the marrow
of his bones.
30. His back is very stiff.
31. His heels are bruised
by excessive walking.
32. By three blows of the
bamboo to break the skin.
33. Peel off your skin and
make a drum of it to beat
upon.
34. The skin is extremely
rough.
35. Do not insult a gray-
headed man.
36.To shave the head in or-
der to remove vexatious cares.
37. His breast is devoid of
all solid learning.
38. There is no fixed pur-
pose in his breast.
39. Not lost a single hair.
40. Both cheek bones are
very high.
41. Aged men's bones are
weak.
42. In young persons the
bones are strong.
43. Singleness and since-
rity of heart.
44. One who is very bold
can kill robbers.
45. The heart is in the
iniddle of the body.
46. Green is related to
wood, and affects the liver.
壞​到​入骨髓
​背脊​實​係​硬
​行​爛​脚​睜​皮
​三​板​打開​皮
​剝皮​捫​鼓​打
​皮膚​粗​到​極
​莫 ​白髮​人
​削髮​除​煩惱
​胸中​無​實​學
​胸中​無​定見
​唔​失​一條​毛
​兩拳​骨​太高
​年老​筋骨​衰
​年少​好​骨力
​- 副​熱心腸
​大膽​殺得​賊
​心​在​身​之中
​青​屬​木​入肝
​Wai' to' yap, kwat› 'sui.
Púi tsek, shat, hai ngáng”.
Háng lán kéuk, cháng
sp'í.
Sám pán tá choi sp'í.
Mók, spí smún kú tá.
P'í fú cts'ò to' kik₂,
Mók₂ chí pák, fát› syan.
Sénk, fát, schü ‚fán nò.
Hung chung smò shat, hók .
Hung chung smò ting
kín.
с
'M shat, yat, st¹íú smò.
Léung sk'ün kwat, t'ai' kò.
sNín ślò kan kwat, shui.
Nín shíứ hò kwat lik..
Yat, fứ ít, sam ch‘éung.
Tái tám shát, tak, ts áh
Sam tsoi shan chí chung,
Ts'ing shuk muk yapı
<kón,
29. This is said of one who has become exceedingly debased, the evil having entered into
the very marrow of his bones,
32. Pán a board, refers to the long and heavy bamboo, which is used in beating criminals;
it is not unusual for the person appointed to inflict this punishment, to receive money in
order to secure a light use of the bamboo; otherwise it is expected that, sám pán by three
blows of it, the skin of the criminal will be beaten off.
33. I will peel off your skin and stretch it on a drum head, to beat upon-as if it were a
cow's hide this is said in anger, and to intimidate.
36. By shaving off the hair of the head, as persons often do in China, when they wish to
enter the monasteries, they imagine that they will be enabled, chu to remove, fán nd their
vexatious cares.
38. Kin is frequently used in the sense of purpose, and ting kin is a fixed purpose: mò
there is none, hung chung in the breast: the man has no decision of character.
43. Yat fú denotes several parts combined so as to form one whole; it, fervid, ardent, in a
secondary sense signifies sincerity; sam ch'eung the mind: the inind single and sincere.
46-50. The 'ng shik, the 'ng hang, and the 'ng fu are here combined in a manner which
may assist the memory; but it is not easy to understand how the five colors are related to the
five elements [Chap. I. Sec. iii: 34.], or in what manner they affect the five viscera.
SECT. 8.]
73
THE COLLECTIVE PARTS OF THE BODY.
47. Red is related to fire,
and affects the heart.
48. Yellow is related to
earth, and affects the spleen.
49. White is related to me-
tal, and affects the lungs.
50. Black is related to wa-
ter, and affects the kidneys.
51. His personal appear-
ance is extremely fine.
52. He is fond of quietude,
and averse to moving about.
53. A most beautiful coun-
tenance.
54. It is difficult to find a
person so dignified.
55. In his demeanor he is
more graceful than other men.
56. In excellence and ele-
gance perfectly complete.
57. Neither a very fat nor
a very lean man.
58. His face begins to be
furrowed with age.
59. A homely face will
insure a good fortune.
60. The pockmarks are
marks of beauty.
61. The whole face is co-
vered with black spots.
62. No traces of him are
left behind.
63. To subdue men by
strength is the rule of force.
64. Its shadow even I have
not yet seen.
65. He walks as haughtily
as if he would tread men un-
der his feet.
黃​屬​土​入脾
​白​屬​金人​肺
​黑​屬​水​入​腎
​佢​容貌​極好
​好​靜​不好​動
​了​不得​清秀
​難得​咁​莊重
​形容​勝過​人
​眞​盡善​盡美
​不​肥​不​瘦人
​面皮​起皺​咯
​醜​樣​必​好命
​痘​皮​痘​得​值
​面​都​係​蔴​麥
​佢​踪跡​唔​留​的
​以​力​服人​者​霸
​影​都未​會​見過
​推倒​人​咁​豪氣
​Ch'ik shuk 'fó yap, ‹sam.
Wong shuk, 't'ò yap½ sp'í.
C
Pák, shuk, ‹kam yap fai'.
Hak, shuk, 'shui yap, shan'.
K‘ui yung máu kik, hồ.
Hờ tsing pat, hờ tung.
'Líú pat› tak› ‹ts'ing sau'.
kom'
Nán tak,
chóng
chung”.
Ying syung shing' kwo'
yan.
Chan tsun shin' tsun mi.
Pat, fi pat› shau' yan.
Mín' sp'í chí tsau' lók,.
Ch‘au yéung? pít, “hò nung.
Tau' sp'í tau² tak› ts'íú`.
Yat, mín to hai má maką.
'K'ui ‹tsung tsik› 'm dau tikɔ.
Í lik, fuk, syan ‘ché pá´.
'Ying to mí ts' ang kin'
kwo.
Túi tò syan kém” chò hí.
.
52. Tsing and tung, rest and motion, are opposites: hò, good, by a change of intonation
becomes a verb, and means to esteem good, to be fond of, or to love.
53. Liúpattak is nearly equivalent to shatshau, Chap. I. Sec. i: 7; tsing clear, sau bloom-
ing; superlatively clear and beautiful.
55. Ying, form, shape; yung, manner, carriage; the two united denote conduct, demeanor;
his form and manner rise above and overpass other men.
56. Truly consummately excellent and consummately good, may be said of either men or
things, which are of superior excellence.
59, 60. Yeung, fashion or manner, here denotes the face; the phrase is used to console
one who has a homely bride: the second phrase is similar, implying that the esteem for a
person is so great and sincere, that his deformities, in the estimation of his friend, become
marks of real beauty.
63. Fuk yan is to subdue men, or to keep them in a subdued state: the Chinese have two
modes of doing this; one is the rule of reason, about which they vaunt theirselves so highly,
the other is that described above.
64. Ying may refer to person or persons as well as to things: I have not only not seen the
thing or person, but even so much as the shadow thereof, not yet has been seen-by me.
CHI. CHR.
19
74
[CHAP. IⅢ.
THE HUMAN BODY.
66. Every enterprise de-
pends on human energy.
67. When aman ceases to
breathe, then he dies.
68. A man gapes because
he is sleepy.
69. His tears flow up over
his forehead.
70. One sneezes because
he has taken cold.
71. Do not laugh at those
who are poor.
72. The calls of the rich
are quickly answered.
73. Long whiskers render
a person hateful.
74. Able to recognize per-
sous by their tones of voice.
75. Nothing is more fear-
ed than empty purses.
76. You must brace up
your chin when you talk.
77. The heart is the resi-
dence of divine intelligence.
78. Why regret a hair's
expense.
79. A single hair even was
not left.
80. Do not bequeath [to
hiı] a single hair.
81. The mouth has honey,
the belly has a sword.
82. A shameful affair is
called a sweaty countenance.
83. I do not fear pulling
out a single hair.
84. To be so pressed as to
burn the eyebrows.
全​凴​個​點​精神
​呼吸​停​則​氣​斷
​打​喴​嚕​係​眼​瞓
​流淚​流​上​額頭
​打​乞​痴​係​冷​着
​切勿​笑​人​貧窮
​發財​呼喚​就​靈
​胡​連​鬚​个人​懨
​聽​聲​就​認得​人
​最怕​腰​頭​無錢
​托住​下​至​講
​心​為​神明​之​舍
​何​惜​一​毛​之​費
​1
Ts'uns p'ang kó' tím ctsing
sshan.
〈Fú hap, string tsak, h' tin’.
Tá hám lờ hai ngán
fan'.
¿Lau lui² ‹lau ‘shéung ngák,
st'au.
Tá hat, ch'í hai láng
chéuk2.
Tsít, mat, síu syan span
sk'ung.
Fát sts'oi cfú fún'tsau² sling.
sÚ slín ‹sü ling² syan ím'.
Ting'shing tsau²yan?tak,
Tsu’p'a' cáú st'au smò sts'ín.
syan.
Tók, chii? há² spéá chí
'kóng.
Sam wai sshan sming chí
shé'.
Hó sik,yat,smò chí fail.
条​毛​都​冇​剩
​勿​遺​下​一條​毛
​口​有​蜜​腹​劍
​事​可​愧​日​汗顏
​拔​一​毛​何畏​焉
​以​應​燃眉之急 ​íying sín mí chí kap.
Yat› st'íú smò ‹tò mò shing'.
Mat swai há?yat, st'íú smò.
Hau Syau mit, fuk, Syau
kim'.
Sz" 'hó, kwai' üt hón'
sngán.
Pát: yat,smò shó wa'sín.
69. This is said of the truant boy, who, on being reproved, gives feigned tokens of sorrow;
he sheds " dry tears.'
""
73. Ling yan im, cause men to dislike-those who have them; i. e. those who have long
whiskers, cause themselves to be disliked; this expression is very applicable to this people, in
whom the whiskers become, if allowed to grow, merely a patch of coarse, straggling hairs,
worthy of being disliked.
74. This is said appropriately of blind persons, who are remarkable for recognizing people
from the tones of their voice.
75. I'ú is the waist or loins, and t'au is added merely for euphony: around their loins the
Chinese wear a girdle, having a small pouch or wallet suspended from it in front, which
serves them for purses: the sentence is literally, most feared loins head no money.
76. This admonition is addressed to the willful or malicious liar; he must have recourse to
this precautionary measure, else he will be in danger of losing his chin.
80. To a lazy spendthrift, nothing ought to be bequeathed, for it will be worse than useless.
83. A man who is rich and well established in business does not mind the trifling losses
which may happen to him; he is able to sustain exactions and mishaps.
84. This phrase is used by a man who is in great need of money, and is obliged to apply
for a loan; he wants the assistance as much as he requires a pair of eyebrows.
ܕ
75
SECT. 8.]
THE COLLECTIVE PARTS OF THE BODY.
85. As if they had seen his
inmost thoughts.
86. The eyebrows will not
retain a [grain of] sand.
87. All things occur ac-
cording to a fixed allotment.
88. The secretions ceas-
ing, the measure of life ter-
minates.
89. The animal spirits are
the gift of heaven; the bones
and joints are from the earth.
90. A beautiful person has
her cheeks red as the almond
flower, mouth like the peach's
bloom,waist slender as the wil-
low leaf, eyes bright as autum-
nal ripples, and footsteps like
the flowers of the water lily.
91. I beg to ask why the
human body is called a mi-
crocosm.
In reply it may be stated:
the circuit of the heavens has
three hundred and sixty di-
visions (or degrees); the
human frame has also three
hundred and sixty divisions:
in the heavens are stars and
constellations, with the sun
and moon; in man also are
the heart, liver, spleen, and
lungs: hence he is called lit-
tle heaven and earth, &c. &c.
如​見其​肺​肝​然
​眼眉​唔​藏​得​沙
​萬事​聽從​命​跌
​津液​竭​命​數​終
​精神​者​天​之​分
​骨骸​者​地​之​分
​美人​稱​紅杏​臉
​櫻桃​口​楊柳​腰
​秋波​眼​蓮花​步
​請問​人身​何以
​稱為​小天地
​答曰​週天​三百
​:十​度​人身​骨
​節​亦​三百​六十
​度​天​有​星辰​日
​月​於​其中​人​亦
​有​心肝​脾肺​於
​其​内​故名​之​曰
​小天地​云云
​:
‚Ü kín' sk'í fai' ‹kón sín.
Ngán smí sảm chóng tak,
<shá.
Mán² sz" <t'ing stsung ming'
títs.
Tsun yat, kit, ming' shò'
chung.
Tsing sshan ché tín chí
fan; kwat shoi ché tí? cchí
<fan.
'Mí syan ch'ing shung hing'
slím, ying st'ò Chau,syéung
lau cíú, ts*au cpó Śngán:
slín fá pò?.
'Ts'ing man' ¿yan ‹shan ‹hó
í ch'ing swai ‘síú ‹t'ín tí².
Táp út): chau tín sáu
pák, luk: shape tò?; syan
〈shan kwat, tsit, yike csáin
pák, luk, shap: tò? ; t'ín Syau
<sing shan yatɔ ütɔ ‹ü şk'i
cchung; syan yike yau sam,
‹kón, sp'í, faï', ‹ü ‚k'í noi' ;
hứ ming chí üt, síu tín
t², swan, swan.
85. Here there had been, it is supposed, an opportunity for the person in question to show
out without restraint his whole character; hence those around him knew him as well as if
they had seen his inmost parts.
90. These are a few of the metaphors used by the Chinese to describe beauty; the figure
of autumnal ripples alludes to the dancing reflection of the sun upon a ruffled lake; the im-
pression of the small foot of a Chinese lady in the path is supposed to resemble the flowers of
the water lily.
91. This is one of several reasons, which the Chinese give for comparing man to the uii-
verse. Wan, wan, saying, saying, at the close, is equivalent to &c., &c.
}
THE KINDRED RELATIONS.
親​誼​篇​三
​Ts'an
í²;
.p'ín
.sám.
1. Pray sit down; (says the
host, to whom his friend res-
ponds,)
Pray sit down.
2. What is your honorable
surname? (asks the guest.)
雙親​類​第 ​章
​Sheung ts'an lui; tai yat› ‹chéung.
My humble surname is
Lau; (replies the host.)
3. Is your honored father
well?
CHAPTER III.
My father is very well, I
thank you.
4. Is your honored father
at home?
Section First.
OF PARENTS.
1
請坐
​請坐
​ALA
尊​姓​呀
​小​姓劉
​尊大人​納福​嗾
​家父​藉​福
​"Ts'ing tsó'.
"Ts'ing tsó'.
<Tsün sing' a'? .
'Síú sing' Lau,
Tsün tai syan náp, fuk› ‹é?
Ká fú² tsik, fuk».
合​尊​在家​唔​在 ​Ling tsin tsoi cká 'm
‹ká
tsoi??
Notes and Explanations.
TS'AN 1, used as a phrase, comprehends all the relations which are constituted by blood,
marriage, adoption, &c. T's'an near or akin; í what is suitable for man, order, friendship; the
two terms include all who are near and dear-the kindred relations.
or.
1. This conversation may be supposed to occur between the master of a house and a visit-
The latter happens to call at the residence of the former, in company with a friend.
After the ceremonies of introduction are finished, the master of the house requests his new
friend to sit down, which he does, at the same time requesting his host to sit down also:
Both being seated,
2. The visitor, leading the conversation, asks, honorable surname eh? The host replies,
Mean surname is Lau. Sing refers to the name of the family: my surname, or the name of
my family, is Lau. With the Chinese it is deemed polite for strangers, on meeting, to in-
quire for each other's names and surnames: inquiry for the latter is always made first.
3. Does the honorable great man enjoy happiness? The family's father, tsik has borrow-
ed, fuk happiness; i. e. he derives health and happiness from your favor, for which I have to
thank you.
I
i
SECT. 1.]
77
OF PARENTS.
He has gone abroad and
has not yet returned.
5. What is the age of your
honored and aged father?
He has vainly passed eigh-
ty years.
6. So old, and yet gone
abroad!
He is compelled to do so in
order to gain a livelihood.
7. Oh, you speak in too
humble terms, for your honor-
ed father is very affluent
indeed!
He affluent were he like
you, sir, then truly he would
be well off.
8. You speak in too hum-
ble terms, for your aged fa-
ther is very strong and robust.
Of late he lias been rather
feeble and infirm.
9. When you see your
mother, I will thank you to
present to her my compli-
ments.
She is unworthy to receive
[such honor].
10. I must now beg to take
my leave and return home.
Good bye.
家父​出外​未​回
​尊翁​今年​貴庚
​家父​虚度​八十
​咁​尊​誠​重​出外
​為​口​奔馳​呀
​好話​你​合​優
​優​有餘​嘅​咯
​邊​得​如​尊駕​咁
​就好​吱
​好話​你​老人家
​就​究​壯健​咯​噃
​近日​都​帶​睜​咯
​合​壽​堂​處​代​我
​話聲​請安
​唔敢​當
​我​告辭​畨​去​咯
​請​呀
​‹Ká fú² ch'ut› ngoì² mí² ¿úi.
Tsin yung kam snín kwai
‹kang?
Ká fứ ch‘i tờ pát, shap,.
Kóm tsun shing, chung
ch‘ut, ngoi !
Wai' 'hau ‹pan ¿ch'í á'.
'Hd wá'; 'ní ling' tsun ‹yau
‹yau ‘yau ‹ü ké lók, !
‹Pín tak! ‹ü ‹tsün ká' kóm
tsau hò chí.
'Hò wá²; £ní ³lò ¿yan ‹ká tsau²
kau chóng kén lók, pó.
Kan’ yat, tò tái chang lók..
Ling shau stóng ch‘i toi
ngó wá' shing 'ts'ing ‹ón.
M 'kóm tong.
Ngó hờ stsz fán hư lok.
Ts'ing á'.
4. Excellency's honorable in the house, not in? Ling is here applied to the person ad-
dressed, and tsün is used for his father: is your father at home?
5. The honorable aged this year [has what] rich age? Family's father, h'ü in vanity, hast
passed eighty years.
6. So old, yet gone abroad! Tsün has here the sense of venerated; shing is honest, and
hence aged: so venerable and so aged! considering the two terms as combined, they convey
the single idea of aged. Wai hau for the mouth, pan chi running hither and thither.
7. The guest tells his host that he is too modest; by abasing yourself and your father, you
reflect too much honor on me; for your honored father, yau yau, yau i is rich rich, having
ü
an overplus. Pín tak, literally, where get it? tsün ká is applied by the host as a term of res-
pect to his friend and visitor.
8. Kau means to investigate, to carry to the utmost extreme; hence, the sense in which it
is here used, very-very strong and robust: chang (often pronounced cháng,) denotes the
heels; the phrase, tò tai chang, only can drag the heels, is descriptive of the infirm person
who is scarcely able to lift his feet from the floor; and as he walks, therefore, can inerely
drag one foot along after the other.
9. Excellent longevity hall place, for me speak sound wish repose: ladies in China are
seldom present at the interviews of friends; any reference to them must be made through their
husbands, brothers, fathers, or sons: the son, answering for his mother, says, 'm kóm tóng,
cannot presume to receive-such unmerited honor.
10. I announce departure return go away; in this connection, kò has the sense of to beg,
in the language of courtesy.
CHI. CHR. 20
78
[CHAP. III.
THE KINDRED RELATIONS.
Good bye.
11. My father commands.
12. My father does not
believe.
13. The orders of my mo-
ther.
14. Orders received from
my repected mother.
15. Is you papa well?
16. Your father is willing.
17. My father's eyes are
dim.
18. No one knows a son
so well as his father.
19. Indulgent mothers
spoil most of their children.
20. Papa, do not listen to
his deceitful words.
21. Your deceased father's
good name still remains.
22. The grave of a father
[whose surname was] Wóng.
23. Filial respect and obe-
dience are due to papa.
24. The years of papa.
complete a full cycle.
25. His father is very af-
fectionate.
26. When will papa al-
ter his place of residence?
27. Your honored father's
handwriting.
28. Your father gives his
consent.
請​呀
​家​嚴​吩咐
​父親​唔信
​家慈​之​命
​承​嚴​慈​命
​你​阿爸​好呀
​老太爺​情願
​老人家​眼​盹
​知子​莫若​父
​慈母​多​敗​兒
​爹爹​勿​聽​讒言
​先君​威名​尚在
​黃​公​府君​之​墓
​阿​鬐​本​應​孝順
​阿爺​年​登​花甲
​佢​老子​實​守​慈
​阿爹​幾時​遷居
​合​尊大人​筆跡
​老太君​肯​嘅​咯
​"Ts'ing á'.
Ká sím fan fu.
Fúts'an s'm sun'.
Ká sts‘7’ chí ming.
Shing sim sts'z' ming'.
Ní á pá hò cá ?
'Lò ta'i' syé sts'ing ün'.
Lò syan cká ngán tun.
Chí 'tsz' mók, yéuk, fú².
¿Ts'z' 'mò ctó pái² sí.
Té té mat, t'ing' sts'ám sín.
Sín kwan waisming
shéung' tsoi².
S
Wong kung 'fú ekwan chi
mò².
A ché pún ying háu'
shun².
A” syé snín ctang ‹fá káp».
}
K'ui lò 'tsz' shat 'shau
sts'z'.
A té kí sshí ¿ts'ín kü?
Ling² ctsin táil syan pat,
tsik..
Lò tái chwan hang ké
lók..
11, 12. Ká ím family's majesty; im denotes what is stern and majestic; the phrase de-
notes ny father, and is equivalent to fú ts¹an; the former is deemed the most elegant, but the
latter is the most common.
13, 14. Ká ts'z' family's loving-one, i. e. the mother of the family, my mother; the word
ts'z' means that affection and carefulness which a mother is supposed always to feel towards
her offspring, and in this sense it is also applied to the care which animals take of their young.
The other sentence, received respected loving-one's orders, is a more formal phrase, where
{m indicates the respect which is due to one's mother.
17. Ld yan ká may be applied to one's own father, or to the father of a second or third
person; the former use is the most frequent.
19. Indulgent mothers, to in a great majority of instances,-say eight in ten, more or less,-
spoil their children.
21. The former prince's awe-bearing name still remains: sín kwan is used to denote the
deceased father of one to whom you are speaking; the phrase may also be used in reference
to the deceased father of a third person, and it is employed by a son when writing or speak-
ing of his deceased parent.
28. Ld t'ái kwan, and lò t'ái yé (No. 16,) are applied to the father of the person address-
ed; they may also be applied to a third person's father.
¡
1
SECT. 1.]
79
OF PARENTS.
29. My father's illness is
not yet overcome.
30. My father has been
gone a long time.
31. Your father has alrea-
dy promised.
32. My father has not
been out for a long time.
33. Your mother wishes it
to be in this manner.
34. How long since your
mother's decease?
35. My mother's strength
is gradually decreasing.
36. My mother's sorrows
are great beyond measure.
37. I beg my honored mo-
ther will excuse me.
38. It was done by your de-
ceased father before he died.
39. It was never seen by
your deceased mother.
49. Congratulating your
mother on the anniversary
of her birthday.
41. Her ladyship is enjoy-
ing very excellent health.
42. (a) Among the Sa-
cred Commands is this, 'Be
zealously filial and fraternal,
and so give due weight to
man's relations.'
(b) Our sacred predeces-
sor, the august emperor Pi-
ous, during a reign of sixty-
one years, imitated his ances-
tors and honored his parents,
with unbounded dutifulness.
He published, under impe-
rial authority, a work enti-
家​嚴​病體​未愈
​家​君​去​了​好​而
​你​老頭​應承​嘅
​老父​冇​出​好耐
​令​壽​堂​愛​咁​樣
​老太​安​過幾​耐
​母親​年​力​漸​衰
​家母​憂思​過度
​母親​大人​寬宥
​合​考​先​時​做過
​令​她​未曾​見過
​老​安人​處​祝壽
​老太太​好​壯健
​聖諭​云​敦​孝弟
​以​重人​倫
​我​聖​祖仁皇​帝
​臨御​六十​一年
​法​祖​尊親​孝思
​不​匱​欽​定​孝經
​Ká sím ping? tai mí u.
.Ká kwan hư líu hò nơi.
*Ní lò stau ying sshing kể .
*Lò fứ mò ch‘ut, hò nơi.
Ling? shau stóng oi kóm
yeung'.
Lò tái còn kwó kí nơi ?
*Mò sts'an snín lik, tsim
<shui.
Ká mò yau szkwó tờ.
Mò «tsan tái syan fún
yau2.
Ling 'hau ‹sín shí tsò'
kwo.
Ling pí mí stsang kín’
kwo.
Lò cón syan ch'ü' chuk,
shau².
Lò tái tái hò chóng
kín”.
Shing' Yü² swan, ‹Tun háu’
tai', 'í chung yan slun.
I
Ngó shing” “tsò, syan swóng
tai', slam yü² luk, shap, yat,
snín, fát, sò tsun sts an
háu' «sz' pat, kwai'. Yam
30. Ká kwan, like ká fú, is for the most part used to designate one's own father; the fa-
mily's prince, i. e. my father.
31. Lò t'au old head, and lò ts'z' old child (No. 25), are both used to denote father; wheth-
er it be my father, your father, or his father, may usually be determined by the connection
in which the terms occur.
34. Lð tái ón differs from ling shau t'ống only in this, that the former is used in reference
to the person both while living and when dead.
It
42. Shing Yü is the title of a book, usually published in two small volumes, octavo.
contains sixteen injunctions or commands, written by Honghí, each containing seven cha-
racters, arranged as in the one here given.
(a) Tun zealously perform, háu tai the filial and fraternal duties, in that way or thereby.
chung give weight to, yan hum men's relative duties. (Chap. I. Sec. iii: 48.)
-
(b) Yungching, the son and successor of Honghí, in order to give more weight to his fa-
ther's commands, wrote short explanatory treatises on each of them, enforcing the duties in-
culcated; the number of characters in each is given at the end of it; the first contains six
hundred and thirty-two, of which about one third are here introduced.
80
[CHAP. III.
THE KINDRED RELATIONS.
tled, 'An Exposition of the
Treatise on Filial Duty,'
wherein the text of this clas-
sical work is fully explained,
and its doctrinal principles
are distinctly unfolded. His
simple design was to govern
the empire by the influence
of filial piety. Hence, of the
sixteen commands of his sa-
cred majesty, the first relates
to the filial and fraternal du-
ties, as the source of all those
principles which he would
inculcate.
(c) We, having received
the high imperial trust, and
reflecting on the admonitions
of times past, will fully ex-
plain the meaning of his in-
structions, by unfolding in
the first place the doctrines of
filial and fraternal duties.
These we promulgate, sol-
diers and people, for your im-
provement.
(e) Do those, who are un-
dutiful, never consider the
heartfelt love of their parents
衍​義​一​書​衍​釋
​經文​義理​詳​貫
​無非​孝​治​天下
​之​意​故​聖諭​十
​六條​首​孝弟
​開​其​端
​朕​丕​承​鴻業​追
​維​往​訓​推廣​立
​教​之​思​先​申​孝
​弟​之​義​用​是​與
​爾​兵​民​人​等​宣
​示​之
​(d) Now filial duty is a fix-
夫​孝​者​天​之​經
​ed law of heaven, a universal
principle of earth, and a duty 地​之​義​民​之​行
​obligatory on all people.
也
​人​不知​孝​父母
​獨​不​思​父母​愛
​ting², Háu' King In I,
yat, shu; 'ín shik, king
sman lists'éung kún'.
.Mò fí háu chỉ tín há
chí 1. Kú', shing' yü²
shap, luk, t'íú, 'shau í háu'
tai², <hoi sk'í ‹tün.
Cham', 'p'í sshing shung ip›,
<chui 'wai 'wong fan', <t'ui
kwóng lạp, káo chí s2,
‹sín ‹shan háu' tai² ‹chí í².
Yung² shí² ü í ‹ping ‹man
syan tang, sun shí chí.
1
sFú háu ‘ché, tín chí híng
tí chí 1, sman chí hang
sya.
sYan pat chí háu fú ‘mò,
tuk, pat> <sz' fú² mò, oi'
Ngó is used like our, in such phrases as our ancestors, or rulers. Shing tsd yan wóng tai is
an honorary title, which was given to Hónghí after his demise by his imperial son; it is
called the miú² ho², the temple designation, because it is recorded in the temple of ancestors.
Lam is to superintend, to look down upon, or to come down to in order to govern; yü con-
nected with it, has a similar meaning: the two joined are equivalent to holding the reigns of
supreme government, directing the helm of state.
Yam denotes that the business, whatever it may be with which it is connected, is done by
imperial authority: ting has here more than its primary sense to fix; it means to make, to
publish. For Háu King, see Chap. I, Sec. iii: 66, în í, unfolding the meaning, is used as a part
of the title of the book, denoting commentary or exposition; yat shu one volume: king man
is the text, as distinguished from comments.
Mò fi in no other way than, háu by the influence of filial duty, chí to govern, tín há the
empire, chí í this intention, i. e. his intention was nothing more nor less than that of govern-
ing the whole empire through the influence of filial duty.
(c) Cham is the imperial We, the word which denotes the emperor, and is applied to no
other person; it occurs only in documents where the emperor speaks of himself, and cor-
responds to the use of the plural number by westeru potentates. Yung shi using these [in-
structions of Honghí], i to, í ping man yan tang you soldiers and people, sün shí chí we pro-
inulgate them for your improvement.
ü
SECT. 2.]
81
OF ANCESTORS.
towards them as children?
At that time when they were
yet in their mother's arms,
unable to feed themselves if
hungry, or to put on clothes
if cold, it was their parents,
who judged for them by their
tones of voice and the expres-
sions of their countenan-
ces; -who were rejoiced by
their smiles, and grieved by
their cries ; and who, when
their children began to walk,
followed them every step;
and when sick, took neither
sleep nor food: thus nourish-
ing and educating them.
When arrived at manhood,
then also, to provide them
wives and to secure them a
livelihood, they carefully con-
sidered a hundred expedients,
exhausting for them all their
thoughts and strength. The
goodness of parents is, in-
deed, unbounded as the high
heavens!
1
子​之​心​乎​方​其
​未​離​懷抱​饑​不
​能​自​哺​寒​不能
​自​衣​為​父母​者
​審​音​聲​察​形色
​笑​則為​之​喜​啼
​則為​之​憂​行動
​則​跬​步​不離​疾
​痛​則​寢食​俱​廢
​以​養​以​敎​至於
​成人​復​為​授​家
​室​謀​生理​百計
​經營​心力​俱​瘁
​父母​之​德​實​同
​昊天​罔​極
​7
(e) Tuk pat sz? only not consider; while they regard everything else, how is it that they
neglect only this one? that is, father and mother loving son's heart. The particle ú marks
the interrogation.
Fong
'tsz' chí sam sú?
sk'í mí² ‹lí swái sp'ò, ‹kí pat›
snang tsz: cpò, shón páts
snang tsz”, wai fú? mò
ché shan yam shing chát,
sying shik,; síú? tsak, swai
chí hí; st‘ai tsak, swai chỉ
cyau; shang tung² tsak, wá
pò? pat, slí; tsat, t'ung' tsak:
'ts'am shik, k'ü fai'; í
Syéung í káu². Chi' Sü
sshing syan, fuk, swai shau:
〈ká shat, mau shang í,
pák, kai᾿cking sying, sain
‹k'ü
lik, ch‘ü sui. Fú ‘mà ch
tak,, shat, st‘ung hờ chín
móng kik !
Section Second.
OF ANCESTORS.
高​會​祖​類​第二​章
​Kò tsang tsò luil; tail ? cchéung.
1. What is your lofty sur-
| 高​姓​呀
​Kò sing' á'?
name, Sir?
My poor surname is 賤​姓​黄​駕​上​呢 ​Tsin' sing' Wóng... Ká
Wóng..... And your's, Sir?
shéung? cní?
}
Notes and Explanations.
Kò, tsang, and tsò, denote the three generations in a direct line, immediately above
我
​one's own father, as will appear in the sequel, and as already stated in Chap. I, Sec. iii: 45.
1. This conversation may be supposed to occur between two strangers. One, on entering
CHI. CHR. 21
82
THE KINDRED RELATIONS.
[CHAP. III.
2. Léung And how,
Sir, is your great-great-grand-
father?
...o
He is deceased.
3. Where is your great-
grandfather?
He has returned home
with my grandfather.
4. Are they both well?
Very well, I thank you.
5. What honorable pur-
suits now engage their atten-
tion at home?
They are living in quiet
retirement.
6. Ah truly, it is delightful
to dwell in calm retirement !
How old are they?
My great-grandfather is
eighty-eight, and my grand-
father is nearly seventy.
** $ 2↑ ALéung á'! Tsün ká' ling?
TO VE
‹ní.
高祖​過​身​咯
​會​祖​呢
​會​祖​共​祖​鄉​旋
​Kò 'tsò kwó' ‹shan lók,.
Tsang tsò «ní?
Tsang 'tsò kung' 'tsò ‹héung
siin.
'K'ui f' wai² hò ‹á?
佢​二​位​好呀
​托​頼
​Tók, lái.
↑ 4 Ling' ckung 'tsò cheung ssün,
yau mat, kwai' kón' á' ?
也​貴​幹​呀
​閒居​啫
​好​唎​享清福​哩
​今年​幾​大
​會​祖​兩個​八​祖
​亦​七十​將來
​Hán chi ché
Hò lé, ‘héung tsing fuk,
dé pé! Kam suín kí tái
lá'?
Tsang 'tsò léung kó' pát›,
'tsò yik, ts'át, shap, tséung
sloi.
the residence of the other, inquires, Lofty surname eh? The other replies, Poor surname [is]
Wong; and then inquires for the surname in these terms, ká shéung ní? This phrase is
derived from the equestrian period in the north of China, when every gentleman had his car-
riage: ká shéung denotes riding in a chariot, and is here used for the person that rides, or
is worthy to do so; it is elliptical, for the whole phrase would be, and you, Sir, on the cha-
riot, [what is your surname?]
2. He answers, [my surname is] Léung; and then proceeds to inquire for the ancestors of
the family. T'sünká is here united, and conveys the simple idea of Sir; ling is you, and
kò tsd denotes high ancestor, i. e. Sir, your high ancestor? The object of the question is to
ascertain if his great-great-grandfather is yet alive; and hence the answer, the lofty ancestor,
kw6 has passed [from], shan the body-he is dead.
3. T'sang tsò ní? Your great-grandfather? This question comes in the same elliptical
form, but without the least obscurity. In like manner kò, in the phrases kò tsang tsò, kò sing,
and kò tsd,—and tsd, whether used separately or in the phrases kò tsang tsò, kò tsò, and tsang
tsò,—have in each instance a precise and definite meaning, which will be ascertained by a
careful examination of the several phrases in which the two terms occur: héung is used to
denote a village, a town, and also the country, in contradistinction to a residence in a city or
metropolis; sün is to return; they have returned to their home in the country.
4. They two gentlemen well eh? Wai, formed of man and erect, denotes a person of
consideration; and both in its derivation and common usage corresponds well with the word
gentleman. Tók lái depending on you, i. e. by favor derived from you, they are well.
5. Your great-grandfather and grandfather to the country returning, have what rich busi-
ness eh? Kung is used here as a substitute for tsang, great-grandfather: hán in leisure, kü
they dwell.
6. Hò lé! it is very good to do so, héung enjoying, ts'ing fuk pure happiness: kam nín
this year, kí tái lá how great in years-are they? Two eights is eighty and eight. In China,
where marriages take place when the parties are young, the difference of twenty between the
ages of father and son, is not unusual.
SECT. 2.]
83
OF ANCESTORS.
:
7. Indeed! It is by no
means strange then, that they
should seek retirement.
You speak in too flattering
terms! for it is only a slight
degree of bodily indisposition
that induces them to go into
retirement.
8. Truly a sufficient rea-
son; for the condition of
aged people is like that of a
lamp before the wind. There-
fore, when decrepitude over-
takes them, they ought to go
to their homes in the country.
Are they well at present?
I have of late heard that
they are not very well.
9. If you are sending
home any letter, I beg you
will add a line for me, and
present to them my compli-
ments and best wishes for
their happiness.
Truly they are unworthy
of your honors.
10. Having a little trifling
business requiring attention I
will on another day therefore
do myself the pleasure of
waiting on you.
I am unworthy, I am un-
worthy of such attention.
•
}
•
•
DF # # 1 | <Ai ‹yá! s'm kwai' tak› ‘k‘ui
歸隱​咯
​kwai 'yan lók›.
好話​亦​係​因​身
​體​有的​唔​爽​故
​此番​去​嘅
​係​咯​老人家​事
​如風​前​燭​有乜
​依​郁​就要​鄉​旋
​為​是​近日​好呀
​近日​聽見​都唔
​係​實​守​好呀
​有乜​書信​回鄉
​代​我​寫​多​句​在
​合​太祖​公​前​叱
​名​請安
​'Hò wá! yik, hai² ‹yan ‹shan
“thai Syau tí, s’m ‘shóng, kí
‘tsz fán hủ ké.
Hai lók ; lò syan ká sz”
sü ‹fung sts'ín chuk,. Yau
mat› ‹í yuk›, tsau² íú² chéung
¿sün ‚wai shí'. Kan' yat,
hò cá ?
Kan' yat, t'ing kín' ctò s
hai shat, ‘shau hò á.
s'm
Yau mat,
ashi sun sui
chéung, toi ngó ‘sé đó ki”,
tsoi ling” tái “tsò ckung
sts'ín, ch'ik, ming 'ts'ing
shá cón.
Pat, kóm! pat, kóm!
7. Ai yá is an exclamation of surprise, uttered on hearing that they were so old: 'm kwai
tak it is not suprising-that they being so advanced in years, kwai should return, yan to pri-
vate life-retirement; hò wá you flatter, for it is not simply to enjoy private life that they
have gone to their home in the country, yik but also, hai it is, yan because, shan t'ai their bo-
dies, you have, ti a little, 'm shóng indisposition; therefore, kú ts'z' because of this they have
gone home, &c.
8. The similitude of a lamp before the wind expresses the great danger there is from any
slight mishaps which will hazard the life of an aged person, as a gentle puff of wind will ex-
tinguish a lamp. Yau mat í yuk having some feebleness and trembling: the phrase is local.
9. Having any letter returning home, for me write additional sentence, in your great-grand-
father and grandfather's presence, repeat [my] name, beg [for them] repose. To this mes-
sige, in behalf of his great-grandfather and grandfather, the other replies how dare! how dare!
How dare they receive the honors you give them, i. e. they are unworthy of the attention with
which you honor them.
10. Ting káu, to listen to instructions, is here used as a complimentary phrase. Pat
kóm, pat kom, which is equivalent to hí. kóm kí kóm, and pat kóm tóng, is uttered in behalf of
the speaker, in reply to the compliment just received.
豈敢​豈敢
​'Hí kóm! 'Hí 'kom!
# Q † L ‡ Ngó cyan yau sé tsín' sz
'koi yatɔ tsoi' ¿loi ‹ťing káu’.
改日​再來​聽
​不敢​不敢
​84
[CHAP. 111.
THE KINDRED RELATIONS.
(
11. Please return! please
return!
Only a step or two! only
a step or two!
12. Good bye!
Good bye!
13. Great-great-grandfath-
er departed this life long ago.
14. Great-grandfather is
about seventy [years old].
15. From ancestors it has
come down to the present
time.
19. When did your grand-
father commence his fairy
ramblings?
20. My father two months
ago rejected this life.
21. He was interred by the
side of my deceased grand-
mother.
22. This was previously
determined by my deceased
grandfather.
16. Possessions bequeath-
ed by ancestors.
17. My grandfather while
living commanded it.
18. My grandfather's pic-Æ
ture is as natural as life.
合​祖​幾時​仙遊
​23. (a) Among the Sacred
Commands is this, 'Cherish
warm attachment to kindred,
and so display union and
concord.'
請​回​請​回
​Tsing sui! ‘tsing sui!
S
行​吓​啫​行​吓​啫 ​Hang há cché! shang há
請​呀
​!
Ts'ing a'!
請
​"Ts'ing a'!
‹Kò 'tsò h'ü' shai' 'í ‘kau.
高祖​去世​已​久
​會​祖​上下​七十
​太公​留​到​而​家
​Tsang 'tsò shéung² há² ts'át›
shape.
Tái kung slau tờ sĩ chá.
祖​公​遺​下​產業
​阿公​在​生​吩咐
​“Tsò chung wai hát cháu
íp..
A kung tsoi shang fam
fú².
A” syé ‹yam yung ‘ún tsoi'.
Ling 'tsd ki shí ‹sín syau?
Ká 'tsò ts'in üt, hí' shai'.
T'ung sín 'tsd 'pí hóp
tsóng'.
Sín 'tsò háu ü² ting² ké'.
家裡​前​月​棄世
​同​先祖​妣​合葬
​先祖​考​預定​嘅
​聖諭​云​篤​宗族 ​Shing Y
以​昭​雍​睦
​Shing Yü' swan, Tuk,
tsung tsuk, í ‹ch'íú ‹yung
muk.
11. The strangers, so regarded on first meeting, by their conversation become friends: the
guest, having intimated that he must leave, on retiring from the house is followed by the host,
to whom he says, ts'ing úi, ts'ing ui! I beg you to return, I beg you to return! meaning, do
not put yourself to so much trouble. The host, who does not wish to be exceeded in polite-
ness, says I will, hang há ché, hang há ché! walk a little, walk a little!
18. Yam and yung, sound and countenance, are used for portrait, ún as if, tsoi in being;
the portrait of my grandfather is as natural as life; the terms á kung and á yé here used for
grandfather are the most frequently employed in common intercourse in this region; in the
neighboring province of Fukkín, he is sometimes called tái fú great father, a terin which
corresponds to the English word.
19. Sín yau, fairy ramblings, are used for death: the sense of the question is, when did
your father die? But to avoid the unwelcome term they use sin yau,-a phrase which gives
the Chinese the same train of ideas that was awakened in a Greek or Roman by "walking
the Elysian fields."
20. Hi shai, cast off life, is equivalent to h'ü shai, depart this life, both being used to de-
note death.
23. This is the second of the sixteen injunctions of Hónghí: like the first, given in the
preceding section, it is comprised in seven characters: what follows is the amplification of
his son Yungching.
SECT. 2.]
85
OF ANCESTORS.
(b) In the Book of Re-
cords it is said, "He thereby
promoted attachment among
all his kindred, who being at
- concord…….." Thus the em-
peror Yíú commenced the
promulgation of his instruc-
tions by promoting concord
among his kindred.
(c) In the Book of Rites it
is said, "If remote ancestors
are honored, then immediate
progenitors will be respect-
ed." If immediate progeni-
tors are respected, then kin-
dred will be united.
(d) He who understands
the duties of man will cer-
tainly attach great weight to
concord among kindred.
(e) The degrees of kin-
dred in a family are like the
streamlets of a fountain, or
the branches of a tree: al-
though the streams differ in
being more or less remote,
and the branches in being
more or less close, yet there is
but one trunk and one foun-
tain-head.
(f) Therefore a man's
conduct towards his kindred
should be like [what is wit-
nessed in] the body: the four
limbs and the collective mem-
bers of which require a free
passage for the blood through
every part, while all are mu-
tually affected by the pain
and irritation of each.
(g) In the Ritual of Chau
this same idea is maintained,
where, for the instruction of
the people, six virtues are
enumerated: after filial duty,
and fraternal affection, the
書​曰​以​親​九族
​九族​旣​睦​是​帝
​堯​首​以​睦​族​示
​教​也
​禮​曰​尊祖​故​敬
​宗​敬宗​故​收​族
​明​人道​必​以​睦
​族​為​重​也
​夫家​之​有​宗族
​猶​水​之​有​分派
​木​之​有​分枝​雖
​遠近​異​勢​客
​異形​要​其​本源
​則
​故人​之​待其​宗
​族​也​必​如​身​之
​有​四肢​百​體​務
​使​血脉​相通​而
​疴​癢​相關
​周​醴​本​此​意​以
​敎​民​著​為​六​行
​日​孝​日​友​而​繼
​Shü ütz, 1 cts'an ‘'kau tsuk,
'kau tsuk, kí muką. Shi
tai' ¿Yíú 'shau í muk, tsuk.
shí' káu' sya.
“Lai üt¿, ‹tsün 'tsò kú' king
etsung. King” tsung kí
<shau tsuką.
Ming syan to pít, ³í muk,
tsukawai chung sya.
Fú ká chí yau tsun
tsuka, syau shui chí yau
S
2
fan phải, muk, chí yau fau
chí; sui ùn kan 1 shai,
shỏ mat, í' sying, íú' ‹k'í
'pún sün tsak› yat..
Kứ syan chí toi ch‘1 tsung
tsuk, yá, pít, sử shan chí
yau sz” chí pak, tai, mà
‘sz' hüt› makɔ ‹séung ‹tung,
sí chó yéung séung kwán.
Chau Lai pún 'ts'z' í', “i
káu sman chi swai luk,
hang', üt, háu', üt½ ‘yau, ♫
(b) The quotation from the Book of Records is broken, the writer extracting only enough
to cover the point in question. The Book of Records, the Book of Rites, and the Ritual of
Chau are names of portions of the Chinese classical works,
(e) The imperial author seems to have erred in a part of his illustrations, conforming
rather to the popular notions than to the reality; he conceives a fountain sending forth its
streams, which as they flow on branch off into a multitude of other rivulets, quite forgetting
that the reverse was the truth; had he described an artificial fountain, throwing its jets in all
directions, the figure would have been more appropriate, but this seems not to have been the
Pi
CHI. CHR. 22
86
[CHAP. III.
THE KINDRED RELATIONS.
next is concord. This is, in-
deed, a constant duty, in-
variably enjoined in every
age.
1. The emperor's son.
2. The heir apparent.
3. The eldest son.
4. The eldest son by the
wife.
5. A prodigal son.
6. A son; or heir.
7. The second son.
idea in his mind; however, a popular idea will often afford a good comparison, even if it does
not tally with rigid philosophy. The allusion to the root, trunk, branches and leaves of a
tree to illustrate the progressive increase of a family is more suitable.
I
8. My own son.
9. An adopted son.
Section Third.
OF SONS AND GRANDSONS..
10. An adopted son of a
different surname.
日​睦​誠​古今​不
​易​之​常​道​也
​:
子孫​類​第三​章
​"Tsz' sun lui; tai sám «chéung.
元子
​太子
​Shing kú
kai ütĮ muką.
kam pat, yik, chí shéung
td² syá!
長子
​冡​子
​浪子
​子嗣
​次子
​親生​仔
​承繼​仔
​螟蛉​子
​¡
Yün 'tsz'.
T'ai' 'tsz'.
'Chéung 'tsz'.
'Ch'ung 'tsz'.
Lóng? ‘tsz.
"Tsz' tsz".
Ts'z" 'tsz'.
Ts'an shang 'tsai.
Shing ka tsai.
¿Ming sling 'tsz'.
;
î
:
!
(
Notes and Explanations.
1, 2. YüN is the first, the principal-the principal sons in the empire; it is sometimes
used like t'ái tsz, for the heir apparent, though usually applied to all the sons of the emperor.
6. This phrase is used for both son and heir, but it is most frequently limited to the former;
and in this use, that of son, the second term is very often dropped.
8. T's'an here denotes one's own: tsai is in constant use not only for son, a human being,
but it is also applied to the young of animals and birds, and often added to the specific name
of little things in general, and in many of its uses corresponds to the diminutive termination
ulus in Latin; in this instance it is equivalent to tsz', a son, or ts'z' tsz' in the preceding ex-
9, 10. Shing kai tsai, to receive in the line of succession a son, when one has no son of his
own: this is usually done with few, and sometimes with no, formalities; as a general rule the
adopted son is taken from the nearest branch, and in case no son is found among those who
1
SECT. 3.]
87
OF SONS AND GRANDSONS.
11. A posthumous son.
12. A prodigal son.
13. Devising means for the
support ofsons and grandsons.
14. The son of a sister
adopted as one's own.
15. Daily increasing fami-
ly, [or population.]
16. One taken and brought
up as a foster-child.
17. The sons and daugh-
ters of others.
18. Sons and grandsons
inheriting honors.
19. Supported by labors of
sons and grandsons.
20. A numerous and pros-
perous posterity.
21. A numerous and thriv-
ing posterity.
22. Descendants few and
impoverished.
23. An infant child fond-
led at the breast.
24. [Children] playing
about the parent's knees.
25. Without sons and
grandsons.
20. A grandson born of
the wife of the eldest son.
27. A dutiful son and a
worthy grandson.
28. Being dependent on
sons and grandsons.
29. May you have a hun-
dred sons and a thousand
grandsons.
+
懷​腹​子
​敗家​仔
​為​子孫​計
​姑子​歸​宗
​生​齒​日​繁
​攞​嚟​養​嘅
​+
人​仔​人​女
​子孫​襲​蔭
​子​1代勞
​子​1發達
​子​1昌盛
​子 ​1衰微
​孩提​之​童
​依稀​膝下
​冇​仔​冇​孫
​長子​嫡​1
孝子​賢​1
倚賴​子 ​1
百​子​千​1
bear the same family name, then one is taken of a different surname, and is styled ming ling
tsz', a name derived from an insect, a sort of ichneumon fly, which is by the Chinese sup-
posed to be barren, there being no sexes. This insect (so the Chinese say,) seizes on a
young grup of some other species, and buries it up in a little clayey cell; then after flying
around it with a loud buzzing noise for a few days, the covering of the little cell breaks open,
and a perfect insect of its own species comes out.
15. Begetting teeth daily more numerous, i. e. a daily or constantly increasing number of
eaters.
Wai fuk, 'tsz'.
Pái² ‹ká tsai.
Wai' 'tsz' sün kai'.
Kú 'tsz' kwai ‹tsung.
<Shang 'ch'i yat, 、fán.
Ló slai yéung ké
Yan 'tsai syan ‘nü.
"Tsz' sun tsáp, yam'.
"Tsz'‹sün toi² sld.
"Tsz' sün fát, tát.
"Tsz' sün «ch'éung shing'.
"Tsz' <sün <shui ¡mí.
Hoist'ai chí tung.
[ chỉ sat, há.
Mò tsai mò sin.
'Chéung 'tsz' tik› ‹sün.
Háu' 'tsz' shín ‹sün.
'I lái 'tsz' ‹sün.
Pák, tsz' <ts'ín sün.
17. This is said in apology for harsh treatment; they are not my own children, and cou-
sequently I need not treat them kindly.
18. Tsáp yam is to inherit honors; there are in China certain honors conferred with the
express condition that they shall pass down to sons and grandsons, &c.
19. Sons and grandsons for [their parents and grandparents] laboring; this is said with
reference to those who are supported by their children and grandchildren, and who of course
have nothing to do for themselves.
30-34. These phrases are applied to those who, having attained to manhood, give them-
selves up to feel, judge, and act, like children; the phrase pi hi skin spirits, the external ap-
14.
88
[CHAP. III.
THE KINDRED RELATIONS.
30. A childish disposition.
31. A childish judgment.
32. Childish pursuits.
33. Childish conduct.
34. Childlike sports.
35. They are not my own
children.
36. Sons and grandsons
innumerable.
37. Involved by the con-
Juct of one's sons and grand-
sons.
38. Children becoming
great, rescue their parents
from poverty.
39. A foster-child can ne-
ver become dear as one's
own.
40. An adopted child cer-
tainly will not prove true.
41. Little children are ve-
ry fond of play.
42. My son has grown up
to manhood.
43. The boy is at school
studying his books.
44. Clever children and
grandchildren will be loved.
45. A son's son mourns a
year for his father's parents.
46. A daughter's children
mourn nine months for their
mother's parents.
47. A great grandson is a
distant relation.
48. A great-great-grand-
son is of course still more
distant.
小兒​皮​氣
​小兒​度量
​小兒​事業
​小兒​所​為
​小兒​好​反​斗
​唔係​親生​嘅
​子孫​不勝​數
​為​子孫​所​累
​仔​大爺​貧
​* 7 DE1 HJ
1
契​仔​斷​有​真心
​小兒​實​守​鷦​鷯
​小兒​年​已​長大
​幼兒​學​裏​攻​書
​子孫​乖​令人​愛
​11係​一年​服
​外​1九個月​服
​#12
已經​球​的
​1自然​更​疎
​21*
'Síú sí spí hí.
'Síú í tò² léung'.
'Síú í sz❞ íp.
Síú sí shó ‹wai.
'Síú í hò' 'fán 'tau.
'M hai' cts'an ‹shang ké.
"Tsz' sün pat> <shing 'shò.
Wai' 'tsz' (sün 'shó lui².
“Tsai tái kau syéspan.
Yêung ‘tsz’sm tak, típ.
yuką.
Ka? ‘tsai tin mò chan
(sam.
'Síú sí shat 'shau ‹tsíú líú.
'Síú í mín í 'chéung tái.
Yau' í hók, lui ckung ‹shü.
"Tsz' (sün ‹kwái ling syan
oi.
Noi sun hai² yat, suín fukɔ-
Ngoi² csin kau kóütz fukz-
‹sün
Tsang süni cking ‹shó tik›.
Ün ‹sün tszín kang ‹shó.
pearance of the person and the internal feelings of the mind, expresses the disposition, car-
riage, and bearing of an individual.
39. Tip yuk, join flesh, conveys the idea of relation by blood: a foster-child, not being
related by blood, can never be as tenderly loved as one who is of the same blood.
41. Small children extremely [like] wrens: the gambols and playfulness of children are
not inaptly compared to the ceaseless motions and domestic habits of this universal favorite.
42. Síú í, my little son, is used in polite circles when speaking of one's own son, and
means simply my son.
43. Hók is here used to denote the place where scholars assemble-the school-room; kung
shi, to attack books, is a common phrase for expressing the idea of studying.
พ
47-49. Tsang sün is an added grandson; chung sün a redoubled grandson: tsang means
to add to, as in adding one story to another in building; chung means to lay one blow on af-
ter another, or to arrange one layer or stratum upon another.
SECT. 3.]
89
OF SONS AND GRANDSONS.
De veg
49. A second grandson
and a great-grandson are the
same.
50. Nephew's sons
somewhat remote relations.
51. Children and grand-
children succeed to their pa-
rents' estates.
52. A line of descendants
as long as the vines of the
melon.
53. Children and grand-
children laboring for the em-
peror.
54. Unsuccessful and un-
happy posterity.
55. To have ugly children
is equal to being childless.
56. Those born of the wife
are the principal children.
57. Those born of concu-
bines are the common chil-
dren.
58. Your son confesses his
own guilt.
59. The child ought to
comply with the parent's
wishes.
are
60. An adopted son treat-
ed as one's own child.
61. My daughter is not
yet betrothed.
62. My daughter has
tasted the nuptial presents.
63. My daughter has no
nuptial presents of value.
64. My daughter has not
yet exchanged her final nup-
tial presents.
65. My daughter has not
commenced her nuptial la-
mentations,
66. My niece carefully
observes the domestic rites.
67. Laboring as a slave
for one's posterity.
68. Good examples trans-
mitted to posterity.
重孫​會​孫​一樣 ​| Chung² sin tsang (sun yat,
姪​1疎​皮​隔節
​子​1承​父​業
​子 ​1瓜瓞​綿長
​子​]出力​皇家
​子​1唔​承​得福
​于​1醜​如​無​有
​正​出​就​係​嫡子
​庶​出​便是​庶子
​孩兒​自知​有罪
​兒子​當​體​親​心
​義​子​當作​親生
​小女​尚未​成人
​小女​食​人​茶​禮
​小女​冇​乜​粧奩
​小女​未​過​大禮
​小女​未​開​嗼​情
​姪女​謹守​閨​門
​做​子孫​嘅​奴才
​留​規​謨​與​子孫
​Chatz (sün (shó sp'í kák, tsít,.
"Tsz' ‹sün <shing 'tsò fú² íp.
“Tsz’ sin kwá tít, sán
sch'éung.
"Tsz'‹sün ch'ut, lik, wóng
cká.
'Tsz' ‹sün s'm shing tak›
fuk,.
"Tsz' <sün 'ch'au ümờ
syau.
Ching' ch'ut, tsau' hai tik,
'tsz'.
Shu' ch'ut, pín² shí' shu?
'tsz'.
sHoi sí tsz” «chí yau tsúi.
¿Í 'tsz' ‹tóng 't'ai ‹ts‘an ‹sam.
Ͳ 'tsz' tóng' tsók› ‹ts'an
<shang.
'Síú nü shéung' mishing
yan.
Síu ‘nu shik, syan cha ‘lại.
Síú nu mò mat, chóng
slím.
“Síu nu mí kwo tái lại.
'Síú 'nu mí² choi t'an'ts'ing.
Chat, nu kan 'shau kwai
smún.
Tsò² 'tsz' ‹sün ké› ‹nò ‹ts'oi.
Lau kwai mò ‘ü 'tsz' ‹sün.
50. Nephew grandson separated a skin, sundered a joint; there is one skin between the
parties, they are separated by a joint, which alludes to the successive joints of the bamboo, as
if one was passed, or there were two folds of skin: the two phrases are similar, though they
are usually joined in this connection.
52. Kwá tét is the vine of the melon: mín ch'éung, cotton extended, or spun out: the phrase
denotes a long line of descendants.
J
55. Ch'au is ugly in person and manner, every way bad, base, vile; a child that is a curse
and not a blessing to its parents.
S
CHI. CHR. 23
90
THE KINDRED RELATIONS.
[CHAP.III.
69. When will the mar-
riage of your son be consum-
mated?
70. Your son has changed
his heart and purpose.
71. Your son does not yet
give his consent.
72. According to what
your son declared.
73. The dutiful and obe-
dient child will be blessed
with dutiful and obedient
children.
74. Those who have been
perverse and obstinate will
be recompensed in having
children with like tempers.
75. Children and grand-
children will doubtless enjoy
the happiness of having sons
and grandsons.
76. The hawk breeds the
hawk, and the dove bears
the dove.
77. Dwellers on the moun-
tains will have provisions
enough, and have only to fear
that their children will be
clownish.
78. If you would have
children enjoy good health,
let them always experience
a little hunger and cold.
79. (a) The meaning of
his imperial majesty may be
thus explained:
(6) All men who are born
into the world, have nine
ranks of relations; how are
these denominated?
(c) My own generation is
one grade: my father's is
one; my grandfather's is one;
that of my grandfather's fa-
ther is one; and that of my
grandfather's grandfather is
合​郎​幾時​榮​要 ​| Ling, slóng kí sshí swing
合​郎​回心轉意
​合​公​未​允​肯
​據​你​合​郎​講​嘅
​孝順​還​生​孝順
​子
​忤逆​還​生​忤逆
​兒孫​自有​兒孫
​福
​鷹生​鷹子​鶻生
​鶻​兒
​山居​柴米​足​只
​怕​子孫​愚
​若要​小兒​安​常
​帶​三分​餓​與
​萬歲​爺​意思​說
​人生​在世​都有
​個​九族​怎麼​呌
​做​九族​呢
​我​自己​是​一​輩
​我​的​父親​一​1
我​的​爺​一​輩​我
​Ling lóng súi sam chin
2.
Ling kung slóng mí² wan
'hang.
Kü ní ling' lóng kóng
ké'.
Háu
shunswán shang
háu' shun' 'tsz'.
"Ng yik, swán ‹shang "ng
yikɔ sl.
¿Í ‹sün tsz”² ‘yau ¿í ‹sün fuk›,
<Ying <shang <ying 'tsz', wat,
cshang wat si.
(Shán ckü schái mai tsuk,
chat, p'á' 'tsz' ‹sün ‹ü.
Yéuk, íú' 'síú sí cón, sshéung
tái sám fan chí ü chón
Mán' sui' syé í' sz” shüt›:
sYan shang tsoil shai' ctò.
'yau kó' 'kau tsuk. "Tsam
mó kíú' tso² 'kau tsuk₂ <ní?
✔
Ngó t8z” ‘kí shí yat, púi ;
Śngo tik, fú? cts'an yat, pú?;
Śngo tik) syé yat, pú'; ‘ngo
76. Like father, like son, "a chip of the old block,". denoting that children naturally par-
take of the characteristics of their parents.
79. (a) Mán sui yé, ten thousand year's gentleman, is an epithet applied to the reigning:
emperor: it is here applied to Yungching, by an officer of the government who wrote copi-
ous commentaries on the explanatory treatises of that emperor (see Chap. III. Sec. i: 42, b).,
This extract is from the second commentary, written on the first part of that which was given
in the last section.
Sec. 91
+
3.]
OF SONS AND GRANDSONS.
one; thus above me are four
grades: my son's generation
爺​的​父親​一​輩
​is one grade; my grandson's 我​爺​的​爺​又-
​is one ; that of my grandson's
son is one; and that of my
輩​是​我​上頭​共
​grandson's grandson is one;
thus below me are four grades 有​四​輩​我​的​兒
​of relations: including my-
self in the estimate, there are
in all nine grades. These
are brethren, and though each
grade belongs to a different
house or family, yet they are
子 ​- -1 我​的​孫
​子​一​1我​的​重
​孫​-1我​的
​all my relations. And these
are called the nine grades of
relations.
1又​是​一​輩​是
​我​下邊​也​有​四
​輩​連​我​自已​算
​着​共​是​九​輩​這
​九​輩​兒​的​弟兄
​們​各​門​各​戶​的
​便是​我​的​族人
​了​這個​呌​做​九
​族
​(d) All men also have their
remote ancestors and their
immediate progenitors. How
are these
Those who are the farthest
above me are remote ances-
tors ; but those who are near-
er are called immediate
progenitors.
(c) Now who is there of
you who is not the descend-
ant of remote ancestors and
immediate progenitors? And
who is there who has not the
nine ranks of relations?
子​子
​人人​都有​祖宗
​denominated? 怎麽​呌​做​袓​宗
​呢​我​最​上頭​是
​老祖​再​親近​些
​就​叫做​宗
​你們​這些​人​那
​個​不是​祖宗​傳
​下來​的​那個​沒
​有​個​九族​呢
​syé tik, fú? cts'an yat, púi:
sngo syé tik, syé yau² yat,
púr; sh? Śngó shéung² st'au
kung yau sz” púi ; ngó tik,
sí tsz yat púi; ngó tik,
〈sin ‘tsz’yat,púr; ngo tik,
chung sun yat, púi; ngó
tik) sin sin yau? shí? yat,
púi ; shí ngó há pín yá
‘yau sz” púr: lín ngó tsz”
'kí sün' chéuk», kung shi
kau pú?. Ché’(kau púi’9
tik, tail ching smún, kók,
smún kók,ú?tik, pín² shi:
Śngó tik, tsuke syan líú.
Ché' kó' kíú' tsò' 'kau tsuk.
;
sYan syan ctò yau tsò ctsung.
Tsam mó kíú tsò? tsò
ctsung ní? Ngótsui
shéung² st'au she sld tsò;
tso’cts'an kan² <sé tsau²kíú?
tsd² ctsung.
SNí smún ché' csé syan, ‘na
kó' pat, shí² 'tsò tsung
sch'ün há² sloi tik,, ná kó'
múty Syau kó’kau tsuke <ní?
(c) Pui denotes class, order, or grade; the context here shows its exact meaning; there
are two slightly different forms of this character occurring in the first and third lines. This
passage, with slight variations in the phraseology, was given, Chap. I. Sec. iii: 45, in a note.
:
92
[CHAP. III.
THE KINDRED RELATIONS.
Section Fourth.
OF HUSBAND AND WIFE.
夫婦​類​第四​章
​Fú sfúi lui²;
lui²; tai²
sz' <chéung.
1. Originally coupled hus-
band and wife.
2. Husband and wife af-
fianced by their parents.
3. Mildness and gentle-
ness between husband and
wife.
4. Husband and wife mild
and gentle.
5. The husband mild and
the wife gentle.
6. Kindness and love be-
tween husband and wife.
7. Husband and wife both
living to a good old age.
8. Husband and wife liv-
ing in peace and harmony.
9. Husband and wife assist
and protect each other.
10. Husband and wife
turning their eyes from each
other in dislike.
11. The husband sings,
and the wife follows in unison.
12. The husband is the re-
gulator of the wife.
原配​夫妻
​結​髮​夫妻
​和順​夫婦
​夫婦​和順
​夫​和​婦​順
​恩愛​夫妻
​夫婦​偕老
​夫婦​和諧
​夫妻​保守
​夫妻反目
​¿Yün p'úï' ‹fú ‹ts'ai.
Kít, fát, fú ts ai.
Wó shun' fú fú.
Fú fú swó shun².
Fú swó fú shun²,
Yan oi fú ‹ts'ai.
Fú fú kái ló,
Fú fú swó shái.
Fú ts'ai 'pò 'shau.
Fú ‹ts'ai 'fán muk¿.
Fú ch'éung' fú sts'ui.
Fú swai ts'ai kóng.
夫​為妻​綱
​Notes and Explanations.
Fú denotes one that may be depended on, or who is able to sustain important trusts or bear
heavy burdens: fú, composed of woman and broom, referring to the domestic duties of a wife,
means also to submit to, one whose duty it is to submit; both the explanations denote a mar-
ried woman.
1,2. These two phrases express nearly the same idea, designating a couple, neither of
whom has ever before been married or betrothed: p'úi is a consort, to consort, or those who
are consorted: kit fát, to tie the hair in a knot, denotes the intimate relation which subsists
between the husband and wife, in that case where the parties were affianced by their parents :
ts'ai is the wife, properly so called.
3-5. In each of these three sentences the same terms occur, and in each conveying essen-
tially the same idea.
10. This is done in times of calamity, when misfortune overtakes them, or when perplexi-
ties and disappointments arise; the expression is also used for the jars and disagreements
which sometimes cause inan and wife to look askance at each other.
11. This phrase is intended to indicate perfect harmony between the husband and wife in
all their pursuits and feelings.
my
12. Kong is explained and illustrated in Chap. I, Sec. iii: 28; the husband is the con-
troler of the wife.
SECT. 4.]
93
OF HUSBAND AND WIFE.
13. Cherishing his wife,
and supporting his children.
14. A chaste widow,
nourishing orphan children.
15. My husband has gone
out of the house.
16. My husband is not at
home.
17. The old man has not
yet returned.
18. I do not see that the
goodman has returned.
19. My wife has no chil-
dren.
20. How many children
has your concubine?
21. My wife's conduct is in
the highest degree correct.
22. The old woman has
been dead a long time.
23. Husband and wife are
like garments.
24. The husband and wife
are like a ferry-boat.
25. The husband is brave,
and the wife gentle.
26. If the husband is vir-
tuous, the wife will also be
virtuous,
27. The widow must not
put on gay attire.
28. The eldest son's wife
ought to govern the family.
29. The widow ought to
be chaste in her conduct.
30. The master has gone
abroad to sell his goods.
31. The husband and wife
happy as fish in the water.
32. Husband and wife
both equally advanced in age.
養​妻​活兒
​節婦​撫​孤
​丈夫​去​出門
​男人​唔​喺​呢
​老公​未​番​嚟
​良人​未見​回
​正​妻​有所​出
​妾侍​生​幾個
​正室​極​正大
​老婆​死​好耐
​夫妻 ​如​衣服
​夫妻​渡​客船
​夫​賢​婦​亦​賢
​寡婦​切勿​粉飾
​冢 ​1理應​掌​家
​孀​1須要​貞節
​gone | 官人​資​販​在外
​夫妻​如魚得水
​夫妻​白髮​齊眉
​"Yéung ts'ai út, í.
Tsít, fú fú ‹kú.
Chéung' fú h'ü' ch'ut› ‹mún.
Nám syan s'm 'hai 'k'í.
‘Lò chung mí fán lại.
Léung yan mí² kín’‹úi.
Ching' cts'ai mò 'shó ch'ut».
Tsp, shí shang kí ko?
Ching’ shat, kik, ching tái .
Lò phó ‘sz? hò nơi.
Fú ‹ts'ai sü ‹í fuk₂.
Fú ts'ai to² hák› ‹shún.
Fú kóng í 'fu syau.
¿Fú sín 'fu yik, sín.
Kwá fú tsít, mat, fan
shik,.
“Chung fú lí ying ‘chéung
‹ká.
<Séung fú <sui íú' ching
tsít..
Kún syan fú² fán³ tsoi?
ngoi.
Futsai cu su tak, shui.
‹Fú fú pák, fát› ‹ts‘ai ‹mí.
15-18. Chéungfú, námyan, and lòkung, are all in common use when speaking of one's
own husband; léungyan, the goodman, or my husband, occurs in writing, but is seldom used
in conversation.
19-21. Ching ts'ai is used in opposition to tsp shi, the wife and the concubine ; the
latter term denotes one who is inferior to the wife: no person can lawfully have but one ts‘ai,
though the number of concubines is unlimited: ching shat is the same as ching ts'ai.
23. If one dies the other can marry again, just as one can procure a new garment when an
old one is worn out.
24. When the boat reaches the shore the passengers quit it, and on reaching another river
seek for another boat: so when one of a couple dies, the other wanders alone till another
consort is found.
31. The fish in its element is supposed to be perfectly peaceful and happy, and in that
condition becomes a fit emblem of what those ought to be who are joined in wedlock.
32. Husband and wife white hairs equal eyebrows; this is often written in congratulatory
letters, expressive of the wish that both parties may live to the same good old age.
CHI. CHR
J
24
94
[CHAP. III.
THE KINDRED RELATIONS.
33. Husband and wife un-
willing to part from each other
34. Husband and wife re-
maining constant to old age.
35. Husband and wife
being on a perfect level.
36. Husband and wife liv-
ing in peace even to old age.
37. The husband and wife
honor each other as guests.
38. The husband and wife
must not sit on the same mat.
39. Decorum binds hus-
band and wife to their own
spheres.
40. Husband and wife eat
of the fruit cultivated by their
own hands.
41. Politeness between
husband and wife must not
be neglected.
42. Husband and wife liv-
ing in peace, indicates a
good principled family.
43. Husband and wife
must not live in contention.
44. Husband and wife
like wayside acquaintances.
45. On the third morning
the bride visits her home.
46. The bride does obei-
sance in the hall in this way.
47. My wife died several
years ago.
48. Have you yet contract-
ed for a second marriage?
49. Of what place is your
betrothed wife?
50. My wife has no ener-
gy for managing her affairs.
51. A spouse whose part-
ner is dead, is said to have
spilled the tea.
夫妻​不忍​分手
​夫妻​白頭​相守
​夫妻​檯面​咁​平
​夫婦​同​諧​到​老
​Fú cts'ai cséung king sü
11相敬​如​賔
​11704 Fú fú pat, st'ung ts‘ik½ tsó².
11不​同席
​<pan.
I INNAN‹Fú fú í pít, swai lai.
‹Fú fú kún' çün shik, lik₂.
11灌​園​食​力
​1 1體​不可​失
​11和家​道正
​11勿​作​仇人
​11如​陌路​人
​新婦​三朝回門
​新​抱​拜堂​咁​樣
​賤內​過​身​幾年
​繼​室​成​番​唔​會
​配​室​成​邊​處​呀
​渾家​為人​軟弱
​Parts | 失​婚​係​打​溈​茶
​<Fú ‹ts'ai pat› 'yan <fan 'shau.
Fú ta'ai pák st'au séung
'shau.
<Fú <ts'ai stoi mín² kóm'
sp'ing.
Fú fú stung shái tờ lò.
<Fú fú lai pat, 'hó shat».
Fú fú swó chá tờ ching.
Fú fú mat, tsók, sch'au
syan.
‹Fú ‘fú ‹ü mak, lò² ¿yan.
San fu sám chíu cúi mún.
San pò pái tóng kín
yéung².
Tsin noi kwó' <shan 'ki
snín.
Kai' shat, shing ‹fán 'n
sts'ang?
Phúi shat, sshing pín ch‘i
á'?
Wan' ká swai yan ‘un
yéuk2.
Shat, fan hai' tá sé' ‚ch'á..
39. Husband and wife by separation act according to the rules of propriety, i. e. by duly
maintaining the line of separation between each other, and each performing the alloted duties,
they act as they are bound to do by the rules of propriety.
40. Water the garden, eat strength, i. e. living by the sweat of the brow; this is said of
those who, in retirement, prefer labor to leisure.
44. Mak lò is a narrow pathway in the fields, traveled only by persons on foot, who pass
by each other without stopping to bow or for any other civilities: when the feelings of hus-
band and wife are alienated, they treat each other in the same cold and indifferent manner.
45, 46. New wife third morning returns to the door-of her own father and mother, to
take final leave of them: new bride worships the hall this manner, i. e. in the hall, at a speci-
fied time, and in a prescribed manner, she does obeisance to her new relatives.
47. The mean one of the inner apartment has passed away from the body several years
since, i. e. she died a long time ago.
SECT. 4.]
95
OF HUSBAND AND WIFE.
52. My second betrothed | 填房​係​青​頭​女
​is yet but a green girl!
53. The equal wife is not
60. The marriage of hus-
band and wife in this life,
results from causes that exist-
a concubine.
54. My wife has a slight 拙荊​頗​識​吓​字
​knowledge of letters.
55. A wife succeeding the
first is the same as the first.
56. Sir, has your honora-
ble lady joy?
57. So worthy a lady sure-
ly ought to be loved.
續絃​妻​如​正室
​尊夫人​有喜​未
​如夫人​應​寵愛
​58. Married again she will
prove a hard stepmother.
街頭​婆​使​秤​砣
​59. Has your worthy lady 令​籠​有​薑​酒​飲
​yet tasted of the ginger and
wine?
ed in a preceding one.
61. When the husband
has great riches the wife will
be honored.
62. The wife is not to be
regarded as criminal; if she
do wrong the husband must
answer for the same.
63. (a) Memoirs of seve-
ral ladies of antiquity.
(b) Part first; Book first.
T'in sfóng hai' cts'ing st'au
'nü.
Ta lỗi ĐH | Ping cts'ai s’m hai tsp
平​妻​唔係​妾侍
​未
​前世​有緣​今世
​Kitty
夫婿​有錢​妻​就
​Lea$5
婦人​無罪​罪​在
​**
典故​列​女​傳
​卷​之一​上
​1
Chüt king 'p'ó shik, há
tsz".
Tsuk₂ sín ‹ts'ai ‚ü ching'
shat).
‹Tsün ‹fú syan 'yau 'hí mí??
sÜ fú syan ying ch‘ung oi.
‹Fán st'au sp'ó 'shai ch'ing'
st'ó.
Ling' 'ch'ung yau kéung
'tsau 'yam mí¹?
¿Ts'ín shai' 'yau şün, ‹kam
shai kít.
Fú 'sai 'yau sts'ín, ts'ai
tsau² kwai'.
'Fú ¿yan mò tsúi², tsúi² tsoi'
‹fú nám.
“Tín kứ lít *Ni Chün.
Kün chí yat; Shéung”.
51. After a couple are affianced, if one dies before the nuptials are celebrated, the survivor is
said to have spilled the tea, because the nuptial presents, of which tea is a part, have been
exchanged in vain.
52. T'in fóng, to fill the house, denotes the person who is to occupy the place in the family
vacated by the decease of the first wife.
53. A concubine is sometimes unwilling to be known under her proper designation, and
requires her attendants to call her p'íng ts‘ai, and to say to visitors that 'm hai ts'ip shí, which
is in fact an imposition.
54. Chüt is illiterate; king is one whose head is adorned with flowers, etc.; the two words
are used by the literary gentleman as a humble designation of his wife.
55. I'n is the string of a musical instrument, tsuk is to splice; the wife who succeeds the
first after her decease, is every way her equal.
•
56, 57. Fú yan is a term of respect applied to wives of official people, and by courtesy to
those of private gentlemen: yau hí having joy refers to the joy of being a father-the joy of
joys with the Chinese, especially in case of the first son and heir: ü fú yan is a compliment-
al appellation of a concubine.
58. Fán t'au p'6 is a woman who has married a second time, and such an one it is
supposed, shai will use, ch'ing t6 the weight of the steelyards-to throw at her children-in-law.
59. The idea is the same as in No. 56; keung and tsau, ginger and wine, are said to be
used plentifully immediately before parturition, under the impression that they will give
strength to both mother and child.
62. It is the bounden duty of the husband, as the regulator of his wife, to see that she
always keeps in her place and does her duty; hence his liability to be punished in her stead.
96
[CHAP. III.
THE KINDRED RELATIONS.
(c) In the education of fe-
males, the first object of at-
tention is their virtue; the
second is their language; the
third is their deportment; and
the fourth, their appropriate
work.
(d) Confucius said, Let
the woman be in subjection to
the man.
女子​之​學​一​1
婦​德​二​日​婦​言
​三​日​婦​容​四日
​婦​工
​孔子​曰​婦人​伏
​於​人​也
​是故​無​專制​之
​(e) Therefore, she has no
part in the direction of affairs;
but there are three whom she
must obey ;-while under her
義​有​三​街​之​道
​paternal roof she must obey 在家​從​父​適​人
​her father; after marriage
she must obey her husband;
and when he is dead she must
obey her [eldest] son; in no
case may she presume to fol-
low her own will.
從​夫夫​死​從​子
​無所​敢​自​遂​也
​(g) There are five things
which prevent a woman from
being taken as a wife; if she
belong to a vicious family, a
rebellious family, to one
whose members have suffered
capitally, to one afflicted with
incurable disease, or if she be
the eldest child and has no
brother, in these several
circumstances, she is not to
be taken,
(f) There are seven caus-
es for putting away a wife;
婦​有​七​去​不順
​namely, disobedience to her 父母​去​無​子​去
​parents, barrenness, wan-
tonness, jealousy, incurable
disease, loquacity, and thiev-
ishness.
淫​去去​有​惡
​疾​去​多言​去​竊
​盜​去
​家子​不敢​亂​家
​子​不​取​世​有​刑
​人​不​取​世​有​恶
​疾​不​取​喪父​長
​子​不​取
​Nü 'tsz' chí hókɔ̃, yat› ütz
‘fú tak›; í² üt¿ ³fú ‹ín; ‹sám
üt, fú ¿yung; sz” ütɔ fú
‹kung,
?
'Hung'tsz' üt₂, ‘Fú syan fuk¸
‹ü ‚yan ‘yá,
Shí kứ, mò chin chai chí
1; yau sám sts‘ung chí tờ ;
tsoi <ká sts'ung fú²; shik,
syan sts'ung fú; fú 'sz'
sts'ung 'tsz'; mò shó kóm
tsz” sui² ‘yá.
Fú $yau ts'át› h'ü'; pat›
shun' fú² $mò h'ü'; mò 'tsz'
ht; yam hi; tờ hi;
Syau ókɔ tsatɔ h'ü'; ‹tó sín
h'ü'; sít, to² h'ü'.
'Nü 'yau "ng pat› 'ts'ü; yik
ká 'tsz' pat› 'ts'ü; lün² ‹ká
'tsz' pat, 'ts'ü; shai' Syau
sying syan pat, 'ts'ü; shai'
syau ôk, tsat, pat, ‘ts*i; sóng
fú² <chéung 'tsz' pat› 'ts'ü.
63. (a) This is the title of a small work in two volumes: tín kú refers to the persons-those
of classical and ancient times: chün biographical memoirs.
(b) Kün is equivalent to book or chapter, used very commonly in Chinese works, to mark
the large divisions into which they are arranged: the first volume is divided into three parts,
the first is termed shéung, the second chung, and the third há.
(c) Yat it, &c. are terms used in specifying particulars, as, in the first place, in the se-
cond place, &c; or to denote order, as, the first, the second: this, and paragraphs (d) (e) (ƒ);
are selected from the first page of the first volume.
(g) This and the following paragraph are from the Síú Hók, or Primary Lessons; see
Küni, or Part second, in the last section of chapter 3d, which treats of the line of separa-
tion between husband and wife.
1
SECT. 5.]
97
OF BROTHERS.
•
(h) There are three cases
in which she is not to be di-
vorced; if the family whence
she was taken does not exist
for her to return to, if she has
been in mourning three years,
or if her husband once poor
has become rich;-in these
several circumstances, she
must not be put away.
1. Brothers having the
same parents.
2. Cousins having the same
grandfather.
3. Cousins having the
same great-grandfather.
4. Cousins who have the
same uncles.
5. Cousins having the same
great-great-grandfather.
6. Cousins belonging to
the same family.
有​三​不去​有所
​Yau sám pat, h'ü'; 'yau
'shó 'ts'ü ¿mò 'shó ‹kwai pat,
h'ü';
EX THE ĐT B 7 = bư; uchang sám nín sống
取​無所​歸​不去
​pat› h'ü'; ‹ts'ín p'an tsín?
與​更​三年​喪​不
​hau' fu' kwai' pat, h'ü'.
去​前​貧賤​後​冨
​貴​不去
​(h) If she has been in mourning three years for her husband's parents, the period fixed
by law. By comparing the various reasons here given for divorcing, refusing, or retaining a
woman as a wife, it is very apparent that Chinese moralists never thought of elevating females
above the ignorant and degraded state in which they found them.
Section Fifth.
OF BROTHERS.
兄弟​類​第五​章
​Hing tai lui; tai "ng ‹chéung.
同胞​兄弟
​嫡​堂​11
陳​堂​11
叔伯​11
同房 ​11
族​中 ​1 1
}
T'ung ‹páu ching tai².
Tik, strong ching tai².
Shó đóng ching tại.
Shuk, pák, <hing tai².
sTrung sfóng ching tại.
Tsuk› ‹chung ‹hing tai?.
Notes and Explanations.
HING, formed of mouth and man, denotes the elder brother, who has a right to speak and to
direct: tai is a successor, a younger brother: this compound term is used with much latitude,
being applied to kinsmen of almost every degree of relationship, and to persons who are
engaged in the same profession and pursuit.
1. Páu, formed of flesh and an envelop, (perhaps that which surrounds the fetus,) denotes
children born of the same parents, or uterine brothers.
2, 3. Tóng, temple or hall, is used for those who dwell in the same hall; tik, formed of
woman and equal, denotes those who have one and the same grandfather, and are cousins
by blood: shó tổng hing tai, extended hall brothers, are the sons of the tik tổng.
4. Younger and older uncles, older and younger brothers, are the same as No. 2; they are
paternal cousins.
5. T'ung fóng, same room brothers, are those who spring from one and the same branch,
or progenitor.
6. Tsuk chung is used in a more comprehensive sense than the preceding, and includes
those who have the same fainily name: they are fellow-clansmen.
CHI. CHR. 25
98
[CHAP. III.
THE KINDRED RELATIONS.
7. He is my brother by
adoption.
8. Brothers who have dif-
ferent surnames.
9. Brothers who are close-
ly bound to each other.
10. Brothers who have pas-
sed through trials together.
11. Brothers in trials and
afflictions.
12. Brothers who are living
on terms of intimacy.
13. Brothers who are pledg-
ed for each other's support.
14. Brothers without sin-
cere affection for each other.
15. Love one another as
brothers.
16. Friends through suc-
cessive generations.
17. Elder and younger bro-
thers by adoption.
18. Good and affectionate
brothers.
19. The same to each
other as brothers.
20. The eldest brother acts
in the father's stead.
21. The elder brother walks
foremost.
22. The younger brother
follows after him.
23. The lesser portion be-
longs to the youngest broth-
ers.
24. The larger portion.
belongs to the eldest brother.
過​繼​兄弟
​異姓 ​1 1
結​義​11
過​江​11
患難 ​1 1
換​帖 ​1
拜會​11
酒肉 ​1 1
友​于​11
世兄​世​1
闌 ​1蘭 ​1
宜​宜​1
kp 1 tin 1
長 ​1 當​父
​阿哥​先行
​細​佬​跟​尾
​細​佬​少​的
​大佬​多​的
​Kwó' kai' ching tai².
Ͳ sing' ching tai².
Kít, 1 ching tai.
Kwó' kóng ching tai.
Wán oán” ching tại.
Ún típ, ching tai.
Pái úi ching tại.
'Tsau yuk, <hing tai².
Yau syü ching tai².
Shai' ching shai' tai².
¿Lán ching slán tai².
sĺ ching sí tai³.
sÜ ching su tai.
Tai lo to tik».
M
'Chéung ching tong' fú.
Á ‹kó ‹sín shang.
Sai' 'ló kan ¹mí,
Sai' ló 'shíú tik,,
7. My adopted brother is used by the legitimate sou when speaking of one who has been
adopted by his parents.
8. This is applied, not only to those who are brothers by blood, born of the same mother
by different fathers, but to members of a society, and also to intimate friends.
9. Kit i, bound in righteousness, is applied to friends who are pledged to defend each
other: this pledge is often given before an altar.
10, 11. Kw6 kong, across the rivers, i. e. in all circumstances, and in all places, and in all
seasons, however calamitous, remaining true to each other: wán nán, trials and afflictions,
convey the same idea.
12. Exchanged card brothers, i. e. friends who have exchanged cards, and who by their
frequent intercourse are living on terms of intimacy.
13. Worshiped associate brothers, i. e. friends who have associated, and worshiped before
au altar in token of their attachment to one another.
17. These are so called by the legitimate sons of the father who has adopted them; the son
calls those older than himself lán hing, and the younger lán tai: here lán, the name of a
fragrant and beautiful flower, the Aglaia odorata, has been substituted for kai, because the
latter, in this connection, has become infamous.
:
20. This is done only after the decease of the father in like manner, after the decease of
the mother, the eldest daughter succeeds to her place in the management of domestic affairs.
SECT. 5.]
OF BROTHERS.
25. Brothers separated
from each other.
26. Senior brothers take
precedence of the junior.
27. Elder brothers should
be kind, and the younger
ones respectful.
28. Brothers disagreeing
among themselves.
29. Calling each other bro-
thers.
30. Brothers living in per-
fect harmony.
31. Brothers living togeth-
er without contention.
divided
32. Patrimony
among brothers.
33. Brothers obtaining hon-
ors at the same examination.
34. Brothers ought to live
in harmony and concord.
35. Brothers help and sup-
port each other.
36. The brothers are sever-
al in number.
37. Brothers having differ-
ent countenances.
38. The hearts of brothers
are all different.
39. Brothers, the members
of one family.
40. The older brother can-
not take care of the younger.
41. They are like truly af-
fectionate brothers.
42. Cousins within the
separated | 手足​分離
​兄​先​弟​後
​1 友 ​1 恭
​fifth generation.
43. Brothers with the same
father but different mothers.
44. Cousins belonging to
the same generation.
45. An only son, without
any brothers.
46. No elder brother above,
no younger brother below me.
47. Think on the affection
which subsists among brothers
1
1 弟​唔​和
​11 相稱
​11怡怡
​11無故
​11分家
​11同科
​11要​和睦
​11相​扶持
​11有幾人
​11不同​貌
​1 心​各​向
​1 1 家​親
​1 不能​顧​弟
​如果​好​兄​1
五服​内​] 1
同​父​各​母​兄弟
​同​同​孤​上​念
​同班​輩​嚵​11
孤獨​仔​冇​11
上​無​1下​無
​念​在​1弟​之​情
​'Shau tsuk, ‹fan slí.
<Hing sín tai hau'.
<Hing 'yau tai kung.
99
་
<Hing tai s'm swó.
<Hing tai² séung «ch'ing.
<Hing tai² sí sí.
Hing tại mò kứ.
<Hing tai² ‹fan ‹ká.
<Hing tai' st'ung ‹fó.
Hing tai' íú' swó muk₂.
Hing tai «séung sfú sch.
Hing tai Syau “kí syan.
Hing tai pat, stung máu.
<Hing tai² sam kók, héung,.
<Hing tai² yat› ‹ká ‹ts‘an.
<Hing pat› ‹nang kú' tai².
sÜ kwó hò ching tai.
"Ng fuk₂ noi² ‹hing tai².
sTung fú kík, mà shing
tai².
sTung pán púi ké ching
tai².
‹Kú tuk, tsai 'mò ching tai'.
Shéung mà ching, há mò
tai².
24. This is not so determined by the laws of the empire; the phrase merely intimates that
it is natural and right to give precedence to the oldest, not only in matters of ceremony, but
in the common intercourse of life.
Ním² tsoi ching tai² <ch
sts'íng.
25. The hands and feet are used by metonymy to denote brothers, who are often compar-
ed to them. See Chap. II, Sec. vii: 83.
42. Fuk here has a secondary meaning derived from the custom of wearing badges of
mourning for each other, which is done by those within five generations.
44. This includes those who stand in one and the same generation, having descended from
one and the same ancestor.
-
100
[CHAP. III.
THE KINDRED RELATIONS.
48. His brothers contend
for the patrimony.
49. Brothers with the same
heart and united strength.
50. All men have brothers,
but I alone have none.
51. All who dwell within
the four seas are brothers.
52. The elder brother not
acting the part of an elder
brother, and the younger not
acting the part of a younger.
53. To dwell with a friend
is easy, to dwell with a broth-
er is difficult.
54. If the elder brother
loves the younger, the latter
will honor the former.
55. While you have plenty
of good living, there will be
no lack of friends; but when
calamities come, where will
there be one to help you?
56. (a) In early times
there lived in the department
of Pingyéung, in Shansai, a
wise personage, called the
monarch Yíú. This monarch
most ardently loved his kin-
dred.
(b) In an ancient book it
is well said, If people truly
honor and respect their an-
cestors, then there will be no
佢 ​1 弟​爭​家產
​兄弟​同心協力
​人​皆有​11我
​獨​無
​四海​之​內​皆​兄
​弟​也
​1 唔似 ​1 弟​唔
​似​弟
​處​朋友​易​處​丨
​弟​難
​兄​愛​其​弟弟​必
​敬​其兄
​有​酒​有​肉​多​]
弟​患難​何​會見
​人
​當初​山西​平陽
​府​有​個​聖人​呌
​做​堯帝​這個​堯
​帝​最​是​疼愛​他
​族人​的
​古書​上​說​的​好
​人​若​果然​尊敬
​*K‘ui ching tai chang chá
chán.
Hing tai st‘ung sam híp
lik2.
sYan chái yau shing tại ‘ngó
tuką smò.
Sz” hoi chí noi chái ching
tại Syá.
Hing s'm 'tsz' ching, tai² s'm
'tsz' tai².
'Ch'ü sp'ang 'yau í', 'ch'ü
ching tai năn.
Hing o' sk'í tai², taí² pít›
king' sk' ching.
'Yau'tsau 'yau yuk₂ ‹tó ‹hing
tai; wán nán chó sts ang
kin' yat, syan?
Tóng chó Shán sai sPing
yéung fú, yau kó' shing
syan, kíú' tsd²,Yíú tai'. Che'
S
ko Yíu tai tsui shí tung
oï'‹t'á tsuk² ‚yan tik».
'Kú ‹shü shéung' shüt, tik,
'hò; yan yéuk, kwó sín
50, 51. The first of these phrases was uttered by one of the disciples of Confucius; the
second was given by the sage in reply, intending to cheer his desponding mind; this expres-
sion, within the four seas,' is a descriptive term for the empire, which in ancient times was
supposed to be thus surrounded.
(a) This extract forms a continuation of that which is given at the end of the third section
of this chapter: Shánsai, one of the most ancient provinces, is situated westward from the
capital Pakking; Pingyéung fú is a few miles east of the Yellow river, near the centre of the
province. The place is noticeable as being the residence of the progenitors of the nation from
very ancient times.
(b) Tso remote ancestors, and tsung immediate progenitors, sometimes denote the col-
lective body of ancestors, or the great progenitor, of a family; the context and the sequel of
this extract require such a rendering of the two terms.
SECT. 5.]
101
OF BROTHERS.
one who does not ardently
love his kindred.
祖宗​再​没有​一
​個​不​疼愛​族人 ​o tsuk; syan tik).
的
​爲什麽​族人​我
​要​疼愛​他​呢​這
​些​族人​雖然​有
​兒​的​有​遠
​親
​門​兒​的​究竟​都
​是​我​一個​祖先
​傳​留下​來​凴​你
​幾十​丁​幾百​丁
​却​總是​一個​人
​就​如水​有​分派
​的​一般​你​看-
​股​泉流​將​下去
​分作​幾條​分作
​幾十​條​究竟​都
​是​這一​股​兒​泉
​的​水​并不​會有
​兩​股​水
​又如​樹木​有​枝
​葉​的​一般​你​看
​一顆樹​長​將​起
​來​千​枝​萬​葉​究
​竟​都是​一個​根
​兒​上​發出​來​的
​既然​這些​族人
​(f) So likewise it is with
these kindred; they are all
(offspring of) my one great | 都是​我​祖宗-
​(c) Why am I ardently to
love my kindred? Because
these kindred, although some
of them are more nearly and
others are more remotely re-
lated to me, are all found, on
examination, to be the des-
cendants from my own great
progenitor. Allowing you that
we are several tens in num-
ber, or even several hundreds, 是​我
​we are yet all one.
(d) We are just like water
which is divided into streams.
Look at a fountain; as it
flows onward, it divides into
several streams, or into sever-
al tens of streams. On ex-
-
amination, however, these are
found to come from one sin-
gle fountain, and not from
two different sources.
(e) In like manner we re-
semble a tree, with its leaves
and branches. Look at a tree;
as it grows and rises upwards,
it has a thousand branches
and ten thousand leaves.
Yet on examination all these
are found to have sprung
forth from one single trunk.
tsin king'‘tsò ctsung, tsoi’
mút, yau yat ko pat, trung
Wai sham² mó tsuk) yan
‘ngô ú? t‘ungo't'ání?
Ché’csé tsuke syan, sui íu
'yau ‹ts'an ¿mún ‹í tik›, ‘yau
fûn smún sí tik), kau' 'king
tò shí? Śngó yat, kó ‘tsù
tsung chin lau há?loi.
C
Piang ‘ní kí shapı <ting, 'kí
pák, ting, kéuk, ‘tsung shi
yat, kó’yan.
Tsau u ‘shui yau fan phải
tik) yat pún. Ní hón’yat,
kú stsin lau tséung há?
hi fan tsok, kí chíú, đầu
tsók, kí shape sttíú. Kau'
'king to shí' ché' yat› 'kú í
sts'in tik,‘shui, ping? pat,
sts'ang 'yau 'léung 'kú 'shui.
Yau²süshi?muk), (yau chí
íp, tik› yat› ‹pún. Ní hon'
yat, 'fo shu', 'chéung <tséung
'hí loi, <ts'ín ‹chí mán² ipɔ.
Kau king tò shi yat, kớ
〈kan sí shéung² fát, ch'ut loi
tik,.
K' sín ché sé tsuk2 syan «ὸ
shí ngó ‘tsò tsung yat, ké
(d) Kú a division is here used as the distinctive epithet of a fountain; yat kú ts'ün is sim-
ply, a fountain.
CHI. CHR. 26
102
[CHAP.III.
THE KINDRED RELATIONS.
progenitor. This one progeni-
tor is the body ; I, with these
kindred, are its two hands
and two feet, the ten fingers
ou the hands, and the ten
toes on the feet, with the ears,
eyes, lips, aud nose.
!
個人​祖宗​就是
​個​身子​我​和
​這些 ​人​就是
​兩手​兩脚​手上
​的​十個​指頭​脚
​上​的​十個​指頭
​頭上​的​耳朵眼
​睛​嘴​鼻子​的
​般​了
​你們​想一想​假
​如​我​身上​有​一
​處​兒​生​個​瘡​或
​者​閃​了​手​趺​了
​腿​渾身​上​難道
​受用​麼
​你們​若是​在​族
​人​跟前​陷害​他
​鐾​騙​他​呌​他​不
​得​受用​難道​你
​就得​受用​麼
​(i) Therefore men ought
most ardently to love their
所以​人​要​着實
​kindred. (For it is with them,) 疼愛​族人​就​如
​just as it is with one's body
if one part is pained, then
我​一個​身子
​處​便​處處​都
​疼​有​一​處​癢​便
​處處​都​癢​這纔
​是​和睦​宗族​呢
​(g) Reflect on this a little.
Suppose, for illustration, that
an ulcer breaks out on some
one part of my body; or sup-
pose I wrench my hand, or
sprain my leg; would it not
be hard to say that the whole
body will be unaffected?
(h) So it is among your
kindred; if you openly in-
volve them in difficulties,
cozen them, and cause them
to suffer, would it not be
hard to say that you will
be free from suffering?
every part is pained; and if
one part is irritated, then the
whole is irritated. Such is
harmony and concord among
kindred.
1
"Tsò tsung tsau² shí'
syan.
yat, kó’shantsz’; Śngó swó
ché' ‹sé tsukɔ s¿yan, tsau² shí²
léung 'shau léung kéuk,,
‘shau shéung: tik, shape kó'
‘chí st‘au, kéuk, shéung tik,
shap, kó chí st‘au, stau
shéung² tik, í tó, Sngán
tsíng, tsui, p' ‘tsz’tik, yat,
cpún slú.
1
Ní smún ‘séung yat, ‘séung.
Ká si; ngó shan shéung
‘yau yat, ch‘ü’sí shang kó'
chóng, wák, ché shím hú
shau, tít, líu túi, wan
shan shéung soán từ shau
yung² cmó?
Ní smán yéuke shi tsoi?
tsuke syan ckan sts'ín hám?
hoi? ct'á, cd p'in’ct'á, kíú? t'a
pat, tak,shau²yung², snáu
tờ ‘ní tsau tak, shau yung
cmó?
'Shó isyan íú' chéuk, shat,
t'ung' oi' tsuk, syan. Tsau'
sü éngó yat, kó shan tsz',
Syau yat, chi t‘ung, pín
chüch•üctò t'ung', Syau
yat, ch'ü' 'yéung pin' ch'u'
ch'ü' to 'yeung. Ché' sts'oi
sh? swó muke tsung tsuk)
cní.
د
(g) Ká üto borrow a comparison, or suppose a case for the sake of illustration : nán tò,
hard to say, is used here, as often elsewhere, as an interrogative form of speech, to mark a
strong negation.
SECT. 6.]
103
OF NEAR AND DISTANT RELATIONS.
ther.
伊
​Section Sixth.
OF NEAR AND DISTANT RELATIONS.
内外​親類​第​六​章
​No ngoi? cts'an lu?; tai? luke <chéung.
1. Great-great-grandfa-
ther.
2. Great-great-grandmo:
3. Great grandfather.
4. Great-grandmother.
5. Great-grandfather.
6. Great-grandmother.
7. Grandfather.
8. Grandfather.
9. Grandmother.
10. Grandmother.
11. Father.
12. Mother.
13. Father's concubine.
14. Father's concubine.
15. Sons.
16. Daughter-in-law.
17. Daughters.
18. My daughter..
19. Son-in-law.
高祖
​高​祖母
​會​祖
​會​祖母
​太公
​太婆
​祖父
​阿公
​祖母
​阿婆
​父親
​母親
​庶母
​阿姐
​兒子
​媳婦
​女兒
​小女
​女婿
​Kò tsò.
Kò tsò smò.
Tsang tsd.
Tsang tsò md.
Tái chung.
T'a' sptó.
Tsò fú?.
A ckung.
Tsòmò.
Á sp'ó.
Fú? cts'an.
Mò ts'an.
Shii'smò.
A' 'tsé.
Í tsz'.
Sik, fú.
SNü sí.
'Síú 'nü.
'Nu sai'.
•
}
Notes and Explanations.
Noi ngoi ts'an, inner and outer relations, might embrace the kindred relations of every de-
gree, both near and remote; all the kith and kin of an individual. This section includes
most of the terms in common use, omitting, however, a part of those synonyms which have
been already given.
13, 14. These two terms are used by children when speaking to or of their father's coi-
cubine: the latter is the most frequently used when speaking to her.
104
[CHAP. III.
THE KINdred reLATIONS.
20. Grandson's wife.
21. Granddaughter.
22. Granddaughter's hus-
band.
23. Great-grandson.
24. Great-grandson's wife.
25. Great-great-grandson.
26. Great-great-grandson's'
wife.
27. Elder brother.
28. Elder brother.
29. Elder brother's wife.
30. Elder brother's wife.
31. Younger brother.
32. Younger
wife.
33. Younger
wife.
brother's
brother's
34. Elder sister,
35. Elder sister's husband.
36. Elder sister's husband.
37. Elder sister's husband.
38. Elder sister's husband.
39. Younger sister.
40. Younger sister's hus-
band.
41. Younger sister's hus-
band.
42. Younger sister's hus-
band.
43. Father's elder brother.
44. Father'selder brother's
wife.
45. Father's younger bro-
ther.
46. Father's younger brow
ther's wife.
孫​媳婦
​孫女
​孫​婿
​會​孫
​會​孫​媳婦
​玄孫
​玄孫​媳婦
​大哥
​大佬
​大嫂
​阿嫂
​細​佬
​弟婦
​細​嬸
​姊
​姊​丈
​姊夫
​姊​婿
​外​兄
​妹
​妹夫
​妹丈
​妹婿
​伯父
​伯母
​叔父
​阿嬸
​〈Sin sik) fú.
Sün nü.
〈Sin sai'.
Tsang csin.
(Tsang sin sik, fú.
Ün ‹sün.
sÜn sin sik, fú.
Tái chó.
Tái lò.
Tái sò,
Á' 'sò.
Salò.
Tair fú.
Sai' 'sham.
"Tsz'.
"Tsz' chéung',
Tsz'<fú.
"Tsz' sai',
Ngoi ching.
Múi.
Múi² ‹fú.
Múi chéung”,
Múi sai.
Pák, fú².
Pák, find.
Shuk, fú?.
Á ‘sham,
1
34. This is sometimes read tsé, but the form of the character remains unchanged; and
tsz' is deemed the correct pronunciation.
SECT. 6.]
105
OF NEAR AND DISTANT RELATIONS.
47. Father's elder sister.
48. Father's younger sis-
ter.
49. Father's sister's hus-
band.
50. Nephew; or brother's
son.
51. Nephew's wife.
52. Niece; or brother's
daughter.
53. Niece's husband.
54. Nephew's son.
55. Nephew's son's wife.
56. Nephew's daughter.
57. Nephew's daughter's
husband.
58. Father's paternal elder
uncle.
59. Father's paternal elder
uncle's wife.
60. Father's paternal
paternal
Maternal grandfa-
younger uncle.
61.
Father's
younger uncle's wife.
62.
$$$$
ther.
63. Maternal grandfa-
ther.
ther.
65. Maternal grandmo-
ther.
66.
ther's elder brother.
Maternal grandfa-
67. Maternal uncles.
68. Maternal uncles.
69. Maternal uncle's wife.
70. Maternal uncle's wife.
71. Mother's elder sister.
72. Mother's younger sis-
姑母
​ter.
73. Mother's sister's hus-
band.
74. Maternal grandmoth-
er's sister.
75. Maternal grandmoth-
er's sister's husband.
姑​姊
​1姪​姪
​母​姊​丈
​1 丈
​婦女​婿​孫
​姪​婦
​姪女
​64. Maternal grandmo- 外祖母
​1 婿
​1 孫
​1 孫​婦
​1 孫女
​1 孫​婿
​伯公
​伯​婆
​叔公
​1 婆
​外祖
​外公
​外婆
​外​伯公
​母舅
​伯​舅​父母​母​母​姐丈​婆​!
舅父
​妗​母
​舅母
​1
姨母
​1 姐
​1婆
​姨​公
​:
.Kú 'mò.
Kú 'tsz'.
<Kú chéung².
Chat2.
Chat, 'fú.
Chat, 'nu.
Chat, sai'.
Chat sun.
Chat: sin fú.
Chat, sün nü.
Chat, sin sai'.
Pák› ‹kung.
Pák, sp'ó.
Shuk› ‹kung.
Shuk, sp'ó.
Ngoi tsò.
Ngoi chung.
Ngoi tsò mò.
Ngoi spo.
Ngoi? pák, ckung.
Mò 'k'au.
K'au fú².
K'am Smò.
K'au Smò.
I smò.
Í 'tsé.
sÁ chéung².
sf spo.
íckung.
CHI. CHR. 27
106
[CHAP. III.
THE KINDRED RELATIONS.
76. Paternal grandfather's
sister's husband.
77. Paternal grandfather's
sister's husband.
78. Paternal grandfather's
sister.
79. Wife's father.
80. Wife's father.
81. Wife's mother.
82. Wife's mother.
83. Wife's elder brother.
84. Wife's elder brother.
8.5. Wife's younger bro-
ther.
86. Wife's younger bro-
ther.
87. Wife's brother's wife.
88. Wife's elder sister.
89. Wife's elder sister's
husband.
90. Wife's younger sister.
91. Wife's younger sister's
busband.
92. Wife's nephew.
93. Wife's nephew's wife.
94. Wife's niece.
95.
Wife's niece's bus-
band.
96. Elder male cousins of
different surname.
97. Wives of these elder
cousins.
98. Younger male cousins
of different surname.
99. Wives of these young-
er cousins.
100. Elder fernale cousins
of different surname.
101. Husbands of these
cousins.
丈​公
​姑​公
​姑婆
​岳丈
​外​父
​岳母
​外​母
​大舅
​內兄
​細​舅
​内弟
​妗​娘
​大​姨娘
​襟兄
​細​姨娘
​襟​弟
​内​姪
​内
​1 婦
​四 ​1 女
​内 ​1婿
​表兄
​表嫂
​表弟
​表​弟婦
​表姊
​表​姊夫
​t
Chéung² ckung.
〈Kúckung.
Kú sp'ó.
Ngok, chéung².
Ngoi fú .
Ngoke Sunó.
Ngoi? smd.
Tá² sk'au.
Noizching.
Sai' 'k'au.
Noi² tai²..
Keam snéung.
Táir sí snéung.
Kám ching.
Sai sísnéung.
K'am tai².
Noi² chatz.
Noi chat, fú.
Noi chat, 'nù.
Noi chat, sai'.
'Píú ching.
Piú sò.
Píú tai²,
Piú tail. sfú.
(Píú ‘tsz'.'
(Piú ‘tsx' fú.
章
​:
96–98. This includes, (1.) ku piu hing, my father's sisters' sons older than myself; (2.)
píú
í píú hing, my mother's sisters' sons older than myself; and (3.) k'au píú hing, my mother's
brother's sons older than myself; píú tai includes the sons of the same families who are
younger than myself.
SECT. 6.]
107
OF NEAR AND DISTANT RELATIONS.
102. Younger female cou-
sins of different surname.
103.
cousins.
104.
Father's elder male
cousins of different surname.
105. The wives of these
cousins.
106. Father's younger
male cousins of different sur-
name.
Husbands of these
107. Their wives.
108. Their wives.
;
109. Father's elder female
cousins of different surname.
110. Father's younger fe-
male cousins of different sur-
name.
111. Their husbands.
-112. Grandfather's elder
male cousins of different sur-
name.
surname.
113. Their wives.
114. Grandfather's young-
er male cousins of different
115. Their wives.
116. Grandfather's female
cousins of different surname.
117. Their respective hus-
bands.
118. Cousin's son.
119. Cousin's son's wife.
120. Cousin's daughter.
121. Cousin's daughter's
husband.
122. Cousin's grandson.
123. Cousin's grandson's
wife.
124. Cousin's granddaugh-
ter.
125. Cousin's granddaugh-
ter's husband.
126. Sister's son.
127. Sister's son's wife.
128. Sister's daughter.
表妹
​表​妹夫
​表​伯
​表​伯母
​表叔
​表 ​1 母
​表嬸
​表​姑母
​1 㚲​姐
​11
1 伯公
​1 伯​婆
​1 叔公
​1 1 婆
​1 姑
​姑婆
​1
公
​1姪
​· 婦女​婿​孫
​1 1 婦
​1 1 1女
​11婿
​11 #
孫
​11 孫​婦
​11孫女
​表​1 孫​婿
​外甥
​外甥​婦
​外甥女
​Piú múi².
'Píú múi² ‹fú.
(Piú pák).
(Piú pák, mò.
(Píú shuk).
Piú shuk) Śmò.
'Píú 'sham.
'Píú ‹kú ‘mò.
'Píú kú 'tsé.
'Píú ‹kú chéung'.
'Píú pák› ‹kung.
(Piú pák) spo.
Prú shuk, ckung.
Píú shuk, sp'ó.
'Píú ‹kú sp'ó.
'Píú chéung' kung.
'Píú chat₂.
Píú chat sfú.
'Píú chat, nü.
'Píú chat, sai'.
Píú chat esün.
'Píú chat₂ ‹sùn ‘fú.
Piú chat esiin 'nu.
'Píú chat; <sün sai'.
Ngoi shang.
Ngoi shang fu.
Ngoil shang 'nn.
118----125. The descendants here mentioned are all on the mother's side, who, when she
marries, merges her own surname in that of her husband.
108
[CHAP. III.
THE KINDRED RELATIONS.
!
129. Sister's daughter's
husband.
130. Sister's grandson.
131. Sister's grandson's
wife.
132. Father's maternal
uncle.
maternal
133. Father's
uncle's wife.
134. Father's
maternal
maternal
136. Son's wife's father.
137. Son's wife's mother.
138. Son's wife's mother.
139. Son's wife's grand-
grandfather.
135. Father's
grandmother.
father.
140. Son's wife's grand-
father.
141. Son's wife's grand-
mother.
142. Husband's elder brow
ther.
143. Husband's elder bro-
ther.
144. Husband's elder brow
ther's wife.
145. Husband's younger
brother.
146. Husband's younger
brother.
147. Husband's younger
brother's wife.
148. Husband's sister.
149. Husband's sister's
husband.
外甥​婿
​外甥​孫
​外​11婦
​舅公
​姈​婆
​太太
​外​太公
​外​太婆
​親家
​親家​毌
​親家​奶
​太​親家
​老​姻​翁
​太​姻​母
​大伯
​伯​爺
​大​伯母
​細​叔
​叔爺
​細​嬸
​姑娘
​姑爺
​i
Ngoi shang sai.
Ngoi shang sun.
Ngoi² shang csin fú.
K'au ckung.
K'am spo.
Ngoi tái chung.
Ngoi tái phó.
Ts'an ‹ká.
Ts'an cká mó.
Ts'an ‹ká ‹nái,
T'ai' ts'an ká.
Lò syan (yung.
Tái yan mò.
Tái² pák›.
Pák› syé.
Táiz pák, Śmò,
Sai' shuk,.
Shuk, syé.
Sai' 'sham.
Kú snéung.
Kúsyé.
!
;
CLASSES OF MEN.
人品 ​篇​四
​Yan
'pan;
p'ín
Sz”.
<
ocean.
3. The doctrines of the sa-
ges are profound as the abyss.
4. The virtue of the sages
is lofty and sublime.
5. The sages teach man-
kind.
CHAPTER IV.
聖​人類​第
​章
​Shing'syan lui?; tai? yat, chéung.
1. Confucius is the chief | 至聖​孔子
​of sages.
2. The maxims of the sa-
ges are wide-spreading as the
聖​謨​洋洋
​6. [Confucius] is the teach-
er and pattern of ten thous-
and generations.
!
7. How great are the doc-
trines of the sages!
8. The three sovereigns
are called ancient sages.
9. The five monarchs are
styled royal kings.
Section First.
OF SAGES.
| 道​淵源
​1 德​巍巍
​1人​教​人
​為​萬世​師表
​大哉​聖​人之道
​三皇​號​為​故​聖
​五帝​皆​日​聖王
​Ch'shing'‘Hung tsz'.
mà
Shing' md syéung :yéung.
Shing tò? cün yun.
Shing' tak, ngai ngai.
Shing'syan káu'syan.
¿Wai mán² shai' ‹sz' 'píú.
Tái tsoi shing” yan chí tờ!
Sám wóng hờ wai sứ
shing'.
üt
Ng tai bái ut, shing
swong.
Notes and Explanations.
THE classification here adopted is of the most general kind-several minor ones being dis-
regarded: for example, all persons holding office in the national government are divided into
nine pan, classes or ranks, which are subdivided into principal and secondary; another
division ranges the whole community into four classes, namely, scholars, husbandmen, me-
chanics, and merchants.
1. The meaning of shing will be better understood by a careful inspection of the phrases
in which it occurs, than from any formal definition; as an appellative it is used to denote a
class of persons of the very highest order.
2–4. These are not consecutive extracts, but independent phrases; and require, therefore,
to be considered separately.
CHI. CHR. 28
110
[CHAP. IV.
CLASSES OF MEN.
10. The early sages were
Tíú, Shun, U, and Tông,
11. The later sages were
Man, Mò, and the prince of
Chau.
12. An age without sages
and worthies is unstable.
13. The sages never yet
were faultless.
14. The sages established
rules for man's instruction.
15. Sages even are but
men.
16. The government of sa-
ges is an unofficial rule.
17. To the virtue of the
sages nothing can be added.
18. How vast are the doc-
trines of the sages! unchange-
able through the lapse of
ages.
19. The sages are the mes-
sengers of heaven and earth.
20. The great and reno-
vating: - this is called sage.
21. The love of the sages
towards mankind is seen in
their virtuous conduct.
22. The sages at their birth
are possessed of knowledge.
23. He, who looking up-
ward comprehends the celes-
tial phenomena, and down-
ward perceives the terrestrial
operations, is a sage.
24. The moral maxims of
the early and the later sages
are the same.
25. Confucius said, The
people of the west have sages.
先​聖​堯舜禹​湯
​後 ​1 文​武周公
​世​無​聖賢​不​立
​聖人​未嘗​無​過
​1 ^
^
*^
Sín shing' Yíú, Shun², ‘Ü,
Tóng.
Hau' shing Man, 'Mò,
«Chau kung.
Shai' mo shing' ín pat,
lapa.
Shing syan mí sshéung smò
kwo.
Shing' yan lap, fát› káu'
syan.
Shing' syan yik, syau syan ¾í.
先​聖​後​1其​揆
​・th
te
孔子​曰​西方​之
​人​有​聖者
​1人​之​政​不​蒞
​而​治
​聖​人之德​無
​加​矣
​shai' pat, 'koi!
聖德​悠悠​百世 ​Shing tak, syau syau pák,
不​改
​87." Syá.
HAHAHZ | Shing yan ‘ché cán tứ chí
使​也
​大而化之​之​謂
​聖
​1人​之​愛人​以
​Lott
Shing syan chí ching’pat,
lí, sĩ chí.
Shing yan chí tak, smò sá
‹ká sí.
2
Tái sí fá chí, chi wai
shing'.
Shing yan chí of syan í
takɔ.
聖人​則​生​而知 ​Shing yan tsak, shang sí
之
​仰識​天文​俯明
​地理​者​也
​sYêung shik, tín sman,
'fú
sming til 'ché, shing' 'yá.
<Sín shing' hau' shing' sk'.
skw'ai yat, sya.
'Hung 'tsz' ütz, «Sai fong
chí syan yau shing ‘ché.
25. This phrase is found in Honghi's dictionary, under the word Fat (Budha), where the
correctness of applying it to Budha is denied. The quotation presents a topic of interesting
SECT. 2.]
111
OF WORTHIES.
26. The doctrines of the
sages are deep and abstruse,
beyond the reach of common
men..
27. Without the institutes.
of sages, how can future
generations be stable?
28. Those who in ancient
times were called wise men,
are now esteemed fools!
29. Sacrificial Ritual for
the Temple of Sages; with
plates.
30. Confucius! Confucius!
How great is Confucius!
Before Confucius, there
never was a Confucius!
Since Confucius, there ne-
ver has been a Confucius !
Confucius !
Confucius !
How great is Confucius!
1. Worthy,having many
talents.
2. Worthy, synonymous
with good.
聖​道​奥妙​非凡 ​Shing tò2 mí², fi fán
d'
syan ‘shó snang kapz.
人​所能​及
​無​聖人​之​法​後
​世​何以​能​立
​古​之​所謂​聖​今
​之​所謂​愚​也
​聖廟​祀典​圖​考
​Section Second.
OF WORTHIES.
Mò shing syan chí fát,
hau² shar shósí snang lapz?
Kú chí shó wai?shing',
ckam chí shó wai² syi Syá!
孔子​孔子​大哉
​1 子 ​孔子​之
​前​從無 ​1 子
​孔子​之後​更​無 ​Hung tsz' cchí hau²,
Kang' smò 'Hung 'tsz'!
1 子 ​孔子​孔
​子​大​哉 ​1 子
​賢​多​才​也
​賢​猶​善​也
​Shing” míu tsz’ tín; st
'háu.
'Hung 'tsz'! 'Hung 'tsz'!
Tá tsoi Hung tsz’!
inquiry. To what region the words refer, and whether they point to one or more persons,
are points which remain to be ascertained: the sentence is literally, Western region's people
have sage, or sages.
29, 30. This is an interesting book, comprised in twelve, (sometimes in thirteen) volumes,
containing portraits and brief accounts of Confucius, and of 144 other distinguished persons.
In a few instances the portraits are wanting. The extract here given is taken from the elev-
enth volume of the work, which contains a series of seventy plates, illustrative of Confucius' life.
Hung ‘tsz” chí stsn,
Ts'ung smò 'Hung 'tsz'!
'Hung 'tsz'! 'Hung 'tsz'!
Tái soi ‘Hung t8z!
賢​人類​第二​章
​In syan lu²; taz ? cchéung.
!
In ctó ctsfoi Sya.
I'n syau shín² sya.
Notes and Explanations.
WORTHIES hold the next rank after the sages, as will be seen in the following phrases.
The in yan is the man of genius, endowed with superior intellectual faculties.
1, 2. In the dictionary of Hónghí these two phrases are given to define the word in; it de-
112
[CHAP.IV.
CLASSES OF MEN.
{
3. In retirement he left no
worthy man.
4. The worthies retire from
the world.
A kingdom without
野​無遺​賢
​賢者​辟​世
​5.
國​無​賢​不​立
​able men is unstable.
6. Having the capacities of 有​賢人​之​才
​a worthy man.
大​1幾​亞聖
​見​1思齊​焉
​無 ​1何以​治世
​孔門​七​十二​賢
​刻薄​之​事​非​賢
​者​所​為
​由​賢​而後​能​至
​聖
​君子​尊賢​而​容
​眾
​7. Great worthies are se-
cond only to the sages.
8. When you see a worthy
man, try to equal him.
9. Without able men, how
can the world be governed?
10. In the school of Confu-
ciuswereseventy-two worthies
11. The worthy man ne-
ver does aught that is mean
or contracted.
12. From being an able,
one may become a wise,
nan.
13. The perfect man does
honor to those of superior
worth, and is indulgent to all.
14. The inmost thoughts
of the worthy abide constant-
ly in the paths of sages.
15. The words and actions
of worthies may be made the
patterns for succeeding ages.
16. When men have attain-
ed the rank of worthies they
can be admitted to the sacri-
fices in the temple of sages.
17. Do men of worth enjoy
such pleasures as these?
18. They enjoy it only after
they become men of worth.
賢者​之​深​心存
​於​聖​道
​賢人​之​言行​可
​為​後世​法
​賢者​而後​能​入
​祀​於​聖​祠
​賢者​有​此​樂​乎
​賢者​而後​樂​此
​Yé mù swai sín.
In ‘ché pí? shair.
Kwók smò sín pat, lap:.
Yau sẵn syan chí sts oi.
Tái sín kí á' shing'.
Kin'sín <sz'sts'ai sín.
Mò sín chó 1 chỉ shai??
'Hung ‹mún tsát› shap› í² ‚ín.
Hak, pok, chí sz” fí sin
'ché ‘shó swai.
sYau sán sứ hau nang chí
shing'.
Kwan 'tsz'tsün sín sí yung
chung.
In ché chí sham sam
stsin cü shing' tò².
sln yan chí sún hang 'hó
swai hau² shai' fát›.
In 'ché í hau' nang yap,
tsz" ü shing' sta'z'.
In 'ché 'yau 'ts'z' lók, sú?
I'n 'ché sí hau² lók₂ ‘ts'z'.
notes the possession of many talents or great genius; and in respect to moral quality its
meaning is equivalent to the word good, or virtuous. Hence the truly worthy man both
good and great.
3. This is said of an ancient sovereign who brought into his service every man of genius
and virtue, unwilling that any such should remain in obscurity.
7. Mencius is called á shing, a sage of the second order; but the phrase here contains the
general proposition, that eminent worthies are second only to the sages.
16. This privilege is granted only by the emperor to those, who, during their lifetime, were
distinguished for their virtues and talents. In 1837, it was granted to Wan Yükú, late of
Shuntak, who was once the tutor of his present majesty.
17, 18. This question was put to Mencius, when in the pleasure ground of his king, to
whom he replied as above.
SECT. 3.]
113
OF EXCELLENT MEN.
Section Third.
OF EXCELLENT MEN.
1. Worthy of praise and
君子​類​第三​章
​Kwan 'tsz' lui'; tai sám «chéung.
joy is the perfect man!
2. The excellent man la-
bors on fundamentals.
3. The excellent man is
not a mere tool.
4. The excellent man rises
in knowledge.
5. The excellent man is
humble and lowly.
6. The perfect man keeps
in the path of rectitude.
7. An eminent man of
learning.
8. An eminently sincere
and faithful man.
9. An eminently kind and
virtuous man.
10. The excellent man
examines himself.
11. The excellent man is
never contentious.
12. The excellent man iş
deeply versed in justice.
13. The perfect man is al-
ways in the right.
14. Be thou a scholar of
eminent virtue !
15. The eminent man's
influence is like the wind.
16. The excellent man
is ardently attached to his
kindred.
君子​務​本
​1子​不​器
​1子​上​達
​謙謙君子
​君子​中庸
​為​學​之​君子
​誠實​之​ㄧ​子
​良善​之​1子
​君子​求​諸​己
​1子​無所​爭
​1子​喻​於​義
​1子​而​時​中
​女​為​君子​儒
​1子​之​德​風
​君子​篤​於​親
​Ká lók, kwan 'tsz'!
Kwan 'tsz' mò² 'pún.
<Kwan 'tsz' pat, hí'.
Kwan 'tsz' shéung² tát.
Hím chím kwan 'tsz'.
Kwan 'tsz' chung syung.
sWai hók, chí kwan ‘t82.
sShing shat, chí kwan ‘tsz’.
Léung shín² <chí ‹kwan 'tsz'.
Kwan 'tsz' sk'au «chü 'kí.
‹Kwan 'tsz',mò ‘shó ‹chang.
Kwan 'tsz' ü² ‹ü í².
Kwan 'tsz' ¿í sshí ‹chung.
Yü swai ‹kwan 'tsz' şü!
Kwan ‘tsz chí tak, fung.
Kwan 'tsz' tuk› ‹ü ‹ts'an.
Notes and Explanations.
KWANTSZ' is one eminently distinguished for what is amiable and laudable; he is the excel-
lent, the eminent, or the perfect, man. The term is applicable both to sages and to worthies.
2. Pún here denotes the cardinal duties of life; and it is to these that the excellent man
directs his undivided attention.
4. This is antithetical to what the base man does, who, há tát descends in knowledge-
sinks down in ignorance and vice.
11. He searches into his own conduct in order to learn his errors, and turn from them. An
admirable practice!
14. This was said by Confucius to one of his disciples, admonishing and encouraging him to
rise to the rank of an eminent scholar, and not sink down to that of a poor and worthless one.
15. The person here spoken of is elevated to office; in which station his mild sway will
/
}
CHI. CHR.
29
114
[CHAP. IV.
-
CLASSES OF MEN.
17. The perfect man does
not repine at heaven.
18.
The excellent man's
will abides by justice.
19. The excellent man's
first care is virtue.
20. He conforms to rea-
son in all his conduct.
21. He never takes food
to excess.
22. He encourages others
in good works.
23. He is one who has
read extensively.
24. He neither grieves nor
mourns to excess.
25. He is a man of perfect
virtue.
1. The just man is unmind-
ful of himself.
君子​不​怨天
​1 子​志存​乎​義
​1子​先​慎​乎​德
​1子​遵​道而行
​1子​食​無​求​飽
​1子​成人之美
​1子​博學​於​文
​1子​不​憂​不懼
​子​成​德​之​名
​never
move the people to good, as easily as the wind waves and bends down the grass in the mea-
dows, or moves the leaves on the trees.
義士​忘​身
​2. The charitable man
義士​濟貧
​succors the poor.
義士​無​虛​言
​3. The just man
utters empty words.
4. The honorable man
does not disgrace himself.
義士​不​辱​身
​5. The just man vindi-
cates the oppressed.
義士​打​報​不平
​6. The just man seeing 義士​見​危​必​拯
​one in danger rescues him.
Kwan 'tsz' pat, ün' t'ín.
.Kwan ‘tsz’ chí ats in sú Ý.
Kwan 'tsz' sín shan' sú tak..
Kwan 'tsz' tsun tò² sí shang.
Kwan 'tsz' shik, mò sk'au
'páu.
Kwan ‘tsz’sshing syan chỉ
'mí.
Kwan 'tsz' pók, hók, ‹ü
sman.
Kwan 'tsz' pat› ‹yau pat, kü›.
25. Kwantsz' is the name or designation of one possessing perfect virtue. This is the de-
finition given by Honghí to the term when it is used to denote the moral character of men. It
is in frequent use for the head of a nation, family, &c.
Kwan 'tsz',shing tak› ‹chi
sming.
Section Fourth.
OF JUST MEN.
義士​類​第
​四章
​0
SZ"
lui²; tai²
sz" (chéung.
1
? sz” móng shan.
ĺ² sz."2 tsai' sp'an.
2
Ͳ sz” ¸mò ch'ü çín.
Í
sz” pat› yukɔ ‹shan.
Ͳ sz" tá pò' pat› ‹p'ing.
Ͳ sz" kín' ngai pít, 'ch'ing.
Notes and Explanations.
THE class of persons here noticed is characterized by a high degree of rectitude, honor, and
generosity; and may be styled the just, the honorable, the charitable. Justice is their most
prominent feature.
1. He is unmindful of his own person in scenes of danger; and in the defense of the rights of
a friend is regardless of any consequences that may befall himself.
5. This is of similar import, but exhibits more generosity: pat p'ing, the one who is un-
even, i. e. for the wronged party, tá pò he pays back what is due from him to his adversary.
¡
SECT. 4.]
115
OF JUST MEN.
7. The word of the just
man is sure.
8. The just man does not
fear in the prospect of death.
9. It is difficult to change
a just man's determination.
10. The just man utterly
disregards poverty and riches.
11. In his intercourse with
friends, he forgets himself.
12. His words are precious
as gold and gems.
'. 13. His word is worth a
thousand pieces of gold.
14. The just man will die.
for his country.
15. He will sooner die
than disgrace his trust.
16. The honorable man is
not offended by things of no
importance.
18. It is difficult to find a
just man among those who
are rich.
19.
The just man will
sooner die than swerve from
his integrity.
介懷
​17. In whatsoever the just義士​所​為​不​計
​man does, he neither seeks
for fame nor gain.
名利
​20. To spoil those who are
rich for the relief of the poor,
is worthy of a just man.
義士​一言為定
​義士​見​死​不怕
​義士​志​操​難易
​義士​竟​忘​貧富
​義士​處​友​忘​身
​義士​言​如​金石
​義士​千金 ​諾
​21. The just man's heart
cannot be swayed by riches
or honors.
義士​為​國​亡​身
​義士​死不​辱命
​* ±
義士​也
​#± 2
不能​動
​22. In the prosecution of 義士​操守​不​問
​duty, the just man is not in-
fluenced by personal conside-
rations.
已​之​有無
​Í sz" yat, sín swai ting.
Í sz" kín' 'sz' pat, p'á'.
Í sz” chứ ts0 soán yika,
ܕܙ
Ľ
sz” king smóng phan fứ .
ls,” chủ Śyau smóng shan.
SZ
Ͳ sz²² çín çü ‹kam shek.
Í sz” ‹ts'ín kam yat, nók,.
Í sz” wai kwok, móng
kwók›
<shan.
I sz" 'sz' pat, yuk, ming'.
Ĺ sz" pat í síú sz” káľ
swái.
ĺ² sz" 'sho wai pat, kai'
sming li².
義俠​之​士​富​中
​難​求
​義士​之​節​寧死
​不屈
​劫富濟貧​者亦 ​Kip, fú tsai
Ŕ
háp, chí sz” fú chung
snán sk‘au.
Í sz” chí tsít, sning'
pat, wat›.
Kíp, fứ tsai span ‘ché yik
í² sz" Syá.
1 sz” chí sam fứ kwai
pats nang tung'.
Ͳ sz" ‹ts'ò 'shau pat, man'
kí «chí yau smò.
13. Just man thousand gold one not, i. e. the slightest promise of the just man is a suf-
ficient guaranty; even where thousands of gold are at stake, his word is better than any bouds
or deeds-for these may be destroyed, that cannot.
15. Ming is a trust or commission of any kind with which one is charged, and which the
just man will not disgrace, even though his life should be sacrificed. It must be confessed
that the Chinese moralists have described many of the characteristics of virtue and integrity
in their writings, however widely the people may have strayed from them in their practice:
they have not been left without reprovers.
20. It is the miserly and heartless who are here denoted by the rich; such persons in times
of famine and distress refuse to help the poor out of their calamities.
[
}
116
[CHAP. IV.
CLASSES OF MEN.
1. Philanthropy is human-
ity.
Section Fifth.
OF PHILANTHROPISTS.
仁​人類​第五​章
​Yan syan lui; tai "'ng chéung.
2.
The philanthropist
loves mankind.
3. He finds his delight in
benevolence.
4. He does not grieve to
excess.
5. The benevolent man
has no equal.
6. The benevolent man is
fearless.
7. Philanthropy is love to
man.
8. Possessing the air of a
philanthropist.
9. The benevolent man
bears others on his heart.
10. He is known by his
munificence.
11. He is guarded in his
words.
12. The philanthropist
only can love mankind.
13. Philanthropic thoughts
are cherished in his heart.
14. When I truly desire to
be benevolent, then I am be-
nevolent.
仁者​人​也
​1 者​愛人
​1 者​安仁
​1 者​不​憂
​1者​無敵
​1 者​有​勇
​愛​仁者​為​仁
​有​1者​之​風
​仁者​以​人為​心
​1者​以​財​發​身
​1者​其​言​也
​1
惟​仁者​能​好人
​心存​仁人​之​念
​我​欲​1斯​仁​至
​矣
​| Yan 'ché syan ‘ya.
Yan 'ché oi' yan.
Yan 'ché cón yan.
Yan 'ché pat› ‹yau.
Yan 'ché smò tiką.
Yan 'ché 'yau ‘yung.
O'yan 'ché swai syan.
sYau syan ‘ché chí fung.
Yan 'ché í syan ‚wai ‹sam.
Yan 'ché í sts'oi fát› ‹shan.
S
Yan 'ché sk'í sín ‘ya yan².
sWai syan ché nang hờ
syan.
Sam sts in syan syan chí
ním².
Ngó yuk, syan s7’syan chứ
$1.
Notes and Explanations.
YAN YAN is one who possesses love towards mankind; a philanthropist; a benevolent, or a
kindhearted, man.
1. Yan ché may, according to the context, mean either the philanthropist, or philanthropy:
in the abstract it has been defined by Chinese philosophers, sam chí tak virtue of the heart,
and oi chí lí the principle of love,
5. No one can surpass him: tik has the sense of wrangler; a senior wrangler would be mò
tik, without an equal.
6. His consciousness of rectitude not only relieves him from fear, but makes him bold and
courageous.
10. By the use of his property and possessions, he makes himself conspicuous, whilst one
of an opposite character degrades himself for the sake of gain.
11. Put a knife to thy throat if thou be a mun given to appetite,' is a good proverb; this is
of similar import, and was intended to check the loquacity of one of the sage's disciples: yan
is composed of words and a sharp pointed weapon, and denotes speech that is well-guarded.
SECT. 5.]
117
OF PHILANTHROPISTS.
:
15. But the benevolent
man banishes him.
16. To subdue self, and re-
turn to rectitude is philan-
thropy.
17. Love all men, and
endear yourself to the bene-
volent.
18. The philanthropist ne-
ver does aught that is cruel.
19. The philanthropist, in
loving his fellow-men, com-
inences at home and reaches
those who are remote.
20. The philanthropist al-
ways has mercy and kindness
in his thoughts.
21. The misanthropist can-
not long endure extreme po-
verty.
22. Every truly benevolent
man will measure others by
himself.
23. Those who do not love
mankind cannot be regarded
as philanthropists.
24. What man is void of
benevolence? But there are
those who do not practice it.
25. The philanthropic mind
never suspects a man will do
what is unkind.
惟仁​人​放​流​之
​克己復禮​為​仁
​汎​愛​眾​而​親 ​1
殘忍​非​仁者​之
​所​為
​仁者​愛人​由​親
​及​陳
​仁者​常​以​恤​憐
​為​念
​不​仁者​不可以
​久​處​約
​凡​仁人​必​推​已
​以​人
​不​愛人​者​不可
​以為​仁人
​人​孰​無​仁​惟​人
​不行​仁​矣
​仁人​之​念​不​疑
​人​作​不仁
​¿Wai syan syan fóng' dan
chí.
Hak, ckí fuky lai swai syan.
Fán' o' chung', sí cts' an
syan.
Ts'án yan cfí syan ché cht
'shó swai.
5
Yan ché o' yan syau ts'an
kapzcshó.
Yan 'chéshéung í sut, día
swai ním².
Pat› syan 'ché pat› 'hó i kau
'ch'ü yéuk».
Fán syan syan pít, ttúi kí
sí tóke syan.
Pat, oi' syan 'ché pat› 'ho i
swai yan syan.
Yan shuke smù syan? Wai
syan pat, chang yan i.
Yan syan chí ném pat, i
syan tsók, pat,syan.
15. Chí refers to a traitorous man, with whom it was dangerous to come in contact ; it
was therefore necessary to keep such an one at a distance.
21. His disposition being bad, he will have recourse to theft and robbery, breaking through
every restraint, rather than suffer in his own person the evils of poverty.
24. ‘Man who without benevolence? Yet man not practice benevolence truly,' is the literal
rendering of this sentence; the substantive verb is embodied in the final particle í. The last
sentence might also be rendered, But [there is to be found] the man who does not practice it.
CHI. CHR. 30
118
[CHAP. IV.
CLASSES OF MEN.
1. A lover of virtue.
2. Delights in doing good,
and loves to communicate.
3. The excellent man loves
virtue.
4. Advancingin virtue, and
forsaking evil.
5. Goodness only is pre-
善​人類​第六​章
​Shín² syan lui?; tai Juky chéung.
cious.
6. A man of pure good-
ness.
7. The good men became
rich.
8. Equally associated with
good men.
9. The good man does vir-
tuous deeds.
10. The good man's heart
is perfectly upright.
11. The good man will un-
derstand reason.
12. Loving virtue, he is
unmindful of power.
13. Seeing a good man,
fear lest you be not his equal.
14. When U heard good
words he bowed.
15. The good man's heart
abides in virtue.
16. The good man desires
others to become good.
Section Sixth.
OF GOOD MEN.
樂善​之​人
​好 ​1 樂​施
​樂 ​1 君子
​1 改過
​惟​1爲​寶
​純 ​1之​人
​善人​是​富
​與​善人​為​偶
​善人​行善​事
​善​人心​端正
​1人​必​明道
​好​善​而忘​勢
​見​善​如​不及
​禹​聞​善言​則​拜
​善​人心​恒​存​善
​1人欲​人為​善
​Lók, shín² ‹chí syan.
Hò’shín², lókzcshí.
Loke shín² <kwan ‘tsz’.
Ts'ín shín², koi kwó’.
sWai shín?swai pò.
Shun shín² chí syan.
Shin' yan shí' fú’.
sÜ shín² syan swai ngau.
Shin² syan shang shin² sz”.
Shin? syan csan tin ching.
Shín² syan pít、sming tò2.
Hờ shín sí smóng shai.
Kín’shín² sü pat, kap2.
·ប៉ sman shin² sín tsak, pái’.
Shín²
sts'in shín?.
Shín² syan yuke syan. swai
shín².
syan <sam shang:
Notes and Explanations.
Goon, according to some Chinese authors, is a natural endowment of man; his nature, they
say, is free from evil. Others maintain, that the sages only are immaculate-purely good,
that the common people become so by education, while the lower classes will remain base in
spite of education. Shin denotes what is good, virtuous, or goodness, virtue, moral worth.
1,2. These give the prominent traits of the good man; he is a lover of virtue; he delights
in doing good; and loves to communicate good to others.
7. This is said of one of the ancient dynasties; its gratuities to those who were good, who
had done good service to the state, were great, and in this way they were enriched.
12. The good man who takes delight in virtue, finds no occasion for the exercise of brute
force: he is powerful in goodness.
13. See good, seeming not to reach; i. e. whenever you see a good man, look on yourself
as not having attained to his rank in virtue.
SECT. 7.]
119
OF HEROES.
17. Those who have good | 有​善心​行善​事
​hearts do good deeds.
善人​則​親近​之
​18. If there be good men,
then keep near them.
19. The doing of good can
remove evil.
為​善​可以​消災
​20. The doing of good will
induce great happiness.
為​善​則​招​百福
​21. The good man is worthy 善人​可以​為​師
​to be a guide.
22. He led on all the peo-
ple to do good.
取​諸人​以為​善
​23. Select (for imitation)
those who are good, and fol-
low them.
24. It is only the good man
who can protect himself from
miseries.
25. Those who are able to
do virtuously may be styled
good men.
26. The virtuous man does
not do deeds of wickedness.
27. The good man's heart
is pure, and free from evil.
1. A youthful hero.
2. Convene the heroes.
3. The hero of the age.
Yau shín² csam shang shín
SZ2.
Shin² syan tsak, cts'an kan:
cchí.
Wai shin' 'hó í síú tsoi.
年少​英雄
​招集​英 ​1
當​世​英​1
¿Wai shín² tsak› ‹chíú pák,
fuk,.
Shín² syan (hóíswaicsz.
“Tsü ‹chü ¿yan ‘í ¿wai shín’.
ché a
Chák: sk'í shín?
sts'ung chí.
擇​其​善​者​而​從
​之
​惟​善人​可以​保
​身
​人​能​行善​則​日
​善人
​行​恶​之​事​善人 ​| Hang ók, cchí sz? shí?
弗​爲
​syan fat swai.
善人​之​心​純一
​而無​惡
​sWai shín? syan hó í po
<shan.
sYan snang shang shín² tsak,
ütz shín?syan.
Shín
yat sí smòók).
22. This was the ancient monarch Ü, who himself taking great delight in virtue, encour-
aged and led on all his people in the same good paths.
Section Ceventh.
OF HEROES.
英雄​類​第七​章
​Ying shung lui?; tai? ts'át, chéung.
syan chí sam shuu
Nin shíú? ying shung.
<Chíú tsap> <ying shung.
Tóng shai' <ying shung.
Notes and Explanations.
YINGHUNG denotes an illustrious person, one who is distinguished for valor and intrepidity;
and corresponds to the word hero or heroine.
A
:
120
[CHAP. IV.
CLASSES OF MEN.
4. Acquaint yourself with
heroes.
5. The spirit of a hero.
6. A hero buried in obscu-
rity.
7. The heroes assemble
together.
3. The hero does not ask
if there be evil omens.
9. Two heroes cannot dwell
in the same place.
10. Never inquire whence
the hero's origin.
11. Of a hero's actions it
英 ​1 莫問​出處
​英​1作事​難測
​is difficult to judge.
12. Long have I heard of 八​聞​英雄​之​名
​the hero's name.
- 世​英 ​1 安​在
​13. Where now are the
heroes of the past age!
14. All around seek for the
heroes of the land.
15. The hero views death
like going home.
16. A hero without op-
portunity to display his prow-
ess.
17. The hero seeks death,
and is not solicitous about
his life.
18. The hero's name pe-
netrates the ear like the voice
of thunder.
19. In the mountain forests
the heroes lie concealed,
20. Do not make the heroes
of the world ridicule you.
21. When the purse is
drained of gold the hero be-
comes dispirited.
22. The spirit of a hero
cannot be swayed by music,
by beauty, or by gain.
結識​英雄
​英雄​氣概
​英 ​1 埋没
​英 ​1 聚會
​英 ​1 不​問答
​英 ​不​並立
​遍訪​天下​英雄
​英雄​視死如歸
​英​1無用​武​之
​地
​英​1問​死​不問
​生
​英​1之​名​如雷
​貫​耳
​山林​的​英雄​歸
​隱
​勿使​天下​英雄
​貽笑
​床頭​金​盡​英​1
失​志
​英雄​志氣​非​聲
​色​貨​利​所能​移
​Kitz shik, cying shung.
Ying shung hí' koi.
Ying shung soái mút.
‹Ying shung tsü² úi’.
<Ying shung pat› man² kau'.
Ying shung pat, ping? lap2.
‹Ying shung mók, man² ch'ut›
ch'i'.
Ying shung tsók, sz" snáu
chako.
Kau sman ying shung chí
sming.
Yat, shai' <ying shung ón
tsoi'!
Pín fóng tín há ying
shung.
Ying shung sht Śsz’sü
ckwai.
Ying shung smù yung ‘mò
«chí tỉ.
Ying shung man² ‘sz' pat
man²shang.
Ying shung chí sming u
slúi kún í.
Shán slam noi ying hung
ckwai‘yan.
Mat, sz' t'ín háying shung
sí síú².
Chóng st‘au kan tsun’ying
shung shat, ch'.
<
Ying shung chí hí fishing
shik, fo' lfshó ‹nang í.
4. Tie acquaintance with heroes, i. e, seek their acquaintance, and become intimately at-
tached to them.
10. If he acts well the part of a hero it is enough, and it is of little consequence whether
he came from a rich or a poor family.
#
SECT. 8.]
121
OF BARDS.
1. The bard is a retired
scholar.
2. The intoxicated bard
sings boisterously.
3. He will put off his vests
of fur to exchange them for
wine.
4. He seeks the wine-shop
¿
to sooth his passions.
5. The bard finds his de-
light in poetry and wine.
6. He uses a gem-goblet
:
to purchase the spring wines.
7. The bard will pawn his
clothes to pay his bills for
wine.
T
8. The bard always satis-
fies his poetical cravings
with wine.
J
9. The bard is a debtor for
wine wherever he may reside.
10. In purchasing wine the
bard does not heed an emp-
ty purse.
11. The bard prides him-
self on his poetical and drink-
ing powers.
Section Eighth.
OF BARDS.
人類​第八​章
​syan lui²; tai pát, chéung.
騷人​逸士
​1人​醉酒​狂​吟
​1人​解​裘​換​酒
​1人​兗​肆​怡情
​1 人​詩酒​自娛
​1人​玉​壺​買春
​1人​典​以​償
​酒​債
​1人​常​以​酒​充
​##
1人​酒​債​恒​處
​不​無
​1人​沽酒​不​計
​囊​空
​1人​以​詩酒​傲
​性情
​‹Sò ¿yan yat, sz”.
Sò yan tsui' 'tsau skw'ong
syam.
‹Sò 、yan 'kái sk‘au ún² ‘tsau.
‹Sò 、yan mik› sz” ¿í ¿ts‘ing.
‹Sò syan ‹shí 'tsau tsz” ¿yù.
Sò syan yuk. sú mái ch‘un.
Sò yan 'tín ‹í í ¿ch'éung
tsau chái.
Sò yan shéung " 'tsau
«ch‘ung shí kí.
Sò yan 'tsau chái hang
ch*i pat, smò.
Sò syan ‹kú 'tsau pat, kai'
snóng shung.
‹Sò ¿yan í ‹shí 'tsau ngò²
sing' sts'ing.
Notes and Explanations.
Sò YAN is a popular term for those who devote themselves to the writing of poetry, deriving
its origin from a composition written by Wat Yün, a talented minister of state under the
Chau dynasty; the poem was called Li Sd, or the Dissipation of Sorrows. Wat Yun com-
mitted suicide by drowning, and in memory of him the annual festival of the dragon boats is
celebrated.
2. Tsau is a generic term used by the Chinese for all kinds of wines and spirits, as well
those which are fermented as distilled: their liquors are generally manufactured by distillation
more or less strong.
4. Sz' denotes a shop, and is often used as an appropriate term for those houses where
wines and other liquors are sold and drank: they are the gin-palaces and the bar-rooms of
the Chinese.
6. Spring is here used by metonymy for wine, which in ancient times was stored up in cel-
CHI. CHR. 31
122
[CHAP. IV.
CLASSES OF MEN.
养
​12. Great fondness for wine,
and wild enthusiasm in poet-
ry, are characteristics of the
bard.
13. The bard regards his
sojourn in the world as a
long journey.
14. The poet esteems
riches and honors light as the
dust of the earth.
15. The genius of the poet
never goes beyond the bounds
of what is pure and elevated.
16. Those who are charm.
ed with poetry and wine are
called bards.
17. The bard in purchas-
ing wine does not grudge the
money on the head of his
staff.
18. 'Catch the moon in the
midst of the sea,' was the in-
coherent language of an in-
toxicated bard.
19. The poet, though he
encounters dangers, never
grieves thereat.
20. The poet accomplishes
what other men have not the
power to effect.
•
21. In his songs the bard
celebrates his wine, and he
takes his wine to give spirit
to his songs.
22. Who is it, except the
bard, that daily returns home
full of wine from the booths
on the banks of the river?
酒​僻​詩​狂​騷人
​態度
​騷人​以​處世​為
​大​夢
​騷人​輕​富貴​如
​塵土
​騷人​志氣​不外
​清高
​躭​於​詩酒​謂​之
​騷人
​1人​沽酒​不​計
​杖頭​錢
​海​中​撈​月​騷人
​酒後​狂言
​騷人​帥​遭​危困
​未見​其​憂
​騷人​作事​為人
​所​不能​為
​騷人​以​詩​言​酒
​意​以​酒​道​詩情
​每日​江​頭​盡​醉
​歸​者​非​騷人​而
​何​哉
​Tsau pik, shí skwong sd
syan tái tò
‹Sò ¿yan ³í 'ch'ü shai' <wai
tái mung.
Sò syan hing fú' kwai sü
sch'an 'to.
Sò syan ch'hi' pat, ngo?
ctsting ckò.
<
Tám si shí tsau wai chí
csò syan.
Sò syan (kú ‘tsau pat, kar
chéung' st'au sts'ín.
Hoi chung dáu itz, sò jyan.
'teau hau' skw'óng sín.
KSò syan tsik, tsò sngai
、ngai
kw'an' mí² kín' sk‘í ‹yau.
Sò syan tsok, sze swai syan
'shó pat, snang swai.
‹Sò syan í ‹slí sín ‘tsau í', “í
'tsau to shí sts'ing.
'Múi yat, kóng stau tsun'
tsui' kwai 'ché fí so syan
sí shó ‹tsoi?
lars, and opened usually only in spring; and hence the spring purchase became a current
phrase for filling the domestic goblets.
17. It is said that, in ancient times, aged men when going abroad with staff in hand, bind
a few pieces of money around the staff's head, for cases of special emergency: even these the
bard would willingly give for his wine.
18. This is said of the celebrated Li Táipák, who, in consequence of some designs which
he supposed were formed against his life, committed suicide by plunging into the sea, to catch
the moon!
22. Wine-houses were erected in pleasant retreats, on elevated ground near the banks of
rivers. From these it was usual for bards to return home thoroughly intoxicated.
SECT. 9.]
123
OF THE MIDDLING CLASSES.
Section Ninth.
OF THE MIDDLING CLASSES.
中​品類​第九​章
​Chung 'pan lui; tai 'kau ‹chéung.
1. Men of the highest or-
der are good without instruc-
tion; men of the middling
class are so after instruction;
whilst those of the lowest are
bad in spite of instruction.
2. Those of the highest
order are sages, worthies,
the excellent, the philan-
thropic, the good, the just, the
upright, the dutiful, the con-
stant, heroes, poets, lovers of
knowledge, men of genius,
and of wisdom.
3. Husbandmen, mechan-
ics, physicians, diviners, as-
trologers, soldiers, wood-
cutters, fishermen, hunters,
musicians, and watchmen,
are of the middling class.
4. Players, servants, jug-
glers, vagabonds, robbers,
thieves, pettifoggers, gam-
blers, swindlers, and cheats,
are of the lowest class.
5. Those who till and reap
the fields are called husband-
men.
6. Those who traffic in
goods, going and coming
from place to place, are call-
ed merchants.
上品​之​人​不
​而​善​中​品​之​人
​教​而後​善​下品
​之​人​教​而​不善
​聖賢​君​仁善​義
​忠孝​烈​英​騷​儒
​才智​謂​之​上品
​農​工​醫​卜星兵
​樵​漁​獵​樂​更​保
​謂​之中​品
​戱​奴​術​爛​盜賊
​訟​賭​光​詭​惡​牙
​謂​之下​品
​耕耘​田畝​謂​之
​農夫
​往來​販​貨​則​謂
​商人
​Shéung ‘pan chí syan pat,
káu sĩ shín; chung pau
‹chí syan káu' ‚í hau² shín² :
há pan chí syan káu si
pat› shín².
Shing', sin, kwan, yan
shin', í, chung, hau', lít,,
‹ying, ‹sò, ¿yü, sts'oi, chí',
wai chí sheung ‘pan.
Nung, ckung, cí, puk›, ‹sing.
‹ping, sts‘íú, sü, líp, ngókɔ,
shang ‘pò, wai chí chung
'pan.
Hi, sno, shutz, lán, tò,
ts‘aka, tsung”, tò, ckwóng.
kwai, ok, ngá, wai chí
há² 'pan.
Kang swan st'ín 'mau wai'
chí snung fú.
'Wong sloi fan' fó' tsak, wai
<shéung syan.
Notes and Explanations.
THESE divisions afford a tolerably correct estimate, in a moral and intellectual light, of the
principal classes of society among the Chinese.
2. Several of these words have been already explained: chung denotes upright and faithful,
and is usually applied to good ministers of state; hau is applied to those who fulfill all their
duties as sons; it is applied to those who are constant and faithful and steadfast in what is
good; yu are the literati, once the pure lovers of learning.
6, 7. Sheung is often used indiscriminately for merchants and traders of all kinds, whether
conducting business on a large or small scale.
124
[CHAP. IV.
CLASSES OF MEN.
7. Those who reside in
shops and factories, with
their goods, are called trades-
men.
8. Those who by the cure
of diseases succor mankind,
are called physicians.
9. Those who drop the
screen and sell divinations,
are called diviners, or mas-
ters of divination.
10. Those who examine
the stars and calculate des-
tinies are called astrologers,
or the calculators of fates.
11. Those who defend and
protect forts, garrisons, and
guardhouses are called sol-
diers.
12. Those who go to the
hills and gather faggots are
named woodcutters.
13. Those whose occupa-
tion is in fishing are called
fishermen.
14. Those who play on the
eight kinds of musical in-
struments are called musi-
cians.
15. Those who report the
hour [of the night] in the
streets are called watchmen.
16. Those who abandon
their families and shave clean
their heads are called Bud-
hists.
17. Those who gather
their hair into a tuft and pin
it in a knob are called ratio-
nalists.
店​行​坐​貨​是​之
​謂​賈
​1
醫生
​垂簾​賣​卜​號​日
​占卦​先生
​推​星​度​理​稱為
​擇​日​先生
​防護​砲​營汎
​號 ​日​兵丁
​入​山​採​薪​名為
​樵子
​捕魚​為​業​謂​之
​漁翁
​掌​奏​八音​謂​之
​樂​生
​閭​閻​報​漏​號​日
​更夫
​出家​削髮​名曰
​禪​儈
​束​髮​忝​冠​則為
​道士
​Tím chóng ts6 fó shí chí
wai² ‘kú.
*EFLEFLíú tsat tsai shai' pín²
<ch'ing <í <shang.
sShui slím mái puk, hồ it,
chím kwả sin shang.
‹Túi ‹sing tók¿ ³lí ‹ch'ing
swai chák, yat› ‹sín ‹shang.
Fóng ú² p'áu'st'oi sying
sun' hò² üt₂ ‹ping ‹ting.
Yap₂ <shan 'ts'oi <san ming
swaists'íú 'tsz'.
Pò si swai íp wai chí su
<yung.
'Chéung tsau' pát› ‹yam wai²
chí ngôk, shang
sLíu sím pờ lau hò it
‹kang ‹fú.
Ch'ut, ká séuk, fát› ming
üt₂ shím ‹sang.
Ch'uk, fát› ‹ts'ám ‹kún tsaką
swai tò² sz".
9. These divines usually take up their quarters by the wayside, where they hang up. a
screen, made of cloth or bamboo, on which is written their advertisements, giving notice of
what they can do, &c.
10. Besides divination and astrology, there are among the Chinese many other branches of
the occult sciences practiced, as geomancy, chiromancy, fortune-telling, &c., by persons who
exercise great influence over their credulous countrymen.
SECT.10.7
125
OF THE LOWER CLASSES.
Section Tenth.
OF THE LOWER CLASSES.
下​品類​第十​章
​Há 'pan lui²; tai' shape <chéung.
1. Those who do not en-
gage in any occupation are
called drones.
不​執​一​藝​日​冇
​用人
​2. Those who decapitate 誅​斬​賊盜​呼​為
​thieves and robbers are called
executioners.
殺手
​3. Those who take care of
prisons and prisoners are
named jailers.
4. Those who personate
the ancients, and exhibit
themselves as actors are call-
ed players.
5. Those whose persons
p
have been sold to others are
called slaves.
7. Those who are expert
and dexterous in playing
tricks are called jugglers.
賣身​與​人​名為
​奴僕
​6. Those who perambu- 沿途​食​謂​之
​late the streets, begging their
bread, are called beggars.
乞兒
​演​弄​巧​法​謂​之
​術士
​亡命之徒​呼​為
​爛仔
​8. Abandoned fellows who
wander about regardless of
life are called vagabonds.
9. Those who plunder in
large bands are called robbers.
10. Those who procure a
livelihood by stealing and se-
creting goods are called
thieves.
收​管​監犯​名​日
​禁卒
​做​古​演劇​謂​之
​戲​子
​大夥​打​名為
​強盜
​偷竊​為生​號​為
​賊​仔
​Pat, chap,yat, ngai? ütz (mò
yung² syan.
Chu 'chám ts'ak₂ to² ú
wai shát, ‘shan.
Shau kún chám fán ming
üt, kam' tsut›.
Fóng kú n k‘ek, wai chí
h'‘tsz”.
Mái shan ‘ü yan ming
swaind puk.
sÜn st'ò k'oi' shik, wai² ‹chi
hat sí.
Ín lung háu fát, wai chí
shut, sz".
Móng ming chí tò ú
swai lán² ‘tsai.
Táir fo tá kíp, ming swai
sk‘éung tờ.
sTau sít, wai shang hừ
swai ts'aky tsai.
Notes and Explanations.
?
THE terms given in the fourth paragraph of the preceding section, with a few others of the
like character, are explained in the following phrases.
10. This class of persons, when they commit their depredations on the rivers and coasts, or
high seas, are called hoi ts'ak, sea thieves, i. e. pirates.
CHI. CHR.
32
126
[CHAP. IV.
CLASSES OF MEN.
11. Those who excite and
support unfounded litigations
are called pettifoggers.
make
12. Those who
themselves adepts in all kinds
of gambling are called gam-
blers.
13. Those who deceive
their intimate friends are
called swindlers.
14. Those who practice
deception the world calls
cheats.
15. Those who never do
well, whether moving or at
rest, are called wicked men.
16. Women who act as
talebearers are called tattlers.
包攬​詞​訟​謂​之
​訟棍
​精通​賭具​名為
​賭棍
​欺騙​親朋​謂​之
​光棍
​圖​詐​偽​世​號​詭
​譎​人
​動靜​不善​謂​之
​惡人
​女​為​說​客​名​日
​牙​婆
​Páu lám stsz' tsung² wai
chí tsung2 kwan.
Tsing tung tờ ki sming
swai to kwan'.
Hi p'in' cts'an sp'ang wai'
chí kwóng kwan.
sTò chả ngai shai hờ
'kwai kwat, syan.
Tung tsing' pat, shin' wai'
chí ók syan.
Nü swai shui hák ming
üt₂ sngá sp¹ó.
11-13. Tsung kwan a contentious stick, to kwan a gambling stick, and kwong kwan a
bare stick, are phrases in which the word kwan a pole or stick expresses an unfeeling, selfish
person, from whom no relenting or favor can be expected. The latter term sometimes de-
notes those who make it their inhuman delight and gain to stir up collisions and broils among
their fellow-men for their own purposes.
16. Literally this sentence runs thus women act talking visitors by name are called teeth
dames,' i. e. tattlers. The character here called shui is also usually known as shüt, with
nearly the same meaning.
↓
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
日用​篇​五
​"ng.
Yat,
yung²; <p'ín
Section First.
OF RENTING HOUSES.
CHAPTER V.
租賃​房屋​第 ​章​:
Tso yam' fong uk,; tai yat› ‹chéung.
1. To whom do the houses
in the city of Canton really
belong?
Every house has its own
landlord.
廣東​省城​之​屋
​究​屬​何​人
​各​業​各​主
​2. If [as it is commonly
尺地​莫非​王​土
​said,] there is not a foot of
ground that does not belong 何​得​自​專​為​已
​to the sovereign, by what
所有
​tenure do the people hold the
ground as their own?
They receive the right of
occupancy thereof, for build-
與​官​承​地​盖​造
​ing, from the magistracy 頠​紅​契​收執​為
​with a stamped deed, which
憑​後​方能​轉賣
​其​屋
​they retain in testimony of
their right; after this they
may sell the houses [built
thereon].
“Kwóng tung ‘sháng sshing
chí uk, hau shuk, shó syan?
Kók, íp kók, chi.
Ch'ik, tí² móka ‹fi swóng 't'ò
shó tak, tsz❞ chün swai 'ki
'shó 'yau ?
“Ü ‹kún sshing tí² k'oi' tsò²,
'ling shung k'ai' ‹shau chap›
swai sp'ang; hau' fong nang
‘chin mái shí uk).
Notes and Explanations.
YAT YUNG, literally, 'daily use,' are terms used to designate whatsoever appertains to domes-
tic concerns, such as furniture, food, clothing, &c. The chapter seems to require some
remarks respecting the tenure of houses, and the names of their various apartments, to afford
which this and the second section are intended; some of the topics here incidentally touched
upon will be more fully treated in subsequent chapters.
1. Wide eastern provincial city's houses, de facto, belong to what man? i. e., To whom
do the houses of the city of the province Kwongtung really belong? K6k ip every pos-
session, kók chi every master, i. e. each and every possession of houses has its appropriate
owner.
2. Wóng t'd is the royal domain, a classical expression, in which wong a king, is applied
to the emperor. Hung k'ai is, literally, ‘red deed', so called because the document is stamp-
128
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
3. When people have pur-
chased these houses, what
是​則​置​買​房屋
​rate of interest do they gain? 息​有​幾多
​多​則​一​分​少則
​The highest is twelve per
cent., the lowest nine and a
half per cent., annually.
4. Is there any tax levied
or not?
There is.
5. Is this tax paid every
year, or every month ?
It is paid once every year.
6. What is the amount of
the tax?
It is levied according to the
extent and quality of the
ground, and is called the
ground rent.
7. Suppose a person wishes
to hire a house, where must
he go to find one ?
8. After an agreement has
been made for the amount
of rent, how is it attested ?
The lessee must have some
one to be surety for him, and
the lessor must open a rent
book.
八厘
​要​納稅​唔​要​呢
​要​咯
​分​每年​納​抑或
​分​每月​呢
​每年​納​一次
​納​幾多​為​額​呢
​量地​多寡​良​歹
​而​納​又名​納​地
​租
​The landlord having past-
ed up a card giving notice
that he has a house to rent,
the lessee either goes in per-
son and makes inquiries and
agrees on the terms, or em-
行​問​到​議​租​或
​ploys another person to go 托​來人​來​問
​and do this for him.
旣​議定​租​後​以
​假如​有人​想​租
​屋​向​邊​處​埋​呢
​業主​將​租​帖​標
​起​承​賃​者​或​自
​何​為​憑
​承​賃​者​有​擔保
​業主​亦​設​租​簿
​Shí tsak, chí mái sfóng uk
chán sik, Śyau kí đó ?
〈Tó tsak, yat fan; shíú
tsak, pát lí.
Íú náp, shui', 'm íú' ‹ní?
Íú' lók›.
Fan múi nín náp, yik
wák, fan múi üt› ‹ní?
Múi snín nápz yat, ts'z”.
Nápz (ki ctó swai ngákycní?
Léung tí tó 'kwá léung
tái sĩ náp ; yan ming náp,
tí² ‹tsò.
'Ká sü yau syan 'séung tsò
uk, heung” pín chúi mái
ení?
Íp, chủ tséung tsò típ,
píú (hí, sshing yam² ché
wák: tsz² shang man² tò’í
tsù, wákztók, loi syan sloi
man²,
K?í ting² ctsò hau? í shó
swai sp‘ang?
Shing yam² ché Syau tám
pò:ipz (chi yike chéít> ctsù
pò.
ed with red ink: the k'ai is a formal paper, and puts the holder in perpetual possession of
the land, provided he pays the taxes, and conform to the laws of the empire respecting the
occupation of land.
3. This amount of interest, paid for the money invested in houses, is diminished by expen-
diture for repairs, taxes, &c.; yat fan or one candareen is one hundredth part of a tael, which
is paid for each month, making twelve per cent. annually: eight l or cash is four fifths of
that sum, or nine and a half per cent.
7. The ts'd tip is precisely like the advertisements for letting houses among ourselves, and
is usually pasted upon the door or wall of the house to be leased, and directs the inquirer
where to find the landlord.
A
SECT. 1.]
12.9
OF RENTING HOUSES.
I
9. What is written in the |
rent book?
The writing is in the form
of a lease, with the difference
of its being entered in a book,
thus:
that the rent shall be thirty
taels per month, besides two
dollars annually for shoe
money;-the rent to be paid
every month; if arrears ac-
cumulate, the security shall
be responsible for the same.
When the time for removing
from the house arrives, the
whole of the rent must be paid,
and the house delivered over
The rent is to commence
from the date of this agree-
ment, being the fifteenth day
of the eighth month, in the
eighteenth year of Tòkwóng.
The family of Wingchtün,
of the clan Ch'an, hereby cer-
tifies that it has a house,
situated in the Eighteenth
ward, extending four rooms
in breadth, and three entries
in depth, each room measur-
ing twenty-one ridges of tiles ;
排​四​間​深​三​進
​the partitions, doors, kitchen, 每​間​二十​一 ​桁
​and well, all complete; which
house is now rented to the
family of Kingshan of the
clan Yü for a private family
residence. Nothing illegal
板​障​門扇​厨​井
​切​俱全​今​租
​may be transacted therein.
與​敬慎​堂​余​住
​居宅​看​不得​私
​設​違禁​之​事​言
​明​每月​租​銀​三
​十​両​另​每年​鞋
​金銀​二元​按月
​清​租​如有​拖欠
​to the landlord, it shall not be
lawful to underlet it to any 為​擔保​是​問​臨
​other person. Witness this
agreement.
租​簿​裏頭​點​樣
​寫​呢
​t
好似​批​咁​樣​不
​過​寫明​落​簿​頭
​立​明​據​人​陳穎
​川堂​有​屋​一​所
​坐落​十八​甫​平
​遷​之​日​租​銀​清
​結​將​屋​交回​業
​主​不得​轉租​别
​人​此​據
​道光​十八​年​八
​月​十五​日​起租
​立​據
​<Tsò pò² lui t'au 'tím yéung'
'sé ní?
Hò t8'z’ «p'ai 'hóm yêung.
pat, kwó’‘sé sming lóke pò?
st'au.
Lap: sming küsyan :Ch'an
Wing” ch‘un tóng, yau uk.
yat, shó, tsó² lók, Shap, pát,
‘po, sping spái sz” hán,
<sham sám tsun', 'múi kán
1 shap, yat, cháng; pán
chéung', smún shín², chtü,
‘tsing,yat,ts't, ck'ü sts'ün;
ckam tsò fü King shane
tóng .Yü chủ ki chái,
kün'. Pat, tak› ‹sz' ch'it,
In
swai kam chí sz”.
<ming 'múi üt, teò,ngan sám
sshap2 léung, líng² smúi nin
shái ckam sngan ? sin, cn'
ütz ctsling tsò, sis yau to
hím’swai tám 'pò sht man².
sLam ts'ín chí yat, tsò
sngan ts‘ing kit), (tséung uk)
cháu súi áp, chủ, pat, tak,
'chün tso pít syan, 'ts'z
ki.
To ckwong shape páty (ni),
pat, its, shapz "ng yat, ‘bi
‹tsò lap, kü'.
9. This writing is abridged, the usual forms being much more extended and minute, specify-
ing the length and breadth of the several apartments, &c. Ch'an is the sing or surname of the
clan or tribe; Wingeh'ün t'ong is the name of a specific branch of the clan.
The 'shoe money' is a fee to the collector of the rent, and is so called, because it is suppos-
CHI. CHR. 33
130
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
:
!
10. If we take the houses
in the city of Canton, what
may be the monthly rent for
those of the largest class, for
those of the second, and for
those of the smallest kind ?
For the largest, the rent
does not exceed forty or fifty
taels per month; these are
for the most part occupied by
official people; for houses of
the second size, six or seven
dollars are paid; while for the
smallest, the rent is not more
than one or two mace.
There are, however, some
houses still larger; but most
of these, being very large, are
either rented to several per-
sons, or are occupied by the
landlords themselves.
以​廣東​省城​之
​屋​而論​至大​者
​每月​收租​銀​有
​幾​多次​等​者​有
​多​至​小​者​又
​有​幾多
​至大​者​每月​不
​過​四​五十​両​其
​中​公館​居​多次
​等​者​六七​元​至
​小​者​一二​錢​然
​屋​更大​者​非​無
​1. The inner apartments
are not to be entered irregu-
larly.
惟過​大​非分​賃
​則​業主​自居​者
​居多
​sY (Kwóng ctung shang
sshing chí uk, st lun, chỉ
tái ché múi út, shau «tsò
sngan syau 'kí ctó, ts'z" 'tang
ché Syau (kí ctó, ch” “siū
'ché yau yau kí ‹tó?
Chí tái ‘ché múi üt, pat,
kwó' sz' "'ng shap, 'léung,
sk'í chung ckung 'kún kü
ctó; ts'z”‘tang ché lukz
ts'at, sün; chi siú (ché yat,
1stsín: sin uk, kang tái
ché cfí smd, swai kwó tái
fí fan yam², tsak, ípz chi
tsz” 〈ki ‘ché ski ctó.
Σ
ed to be expended on an extra pair of shoes, required in running after the rent. Charges,
which bear a similar aspect of extortion, often occur in the transactions of the Chinese.
10. Large numbers of officers are often waiting in the capital for appointments in the
province, and while thus waiting they have to provide houses for themselves.
Section Second.
OF APARTMENTS OF HOUSES.
房屋​類​第二​章
​Fong uk lui; tai2 12 <chéung.
!
內​室​不許​亂​進 ​No? shat pat, hü lün²
tsun'.
Notes and Explanations.
THIS section includes, together with the names of the common apartments of houses, those of
such other parts as are frequently spoken of in domestic affairs. The names, in this and a few
of the succeeding sections, are italicized, and arranged alphabetically.
apple quest
SECT. 2.]
2. If there had been no
balustrade, I should have fall-
en down.
3. The thieves, even with-
out lifting up the bar across
the doors, burst them open.
4. The wind is very bois-
terous, and you must put the
bars in the windows.
5. The water in the bath-
ing-room is ready.
6. Is there any fire in the
bedroom fireplace?
7. Open the Venetian
blinds in the front veranda,
and fasten them open.
8. Shut the Venetian
blinds.
9. The ceiling needs to be
swept.
10. Let us repair to the
guest chamber to converse.
11. The chimney is clogged,
the smoke does not ascend.
12. Put that pair of shoes
away in the closet.
13. Spacious cow-houses
are the best.
14. The dining-room is too
small to accommodate
large a number of people.
So
15. The door was closed,
but not locked.
16. From the side door he
turned and went away.
17. The great door is
always shut in the daytime.
OF APARTMENTS OF HOUSES.
若​係​冇​欄杆​我
​就​跌落​去
​個​賊​冇​挽起​門
​門​咁​就​開門
​翻​風​太​要​落​密
​壓
​洗​身​房​水​便
​瞓​房​火爐​有​火
​冇​呀
​開​正面​天堂​嘅
​牛​百葉窗​鈎住
​閂​埋​板​簾​恣​門
​要​掃​吓​天花板
​請到​客廳​叙話
​個​對​鞋​擠​房​仔
​牛​槽​闊​的​致​好
​大​殮​樓​細​唔​坐
​得​咁多人
​房門​虛掩​未​關
​在​橫​門​轉​過去
​大門​日​裏​常​關
​131
Yéuk, hai mò slán kón,
ngó tsau tít, lók, hi.
Ko ts ak, mò tau hí mún
<shán, kóm tsau' choimún.
Fán fung tái íú' lók,
‹ch'éung át›.
'Sai shan fong 'shui pín'
lá'.
Fan' fong 'fo lò yau 'fo
mò á?
Hoi ching' mín
t'in st'oi
ké sngau pák íp ch‘éung,
‹kau chù².
Shán mái 'pán slím ch'éung
smún.
I'ú' so' há t'ín fá 'pán.
'Ts'ing to' hák, t'ing tsui
wá².
In t'ung sak», s'm shéung
‹ín.
Kí túi hái chai sóng
'tsai.
sNgau «ts fút, tí, chỉ hò.
Tái ts án sau sai sm tro
tak, kóm' ‹tó syan.
Fóng smún ch'ü ím, mí
‹kwán.
Tsoi swang smún 'chün
kwó' h'ü'.
Tái mún yat lui sshéung
kwán.
1. This is an appropriate term for the retired apartments of females, whether married or
unmarried, old or young.
3. Tau is a local word, not found in lexicons; its import is like that of hí, to lift, or raise.
6. Lo is a place to contain fire, and, with or without fó preceding it, may be translated
either, a furnace, a stove, a fireplace, or grate.
-
7. Tin t'oi is applied both to verandas and to terraces; ngau pák íp, 'cow's hundred leaves'
is an allusion to the internal folds of the omasum or manyplus, the third stomach of the cow;
the cavity of this stomach is much contracted by numerous and broad duplicatures of the in-
ternal coat, which lie lengthwise, vary in breadth in a regular alternate order, and amount to
about one hundred; thus showing the appropriateness of this singular alkusion for describing
the Venetian blinds: ch'éung is a window, and is usually followed by mún, the two words
retaining the same meaning.
132
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
18. Open the middle door
to receive the guests.
19. The low door is a
short door.
20. Stop at the inner door
and call.
21. Bamboos were plant-
ed about the round door.
22. That apartment has a
small dressing-room belong-
ing to it.
23. He took leave of the
guest in the entry.
24. Make a fire in that
fireplace.
25. Call the coolie to wipe
the floor.
26. The bars of the grate
ought not to be made very
close to each other.
27. The great hall is full
of noble friends.
28. He passed over to the
side hall.
29. He went to the mid-
dle of the second hall.
30. Brush together and
take away the ashes from
the hearth.
31. The hen-house is in
the garden.
32. The jambs are on each
side of the fireplace.
打開​中​門​接客
​矮​門​短​門​也
​宅門​止步​揚聲
​月​門外​皆​種​竹
​個​間​房裏​頭​有
​間​替身​房​仔
​送客​出門​官廳
​起着​個​火爐​龕
​呌​管​店​抹​樓板
​火爐​嘅​鐡​柱​唔
​好​密
​大廳​高朋滿座
​轉過​橫​廳​個​邊
​入​到​二​廳堂​中
​拂​火爐​底​個​的
​灰​去
​鷄​欄​喺​園裏​嚟
​火爐​兩傍​柱​塾
​+
“Tá choi chung mún tsíp,
hák,.
‘Ai smún tsik, ‘tin smún yá.
Chák, sún ‘chí pờ syéung
<shing.
Uta smún ngoi chái chung
chuk›.
Kớ chán sfóng Slui st au yau
bán tai shan sóng tsai.
Sung' hák, ch'ut, ¿mún ‹kún
<t'ing.
'Hí chéuk, kó' fold ham'.
Kíứ kún tím mút, sau
'pán.
Fó slò kẻ tít, chi sim hò
matą.
Tái ting kò spang ‘mún
tsó².
Chün kwở wáng ting ki
<pín.
Yap to 2 t'ing stong
chung.
Fat, fold 'tai kó' tik, fúi
h'ü'.
Kai lán 'hai sün lui lai.
Fó sò léung spóng chu
'tan.
18. In the principal houses, just within the great door, there is a triple doorway; of which
the central one is only opened for such guests as arrive in sedans or on horseback. Those
who come on foot enter the side doors, right and left.
19. The low door is close on the outer side of the great front door, and to about one half
the height of it, allowing the breeze to pass over it, when the great door is open.
20. This is the door which leads into the inner apartments, which are occupied by the fe-
male members of the house.
21. This is literally the moon gate, being made perfectly round like the full moon; it
usuallyleads into the garden or some open area.
23. This entry is a small space between the great door and the middle door, and is called
mún kún ting, 'court of the guardians of the door', because of certain images which are usually
placed in niches on each side of the door, as its protectors.
24. Ham is properly a shrine, usually made in Chinese houses in the walls, and in its form
bears some resemblance to our fireplaces or grates.
27. This is the principal room of the house, in which levees are held, and large parties are
assembled: the hák ting is inferior to it, being generally a wáng ting or side apartment: the
tái t'ing is in the middle of the house, and in the rear of it, the t'ing or second hall is situ-
ated.
30. F6 lò tai denotes beneath the fire-place, and not the hearth itself, of which there is
none in the native houses of Canton.
SECT. 2.]
133
OF APARTMENTS OF HOUSES.
33. Order the fire in the
kitchen to be extinguished.
34. Lift up the latch [of the
sliding bolt], and then you
can open the door.
35. The pencils and ink in
the library are scattered about.
36. The lintel is a bar
across the top of the door.
37. Leck that door.
38. The mantle-piece of
that fireplace is made of
stone.
39. She did not go three
steps from the nursery.
40. Is there an oven be-
longing to the kitchen?
41. The pantry is very
spacious.
42. That little child look-
ed through the seams of the
partition, to see if its father
was within or not.
43. Walking to and fro
in the piazza.
44. The privy ought to be
kept clean.
45. Putting the hand on the
rail, he ascended the stairs.
46. The roof of this house is
damaged, call the mason to
repair the leak.
47. Call the coolie here to
brush down the spider's webs
in this room.
吩咐​厨房​熄火
​挑起​門​鬼​致​開
​得​門
​書房​筆硯​縱横
​門楣​戶​頂​橫木
​鎖​埋​個​度​房門
​火爐​額​個​塊​係
​石板
​三步​不出​閨​門
​厨房​有​局​爐​有
​冇​呀
​管​車​房​好​閱​落
​個個​細​蚊​仔​喺
​板​障​錦豐​吓​睇
​老子​喺​處​唔​喺
​徘徊​兩廊​之間
​廁所​更​宜​潔净
​噤​住​扶手​致​上
​樓梯
​屋​背​爛​呌​泥水
​佬​執​漏
​呌​賫​店​嚟​撩​呢
​間​房​嘅​蜘蛛​綱
​〈Fan fú? schü sfóng sik, fo
Tíú hí mún kwai chỉ choi
tak,smún.
Shu sóng pat, ín tsung
swáng.
Mún smí ? ting swáng
muką.
Só mái ko tờ sóng mún.
Fó lò ngák, kó' fái' hai
shek, pán.
(Sám pò? pat, ch‘ut, ckwai
smún.
sChi sfóng yau kuke slù
yau ‘mò á
'Kún sz❞ sfóng ‘hò fút› lók¸.
Kớ ko sai sman ‘tsai hai
‘pán chéung” lá chóng ‘há,
t'ai lò ‘tsz' Chai ch'i' s’m
Chai.
sPúi cúi léung sóng chí
ckán.
sí hít,
Ts'z”
shó kang sứ kết,
tsing².
2
Kam chu fú shau chí
sshéung slau t'ai.
Uk, púirlán², kíú’snai‘shui
slò chap, lan?.
K kún tím' slai líú ní
chán sfóng ké chí chi
móng.
34. The min kwai is a catch sometimes attached to the shán (No. 3) or large sliding bolt
which passes across the doors withinside, for the purpose of fastening the bar more securely.
39. Kwai is composed of door and sceptre; kwai mún is nearly the same as noi shat, and is
applied to the apartments of females who are young and unmarried: the term is also ap-
plied to the harems of the rich.
45. This rail, or hand-support, denotes those balusters which are placed on the side of
stairs, and not those of verandas and terraces.
47. Kun tim, overseer of a shop, is applied to those who labor in warehouses, factories, &c.,
in carrying burdens, and in doing severe labor; coolie, here used as a translation of it, is an
Indian word, and is now in common use among foreigners in Canton.
CHI. CHR. 34
134
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
4S. The basement rooms
are usually damp.
地下​嘅​房​總​帶
​濕​的
​頂​起​玻璃​蕩
​整​的​明天
​呢​間屋​有​馬​房
​冇​呀
​52. He ascended the stairs
步步​上​樓梯
​step by step.
53. The stair-case is quite 樓梯​房​黑​過頭
​too dark.
呢​間屋​兩層​高
​共​登天​臺​玩月
​佢​喺​門​張​嚟​坐
​喺​粉壁​上​題詞
​個個​井​冇​幾​深
​49. Fasten up the glass
sash.
50. Fix that shell sky-light.
51. Has this house a stable
for horses ?
54. This house is two
stories high.
55. Together ascend the
terrace to enjoy the moonlight.
56. He sat ou the thres-
hold of the door.
57. Stanzas written
the plastering of the wall.
58. That well is not very
deep.
59. Open the glass win-
dows.
on
60. Do not open the win-
dows.
1. Call the coolie to roll
掩​開​玻璃​窓​門
​唔好​推開​門
​up the bamboo awning.
2. Open the cloth awning
to shade from the sun's glare.
Tí hả kẻ sfóng ‘tsung tái
shap,tí).
Ting hí pó slí tróng
cch'éung.
‘Ching tik, sming ngá tín
<ch'éung.
Ní ckán uk, śyau ma sfóng
smò á'?
Yat, pò pò shéung slau
ct'ai.
sLau tai sfóng hak, kwớ
st'au.
Ní ckán uk, léung ststang
ckò.
Kung tang tín stoi ún it.
Ki hai mún chán sai
tsó?.
Hai fan pik, shéung sttai
staz'.
Kó' kó' 'tsing 'mò 'kí ‹sham.
49. These are the windows which are made to slide up and down like a sash, the word t'óng
denoting that motion.
56. This is a raised threshold, common at the principal entrances of large houses, temples,
&c., being from three to six or eight inches high.
Ím choi pó lí chtéung
smún.
s’M hò tui choi chéung
chún.
Section Third.
OF THE FURNITURE OF HOUSES.
器用​類​第​三​章
​H? yung² lui'; tail sám chéung.
呌​管​店​扯​竹簾
​Kíú kún tím' «ch'é chuk,
slím.
開​布​帳​遮​日晒 ​Hoi pờ chéung” ché yat,
shá?.
Notes and Explanations.
T: articles of household furniture, enumerated in this section, are, like those in the preced-
ing, arranged alphabetically and their names are italicized, and when repeated with different
SECT. 3.]
135
OF THE FURNITURE OF HOUSES.
3. The barometer is an in-
dex of the wind and rain.
4. The water leaks from
that barrel.
5. Scour that copper wash
hand-basin bright.
6. The baskets are all
made of bamboo.
7. A servant girl carrying Múi tsai wán hóp, sló slai.
a covered basket on
arm.
8. Take the market bas-
ket on your arm and go and
buy some provisions.
9. Take and carry away
this basket of money.
10. Shoulder the peddling
baskets and go to the market.
11. Open the partition
basket and bring it here.
12. Burn the paper in the
refuse-paper basket.
13. All kinds of rattan
baskets on sale.
14. Buy that open-worked
rattan basket.
་
!
15. Use a tray basket to
hang it up.
16. Put some water into
the bathing-tub.
17. Replace the catches in
this carrying beam.
18. Ring the hand bell and
call him here.
風雨​針​指​風雨
​個​琵琶​桶​漏水
​净​個​銅​面
​筐​皆以​竹​為之
​妹​仔​挽​盒​籮​嚟
​挽​弓​籃​去買​送
​使​雙​篱​挂起​佢
​打​水落​洗​身​盤
​釘
​昴​落​擔​杆
​搖​鐘​仔​呌​佢​嚟
​FungŚu cham ‘chí fungfu.
Kó' sp'í sp'á tung lau'
'shui.
'Sháng tsing ko' stung
mín' sp'ún.
Kóng ckái íchuk, swai cchí
檸​呢​籮​仔​銀​去
​擔​擔​籮​去​趑​墟
​Tám tám' sló h'ü' ch'an'
‹h'ü.
開​食​格​籃​拈​嚟 ​Hoi shik kák, slám cnin
slai.
燒​字​紙​嘅​紙
​Shíú tsz” ‘chí lap, ké ‘chí.
各​欵​藤籃​寄賣
​**
Wán (kung lám himái
sung'.
ا
C
Ning ‹ní sló 'tsai ‹ngan h‘ü’.
Kók, fún stang slám kí
mái.
Mái kờ shó ngán st'ang
lap›.
'Shai chik› ‹lí kwá' 'hí 'k'ü.
Tá 'shui lók, 'sai shan
sphun.
Ting cfán máu lók, tám
kón.
rú chung tsai kíúkü
slai.
adjectives or modifying words, those are also distinguished in the same way. It includes
those articles which are moveable and commonly found in houses, without endeavoring to
specify all the varieties that fancy and fashion have invented.
5. Pún, a vessel, is usually joined with some other word, which modifies its meaning;
thus, mín p'ún, face basin or a basin used in washing the face and hands; sai shan p‘ún, a
a bath or bathing-tub.
8. Sung includes meat, fish, vegetables, preserved articles, and whatever else may be eaten
with rice, as an accompaniment to give it relish. Wán expresses the action of carrying a
basket on the elbow by putting the arm through the handle.
10. The tám 16 are usually in pairs; two baskets are suspended, one from each end of a
light beam balanced on the shoulder of the man, who goes to the market, or who carries small
articles about the streets for sale.
11. This basket, usually made of bamboo, is constructed of several parts, like little drawers,
placed in a series one upon another: into each of these partitions different kinds of food, and
other articles are placed.
15. This is a light open worked basket, having a broad bottom and narrow sides and two
loops to suspend it resembling a wooden tray; hence its name.
17. This is the beam on which the peddling baskets are carried, as well as almost every
other kind of burden; it is ordinarily about six feet long, two inches broad, and an inch thick,
having short catches near each end to prevent the baskets, or whatever is suspended thereon,
from slipping off; these frets or catches are also called má as well as máu.
18. This word iú, to shake, is in use for ngò, which is commonly used in speaking, but
for which there is no written character.
136
[CHPA. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
19. Work the bellows to
make the fire burn.
20. Shut the doors of that
book-case.
21. Move away this book-
stand.
22. Arrange those wine
bottles in good order.
23. Wipe this bowl dry.
24. As large as a dessert
bowl.
25. Ten soup bowls make
one set.
26. Large and small lac-
quered boxes for sale.
27. A lacquered partition
box is not strong.
28. Arrange the things in
the rattan box.
29. A work-box with ivory
fixtures.
30. Sediment is easily re-
moved with a bamboo broom.
31. A coir broom for re-
moving oily deposits.
32. A straw broom for sweep-
ing the floor.
33. The clothes' brush is
made of hog's bristles.
34. Let the bucket down
into the well.
35. Hang up the bird-
cage in the gateway.
36. Bring the oil can and
fix the lamp.
37. Scour that candlestick
bright.
38. A silver candlestick is
easily burnished.
扯​風​箱​使​火​猛
​掩埋​個​書櫃​門
​移開​呢​個​書架
​擠​好​個​的​酒​繪
​抹乾​呢​隻​碗​嚟
​如氷​盤​咁​大​隻
​'Ch'é fung <séung ‘shai 'fo
Smang.
Im mái ko shi kwai
smún.
số choi chí kó shi ka.
.Chai hò kó tik, tsau tsun.
Mút, kón chí chik, un sai.
sÜ «ping sphún kóm tái
chik,.
筒​湯碗​十​隻
​漆​箱​大小​出賣
​漆​文具​唔​主​固
​Đi từ DN TO THE DE | Chạp, hò trang hóp, kế
syé.
Kung fú séung 'yau ngá
hí.
工夫​箱​有​牙​器
​竹​掃​易​去​泥​積
​Chuk, sò' í h'ü' ¡nai tsik›.
***±*AsYé áí sò' h'ü syau hí.
禾​稈​掃掃​樓​凈
​衣服​檫​猪​鬃​做
​放​個​吊桶​落井
​掛​雀​籠​在​門口
​拈​油瓶​來​整​燈
​擦​靚​個​蠟燭​盤
​銀​燭檯​易​打磨
​Yat, st'ung tong 'ün shap.
chik,.
Ts‘at, séung tái ‘síu ch‘ut,
mái.
Ts'at, man kü' 'm 'chu kú'.
S
S
Wó 'kón sò' so' lau tsing'.
S
‹Í fuk₂ tsát› ‹chü ‹tsung tsò³.
Fóng
Fóng kó tíứ tung lók,
'tsing.
Kwa' tséuk, lung tsoi'
smún 'hau.
Ním syau sp'ing sloị 'ching
<tang.
Tsát, ling ko lập, chuk,
sphún.
Ngan chuk, st'oi'í² tá smó.
Ngan
22, 23. Chai is sometimes pronounced tsai; and mút is almost invariably read mát; either
may be used, though chai and mút are the best.
27. This is made of wood in a manner similar to that in No. 11, but is less strong and more
elegant; it is often used, as its name imports, (man kü literary collectanea,) for carrying the
apparatus for writing and studying.
28. Chap hò means literally to hold fast, or hold good; the phrase is here used to express
the act of placing the contents of the box in due order; chap is used in the same sense in the
phrase chap tsz', to set types, or a printer's composing.
29. Kung fú séung is the lady's work-box, and the nga hi are the various articles for
winding silk, &c., &c., with which it is supplied. The box in which carpenters keep their
nails, chisels, and other tools, is also called by this name.
31. Called yé í sò cocoa-nut clothes broom, because it is made of the outer covering of the
cocoa nut; this substance is employed by the Chinese in manufacturing not only brooms, but
ropes, cordage, cables, rain-cloaks, and other articles.
34. Tíú t'ung, 'suspended bucket,' is that which is used for drawing water from wells; tíú
denotes to suspend, suspended, hanging.
SECT. 3.]
OF THE FURNITURE OF HOUSES.
39. Put out the light on
the candlestick.
40. Rub the glass candle-
shade clean.
41. Every description of
leaden tea canisters.
42. Spread down the car-
pet in the parlor.
43. Bargained for a new
castor.
44. A set of new tin cen-
sers.
45. Twelve easy chairs.
副​新​錫​香案
​十二​張學士​椅
​擺​一副​燈​掛​椅
​開​馬​极​喺​門口
​- 堂​漆​圈​手​椅
​檸​張​交椅​埋​嚟
​洋枝​燈份​外​光
​鐵甲​萬​衿​過​木
​茶​箱​茶葉​食​嗮
​竹 ​子​唔好​睇
​not good looking.
54. A churn is used to
make butter.
牛油​銃​整​牛油
​55. Wood is easily split 柴刀​重​易​破​柴
​with a heavy cleaver.
56. Wind up the clock.
上​時辰​鐘​鍊
​咖啡​磨爛​難​整
​冇​酒​鑽​難​開​夾
​46. Arrange a dozen of
chairs.
47. Open the camp-chair
at the gate.
48. A set of lacquered arm-
chairs.
49. Bring an elbow-chair
and place it near me.
50. Foreign chandeliers
are very brilliant.
51. An iron treasure chest
is safer than a wooden one.
52. All the tea in the tea
chest is consumed.
53. Bamboo chopsticks are
熄​蠟燭​塾​嘅​火
​抹凈​玻璃​燈罩
​各樣​鉛​茶葉​礶
​57. It is hard to repair a
broken coffee-mill.
58. Without a corkscrew it
is difficult to draw a cork.
鋪​番地​毡​落​廳
​定​新​樣​五味​架
​1 1
137
Sik, láp, chuk, ‘tan ké
Mút, tsing” pó lí tang
cháu.
Kók, yéung” in cha íp
kún'.
Pò fán tí chín lóh, thing.
Ting san yéung "'ng mi
ká.
Yat, fú' san sik› ‹héung ón'.
Shap, í'chéung hók, sz" í.
1.
'Pái yat› fú' tang kwá'í.
Hoi ‘má cháp, hai chún
'hau.
Yat tong tsat, hun shau
4.
Ning <chéung káu í mái
dai.
sYéung chí tang fan ngoi
kwóng.
Tít káp, mán ham hwớ
muk.
Chá séung cha íp. shik,
sái.
Chuk, fái ‘tszm hò thai.
Ngau yau ch'ung' 'ching
ngau yau.
Chái tò chung 1 pho
schái.
Shéung fan shi shan
chung lín.
Ká fímó² lánnán 'ching.
Mò 'tsau tsin' snán hoi
chat).
37-39. These three candlesticks differ from each other; the first has a broad base like
a dish on which the snuffers are placed; the second is tall and slender; and the third one is
but little more than a wooden block into which the stick running through the candle is thrust.
45-49. The first of these, the hók sz' í (a term that may also be rendered 'the profes-
sor's chair,') is a large, easy chair, made for show as well as convenience. The tang kwá í
lamp suspended chair is the common backed chair, so called from its resemblance to a wall
lamp stand which is hung against the wainscot. The camp chair is a light and strong chair,
with a leathern seat made so that it can be easily folded up and carried from place to place;
it is used by military officers in field reviews, and is common in boats, &c. The hun shau í
rounded arm chair has the supports at the side somewhat curved, so that both sides form an
elliptical figure, and is the proper elbow-chair. The last name, káu í, is a generic term for
all chairs, as well as a specific one for those which have supports at the side; the two last
terms as well as the first are often used interchangeably for arm-chairs.
53. Fái tsz', literally, nimble ones, take the place of knife and fork with the Chinese, and
are made of various materials; those of bamboo are the most common.
57. Ká fi is intended to denote the foreign name of coffee, the Chinese themselves having
CHI. CHR. 35
138
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
59. A couch with a bottom
of woven rattans.
60. A hundred large and
small tin covers.
61. A cup is used for drink-
ing and drawing water.
62. Make a new butter
Cat).
•
63. Custard cups are not
very large.
64. A milk cup with one
spout.
65. Shut the doors of the
cupboard.
66. Roll up this silk cur-
tain.
67. A chair cushion, one
side rattan and the other cloth.
68. A flat cutting-board is
the best for use.
69.
A glass decanter is
transparent.
70. Turu the key in the
writing desk.
71. Take and bring this
tray of dessert plates.
72. Bring a cocoa-nut dip-
per to bail some water.
73. Let the crumbs re-
main for the beggar's dish.
74. The dish for fish-
sauce is not very high.
75. Bring a dish-cloth and
wipe this plate clean.
76. Bring a dust board to
take up this refuse.
77. A dust basket is needed
when sweeping the ground.
7S. Use the rattan handled
feather duster.
79. Wipe that silver egg-
cup.
80. Call the silversmith to
make a new egg-cup stand.
St. Fenders made close
are the best.
92. Bring the finger-bools
quickly.
交​子​床​藤​織​底
​大小​錫​盖
​百
​缶​飲​器​汲水​器
​打​番​個​牛油​盅
​1
吉​時​杯​冇​乜​大
​牛乳​盅 ​筒​嘴
​閂​埋​碗碟​櫃門
​扯開​呢​塊​綢​簾
​藤​絨​兩面​椅墊
​砧板​平​好​切肉
​玻璃​酒​鱠​通​照
​提​埋​寫字​箱​話
​抽​呢​盤​菓碟​嚟
​拈​椰殼​楤​水​1
食​剩​等​乞​鉢 ​1
魚油​盅​有​高
​擰​剪​布​撟​净​碟
​拈​惣​斗​摠​撒​擺
​掃地​須​用​竹​蔘
​使​藤​柄​雞毛​掃
​抹過​個​銀​蛋
​+
呌​銀匠​打​蛋​架
​火爐​圍​蜜​嘅​好
​快​擦洗​手​盅​嚟
​(Káu tsz' schtóng stfang
chik, 'tai.
Táiz síú sik, koi' yat, pák..
Fau 'yam hí' kap, 'shui hí'.
“Tá ‹fán kó' ¿ngau syau
chung.
Kat, sshi púi mò mat tái.
Ngau Syü chung yat› st'ung
'tsui.
Shán smái ‘ún típ: kwai?
smún.
'Ch'é choi ní fái ch'au
slím.
¿T'ang syung ‘léung mín í
tín.
Cham ‘pán sp'ing Chù ts'it,
yukz.
Pó lí tsau tsun tung
chíú?.
Nau smai' 'sé tsz” séung
wá².
Ch'au ní spún ‘kwó típ
slai.
Nim syé hók, fat, ‘shui çlai.
Shikeshing² ‘tang h‘at, pút,
çlai.
sU syau chung mò mat hò.
Ning ‘tsín pò) (kíú tsing)
típ).
Ním fat tau fat, láp, sáp).
Ꮪ tí? ssi yung² chuk)
'ch'am.
Shai tang ping kai smò
sù.
Mút, kwo kớ sngan tán
cchung.
Kíú ngan tséung' 'tá tán'
ká'.
Fó slò swai mat ké hò.
Tái «ning 'sai ‘shau chung
slai.
no name for this article. So kat shí púi for custard cups, sám pin púi for champagne glass-
es, and other phrases.
70. Nau expresses the wringing motion of the hand in locking a bolt, turning a screw, &c.;
mái added to it in this connection implies that the lock must be secured; wá is to order.
72. The dipper made of the cocoa-nut shell, yé hók, is called by the same name; with a
handle of bamboo fitted to them they are used for dipping water, oil, &c.
SI. This refers to fenders which are made of wires, those being regarded the most safe
which have the wires in the net-work close together.
瞿
​SECT. 3.]
139
OF THE FURNITURE OF HOUSES.
83. As high as a footstool.
84. Pass it along with a
silver fork.
85. An antique flower-pot
is priceless.
86. An iron frying-pan is
made use of in frying cakes.
87. It is hard to light a
fire in a wet furnace.
88. Things in a gallipot
do not lose their flavor.
89. Champagne glasses
are very high.
90. Hand me here a claret
glass.
91. A grate placed in the
wall is extremely warm.
92. A grater is required
for rasping ginger.
93. Move away a little
that gravy dish.
94. An even fire is needed
when using a gridiron.
95. Use a hearth-brush to
clean the fireplace.
96. A heater must be used
in cold weather.
97. The tub's hoops have
burst and the water leaks.
98. Flour is stored in kegs.
99. It is easy to boil water
in a copper kettle.
100. Two keys will make a
noise.
101. An iron kettle is made
use of in boiling food.
102. Split some kindlings
to make the fire burn.
103. Change that carving
knife.
104. Do not scour the case
knives so thin.
•
脚踏​櫈​咁​高​嘅
​使​銀​釵​釵​過​嚟
​古老​花瓶​有​價
​用​鐵鍋​哩​炕​餅
​濕​風​爐​難​着火
​勘​盅​擠​唔​漏氣
​三​鞭​酒杯​最高
​遞​隻​紅​酒杯​嚟
​入​墻​火爐​極​暖
​******«kéung ts'át,.
取​薑汁​要​薑​擦
​移開​吓​個​汁​盅
​燒​鐵​鈀​火​要​勻
​用​灰​掃​整​净​爐
​天寒​必​用​火鍋
​桶​箍​咆​了​漏水
​琵琶​桶​仔​装​麵
​銅​㷛​㷛​水​易​滚
​兩條​匙​就有​聲
​使​大​鐵​鑊​烚​野
​破​柴​花​好​嘱​爐
​換過​張大​餐刀
​牛肉​刀​莫​磨​薄
​Kéuk, táp tang kém kì
ké'.
Shai sngan cha cha kwo
lai.
'Kú lò ‹fá sp'ing ³mò ká’.
Yung tít, wó slé hóng
'ping.
Shap, fung slò soán chéuk,
'fó.
Hóm chung chaism lau
hí.
Sám pín tsau púi tsui
‹kò.
Tai chik, chung tsau púi
lai.
Yap, sts'eung 'fó lò kik
'nün.
"Ts'ü
<kéung chap, íú'
s choi há kó chap, chung.
<Shíú t'ít, sp'á fó íú' ¿wan.
Yung' fúi sò' 'ching tsing'
sld.
<T'ín shon pít, yung 'fó ‹wó.
T'ung ‹fú páu' líú lau
'shui.
sP1_spa tung tsai chóng
mín².
T'ung pò pò 'shui í'
'kwan.
Léung stíú sshí tsau' yau
<shing.
Shai tái tít, wok, shap, yé.
Po chái fá hò lạu lò.
Ún kwớ chéung tái tsán
<tò.
Ngau yuk tò mók, mó
póką.
83. This is said in derision of persons without learning or merit, but who amply supply
their deficiencies with pretensions, upstarts inflated with pride and who are easily seen through
by their neighbors. "As high as my ankle," is another phrase to the same purpose.
87. This piece of furniture is usually called a fogong by foreigners in Canton; it is made of
burnt clay, and is in universal use among the natives.
96. The utensil here called a heater is a copper tube in which coals are placed, and which
opens beneath into a pan or hearth of the same metal; it is inserted in the middle of a large tin
vessel that contains the victuals, and is kept constantly supplied with coals. The utensil is
most frequently found in taverns and public eating-houses.
100. This is an expression used by the Chinese, when they speak of the difference between
company and solitude; one wife, say they, and the house is quiet, but two make a continual
jingling; so in intercourse with friends, or play among children.
140
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
:
105. With a vegetable
knife it is cut very even.
106. Pass me the fish-
knife.
107. A pen-knife with two
blades.
108. A board is fitted to
scour dessert knives.
109. Nine jars and ten
covers.
110. His belly is like an
unglazed jar.
111. I will give you a jar
for a gall-bladder.
112. Go and bring two
jugs of spring water.
113. When lighting a high
lamp use a ladder.
114. Copper ladles are
easily scoured.
115. Bring a soup ladle to
serve out the soup.
116. Wooden ladles are
inade of cross-grained wood.
117. A helmet-shaped lamp
hanging in the great hall.
118. Light the globular
lamp.
119. Relight the water-
lamp.
120. This lamp-stand fell
down and is out of order.
121. Use a lamp-chimney
andyou need not fear the wind.
122. Lampwicks are made
of cotton thread.
123. If the rush lampwick
be small the oil hardly as-
cends.
菜刀​切​過​咁​齊
​遞​一張​魚​刀​嚟
​摺​鉸​刀仔​兩​開
​菓​刀​使​板​磨​好
​九個​十個​嗱
​眞​好似​塔​咁​肚
​捭​甕​缸​你​做​膽
​去​擔​兩​山水
​點​高​燈​用​梯​燒
​銅​殼​容易​打​抹
​T'ung hók, syung í tá
mútą.
EB REB Ning tong hók, íú ‹ťóng
擰​湯​殼​擾​湯​嚟
​slai.
橫紋​木​做​木殼
​大堂​吊​盔​頭燈
​點​着​金​魚缸​燈
​點​番​着​個​琉璃
​跌​攣​呢​枝​燈檯
​使​燈​筒​唔怕​風
​棉紗​縄​做​燈心
​燈草​細​惡​上油
​Ts'oi' tò ts'it, kwó' kóm'
sts'ai.
Tai yat, chéung sử tò slai.
Chíp, káu tò tsai léung
choi.
‘Kwó tò ‘shai pán mó hò.
Kau ko ang shap, ko'
sts'un.
Chan hò ‘tsz’ táp, kóm’
st'o.
Pí ung' kóng ní tsò tám.
H'ü' ‹tám leung sch'ing
<shán 'shui.
“Tím cho tang yung tai
tang'.
Wáng man muk, tsò² muk,
hók,.
Tái st6ng tíứ kwai stau
<tang.
"Tím chéuk kam sü kóng
<tang.
"Tím fán chéuk, kó' lau' slí.
Tít lün ní chí tang stoi.
Shai tang stung sảm phá
<fung.
Mín <sha shing tsò² <tang
(sam.
Tang ‘tsò sai ók, shéung
yau.
109. This phrase is employed to denote a deficiency, as in case of income and expenditure,
where the latter exceeds the former.
111. The gall-bladder is supposed, by the Chinese, to be the seat of courage: the phrase
is used to excite an adversary.
117. Kw'ai t'au is a wire covering for the head of a conical shape, a kind of helmet,
which this lamp, often called a hall lamp, somewhat resembles; when hung up in lanes, or
at the entrance of houses, it is called lò tang, a way lamp.
118. Literally, 'the gold-fish bowl lamp,' so called because the globular bowl in which
the lau li or water lamp is suspended is often used by the Chinese as an ornamental vessel,
in which gold-fish are kept alive.
119. The lau li or water lamp is a small glass cup, partly filled with water, and the oil is
poured upon its surface; the wick, made of rush pith, is suspended in the vessel by means of
wires, and burns till the oil is consumed. The Chinese have no specific names for the many
fashions of lamps in use among foreigners, but give descriptive names which frequently differ
among themselves: an Argand lamp-globe is called ü ngán wat, from its resemblance to the
crystaline lens of a fish's eye; a table stand lamp is named sán tang, umbrella lamp; and
a desk lamp with a tin shade is termed ché tang, a parasol lamp.
SECT. 3.]
141
OF THE FURNITURE OF HOUSES.
124. Light the lantern to
go into the street.
125. I cannot open this
lock.
126. In warm weather,
change the rattan chair mats.
127. Rattan dish mats are
used at dinner.
128. Spread the rush mat-
ting in the hall.
129. Cover the floor with
matting from Línt'án.
130. Rice measures
made of bamboo tubes.
131. Working the mill till
one's hands are tired.
132. Mops are used to
wash floors.
are
133. Bring a mortar and
pestle to pound sugar candy.
134. Wash out that mus-
tard pot.
135. This napkin is very
dirty.
136. Use a padlock to se-
cure it.
137. Shoulder a pair of
pails and come here.
138. The pan is a utensil
for boiling meat.
139. Glaze another pane
of glass [in this window].
140. The top of the pep-
per box is pierced with holes.
141. A heavy pestle is ill
fitted for use.
142. Open the piano.
143. The picture-frame
must be made like the pattern.
144. Wipe down that pier-
glass.
t
點​燈籠​去​出​街
​呢​把​鎖​唔​開​得
​暑天​換過​藤​墊
​藤​碟​墊​大餐​用
​用​草蓆​鋪​大廳
​連​灘​草蓆​墊​樓
​捭​竹筒​做​米​升
​推​石磨​手​噲​倦
​洗​大樓​用​布​嚜
​擡​春​砍​春​氷糖
​洗​吓​個​芥末 ​盅
​呢​條​茶​布​汚​漕
​使​盒​籮​鎖​主​固
​擔 ​一​擔​水桶​嚟
​鑊​乃​煮肉​之​器
​“Tím tang cung h‘i ch‘ut,
‹kái.
Ní pá só s'm choi tak.
Shi tín ún kwớ tang
tíně.
sTang típ, tín tái trán
yung².
Yung ‘ts) tsik, pò tái
<t'ing.
Lín tán ts ò tsik, tín sau.
‘Pí chuk› ‹ť'ung tsò' 'mai
<shing.
Túi shik, mớ shau
kün².
Sai tái sau yung pừ mali.
sToi chung ‘hóm chung
ping đóng.
'Sai há ko' hái mút
chung.
Ní stíú sch'á pò' cú ‹tsò.
'Shai hóp, lò só 'chü kú'.
Tám yat, tám shui tung
slai.
Woh, ‘nái chủ yuh, chú
hí.
‹Séung kwó' fái' ‹pó ¿lí p'ín'.
lau
sÚ ‹tsíú ‹tsun koi
Engán.
Chung ch‘i chung” s’m hò
'shai.
胡椒​罉​盖​漏​眼
​春​杵​重​唔好​使
​揭開​八音​琴​盖
​整​畫架​要​合式
​'Ching wá ká' íú hóp,
shik,.
* ITS THE HE ý đi Mút, há hớ chứ shan
抹​吓​個​照​身​鏡
​king'.
Kt choi pát yam shan
koi'.
124. Ch'ut kái is an idiomatic phrase for to go out, or to go abroad,—without reference
necessarily to the streets.
131. The mill here referred to is the small one made of two stones, and worked by hand,
commonly seen in houses; it is mostly employed in grinding rice or pulse, though the hand
mill is probably not as much used by the Chinese as by the Hindoos.
132. Here is another instance of an attempt to give the sound of the foreign article; this
is indicated by placing mouth by the side of mik, without which it means to seek, to search
after.
142. The reference here is to the foreign instrument, the piano-forte, called by the Chinese
pát yam k'am, or eight sounding harp: this, however, may not be the most appropriate term,
the phrase pát yam eight sounds, is often used as a general appellation for musical instruments.
144. This term is applied not only to those which hang between windows, or against piers
but to large mirrors generally, which will chíú shan, reflect the whole person, such as are set
above a fireplace, or mounted on a frame.
CHI. CHR. 36
142
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
145. Bring a pipe and fol-
low on after me.
146. Commenced life with
only a fire pipe,
147. Replace a bowl in
that pipe-stem.
148. It is easy to pour
water from a large full pitcher.
149. Change the plate and
bring a clean one.
150. Lacquered plates can-
not be long used.
151. Push away that large
silver plate.
152. Take off the cover
from this platter.
153. The poker is placed
by the fireside.
154. Put the bills in the
portfolio.
155. Call the coolie to pull
the punkah.
156. A rolling pin is used
to roll out pastry.
157. The shoes were
brushed upon the rug.
158. Put what remains of
the food in a safe.
159. The new fashioned
salt-cellars are very elegant.
160. In serving up tea,
use a saucer.
161. The saucer boat is
dented, and needs mending.
162. The rat fell into the
scales [to weigh himself].
163. The pan of the scales
is hung too high.
164. Grind the scissors
sharp to cut out clothes.
擰​烟筒​跟​人​尾
​係​吹火​筒​出身
​鑲​起​個​烟筒​斗
​跳​缸​裝​水​好​斟
​替​過​隻​凈​碟​嚟
​漆​碟​唔​使得​耐
​推開​隻​大​銀​碟
​揭起​呢​冚​兜​盖
​火爐​邊​嘅​火​杵
​將​單​放在​書​挾
​呌​管​店​扯​風扇
​使​麵​棍​開​麵薄
​在​地​毡​擦過​鞋
​紗​風燈​擠​宿​肉
​時​與 ​精緻
​奉茶​要用​茶​碟
​茶​船​凹​要​整
​老鼠​跌落​天平
​天平​盤​吊​得​高
​磨​利​鉸​剪裁​衣
​1
}
Ning án st'ung kan syan
$mí.
Hai chui fó stung ch‘ut,
<shan.
Séung 'hí kó' ín st'ung
'tau.
Tíu chóng chóng shui hò
cham.
Tai kwó chik, tsing típ
slai.
Ts at tip, s'm ‘shai tak›
noi².
Túi choi chik, tái sngán
típ.
Kít, chí chí k’am tau koi.
Fó lò ‹pín ké' 'fó ‘ch'ü.
Tséung tán fóng tsoi shi
káp₂.
Kíú kún tím' 'ch'é fung
shin'.
'Shai mín kwan' choi mín²
pók,.
Tsoi tí chín tsát, kwo
shái.
Shá fung tang chai suk,
yukɔ.
Shí ching sím chung tsing
chí.
Fung' sch'á íú' yung² ch'a
típ.
Ch'a shün nap, íú' 'ching
fán.
Lò shi tít, lók, tín sping.
£46. This phrase is employed to denote the condition of one who has risen from extreme
penury,—a cook's assistant, capable only of blowing the fire with a bamboo pipe,-to afflu-
ence and high respectability: the fo t'ung is a hollow stick of bamboo, and is used like a
blowpipe.
155. The word punkah is, in Canton, usually defined to mean the large boards with frin-
ges which are suspended above tables, and swung to and fro during a meal.
157. The word chín is used for hearth rugs, door mats, carpets, and so forth, made of wool,
hair, coir, or other materials. The Chinese in this region use matting to preserve or adorn
the floors of their dwellings.
160, 161. That is, do not present a cup of tea without placing it upon a saucer. The
kind of saucer used by the Chinese is a sort of saucer boat,-a small dish made of metal,
somewhat in the shape of a boat, in which the tea-cup is placed, and thus handed to guests.
The character nap is intended to represent an indented surface; characters that are carved
below the surface are called nap tsz’.
Tín sping sphún trứ tak,
‹kò.
Mó lí káu' 'tsín sts'oi í.
162. This phrase is applied to self-conceited persons who stand high in their own estima-
tion: the tin p'ing are the common scales.
SECT. 3.]
143
OF THE FURNITURE OF HOUSES.
165. It is well to keep
scissors in a scissor-case.
166. Behind the screen he
listened to their words.
167. Open the folding
screen to set off an apartment.
168. A new steaming
screen gives a taste of bamboo.
169. He has gone in a se-
dan to repay visits.
170. A black lacquered
server is substantial.
171. A bamboo settee is
very cool in warm weather.
172. Shears should shut
close together.
173. The betel-nut shears
will not cut it open.
174. Nail a shelf in the
corner of the wall.
開​圍​屛​閘​間​房
​新​烝​籠​有​竹​氣
​擡​乘轎​去拜會
​黑漆​托盤​老實
​竹床​暑天​貪凉
​大​鉸​剪​要​哈日
​槟榔​𨨏​鈑​唔​開
​墻角​釘​狗​肶
​使​火​鏟​去​爐灰
​鑊​鏟​致​轉​得便
​鐡​漏​殼​起​湯​糜
​使​篩​箕​簸​米糠
​米粉​用​羅​斗​篩
​油​絡​安​佢唔​穩
​失去​一​對​線​絡
​燭​剪​唔怕​火​暗
​馬尾​睡​槁​好​瞓
​定​新​樣​豉​油​架
​擰​匙​羮​去​洗净
​唔​見​減​枝​糖​羮
​spoon | 擠​畨​枝​塩​羹​處
​175. Use the shovel to take
away the ashes.
176. The rice shovel can'
be used on either side.
177. An iron skimmer
takes the scum from the broth.
178. Use a sieve to win-
now the chaff from the rice.
179. A sieve is required to
sift rice flour.
180. On the oil slings it is
easily upset.
181. A pair of the twine'
slings is lost.
182. Snuffers prevent the
candle from becoming dim.
183. A sofa of horse hair
is pleasant to recline upon.
184. Bargained for a new
fashioned soy-stand.
195. Take the spoon away
and wash it clean.
186. I have not seen the
{
sugar spoon.
187. Put the salt spoon
back in its place.
i
剪​有​匣​好​收藏 ​| Tsín yau háp: hò shau
sts óng.
屏風​後​聽​佢​講
​¿P'ing fung hau' t'ing 'k'ü
'kóng.
Hoi swaisping cháp hán
sóng.
〈San sching slung 'yau chuk)
hi.
sToi shing? kíú? htü páir
ú?.
Hak, ts'at, t'ók› ‹p'ún lò
shatą.
Chuk, chóng ‘shi tín
tám sléung.
Tái² káu' 'tsín íú kóp›
'hau.
Ping slóng chápz chápz s’m
choi.
Ts'éung kók, ting 'kau 'pí
ká.
'Shai 'fo 'ch'án h'ü' ‹lò ‹fúi.
Wok, chán chỉ ‘chin tak,
pín².
Tít, lau hôk, hítóng sn.
'Shai shai kí pó' mai
‹kóng.
Mai 'fan yung sló 'tau
cshai.
Yau lók, cón 'k'ü s'm 'wan.
Shat› h'ü' yat› túï sín' lók›.
Chuk, 'tsin s'm p'á' 'fó óm'.
‘Má ³mí shui² í 'hò fan'.
Ting² san yéung² shf syau.
ká'.
Ning chí chang hết sai
tsing2.
S
M kín kém chí stóng
ckang.
.Chai fán chí sím kang
ch'ü'.
168. This utensil is used in cooking food by means of steam; the food, usually rice, is put
intò a wooden vessel, and a fine screen or net of bamboo placed upon the top; it is now in-
verted over a pan of boiling water, and stands upon the steaming sticks (No. 192), by which
means it is exposed to the aqueous vapor.
d
176. The wók chán is not much unlike an apothecary's 'spatula; it is thicker and heavier,
and' liké it, may be used with either side up.
180, 181. The yau 16k is made of rattans'or bamböos, in the form of a four cornered frame
or basket, within and upon which the articles to be carried are placed. The sin lók is made
of twine; it is a network, with broad meshes, in the form of a sachel; small boxes and other
light articles are carried in it.
144
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
188. Change this gravy | 換過​呢​枝​汁​羹
​spoon.
189. Make another rice
spoon.
打​番​一枝​飯羮
​190. Egg-green spoons are
in common use.
蛋​靑​調羹​通用
​用​板​梯​易​上​落
​烝​須​用​一​對
​司​碼​秤​有​大​的
​似​斗方​椅​咁​正
​square as a stool.
195. Earthen stools are
cool to sit upon.
196. Bamboo stools are
cooler than wooden ones.
197. Eight stone bottomed
stools.
好​貪凉​坐​鼓
​竹椅​凉​過​木​嘅
​八​張​石​面​馬​瓠
​198. Take away the sugar 搬開​冰糖​盅​去
​bowl.
191. It is easy to go up
and down upon a step-ladder.
192. Steaming-sticks are
used in pairs.
193. The steelyards are
not at all too large.
194. The thing is
as
199. The whole family eat-
ing at one table.
200. Change the top of the
stone table.
201. A bamboo table is
light and easily moved.
202. Lay the table-cloth
straight on the table.
203. Brush those tea-poys.
204. Engaged to have a
tea-strainer made ready.
205. Use a tea-kettle to
boil medicine.
206. The tin tea-kettle
goes with the dowry.
207. Use a tea-spoon to
stir it up.
208. All kinds of tin tea>
pots.
209. The covered tea-cup
is inferior to the tea pot.
大家​同​檯​食飯
​換過​塊石​枱面
​竹​怡​輕​容易​搬
​大​枱布​要​齊整
​掃過​個​張​茶​机
​定​打​便​個​茶​漏
​使​茶​㷛​做​藥​㷛
​錫​茶​提​隨​嫁​用
​使​茶匙​攪起​佢
​各​欵​錫​器​茶壺
​局​盅​唔似​茶壺
​Ún kwớ chí chí chap
ckang.
Tá fán yat, chí fán²
ckang.
Tán tsting st'íú ckangtung
yung².
Yung? pán t'ai ? shéung
lúk2.
Ching chi² csui yung² yat)
túr.
Sz’ má sch‘ing mò tái tik.
'Ts'z' 'tau <fóng í kóm'
ching'.
'Hot'ám sléung tsó² ngá
kú.
Chuk, í sléung kwó’mukz
ké'.
Pát> <chéung shik, mín² Śmá
sú.
‹Pún choi ‹ping stong ‹chung
h'ü'.
Tái há st‘ung toi shik, fán.
Ún² kwó fá shike stfoi
mín².
Chuk) st'oi ching syung 2
pun.
íú'
Tái stoi pờ íứ sts ai
'ching.
So' kwó' kó' «chéung sch'á
ckí.
Ting² 'tá pín² kó' ¿ch'á lau².
Shai schtá cpù tsò? yéukz
cpò.
Sik sch'á st'ai sts'ui k
yung².
'Shai sch'a shí 'káu 'hí 'k'ü.
Kok, fún sik, h' sch'á sú.
Kuk, chung 'm 'ts'z' sch'á
sú.
190. These spoons, somewhat larger than table spoons, are made of earthenware of a
dull pale green color, and the bowls are not much unlike in shape to the transverse segment
of an egg-shell.
192. The sticks are laid one across the other in the boiler, so as to form a rack or grate,
on which the wooden tub or other vessel containing the provisions is placed in order to be
cooked.
193. These steelyards are those used by the government, or like them: the public offices
are called sz'; and má denotes the weights, with which the steelyards are poised: hence sz'
má, official weights. The implement is also called a dotchin, and is in general use to weigh
heavy articles as well as those where a delicate balance is required.
195. The ngá kú, earthen drums are the garden seats commonly exported from China.
They are named from the resemblance in form of the generality of them to drums.
SECT. 3.]
145
OF THE FURNITURE OF HOUSES.
210. The tea-cup with a
single handle.
211. With a tea-tray, the
table will not be wet.
212. One tin tea-canister.
213. If you cannot see, then
use a telescope.
214. How does the therm
mometer stand ?
215. Lost a toast-rack.
216. A coal has jumped out,
take it up quickly in the tongs.
217. Fasten some bait on
the rat trap.
218. Carry the presents in
an eating tray.
tray
220. Put it into the tray.
basket, and place it in the sun.
221. Take care of that
clothes' trunk.
222. A leathern trunk is
light and easily carried.
223. A low tub for wash-
ing clothes.
224. A high tub for wash-
ing jackets.
219. A lacquered
welk gilded is wanted.
·
225. Bring me a tumbler
of cold water.
226. Find a tunnel to put
in the wine.
227. A chinaware soup
tureen with two handles.
228. Artificial flowers put
into a flower vase.
229. A well rope with
buckets on each end.
230. Be careful of that
wine glass.
231. A low wine jar with
an even top.
232. A whetstone should
be very smooth.
茶杯​有​單​耳​嘅
​有​茶盤​唔​濕​檯
​一個​錫​茶葉
​1
唔​見​打​千里​鏡
​寒暑​針​到​幾度
​失​一個​多時​架
​炭​射出​快​鉗​去
​綁​的​餌​在​鼠​挾
​擡​食​箱​去​送禮
​漆​托盤​要好​金
​窩​籃​裝​起​去​晒
​提防​吓​個​衣箱
​皮​槓​輕​出門​便
​扁​身​洗衣服​盤
​sChtá cpúi yau tánike.
Yau schá sp'ún s'm shap,
st'oi.
Yat, kó’sik, schá ipz tsun.
'M kín' tá cts'ín lí king'.
Hón 'shu cham to' 'kí tò²?
Shat› yat› kó' ‹tú ‹shí ká’.
T'án' shé ch'ut, fái' kím
h'ü'.
(Póng tik, n² tso² shi
káps.
T'oi shik, séung h'ü' sung'
Jai.
Ts'at, t'ók p'ún íú' hồ
ckam.
<
Wó lám cchóng hí h'i'
shái'.
☆T'ai sfóng shá kó cícséung.
S
Pí lung ching ch'ut smun
pín².
Pín shan ‘sai cí fuke spfún.
高​身​嘅​洗衫​盤
​Kò shan ké sai nhám
sphún.
擰​一杯​凍​水​嚟 ​Ning yato púi tungshui
slai.
Wan lau² tau lai yap:
'tsau.
$Ts'z' h' léung íct'óng tau.
搵​漏斗​嚟​入​酒
​磁器​兩耳​湯​兜
​紙​蓮花​插​花瓶
​兩頭​綁​吊桶
​小心​吓​隻​脚​杯
​Dúi.
平​盖​矮身​酒壺 ​Pring kor 'aicshan tsausú.
磨刀石​要​幼​凍
​Mó to shik, íú' yau' tung'.
“Chí tung fá ch‘áp, fá,
sp'ing.
Léung st'aushing 'póng
tứ tung.
'Síú sam há chik, kéuk,
213. If unable to see an object at a distance with the naked eye, then use the thousand lí
glass: tsin li king is applied to the common telescope.
216. In this phrase, the word kím is used as a verb; fái quickly, kím tong it, h'ü back, is the
literal rendering; shé ch'ut is an allusion to the starting of an arrow from the bow.
218. The shik séung resembles a case of shallow drawers placed upon each other, to the
number of four, five, or more; these are filled with food, and fitted into a frame, in which they
are carried.
220. The wó lám is a circular bamboo utensil, made shallow like a tray, with a low rim
around the edge, in which grain and other articles are sometimes exposed for sale; there is
another still flatter and smaller, but similar in shape, in common use.
CHI. CHR.
37
146
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
!
Section Fourth.
ARTICLES OF DRESS.
首飾​衣服​類​第四​章
​'Shau shik, ‹í fuk lui²; tai² sz" ‹chéung.
1. Tie on an apron.
2. Ancient court bonnets
were made of leather.
3. All the ancient bonnets
were black.
4. Modern hats are the
ancient bonnets.
5. Fasten back that bonnet-
ring.
6. The straps which are
tied beneath the chin are call-
ed bonnet-strings.
7. The button is fitted into
the bonnet-cylinder.
8. Put the bonnet in the
bandbox.
9. Brush that pair of boots
clean.
10. In cold weather we
must put on leather boots.
11. In warm weather we
must put on satin boots.
12. Expose that breast-pin.
⇓⇓⇓
古​視​朝​以​皮​弁
​|
凡​古​冠​皆​用​玄
​今​帽​師​古​冠​弁
​釘​番​個​帽​圈​咋
​ĐT 1 T #E L T
個​條​呌​做​帽​挻
​安​帽頂​係​帽​竉
​擠​1落​帽​盒​嚟
​擦​乾凈​個​對​靴
​天冷​要​着​皮靴
​天​熱​要​着​絲​靴
​打出​枝​胸針​來
​Lak, ‹fán stíú swai skw'an
chá'.
Kú shí' ¿ch'íú í sp'í pín².
2
Fán kú kún hái yung
sün.
Kam mo tsik, 'kú ‹kún
pín².
Ting fán kó’mò? chün
chá'.
Póng chủ há phá tai há,
ko'st'íú kíú' tsò mò p'án'.
«Ón mờ ‘ting hai mờ dung.
Chai mờ lók mờ hóp:
slai.
Tsát, kín tsing kó túi
ch'éu.
T'in lang íú' chéuk, spí
ch'éu.
T'ín ít íú' chéuk› ‹sz' ‹h'éu.
“Tá ch‘ut chí chung cham
sloi.
Notes and Explanations.
SHAUSHIK are ornaments for the head; ífuk are garments; the two together include every
description of dresses, plain and ornamental, for men and women. The actual difference
between the articles which appropriately come under this and the next section is so little that
some may be searched for in one, that are placed in the other. It has been the design in ar-
ranging them to place those articles which more strictly appertain to the usual dress in this
section, while those employed in ornamenting or cleansing the person will be found in the
following.
-
2-4. There were many sumptuary laws established by the ancient dynasties to regulate the
forms of headdresses, by which in this, as in other countries, rank was designated; the pin
was made in different forms, some of which resembled the trencher cap of European univer-
sities, and others a tiara or mitre; the kún was worn by inferior officers: they may be indif-
ferently rendered caps or bonnets.
5. Md hün, bonnet-ring, or ring of the bonnet, is a small band of cloth, so fitted on the in-
side of those bonnets which are made of hard and stiff material and in a conical form, that
it serves to make them set easy and firm upon the head.
7. Mò lung, bonnet-cylinder, or cylinder of the bonnet, is a bit of wood, or other hard
substance, in the apex of the bonnet, having a spiral groove, into which the button or knob is
screwed.
SECT. 4.]
147
ARTICLES OF DRESS.
13. Breeches come down
to the knees.
14. I do not find the buckle
of the hatband.
15. Fasten the button in
the button-hole.
16. Where have you put
that small cap?
17. The child's cap is fur-
nished with a tassel.
18. When the snow falls
we must put on cloaks.
19. In wet weather we must
wear clogs.
20. What is the cost of a
great coat?
21. That coat is quite too
short.
22. In cold weather a long
coat is comfortable.
23. A black woolen collar
is in good style.
24. The costumes of na-
tions are unlike.
25. This cravat is unfit for
use.
26. Ancient crowns had
pendants before and behind.
27. Sow up again the seam
of that cuff.
28. Flannel drawers are
very warm.
29. Bring a pair of cotton
drawers.
30. The dresses of the up-
per and lower classes of the
people, likewise, are different.
31. Dresses need not be
very costly; that they are
clean and comely is the im-
portant point.
|
¿Ngau st'au fú' tò' sat› ¿t'au.
sM kín kỏ mờ tái k‘au.
牛頭​褲​到​膝頭
​唔​見​個​帽​帶扣
​打​番​鈕​入​鈕​門
​K‘au' ‹fán ‘nau yap, 'nau
smún.
擠​頂​小帽​去​邊
​Chai “ting síu mờ hi
<pín?
細蚊​仔拖​帽総
​Sai man tsai tó mờ sui.
Lók, süt, íú' chéuk, tái² dau.
落雪​要​着​大​蔞
​落雨​天​穿​屐​鞋
​Lók, 'ü ‹t'ín «ch'ün k'ik,
chái.
__R_E @ Kí đó ngan mái chéung
銀​買​長袍
​spáu?
個​件​大​衫​太短
​Ko kín tái shám tái tin.
天冷​着​長衫​好
​黑​絨​風​領​致​着
​各國​衣服​唔同
​呢​條​頸帶​唔​着
​古​冕​前後​有​旒
​挑​番​袖口​線​步
​絨 ​褲​實​首​暖
​拈​棉布​裏​褲​嚟
​上下​各​等​人​嘅
​衣服​亦​係​唔同
​Tín lang chéuk, chéung
shám hò.
Hak, syung fung Sling chí
chéuk,.
Kók, kwók, á fuk, s'm
st'ung.
Ní stíú kingtái s'm
chéuk,.
'Kú mín sts'ín hau' 'yau
lau.
‹Tíú ‹fán tsau' 'hau sín' pò².
Yung lui fú' shat, 'shau
'nün.
Ním mín po' lui fú' slai.
Shéung² há? kók, tang syan
kể « fuk, yik, hais’m stung.
***** Í shéung s'm lun² kwai'
衣裳​唔​論​貴​總
​要​乾净​嚵​就好
​'tsung íú kón tsing' ké'
tsau hò.
13. The ngau t'au fú, cow's head trowsers, is worn by laborers in summer, constituting
their entire dress; it is equivalent to the sarong or waistcloth of the Malays, into which it
frequently passes.
19. This description of clogs are made in the same fashion as the common shoes, with a
thick wooden sole, and are usually worn in rainy seasons; they are also called shui hái water
shoes, and muk hái wooden shoes.
21, 22. Táishám is used in Canton to denote the upper garment, the coat worn by foreign-
ers, and also a loose outer one worn by the Chinese, a kind of frock; the ch'éung shám is long,
descends nearly to the ankles, and resembles a gown.
<
26. The form of these crowns was that of a richly ornamented cap fitting close to the head,
with jewels hanging from the margins of a flat board on the top before and behind, which
made a tinkling as the person walked; the number of these pendants designated the rank of
the wearer; the emperor is said to have had two hundred and eighty-eight of them. They
are not now worn.
148
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
33. An earpick is useful to
take wax from the ear.
34. This is a very good
fan.
32. Arrange the dress of 裝​好​公仔​衣服
​that doll.
要​耳​挖取​耳屎
​呢​把扇​實​首​好
​牙​毛​紙​葵​各​等
​扇​買​把​嚟​睇
​駝​番​個​易​挿​落
​腰帶​襯​吓​罷​囉
​整個​標​袋​落​褲
​37. Put a fob into the
pantaloons.
38. Grasscloth froces are
very good.
夏布​大​衫​致​好
​39. Purchase a pair of買​對​脚​猛​番​嚟
​gaiters.
40. I purchased a pair of
new garters.
我​買​對​新​襪帶
​41. A leathern girdle is
worn around the waist.
42. My pair of gloves is
ragged.
43. Ilike grasscloth hand-
kerchiefs.
44. This hat is made of
wool.
45. Put on a rain-hat to
shelter from the rain.
46. Felt hats are very
good.
47. The summer hat is
made of bamboo splints.
48. Straw hats are worn
in summer.
49. Orders to change and
put on the winter hat.
50. The red hat is worn
on ceremonial occasions.
51. The seam of the jack-
et is broken open.
35. Buy for inspection.
several fans, of ivory, feath-
er, paper, and leaf, one of
each kind.
36. Hang the fancase on
the girdle, and arrange it in
its proper place.
皮帶​係​朿​腰​物
​我​對手​爛​咯
​我​中意​夏布​巾
​呢​頂​帽​羊毛​嘅
​戴​件​雨帽​遮雨
​毡​毛​做 ​1更好
​凉帽​用​竹絲​胎
​草​1天​熱​戴着
​牌​示​換​戴​暖​帽
​有事​致​戴​紅 ​丨
​中​衫​用​了​線​步
​Chóng hò kung ‘tsai ‹í
fuk2.
I'ú í wat, 'tsu í 'shí.
Ní pá shín’shatz ‘shau Chò.
Ngá smò chí skwai kók,
tang shín mái pá fán
slai 't'ai.
¿T'ó ‹fán kó' shín' ch'áp,
lók cíú tár chóun' sha (pá
dó.
'Ching ko'píú toi² lók, fú’,
Há pờ tái shám chỉ hò.
Mái túi kéuk, máng fán
slai.
Ngó mái túi san mat
tái.
Pí tár hai² ch'uk, cíú mate.
Ngó túi ‘shau lap, lán lók.
Ngó chung 1 há pờ kan.
〈Ní (ting mò? syéung smò ké?.
Tár kín² si mò? cché si.
Chím smo tsờ mờ kang
chò.
sLéung md² yung² chuk, sz'
Ts' md² ct'in it tá' chéuk.
ct'oi.
sPai sh? ún² tá? ‘nin mò².
sYau sz” chỉ tái chung mờ.
Chung shám lat, líú sín'
pò?.
35. The variety and elegance displayed by the Chinese in their fans is well known; it is
an indispensable article of dress with all classes, and they are made of almost every material
that can be easily employed.
37. The Chinese carry their watches suspended from the girdle in a case, which just ex-
poses the face; their's is literally a plu toi, watch pocket.
42. The Chinese have no covering for the hands like gloves; the lap is a broad brimmed
hat laid upon the head to defend it from the rain, and is by usage applied to gloves.
49. This phrase occurs in the Canton Court Circular, in spring and autumn, in which it is
stated that, on a given day, orders were issued by the chief provincial officer for changing
caps, from the summer to the winter, or vice versa according to the season.
50. The cap is in the shape of a cone, and is called the hung md because of a red fringe,
usually made of dyed hair or fine silk which, from the apex, depends on every side.
SECT. 4.]
149
ARTICLES OF DRESS.
52. A cloth riding jacket
is a convenient dress.
53, With kneepads it is not
painful to kneel.
54. A nicely turned lappet
looks well.
55. Make a pair of leggins
lined with cotton.
56. Bring me a neckcloth.
纜​包​膝​跪​唔​痛
​歛​好​衫​襟​好睇
​做​棉​套褲​嚟​着
​拈​條​頸巾​嚟​我
​57. Where are my panta-A
loons?
58. The ancient pattens
had only one strap.
59. The many plaited pet-
ticoat is a ceremonial dress.
60. Bid him make a pock-
et in the vest.
61. Put on a rain cloak,
and go to put out the fire.
62. The garment opened
before and behind, with the
cuffs of the sleeves like a
horse's hoof, is called a robe.
63. The courier's sandals
have leathern soles.
64. Sandals are bound on
with cords.
65. Throw on an
broidered shawl.
66. He has put on his
shirt.
ein-
67. Has the shirt been
washed or not?
68. Brush that pair of
shoes clean.
69. Do not go out with
shoes down at the heel.
70. Ladies' small tricolor-
ed shoes are handsome.
71. The sleeves of the robe
of a priest trail on the ground.
絨​馬褂​係​便服
​ER
古人​屐​一條​面
​百摺裙​係​禮服
​吩咐​背心​做​袋
​K
摟​蓑衣​去​救火
​前後​開​詫​左右
​馬蹄袖​謂​之​袍
​千里馬​皮​底鞋
​草鞋​使​繩綁​緊
​摟​條​花​搭​膊​巾
​佢​着​件​貼身​衫
​汗衫​洗​了​唔​會
​擦​乾凈​個​對​鞋
​撻​踭​鞋​唔​出​街
​纏​脚​鞋​三​鑲​好
​to t
和​尙​袍袖​拖​地
​sYung má ‘kwá hai pín
fuk2.
Lám páu sat, kwai' 'm
t'ung'.
sLím hò shám ch‘am hò
't'ai.
Tso' smín t'd' fú' slai chéuk›.
Ním stíú 'king kan slai
Sngó.
*Ngó tái fứ tsoi pín chi ?
'Kú yan k'ek, yat› ‹ť'íú
mín².
Pák, chíp, skw'an hai lai
fuk2.
Fan fú púi sam tsò' toi.
Lau só í h'ü' kau' fo.
Ts'in hau² ‹hoi ch'á' 'tsó
yau má stai tsau wai chí
sp'd.
Ts'in lí má sp'í 'tai shái.
"Ts'd shái 'shai shing 'pong
'kan.
Lau t'íú fá táp, pók, kan.
Khi chéuk, kín típ, shan
‹shám.
Hón shám 'sai líú 'm
sts'ang?
Tsát, kín tsing ko túi
shái.
Tát chang shái s’m ch‘ut
‹kái.
-
Ch'in keuk› hái (sám
séung hò.
Wo shéung sp'ò tsau' t'o
tí².
51. This is an outside garment made large and short, furnished with short sleeves; it is
seen in a great variety of patterns, is worn by all classes of people, and on almost all occasions.
59. The apron of No. 1. is also called kw‘an, and this garment partakes of the form of an
apron, being tied around the waist, and open behind. It is worn when going abroad and on
occasions of ceremony, over the common loose trowsers, and underneath the gown, and
reaches nearly to the ground, just so as to allow the tiny feet to be seen. The plaits are on
the sides, leaving a flat section before and behind, on which flowers are embroidered; the gar-
ment is sometimes made very rich and elegant.
61. This is an excuse used by a man to avoid helping his neighbor; the só í is made of
rush or bamboo leaves stitched together, and would quickly catch fire on approaching a burning
dwelling; wherefore he had better keep at a distance.
62. This is the dress of honor with the Chinese, and its shape differs but little from the
ch'éung shám: the sleeves being very long, the cuffs are folded inward to allow the free use
of the hands, and the fold is supposed to be blunt like a horse's hoof.
CHI. CHR. 38
150
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
[CHAP. V.
72. The pantaloons should
be long when socks are worn.
73. Crystal spectacles pre-
serve the eyes.
74. A stock is worn round.
the neck.
75. Give me a pair of
woolen stockings.
76. In Canton sile stock-
ings are cheap.
77. When taking off the
shirt put on a stomacher.
78. [Priests] put on a sur-
plice when sitting at the altar.
79. Suspenders are cross
bands.
80. My trowsers need to
be washed.
81. Women ought to wear
turbans.
82. Gauze veils are in use
among foreigners.
83. Women wore veils in
the time of Hón.
84. Make a vest.
85. Bring a new waistcoat.
86. The wallet is used as
a purse.
着​襪​頭​落​褲脚
​水晶​眼鏡​養眼
​Chéuk, math st'au lók, fu
kéuk,.
Shui tsing ngán king
Syéung ‘ngán.
頸帶​係​圍​頸
​King tái hail swai king
ké'.
捭​對​毡​襪​過​我
​Pí túi chín mat kwo
Engó.
(Shang sshing sz’mat:hai?
spring.
省城​絲襪​係​平
​脫​衫​要​纜​暖​肚
​披​袈裟​坐​正​壇
​褲帶​師​十字​帶
​Tüt, shám íú' lám²'nün
stù.
‹P'í ‹ká ‹shá tsó' ching' stán.
Fứ tái tsik, shap, tsz” tái”.
我​條​褲​要​洗​鍏
​SNgú st'iú fú? 1ú?‘sai lá’.
女人​應​纜​頭帕
​Ni syan cying lám² sthau
p'á'.
外國​有​障​面紗 ​Ngói kwok, Syau chéung
min²shá.
Hón’sshí fú yau mín' cí.
漢​時​婦​有​面​衣
​做​件​背心​嚟​着
​擰​件​新​背心​嚟
​荷包​擠​錢​銀​嘅
​1. Hang the amulets on the
collar.
77. Careful mothers put this garment upon their children to keep, (as its name imports,)
the belly warm; adults also sometimes wear it.
2. Fut on again that pair
of anklets.
Tsò? kín? púi sam slai
chéuk).
Ning kín² ‹san púï' ‹sam slai.
Section Fifth.
OF THE TOILET.
Hó <páu chai sts'ín ngan
ké'.
粧扮​類​第五​章
​Chóng pán lui; tai sản chéung.
駝​香包​落​襟​頭
​戴​畨​對​脚​鈪​咋
​Notes and Explanations.
CHÓNGPAN is a phrase, meaning to dress, and includes all the various operations connected
with dressing, such as bathing, cutting or shaving the hair and beard, &c. A few articles of
furniture and clothing, enumerated in the two preceding sections, are here repeated, usually
in connection with some act belonging to the toilet.
1. The amulets are usually sinall bags, filled with aromatic substances, sometimes merely
To chéung (páu lók ck'am
st'au.
Tái fán túi kéuk, ák, chá.
SECT. 5.]
151
OF THE TOILET.
3. Tell the barber to come
to-morrow morning at early
dawn, to cut my hair and
shave my beard.
4. The water in the bath
is too cold, pour in a little
warm water and stir it up.
5. I am going to the sea-
shore to bathe, bring me my
bathing-dress.
6. Bring a string of court
beads, and hang them care-
fully on my neck.
7. Put on again quickly
the string of aromatic beads.
8. He wets himself in eat-
ing, you must put a bib on
him.
9. Just try on this bonnet
and see if it will suit you.
10. Look at this pair of
boots of mine, and see if they
are well made.
II. Have you a boot-jack?
12. Where are my
bracelets?
呌​剃頭​佬​聽​早
​天​朦朧​嚟​同​我
​剪髮​剃鬚
​洗​身​水​凍​侵​的
​熱水​和​添
​我​想去​海邊​洗
​身​擦洗​身​衫​嚟
​拈​串​朝​珠​小心
​掛​落​我​頸
​快​駝​畨​串​香珠
​食野​流​濕身​共
​佢​着​番​口水​肩
​你​試​吓​個​件​帽
​睇​中意​唔​中意
​你​睇​我​呢​對​靴
​好​工作​唔好​呵
​有​脫​靴​板​冇​呀
​我​的​釧​在​邊​處
​Kíứ tai st‘au lò ting ‘tsở
<t'ín mung lung slai stʻung
'ngó 'tsín fát, t'ai' ‹sò.
'Sai shan 'shui tung' ts'am
tik, ít, ‘shui wo shá tím.
Ngó seung h‘i
hoi pín
'sai shan, ning 'sai <shan
shám lai.
Ním ch‘ün chú chủ sáu
sam kwá lók, ngó king.
Fái't'ó fán ch'ün' chéung
<chü.
Shik, yé lau shap› ‹shau
'kung 'k'ü chéuk, fán 'hau
shui chín.
Ní shí há kó' kín² mò²
tai chung 1 s’m chung 1.
Ní tai ngó ní túi chiếu
hò chung trók, sm hò có.
Yau t'üt, ch'éu 'pán mò á'?
Ngó tik, chốn tsoi pín
ch'i'?
for the purpose of guarding one's person from any offensive fumes, but oftener to ward off
imaginary evils; the character 6 is not here used in its common acceptation of a camel, but
as a provincial term for suspending.
3. The barber is called tai t'au lò, because his chief business here is to shave the head.
The Chinese generally shave their heads four, five, or six times a month; some of them much
oftener.
5. Hoi pin, side of the sea, is constantly used also for smaller portions of water, such as
rivers: 'I am going to bathe in the river, or by the river-side,' may be used by one going to the
river, or to the 'sea.
6. The court beads are so called because they form a part of the court dress. The string
is a yard and a half or two yards long, containing 108 heads, about the size of acorns; they
are made of hard wood, and are separated, on the string, into four or more divisions, by
smaller balls made of pearl, ivory, or metal.
7. These are much smaller than the court beads, and are on strings about a foot long; they
are not, like the court beads, hung over the neck, but are attached to a button of the outer
dress, on the right side, two or three inches below the chin. They are usually made of an aro-
matic composition; and, in regard to size, are of two kinds; a string of the larger contains
only eighteen, usually worn by men, as the fragrant bag, mentioned above, is by females.
12, 13. The ch'ün and ák are the same, the former is not as colloquial as the second ;
which, to distinguish it from the anklets, (No. 2.) is sometimes called shau ák; both are worn
152
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
13. Bring my bracelets
and put them on for me.
14. Brush the dust from my
coat with the clothes' broom.
15. The shaving brush,
dipped in soap, is used to la-
ther the beard.
16. Give me a tooth-brush
to clean my teeth.
17. Brush your head with
a hair-brush.
18. Your coat does not set
well, unbutton and set it right,
and then button it again.
19. Do you use a cane
when you go in the streets?
20. Put the cards in the
card box.
21. The jewels are in the
casket.
22. Help me to fasten this
clasp again.
23. Hang the dresses on
the clothes' horse.
24. Is the collar of the
coat in its place?
25. Comb the head smooth
with a comb.
26. The teeth of the comb
are so close they hardly en-
ter the hair.
27. Put the tortoise-shell
comb in my hair.
28. Do not put on a corset
to-day.
29. Is the cosmetic well
applied?
30. Tie my cravat proper-
ly for me.
་
擰​鈪​嚟​同​我​戴 ​| Ning ák, lai stung ‘ngô
衣服​掃掃​衫​塵
​鬚​擦​忝​覷​搽​鬚
​I' fuk, so' so' shám sch'an.
So ts'át, t'ím 'kán sch'á ‹sò.
椑​牙​擦​我​擦​牙
​使​髮​1擦​頭髮
​你​件​衫​唔​齊整
​除​鈕​着​好​佢​致
​扣​番​鈕​啦
​遊街​用​鞭​杆​唔
​擠​帖​落​帖​盒​囉
​珠寶​首飾​箱
​帮​我​扣​番​帶扣
​掛​衣服​落​衣架
​衫​顉​齊整​唔​呀
​使​梳梳​光​頭髮
​篦​齒​密​難​入​髮
​插​玳瑁​梳​落​頭
​今日​莫​纜​捫​胸
​水粉​搽​勻​唔​呀
​同​我​綁好​頸巾
​‘Pí sngátsát, ngò trát
ngá.
'Shai fát> ts'át, ts'át, st'au
fát,.
Ní kín² shám 'm ts'ai
'ching; ch'i 'nau, chéuk,
hò k′i, chỉ kau fán nam
‹lá.
Yau kai yung pin kón
s'm?
Chai típ, 16k, típ, hóp
ló'.
Chü 'pò 'hai 'shau shik,
<seung.
Póng ngó khau fán tái
k'au'.
Kwá'í fuk, lók₂ ‹í ká.
Shám 'ling sts'ai 'ching 'm
a'?
'Shai shó sho kwóng st'au
fát>.
Pí chí mạt, soán yap, fát.
Cháp, toi múi shó lók
st'au.
‹Kam yatɔ mók, lám² ¿mán
chung.
'Shui fan ch'a swan s'm á'?
sTrung ngó póng hò king
‹kan.
by Chinese females, old and young, rich and poor, and the bracelets are worn not unfrequent-
ly by men also; they are made of silver, tin, and various kinds of precious stones, usually
plain, but sometimes gilt and slightly ornamented.
15. Tim is used to denote the act of dipping a pencil in paints or ink, and for filling the
brush with soap for lathering the beard; but the word does not occur with this sense in lexi-
cons, and there are different modes of writing it.
25, 26. The sho is a coarse toothed comb, and the pí has the teeth very close, and usually
on both sides; it is made of wood.
29. This cosmetic is manufactured in great quantities from limestone, which is reduced to
powder by stones fitted and worked like those employed in grinding grain, the use of it being
almost universal among one half of the Chinese people. The process is quite like that of
pulverizing gypsum for agricultural purposes.
31. The cue requires plaiting every morning. All the hair which is not shaven close to the
head, is allowed to grow to its full length, and when in good condition often reaches to the
SECT. 5.]
153
OF THE TOILET.
31. Early in the morning | 清晨​洗面​打​辮
​wash the face and plait the cue.
32. Empty and cleanse the
cuspidor.
倒​乾凈​個​痰​礶
​33. Lock that case of
drawers.
34. See whether this dress
fits me well or not?
鎖​埋​衣服​櫃​桶
​你​睇​我​件​衣服
​着​齊整​未
​等​我​同​你​扯​正
​35. Will you allow me to
set your dress to rights for
you?
吓​個​件​衣服​嗾
​36. Give me a dressing 押​頭髮​衫​過​我
​gown.
37. Have you put my dres-
sing table in order yet?
38. Open my dressing case.
你​擺好​我​個​張
​梳頭​檯​唔​會​呀
​撑開​我​個​鏡​粧
​同​我​除​對​耳環
​個​水 ​有​水​冇
​39. Take these earrings
from my ears.
40. Is there water in that
ewer?
41. Char some sprigs of 燒​的​柳枝​炭​我
​willow, and let me give a
good black color to your
eyebrows.
畫​好​個​對​眼眉
​42. I forgot to put the fan 忘記​番​扇​挿
​in its case.
我​衣服​要​時興
​43. My dress must be ac-
cording to the fashion.
44. Put that fingerring on
my little finger.
套​隻​戒指​落​我
​個​隻​尾指​處​嚟
​45. Bring a cluster of 檸​朶​花​戴​落​頭
​flowers to put on my head.
46. Bring the girdle and
put it on.
47. Cut the hair on the
left side of my head a little
shorter.
擰​腰帶​嚟​朿​腰
​同​我​剪短​吓​左
​邊​個​的​長​頭髮
​挑​好​個​的​呵
​48. Put in order your
flowing locks of hair.
Tsting sshan sai mín² té
<pín.
Tò ckón tsing² kó st'ám
kún'.
Só mái « ful, kwai tung.
Ní tai ngó kín” « fuk
chéuk,sts'ai (ching m??
“Tang ngó tung ní ché
ching'éhakó? kín? cí fukcé?
'Píst'au fát, shám kwó'
sngo.
*Ní ‘pái hò ‘ngó kí chéung
‹shóst'au st‘ois'm sts'ang á?
Chang choi ‘ngó ko king
chóng.
Tung Sugo sch‘i túi í
swán.
Kó' 'shui cang 'yau shui
smò?
Shíú til, lau chí tán ‘ngó
wak, hò kó túi ngán mí.
Móng kí ngáp, fán sản
cháp).
'Ngó ‹í fuk₂ íú sshi hing'.
Tờ chik, kái chí lóh, ngó
kó’chik, fmí chí chiislai.
Ning tó fá tárlóky st'au.
‹Ning ‹íú tái lai ch'uk› ‹íú.
sTung ngó “tsín tun há
ctsó pín kó’tik, schééung
st'au fát.
〈Tiú‘hð’kó’tik, cyam có.
calves of the legs; those who have a sparse head of hair frequently eke out their cues with
false hair.
41. Chinese ladies are remarkably fond of adorning their heads with flowers; these are
usually worn in sprigs, instead of wreaths; and there is a silver or golden pin often worn in
the hair, with a tube in one end of it for the insertion of flowers.
•
48. Yam designates the locks of hair of young girls, which are often allowed to hang down
round the forehead and on both sides of the face, not in ringlets, but in the manner of a
fringe.
CHI. CHR. 39
Kā m
154
49. The golden hair-pin 金​釵​墜落​枕邊
​fell down beside the pillow.
50. Shake clean the hand-
kerchief.
51. The handkerchief is
tucked under the girdle.
52. That lady's headdress
is handsome.
53. A pouch and knife
hung [one] on each side.
54. Bring a small knife to
pare your nails.
55. Put the looking-glass
on the dressing table.
挾​乾净​條​手巾
​腰帶​條​襛​巾
​姑娘​梳粧​好睇
​兩邊​襯​袋​佩刀
​拈​刀仔​批​指甲
​擠​個​照​面鏡​喺
​個​張​梳頭​檯​嚟
​鏡架​要​準​頭​好
​使​手​鏡​能​映照
​我​個​條​頸鍊​呢
​穿​管​針​聯​衣服
​日頭​猛​要​擔​遮
​有​香​物​我​搽​冇
​56. The looking-glass
stand should be well fastened.
57. Use a hand mirror to
give a double reflection.
58. Where is my neck-
lace?
59. Thread a needle and
sew this garment.
60. When the sun is hot
you should carry a parasol.
61. Have you any perfus
mery for me?
62. Bring a pin and fasten
the cuff.
63. Go and buy a pin-
case.
64. What has become of
that pin-box?
65. Where has the pin-
cushion gone to?
66. Where is my pomatum?
67. The razor is dull and
needs honeing.
68. Give me a razor-strop
to sharpen the edge of this
razor.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
69. Have you yet found
those ribbons?
[CHAP. V.
Kam chái chui lók, cham
cpín.
Yéung kón tsing² st'íú shau
ckan.
ľú tár ngáp> st'íú chtan’:
ckan.
Hú néung shó chóng hò
t'ai.
Léung <pín ch'an' toí' p'úi'
ctò.
«Ním tò ‘tsai p‘ai ‘chí káp.
Chai kó chíú' mín² king'
'hai kó' <chéung ‹shó t'au
st'oi slai.
King ká' íú' 'sun stau ‘hò
'Shai 'shau king nang
‘yéung chíứ.
Ngó kó' st'íú 'king lín² ‹ní?
‹Chün kún ‹cham slín á
fuk2.
Yat, stau máng íứ tám
<ché.
sYau chéung mat, ngó sch‘á
smò?
檸​鼓槌​針​撟​袖 ​Ning kú schtuiceham kíú
tsau².
去買​個​針筒​嚟
​Hi'smái kó’cham stóung
slai.
Ký cham séung h‘i pín
ch'i'?
Kớ chạm chín hư pín
ch'i'?
Ngò kó tik, chéung syau
<ní?
個​針​箱​去​邊​處
​個​針​毡​去​邊​處
​我​個​的​香油​呢
​剃鬚刀​斷​要​磨
​捭​喝​刀​皮​喝​吓
​個​張​刀口​嘅​鋒
​絲帶​仔​搵番​未
​T'ai' sò tò tün² íú' mó.
(Pí hót, ctò sp'í hót, shá kó’
chéung ctò (hau ké fung.
〈Sz'tá? ‘tsai (wan fán m²?
51, 53. The ch'an kan and ch'an toi are usually attached to the girdle, one hanging on
each side; ch'an has the sense of personal, near to; it means also those garments which
are under the outer dress. A watch encased in a pocket, a fancase, a pair of chopsticks, or,
as in the present example, a knife, are worn in the same manner: the knife resembles the
short dagger of Europeans, but is never, like it, worn for purposes of defense.
59, 62–65. The Chinese have no pins; the cham is a needle, but in these examples, it is
indifferently applied to the various cases in which both pins or needles are kept; the kú ch'ui
cham, or drumstick needle, is strictly a pin.
66. Héung yau may be applied to any kind of oleaginous or greasy perfume, as well as to
pomatm.
SECT. 5.]
155
OF THE TOILET.
70. Have you any oil of
roses?
71. Rub a little rouge on
the lips.
72. Bring me a pair of
scissors.
73. A tongue scraper made
of pure silver.
74. Open my shaving case.
75. Moisten the shavings
for smoothing my hair.
76. Give me a cotton shirt.
77. Tie up my shoe strings.
78. Give me some per-
fumed soap.
79. Moisten the sponge
with cold water, and bring it
to wipe my forehead.
80. Talismans, worn on the
collar, expel evil influences.
81. Put on the thimble to
baste this garment.
82. Untie a silken thread
and hem this coat.
83. A set of toothpicks,
etc., hung on the collar.
84. Open a new box of
tooth-powder.
85. Take away this towel..
86. The legs of
legs of
trowsers are too large.
my
87. With tweezers pulling
the hairs even on the forehead.
88. Open the umbrella and
give it me.
89. Pray unrobe and sit
down.
你​有​梅桂​油​有 ​Ní yau smái kwaisyau
smd?
口唇​搽​的​胭脂
​'Hau sshun sch'á tik, ín ‹chí
拈​把​鉸​剪​嚟​我
​打​枝​高​銀​利​刮
​揭開​個​剃鬚​箱
​Ním 'pá káu' 'tsín slai 'ngó.
“Tá chí chò sngan lí kwát.
Kít, choi kớ tai sò séung.
*@***Luk spáu ‹fángó ³man ¿t'au.
椑​棉布​汗衫​我
​綁起​我​條​鞋帶
​拈​的​香​覷​嚟​我
​摒​凍​水濕​水泡
​拈​嚟​我​抹​額頭
​襟​頭​符​驅邪​物
​帶​針​頂​行​衣服
​解​子​絲線​挑​衫
​襟​頭​一副​牙簽
​開​個​新​牙​灰​盒
​拈​呢​條​面巾​去
​外​褲脚​係​太​闊
​開​個​把
​我
​請​寬衣​埋​位​坐
​'Pí mín pò' hón² <shám
Engó.
Pong hí ngó thú shái tái.
Ním tik> <héung 'kán slai
Ingó.
'Pí tung' 'shui shap› 'shui
<pò «ním slai ngó mút, ngát,
st'au.
K'am t'au sfú ‹k'ü sts'é
matą.
Tái cham ting shóng
fuk,.
'Kái 'tsz' (sz' sín' ‹t'íú ‹shám.
Níp, sk'ím ‹ts'ím ¿ts'ai ngák,
mò.
Hoi kí pá ché ‘pí ngó.
"Ts'ing fún í smái wai' tsó².
90. Put on again that 披​畨​個​雲​肩​吖
​‹P'í ‹fán kó' swan ‹kín cá.
vandyke.
91. Put the veil in the Chai chéung' mín² ‹shá lók≥
bureau.
kwai².
K'am st'au yat, fú' ¿ngá
<ts'ím.
<Hoi ko san sngá ‹fúi hópɔ.
Ním ní st'íú mín² kan h'ü'.
Ngoi fú’ kéuk, hai tái
fút,.
73. The tongue scraper is a very thin sheet or strip of silver, say one third of an inch in
breadth, and eight or ten inches long.
75. These shavings are used by Chinese females to give smoothness and glossiness to their
hair. They are cut from resinous wood, and by being dipped in a little warm water the
gum is drawn out and diluted, and thus by applying them to the hair the object is effected.
Those worn
80. The Chinese have many of these fú, differing in their form and use.
on the collar, those here specified, often consist of metal, but are also made of wood, or cloth.
81, 82. To join two pieces of cloth together is called lin; (No. 59.) to do so in an open
light manner or to baste is termed hong; and to sew a seam down a second time on the
inside is called tíú: to embroider is sau.
156
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
!
92. Open the wardrobe and
lay out my woolen dress.
93. Pour a little water on
my hands.
94. I wish to shave, go
quickly and bring me some
hot water.
95. Place the soap on the
wash-stand.
96. Have you yet found
the workbag?
開​衣服​櫃​擰​我
​個​的​絨​衣服​來
​斟​的​水落​我​手
​我​愛​剃鬚​快去
​拈​的​熱水​嚟​我
​擠​覷​落​面​盤​架
​搵​着​針線包​冇
​1. Where is my bed-
room?
There are two..
3. Cau the morning sun
shine into the room?
Hoi 1 fuk, kwai aning ‘ngó
kó’tik, syung cí fuke loi.
95. The stand called by this name is a kind of tripod on which the basin is placed; when
large and square it is called a t'oi or table.
Section Sixth.
OF THE BEDROOM.
It is in the third story.
2. How many windows 房裏​頭​有
​are there in the room?
度​密​門​呢
​!
〈Cham tik, shui lok: ‘ng6
'shau.
瞓​房​類​第六​章
​Fan'sfóng lui²; tai? luke <chéung.
Ngo oi tai sò fái hi
cním tik,íty shui lai ‘ngo.
兩度​啫
​朝​頭​早​熱​頭​晒
​得​入​房​唔​呀
​‹Chai kán lók, mín² sp'ún
ká.
(Wan chéuke cham sín'
páu fmò?
我​個​間​瞓​房​喺 ​Ngó ków ckán fan' sfóng hai
邊​處​呀
​pín ch‘ii
喺​第三​層​樓​處
​'Hai tai sám sts'ang slau
ch'ü',
sFóng luistau yau kí tó
tò? cchééung smún cní?
*Léung tờ chéo
Chíú st'au tsd íty st'au shái)
tak, yap, sfóng s'm '' ?
Notes and Explanations.
THE beds of the Chinese are constructed and furnished somewhat different from those of
Europeans. Instead of the bedstead with high posts, they have one with a frame and pan-
nels, which are often carved. Boards also are used in the place of sacking. With the com-
mon people, a few plain boards placed on two wooden forms, serve for a bedstead, light
bamboos being erected for a tester on which to suspend the curtains, which are indispensable.
in Canton as a security against musketoes.
1. Fan is a local word in common use, and having no character to represent it, one of the
same sound is borrowed, and muk, an eye, is added to it for the purpose of indicating in
some degree its new meaning.
SECT. 6.]
157
OF THE BEDROOM.
It cannot; because
one
window is on the south, and
one on the north side.
4. Is the room, clean, cool,
and pleasant?
It is a fine airy room, and
also admits the wind on two
sides.
5. Is the room supplied
with furniture ?
The bed, bedding, and
curtains, are all complete.
6. Is there a matress on
the bed ?
There is one, filled with
rattan shavings.
7. Can you find a feather
bed for me?
The Chinese have none.
8. Have you had the room
opened and aired?
Yes; to-day the windows
have been kept open all day
long.
9. Have you made my bed
this morning?
I have not yet made it, for
the sheets have just now
come back from being wash-
ed, and are a little damp.
唔​晒得​着​一度
​南​一度​喺​北
​個​間​房​乾净​凉
​爽​唔​呀
​'M shái' tak, chéuk›, yat,
S
tờ hai nám yat, tờ hai
pak›.
Kockán sfóng ckón tsing²,
sléung, ‘shóng, s’m t' ?
房裏​頭​好​氣息 ​Fóng lui atau hò hishik,
léung sthau yau yau fung
slai.
兩頭​又有​風​嚟
​房內​嘅​野​齊備
​唔​呀
​Fóng noi ké yé sts'ai pí
s'm á'?
床鋪​被​帳​俱全 ​Chróng cpro fpei chéung'
<p'ò p'í
‹k'ü ‚ts'ün.
Ki chéung schóng Syau
個​張​床褥​有
​冇​呀
​yuk: 'yan ‘mò?
有​張​係​藤​絲​嘅
​你​同​我​搵​張
​毛​嘅​呵
​唐人​冇​嗾
​你​有​打開​間​房
​吹​吓​冇​呀
​有​今日​的​密​門
​成日​打開​處
​你​今早​鋪好​我
​個​張床​唔​會​呀
​唔​會​唎​被單​正
​話​洗完​番​嚟​都
​重​濕濕​地
​Yau chéung hai? st'ang (sz
ké'.
Ní st‘ung ‘ngó ‘wan chéung
chai mà ké có ?
sTóng syan mò é.
SNí Syau ‘tá chui ckán fong
«chui há mùa ?
Yau ‹kam yat, tik› ‹ch'éung
mún sshing yat, tá choi
ch'ü'.
Níckam ‘tsò «pò hò ngó
kí chéung chóng m
stsfang á'?
5. Yé ts'ai pí, things fully prepared, is a phrase expressing that all is in order; yé means
articles, things, &c. Chéóng is the bedstead; p'ò is the covérlet; pí denotes sheets and
blankets; and cheung the musketoe curtains. The phrase is intended to include whatever is
necessary to render the bed complete.
9. Here pd is used as a verb, and means to spread out, to make or put in order; and ch'óng
denotes the bed : thus they often say, in the language of command, p'ò ch'óng, make the bed.
Ti, the earth, here loses its common signification, and has the sense of a little-damp in a
slight degree.
?M sts'ang lée; pei tán
ching' wa 'sai ün ‹fán ‹lai
tò chung” shap, shap, tỉ.
CHI. CHR.
40
158
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
!
10. Have you put them in
the sun, where they will
dry ?
No, but I have hung them
up before the kitchen fire to
dry.
11. Has the tailor brought
back the coverlet ?
No, not yet, but he promis-
ed to bring it this evening.
12. Change that pair of
sheets, take away the dirty
ones, and put on a clean
pair.
I have already changed
them.
13. Bring a bolster.
I have just now brought
one.
14. Have you also chang-
ed the pillow-cases?
Yes.
15. Are there any blan-
kets in the house?
There are some new ones.
16. Call the tailor to mend
the musketoe curtains.
17. When you make the
bed, do not let any muske-
toes get inside of the cur-
tains.
你​有​擠​佢​喺​熱
​頭​嚟​哂​冇​呀
​冇​我​不過​晾​倒
​唔
​厨房​嚟​焙​啫
​個​裁縫​檸​沓​張
​花被​面​嚟​未​呀
​會​佢​話​挨​晚​「?M sts'ang kcü wá? cái mán
至​擰​嚟​和
​ch'ning slai w6’.
Ní Syau chai ski Chai ty
st'au lai shái' mò á' ?
Mò, ngó pat, kwó lóng tò
schtü sfóng slai pú? cclhé.
你​有​換過​枕頭
​布​冇​呀
​換過​個​兩張​被 ​Ún² kwó k6' sléung cchéung
Sp'í tán cním choi léung
chéung ú ctsò ké', 'pí kwó
單​拈​開​兩張​污
​漕​嘅​捭​過​兩張
​乾凈​嘅​嚟
​léung chéung kón tsing
ké’slai.
我​已經​換​咯
​拈​過 ​個​長​枕
​頭​嚟
​換​咯
​屋裏​頭​有​白​毡
​冇​呀
​有的​新​過​喺​處
​呌個​裁縫​補​番
​個​張​蚊帳​呀
​鋪床​囉​咪​捭​蚊
​趯​入​去呀
​Ko'sts'oi sfung ‹ning ‹fán
chéung fá sp'í mín' lai mí
á'?
ním
我​而​家​就​至​拈 ​Ngoí cká tsau² ch cnim
減​個​咋
​kám kó’slai chá.
Ngo í ckingún² lók.
Ním kwó' yat› ko'ch'éung
cham st'au slai.
Ní 'yau ún² kwó' 'cham
st'au pò' ‘mò á' ?
Ún² 16k..
Uk, lui stau 'yau pák, ‹chin
mò á?
Yau tik) 〈san kwó Chai
ch'ü'.
Kú’k6’sts'oi fung 'pò fán
kó' ‹chéung man chéung'
2.
Pro schtóng ló Smai pí
<man tik› yap, h'ü' á'.
i
12. The phrase iking expresses the past tense, and is in common use for saying that a
command has been obeyed, or a duty performed.
SECT. 6.]
159
OF THE BEDROOM.
7172
18. Put these dirty clothes
in the basket.
19. One cannot turn in the
bed, it is so narrow.
20. Have you a sleeping-
gown that you can give me?
21. The bed is supported
by a pair of forms.
22. In a cradle children
easily go to sleep.
23. The curtains adorned
with poetry and pictures.
24. The curtains hung up
on the tenter hooks.
25. Hang the musketoe
whip upon the curtain hook.
26. Tell the coolie to put
the chamber-pot under the
bed, and place the chamber
lamp by the side of the fire-
place.
27. There are too many
clothes on the bed, take off
a blanket.
28. Will this do?
It will do.
me
29. Call
morning at five o'clock.
to-morrow
30. There was so much
noise in the street last night
that I could not sleep at all.
:
庸
​擠​呢​的​揸​衣
​服​落​笠​呵
​床​窄​冇​定​轉身
​Chai ‹ní tik, lá’chá í fuk:
16k, lap có.
Chóng chák, mà ting
'chün <shan.
Yau shui? sped pí kwó'éngó?
有​睡袍​過​我
​對​條櫈​拉床
​傲​床​孩子​易​瞓
​蚊帳​髯​寫詩​畫
​1帳​鈎​掛​蚊帳
​挂​枝​蚊​拂​在​帳
​鈎​處
​呌​管​店​擠​個​便
​壺​落​床下​底​又
​放​盞​暗​燈​喺​火
​爐邊​嚟
​床上​衣服​多​得 ​Ch'óng shéung² í fuk) ctó
tak, tsai' ním kám ‹chéung
chín hồi.
齊​拈​减​張​毡​去
​咁​做得​未​呀
​做得​咯
​'Kóm tso tak, mí² á'?
Tsd² tak, lók›.
ss.
Ting chíu ng tím chung
聽​朝​五​點鐘​呌
​醒​我​起身​吓
​kíu sing‘ngó hí shan ha.
昨晚​街​咁​嘈​整
​得​我​成夜​都​瞓
​唔​着
​Yat, túi sthíú tang” chóng
schóng.
Ngò chóng shoi ‘tsz’1
fan'.
sMan chéung' syam ‘sé shí
wá².
Man chéung' kau kwa'
sman chéung.
Kwá chí man fat, tsoi
chéung' kau ch'ü'.
Kí kún tím²
<chai kó'
pín² sú lóke schóng hát tai;
yêu fóng chán ôm tang
“hai fó lò pín slai.
23. The Chinese hang stripes of cloth or silk around the top of the tester, answering to a
fringe, on which flowers are painted or poetry is written.
25. This is a whip made from the hair of a horse's tail, and is used as a switch to kill
musketoes.
Tsók, mán ‹kái kóm' ts'd'
ching tak, ngó sshing yé
<td fan' s'm chéuk.
160
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
Section Seventh.
ARTICLES OF FOOD.
食物​類​第七​章
​Shik, mat, lui²; tai ts'át› ‹chéung.
1. If you wish to have
wish to have | 欲​糟​魚​解​得​味
​必須​六​七個月
​good anchovy sauce it is ne-
cessary to keep [the fish] six
or seven months, when it
will be fit for use.
2. We want some dried
apples.
3. Beans taken with ham
improve its flavor.
7. Tell the cook to roast
some beef.
8. Taste a little of this
rolled beef.
9. On board ship [at sea]
salt beef is eaten.
4. Fry some plantains co-
vered with batter.
燀​蕉​外搽​麵料
​5. The flesh of slaughtered 牛​劏​後​名​牛肉
​cattle is called beef.
6. I want some boiled beef
大餐​使​烚​牛肉
​for dinner.
呌​厨子​燒​牛肉
​嘗​吓​捲筒​牛肉
​4
10. Change this for beef-
steak.
11. In roasting birds string
them on a spit.
12. Biscuit will keep a
long time.
13. Go and buy two loaves
of bread, and also three
loaves of bran bread.
咁​耐​然後​做得
​要​幾​件​乾​平​果
​火腿​得​荳角​更
​加​一味
​改​轉​鐡​牛肉
​燒​雀​仔​穿​成串
​麵​餅乾​安​得​而
​去買​麵​頭​二個
​麥糠​麵​頭​三個
​Yuk, ctsò sùi kái tak, mí,
pít› ‹sü luk, ts'át› kó' it,
kóm' noi, sín hau' tso tak›.
Íú kí kín² kón p'ing
kwó.
'Fó 't'úi tak tau² kók, kang'
cká yạt, mí².
Cháu tsíu ngoi cha mí
líú².
Ngau tong hau, ming
ngau yuką.
Tai ts'án 'shai shap, ngau
yuką.
Kíú' sch'ü 'tsz' ‹shíú ngau
yukɔ.
sSheung “há
'kün stung
ngau yuk.
sHangshin shik, chám
ngau yukɔ.
Koi chün tít, spa ngau
yuk2.
Shíú tséuk, 'tsai (ch'ün
sshing ch'ün'.
Mín
noi².
'ping kón cóu tak,
H'' mái mín² st'au í² kó',
mak, chóng mín stau sám
kó'.
Notes and Explanations.
UNDER the head of shik mat the Chinese arrange all kinds of edibles. Those enumerated
in this section, constitute no inconsiderable portion of the common articles of food, excepting
fish and vegetables, most of which are here omitted, as they belong more appropriately to
another chapter. The different modes of cooking provisions, the ingredients of dishes, con-
diments used at table, names of sauces, and other preparations which the skill of the cook
produces, will for the most part be found in this section.
10. This mode of cooking derives its name from the utensil on which it is broiled, the tít
p'á iron rake or gridiron; and meat or vegetables, when sliced and cooked by broiling, bear
the same name.
13. Mín t'au is, literally, wheaten-flour head; mín is used to designate the flour which
is made from wheat; brown or unbolted bread is literally, wheat bran wheaten-flour head.
SECT. 7.]
161
ARTICLES OF FOOD.
14. Good beer is very
lively.
15. In winter, then drink
[hot] broth.
16. It is necessary to use
butter.
17. Cabbage is palatable
whether it be eaten raw, or
boiled, or pickled [as sour
crout].
18. Bring a wheaten cake
here.
19. All kinds of cakes are
prepared [here].
20. Wine cake requires
poached egg upon it.
21. A capon should be
hung up [a few days] to
make it tender, and also more
delicate when roasted.
22. Carrots require boil-
ing a full hour before they
become fit to be eaten.
好​啤酒​氣​性​猛
​冬日​則​飮​湯
​必須​用​牛奶​油
​椰菜​擰​嚟​生​食
​食醋​醃​都​好
​˙個​麵餅​嚟
​各色​餅食​俱全
​酒​餅​要​落​蛋​泡
​鷄​弔​鬆​重要
​燒 ​得 ​嫩
​紅​蘿蔔​要​恰​得
​點鐘​正​食​得
​prepared 塘​蒿​醃​過​甚​脆
​三​鞭​酒​易​飲​醉
​23. Celery when prepared
in pickle is very tender.
24. It is easy to get intox-
icated with champagne.
25. I [am fond of good | 愛上​好​牛奶​餅
​cheese.
26. I wish to have a chick-
en cooked cased in paper.
27. Cook a boned chicken.
28. Prepare some chocolate
for supper.
29. To make chowder,
take fish, pork, onions, dried
biscuit, pepper, flour, and A& ff
Hò pé‘tsau h‘f sing máng.
Tung yat, tsak, yam tông.
Pít, sü yung ngau nái
syau.
Yé ts'oi'
ning lai ‹shang
S
shik, shuk, shika, ts'd' cím,
tò hò.
'Ló yat ko' mín' 'ping lai.
Kók, shik, 'ping shik, k'i
sts'ün.
Tsau 'ping íú' lók, tán²
'p'd.
Sín' kai tíú' sung chung
íú' shíú tak, nün?.
Hung ló pák; íú' sháp₂
tak, yat, tím chung ching'
shik, tak,.
T6ng chờ ám kwó sham?
ts'ui'.
Sám pín 'tsau í 'yam
tsui'.
Oi shéung” hồ ngau nái
'ping.
Iứ pán mí ‘chí toi kai.
要​辦​味​紙袋​雞
​弄​一隻​褪​骨​雞
​晚​茶​使​揸​古​聿
​做​魚羹​須​用​魚
​Lung' yat, chik, t'an' kwat,
‹kai.
Mán sch'á 'shai chá kú
lut₂.
Tsờ²çü ‹kang ‹sü yung²¿ü,
<chü yuk, ts'ung st'au, ‹kón
* A SD ÷ping, sú tsíú, mín 'fan,
16. Ngau nái yau, cow's milk oil, is used by the Chinese to denote both cream and butter,
neither of which are much used by themselves: for butter they frequently say simply ngau
yau, and sometimes attempt to imitate cream by kílím,
18. The Chinese have a great variety of cakes, made of different substances and in many
shapes, most of which are included under the term ping or peng, and distinguished from each
other by appropriate terms; stalls for the sale of them are to be seen at every corner in the
streets of their towns.
20. Wine cake generally denotes, among the Chinese, a cake in the form and size of a
small square
tile au inch thick, used by distillers to produce fermentation: here it is used to
designate what is sometimes called 'tipsey cake,' or 'brandy pudding,'
25. Ngau nái ping, milk cake, is used to denote cheese, of which the Chinese have none;
and in speaking of it they commonly try to imitate the sound of the word by saying chishi.
27. Lung means to play with, to toss in the hands, and here alludes to the preparation of a
fowl by, t'an kwat, retracting or pulling out the bones from the flesh; the word t'an expresses
the motion of pulling the arm within the sleeve, which the loose dress of the Chinese so easily
permits.
CHI. CHR.
41
162
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
salt, and boil them all to-
gether, and the chowder is
made.
30. The taste of cider is a
little sour.
31. The fringe of your hat
is made of cives.
32. Claret is a very fine
beverage.
33. Coffee must be tho-
roughly roasted to be good.
34. Pure hot congee al-
ways ready.
35. Cream collects on
milk set in pans.
36. Poor people make
their relish of bean curd.
37. Curry stuff may be
used for seasoning.
38. Boil four cups of cus-
tards.
39. Do you know how to
prepare fowl cutlets?
40. Deer's sinews tho-
roughly boiled are nourishing.
41. Ducks are dried in the
northerly winds of winter.
42. This roast duck has no
stuffing in it.
43. Both boiled and fried
eggs are good.
44. Beautiful as a [boiled]
egg when the shell is taken off.
45. Cow's feet when tho-
roughly boiled are good food.
胡椒​麵粉​鹽​等
​烹​而​為​羹
​平​菓酒​味道​酸
​韭菜​係​你​帽​纓
​紅酒​甚​是​好​飲
​架​啡​炒焦​致​好
​明火​白粥​常​便
​牛乳​捭碟​凝
​貧窮​荳腐​做​送
​黄薑​材料​辦​菜
​燉​四​杯​吉​時​嚟
​你​識​辦​吉烈​鷄
​nti pq
鹿筋​㷛​腍​有益
​北風​天​晒​臘鴨
​呢​隻​燒鴨​都​冇
​ME AL GE
雞蛋​炒​烚​都​好
​雞​春​剝殼​咁​靚
​牛​脚​㷛​腍​好​食
​sím, 'tang pang sí swai
kang.
Ping 'kwó 'tsau mí² to²
(sün.
Kau tsoi hai ní mờ
<ying.
Hung 'tsau sham² shí' 'ho
'yam.
Ka fí cháu ctsíu chỉ hò.
Ming
fó
pák, chuk,
sshéung pín’.
sNgau yi pí típ, sking syau.
P'an sk'ung tau² fú² tso²
sung'.
Wong
keung sts'oi líú'
pán' ts'oi'.
Tun' sz" púi kat, sshí slai.
Ní shik, pán' kat, lít, kai
s'm á' ?
Luk₂ ‹kán pò nam yau
yik>.
Pak, fung t'in shái láp,
áp›.
Ní chik, shíu áp, tò mò
yéung strò ké.
Kai tán ‘cháu sháp, tò
'hồ.
Kai ch'un mók, hók, kóm'
ling'.
Ngau kéuk po nam 'ho
shik..
31. Kau ts'oi, &c., is used by the people of Canton to reproach one whose wife is sus
pected of being unfaithful to him.
34. Pák chuk is the pure congee, which, has nothing else cooked with it: ming f6 indicates
that the fire, by which it is cooked, is never allowed to be extinguished, which is equivalent
to saying that the congee is always kept on hand hot, ready for use.
36. Tau fú, literally 'pulse jam', is made of peas or beans, which after being soaked a few
hours are ground to powder in a hand-mill, and then pressed like a cheese curd, which the
preparation very much resembles. There is another condiment made from pulse called fú yü,
curd milk, which is more expensive than this, made by introducing the saturated dregs of rice
spirit into the tau fú, and putting the whole aside for a month, after which it is eaten.
41. Láp is a term for the twelfth month. In olden times people slaughtered no animals
for three days after new year; instead of fresh meat, they ate that which was pickled or dried.
The bodies of ducks are often prepared in the latter way, by being split open and stretched
out so as to be quite thin; hence the origin of its application to dried ducks.
44. This is a complimentary phrase applied to youth of both sexes when their personal
beauty or fair complexion attract the admiring praises of friends.
SECT. 7.]
163
ARTICLES OF FOOD.
46. In roasting that fillet
of pork, do'nt overdo it.
47. From the fish and
prawns in the water I select
fresh ones at pleasure.
48. Foreign salt fish has
an unusually good flavor.
49. The best flour is used
for making pastry.
50. In roasting fowls do
not crack their skins.
51. The skin of this
fricasseed fowl is fried very
tough.
52. Roast a rabbit fowt.
61. Hams thoroughly boil-
ed are very good.
62. Keep the beef till to-
morrow and make a hash of
it.
燒猪​肶砧​莫烘
​水上​魚蝦​任​我
​採​鮮
​來路​鹹魚​分外
​野味
​使​標​麵​做​點心
​燒鷄​莫​燒​裂​皮
​呢​的​佛​囒​哂​嘅
​鷄​燭​硬皮
​燒​一隻​老鼠​鷄
​辦​幾​樣​菓子​要
​熟​嘅
​青蒜​氣​逢​人​厭
​呌​整​好​鵞​頭​龜
​53. In procuring various
kinds of fruits, select those
which are the most tho-
roughly ripe.
54. Every body dislikes
the smell of garlic.
55. Bid him prepare a
giblet pie.
56. Can you roast a goose
with stuffing in it?
噲​釀​燒​鵞​唔​噲
​57. The roasted flesh of燒​鴈​鵞​肉​極​忉
​the wild goose is very tough.
58. Go and buy some
grape wine.
去買​葡萄酒​嚟
​59. That which drips from
roast meat is called gravy.
60. Boil some rice gruel
to feed the baby.
熟肉​餘​水​汁
​煮​米糊​嚟​噦​仔
​火腿​烚​透​至​好
​留​畨​聽​日​做​乞
​食​牛肉
​Shíú ‹chü 'pí ‹cham mók,
<nung.
'Shui shéung' sü ‹há yam²
ngó ‘ts'oi sín.
sLoi lờ chám sü fan ngoi
Syé mí².
'Shai píú mín² tsò² tím
<sam.
Shíú kai mók, ‹shíú lít
sp'í.
Ní tik, fat, slán ‹sai ké ‹kai
cháu ngáng’sp1.
<Shíú yat› chik, lò 'shü
‹kai.
Pán kí yéung' 'kwó 'tsz'
íú' shuk, ké’.
Ts'ing sün' h'' sfung syan
ím'.
Kíứ
ching hò sug6 stau
‹kwai.
Ui yéung shíú sngó sm
súi?
Shíú ngán ngó yuk, hih,
yan'.
Hi mái spd stò tsau slai.
Shuk, yuk, çü‘shui üt,
chap›.
'Chu 'mai sú slai wai' 'tsai.
Fó “túi sháp, tau chí ‘hò.
¿Lau ‹fán ‹t'ing yat, tso² hat,
shik, ngau yuk.
47. This is said by fishermen, and tropically by others also, who, as they themselves pro-
cure what they use, can select whatever suits their palate.
49. Tim sam is used to denote not only pastry, but confectionary, and almost every
variety of made dishes; it is commonly applied to dessert dishes, and to those which are.
taken between the principal meals, as luncheon, tiffin, &c.
55. Kwai, here used for pie, is the name of the tortoise.
themselves; and the term kwai may have been selected to
back being round and flat like a pie.
62. Hat shik, like the words chákúlut, chishi, katlit, pé for beer, katshi for custards,
chéli for jelly, and several others, which being altogether unknown in Chinese cookery, the
characters are used merely to denote the sound of a foreign word, their sense being entirely
disregarded of course the meaning of such words cannot be very extensively known.
The Chinese make no pies for
denote a pie on account of its
}
164
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
63. There is not enough
for a haunch of mutton.
64. Flatulence is most to
be feared in eating honey.
65. Give me a little wham-
pe jam.
66. Pig's foot jelly is eaten
in winter.
67. Jellies will not acquire
consistence in warm weather.
68. If lard is used there
will be no oily taste.
69. Laichis dried by fire
are not so good as those
which are dried in the sun.
70. Open that bottle of
Madeira for use.
71. His beard is as long
as the silk of maize.
72. Indian meal spoils if
kept a long time.
73. He is like a large
winter melon.
包​粟​咁​長​鬚
​粟米​粉​耐​漚​壤
​佢​似​個​大​冬瓜
​74. I wish some milk
poured into my tea.
愛​牛奶​嚟​撞​茶
​75. Molasses is spread 桔​水​糖​點​野食
​upon eatables.
黃​薑湯​莫​整​咁
​辣​噃
​食​牛肉​用​芥末
​唔得​羊肉​食​惹
​得​一身​臊
​鐵​耙​羊肉​未​整
​roast a leg of 燒​羊​要​用心
​白​烚​一​節​蓮藕
​76. Do not make the
mulligatawny so hot.
77. Mustard is eaten with
beef.
78. Without getting any
mutton to eat, you may
become frowzy therewith.
79. The mutton steak is
not yet ready.
80. To roast
mutton much care is needed.
唔​够​一邊​羊肉
​食​蜜糖​最忌​風
​挑​的​黃皮​膏​我
​冬天​食​猪脚​凍
​天​暖​車​厘​唔​埋
​使​猪油​冇​油​益
​火​焙​茘​枝乾​唔
​似​生​晒​嘅
​開​罇​白酒​嚟​飮
​81. Boil a joint of nelum-
bium root by itself.
82. Bring some of the best |拈​上好​荳蔻​嚟
​nutmegs.
83. Sweet oil is eaten 生​菜油​生​食​嘅
​fresh.
sM kau yat pín yéung
yuk2.
Shik, mat, st6ng tsui kí
<fung.
Tiútik, swóng sp'í ckò ngo.
‹Tung ‹t'ín shik, ‹chü kéuk,
tung”.
T'in 'nün ch'é slí s'm smái.
Shai chi syau mò syau
yiks.
F6 púi lai «chí chón sm
‘ts'z' shang sháirké᾿..
Hoi tsun pák, 'tsau lai
'yam.
Yat, páu suk, kóm'sch'éung
<sò.
Suk, mai fan noi' au' wái².
K‘ü stsz ko tái tung
‹kwá.
Of sugau nái slai chóng
sch'á.
Kat, shui stóng tím yé
shik2.
S
Wóng kéung t6ng mók,
'ching kóm' lát, pó'.
Shik, sngau yukyung? kár
mút.
'M tak, syéung yuke shik2,
Syé tak, yat, ushan sò.
Teít> sp'á syéung yuk me
'ching.
Shíú syéung 'pí íú' yung
<sam.
Pák: shápz yat, tsít, slín
sngau.
Ním shéung “hò tau khau
slai.
Shang ts'oi' yau <shang
shik, ké'.
71. This is a simile employed when speaking in complimentary terms of the flowing beard
of an old man.
73. This comparison is used to describe a thick headed fellow who has no tact for any-
will
thing, one who needs to be directed in all he undertakes, or who, like a round melon, go
no further than he is kicked; it is also applied to very corpulent persons.
78. This phrase expresses, what often happens in China, the implication of people in such
a manner that they become sufferers (or get tainted or frowzy,) without obtaining any good
object, or any reward.
•
SECT. 7.]
165
ARTICLES OF FOOD.
84. The flavor of Sesamum
oil is exceedingly fragrant.
85. Foreign onions are
tender and sweet.
86. Bake the oyster pic so
that [the pastry] will become
light and tender.
87. To fry the liver of beef
a good deal of skill is neces-
sary.
88. Rice pancakes should
be fried till they are brown.
89. I wish to buy some
parsley.
90. The body of a part-
ridge is warm when dead.
91. Pastry should be
made tender and fine.
92. Green peas put into the
water for a while will present-
ly sprout.
93. Black pepper is not so
pungent as Cayenne.
94. A baked pig retains
the entire flavor.
a
104. Baked potatoes should
be a little brown.
芝蔴油​味​極​香 ​Chí smá syau mikik.
chéung.
來路​葱頭​爽​甜
​局​蠔​麵​龜​要​起
​好​酥
​煎​牛肝​必要​好
​手勢
​飯​班​戟​要​煎​嫩
​我​要買​旱​芹菜
​鷓鴣​身​死​重​暖
​麵食​弄​幼細​的
​菉​荳​捭​水淋​就
​出​芽菜
​95. Bring a bottle of
pickles.
96. Take care how you
roast the pigeons.
97. Pigeon's eggs stewed
with birdsnests.
98. Make the pigeon pie 做個​鬆​酥​白鴿
​tender and crisp.
麵​龜
​胡椒​唔似​花椒
​甜​辣
​99. I wish to have
pilau.
要​整​盤​波​囉​飯
​100. I wish for some pork 愛​食​燒​猪​排骨
​chops to eat.
101. Taste a little of this
fried pork.
試​吓​小炒​猪肉
​102. Salt pork must be
first soaked in water when it
will be ready for boiling.
局猪​豚極​全味
​拈​罅​酸​菓​埋​嚟
​捭​心機​燒​班​鳩
​白鴿​蛋​會​燕窩
​鹹​猪肉​先​浸水
​致​好​烚
​103. Pour out a full glass 斟滿​杯​砵​酒​我
​of Port for me.
局​薯仔​要​黄​淨
​Loi lò2 ctsfung st'au shóng
st'ím.
Kuke shù mín?ckwai iú?í
hò sò.
Tsín ngau ‹kón pít, jú
hò shau shai.
Fán² pán kik,í? tsin
nün².
Ngó íứ mái hóa kan
ts'oï'.
Ché chú shan ‘sz chung
nün.
Mín² shike lung² yau said
tik,.
Luke tau²‘pí shui lam
tsau² ch'ut› ‹ngá ts'oi'.
‹Ú ‹tsíú s'm ‘ts'z'‹fá ‹tsíú
kóm']átz.
Kuk chii stin kik, sts'iin
mí².
Ním tsun sun hwó mái
slai.
'Pí ‹sam ‹kí ‹shíú ‹pán ‹kau.
Pak, kóp, tán² ú? in' <wo.
Tsò² kó'sung (sù pákz kóp)
min² ckwai.
Íw ching spfún cpó lo
fán².
Of shiks cshtú cchii sp'ái
kwat).
siú
Shí há síu cháu chi
yuk2.
Hám chu yuk, ‹sín tsam'
‘shui chỉ ho sháp.
Cham mún púi pút, tsau
ngó.
Kuk, shu 'tsai íú' wong
tsing².
84. The oil of the Sesamum orientale, and also of the Ricinus communis or castor oil
plant, are both used by the Chinese in cooking; the latter is used to the greatest extent in
i
CHI. CHR.
42
166
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
105. The potatoe has fall-
en into the ash-hole of the
furnace to be roasted!
106. The slices of sweet
potatoes should be thin.
107. The tavern is furnish-
ed with wines and provisions.
108. Boil
Boil a a bread pud-
ding.
109. I cannot make stew-
ed rabbit.
110. In making the rice
pudding put some raisins
into it.
番薯​跌落​竈​窟
​該
​鐵​耙​紅薯​切​薄
​高樓​酒菜​麵食
​燉​個​麵​頭​布​顛
​唔​噲​做​會​兔子
​整​飯​布​顛​落​菩
​提​子
​111. Old man's rice is glu- *****
tinous when thoroughly done.
112. The price of rice at
present is high.
113. When one has eaten
fully of rice, he forgets hunger.
114. You ought to remem-
ber that not a grain of rice
or a drop of congee comes
without toil.
115. Eat a bowl of sago
for tiffin.
116. Add a pecul of salt
and it will still be tasteless.
117. Sausages are dried in
the northerly winds.
118. In roasting snipes
they should not be opened.
119. Make beef soup this
evening.
120. To-day make mutton
soup.
121. Boiled turtle soup is
strengthening.
122. Souse should be
stewed till it is tender.
123. Cut for me a little of
little of 斬​的​猪尾​龍​嚟
​the spare rib.
現在​價​高昂
​飯​飽​却​就​忘​饑
​粥​一​飯​當​思
​來​處​不易
​食​碗​西米​做​晏
​落擔​塩​都​冇味
​北風​晒​臘​豬腸
​今晚​做​牛肉​湯
​今日​整​羊肉​湯
​燉​脚​魚湯​有​補
​猪​利​脚​要​會​腍
​Fán sshu tít, 16k, tsờ fat,
choi cúi!
Tít, spa chung sshi tsít,
pók..
Kò sau tsau tsoi máu
shik.
Tun kó mín’stau pờ tín.
s’M súi tsò úi tờ tsz.
'Ching fan' po' ctín lók, spò
st'ai 'tsz'.
Nó mai ‘chủ shuk, cháu lín.
Ín² tsoi' Smai ká ‹kò
sngóng.
Fan' páu k'éuk, tsau' móng
‹kí.
Yat, chuk, yat, fán tóng
sz' loi ch'ü' pat, í².
Shik, ún sai Smaits) án”.
Lok, tám sím tò mò mí.
Pak, fung shái láp, chu
sch'éung.
‹Shíú ‹shá ‹chui s'm choi td.
‹Kam smán tsờ² ɩngau yuk,
chóng.
Kam yat, 'ching syéung
yuk t'ong.
Tan kéuk, si tong yau
'pò.
Chü lí kéuk, íứ úi snam.
'Chám tik chu mí slung
slai.
the northern parts of the empire. The process of cooking appears to deprive them both in
a great measure of their detergent qualities.
105. This comparison is employed by one who is involved in difficulties, and in danger of
making shipwreck of all his interests, and that too in a good degree by reason of his own folly
and mismanagement.
107. Kò lau is the tavern, inn, or hotel, of the Chinese; for the two latter terms, however,
hit tím, resting or stopping place, is the most common and appropriate phrase. The kò lau,
or lofty room, is strictly a victualing-house, furnished with, tsau wines, and ts'oi mín shik vege-
table and wheaten provisions; i. e. (the two terms taken together,) with all kinds of provisions.
112, 113. Mai is the grain of rice as it comes into the market; and fán is the term for the
same article after it has been cooked, which is usually done by boiling. With the Chinese
rice is "the staff of life."
SECT. 7.]
167
ARTICLES OF FOOD.
125. Stockfish and green
vegetables are the common
family dishes.
124. He will by and b當​豉​油​都​噲​點 ​Tóng shi² syau ctò súi tím
take away all your soy
you.
乾​你
​126. Really as sweet as
sugar candy.
127. Beef suet is used in
making puddings.
128. Bring the sweetmeats
here.
129. Boil the taro till it is
mealy.
130. Cut me a piece of the
carambola tart.
131. Tell him to prepare
some tea.
132. You must not make
the toast so hard.
133. The beef's tongue is
too salt, tell him to boil it till
it is more fresh.
134, Order a turkey to be
roasted.
135. It is not necessary
to have any veal.
136. While boiling dried
venison, occasionally try it.
137. Put some vermicelli
into the boiling soup.
138. Provide plenty of vic-
tuals when you voyage.
139. They both have been
drinking vinegar.
140. Pour out a tumbler
of spring water for me.
141. The tea in this pot is
very strong, pour in some
boiling water to make it
weaker.
142. Come let us go toge-
ther and take some wine.
143. Yams when boiled
soft are very mealy.
144. To make bread it is
necessary to put yeast into it.
鹹魚​青菜​係​家
​常​送
​眞​正​冰糖​咁​甜
​牛​骨髓​做​布​顛
​拈​蜜餞​糖菓​嚟
​烚​熟​芋頭​鬆​廐​嘅
​切​一塊​三​捻​噠
​呌​佢​冲​壺茶​嚟
​炕​多時​勿​烘
​减​牛​利​呌​佢​烚
​淡​的​嚟
​吩咐​使​燒​火鷄
​不必​使​牛仔​肉
​烚​塊​鹿​脯​試試
​要​落​粉絲​滚湯
​行船​多​辦​火​食
​兩個​食​起​醋​嚟
​去​倒​杯​山水​嚟
​呢​盅​茶​濃​到​刼
​冲​滚水​和​淡​吓
​相​請​去​飮​燒酒
​大​薯​甑​腍​極​鬆
​發​麵包​須​落​酵
​Hám sü‹ts'ing ts'oi' hai'
cká sshéung sung.
.Chan ching ping stóng
kóm'st'ím.
Ngau kwat 'sui tsò pò'
ctín.
«Ním mat₂ tsín'sť'óng 'kwó
slai.
Sháp, shuk, ú'st'au ‹sung
ké.
Tsít, yat, fái sám núm
tát.
Kíú' k'ü ‹ch'ung sú sch'á
slai.
Hóng
Hóng
hóng”.
có shí mat, ké
SHám sngau l², kíú? ski
sháp, tám tik, slai.
Fan fú² 'shai ‹shíú fó ‹kai.
Pat, pít,‘shai sngau tsai
yuk2.
Sháp, fái luk, 'fú shí' shí'.
Íú' lók, 'fan ‹sz' '‘kwan
tóng.
Hang sshün ‹tó pán fó
shik2.
Léung kó' shik, 'hí ts'd'
slai.
H'ü' to ‹púi ‹shán 'shui
slai.
Ní chung sch'a syung to'
kip, ch'ung 'kwan 'shui
wó² stám shá.
Séung 'ts'ing h'ü' 'yam
<shíú 'tsau.
Tái sshi tsang” snam kik
<sung.
Fát, mín² <páu si lók)
káu'.
124. This is a piece of advice to a poor man not to be too fond of associating with rich
men, lest they take away his all; he must furnish his share of an entertainment, and thus go
far beyond his means, which will soon dry up his [soy or] limited resources. The allusion is
to a poor and rich man eating at the same table, and the latter dips his morsel of meat into
the poor man's soy, who cannot repay the compliment by dipping his dish into the other's.
168
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
Section Eighth.
OF THE STEWARD.
買辦​類​第八​章
​Mai pán lui; tai pát, cchéung.
1. Steward, what is your
name?
My name is Aloi,
2. What wages do stewards
commonly receive [month-
ly]?
There is no fixed rate;
sometimes they receive ten
or twenty [dollars], or it may
be less than these sums.
3. Do stewards receive
any perquisites in addition
to their wages?
I think they do.
4. What is the amount of
these annually?
It is not fixed, but varies
according as the business is
great or small.
5. Are stewards required
to make any presents?
我​叫做​阿​來
​買辦​平時​受​幾
​多​工錢​呢
​唔​定​有時
​十個​或者​少​的
​除​人工​外​買辦
​有​賞​有冇​呢
​我​睇得​有
​每年​有​幾多​呢
​唔​定​睇​事​幹​大
​小​嚟​凑
​買辦​使​送禮​孝
​敬​人​唔使​呢
​使​呀​而且​多​呀
​Notes and Explanations.
They are, and these are
not a few.
買辦​你​呌​做乜
​名​呀
​Mái pán, ní kíứ tsờ mat
sming á' ?
Ngó kíứ tsờ Á soi.
Mái pán sping sshí shau
kí tó kung stsín ‹ní?
s'M ting'; 'yau shíyat, í
shap, ko', wák, 'ché 'shíú
tik..
Ch‘ü syan hung ngoi mái
pán' yau 'shéung yau 'mò
‹ní?
Ngó tai tak, yau.
'Múí snín 'yau 'kí ‹tó ‹ní?
s’M ting; tai sz” kón tái
shíú slaichau.
Mái pán ‘shai sung
lai
hau' king syan, s'm 'shai
‹uí?
'Shai á', sí 'ch'é ‹tó á',
THE duties of this person do but partially appear from his designation, múipán, the literal
meaning of which is purveyor, or, following the Portuguese nomenclature which is com-
monly used in Canton, comprador. In commercial establishments, he adds to the duties of
mere purveyor, those of treasurer, and keeper of small stores, and also of steward in the
domestic department,-procuring and standing responsible for all the native servants of the
house, keeping them in order, &c.
-
2. In large establishments the wages of stewards constitute only a very small fraction of
their income, arising not only from a heavy percentage on provisions purchased, but also
from the mercantile transactions, and money payments, of the house. In fact, they are
often regarded less as hired servants, than as agents, or brokers between the foreigner and
the native. They usually have their own servants and employés, the latter of whom are
well designated máipán cháu, the comprador's claws.
5. These presents are made to the local magistrate, from whom they obtain their license to
SECT. 8.]
169
OF.THE STEWARD.
6. How many persons
have you employed in the
house?
Nine persons.
7. How are they employ-
ed ?
Three are personal ser-
vants, three are coolies, one
is a cowkeeper, one a porter,
and one is a cook.
8. What wages do they
receive?
The personal servants re-
ceive each five dollars; the
coolies and porter, each four
dollars; the cook, seven;
and the cowkeeper, three;
making a total sum of forty
dollars, monthly wages.
9. When do they receive
their wages ?
On the first day of each
month they receive the wages
for the preceding month.
10. Have they any per-
quisites?
呢​行​內​一​總​有
​幾多​人​呀
​九個
​做​乜野​嘅​呀
​三個​事​仔​三個
​管​店​一個​看​牛
​個​看門​一個
​做​厨
​佢​哋​受​幾多​工
​錢​呢
​事​仔​每人​五個
​銀錢​管​店​看門
​每人​四個​做​厨
​七個​看​牛​三個
​每月​共​攴​工​銀
​四十​元
​各人​幾時​支​人
​工​呢
​每月​一號​支​上
​月​漑​銀
​佢​哋​有​賞​冇​呢
​Ní shóng noi².ya tsung
'yau 'kí ‹tó syan á'?
'Kau kó'.
Tsʊ² mat› ‘yé ké' á' ?
(Sam kó'sz? tsai, sam kò?
(kún tím’, yat, ko' hón'
ɔngau, yatɔ kó' hón’mún,
yat, ko' tsò ch'u.
Kü t' shaur kitōkung
sts'ín ní?
Sz” tsai ‘múi
yan
篇
​kóngan sts'ín; kún tim’
2
hón' smún múi syan sz”
kó’, tsò? schüts'at, kó’: bón
sngau sám ko; thúi i
kung? chí chung ngan sZ
shape siin.
">
Kok, yan “ki shi chỉ yan
ckung ní?
Múi ütz yat, ho chi
shéung? iit, ké ngan.
K'ü ti yau shéung m
| cuí?
act as stewards, and to the police, etc; in addition, they are also subjected to various irregu
lar extortions from officers of government, which are exacted whenever a pretense can be
found for so doing; and which coming upon them at uncertain seasons, and from different
causes usually beyond their control, accounts in a measure for their timidity.
6. These nine are exclusive of his own personal servants and claws. Those natives
who are attached to the factories are thought to demean themselves by attending on the
orders of foreigners; and hence, to avoid the appearance of lowering their character, a some-
what singular nomenclature has come into vogue, derived from the shop, and not from the
family. These personal servants call themselves, and are called, 'children of the business,"
or subordinates, while their masters are styled, 'heads of the business,' or principals. And
the coolies, servants who do all manner of work,—are nained 'overseers of the shop.'
10. This reply must be limited to those employers who transact little or no commercial
business, for where extensive dealings are carried on either in money or barter, by the 'prin-
cipal,' the 'subordinate' usually manages also to secure something for himself.
-CHI. CHR. 43
170
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
They have, but not of any!有​吖​總​係​冇​幾
​considerable amount.
11. Do you keep an ac-
count of the daily expenses
of the house ?
Yes, Ikeep a daily ac-
count with my own hand.
12. Bring yesterday's ac-
count for examination.
I have already brought it,
and here it is.
13. What are the items of
it ?
Do you, sir, wish me to
read it to you?
14. Yes, and read it very
slowly and distinctly.
[It is as follows: ]
Catty. Can.
2y at 4 is
4 66
Rice,
Beef,
Sugar, 10
Flour,
Eggs, 12
8
::
“
((
T. m. c.
010
036
080
040
66
9
8 (6
5
“
5 cash006
Total,172
多​啫
​行​內​嘅​日用​有
​H ]]] # | Hồng nơi hế
上​冇​呀
​有​日​日​我​都​親
​手上
​擰​昨日​數​嚟​對
​已經​擰​定​喺​呢
​處​嚟
​過
​伶俐​俐​的​嚟
​鷄​白冰​牛​白
​蛋​麵​花​肉​米
​十八​糖​四
​斤​十​斤斤
​半
​有​乜野​呢
​東家​你​要​我​念
​! 你​聽​好
​係​慢慢​念​得 ​Hai², mán3
共​隻
​銀​五五​八九​四
​算算​算算​算
​両銀銀銀銀銀
​Yau cá, ‘tsung hai mò kí
ctó rché.
七六​四八
​錢​分錢​錢錢​台
​分
​SHóng no? ké yatz yung?
yau shéung sho' mò a' ?
錢​六​分
​sYau, yat, yat, ‘ngó tù cts'an
'shau ‘shéung.
«Ning tsok, yat, shờ” slai túi.
Ning tsók.
Í cking ning ting² hai ‹ní
chơi cai lá.
Yau tik, mat, Syé ní ?
Tung chá ní lứ ngó ním
kwó? Śní thing mé?
牛
​斤
​Hai², mán²mán² ním² tak,
sling sling lí lí² tik› slai.
Kai tán², shape ? chik,
Pák, mín², pát› ‹kan,
Kung² ngan,
Ping fá tóng, shap: ckan,
yat›
'léung,
pát, sin',
“ng sün',
ts'át, 、ts'íu, í² ‹fan,
"ng sün', ngan luk, ‹fan;
sugan pát, sts'in;
sngan sz”sts'in;
13. Tungká, the east of the house, being in large establishments
the master, has, by metonymy, corne to mean ‘master.”
i
"
the peculiar
¿Ngau yukɔ, sz” ‹kan,
Pák, ‘mai, 1² ‹kan pún',
sz❞ sün',
'kau sün',
[luk₂ ‹fan ;
ngan ‹sám ¿ts'ín
ɩngan yat› sts'ín;
residence of
14. This is given merely as a specimen of the manner and matter of the daily account
which the steward brings forward, for provisions; it commences on the right hand side, and
reads downward in the usual mode of Chinese writing.
$
SECT. 8.]
171
OF THE STEWARD.
15. I think you have
made a mistake in
the
reckoning, bring the abacus
and let me see you reckon it
again.
for
It is unnecessary,
I have already repeated the
reckoning two or three times.
16. What is the amount
of this sum in dollars and
cents?
Reckoning each dollar at
seven mace and two canda-
reens, for each one hundred
cents, the whole amounts to
two dollars and twenty-nine
cents.
17. For breakfast to-mor-
row morning, get some fish,
eggs, and rice, with coffee,
tea, and toast.
18. Do you wish for any-
thing else ?
·
No, only take care
to
have the articles which I na-
mned to you made ready;
those are enough; and see
that the breakfast is prepar-
ed at eight o'clock.
19. For how many, Sir,
shall I make tea to-morrow
morning?
Besides the three members
of the family, which you
count, I have invited three
other gentlemen.
我​睇​你​計​唔​準
​檸​算盤​再​覆​過
​我​看
​Ngó tai ní kai sm ‘sun,
cning sin’sp‘ún tsor fuk,
kw6' Śngo hón’.
事​頭​聽​早​做​幾
​多​個人​茶​錞
​你​打算​自家​屋
​三位​另外​請​三
​位​添
​不用​囉​我​已經
​再三​算​眞​咖​囉
​咁多​係​幾​元​零
​幾​多個​先​士​呢
​以​每​元​七​錢​二
​分​每​元​一百​個
​先​士​計​總共​二
​元​二​毫​九​先​士
​聽​朝​整​的​魚​鷄 ​Tring chiú ching tik, su,
ckai tán², pák fán² <ch'ung
tik› ká' ‹fí ¿chá, h'óng' tik›
mín² ‹páu ‹lai tsò² ísò ‹ts'án.
蛋白​飯​冲​的​架
​啡​茶​炕​的​麵包
​嚟​做​早餐
​syé
重要​的​乜野​溱 ​Chung ú tik, mat,
唔​要​呀
​tím, s’m íứ á ?
Pat, yung'dó; ‘ngô ‘í cking
tsoi sám sün' ‹chan ‹ká dó.
Kóm' <tó hai² kí ‹ün ling
'kí tó kó' ‹sín sz" ‹ní?
Í múi çün ts'át, sts'ín í²
fan, ‘múi sin yat, pák, kó?
csín sz”, kai’‘tsung kung? ?
sin ? shù kau sin sz”.
2
唔​要​總​係​用
​sM
¿'M íú lá'; 'tsung hai² yung
sam ching hò ngó wá
整​好​我​話​過
​kwớ ní chí ko tik, yé
tsau² tso² tak, lá'. Pát, 'tím
你​知​個​的​野​就 ​cchung tsau? Chù ‘ching
pin² la hai? 16kr.
做得​○八點
​鐘​就好​整​便​燐
​係​咯
​Sz" tau ting 'tsò tsò' 'kí
ctó kó' yan sch'á lá' ?
Ní tá sun' tsz" ‹ká uk,
‹sám wai², ling² ngoi' 'tsing
‹sám wai² ‹t'ím.
19. Ling ngoi is the usual phrase for besides, over and above; wai, composed of man and.
172
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
20. The master of a fami-
ly [in China, among those
who are affluent, usually]
has four personal servants;
two grown men, who wait
upon him at meals, take
care of his clothes, and at-
tend to all such matters;
and two younger persons, to
follow him when he goes
abroad, to carry his pipe, to
fan him, and to present his
cards.
He has also four domes-
tics; the older carry water,
and go to the bazars; the
younger sweep the floors,
light the lamps, and wipe
the chairs and tables.
21. The mistress of a
family has four waiting
maids; the older ones, to
take care of her clothes, and
to attend on her when
eating; the younger ones,
to follow her when she goes
out, to hand her tea and
tobacco, to fan her, &c.
These waiting maids are
[not unfrequently] slaves,
whom she has purchased for
herself.
Besides these, she hires
several housemaids; [as] one
to dress her hair, one to cook
her food, one to wash her
clothes, and one to follow
her when she goes abroad.
一個​東家​有​四
​個​跟班​兩個​大
​的​伺候​東家​食
​飯​料理​衣服​各
​樣​事​兩個​細​的
​跟​東家​出​街​要
​裝​烟​打​扇​遞​帖
​有​四個​住​年​娣
​大​的​要​擔水​買
​野​細​的​要​掃地
​點燈​抹​檯​椅
​個​東​主​娘​有
​四個​使​妹​大​的
​料理​衣服​伺候
​東主娘​食飯細
​的​跟​東​主​娘​出
​街​遞​茶​裝​烟​打
​易​個​的​使​妹​係
​自己​買來​用​嘅
​丫頭
​另​又​僱​幾個​亞
​媽​一個​梳頭
​個​煮飯​一個​洗
​衣裳​一個​跟​出
​街
​Yat, ko' tung ‹ká ‘yau sz”
kó' ‹kan ‹pán; léung kó’
tái tik, tsz” hau tung chá
shik, fán², líú? lí cí fukz,
kók, yéung' sz"; léung ko'
sai' tik>, <kan tung ká
ch’ut kái íu chóng ng
t'íp.
tá shín’, tai
Yau szkó'chii? snín tai;
tái tik, tứ tám shui mái
‘yé, sai’tik,íú?sd’t², tím
tang, mút, stoi .
Yat, kó' stung 'chü néung
yau sz" kó' 'shai múr';
tai² tikɔ, líú lí ‹í fuk₂, tsz"
hau tung 'chünéung
shik, fán² ; sai' tik) ckan
tung 'chu néung ch'ut>
chái, tai scha, chóng ng
tá shín’; kó° tik) 'shai
múi hai ts” kí mái si
yung kẻ xá sau.
Ling yau kú kí kỏ' á
‘má; yat, kó sshó sthau,
yat, kó’‘chi fan², yat, kó?
sai cí shéung, yat, ko' ckan
chut hái.
to establish is the common term of respect for strangers, or others, and corresponds in its
usual acceptation to the word gentleman.
20. It will be noted that here and in the next paragraph, the terms used for personal ser-
vants are different from those in No. 7 above.
use with the Chinese.
Those here employed are the ones in common
SECT. 9.]
173
OF THE BREAKFAST TABLE.
1. Ásám, is breakfast
ready?
OF THE BREAKFAST TABLE.
早膳​類​第九​章
​Tsò shín² lu²; tai? 'kau <chéung.
It is all ready, Sir.
2. Don't you see that this
table is not set in a proper
manner? Put it to rights
quickly.
3. Go and invite the
gentlemen to come to break-
fast.
Yes, Sir.
4. Take off the dish covers
from the curry and rice.
5. Give this plate to the
gentleman nearest to me on
my right hand.
6. Bring the eggs and the
butter cup.
7. That gentleman's
napkin seems dirty, change.
it for another.
Section Ninth.
阿三​早茶​便​未
​會​呀
​齊備​嘥​咯
​你​睇​鋪​呢​張​檯
​唔​着​咁​擺設​快
​的​鋪​過​囉
​去​請​齊​的​人​嚟
​食​囉
​呀​好​唎
​擰​個​的​雞蛋​同
​牛油​盅​嚟
​個​位​人​客​嘅​抹
​手巾​怕​污​漕​換
​轉​條​嚟
​我
​Á› ‹sám, 'tsò ch'á pín²
m? sts'ang á’?
Ts'ai pí sá lók.
Ní t'ai p'ù cní cchéung
st'oi s'm chéuk, kóm ‘pái
chút ? Fái tih, phò hwớ
kó.
H'ü' 'ts'ing ts'ai tik› yan
slai shikz ló,
揭起​個​碟​黄薑 ​Kito
同​飯​嘅​盖
​捭​呢​碟​過​我​右
​邊​至​得​近​個個
​人​客​嗾
​A shò dé.
chí ko típ, swóng
ckéung sttung fán² ké' k'am
kor.
Pí ní típ, kwó ‘ngó yau
pín chí tak, kan ko ho
syan hák› ‹é.
Ning kó tik) (kai tán?
st'ung ngau yau chung
slai.
K6 wai? yan hák, ké' mut
'shau kan pá' ‹ú ‹tsò̟, ún²
chin stiú lai.
Notes and Explanations.
THE character shin is composed of flesh placed on the left of good or excellent, and has the
sense of meal, or a good meal. The Chinese usually have their breakfast served up about
ten o'clock; but among laborers in the field, and artisans whose work is severe, as carpenters,
masons, &c., it is brought on the table at an earlier hour, as these classes have an intervening
meal about noontide. They often call it tsò ch'á, and tsò ts'án, both of which terms convey
nearly the same meaning as the phrase here given.
CHI. CHR. 44
174
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
[CHAP. V.
9. Carry away
these |
dishes, and bring the fish.
I have not yet..
11. Put a little more tea
into the teapot, and pour in
some hot water also.
9. Bring the castor here.
拈​個​五味​架​嚟
​10. Have you prepared 你​有​炕​定​的​多
​any toast ?
時​唔​會​呀
​唔​會
​擠​的​茶葉​落​茶
​壺​嚟​冲​的​滚水
​添
​問​吓​個​位​人​客
​睇​吓​佢​嫌​茶​濃
​唔​嫌
​邊​位​人​客​呀
​12. Ask that gentleman
if his tea is agreeable or not.
13. Which gentleman?
The one opposite to me.
He says it is agreeable.
14. Ask this lady if she
wishes for an egg or not.
15. Bring a cup of tea,
and some sugar, for her.
16. Put a little more milk
into my tea.
17.
Remove the table-
cloth, and bring the finger-
bowls.
擰​呢​隻​碟​去​替 ​(Ning ní chik, túp) hr
個​的​魚​嚟
​t'ai' ko' tik, çü çlai.
18. After the gentlemen
have retired from the table,
bid the coolie to rub it down.
我​對面​個個​呢
​佢​話​啱​略
​問​呢​位​阿娘​愛
​雞蛋​唔​吖
​拈​一​杯茶​同​的
​糖​遞過​佢
​捭​的​牛乳​落​我
​杯茶​添
​收​檯布​去​擦洗
​手​盅​嚟
​<>
Ním kó? ng m² ká slai.
SNí Syau hóngting² tik, ctó
sshí s’m sts'ang ' ?
'M sts'ang.
〈Chai tik)ęcháip: lóke schá
sú slai, ch'ung tik, kwan
'shui t'ím.
Man² shá kó'wail syan hák),
t'ai shé sktisím sch'é syung
s'm sím.
Pín wai? syan hák, ??
Ngó túi mín kó kó chí.
'K'ü wá² ‹ngám lók›.
Man² ní wai? á’snéung oi'
kai tán² s'm á?
(Ním yat>(púi schá stóung
tik, stóng tai? kwó ski.
Pí tik, sngau yi l6k, ngó
púi schtá t'ím.
Shaust'oi pò' h'', ning
‘sai ‘shau chung slai.
人​客​散​之後​呌
​sYan hák, sán” chí hầu,
kíú? kún tím' ts'át, ckón
店​擦​乾凈​個 ​tsing² k6 cchéung st'oi lai.
張​枱​嚟
​TA
SECT. 10.]
175
OF THE DINNER TABLE.
I
1. Álun, make ready the
dinner to-day at three
o'clock.
2. Is the dinner ready?
3. Request the gentlemen
to come to dinner. Take
your seats:-take your seats.
OF THE DINNER TABLE.
大餐​類​第十​章
​Tái ts án lui; tại shap, chéung.
4. This crab soup has the
appearance of being good,
who will like some of it?
5. I will thank you to
send me a little of it.
6. Remove this soup
tureen, and bring that plate.
of roast beef.
7. This beef cuts very
good; allow me to send you
a slice of it?
Section Tenth.
阿倫​今日​三點
​鐘​齊備​大餐
​大餐​便​唔​會​呀
​請​列位​入席​請
​呀 ​呀
​呢​的​嶰​湯​似​得
​幾​好​乜​誰要
​呢
​呢​的​牛肉​切開
​實​守​好​等​我​遞
​塊​過​你​呵
​A'slun, ‹kam yat, <sám
tím chung sts'ai pí tái
tsán lá.
Tái tsán pín s’m sts ang
a'?
Ts'ing lít, wai' yap, tsik.
Tsing a 'ts'ing a'!
Ní tik, hái đóng ‘tsz’ tak
kí hò, mat, sshui íứ s
<ní?
我​請​你​遞​的​過 ​Ngo tsfingéní tail tik, kwó
我​吖
​ngó cá.
擰​呢​個​湯​兜​去 ​Ning cní kó ttóng ctau
hi, ním kó típ, shíu
ngau yukɔ ɖlai.
拈​個​碟​燒​牛肉
​DER
Ní tik sngau yuk, tsít,
choi shat, ‘shau hò; tang
‘ngó tai fái kwó ní ó?
Notes and Explanations.
GENERAL Custom among the Chinese authorizes three meals a day, but the hours at
which they are taken varies among different classes. The táits'án is, as its name signifies,
the principal meal with them, and is served up, usually, not earlier than four, nor later than
seven o'clock P. M. Among the poorer classes it consists of boiled rice, with the addition
of a few vegetables, and occasionally a small dish of fish or pork; rice is seldom eaten alone.
The middling classes usually have a good supply of all these; while with the rich, the list is
increased till it includes a large assortment of the best articles found in the markets. At the
banquets of the most wealthy, the number of dishes is often extravagent, and some of
them are very costly. Some of the phrases comprised in this, as well as in the preceding and
following, sections, may at first appear to be more stiff and formal than those commonly used;
but when they have become a little familiar by practice, it will be easy to abbreviate and im-
prove them, and also add to their number, pro re natâ.
1
176
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
黑
​8. If you please.
9. I beg you will carve
that capon.
10. Bring that dish of
sauce.
11. Bring a salt cellar.
12. Do you prefer beef
which is roasted rare, or that
which is thoroughly done?
13. Take away those
knives and forks.
14. I will thank you to
send me some of the boiled
fowl.
15. Are you, Sir, a good
carver ?
16. I will thank you to
cut up that duck, and help
my friend Man to a slice
of it.
17. Take a little of the
ginger to sharpen your ap-
petite.
18. Help me to a little
pepper to sprinkle [on my
food.]
19. Do you think that pas-
try fried in fat is good?
20. It is palatable enough,
but quite indigestible.
21. I beg you will take
more food, for we shall have
nothing to eat with our tea
this evening.
隨便​啦
​請​你​割開​個​隻
​鷄​呵
​sTsui pín lá.
Tsing ‘ní kết choi hó
kóts
chik, sín kai có.
〈Ním kó᾿chap> <chung slai.
Ním ko' sím chung slai.
Shik ngau yuką, ní oi
shíú tak, nin² ké',swán
shí chung 1 lò kể lá ?
拈​個​汁​盅​嚟
​拈​個 ​1
食​牛肉​你​愛​燒
​得​嫩​嘅​還是​中
​意​老​嘅​罅
​收​個​的​刀​釵​去
​請​你​遞​的​白​烚
​鷄​來​我
​你好​手勢​割​野
​唔好​呀
​請​你​械​個​隻​鴨
​來​切開​一塊​場
​遞​塊​過​文​哥阿
​食​的​薑​開​吓​個 ​Shiks tik, ckéung shoi há
胃​呵
​ko wai có.
帮​我​慘​的​椒​末 ​Póng ngó ‘sham tik, tsú
添​吖
​mút, tím cá,
好​食油​燀​麵食
​唔​呢
​個​的​係​利口​唔
​利​腹​嘅
​請​你​再用​晚​茶 ​Tsing ni tso' yung², mán
冇​乜​食​設
​sch á ‘mò mat, shik, ch t,
lá'.
Shau ko tik, tò «ch a hi.
Tsing ‘ní tai² tik, pák?
sháp, chai soi ngó.
Ní hò ‘shau shai két, yé,
sm hò á ?
Tsting ‘ní skái kó) chik>
áp, sloi, tsít, choi yat, fái
fár, tai² fá? kwó'sManckó
có.
Hò shik, syau cháu mín
shikz s'm ní?
Ko'k, hai² lí hay 'm Kí²
fuk, ké'.
17. 'Eat a little ginger to open the stomach,' is a recommendation similar to our own
to take a whet; a number of vulgar expressions, among which are sai wai, wash the stom-
ach, and sáng wai scour the stomach, are also used by the common people to denote the
same thing.
SECT. 10.]
177
OF THE DINNER TABLE.
22. Very well, I will see
to that; indeed, I usually
take only two meals a day.
ac-
23. Formerly, I was
customed to eat an evening
meal, and then was unable
to sleep, and was restless
and disturbed all night long.
24. Why is it, Sir, that
you utterly forbear to take
any wine ?
25. It is because I have
lately been unwell, and have
adopted a close regimen.
26. You really eat but a
very little; allow me to send
you some of this stewed
beef ?
27. Ithank you, I am re-
serving my appetite for a
wing of that turkey.
28. May I ask you to help
me to a slice of that ham?
29. With much pleasure;
do you prefer the fat, or
that which is lean?
32. I fear it is not well
boiled.
30. A part of both, if you
please.
31. Shall I add a little of : 摠​的​汁​你​擄​吓
​this gravy?
33. Allow me to send you
some of that partridge.
!
呀​我​自己​噲​打
​理​平時​我 ​日
​都​係​食​兩餐​啫
​先​日​我​都​食​夜
​餐​整​得​我​成夜 ​sshing yea
都​瞓​唔​着​俺俺
​点​惊​咁
​乜​咁​量​貴​總​唔
​肯​飲
​為​因​近來​唔​爽
​飲食​所以​節​戒
​乜​你​咁​細​食​嘅
​呀​等​我​遞​的​會
​牛肉​過​你​添​呵
​多謝​咯​我​食​開
​隻​火雞​翼​處
​請​你​遞​塊​火腿
​嚟​我​吖
​好​唎​愛​肥​嘅​吖
​抑或​要​瘦​嘅​呢
​半​肥瘦​啦
​食​呀
​我​怕​唔​會​烚​得
​好呀
​等​我​遞​的​鷓鴣
​過​你​罷​啦
​¡
tsz'
Á ngó ts2” kí úi tả lí;
sp'ing shi 'ngo yat› yat, tò
hai shik, léung tstán ché.
Sín yat, ngó dò shik, ye
cts'án, 'ching tak, Engú
yé? ctè fau' s'm
chéuke, cím cím chim echim
ckóm.
Mat kóm'
léung kwar
tsung 'm 'hang 'yam p?
Wai' yan kan' doi qu
'shóng 'yam shik, shó tí
tsít, káľ.
Mat Śní kóm'sa'shiky ke
'? ‘tang ‘ngô tai? tik, ?
sngau yukkwó ní tin
?
Tó tsé lóh, ngo shih: chơi
chik, ‘fó ‹kai yik, ch'ii'.
Tsing ni tại fái to túi
sai ngó cá ?
]
ké
Hà lé'; or fi ke ca, yik,
wák, íú' shau' ké ‹ní?
Pún' fi shau' lá'.
Fat, tik, chapy ni dò ha
shik, á' ?
| Ngó phá sản tsang sháp,
tak, hò .
Tang éngô tai?tik,checkú
kwớ ní pá lá.
24. 'What such ability of your honor,' is a literal rendering of the first four words in
this sentence; leung is an ability or capacity to drink much, to do which is considered
as praiseworthy, and it is complimentary to tell a guest that he can drink largely.
A
CHI. CHR.
45.
178
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
34. Which do you prefer
a leg, or a wing ?
35. It is quite immaterial.
36. How do you like it ?
37. It is really very fine,
and has also an excellent
flavor.
38. What is there in that
dish?
39. There are some
snipes.
40. Send me one.
41. I will thank you to
send me one of the smallest.
42. Allow me to send you
a little of this flour pudding.
43. None of it, I thank
you, I have already taken
quite sufficient.
44. I beg you will take
one of these very light
custards.
45. Will you join me in
taking a glass of claret?
46. I thank you, I have
taken enough already, and
dare not drink any more
to-day.
你​中意​肶​吖​被
​中意​翼​呢
​都​係 ​樣​啫
​好​食​唔好​吖
​眞​正好​兼​之​又
​好​味道​添
​裝​個​碟​係​乜野
​呀
​係​沙​椎​嚟
​遞​隻​過​我​呀
​請​你​遞​隻​至​細
​嘅​嚟​我
​等​我​遞​的​麵
​粉​布​顛​過​你​呵
​好​咯​多謝​咯​我
​够​算​咯
​請​飮​杯​稀稀​哋
​吉​時​呵
​請​你​面​杯​飲​呢
​杯​紅酒
​好​咯​多謝​咯​今
​日​不敢​領
​Ní chung í pí ‹á, pí'
chung ? yik, chí?
(Tò ha? yat, yéung² <ché.
Hò shik, sn hò cá ?
Chan ching” hò, chín chí
yau' 'ho mí tò' ‹t'ím.
Chóng kí típ, hai mat
Syé á'?
Hai' shá chui slai.
Tai chik, hwó ngó á.
(Tsting ‘ní tai² chik, chi
sai kế sai ngón
“Tang ngó tai fán tik,
mín fan pờ tín kw6 ní
có?
Hồ 16k, tó thể lók, ngó
kau² sun' lók,.
“Tsing yam púi ch ch
tf katy sshí co.
(T'sting Śní mín²cpúi yam
cní púi shung ‘tsau?
(Hù lók), ctó tsé? 16k), (kam
yat pat, kóm Ting.
45. Min púi yam is to drink face to face in the usual manner. There are two other
modes of taking wine or strong drink, common among the Chinese. The first is the kwó púi
yam, in which case two friends, having filled each his glass and holding it in his right hand,
one extends his glass to the mouth of the other, who in return extends his to the mouth of the
first, and thus they drink from each other's glasses. The second is called ch'ái múi, which
resembles the micare digitis of the Romans; two persons, having furnished themselves with
a quantity of spirits, and each a small cup or glass filled, simultaneously raise the right hand
closed; they then, both at the same moment, bring down the same hand before them, each
person opening one or more of his fingers, and uttering the word ten or one of the nine
digits: if one calls out seven, and the sum of the number of fingers which he and the other
both opened is seven, then the latter must drink a glass of wine; in case neither hits the
exact number, or both hit it, then neither is required to drink, and the trial is repeated.
SECT. 11.]
179
OF THE TEA TABLE.
.47. Oh no, you may ven-
ture to take a little.
唔係​飲​少​的
​48. I have taken enough 好​喀​請​你​捭​杯
​already; I will thank you
for a tumbler of water.
水​過​我​罷​咯
​49. Take
away these
things, and bring on the des-
sert.
50. This is most excellent
fruit.
51. Please eat freely of
the fruit before you, at your
pleasure.
52. Which kind do you
prefer?
53. They are all alike
very good.
54. Bring the finger
bowls; and after we have
used them, remove all the
things from the table.
1. Álung, make ready the
tea this evening at eight
o'clock.
2. Is the tea ready?
收​呢​的​野​去​拈
​菓子​嚟​咯
​呢​的​菓子​實​守
​好呀
​隨意​食​的​生​菓
​都​好​吖
​你​中意​邊​的​呢
​喊​蜂​吟​都​係​.
樣​啫
​拈​洗手​盅​嚟​洗
​手​就​設​檯
​I
1
'M hai', 'yam 'shíú tik› ‹é.
(Hò lák), tsing ‘ní pí púi
‘shui kwó ngó pá lók.
阿​聾​今晚​八點
​鐘​預​便​晚​茶
​晚​茶​便​唔​會​的
​Shau cní tik) Syé htii, ním
'kwó 'tsz'slai lók,.
Ní tik, 'kwó 'tsz' shat, 'shau
hð á'.
Tsui í' shik, tik, <shang
kwó tò hò cá.
753. The phrase ham páng láng, or as it is always abbreviated hampaláng, is in constant use
to express a collected quantity or a number of things when taken together; in Macao,
the word to tò, from the Portuguese todo, is frequently employed.
Ní chung fcpín tik, cní?
2
Ham
páng láng” tò hai
yat, yéung² <ché.
Section Eleventh.
OF THE TEA TABLE.
晚​茶類​第十
​章
​SMán scheá lu²; tail shape yatchéung.
Ním ‘sai ‘shau chung sai,
sai ‘shau tsau chít, stoila.
A lung, ckam mán: pút>
tím cchung i pín? Śmán
scha lá.
SMán scheá pín² s'm sts'ang
á' ?
Notes and Explanations.
THOUGH the Chinese sometimes take three meals in a day; yet tea, which they drink
at all hours, is never served up for them with the formalities of the European tea table.
180
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
3. Place the tea-tray on
the table at my right hand.
4. Bring the tea-canister.
5. Take the lid off the
tea-canister.
6. Pour a little tea into
this cup.
7. Take off the lid from
the tea-pot, and put the tea
into it.
8. Bring some boiling
water, and fill the tea-pot
half full.
9. That is enough.
10. What kind of tea do
you prefer?
11. I fear, Sir, your tea
is too strong.
12. Álung, see if that
gentleman wishes some hot
water in his tea.
13. May I add a little
water to your tea?
14. My tea is too weak,
change it for another cup.
15. Bring another tea sau-
cer.
16. This tea has really an
excellent flavor.
擠​呢​個​托​茶​嘅
​盤​喺​檯上​我​右
​手​便​嚟
​擰​個​茶葉​鱠​嚟 ​Ning kó schtá ipz tsun slai.
揭開​茶葉​罅​個
​喲
​倒​的​茶葉​喺​隻
​杯​嚟
​Chai ní kó' tók› ‹ch'á ké
sphún hai toi shéung ngó
yau? (shau pin? slai.
Kt choi cha íp? «tsun
kó' ko'dó.
“Tò ti, cha íp, hai chik:
pui sai.
Kt, choi kó chả cứ koi
〈chai tik, sch'a ip: lóky hi?.
揭開​個​茶壺​蓋
​擠​的​茶葉​落​去
​擰​的​滚水​黎​冲
​半壺​咁​多
​咁​箋​够​咯
​你​中意​乜野​嘅
​茶​呢
​ch¹á
我​睇得​你​杯茶 ​Ngó t'ai tak, ní púi schwa
濃​估​呀
​syung kú á'.
Ning tik) (kwan shui slai
ch'ung pún'súkóm'ctó.
Kóm' tó kau² lók,.
Ni chung ? mat Syé kee
sch'á ní?
slung, tai há ho wai
syan hak,iú) kwan shui
s'm.
阿​聾​睇​吓​個​位
​人​客​要​滚水​唔
​等​我​冲​的​滚水
​喺​呢​處​潻​嗾
​我​杯茶​淡​得​齊 ​Ngó púi schrá túm² tak)
擰​過
​tsal, cuing kwó yat púi
slaid6.
杯​嚟​囉
​擰​過​隻​茶​碟​嚟
​呢​的​茶​眞​正​係
​香​咯
​“Tang ngo chung tik,
kwan shui hai quí chi
«'ím ‹é ?
<Ning kwó'chik, schté típy
dai.
〈Ní tik) schá chan ching)
hai chéung l6k..
8. The use of kwan to express boiling water is a provincialism; it is derived, by a cata-
ehresis not at all uncommon, from the strict definition, which is to roll or to surge, as waves
do, from comparing the appearance of the surfaces of water when boiling, and when agitated
by the wind.
SECT. 11.]
181
OF THE TEA TABLE.
耋
​17. Is your tea agreeable? |
18. Alung, bring me the
milk-cup.
19. Take
some of this
warmed bread along with
your tea.
20. This preserved ginger
is very good; will you try
some of it?
21. I beg you will take
a little honey with your
bread.
乳​嚟​我
​你​械​的​炕​麵包
​嚟​送茶​呵
​呢​的​糖​薑​實​守
​好​你​試​吓​好​啩
​請​你​食​的​蜜糖 ​Tsing ‘ní shik, tiks mat
tóng kung mín sthau có ?
共​麵​頭​阿
​我​睇得​你​中意
​麵餅​估​呀
​23. These preserved peach- 呢​的​係​來路​嚟
​es are from abroad, help
嘅​蜜餞​粧​桃​膰
​你
​的​試​吓​阿
​22. I think you will
rather prefer some cake,
will you not?
yourself to some of them,
and see if they are good.
24. Will you take another
cup of tea ?
25. Yes, if you please.
26. Allow me to send you
another cup.
27. I thank you, two cups
are quite sufficient.
28. When you have drank
tea, does it ever produce
unpleasant sensations of diz-
ziness?
29. Never, because tea is
not injurious, but on the
contrary, a very wholesome
beverage.
30. Do the Chinese use
milk and sugar with their
tea?
你​的​茶​啱​唔​呀
​你​的​茶​啱​唔​呀​!‘Ní tik, schtá cngám ?m ??
sm
阿​聾​拈​呢​盅​牛
​Á lung, ‹ním ‹ní chung
sngau ‘yi lai Śng6.
Ní kái tik, hóng mín
‹páu ‹ai sung sch'á ‹ó.
Ní tik) stóng ckéung shat
‘shau hò, ‘ní shí há hồ
kwá' ?
Ngó tai tak, ‘ní chung í
mín' 'ping 'kú á'?
Ní tik hai doi lo lai
ké’ mat tsín? tóng tù
pó’,Śní ‹ning tik, shr sha co.
用過​杯茶​唉
​好​咯​隨便​咯
​Yung?kwó'<púi schécé?
'Hò lókɔ, sts'ui pín² lók›.
等​我​遞​杯​你​唉 ​| Tang ngó tai? púi ní vé.
多謝
​兩杯​够
​有​凸
​你​飲茶​有​見​昬
​骨​沌​咁​冇​呀
​有​因為​茶​冇​乜
​害​而且​係​最好
​飲​之​物
​唐人​有​械​牛乳
​共​糖​嚟​攪​茶​有
​冇​呢
​Tó tsé² lá', léung ‹púi kau²
Syau tat, lá.
Ní 'yam sch'á, yau kín'
<wan ‹wan tan' kóm' mòd á' ?
Mò, yan wai scha mò
mat, hoi², sí 'ch'é hai tsui
hò ‘yam chí mat.
Tong yan yau hái ngau
Syü kung² sthóng lai kan
sch'a yau mò ‹ní?
27. The character tut is supposed to resemble characters cut in relief, as áu, its opposite,
with the upper part sunk in, is like those cut in intaglio; tat here means a sufficiency.
7
CHI. CHR. 46
182
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
:
31. No; they all much
prefer to drink pure tea.
32. When do they drink
tea?
33. Several times a day
sometimes more, and some-
times less, frequently.
34. Do they ever expe-
rience any injury from it?
35. I have seen them
drink it freely at all times,
but have never yet heard of
its producing any injurious
effects.
1. Supposing that a per-
sou is going to visit a friend,
what are the
forms of
etiquette to be observed?
2. On such an occasion,
he procures a card, and on
occasion,
the lower half of it writes,
"your friend Cheung King-
shan bows his head in salu-
冇​都​係​飲​清茶
​多​啫
​佢​哋​幾時​正​飲
​茶​呢
​日​飲​幾​回​有
​時​多​有時​少
​飮​了​有​壞​冇​呢
​我​見​佢​哋​都​係
​D # K v kk
會​聽見​話​有​飲
​壞​過​嘅
​設有​一​人​往​拜
​客​當​如何​儀​注
​於是​用
​於是​用​一​帖
​帖​在
​lên ft
下​半截​書​愚弟
​張​敬慎​頓首​拜
​Section Twelfth.
RULES OF VISITING.
交接​儀容​類​第十二​章
​Káu tsíp, sí syung lui²; tai shap 2 ‹chéung.
tation." Or, he simply writes
his name on the upper half 或​於​帖​上​截​傍
​of the card at the [right] side,
Mò, ctd hai² 'yam ts'ing
sch'á ‹tó ‹ché.
tò
K'ü tí² ki shí ching' 'yam
sch'á ‹ní?
Yat, yat, yam kí súi, yau
sshí ‹tó, yau sshí ‘shíú.
Yam líú yau wái mò
‹ní?
Ngo kín ki t? ctò hai?
sshí shí sts‘ui pín yam, s’m
sts' ang ting kin' wa syau
yam wái kwó kể.
Ch'it, 'yau yat, syan wong
pái hák, tóng sự chó sĩ
chi ?
|
Ü
U shí, yung’yat típ,, tsoi
há² pún' tsít› ‹shü, U tai'
Chéung King' shan' tun'
shau pái; wák, i típ,
shiéung tsít, spong pín,
Notes and Explanations.
VISITING is conducted by the Chinese with great formality, blended with much urbanity.
The subject naturally forms a branch of domestic affairs, since it is intimately connected
with household regulations. This section affords a specimen of what is required from
those who move in the middle classes of society.
. The phrase chü includes all the ceremonies requisite in paying and receiving visits,
which are varied, however, in many minor particulars, according to age and rank.
2. These cards are made of bright red paper cut about ten inches long, four and a
half wide, and are either single or folded-the latter four, six, or eight times.
SECT. 12.]
183
RULES OF VISITING.
or in place of writing it, he
may have the same stamped.
3. He then puts on his
robes and cap, takes his
seat in a sedan, or mounts
his horse, or perhaps goes
on foot, and proceeds to pay
his visit.
:
4. If he has a servant
in attendance, the servant
precedes him, and knocking
at the gate, says aloud, "The
gentleman Chéung King-
shan has come to pay a
visit," at the same time
presenting his master's card.
5. The servant of the host
then receives the card, and
goes into the house, and
presents it to his master,
who, if he does not wish
to receive company, says,
..
Stay the gentleman's ap-
proach." His servant im-
mediately goes out, and
standing beside the visitor's
sedan, [returning the card,
and] bending the knee, says,
..
Stay the gentleman's ap-
proach."
6. The visitor, according-
ly, turns and goes back.
7. But if the master says,
Invite him to come in," the
servant goes out and com-
mands the middle door to be
opened. The gentleman then.
comes forth to receive the
visitor, bows, and invites him
to enter. They ascend the
hall together, and take their
seats, as host and guest.
邊​書​一名​印
​的​亦可
​於是​穿衣​帽​或
​打​轎​或​配​馬​或
​步行​往​拜​·
‹shü, yat› ‹ming tsik, yan'
tik, yik, 'hó.
shứ chün á mờ, wák,
tá kíú², wák, p'úï' má,
wák, po shang, wóng pái'.
若有​小子​相隨
​則​小子​先至​扣
​門​說道​張敬​愼
​老爺​親​到​拜​將
​名帖​遞進
​其​時​主​家​亦有
​小子​接​帖​入​內
​禀明​其​主​如​不
​欲​會​說道​擋駕
​則​小子​出​而​在
​客​轎​前​打 ​千
​說道​擋駕
​客​郋​回去
​如​主​日​請​小子
​出​吩咐​開​中​門
​主人​出迎​揖​客 ​stróng fan
入​升堂​分​賓主
​而​坐
​Yéuk, yau 'síú 'tsz' séung
sts'ui, tsak, 'síú 'tsz' ‹sín
chí k‘au mún, shit, tờ,
Chéung King shan lò yé,
ts'an to' pái', ctséung ming
típ, tai tsun’.
K'í shí 'chü ‹ká yik, yau
'síú 'tsz' tsíp, tip, yap
noi' 'pan ming sk' 'chu,
st pat, yuk, úi, shut, tờ,
'tong ka'. Tsak› 'síú 'tsz'
ch'ut›, sí tsoi' hák, kíú²
sts'ín, tá yat, ts'ín, shit,
tờ, “tổng ká.
Hak, tsik, súi hi.
‚Ü 'chü ütz, 'ts'ing, 'síú 'tsz'
ch‘ut, fan fứ choi chung
smún. 'Chu yan ch'ut>
sying yap, hák, yap, ‹shing
tóng fan pan chủ sítso.
3. Among the common people the sedan is borne by two men. Inferior magistrates are al-
lowed four bearers, and the highest provincial officers may employ eight. Foreigners are not
permitted the use of sedans in Canton,-nor even in Macao, with Chinese bearers.
In quiet
times, however, this regulation is not observed in Macao.
5. Tá yat ts'in is used to denote the bending, half way to the ground, of one knee.
There are occasions (such as when an inferior is seeking to visit a superior, or when the
master is absent,) in which the card may be retained; but its being returned, as in the
present instance, does not prevent the visitor from repeating his call.
7. The left side is the place of honor with the Chinese; in taking seats, therefore, the
host will insist on the visitor's taking his place on the left, while he occupies the right.
184
[CHAP. V.
'DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
8. The guest [perhaps]
says, "It is a long time since
we met, and I have now come
Sir, to pay my respects.'
9. The host replies, "I am
unworthy the honor you have
taken the trouble to do me.
I hope, Sir, you are well."
10. “Very well, I thank
you," rejoins the guest.
11. At this time the ser-
vants present betel and tea,
and after these are ended,
pipes with tobacco for smok-
ing are brought in.
""
-
12. The guest again says,
"I beg you will mention my
name to her ladyship (your
mother), and present my
compliments and best wish-
es."
13. The host replies, "I
thank you, you are very
kind,but [my mother] is
unworthy of such attention."
14. “Does your honored
mother," (adds the host,)
“enjoy good health ?”
15. The guest replies, “I
am much obliged for your
kind inquiries; recently she
has been very unwell."
16. The host says, "This
is a matter of course with
a person of advanced age;
pray, what is the age of
your parent ?”
17. “Her age this year is
seventy-one.
”
18. The host further adds,
"It was said by the ancients,
'few reach threescore years
and ten;" Ipresume your
aged mother has a very good
constitution.”
19. “Very good indeed, I
thank you," says the guest;
[and then inquires] “how
客​曰​許久​不​面
​特​來​候​駕
​主​曰​豈敢​有​勞
​貴​步​駕​上好​吖
​客​答曰​托賴
​斯​時​小子​們​奉
​槟​茗茶​罷​繼
​奉​以​烟
​客​又​日​在​老太
​太​處​代​我​叱​名
​請安
​主​日​不敢​當​多
​謝​有心
​令​壽​堂​實​守​壯
​健​啩
​客​答​托賴​近來
​病痛​多​咯
​主​曰高​年​人​自
​當​如此​今年​貴
​庚​呢
​今年​七十​有
​主​又​日​古云​人
​生​七十​古來​稀
​算是​老當益壯
​客​曰​皆​藉​洪福
​駕​上​近來​添​到
​Hák› üt₂, ‘hü ‘kau pat› mín²,
take sloi hau²ká.
Chủ üt, chí kém, Syau
slò kwapò². Kashéung?
hò cá ?
Hák, táp› üt₂, tók› lái².
〈Sz’sshí, ‘siú ‘tsz” smún
fung² cpan, fún 'ming sch'á,
pa? kai? fung? i cín.
Hák, yau² iit, tsoi? ò 'ár
tái chi, toi ‘ngó tsik
sming, tsting cón.
备
​Chü ütz, pat, kóm ctóng,
‹tó tsé², ‘yau ‹sam,
Ling
shaustóng shat,
‘shau chóng kín kwá ?
Hák, táp), tók, lai², kan-
sloi ping' t'ung' ‹tó lók..
Chủ ütz, chờ snín yau
tsz” tóng sü ‘tsz’; ckam
snín kwai' skang ni?
Kam sníu tsát, shape yau
yat..
“Chi yau² it, kú swan,
syan shang ts'át, shape kú
‹loi ‹hí; sün' shi' 'ló tóng
yik, chóng”.
Hák, üt₂, kái tsik, shung
fuk); ká’shéung² kan sloi
11. Betel, tea, and tobacco, are always presented to the visitor, but he is at liberty to
decline them if he pleases, without any breach of good breeding, but this, however, is not
often the case. The pipe is used by ladies as well as gentlemen; it is made of a slender
bamboo, about two feet long, and has a bowl that holds only a very small pinch of tobacco.
•
185
·
RULES OF VISITING.'
SECT. 12.]
i
many sons, . Sir, have been
presented to you?"
20. The host answers, “I
am an unfortunate man, and
have had but one poor boy."
21. "I remember," says
the guest, "that formerly,
I came to your house to
celebrate the birth of a son;
I cannot realize that six
years have since elapsed;
I suppose the boy is already
learning to read."
C6.
22. This year," says the
host, "he commenced going
to school."
23. Again it is asked,
"Since your son has grown
up to boyhood I have not
seen him; he must, I think,
be very apt in learning, is
he not ?"
·
24. "He possesses only or-
dinary abilities," is the reply.
25. The guest says, "I
beg you will let me see him."
26, The master of the
house then bids a servant
go to the study, and ask the
lad to make his appearance.
27. The boy follows the
servant into the hall, and the
host, pointing [to the visitor,]
says, "This is my honored.
friend Cheung, come
up
before him, make your bow,
and ask him how he does."
28. The child then turn-
ing to him, says," Honored
friend;" and in a hurried
manner kneels down before
him, and makes a low bow.
幾​多個​公​郎​呢
​主​日​命​鄙​只得
​一個​小蟲
​客​曰​記得​從前
​我​會​到​府​飲​薑
​yau
* * £ X X ‡ tuk, ‹shü kú lá.
| 現在​讀書​估​錞
​主​云​今年​正​話
​啟蒙​啫
​又問​公​郎​大​了
​我​未​會​見過​謹
​書​想必​伶俐
​答曰​姿​質​有限
​客​日​請來
​請來​一 ​見
​主​命​小子​往​書
​房​請​相公​回來
​其​兒​隨​小子​登
​堂主​指​曰​此​位
​是​張世伯​上前
​叩頭​請安​呀
​子 ​向前​呌
​聲​世伯​忙​卽​跪
​下​叩頭​。
29. The guest immediately%
reaches forward, raises him
up, and bows in return for
his salutation.
·揖
​tím tờ kí đó kở chung
slóng ‹ní?
“Chú út, ming ‘phí, chat
tak, yat, ko síu chung.
Hák, üt₂, ki tak, ts'ung
sts*ín ngó stsang tờ fu
'yam keung 'tsau; pat, kók›
luk, nín; ín tsoi²
'Chü swan, kam níu ching'
wá² 'k'ai ¿mung ‹ché.
Yau man², kung long
tái líú, ngó mí tsang
kin' kw6'; tuk, shü 'séung
pít, sling lí²,
姿​質​有限 ​Táp, iite, ctsz' chat, yau
hán.
Hák, üt, 'ts'ing loi yat,
kin'.
Chi ming ‘síu ‘tsz wóng
shu fong, 'ts'ing séung'
chung cúi loi,
K'í sí tsui 'síú 'tsz' tang
stóng, chi chí ut, ‘tsz
wai' shí' Chéung shai' pák,,
'shéung sts'ín, k'au'st'au,
'ts'ing ón á',
"Tsz' tsik› héung' ‹ts'ín, kíú'
yat› ‹shing shai' pák›, ‹nóng
tsik, kwai há', k'au' t'au.
Hák, sts*ui fú hí cúi táp,
yat, yapɔ.
19, 20. A constant endeavor is made in Chinese etiquette to speak slightingly of what-
ever pertains to one's self, and to exalt or praise all that belongs to the party spoken to; the
expressions made use of by both parties in this strife of politeness are frequently very sin-
gular for the allusions contained in them. In this instance, the host says his "fate is poor
[or niggardly,] only obtained one small worm," referring to his only son, in reply to the
guest's inquiry, "how many worthy young gentlemen ?" he had.
CHH. CHR.
47'.
186
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
30. The boy then takes
his stand at a respectful
distance, with his face turned
towards the guest;
31. Who (addressing his
father) says, "The boy
really possesses superior in-
telligence and will perpe-
tuate the literary reputation
of the family.”
32. The host replies,
"The reputation of our fa-
mily is not great, high expec-
tations are not to be entertain-
ed of him; if he can only gain
a livelihood, it will be enough.
33. “ You are quite too mo-
dest," says the guest; "I beg
you will let him return to his
studies in the school-room."
34. The boy bows to the
guest, saying, "Pray excuse
me,' " and immediately re-
tires.
35. Then the conversa-
tion being ended, the guest
rises and announces his de-
parture, and says, " Another
day I will come again to
receive your counsel."
36. The guest says, “Ah!
you do me too much honor,
I rather ought to wait on
you to-morrow."
37. “ You are very kind,"
says the guest “ Good bye.”
38. "Good bye," responds
the host.
39. The servant now goes
out, preceding his master,
and orders the sedan to be
made ready, which is tilted
up behind, and down before,
to that the shafts are brought
low; the visitor steps in be-
tween the shafts, and moves
backward and sits down in
the sedan, and the bearers
raise it up on their shoulders.
其​子​侍立​於​下
​面朝​上
​客​日​果然​生​得
​聰慧​將來​足​繼
​書香
​主日​山田​福薄
​不敢​妄想​但​可
​覓食​足矣
​客​曰​太​謙​了​請
​回​書房​讀書​罷
​其​子​揖​客​曰​少
​陪​遂​出
​於是​言罷​客​起
​告辭​日​改日​再
​來​領教
​主​日​豈敢​弟​當
​明日​回​候
​客​曰​不敢​請​呀
​主 ​1 請​呀
​此時​小子​先​出
​吩咐​打​轎​其​轎
​後起​憍​前​倒
​下​以​低​其​扛​客
​踏入​轎​拉​內​退
​行人​轎​坐定​轎
​夫​起​膞
​sKí tsz'sh? lapz ci_há?,
mín² schíú shéung';
Hák,ütz, (kwó sin shang
tak, cts'ung wai², ctséung sloi
tsuk, kai' ‹shü chéung.
'Chü üt, shán stín fuk,
pókz; pat, kém móng
‘séung; tán hó mike shik
tsuk, sí.
Hák, ütz, t'ár chím líú,
tsing súi shi sfong tuk,
cshi pá².
sKí ‘tsz' yap, hák,, üt.,
‘shíú sp‘úi; sui² ch'ut,.
Ü sh? sín pá², hák, Chí
kò' sts'z', üt₂, 'koi yat, tsoi'
sloi 'ling káu'.
i
'Chü üt₂, hí kóm! tai'
tóng sming yat súi hau.
Hák, ütz, pat, kóm, tsling
a'!
Chü ütz, ‘tsting @!
"Ts'z' shí síú 'tsz' (sín
ch'ut>, <fan fú' tá kíú², skí
kíú² hau² ‹tau 'hí, kíú²¿ts'ín
'tò há², í <tai sk'í kóng';
hák, táp: yap: kíú² kóng'
noi, túi shang yap kín,
tsó ting', kíú fú hí pók..
34. Shrú p'úi means to support or wait upon only for a little time; the lad would intimate
that he ought to wait on his father's friend and guest longer, but his studies requiring
his return, he begs to be excused in the terms above. Wealthy families in China frequently
engage a domestic tutor, who is furnished with a small room in the house fitted up as a
SECT. 12.]
187
RULES OF VISITING.
•
•
?
40. The guest, now seated
in the sedan, bends forward,
gently bowing his head, says,
"6
Pray, Sir, go back, go
back.'
""
41. The host, standing [at
the door,] his hands joined
together, says, "Good bye."
42. The sedan moves off,
and the gentleman retires
into his house. Such is an
outline of the general rules
for visiting.
43. But supposing that
guests are to be invited to
one's own house for a social
visit, or on any similar occa-
sion, then the cards of invita-
tion are prepared on a pre-
vious day; -on the right side
of the upper half write thus,
On the fifteenth day a light
entertainment will await; in
the middle at the top write,
the light [of your presence;]
and at the bottom on the left
of the card write, Ts'd Chí-
man's compliments. Thus
prepared the host sends it by
the hands of a servant to the
persons to be invited.
44. On the appointed day,
in his full dress, he awaits
the visitor's arrival, when the
host goes forth to receive
and entertain him, and after
the usual salutations and
compliments, they take their
seats.
45. The host says, "It is
a frugal meal to which you
are invited, prepared without
attempt at display."
46. The guest replies,
"The supply is abundant.'
""
Hák, tsoi² kíú² noi' 'fú shan,
'pá st'au yat, tai, üt, 'ts'ing
客​在​轎​内​俯身
​ĐE IN — f En sủi, tring sui.
回​請​回
​主​立​拱手​亦​日
​請​呀呀
​轎​去​後​主人​乃
​入​凡​交接​儀容
​大​做​此
​又​或​邀​客​到家
​叙​慶​等​事​則​預
​日​寫​一 ​帖​冩​於
​上​截​右​傍​云​十
​五日​薄​酌​候​中
​頂​冩​一​光​字帖
​下​截​左邊​寫​曹
​治​文​拜​如此​吩
​咐​小子​送去
​是​日​衣冠​待客 ​Shi? yat cí ckún to? hák,,
hát, chỉ fứ tsik, ‘chủ syan
客​至​赴席​主人
​sying yap, kín' lai, <fan
<pan 'chu sí tsó².
迎​入​見禮​分​賓
​主​而​坐
​主​曰​便飯​虛​邀
​亳​無​敬意
​客​曰​足​領​之至
​'Chü lap, 'kung 'shau, yik
üt, 'ts'ing a'! 'ts'ing a'!
Kíú h'ü' hau², 'chü syan
nái yap.
Fán káu tsíp›
sí syung, tái léuk, đóng
'tsz'.
Yau' wák, íú hák, tò' ‹ká
tsü' hing' 'tang sz", tsak, ü²
yat, sé yat, típ); 'sé i
shéung” tsít, yau phóng,
swan, Shap, 'ng yat, pók,
chéuk, hau; chung ting
‘sé yat, kwóng tsz”; típ,
há² tsít, 'tsó pín sé, sTs'ò
Chí man pái; su ts‘z’,
<fan fú' 'síú 'tsz' sung' h'ü'.
'Chü ütz, pín fán chi cíú,
shò smò king 1.
Hák, it, tsuk, Sling chí
chí.
school room, where he instructs the children of his patron, and it may be one or two more,
the school varying from six to eight pupils.
43. These cards of invitation are sometimes written on a smaller paper than those describ-
ed in No. 2, and are sent under an envelop. The hour of dining may also be written in
small characters at the top on the left side of the card. The whole would then read
thus: "On the 15th instant a light entertainment will await the light of your presence.
[This invitation is sent with] Ts'ò Chíman's compliments. We dine at six o'clock." Instead
of pók chéuk, they sometimes write Kit ming, "I will prepare tea," &c.
188
[CHAP. V.
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS.
47. The servants now pre-
sent tea, and offer pipes and
tobacco to the visitor.
斯​時​小子​奉茶
​遞烟
​主​曰​别無​他​客
​48. The host says, " There
is no visitor present except
yourself, we are all old ac-
quaintances, I beg you will
所有​皆​屬​世​好
​lay aside your cap and your 且​請​陞​冠​寬衣
​robes."
客​日​果​無​嬌​客
​49. The guest replies, "As
there is no distinguished guest
present, I will do as you sug-
gest."
弟​當​從​命
​50. The master of the 於是​主人​吩咐
​house commands his servants
to lay the table.
小子​擺​席
​擺​備​小子​以​手
​掩口​附​主​耳邊
​低聲​日​席​己​擺
​好​請客​入席
​52. The gentleman of the, 主人​起​日​請​入
​house rises and says, "Please
to take your seats at table."
席​請​入席
​客​曰​多謝
​51. This done, a servant,
covering his mouth with his
hand, bending by his mas-
ter's side whispers in his ear,
“ The table is all ready, be
pleased to invite the guest
to sit down,"
53. “I thank you,” says
the guest.
54. "You will smile at
our fare,” says the host.
55. The host and guest,
after attempting to yield pre-
cedence to each other, take
their seats.
56. The host says, "It
is several years since
we
feasted together, we must
now enjoy ourselves to the
utmost before you leave.
ex-
57. The guest says, “I am
able to drink very little, yet
shall do my best to meet
your pleasure, and am
ceedingly sorry that you have
been at so great expense
in providing an entertain-
inent."
58. Says the other, "I am
quite ashamed that I have
主​日​見笑​之至
​主​與​客​遂​謙遜
​而​坐
​主​日​不​共飲
​年​務必​要​盡歡
​而​返
​客​日​量​甚​淺​狹
​務​盡​主人​之​歡
​惟​是​費​財​太甚
​實​為​過意不去
​主​答​並無​佳品
​Sz' shí, 'síú 'tsz' fung'
sch'é tai² cín.
'Chü üt₂, pít, smò ‹ťá hákɔ,
shó yau ckái shuke shar
Chù, 'ch'é tsting cshing ckún
fún í.
Hák, itz, (kwó smù ckíú
hák, tail ctóng stsung ming²,
'Ü shí' 'chüsyan ‹fan fú'
'síú 'tsz' 'pái tsik.
'Pái pí², 'síú 'tsz' í ‘shau
ím Chau fú? chü í pín,
tai cshing ütz tsik, í pái
'hò, 'ts'ing hák, yap, tsikɔ.
Chü syan (hí, ütz, ‘tsting
yap: tsike, ‘ts'ing yap, tsik...
Hak, ütz, ctó tsé?.
Chü üt, kín síứ chí chứ.
'Chü ü hák, sui² ‹hím sun'
sí tsó?.
Chü ütz, pat, kung² (yam
shù’snín, mò? pít, íú? tsun?
fún sí fán.
Hák, lütz, léung² sham²
‘ts‘ín háp, mờ tsun chi
syan chí fún, swai shi fai
sts'oi t'ai' sham', shat, wai
kwó' ?' pat› h'ü’.
‘Chü táp), ping mồ hái
48. The ceremonial dress of the Chinese, being somewhat irksome, the upper parts and cap
are laid aside when eating, or when politeness does not require them to be retained.
SECT. 12.]
189
RULES OF VISITING.
>
only the commonest viands
I beg you will
drink freely.”
for you;
59. "I will try to do my
best,” says the visitor.
60. “I hope,” says the
host, “that you are favored
of late with a keen appetite."
61. “Not so good as for-
merly, [I am sorry to say,]
for if I eat a few bits of fat,
or oily food, it overcharges.
my stomach; I have drank
too much wine to-night, and
I beg you will allow the rice
to be served up."
62. The host immediately
orders the rice to be served
up; and then says, "A little
more wine, after which we
will take the rice, and close
the dinner."
63. When the visitor says
he will take leave, the mas-
ter of the house accompanies
him to the outer gate, where
they bow and separate.
64. These are the princi-
pal rules to be observed in
visiting; the others it will
always be easy to regulate
according to times and cir-
cumstances.
褻瀆​之至​請​飲
​深​的
​客​日​隨量​好​咯
​主​日​近來​胃口
​都​甚​好
​唔似​上日​多​食
​幾​件​肥膩​就​似
​覺​會​滯​今晚​酒
​多​了​請​起​罷
​主帥​吩咐​載​飯
​日​少​飲​然後​用
​飯食​畢​席散
​客​告辭​主人​送
​出​門外​一揖​而
​别
​大抵​交接​儀容
​不外乎​此​其餘
​惟​臨時​隨機​應
​變​而已
​‘pan, sít, tuk, chí chỉ,
'ts'ing 'yam sham tik›.
Hák, üt₂, sts'ui léung hò
16k,.
Chü ütz, kan² loi waiš
hau tò sham² hò ccha.
'M 'tsz' shéung yat, tó
shike kí kín² fí n², tsau:
≤tsz' kók, ≤úi char; ckam
Śmán ‘tsau ctó lúú, tshing
'hí án' pá².
'Chu tsik fan fú' tsoi' fán',
iit:, ‘shíú yam sin hau:
yung² fán², shike pat, tsik:
sản.
Hák, kờ stsz’, ‘chu yan
sung ch‘ut, mún ngoi, yat
yap› sí pítɔ.
Tái tại cháu tsíp, số yung,
pat, ngoi? sú ‘ts'z', sk'í si,
¿wai ‹lam ‹shí ‹ts'ui ‹kí ying'
pín' sí sí.
61. The number of courses in a formal Chinese dinner is sometimes very great; ten,
twenty, thirty, and upwards are not unusual, but the guest is not expected to do more than
taste the numerous dishes set before him. The food is, for the most part, prepared in stews,
cut up previously to cooking in small bits, in order to accommodate it to the chopsticks,
and served up in small saucers, which are placed near each guest. During the dinner,
hot spirit is drank in cups not much larger than thimbles, but they are frequently replenished;
flowers and fruits are placed upon the table as dessert, and not unfrequently made dishes,
elaborately prepared and fancifully arranged, are brought up, which are intended merely to
gratify the sight of the already half surfeited guest. Plain boiled rice is the last dish, and
always concludes the entertainment.
CHI. CHR. 48
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
貿易 ​篇​六
​Mau²
yikɔ;
pín
lukz.
Section First.
OF RENTING SHOPS.
1. How are those persons,
who have shops to let, deno-
minated ?
CHAPTER VI.
批​賃​舖​店​第 ​章
​Peai yam² pò tím'; tai² yatchéung
釁
​有​舖​出​賃​嘅​人
​點​樣​獮​呢
​Some men call them shop 有人​呌​舖​主​有
​owners, others call them
landlords.
2. And what do the land-
lords style those who have
hired their shops?
They call them tenants.
3. In leasing and hiring,
what securities are taken?
A lease and a bond.
4. What are these two
instruments ?
1
凴​據​呢
​有​批​有
​批​係​點​樣​係
​點​樣​嘅​呢
​Yau pò ch'uti yam? kéx
syan, tím yéung² chting
‹ní?
Yau syan kíú' p'ò' 'chü,
Syau syan kíứ íp chủ.
人​呌​業主
​業主​稱​租賃​呢 ​Íp chi cching ctsò yam²
又​點​呢
​ké’, yau? tím ní?
稱做​舖​客
​一​租​一​賃​有乜
​«Ch‘ing tsò pờ hát,.
Yat ctsò, yat, yam², Syau
mat, sp‘ang kiení?
"Yau ‹p'ai, 'yau ‘ling.
Pai hai tím yéung”,ling
hai? (tím yéung² ké' cní?
Notes and Explanations.
MAU YIK originally meant to barter, or trade by exchanging commodities, but it now in-
cludes all operations of buying and selling. The terms and manner of drafting the condi-
tions of agreement in renting shops, factories, and warehouses, differ somewhat from those
used in renting dwelling-houses. These differences will appear on comparing this section
with the first in chapter V. Tim and p'd are synonyms; and the phraseology employed here
in speaking of them is equally applicable to factories and warehouses.
SECT. 1.]
191
OF RENTING SHOPS.
→
The lease, clearly specify | 批​係​以​文字​批
​ing the conditions on which
the shop is rented, is a writ-
ten document, delivered into
the hands of the tenant, who
keeps it in witness thereof.
The bond, which is made
out by the tenant after he
has examined the lease, is
a writing given in reply there-
to, signifying his wish to
receive the shop.
明​於​紙​交​舖​客
​收執​為​據​領​係
​看​批​來意​寫​回
​張​頜​頜​到​他
​5. What are the forms to
be observed in writing the
lease?
You can here see a speci-
men.
The family of Waipúng
of the clan Hó, make and
issue this lease, hereby de-
claring, that they are the
owners of a shop, situated
in the Thirteen Factory
street, beyond the Great
Peaceful gate, facing the
south. It is two entries in
depth, and nineteen rows
of tiles in breadth; the roof of
the building, the rooms, ter-
races, windows, doors, and
counting room are all com-
plete. It is now leased to
Yau Kwongí, to be opened
as a money changer's shop,
with the sign YING SHING.
It is distinctly understood
that the rent shall be one
hundred and twenty taels
each year,
whole dollars,
weighed according to the
standard balances of the
government; two dollars
shall also be paid each year
for shoe money; the rent for
the intercalary months is
to be reckoned the same
as that for other months;
also a deposit of two hun-
dred taels is to be made.
The shop is free from all
incumbrances; hereafter, if
any small repairs or painting.
are required, they must all
舖​之​意
​個​張​批​點​樣​寫
​法​呢
​你​睇​呵
​立​發明​舖​批​人
​懷本堂​何​有舖
​間​在​太平​門
​外​十三​行​南​向
​深​兩​進​濶​十九
​桁​上盖​面​週
​圍樓​閣窓​扇
​房​一應俱全​今
​批​與​游​廣義​開
​張榮盛​店​找​換
​錢銀​生理​言明
​每年​租​銀 ​百
​二​十​両​正​凈元
​司​碼​秤​兌​另​每
​年​鞋​金銀​二元
​閏月​照​算​又​先
​交​押​櫃​銀​二百
​両​此​舖​原​無​頂
​<P´ai hai? í sman tsz” <p'ai
sming cüchí, ckáu pò' hák,
〈shau chap, swai kii. Ling
hai hón' p'ai loi í sé
súi yat, chéung Sling, ling
tò’<t'á pd’cchí P.
K
<chéung ‹p'ai 'tím
yéung²(sé fát,cní?
$Ní tai có.
Lap: fát, sming pò <pfai
syan Wai pún st'óng Hó,
Syau pò yat, ckán, tsoi?
Tái sPingsmún ngoi,
Shap, sám sHóng, snám
héung'. Sham 'léung tsun',
fút> shap, 'kau chang;
shéung koi Sngé mín²,
chau swai slau kók), <chééung
shín² chéung sfóng, yat,
ying' k'ü sts'ün. Kam p'ai
su sYau Kwóng 1, choi
chéung Ying Shing, tím'
cháu ún stsín sngan shang
í. In sming ‘múi snín ctsù
sngan yat, pák, ? shapz
léung ching, tsing² sin
<sz’〝má <p'ing tú?; ling?
Śmúi nín shái ham sngan
í²¿ün; yun² üt, chíú' sün'
yau sín káu át, kwai'
2
sngan í² pák, ‘léung. “Ts'z'
p'ò' sün smò 'ting 'shau;
6. Shops in China are always known abroad by the hò or sign, which is suspended in gilt
letters in conspicuous places in and out of the shop.
192
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
į
be done at the charge of the
tenant himself; but if the
walls happen to be broken.
down, the bricks, tile, tim-
ber, and stone, for repairs,
are to be furnished by the
landlord; for all the rest,
hire of labor, &c., the tenant
is to pay, and the landlord
shall in no way be account-
able. It is agreed, and here-
by specified, that the term
of lease shall be ten years,
which term being completed,
the lease shall be renewable.
The rent is to be paid
quarterly, and punctually as
it becomes due. If the te-
nant engages in any other
business (than that speci-
fied,] the shop shall then
revert to its owner. If the
手​嗣後​倘​有​小
​修​粉飾​俱​係​舖
​客​自理​如​遇​牆
​壁​傾頹​磚瓦​木
​石​乃​舖​主​所​出
​其餘​工​價​皆​係
​舖​客​辦理​與​業
​主​無涉​議​批​十
​年​為期​期滿​之
​日​另​換新​批​其
​租​分​四季​交​清
​毋得​拖欠​倘​另
​圖​别​業​將​舖​交
​回​如有​欠租​任
​將​押​櫃​銀​両​扣
​足​不得​以​批​期
​未滿​為​詞​據​舖
​拖​租​自​賃​之後
​安分​營生​不得
​貯​頓​違禁​貨物
​及​聚賭​窩​匪​等
​情​倘​有​此​任
​or prevent 從​舖​主​取回​另
​租​亦無​得多​端
​捎​阻​與​及​私​頂
​别人
​此​係​二​家​情願
​之​事​日後​不得
​異言​今欲​有​凴
​rent is not paid when due,
it shall be allowable to make
up the deficiency from the
deposit; and it shall not
be lawful, on plea that the
term of the lease has not
expired, to keep possession
of the shop while the rent
is unpaid. From and after
the giving of this lease,
the business of the shop
shall be lawfully conducted;
no contraband goods shall
be stored therein; nor shall
gamblers assemble, or thieves
and robbers be concealed,
there; nor may any similar
illegalities be committed; if
they be, the landlord shall be
at liberty to take back the
house and lease it to another,
and the tenant shall not by
any means retard or prevent
his so doing, or underlet
it to any other person.
These are the terms, on
which both the landlord and
tenant are agreed, and from
which hereafter it shall not
be lawful to retract. In
witness whereof, I now, desir-
$
tsz” hau tóng yau 'sáu
<sau 'fan shik, ‹k'ü hai² p'ò'
hák, tsz" lí; su yii'sts'éung
pik, cking stúi, cchin, Snga,
muk2, shekz, 'nai po chii
'shó ch'ut›; sk'í çü ‹kung
ká', kái hai' p'd' hák, pán'
slí, śü ip: ‘chi smù shíp.
'I' p'ai shap, snín swai sk'í,
sk'í mún chí yate, ling?
ún san <p'ai. K'i tso
fan sz" kwai?ckáu cts‘ing,
smd tak, tó hím². Tóng
ling stò píty ípz, ctséung
phờ cháu súi. sU Syau hím
SU
ctsd,yam?ctséung át, kwaiz
ngan léung k'au' tsuk,;
pat, tak i p'ai k'í mí²
³mún 、wai stsz', kü' p'ò' ‹t'ó
«tsò. Tsz” yam chí hau,
cón fan² sying shang, pat
tak, Schü tun²swai kam’fö'
maty ; kap, tsii' tò wó fi
tang stsing; tóng yau
'ts'z' pai', yam' stsung p''
chii tsui súi ling ctsò, yik,
smò tak, ctó ctin k'ang) ‘tsó,
sii kap: sz’‘ting píte syan,
"Ts'z' hai' í ká stsing ün²
chí sz”, yat hau pat, tak,
12 sín. Kam yuk: yau
SECT. 1.]
193
OF RENTING SHOPs.
ing to afford evidence, pre-
pare this lease, and give it
to the tenant of the shop
YING SHING, to be kept as
a testimony of the agree-
ment.
Written this 10th day of
the 7th month of the 18th
year of Tokwóng, by Hó, of
the family Waipún, who
grants this lease of the shop.
6. In what manner is the
bond written ?
Here also you have a for-
mula of it.
Yau Kwongi, the tenant
(or shopman) who makes this
bond, has now received a
shop, let to him by Hó, of
the family Waipún, which is
to be opened under the sign
YING SHING, and to be em-
ployed as a money-chan-
ger's shop. It is distinctly
understood that the rent
shall be one hundred and
twenty taels each year, whole
dollars, according to the ba-
lances of government; two
dollars also shall be paid
each year for shoe money;
the rent for the intercalary
month is to be reckoned the
same as that for the other
months; and a deposit of two
hundred taels is to be made
in advance. The shop is
free from all incumbrances.
And furthermore, the build-
ing having been newly re-
paired, if any small addition-
al repairs or painting are
required, they must all be
made at the charge of the
tenant himself; but if after a
lapse of time, the walls be-
•
come dilapidated, the bricks,
tile, timber, and stone, for
立​此​舖​批​一​紙
​交​與​榮盛​店​收
​執​為​據
​道光​十八​年​七
​月初​十​日​舖
​批人​懷本堂​何
​宅​立
​i
sp'ang, lap, ts'z' p'' <p'ai
S
yat, chí, cháu i Ying
Shing tím', shau chapy swai
kü'.
Tờ kwóng shap, pát, chín,
ts'át, iitz, chó shape yat),
C
fát, p'ò' ‹p'ai ‹yan Wái pún
stóng Hochák: lap:.
顉​又​點​樣​冩​呢 ​Ling yau² tim yéung² se
ení?
看​列​於​後
​Hón² líty cii hau?.
立​領​舖​人​游​廣
​義​今​頒​到​懷​本
​堂何宅​舖​一間 ​間
​開​張榮盛​字號
​找​換錢​銀​生理
​言明​每年​租​銀
​百​二​十​両​凈
​元​司​碼​另​每年 ​mù ting shau, U
鞋​金銀​二元​閏
​月租​銀​照​算​先
​交​押​櫃​銀 ​百
​両​此​舖​原​無​頂
​手​與​及​新​修​堅
​固​倘​有​小​修​粉
​飾​俱​係​住​舖​之
​人​自理​至於​日
​外​牆壁​傾頹​其
​Lap: ling, pù' syan Yau
Kwóng ? ckam (ling to'
từ
Wái pún stéóng Hó chák:
pò’yat, ckán, choi cchéung
.Ying sShing tsz” hờ, cháu .
ún?sts‘ín sngan shang li.
snsming múi shín tới
sngan yat, pák, ? shap:
Téung, tsing' ün ‹sz' má;
ling múi nín shái cham
sngan ? sin; yun²iit ctsù
ngan chíú' sün'; sín ‹káu
át
at kwai ngan f pak.
léung. "Ts'z' p'ò' sin
smò kapz.
<san csau ckin kw, tóng
yau síú ‹sau fan shik,
ckii? ha? chii po chi syan
tsz”‘lí; ch) cii yat, kau
tséung pik, cking túi, chí
6. The sign-board of a money-changer's shop usually reads, ts'in ngan pin ún, meaning,
cash and silver changed at pleasure; to attract the notice of customers more certainly, there
are, besides the gay sign-board, three or four wooden cylinders, marked with lines to repre-
sent so many strings of cash, suspended over the door.
CHI. CHR.
49
194
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
repairs, are to be furnished
at the landlord's expense;
for the rest, the hire of labor,
&c., the tenant shall be re-
sponsible, and shall not be
allowed to make any de-
duction from the rent. The
term of lease is ten years,
which being completed, the
lease may be renewed. If
the tenant engages in any
other business [than that spe-
cified], the shop shall then
revert to its owner.
If no
rent remains unpaid after
the lease has expired, then
the whole deposit money
shall be returned; but if the
rent is not paid when due,
then it shall be lawful to make
up the deficiency from the
money in deposit; from this
there shall be no dissent.
The rent shall be punctually
paid quarterly, when it be-
comes due, without failure.
From and after the giving
of this deed, the business of
the shop shall be lawfully
conducted; no
no contraband
goods shall be stored therein;
nor shall bands of thieves
and gamblers, and such like,
assemble, or be concealed,
there.
These are the terms of the
lease which have been clear-
ly expressed in person, to
which landlord and tenant
both agree, and from which
hereafter it shall not be law-
-
生​不得​貯​頓​違
​禁​貨物​及​窩​匪
​聚賭​等​情
​此乃​當面​言明
​二​家​允​肯​日後
​不得​異言​今欲
​有​憑​立​此​舖​領
​- 紙​交懷​本堂
​收 ​據
​mony of the agreement.
Written this 15th day of 道光​十八​年​七
​the 7th month in the 18th
ful to retract. In witness
whereof, I now desiring to
afford evidence, prepare this
deed, and give it to the family
Wáipún, to be kept as a tes-
;
year of Tdkwóng, by Yau
Kwongi, who makes and
gives this deed, in testimony
of his having received the
lease.
磚​花木​石​乃​舖
​主​所​出​其餘​工
​價​乃​舖​客​自行
​辦理​毋得​將​租
​扣除​以​十年​為
​限期​滿​另​轉​新
​批​倘​另​圖​别​業
​將​舖​交回​業主
​如​不​欠租​即將
​押​櫃​銀​照​數​交
​回​倘若​欠租​任
​將​押​櫃​銀​扣​足
​毋得​異言​其​租
​銀​限​分​四季​交
​清​斷​無​拖欠
​領​之後​安分​營
​月​十五​日立​舖
​領​人​游​廣義​的
​筆
​cchiin, ‘nga muk, shik2,
2
nái p'ò' 'chü 'shó ch'ut>;
sk'í si kung ká', 'nái p'ò'
hák, tsz? shang pán? lí, sund
tak, ctséung ctsò k'auschfii.
Y shape shin swai hán? skí
Śmin ling? (chiin san cp‘ai.
Tóng ling² strù pít: ip2,
«tséung phờ cháu súi ip
chii. çU pat, hím' ctsù,
tsik, tséung át, kwai' ngan
chíứ shờ cháu súi; tóng
yéuk, hím'ctsò,yam² ctséung
át, kwai' ngan k'au' tsukɔ;
smù tak, ? sín. Kíctsù
sngan hán² fan sz” kwa'
ckáu tsing, tün² smù tó
hím'. Tsz' sling chí hau',
cón fan² sying shang; pat
tak, ch'i tun? wai kam' fó'
imate ; kap> <wó fí tsi² tò
'tang sts'ing.
1
+
:
'Ts'z' 'nái tóng mín² sín
sming, fcká Swan hang,
yat: hau² pat, tak, ? sín.
(Kam yuk: Syau spfang, lapz
‘tsz’ phờ śling yat chí,
káu Wai 'pún st'óng <shau
chap› ‹wai kü’.
S
Tờ kwóng shap, pát, snín,
ts'át, iity, shap: “ng yat, lapz
phờ Sling syan sYau Kwong
12 tik› pat».
:
SECT. 1.]
195
OF RENTING SHOPS.
7. What is the usual rate
of rent, for the year or
month ?
The rent varies according
to the amount of capital
invested, regard being also
had to the locality and to
the current pay for such
property.
8. When the money is to
be received monthly, in what
manner is it paid?
Every owner of property,
who lets a shop, besides the
bond received from the te-
nant, must also be furnish-
ed with a small book from
him, which he is to keep as
a book of rents; and when
the time of payment comes,
then, on the testimony of this
book, it may be received.
9. What is the deposit
money?
The deposit money is a
given sum, folded up and
deposited in a chest, and is
not to be used, unless the rent
is not paid when it becomes
due, in which case it is to
be deducted therefrom.
10. What is the payment
called the shoe money?
The person who receives
the rent has to travel much;
and therefore the tenant, in
addition to the rent, must
add shoe money, which he
pays over to the collector
of the rent for the purchase
of shoes, as a reward for
his trouble in going back-
wards and forwards; and
hence it is called shoe mo-
ney.
| 每年​每月​租​銀
​幾多​呢
​租​銀​論​本​取​息
​亦​看​地​與​時價
​然後​議​租
​每月​收銀​點​樣
​交​收​呢
​凡​租賃​舖​者​除
​批​頜​外​舖​客​另
​設​一​小​簿​交​舖
​主​收執​至​期​則
​憑此​簿​收租
​點​樣​係​押​櫃​呢
​押櫃​者原​係包
​封​押​於​櫃內​而
​不用​倘​有​欠租
​在​此​扣除
​乜野​叫做​係​鞋
​金​呢
​收租​之​人​多於
​奔走​故​舖​客​於
​租​之外​另加​鞋
​金​送​與​收租​之
​人​買鞋​以​謝​其
​往返​之​勞​故曰
​鞋​金
​11. What is the inviting of 召​頂點​解​呢
​purchase ?
Múi nín, múi ut, ts
ngan kí ‹tó ‹ní?
Tsò sngan lun² pún ‘tsü
sik,, yik, hón' tí² “ü ‹shí
ka', sín hau² si ctsd.
Múi út, shau sngan, tím
yéung? ckáu shau cní?
sFán ctsù yam² pù ché,
sch‘ü pai ling ngoi, pờ
hát, ling” chốt, yat ‘síu
pò², ckáu peò chi shau
chap); ch'sk'í tsak, sp'ang
‘ts‘z’pò? shau ctsù.
Tím yéung? hai?át,kwai?
cní?
A't kwai? ché, sin hai?
‹páu ‹fung át› ‹ü kwai² noi²,
sí pat, yung², tóng Syau
hím' ‹tsờ, tsoi' 'ts'z' k'au²
sch'ü.
Mat, Syé kíú? tsò? hai² shái
ckam ní?
Shau ctsd <chí syan, ctó ci
<pan 'tsau; kú' p'ò' hák› ‹ü
«tsò chí ngoi, ling chá phái
kam, sung' ü <shau ‹tsò
chí syan mái chái í tsé
sk'í Śwóng fán chí slò; kú᾿
ütɔ, shái ‹kam.
Chíú 'ting 'tím ‘kái ‹ní?
7. The phrase ts'i sik means to collect or gather interest; pún is the money originally
expended in building the shop.
196
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
The purchase is simply|頂​者​不過​頂​其
​the purchasing of fixtures,
傢伙​什物​非​頂
​and not of the shop itself.
When the tenant has purchas-
ed the fixtures, then there
is no necessity for his mak-
ing a deposit of money;
because the proceeds of the
fixtures, if sold at any time,
will liquidate any sum that
may be due for rent. Invit-
ing is the inviting of per-
sons to take the fixtures.
其​舖​凡​向來​有
​頂​手​則無​押​櫃
​因​有​頂​手​之​項
​以​清​舊​租​召​招
​也​招​人​頂​之​意
​又​定​銀​點​解​呢
​無​定​不足以​取
​信​惟​於​收租​時
​在​租​內​扣​還
​·12. And why is earnest
money required' ?
Without earnest money no
confidence can be had, that
the agreement will be kept;
besides, at the time of pay-
ment it is to be deducted from
the rent.
13. What is meant by be-
coming surety ?
Becoming denotes
the
receiving and sustaining of
a| thing; surety signifies
the security given that ar-
rears of rent shall not be
incurred.
14. Why is it, that, in ad-
dition to the rent, a lease fee
is also required from the
tenant?
The lease fee is a deduc-
tion made from the rent of
the shop; when a shop is
to be hired it is necessary
to have a midsman to pro-
pose the contract; the land-
lord likewise requires some
one to take care of his shop.
Consequently a lease fee,
equaling one month's rent,
is taken and divided beween
those two men.
15. Do the landlord aud
tenant then receive no part
of the lease fee?
If a man goes himself and
makes all the inquiries about
點​樣​係​擔保​呢
​擔​者​擔​承​也​保
​是​保​其​無​欠租
​等​事
​有​租​為​乜事​又
​要​批​頭​呢
​批​頭​乃​批​舖​之
​抽頭​也​原​租​舖
​必有​中人​說合
​業主​亦有​看​舖
​之​人​故​取​一月
​批​頭​為​他​二人
​分​用
​咁​話​舖​主​舖​客
​都​冇​得​收​呀
​間​有​自行​問​到
​S
(Ting ‘ché, pat, kwó’‘ting
‹k'í ‹ká fó shap› mat, fí
ting sktí pò’. Fán shéung
sloi ‘yau ‘ting shau, tsak
mò át, kwai'; yan 'yau 'ting
shau chí hóng” 1 tsing
kau tso. Chíú² ‹chíú ‘yá,
chíú syan ‘ting chí í.
11
Yau ting2 ngan tím hái
cní?
sMò ting² pat, tsuk, í ‘tstii
sun'; wai ü shau (tsd shí
tsoitsò noi² k'au' ‚wán.
“Tím yéung hai tám pò
cní?
Tám ‘ché tám sshing yá;
pò shí², 'pò shí smò hím)
<tsò 'tang sz".
'Yau ‹tsò wai' mat› sz” yau'
íú' ‹p'ai st'au ‹ní?
‹P'ai st'au nái ‹p'ai p'ò' «chi
ch'au st'au ‘yá; sin ctsd prù)
pít, yau chung syau shiit,
hóp2 ípz;‘chii yike Syau hón?
pò cchí syan. Kú?tsi yat,
üt ‹p'ai t'au, swai tá í
syan fan yung².
'Kóm wà' p'ò' 'chii p'd'
hák, tò mò tak, shau á?
Kán' 'yau tsz" hang man'
12. This practice of depositing earnest money, in which the Chinese resemble the Turks,
is carried into all important transactions of life; even betrothment is not settled without it.
SECT. 1.]
197
OF RENTING SHOPS.
the renting of a shop, without 租賃​無​中人​者
​the assistance of a second
person; and if the landlord
likewise has no need of any
與​及​業主​亦無
​one to take care of his shop; 看​舖​之​人​則​批
​then the lease fee is to be
頭​各​得​一半
​又​閏月​係​多
​equally divided between the
landlord and the tenant.
16. Again; as the interca-
lary month is an additional
+
one, why is it that sometimes
only half a month's rent is
paid, while at others, a full
month's rent is paid?
highest; but that nothing be
paid is very unusual.
If the lease be for a lon租​舖​日
​time, it may be that only half
a month's rent is paid; a
full month's rent is the
1
17. Why is it that some
persons pay the rent every
month, and others pay
quarterly?
it
A monthly payment is
made, because, the sum be-
ing then small, it is more
easily raised; and does not
aИow the tenant to become
deeply involved; but when
the landlord has full confi-
dence in the ability of the
tenant, and he regards the
monthly payment as trouble-
some, he will in that case
prefer quarterly payments.
月​為何​有​交
​半​又有​照​算​交
​嘅​呢
​或​交
​半​照​算​者​多
​不​交​者​少
​為何​又有​按月
​清​租​又有​按季
​PRE DE
按月​以其​數​輕
​易於​為​力​舖​客
​少​拖欠​之​若
​知其​人​必​不​欠
​者​又見​按月​紛
​繁​故​有分​四季
​từ tsò yan mù chung ya
'ché; u kap ípa 'chu yik
smò hón pờ chí yau;
tsak, p'ai st'au kók, tak, yat,
pún'.
Yau² yun² it, hai tó yat›
üt, wai hó yau káu yat›
pún', yau² ‘yau chíú' siin'
káu ké ní?
<
Tsò pò' yat, kau, wák
káu yat, pún'; chíú' sün'
'ché tó; pat› ‹káu ché
'shíú.
Wai ho yau² yau ón' it
ts'ing tso, yau yau on'
kwai ké ní?
16. It is not uncommon when hiring dwelling-houses to lease them by the year, and to pay
the same price annually, whether there is an intercalary month or not; but in shops the case
is a little different. There is frequently a kitchen attached to shops where apprentices and
workmen cook their food, who usually also sleep within the precincts of the building.
Ón' üt₂ í skí sho' hing
swai lika; p'ò' hák,
'shíú tó hím' chí pai';
yéuk, chí skiyan pít pat
hím' 'ché, yau² kín' ón' üt,
‹fan fán kú ‘yau ‹fan sz”
kwai'.
17. The rent, whether paid monthly, quarterly, or as is sometimes the case, once in four
months, is always paid at the commencement of the term over which the time extends. The
phrase fan fán or fan wan means a confused multiplicity of things or affairs, ensuing upon
a large business, which tend unnecessarily to distract the mind.
CHI. CHR.
50
198
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
Section Second.
COMMERCIAL ARTICLES AND TERMS.
通商​名字​類​第
​章
​T'ung shéung ming tsz" lui; tai í² chéung.
goods, renting of shops, hous-
es, and such like.
1. Abatement is a reduc-
减少​的​如欲​人
​tion made by a person who
wishes to obtain a speedy 速​交​銀​於​我​其
​payment of money; it is also
請​如此​壞​貨​請
​a reduction of duties, made
at the custom-house, on ac-
count of the goods being
damaged.
2. Accountants are those
who within the counter have
charge of keeping accounts
in the account-books.
3. Advance on a contract
is the earnest money.
關​减稅​者​亦同
​掌櫃​者​執​掌櫃
​內​賬目​數​簿​也
​訂​據​銀​卽​定​銀
​,
4. Advertisement is a pub-Chiú típ, nái ch'ut, máí
lic notice of the sale of
招​帖​乃​出賣​貨
​與​出貨​舖​戶​等
​招​人​之​帖
​托​代​照​單​交​銀
​信​如​人​有​銀​欲
​在​别處​收回​應
​交​者​冩​一​單​與
​他​到​某處​凴​單
​5. Letter of advice for the
payment of a bill; if a man
has money which he wishes
to have received in another
place at a distance, the par-
ty who is to pay the money
gives him a draft for which
the money is to be received
on its presentation at that
place; the same party also
writes a letter of advice, and
sends it to the person who
is to pay the money.
收銀​另​寫​此​信
​寄​與​交​銀​之​人
​Kám shiú tik», sü yuk
syan ts'uk› ‹káu ngan ‹ü
skí
‘ngó, sk1 ‘tsing su ‘tsz’;
ü 'ts'z'
wái fó' 'ts'ing kwán kám
shui' 'ché, yik, st'ung.
'Cheung kwai 'ché, chap,
'chéung kwai' noi² chéung'
muk, sho' po sya.
Ting' ki ngan, tsik, ting'
ngan.
fo', u ch'ut, yam² p'd' ú²
‘tang, chíú syan chí típ).
Tók, toi chíứ' ‹tán káu
ngan sun'; çü yan ‘yau
sngan, yuk, tsoi' pít, ch'ü'
‹shau úi; ‹ying ‹káu ché,
'sé yat, ‹tán
sü <t'á,
tờ mau ch‘i spang tán
<shau ngan; ling' 'se 'ts'z'
sun kí i cháu ngan chí
yan.
Notes and Explanations.
THIS section is intended to include those words and phrases which are appropriated
to commerce as techinal terms, together with the names of the various commodities, which
occur in the foreign trade at Canton. As far as practicable, brief definitions are given of the
terms, with a view to exhibit their meaning and use. In some instances, commodities are
described in a similar manner; but when they are well known, they are, for the most part,
spoken of in some way, designed to convey information respecting their uses, manufacture,
origin, &c.
2. This sentence includes three terms in common use among the shopmen in Canton—
accounts, accountants, and account-books; chéung muk are the accounts of goods of any
kind; and cheung muk shò pò is the account-book.
5. The drawer of a bill or order should always take care that a letter, containing all the
SECT. 2.]
199
COMMERCIAL ARTICLES AND TERMS.
I
6. In the city of Canton
those people who work and
traffic in agates have esta-
blished an assembly-hall.
7. Agents are those who
act for, or in the place of,
others, [by whom they are.
commissioned.]
粵​省​造​賣​瑪瑙
​器​者​同​立​會館
​替身​乃​代理​代
​辦​之​人
​南北​杏仁​皆​屬
​藥材
​新到​沉香​發​客
​白礬​入​水​其​水
​溦​必​墬
​琥珀​土​價​最高
​蜜​珀​乃​奉​禁​五
​十三​內​入口
​之​貨​應歸​洋​商
​販賣
​錨​乃​船​灣​泊​時
​抛下​水​止​船​不
​to stop the course of the
ship and make her fast.
行者​以​鐵​為之
​14. Anchorage is a place 泊船​頭​乃​水深
​of deep water, free from
rocks, fitted for the mooring
of vessels.
無​石​應​停​舟​處
​8. Almonds, both from the
north and south, are used
as medicine.
9. Aloes-wood newly arriv-
ed, for sale.
10. Alum,* when put into
water, precipitates the small-
est impurities contained in
it.
11. Amber; the price of
this is very high in Canton.
12. False amber; this is
included among the fifty-three
articles of import which are
interdicted, except only to
the hong merchants, who are
allowed to buy and sell it.
13. Anchor; this is an
iron instrument, which, when
the ship is to be anchored
in a harbor, is cast down
Üt, ‘sháng tsờ² mái² smá nò
hí' ‘ché, stung lap, úi² kún.
Tai shan, nái toi lí toi
pán chí syan.
S
Nám pak, hang² ¿yan, ‹kái
shuk, yéuk, sts'oi.
‹San to' ¿ch'am ‹héung fát›
hák,.
Púk, sfán yap, 'shui, sk'í
'shui mí pít, chui'.
'Fú p'ák›; tò ká' tsui' ‹kò.
Mat, p‘ák›; ³nái fung² kam'
"ng shap› ‹sám ‘fún noi'
yap. hau chí fó, ying
kwai syéung <shéung fán
mái.
¿Náu; nái ‹shün ‹wán pók,
sshí, pháu há ‘shui chí
sshün pat, shang 'ché, sí
tít wai chí.
S
Pók› ‹shün stau, nái 'shui
‹sham mʊ shik, ‹ying sting
‹chau ch'ü'.
proper particulars of advice, is in the hands of the drawee by the time the bill is to be paid,
because for want of such advice the bill is liable to be dishonored.
6. Most of the different classes of people in Canton, who are engaged in the same
trade or manufacture, have their respective úi kún, in which they assemble for consultation
about all such matters as relate to their interests as members of that same trade or branch of
manufactures. In these assembly-halls they usually keep the records of their proceedings, &c.
9. In the phrase fát hák, which is equivalent to the English term "for sale," hák denotes
customers, or those to whom goods are offered for sale. The phrase often occurs as the
last two characters on sign boards.
10. (*) In July, 1828, a series of regulations were framed and sanctioned by the Chinese
government, according to which, twenty-four articles for exportation, and fifty-three for
importation, were restricted to the hong merchants. In all articles, excepting these seventy-
seven, which are not made contraband by the general laws of the empire, other native
merchants were allowed to trade. In order to distinguish those commodities which are mo-
nopolized, they are marked in this section, the exports with an asterisk (*), and the imports
with a dagger (†), while those free to all are left unmarked.
13. With the Chinese, anchors are for the most part made of a heavy wood, and
have their flukes pointed with iron so that they will easily take hold of the ground.
200
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
15. Annisseed stars;* these
have an aromatic flavor, and
the body of each has eight
prongs; hence the name.
16. Antelopes' horns are
used as refrigerant medicine.
17. Arrack is the name
of a foreign spirituons liquor.
18. Arrow-root; this is a
fecula made from the in-
spissated juice of the water
lily.
19. Arsenic is also called
p'aiséung; those who swal-
low it will certainly die.
20. Asafætida† is brought
from Persia.
21. Assets are the entire
property of all sorts, belong-
ing to a firm, available for
the payment of its debts.
22. Auction sale; this is
done by exhibiting goods
to public inspection, and
then afterwards selling them
to those who offer the highest
price.
23. Auction of goods by
sending in notes; these are
paper cards, on which each
person silently writes a
price; and after being opened
and examined, he who has
offered the highest price
obtains the article.
24. Auctioneer is the per-
son who invites people to
come together for the pur-
chase of goods by auction.
25. A bale of goods: bales
are of two kinds, whole bales
and half bales.
八角​味香​以其
​體​有​八角​故名
​羚羊​角​藥性​凉
​啞​叻​酒​乃​外洋
​之​酒​名
​藕粉​郋​蓮藕​汁
​所​凝​之​粉
​信​石 ​名​砒霜
​食​者​必死
​1
B
產業​乃​家產​財
​物​可​抄​償債​者
​出​投​乃以​貨​視
​眾​而出​價高​者
​得​之
​落​標​投​貨​標​者
​紙​單​也​各​黙​寫 ​冩
​價​於​內​後​開​看
​價高​者​得
​掌​投​貨​者乃​招
​聚​投​買賣​之​人
​一​包​貨​有​大​包
​中​包​兩種
​J
Pát› kók›; mí² chéung í sk'í,
't'ai yau pát, kók›; kú
sming.
Ling syéung kók›, yéuk,
sing' léung.
Ả lik, ‘tsau, nói ngoi
syéung chí ‘tsau sing.
Ngau fan; tsik, lín ngau
chap, ‘shó ying chí fan.
1
Sun' shik, yat› ‹ming p'ai
séung; shik, 'ché pít, sz'.
Óngai ch'ut, Pó sz'
kwóką.
‘Chán ép, nái há chán
sts'oi mat₂ hó cháu
sch'éung cháï' 'ché.
Ch'ut› stau 'nái í fó' shí
chung sứ ch‘ut, ká chò ché
tah, chí.
Lók, ‹píú st'au fo', píú 'ché
‘chí tán yá; hók, mak
'sé ká' ü noi, hau' choi
hón' ka kò 'ché tak,.
'Cheung st'au fo' 'ché, nái
chíú tsui? t'au mái mái
chí syan.
Yat› ‹páu fó', 'yau tái² ‹páu,
chung ‹páu, léung 'chung,
18. The Chinese make preparations, all of which go with foreigners under the general
name of arrow-root, from the water chestnut, water caltrops, and caladium, as well as the
water lily; all of them are much inferior to that made from the Maranta and Curcuma, or
from the Tacca of the Pacific islands. The Chinese have no general name corresponding to
arrow-root, but specify each sort.
23. This mode of selling various articles is often resorted to by the Chinese; it is usual on
such occasions to name some price below which no bidder is allowed to go.
25. This mode of designating whole and half bales obtains among the native merchants
of Canton; and the same mode prevails also for designating chests of tea; thus, tái séung,
chung séung, and síú séung, are used for whole, half, and quarter, chests.
}
SECT. 2.]
201
COMMERCIAL ARTICLES AND TERMS.
26. Ballast; lest the ship | 船​嗲​乃​恐​其​船
​should be too heavy above
上​重​下​輕​故​放
​and light below, stones or
iron are put into her hold
as ballast to keep her upright. 石​或​鐵​於​艙底
​竹杆​用作​雨傘
​27. Bamboos are used to
make the handles of umbrel-
las, the stems of tobacco pipes
&c.
28. Banks, mints, and the
houses of money-changers,
are all called money shops;
the former are those which
take money, and place it
out on interest.
29. Bankruptcy is this;
in the prosecution of com-
merce, if one is unable to
succeed, his capital is wast-
de, so that his establishment
becomes insolvent.
30. Beads; these are of
several different kinds, as
pearl, gem, glass, wood, and
such like.
31. Beeswax; the color
of this is a bright yellow;
it is a product of the honey 亦​出於​蜂
​bee.
32. Betel nut† is masticat-
ed with lime and siri leaf.
33. Bezoart is produced
when the cow is diseased.
are free from feathers are the
best, and are called kin in.
蜜蠟​其​色​黃潔
​34. Biche de mer, ↑ black
and thin, is the best.
35. Bill of exchange is an
order, written in explicit
terms by the person obligated 人​寫明
​to pay money, which is to
be received on its presenta-
tion at a given place.
36. Birdsnests which
柄​烟筒​等項
​生​放​傾銷​便​换
​俱​稱​銀​舖​生​放
​者​將​銀​放​出生
​息​之​意
​折本​乃​生意​不
​遂​折耗​其​本​如
​倒​行​也
​珠​有​珍寶​料​木 ​Chi, yau chan, 'pd, lía,
各​等​不同
​muka, kók 'tang pat, st'ung.
檳榔​兼灰​荖食
​牛​黄牛​病​然後
​生​黃
​海參​黑​薄​尤佳
​會​單​乃​應交​銀
​人​寫明​一​單​到
​某處​收回
​燕窩​以​毛​淨​者
​為​上​名​日​官燕
​1
I
Shiin chui; nái Trung chố
sshun shéung chung hả
ching, kíú? fong shike, wák.
tít, củ tsong tai.
Chuks ckón, yung² tsok, ‘ii
sán ping, án stung tang
hóng.
Shang fóng, cking siú,
pín ún', ck'ü ch'ing ngan
phờ; shang fóng” ché,
tséung ngan fóng chut,
í.
shang sil, chí í
。
shang
Chit, pún, Śnái shang ?
pat, sui, chít, hờn ghi pún.
sùi tò chóng yá.
Mat, lúp, shi shik swing
kit; yike chŚut cii fung.
Pan sóng kím túi dau
shikz.
Ngau sawóng, sngau ping²,
sín hau? shang swóng.
Hoi sham, haks poke syau
chái.
U² ctán, Śnái ying ckáu
sugan syan ‘sé sming yat,
cán, tờ ‘mau ch‘i shau
súi.
32. This nut, which is an article of commerce in all the Archipelago, is the produce of the
areca palm, and is called betel nut from its being always eaten in combination with the leaf of
the betel pepper; it is usually brought to China with the husk remaining on. The lime used
to increase the pungency of the preparation, and it is said, prevent the nut injuring the
stomach, is made of small bivalve shells burnt and reduced to an impalpable powder; it is of
a red color, and is mixed with water before using.
In² wó, sí smù tsing² ché
swai shéung², sming tity kún
ín²,
CHI. CHR.
51
202
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
37. Feathery birdsnests †
are placed among the fifty-
three restricted articles, as
separate and distinct from
the true birdsnests.
38. Blacking is applied to
leathern shoes with a brush,
for the purpose of giving
them a fine polish.
39. Blacklead is like coal,
but of a much greater spe-
cific gravity.
40.
Bombasin is made
of silk, and is brought from
beyond sea.
41. Book-keeping is the
art of keeping and regulat-
ing mercantile accounts in
a book.
42. Bottomry is this; the
transfer of a ship to other
parties by its owner, because
he has incurred debts and is
without means to liquidate
them.
43. Bounty; if a person
brings into the country com-
modities which are of great
value to it, or exports [others
for its advantage], not only
are the duties thereon remit-
ted, but money is paid as
a bounty.
44. Brass is used for the
manufacture of rings, hooks,
and many kinds of things.
45. Brass leaf is ham-
mered from small pieces of
molten brass.
¿Md ín', cü fung² kam' "'ng
shap, sám fún noi ling
= s i 550 | lít,, tín cwó pat strung.
毛​燕​於​奉​禁​五
​十三​内​另​列
​與​燕窩​不同
​墨水​用以​擦​皮
​鞋​其​意欲​靚​也
​黑​鉛​如​煤​其​體
​最​重
​羽​布​以​絲​為之
​來自​外洋
​司​理​數目​簿​乃
​管理​其​數目​者
​典​船​乃​船家​無
​資​有欠​故​將​船
​典​與​别人
​賞銀​如​人​將​國
​中​最​要​之​物​带
​出入口​餉​固​不
​納尤​賞​之​以銀
​黃銅​用作​環扣
​諸​色​等​物
​銅​薸​乃​銅​鎔​化
​鑄​片​而​捶​薄​也 ​poks Sya.
Mak, shui, yung 1 ts'át,
sp'í hái, sk'í' yuk, tsing'
Syá.
35.4
Hak, çün, çü múi, sk'í 't'ai
tsui' chung'.
S Ü
pd', ³í ‹sz' ¿‚wai ‹chí,
sloi tsz" ngoi syéung.
Sz' 'li sho' muk₂ pd², snái
kún lí skí sho' muk, 'ché.
Tín sshin, nái sshin chá
S
tsz' yau hím', kú'
smd
tséung sshin “tín sự pít
syan.
'Sheung ngan, sii syan
tseung kwók, chung tsui
tứ chí mat, tái ch‘ut yap
hau, heung” kứ pat, náp,
syau shéung chí í sngan.
Wong stung, yung tsók,
swán k'au', ‹chü shik› 'tang
matą.
Tung pók, nái st'ung
syung fa' chu' pín' sí sch'ui
S
36, 37. Those nests that are obtained before the swallows have hatched their young are the
best, being free from feathers, shells and other impurities. The inferior sort, obtained after
hatching, constitutes much the largest portion of the nests brought to market, and the separa-
tion of all the impurities to render them saleable and eatable affords employment for many
persons.
38. The term mak shui, ink water, is in common use for writing ink; and blacking
is usually designated by hái mak shui; but in commerce it is as above.
43. An approximation to this is found in China, in the remitting of certain duties on such
ships as enter the port of Canton laden only with rice.
45. The manufacture of this article is very extensive; it is used to make kam fá or golden
flowers, which are ornaments for temples, ancestral tablets, &c., and in many ways are con-
nected with the religious ceremonies of the Chinese.
SECT. 2.]
203
COMMERCIAL ARTICLES AND TERMS.
46. The best brimstone is
brought in foreign ships.
47. Bristles are made into
brushes.
48. Broadcloth, t otherwise
called woolens, comes [to
China] from foreign coun-
tries.
49. Buoys are made of
blocks of wood, which are
anchored fast, and placed
on the surface of the water,
to point where it is deep,
and thus to enable one to
sail a ship with safety.
50. Chain cables are made
of iron, wrought into links,
which are fastened together
and attached to the anchor,
錨​練​以​鐵打​成
​連環​相扣​於​錨
​so that by its being cast into 身上​拋下​於​海
​the midst of the sea, the
vessel becomes immovable.
51. Rope cables are made
of coir, and may be used
instead of chain cables.
52. Camlets + are articles
of foreign manufacture.
54. Camphor * + is pro
duced from the camphor
tree; it is also called ice
petals,' (dragon's brains,'
and Borneo perfume.'
6
硫磺​番​舶​者​良
​猪​鬃毛​用作​擦
​鄕​大​呢​來
​自​外國
​浮​桴​用​一​木​下
​墜​錨​放​水面​能
​知​水​深淺​亦能
​護​船​而​行
​53. Camlets; + those called
ütün are from Holland, while
羽​綴​出​荷蘭​羽
​the üshá come from England. 紗​出​暎​陪​唎​國
​樟腦​出於​樟樹
​有​氷片​龍​腦波
​羅​香​等​别名
​55. Canes are sometimes
made of bamboo, and some-
times of rattan.
中​便​船​不​動
​貓​纜​以​棕​打成
​或​用以​代​鐡​練
​羽紗​外洋​所​製
​之​物
​56. Native cassia * has
a pungent, aromatic taste;
the fresh is esteemed the best.
鞭​竿​或​竹​或​藤
​爲之
​土​桂皮​其​味辛
​香​鮮​者​為佳
​57. Cassia buds * are
purchased in the provincial
桂子​由​東​省
​city Canton, where also they 城​販賣​出洋
​are sold for exportation.
S
Lau swóng, ‹fán pók, ché
sléung.
‹Chü ‹tsung ‹md, yung² tsók›
ts'át.
Tái syung, tsik, tái ní,
sloi tsz" ngoi? kwok..
sFau fu, yung² yat, muk,
há? chui² snáu, fóng) ‘shui
mín snang chí ‘shui sham
cts'ín,yike snang ? sshin
sí shang.
Náu lín², í tít› 'tá sshing,
lín swán cséung k‘au’cii
snáu shan shéung”, pháu há
ci ‘hoi chung, ‘sz’sshiin
pat, tung?.
Náu lám,
lám², Sí ctsung tá
sshing, wákz yung² í to?
tít lớn. .
Ü ‹shá, ngoi² syéung 'shó
chai chí mát.
<
sü tün', ch'ut, Hó lán, sü
〈shá chfut) 〈Ying kat, l?
kwók,.
Cheung nd,
snd, ch'ut, çü
‹chéung shü², Syau‹ping
p'in', lung no, P6 slo
‹P6
chéung, tang pít, sming.
Pinkón, wákz chuk, wákz
st‘ang swai chí.
'T'd kwai sp'i, sk'í mí² ‹san
chéung; sin ‘ché ‹wai ckái.
Kwaï' 'tsz', yau Ütz stung
sháng sshing fánm²
ch'ut, syéung.
mái²
50,51. Chain cables are very seldom used in Chinese vessels; the cables are sometimes
made of hemp, though large junks usually use those made of rattan or coir.
204
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
58. China root * has a car-
nation skin, white flesh, and
in form resembles ginger.
59. Chunam is made by
putting the oil of the Jatro-
pha with lime, and beating
them thoroughly together.
60. Cigars are made [by
the Chinese] of the tobacco
leaf rolled up in paper so
as to be smoked; but in
making the foreign cigars
it is rolled in the leaf itself.
61. Cinnamon ; the best is
from the frontiers of Cochin-
china.
桐油​灰​將​桐油
​入​灰​春​煉​而成
​孖​姑​烟​用​紙捲
​烟葉​成​筒​吹​之
​外洋​則以​烟葉
​捲​成
​玉桂​以​安​邊​者
​為佳
​時辰​鐘​報​時刻
​各色​布疋​可​販
​賣​出口​惟​洋​商
​能​之
​丁香​有​雌雄​兩
​種​不同
​呀​囒​米​來自​外
​洋​用以​染色
​66. Cocoanuts are produc- 椰子​出自​海南
​ed in [the island of] Hainan.
67. Foreign coins are made
of copper, silver, and gold.
畨​錢​銅​銀​金​皆
​為之
​貿易​有​遠近​各
​處​通商
​62. Clocks report the
hours and minutes.
63. All kinds of cloth piece
**
goods can be bought and
sold for exportation only by
the hong merchants.
64. Cloves* are of two
distinct kinds, male and
female.
65. Cochineal * ↑ comes
from foreign countries, and is
used in dyeing.
68. Commerce is a trade
extending to all places, far
and near.
茯苓​皮​赤​肉​白 ​Fues sting, spíchik,yukz
形​如​薑
​pák), sying sii ckéung.
Tung ‹yau fúi séung
st'ung syau yap: fúi, cchung
lín² í sshing.
S
Má hú cún, yung chí hin
cín ip2 sshing stung, ch'ui
cchí ; ngoi² syéung tsak, í
cín ip: kiin sshing,
Yuk, kwai, í Ón ‹pín ché
swai ckái.
sSh{ sshan chung, pừ sshí
bak.
Kók, shik, pò' p'at», 'hó
fán' mái ch'ut, 'hau, swai
syéung shéung snang chí.
<tsz'
Ting héung, Syau
shung, ‘léung ‘chung pat,
st'ung.
(
Ngá lán mai, loi tsz2
ngoi² syéung, yung² í sim
shiky.
Yé 'tsz' ch'ut, tsz" Hoi
snám.
Fan ststin, st'ung, sngan.
ckam, ckái swai cchí.
Mau² yikɔ, ‘yau 'ün kan',
kók,chti't'ung shéung.
59. Chunam is an Indian word for lime, but in China it is applied to a mixture of lime and
oil, used for caulking boats and junks; the mixture of lime, sand, and oil, which is so com-
monly used in this country for floors and walks instead of a pavement is called fúi shá, or
sanded lime.
64. Those cloves that are gathered before the corol of the flower is opened are called
male cloves, and those after are termed female cloves.
65. Ngá lán is a dark crimson color, nearly the same as that produced from cochineal, and
is applied to this article because of the color; mái, rice, here has the sense of a kernel or
grain alluding to the shape. This, and a few other articles, being both imported and export-
ed, have both marks attached to them.
SECT. 2.]
205
COMMERCIAL ARTICLES AND TERMS.
69. The compass is used
for determining direction,
and distinguishing the four
cardinal points.
70. Contraband; all na-
tions have prohibitory regula-
tions; whatever is carried in
opposition to these is termed
contraband.
71. Convoys are vessels
designed for protective ser-
vice, to prevent piracies, and
plundering of goods, on the
high seas.
72. Foreign copper is of
a light red color.
番​銅​其​色​淡紅
​3. Cordage is made of 纘​蔴​草​攪​之​小
​hemp twisted together; when
small it is called a cord;
日​绳​大​日​纜
​when large it is called a rope.
74. Cornelians (or agates)
are of different colors, red,
white, yellow, &c.
76. Crape is made of silk
by weaving, and has a crisp-
ed appearance.
羅​經​用以​定向
​而​分别​四方
​犯禁​凡​國​皆有
​例​禁​悖​之​者​日
​犯禁
​護​貨船​恐​海​中
​有​刧​貨​故​設
​以​護​之
​ry of a debt, when the debt-
or has refused payment for
three months after the term
of agreement has expired.
79. Custom-houses are
77. Credit; goods are
said to be on credit, when
they are received before the
money is paid.
78. A creditor may appeal 債主​如​展限​三
​to government for the recove-
月​後​欠​者​復​不
​還​則​禀​官​押​追
​關口​設​以​查​走
​established in order to pre-
vent the evils of smuggling. 私​漏稅​之 ​*
and the loss of duties.
É
·
L6 king, yung í ting
héung', sí ‹fan pít, sz” ‹fóng.
黄​等​色
​75. Cotton +from beyond 棉花​外洋​最盛
​Mín fá, ngoi syéung tsui'
shing'.
sea, is in great abundance.
Tsau shá, í ‹sz'
chik,
縐紗​以​絲織​成
​縐​者​也
​sshing tsau' 'ché sya.
K✰*Shé, smò ngan sí ‹sín 'ts'ü
貨​日期
​fó', ‹shé.
Fán² kam'; ‹fán kwók› ‹kái
Syau lai kam, púi chí
'ché, ut, fán' kam'.
Ú fő sshün, hung hoi
chung yau tsák, kíp fở,
kứ chút, í u chí.
Fán st'ung, sk'í shik› tám
shung.
Lám, má ts) káu chí;
'síú üt› ‹shing, tái² üt, lám².
Má $nd shik, 'yau shung,
pák), swóng, tang shik.
૧
Chái chi, su chín hán
<sám üt, hau², hím' 'ché
fuk₂ pat, swán, tsak› 'pan
hún áp, chui
80. Cutch † is used to dyes
cloth of an umber color.
其​色赤
​Khoán chau, chít, í ch
'
‘tsau sz’ lau shui chí pai.
Í sch¹á yung í 'ím po
sk'i shik, chikɔ.
78. This regulation is contained in the penal code; but before three months have expired,
recourse is often had to violent and oppressive measures for the recovery of debts. When a
debtor absconds, it is usual for all his creditors to paste upon his door the bills and accounts
which they hold against him. Sometimes the creditor, in lieu of money or goods, takes from
the debtor his wives, sons, concubines, and daughters; but this procedure is not allowed by
the laws of the empire, and is therefore not carried to a great extent.
CHI. CHR.
52
206
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
81. Cutlery consists of
iron utensils, which have a
sharp edge.
82. Damaged goods; all
kinds of merchandise which
have been drenched in water
are called damaged goods.
83. Damar is used for co-
vering packages of goods to
prevent them from being
damaged by water.
84. Damask is of two
kinds, linen and silk.
85. Day-book is the blot-
ter in which accounts are dai-
ly recorded; and because,
like flowing water, it runs on
from the beginning to the end
of each day, it is therefore
called a day-book.
86.
Debtors, who owe
money to private individuals,
and refuse to pay for three
months, contrary to the terms
of agreement, and the debts
being above five taels, shall
be punished with ten blows.
87. Demurrage is money
paid for the detention [of a
ship] beyond a specified
time.
88. Foreign dimity + is so
named because the cloth is
woven with the figures in
a diagonal form.
89. Discount is the deduc-
tion made from a sum of
money; in commercial tran-
sactions, when it is agreed
that the deduction shall be
eight or nine [parts from ten],
利器​鐵器​之
​利​者​也
​水漬​貨​凡​貨​被
​水​浸濕​則​日​水
​清貨
​打​嘛​油​包​貨​後
​用​此​塗上​不妨
​水​沾
​布​假​皆有​大​花
​流水​簿 ​每日
​登記​之​草​簿​以
​其​每日​自​上​而
​下​如​流水​故名
​欠​主​其​資​欠​私
​債​違約​不​還​者
​五​両​以上​三
​月​笞​一​十
​逾限​銀​過​限
​另加​之​銀​也
​番​斜紋​布​因​經
​斜​織​之​故
​扣​頭​銀​除​頭
​銀​也​買賣​先​言
​明​八​扣​或​九​把
​Lữ hí, tsik, tít hí chí
lí' 'ché sya.
'Shui tsik, fo'; sfán fó' pí
‘shui tsam’shap, tsak, ütz
'shui tsik, fó’.
'Tá smá ¿yau, ‹páu fó' hau²
yung² ‘ts'z' stò shéung, pat,
sfóng shui chím.
Pờ tin chái yau tái fá.
sLau (shui pò², tsik, Smúi
yat tang kí chí ‘tsò pờ,
1 sk'í émúi yaty tsz" shéung2
sí há² sü slau ‘shui, kú
sming.
Hím' 'chü, sk'í fú² hím' ‹sz'
chá', swai yéuk, pat swán
ché, "ng léung 'i shéung²,
、wai ‹sám üt₂, ‹ch'í yat,
shap..
Ü hán² sngan, tsik, kwó’
hán ling ká chí ngan
syá.
Fán ‹ts'é man pò' ‹yau
king sts'é chik, chí kứ.
K'au'st'au sngan, tsik› ¿ch'ü
stau sngan yá; mái mái
csín sín sming pát, k'au’,
wák, kau k'au', sk'í sü
82. This term, shui tsik, is applied to all goods which have been damaged by water while
being transported from one place to another.
86.
This punishment, according to Chinese law, is to go on increasing one degree each
month, till it amounts to forty blows. Also, when the debt is fifty taels, the punishment is
twenty blows; when one hundred taels, it is thirty blows.
89. The pát k'au, or [ten parts] diminished to eight, according to Chinese phraseology, is
equivalent to a discount of twenty per cent.; and kau k'au, or nine diminishings, (i. e.
ten diminished to nine,) is ten per cent.
SECT. 2.]
207
COMMERCIAL ARTICLES AND terms.
the difference is called the
discount.
90. Dividend; in the
prosecution of commerce,
whether there be profit or
loss, the division is made
according to the capital in-
vested.
91. Docks are places in
which ships are made fast
for the purposes of repairing,
loading and unloading
their cargoes.
92. Drawback; the repay-
ment of duties on goods
which, not being sold, are
re-shipped is so called.
}
93. Earnest money; who-
ever purchases any goods
must lay down some money
to insure confidence, and to
show that the engagement
will not be broken.
94. Ebony is very hard
and heavy.
96. Exports are those
goods which are carried
abroad out of the ports of
a country.
其餘​銀​則曰​扣
​頭​銀
​97. Factor is one who
conducts the mercantile bu-
siness of his friends at a
distance.
98. Fairs are markets,
which are opened once in
均攤​貿易​中​不
​拘​折​以​多少
​船​停泊​之​所
​賠​還​稅​銀​乃​貨
​未​賣​帶回​故​日
​賠​還
​95. Engrossing is effected
囤積居奇​凡​貨
​by buying up the whole
amount of any commodity, 必​設法​買​盡然
​and then raising the price
to sell it at a high rate.
後​高擡​市價
​出口​貨物​由​本
​地​出​海口​之​貨
​代辦​商​與​遠​友
​代辦​買賣​事​者
​趁​墟​者​市​也
​ngan, tsak, üt₂ k'au'st'au
ngan.
而​分​也
​S
t in HĐ Thy | Wáng chung pờ tau nái
<sau ts'ap› shun, 'ü 'shéung
sKan st‘án, mau yik, chung
pat, k‘i chán chít, í to
'shíú í ‹fan ‘yá.
lok fo sshun sting pók:
«chí shó.
Phủi sán shui sngan, nái
fó mí mái tái súi, hứ
ütz sp'úi swán.
定​銀​凡​買貨​必
​落​些​銀​以​取信
​卽​定​而​不易​意
​Ś ★ ˜ REI ‹Ú muk² sí tsui ‹kín schung.
Ting sngan, sfán mái fớ
pít, lók, sé 、ngan í ‘ts'ü
sun', tsik, ting² sí pat› yik, í'.
Tün tsik, kü sk', sfán
fó pít chít fát, mái tsun’,
sín hau cho st‘oi shí ka.
Ch'ut, hau fo mat, syau
'pún tí' ch'ut, 'hoi hau ‹chí
fó'.
Toi pán' shéung, $ü ¹ün
yau toi pán mái mái
sz" 'ché.
2
Ch'an' ‹hù; hü 'ché, shí
4
90. Th phrase kwan t'án includes a division of losses as well as profits; whatever is de-
ficient or
aking up the balance sheet must be supplied by the partners.
92. A Chinese allow no drawback, but levy duties, not only on all exports to foreign
countries, Puz even on goods which are shipped from one port to another in the empire itself;
the whole avem of drawbacks, bonding, and bounties, has no existence in this country.
95. Rib merchants not unfrequently endeavor to engross the trade in a particular article,
by which they hope to realize profit; rice is a commodity very frequently bought up. The
Chinese entertain the same prejudices against those who engross the trade in staple articles as
the English did in former days, and the government always endeavors to cast odium upon the
transaction.
208
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
..+
several days; when at the
appointed seasons people
resort to them for the pur-
pose of traffic.
99. Fireworks are curi-
ously formed into boxes;
aud when they are set on
fire, they are accompanied by
crackers.
100. Fishmaws are among
the dainties from the sea.
101. Flintst emit sparks
on being struck by iron.
102. Forestalling is when
one purchases the whole
of an article, and then
fixes his own price for it.
103. Freight is the money
which is paid for the trans-
portation of goods by ship.
104. Funds are the original
sums of money laid out in
the purchase of goods.
105. Furs are the hairy
skins of animals; fur dresses
are these sewed into gar-
ments.
106. Galangal* is produc-
ed in the province of Canton.
107. Galbanum is a fra-
grant, resinous substance;
its color is white, tinged with
yellow.
108. Gall-nuts have à
light shell and break short ;
they are hollow, and are
used, both when green and
when dried, for giving black
color.
109. Gambier is a gela-
tinous substance used to size
fishing-nets, and to dye cloth
which is to be made into gar-
ments.
-L
數​日​一次​者
​及時​到​墟​貿易
​之​意
​烟火​以​盒​載​故
​事​燒​時​有​火炮
​隨之
​魚肚​皆​是​海味
​火石​以​鐡​擊​之
​其​火​射
​1 * E * * *
盡​其​貨​而​勒​價
​水​脚​銀​用​船​載
​貨​之​使用​也
​貨​本​買貨​之
​本錢​也
​Sya; shò' yatɔ yat› tsz”
ch'an' 'ché, kap, sshí to' chü
mau yika chí 1.
Ín fő, í hóp, tsoľ kú
sz", shíú shí yau 'fó páu'
sts‘ui chí.
sÜ tò kái shí choi mí,
‘F6 shik, í tít, kik, chí
sk'í fó tsik, sh'é².
Lung tün² kii skrí, tsz²
móng tsun k'í fó', sí lak
ká'.
'Shui keuk› ‹ngan, yung
sshuntsoi f6 chí ‘sz
yung' 'ya.
F6 ‘pun, tsik, mái fó chí
'pún sts'ín 'yá.
皮​獸​之​皮毛​也
​裘​則​拚​而​成衣
​良薑​產​粵東​省
​*HỀ TIỀ
|
ERTOOK
香​色​白​微黄
​£# 7 ½‡K "Ng pui tsz, hók› ‹hing
ts'uï', sí ‹chung ‹hü, hó
而​中​虚​可以​染
​皂​或​生​或​炒​用
​*
薯​莨​用​膠​以​槳
​薯​茛​用​)
罟​網​或​膠布​以
​為​衣服
​sPí, shau chí sphí mà
yá; kau, tsak› ‹p'ún í
sshing cí,
Leung kéung chán Ut
«tung ‘sháng.
Fung chí cheung, tsik› pák
2
stsung ‹héung, shik, pák› ‹mí
swóng.
sí sím tso², wák, ‹shang, wák,
chau yung”.
S
Shü sléung, yung² ‹káu í
tséung kú móng, wák
skáu pò' í 、wai ‹í fuk.
99. With the Chinese these 'smoking fires' are worked into a great variety of toys, which
have their appropriate names; but when spoken of in the gross, they are usually designated
as above.
109. The gambier found in this market is not a product of China itself, being imported.
•
SECT. 2.]
209
COMMERCIAL ARTICLES AND TERMS.
110. Gamboge * is used in
painting as a pigment.
111. Gentian has a bitter
taste, and a yellow color.
112. Foreign ginseng; t
that which comes from be-
yond sea is so designated;
it is precisely the same as
the native ginseng, differing
from it in no way whatever.
113. Glass stuft is used to
make glass ware, such as
tumblers, decanters, and
dishes.
114. Glue which is clear
and translucent is the best,
116. Gunpowder is made
of saltpetre, sulphur, and pine
charcoal.
117. Harbor (or port) is
a place surrounded by land,
where houses are crowded
together, and merchants as-
sembled in great numbers.
115. Gums are the juices 樹膠​樹​中​之​汁
​of trees, obtained by cutting
their bark.
破皮​而​取​之
​火藥​以​硝​磺​杉
​炭​為之
​118. Hardware; imple-
ments and utensils made of
iron are so called.
119. Hawkers are those
who go through the street,
crying out that they have
goods for sale.
120. Hemp is both coarse
and fine; the former is
made into cordage, while the
latter is woven into various
kinds of grass-cloth.
藤黄​用以​塗畫
​作色
​黃連​味苦​色​黃
​洋參​以其​由​外
​洋​而​至​故​日​洋
​參​實​與​本土​土
​木​人參​無異
​港口​人烟​稠
​密​客商​雲集​之
​處​水口​也
​鐵器​以​鐵打​成
​器皿​故名
​販​仔​帥​遊街​喊
​賣貨​者
​胡蔴​有​粗​幼​粗
​則​攪​幼​則​織
​夏布​等​物
​sT'ang swóng yung? i sthù
wá tsók, shik,.
S
Wóng slin m² fú, shik)
¿wóng.
Yéung sham, í skí syau
ngoi yéung sĩ chí, kứ iit
syéung sham; shat ii pún
tờ, tò muk, yan sham
smò?.
燒​料​用作​玻璃
​器​杯​繪​器皿
​牛皮​膠​以​明亮 ​Ngau spi ckáu í ming
者​為佳
​léung) ‘ché swai ckai.
sShiu liu yung² tsók) (pó
slí hí', ‹púi ‹tsan hí' 'ming.
Shiz (káu, shii chung chi
chap), p'6’sp'í sí tsī chí.
F6 yéuk, í síú, wóng,
ch'ám’tán', swai chi.
Kóng Chau, tsik, syan ón
schau mat, hák) cshéung
wan tsap chí ch‘i shui
'hau ‘yá.
Tít, hỉ, 1 tít, tá sshing
hí' 'ming; kú' ‹ming.
Fán ‘tsai, tsik) syau chái
hám mái fo ‘ché.
from Singapore and other ports of the Archipelago; it is used by the poor as a cheap dye for
coarse fabrics, producing a color resembling iron rust tinged with red.
117. The idea attached to the phrase kóng hau is that of a convenient anchorage for ships,
where they can lie and receive cargo from the mart on shore, which is supposed to be a small
unwalled village or at least not a walled city, and inhabited principally by merchants attract-
ed thither for trade.
sÚ smá, syau ctsò yau’; ctsù,
tsak, káu sshing; yau', tsak,
chik, há? pò’‘tang mate.
CHI. CHR.
J
53
210
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
.
121. Hong is a mercan-
tile establishment; when a
large building it is called a
hong, when small a shop.
122. Imports are foreign
goods.
123.Bill of indemnity;
this is an agreement which
one makes, promising, in
case he loses another's pro-
perty, and is unable to return
it, to replace its equivalent.
行​貿易​之​家​大
​稱​行​小​酒店
​入口​之​貨 ​洋
​貨​也
​補​單​如​失​人 ​Pui pò tán, si shat, syan
sts'oi mat2,pat, snang í siin
财物​不能​以​原
​物​還​人​則​立​單
​言​明日​賠​補​單
​rubber is 抹​紙​膠​肳​而​難
​斷​鉛​書​之​字​抹
​之 ​去
​124. Indian
tough and not easily broken,
and letters written with a
lead pencil can be rubbed out
with it.
127. Interest is a certain
rate of profit on capital, paid
monthly by the borrower
for the use of money.
125. Native indigo is a
blue coloring stuff.
126. Insurance companies 擔保​會
​exist for securing ships,
houses, and human life.
128. Invoice is a bill con-
taining the description and
prices of goods purchased
in trade.
129. Foreign iron t is as
hard and firm as steel; it is
made into plates and rods, and
other forms.
130. Isinglass; this is
made of the sounds of fishes
which are boiled till they
譬
​become glue.
†
131. Ivory is the tusks.
of the elephant.
132. Ivory cuttings are
valued according to their
133. Gum lact is used as
a dye, and also for filling
up the small
crevices in
cabinet-wqrk.
they 之​成​膠
​sóng, mau yik, chí há;
tái? cching shóng, ‘siú ching
tím’.
象牙​象​獸​牙​也
​牙​片​價錢​相應
​紫​梗​用​和​染料
​或​補​椅​棹​小孔
​Yap hau chi fo', tsik,
syéung fo' sya.
土​靛青​黛​也
​擔保​會​乃​保人
​船​舍​人命​等​事
​利息​以​銀​借​人
​每月​於​本​中​生
​息​也
​貨單​卽​買賣​所
​書​之​貨價​單​也
​洋​鐡​堅硬​如​鋼
​造成​板條​式
​魚膠​取​魚肚​熬 ​sÜ ckáu tsi sü std ngò?
chí sshing cháu.
mat swán syan, tsak, lapz
‹tán sín sming, üt, sp'úi ‘pò
tán.
Mút, chí cháu ngan sí soán
2
tun’, sun shu chí tsz” mút
«chí tsik, hi.
Td tin', tsik, ts'ing toi'
sya.
<
Tám pò wi², nái pò syan
sshiin shé’syan ming² ‘tang
sz”.
L² sik, í sngan tsé’syan
'múi üt› ‹ü pún chung
shang sik, yá
F6 tán, tsik, mái mái shó
shi chí fo ká tán yá.
sYéung tít, kín ngáng si
kóng'; tsò' sshing ‘pán
st'íú kún shik.
Tséung sngá tséung shau
sngá syá.
Ngá pin² ká sts'in cséung
sts‘ín
cying.
'Tsz' 'kang, yung' swó ím
líú², wák, pò 1 chéuk, síú
'hung.
126. Under a despotic government like that of China, there is no sufficient security from
governmental exactions, and consequently no mutual confidence among mercantile classes,
"
211
SECT. 2.]
COMMERCIAL ARTICLES AND TERMS.
!
134. Gold and silver lace
is woven of gold and silver
thread.
135. Lackered ware com-
prises such articles of furni-
ture as are lackered, and
sometimes gilded.
the
136. Lapis lazuli;
color of this mineral is a
light blue, and hence its
name.
137. Lead ↑ is obtained
from the hills, and when
alloyed with tin, is used in
the manufacture of tea-canis-
ters.
138. Leger (or General
Book) is that into which the
accounts of receipts and ex-
penditures, being sumined
up and brought together, are
transferred and preserved.
139. License is a paper so
called, which being exam-
ined allows one to proceed 紙​日​牌
​(or act).
140. A lighthouse is a buil-
ding for ships to see; it is
built on the seashore, and
resembles a pagoda; a fire
is placed within which shines
afar, and ships on seeing it
know they are near land.
光​樓​鄕​船​望樓
​建​海傍​如​塔内
​設​燈火​遠​照​船
​見​以​知​近岸
​the, cloth 蔴布​以​蔴織​成
​之​布​也
​141. Linen is the cloth
which is woven from hemp.
142. The loadstone at-
tracts iron; a vulgar name is
ship shik.
金銀線​帶​以​金
​銀​線​織​成​帶​也
​漆器​以​漆​抹​其
​器皿​外​或​描金
​青​金​其​金​之​色
​青​故名
​143. Madder has a bitter
taste and a carnation color.
144. Manifests are given
by custom-house officers, sig-
nifying that goods, having
been examined, may pass.
鉛​出山​中​與​錫
​類​彷彿​用作​茶
​權​等​物
​總​簿
​收支​截
​埋​總​存貯​過
​數​之​簿
​牌​請​驕​放行​之
​145. A market is a place
where all sorts of goods
are collected together for
sale.
磁石​能​攝​鐵​俗
​名​攝​石
​丹參​味苦​赤色
​牌照​官​給​以為
​關隘​驗貨​放行
​市​乃​各​貨​雲集
​之​所
​<
Kam
¿ngan sín' táử, sí
ckam sngan sín?chik, shing
tái yá.
Ts'at, hí', í ts'at› mút› ‹k'í
hí ‘ming, ngoi wák, núi
ckam.
<T'sting ckam, shíckamcchí
shik, léukectsfing, kú'sming.
sÜn, ch'ut) eshán chung, fü
sik, lui² fong fat, yung?
tsók,çch'á kúntang mat.
‘Tsung pờ, tsik, shau chí
tsít, shờ, smái tsung sts in
ch‘ü hwo shờ chí pờ.
sPái, tsing ím² fóng'
shang chí ‘chí, ut, sphái.
Kwóng slau, tsik, sshiin
móng” sau; kín hoi phóng
sü táp; noi ch‘t tang fó
un chíứ shun kín í chí
han ngón.
2
Má pò’, sí smá chik, shing
«chí pờ yá.
s Ts'x' shike snang ship, t'ít);
suke sming ships shikz.
‹Tán ‹sham, mí² fú, ch'ik›
shik,.
sPhái chứ, chún hap
swai chwán ái, ím fớ fóng
shang.
kap, í
'Shí, nái kók› fó' ¿wan tsap,
chí 'shó.
both of which are indispensably requisite to establish associations like our insurance compa-
nies, and they are of course unknown.
212
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
146. Mats are made of
straw or rattans.
147. Molasses is made
from white sugar; into the
sediment which is left from
boiling, the kat and other
fruits are preserved, whence
the name.
148. Molasses glue is
made by melting sugar, and
stirring it till it is cold and
forms a glue.
149. Monopoly is a traffic
carried on by a single party,
which is allowed to trade
in articles, while others are
not allowed so to do.
150. Mortgage houses to
other people.
151. Mother o' Pearl * is
used to make fancy articles.
152. Musk is from a spe-
cies of deer; it is the fra-
grant navel of the animal.
153. Myrrh is brought
from southern countries; it
has a flesh color, and is clas-
sed with amber.
154. Nankeen is a carna-
tion colored cloth; it is wov-
en of cotton of that color,
and hence its name.
155. Nutmegs,* + also call-
ed gem fruit, have a white
color; those from abroad are
the best.
156. Nux vomica is poison-
ous, and if eaten by dogs
it will certainly cause their
death.
157. Olibanum † resembles
milk; the foreign and trans-
parent is the best.
蓆​草​藤​等​為之
​桔​水​糖​做​白糖
​剩​之​糖​底​以為
​浸​桔​果​因為​名
​糖​膠​將​糖​鎔​化
​攪​冷​成​膠
​獨​市​生意​其​貨
​只​自己​有​而​别
​人​無​者​是​也
​與​當​房舍​與​人
​雲母​殼​造​玩物
​麝香​麝​乃​鹿​類
​此​獸​之​香​臍​也
​设​藥​出​南洋​色
​赤​類​琥珀
​紫花​布​赤​布
​也​其​綿​色​紫​者
​織​之​故名
​荳蔻​又名​玉​菓
​白外洋​者​良
​馬​前​有毒​犬​食
​必死
​乳香​形​如​乳頭
​外洋​明透​者良
​T'sic: ‘ts'd st'ang tang swai
«chí.
Kat,‘shui sttóng tsò páke
st'ong shing chi st'ong stai
sí swai cham² kat, kwó yan
swai suning.
sT6ng cháu tséung stóng
syung fá káu lang sshing
ckáu.
Tuk, shi shang í', sk'í fó'
'chat tsz" kí Syau, sí pít,
syan smd (ché shit sya.
Tín tóng sfóng she su
syan.
Wan mo hók, ts'd' ún²
matą,
Shé? (héung; shé nái lukz
lu’; ‘ts‘z’shau’cchí héung
sts'z' syá.
S
Mutryéukas ch'ut) snam
syéung, shik, chilk, lui² fú
pák›.
(T'sz' fá pò', tsik, chik, pù
Syá; sk'í smín shik, 'tsz' 'ché
chik, chí, kứ sming.
2
Tau' k'au' yau' sming yuk
skwó, shik, páks; ngoiz
syéung ‘ché sléung.
SMá ststin syau tuke, Chiin
shike pít,‘sz.
Yü héung sying sü yü
st'au; ngoi² syéung sming
t'au’‘ché sléung.
148. This substance is made from the wóng t'óng or yellow sugar, which is the purest sugar
the Chinese have, by inspissating it till very thick, and then stirring it in the air; it is used in
joining lackered ware and other fine work, and is said to resist dampness better than com-
mon glue.
154. The English term nankeen is derived from the city of Nanking in the province of
Kóngsú, where this cloth is extensively manufactured. It is made of unbleached cotton, tsz'
fá being an elliptical expression for the flower of the cotton plant, which is the origin of the
Chinese name.
SECT. 2.]
213
COMMERCIAL ARTICLES AND TERMS.
158. Olives, called the
green fruit, are large in the
middle, and sharp-pointed at
both ends.
159. Opium is also called
Ofuyung; the flower resem-
bles that of the Hibiscus,
whence its name.
160. Paper is made by
reducing bamboo to a pulp
in a mortar.
161. A parcel; whatever
things are bound up together,
form a parcel.
162. Partner is the joint夥伴​者
​owner of capital, which is
employed in commerce.
163. Pass is a place at
which goods, &c., must all
undergo examination, after
which they may pass.
164. Passenger is one who
goes as a friend in a ship.
165. Passport is a license
bearing, the official seals of
government.
欖​一名​青菓​中
​大​而​兩頭​尖
​鴉片​又​名阿芙
​蓉​其​花​似​芙蓉
​因​名​之
​紙​以​漚​爛​竹​春
​而​作​之
​一​包​各​物​包​束
​裝​成​是​也
​紅牌​乃​有​官印
​之​牌照​也
​樣子​規模​也
​當舖​人​以​物​押
​然後​借​銀​者
​168. Pearls are precious 珍珠​珍寶​珠​也
​beads..
筆​書​字​者​也​以
​166. A pattern, that is a
model or an examplar.
167. A pawnbroker is one
who lends money on a pledge
or deposit of goods.
!
合​本
​做生意​之​人​也
​關​津​之​所​必須
​盤​驗​而後​放行
​搭客​附​船​同行
​之​人
​169. Pencils are used for
writing, and are made of
bamboo stems and wolf's
hair.
竹竿​狠​毛​作​之
​170. Pens (or goosequill 鵞​毛筆​以​鵞​毛
​pencils) are made of the
barrels of goosequills, which
管​削成​貫​墨水
​being cut down to a point,
and tipped with ink are used
in writing.
書​之
​(Lám, yat, sming
ctsting
kwó, chung tár, sí léung
st'au tsím.
syung;
Á phím yausming có đú
sk'í fá ts'z' fú
syung, yan sming chí.
‘Chí,íau lán chuk, chung
í tsók, ‹chí.
Yats (páu; kúk, mat páu
chuk, chóng sshing shí yá.
Fó pun² ‘ché, tsik, hopz
pún tsò? shang Pchí syan
Syá.
Kuán tsun chí ‘shó, pít,
‹sü pún ím² sí hau² fóng'
shang.
Táp, hálks, fí? sshiin stiung,
chang chí yan.
sHung sphải nái yau chúa
yan chí phái chíứ gá.
Véung? (tsz', tsik, ckw'ai smù)
sya.
Tóng' p'ờ' ¿yan, “í matɔ átɔ,
sÁn hau? tsé’sngan ché.
Chan cchi, cchan pò chi
syá.
Pat, shu tsz" 'ché yá; i
chuk, hón sóng smò tsoh,
cchí.
sNgó smd pats, i ngó smò
kán séuk,sshing, kún'mak)
'shui shi chí.
163. A kwán is a pass on shore, a guard-house on the borders of two provinces, where per-
sons and goods are examined; custom-houses are called kwán hau, the mouth or opening to
the kwán; tsun is a ford, or the narrow entrance of a river, at which persons or vessels ar-
rive on their way to a kwán: the phrase here used occurs in the Penal Code to express both
internal and external passes.
CHI. CHR. 54
214
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
[CHAP. VI.
-
171. Pepper has an ex-
ceedingly acrid taste.
172. Porcelain is made
of earthy substances, and
burnt in the fire.
173. Porters are persons
who carry cargo.
174. Postage is the money
which is paid to the carrier
of letters.
175. Posting of accounts;
this is taking the accounts of
the day-book, and, having
arranged them in chronolo-
gical order, transferring them
to a leger.
176. Price current is a pa-
per, which, having the cur-
rent prices of goods put
down in order, is circulated
for general information.
177. Prussian blue † is of
a delicate blue color, and is
manufactured from cowhides.
178. Putchuck has a white
color, an aromatic taste, and
is used as a medicine.
*
洋​靛​色​藍​而​嬌
​出於​牛皮​中
​木香​色​白​味香
​可​入藥
​水銀​俗​云山​之
​精​而​結
​菩提​乾​有​紫白
​MATHE
種
​181. Rattanst are brought 沙​藤​來​外洋​用
​from abroad, and are used
for binding up packages of
goods.
以​綑​束​貨物
​179. Quicksilver is vul-
garly said to be the concrete
effluence of the hills.
****** | sÚ ‹síú, sk¹í mí² sham² lát.
胡椒​其​味​甚​辣
​Z
磁器​以​土​為之
​後​燒​以​火
​180. Raisins are of two
kinds, red and white.
sTsz? h?, 1 tò swai «chí,
hau² shíú í 'fó.
挑夫​挑​貨​之​人
​信​資​以​錢​謝​帶
​信​之​人​也
​過數​日中​草​簿
​» ;
另​抄過​大​簿​也
​時價​紙​將​貨​以
​Shi ka 'chí, ‹tséung fó' í
ín cham ká stsín lít, chí
現今​價錢​列​紙 ​shéung' ptár syan ckún lam.
上​泒​人​觀​覧
​Tíú fú, ‹t'íú fó' chí syan.
Sun sz’, 1 stsin tsé tái
sun chí syan yá.
1
Khớ shờ,yat, chung ‘tsò
pờ chí shờ, stsui sshi fan
pít, ling cháu kwo tái
po sya.
2
tin shik, lám í
ફ્
kiu, ch'ut cu sngau sp'í
chung.
Muk, héung, shik, pák, mí²
chéung, 'ho yap, yéuk.
‘Shui 、ngan, suk› ‹wan ‹shán
«chí ts‘ing sí kít.
P'ò stai kón 'yau 'tsz'
pák, léung 'chung.
‹Shá ‹ťang, sloi ngoi² ¿yéung
yung í 'kwan ch'uk, fo
matą.
174. There is no public post in China except for the use of government, but there are
numbers of well-known and trustworthy persons who are employed as letter carriers between
towns and villages, and who in a manner supply the absence of a regular post.
There are
places sometimes appointed where letters can be left for the postman, and he is not unfre-
quently seen, with a letter bag on his back marked with the place of his destination, passing
through the street and calling for letters. The charge for postage is light; between Canton
and Macao it will average for single letters about thirty cash.
177. Prussian blue is called the foreign blue dye in distinction from indigo, and because it
was formerly imported into China from England. The manufacture of it at Canton was
introduced by a Chinese, who frequented the shops in London where it was made and learn-
ed the process thoroughly, and on his return established a manufactory, whose products have
now entirely superseded the importation.
SECT. 2.]
215
COMMERCIAL ARTICLES AND TERMS.
182. Receipt is a paper
which a person, who has
received money or goods
from any one, gives him in
return to be kept in evidence
thereof.
183. Register of a ship's
crew; on leaving the port,
this is drawn up and present-
ed to the custom-house of-
ficers for examination, to be
inspected and verified.
184. Report of a ship's
cargo; on entering the port.
this is drawn up and present-
ed to the custom-house of-
ficers, that they may know
the amount of cargo.
185. Rhubarb * has a yellow
color, and removes disease.
T
船​丁​册​出口​船
​錄​此​呈​驗​以​凴
​稽核
​報​貨單​入口​船
​錄​此​呈​閱​以便
​知​貨​多少
​大​黃色​黃​解毒
​when the pad- 米​將​穀​而​碾​其
​皮​日​米
​186. Rice; when the pad-
dy is deprived of the husk
it is called rice.
187. Ropes; these are
made either of hemp or grass,
by being twisted together.
188. Rose maloes, † if rub-
bed upon the person, will re-
move distempers.
189. Rosin * is the gum of
the pine.
190. Sagot is also called
shákuk grain.
191. Salt is made by eva-
porating salt water to dry-
ness.
•
192. Saltpetre is obtained
from walls after a long time,
which when lixiviated pro-
duce it.
收​單​收到​銀​両
​或​貨物​寫​一
​交​來人​拿回​以
​為​凴
​193. Sample is a pattern.
after which a thing must be
made.
Shau tán, shau tờ sngan
léung, wák, fo' mat₂, sé
yat, chí cháu sloí yan sna
súi, í swai sp'ang,
Shün ting ch¹ák,; ch'ut,
‘hau „shün luk, ‘ts'z' ¿ch'ing
ím², 'í sp'ang ck'ai hat₂.
Po' fő tán; yap, 'hau shün
luk, 'ts'z' ‚ch'ing üt,, í pín²
«chí f6 «to shiu.
Tái sóng shik, swóng kái
tuk,.
sMai, tséung kuk, sí chín
sk'í sp'í, üt¿ ³mai.
*****‡ Shing sók, wák, má, wák,
'ts'ò káu mai; üt, shing
sók,.
攪​埋​日​繩索
​蘇​合​酒​茶​之​可
​以​歐​風
​松香​卽​忪​脂膏
​西米​砂​穀米
​塩​以​鹹水​晒乾
​作​之
​Sú hóp, syau scha chí hó
í ‹k'ü ‹fung.
Tsung héung, tsik, stsung
«chí kò.
Sai mai, tsik› ‹shá kuk›
smai.
¿ľm, “í shám shui shai' kón
tsok, chí.
* Síú, stseung yat kau tsik›
Syau tsín' í hau² ch‘ut».
剪​而後​出
​樣子​帥​規模​定
​It the
Yeung' 'tsz', tsiką ‹kw'ai mò
ting' shik, Syá.
191, 192. The manufacture and sale of salt is a governmental monopoly, in the hands of
a distinct department, whose agents are found in every maritime place to enforce the laws
against making it, and to carry on the trade in it; in consequence of its high price, the poor-
er Chinese endeavor in all possible ways to economize its use. Saltpetre, powder, bows and
arrows, cannon, and whatever pertains to military affairs are prohibited as articles of trade in
this market.
216
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
5.
194. Sandal wood + is ex-
ceedingly fragrant when
burnt.
195. Sapan woodt is of a
red color, and is used as a
dyestuff.
196. Seamen are the sail-
ors who work the ship.
197. Seaweed + is boiled
into a glue for use.
198. A man affording se-
curity is one who is able
to stand surety for another,
and for whose good conduct
he engages to hold himself
responsible.
199. Settlement of ac-
counts; to take an account
of that which is owed, and
pay it, is so called.
200. Shark's fins;t are the
fins on both sides of the fish
by which it propels itself in
the water; when washed
clean and cooked thoroughly,
they are eatable.
201. Signboards are wood-
en boards placed on ware-
houses and shops to invite
men to buy and sell goods.
202. Silks* are a general
name for satins, crapes, &c,
203. Every kind of skins +
are restricted to the hong
merchants.
204. Smaltst have a very
deep blue color, and are used
to paint flowers upon por-
celain.
205. Snuff is fine as dust,
and inhaled into the nose.
檀香木​燒​之​極
​香
​蘇木​色赤​用作
​染料
​水手​師​駕船​之
​水​梢​人​也
​海菜​煮成​膠​用
​擔保人​乃​一力
​擔當​認​保​其​人
​無​不善​之​事
​清​數​將​所欠​之
​賬​還​足​之​謂
​魚翅​魚身​兩傍
​之​翅​藉以​掉​水
​洗淨​烹調​可食
​招牌​乃​行​店​招
​人​買賣​貨​木牌
​絲​髮​綢​紗​總​名
​各項​皮張​皆​歸
​洋​商​所​辨
​大青​其​色​深藍
​以​畫​磁器​花草
​鼻烟​幼​如​末​以
​鼻​吸​之
​STán héung mukeshíú chí
kik, ‹héung.
Sd mukz shike chik, yung?
tsók, ím líú².
‘Shui ‘shau, tsik, ká sshiin
chí ‘shui sháu yan yá.
'Hoi ts'oi 'chishing káu
yung².
Tấm pò syan, ‘nái yat
<
lik, tám tóng, yan² 'po sk'í
syan smò pat, shin chí sử”.
(
T's'ing shò’; ctséung, shé
5
hím' chí chéung” wán
tsuk, chí wai.
sÜ che, si shan léung
sphóng chí chỉ, tsik, 1
cháu shui; ‘saitsing’phang
st'iú hó shiker
<Chiu spái, nái shóng tím'
chíú syan mái mái fo
muk, spái.
‹Sz' fát› ‹chau ‹shá 'tsung
sming.
Kók, hóng² sp'í ‹chéung ‹kái
kwai syéung shéung 'sho
pán².
Túï² ‹ts'ing sk‘í shik› ‹sham
slám, sí wák, sts'z' hi' fá
‘tsò..
Pí² án yau'çü mút›, “í pí²
hap> <chi.
201. Great variety is displayed in the signboards of Chinese shops, and some of them are
elegant; they are usually hung or placed upright at the side of the street, having the name of
the shop at the top, and the list of wares for sale beneath; and by alternation of colors in
the characters, or diversity in the style of writing, the shopman endeavors to attract customers.
203. The importation of skins and furs into Canton has fallen off in the last few years,
owing rather to the gradual decrease of the supply from abroad, than to any diminished de-
mand. Rabbit, seal, sea and land otter, fox, and beaver skins constitute the greater part of
the importations. Lamb skins from Tartary are also much used by the Chinese for dresses.
SECT. 2.]
217
COMMERCIAL ARTICLES AND TERMS.
206. Soap comes from
foreign countries, and is
used in baths for cleansing
the body.
C
207. Soy is made by ex-
posing black [soy] beans in
the heat of the sun, and
then boiling them in water,
and adding aromatics of
various sorts, after which
the liquid is strained off.
208. Spermaceti is obtain-
ed by boiling the blubber of
the whale.
209. Spices are aromatics
which are used to improve
the taste of food.
210. Spirits:by well mix-
ing, yeast cakes in boiled
rice, and after the mass has
risen, distilling it in an in-
verted position, the spirit will
flow off.
211. Steel; ↑ this is hard-
ened iron.
212. Sugar* is boiled from
the sweet cane.
213. Sugar candy * is crys-
talized white like ice.
214. Sulphur; pulverized
brimstone is so called.
215. Tariff is a list of
goods with the duties requir-
ed thereon at the custom-
house.
216. Tea* boiled in water
affords a beverage.
217. Thread is spun out
of silk and hemp.
218. Gold and silver
thread is made by winding
gold and silver around silk
into a thread.
219. Tint is alloyed with
copper and iron to make
various utensils.
番​鹼來​外洋​浴
​身​極​去垢
​豉​油​以​黑荳​向
​日​晾​過​熬​水平
​加​香料​等​然後
​取其​湛​下​之​水
​鯨​油​以​鯨​脂​前 ​King yau, i.king chí
<tsín syau ‘yá.
油​也
​香​物​以​製​味​之 ​Héung mats, i chair mis
馨香​也
​chí chừng chéung yá.
酒​以​米飯​猜​酒
​餅​透​面​蒸​其
​倒​汗水​酒​也
​鐵​鋼鐵​之​堅​者
​糖​以​甘蔗​熬成
​氷糖​白​似​米
​硫磺​粉​以​硫磺
​研末​日​粉
​線​以​絲蔴​搓成
​金銀線​以​金銀
​(Fán kán, sloi ngoil syéung
yuk, ‹shan kik, h'ü' ‘kau.
裹​絲​成​線​也
​錫​侵​銅​鐡​可​作
​器皿
​Shi? syau ‘í hak, tau?héung?
yat, lóng kw6, ngò ‘shui
tsoi ká chéung liú 'tang,
sín hau² tstick'í sham²h?
chí ‘shui.
(Tsau, i mai fán² <chái
'tsau 'ping, fát, t'au' í ‹ching
sk‘í tù’hón?‘shui, tsik,‘tsau
£yá.
Tít, hóng, tít chí chín
'ché.
S
Tóng, í kóm ché' ngò?
sshing.
(Ping sttóng, kit, pák: ts'z'
<ping.
Lal swóng fan, i lau
swóng sín múte, iitz fan.
則​例​關稅​貨物
​定例​銀​也
​茶葉​泡​滚水​然 ​:Chrá ip, p'áu kwan shui
sín hau² 'yam.
後​飲
​Tsak la², ckwán shui² fo
mat, chíting lai ngau
$yá.
Sín', 'í (sz' má ch'ó shing.
Kam ngan sín', 'í kam
sngan (kwó sz' sshing sir
sya.
Sik, tsam stung tít hó
tsók, hí' 'ming.
1
207. Dolichos. soja is the bean usually employed for the principal ingredient of soy, but
the variety, and the quantity of the spices which are added accounts in a good degree for the
CHI. CHR.
55
218
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
220. Tin plates
come
from abroad, and are made
of tin and iron.
221. Tonnage of a ship
is its measurement, taken so
as to know how much cargo
it will contain.
222. Tortoiseshell is from
the turtle, whose shell is
procured to make articles.
223. Treaty is an agree-
ment between two nations,
respecting their mutual inter-
course.
224. Trial balance; in
length of time accounts must
become complicated, there-
fore, in order to prevent
mistakes and confusions,
they ought to be summed
up and balanced at short
intervals.
225. Tripang, [meaning]
gems of the sea, is served
up as an article of food at
feasts.
226. Tutenague * is used
to make utensils.
227. Verdigris; when
copper remains unused for
a long time, verdigris collects
upon it.
*
228. Vermilion; quick-
silver is heated until it
flakes, and then by triturat-
ing, it becomes vermilion.
229. Blue vitriol is made
by combining sulphur and
copper.
232. Whanghees are the
roots of bamboo beneath the
earth.
馬口鐵​出自​來
​路​以​錫​鐵​而成
​艙​量​丈量​其​艙
​知​貨​多少
​玳瑁​鼈​取其
​甲​以為​器
​相約​兩國​相約
​共事​也
​截​數​數目​日​八
​必​多​恐​錯亂​難
​計​故​以​截止
​其​數​而​埋​總
​海参​海珍​也​用
​以上​筵​為​饌
​磺​合​而​為之
​230. Walking sticks are
竹竿​竹枝​榦
​made of the culms of bamboo.
231. Watches are brought 時辰​標​乃​外洋
​from foreign countries.
所​來​之​物
​竹​強​郋​竹​頭人
​地​之​根
​Má 'hau t'it, ch'ut, tsz" loi
ld² ³í sik› t'ít› sí ‹shing.
Chống
Ch'ong sléung, chéung'
sleung sk'í cchóng chí fo
ctó shíú.
To mu², tsik, pít, ‘ts'ü
shí káp, sí swai h.
Séung yéuk,, 'léung kwók,
séung yéuk, kung² sze syá.
T'sity shò', shù' muky yaty
'kau pít, stó, 'hung ts'ó' lün'
snán kar, kú? sí tsilk, tsite
chí ski shờ sí smái “tsung.
'Hoi sham, 'hoi chun ya;
yung² í 'shéung sín swai
chán.
白​鉛​以​作​器用
​銅綠​銅​貯​日久
​學生​緑
​硍​硃​水銀​製​鍊 ​Ngan cchi, ‘shui sngan char
$
成​塊​磨​為​硍​硃
​lín² sshing fár, mó? swai
sngan cchi.
膽​礬​乃​銅​與​硫
​Pák₂ sün, í tsók, hí' yung².
¿T'ung luk₂, st'ung 'ch'ü yatɔ
skau tsik, shang luk2.
Tám sfán, nái stung Si
slau swóng hộp, s1 swai chí.
Chuk, kón, tsik, chuk, chí
kón².
s Shi sshan opiu, Snái ngoiz
syéung ‘shó loi chí mat2.
Chuk, 'k'éung, tsik, chuk,
stau yapa tí chí kan.
1
great diversity of quality found in this article; annisseed stars are added as one of the aro-
matics, but soy, among the Chinese, is made by different manufacturers to suit various tastes.
220. This name is given to tin plates from the use made of them in stopping up holes, and
binding seams together, the colloquial term for that being má hau, quasi, riding the hole.
饔
​SECT. 3.]
219
REGULATIONS RESPECTING PILOTS.
233. Wharf is a high bank
beside of which boats and
ships anchor.
234. Wool is bought and
sold for the manufacture of
cloths and blankets.
235. Woolens † are divid-
ed into broad and narrow
kinds.
236. Zinc, lead and black-
lead are three sorts of metals,
and their names are to be
distinguished.
1. All merchants who
come from other countries
渡頭​渡船​所​抵
​之​岸
​綿羊​毛​販賣​與
​* * = HK Ế Chi Min syéung smo, fán mái
su syan teók, shí chín.
A TE DE EL
哆​囉​絨​帥​大小
​呢​之​總​名
​白​鉛​鉛​黑​鉛​乃
​三​金​分​而​名​之
​Tờ st au, tờ sshin ‘shó tại
chí ngón.
to Canton, to engage in com-
merce, ought, as soon as the
ship makes the land, to en-
gage the services of some one
who is thoroughly acquaint-
ed with the entrance of the
river, then they may venture
to make their way into the
embouchure. It is necessary
to obtain an outside pilot,
236. Zinc, spelter, and tutenague are all called pák ün, the Chinese supposing from the
color that they are merely varieties of lead.
Section Third.
REGULATIONS RESPECTING PILOTS.
Tó sló syung, tsik, tái' 'síú
sní chí ‘tsung ming.
引水​章程​第三​章
​Yan 'shui chéung sching; tai sám «chéung.
各國​客商​來粤
​貿易​船​到​見​岸
​必​請​熟識​水路
​之​八方​敢​進​港
​因​山水​口​深淺
​不定​是以​必​請
​Pák, sün, sün, hak, sün,
'nái sám kam <fan í sming
chí.
Kók, kwók, hák› ‹shéung
sloi Ut, mau' yikɔ, sshün tờ³
kín ngón, pít ‘tsing shuk,
shik, shui lò² chí syan,
<fóng 'kóm tsun' 'kóng.
Yan shán 'shui 'hau, sham
'tsín pat, ting², shí² í pít›
ts‘ing ugoi yéung tái shui.
Notes and Explanations.
THESE regulations are few and simple. The pilots-usually fourteen in number, but now
(Feb. 1839) sixteen-obtain their licenses from the kwanman fú, the sub-prefect of Ts'ínshán
or Casa Branca, with the sanction of the governor at Canton, on the payment of eight hundred
or a thousand dollars. Most of them live in Macao or its vicinity, but have associates at
Canton and Whampoa.
1. In the early periods of the foreign trade to China, it was customary for merchants to come
and to return in their ships with their merchandize, as supercargoes; the phraseology is here
framed to suit that usage, although the practice of having supercagoes is nearly discontinued,
the trade being for the most part conducted by resident merchants.
220
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
because the depth of the
water among the islands is
not uniform. The men, who
are now employed as [out-
side] pilots, are persons en-
gaged in the fishing-smacks.
2. The amount of com-
pensation, which they are to.
receive, ought to be distinctly
specified when they are en-
gaged; it may vary from ten
or twenty to fifty or more
dollars, and should be
regulated according to the
state of the weather, as it
may be fair or foul; but in
all cases it should be dis-
tinctly agreed on, [by the
captain and pilot] in order
to prevent subsequent dis-
putes.
3. The ship, having pass-
ed in through the islands,
is anchored, perhaps off
Cabreta Point, or beyond
the Shallows (off Macao
Roads,) or off Lintin. The
captain, having brought his
ship to an anchor, procures
a native boat, or perhaps
employing his own gig, and
goes to Macao, in order to
obtain a passport. He there
calls a pilot, who reports [for
him to the Chinese authori-
ties], the number of men
composing the ship's crew,
the number of cannon, mus-
kets, and swords, the quan-
sKí tái ‘shui chí syan, tsik,
kam chí su Sting shí yá.
外洋​帶​水​其​帶
​水​之​人​今​之
​漁​艇​是​也
​至於​帶​水​酬​工
​必須​講明​銀​多
​少​或​一​二十​元
​不定​或​五十​元
​不定​看​其​風​之
​順逆​而​取​工​價
​必須​船主​與​他
​講明​免​至​爭論
​師​入​了​山水​口
​或​寄​泊​鵝​頸​頭
​或​沙​瀝​或​伶仃
​K? yap?
líú shán 'shui
hau, wák, kí pók, Kai
'king stau, wák, Shá lek,
wák Ling ting, shün í
wánpók, tsik, kú' t'ing
smái Ó', wák, tsz” ká' ‹sám
船已​灣​泊​卽​僱
​LEY YÊU EM VỀ pán tờ ở kín tái shui
'ts'ing sp'ai po' sming ‹shéung
艇​埋​澳​或​自駕
​sháu đó shíú, tái phát
«tó shíu, kók, hóng níu
三​板​到​澳​呌​帶
​水​請​牌​報​明​商
​梢​多少​大砲​多
​少​各項​鳥鎗​劍
​Chí u tái ‘shui chau
‹kung pít› ‹sü 'kóng ming
ngan tó shíú; wák, yat›
í shap, sün pat, ting', wák,
"'ng shap, sün pat, ting, hón'
ski fung chí shun yik, s
'ts'ü ‹kung ká', pít› ‹sü ‹shin
'chü ü t'á kóngsming, 'mín
chí chang lun
2. The demands made by the outside pilots, for their services are often very extravagant;
but if no anxiety is manifested by the commander of the vessel to secure their assistance, and
the weather is fair, they will usually soon moderate their demands; and on an average,
probaby do not receive more than fifteen or twenty dollars, perhaps not even so much.
3. Near the Chinese custom-house station and landing-place on the Praya Grande, is a
yanshui kún, or pilot's office, at which application should be made for the pilot by the master
or officer of the vessel, or by some one else in his stead. The application should be made
immediately after landing, as sometimes a day or more is requisite for obtaining the passport,
which, together with almost every other kind of passport or paper issued from an officer under
the government, is called by foreigners a chop. The following is a translation of a pilot's
report, such as are usually made out on the arrival of ships.
"To his honor, the sub-prefect of Ts'inshán (or Casa Branca) &c. &c.
"A report from the pilot Pò Shángan. The reporter respectfully states that, on the 22d
instant, an English merchantman [Victoria, captain] Camden, laden with cotton and other
merchandise, arrived off the province of Kwongtung; and that on examination, it appears the
said vessel has no foreign ladies on board. Now, therefore, I, the said pilot, before conduct-
*
SECT. 3.]
221
REGULATIONS RESPECTING PILOTS.
tity of powder and shot, also
stating whether the vessel is
loaded with rice or other
merchandise. The pilot
having made his report, and
obtained a passport, is then
permitted to take the ship
within the Bogue.
4. He wow goes on board
and directs the ship through
the Bogue; for which ser-
vice, as also for conducting
her out of the river, he
receives sixty dollars each
way, which payment is made
in accordance with long es-
tablished usage,
5. When the ship reaches
the Bogue, she must anchor,
while the pilot goes on shore
to the fort, where he presents
the passport for examination;
and, after it has been clearly
ascertained that the ship and
cargo correspond to those
named in the passport, the
pilot returns again on board
ship, and she is allowed to
pass the Bogue.
6. When some
distance
within the Bogue, there are
shallows, and it is necessary
to procure several bar-boats,
perhaps some ten or more
in number, for each of which
a dollar is to be paid. As
刀​火藥​彈子​多
​少​或​米​或​貨​報
​明 ​牌​帶​水​方
​能​引​船​入​虎門
​駕船​入​虎門​此
​際​帶​水​出入口
​工​銀​六十​元​以
​循​照​上日​章程
​也
​若​到​虎門​必須
​寄​泊​帶​水​埋​虎
​門​炮台​呈​驗船
​牌​驗​明​何​國​船
​隻​裝​何​貨物​來
​粤​俟​帶​水​回​船
​方能​進​虎門
​入​虎門​一路​亦
​有​深淺​必須​僱
​雋​水​船​數​隻​或
​十餘​隻​每隻​價
​chéung kím’ tò % yéuh,
pán?‘tsz’ctó shíú, wák:
‘mai, wák, fó'. Pò' ming
lingspái, tái shui đóng
snang yan shün yap, Fu
smún.
Ka shin yap: Fú smún,
‘ts'z'tsa' tá' shui ch'ut)
yap: Chau, ckung sngan luke
shape sin, í sts'un chíí?
shéung² yat, ‹chéung ch'ing
Syá.
Yéuketò) (Fú samún, píty (sii
kí pok, tái ‘shui mái Fú
smún páu' ctéoi, sching ím?
sshin sptái; in² ming zho
kwok, shin chik, chóng
shó fó’maty sloi Uty, tsz? tár
shui cúi shin, fóng shang
tsun Fú mún.
Yap: Fú smún yat, lò? yikz
yau sham 'ts'in, pit, su
kú? tuk, ‘shui shiin shù)
chik›, wák, shape si chik,
múi chịu, ba ngạn yat
ing the ship to the anchorage at Whampoa where she is to be moored, respectfully report that
the following are the number of men and amount of munitions on board, to wit: 60 seamen,
4 cannon, 20 muskets, 20 swords, 100 catties of powder, and 100 balls.
"Tokwóng, 18th year, 11th month, 26th day."
The sub-prefect, in conjunction with other local officers, immediately forwards a report,
including the statements of the pilot, to the chief provincial officers at Canton, and at
the same time issues a passport for the ship to proceed up the river.
4. About one half of the sixty dollars for pilotage, which is in all cases paid in advance,
before the pilot goes on board, is divided among different officers at Macao, and at the forts
and custom-house stations along the river, between Macao and Canton. The pilots holding a
license, usually have a few persons who are well acquainted with the navigation of the river,
in their employ, to assist them, or to serve in their stead.
5. It is not necessary for the ship to be anchored while the pilot goes on shore; by slack-
ing sail, he may precede the vessel, present the passport, and he in readiness to join her by the
time she arrives opposite the fort. No one comes on board ship from the forts to examine the
cargo, or to make any inquiries respecting her, but if any trouble should arise after her entry
-
CHI. CHR. 56
222
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
the ship approaches the
shallows at the Second Bar,
these boats must go forward
and erect some signals to
serve as guides, so that the
pilot on board ship may
easily know where the water
is shallow, and thus be able
to pass the Second Bar.
7. After the ship has pass-
ed the shallows of the
Second Bar, and arrived at
the First Bar, at which place
are the Fish-head (or Bruns-
wick) Rocks, it is again ne-
cessary for the bar-boats to
go ahead and raise signals,
by which means she will easi-
ly pass by these rocks.
8. Immediately after pass-
ing these rocks, you reach
Whampoa, where the ship
is safely anchored. The pilot
then leaves the ship and goes
to all the custom-house sta
tions and reports that such a
ship, of such a nation, has
entered the port for trading.
9. When the ship has
reached the anchorage, and
been moored a day or two,
guard boats, belonging to
the government, will be sta-
tioned to keep watch
both sides of the ship, hav-
ing in them tide-waiters from
on
the custom-house and depu-
ties from the governor's
office.
10. After the ship has
obtained a security merchant
and linguist, she may dis-
charge her cargo.
銀​一​元​若​到​蠔
​塾​淺口​篤水必
​先頭​竪立​物件
​以為​暗號​洋船
​看見​便知​淺​處
​而​過​蠔​塾
​已過​蠔​塾​淺​口
​又​到​大蠔​頭
​處​有​魚頭​石​亦
​要​篤​水​先行​緊
​立​物件​為​號​以
​便於​過​石​口​也
​過​了​石​口纔​到
​黃埔​泊​穩​船隻
​帶​水​方能​離船
​往​各​關口​報​明
​何​國​船隻​進口
​貿易
​船​進​了​埔​灣​泊
​二​日​必有​押
​船​官​艇​到​押​兩
​便​艙口​此乃​海
​關​差役​總督​材
​官​等​矣
​後​船​定​了​保​商
​通事​方能​起貨
​ムヒ
​sün. Yéuk, tò’Hù tan tsin
Chau tuk,‘shui pít> <sín st‘au
shi² lap: maty kín², í swai
óm² hò² syéung sshün hón'
kín' pín?cchi ts'ín chi’,
sí kwo'sHòctan.
số
í kwó) Hò ctan tstin Chau
yau tờ Tái shò stau choi
ch'ü' yau U st'au ‹shik₂,
yik: íú’tuk, shui sín shang
shi lap mat, kín swai hờ,
sí pín² ci kwó’shiky Chau
sya.
Kwó' slíú shik, 'hau, sts'oi
to' Wóng 'pò pók, 'wan
S
sshun chik. Tái ‘shui fóng
snang slí sshün, wóng kók,
kwan hau pò' ¿ming, shó
kwók, sshin chiks tsun' 'hau
mau² yikɔ.
sShin tsun’íú pò, ewán
pók: yat, ? yatz, pit: Syau 'áp,
sshun kún string tờ áp,
léung pínts'ong 'hau;
tsz nái hoi ckwán chái
yik, 'tsung tuk› ‹ts'oi ‹kún
'tang 1.
Hau² sshin ting² líú pò
<shéung tung sz", fóng
snang (hí fo’.
in consequence of illegal freight, the pilot who conducted her in will be endangered because
he did not inform the officers at the Bogue.
9. These persons, or some others in their stead, are required by the regulations of the port
to join the vessel with the pilot, when he comes off from the port at the Bogue. They are
SECT. 3.]
223
REGULATIONS RESPECTING PILOTS.
11. When the cargo is
unloaded, a return one re-
ceived on board, and the
ship in readiness for sailing,
the security merchants must
send a petition to the govern
ment requesting two pass-
ports; which on their being
issued, the security mer-
chant must receive and
deliver to the master of the
vessel, who receives them.
12. Afterwards, when the
ship is ready for sea, the
pilot ought to repair on board
and conduct her out of port;
having passed the Second
Bar, and reached the fort
at the Bogue, he again goes
on shore and presents the
passport for examination,
after which she is allowed
to proceed.
13. The ship having now
passed the Bogue, and ar-
rived off Lintin, or perhaps
off Cabreta Point, the pilot
leaves her, while she under
full sail returns to her own
country.
倘​起​完​貨​復​落
​滿​貨船​將​開​行
​保​商​則​先​具​禀
​請​發​紅牌​二​張
​其​牌​發出​保​商
​必​交​與​船主​收
​轨
​帶​水​俟​船​開​身
​回國​仍​引​船​出
​口​一​路過​蠔​墊
​到​虎​門口​帶​水
​亦呈​驕​紅牌​然
​後​放行
​旣​出​虎門​到​伧
​仃​或​鷄​頸帶​水
​返​然後​揚帆​回
​國​也
​E
"T'óng hí sün fó' fuk, lók,
mún fó, sshin tséung choi
shang, 'pó shéung tsak› ‹sín.
kü' 'pan 'ts'ing fát› shung
sp'ái í <chéung; sk'í spái
fát, ch'ut›, 'pò ‹shéung pít›
cháu su sshin chi shau
chap..
Tải shui tsz” shin choi
shan súi kwok, sying ‘yan
<shün ch'ut 'hau; yat, lo²
kwó' Hò tan tó' Fú smún
hau, tái ‘shui yik, sching
ím chung phái sín hau
fóng shang.
K?
tờ
KP ch'ut, 'Fú smún to'
Ling ting, wák, Kai 'king,
shui fán, ín hau'
táï
syéung sfán cúi kwok, yá.
called hoppo boats by foreigners, and usually remain attached to the stern of the vessel dur-
ing the whole time she lies at Whampoa.
11. One of these "two passports" allows the vessel to pass the Bogue, at which place it is
left by the pilot; the other is to be retained by the captain; and, in case of his being driven
by stress of weather to any other part of the Chinese coast, it will secure for his ship admit-
tance into the port, and if need be serve as a warrant for the local authorities "to refit the
ship" and "bestow food and raiment on the sufferers," from the public money. This is "an
everlasting law," established by the emperor Kínlung, A. D. 1737. This passport is known
by the name of the grand chop, and according to law, cannot be given to the captain until
all the duties on the cargo, the measurement fee and other port charges, and every demand
made by the government, are fairly settled. The system by which the trade is conducted af-
fords every facility for unloading and loading a cargo, and when it is prosecuted without
interruption, there are few ports where greater dispatch can be made than at Canton.
•
12. The same pilot who conducts the ship into the river is on the lookout to ascertain when
she is ready for sea, and always carries her out of the river; this is well understood among
the pilots, because when a ship obtains an entrance passport, the fees for her pilotage both
in and out are paid to the officers by the pilot who conducts her in.
224
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
Section Fourth.
DIFFERENT KINDS OF TEAS.
茶葉​類​第四​章
​Ch'á ípa lui; tai sz" <chéung,
1. From whence is the tea
leaf obtained?
Much comes from the
Mòí (Bohea) hills in Fuk-
kín; and also from the pro-
vince of O'nfai, and Wóp'ing
[in Kwongtung]; but there
are not more than two ge-
neral names, the black tea,
and the green tea.
2. From whence are the
black teas brought?
The greater part comes
from the Bohea hills.
3. How many different
names are there?
茶葉​出​在​邊​處
​嚟​嘅​呢
​福建​武​彛​嘅​多
​安徽​和平​都有
​但​係​總​名​不過
​兩個​啫​一名​票
​名​黑
​茶​一名​綠茶
​邊​處​出​黑茶​呢
​出於​武​彞​嘅​多
​有​幾多​名目​呢
​Ch‘á íp chut, tsoi pín
ch‘islai ké ní?
Fuk, kín², Mò sí, ké' tó;
On fai,sWó sping, tò
Syau; tán hai tsung sming
>
pat, kwó léung kó ché;
yat› ming hak› ‹ch'á, yat›
sming luk sch'á.
Pín ch'ü' ch'ut, hak, ch'á
‹ní?
Ch'ut, cu Mò sí ké' ‹tó.
'Yau 'kító ming muk, ní?
Notes and Explanations.
THE object of this section is to give a brief account of the principal varieties of teas, with
some notices of their cultivation, the manner of curing the leaf, packing, and transporting it to
Canton. The importance of this export demands for it a more extended notice than other
articles found in this market.
1. The botanical name for tea is Thea, and it is intimately allied to the genus Camellia,
both of which are called by the same general name of ch'á among the Chinese. The flowers of
tea are inodorous, less showy than the Camellia, and the plant is seldom cultivated merely
for ornament, while its congener is one of the favorite plants of gardeners at home and abroad.
The Bohea hills, which name has been introduced into the English through the Fukkín
pronunciation of Bú-í, are in lat. 27° 47′ N., and long. 118° 17′ E., bordering on the two
provinces of Fukkín and Kóngsai. They include two ranges, one of which is called the Mò
hills, and the other the hills, and are situated in the department of Kinnang, and the dis-
trict of Tsungón, being a part of the chain of mountains which runs through the central
parts of the empire. The name given the hills is derived from two brothers, Mò and I, who
were sons of an ancient prince, and when he died refused to succeed him, but retired to settle
on these hills far from their patrimony, and built them a dwelling, which after their death.
was called the palace of Mòí. There is a temple to their memory, in which incense is burnt.
The circuit of the hills is 120 l, in all of which the tea is raised. A stream divides the hills,
the I' being on the north side, and the Mò on the south; and the tea from the former is con-
sidered the best, probably because of the southerly exposure given to the plants. There are
many villages among the hills where the cultivators and the proprietors of tea reside, but
the tea itself is for the most part brought for sale to the village of Singtsün, where are shops
and warehouses for exposing it, and where the purchasers come to examine and price the
different qualities.
SECT. 4.]
225
DIFFERENT KINDS OF TEA.
A great many; such as
'white hair,' or Pecco; 'very
fragrant,' or Orange Pecco;
'old man's eyebrows,' or Pec-
co; 'carnation hair,' or Infe-
rior Pecco; 'red plum [blos-
som],' or Hungmuey; 'nelum-
bium kernel ;' K
sparrow's
tongue;' 'fir-leaf pattern ;'
'dragon's pellet;' dragon's
whiskers;' 'small plant,' or
Souchong; folded plant,'
or Powchong;' working tea,'
or Congo; autumn dew;'
'pearl flower,' or Chulan;
'careful firing,' or Campoi;
and others, which are names
of black tea.
4. Where are the green
teas produced, and how many
kinds are there?
The greater part comes
from the province of O'nfai.
Their names are rains be-
fore,' or Young Hyson; 'plum
petals,' or Young Hyson;
flourish spring,' or Hyson;
'flourish skin,' or Old Hyson;
'T'ünk'ai tea,' or Twankay;
Tsungló tea,' or Sunglo;
'hemp pearl,' or Gunpowder;
'great pearl,' or Imperial;
pearl flower,' or Imperial;
'skin tea,' or Hyson Skin;
and others, all of which are
green teas.
5. How is the tea plant cul-
tivated in the Bohea hills?
•
有​好多​如​白
​毫​上​香君​眉​紫
​7
毫​紅​梅蓮子​心
​雀舌​松​製​龍​團
​# И A t e Œming le'.
工夫​秋​露​珠蘭
​揀​焙​等​就​係​黑
​茶​名​唎
​綠茶​出於​何處
​又有​幾​多名​呢
​多​出​安徽​其​名
​雨前​梅​片​熙春
​皮​屯溪​松蘿
​蔴​珠​大​珠珠​蘭
​皮​茶​等​是​綠
​茶​唎
​武​彛​山裏​茶點
​樣​種​呢
​$
Yau hò đó lá; su Pah,
sho, Shéung héung, Kwan
smí, 'Tsz' shò, ‹Hung ‹múi,
Lín 'tsz' <sam, Tséuk, shít,,
(
Tsung chai', Lung st'ün,
Lung ‹sü, 'Síú 'chung, Páu
'chung, Kung fú, ‹Tsau
lí, Chú lán, Hán púi,
>
'tang, tsau hai hak, ch'a
Luk, sch'á ch'ut, u shó
ch'ü', yau² ‘yau 'kító ming
ní?
Tó ch'ut› ‹Ón fai. ¿K'í
sming U sts'ín, ¿Múi p'ín²,
Hí ch'un, Hí spí, Tün
‹k'ai, ¿Tsung sló, ¿Má ‹chů,
Tái chu, Chü slán, Pí
sch'á, 'tang, tsik, shí' luk,
¿ch'á lé',
Mò í shán lí, ch'á tím
yéung chung ni?
3. There are many varieties of tea among the Chinese, for which there are no foreign
names, several of them being comprised under one general term; as for instance, the first
eleven kinds on this list, with the exception of Hungmuey, are all included under the two
designations of Pecco and Souchong. Many of the terms have some allusion to the shape
or color of the leaf, the mode of its preparation, or time of gathering. Pecco is made of the
opening leaf buds, while yet there is a white pubescence upon the leaf; Powchong is so call-
ed because it is wrapped in small parcels; "autumn dew" alludes to the time when it is
picked, in the latter part of the season, in the month of September; Chulan tea is brought to
market rolled up in little pellets, and is called chülán tea because the flowers of that name are
mixed up with the tea for a time to scent it; Congo is explained in No. 7, in this section.
The names of tea here printed in italics are the designations by which they are known to
foreigners, being in most cases corruptions of the Chinese names.
4. There are not as many varieties of green tea as of black, for it is used to a very limited
extent by the Chinese. "Rain before" refers to that tea which is gathered before the kuk ü
tsít, or “grain rain term," in the third month or April. Hyson and Old Hyson are gathered
after spring is well begun, and the leaves have attained some size and thickness; the latter is
the inferior portion of the former. Twankay and Sunglo are names of places where these
CHI. CHR. 57
226
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
[CHAP. VI.
During the vernal months
of the previous year, the
seeds of the tea are mixed up
with very wet sand in a care-
ful and thorough manner,
where they remain until the
sprout appears. After the
soaking rains of spring are
over, and the soil is soft and
plastic, then the seeds should
be planted with the shoot
pointing upward, after which
the tea will grow without
further care or watering; if
it receive the rain from heav-
en, it will certainly soon
become very exuberant. It is
important to examine the
soil, whether it be fertile
or not ; if it is rich, then, in
a year or upwards, the leaves
will be in a condition to
gather; but if the soil is
poor, two years or so must
elapse before the leaves can
be picked.
Q
In the next place we will
speak of the weather. If there
is too much rain, then the
leaves will become mildewed,
and broken, of a yellow color,
and not at all flourishing; if
the season is very dry, the
leaves will be few and small,
having many yellow ones
among them. But if the rains
fall equably, and after the
showers a bright sun appears,
then the leaves will be abun-
dant and flourishing as well
as thick; the flavor will be
fragrant, and the aroma also
of long continuance; the
leaf will be of a bright green
color, thick in texture, and
will roll up compactly and
上年​春​間​先將 ​Shéung² snín cch'un ckán,
sin ctséung sch'á ‘tsz’yung?
茶​子​用​沙​濕透
​和​勻​待​茶​子​發
​芽​後​春雨​淋漓
​地​土​泥濘​便將
​茶​子​種​下​其​芽
​向上​則​茶​自然
​發生​不用​澆淋
​得​天雨​定然​茂
​盛​但​看​其​土​厚
​薄地​厚​則​年​零
​便有​收成​如​地
​土​薄​則​必須​二
​年​後​纔能​有​茶
​探​摘
​其次​則​論​天時
​如​雨水​過多​其
​葉​則​霉爛​而​黃
​不​旺​若​天​大旱
​其​葉​則​稀少​而
​黄葉​多​但​雨水
​調和​於​大雨​後
​又有​太陽​則​其
​葉​繁盛​而​益​壯
​味​亦​香​而且​長
​cshá shap› tíau² w6 swan,
ngá.
toi' cha 'tsz' fát
Hau² ch'un u slam slí, tí
t'ò snai ning, pín² ctséung
sch'á 'tsz' chung² há², sk'í
sngá héung² sshéung; tsak,
sch'á tsz" sín fát, shang,
pat, yung? shíú slam; tak
ctín Süting? sín mau'shing2.
Tán' hon' sk'í td hau
póke; t? hau? tsak, snín
ling pín² śyau shau sshing;
si t² tsò poke, tsak, pít,
‹si í² nín hau², ‹tsoi nang
yau scha ‘tsoi chák).
t'ín
sKí ts'z”, tsak, lun²
sshí. U sü 'shui kwó' 'tó,
S
sk'í íp: tsak,smúi, lán², sí
swóng, pat, wóng'; yéukz
tin tái? hón², sk'í ip: tsak,
chí ‘síú, sí swóng ip: ctó.
Tán' si shui stíú swó, sü
tá? Sü hau², yau² Syau t'á?
syéung, tsak, sk'í ípe sfán
shing”, sứ yik, chóng; mí
yik, ‹héung, sí ‘ch'é ¿ch'éung,
:
varieties grow. Individual trees sometimes have particular names, and the tea from them is
very celebrated, either by reason of some association, or from its own good quality.
5. The mode of planting and growing the tea shrub may vary in different places, and the
account here given is intended to apply principally to the cultivation of black tea in the Bohea
hills. In planting, care is taken to insure at least a few shoots by putting several seeds
into the hole, as the greater part always prove abortive from their oily nature. The seeds of
SECT. 4.]
227
DIFFERENT KINDS OF TEA.
look large. Great care should
be exercised in selecting the
ground; that which is loamy
and damp is the best.
色​青葉​厚​條子
​結​而​壯大​然​以
​擇​地​為​要​肥​潤
​者​佳​也
​採摘​有乜​方法
​冇​呢
​採茶​之​法​最​要
​得​時​如​葉色​鮮
​明​長足​之​日​卽
​須​採摘​若​早​一
​日​則​葉​太嫩​而
​無味​無色​如​遲
​日​則​葉老​硬
​做​不成​條​色​味
​俱​不可
​gloomy, 又​天暗​而​作風
​雨​切不可​採摘
​須​待​天晴​氣爽
​方可​動手​是以
​種​則​宜​取​地利
​採​亦宜​察​天時
​也​然​採​時​觀​其
​葉​之多​後​定​數
​6. Are there any particu-
lar rules for picking the leaf?
In picking tea, the most
important rule to be observ-
ed is to do it in the proper
time; when the leaf has a
fresh, bright appearance and
is fully matured, then it must
be gathered. For if only one
day too early, then the leaf
will be very soft, and the
decoction destitute of a good
taste or color; and if one
day too late, then the leaf
will become old and hard,
cannot be rolled compactly,
and will be inferior in both
taste and color.
If the weather is gloomy,
and it threatens to blow or
rain, then the leaves cer-
tainly cannot be gathered,
but all must wait till the sky
is clear and the weather fair,
when the people can begin
to work. As in planting, it is
desirable to select a fruitful
soil, so in picking the leaf,
to choose good weather is
important. When the time
to gather has come, first esti-
mate the quantity of leaves,
+
and then engage a propor-
tionate number of workmen,
shik› ‹ts'ing, íp½ hau², sť'íú
‘tsz’ kít, sĩ chống tái. In
sí chák, tí²¿wai íú'; fí yan'
'ché kai ¹yá.
"Ts'oi chák, 'yau mat› ‹fóng
fát, mò ‹ní?
“Tsoi cha chí fát, tsui
íú tak› ‹shí; ‹ü íp, shik›
sín ming chéungtsuk, chí
yat, tsik› ‹sü 'ts'oi chák¸.
Yéuk, 'tsò yat, yat, tsak› íp,
tái nün, sứ mà mí, smo
shik› ; ‹ü ‹ch'í yat, yatɔ, tsak›
íp lò ngáng”, ts) pat, sshing
st'íú, shik, mí² ‹k'ü pat› 'hó.
Yau² ‹t'ín om³, sí tsók› ‹fung
su, tsít, pat, hó ‘tsoi chák,
si toi tíns tsing hí ‘shóng,
óng chó tung shau. Shi
í chung² tsak› ‹í ‘ts'ü tí² lí²,
tsoi yik, sí chát, tín shí
·
Sya. In 'ts'oi shí, ‹kún
sh‘1 íp, chí có, hau ting
sho' yung yan, pat, k'ü
tea usually grow in a triangular capsule, having three partitions, each of which contains a
round seed of the size of a rifle bullet; there are sometimes only two seeds in a capsule-
In the Ankoi hills, the seeds are planted in the ground without any previous germination, and
three years elapse before any leaves can be picked; but this time is no doubt much shortened
when diligence in manuring, and richness of soil accelerate the growth of the plant. The soil
in those hills is very sandy and barren, and the tea shrubs are planted where nothing else will
grow, but this is not the case in the more extensive plantations at the Bohea hills, where the
cultivation of the plant is the principal occupation of the inhabitants. The best tea is, howev-
er, always produced on the sides of mountains where there can be but little accumulation of
vegetable mold, and where the soil is somewhat sandy.
}
228
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
either men or women; it is
of the highest importance
that the work be done quick-
ly, because the chosen day
and the proper time must be
improved on the instant.
用人​不拘​男女
​總​以​手快​者​為
​上​以其​赶​日​趑
​時​之​故
​Each workman can
on
每人​每日​約​採
​十餘​斤​每斤​工
​an average collect ten catties
of leaves per day, for which
he receives five or six cash
each catty. He should also
carry some dry provision
about his person, so that he
will not hinder the work
錢​五六​文​須帶
​乾糧​在​身​以免
​by going to and returning 往返​躭​擱​又​須
​[from his meals]. The work-
men must be directed not
吩咐​不​採​老葉
​與​太​嫩葉​此​採
​摘​之​大​畧​也
​摘​了​番​來​點​樣
​製造​呢
​After they are gathered 採摘​回來 ​F*
and housed, they are again
assorted in a careful manner;
all the yellow and broken
leaves are picked out, and
also those which are too old
or too young. [The good
leaves] are then spread very
thin upon bamboo trays, and
placed in the wind; for this
purpose wooden frames are
揀​過去​凈​黃​爛
​過​老​過​嫩​等​葉
​然後​用​竹​窩​裝
​載​攤薄​放​於​當
​風下​再​用木​架
​used, upon each of which ten
子​每​架​晾​十餘
​to pick the old leaves, nor
those which are very soft.
These are the most impor-
tant particulars regarding the
picking of the leaves.
7. When the leaves are
picked and brought home,
how are they cured?
or more trays can be aired.
There they are left until the
nám ni; 'tsung í 'shau
fái ché' swai shéung, í skí
hón yat, chan sshí chí
kú'.
Múi syan múi yat, yéuk.
ts'oi shapesu kan, múi
{"
kan kung ts'ín ng luk,
sman. Sü tai kón léung
tsoi shan, í mín 'wong
fán tám kók,. Yau² sii
fan fú pat, ts‘oi là íp,
u tái nün íp. “Tsz
ts'oi chák chi tái léuk ?
1
sya.
Ό
Chák, ú fán loi, tím
yéung' chai' ts'd' ‹ní?
Tsoi chák, súi sloi, tsoi
tséung 'kán kwó' h'ü' tsing²
swóng, lán, kwó' ld, kw6'
nün', 'tang ip. In hau,
yong
yung chuk, wó chóng tsoi
t'an pók, fong' tóng
fung há'; tsoi yung muk
ka tsz, múi ká lóng
shap, i w6. Long' chi'
6. Inferior tea is frequently gathered by clipping off the small twigs with shears, but the
usual mode is to pick the leaves by hand, the finer sorts in a very careful manner, and put
them into bamboo trays or shallow baskets. The constant practice of depriving the plant of
its natural dress stunts it, and after a few years it is cut down to produce a new growth of
branches. The shrubs are also, either through the carelessness of the cultivators, or from the
leanness of the soil, after a few years, covered with lichens which dry up their juices, and
shorten their lives. The leaves grow very thickly upon the shrub, but the produce of single
plants seldom exceeds two catties, and the quantity commonly gathered is from eight taels to
a catty. There are there pickings in a season; the first, in which the delicate leaf buds are
collected, is in Ts'ingming term, during the middle of the third month, or the first part
of April; the second is at the end of the fourth, and beginning of the fifth month, and is
technically called the í ch'un or second spring; the third, by which time the leaves become
thick and coarse, is at the end of the fifth, and beginning of the sixth month, and is called
sám ch'un or third spring.
SECT. 4.]
229
DIFFERENT KINDS OF TEA.
leaves begin to be rather
soft; and then, while lying
on the tray, they are gently
rolled and rubbed, until red
spots begin to appear, when
they are ready. They are
then tested by pouring hot
water upon them, when the
edge of the leaf becomes
yellow. In doing this part,
they must all be equably and
frequently rubbed, for which
reason the tea is called [Con-
go or] workman's tea.
After the leaves are well
rolled, they are put into an
iron pan to roast, in doing
which it is important to ob-
serve certain rules. When
the pan has become redhot,
a handful of leaves are scat-
tered on it, and the work-
man waits till the leaves are
popped alike, when they are
hastily taken out at once,
for if there is any delay they
may be reduced to a cinder.
After this, the color and fla-
vor [of the decoction] are test-
ed, which are all the rules
to be observed at this stage.
The next operation is to
prepare a fire for drying the
窩​晾​至​其​葉
​軟便​在​窩裏​細
​挪​細​擦擦​至
​起​紅​點​為​度​其
​後​泡水​起​金邊
​者​其​造​法​在於
​手​勻​多​擦​名​日
​工夫​此​意​也
​挪​好​時​放​於​鐵
​鍋中​炒​要​得法
​燒紅​鑊​取​茶
​把​撒​在​鑊​內​待
​其​每粒​爆​勻​快
​手​一​撈​齊齊​取
​上​遲​恐​成​炭​後
​之​色​味​盡​於此
​時​得法​以後​便
​發​焙​籠​之​火​則
​sk'í íp, yat, 'ün; pín² tsoi¹
«wó lí sai nó, sai chát,
mờ chát, chỉ hí shung
‘tím ¿wai tò². ¿K‘í hau² p‘áu'
'shui 'hí kam ‹pín 'ché. Kí
ts'ò' fát, tsoi' u 'shau wan
tó chát, ming üt, Kung
fú; tsik› 'ts'z'í' ¡yá.
sNó hò shi fong k thít, vô
chung 'ch'áu íú' tak, fát.
Shíú hung wók, 'ts'ü ch'a
yat, pá, sát, tsoi wok noi,
toi' skí múi nap, páu' ‹wan,
fái' 'shau yatɔ lau, ts'ai
sts'ai 'ts'u shéung; ch'i,
hung sshing táu. Hai chí
2
shik, mí² tsun' i 'ts'z'shi
tak, fát›. 'I′ hau² pín² fát,
púi dung chí fo, sai,
7. The curing performed at the hills is not repeated, unless the tea becomes damaged during
its passage to Canton. The operation of roasting the leaves is attended with some incon-
venience to the workman by reason of a yellowish, acrid fluid which exudes from the leaves,
and irritates the hands. Pecco and other fine kinds are not roasted on hot pans, but
after having been dried in the wind are placed over the fire in bamboo drying baskets,
after which they are carefully packed in leaden canisters for exportation. The leaves
which are to be made into Hungmuey are placed under cover for two or three days,
until they begin to corrupt, after which they are dried in the sun and cured thoroughly.
All tea is packed in boxes or canisters as soon as it is cured, the common kinds in large
chests, and the fine sorts in leaden canisters. On its arrival in Canton, it is if required,
often repacked in boxes and canisters of different sizes, which are always lined with
lead. It is probable that the principal varieties of black or green tea are owing chiefly
to the age of the leaf, while subordinate kinds are made by different processes in
manufacturing. After the tea has been roasted, it is examined to see if there are any
leaves without the yellow edge and red spots, and that have not burst, and they are
taken out. Before being placed in the drying baskets, the roasted tea is aired for an
hour; and particular care is taken that there be no smoke while drying.
There is is a slight difference in the shape of the leaf of green and black tea, but the prin-
cipal cause of their diversity is owing to the different modes of curing them; in making green
tea a gentle fire is used, and they are simply dried; but the leaves of black tea are roasted
CHI. CHR.
58
230
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
[CHAP. VI.
leaves, for which the most
compact charcoal is used;
when it has become tho-
roughly ignited, and there
is no smoke, it is covered
over with ashes, and the
basket placed upon the fire
to dry the leaves. About ten
catties are dried
at once,
for there must not be too
many, lest the fire should
not dry them equally. While
drying they are unceasingly
stirred and turned over by the
hand, in order that the tea
may be all alike dried; when
dried sufficiently, it is im-
mediately packed in boxes.
8. How is the quality of
the tea tested?
A quantity of spring water
is boiled in an earthen pot
and poured upon it; if the
water is not boiling hot, the
leaves will float, and the
color and flavor will not be
well developed. Having got
boiling water, then put the
leaves into a covered cup,
and pour the water upon
them, when the flavor and
color will both appear. In
the best qualities of tea,
the taste is aromatous and
oily, and a clear yet strong
fluid is in the cup. The
inferior sorts are known by
用​堅​炭燒​透​無
​PHIE DÂY KÉO XE THUÊ | yung kín tán; shíu tau
smd ín, yung 'fó fúi koi'
烟​用​火​灭​盖​火
​則​放​籠​下​焙​以
​十斤​為​度​不下
​'fo; tsak fong' slung há
púi². I shape kan swai
tờ, pat, hó tái đó; tó
tsak, 'fo shik, pát, swan.
Tsak, pat, sting í 'shau 'káu
‹fán, ling² sk'í ¿ch'á ‘fó shik,
swan tau; chí fó tsuk
tsik, kón chóng séung.
太多​多​則​火​色
​不勻​則​不停​以
​手​攪​翻​令其​茶
​火​色​勻​透​至​火
​足印​赶​裝箱
​試​茶​又​點​樣​呢
​則​用​瓦煲​煎​滚
​山​水泡​之​若水
​未​滚​茶葉​必​浮
​味​色​皆​不出​若
​滚​的​將​茶​放​盖
​盅​内​泡​起​味​色
​皆​現​如上​等​者
​味​色​香滑​清​中
​帶​濃​下​等​者​香
​Shí ch'a yau² 'tím yéung'
<ní?
Tsak, yung ngá ‹pò, ‹tsín
'kw'an shán 'shui p'áu'
chí; yéuk, shuimí kwan,
sch'á íp, pít, sfau, mí² shiks
chái pat ch'ut>. Yéuk,
'kw'an tik>, <tséung sch'á
fóng koi chung noi, phát
'hí mí² shik, kái ín². U
shéung tang ‘ché, mí
shik, héung wát, cts'ing
chung tại syung. Há
'tang 'ché, héung pít, 'yé,
on a hot iron until they pop, after which they are again dried, and these processes make the
leaves black. The Chinese say that green tea can be made into black by roasting and cur
ing it until it becomes black; but black cannot be made into green, because it is already of a
dark color and cannot be changed. Fresh and tender leaves are roasted by a gentle fire, old
and thick ones by a fervid heat. Ten things are to be observed in inspecting green tea the
leaf must be green and glabrous; it must be rolled firmly; all the twigs must be separated
from the leaves; the texture of the leaf must be thick; no dirt or sticks in it; it must be well
roasted; taste of the decoction aromatous; and the liquid clear, without a muddy appearance,
which is the most important particular; and it must have an oily taste; leaf of a uniform
color. It is also said that in good tea no pellicle floats upon the top of the infusion.
&
8. It is well known that the Chinese drink the simple decoction of tea without any addition
and pour off the infusion almost immediately after the boiling water has been poured on. They
also frequently drink the tea from off the leaves; a cup is provided with a cover that fits
rather closely, and boiling water is poured upon a few leaves at the bottom, when the cover is
immediately placed upon it until ready to drink. There are are also other plants used for tea
by the poor Chinese; the leaves of one or two species of Camellia are sometimes employed,
for this purpose in districts where they are abundant, but these and all other plants are con-
sidered as poor substitutes for the true tea by the natives themselves.
SECT. 4.]
231
DIFFERENT KINDS OF TEA.
an unpleasant smell, and a
weak decoction. The leaves,
which, when in the water, un-
roll without tearing, are the
best. The other rules need
not be detailed minutely;
but those persons who are
skillful in testing teas, judge
盡​述​惟​善​觀者
​according to the current price 量​時​度​價​而已
​and demand in settling the
value, for there is no fixed
rule for examining.
9. Are teas also produced
in the province of Canton?
不可以​一律​觀
​至於​粵東​有​茶
​出​唔​呢
​亦有​總​係​不甚
​多​惟​幾處​地方
​有種​皆以​此地
​之​名為​名​如​大
​石​古​勞​清遠​和
​afford green tea. There is
the Hungkam tea, so named
They are, but the whole
amount is not much; and
those places where they are
grown all give their names
to the teas produced there.
The places which produce.
the most black tea are Stony
Kúlò, and the districts of
Ts'ingün, and
and Wóp'ing.
[The district of] Hókshan,
Hónám, and Sámtóchuk [in 平​俱​是以​製​票
​the district of Wóp'ing], are
the principal places which
必​野​清​必​寡​以
​沉​水​葉​放​不​爛
​者​為佳​餘​法​未
​10. What distance in miles
is the length of the road [by
which the tea comes]?
清​以​山​製​雄
​茶​又​鶴山​河南
​三多​竹製​為​綠
​because it grows partly in
Námhung [in Kwóngtung], 茶​又有​雄​贛​因
​and partly in Kam chau [in
Kóngsai]. The Shamk'ai is
produced in Kwóngsai, and
the O'nk'ai (Ankoi), in Fuk-
kín, province; but of the
varieties in the other provin-
ces, it is unnecessary to
speak minutely.
南雄​州​界​地
​所​產​故​也​又​岑
​溪​乃​廣西​茶​也
​又​安溪​福建​茶
​也​别​省​皆有​未
​便​盡​述
​沿途​路程​幾多
​里​呢
​ctsling pít,kwá.í sch'am
shui íp2, fóng pat, lán?
ché, swai ckai. SU fát›
m? tsun?shutz; swai shín?
ckún ‘ché, léung² sshí, tókz
ká’, sí ‘í; pat, hó í yat,
lat: ckún.
Ch' cü üt ctung Syau schta
ch'ut, s'm ní?
Yike Syau, ‘ts'ung hai? pat,
sham² ‹tó; swai 'kí ch'ü'
tí fóng yau chung, kái
í ‘ts'z't?cchí sming, swai
sming. sU Tái shik Kú
slò, ‹Ts'ing ‘ün, sWó sp'ing,
k'ü shí'í chai' hak, schá.
Yau² Hók₂ ‹shán, ¿Hó nám,
Sam ctó chuk), chai'swai
luke sch'á. Yau? fyau Hung
kam', yan Nám shung,
Kam' chau, kái tí² shó
chán, kú? syá. Yau² sSham
kai, nái Kwóng sai chá
[yá; yau² On ck'ai, Fuk
kín' sch'á syá; pít, sháng
hái yau, mí pín tsun
shutą.
sÜn st'ò ld² sching ‘kí ‹tó
líní?
9. Both black and green tea are produced in this province, but the quantity is not so great
as in Fukkín and Onfai. The tea plant is found in every province of China, but it is
not cultivated for exportation in all of them. The Tartars and other races living on the north
and west of China procure their supplies from the western provinces, and it forms an article
of trade between Wannám and Burmah. There is a form of tea used by the Tartars called
brick tea, which is made by softening the leaves and small twigs with boiling water, and then
pressing them into large flat cakes resembling tiles.
232
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
From the provincial city of
Kwongtung to the Moi hills
in Fukkín is reckoned up-
wards of two thousand, eight
hundred and eighty (or
lí
about 900 miles). [From
Canton] to Súchau fú in
the province of Kóngsú, is
reckoned upwards of three
thousand, five hundred and
eighty-one lí (or about 1200
English miles).
由​廣東​省城​至
​福建​武​彛​山​計
​程​二千​八百​八
​十五​里​至​江蘇
​蘇州​府​計​程​三
​千​五百​八十​有
​·里
​沿途​關​津​稅​餉
​點​樣​報​呢
​A report is first written,
stating definitely from whence
先​寫​一​禀​書​明
​the supercargo [of the tea] 何處​人氏​某​名
​has come, what his name is,
how many chests of tea he
has with him transporting
to Canton to be sold there ;
aud requesting the favor of
being examined, that the
cargo may pass. After the
隨帶​茶葉​若干
​箱​運​回​東​販
​duty is paid at the pass, the
whole is allowed to proceed.
賣​悲​恩​查​放
​行​之​意​納​過關
​稅後​能​裝​回
​茶​到​省​點​樣​發
​賣​别​國​呢
​此​係​歸​洋​商​分
​辨​各​舖​戶​不能
​濫​辨​出口​耳
​此​則​種​探​製販
​茶​之​大​情形
​乃​本​乎​此
​11. How are the duties
collected at the various pass-
es on the road hither.
12. When the tea reaches
Canton, how is it sold to
go abroad?
s commodity is all
carried to the hong mer-
chants who manage it among
them, for other shops are
not permitted to receive and
send it out of the port.
Such are the general par-
ticulars concerning the plant-
ing, picking, curing, and sell-
ing of teas.
sYau Kwóng tung sháng
sshing chP Fuk> kín', ‘Mö
sí shán, kai sching 2 tsín,
pát› pák›, pát› shap, "ng 'lí.
Chi Kóng sú, cSú chau
fú,kar sching csám ctsín,
Sng páks, pát, shape ‘yau
yat, lí,
Un vò kwán tsun shui
‘héung, ‘tím yéung² pò? ní?
‘sé yat, ‘pan, shi
Sía
sming shé chi' syan shiË,
‘mau sming, stsui tai' sch'a
ip yéuk, kón sung, wán
súi Utz ctung fán² már;
han yan chá ím fong
chang chí 1. Nap, kwo
kwó
kwán shu? hau? mang
chóng súi.
2
Ch'á tờ ‘sháng, ‘tím yéung
fat, mai? pít, kwok, cuí?
Ts'z' hai? ckwai syéung
shéung fan pán²; kók, p'ò'
ú? pat, snang lám² pán?
ch'ut, bau í.
"Ts'z' tsak chung', 'ts'oi,
chai, fáu, chá chi tái
léuke, stsing sying 'nái pún
sú 'ts'z'.
10. Many streams have their sources in the Bohea hills, a part of which flow to the north-
west, emptying themselves into the lakes of Kóngsai. The tea is carried down these
streams into the lakes, and then passing around enter the river Kam, a large stream that
drains the southwestern parts of Kóngsai, which is ascended as far as the water will permit.
The tea is then taken out of the batteaux and carried by porters across the Múi ling, à chain
of mountains which lie in the northern part of Kwongtung, and reshipped on the river Chii,
by which it raches Canton. The green tea is brought down to the lakes of Kóngsai by water
carriage, from whence its route is the same as the black.
SECT. 5.]
233
DIALOGUE ON BUYING WOOLENS.
I
Section Fifth.
DIALOGUE ON BUYING WOOLENS.
買賣​疋​頭​問答 ​第 ​五 ​章
​Mái mái pat, tau man táp; tái, ng chéung.
1. Are you well, Sir?
I am well;-and you, are
you well?
2. Well! If you only say
so, I'm well.
What business have you
to-day?
3. I have come to call on
you to-day to see if you will
patronize me or not.
In what way patronize
you? Let me know, if you
please.
4. I have come to request,
that you will be good enough
to give me the different
colors of your woolens; I
wish, at the same time to
inquire of you, if any new
goods have arrived; for if
so, then I will invite some
大好​好好
​大班​好​吖
​好​咯
​你好
​你​話​過​就
​你​今日​有​乜事
​幹​呢
​我​今日​嚟​探​你
​睇​你​有​帮襯
​我​冇
​點​樣​帮襯​你​呢
​你​話​我​知​电
​我​就​係​嚟​請​你
​俾​個​的​大​呢​嘅
​花色​過​我​乘機
​問​你​有乜​新​貨
​Tái pán, hò cá?
Hò! Ní hồ cá ?
'Hò! Ní w?? kwć', taka
hò lok.
Nickam yata you matɔ szl
kón' ní?
Ngô cham yat dai tản
sui, tai ní yau mat pung
ch'an ‘ngó mò.
Tím yéung pong chian'
'ní ‹ní? Ni wá ngó chi do.
>
Ngó tsau hai sai tsing
‘mí pí ko tik, tái cui đi
fá shik, kwo' ngo; shing
ki man ni yau mat san
Notes and Explanations.
VERY much of the business of buying and selling in Canton is effected through the agency
of native brokers, called kingki yan. This section is designed to show, together with the
names of woolen goods, the manner and phraseology in which conversation is sometimes
carried on between these brokers and foreign merchants. Mái mái means buying and selling;
p'at t'au is a general term for woolens; and man táp are question and answer, or dialogue.
1. The broker commences the dialogue by addressing his foreign friend with the compel-
lative táipán, used as a terin of respect by the Chinese, when addressing, or speaking of,
foreigners. The term was formerly applied to the chief of the foreign factories, as it now is
to the respective principals of the commercial houses in Canton.
3. Póng ch'an conveys the idea of assisting a merchant, or person of any pursuit, by giving
bim business or employment, and hence its meaning, patronage or to patronize.
4. Tái ní are the common broadcloths, the various colors of which are spoken of collect-
ively under the term fá-shik, 'flower-colors.' Síú ní is the narrow description of woolens,
used in opposition to the tái ní or broad kind.
CHI. CHR.
59
234
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
merchants to come and
purchase, who will give a
good price for your goods,
so that I may secure a little
profit for myself: thus it will
be for our mutual advantage.
到​冇​等​我​呌​人
​客​嚟​買​出​多​的
​價​俾​你​等​我​又
​聽​的​用​錢​咁​都
​好吃
​好​我​有​大​呢
​二百​疋
​係​乜野​呀
​係​公司​大​呢
​俾​我​睇​吓​呵​嗾
​吔​呢​的​貨​吩​得
​齊​唔係​公司​貨
​怕​係​船主​貨
​唔係​貨​都​係​好
​貨​總​係​裝​頭​爭
​的​啫
​身分​又​唔好​又
​薄​又​冇​毛
​幾​假​膩​你​想買
​平​貨​所以​就​話
​我​的​貨​唔好​之
​they 掣​倒​你​舖頭​賣
​個​陣​時​你​就​話
​好​嘅​之​哩
​Very well! I have here
two hundred pieces of wool-
eis
5. What kind of goods
are they?
They are Company's wool-
ens.
G. Let me see them, will
vou? Lackaday! these are
very poor goods indeed.
Surely they cannot be Com-
pany's woolens; I fear they
are goods of a second quality.
Not so, they are really
very nice goods, only the
mode of packing is not
quite what it ought to be.
7. The body of the article
is poor; it is thin; it has
no nap upon it.
You quite mistake, Sir!
Wishing to buy cheap, you
undertake to say that my
goods are bad; but if the
same goods were only for
sale in your own shop, then
you would declare that they
were nmost excellent.
fó tờ mò; ‘tang ngó kíứ
yan hát, sai mái, ch‘ut,
ctó tik) ká? ‘pí shí, ‘tang
ngó yau chán tik, yung
ctsín; kóm tò lò cá ?
Hò hế!‘ngó yau tái ní
í² pák› p‘at›.
Hai² mat, Syé 我​?
Hai Kung sz’ tái shí.
Pí ngó tai há có ? Ái
Syń! ní tik, fo’‘yai tak,
tsa². ?M hai? (Kung sz'
S
fó'; p'á' hai' shün 'chü
fó'.
'M hai', fo' <tò hai² hò fó',
tsung hai chóng stau
<chang tik› ‹ché.
Shan fan yau sớm hò;
yau?pÓk, yau² smd smò.
Kí ‘ká né. Ní ‘séung mái
sp'ing fo’, 'sho í tsau² wá?
fo
ngó tik, f sm hồ chí;
«chai tò ní phờ st'au mái,
kó chan² sshí, 'ní tsau² wá?
hò ké chí lớ.
5. These broadcloths are styled Company's by the Chinese from the fact of their having
been first, and for a long time, imported by the English E. I. Company.
6. Shün chü f6, shipmaster's cargo, denotes a second quality of broadcloths, such hav-
ing been formerly imported by the masters of the Company's ships. Yai tak tsai designates
very poor and worthless commodities.
7. Ki ká, several falsities, is a way of telling another that he is mistaken. The phrase kó
chan shi or ní chan shí is used to denote that instant or this instant, always intending a very
short space of time.
SECT. 5.]
235
DIALOGUE ON BUYING WOOLENS.
8. No such thing; you
and I are old acquaintances;
surely you cannot suppose
that I would impose on you.
I do not know what your
intentions are; neither do I
pretend to control you. In
a word, if you know how
to buy, I also know how
to sell; I am an old resident
in Canton, and if you think
you can take me in, that's
not quite so easy, I'd have
you know.
9. Well, well, Sir, let us
no more of this idle
have no more
talk.
Tell me truly, now,
how much money you want
a yard for this article?
The true and real price
is one dollar and thirty-five
cents, besides the duty.
-
Well, if you talk in this
manner, pray tell me what
you will give ?
唔係​咁​話​你​我
​都​係​老​相與​唔
​通​重​噤​你​吼
​我​唔知​你​點心
​事​我​不管​你​總
​係​你​會​買​我​亦
​會​賣​我​係​老​廣
​東​你​想​噤​我​亦
​唔得​咁​容易​實
​在​話​你​知​可
​好
​好​咪​講
​閒話​實在​你
​要​幾多​銀​一​碼
​呢
​10. It does not sell
at
唔​賣得​咁​價​而
​so high a rate; the current
price is by no means so high 家​冇​咁​行情
​as this.
咁​話​你​俾​乜野
​價​呢
​11. Just now the local
price, at which the article
is selling, is one dollar and
a half; from this you must
discount three per cent.; and
you must also take away
the duty, twenty-five cents
per yard, with the consoo
實價​一個​三​毫
​半​另​餉
​現在​本地​價​賣
​得​個​半​要​九七
​扣​又要​除​餉
​毫​牛​又​除​行​用
​每​疋​一​咬​算起
​charge of one dollar per
piece. Summing up the
whole, the very utmost I can 嚟​至多​俾​你
​'M hai? kóm wá², Śní éngú
<td hai² slò cséung Si; s’m
t'ung chung' t'am' ní mé.
*Ngó s’m chí ní “tím «sam
sz”, ngó pat kún ní.
“Tsung hai ní súi mái, ‘ngó
yik, súi mái; ngó hai dò
'Kwóng tung, Sní 'séung
tam” ngó, yik, sm tak,
kóm' syung 12, shat, tsoi² wá
ní chí có.
Hò lá,hò lá, mai hóng
shán wá lá. Shat, tsoi' ní
íú' 'kí ‹tó 、ngan yat, má
cní?
Shat, ká' yat, kó' ‹sám shờ
pún', ling? (héung.
'M máil tak, kóm ká’; sí
cká Śmò kóm'shóng ststing.
Kóm wá², Śní pí mat, Syé
kání?
In² tso? pún t? ká’má?
tak, kó’pún';íú’(kau ts'at,
k‘au’;yau? 1ú’schii (héung
? chù pún'; yau² schi shóng
yung², ‘múi p'at, yat, man.
Sun hí sai chỉ có pí
8. T'am is a local term, used commonly in conversation, having the meaning conveyed by
the terms, impose on, take in, deceive, &c. Foreigners who have resided in the country for a
long time, are called to Kwongtung by the people, a phrase which is sometimes translated
' an old Cantoner."
""
t
236
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
give you, is one dollar and
sixteen cents, to be paid in
ready money.
That's too bad! I can
never lose so much.
12. All kinds of woolen
goods, which are imported,
are selling below their prime
cost.
As for losing money on
goods, if it is only a few
per cent., it is of no great
importance; but when you
want me to lose twenty or
thirty per cent., how can I
ever do that ?
13. Well, then, since we
cannot fix on any price for
this article, let us talk about
some other. Have you any
fine broadcloth on hand?
No, I brought some two
years ago, but your people
here would not pay what it
cost me, and I suffered a loss
on it, and therefore I have
never brought any more since
that time; and moreover, the
amount consumed here is
very small indeed.
14. Alas, what a pity!
Why, only the day before.
yesterday, Mr. So-and-so
sold upwards of a hundred
pieces, at four dollars per
yard, including duty,-so
good is the price at which
this article is now sold.
What kind of stuff was
it?
Śní yat, kó' yat, shò luke,
hai² káu ín² ngan.
個​一毫​六​係​交
​現​銀
​嚡​唔得​咁​多
​個​的​來路​疋​頭
​所有​都要​的
​本​號
​係​飭​飭​厘
​就​唔​相干​你​要
​我​二三​分錢
​點​做得​呢
​崿​呢​宗​唔​講得 ​Óní tsung 'm kóng tak,
ngán, yau hóng pít
yéung². <Ní yau í chéuk
tái shí yau mò né ?
啱​又​講​别樣​你
​有​衣着​大​呢​有
​冇​膩
​冇​先​兩年​我​都
​帶​嚟​總​係​你​的
​本地人​唔​出​得
​價​要​本​所以
​總​唔​帶​嚟​况且
​又唔​消​得​幾多
​唉​吔​可惜​美​士
​某某​大​前日​賣
​個​一百​幾​疋​四
​個​銀錢​連​餉​阼
​而​家​賣得​咁​好
​價
​黓​樣​嘅​貨​呀
​sHái! s’m shít, tak, kém
ctó.
Kó’tik, loi lò? p'at, st'au,
‘shó Syau ctò ú?shíty tik,
'pún lá,
Shity bail shíty; shíty kí di
tsáu² ?m cséung ckón; ‘ní
'm
C
íú' ngó shít, í² ‹sám ‹fau
sts'ín, 'tím tsờ² tak› ‹ní?
A
Md; sín léung snin éngó tù
ta’slai, ‘tsung hai? ní tik,
‘pún tí? syan sÖm ch'ut, tak
ká, íú' shít, pún, shó í
‘tsung 'm ta' slai; fóng'
'ch'é yau' 'm ‹síú tak, kí
S
stó.
cÁi ya, hó silk)!(Mí sze
Mau mau, tái sts'ín yat
mái ko' yat, pák, kí pat›,
sz” kósngan ststin, lin
héung chá; sí ká mát
; ‹ká
tak, kém? hò kể.
Tím yéung' ké' fo' a'?
13. Ngám and 6, and also hái in No. 11, above, are local terms; they are not always used
in precisely the same sense, nor is it possible to translate them in all cases by a single word.
SECT. 5.]
237
DIALOGUE ON BUYING WOOLENS.
又​唔係​頂​上衣
​着​係​冲​衣着​花
​袋​橫​開​裝​嘅
​你​知​係​包​仔​裝
​頭​備​1木箱​裝
​頭​呢
​係​木箱​裝​嘅​裡
​頭​有​馬口鐵​礶
​每箱​裝​十​疋
​而​家​邊​宗​貨​至
​好賣​呢
​而​家​至​好賣​係
​17. Just now the goods
highest in demand are the
habit cloths, with gold head-
ings; also those put up in
金​紙​頭​橫​開​月
​tillots, opening at the side. 亮​其​餘龍鳳​頭
​Those also with two dragons
on the tillot heads are very
都​好​總​係​個​的
​good. But those with double
wings [on the tillot heads], 雙翼​懶​梳粧​粉
​those loosely put up, white
ground tillot heads, elephants
and double I on the tillot
頭像​頭​雙工​字
​heads, plain tillots, and those
with eagle's heads, are all
sold with difficulty.
15. It was not of the first
quality superfine cloth, it
was only of the second
quality, in a flowered tillot,
that opened at the side.
Do you know whether it
was packed in bales, or
whether it was put up in
wooden boxes ?
16. It was put up in
wooden boxes, the inside of
which were lined with tin,
and ten pieces were packed
in each box.
Just now what kinds of
goods are in the highest de-
mand in the market?
Those narrow woolens,
324 inches wide (worleys),
how are they doing at pre-
sent ?
18. At present they com-
mand no price at all.
And coarse stuffs (such as
baize), how are they?
19. Nobody wants them.
素​袋​鷄頭​都​係
​惡​賣​的
​個​的​二尺​二​小
​呢​點​樣​呢
​而​家​冇​乜​價錢
​粗​嘅​呢
​冇​人​愛
​Yau²s'm hai? ting shéung:
í chéuk, hai² <chfung cá
chéuk), fá toi² swáng choi
chóng ké.
Ní chí hai páu ‘tsai chóng
st'au, p?hai? muke séung
chóng st au ní?
Hai muk, séung chóng
ké, lí t‘au yau má hau
tít, kún, múi séung chong
shap, p'at>.
số chá pín tsung fo chỉ
hò mái nó?
số cká chỉ hò mái hai cham
‘chí stau, wáng choi it,
léung². ‹K'í ‹ü dung fung²
st'au tò hò. Tsung hai
kó' tik› ‹shéung yik, lán
st'au,
shó chóng, fan
tséung²¿t'au, ‹shéung ‹kung
tsz”, sii' to², ckai st'au,
hai ok, mái tik.
Ko' tik, í ch'ik, í síú ni
tim yéung? cní?
Í ‹ká mò mat, ká' ¡istín.
Ts'ù ké ní?
Mò syan or
Attention to the manner and connection in which they are used will usually show their true
meaning.
17. What the Chinese, in this instance, call kai t'au, are fair pictures of an eagle's head,
and are consequently so put in the translation. The same style of giving misnomers occurs
in some other instances, such as where the picture of the lion's head is styled chü tau, a hog's
head. The character kung is used to denote that kind of cloth marked with a double I on the
tillots because. of the resemblance between the character and the letter, as the Chinese pre-
fer, in most cases, to describe the mark than to transfer it.
CHI. CHR. 60
238
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
1
:
At the present time what
is the best assortment of
colors for woolen goods?
20. The greater part should
consist of purple, mazarine,
scarlet, and black, for these
are the best; the other nix-
ed colors are sold at present
with great difficulty. You
ought to sort them, as they
nsed to be done, formerly,
in the times of the Company
-this would be the best plan
for you.
No doubt of it.
21. In reference to your
goods, I should like to know
how the custom-house officer
measured them for duty?
Why is it, now, that you
trouble me, by asking this
question?
C
22. It is not asked to
!rouble you, but because on
a former occasion I was
greatly taken in; not know-
ing beforehand that he ex-
amined and entered them as
being so very long [as he
did], I had consequently to
suffer severely for it truly I
was deceived in the matter.
On this occasion you have
no cause to fear, for he
exainined them very favora-
bly indeed, reckoning each
piece at fifty cubits.
23. Well, have you on
hand any long-ells or not?
而​家​個​的​大​呢
​樣​配色​好呢
​201
總​要​蒲​青​寳藍
​花紅​元​靑​配​得
​多​就好​其餘​雜
​色​就​惡​賣​你
​要​配​番​舊​公司
​個​陣​時​咁​樣​就
​好​嘞
​係​喇
​而​家​你​的​貨​唔
​知​老太​驗算​幾
​長​呀
​你​做乜​問起​我
​個​的​嚟​呀
​唔係​因為​我​從
​前​上​過​當​嚟​我
​先​唔知​到​佢​駼
​長​咁多​要​我​暗
​咁多​銀​眞​正
​唔抵
​呢​回​唔怕​佢​都
​心
​得好​每​疋​作
​五丈​算
​你​重​有​嗶嘰​有
​冇​呀
​sÍ chứ kô tik, tái shí, tím
yeung? p'ú? shik, hòní?
¡
'Tsung íú' sp'd cts'ing, 'pò
slám, ‹fá chung, sün ‹ts'ing,
p'úi tak, ctó tsau? (hù; skí
sii tsápy shik,tsau² ók,maiz
lá'. ³Ní íú' p'úi' ‹fán kau²
S
Kung sz'kó chan² sshí;
kóm yéung tsau hò lák).
Hai' dé.
S
sÍ ka ní tik, fó s?m chí
slò tái ím sin kíchéung
á'?
Ní tsò? mat, man² (hí éngó
kó' tik› ‹lai á' ?
s’M hai, yan wai ngó
sts'ung cts'ín shéung kwó)
tóng'slai; Śngó sín ?m chí
S
to' k'ü ím ch'éung kóm'
‹tó, íú' ngó óm' shít, kóm'
ctó sngan: chan ching's’m
'tai.
2
Ní súi sm phá; k‘ti«tò ám?
tak, hò múi pat tsoks
tsók,
"'ng chéung sün'?
SNí chung² Syau pats ckí syau
smò a'?
22. Much difficulty has long existed in regard to the measuring of goods in this market,
and the cases in which deception is practiced are numerous. The phrase shéung ko6 tổng
alludes to the pawnbroker's occupation, and is used by unfortunate individuals whose neces-
sities oblige them to procure money in this mode, when they think they have been deceived.
SECT. 5.]
239
DIALOGUE ON BUYING WOOLENS.
[
有
​係​乜野​配色​嘅
​我​俾​你​睇​等​你
​抄​花色​去​呵
​25. Lackaday! What a
motley assortment of colors
唉​吔​咁​雜色​嘅
​you
have here-too many of 嘷​都​係​綠​黃​灭
​green, yellow, and gray-all
of which are troublesome to
sell.
多​咁​就​費事​惡
​賣
​I have.
24. What assortment of
colors are they?
I'll let you see them, so
that you may write down the
different colors.
i
If you will only examine
睇​雖然​配色
​the article, you will find that
it is good and strong, though 唔係​好​到底​身
​the assortment of colors is
somewhat inferior.
分​好​又​結實
​我​睇​呢​個​覚​窄
​得​的
​26. I see, however, that
the goods are rather narrow.
係​窄​的​我​减​的
​價​賣​過​你​係​唎
​will.
27. Now really and truly, 你​實在​要​幾多
​how much money do you
want for this article?
銀​呢
​我​話​個​老實​價
​至少​七個​半​你
​出​餉
​If so, I will accordingly
reduce the price, that I may
sell them to you-indeed I
I will tell you the true
price, the very lowest cash
at which I can sell them
is seven dollars and a half,
you paying duty.
我​唔俾​得​咁​高
​至多​俾​你​七個
​二​毫
​add a little 你​要​添​起​的​至
​28. I cannot give you so
high a price, the very utmost
I can give is seven dollars
and twenty-five cents.
You ought to add a little
to your price, then it will
do very well.
29. You ought to abate a
little from your price, then
it will do very well.
做得
​你​又要​减​的​至
​做得
​sYau.
Hai? mat, śyé púr shik, ké??
Ngó pí ní tai, tang Śní
‹ch'áu ‹fá shik, h'ü' ‹ó.
〈Ái Syá! kóm' tsáp: shik,
ké’p?; ctd hai? luke, swóng,
‹fúi ‹tó, kóm'tsau² fai' sz”
ok, mái??
Ní t'ai csui sín púi' shik,
sm hai hờ, tờ tại shan
fan’ hò, yau kít, shat.
Ngó t'ai ‹ní kó fő'chák,
tak, tik,.
Hai?chák,tik), Śngó kám
tik, kámá? kwó' ní, hai-
‹lé.
Ní shat₂ tsoi íú kí ‹tó
sugan cní?
<Ngó wá? kó? lò shat ká',
chỉ 'shíú ts'at, kó² pún', 'ní
ch'ut, ‘'héung.
Ngó sm pí tak, hóm hò;
chi ctó pí éní ts'at, kó’?
shù pún’.
l
Ní íú' ‹t'ím 'hí tik, chí
tsò? tak.
Ní yau? íú? kám tik, chr
tsò² tak.
24. P'úi means a class or sort, referring here to cloths of various shades well arranged in
separate cases or divisions, and not where there are tsáp shik, motley colors.
240
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
Well, well, then, let us
split the difference.
30. Ah! that will do very
well. What will be the price,
when thus computed?
When computed at this
rate, it will amount to seven
dollars and thirty-seven and
a half cents; and you must
pay me ready money.
呀​就好​唎​算​係
​幾多​膩
​算​係​七個​三​毫
​七​絲​竿​你​要​交
​現​銀​俾​我
​31. No, never, I am reck- 冇​呀​我​算​兩​月
​oning it at two month's
credit.
This will never do; I
want to pay money to the
Écó hóng (Howqua’s). Do
you go now and pay the
money over to him, and ask
him to put it to my account;
and that will answer.
32. Very good; and what
other cargo have you on
hand?
期​呀
​唔係​我​要​俾​銀
​過​怡和​你​去​交
​銀​過​佢​呌​佢​入
​我​就​係​唎
​好​你​重​有
​野​貨​呢
​我​重​有​一千​疋
​單​鉛​錢​嗶嘰​唔
​係​雙​鉛​錢又​陪
​nor stars [on the shields];
but they are like the eagles 係​雙翼​又​唔係
​head, with two wings.
花籃​算​係​雞頭
​兩翼
​唉​吔​呢​個​貨​越
​法​要​平​比方​係
​大​小狗​蚊​滋​都
​重​好的​呢​個​雞
​I have still a thousand
pieces of long-ells, but they
are only single seal, and are
not double seals; and they
have neither double wings
好​唎​妤​唎​拗​開
​佢 ​1
33. What a pity! This
description of goods must sell
still cheaper than before. If
they were only the large and
small dog-[like figure], or
that of the insect, they would
do very well. But these
eagle heads, and flowered til-
‘Hò lé, hò hé, “áu choi
ski lé.
A'! tsau² hò lé. Sün'hai-
kí ctó né?
Sin’haf ts'at kó' csám chù
ts'at› ‹sz' pún'; ³ní íú'‹káu
ín sngan pí ngó.
Mò á;‘ngó sün” léung it,
‹k'í á'.
s’M hai; ngó tứ ‘pí sugan
kwó' I swó. Ní h'ü' káu
ɔngan kwó̟'‘k'ü, kíú'k'ü
yap: Śngó sò'; tsau² hail lé.
Hồ é; ní chung Syau
mat, Syé fo’«ní?
Ngó chung yau yat ts'n
p'at tán sin stsín pat, ckí,
s'm hai shéung sün sts'ín;
yau² 'm hai² cshéung yike;
yau' 'm hai² ‹fá lám, sün’
hai ckai st'au léung yike.
‹Ái ³yá! ‹Ní kó' fő' üt½ fát›
íú' sp'ing. 'Pí fong hai
tái síu kau, man tsz’, tò
chung hò tik. (Ní kó
29. The phrase áu hoi k'ü, means split open it, i. e. divide the difference in the prices,
named by us, into two equal parts, so that each may take an equal share.
31. KY denotes a term of time, a fixed period, and here the context shows the term refers
to the time of payment, thus showing how long the term of credit was to be extended.
32. The Chinese having but one coin, apply the word ts'in as a general term for all coins
bearing devices, and by a further extension, include stamped seals like those here described.
SECT. 5.]
241
DIALOGUE ON BUYING WOOLENS.
lots, are sold with extreme
difficulty. And I perceive,
moreover, that this kind of
goods has no substance-
they are coarse and loose.
頭​花​袋​至​難​賣
​嘅​我​睇​呢​個​貨
​又有​身分​又​粗
​又​鬆
​Well, granting that they 雖​係​咁​樣​你​都
​are, will you nevertheless,
make me an offer for them?
俾​個​價錢​我​唉
​我​至多​俾​八個
​銀錢​過​你​連​餉 ​hêung.
咁​樣​唔​做得​只
​*等​睇​試​起
​的​價​至​賣​略
​唉​吔​你​想起​價
​35. So indeed! You are
then expecting the price will
go up, which is not very
probable; I conceive it will
唔​輕易​我​睇得
​go down instead of rising. 有​跌​冇​起​咁​咖
​This kind of inferior goods,
you ought to sell off immedi-
ately; this is the best thing
you can do.
吟​貨​你​要​赶快
​真​至​着
​你​睇​有人
​肯​換​茶葉​等​貨
​34. The very utmost I can
give is eight dollars, includ-
ing the duty.
This will never do; so I
have only to wait patiently
for a while, and see if the
price does not rise, then I
can sell.
Very well; do you see if 好
​there is anybody who will
consent to barter tea and
other goods for them; if so,
then it will be easy to come
to an agreement.
36. You ought by all
means to write a letter to
就​易​商量​的
​你​千萬​要​寫信
​vk it
話​過​你​伙計​知
​your correspondents, advising
them never again to send
any more of this kind of
goods having ticket ends;
唔好​辦​呢​個​牌
​t is of the utmost importance 頭​貨​嚟​至​至
​to do so.
髪​呀
​係​咯​多得多​得
​So indeed it is, and I
thank you much for your
skaist au fá toi, chỉ quấn
mái ké. Ngó tai ní ho
fó' yau' 'mò ‹shan fan', yau²
ts'd, yau sung.
Sui hai 'kóm yéung², í
tò ‘pí kó kế sts'n ‘ngữ é?
Ngó chỉ có pí pát hơ
sngan ts'ín kwớ ní, đín
'Kóm yéung' 'mi tsò² takɔ;
chat kún tang há, tai
shí hí tin, ba chí mái
lók,.
Ái yá! Ní séung chí há
×
s’m ching 1 ; ngó tai tai
yau tít, mò hí.
'Kóm ké'
'kon fái
'yai fo', ní íú'
mái chỉ chéuk).
Hò é, ‘ní tai yau yan
hang ún’sch‘á íp “tang ió ;
tsau² 12, ‹shéung sléung tikɔ.
Ní ts'ín mán² íú sé sun'
wá kwó' ní fó kí chí,
s'm ho pán² ‹ní kó' pái
st au fó lai; chứ kan, chỉ
'kan á'.
Hai² lókɔ, tó takɔ, (tó takɔ.
36. Fóki is a familiar phrase applied by one to his companions, or comrads: fő signities
a man who messes with another, or has his food cooked at the same fire with him, compound-
ed of man and fire; ki means to calculate, to plan, and here it indicates the character of the
Chinese merchant in his plans and calculations for acquiring gain. The phrase has become
at Canton among foreigners, in some sort a sobriquet for the Chinese people generally, as
John Bull is for the people of England, or Jonathan for those of the United States.
CHI. CHR. 61
242
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
[CHAP. VI.
advice. I have here some
camlets which I must com-
mission you to sell.
37.
Unfortunate indeed!
of all things, camlets are the
most difficult to sell; now-
a-days these goods are not
in general consumption.
Why is this?
38. It is because the north-
ern people for the most
part do not wear them, since
their own silk camlets are
far better, being both more
durable and more handsome.
Well then, see if you can
barter them for some com-
modity or other.
39. For what kinds of
produce would you like to
exchange them?
Teas, Nankeen, raw silk,
rhubarb, and sundry other
commodities, are all ex-
changeable. You may give
the holder of the produce a
rather high price, that I may
be able to sell the camlets
more readily.
40. Very good; if you
please let me see of what
quality they are, and how
they are packed.
I have got Doubles, Sin-
gles, and Second Singles;
you may see the foreign let-
ters D, S, and SS, which are
distinctly written on the
ticket-ends.
Ngó
我​呢​處​有​羽紗 ​| Ngo cní chty Syau si shá
拜托​你​賣
​pái tók, ní mái.
唉​吔​至​唔好​賣
​係​羽紗​而​家​個
​宗​貨​總​唔​消​流
​乜​原故​呢
​地​調
​所有​外​江​都唔
​興​着​佢​因為​本
​重​好​又
​叉​好睇
​好​唎​你​睇​以​貨
​易貨​都​好​唎
​你​想​換​乜野​貨
​膩
​* ĐỀ THI
雜貨​都得​你​俾
​貨​客​好的​價​我
​的​羽紗​就​易​賣
​好​唎​俾​我​睇​乜
​野​號​乜野​裝​頭
​三號​都有
​T
cÁi yá! chỉ sm hò mái
hai u shá; sí ‹ká kó'
<tsung fo' 'tsung s'm ‹síú ‹lau.
你​睇​個​的​番​字
​D S SS都​寫明
​在​牌​頭​呢
​Mat, sün kú' ‹ní?
Shó yau ngoi kóng tò
s'm ching cheuk, 'k'ü, ‹yan
wai' 'pún tí² ch'au tün'
chung? hò, yau k‘am, yau
'ho 't'ai.
Hò lé, ‘ní tai 1 fó yik,
fó tờ hò .
Ní 'séung ún mat, yé fó'
<né?
KH Cha íp, sú sz, tái móng
tsáp₂ fó', ‹tò tak». Ní pí
fơ hák, hò tik, ka, ngó
tik, si sha tsau 12 mái.
Hồ lé; pí ngó “t‘ai mat,
Syé hờ, mat yé chóng
st'au.
Yat,, í², sám, hò², ‹tò ‘yau ;
ní 't'ai kó' tik, fán tsz"
de, ess, double-ess tò 'sé
sming tsoi sphái st'au ní.
38. The phrase ngoi kóng, beyond the river, is used by the people of Canton to designate
those who come from the middle and eastern provinces to the city to trade, and by extension
is also sometimes employed to denote persons from all parts of the empire, except this and the
adjoining province of Fukkín.
40. Foreign letters, like D, S, SS., &c., may be often seen on goods in Chinese shops
and warehouses. The names of manufacturers, affixed to their goods, sometimes become
celebrated. Once, and for a long time, the English E. I. Company's mark was regarded as
a sure warrant for a good quality of merchandise.
[
SECT. 5.]
243
DIALOGUE ON BUYING WOOLENS.
41.
This ticket-end has
not the two white fish-eyes,
though it has
the blue
threads; it is only an im-
itation of the Company's
cargo.
Very true; but only ob-
serve the [low] price of the
goods, and among them are
some having the green fish-
eyes.
42.
Enough, enough!
Have you
on hand any
Dutch camlets or not?
Of those Dutch camlets,
I have sold all I had, but
I have still some English
imitations of Dutch, would
you like them or not?
43. I do not want any
of your English imitations of
Dutch; nobody will wear
them. What other goods
have you?
S
I have got bombazetts,
Angola cloths, lastings, figur-
ed bombazetts, merinoes,
~
coarse bunting, and worsted
thread; will you purchase
or not?
罷
​羽​綴有
​個​的​荷蘭​羽
​some English 賣​嘥​咯​重​有的
​羽
​仔​你​愛​唔
​愛​呢
​唔​愛​你​的​紅毛
​* K * M oi', 'ní tik, ¿Hung smò
S
sü tün² mò yan chéuk›;
chung yau mat, fo' <ní?
***I
有乜​貨​呢
​有​羽紗​仔​羽​綢
​M
羽​綾​扯​花​羽​綢
​羽斜​羽布​毛​線
​買​唔​買​呢
​44. These articles of mer-
chandise are, at present, not
at all in vogue.
Though they may not be
in vogue, yet they must be
sold. Is it possible that no-
body will ever want them?
According to what you say,
my best plan would be to
shut up my doors, and wholly
desist from business!
呢​個​牌​頭​唔係
​雙​白魚​眼​係​個
​藍​間​線​假裝​公
​A 1/1
係​咯​你​睇​乜野
​價錢​唉​裡頭​亦
​THI ĐỀ RA KE ĐÃ ĐI | yau luk, su ngân kể.
有​綠​魚​眼​嘅
​你​有​荷​囒
​個​的​貨​而​家​總
​唔​通行
​Ní kó' spái sť'au s'm hai'
‹shéung pák, sü ³ngán, hai²
kó lám kán² sín',
chóng Kung sz fó.
'ká
愛​依​你​咁​話​不
​如​關​了​門​唔做
​生意​咯
​Hai lók; ní “ai mat, yé
ká' ts'ín cé, líst'au yik¸
Pá lá; ní Syau Hó dán
'ü tün² 'mo ‹né?
Kó' tik, Hó lán ‘ü tün²
mái sái lók, chung yau
tik, 'ü tün' 'tsai, 'ní oi' 'm
oi <ní?
Yau i shá 'tsai, 'ü sch'au,
“ü ¡ling, ‘ch'é ‹fá ³ü ‚ch'au,
¹ü sts'é, ¹ü pò', ‹mò sín';
mái sảm mái chí ?
Kó' tik, fó' í ‹ká 'tsung
s'm <tung shang.
DÊ TÍT H LM | M cung shang, đò xứ mái
a. s’M tung “tsung mà
呀​唔通​總​有人
​syan oi? I ní kóm wá²,
patɔ çü ‹kwán ³líú mún, e̟'m
tsd² shang í lók,.
42. The meaning of ütün tsai, in the closing part of this paragraph, is explained in the
beginning of the next, by Hungmò, a vulgar, but common name, for English.
244
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
45. No, I meant no such
thing; and only intended to
say that, the price being now
so very low, I was afraid
you would not like to part
with your goods. You had
better let a few days pass,
when the price certainly
must rise a little. Have you
yet any new goods, which
have come to your consign-
ment?
46. Very well. So soon as
your samples do arrive, will
you be so good as to inform
me?
Certainly I will.
My long-cloths are still
at Whampoa, not having yet.
been brought up from the
ship. Moreover, in the ves-
sels r
埔​未​會​起重​有
​"
very probable there are goods 新到​個​帮​船​大
​to
my consignment;
but
not having yet received any
invoices or samples, I cannot
inform you with certainty
respecting them.
約​我​都有​貨​在
​內​總​係​未​會​收
​到​貨單​貨​辦​唔
​話​得​實​你​知
​好​唎​貨​辦​就​到
​你​就​通知​我​囉
​自然​唎
​47. Upon this understand-
ing, I'll bid you good bye,
叫​話​請​咯​你好
​賣​至​囉
​wishing you success in your
sales.
Go in peace! you will, of 好​行​唎​再來​帮
​course, come again and pa-
tronize me.
48. You are very kind.
Good bye!
Good bye!
唔係​咁​話​不過
​時價​冷淡​你​未
​必​肯​用手​不如
​再​過幾​日​是​必
​起​的​價​你​重​有
​乜​新​貨​到​冇​呀
​襯
​好話​請
​請
​¿'M hai' kóm wa²; pat›
liwo sshí ká lang tám,
'ní mí pít, 'hang lat, shau.
Pat› ‹u tsoi kwớ' ki yatɔ,
shí pít, hí tik, ká'. Ní
chung yau mat san fở tờ
mò ?
go tik syung postsoi-
Wong mí sts'ang 'hi.
"
Chung yau sau to ko'
póng sshin, tái yéuk, ngó
<tò 'yau fó' tsoi' noi'; 'tsung
hai mí stsang shau từ fớ
tán, fó' pán², s'm wa' tak›
shat, ní ch
'Ho é. Fó' pán' tsau' tò',
ní tsau tung chí ngó ko ?
Tszín lé.
'Kóm wá', 'ts'ing lók, 'ní
hò mái chí đó.
Hò shang lé; tsoi soi
póng chan.
'Ho wá². Ts'ing!
'Ts'ing!
45. Fópán, in the dialect prevalent in Canton between foreign and native merchants,
is usually translated muster; thus there are musters of teas, musters of silks, &c. The names
given to cloths of foreign manufacture by the Chinese are not always the same in different
places; sometimes persons will learn the foreign names, and call the fabric by it, while others
not having heard its original appellation, are obliged to invent a descriptive term for the arti-
cle, which in places remote from each other, may be also unlike. The same remark applies
to other articles of import besides woolens.
SECT. 6.]
245
DIALOGUE ON BUYING PIECE GOODS.
h
Section Sixth.
DIALOGUE ON BUYING PIECE GOODS.
買賣​布疋​問答​第六​章
​Mải mái pờ phat, man táp; tai
luk, chéung.
1. You have opened a
shop for the sale of all kinds
of piece goods, have you
not ?
Yes, yes. No mistake!
2. Have you foreign long-
cloths ?
I have both white long-
cloths, and gray long-cloths;
but those domestics are all
sold off.
3. If you have samples,
will you let me see them?
Here I have some small
samples.
4. Small samples are of
no use whatever, for one
cannot form a correct opinion
from them; pull out a whole
piece, and let me look at it.
Here is a piece which has
a six gold thread end.
5. I want a seven gold
thread end.
I have it; I have also
虚
​three red thread ends, and
twelve red thread ends.
你​開​一​間​舖​賣
​各樣​布疋​係​嗎
​冇​錯​冇​錯
​你​有​洋布​冇​呀
​有​唎​白​1元色
​布​都有​個​的​粗
​[ 賣​嘥​咯
​你​有​辦​俾​我​睇
​即​呵
​呢​處​有​小​辦
​小​辦​唔​中用​唔
​睇得​清楚​疋
​成​疋​嘅​俾​我​睇
​呢​處​有​一​疋​係
​六​金​頭
​我​要​七​金​頭
​有​重​有​三​紅​頭
​十二​紅​頭
​(Ní choi yat) (kán pò máiz
kók,yéung² pòpéat, hai?
'má?
Mò ts'o'! mò ts'ó' !
'Ní 'yau yéung pò', ‘mò á’?
Yau lé; pák, pò', sün shik,
pò’, utò śyau; kó tik, tstè
pò' mál sárlók.
“Ní yau pán pí ngô “tai
há có ?
〈Ní chtü) Syau 'síú pán²,
'Síú pán² s'm ‹chung yung,
’m t'ai tak, ctsting ‘ch'u;
stsím p'at, sshing p'at, kt.
‘pí éngó t'ai.
Ní cht) yau yat, p'at, haiz
luk, kam t'au.
Ngó xứ ts'at, ham st au.
Yau; chung² yau sám
shung st'au, shap? ? shung
st'au.
Notes and Explanations,
THIS dialogue is supposed to be held between two natives, one a shopman and the other
his customer. The language is designed to correspond with that ordinarily used among the
common people, in their daily intercourse for business. Different trades among the Chinese
have a great number of slang expressions peculiar to themselves, and shopmen abound in
them; there are also many phrases in common use alluding to buying and selling, strikingly
characteristic of the trading propensities of this people.
2. It will be seen that nearly all the articles enumerated in this section are cotton; and the
names, English and Chinese, are those by which they are commonly known in this market.
CHI. CHR. 62
246
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
6. Very well; bring me
also a piece of red and gold
crossed end.
I have it also here.
7.
Have you also any
tape ends ?
No, I have not.
Right, you're quite right:
just now I calculate that the
qualities 72s and 66s are the
two chiefly in consumption;
here I have them both.
9. Lackaday! This cloth
of yours is all starched as
stiff as buckram; if your
goods were really taken up
soft, it would surely be au
improvement in them. Those
goods, the long-ells, are they
in single or double pieces?
8. I know the most salea-
我​知​到​素​頭​係
​ble kind are these tape-ends,
but as for those stamped 好賣​總​係​個​的
​with St. George and the
Dragon, nobody wants them.
人馬​印​就​冇​人
​愛​嘅​喀
​冇​錯​冇​錯​而​家
​重​算 ​兩樣
​通​流​呢​處​都有
​唉​吔​個​的​都​係
​粉​槳​嘅​刮​槳​嘅
​如果​係​凈水​布
​就好​你​的​貨​係
​單​疋​備​係​雙​疋
​嘅​膩
​of eighty 亦有​八十​碼​嘅
​又有​四十​碼​1
隨​你​要​啫
​俾​呢​的​貨​我​睇
​吓​够​長​够​闊​唔
​够​啊
​闊​就够​長​就​唔
​I have some of eighty
yards in length, and also of
forty yards, which you may
have at your pleasure.
10. Give me some of your
goods, I wish to see if they
are long enough, and broad
enough.
They are full breadth, but
they Me not quite long
好​唎​重​攞​一​疋
​紅​夾​金
​都有
​你​重​有素​頭​嘅
​有​咯
​Hò é; chung ló yat
p'at, shung káp, kam ké'.
Tò yau.
Ní chung yan sú' t'au
ké'?
Molok.
“Ngó chí tờ sứ stau hai
hò mái, tsung hai kó tik,
syan ‘ma yan’tsau? ‘md syank
oi ké' lák,.
Mo ts'o'! mo ts'o'! sí ‹ká
chung' sün' ts'at»-í² luk₂-luk,
léung yéung² tóung slan;
cní chcii) tò syau.
Ái yá! tớ tik, tò hai fan
tséung ké, kwát> ctséung
ké’; sū (kwó ha? tsing? 'shii
pù’, tsau? ‘hù. Ní tik, fo
hai² tán p'at, p? ha?
‹shéung p'at, ké' ‹né?
Yik, yau pát, shap, má
ke; yau² Syau sz” shap
'má ké'; ts'ui 'ní íú' ché.'
Pí cní tik, fo’, Śngó t'ai
há, káu' sch'éung kau' fút›
s'm káu' ‹ó.
Fút, tsau? káu’, sch'éung
9. Goods stamped with St. George and the Dragon, are styled by the shopmen, yan má
yan, or man horse stamp. The phrase md tstó is used to express whatever is right, or cor-
rectly said, having no confusion or mistake; ts'6 originally meant the confused appearance of
gold or metal as it occurs in the ore.
10. Kóm shéung há, so above below, is a common phrase for expressing about, the medium,
so and so, and other similar terms used in conversation.
SECT. 6.]
247
DIALOGUE ON BUYING PIECE GOODS.
i
enough, as they fall short
about one yard, more or less.
11. How much will you
deduct on that account?
Why, when I see what the
whole amount will be, then
I can tell you how much.
12. Tell me now, what is
the true and real price you
want for these goods?
What quantity of goods
do you want?
13. I want 100 pieces of
the seven gold thread ends,
200 of the red gold crossed
ends, 300 of the 66s and
72s half and half; and see
now that you do not charge
an exorbitant price.
my price fair. The seven
gold thread ends sell at $5.
80; the red and gold crossed
ends at $5. 60 ; and the 72s
and 66s, half and half, sell at
$5.40. Lumping them all
together and summing up the
whole, I make the average
price just $5.56, at which
price I will sell them to you.
14. Exorbitantly dear! you
ought to reduce the price a
little; I will give you $5.
45 for the whole lot, and
that will be quite enough.
够​爭​一​碼​咁​上
​下 ​處
​割​番​幾多
​That will never do, for
it does not equal the prime
呢
​照​數​計​幾多​就
​割​幾多​係
​呢​的​貨​實價​要
​幾多​銀​呢
​你​要​幾多​貨
​我​要 ​一百​七​金
​頭​二百​紅​夾​金
​三​百川​丩​對​半
​你​莫​個​開​咁​大
​價​呀
​tsau²'m kau', ‹chang yat,
‘mákóm’shéung² há? chtii),
Kót fán kí đó ngan chí !
Chíú' sho' kai' kí tó, tsau²
kót> kí ctó hai² lé.
I always set a just price; 我​講​公道​價錢
​我​講​公道​價錢 ​Ngó kóng ckung_tò ká?
my merchandise is good, and
sts'ín, fo’cchan, ká shat.
貨真價實​個​的
​七​金​頭​賣​五個
​八​紅​夾​金​五個
​六​圳​對​半​五
​個​四​喊​蜂​哈拉
​扯​算作​五個​五
​毫​六​賣​過​你
​硬​得​齊​你​要​减
​的​我​俾​你​五個
​四​毫​半​一​錨
​買​就​係​唎
​唔​做得​唔​够​本
​Ní tik, fo', shat, ká' íú' kí
ctó sngan ní?
Ní íú' 'kí ‹tó fó' ?
Ngó íw yat, pák, tsfat, ckain
st'au, ? pák, shung káp>
ckam, sám pák, ts'at,-i?
luke-lukz tár pún'; sní
mók, ko choi kóm tái há
cá.
Kó
tik, ts'at ckam st'au:
mái sảng kớ pát; shung
3
káp, kam, "'ng ko' luk;
ts'at-i luka-luk, túi' pún',
sng kí sz”. Ham páng
láng lá 'ché sün', tsók›
sng kô sảng shò luk, mái
kwó’Śní.
t
?
Ngáng tak, tsa'! Ní w
kám tik); ngó ‘pí ní ng
kó' sz" shò pún', yat, kú
náu mái tsau hai lé.
s'M tsò' tak'>; s'm kau' 'pún;
13. Túi pún, half and half, that is, one half of the 66s, and the other half of the 72s.
14. Yat kú náu or yat kú láu, quasi, one drag of the net, is an expression for averaging
the price of a number of things, and taking the whole at a medium rate; yat kú kwát, one
scrape of the drag, is another mode of expressing the same thing.
248
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
į
cost; I will take off the
six odd cents, and then it
will certainly do.
15. That will suit to a
hair. Book the sale, and let
there be no backing out of it
afterwards.
Ah! when once a sale is
entered in the book, there is
indeed no way for recanting.
Amat, bring that chintz,
and let the gentleman see it.
16. What kind of chintz
have you?
I have every description;
I have five colored chintz,
and rich speckled ground
chintz, showy flower pat-
terns, and also Turkey red
chintz: I will open them all
out for your inspection.
17. Lackaday! All these
chintzes are taken up soft,
they will never do; glazed
chintzes are all the rage just
LLOW.
In buying these chintzes,
pray what use do you intend
to make of them ?
18. I am buying them for
the purpose of making bed-
covers, door-screens, awn-
ings, linings for sedans, chair
cushions, and so forth.
If so, then will not this
white ground article be just
the thing for you?
19. It gets dirty very easy.
This dark mottled ground
then, will suit you.
20. Dark mottled ground
will not suit, it makes no
sort of display at all.
我​就​减​個​六​絲
​就​係​唎
​咁​就​咬​線​憾​上
​簿​冇​反​口​嘅​罅
​呀​一​上​簿​自然
​唔​反悔​亞​乜
​個​的​花布​嚟​俾
​人​客​睇
​你​有​乜野​花布
​各樣​都有​有​五
​彩​花布​有​錦​地
​軟​枝​有​洋​紅花
​布​擺開​你​睇
​唉​吔​呢​個​淨水
​嘅​唔好​而​家​時
​興​都要​蠟​面​嘅
​你​買​呢​個​花市
​着​用
​Śngó tsau? (kám kó’Jukz
<sz' tsau' hai' lé.
'Kóm tsau² ngáu sin'
h'am'. 'Shéung pò mò fán
hau kẻ lá,
sÁ! yat, shéung pò? tsz? siu
'm fán fúi'. A mat», ‹ning
k6' tik› ‹fá pò' lai, 'pí syan
hák> 't'ai.
Ni Syau mat fyé fa pò? ?
Kók, yéung? ctò ‘yau;‘yau
sảng 'ts oi fá pờ, yau Ham
tí in chí, Syau syéung
shung fá pò’; pái choi ‘nt
t'ai.
cdi syá! cní kó'tsing² ‘shui
ké s’m ‘hò; sứ chá sh
sí
ching tò xứ láp, mín kể.
Ní mái ‹ní kó' ‹fá pò',
chéuk,mat,yung??
我​哋​買​嚟​做​被 ​Ngo tí? mái lai ts0? {pri
mín, mún slím, t'ín ché,
面​門簾​天​遮​轎
​kiú? chan², ‘í yuke, kók)
yéung²:
襯​椅​褥​各樣
​咁​話​呢​個​白地
​漑​至​好​啩
​容易​整​污漕
​呢​個​古銅​好
​古銅​ㄨ​唔好​唔
​得​霎
​Kóm' wá, ‹ní kó' pák, tị²
ké ch' Chù kwa'?
Yung ? 'ching cú ctsd,
〈Ní kó’kú stung hù,
(Kú st'ung yau's’m (hd, 'm
tak› shápɔ.
17. Hing means to rise, and when used with regard to commercial articles is applied to
those in general and extensive use, or to those which at the time are very fashionable.
SECT. 6.]
249
DIALOGUE ON BUYING PIECE GOODS.
This single plate is fine.
21. This is miserably infe-
rior, it is coarse, and very
thin, and the threads are far
apart; the article is of no
use whatever.
Miserable indeed!
indeed! You
rigidly exact perfection, I
can never come up to your
standard. You want your
goods better than anybody
ever before had them, then
they will suit you.
22. I do not want any of
these chintzes. Do you se-
lect for me a piece of deep
rose colored ground, large
flowered pattern, and let me
have it for my own private
use.
Here you have it.
23. This piece is so rum-
pled, it won't do; pick out
another piece for me, one
that is spick and span new.
Here is a piece for you,
which has never before been
out of the fold.
24. How much do you
want for it?
! Six dollars, ready money.
25. I think five and half
is enough, is it not ?
No, it is not.
26. Well, as you say so,
then get me another piece.
呢​處​有
​呢​疋​咁​唔做
​得​搵​過​一​疋​新
​鮮​嘅​囉
​呢​個​單色​好
​呢​個​吩​過頭​又
​粗​又​稀​又
​唔​着​使
​唉​吔​你​咁​師傅 ​Ai yá! Ní kóm’<sz* fú?
kwat, s'm ckáu tak) ní
骨​唔​交​得​你​准
​'chun lók. Ní ké' ‘yé íú
cká líú? kéch' tsò' tak).
咯​你​嘅​野​要​加
​料​嘅​至​做得
​昵​的​花布​都唔
​愛​你​揀​一​疋​彩
​紅​地​大​花葉​俾
​我​做​家用
​呢​處​有​疋​原來
​頭​拿
​愛​點​價錢
​‹Ní kó' ‹tán shik, 'hd.
〈Ní k6’syai kwó’st'au, yau?
cts'Ù, yauchí shéuk, yau
<shó; s'm chéuk, 'shai.
唔​做得
​咁​話​欞​疋​添​囉
​Ní tik› ‹fá pò' ‹tò s'm oi'.
Ní kám yat› p'at, 'ts'oi
shung tí? tá? cfá ip, pí
Śngó tsò? cká yung².
Ní ch'ü' yau.
‹Ní p'at› kóm' ¿ch'áu ‹'m tsò²
tak); (wan kwó' yat, p‘ats
san sin ké ló.
《Ní ch'i' 'yau p'at sin foi
st'au sná.
O' tím kásts'in ?
六吋​現​銀
​Luk₂ ‹man ín²¿ngan.
五個​半​都​做得 ​Ng kó pún ctò tsò? tak),
'kú lá' ?
估​罅
​'M tsò' tak).
'Kóm wá', 'wan p'at, dini
dó.
21. Sz' fú kwat, or schoolmaster's bones, refers to the exactness with which the master or
foreman of a shop examines the work of the apprentices, criticising every imperfection, and
demanding better work; he is as strict and unfeeling as a bone deprived of its flesh. Slang
phrases, like this, are of very frequent occurrence among the common people.
22. Ká yung, or family use, is said of goods intended for domestic consumption, in
contradistinction to those bought to be resold.
26. Amat is not the name of a person, but like the term Mr. So-and-So is used here
and elsewhere to indicate the place of one spoken to.
CHI. CHR. 63
250
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
Ámat, bring another piece
of the same kind as the for-
mer. Besides I have twilled
cloth, fine linen, coarse li-
but I do not know
whether you wish any of them
nen;
or not.
亞​也​照樣​擺​疋
​添​過​嚟​重​有的
​斜紋​布​竹​布​蔴
​布​唔知​你​愛​唔
​愛
​唔​愛​你​有​袈裟
​布​冇​膩
​冇​咯
​俾​個​的​棋盤​布
​柳條​布​我​睇​吓
​有
​唉​吔​呢​的​棋盤
​布​盤​眼​太​細柳
​條​又​閼​過頭​都
​唔​合式
​你​唔​啱​我​重​有
​宗​藍​線​經​紅線
​緯​俾​你​睇​呢​宗
​都​話​唔好​你​就
​唔使​搵​買​略
​30. Ah, what stuff! why 唉​吔​你​過​我
​I'd not take it, if you'd give
it to me.
Come now,
let me
look at some of those hand-
kerchiefs.
都唔​愛​的​手
​27. I do not want any of
them. Have you on hand
any cambrics ?
I have none.
28. Give me a look at
some of your checks and
stripes, if you have them.
Here we have them.
29. What a pity! The
checks in these checkered
goods are far too small; and
your stripes are much too
broad; they are all unsuit-
able.
Well, if none of these
please you, I have another
description of goods here-
the warp is blue, and the web
is red-which I will give you
to look at; and if you still
say these goods are bad, then
it will be of no use for you to
seek for any others.
Here, here, here they are,
Sir. (Said aside.) Oh! you
are such a troublesome fel-
low to sell goods to, that it
is no
easy matter to deal
with you. (Aloud.) Do you
want rose red ? Well look,
see if these will suit you.
巾​過​我​睇​罷​啦
​有​有​有​你​咁​惡
​打發​都​費事​呀
​要​梅紅​嘅​睇好
​唔好
​Amat), chíú yéung² lú
phat, tín kw6 sai. Chung
Syau tik, sts'é sman pò,
chuk, pờ, má pờ,sm chí
ní o s'm oi'.
s'M oi'. Ní ¹yau ‹ká ‹shá
pò’Sinù né?
SMò 16k.
(Pí kó’tik)sk'í sp'ún pò',
lau stíú pò' Sngé t'ai sha.
Yau.
〈Ái syá! (Ní tik) sktí sp'ún
pờ sphún ngán tái sai;
lau st'íú yau' fút, kwó
st‘au; tò s’m hóp, shik.
Ní sớm ngám, ngó chung
Syau tsung lám sín (king,
shung sín’‘wai, ‘pí ní t'ai;
<ní ‹tsung <tò wá s'm ‘hò,
Śni tsau s’m shai wan mái
lók,.
cÁi yá ! mí sung kwớ ngó
ctò s'm oi'. 'Pí tik, 'shau
chan kwó ‘ngó “tai pá lá.
Yau, Syau, Syau. (Ní kom)
ók, tá fát, tò fai' sz” á'.
Tứ smúi chung ké ? “tai hò
s'm hd.
29. The k'í p'ún is the chess-board of the Chinese, which is marked into squares like ours,
except that there are eighty-one instead of sixty-four squares.
SECT. 6.]
251
DIALOGUE ON BUYING PIECE GOODS.
31. This color is so very
light, that it looks like water
red; certainly it cannot be
rose red.
This scarlet then, what do
you think if it ?
32. Too deep by far; and
the flower patterns are by
no means handsome.
This Turkey red will cer-
tainly suit your fancy.
33. Tush! This is not
really Turkey red. Smell
it, why it has no smell what-
ever; at a single washing,
the whole of the color will
come out. Come now, don't
you try to make game of me,
[by showing me such stuff.]
Ah me! how unfortunate
I am, I have really met with
a cruel disappointment.
-
34. Never mind, never
mind! Hand me those [hand-
kerchiefs] with the white 白地​二​藍​花​個
​ground and two blue patterns,
this description; of goods you
surely must have of a good
quality.
All my articles are good
enough; but the whole dif-
ficulty is with you, who will
never be satisfied; it is hard
to tell you [all I think].
色水​咁淺​算​係
​水紅​唔係​梅紅
​呢​個​花紅​點​呢
​深​過頭​花樣​又
​唔​精緻
​洋紅​嘅​你​就​中
​意​咯
​35. Now as for these two
blue patterns, put them by
one side, and let me have yet
another look at your three
宗​你​哋​是​必有
​好​嘅
​的​貨​都​係​好
​嘅​總​係​你​冇​厭
​足​難​講​唉
​呢​的​二​藍​花​嘅
​掣​開​一邊​再​睇
​Shik, 'shui kóm' 'ts'ín, sün
hai² ‘shui chung, ¿'m hai
smúi shung.
(Ní kó’cfá shung, tímení?
〈Sham kwó’st‘au; fá yéung?
yau s’m tsing chứ.
嗚​嘩​呢​個​係​假
​洋紅​聞​佢​都​冇
​隨​一​洗​就​角色
​嘅​咯​你​咪​嚟​混
​我​囉
​唉​吔​晦氣​兜​眞 ​ching chóng pán.
正​撞​板
​唔​相干​俾​個​的
​S
Yéung shung ké', 'ní tsaus
<chung í lók..
sÚ swá! ‹Ní kó' hai ká
syéung shung. Man sk'ü
S
ctù Śmò sts‘ui, yat, ‘sai tsau
lat, shik, ké' lók,. Ní 'mai
slai wan? Śngo lów.
cÁi yá! Fúi hí đau, chan
'M séung ckón! (Pí kó'
tik, pák, tí í slám fá; ko'
tsung ‘ní t' sh? pít, yau
hù kể.
Yat tik, fő' <tù hai? hò ké'
‘tsung hai ní mà ím’tsuk) ;
snán kóng cé.
Ní tik) fdám fá ké), chai
choi yat, pín, toi tai sán
33. Tsui is here used in a local sense, meaning the scent of a thing, or any peculiar smell
that marks it; lat is also a provincial term for taking out, or depriving of. Fui hí, dusky
aspect, refers to the clouded countenance of a man who has suddenly been disappointed, allud-
ing to the dusky appearance of the sky at twilight; chóng pán or impinging boards, means in
this connection, a discord between two players, or a want of harmony in parties, from one not
agreeing with, or disappointing, the other.
35. You afford me no patronage, literally, you are not to me a god, or genius, of wealth.
Near the doors of Chinese shops is a small niche, within which is a shrine to Plutus, and by
offering incense to it the tradesman hopes to get rich; very often the names of other divinities
are inscribed in the niche along with that of the god of wealth.
252
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
blues. Ah, these surely are
not square, their form is that
of a parallelogram; they are
of no kind of use whatever.
Well, upon my word, you
are a troublesome fellow;
looking at you after this fa-
shion, you afford me no pa-
tronage, but have thus an-
noyed me full half a day!
36. Have a little patience.
Don't get angry!
Well, well, all sorts of co-
lors are here mixed together.
Come now, select for your-
self.
1
37. Well done! All sorts
of colors, then, amount to
just so many old odds and
ends of goods! Really and
truly, my good Sir, don't you
try to play off so many of
your tricks on me; but give
me the really true and good
whites, that I may see what
kind of material they are.
Good articles! Yet I fear
that you will not give me
the price for them, I do
indeed. Here also are these
twilled bandana handker-
chiefs, I have no fear that you
won't find them good, though
in price they are rather dear.
38. Lackaday! Were they
as cheap [as dirt], no man
would like them. Come now,
let us again talk about those
handkerchiefs with the white
ground and the two blue pat-
三​藍​花​嘅​唉​呢
​的​唔係​結​方​係
​日​字樣​嘅​唔​着
​使
​混​屁​賬​睇​你​個
​樣​都唔​係​財神
​足足​混​我​大半
​日
​忍耐​吓​唔使​怒
​好客​好​喀​各樣
​顏色​都​齊​呢​處
​喀​你​自已​揀​喀
​嘩​各樣​顏色​都
​係​食​飽​煎​堆​嘅
​略​實​的​咯​事​頭
​咪​混​我​咁多​咯
​俾​過​的​真​囒​貨
​我​睇​罷​喀
​好​貨​又怕​你​唔
​出​得​價錢​蟠​咖
​的​鶴​紗巾​唔​憂
​唔好​咯​總​係​貴
​的​啫
​唉​吔​平​都​冇​人
​愛好​唎​就​講​個
​的​白地​二​藍​花
​dám đá kể. cÁi! chi tik,
sm hai kít, fóng, hai yat,
tsz" yéung' ké'; 'm chéuk,
'shai.
Wan² prchéung’;‘t'ai ‘uí
kó yéung tò s’m hai sts'oi
sshan, tsuk, tsuk, wan² ‘ngo
tái pun yat,.
Yan not shé; s'm shai nù?.
Hò lák! chù láks! kók,
yéung sngán shik, to sts'ai
ní ch'i' lák,. Ní tsz" kí
'kám lák.
sHái! Kók, yéung² sugán
shik› <td hai² shike ‘páu cts'in
túi ké lok,! Shat, tik, lók,
2
sz” stau, ‘mai wan ‘ngó
kón'tó lók); ‘pí kwó’tik,
chan dán fỏ, ngó tại phá
lák2.
'Hò fo'! Yau' p'á' 'ní s'm
ch'ut tak, ká' sts'ín pó'.
〈Ní tik, hóke syung ckau,
sm yau s’m hồ lók,, ‘tsung
hai kwai' tik› ‹ché.
Ái yá! Ping tò mò syan
oi'. Hò lé, tsau hóng
kó' tik, pák tí² í² lám fá
37. Ts'in túi are cakes made on the last day of the year for the festivities of the next day;
they are thus carried, as it were, from one year to another, and supply the allusion of goods
left on hand the last year forming part of the stock of this. Shik páu, eaten sufficient, means
that the goods have been on hand a long time, and are, like these cakes, still carried over to
another year.
',
253
SECT. 6.]
DIALOGUE ON BUYING PIECE GOODS.
terns; what price do you | 嘅​幾多​價錢​膩
​want for them?
I will calculate it, (he says
to himself.) Each dozen stood
me in $1.80 prime cost;
then adding thereto charges
and expenses, therefore. (ad-
我​打過​遮​每​打
​臣​一個​八​承​本
​加​起​盤​費​使用
​每條​該​銀​一​錢
​二​分​算
​dressing his customer,) for
every handkerchief I ought
to reckon one mace and two
candareens of silver.
39. I will give you one
mace and one candareen
我​俾​一​錢​一​分
​apiece, and I wish to purchase 算​過​你​我​要買
​of you a thousand handker-
chiefs.
千​條
​好​唎​好​唎​我​就
​减​個​五厘​你​買
​Very well, very well; and
I will reduce the price five
cash; were you even to huy
ten thousand, you should
have them all at this same
[moderate] price.
40. Very good; and this
you will trust me with, for
just now I have no ready
money to pay you; do you
consent to the bargain or
not?
I do not consent ; as for
trusting you, there is no
occasion to say a word about
it.
41. That is very strange,
I declare! So then you will
not believe me, eh? When-
ever you want anything from
me, Ishall grant it according-
ly, and that will be all right.
It is not that I will not
believe you, but only because
my capital is small, and I
must keep it constantly in
circulation. Moreover, as
the case is, I cannot collect
my outstanding debts; I am
daily urging people, and yet
I cannot get their accounts
CHI. CHR.
{
萬​條​都​係​咁
​價​咯
​係​咯​都​係​賒賬
​阿 ​冇​現​銀​俾​你
​肯​唔肯​呀
​唔​做得​賒​就​唔
​使​講​咯
​古怪​咯​咁​都唔
​信​得​啹​隨時​要
​隨時​俾​你​就​係
​唎
​唔係​唔信​得​總
​係​本​錢少​要​嚟
​轉動​因為​各​賬
​都唔​收​得起​日
​日​係​咁​催​都唔
​1
ké
ke; ki tó ká tsin né?
Ngo tá kwo che. Mi
'tashan yat› ko' pát,, shing
‘pún; cká (hí sp'ún fair shai
yung”, múi thíu choi ngan
yat› ‹ts'ín í ‹fan sün’.
Ngo ‘pí yat> sts'ín yat fan
sin?kwó’‘ní;'ngo í?‘mai
yat, cts'ín stíú.
Hò lé, ‘hò lé ! Ngó tsau
(
'kám kó' ng slí; ní mái
yat, mán tíu tò hai kom
ká' lók,.
(she
Hai² lok! tù hai
chéung” ché; mà in ngan
pí ni; hang ?m hanga?
'M tsò' tako; shé tsau gm
'shai 'kóng lók›.
41. T'stui shi lú, tsui shí pí, according to the time want, according to the time give; tsiuè
shi are here used as correllative terms, like when and then.
64
Kú kwár lok! Kom tò
s'm sun' tak, mé? Ts'ui
‹shí íú', ‹ts'ui ‹shí 'pí 'ní,
tsau² ha² dé.
‚'M hai²'m sun' tak), 'tsung
hai? ‘pún ststin shiú, im
iú
slai chin'tung². Yan wai
<
kok, chéung tò sm shau
tak,hí; yate yathai? koru
254
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
in. And were I now again
to grant credit, I should not
find a moment's leisure,
which would still more pre-
judice my business.
42. Well then, if I pay
you ready money, what dis-
count ought you to make in
your price for the cash down?
Make what discount?
Why, we arranged at first
for paying down the cash.
was
43. But observe now;
when I wanted these goods
from you, I did it foolishly,
not knowing what I
about. Besides, having a
poor border, the article is
narrow, all of which I said
nothing about; and still you
are unwilling to make any
discount for ready money.
Alas for you! My goods
are all full thirty-three and
a half inches wide, which
is just enough, being two
cubits and two and a half
tenths. And now what more
defects will you urge, in or-
der to lower the price? You
have already agreed to a
bargain, and why now do you
recant? However, to end the
trouble, I will make, in your
favor, a discount of three per
cent., which will surely do.
Ah, Sir! you are truly a very
hard man to trade with;
there is no occasion to fear
that anybody will get away
the profits of your money.
收​得​番​再​要
​出去​個​陣​日​日
​唔得​閒​越​法​悞
​事
​好​唎​我​交​現​銀
​過​你​應​扣​現​幾
​多​呢
​扣​乜​現​呀​本來
​講​現​銀​嘅
​你​睇​我​都​係​孖
​孖​夫​凑​你​愛​啫
​邊​欄​又​俗​貨​又
​窄​我​都唔​計較
​扣​現​你​都​重​唔
​肯​吸
​ctsúi tò sm shau tak, fán.
Tsoi' íú' ‹shé ch'ut› h'ử', kó’
chan' yatı yat, s'm tak› shán,
iit, fát, 'ng² sz?.
治​足够​二尺​二
​寸半​你​重​動​也
​擔​杆​呢​你​已經
​講​成​有乜​反悔
​呢​幾​好處​咯​俾
​個​九七​現​銀​過
​我​就​係​唎​唉​吔
​眞​真​利害​唔​慌
​有人​賺得​你​銀
​倒​略
​Hò dé! Ngo ckáu in? sngan
kwó' ní, ‹ying k'au' ín' kí
ctó ní?
K'au’mat, ín² '' ? (Pún sloi
Ckóng ín? sngan ké.
Ní “tai ngó tò hai má
‹má ‹fú, ts‘au' ní oi ‹ché.
Pín lán yau?suk2, fo'yau?
chák), Śngó ctò s'm kai'
káu; kau ín ‘ní «tò chung’
s'm 'hang ‹mé!
唉​吔​我​的​貨​都 ​cái yá? SNgo tik, fo' ctù
〈Ái
kau' sám shap› ‹sám kó’
够​三十​三個​烟
​ín cht, tsuk) kau', chik,
1 ts'ün' pún'. Ní chung
tung² mat, tán' ckón ní?
Ní sí cking (kóng sshing,
syau mat, 'fan fúi' ní? Kí
hồ ch‘i lók», ‘pí ko kau
ts'at, ín sngan kw6 ngó,
tsau² hai² ‹é. ‹A´i ³yá! ‹chan
chan lí hoi; sm fóng yau
syan chán tak, ‘ní sngan tò
lók,.
?
43. Má má fú is a doltish, silly person, one who does what others request him to do,
without reflecting upon the consequences.
ነ
SECT. 6.]
255
DIALOGUE ON BUYING PIECE GOODS.
44. You must still get a
little more angry than before,
for I wish you to make a
further discount of four cents
per thousand for scales
weight.
Mind you, Sir, this is the
way we calculate the prices
with foreigners; we Chinese
[among ourselves] have no
regulation of this sort.
45. Enough, enough!
Have you got any cotton
yarn, or any cotton thread ?
I have got cotton yarn,
but my cotton thread is all
sold off.
46. Is your cotton yarn
water twist, or is it mule
twist ?
I have got both.
47. Of what assortment of
numbers is it ?
The assortment ranges
from Nos. 18 to Nos. 40.
你​的​綿​紗​係​水
​紡​備​係​火​紡​嘅
​兩樣​都有
​係​乜​號​數​呀
​十八​號​至​四十
​號​止
​48. How pounds
are there packed in a single 裝​幾多​磅​做
​bale ?
包​呢
​The bales are each 400
Tbs., and the bundles are 10
lbs. exactly.
49. Let me look at the
article: upon my word, this
yarn is very loosely twisted,
it is full of lumps, and can
never answer for warp, it can
only be used for weft, and
for nothing else.
And this quality?
你​重要​嬲​:添
​我​重扣​四個​秤
​頭​呀
​唉​吔​呢​宗​係​街
​人​算法​我​哋​本
​地方​呢​宗​例
​罷​唎​罷​唎​你​有
​綿​線​綿​紗​冇​呀
​綿​紗​有​綿​線​賣
​嘥​咯
​大​包​四​百磅​包
​仔​十磅
​俾​我​睇​吓​唉​吔
​呢​個​貨​又​鬆​又
​紗​節​多​唔​做得
​絲​經​只​可做​棉
​緯​啫
​呢​宗​呢
​cnau
cnal
'Ní chung² íú'
«tím, ngó chung khau sz”
kó' ch'ing'sť'au á'.
Ái fyá! cní tsung hai' fán
syan sün’fát); ‘ngô tí? pún
tí? ‘mò ní tsung lai?.
Pá? dé! pá? dé! Ni Syau
mín sín', mín ‹shá, ‘mò ‹á?
Min shá Syau, smín sin'
mai² sárlók).
Ní tik, smín ‹shá hai shui
fóng pí hai fó fóng ké ?
SLéung yéung? ctù ‘yau.
Hai mat, hò shờ á ?
Shap, pát, hờ chí sz” shap,
hờ chí.
Chóng kí có póng trò
yats <páu cní?
Tái² páu sz" pák, póng²,
páu ‘tsai shape póng².
‘Pí ‘ngó tai há; cái yá!
cní kó fo’yau²csung, yau:
<shá tsít› ‹tó, s'm tso tak›
csz’cking, ‘chí shó tsò? smín
'wai <ché.
Ní tsung cní?
45. Pálé or pá liu is a common phrase for finishing the discussion of a subject as, it is
enougli, there's an end of the matter, 'twill do, etc.
48. Pong is an attempt to express the English word pound, as inchi is inches, and táshan
is dozen; these three are in very common use.
256
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
50. This quality, although
it may be called hard twist-
ed and clean, white and
smooth fin the main]; yet
after all, it has some seeds
and dirt, and you ought to
sell it somewhat cheaper.
Arranging one number
with another, I will put it at
thirty-one dollars per pecul.
51. Well, well, there is
no occasion for so much talk
about the matter, say thirty
dollars and the bargain is
settled at once.
Good, good! I will yield
the difference, and say no
more about it.
52. This bale is damaged
by sea water, and that is torn;
you must, on that account,
therefore, make a reduction,
and the price will answer.
Yes, yes, we will again
consult about that, there will
be no difficulty on that point.
53. You must procure me
!
a bill from the hong mer-
chants, and also an invoice
of the goods.
To be sure I must.
54. Be seated!
Good luck attend you.
(Then aside, he says to him-
self,) aye, you are a very
screw, a perfect skinflint!
I would indeed much rather
be without your custom than
with it.
呢​宗​雖然​繄​淨
​又​係​白​滑​到底
​重​有​黑​泡​紗​屎
​你​要​平​的​賣
​拉扯​算​每​擔​三
​十一​員
​好​咯​唔使​講​咁
​多​咯​三十​咬​就
​係​咯
​係​咯咯​讓​俾
​你​係​喇
​呢​包​有​水漬​個
​包​又​爛​你​要​减
​咁​的​至​做得​呀
​係​咯​再​斟酌​個
​的​容易
​你​要​攞​行​單​兼
​開​貨單​俾​我
​自然​唎
​你​坐
​好​行​嚡​又​係
​個​芝蔴​銼​蝦​春
​鈑​唔​帮襯​第
​帮襯​第二​啫
​1
Ní tsung, csni sín kan
tsing? yau? hai² pak, wátz;
to' 'tai chung yau hak,
páu shá 'shí, ní íú' sp'ing
tik, mái.
·
Lá 'ch'é sun' múi tám'
csám shape yat, sin.
(Hò lók), ’m shai kóng
S
kóm' ‹tó lók›; ‹sám shap
cman, tsau² hai² lóko..
Hai? lóky! ha? lok! yéung:
'pí 'ní hai² lé'.
‹Ní ‹páu 'yau 'shui tsikɔ, kō'
‹páu yau² lán²; ní íú kám
'kóm tik, ohí tso tak, á.
Hai lók ; tsoi' chạm chéuk
kó' tik› syung í².
Níí lóshóng tán ckin
choi fỏ tán pí ngó.
Tsz" sín dé.
Ní tsó¹!
Hồ shang. Hái! yau hai
yat› kó chí smá ts'ó', chá
chun cháp! M póng
s’M
ch'an' tai' yat», ‹póng ch'an'
tai² í² ché.
54. Chi má is the hemp plant, the seeds of which are proverbially small, but even these his
miserly heart wishes to file off, and save the chaff; há ch'un are crab's eggs, and these he
wishes to cut in two with a pair of shears. The sentence, not patronize is number one,
patronize is number two, compares the loss with the obtaining of his custom, and losing it is
better than keeping it.
SECT. 7.]
257
NATIONAL COINS.
Section Seventh.
NATIONAL COINS.
國寶​類​第七​章
​Kwok, pò lui'; tai? ts'at, chéung.
1. What precious metals
are there in common use in
your country?
There are gold, silver, and
copper coins.
2. For about how much
silver can a tael of gold be
exchanged? and how many
copper pieces can be obtain-
ed for a tael of silver ?
A tael of gold is exchanged
for about seventeen taels of
silver; and for a tael of
silver fourteen or fifteen hun-
dred pieces of copper are
given.
3. How are these copper
pieces prepared for use?
These copper pieces are
those in constant use, and the
new coin is thus cast. From
the Board [of Revenue at
Peking] models are obtained,
and in each provincial city a
mint is established, over
which a director is appointed.
When the mint is to be
worked, the director weighs
out the proper quantity of
copper and delivers it to the
workmen to be cast into mo-
ney, and to be returned ac-
貴​處​有乜​寶貝
​時常​使得​嘅​呢
​有​金銀銅​錢
​金​每両​約​換銀
​多少​銀​每両​又
​找錢​多少​呢
​金價​每​両​約​換
​銀​十七​兩銀​每
​両​找錢​一千​四
​五百​文
​銅錢​點​樣​做​嚟
​使​嘅​呢
​銅錢​係​常​使​之
​錢​新​錢​鼓​鑄​規
​矩​由​部頒​式​各
​省城​立​一​錢​局
​內設​一​委員​於
​鑄錢​時​將​銅​兌
​| 過​斤​両​發交​鑄
​| Kwai' ch'i' ‘yau mat, 'pù
pú? sshí sshéung Shai tak
kéní?
Yau kam, sngan, sthung
sts'in.
Kam Smúi léung yéuk, ún?
sngan tó‘shíú?çngan ‘miti
,
léung yau ‘cháu sts ín đó
shíú ní?
Kam kứ múi léung yéuk
ún' engan shapets'at, léung
sngạn múi léung cháu
sts'in yat, itsín sz” “ng pák,
sman.
sT'ung sts'in tím yeung tsd-
slai ‘shai kéní?
S
T'ung sts'in hair ssheung
‘shai chí tsín; san ts nh
kú chickwai kii. Yau
Pò? pán shik,, kok, shang
sshing lap: yat sts'in kuk,
noi ch't yat, ‘wai in. (
chii',ts'in shí, ctséung stung
tú?kwó? ckan léung, fath
Notes and Explanations.
COINAGE, in the strictest sense of the word, is hardly applicable to the Chinese mode of
working the precious metals, as the sequel will show. The term pò denotes things which are
highly esteemed, and hence it is here used for the precious metals.
3. A kuk is a confined place, an oven-like place; a powder manufactory, as well as a mint,
is called by this name; because the operations are kept secret, and the workmen restrained
in their egress and ingress.
CHI. CHR. 65
253
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
cording to the quantity given;
but it often happens that
these workmen throw sand
into the mold with the metal,
and are thus enabled to pur-
Join the copper. When they
are about to cast, they take
the metal and put it into a
furnace to be fused, and
afterwards pour it into a clay
mold. This mold has a re-
verse (or back), and an ob-
verse (or face); the face has a
device for each dynasty and
reign; on the reverse is the
name of the reign, with the
addition of the two words,
current money, being in all
four words; thus, Mánlik's
current money, is an instance
in point. Afterwards when
the metal has become cold
and hard, it is turned out of
the mold.
The weight of each piece.
of the money is one mace
(ts'ín), and hence it is call-
ed by the same name; the
value fixed by government is
the thousandth part of a tael's
weight of silver.
Moreover, the second, fifth,
and eighth days of each
month are the periods fixed
for commencing the work;
and the third, sixth, and ninth
are the days for weighing the
money, and delivering it to
the commissioner of finance.
The people who work the
mint are required to be
always in the establishment,
not being at liberty to go in
錢​之​人​以為​鑄
​成​回​兌​之​計​但
​時​人​多​以​小​砂
​襍​內​則可​竊取
​其​銅鑄​時​將​銅
​放​於​紅​爐內​鎔
​化​後​傾​於​泥​印
​內​其​印​有​底面
​面​則​每​朝​每​代 ​king chuo.
式​底​則將​國
​號​加上​通寶
​字​共​成​四字​如
​萬曆​通寳​四字
​便是​後​至​其​銅
​凍​冷​然後​傾​出
​每​錢​一​文​重
​錢​故名​之​日​錢
​官​價​定​以 ​一​厘
​銀​作​錢 ​一次
​cháu chi stsín chí syan, si
swai chữ sshing súi túi chí
kai'; tán? sshí syan ctó í
siú sha tsáp: noi², tsak
'hó sít, 'ts'ü sk'í st'ung.
Chiü' sshí tséung st'ung fong.
ü shung slò noi², syung fá';
hau? ckling cii snai yan’noi?.
K' yan yau tai mín';
mín tsak, 'múi ¿ch'íú 'múi
'tai tsak,
‹ká
toi² yat› shik› ;
tséung hwok, hò
shéung tung pò i tsz",
又​每月​以​二五
​八日​為期​開工
​三​六​九日​上​藩
​司​兌​交​支​餉​造
​錢​之​人​常​在​局
​內​不能​任意​出
​•
kung? sshing sz” tsz”; sü
Mán² like ct'ung pù sz” tsz”
pín² shí'. Hau²ch' sksí
st'ung tung' lang, sín hau
ch'ut>.
Múi stsín yat sman, chung
yat, sts'ín, kú suming cchí
ütz stsín; ckún ká ting'
sí yat, slí ¿ngan, tsók› ‹ts'ín
yat,sman.
Yau² Snúi ütyíng pát,
yatɔ swai sk'í choi ‹kung; ‹sám
luke kau yat shéung sfán
sz túi cháu chí héung.
Tsờ
Tsed ts'in cchí syan sshéung
tsoi² kuk, noi², pat, nang
yam² fch'ut, yap; swai slun
3. The writing on the face of these copper pieces is in the Mantchou character, which is
unintelligible to most of the Chinese. The name of the dynasty is placed on the left side, and
that of the reigning monarch on the right of the square hole. The value of these cash, as they
are called by foreigners, has fallen much within a few years, having formerly approximated
nearly to the standard. The amount of pure copper contained in them varies almost as much
as their value. Tutenague is the principal alloy contained in it.
SECT. 7.]
259
NATIONAL COINS.
and out at pleasure; but they
are changed in rotation:and,
except on the third, sixth,
and ninth days, when after
they have weighed and deli-
vered the money over to the
commissioner of finance, are
they permitted to leave the
mint, but are required to
return on the same evening.
4. This being the way it
is made, how is it passed?
The newly made coin
always passes current with
the old money.
5. Where is this copper
procured ?
It is found in all the
provinces, but the greatest
supplies are from Wannám;
and in all cases the working
of the mines is under the
direction of the government.
6. In what manner does
silver pass current ?
The native sycee silver
is used by officers and sol-
diers, and in the payment of
taxes, &c. ; but in the mar-
kets foreign coins are cur-
rent, and are exchanged for
copper money.
7. How is this native sil-
ver prepared ?
It is manufactured at the
shops of native bankers.
Suppose, for example, that
the officers of the several
departments and districts are
wishing to pay over [to the
heads of the government] the
revenue arising from the
land-tax, and the various
duties on merchandise, they
go to the bankers' shops,
/
and obtain the amount in
:pure silver, making up to the
bankers any deficiency there
入​惟​輪班​換人
​而已​獨​於​三​六
​九日​帶錢​上​藩
​司​交​兌​時​然後
​出外​至​晚​復​回
​咁​話​點​樣​使​呢
​同埋​古錢​撈​勻
​照常​使​咯
​個​的​銅​係​邊​處
​嚟​嘅
​各省​都有​惟​係
​雲南​較多​惟​所
​有​皆​歸​官​採
​白銀​點​樣​使​呢
​土產​槪​紋銀​為
​支​官兵​餉​使​咯
​但​市上​都​係​使
​洋錢​找​換​啫
​紋銀​點​樣​做​呢
​紋銀​係​傾銷​銀
​店​做​嘅​如​各​府
​州縣​要​解​地​丁
​雜​稅則​到​傾銷
​銀​店​傾​足色​紋
​銀​上​兌​所有​低
​耗​照​數​補足​銀
​cpán ún² syan í í: tuks cü
sám luke kau yat, tái
sts'ín 'shéung ‹fán ‹sz' ‹káu
tú? sshí sín hau² ch'ut, ngoi?,
chí mán fuk, sui.
Kóm wá², tím yéung? 'shai
cní?
sTung smái kú stsín lò
swan, chíú' shéung 'shai
lók,.
Kó' tik) stfung hai spín
chü’slai ké?
Kók, sháng tò yau, swai
ha? Wan snám káu' ctó;
swai 'shó 'yau ‹kái ‹kwai
kún 'ts'oi.
Pák, sngan tím yéung' shai
sní?
“Tò chán ké sman sngan,
swai chí ckún ping héung
shai lók ; tán shí shéung
2
tò hai ‘shai syéung stsn
chau ún² cché.
Man ngan ‘tím yéung? tsò?
ní?.
S
Man ngan hai' k'ing ‹síú
sngan tím' tso² ké’. ¿Ŭ kók,
'fú, ‹chau, ün², íú' kaï tí²
ting, tsáp, shui, tsak, từ
‹k'ing ‹síú ‹ngan tím' ‹k'ing
tsuk, shik, sman ngan
$shéung túi ‘shó yau tai
hò’, chíú? shó) (pò tsuk.
7. There are a great many of these ngantim in Canton; the largest are private banks';
the inferior ones are managed by shroffs and money-changers. The term man is applied to
silver to denote its fineness and punity; saisz' or floss silk, from whence comes sycec, is
another term.
260
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
[CHAP. VI.
may be between it and the
money they bring to their
shops. The bankers having
paid over into the provincial
treasury the money for the
officers, bring back a receipt
for proof of the same. Be-
sides, those who have to pay
the duties on salt, take the
money to the bankers who
pay its equivalent in pure
silver, at a rate one or two
per cent. below that arising
from the land tax.
These banks have furna-
ces, in which the workmen
place the silver to fuse it,
and then pour it into clay
molds, and in this way it is
formed into ingots, some of
which are large and some are
small. After the metal is
cold and hard, it is thrown
out of the mold,—the ingot
having upon it the date of
a given year, of a given
district, and perhaps also the
kind of tax for which it was
cast to pay, with the names
of the workmen and the shop
where it was cast. Then
after it has been lodged in
the provincial treasury, if
found to be debased, inquiries
can be made respecting it
Silver mines exist in seve-
ral parts of the empire, some
of which may have been al-
ready exhausted, and the
working of others prohibited;
but the most extensive mines,
and those from which the
greatest part of the fine
silver is obtained, are at
Foshan, on the frontiers of
Burmah, belonging
to
店​師​代為​上​庫​| Ngan tím) tsiks toi? swai
'shéung fû', 'ts'ü 'yau fán
取​有​藩司​回​照
​為​凴​其餘​課
​各​稅則​往​傾銷
​店​傾​足​上​兌​其
​色​與​地​丁​界​低
​二​色
​其​店內​有​銀​爐
​匠人​將​銀​鎔​化
​入​一​泥​印​如
​元寶​錠​有​大有
​小​冷凍​後​取出
​錠​面​有​某​年​的
​年號​有​某縣​或
​某​餉銀​匠​某​店
​字樣​然後​上​庫
​倘​有​低​偽​為該
​店​是​問
​at the shop.
8. Where is the sycee sil- 絞​銀​在​邊​處​嚟
​ver found?
PÉE PE
內地​諸山​有​銀
​礦​者​或​已盡
​或​奉​封禁​惟​滇
​南​匠​州​有​緬​屬
​之​火山​廠​廣西
​Tséungchau in Wannám,
and at Sungsing in Cochin-
邊​外​有​安南​之
​朱​星​厰​銀礦​極
​sz súi chứ swai sphang.
K'í sü sím fó' kók, shui,
tsak, 'wong ‹k'ing ‹síú tím',
ck'ing tsuk, shéung túi², sk'í
shik, ü tí² <ting léuk, ‹tai
yat, í' shik,.
K'í tím' noi' 'yau ngan ¿ld,
tséung yan tséung ngan
syung fá', ‹k‘ing yapɔ yat› ɩnai
yan', süsün pò ting, yau
tái yau ‘síu. Lang tung
hau' 'ts'ü ch'utɔ, ting² mín'
yau mau sníntik, shín hờ,
syau mau un', wák, 'mau
'héung, ngan tséung mau
tím' tsz" yéung². In hau²
shéung fứ, tổng yau tại
ngai', wai koi tím' shí'
man².
Man ngan tsoi² ‹pín ch'ü'
slai ké' ní?
Noi tíchu shán 'yau
sngau kw6ng ché, wak, sí
'ts'oi tsun' wák, fung² fung
kam'; swai Tín nám
Tséung chau 'yau Mín
shuk, ‹chí Fó ‹shán ‘ch'óng,
'Kwong sai pín ugoi yau
Ơn nam chí Sung” sing
chóng ngan kwóng kik
9. The facts here stated, respecting the mines at Fóshán and Sungsing, are obtained from
a recent memorial to the throne respecting the exportation of sycee, the state of the finances,
&c.
SECT..7.]
261
NATIONAL COINS.
china, on the frontiers of
Kwóngsai.
9. Are these mines open
to any who please to work
them?
They are not; but are
intrusted to certain mer-
chants who pay duty on
worked by
them, and are
Chinese. At both of the
places, some forty or fifty
thousand men are constantly
employed every year; the
quantity obtained does not
exceed two millions of taels,
which is brought into China.
10. How is it with regard
to gold ?
The establishments which
deal in gold purchase it at
the current price, and sell
it again in the same manner.
11. Is there a large amount
of gold in your country?
There is but little, and
therefore it is dear.
12. Where is it found ?
Some is obtained from
copper after it is melted,
and some is obtained from
sand by washing.
13. What are the ancient
coins ?
There are, you see, seve-
ral kinds of these coin; such
as the celestial deity's, that
which rained down
in
Hámyeung, the golden five
pearl, &c. &c. Besides these
there are several kinds of
foreign coin.
其
​旺​紋銀​多​由此
​出
​可是​人人​能​取
​係​唔係​呢
​唔係​乃​設​商​投
​稅​聽​內地​人​探
​取​兩處​每​歲​常
​役​四​五​萬​所得
​不過​二​百萬​両
​賫​回​內地
​金​點​樣​呢
​金店​以​時價​採
​買​番​嚟​以​時價
​發​賣​咯
​你​地​貴​處​有​幾
​多​金​呢
​金​係​少​故此​貴
​在​邊​處​嚟​嘅​呢
​有​在​銅​內​傾​出
​有​在​砂​裏​淘​出
​嚟​嘅
​古錢​㸃​樣​嘅​呢
​你​睇​天帝​錢​成
​陽​雨​錢​金​五​銖
​錢就​係​唎​其餘
​又有​别​國​嘅​呀
​2
wóng sman sngan đó yau
'ts'z' ch'utɔ.
Hó shí yan yan quang
‘ts'üha's’m hai? ní?
s’M hai, nái chít, shéung
st‘au shu’,ting'no? t? syau
'ts'oi 'ts'ü, 'léung ch'ü' 'múi
”
<>
sui sshéung yik, sz” ng
mán², ‘shó tak, pat, kw)
f pák, mán? léung, tsai
súi noi tí ché.
Kam 'tím yéung² ‹ní?
(Kam tím)íshí ká
ts'oi
mái fán ai í shí ká fát,
mai² lók,.
Ní t? kwai' chii' Syau 'ki
tó ckam mí?
Kam hai shíú, kú' 'ts'z'
kwai'.
Tsoil pin chi’lai ké’«ní?
Yau tsoi² stfung nocking
ch'ut, ‘yau tso?‹shái
st'd ch'ut slai ké.
'Kú ts'ín tím yéung ké
cmí?
Ní 't'ai t'in tai' sts'ín, Hám
syéung ‘ü ststin, ckam Ong
chi sts'in, tsau² hair dé.
sKí si yau? yau pit: kwok,
ké .
12. It may be doubted whether any gold is obtained from copper in China, as here stated;
the statement is made on the authority of persons who have had no opportunity to test the
matter by experiment. Some of the streams in the western parts of the empire afford gold
dust, but the precise localities and the quantity produced are unknown.
CHI. CHR.
66
262
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
14. What description of
coins have foreign countries
in circulation?
There are a good many
kinds.
The 'tribute eagle money'
is made in the country of
Mexico.
The 'single eagle money'
comes from the United
States of America.
The four IIII money,'
or the 'large petticoat fringes,'
head' money
comes from Spain.
or 'the old head'
The beautiful tribute mo-
ney' is that which comes
from France.
General names for dollars
'
are flower edged,' and
'devil's head.'
15. Besides these, the
Sám ts'oi t'd also speaks of
the coins of the U-yik-shan-
lí country, of the O n-sik, the
Hó, the Kóng, and other
countries.
番​國有​幾​多樣
​銀​使​嘅​呢
​i
有​好幾​樣​唎
​貢​鷹​銀​乃​係​寬
​士哥​國​鑄​的​唎
​單​鷹​銀​乃​咪​唎
​加​國​出​嘅
​四​工​銀​師大​裙
​3又​舊​頭​乃​大
​呂宋​銀​也
​考​貢​銀​係​佛​囒
​西​國
​又喚​之​花邊​及
​鬼頭​此​之​總​名
​三才​圖​云​另有
​烏​弋​山​離​國​錢
​安息​國​錢​何​國
​康​國​等​錢就​係
​唎
​Fán kwók, yau kí tó
yéung' sngan 'shai ké' <ní?
'Yau 'hó kí yéung² ‹é.
Kung ‹ying ngan ‘nái hai²
Mak, sz" kó kwók, chü'
tik, ‹é.
Tán ying ngan nái Mí'
lí² ská kwók, ch'ut, ké’.
Sz” kung sngantsik, tái
skw'an kéuk,, yau² kau²
stau, nái Tái ‘Lü sung
sngan syá.
'Hau kung' ngan hai² Fat,
lán sai kwók›.
Yau ún chí fá pín, kapa
kwaist‘au, ‘tsz” chí “tsung
sming.
Sám sts'oi st'd swan, ling'
Syau .U′ yika shan slí kwói,
sts'ín, ‹Ơ´n sik, kwók, sts'ín,
Hó kwók›, Kóng kwók,
'tang sts'ín, tsau' hai lé.
14. The Chinese are very fastidious in their choice of foreign coins, rejecting some and
choosing others merely with regard to the device. Spanish dollars with pillars, especially
those issued in the reign of Charles IV. are the most current, often bearing a slight pre-
mium; while on the other hand, the coins of all the American states are passed with diffi-
culty, even at a discount of two, three, and even six per cent. Other names, besides those
given above, are in use, taken from the various devices on the different coins; pò koi, or 'pre-
cious cover' is a name given to the crown surmounting the pillars in Carolus dollars; the
two candlestick dollars' is a term by which the Spanish coin is also known. Bolivian dollars
are called lám t'ung chi, 'grasping the copper pillar,' from the central figures. Precious
goose,' 'precious duck,' 'flying hen,' dollars are other appellations given to the coins of the
American states.
•
15. The names of these ancient and foreign coins are taken from the Sám T's'oi T'd, a
Chinese encyclopedia, to which the antiquarian, if disposed, can refer for further information
respecting this subject.
SECT. 8.]
263
VARIETIES OF SILK.
I
Section Eighth.
VARIETIES OF SILK.
各
​綢​綴​第八​章
​Kok, kún schau tun; tại pát, chéung.
1. The produce of a sin-
gle silkworm is called a floss,
ten of which make a [thread
of] silk. The ends taken up
and drawn out of the simple
cocoons are also called silk.
2. One piece of silk costs
the lives of a thousand silk-
worms.
3. The culture of the mul-
berry and hemp, raising of
the silkworm and spinning,
commenced with Yünfí.
4. Nanking [raw] silk is
that which comes from the
department of Uchau;
Canton [raw] silk is produc-
ed in this province.
5. The Nanking silk,
when woven, is called Nan-
king senshaw. The native
silk, when woven, is called
·蠶​所
​忽
​十​忽​為​絲​抽​引
​精​繭​出​緒​亦​日
​絲
​-片​之​絲​千​蠶
​之​命
​****¤˜Sóng má sts'ám chik, tsz
桑麻​蠶​績​自​元
​妃​而​始興
​sYün fí sĩ ‘chí chung.
#K♫ж#
絲​土​絲​乃​本土
​之​絲​也
​*****⇓ ‹sz' chik ming ún² sú
湖​絲織​名喚​湖
​sÚ
sngau sóng. “Tò sz’ chik,
牛郎​土​絲織​名
​Yat, sts'am 'shó t'd' wai fat›,
shap, fat› ‹wai ‹sz'. ‹Chau
Syan tsing 'kín ch'ut, 'shü,
yik, üt, sz'.
Yat, pín chí sz” ctsín
cts ám chí ming.
SÚ (sz' ³nái sÚ ‹chau fú
‹sz'; 't'ò ‹sz' nái 'pún 't'ò
«chí sz’ yá.
Notes and Explanations.
THE names of the principal kinds of silken fabrics, sought by foreigners in this market, are
here enumerated. The varieties in color, figure, quality, &c., are very numerous, and con-
stantly changing. Inquiries respecting prices, &c., may be formed at pleasure on the model of
phrases given in preceding sections.
1. The words silk and satin, like the articles themselves, seem to be of Chinese origin.
Endeavoring to imitate the word sz' or sze, the foreigner, whatever language he used, would
naturally approximate to the same sound; hence the words serica, seres, &c., and the English
word silk. In like manner sz'tün, or szetwan, would become, in the west, sindon, seda, seta,
and satin. Silk was probably first brought to Rome in the time of Pompey and Julius Cæsar; it
became common in the fourth century; and in the sixth century, two Persian monks brought
eggs of the silkworm from China to Constantinople.
3. Yünfi was consort of the ancient monarch, Wongtai, the yellow emperor, who lived ac-
cording to Chinese chronologists, about 4300 years ago.
4. The Nanking raw silk is called ú sz' or lake silk, from the name of the department of
Úchau in Chitkóng, where some of the finest silk is cultivated, but it is here applied in a wider
sense including all the raw silk brought from northern provinces, most of which comes from
Chítkong and Kóngsú. The ú sz' is divided in taysaam and tsatlee; the best quality of
the latter is considered to be the finest and whitest silk produced in any part of the world.
264
「CHAP. V1.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
Canton senshaw; a distinc-
tion is made between the two,
and they are thus named.
6. Superior fine Wove
plain lutestring.
7. Second quality mixed
Jutestring.
18. Deep blue twilled
Levantine satin with five
threads.
8. My own loom's best
flowered lutestring.
9. Yellow flowered lute-
string.
10. Light ground lute-
粉​地​五色​絲​i
string with various colors.
11. Every description of 各式​花​薄​絹
​flowered lutestring.
12. Superior plain satin of
every color.
13. Second quality of
flowered striped satin.
14. New and fashionable
changeable satin.
15. Flowered satin of a
brownish red color.
16. Plain crimson satin
with eight threads.
17. Figured eight threaded
satin with raised flowers on
a white ground.
19. Second quality of cross
barred twilled Levantine
satin, with five threads.
土​牛郎​則​有​兩
​種​分别​而​名​之
​上等​結​素​薄​絹
​二等​班​絹
​本​機​上​紡​彩​絹
​黄色​纖​花​絲絹
​20. The satin used by the
Chinese officers is of the very
best kind.
深藍​斜紋​花​五
​絲緞
​次​等​革​斜​絞​五
​絲緞
​漢​府​綴​乃​緞​之
​最好​者
​21. In camlets, the threads 線​縐紋​直​無​斜
​are straight not crossed.
上​頂​五​色素​緻
​二​頂​花​柳條​綴
​新​織​時​樣​閃​緞
​古銅色​花​局​繼
​呀​囒​素​八​絲緞
​白地​五彩​扯起
​花​八​絲網
​sming tò sngau slóng, tsal,
Syau 'léung chung ‹fan pít,
sí ming chí.
Shéung tang kít, sü' pók,
kiin'.
I 'tang pán kün’.
Pún ski shéung²‘fóng ‘ts'oi
kün'.
Wóng shik, chik› ‹fá ‹sz'
kin².
'Fan tí' "'ng shik› ‹sz' kün’.
Kók, shik› ‹fá pók, kún'.
Shéung? ‘ting ng shik,si
tün'.
I'² 'ting ‹fá lau sťíú tün’.
San shik, shí yéung shím
tün'.
'Kú t'ung shik› ‹fá kúkɔ
tün'.
Ngà lán si᾿pát,csz'tiün’.
Pák tí ng 'ts'oi 'ch'é 'hí
‹fá pát› ‹sz' tün’.
Sham
"'ng ‹sz' tün'.
lám sts'éman fá
Ts'z” tang kik, sts'é smal
"'ng ssz' tün'.
Hón fú tin nói tin chí
tsi’(hò‘ché.
Sín' tsau² sman chik smò
sts'é.
13. Lau tttu, willow lines; the stripes of the cloth are so designated because of their resem-
blance to the long depending branches of the willow tree, covered with lanceolate shaped
leaves.
14. Shim is the common word for expressing the flash of lightning, or any quick glancing
of light from off a brilliant surface; it is applied to those kinds of silk goods, which by a
change of position, are somewhat iridescent, including both changeable and water colored
silk; the last is also called shui pó man or water waved streaks, which is very near the
English term.
20. Hón fu is literally officers of Hón, i. e. Chinese officers. The Chinese often call
themselves sons of Hón, esteeming it an honor to bear the name of that ancient dynasty; this
explanation is doubted by some, who say the term refers to Hónyéung fú, one of the depart-
ments in the province of U pak.
SECT. 8.]
265
VARIETIES OF SILK.
22. Superior plain black
camlets.
23. There are two kinds
of camlets, one packed for
foreign, and one for domes-
tic, use.
24. The Luk flowered
pongee has a smooth body
and raised flowers, which are
of many colors, ten or more
in variety; it was first woven
by a man who was sur-
named Luk, whence this
sort of pongee has since been
thus called.
25. The pongee from
Hóngchau fú is very thick
and lustrous resembling sat-
in.
26. Sz'ch'ün pongee comes
from Sz'ch'ün [province].
27. Cassia flowered pongee
has figures like the flowers
of cassia woven into it.
28. Ornamented pongees
are flowered, and used for
the inner part of double
garments [as lining].
29. The pongee known
by the name puk ün has no
flowers, and is also much
used for lining.
30. Stiff pongee, which is
woven of loose threads, is
used for summer dresses.
31. Soft pongee has a soft
yet solid texture, and is worn
in the second and eighth
months.
32. Reeled pongee is
woven of the best reeled
threads, and is the most
expensive kind.
上等​素​黑​線​縐
​洋裝​土​裝​兩​等
​線​縐
​陸​家​花綢​身​滑
​而起​花​其​花樣
​幾種​顏色​亦​十
​杂色​乃​陸​姓​人
​始​織​此​綢​故而
​名​之
​府綢​厚​結​光滑
​似​緞
​四川​綢​出​四川
​桂花​綢​為其​織
​出​桂花
​錦​綢​皆有​花​為
​夾​納​裏​用
​卜​原​綢​無​花​亦
​多​為​納​裏
​生​綢​生​紗織​皆
​作​夏衣
​熟​綢​身​軟​熟​為
​二​八月​用
​紡綢​上​紡紗​織
​比​之​貴
​Shéung? ‘tang siihak, sín?
tsau?.
sYéung chóng tò chóng
léung 'tang sin' tsau'.
}
Luk, ‹ká ‹fá ch'au ‹shan
wát, sí 'hí fá, sk'í fá
yéung” kí chung sngán shik,
yik: shape si shik); ‘uái
Luk, sing yan ‘chí chik,
'ts'z' sch'au, kú² sí ¿ming
chí.
Fú chau hau kít hwóng
wát, ts'z' tün'.
Sz" ‹ch'ün «ch'au ch'ut› Sz”
ch'in.
Kwai fá sch'au wai' skí
chik, ch'ut, kwai' ‹fá.
‘Kan chau hái yau fá
swai káp, náp, lí yung”.
Puk, sin schau mò fá yik.
ctó swai náp: lí.
Shang sch'au shang shá
chik, kái tsók, h² í.
Shuke sch'au shan in shuk2
swai f pát it yung?.
Fóng schau shéung fong
shá chik, píchí syau kwai?.
26.–34. As with other fabrics which are much sought after, so it is with silk among
the Chinese, there are numberless varieties depending on the color, texture, or quality, the
district in which it is grown, and the mode of weaving, each of which has its appropriate
appellation known to those familiar with the trade. In a work of this kind, it would be
comparatively of little use to designate the many names indicating all the shades of difference
growing out of these causes, since they could hardly be described so as to be recognized, and
experience is usually the only means to an acquaintance with them. This is particularly the
case with the various sorts of pongee and senshaw, which are much worn by the Chinese.
CHI. CHR.
67
266
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
33. Ningch'au pongee is
thick and firm, and is much
used for ceremonial winter
dresses.
34. T'síú puk pongee is
woven with raised flowers
which resemble those of the
pepper.
35. Rust colored senshaw
is dyed in a jelly, made from
ganbier, several times, and
dried in the sun until the ay
appears on the surface in a
lustrous rust color.
36. Black senshaw is also
dyed in a jelly, and then
exposed in the sun to make
it complete.
37. Chin senshaw
is
woven from Nanking silk,
and is the best kind.
38. Pák wái senshaw is
at first of a white color, and
is afterwards dyed of various
hues.
39. Cotton senshaw is
woven of a mixture of cotton
and silk, and is dyed of
various colors; it is not very
lustrous or beautiful.
cause the threads are crink-
led; there is plain and figur-
ed, of many tens of colors,
all of which differ among
themselves; the tints are very
delicate and elegant, and
the goods are highly prized.
寧​紬​厚​結​多​篇
​冬天​禮服
​棉​紬​以​棉​雜​絲
​而​纖​皆​染​各色
​不甚​光亮​亦無
​嬌艷
​40. The Sham senshaw
沈​紬​乃​沈​姓​始
​was first woven by a man
surnamed Sham; formerly, 製​古人​甚​尙​之
​it was held in high repute.
41. Crape is so called be-
縐紗​因​有​縐紋
​而​名​有​素有​花
​42. There is
There is fine law
with five [threuds in a] bar,
and another with three
[threads in a] bar.
串​紬​湖​絲​所​織
​比​之​佳
​椒​卜​綢​織​成​花
​如​椒​點​墳​起
​薯​茛​紬​以​薯​茛
​搗膠​染紬染晒
​chik,.
數次​膠​現​於​面
​光亮​色赤
​黑膠​綢​亦​用​膠
​染​晒​而成
​白​懷​紬​原來​色
​白​加​染​各色
​among 花樣​數​十種​顔
​色​各異​惟​色​最
​嬌艷​人​多​貴​之
​熟​羅​有​五​梭​有
​三​梭​之​名
​sNing schau hau kít, tó
swai <tung <t'in ‘lai fuk¸.
Tsiú puk, sch'au chik,
sshing ‹fá sù ‹tsíú 'tím span
'hí.
Shü sleung sch'au í sshi
sléung tò ckáu ím schau Im
shái' sho' tsz❞ káu ín² «ii
mín?ckwóng léung shik,
Hak, ckáu sch‘au yike yung'
‹káu ‘ím shái í 、shing.
Ch'ün' sch'au ‹Ú ‹sz'shó
chik, ‘pí chí syau kai.
Pák₂ swái sch'au sün sloi
shik, pák› ‹ká ‘ím kók› shik›.
¿Mín sch'au í ¿mín tsáp› ‹sz',
sí chik, ckái ím kók, shik,
pat, sham² ckwóng léung)
yike smd ckíú yím².
1
Sham schau nái Sham
‘chí chai; kú syau
shéung chí.
sing
sham
Tsau? shá cyan Syau tsau:
¿man ¿í ¿ming; ‘yau sü' ‘yau
‹fá; ‹fá yéung' sho' shap,
‘chung sngán shik, k6k,T
swai shik, tsückíú yím?
syan tó kwai chí.
Shuka sló 'yau "ng ‹só ‘yau
«sám só chí sming.
35, 36. This description of silk is worn by the poorer classes of natives very extensively,
for summer clothing. It is cheap — a whole suit costing between four and five dollars-and
SECT. 8.]
267
VARIETIES OF SILK.
ነ
;
;
43. Stiff law is woven of
raw threads, and is often
used for summer dresses.
44. Damask silk is light
and thin; its surface is lus-
trous, and there are plain and
figured kinds.
45. Hóngchau damask silk
has a smooth and brilliant
surface; it is woven in the
department of Hóngchau.
46. Gauze is assorted into
the transparent and dark
ground varieties.
47. Glazed gauze is very
lustrous.
48. Spring gauze is so
called because it is adapted
for wearing in that season.
49. Watered gauze has the
figures like clouds.
50. Musketo curtain gauze
is used to make bed curtains.
51. Coarse gauze is very
thin and light, and is em-
ployed for festoons, and for
pasting paper upon.
52. Every sort of silk ri-
bands.
53. Embroidered and
figured crape handkerchiefs.
54. Floss is made of silk
and is dyed of various colors
for embroidering.
55. [Silk] yarn is spun
from raw silk, for making the
warp and woof when weav-
ing silk goods.
56. Velvet is woven from
both cotton and silk.
生​羅​以​生​絲織
​以便​夏天​用
​綾​輕薄​面​而​有
​靚​色​亦有​花​素
​杭​綾​面​光滑​杭 ​Hóng sling mín²ckwóng
watą; ¿Hóng.chau 'shó ch'ut».
W
州​所​出
​紗​有​通​紗​有​密
​地​紗​之​分
​亮​1篇​色​有​亮
​春​1謂​當​春​時
​能​着
​響​雲​紗​其​花​如
​雲
​蚊帳 ​1乃​為​帳
​所​用
​機​紗​稀薄​以爲
​結​彩​裱紙
​各式​絲​扁帶
​Shang sló í shang (sz)
chik, í pín? há? ct'ín yúng².
sLing ching pók, mín² sí Syau
ling' shik, yik, ‘yau ‹fá sü'.
Sha 'yau t'ung <shá 'yau
mat₂ tí² ‹shá ‹chí ‹fan.
Léung' ‹sha wai' shik, yau
léung'.
ChŚun shá wai'ctóng chóun
sshí snang chéuk2.
'Héung swan ‹shá skí ‹fá
si swan.
Man cheung² <shá nái swai
chéung: shó yung².
Kí sha chí pók: í swai
kít, ‘tsói ‘píu chí.
Kok, shik, sz’‘pín tái.
顧​繡花​縐紗​巾
​Kò sau² fá tsau² shéckan.
絨​以​絲加​染​各 ​Yung ícsz' cká ím kók,
shík, swai chí kờ sau.
色​為之​顧​繡
​紗​紡絲​成​之​以 ​so chhk pate stfau cking
Shá 'fong (sz' sshing «chí sí
tsók,
'wai.
作​織​疋​頭​經緯
​剪絨​以​棉​與​絲
​而​織​成​之
​"Tsín syung í mín ¹ü ‹sz'
sí chik, sshing chí
from the color does not show dirt, and is withal very enduring.
these two sentences are precisely alike in meaning, and at all times interchangeable.
42, 43. The fine law is a beautiful fabric, about two feet broad, woven with stripes running
across, and figures in the body of the cloth. The name law is derived from the Chinese 16,
and is applied to the fine kinds, which are both plain and figured. The common or stiff law
is a coarse fabric, and little of it is exported.
The two forms of ch'au in
268
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
Section Ninth.
EDICT FOR THE DELIVERY OF OPIUM.
1. Lam, high imperial com-
missioner of the celestial
court, a director of the
Board of War, and governor
of U'kwóng, issues his com-
mands to the foreigners of
every nation for their full
information.
合​繳​鴉片​第九​章
​U ling kíú cá pín; tai kau chéung.
1
天朝​欽差​大臣
​兵部​尙​書​湖廣
​總督​部​堂​林​諭
​各國​夷人​知悉
​照​得​夷​船​到​廣
​通商​獲利​甚​厚
​是以​從​前來​船
​每​歲​不及​數十
​隻​近年來​至
​百​數十隻​之多 ​pán.
不論​所帶​何​貨
​無不​全​銷​欲置
​何​貨​無不​立​辦
​試問​天地​間​如
​此​利市​馬頭​尙
​有​别處​可否
​2. It is known that the
foreign ships which come to
Canton for general trade,
have obtained very large
profits. This is herein
evinced; that, while formerly
the vessels arriving each
year were hardly reckoned
by tens, the number of late
years has amounted to a hun-
dred and several tens; that
whatever commodities they
may have brought, none have
failed to be disposed of; and
that, whatever they may have
sought to purchase, there
have been none which they
could not at once obtain.
Let it be asked, whether,
between heaven and earth,
so advantageous a commer-
cial mart can anywhere else
be found? It is because our
great emperors, in their
universal benevolence, have 我​大​皇帝​- 視
​granted you commercial pri-
Tín chú, yam chái, tái
sshan Ping Po² shéung² ‹shü,
U kwóng 'tsung tuk›, pò²
stóng, sLam, i kík, kwok,
sí syan chí sik,.
Chíứ tak, s1 sshin tờ ‘Kwong
tung shéung, wok, lí
sham2 hau'. Shi² 1 sts'ung
sts'ín sloi shün, 'múi sui'
pat, k'ap, shò' shap, chik,;
kan' snín sloi chi yat, pák,
shờ shap, chik, chí tó;
pat, lun² 'shó tái' shó fó',
mò pat› stsün ‹síú; yuk
chí chó fő› ‹mò pat› lap
Shí man² t'ín tí²
‹kán, ‹ü ‘ts'z' lí' shí má
st'au, shéung yau pít, ch'ü'
chó mik, fau ? “Ngó tái
swóng tai yat, shí tung
Notes and Explanations.
THIS edict bearing directly on the commercial and other relations with this country, and being
also a specimen of highly finished composition, will not be inappropiate here. Papers of this
kind, respecting foreigners, usually come through the hong merchants' hall, where the ori-
ginals are retained, and copies are sent to the foreigners. On some important occasions they
are transmitted through the offices of the local magistrates. In the present case it came di-
rectly from his excellency, bearing the seals of his high commission. The word ü is em-
ployed both as a noun and as a verb; it is a command, an order; or to command, to order;
referring always to that which is issued by a superior authority to inferiors, and which by the
latter must be regarded as a rule or law for their obedience. Ling has something of the
same import: ü ling kiú, an edict commanding the delivery of ápín, opium.
SECT. 9.]
269
EDICT FOR THE DELIVERY OF OPIUM.
¿
vileges, that you now enjoy
these commercial advantages.
If once our ports are closed
against you, for what profit
can your several nations any
longer look? Moreover, our
tea and rhubarb, without
which you foreigners have no
means of supporting life, are
without stint or grudge grant-
ed you year by year for
exportation beyond sea. Fa-
vors never have been greater.
3. Are you grateful for
these favors? Then
you
ought to fear the laws,
and in benefiting yourselves
should not do injury to
others. Why do you take
the drug opium, which is not
eaten in your own countries,
and bring it into this land to
defraud the people of their
property, and to injure their
lives? I find that with this
thing you have deceived and
کے
•
同仁​准​爾​貿易
​爾​纔​沾​得​此​利
​封港​爾​各
​TA
國​何​利​可​圖​況
​茶葉​大黃​外夷
​若​不得​此​無
​以為​命​乃​聽​爾
​年年​販運​出洋
​絕不​靳​惜​恩莫
​大​焉
​人​財​而​害人​命
​乎​查​爾等​以此
​syan 'chun i mau yik, í
sts'oi chím tak, 'ts'z' lí.
Tong yat, fung 'kóng í
kók, kwók, shó li ho st'o?
Fóng” scha íp, tái swing,
ngoi' sí yéuk, pat, tak, 'ts'z',
tsik, mò sí ¿wai ming', 'nái
t'ing' 'í snín snín fán' wan'
ch'ut› syéung, tsüt, pat› kan'
sik,. Yan mok, tái n.
* & 3 Í tang ham yan? Tsik,
su wai fát, lí ‘kí pat, ho
B
畏​法利​已​不可
​ㅕ
​hoi' yan. Hó tak, ‹tséung
LATEST HIGI
國​不​食​之​鴉片 ​ming²
烟​帶來​內地​騙
​sí kwok, pat, shik, chí cá
phín” n, tái soi noi tí,
p'ín' yan sts'oi, sí hoi² syan
ming' sú? Ch'á í 'tang í
i. Lam—as is usual in official papers of this kind, only his family name is given, and
it is placed after his titles, the reverse of western usage. Literally, it reads thus; heavenly dy-
nasty's imperially commissioned great minister, War-Board president (shéungshü), Lake-
broad general government office-occupier (pd-tóng), Lam. Foreigner is a mild translation of
í; there are within the boundaries of the empire numerous tribes of uncivlized mountaineers,
who are designated í yan; thus there are two classes of i yan; those within the empire are
called noi í and all without the empire are ngoi í. The term is used here nearly in the
sense in which the Greeks and Romans used the word barbarian. Chí shik, fully to know, i.
e. for your full information.
2. Chíú tak is a technical phrase: chíú light shining forth, information respecting any
subject, tak obtained, appears, or is manifest. Kwong is an abbreviation of Kwongtung.
Tung shéung an open market, one accessible to all without distinction. Shí í here by, i. e. the
fact stated in the preceding clause is confirmed by this, what is hereinafter adduced. Tái wong
tai may be rendered great august ruler, or dread sovereign; tái wóng is an epithet indicative
of the highest dignity, applied to great sovereigns, to deities, to heaven, &c. There cannot be,
among men on earth, but one tái wống tai at the same time; and to him, as vicegerent of
heaven, all other rulers are subordinate. Tsik mò í wai ming, then nothing to use for life; if
the ports of the empire are once closed, not only will there be an end to your profits; fóng
but, moreover, and what is still worse, you, ngoi í foreign brbarians, not being able to pro-
cure tea and rhubarb, will then have nothing to subsist upona
3. Pat shik chí áp¹ín ín, not eaten of opium smoke, i. e. t.he smoke of opium which is not
CHI. CHR.
68
270
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
"
deluded the people of China
for tens of years past, and
that the unjust hoards thus
acquired cannot be number-
ed. With such conduct the
hearts of men are roused to
物​蠱惑​華​民​已
​歷數​十年​所得
​不義之財​不可
​indignation, and heavenly 勝​計​此​人心​所
​reason cannot deal leniently.
共​憤​亦​天理​所
​難​容
​從前​天朝​例​禁
​尙​寬​各​口​猶​可
​偷漏​今​大​皇帝
​聞​而​震怒​必​盡
​除​之​而後​已​所
​有​內地​民​人​販
​鴉片​開​烟​館​者
​立即​正法​吸食
​4. Formerly, the prohibi-
tions of the celestial court
were comparatively lax; and
it was possible clandestinely
to penetrate the various ports.
Now the great emperor, hear-
ing of this, and roused to
indignation, will utterly
exterminate it ere he stop.
Whoever of the people in
this land traffic in opium, or
establish houses for smoking
the drug, shall instantly be
visited with the extreme
penalty of the laws; and it is
also in contemplation to
regard those who smoke as
equally with the people of
the land to obey its laws and
statutes.
者亦​議​死罪​爾
​guilty of death. And you,
having come to the territories 等​來​至​天朝​地
​of the celestial court, ought
方​師​應​與​內地
​5. I, the commissioner,
having my home in the
maritime province of Fuk-
kín, had early a profound
acquaintance with all the arts
-
大怒
​民​人​同​違法​度
​本​大臣​家居​閩
​海​於​外夷​一切
​伎俩​早​皆​深悉
​S
'ts'z' mat 'kú wák₂ Wa
sman, í lik, shò' shap, nín,
‘sho tak, pat, 1 chí sts of
pat› 'hó ‹shing kai'. "Ts'z'
syan sam sho kung fan,
yik, t'ín í 'shó ‚nán ¿yung.
Ts'ung sts'in, et'ín ¸ch'íú lái²
kam' shéung' fún; kók, 'hau
syau 'hó t'au lau². Kam
tái swóng tai sman, sí chan
nờ, pít, tsun schü chí, sá
hau² 1. 'Shó 'yau noi tí²
¿man syan fán' ‹á p'ín', ‹hoi
ín 'kún ché, lap, tsik,
ching' fát; k'ap, shik, 'ché,
yik, í 'sz' tsúi². I 'tang
sloi chí stín sch'íú tí fong,
tsik, ying 'ü noi² tí² man
syan st‘ung ‹tsun fát, tð².
'Pún tái sshan ‹ká ‹kü
sMan hoi, u ngoi sĩ yat.
ts ít, chỉ léung, trò kái
<sham s'ik sk'ists'éung.
inhaled. Not tí, inner land, is used by the Chinese with emphasis, and is equivalent to
the common phrase, our country; it has originated in the idea that this land is placed in the
centre of the world, and that all other kingdoms and lands are placed on the extreme borders,
the outer regions, of it. Wá man, the adorned people, i. e. the Chinese, the civilized, or the
people adorned with learning and virtue.
4. Lai kam, laws prohibitive, the prohibitions of the government were, sheung fún some-
what lax, so that its, kók hau several ports, yau hó possibly might admit, td lau a clandestine
leaking-in of opium, or out of sycee. Chan nò, quaking wrath, fearful anger is what causes
terror and agitation, like that excited by the falling of a thunderbolt, or the quaking of the
earth. Ching fát, execute the laws, i. e. inflict capital punishment in conformity to the laws.
5. Man hoi, seas of Man; Man is an ancient classical name of Fukkín; the commissioner
is from the department of Fukchau, the capital of the province. The terms of his commis-
sion run thus, literally; ping ting pacifier and settler, ngoi wák of the outer regions, lui tsz'
repeatedly, lap established in, kung chí meritoriousness, yam chái imperial commissioner,
SECT. 9.]
271
EDICT FOR THE DELIVERY OF OPIUM.
and shifts of the outer barba-
rians. Hence I have been
especially honored by the
great emperor, with his grant
of, plenipotentiary powers, or
High imperial commissioner,
and for repeated services sent
to settle the affairs of the
frontiers.
6. Should I search closely
into the offenses of
1
in carrying on for so many
years past their traffic, they
would be found to be already
beyond the bounds of indul-
gence. But considering that
they are men from afar, and
hitherto not aware that the
prohibitions were so severe,
I cannot bear, in carrying
out the present plain enforce-
ment of the laws, to cut
them off, without first giving
instructive admonition.
7. I find, that on board
the warehousing vessels,
which you have now lying at
anchor in the Lintin and
other offings, there are stored
up some tens of thousands of
chests of opium, which it is
your purpose and desire to
sell clandestinely, without
ever considering the present
severity of the measures for
seizing it at every port.
How will men dare again to
give it escort? And in every
province the same severe
measures are in operation for
seizing it. Where else, then,
will any be found who will
presume to join in the traffic?
At the present time opium
is entirely stopped. All men
know it to be a nauseous
poison. Why then will you
be at the trouble of laying
}
H of M H | Shứ ś take mung tái
swóng tai' <pán k'ap, sp'ing
大​皇帝​頒給​平
​定​外​域​屢次​立
​ting ngoi wak, lu tsz”
lap chung chí yam chái
tái sshan, kwán sfong cts'n
sloi sch'á pán².
功​之​欽差​大臣
​關​防​前來​查辦
​積年​販賣​之​罪
​已​不可​姑​容
​惟​念​究​係​遠​人
​Yeuk chui kau' koi í
syantsik, nín fán mái
<chí tsúi, tsik, í pat, 'hó
‹kú syung.
Wai ním' kau'
hai siin yan, ts'ung sts'ín
shéung mí chí yau ‘tsz’
sím kam', ‹kam 'ü ming
<shan yéuk, fát, pat, 'yan
從前​尙​未知​有 ​pat, káuícchi.
此​嚴禁​今​與​明
​申​約​法​不忍​不
​敎​而​誅
​查​爾等​現​泊​伧
​T**2**
* AHB H
箱​意欲​私行​售
​賣​獨​不​思海​口
​如此​嚴​挐​豈​復
​有人​敢​為​護送
​而​各省​亦皆​嚴
​挐​更有​何處​敢
​與​銷售​此時​鴉
​片​禁止​不行​人
​人​知​為​鴆毒​何
​Ch'á í 'tang ín' pók, ‹Ling
cting, ‘tang, syéung chí tun
sshün, sts'ün yau cá p'ín'
sho' mán' séung, f'yuk, ‹sz'
|
shing hau mái, tuk, pat, sz
hoi hau sü ‘ts'z' ‚ím ‹ná.
'Hí fuk, ‘yau syan ‘kóm ¿wai
ú² sung'? I kók, 'shang
yikɔ ‹kái sím sná. Kang'
'yau shó ch'ü' 'kóm ‘ü ‹síú
kau? "Ts'z' ¿shí cá p'ín`
kam” chí, pat, shing. sYan
syan chí swai ssham tuk),
tái shan high minister. The remaining six characters, kwán fóng 'ts in loi chá pán, belong
to what précedes the words, ping 'ting, &c. It is to be construed thus, pán k'ap . kwán
fóng ts'ín loi ch¹á pán, conferred and gave previleges and powers
to come forward to
examine and act.
•
•
6. Yün yan, distant men, men from afar; these words often form a convenient and ap-
propriate term for the word foreigner or foreigners.
272
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
1
it up on board your store-
ships, long detaining them.
on the high seas, not only
expending to no purpose
your labor and wealth, but
even exposing it to unfore-
seen dangers from storms
and fires.
9. Wherefore I proceed to
issue my commands. When
these reach the foreign mer-
chants, let them immediately
take the entire amount of
opium in their storeships and
deliver it up to government.
Let it be ascertained clearly
by the hong merchants how
many chests are delivered up
by each person, and what is
the whole amount in catties
Let these parti-
and taels. Let these
culars be brought together in
a clear tabular form, and
presented to government for
examination, that in strict
conformity thereto it may be
received and destroyed, to
the utter extirpation of the
evil. Not the smallest particle
must be withheld or concealed.
10. At the same time let
these foreigners give a bond,
written jointly in the foreign
and Chinese languages,
declaring plainly, "That
their ships, hereafter resort-
苦​貯​在​夷​躉​乆
​定​大洋​不獨​枉
​費​工 ​恐​風火
​更​不可測​也
​合​行​諭​飭​諭​到
​該​夷​商​等速
​遵照​將​躉船​鴉
​片​盡數​繳​官​由
​洋​商​查明​何​人
​名下​繳​出​若干
​箱​統​共​若干​斤
​兩造​具​清册​呈
​官​點​驗收​明​燬
​化​以​絕​其​害​不
​得​絲毫​藏匿
​面​出具​夷​字
​漢字​合同​甘​結
​聲明​嗣​後來​船
​ing hither, will never bring|永​不敢​夾帶​鴉
​opium; that if they should
bring it, as soon as discover-
ed the whole shall be confis-
cated, and the men suffer
the extreme penalty of the
laws; and that such punish
ment will be submitted to
willingly."
片​如有​帶來
​經​查​出貨​盡​没
​官人​正法​情
​甘​服罪​字樣
​|
Hó fú 'ch'ü tsoi² í tun²
kau ting” tái syéung, pat.
tuk, 'wong far kung tsz'
'kung fung 'fo, kaug pat›
'hó tsak, 'ya.
Hóp, shing ü' shik». U to'
koi si shéung 'tang, <ts'uk
tsik, tsun ehíú', tséung
'tun shun á p'in' tsun²
S
shờ' 'k:ú ‹kún. Yau yéung
sshéung sch a sming shi yan
¿ming há² kíú ch'ut› yéukɔ
kón séung, 'tung kung'
yéuk, ‹kón kan 'léung. Tso'
kü tsing ch'ák, sch'ing
‹kún tím ím ‹shausming
'wai fá', 'í tsiitą sk'í hoi'.
Pat, tak, sz’ chò chóng
nik›.
Yat, mín² ch'ut› kü² í tsz²
hón' tsz" hóp st'ung <kóm
kitą, <shing ming, tsz" hau²
sloi sshun, swing pat, 'kom
káp, tái cá phín”; si yau
tái soi, yat, kingcha
2
ch‘ut, fó” tsun mút, chún,
syan tsik, ching' fát, sts'ing
kóm fuk, tsúi tsz" yéung'.
7. Tun shün, store-house ships, ships remaining stationary and serving as depôts. Sham
tuk is a nauseous, deadly, or virulent poison.
9. Hop wherefore uniting into one view all the particulars which have been narrated
and closing the case, forming my judgment and decisions according to those particulars
hing ü shik I proceed to issue my commands. Tim im is an examination made of goods
according to a list, on which the several items of goods are tím, or marked, as soon as they
are im, examined and verified. The phrase wai fá means utter destruction: wai is destruc-
iton by fire, and fá si a change wrought in the nature of any substance or being. Yung fá
is another phrase for expressing the same idea.
10. Kóm Kit, a sweet knot, a voluntary bond: the phrase is used on all accasion in which
the people bind themselves to observe specific regulations.
::
J
►
SECT. 9.]
273
EDICT FOR THE DELIVERY OF OPIUM.
11. I have heard that you
foreigners always attach
great importance to the word
good faith. If then you will
really do as I, the commis-
sioner, have commanded, will
deliver up the entire amount
already here, and assuredly
prevent the introduction of
that which has not arrived,-
thus evincing contrition for
guilt and a dread of punish-
ment, the past need not
be investigated. And I, the
commissioner, will then, in
conjunction with the govern-
or, and lieutenant-governor,
address the throne, implor-
ing the great emperor to
vouchsafe extraordinary fa-
vors, not only to forgive
former errors, but also-as
we will request-to confer.
rewards, to encourage
a
spirit of contrition and fear.
After this, commercial inter-
course will be enjoyed as
formerly; and your character
as good foreigners will not be
lost. Moreover, by an hono-
rable traffic, you may freely
acquire profits and become
rich. Will not this be most
honorable?
12. But if you obstinately
adhere to folly, and will not
{
CHI. CHR.
S
Man koi si sping yat,
chung' yat, san' tsz". Kwó
sü 'pún tái shan shó i,
í loi 'ché tsun' shò' ¿ch'ing
'kíú, mí² loi 'ché tun' tsiit
pat, loi, shí nang fúi tsúi
wai' sying, shéung 'ho pat
聞​該​夷平​日​重
​信​字​果 ​如​本
​{
大臣​所諭​己來
​者​盡數​呈​繳​未
​來​者​斷絕​不​來
​是​能​悔罪​畏​刑
​chui kí wóng. Pún tái
shan, tsik, tóng úi stung
tuk, pờ tóng, fú pờ un
tsau han tái swóng tại
kák, ngoi² ‹shí ‹yan, pat› tak¸
cún mín sts in chín, ping
‘ts‘ing chéuk, sử ‘shéung hờ,
尙​可不​追​往
​本​大臣​師​當會
​í 'tséung sk'í fúi kü² ‹chí
<sam. 'Ts'z' hau² chíú
同​督​部​堂​撫​部 ​shéung mau² yike, kipat
shat, wai léung í.
'Ch'é
ching ching mái mái tsun
院​奏​悲​大​皇帝
​格外​施恩​不特
​Η
hó wok, lí chỉ fứ. Hí
pat› 't'ai mín²?
寬​免​前愆​並​請
​酌予​賞​犒​以​獎
​其​悔​懼​之​心​此
​後​照常​貿易​旣
​不失為​艮​夷​且
​正經​買賣​儘可
​獲利​致富​豈不
​體面
​倘​執迷不悟​猶
​11. Man is used to denote what one hears, as current rumors, reports, &c. San, good
faith, is truth, verity, or sincerity; one who forfeits his word, shat san, loses or breaks his
good faith.
T'sau is used appropriately for all addresses made to the sovereign, as pan is
for all those which are made to the magistracy; it is used both as a noun and as a verb; it
is a memorial, or to memorialize. Kák ngoi shí yan, limits beyond extend favors; that is,
vouchsafe extraordinary favors. Sheung hò are rewards, such as are conferred on heroes
and others, who have acted in a manner to merit favor. I tséung to encourage, kí fúi kü
chí sam, the repentance and fear 's mind; meaning, to develop a spirit of fear and contrition.
Chíú shéung, according to the ordinary course, or in the usual manner. T'ai min substan-
tial face, respectable, honorable.
12. Tong if you, chap adhere to, mai your folly or blindness, pat 'ng and will not awake,
to a sense of duty, yau still, sz' thinking, nip falsely, pan to address me. Tók ming, to com-
mit to the name, shui shau of seamen, that is, to bring it in under the name of seamen, pre-
tending that the resident merchants have nothing to do with it. Tong sik, to bar and shut
up, to bar any inquiry, í kíú and deliver, shap chí yat í one or two of ten. It is a favorite
mode of expressing relations of quantities among the Chinese, to speak of so many tenth
69
!
Tong chap› mai pat› 'ng²;
274
[CHAP. VI.
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
awake; if you yet think, un-
G
der cover of false represen-
-
tations to continue your il-
licit traffic; or to pretend
that it is brought by seamen,
unconnected with the foreign
merchants; or deceitfully to
declare that it shall be return-
ed to your country, or cast
into the sea; or to take occa-
sion to go to other provinces
seeking to sell it; or to stifle
inquiry by giving up one or
two tenths: in all these cases
it will be evident that you
retain a contumacious and
disobedient spirit, upholding
vice and unwilling to reform.
Then, although the celestial
court treats with tenderness
and great mildness men from
afar, still, as it cannot bear
with their scorn and contempt,
it will be right to subject you
likewise, according to the
new law, to the same severe
course of punishment.
13. On this occasion, I,
the commissioner, while at
the capital received in person
the sacred commands, that
wherever law exists, it must
be executed. Moreover, hav-
ing brought these full powers
and privileges, enabling me
to do whatever seems right-
powers with which those
ordinarily given for inquir-
ing and acting in regard to
other matters cannot be
compared: so long as the
opium remains unextermi-
nated, so long will I, the
思​揑​禀​售​私​或
​託​名​水手​帶來
​與​夷​商​無涉​或
​詭稱​帶回​該​國
​投入​海​中​或​乘
​間​而​赴​他​省
​售​或​搪塞​而​繳
​十​之 ​是​皆
​有心​違抗​怙​惡
​不​悛​雖​以​天朝
​柔遠​綏​懷​亦不
​能​任​其​藐​玩​應
​遵照​新​例
​體​從​重懲​創
​此次​本​大臣​自
​京​面​承​聖諭​法
​在​必​行​且​旣​帶
​此​關​防​得​以便
​宜​行事​非​尋常
​查辦​他​務​可比
​若​鴉片
​日​未
​絕本​大臣​一​日
​1
| ;
syau ‹sz' nípɔ ‘pan kau² ‹sz'
wak, tók, ming shui shau
tái sloi, si sí shéung mò
shíp; wát, kwai ching tái
súi choi kwók, stau yap.
hoi chung; wak, sshing
kán í fú tá 'sháng mik
kau; wak, đóng sik, sá
'kíú shap, chí yat, í: shí
hái yau sam swai kóng,
fú² ók› pat› ‹só. ‹Sui ³í ‹t'ín
sch'íú syau 'ün shu swái,
yik pat nang yam² sk'i
míú ún', ying tsik› ‹chün
chíú' <san lai', yat, 't'ai
sts‘ung chung ‘chingchông”.
"Ts'z' ts'z" 'pún tái shan
tsz" king mín²' sshing shing'
ü', fát, tsoi pít, shing.
Ché kí tái ts‘z kwán
sfóng tak› í pín² sí shing sz”,
<fí sts'am sshéung sch'á pán²
t'á mò² 'hó pí: yéuk₂ ‹á
p'ín' yat› yatɔ mí² tsüt₂, 'pún
tái sshan yat yat, pat, súi.
parts. So much is this the case, that to say yati fan, one or two parts, expresses the same
thing as to say shap chí yat í, one or two parts of ten. Even qualities are thus compared;
a person is said to be so many tenths recovered from illness; and shap fan, ten parts, is
the most common term used to denote perfection.
13. T'sz' king [coming] from the capital, mín ching have face to face received, shing ü,
the sacred [that is, the emperor's] commands. Kwán fóng is a compound term, here mean-
ing powers to prohibit, stop up, and regulate everything pertaining to the traffic. Ts'am
sheung, searchingly constant, is a common term for the constant and ordinary routine of
things, for whatever is common and usual. Chai swearing, ü ts'z' sz' that in this affair,
séung chi chung [I will] join the beginning and the end, that is, thoroughly investigating it,.
leaving no part unexamined; the sentence is peculiarly emphatic and terse, and is a good in-
stance of the nervousness of which the language is capable.
SECT. 9.]
275
EDICT FOR THE DELIVERY OF OPIUM.
commissioner, not return.
I
swear that I will progress in
this business from beginning
to end: certainly I will not
stop midway in its execution.
14.
Furthermore, I ob-
serve the popular feeling is
all so roused to public indig-
nation, that, if you foreigners
remain insensible to refor-
mation and contrition, contin-
uing to make gain your sole.
object, there will not only
be arrayed against you the
martial terrors and powerful
energies of our military and
naval forces; but the able-
bodied of the people, being
called on, will be more than
sufficient for placing your
lives within my power. And
moreover, by a temporary
embargo, or by a permanent
closing of our ports, what
difficulty will there be in
effectually cutting off the in-
tercourse? Our central em-
pire, comprising a territory
of many thousands of miles,
and possessing in rich abun-
dance all the products of the
soil, derives no profit from
your foreign commodities;
you may, therefore, well fear
that the means of livelihood
of your several nations will
cease. You, who have come
so far for commerce, how is
it that you do not perceive
the difference between toil
and repose, between the pow-
er of the many, and that of
the few!
15. As to those crafty
foreigners, resident in the
不​回​誓​與​此事​:
相​始終​斷​無​中
​止​之​理
​沉​察看​内地​民
​情​皆​動​公​憤​尙
​該​夷​不知​改悔
​惟利是圖​非但
​水陸 ​陸​1兵​軍威
​壯​盛​師​號召​民
​間​丁壯​已​足​制
​其​命​而​有餘​而
​且​暫​則​封​艙​久
​則​封港​更​何​難
​絕​其​交通​我​中
​原​數萬​里​版​與
​百​產​豐盈​並不
​藉​資​夷​貨​恐​爾
​各國​生計​從此
​休​矣爾​等​遠出
​經商​豈​不知
​勞​逸​之​殊​形​與
​眾寡​之​異​勢​哉
​至​夷​館​中​慣​販
​$
Chai? Sü ‘ts'z' sz" séung
'ch'í chung: tün'smo chung
chí chí lí.
tí
Fóng ch'át, hón’no² t?
man stsing, ckái tung? ckung
fan, tong hoi si pat chí
koi fúi, swai lí shí thờ,
‹fí tán² ‘shui luk, ‹kún ‹ping
ckwan wai chóng” shing;
tsk, hờ chíú man chán
ting chóng, í tsuk, chai
sk'í ming' í ‘yau sü. ‹ľ
'ch'é tsám? tsak, <fung
chóng, kau tsak, fung
kóng, kang'shó snán tsity
sk'í cháu tung? Ngô
chung sun shờ mán lí
pán si, pák, ch'án fung
sying; ping² pat, tsiky ctsz
sÁ fo’; kung í kók, kwok,
fó
<shang kai', sts'ung 'ts'z' yau
1. I' 'tang 'ün ch'ut› ‹king
shéung, ‘hí shéung pat chí
slò yat chí sshi sying.
su chung kwá chí 1 shai
<tsoi!
Chí sĩ kín chung kwán
14. Hồ chíú man kán ting chóng, by proclamation call out the serviceable and able-bodied
from among the people. This designates a kind of posse comitatus, formed by levies of such
men as the magistrates of districts choose to select from among the able-bodied of the male
population, between the ages of sixteen and sixty. All men between these ages are to hold
themselves at the service of the state in military emergencies. What the commissioner would
express seems to be, that the undisciplined levies would be so strongly actuated by popular
feeling against the foreign opium dealers, that they would form a sufficient power unaided by
the regular military, to enforce the severest treatment. The words fung chóng signify only
the closing of the holds of ships, but this, in China, implies also the prohibition to leave the
port, and forbids them too from entering. Our central empire, or more literally, our central
276
COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS.
[CHAP. VI.
foreign factories, continually
selling opium, 1, the commis-
sioner, was early furnished
with a list of their names.
And those good foreigners,
also, who have not sold
opium, must not fail to be
distinguished. Those who
will point out the bad fo-
reigners, compel them to de-
liver up their opium, and
are first to give the bond, are
the good foreigners; and I
the commissioner, will early
and liberally reward them.
Weal and woe, honor and
disgrace, now remain with
you yourselves alone
choose.
to
16. Now I am about to
command the hong mer-
chants, 'Ng Shiuwing [or
Howqua] and others, to pro-
ceed to your factories to in-
struct you.
A term of three
days is allowed for your
reply; at the same time, let
the duly attested bond be
given; while you wait for
me, in conjunction with the
governor and lieutenant-go-
vernor to appoint a time
for the opium to be received.
Indulge no idle expectation,
seeking for delay, till repen-
tance will be too late! A
special edict.
Given this 19th year of
Tokwóng: 2d month, 4th
day. [March 18th, 1839.]
鴉片​之​奸​夷​本 ​| fán cá prin㎡ cchí kán sí,
p'ín'
大臣​早已​備​記
​其​名​而不​賣​鴉
​片​之​良​夷​亦不
​‘pún tái sshan tsò í p?
kí shí ming. I pat mái
cá phín chí séung st, yik,
pat, ‘hó pat, swai (pau páky.
Yau snang ‘chí ch'ut) skán
sí, chák, ling sching shíu cá
p'ín' ping' 'shau ‹sín kü² kít,
【ché, tsik, shi léung í;
可不​為​剖白​有
​能​指出​奸​夷​責
​合​呈​繳​鴉片​並
​首先​具​結​者
​是​良​夷​本​大臣
​必先​優​加​獎賞
​禍福​榮辱​惟其
​自取
​今​令​洋​商​伍​紹
​榮​等到​開導
​限​三​日​内​回禀
​面​取​具​切實
​甘​結​聽候​會同
​督​部​堂​撫​部院
​示​期​收繳​毋得
​觀望​諉​延​後悔
​無​及​特​諭
​道光​十九​年​二
​月初​四日
​'pún tái²¿shan pít› ‹sín ‹yau
cka】 tséung shéung. Wó?
fuk> swing yuke swai sk'í tsz”
'ts'ü.
Kam ling syéung <shéung
"Ng Shíú swing 'tang, to'
kín choi tờ. Hán sám yat,
noi, súi pan; yat mín
ts‘iiki tsít, shat2 kóm kít;
tting’hau² ú? stung tuk, pò?
tóng fú pờ in shí shí
shau kíu. Mò tak, chún
móng wai sín, hau fúi
smò kapz. Takyi?.
Tò' ckwong, shape (kau snin,
í² üt₂, ‹ch'ó sz” yatɔ.
place of origin, is a common designation for China, considered as the centre of civilization,
if not of the earth, and the birthplace of mankind. Shò mán lí pán ü, several myriads of l
registered and mapped, pák ch'án fung ying, and having a hundred (or all) products in exu-
berant fullness.
1
1
MECHANICAL AFFAIRS.
工藝​篇​七
​Kung
ngai²;
p'ín
ts'at,.
1.
Architects are those
who plan and build all kinds
of lodging-places.
Section First.
NAMES OF ARTIFICERS.
2. Armorers make military
implements.
3. Artificial flowermen
take pith-paper, and skillful-
ly work it into the form of
flowers.
CHAPTER VII.
4. Artisan is a general
name for all skillful handi-
craftsmen; and whoever is
thus skillful in one occupa-
tion, confining himself to that
alone, is then called this or
that artificer, or this or that
workman.
名匠​第
​章
​Ming tséung'; tai² yat› ‹chéung.
工匠​營造​起居
​所​類​者
​軍​器​匠​作​兵械
​紙​蓮花​師傅​將
​蓮​紙​巧​造​如花
​工作者​乃​手藝
​人​之​總​名​凡​藝
​擅​專門​則​云某
​匠​或​日​某​師​傳
​Kung tséung, ¿ying tsò² ‘hí
kü 'shó lui 'ché.
C
Kwan hi tséung', tsok,
ping hái.
Chi tung fá ‹sz' fú³,
«tséung tung chí háu trò
2
sü ‹fá.
Kung tsok, ché, nái ‘shau
ngai syan chí ‘tsung sming ;
sfán ngai shín chun smún,
tsak, swan mau tséung²,
wák, üt, mau ‹sz' fú².
Notes and Explanations.
In all those manipulations which are in any great measure dependent on the exact sciences,
the Chinese for the most part are poor proficients. The construction of chronometers, thermo-
meters, and such like instruments, they have seldom if ever attempted. In less exact works
they succeed better. For example, the shui ch'é, 'water carriage,' as they name the fire-
engine, introduced among them since the commencement of the nineteenth century, is now
manufactured extensively by them, and in such a manner as to show that they are not de-
ficient in imitative skill. T'séung denotes simply an artisan or an artificer.
1. Kung tséung is literally defined thus, build make rising dwelling places kinds the
agents;' i. e. kung tséung, or architects, are those persons who construct all the kinds of
buildings which are required for the various purposes of life.
3. Šz' fú is a complimentary term, often applied to workmen, indicating that they pos-
sess skill and learning. Tutors and masters are sometimes so denominated.
4.
T'sók means to do, to make; preceded by kung work, and followed by ché, it denotes
CHI. CHR.
70
278
MECHANICAL AFFAIRS.
[CHAP. VII.
5. An awning maker, by
using matting, bamboos, and
posts, constructs rooms and
houses.
6. A baker is one who
makes and bakes bread, and
so forth.
pa Barbers are those
persons who improve the
appearance, and shave the
hair.
3. Basket makers, using
bamboo splints, weave them
into different kinds of baskets.
9. The blackletter printer,
first taking a sheet of paper
and spreading it upon a
stone table, thoroughly wets
t; he then with cotton beats
the paper into the charac-
ters [cut in the stone], and
having touched it over with
ink, takes it off, thus complet-
ing the blackletter characters.
10. Blacksmiths are those
who beat and make iron
utensils.
11. A bookbinder is one
who binds and trims books,
prepares stationary, and so
forth.
12. Those who make
bows and arrows are named
bowmakers.
13. A brazier is one who
and casts utensils of
fuses
brass.
棚​匠​以​篷​竹​杉
​WEDETE Páng tstung, í sp'ung
1
chuk, chám, táp, sshing
¿lau uk,.
搭成​樓​屋
​饅頭​師傅​乃​炕
​造​麵​飽​者
​剃頭​師傅​乃​整
​容​落​髮​人​也
​竹器​師傅​以​竹
​篾​編織​籃​笠​者
​法帖​匠​先將​紙
​鋪​碑上​浸透​用
​棉花​捶​紙​於​字
​中外​過​墨​起​之
​則​成​法帖​字
​打​鐵匠​乃​打造
​鐵器​者
​釘裝​匠​乃​釘裝
​書籍​等​物
​製造​弓箭​名為
​弓箭​匠
​打​銅​1卽​鍛鍊
​銅器​者
​Mán² stau sz' fú², nái
hóng' tsd² mín² ‹páu 'ché.
Taï sť au ‹sz' fú³, ³nái
'ching yung lók, fát, syan
sya.
Chuk, hí ‹sz' fú², “í chuk,
mít, ‹pín chik› slám lap,
'ché.
Fát, tip, tséung', ‹sín ctséung
chí phò pí shéung tsam’
tau, yung smín fá chui
chí ii tsz” chung, ngoi
kwo mak, chí chí, tsak,
shing fát, t'íp, tsz”.
'T'á t'it, tséung', nái tá
tsò tít, hí chế.
.Ting chóng tséung”, nái
ting chóng shi tsik, ‘tang
matą.
Chai' tso kung tsín', ming
¿wai ‹kung tsin' tséung':
Ta stung tséung², tsik, tin'
lín' st'ung hí' 'ché.
the doer of work, a workman, au artisan. Ngai, which also means to do, has the addi-
tional meaning of order; it is an orderly, a scientific, doing; and hence is applied to the
fine arts, such as music, writing, &c. Shín chün, taken together, mean to assume the
power of acting independently; here, in connection with the words preceding and following
them, the shade of meaning is changed: shin chün mún, is to select and confine one's
self to a single occupation.
}
5. Páng is applied the most frequently to mere temporary buildings, such as the tents
and barracks of soldiers in field service, small mat sheds for victualers in the streets and
market-places, and the large temporary structures erected for theatrical exhibitions.
7. Tai tau 10, shave head old-man, is also a common appellation for the tonsor, whose
business it is to shave the hair from the head as well as 'the beard from the face.
11. Ting means to nail; chóng, to bind or place in order, here signifies not only put-
ting of the leaves in order, but also the trimming of them with the knife. T'sik joined with
shu implies all kinds of books, letter-paper, &c.
SECT. 1.]
279
NAMES OF ARTIFICERS.
14.
Brickmakers
build
furnaces, make and burn
bricks and tiles.
15.
and dress living animals are
named butchers.
Those who slaughter 宰殺​生​者​名曰
​屠​人
​甲​萬​師​傳​精​造
​甲​萬​槓​箱​等​物
​16. A cabinet maker is
one skilled in the manufac-
ture of trunks, boxes, and so
forth.
17. The calenderer, by the
use of a calendering stone,
makes the cloth smooth and
glossy.
18. Carpenters construct
rafters and build houses, lodg-
es, temples, and such like
edifices.
19. A cartwright makes
carriages with wheels.
20. A carver of wood
cuts and engraves flowers,
and so forth, very finely on
all kinds of utensils.
21. A chandler, having
mixed [vegetable] tallow with
oil, dips the wicks and makes
candles.
22.
磚​龙​師​傳​結​窰
​燒造​磚
​when garments have been
rent, weaves and mends them
the same as before.
碥​布​師​傳​以​不
​碥​滑​其​布​者​也
​木匠​架​桁​盖​成
​樓閣​祠宇
​輿​匠​造​輪​輿​者
​細​花​木匠​雕刻
​花草​等​物​幼細
​器皿
​澆​燭​師傅​以​蠟
​和​油​澆淋​成​燭
​A clothes mender, 織補​師​傳​衫​若
​破​穿​織補​如故
​<
knya
Chün ngá sz' fú³, kít› ‹íú
shíú tsò chün 'ngá.
"Tsoi shát, <shang 'ché,
sming üt, std yan.
Káp, mán² ‹sz' fú², tsing
tsò² káp, mán' lung séung
'tang matą.
Shin' pò' sz' fú³, i shika
shin' wát, sk'í pò' 'ché 'yá.
háng
k'oi' sshing slau kók, sts' z'ii.
Muk, tséung, há
¿Ü tséung², tsò²¿lun ¿ü ‘ché.
Sav fá mukɔ tséung², ‹tíú
hak, fá 'ts'ò 'tang mat, yau'
sai hí ming.
Kiú chuk, sz' fú², í láp:
swo syau chíu slam shing
chuk>.
Chik pò sz' fú³, ‹shám
yéuk, p'o' ch'ün chik, 'pò sui
kú'.
16. The student will not fail to notice the manner in which tsd, to make, is connected
with other words: here it is tsing tsd; in No. 3, it is háu tsò; in No. 6, hóng tsò; in No. 10,
tá tsd; in No. 12, chai tsd; and in No. 14, shiú tsò, are used. In No. 13, the two terms
tün lin are nearly synonymous, and may be translated in a similar manner, by the use
of two similar terms; they are also used in a metaphorical sense, to denote a magistrate
who can shape a case in law into any form he pleases.
17. The stone used in this process, by workmen in Canton, is perhaps four feet long and
one foot thick, made like the crooked axletree of a carriage. It is so made as to give a
plane surface on the under side about two feet long, while a foot at each end is scolloped out,
on a line approximating to a segment of a circle, and rising on the upper side so as to pre-
serve the height of the stone uniform from top to bottom. Several thick planks three feet
long, are firmly imbedded in the floor of the shop, having their upper surface made smooth
as glass; this surface bends downwards, so that it resembles a section of the inner part
of a hollow cylinder; and one end of the piece of cloth to be calendered is spread out
upon it; a small cylinder of very hard wood is then laid on the cloth; and the workman,
having the stone made ready to fall upon and move the little cylinder as a roller, mounts
on top of the stone, placing one foot on each end, and commences a seesaw motion, which
carries the little cylinder rapidly and heavily over the cloth for some minutes; he then
pitches the stone off on end, moves the cloth forward, and resumes the seesaw. There is a
wooden frame above the stone on which he leans when rolling.
280
[CHAP. VII.
MECHANICAL AFFAIRS.
23.A
called an old shoemender
[or an old man who mends
shoes].
24. A coffin-maker cuts
and makes coffins and cases
of longevity.
A cobbler is vulgarly | 補​爛​鞋​者​俗​呼
​為​補鞋​佬
​鬪​壽​板​師​傳​製
​造​棺槨​長生​者
​探​煤​人​入​山​掘
​煤炭​者
​世​號​做​木梳​者
​為​整​梳​師​傳
​Pái ‘pán syan, ‘nái chap>
擺​板​八​乃​執​活 ​útz tsz pai sshing (shi 'pan
si yan chí.
字​擺​成​書​板​而
​印​之
​蜜餞​師​傳​用​糖
​而​煮​生​菓
​25. Colliers are those
who go to the hills and dig
coals.
26.
Those who are said
by the world to make wood-
en combs are comb-makers.
27.
Compositors are those
who take moveable types,
and arrange them into pages
for printing.
28. A confectioner takes
green fruit and stews it in
sugar.
29. The cooper, when
casks and tubs are about to
fall to pieces, binds them to•
gether again with hoops.
30. The currier first tans
the skins, and then dyes
them with colors.
31. A cutler is one who
forges and tempers knives
and scissors.
32. A distiller is one who
distills grain, and makes
spirits.
33. A dyer is one who
dyes silks, satins, and piece-
goods.
-
箍桶​佬​桶​盆​將
​裂​乃以​篾​箍​回
​皮匠​先​銷​其​皮
​後​染​其​色
​利器​匠​乃​鋼​鍊
​造​刀剪​之​人
​蒸​酒​師​傳​乃​蒸
​米​作​酒​者
​染房​師傅​乃​染
​絲​髮​綢​綾​布疋
​蓝
​(Pò lán² shái ché, suk (fú
swai‘pò shái lò.
Taw shaw² ‘pán (sz' fu²,
chai' tsò? ‹kún kwók,
sch'éung shang 'che.
'Ts'oi múi ‹yan, yap, ‹shán
kwata smúi tán chi.
Shai' hò tso² muką (shó 'ché,
swai (ching shó (sz' fu².
Matz tsin (sz' fu², yung:
stóng sí (chii shang ‘kwo.
Fú “tung là, “tung sp ún
tséung lít, nái ³í mít₂ ‹fú
súi.
SP tséung², sín csiú sk'í
sp'í hau² sim sk'í shik).
L² hit tséung², Śnái kóng'
lín² tsd’<td ‘tsín chí syan.
Ching 'tsau sz' fú², snái
<ching mai tsók, 'tsau 'ché.
24. Literally, this name means, wrangle longevity board master;' kún, or kúntsoi,
is the most common name for coffin; kwók is a case occasionally used now, but very often in
former times, for inclosing coffins; ch'eung shang, 'long life,' is nearly equivalent to shau
pán: the idea of the four characters, kun kwok cht éung shang, is simply coffin.
sĺm sfóng ‹sz' fú², ³nái ³ím
〈sz' fát schfau, sling, pò
p'at..
27. The Chinese have wooden types, which have however seldom been used for printing
books. Pái pán, to spread out or arrange these blocks or types, is used, therefore, as
equivalent to chap tsz', which is the common and vulgar phrase.
32.
The business of distilling is carried on in China to a great extent, but on a limited
scale, the establishments being very small and very numerous. Rice is the only kind of
grain employed for this purpose.
Į
a
SECT. 1.]
281
NAMES OF ARTIFICERS.
i
34. An embroiderer taste-
fully works variegated devi-
ces upon garments, hand-
kerchiefs, and so forth.
35. A falconer breeds
hawks in order to catch other
thirds.
36. The fan-maker con-
structs all kinds of fans.
37. The farrier is a man
who cures the diseases of
oxen and horses.
38. A florist carefully 花王​精​種​花卉
​plants and rears all kinds of
flowers.
39. A founder is one who
fuses metal, and casts cannon
and brazen tripods.
40. A glassblower melts.
and cuts glass into various
articles of furniture.
者​也
​鼓​鑄​手​卽​鼓​鑄
​大炮​銅鼎​之​人
​吹​玻璃​師傅​燒
​解​玻璃​料器​等
​補​瓷缸​匠​乃​補
​破爛​瓷器​缸​瓦
​鑲​玻璃​師傅​將
​42. A glazier takes flat
pieces of glass, measures and
cuts them into panes and gla- | 玻璃片​裁度​而
​zes them.
鑲​之
​41.
Aglass-mender is one
who mends broken and crack-
ed porcelain and crockery.
43. The goldsmith makes
golden ornaments of dress.
44. A gunsmith is one
who makes all kinds of fire-
arms.
•
顧​繡​師傅​精​繡
​錦​於​衣巾​等​物
​之中
​捕​雀​手​畜​鷹​以
​攫​禽​者
​扇​工​製​各​欵扇
​獸醫​治​牛馬​病 ​Shaw i
人​也
​Kú' sau' ‹sz' fú², ‹tsing sau'
kam yi cí kan tang mat,
chí chung.
Po² tséuk, 'shau, ch'uk, ‹ying
sí wók, sk'am 'ché.
Shin' kung, chai' kok, fún
shin'.
ứ, chứ
chứ ngau má
ping syan (yá.
Fá swóng, tsing chung fa
‘wai ‘ché Śya.
(Ru ch ‘shau, tsik, 'kú
chi᾿tá? p‘au’ tung ‘ting
chí yan.
‹Ch'ui ‹pó slí ‹sz' fú³, ‹shíú
kái ‹pó lí líú² hí' 'tang.
(Pòsts' z> <kóng tséung², ‘nâi
'pò p'o' lán' sts'z' hí' kóng
Snga.
金匠​製​金​首飾
​鎗​銃​火器​匠​乃
​造​各​欸​火器​人
​45. The hatter ingenious 裝​帽​師傅​精裝 ​Chóng mò² (sz) fu tsing
mờ
ly makes fashionable hats of
every description.
chóng kok, shik, shí fún
md².
各式​時​欸​帽
​(Séung pó li. (sz. fu², tseung
slí
<pó sli pín'stsoi tók í
séung chí.
(Kam tséung? chai' kam
'shau shik,.
34. Both men and women are employed as embroiderers, some of the latter earning ten
twenty, or more dollars per month. The elegant products of their needles are well known.
35. The training of hawks was formerly practiced in China to a great extent, and the
sports of falconry pursued by the people, but they are now almost wholly neglected.
41. This is usually done by wires; a row of small holes, on both sides of the crack, is
drilled partly through the porcelain, and then short clamps are made to span across from side
to side, drawing the parts close together. Glass, even when very thin, is mended in the
same manner.
T'sséung chung fú hi
tséung², nái tsò kok, fún
'fó hí' yan.
CHI. CHR.
รา
282
[CHAP. VII:
MECHANICAL AFFAIRS.
46. The herbalist is one
who collects medicinal plants
on hills and sells them to
other people.
47. The master of a ho-
tel or tavern is called an inn-
keeper.
採藥​先生​乃​採
​山藥​而​賣​與​人
​客​寓​歇​店内​之
​主人​日​店主
​48. A jeweler cuts and
carves every description of
玉器​師傅​雕琢
​things which are made of 各​欵​玉石​器皿
​precious stones.
49. The joiner under-
造​窓​木匠​承辦
​密​門​等​物
​takes the making of win-
dows, doors, and so forth.
50. The lapicide is one
who ingeniously carves from
stone every kind of article.
51. The landscape-paint-
er carefully portrays land-
scapes, human beings, and
all kinds of flowers.
52. A lime burner takes
the shells of oysters and burns
them into lime.
53. Masons are those
persons who undertake to
build houses, temples,
other dwellings.
54. The matmaker takes
grass, and weaving it toge-
ther, makes mats.
and
55. Mirror grinders are
those men who brush and
polish old mirrors.
56. A mother-of-pearl cut-
ter turns and makes pearls,
and valuable articles for toys.
57. A maker of musical
instruments is one who cuts
and forms these instruments.
58. Musicians play on all
kinds of wind and stringed
4
石器​匠​乃​精​琢
​各項​石器​者
​畫​工​精​冩​山水
​人物​花草
​燒​灭​佬​以​蠔​殼
​燒​而​成灰
​坭​水師​傳​承接
​建造​樓房​祠宇
​織​蓆​師​傳​用​草
​畫​人​燒燒​坭​建​織​編​省​舊車
​編織​成
​省​鏡​匠​乃​擦​磨
​舊​鏡​之​人
​(Tsoi yéukz (sin cshang, Suái
'ts'oi shán yéuk, ‚í mái² sii
syan.
寶​玩器
​作樂​師​傳​調製
​樂器​入​也
​童子​八音​吹​彈
​Hák, yü? hit, lím’no?cchý
'chu syan üt, tím' 'chü.
Yuk, hí ‹sz' fú² ‹tíú téuk,
kók, fún yuke shik: ht
sming.
T'sò ch'eung mak, tséung
sshing pán? cch'éung smía
'tang smat.
Shik, hí' tséung', 'nái tsing
téuk, chók, hóng- shik, hí
'ché.
Wák, kung, ctsing ‘sé shán
'shui syan mat, ‹fá ‘ts'ò.
Shú fúi “lò 1 chò hók,
<shíú íshing ‹fúi.
sNai shui (sz f² sshing
tsíp› kín' tsò' lau sfóng sts'z'
sü.
Chik, tsika <sz' fu² yung*
ts'd (pin chik) sshing tsik.
Sháng king tshung”, nái
ts át, smo hau king” chí
syan.
車​寶​匠​車​造​珠 ​Cré pò tsérumg², cchře tso
cchii pò ún? hý.
Tsók, ngók, sz' fú² stíí
cha' ngók, h' syan Sya.
s Tung ‘tsz' páts.cyam cch'un
pát› ‹yam «ch'ui
47. Hotels, except in the large cities, are few in this country, in consequence no doubt
of so many travelers going in boats. The names of those who take lodgings in hotels and`
taverns are registered by the landlord, who is required to keep his list open for the inspec-
tion of the magistracy.
55. This is said with reference to metallic mirrors, such as were extensively used in
China and Japan; from the latter country fine ones are now sometimes brought.
1
SECT. 1.]
283
NAMES OF ARTIFICERS.
Instruments, and also those of
percussion, to aid vocal mu-
sic.
59. The presser of oil
takes ground-nuts and sesa-
mum seeds, and so forth, and
presses them and makes oil.
60. Those who take glass,
to melt and work it into or-
naments,
are denominated
ornament workers.
61. A house-painter, tak-
ing oil and varnish, paints
and ornaments houses and
temples.
62. The portrait-painter
deliniates the human form
and expression to the very
life.
63. A paper-maker is one
who manufactures paper.
64. A pedler first buys
articles and then afterwards
carries them through the
streets for retail.
65. A pencil-maker manu-
factures all kinds of pencils
which are of any note.
66. Those who make
pewter utensils of all descrip
tions, the world denominate
pewterers.
67. A potter makes and
burns all descriptions of pots
and jars.
68. The printer spreads
ink on the blocks, and then
prints from them.
八音​索​以​助
​唱​者
​搾油​師傅​將​花
​生​芝麻​等​物​搾
​成​油
​6
以​料​燒​作​首飾
​稱為​燒​料​師​傳
​油漆​師傅​以​油
​漆​粉飾​屋宇​者
​寫​像​先生​以​描
​繪​人​容貌​為生
​紙匠​製紙​為工
​販​仔​先​買​而後
​挑​上街​零賣​者
​筆​匠​精製​各色
​名​筆
​打造​各式​錫​器
​世​再打​錫​師​傳
​缸​瓦​師傅​燒造
​各項​缸​瓦
​刋​刷​匠​刷​墨​於
​板上​而後​印​之
​st'án pát› ‹yam ín sók, í
chó ch'éung” ché.
Chá' syau (sz' fú² «tséung
<fá <shang chí smá tang
mat, chá, shing yau.
sĺ líú² ‹shíú
líú² ‹shíú tsók, shau
shik, ch'ing wai ‹shíú líú
‹sz' fú³.
Yau ts' at› ‹sz" fú í yau
ts'at, fan shik, uk, ‘ü ‘ché.
'Sé tséung' sín ‹shang, 1
níu fúi yan yung máu
swai shang.
‘Chí tséng’ chai ‘chí wai
kung.
Fán' 'tsai, sín mái í hau?
tíú shéung chái ding mái
'ché.
Pat, tséung tsing chai
kók, shik› ‹ming pat›.
Tá tsd kók, shik, sik, hí
shai' ch'ing 'tá sik› ‹sz' fú².
‹Kóng ³ngá ‹sz' fú² ‹shíú
tsò kók, hóng' kóng ngá.
Hón sút, tséung’ sát, mah
‹ü 'pán shéung², ¿í hau² yan'
«chí.
64. The number of these pedlers is very great, and they engage in all sorts of traffic.
Some of them come to the wholesale dealer or to the farmer, and propose to hawk their
goods for a certain per centage; others buy them and make as much profit as they can by
retail. Poultry, vegetables, fruit, and other eatables are everywhere peddled; earthenware,
lackered-ware, &c., are also vended in this manner.
67. Earthen and porcelain vessels for containing liquids are extensively used among the
Chinese; some of them are very capacious, and others display the taste of the artist. Stone-
ware, or coarse earthen jars, are sometimes seen as large as hogsheads; earthen cooking
utensils are here employed, which elsewhere are made of iron or wood. Artificial grotto
work, images of all kinds, as well as table furniture, are also made by the potter or porce-
lain burner. In burning the ware, the contrivances to save fuel are sometimes very ingenious,
and exhibit the economy of the Chinese.
284
CHAP. VII.
MECHANICAL AFFAIRS.
69. Quarrymen, going 採石​人​入​山​開
​among the hills, quarry out
the rocks.
70.
Rope-makers manu-
facture ropes from coir,
hemp, or grass.
71. A saddler is one espe-
cially engaged in the manu-
facture of saddles.
72. Sail-makers sew to.
gether cloth or matting for
sails.
73. A seal-maker engraves
all forms of devices and cha-
racters on stone for seals.
ma
74. The shipwright care-
faily constructs vessels of
every form and description.
75. The shoemaker is a
manufacturer of shoes.
76.
The spectacle-maker
takes quartz crystals, and
turning them in a lathe,
makes spectacles.
77. The spinner takes cot-
ton and spins it into thread
(or yarn).
78.
Hemp-spinners take
hemp and form it into thread
by rolling it [like a cobbler].
79. The tailor cuts out,
sews and makes garments of
apparel.
80. The tinker takes and
mends broken and fractured
iron dishes.
81. The tinsel-maker takes
brass, hammers it thin, cuts it
鑿​取​石​者
​絞​纜​師​傳​以​椶
​或​麻​或​草​絞成 ​sshing.
馬鞍​師​傳​專​造
​馬鞍​者
​縫​悝​人​或​布​或
​草蓆​縫​之
​'Ts'oi shik₂ ¿yan yap, ‹shán
hoi tsok, 'ts'ü shik, 'ché.
式​船隻
​鞋匠​乃​造​鞋​者
​眼鏡​匠​以​水晶
​車​成​如​眼鏡
​紡紗​八​將​棉花
​紡​成​紗條
​織
​以​搓
​'Káu lám² ‹sz' fú², í ‹tsung
wák, má, wák, 'ts'd kán
<
Má ơn sz fu”, chun tsò
má ón 'ché.
Fung isyan, wák, pò'
wak, ‘ts'ò tsik, ung chí.
Tsun
hak, kók, t'ai man tsz" t'ò
‹shii shéung².
to chéung tsung
t'd
鐫​圖章​匠​刻​各
​體​文字​圖書​上
​裝船​匠​精裝​各
​*#*#* Chong shun tseung tsing
chóng kík, shik, shun
chik,.
Hái tséung mái trờ chái
'ché.
Ngán king tséung? 1 'shui
tsing ché shing i ngán
king'.
Fóng ‹shá syan tséung
mín fá fong shing sha
stíú.
Chik› smá syan, í má ‹ts'ó
shing sín'.
裁縫​師​傳​裁剪
​布帛​縫​成​衣服
​補​鑊​佬​收​補​破
​爛鐵​鑊
​↑ ⇓ EИ Kam fá séung ½ d'ung
રે
S
Ts'oi fung (sz' fú² ¿ts'ói
'tsín po' pák, fung shing í
fuk2.
'Pò wók, ld, ‹shau 'pò p'o'
lán tít, wókz.
73.
These seals are often beautiful and very large, but almost always written in the
ancient seal character; books are published containing mottoes, devices, &c., from which
to select appropriate ones. See page 41.
81. The word tinsel is here applied to those imitations of flowers, persons, &c., which
the Chinese make out of iron wire and brass leaf, for religious purposes. Their manufac-
ture employes a separate class of workmen, and they are made to sell from one mace to
one hundred dollars and more a pair. Their form somewhat resembles a bundle of plumes;
the figures are inserted upon the front, and the appearance is gaudy in the highest degree.
SECT. 2.]
285
MECHANICAL OPERATIONS.
into flowers, arranges, and ties
it up so as to form branches
and twigs for honoring the
gods.
82. Typecutters are those
who engrave characters.
83.
Washermen rinse and
wash garments to make them
clean from dirt and stains.
84.
The watchmaker re-
pairs clocks and watches, and
makes them go correctly.
85. Weavers are those who
are employed in the business
of weaving and making cloth.
86. Hired workmen are
those who do [any and] all
kinds of work.
1. Annealing; whenever
glass or other vitreous sub-
stances are made, then, while
薄​剪花​找​結成
​枝​以​敬神
​刻​書​板​匠​雕
​字​者​也
​洗衣服​佬​漂洗
​杉​之​漬​垢​者
​修​標​師傅​修整
​時辰​鐘​標
​機​女​以​織​製​布
​疋​為​事​者
​僱工​者乃​作​各
​樣​工夫
​they are still very hot, they
are put into an oven, in order
that they may gradually
Section Second.
1
爁​炎​凡​造​料​與
​玻璃​等​物​熱​極
​時​另​放入​局​爐
​sch'ui pók, tsín ‹fá 'cháu kit,
sshing chí í king” shan.
Hak, shu pán tséung², tsik›
‹tíú tsz" 'ché 'yá.
'Sai ‹ú fúk, '70 p'íú' 'sai
shám chí tsik, kau nhé.
►
84. The Chinese construct all the parts of a watch except the main spring and hair-spring,
which are imported from Europe. They have not yet been able to manufacture time-pieces
equal to those imported, and consequently prefer to possess those of foreign workmanship;
they are, however, very skillful in cleaning and regulating them.
‹Sau ‹píú ‹sz' fú' ‹sau 'ching
sshí shan chung phú.
MECHANICAL OPERATIONS.
百​藝​類​第 ​二​章
​Pák, ngai lui²; tai?
chéung.
Kí nü, í chik, chai' po'
p'at, wai sz❞ ‘ché.
Kú kung 'ché, nái tsók,
kók, yéung' kung ‹fú.
Kám' sím; sfán tsd² líú sü
pó slí tang mat, ít, kik
sshí, ling' fong' yap, kuk
Notes and Explanations.
SEVERAL of the terms comprised in this section, not being found in native authors, have
been formed, and may not therefore always be the best that could be conceived. This
may be the case with the phrase pák ngai lui,' the hundred kinds of arts,' used as a ge-
neral term for mechanical operations. There are, comparatively speaking, but few single
characters in this language, whose meaning is generic, including many species, but new terms
CHI. CHR.
72
286
[CHAP. VII.
MECHANICAL AFFAIRS.
become cool and not allowed
to cool too rapidly [which
would make them brittle and
liable to be easily broken].
2. Assaying is performed
by taking some of the ore,
and carefully separating the
valuable from the base, and
the true from the false.
3. Bleaching; the original
color of cotton and hemp is a
carnation; but by rinsing in
water and sunning them, they
are whitened.
4.
Boring is done by
the use of awls and gimlets,
by which round holes are
bored out.
5. Bowing of cotton; cot-
ton being mixed together in
disorder and formed into
hard bunches, it is therefore
beaten into flocks by the use
of a bowstring, which is
struck with a beater and
made to vibrate.
6. Burnishing; all sorts
of gold and silver utensils of
a square form, which cannot
be renewed by the lathe, are
burnished and scraped with
knives to make them bright
and smooth.
内​合​其​由​漸​而
​冷​不​迫​其​凍​也
​by 錐​鑽​用​錐​或​鑽
​傾​礦​將​採​出​之
​#****2King kwong; ctséung 'ts'oi
ch'ut, chí kwóng, king
pán² ‹kò ‹tai, ‘ü ‹chan ngai².
礦​傾​辦​高低​與
​眞​僞
​漂​晒​布帛​原色
​赤​乃以​水漂​晒
​使其​白​也
​slú noi², ling² sk'í ¿yau tsím²
sí lang, pat, pik, sk'í tung'
ya.
1
7. Carding is done by
cards, which, moving back-
wards and forwards, card cot-
ton, flax, wool, and so forth,
for the purpose of making 毛​等​物​梳​刷​其
​them smooth, free
snarls, and clean.
亂​而​使其​凈
​Píú' shái'; pò' pák, sün
shik, ch'ik, nái í 'shui
p'íú' shái', 'sz' ‚k'í pák, ³yá.
以​穿​圓孔
​SP HA TEMA TE BL
且​實​故​用 ​槌
​刮​彈弓​之​絃​而
​打​鬆​之
​刮削​凡​金銀​方
​器​不能​車​新​故
​用刀​刮削​使其
​光滑
​Chan' shát, í shát, pán
振​刷​以​刷​板​振
​chan' tsók sí shat› ‹mín, ¿má,
作​而​刷​棉蔴​羊
​In Thêu D ′ yéung mò, tang mat, sho
shát› sk'í lün², ‚í ‘sz' ‚k'í
tsing'.
Chuitsin, yung chui wát,
tsun' í ‹ch'ün sün 'hung.
Tán mín fá; mín ‹fá
S
>
lin ché shat, kứ yung
2
yat, sch'ui kwáts stán ckung
‹chí sín, sí 'tá ‹sung ‹chí.
Kwát, séuk,; fán kam
ngan fong hí', pat, nang
«ch'é san, kứ yung tò kwát,
séuk», 'sz' ‚k'í kwóng wát,
can be formed by the scholar in a similar manner to those here given; in a few cases, the
operations described are probably new to the Chinese.
1. Líú is one of those peculiar words, which, though often used, are sometimes employed
in such a manner as scarcely to admit of an exact translation. It answers to the French
word materièl, the raw stuff from which utensils are made. That which is here intended is
sometimes called shíú líú, burning stuff, denoting the various substances employed in the
manufacture of glass. It is very commonly applied as a name to a kind of semi-translucent
glass, usually tinged green, which is extensively manufactured by the Chinese into hair-pins,
bracelets, anklets, etc.
5. Cotton is prepared in this way, by the Chinese, for spinning and for padding of
winter garments and bedding. The operation is precisely like that of the hatters in
preparing felt for hats.
SECT. 2.]
287
MECHANICAL OPERATIONS.
8. Casting is done by
fusing metallic substances,
and then pouring them into
molds, thus forming them
into implements and utensils.
9. Cementing; things are
joined together by wiping
the surfaces [to be brought
in contact] with glue, var-
nish, paste, &c.
10. Charring of timber is
done by applying fire to it,
so as to make it bend, or for
the purpose of preserving it
from decay when put in the
ground.
11. Collating; this is the
taking of leaves after they
are printed, and putting them
together fit for binding.
12. Composing; procure a
good wooden plate, measure
the length and the breadth
of the page, and then empale
it on the four sides: on the
left side arrange a full line of
characters, placing in against
it a dividing line, and fasten-
ing the same with a wooden
wedge; then, with smal
pieces of bamboo, carefully
adjust and fasten the cha-
racters, if they happen to
be too short or out of place;
when this is done, and the
whole body of the page is
made smooth and level, then
it is ready for printing.
13. Composing is the
arrangement of movable
types so as to form sentences
and sections.
14. Currying of leather is
performed by covering the
skin with oil and causing
鎔​鑄​以​金銀​鎔
​化 ​入​模​內​印
​成​器皿
​粘貼​用​膠​漆​糊
​AB
等​物​抹上​合​貼
​粘​之
​causing it 面​合​其​毛​管​湛
​Yung chi', 'í kam ngan
syung fá', ck'ing yap, mo
noi, yan’ shing hí ming.
<
Chém típ, yung” cháu,
ts'at, sú, tang mat, mút,
shéung hóp, típ, chím
chí.
燃​木​以​火烙​木
​而​曲​或​入土​之 ​pat, chí lán².
Tsíú' muk, í fó lók, muk,
‹í huk, wák, yap, 't'd ‹chí,
í²
不致​易​爛
​撿​篇​將​印​起​之
​2
書​撿​齊​釘裝
​安​字​用​好​板
​tai' 'síú, sz" swai tsók, lán,
片​量​書面​大小
​yau spín ‘pái mún, còn hái
Z @ f # t slán, í muk, síp, síp, chí,
<sín tsók› 'síú chuk, p'ín',
92
sütsz syau «tai ¿ts'é, sts'ui
四圍​作​欄​右邊
​擺滿​安​界​欄​以
​木​榍​捐​之​先​作
​小​竹片​如​字​有
​低​邪​隨​字形​襯
​甍​捐​之至​字體
​平稳​然後​刷印
​執​字​將​活字​叠
​成​章句
​湛​皮​以​油​抹​皮
​'K'ím p'ín ‹tséung yan' 'hí
«chí shū khím sts'ai ting
chóng.
Ón tsz”; yung hò pán
yat, p'ín', léung <shu mín
tsz sying ts' an' tím' síp,
chí, chí tsz” “tai sping
'wan, sín hau' shat, yan'.
2
Chap, tsz", ‹tséung út, tsz”
típ, sshing chéung ki.
Chám sphí, í syau mút, sphi
mín², ling² sk'í smð kún
12. This account of composing is abridged from the Sám Tsoi Tò, fourth kün, under the
head of yan mat, where may be found brief notices of the út tsz' or movable types, which
seem never to have been much used or valued by the Chinese.
13. In describing objects or processes, heretofore unknown to them, different Chinese
vary a great deal in the terms they employ. The unlettered workman will describe the
tools put into hands in his own way, often in vulgar terms, and sometimes in such as have
no appropriate characters in the language. When the scholar sits down to write of the same
things, he chooses other terms, which he thinks will convey to strangers correct ideas of any
}
288
[CHAP. VII.
MECHANICAL AFFAIRS.
to enter the pores, and then
the skin becomes pliable, and
does not permit the water to
enter and injure it.
15. Distributing types;
taking those which have been
already used, they are care-
fully separated and each re-
turned to its proper place.
16. Dovetailing; in mak-
ing boxes and trunks, where
the corners are joined, teeth
are chiseled so as to inter-
lock and complete the boxes
and trunks.
17. Drawing is done by
taking the exact outline of
landscapes, and so carefully
portraying them that their ap-
pearance will be as natural
as the reality.
18. Dyeing; all kinds of
coloring stuffs are used,
which being properly applied
to silk and cotton cloths
gives them bright, glossy, and
unchangeable hues.
19. Enchasing; because
the plate of metal is so thin
that the flowers cannot be cut
out in relief, therefore by beat-
ing on the under surface, the
device is made to stand out
from it in high relief, and
thus the figure is completed.
20. Engraving; this is
done by knives and pointed
tools, with which all man-
ner of human designs are cut
on stone, ivory, wood, and
so forth.
21. Folding paper is tak-
ing that which has been print-
ed, and properly folding it.
入​皮​身​自然​軟
​熟​不致​防​有​透
​水​之​患
​歸​原​字​先​將會
​用​之​字​尋​出​分
​别​各​歸​各​號
​交​齒​凢​造​箱​槓
​合​角​處​鑒​齒​互
​合​而成​箱​槓​也
​描畫​乃​對​山川
​景象​描繪​圖形
​儼如​眞​然​景物
​繪​綵
​繪​綵​用​各色​顏
​料​分​染​布帛​使
​各色​鮮妍​不變
​哽​花​因​金​片​薄
​不能​刻​凸​花​故
​於​底​哽​花​凸出
​面​而成​形影
​雕刻​乃​用​刀械
​雕刻​各​欸​人物
​等於​石​牙​木​之
​上​者
​摺紙​將​印​起​之
​紙​編​摺​之
​chám’yap: sp'í shan, tsz2
sín ‘ün shukz, pat, ch'sfóng
Śyau t'au’ ‘shui chí wán.
Kwai sün tsz", sín
tséung sts'ang yung chí
tsz” sts'am ch'ut› ‹fan pít,
kók, ‹kwai kók, hð².
Káu chi; sfán tso² séung
(
lung hóp, kók› ch'ü', tsók,
'ch'í ú² hópa, sí ‹shing ‹séung
slung 'ya.
sMiu wákz, ‘nái tú) shán
ch'ün (king tséung², smíú
ffú' stò sying, ím si chan
sín 'king mata.
<
Tsang ‘ts' oi, yung² kok,
shik, sngán íú? fan im pò?
pák: ‘sz' kók, shik, sín sín
pat,pín’.
(Ang fá; cyan ckam p'in²
póke pat, snang hak, tat fá,
kú’cü‘tai‘ang fá tatz ch'ut>
mín² sí sshing sying 'ying.
〈Tiu haks; nái yung? ctò
kái tíú hak, kók, fún syan
mat ‘tang ci shike, sngá,
muk, chí shéung ‘ché.
Chip, 'chi; tséung yan' 'hi
chí 'chí pín chíp, chí.
given object or process. These remarks are applicable to several articles in this and other
sections. Thus in No. 15, the scholar will write kwai in tsz', which is correct, while the
unlettered workman says pái tsz’.
19. The word fá, compounded of two characters, one meaning to transform and the
other denoting plants, is of very extensive application; it is used to express whatever is flowery,
colored, variegated, fanciful, as carvings, moldings, devices ; it is used also in metaphorical
senses.
SECT. 2.]
289
MECHANICAL OPERATIONS.
22. Forging consists in
taking iron and melting and
fusing it thoroughly, so as
to give it strength as well as
purity.
23. Fritting; take seve-
ral kinds of metallic sub-
stances, and, mixing them to-
gether, place them in a dull
red heat; wait till they be-
come blended together, then
while they are yet soft, but
not in a state of fusion, take
them out, and they are ready
for use.
24. Gearing is effected by
having the teeth of a large
wheel interlock those of a
small one placed by its side,
SO as to cause the small
wheel to revolve simulta-
neously with it.
25. Gilding is done by
cementing gold upon the
surface of various articles, so
as to embellish them with
golden ornaments.
26. Hooping; in the ma-
nufacture of wooden tubs and
casks, either iron or bamboo
slats are hooped round them
to make them close.
27. Imposing is arranging
several pages so that they
can be printed all at once.
28. Japanning; by varnish
being rubbed upon imple-
ments and utensils they be-
come bright and smooth.
29. Lackering; this is
done by taking different
colors and mixing them with
varnish, so as to render the
different colors fresh, clear,
and brilliant.
煅​煉​將​鐡​鍛鍊
​其​性​使其​堅​且
​淨​也
​炕​焙​將​各​金​凑
​成​放​微​熱火​內
​待其​和​埋​軟​熟
​而未​鎔​之​際​拿
​出​以​作物
​撥​齒​乃以​大​輪
​之​齒​撥​傍​小​輪
​之​齒​使​小​輪​相
​隨​轉​也
​鑲金​用​金鑲​於
​ZI И
金花
​箍​束​乃​造​木​盤
​木桶​或​鐵​或
​箍​束​而成
​合​板​或​合​數​板
​然後​齊​印
​抹​漆​以​漆​抹​器
​較​漆​以​各色​較
​入​漆​内​使​各色
​鮮​研​而​明亮
​Tiên lén; «tséung tít, từn
lín² ‹k'í sing', ‘sz'‹k'í ‹kín
'ch'é tsing² $yá.
Hóng phi; tséung kok,
kam ts'au' sshing, fong' mí
wó²
ít đó nói; toi kí wo
smái, ‘yin shuk, sứ mí yung
‹chí tsai, 、ná ch'ut› í tsók,
matą.
Pút₂ 'ch' í nái í tái² lun
chí chí, pút, spóng síu
slun chí 'ch'í, 'sz' 'síú lun
<séung sts'ui 'chün ya.
Séung kam, yung kam
séung ‹ü pít, mat chi
shéung², 'í,shing ‹kam ‹fá.
Fuch uk); nái tsò muố
sphún muk, ‘tung, wak, tít,
wák, mít, fu chuk sĺ
<shing.
Hóp, pán; wák, hóp, shò'
'pán, sin hau' sts'ai yan'.
上​取其​光潤 ​ckwong yun².
Mút, ts at» ; 1 ts'at, mút hi
$ming shéung' 'ts'ü skí
Káu' tsatɔ; fí kók, shik›
káu' yap, ts at› noi', 'sz'
kók, shik› ‹sín sín sí ‹ming
léung².
25. Menders of old 'tubs, etc., are often seen in the streets, and at the doors of houses
diligently employed in their vocation. They carry a few tools with them, and a supply of
bamboo splints, and are always careful to take away with them the refuse of whatever comes
into their hands.
28. Tsat is applied by the Chinese, not only to the juice of the proper varnish-tree
(Vernicia), but to all varnishes, though no other than that one is much used by them. The
CHI. CHR.
73
290
[CHAP. VII.
MECHANICAL AFFAIRS.
30. Melting; the metals
are melted and transformed
by fire.
31. Modeling; a mold is
first carved from wood; then
sand and mortar are pressed
close around it; and when
the mortar has become dry
and hard, the wooden mold
is removed; by the use of
this mold, utensils [of various
kinds] are cast.
32.
place where the ends of two
timbers meet, a mortise is
chiseled to receive the tenon,
and they are then framed.
Mortising; at the 鬦​榫​兩頭​交​搭
​33. Molding (lit. blowing)
of glass is done by using a
mold, into which the glass
again blown; by this blowing
the implements and utensils
are completed.
35. Pdinting of portraits
consists in portraying the
exact form and attitudes of
men; but as it regards their
various changes and alte-
rations, these depend upon
the imagination of the human
mind, and the skillful hand-
ling of the pencil; they can-
not be exactly delineated.
36. Plating; silver is
spread upon copper and other
silver is
utensils by a strong heat, for
the purpose of giving them
the lustre and elegance of sil-
ver.
銷​鎔​以​火​鋊​化
​其​金​也
​甄​陶​以​木刻
​成​模​後​以​砂​坭
​塡​封​待​坭​乾​固
​褪​出​內​木​將​坭
​模​卹​鑄成​器​矣
​J
}
以免​水漬
​畫像​乃​畫​人物
​規矩​至於​有時
​更​變​則​在乎​人
​心​之​巧思​手​之
​運筆​不可​拘泥
​鍍銀​以​銀​燒​鎔
​敷​銅​等​物​上​欲
​如​銀​之​光彩​也
​‹Síú ¿yung; í ‘fó ¿yung fá'
sk'í kam Syá.
模​內​合​之後​吹
​吹成​器皿​矣
​34. Painting is the over-
抹​油​以​各色​油
​laying of various kinds of
furniture with oil and paints, 先​抹​备​器​之上 ​shéung², í min ‘shui tsik.
so as to protect them from
moisture.
}
Yan stò, sí muky sin hak,
sshing smd, hau² sí shá snai
處​鑿孔​入​榫​而
​後​架​也
​吹​玻璃​用​一​模
​‹Ch'ui ‹pó slí; yung yat,
smò, ctséung pó slí cch'ui 'hí,
將​玻璃​吹起​放 ​fong smò nor, hóp: cchí fuk
<ch ui, tsik, sshing hí'
Sming $1.
}
1
st'in fung, toi² nai kón
kú', tun' ch'ut› noi² mukɔ,
tséung snai mò tsik, chữ
shing hí' sí.
Tau ‘sun; léung st' au ckáu
táp, ch'ü', tsók, 'hung yapı
‘sun, ¿í hau' ká' syá.
Muts syau; sí kók, shik, syau
sín mút, kók, hí <chí
Wáks tséung?; nái wákz
syan mat, skwai ki, chí
Syau shi ckang pin', tsak,
tsoi su syan sam chí “háu
sz', shau cchí wan² pat>,
pat, 'hó ‹k'ü ní².
genuine lackered-ware, for which the Japanese and Chinese are so noted, is made of the
sap of the varnish-tree mixed with lampblack and other ingredients.
35. This definition is abridged for the Sám Tsoi T, (the same volume that contains
the account of movable types,) in which there is a series of plates, intended to exhibit the
attitudes of man, the various forms of countenance, and the different expressions which
are caused by the working of the passions, &c.
4
Tð² ngan; sí ngan shíú
syung fú stung tang mat
shéung, yuka si sngan chá
ckwóng tstoi Sya.
着
​i
SECT. 2.]
291
MECHANICAL OPERATIONS.
✔
37. Printing; this is done
by spreading ink upon the
pages with a hair-brush, and
then laying paper upon them
which is printed.
38. Reeling; the threads
of small spools (or quills) is
taken, and wound off upon a
large frame (or reel), in order
to have it ready when wanted
in weaving cloth.
39. Sawing is done by the
use of an iron-toothed saw,
sawing the timber, so as to
divide it into two parts.
40. Slacking of lime; all
kinds of shells are burned till
changed, when they are tho-
roughly sprinkled with water;
by this process, the whole is
changed and formed into lime
powder, and afterwards sift-
ed.
42. Shroffing is 'the separa-
tion of the 'true from the bad
41. Sharpening; all sorts
of cutlery which have become
so dull and blunt that they
can scarcely be ground, are
sharpened by a sharpening 剷​剷​之
​chisel.
coin; sometimes the pieces
are bored with an awl so as to
examine them more clearly.
印​書​乃​用​毛​擦
​掃​墨​於​板​而後
​鋪​紙​印​之
​蟠​紗​將​小​糾​之
​紗條​另​蟠​纏​過
​於​大​架​以便​織
​時​用​也
​鋸​木​乃​將​鐵​齒
​鋸​鋸​木​分​而​為
​二者
​發​灭​凢​殼​燒化
​鄖​以​水​洒​透​於
​是​化成​灰粉​而
​後​篩​之
​剷​磨​凡​利器​厚
​鈍​難​磨​則​先​以
​睇​銀​分辨​眞​僞
​或​時​以​錐​鑽​而
​觀​也
​Yan sshi; suái yung” mà
ts'át, so' mak, ‹ü ‘pán, sí
hau phò ‘chí yan’ chí.
¿Pún ‹shá; ‹tséung 'síú
sts'un chí ‹shá tíú, ling²
i
pún schčín kwo ù tái
ka, í pín chik, shí yung
ya.
Kử muk ; nái tséung t ít,
'ch'í kü' kü' muk₂, fan sí
swai 1' 'ché.
Fát, fúi; sfán hók, ‹shíú
fá', tsik, í 'shui shá t'au',
<ü shí' fá' ¿shing ‹fúi 'fan,
sứ hau shai chí.
“Ch'án ¿mb; sfán lí² hí' hau'
tun² 、nán mó, tsak› ‹sín í
chán chán chí.
Taisngan; fau pín chan
ngai, wák, shí í chui tsun
sí ‹kún ¹yá.
40. Most if not all the lime used by the Chinese is manufactured from shells; the process
of preparation is very simple. The kiln is merely a circular space inclosed by a low wall,
having a vent-hole in the bottom, through which air from a bellows is conducted by a passage
to the fire placed just above the hole. Wood is laid on the bottom of the kiln, and as
soon as it is kindled, the shells, previously cleansed and dried, are laid loosely upon the
top, and the bellows set agoing. As the lower tier ignites, other shells are piled on, until
the kiln is full; when the whole is on fire, the bellows cease, and the shells are soon calcined.
One day is sufficient to burn a kiln, and in the night the whole cools, so that the lime is
ready to be taken out in the morning to be sifted. In the vicinity of Héungshán, many tens
of large boats are constantly employed in dredging for oyster-shells to be burned into
lime. The shells of small mollusca are more carefully calcined for eating with betel-nut.
per-
42. This term is applied to the operation of examining money by a certain class of
sons, who in India and other parts of the East are called shroffs; they are paid a small per
centage; after their examination, each coin is stamped with the mark of the examiner's
employer, as a warranty of its goodness. In some cases, the purity of the metal is tested by
the color of the trace left on a Lydian stone; in others by boring.
292
[CHAP. VII.
MECHANICAL AFFAIRS.
43. Smelting consists in
taking the native ore, and
fusing it so as to extract the
pure metal.
44. Soldering; all metal-
lic substances which are unit-
ed by their edges, are solder-
ed by the application of sold-
ers with a carbonaceous sub-
stance in a state of fusion.
45. Spinning is the draw-
ing out and making round
and firm threads of silk, cot-
ton, and wool.
46. Steaming; all kinds of
straight bamboos and timbers
which it is wished to bend,
and those which are crooked
that are to be straightened,
are heated by fire so as make
them flexible.
47. Tanning; the skins
having been put into lime
water and thoroughly soaked,
the hair is then easily scrap-
ed off, and the flesh cut away,
and the skins dried for use.
away,
48. Tawing; the skins,
having been tanned by the
use of saltpetre, are after
wards ready for use in the
manufacture of garments.
form the warp.
52. Weaving is the throw-
ing, of the shuttle and the
moving of the loom so as to
make pieces of cloth.
傾​煉​將​礦​燒煉
​以​取​足金
​49. Turning; in making
all kinds of pillars (or round
columns) and pearls, they
must be placed in a lathe,
and turned into their proper
shape.
proper
50. Veneering; in the
manufacture of tables [altars,
&c.], different kinds of wood
are inlaid, in order by the
various colors to render the
work beautiful.
取其​出色​可觀
​51. Warping is the taking 耕​紗​以​紗佈​機
​of threads and arranging
them on the loom so as to
上​作​經
​織布​抛​杼​織​成
​布疋​也
​釬​口​凡​五金​合
​口​處以​百草霜
​和​碎金​鎔​釘​之
​紡​線​以​絲棉​毛
​紡​成​圓​結​紗條
​屈曲​凡​直​竹木
​欲​製​其​曲曲​者
​製​其​直​以​火
​榮​屈​之
​淹​皮​將​皮​入​灰
​水淹​過​取​易​刮
​毛​削​肉​後​晒​用
​硝​皮​以​確​硝​褙​過
​其​皮​然後​能用
​以​作​裘
​切磋​凡​造​圓柱
​圓珠​必​上​車架
​而​車​成​之
​鑲​線​邊​凡​檯​邊
​King lin², ctséung kwong'
‹shíú lín², ³í 'ts'ü tsuk› ‹kam.
Hón² (hau; fán ng cham
hóp: Chau ch'i', 'í pák),
tsò séung wo shi kam
syung: hón² cchí.
*Fóng sín', 'í ‹sz' ¿mín ¡mʊ
fong sshing sün kít› ‹shá
steú.
Watshuk; sfán chike chuk)
muke yuke char sk'í huk),
huk, ché chai' sk'í chikz,
tsik, í 'fo stám wat› ‹chí.
Ím sp'; tséung sp'í yapa
fúi 'shui ím kwó' 'ts'i í²
kwáty smù séuk, yuke, hau?
shái' yung².
〈Siu spi; sí siú siú kwó’
skeí speí, sín hau² snang
yung? ‘í tsók,sk'au.
T's'it, ts'ó; fán tsd² ün
sch'ü sün «chü, pít, 'shéung
«ché ká, sí «ch'é shing chí.
‹Séung sin' ‹pín; sfán sť'oi
<pín yung² pit: shik, muky
用​别​色​木​鑲​入 ​cséung yap2, tsi sk'í ch'ut)
shik, hó kún.
‹Kang ‹shá, í ‹shá pò' ‹kí
shéung² tsók, ‹king.
Chik po'; ‹p'áu
pò
'ch'ü
chik,sshing pò'p'at Sya.
}
46. The mode of steaming most common among the Chinese is that here described:
instead of subjecting the material to a hot steam, the stick is bent while placed in the smoke.
2
SECT. 3.]
293
MECHANICAL IMPLEMENTS.
MECHANICAL IMPLEMENTS.
器具​第三​章
​Hí ku²; tai sám chéung.
1. An adz has a curved
handle so as to cut level.
2. The modern name of an
anvil is the iron washblock.
3. An auger has, upon its up-
per end, a cross-piece of wood
fastened, and is turned by both
hands in boring holes.
4. Hung his head from a beam
pierced his thigh with an awl.
5. An axe is an instrument
for felling timber.
6. Wheel and axle are for
raising and lowering [things].
7. A band is a cord which
by passing over one wheel,
causes another one to re-
volve.
8. A barber's call is an in-
strument by the twang of
which the barber announces
his calling.
9. A fish basket is a thing
for holding fish.
10. The bevel (square-mea-
Section Third.
sure's corner) is named from
its form, and is used in mak-
ing corners.
曲柄​砍​平​之
​鑽​今​名​之​鐵砧
​螺絲​鑽​於​頭​鑲
​橫木​兩手​鑽孔
​頭​懸梁​錐​刺股
​斧頭​代​柯​之​器
​終​轉輪​使​收放
​拖​線​前​轉​拖後
​轉​之​線​也
​鑼​引​剃頭​者​响
​之​以為​報​號
​athing 魚​笈​盛​魚​之​具
​TỦ ĐIỆN 2 B. sÜ kép, shing sử chí hử
斗​角​象形​而​名
​製​方​角​器​也
​‹ Kan,
huk, ping' 'hóm
sping chí.
Chat, kam sming chí tít,
cham.
sL6 ‹sz' tsün'ü st'au ‹séung
swáng muka, léung 'shau
tsün' 'hung.
S
T'au sün sleung, chui sik,
'kú.
‘Fust au fat, có chí hí.
‘Káu chau sun ‘s’ shat
fong'.
T6 sin' sts'in 'chun ďá
hau chin chí sún y.
L6 syan, tai' stau 'ché
“héung chí í swai pờ hờ.
"Tau kók,, tséung sying si
sming chai' fóng kók, hí
sya.
Notes and Explanations.
THIS section is intended to include the names of tools of various sorts used by artificers
in their mechanical operations. Hi ki is a phrase denoting things that are prepared for
use, and includes all manner of tools and utensils employed by handicraftsmen in their
various works.
2. The shape of the Chinese anvil corresponds nearly to that in use among Europeans; its
'modern name' seems to have been suggested from the practice of washermen, who wash
their clothes by beating them upon a stone; standing in a stream, where the rocks rise a little
above the surface of the water, they take hold of one end of an article, which is to be washed,
and commence beating the other by bringing it down upon the rock, as the blacksmith does
his hammer upon the anvil.
4. This sentence is quoted from the Sám Tsz' King, see line 140; the reference is to two
sleepy students; one of whom, in order to drive away sleep, suspended his head by the hair
from a beam, so that the slightest nod would rouse him; the other made a shoemaker's awl
serve the same purpose.
8. This implement resembles a pair of long iron tweezers, having the connecting part.
made thin and broadish, so as that when twanged, the tines will prolong the vibration.
CHI. CHR.
74
294
[CHAP. VII.
MECHANICAL AFFAIRS.
11. A blowpipe is used to
blow with in soldering.
12. A bodkin is used for
pulling and changing types.
13. A cotton bow is the
how used to flock cotton.
14. A lacker bowl is used
for containing lacker.
15. A paint bowl is used
in grinding paints.
16. A paint box contains
all sorts of colors.
17. A painter's box con-
tains paints, oils, lackers, and
so forth, with his various
implements.
18. A brick-knife is one
which is used to trim bricks,
აი as to make them work
into their proper places.
19. A hemp-root broom is
used for priining.
20. A brass-wire brush is
used for brushing ornamental
articles, which have been
washed with gold.
21. A priming brush is
used to lay on clear oil.
22. A small priming brush
is a small plated brush,
which is used for laying on
lacker.
23. A
brush is made of bristles.
絲​根​用上​明​油
​小​删​上漆​删​之
​小​者
​lacker priming 漆​删​猪​鬃毛​作
​瑪瑙​研​鍍金​後
​以其​研​光
​鍍金​棒​凡​鍍​起
​之後​研​之​使​耀
​碥​布​石​如​銀錠
​光​布​軸​碥​光​布
​列​字​大​架​將​每
​宁佈​列​其中
​字​盤​間隔​裝​字
​24. An agate burnisher is
an instrument used to burnish
articles, after they have been
gilded.
25. An iron burnisher is
an instrument used to lay on
the gilding, and then to rub
it bright.
26. The calendering stone
is like the ingot of sycee.
27. A calendering roll
calenders cloth smooth.
28. In the large cuses for
[Chinese] types, each of the
several classes of characters
is arranged in order.
29. A case is divided into
apartments for holding types.
燈​吹​用​吹​釬​口
​鋏​攝​攝​換​活字
​彈弓​彈棉花​弓
​漆​盆​用​為​載​漆
​顏色​砵​擂​顏色
​研​色​盆​載​各色
​油漆​箱​載​顏料
​油漆​等​器
​磚​刀削​改​青磚
​入​砌​者
​蔴​強​掃​用​打底
​銅絲​擦​打磨​鍍
​金​首飾
​<
Tang ch'ni yung <ch'ui
hón² Chau.
Káp, níp, níp, ún út, tsz”.
S
Tán kung stián sumín fa
ckung.
‹T's' at› sp'ún yung'wai tsoi'
ts'at>.
sNgán shik, pút, cúi ngán
shik,.
I'n shik, spún tsoi' kók,
shik,.
s Yau ts' ats (séung tsoi' sngán
S
líú² ¿yau ts'at› 'tang hí'.
〈Chin tò séuk, koi cts'ing
<chün yap½ ts'ai' 'ché.
¿Má kéung sò'
yung' 'tá
'tai.
‹T"ung ‹sz' ts' at› tá smó tò'
ckam shau shik.
Sz' kan yung shéung
sming syau.
'Siú
Siu shán ‘shéung ts'at,
shán chí síú 'ché.
Ts'at› ‹shán ‹chü ‹tsung 、mò
tsók,..
SMá End sin, tò? ckam hau? sí
sk'í sín ckwóng.
Tờ kam páng, sfán tờ chí
chí, hau sin chí ‘sz’tứ.
Shin' pò' shik】 ‹ü ngan
ting².
Kuóng pờ chau shín'
ckwóng pò.
Lít½ tsz” tái kά, ‹tséung
*múi tsz? pò' lite sk'ícchung.
Tsz" spún, kán' kák,
chóng tsz”.
11. The blowpipe is frequently seen in the mouths of silversmiths and whitesmiths, but
among hundreds that may be seen using it, not one has learned the mode of keeping
up a constant blast: its form is like the common one used by mineralogists. Hau here means
the edges of the pieces of metal to be soldered, a use of the word that is applied to many things.
SECT. 3.]
295
MECHANICAL IMPLEMENTS.
30. A centre-bit is worked
by a cord, wound around it.
31. Chains are made of
iron, which is beaten into
links and locked together one
into another in a series.
32. The chalk-line is for
making a straight line; it is
the same as the "black-mea-
sure-line."
•
33. A chase embraces the
characters as they are formed
into pages, so that afterwards
they may be printed.
34. A large chisel is for
making holes in wood.
35. A stone chisel is an
instrument used to chisel
stone level and smooth.
36. With a flower chisel or-
namental work is carved.
37. The tile chisel is used
to trim tiles.
I
language, hedge shears.
40. A composing-stick is
for containing lines and sen-
tences as the types are set.
純​鑽​絶​纏​車​之
​鐵​練​用​鐵打​成
​42. A copper crucible is
used in fusing copper.
43. A sand dish has scores
within it.
44. A hand drum has two
buttons attached to it by cords
one on each side; it is beaten
to cry wares.
連環​扣​也
​繩​為​直​制度​墨
​斗​線​同​之
​38. When any kind of tubs
and bowls are broken in
pieces, iron clamps are used
to bind them together again.
39. Compasses are used
for describing circles; they
are now called, in vulgar 4
sShing tsin sshing schín
«ché chí.
Σ
Tit, lin' yung tit, tá
sshing slín swán k'au' ‘yá.
ĐỂ AE A HEI Mái pán kế, mái tr
sshing 'pán, í hau' yan'
chí.
板​而後​印​之
​大​鑿​木​中​開孔
​石​鑿​擊​石​以​取
​平滑
​Fá tsák tíú hak, fá 'ts'ò.
花​鑿​雕刻​花草
​堦​磚​鑿​用以​裁
​ĐÃ TIẾN HƯ PHI 23 Đề Khái chin took yung sĩ
oi
堦​就
​馬​釘​凡​盤​砵​破
​裂​用​此​馬​回
​規​以​造​圓​基​剪 ​Kwai, Y tsd² sün ckí tsin
cham chí tsuk, sming.
G
執​字​架​執​字​叠
​成行​句​於此​者
​41. A crucible is made of 鎔​銀​鍋​以​坭​作
​clay, and in form resembles a
small bell.
銅鍋​用以​鎔​銅
​砂​盤​內​有​牙齒
​鼓​左右​兩​鈕
​齊​調​擊​報​雜貨
​Shing, swai chik, chai' to²,
mak, ‘tau sín’stung chí.
Tái ts6k, muk, chung choi
'hung.
Shik, tsók, kik, shik, " 'ts'ü
sp'ing wát.
دو
Má ‹ting, sfán sp'ún pút,
pó lít, yung ‘tsz” má cúi.
|小​銅鐘​樣 ​cchung yéung².
Chap, tsz” ká', chap, tsz"
típ, sshing shangki sits'z’
'ché.
S
Yung ngan wố, sí mai
tsók, shing ü 'síú stung
S
T'ung w6 yung² í yung
stung.
Ská spún noi² ‘yau ngá
'ch'í.
2
Luk, 'kú, 'tsó yau léung
nau' t'ai tíú², kik, po' tsáp
fó'.
32. Chinese carpenters make a black line on their boards with a line marked with writ-
ing ink, by drawing it through cotton soaked with a solution of ink; the term mak tau sín
is therefore descriptive of the tool.
39. The compasses in use among the Chinese are without legs; the instrument con-
sists of a straight stick, having a pin in each end; one of which serves as a pivot, while
the other set at any given distance describes the circle.
296
[CHAP. VII:
MECHANICAL AFFAIRS.
V
45. The small copper drum
is beaten to cry bean-curd
soup for sale.
46. Dyeing jars are earthen
vessels to contain a blue dye.
47. Dyeing rods are for
bleaching dyed cloth.
48. An ear-brush is made
of duck's down tied together.
49. An ear-spoon is for
cleansing the ears.
50. Ear-tweezers are used
for taking cerumen out of
the ears and cleaning them.
51. Eye-pearls are used
for washing the eyes.
52. A file is a tool used to
smooth iron.
53. A three-cornered file is
so named from its shape.
54. The rat-tail file is
named from its shape, and
is used for the same purposes
as other files.
55. The fleam is but little
used [by Chinese].
56. A frisket is for retain-
ing and separating paper.
57. A tinman's furnace
is used in fusing tin.
58. [The printer's] furni-
ture binds the pages' sides.
59. A gally is employed
for holding composition.
60. A gimlet bores holes
for nails.
61. The hand gong is
struck to announce the pur-
chase of the fragments of
miscellaneous things.
62. A semicircle-gouge is
in the shape of a crescent.
63. The eyebrow-gouge
opens round holes.
64. Fish grains are made
with five prongs.
小​銅鼓​擊​報​賣
​荳腐​花
​説​缸​載​靛​瓦缸
​晒​布​棚​晒​染布
​消​塞​鴨絨​扎成
​耳​挑​為之​取​耳
​耳​鉗​用​捻​耳​中
​垢​漬
​'Siú stung kú, kik, po'
mái tau fú fá.
Tin hóng, tsoi tín ngá
kong.
Sháï' pò' sp'ang shái' 'ím
pò'.
Sú sak, áp, syung chát
sshing.
³I ‹tíú, swai ‹chí ‘ts'ü ³í.
安​字​板​備​列​此
​手​鑽​穿孔​入​釘
​蘇​鑼​撆​報​收買
​零碎​什物
​月​鏟​形​如​灣​月
​蛾眉​鑿開​圓孔
​魚​义​造成​五​齒
​sÍ skim yung? níp í chung
'kau tsik,.
IK EA THI VÀ HE ER | Ngán chi yung số ‘sai
ngán.
T's'6 síts 6 wát, tít, hí.
銼​以​銼​滑​鐡​器
​三角​銼​名​象形
​鼠​尾​銼​象形​而
​名​所​用​皆同
​放​馬​血刀​少​用
​隔​紙​掾​隔​紙​用
​打​錫​爐​用​煮​錫
​‹Sám kók› ts᳂ming tséung²
sying.
Shü 'mi tsó' tséung2 sying
síming, 'shó yung kai
st'ung.
má
Fóng ma hút, tò shíu
yung².
Kák, chí kam kak, chí
yung².
Tá sik, lò, yung' 'chü sik›.
***** Káp, pán fóng káp, 'pán
spóng.
<
On tsz" pán pí' lít, 'ts'z'.
'Shau tsun' «ch'ün 'hung
yap, <ting.
Sú sló, kik, pò' shau 'mái
sling sui' shap, matą.
Üt, 'ch' án sying sü ‹wán üt½.
Ngó¸mí tsók› ‹hoi sün 'hung.
sÜ «ch á ts) sshing sng 'ch'.
44, 45. The hand drum is about four inches in diameter, and two in thickness; it has
a handle, by which it is twirled, and thus strikes the two buttons alternately on one side
and the other. The copper drum is simply a plate of copper suspended in one hand by
a cord, and violently struck with a stick by the other.
48.-51. These four articles belong to the barber's profession. The ear-brush resembles
the globular flower of the Acacia, and is used after the ear-spoon; which is usually a thin
slip of horn. The eye-pearl is a small pellet of coral fastened on the end of a slip of horn,
and is passed under the eyelid to remove superfluous matter, and often doubtless to the
injury of the eye.
:
!
SECT. 3.]
297
MECHANICAL IMPLEMENTS.
:
64. The grindstone, by
turning round and round
磨刀石​輪​攪​其
​like a wheel, grinds things 輪轉​而​磨​之
​sharp.
交​齒​撼​畫​木​以
​鋸​交​齒
​石​鎚打​鑿​而​擊
​石​者
​鞋​槌​造​鞋​所​用
​打​庄​槌​新​土​築
​65. A gauge is an instru-
ment for marking wood so as
to saw it into dovetails.
66. A stone-hammer is an
implement used to strike the
chisel in working stone.
67. A shoe-hammer is used
by shoemakers.
68. A pile-hammer; when
walls are to be raised on
new ground, it is required
to drive piles of fir into the
ground in order to make it
firm and solid.
69. A tinman's hammer
has a curved handle.
70. The harness divides the
warp into upper and lower.
71. The present name of
a harpoon is fish spear.
72. A helve is the handle
of an axe.
73. A hod is filled with
mortar.
74. A basket-hod is used
for holding mortar.
75. Hooks, both great and
small, are made of brass and
iron, and vary according to
circumstances.
76. An ink-cup is for hold-
ing ink.
77. An ink-roller is for roll-
ing out ink upon a table.
78. Ink-shovel is a bam-
boo for taking out ink.
79. An ink-table is for dis-
tributing the ink.
80. Pottery-kiln is a place
where articles of pottery are
made and burnt.
81. A lime-kiln burns shells
into lime.
恒​必​打​杉​入土
​為​庄​以​取​堅固
​打​錫​槌​其​柄​曲
​綜​上下​經​交​隔
​雅​今​之​為​魚​標
​柯​乃​斧柄​也
​灰​斗​盛​灰​坭​者
​灰 ​載​厌​坭​用
​鈎​銅鐵​所作​大
​小​各​用​不同
​¿M6td shik₂ lun káu k'í
slun chin sí smo chí,
L
Káu chí lát, wak, mui
kü' káu 'ch' í.
Shike schui tá tsók sí kik,
shik, 'ché.
Hái chui trừ chái 'shó
yung².
Tứ chóng schui san tò
chuk, sún, pit, tá chor
yap, 't'd swai chóng, ‘í 'ts'ü
ckín k2.
'Tá sik› ‹ch'ui sk'í ping'
huk,.
<
Tsung shéung há chừng
ckáu kák).
<
Sáu, cham chí swai su píú.
<O, Śnái fú ping' [yá..
Fúi tau shing fúi snai
'ché.
Fúi 'tsám tsoi fúi nai
yung².
Kau, stung tít› 'shó tsók›
tái síu, koh yung pat
stung.
墨​升​以為​裝​墨
​墨​轆​開​墨​於​檯
​墨​挑​挑​墨竹​也
​Mak₂ ‹ťíú, ‹ťíú mak₂ chukɔ
Syá.
1檯​轆​勻​墨​者
​Mak sioi luk swan mak
'ché.
龙窰​結廬​燒瓦 ​Ngá cáu kits lò shíú nga
hí ch'i'.
器​處
​灰​爐​燒​殼​成灰
​69. The pile-hammer is usually a large and heavy block of wood, with a strong handle
on two sides, so that it can be raised and brought down by the united strength of two men.
70. In the manufacture of figured cloth, a second workman is employed, who sits upon the
top of the loom, and whose business it is to pull the harness up and down.
76-79. All these several articles are used in foreign printing-offices, and not by Chinese
workmen.
Mak, shing 1 wai chóng
maką.
Make luks choi make cii toi.
Fúi sld shíú hók, shing
fúi.
}
CHI. CHR.
75
298
[CHAP. VII.
MECHANICAL AFFAIRS.
}
82. A beveled knife has
an angular edge.
83. A drawing-knife has
crooked handles on both ends.
84. A scraping-knife is a
kuife which is used for
scraping things bright and
clean.
85. A last is a mold on
which shoes are made.
86. Tinman's lathe'; what.
ever tin utensils are of a
round form, must be put in
a lathe and turned.
87. Leads are for separat-
ing lines [of types].
88. A lever is for raising
stones.
89. Links are bent and
joined together.
90. A loom is a frame
made of wood, upon which
yarn is spread and woven
into cloth.
91. A mallet drives the
quoins of furniture.
92. A marking line is thre
same as the ink measure line.
93. Marking lines
shaved thin for marking black.
94. A tin mold is a ma-
trix used in manufacturing
utensils from molten tin.
are
95. A lime mortar contains
lime for pounding.
96. A physic-mortar is for
rolling the medicine to a pow-
der; its present name is the
rolling vessel.
97. A muller'; the crude
98. A nail is wrought of
iron to nail things.
99. A net is woven
of
hemp, and daubed with the
white of duck's eggs, which
serves for bait.
!
刀​刀口​斜​落
​刀​剷​兩頭​曲柄
​刮刀​打磨​光亮
​之​刀​也
​鞋​券​造​鞋模​也
​錫​車​凡​圓​樣
​器​必​上架​車​之
​paints are put into a basin or
bowl, and are ground fine by 放​砵​內​以此​石
​rubbing them with this stone.
灰​載​灰​春​之
​藥​碾​研​藥​為​末
​今​名​之​日​研​船
​研​色​石​顏色​粗
​T'sám² ctò, xtò (hau sts'é lók
<
To chin sléung stau huk)
ping.
Kuát tò, là mó kwóng
léung? chí ctò syá.
鉛​間隔​分行​數
​動​釗​釗​起​石​者
​連環​扣​圈​相​拖
​機​以​木造​架
​座​佈​紗​而​織​之
​木槌打​尖書​板
​Muk₂ sch'ui tá tsím ‹shii
'pán.
間​尺​郋​墨斗​線 ​Kán chik, tsik, make tau
sín'.
篌​竹​削​扁​間​墨
​錫​模​鎔​鑄​錫​器
​之​印
​SHái hin tsò? shái smò syá.
Sik) (ché sfán sin yéung²
sik, hí' pít, shéung ká' ‹ch'é
cchí.
網​以​蔴織​成​鴨
​蛋白​漿​之​為​餌
​sÜn kán kák› ‹fan shang
shò.
Tung² ‹chíú ‹chíú hí shik₂
'ché.
Lin swán kau² kün ‹séung
tó’.
Kí, sí muk, tsò² ká' yat>
ts6², pò shá sí chik> «chi.
<
T's' am chuk, séuk, 'pín kán'
makz.
Sik, smò syung 'chi’sik,h?
cchí yan².
Túi hôm tsoi fúi chung
cchi.
Yêuk, chín sán yéuk, swai
mứt, ckam sming chí üt, sán
sshin.
1
sin shik shikz; sngán shik,
cts'ò fóng' pút, no² sí ts'z'
shik, ‘ü yau’cchí.
幼​之
​釘​鐵鑄​釘​什物 ​Ting, 'ít, chi ting shap.
mat¿.
SMóng, ‘í smá chik,sshing
páh, ctséung chí
áp, tán
swai n².
96. This somewhat resembles the half of a very flat hollow spheroid; it is made of cast
iron with four short legs, so as to be firm. It is said to have been introduced from India.
That which serves for the pestle is an iron wheel with a long axle for a handle, and made
sharp on the periphery; it rather cuts than triturates what is put into the mortar.
SECT. 3.]
299
MECHANICAL IMPLEMENTS.
100. A drag net is drawn
by two boats, separated from
each other, so as to catch
fish.
101. A lifting net is an ap-
paratus of net work fastened
to bamboos, by raising which
the fish are taken up.
102. Crab nets are woven
of bamboo in such a mair-
ner, that fish can enter but
not go out of them.
103. An oil-press is used
to press fresh oil.
104. A pallet is a board on
which colors are placed, and
mixed, so as to see if they
are prepared in due propor-
tion and with proper tints.
105. A paste-bowl is for
'holding paste.
106. A paste-brush is for
pasting paper.
107. Pasting table is for
spreading paper on for pasting.
108. A spread pencilis made
fo several bound together.
109. A gilding pencil is one
which is used to brush off
the gold after it has been
laid fon a surface].
110. Pestles are used in
mixing lime and mortar.
111. A plane is a tool for
leveling and smoothing wood.
112. A bead plane raises a
line on the edge of the board.
113. Agouge plane is used
for planing crooked things.
114. A sash plane is used
for cutting a deep line.
115. Smoothing plane is a
small plane used after one
planing to give a greater
smoothness.
1
**
116. Casting plates are for
forming sheets of lead.
117. Paper poles are used
for drying wet paper.
118. A fish pole has a
hook strung to it for fishing.
119. Bookbinder's press is
for pressing books.
罟​以​二​船​分​牽
​捕魚​者
​薈​繫​竹​牽​拗​魚
​之​器
​倒​鬚​籠​竹​織​成
​魚​入​而​不能​出
​榨​用​榨​生油​者
​較​色板​以​各色
​放​板上​和​勻​較
​試​深淺
​糊​盤​載​糊​之​盤
​槳​糊​掃​以​裱紙
​裱​床鋪​畫​裱​之
​排​筆數​枝​貫​成
​掃​金筆​差​金​後
​以​掃​餘​金
​春​杵​搗​鋉​灰​坭
​跑​平滑​水​之​器
​線​鉋​木​邊​起​線
​灣​1曲​用​此​鉋
​柳​1起​深​線​者
​光​1畧​小跑​後
​再​以此​畧​1光
​倒​錫​板​鑄​錫​片
​晾紙​竹​晾濕​紙
​釣竿​繁​鈎​釣魚
​攪​盤​攪​夾​書​者
​Ku, í?ęshin fan chón pò?
sü ché.
+T'sang hai chuk, chín áu
züchí hf.
'T'd ‹sü lung chuk, chik›
sshing si yapzy sí pat, snang
ch'ut>.
Cha, yung chá shang yau
'ché.
kók›
Kái shik pán, í kók,
shik, fong'‘pán shéung² wó?
swan, káu' shí' sham tsín.
全
​<
spún, tsoi su chí phún
T'séung su so i 'piú chí.
sờ 1 píu
(Piu schtóng pò wá? píú
cchí.
sPái pạt, shờ chí kún
sshing.
Sú kam pat, ‹ts'z' kam
hau?í sò'sückam.
Chung ch®i tò lín fúi
knai.
Páu, sp'ing wát, muk, ‹chí
hi.
Sức sáu, muk, pín chí
sín’.
Wán sp'áu huk, yung 'ts'z'
spáu.
Lau sp'áu 'hí sham sín'
'ché.
'S
(Kwóng spiáu léukz 'síú
sp'áu hau' tsoi' í ts'z' léuk,
sp' iu ckwong.
'Tò sik, pán' chi sik, pí'n'.
chí
Léung² chi chuk, léung:
shap, chí.
Tíú kón hai kau tíú' ‹ü.
(Káu spún káu káp, eshii
'ché.
116. These are merely two large tiles covered with several thicknesses of paper; the melted
lead or pewter is poured upon the lower one, and the upper instantly let down upon it, thus
300
[CHAP. VII.
MECHANICAL AFFAIRS.
120. A printing press is
made of iron in such a man-
ner as to print several pages
at once.
121. In a proof, the writ.
ing may be complete, yet not
without errors; it is therefore
desired for correction.
122. Quoins are used for
compressing the pages.
123. A rasp is a large iron
implement with which things
are filed smooth.
winding silk from cocoons.
126. A horizontal reel is
also used for reeling silk.
127. A rivet is a nail, that
has its two heads nearly alike.
128. A rule is to put be-
tween the lines [in compos-
ing types], to separate them.
大​銼​鐵器​也​以
​此​銼​滑​之
​124. A reel is a revolving 撥​拊​運​竹​捲​紗
​bamboo for winding thread.
125. A cocoon reeler is for
繰​車​絞​繭​出​絲
​終​柅​亦​理​捲​絲
​鉸​釘​兩頭​大
​銅片​隔間​行車
​叠​砌​之
​129. A small saw's teeth
separate to the right and left.
130. A great saw is used
for cutting wood in two.
131. A hand saw has its
blade set obliquely.
132. A scoop is used for
taking fish out of the net.
133. A tinman's shears are
for cutting sheets and strips.
134. A
drives up the wooden quoins.
135. The shuttle is used to
小​鋸齒​分​左右
​大​鋸​解​木​為​二
​手鋸​其​肉​斜​鑲
​攔網​在​竇​撈魚
​錫​剪裁​片​成​條
​shooting-stick 木​撞​槌​撞​尖​7
杼​藏​緯​以​抛​織
​漏​珠​大小​不等
​洗​花​鈕​時​同​放
​袋内​擦​之​母​使
​not the smallest speck of sur-
face remains which is not po- 罅隙​有​不​耀​意
​lished.
shoot the woof in weaving.
136. Sicve pearls are both
great and small; and when
used for washing fancy but-
tons, are put into a bag with
them to scour them, so that
印​書架​鐵​為之
​印数​板
​書稿​文​雖​成​而
​格​未定​欲​者
​木​尖​以​廹​實​板
​forming an even sheet.
in this manner.
Yan shi lá, tít, wai chi,
yats. yan'shù’pán.
〈Shi (k); sman csui sshing,
sí kák, m? ting², yuke koi
cché.
Muk₂ ‹tsím, ³í pik, shat,
'pán.
Táv ts' 6' t'ít, hí' sya, sí
‘tsz? tso wát chí.
Piutz fi? wan² chuk, kiin
cshá.
'Tso k'ü káu kín ch'ut>
<sz.
Lókɔ ɔní yikɔ lí ‘kün ‹sz'.
Káu', ting léung st'au léukz
tái.
sTung p'ín' kák, kán' hang
sí típ tsai chí.
〈Siu kü) ‘ch'í fan tsó yau?.
Tái ki kái muk, swai 1.
'Shau kü' sk'í yuk, sts'é
cséung.
Tổng smóng tsoi tsang lò
sü.
Sik, 'tsin sts'oi p'ín' sshing
st'íú.
Muk, chóng chui chóng
‹tsím mukɔ.
sChü schóng wai í p'án
chik,.
Lau chi tái ‘síú pat, ‘tang,
sai fá ‘nau sshí st' ung fong'
toi noi tsát, chí, smò ‘sz
lá’kwik, Syau pat, ú??.
The lining of tea-chests, and sheet lead for other purposes, is made
131. The blade and the frame of a saw are usually in different planes; the angle of
the blade being such as to allow a larger piece of wood to be sawed without interfering with
the frame than could otherwise be done. The Chinese have no saw-mills worked by water
power, but all their boards, planks, and other wood work, is sawed by human labor, and
as might be supposed employs hundreds and thousands of hands. The log, when small,
is firmly placed in a vertical position to be sawed.
1
:
SECT. 3.]
301
MECHANICAL IMPLEMENTS.
137.
The slaie confines
the warp like a comb.
138. A lime spatula holds
mortar for pointing bricks.
139. A spinning wheel is a
machine by which threads are
made from silk and cotton.
140. A spool is a bamboo
stick on which to wind thread.
141. A square is used for
forming right angles.
142. A square is used for
making square corners.
143. A lime stick; when
lime is thick and hard, a lime
stick is then used to stir it up.
144. A clicking of bamboo
sticks announces meat cakes.
145. A Lydian stone is
used for testing silver.
146. A straight-edge shows
what is level and straight.
147. A striker levels the
grain when measuring it.
148. An imposing table is
used for arranging pages.
149. The ting-tổng is twirl-
ed and struck to announce
that cloth is for sale.
150. The small ting-tóng is
for selling floss and thread.
151. A round ting, struck
by blind persons, announces
that they will tell fortunes;
they also use bamboo sticks.
152. The tong-tбng announ-
ces that fish are to be sold.
153. A trowel is used for
spreading mortar on bricks.
154. Tympan; the paper
is spread upon it, then it is
folded over, and the paper
is printed.
155. Metallic movable
types; all the characters are
/
·
sShing, káp, king so shó
'ché.
箴​夾​經​如​梳​者
​14
紡車​乃​紡絲​棉
​作​紗​者
​等​以​竹竿​捲​紗
​矩​凴​以​製​方​者
​墨​殼​方​角​間​墨
​灰​釗​灰​實​以
​釗 ​1之
​竹​策​報​賣​雲吞
​磨​銀​石​辨​銀色
​準​能​定​其​平正
​斗​刮​量​米​刮平
​字​板​檯​埋​書​板
​! *#*¥Ting tong 'chun ‹tiú kik›
叮鐺​轉調​擊​報
​pờ mái pờ.
賣​布
​小​叮鐺​賣​絨線
​月​叮​瞽者​擊​報
​占​算​或​兩​竹片
​鐺​鐺​報​賣魚​生
​灰​匙​抆​灰磚​1
印字​撿​鋪​紙​其
​上​後​捨下​印​之
​鉛​活字​每​字​以
​Fúi 'pán tsoi' <fúi man
<chün.
'Fóng ch'é nái 'fóng (sz'
mín tsók› ‹shá 'ché.
Fú í chuk› ‹kón 'kün ‹shá.
'Kü, spang í chai' fong
'ché.
Mak, hók, fóng kók, kán'
mak,.
Fúi chíú ‹fúi shat₂ tsik› 'í
«chíá } ..íu chí.
Chuk, chái, pờ mái
t'an.
wan
Mó 、ngan shik, pán² ngan
shik,.
‘Chun, snangtingsk'í
sp'ing ching'.
'Tau kwát, ‹léung 'mai kwát,
sp'ing.
2
Tsz” pán st oi mái shi
'pán.
‘Síu ting tổng mái yung
sín'.
с
Ut, ‹ting, 'kú 'ché kik, pò'
chím sin; wái, léng
chuk, p'ín'.
Tổng tổng pờ mái t
<shang.
<
Fúi ssh'í man fúi chün
shau.
Yan' tsz" 'kam p'ò 'chi
sk'i shéung², hau' 'kam há²
yan chí.
§Ün út½ tsz” “múi tsz” “í ¿ün
145. Lydian stone or basanite is sometimes used by the Chinese to test the purity of silver;
but in doubtful cases other more decisive tests are resorted to for ascertaining its purity.
149. The ting-tóng resembles the luk kú or hand-drum in design; it is a plate of copper
hung by four sides within a hoop, which, as it is twirled by a handle, sets in motion a button
suspended on the side to strike the copper.
151. The round or üt ting is a circular piece of copper, hung by two strings to a stick; a
second stick is hung between the strings, and as the blind man perambulates the streets, he
strikes the pendulous stick against the copper.
CHI. CHR. 76
302
[CHAP. VII.
MECHANICAL AFFAIRS.
i
鉛​條​刻​備​照章
​engraved on separate bodies
of lead, and these are arrang-
ed into pages by words and
sentences for printing.
句​叠成​板​印​之
​156. A vice is for holding 老鼠​砧​為​實​鋏
​metallic articles securely in
order to file them.
金​器​以​銼​作​之
​157. Well-sweeps are used
for drawing water.
158. A winder is used for
winding thread into balls.
159. Iron-wire is iron
drawn out into threads.
160. A wrench is used for
drawing spikes.
161. A wrench is an in-
strument which is used for
taking out screws.
桔槔​用以​汲水
​維​車​理​紗​纏​績
​鐵線​鐵​造​如​線
​千斤​用​拔​大​釘
​螺絲​佞​用以​開
​螺絲​者
​The names of all colors
were at first obtained from
observing the color of some
one thing, which was an
exact image of the given
color; hence, therefore, for
the names to designate colors
refer to the names of
we
st'íú hak, pí chíú' «chéung
kü' tip, shing 'pán yan'
chí.
凡​顏色​之初​得
​名​者​皆由​觀
​'Lò 'shi
cham swai shat
kíp, kam hí í tso tsok
chí.
160. The implement called ts'in kan, or 'thousand catties', is simply an iron rod or staple
with a broad ring attached to it; the head of the spike is caught between the rod and ring,
and pulled out on the principle of the lever.
物色​而​象​是​色
​故​指物​為名​色
​Kat, ko, yung í k'ap, 'shui.
Tsui kü slí (shá sch'ín
chik..
7*ít, s?n tít, tsờ i sín.
Section Fourth.
NAMES OF COLORS.
顏色​名​第四​章
​sNgán shik, sming; tài sz❞ ‹chéung.
Ts'én kan, yung pát, tái
<ting.
L6 sz' ning yung í choi
sló sz' 'ché.
sFán ngán shik, chí chó
tak, sming ‘ché, skái syau
kún yat, mat, shik», sí
tséung shí shik; kứ chí
mat₂ ¿ming swai shik› ‹ming
Notes and Explanations.
THE solar beam is divisible into seven primary colors, viz. violet, indigo, blue, green, yel-
low, orange, red-white being the mixture, and black the privation, of all of them. Three
of these blue, red, and yellow-by their intermixture are capable of producing all the
Those five which the Chinese call primary or true colors, are ts'ing, wóng, ch'ik, pák,
hak, i. e. azure, yellow, carnation, white, and black. The single characters standing for other
colors, such as luk green, lám blue, &c., were, it is said, appropriated to this use, their
primary sense not being that of color.
rest.
SECT. 4.]
303
NAMES OF COLORS.
things. From of old, there
were five primary colors;
the rest are produced by a
mixture of these colors.
At present, by taking seve-
ral colors and combining and
mixing them together, new
and brilliant tints are produc-
ed, so that the names of all
the colors cannot be enume-
rated. If a person happens
not to know the name of a
color, then he takes the name
of one of the five colors and
adds to it another term-
light, dark, rich, dull, mellow,
soft, delicate, changeable,
glistening, cloudy, plain, mar-
bled, &c., and by the use
of these several terms gives
the appropriate names; and
these are so numerous that it
is impracticable to gain a
perfect knowledge of them.
1. Ash color.
as
2. Purplish ash.
3. Bister (or pig's liver co-
lor).
4.
Black is sometimes
designated sombre, dark, and
raven, all of which are one
and the same color.
5. Hair-black color (co-
dor of Chinese hair).
6. Ink black.
7. Soot black.
8. Blue black.
名​呼​之​自古​以
​五色​為​正色​餘
​鄖​為​間​色
​茲​將​數​色​和
​以為​新​竒​故​色
​之​名​不可​勝​計
​或​有​不​識​其​名
​者 ​將​五色​名
​加以​淺深​濃淡
​老嫩​嬌​閃​靚​啞
​素​雜​此​數字​而
​呼​之​皆​多​而不
​能​盡​識​之​故​也
​灰色
​鴿​灰
​猪肝​色
​有時​黑​號​皂
​烏​皆同​一色
​髮​色
​京​墨
​油烟
​老​藍
​(1
fú chí. Tsz” kú 1 ng
shik, swai ching' shik›, syü
tsik, swai kán' shik».
Tsz' tséung sho' shik, káu'
wó², í swai ‹san k'í, kú'
shik, chí sming pat hó
<shing kai'. Wák, ‘yau pat›
shik, sk'í ming 'ché, tsik,
<tséung "ng shik, ¿ming ‹ká
sí 'ts'ín, <sham, snung, tám³,
ślò, nin, chíu, ‘shím, ling”,
‘á, sò', tsáp,; ‘ts'z', shò' tsz"
sí ‹fú ‹chí, ‹kái ‹tó í pat›
snang tsun' shik, ‹chí kú’
‘ya.
<Fúi shik,
Kóp> <fúi
<Chü kón shik,
sYau sshí hak, hò sin, tsờ,
cú, chái stung yat, shih).
Fát, shik,.
King mak.
Yau ín.
Lò slám.
1. Ash color or fúi shik is a very common tint among the Chinese, and the various shades
of it are not well defined. Kóp shik dove color, is the shade on the necks of white doves.
3. Bister is prepared from common soot of wood, by pulverizing and washing. The soot
of the beech is said to afford the best.
4. Blacks. Lampblack is a light carbonaceous substance, thrown off during the combus-
tion of resinous and oily substances. The chips of fir and pine trees are burnt under tents,
to the inside of which the lampblack adheres. In China, the article for making ink is
obtained from oil, burned by lighted wicks in a vessel, over which a funnel-shaped cover is
hung to receive the smoke or lampblack; and this, mixed with gluten, and made into paste,
is formed into little cakes, and becomes the far famed, but misnamed, Indian ink.
It is a
little singular how the idea should have become so prevalent that this ink, of which tons are
annually consumed in China and Japan, was made of the black secretion of the cuttle-fish.
304
[CHAP. VII.
MECHANICAL AFFAIRS.
9. Blue.
10. Sky blue.
11. Smaltz blue.
12. Azure blue.
13. Deep blue.
14. Pure blue.
15. Light azure blue.
16. Brown. (Coir brown.)
17. Rust brown.
18. Reddish brown.
19: Chestnut brown.
20. Spanish brown (or
sheep's liver color).
21. Carmine.
22. Carnation.
23. Cinnabar.
24. Cochineal color.
25.
red).
Crimson (or rouge
26. Gray.
27. Yellowish gray.
28. Reddish gray.
29. Bluish gray..
30. Green.
31. Plant green.
藍
​三​青
​佛​頭​青
​天青
​元青
​二
​靑
​玉​藍
​鐵​機
​紅橙
​栗色
​羊肝​色
​金魚​紅
​赤色
​硃砂
​呀​囒​色
​胭脂
​褐色
​原色
​紫色
​淡​灰色
​綠色
​青色
​Jib
Lám.
‹Sám ‹ts'ing.
Fat stau ‹ts'ing.
.Tín tsing.
Ün cts'ing.
Ͳ ‹ts'ing.
Yuk, slám.
Tsung shik.
Tít, tsung.
Hung tsung..
Lut, shik.
¿Yéung ‹kón shik.
#1
Kam sü shung.
Ch'ik, shik.
Chü ‹shá.
:
Ngálán shik,.
Ín chí.
Két, shika.
Un shik,.
"Tsz' shik,.
Tám fúi shik.
Luk, shik,..
Ts'ing shik>,
5
:
{
1
#!
9. Blue. Lám is the common term for those blue colors that are dark and tinged with red.
For the light blues, as azure and mountain blue, the word ts'ing is employed. There is,
however, more discrepancy among the Chinese concerning the color intended by ts' ing than
any other color; it is both the color of the sky and of trees; and even the color of ether
is called tsing. The term may, perhaps, be defined, the color of nature, or the natural heavens;
and this vague term is applied by different persons in a different manner, and to diverse
objects.
16. T'sung is the net-like bark of the Cycas, from which the Chinese make ropes, brooms,
&c.; it is taken by them as the pure shade of brown.
26. Kót is the color of hemp, before it has been bleached; un skik means the "original
1
SECT. 4.]
305
NAMES OF COLORS.
¡
32. Green bice.
33. Sap green.
34. Blackish green (un- 檬​綠
​二​綠
​ripe lemon green).
35. Emerald green.
36. Pea green.
37. Leek green.
38. Olive green.
39. Indigo.
40. Orange.
41. Purple.
42. Iris purple,
43. Prussian blue.
44. Red.
45. Brownish red.
46. Lake red.
47. Copper red.
48. Rose red.
49. Orange red.
50. Peach red.
51. Brick red.
52. Light red.
53. Hyacinth red.
54. Lightish red.
55. Scarlet.
56. Sepia.
57. Snuff color.
58. Verdigris green.
虎​綠
​墨綠
​豆​青
​葱綠
​欖​靑
​洋​藍
​黄丹
​邮
​紫​粉
​葡​青
​洋​靛
​紅色
​赭石
​番​紅
​古銅色
​銀​紅
​紫​丹
​桃紅
​青蓮
​宮​粉
​金​飛紅 ​T
粉紅
​花紅
​雅​医
​鼻烟​色
​銅綠
​C
Fú luk2.
Mak, luką.
‹Mung luk›.
ĺ² Juk₂.
Tauts'ing.
Ts'ung luke.
'Lám ts'ing.
¿Yéung ‹lám.
Wóng tán.
(Tsz' fan.
S
每
​Ped ts' ing.
sYeung tín.
sHung shik,.
'Ché shik₂.
‹Fán shung.
Kú tfung shik,.
Ngan shung.
Tsz' tán.
¿T'ò shung.
Tsing slín.
Kung 'fan.
Kam ‹fi shung.
'Fan shung.
Fá shung.
'Ngá ‹fúi.
PÉ ín shik).
¿T'ung luk₂.
color," and the term is principally applied to the color of raw silk; while tsz' shik is appro-
priated to the reddish-yellow gray of Nankeen cloth.
CHI. CHR.
77
}
306
59. Vermilion red.
60. White.
61. Grayish white.
62. Quicksilver white.
63. Spanish white.
64. Snow white.
65. Ivory white.
66. Pearl white.
67. Bluish white.
68. Yellow.
69. Brass yellow.
70. Amber yellow.
71. Honey yellow.
72. Lemon yellow.
73. Oker yellow.
74. Almond yellow.
75. Sulphur yellow.
76. Yolk yellow.
77. Brown-brass yellow.
78. Carńary yellow.
79. Gamboge yellow.
肇
​MECHANICAL AFFAIRS.
I
硍​硃
​白色
​淺灰
​乳​銀
​鉛粉
​雪白
​牙​黄
​珠​色
​札​藍
​黄色
​乳​金
​碧色
​雄黄
​粉​黄
​坭​黄
​杏黃
​石​黃
​蛋黄
​青​金
​辰時​雀​黃
​籐黄
​!
Ngan chi.
Pák, shik,.
Tsín fúi.
Yi sngan.
Ün 'fan.
Süt, pák,.
¿Ngá 、wóng.
(Chü shik).
Chát, lám.
Wóng shik.
Yückam.
Pik,shiko.
Hung wóng.
'Fan wóng.
sNai swóng.
Hang? swóng.
Shike swóng.
Tán swóng.
<
[CHAP. VII.
Tsing skam.
sShí sshan tséuk) (wong.
fTrang swóng.
49. Red ink is made from vermilion, and this color is often used by the emperor, or
others at his dictation, in writing edicts, which are then called chi pat, or writings in vermi-
lion; his majesty's replies, when written by officers in waiting, are called chú pí, or replies
[written in] vermilion. Magistrates also use this color in punctuating their edicts. Tán and
chi are nearly synonymous in common use; tán is, however, a lighter, orange-red than
vermilion.
美
​ARCHITECTURE.
工匠​務​篇​八
​Kung tséung'
CHAPTER VIII.
Section First.
VARIOUS KINDS OF EDIFICES.
宮室​類​第 ​章
​Kung shat, lui²; tai? yat, chéung.
1. In the remotest ages of | 上古​之​世​穴居
​antiquity, caves in desert pla-
ces were the habitations of
而​野​處​冬​則​居
​營​窟​夏​則​居​楷
​巢​後世​聖人​以
​木​處​而​顛​土​處
​而​病​然後​為之
​宮室​上 ​下​学
​以​待​風雨
​見​四​書​圖​考​宮
​室​總
​the people: during winter,
they lived in holes dug in the
ground; and in summer, they
dwelt in thatched huts. In
subsequent times, their chief-
tains made dwelling places of
wood and earth; and very
soon afterwards they also con-
structed regular houses, with
beams and pillars, for protec-
tion against winds and rains.
2. See the General Account
of buildings, in the Illustra-
tions of the Four Books.
Shéung kú chí shai, hut,
‹kü sí ‘yé ‘ch'ü; ‹tung tsak,
ckü sying fat; há? tsak, ckii
• ctsang scháu. Hau² sha?,
shing? syan í muk, chü i
是
​ctín tò chi; sí ping? sin.
hau swai chí chung shat,
shéung² tung há? ü í to?
<fung ü.
Kín Sz”
(Kung shat, tsung léuk.
Shu Tà háu,
Notes and Explanations.
LITERALLY, kung tséung mú denotes the operations of architects, or those who construct all kinds
of buildings, together with vessels and land carriages of every description.
1. These shing yan are known to the Chinese only by tradition, as distinguished benefactors
of their nation, who lived in the remotest antiquity; they are perhaps identical with Tubal-cain
and others mentioned in the first book of Moses. Kung and shat, often used as distinct terms for
different ideas, are here synonymous and express the simple idea of house, or the abodes of man.
Shéung tung, há i, are the framework and covering of the house. The first inhabitants of
the land, as here described, seem to have been troglodytes, rather than nomads
2. These Illustrations are comprised in twelve small octavo volumes, with plates, all executed
in the best style of Chinese printing and engraving.
{
308
[CHAP. VIII.
ARCHITECTURE.
1
3. An academy is the vil-
lage school-house.
4. The imperial academy is
a public hall for the residence
of those who, having attained
the rank of hónlam, have not
become magistrates.
5. The 'golden horse' and
gemmeous court' are terms
for the imperial academy.
6. The altars for the vernal
and autumnal sacrifices to the
gods of the land and grain
are placed right and left,
7. The altars of the people
are shaded by trees, and offer-
ings are made in spring and
autumn for fruitful seasons,
8. An arbor, in a garden,
is built high, in order that it
may be cool and afford a fine
prospect.
9. A wayside arbor has no
walls, but only pillars.
10. An arsenal is a deposi-
tory of arms.
11. A barrier is built on
the frontiers, in order to guard
and protect the boundary,
12. A bridge is a traveler's
passage over a river.
13. A floating bridge may
be made of boats.
14. Suspension bridges are
made of the Anagyris and elm,
and are constructed like other
bridges.
15. Green windows' are
poor women's cabins.
16. A caravansary is a rest-
ing-place on the highway.
17. A city is walled for the
prince's defense.
18. The colleges of princes
were called psúnkung.
社​學​本鄉​學​舘
​翰林院​乃​初中
​未​任​民情​之​官
​署​也
​金​馬玉堂​翰林
​院​宇
​社稷​壇​右​社​左
​稷​春秋​合​祭​之
​民​社​樹​以​木​春
​秋​時​酌​豐年​也
​凉亭​於​園內​高
​建​爲​納凉​眺望
​亭​無​垣​而​有​柱
​軍​器​局​貯​兵器
​關閘​邊塞​建​關
​以為​界限​防守
​橋​駕​水​渡​行人
​浮橋​或​舟​為之
​釣​橋​造​以​榆​槐
​之​木​其​製​如​橋
​綠​窓​是​窮​婦​室
​驛​中途​駐足​所
​城​乃​築​以​衛君
​諸侯​學​日​泮​宮
​(Shé hók: pún chéung hokz
‘kún.
Hón slam in nái cho
chung' mí² yam' man tsing
chí chún shu yá.
Kam ‘má, yuke stóng; hón
lam in siü.
'Shé tsik› stán, yau' 'shé, 'tsó
tsik>, <ch'un «ts'au ling² tsai²
chí.
Man 'shé shü² í muk, ch'un
cts'au sshí sch'au fung snin
sya.
Léung sting, ‹ü ‹ün noi² ‹kò
kín wai náp, sléung tí
móng.
sTeing smò shin sí yau chii.
Kwan hí kuk₂ ‘ch'ü «ping
hí.
Kuán cháp, pín sui kín
ckwán í swai kár han² fong
'shau.
Kiu ká? shuitò? shang yan.
¿Fau skíú wák₂ ‹chau wai
chí.
‹ü
Tíú² skíú tsò si kwai
‹chí muk₂, sk'í chai' ‚ü ‹kíú.
Luk, chóng shí span fú
shat,.
Yih chung tò chứ tsuk,
'shó.
Shing nái chuk, í wai'
ckwan.
Chu hau hók, ütz p'ún'
kung.
5. The term pák má alludes to two brazen images of horses placed in the doorway of the
academy by the emperor Mú of the Hón dynasty about the year 140 B. c. The characters
yuk tong are placed above the gate of the academy, and correspond, in this usage, to similar
fanciful designations for public institutions in western lands.
14. A bridge of this kind is figured and described in the Sám Ts'ơi T'ò, and resembles very
much the suspension bridges of Europe.
16. These in China are established by government, and seem to be for the sole use of those
who are employed on public service.
SECT. 1.]
309
VARIOUS KINDS OF EDIFICES.
19. The college of the em-
peror was called 'p'ikyung.'
20. Colleges are every-
where established for the sup-
port and education of men of
genius and talent.
21. Imperial colleges; offi-
cers are commissioned by the
emperor and sent thither to
select the talented.
22. A cantonment is a small
encampment of troops for the
purpose of guarding the fron-
tiers.
23. The Taouists reside
in their own convents.
24. Cottages are covered
with thatch.
25. Council chambers are
for deliberative assemblies.
26. Exchanges are esta-
blished by all the several
trades, for the purpose of unit-
ed deliberation.
27. Farm-houses are con-
structed of reeds, and have
doors made of rushes and
coarse grass.
28. In a fort, guns are plac.
ed for defense.
29. Granaries are places
for storing grain.
30. A kwan is a round
granary.
31. A king is a square gra-
nary.
32. A granary having bins
is called pan.
33. A grocery has oil,
sugar, spirits, rice, and other
miscellaneous articles for sale.
天子​學​日​辟雍
​書院​各​屬​設​建
​得以​教育​英才
​貢院​朝廷命官
​到此​考取​才
​寨​乃​屯兵​之​小
​城​以​防守​邊塞
​觀​中​道士​隱居
​茅屋​茅草​盖​成
​公所​集​議​之​所
​會館​各​行​商賈
​設為​會​眾​議事
​廬​屋​以​蒲​蔣​扉
​以​除
​B÷
砲臺​置​砲​防守
​倉​乃​藏​穀​之​處
​囷​乃​倉​之​圓​者
​京​乃​倉​之​方​者
​倉​之​有​屋​日​廪
​雜貨舖​油​糖酒
​米​雜貨​沽​之
​P
¿Tín ‘tsz' hók, üt, p'ik› ‹yung.
Shi in kok, shuh, chít, kín
tak, ‘í káu' yuk, ‹ying ¿ts'oi.
Kung' un' sch'íú sting ming
‹kún to' 'ts'z' háu 'ts' i
¿man sts'oi.
Chái nái stin ping chí
'síú shing 'í fóng 'shau pín
sui'.
Kún chung Tờ sz” van
‹kü.
sáu uk, máu tsò koi
‹shing.
Kung shó tráp, ý chí shó.
Ú² kún kók, shóng shéung
ká chít, swai úi chung í
sz".
Lú uk, í spò 'tséung fí í
sk'ü sch'ü.
Páu'sťoi chí² páu' fong
'shau.
«Ts6ng nái ch óng kuk, chỉ
.Kuan $nái ctsóng chí sun
ch'ü'.
'ché.
King nái ts úng chí fóng
'ché.
Tsóng chí yau uk, ut,
'pan.
Tsáp₂ fó' p'd' yau st'ong
tsau mai tsáp, fo chú chí
18-21. For colleges, academies, and minor schools, and for the buildings in which they are
established, a great variety of names have been, and are still, employed, the principal of which
are given in this section. Pikyung and p'únkung are now disused. Beautiful plates of them both
may by seen in the Illustrations of the Four Books: the former was entirely surrounded by water;
the latter, as its name indicates, had water only around one half.
25, 26. The kung sh6, or public places, are established in streets and villages, and the gentry
and elders assemble in them for the transaction of all their public business; they are equivalent
to town-halls and town-houses, in some western states. The úi kún, or assembly halls, have al-
ready been noticed on page 199; they differ from modern European exchanges in each one's
being limited to a single trade, but resemble in all their principal features the ancient guilds of
Europe, approaching as near to a corporation as the nature of the supreme government will
permit.
29-32. Public granaries seem to have existed in this country from time immemorial, and
they have assumed a great variety of forms. Among the Chinese, the practice of storing grain
in the earth has long since ceased.
CHI. CHR.
78
310
[CHAP. VIII.
ARCHITECTURE.
34. A guard-house is for
protecting important passes.
35. The term hall was first
used by the emperor Wóng.
36. Halls of science are
temples of the sages, and
every department and district
has one of its own.
37. A hermitage is the
dwelling of a retired man.
38. A hospital is a place
for healing the sick.
39. A foundling hospital is
erected in a town for nurtur-
-
ing and bring up orphan chil-
dren, who reside there from
infancy.
40. The mansion for visi.
tors is called a hotel.
41. A public hotel is where
officers put up.
42. The‘white house' is a
poor man's hut.
43. A kitchen is a house
for cooking provisions.
44. A lodge is a thatch for
watching grain.
45. A snail's lodge is a mo.
dest term for one's house.
46. 'Red lofts' are rich
women's houses.
47. A magazine is a deposi
tory of powder.
48. A magistrate's office is
the abode of officers.
49. A mansion, with five
acres of land, is surrounded by
a wall, which is called the
palace-wall.
50. In the market, provi-
sions are bought and sold, for
which purpose all kinds of
shops are opened there.
51. A menagerie is where
wild animals are reared.
卡​以為​防​險要
​堂​之​名​肇黃帝
​學​宮​聖廟​也​府
​州縣​各有​建立
​衞​門​隱逸​之​宅
​醫​舘​治病​之​居
​育嬰堂​乃​邑​中
​建​育​無​父母​撫
​餐​嬰兒​居​也
​待​賓​之​舍​曰​館
​公舘​官​之​寓所
​白​屋​布衣​之​家
​庖厨​烹調​食
​守​舍​看​禾​廬​也
​蝸​廬​自謙​屋​小
​紅樓​乃​富​女​居
​火藥​局​制​火藥
​廨​百官​之​所​居
​五畝​之​宅​外環
​以​墻​謂​之
​之​宮墙
​市 ​井​買賣​食物
​各​舖​建設​之​處
​苑​所以​養​禽獸
​1
K í swai sfóng him í?.
s T6ng chí sming shi sWóng
tai'.
Hóks kung shing² míú? yá;
'fú ‹chau ün' kók, ‘yau kín²
lap:.
sHangsmún yan yat, chí
cháką.
I kún chí ping” chí ki.
Yuk₂ ‹ying sťóng nái yap,
rchung kín² yuke smd, fú? smo
'fú 'yéung, ‹ying sí ‹kü ¹yá.
Toi pan chí shé út, kín.
Kung kún kún chí i shó.
Pák, uk› pò' ‹í ‹chí ‹ká.
¿P¹áu sch'ü ‹p'ang sťíú fó
shiką.
(Shau shé? hón swó slú syá.
I
‹W6 slú tsz²² ch'ím uk, síú.
Hung slaw nái fú? (nickii.
'F6 yéuk, kuk, chai' 'fo yéuk,.
Káť pák, ‹kún ‹chí ‘shó ‹ki.
s’Ng ‘mau chí cháu, ngoi
swán í sts éung wai' <chí
ckung sts'éung.
S{ tsing mái mái shíh
mat, kók, pờ kín chít, chí
chi᾿.
Ün² 'shó í 'yéung ‚k'am
shau'.
40, 41. For an account of the more common inns or taverns, see page 282 ; these buildings
are also called ü, and ü shó, i. e. lodgings, or lodging-places.
42. The meaning of pák is unfurnished, unadorned, and alludes to the poor but honest man,
whose poverty is still further expressed in this sentence by pò í, cotton clothes, which he wears.
43. The p'áu ch' ü differs from a chi fóng or cooking-room (chap. V. sec. 2: 33); the latter
is a single apartment of a house occupied solely for cooking; while the former is usually a
separate building, attached to temples, monasteries, &c.
45. The allusion here is to the smallness of the house, and the straitened circumstances of
the owner, who, in the oriental style of mock humility, disparagingly likens his tenement to the
contracted lodgment of a snail.
50. In early times, the market was called shí sz', of which a plan may be seen in the Illustra>
SECT. 1.]
311
VARIOUS KINDS OF EDIFICES.
**
52. A military post is the | 官​堆​亦​卡​也
​same as a guard-house.
53. Monasteries are the
寺​漢​明帝​時​始
​abodes of the Budhists, first
erected in the reign of Ming 創​乃​儈​人所居
​of the Hón dynasty.
54.
庵內​女​尼​奉佛
​觀​之​言​可以​觀
​望​於其​上​也
​周文王​作​靈臺
​衙署​亦​解​也
​柏​臺​烏​府​御史
​衙門​云​爾
​無​嗣​壇​若無​後
​嗣​者​牌位​祀​此
​塔​或​高​數丈
​重​密​通​六​面
​Priestesses of Budha
dwell in nunneries.
55. Observatories are SO
called, because on them you
can look abroad and take ob-
servations.
56. King Man of Chau
built the imperial observatory.
57. Public offices are those
of the magistrates.
58. The 'fir-platform' and
'rookery,' are also terms for the
censor's office.
59. The orbate temple; if
one has no posterity, his tablet
is placed and worshiped in
this temple.
60. A pagoda is sometimes
several stories and tens of feet
high, with windows on all the
six sides.
61. The literary pagodas 文​閣​高二 ​三層
​are two or three stories high,
and in them sacrifices are of
爬​文​星​於其​.
古​制​屋​之​高​嚴
​通​呼​為​殿
​大​内​帝王​之​屋
​牌樓​旌表​善行
​叉​謂​牌坊
​監牢​以​四​重犯
​fered to the god of letters.
62. When the ancients
built houses high and majes.
tic, they usually denominated
them palaces.
63. A palace is the house
of an emperor or king.
64. The honorary portal
emblazons good deeds; it is
also called 'páifong.'
65. A prison is for incarce-
rating notorious offenders.
層​上​嚴
​Kun tui yik, tsik, k' 'yá.
Sh? Hón's Ming tai sshí,
chí ch óng, nái Tsang yan
shóckü.
Ím noi² (ni sní fung² Fatz.
Kun chí sín hó síckún
móng su shí shéung yá.
〈Chau Man swóng tsók, sling
st'oi.
sNgá‘shi yik, tsik, ká yá.
Pák,stfoi ú fúi² ‘sx’sngá
smiin swan í.
SMò sz" st$ án ; yéuk, smù hau²
sz" 'ché spái wai' sz' 'ts'z'.
Táp, wák, chò shờ chéung
shờ chung «chóng tung
luk: mín².
¿Man kók₂ ‹kò í² ‹sám ¿ts' ang
sz” sman sing cüskíshéung².
Kú chai uh, chí chò sớm
tung fú swai tín
Tái nơi tai swóng chí uk.
¿Pái slau ‹sing 'píú shín'
hing'; yau² wai spái fong.
Kám slð í ch'au chung'
fán².
'tions of the Four Books: for explanations of sz' and shí, see pages 121 and 211. In the Sám
Ts'oi T'ò, the ski tsing is represented as a collection of buildings, forming an extensive market.
58. The first of these terms arose, it appears, from a very large fir-tree which grew in an
inclosure near the front of the censor's office in Peking; the second derived its origin from the
rookery of crows that occupied the branches of this tree. Ngá mún is a common term for public
offices, synonymous with ngá shü, in the preceding sentence.
59. This building is sometimes attached to a large temple, and contains the tablets of those
who left no descendants to perpetuate their name, and offer sacrifices to their manes; the
number collected in them is often very great.
64. The púlau, whether of wood or of stone, have been called triumphal arches: arches
however, they are not; nor are they like an arch; nor have they usually any claim whatever
to be denominated triumphal. In shape, they resemble the posts of a gate with a very broad
lintel or beam; often they have two beams, one above the other, with a tablet between them.
312
[CHAP. VIII.
ARCHITECTURE.
66. The family residence of
a statesman is called 'tán fú.'
67. The pearly door' is
the seat of a rich man.
68. A seraglio is the seclud
ed residence of imperial ladies.
69. By signal posts an ene-
my's approach is announced.
70. A souterrain has a small
mouth and is very capacious;
grain is deposited through a
hole in its side.
71. A káu is a place in the
earth for storing grain.
72. The vegetable stall ex-
poses vegetables for sale.
73. The store-house is for
storing up goods.
74. Swine are domesticat-
ed in a sty.
75. A temple contains ima-
ges of the gods, and has
priests ordained to offer sacri-
fices.
76. In the temple of ances-
iors their tablets are placed,
and there sacrifices are offer-
ed to them.
77. Tents are coverings
made of cloth for the purpose
of affording lodging-places to
soldiers.
78. The general's tent is
the station of the general.
79. Treasuries are built for
depositing money.
80. Victualing-houses are
buildings which are furnished
with wine and meat for enter-
tainment.
潭​府​仕宦​之​家
​朱門​富豪​之​第
​內​宮​妃​嬪​深居
​烽​辠​設​以​禦敵
​竇​口​小腹​大​或
​竅​通​旁​以​藏​粟
​窖​地​中​藏​穀​處
​瓜菜​攤​擺​賣菜
​棧​為​貯放​貨物
​圈​畜​牛​豕​者​是
​廟​為​祀​神靈​乃
​設​司​祝​者​奉祀
​祠堂​立​祖宗​牌
​位​而​祭祀​之​處
​營盤​以​布​搭盖
​以為​屯​宿​軍士
​帥府​主帥​所​居
​庫​設​以​藏​金銀
​高樓​舖​內​有點
​心​酒肉
​2
ST án fú sz wán chí há.
Chi mún fứ chò chí tai”.
Noi kung fi pan' sham kü.
Fung tun chít, í u tih.
Tau hau síu fuk, tái, wk,
2
kíú tung spóng chóng
suk,.
Káu tí chung ch óng kuk
chei'.
Kwá tsoi tán pải mái
ts'oi'.
Chán wai shu fóng fo
matą.
Hün ch'uk, ‚ngau 'shí ché
shí'.
Mí swai sz” sshan shing nái
chít, sz chuk, ché fung
sz".
sSz' stong lap, 'tsò tsung pái
wai sítsai sz” chí chữ”.
S
Ying sp'ún sí pò' táp, koi í
wait'ün shuk› ‹kwan sz”.
Sz" fú 'chü sz' shó ‹kü.
Fứ chít, í chong Ham
ngan.
‹Kð lau p'd' noi² 'yau tím
(sam ‘tsau yukɔ.
The two principal posts are, say twenty feet high, and stand about twenty feet apart. Outside
of these two posts, are usually two shorter ones, each connected by a short beam to the larger
ones. On all these posts, beams, and tablet are inscriptions, to emblazon and to commemorate
the virtuous actions of those for whose honor they are erected.
70, 71. These are of two kinds, and were frequently constructed so as to preserve valuable
jewels, treasure, books, and other things which the owner wished to lay up secure from theft and
mold. The káu was made much smaller than the tau, and provided with a small pent-roof to keep
the rain from soaking the covering.
75. Temples in China, like churches and chapels in western countries, have a great variety
of names, and afford some of the finest specimens of architecture that are to be seen in the
country. They are generally constructed of the best materials, and in superior style. Poor
villages often have rich temples; while those built by affluent persons, by officers, or by members
of the imperial family, are very costly and beautiful, and sometimes superb.
SECT. 2.]
313
THE PARTS OF BUILDINGS.
THE PARTS OF BUILDINGS.
宫室​物料​類​第 ​二​章
​Kung shat, mat, liú lui; tai
í chéung.
Section Second.
1. An arch is made by plac-A
ing stones in a circular form
either over a door, or under a
bridge.
2. The audience-hall is the
place where the monarch
assembles his ministers, to
deliberate with them in person.
3. An avenue is the strait
path which leads from the
principal outer gate to the
front door of the house,
4. The balistic platform is
erected to discharge crossbows.
5. Base is the present name
of a column's pedestal.
6. The empress' bed-room is
called the 'pepper-chamber.'
7. A belfry is a high part
of a building, in which the
bell is hung and struck to an-
nounce the hour of the day.
8. A brace; a beam being
inserted into a post,
a post, then
another short piece of tim-
ber (i. e. a brace) is let into
the post, rising diagonally to
support the beam.
9. Bricks are used for
constructing walls.
10. Capital is the top of the
column, on which flowers are
門​或​造​於​橋下
​殿堂​乃​王者​會
​羣臣​朝​議​之​也
​擁​道​乃​頭​門​直
​達​二​門​之​道​也
​弩​臺​設​以​發​弩
​礎​乃今​之​柱
​椒​房​王后​所​居
​鐘樓​高​數丈​懸
​鐘​撞​以​報​時辰
​掙​角柱​鑲​橫木
​另加​短​木​於​柱
​斜​掙​之
​靑​用​築​垣墻
​柱​碟​卽​柱頭​刻
​'Kung nái ts'ai'ün kung
‹ü ‹mún, wák, tsò² ‹ü ‚k'íú
há².
Tín st6ng nái swóng ché
úi² kw'an,shan ¸ch'íú ˆí ‹chí
sya.
Yung tờ nái sau mún
chik, tát, 1 mún chí từ
£yá.
Nú stoi chít, sí fát, ¿nú.
Ch6 nái kam chí chi
<tun.
Tsíú fóng swóng hau' 'shó
‹kü.
Chung slau chò shờ chéung
sin chung chóng í pờ shí
shan.
Chang kók, ch'ü séung
swang muką, ling' ‹ká 'tin
muk, ü sch'ü sts'é chang
chí.
Tsting chun yung chuk,
sún sts' éung.
S
Ch'ü tip₂ tsik, ch'ü t'au
Notes and Explanations.
THE principal apartments of houses were enumerated in chap. V., sec. 2., with such parts
as are frequently spoken of in domestic affairs. The style of Chinese architecture differs so
much from Egyptian, Greek, Roman, Gothic, or any more modern one, that the definitions and
descriptions of parts must necessarily differ in some degree accordingly.
6. According to the Kú Sz' King Lam, in the times of the Hon dynasty, the walls of the
harem were plastered with pepper, from the notion that its pungent properties would dispel or
neutralize all noxious vapors in the rooms. From this practice, the phrase is now used to denote
the apartments of the empress in the palace.
7. The temples of the Chinese are usually furnished with bells; and they are almost always
hung on low frames, so as to be only some six or eight feet from the ground.
9. Sometimes, the Chinese merely dry their bricks in the sun, but they are generally burned
sufficiently hard, that when kept out of water, the wall is preserved from rapid decay. Their
color is usually a light slate blue, or as the Chinese describe them, tsing chin, azure bricks.
CHI. CHR.
79
314
[CHAP. VIII.
ARCHITECTURE.
carved; it rises and spreads
out like a plate, at the place
where it meets the entablature.
11. Cells are the dormito-
ries of Budhistic priests.
12. At the principal gate
of the imperial palaces and
of temples, four columns are
erected on stylobates.
13. Cornice is a narrow
piece of carved work, nailed
to the wall close adjoining
the ceiling.
14. A cornice is before and
bener the eaves, extending
in a line upon the wall of the
house.
15. A court is opened in
front of a hall; it is made for
the admission of light and
fresh air.
16. In the palace court, all
the officers were arranged.
17. The court yard is
between the hall and gate.
18. A ditch is a stream of
water surrounding the wall of
the city, and affording a free
ingress into it.
19. Ditch-gate (or lock) is
a gate in the ditch where the
water enters the city.
20. A dome upon the roof
of a house is constructed in
shape resembling an inverted
boiler.
21. Dome-balls are made
round like pearls, and are
placed as mountings on the top
of the roof.
22. Door-pivots are the
wooden tenons of the door.
23. Door-posts are the tim
bers on the sides of the door.
花​起​托​如​碟​直
​接​至​線​盤​之​處
​禪房​儈​人​寢室
​宮殿​廟宇​頭​門
​|
hak, fá 'hí tók, sü típ, chik,
tsíp, chứ sín spún chí
chr.
Shin sfóng Tsang syan
'tsam shat,.
Kung tín míu süstau
smún sz” chi shi ji th
四柱​竪​於​地​臺 ​foi.
花​板​脚​雕花​邊
​釘​墻​接近​花​板
​簷口​線​簷前​下
​Tsĺm hau sín sím sts'ín há²
ch'ut› sín'‹ü ¿ts'éung.
Fá pán kéuk› ‹tíú fá spín
ting tséung tsíp, kan fá
pán.
出線​於​墻
​天井​乃​堂前​開
​以​透光​而​納凉
​丹​墀​陳列​百官
​庭​是​堂​下​至​門
​<
Tán schí ch'an lít, pák,
kún.
sting shí tóng há chí
smún.
S
濠​水​繞城​外​可 ​Hò shui sú gshing ngoiz hó
stung wan' yap, noi³.
通​運​入​内
​水​關​濠​水​通​城
​之​門​也
​Tín tsing nái st óng sts ín
choi í tau kwóng sí náp.
sléung.
<Shui chuán shò shui tung
sshing «chí mún yá.
Wk, ‘tai “ting uk, púi
shéung tsòshing sying sü
鑊​底​頂​屋​背上
​造成​形​如​覆​鑊 ​fulk waks.
屋頂​乃​作​圓珠
​背上​為​頂
​門​樞​木門​斗
​門​枋​門旁​之​木
​Uk, từng nái ts6k, sin chu
chỉ ngá púi shéung swai
'ting.
sMún (shi tsik, muk, smún
'tau.
sún
Min fóng smún spróng cchí
muką.
13. This fápán kéuk is within the house; but the term fápán might be applied to the frieze,
and fápán kéuk to the cornice, above the architrave, or rather the lower part of the entablature,
in the front of a building.
16. This is the floor of the audience hall, which is said to be sanded with native cinnabar,
and where the emperor collects his ministers for consultations.
18. Most, if not all, of the walled cities in China have moats dug around them; but during
the long respite which the country has enjoyed from war, they have become in many places/
obliterated, except where the inhabitants use them as canals. A part of the ditch on the north-
ern side of Canton is used as a rice field, and on the west and east as a thoroughfare for boats.
22. The door-pivots are like tenons, one at the top and one at the bottom of the door, and
serve instead of hinges on which the door is turned.
SECT. 2.1
315
THE PARTS OF BUILDINGS.
24. Shop door-posts are
the small round posts placed
erect in the door of the shop
to close it up.
25. Door-sill is also called
the threshold.
26. Door-shutters;;
these
shutters are employed, in or-
der to close up the front win-
dows of a shop.
27. The eaves are at the
lower edge of the roof.
28. The flying eaves are
the four corners of the roof
of the house, which are made
to curl up.
29. The embrasures are in
the parapet of a wall, and are
the places where cannon are
set and worked.
30. The entablature is the
wall at the summit of the
columns, where it is connected
with them.
31. A fence is made of
bamboos stuck in the ground,
around gardens of flowers and
trees.
32. In fish-pools, the spring
water is clear and green.
33. Flag-staffs are erected
without the gate.
34. A foundation is now
called the foot of the wall.'
35. Foundation-stones are
beneath the steps.
36. Frame of a roof is the
top of the house; it is framed
like the character; and
also like a dog's thigh, for
supporting the purlins.
M
門​論​子​舖​門​之
​企​柱​以​住​之
​閾​亦名​之​門​限
​舖​窓​板​為​閂​舖
​加以​此​板
​檐​屋瓦​口​之​處
​飛簷​乃​屋​上​造
​成​四角​捲起
​女​墙
​城​上​雉
​堞​亦​駕​砲​之​處
​線​盤​乃​柱頂​之
​墻​起​線​接​柱
​籬​以​竹​插​地圖
​種​花木
​#
池塘​春水​淸​綠
​旗杆​竪立​門外
​基​今​名為​墻脚
​砌​乃階​下之​石
​狗​肶​乃​屋頂​旁
​頭​架​金字​亦如
​狗​肶​以為​承​桁
​Mún lun ‘tsi pờ mún chí
skí sch'ü í chu² chí.
K6k, yik, sming chí mún
han².
P'd' ch' éung 'pán,wai shán
p'd' ‹ch'éung ‹ká ³í 'ts'z' 'pán.
sớm uk, ngá hau chí chi.
«Fí sím nái uk, shéung? tsò
sshing sz❞ kók, ‘kün 'hí.
Nu sts éung, tsik, shing
shéung chứ típ,, yik, ha
pháu chí chi.
Sín' sp³ún nái ch'ü ting
chí sts'éung 'hí sín' tsíp,
'ch'ü.
sh, í chuk, cháp, tí tò
chung fá muk,
'shui
Chi stong chun
cts ing luk.
sK { chón shi lap, mún ngoi.
‹Kí, ‹kam ming waists'éung
kéuk,.
Chai nái hái há chí shik.
'Kau pí nái uk, 'ting spó
stau, ka' kam tsz", yik, çü
kau ‘p1, í wai sshing cháng.
28. In the flying eaves, the resemblance to a tent-the model of the Chinese style of archi-
tecture is seen; these are, however, considered rather as ornaments to the roof, than as com-
ponent parts, and are most frequently seen on temples, and other large buildings, where it is
intended to construct a finished edifice. What are called wings, fishes, dragons, and so forth,
(according to the taste of the architect,) may sometimes be seen on the ridge, as well as corners,
of the roof.
33. A pair of these flag-staffs may be seen standing before the principal door of almost every
magistrate's office and large temple; and sometimes also at the doors of private gentlemen, hold-
ing nominal rank, or who have held office in the government. A single post now and then
may be seen instead of the two.
36. On account of the great weight of the tiles, Chinese carpenters endeavor to have the
expanse of the roof as small as possible, and consequently their large houses are almost always
covered with hipped roofs where the four sides are oblique. They also make the purlins much
larger, and place them closer, than is usual in European buildings in order to assist in support-
ing the tiles at right angles with their courses.
316
[CHAP. VIII.
ARCHITECTURE.
37. A frieze is a raised
border above the columns
upon the entablature.
38. A furnace for cooking
is made of bricks and mortar,
and chaldrons are set in it
for cooking food.
39. Gables are the walls on
the ends of houses.
40. The gable-ears rise
high above the roof of the
house on the two ends, and
turn up like ears.
41. A garden is for cultivat-
ing all kinds of plants and cu-
rious flowers in order to sell
to the curious.
i
42. A walled garden is sur-
rounded by a wall, and is de-
signed for the production of
fruit-trees.
43. The gale of a village
is called a 'lü.'
44. Go-downs are the rooms
in the basement story.
45. The 'flowery-hall' in an
office is the guest chamber.
46. The gutter is a trough,
which is attached to
the
channels formed by the tiles
of the roof.
47. The harem is the ut-
most interior of the palace, the
entrance to which is strictly
forbidden.
48. Hinges of the door are
made of brass and iron.
49. A magistrate's hall is a
court of justice.
50. King-posts are set up-
right in the framework of a
roof, in order to support the
ridge-tree.
51. A knocker consists of
two rings, nailed on the front
of the door, to call for it to be
opened,
腰線​乃​柱​碟​上
​之​起​線
​竈​以​磚​泥​結成
​鑊​烹煮​食物
​屋​飛​樓上​旁​墻
​捲​耳​高出​瓦
​上​兩傍​如​捲​耳
​園​為​栽植​百卉
​竒​花​以​供​遊​賞
​圍​築墻​圍​之​以
​種​果木​也
​閭​乃​鄉黨​之​門
​土庫​師​樓下​房
​花廳​官家​待客
​水​漕​乃​接​瓦​坑
​之​水路
​禁​院​宮殿​深居
​封禁​不得​擅​進
​門​較​銅鐵​造成
​宮​堂​治​民​之​堂
​矮​仔​竪​於​狗​肶
​架​中​以​助​頂​梁
​門​環​造​兩圈​釘
​門面​呌​門​敲​之
​Íú sín nái ch'ü típ
shéung² ‹chí hí sín'.
Ts’í chin snai kit, sshing
chí wák, phang chi shik,
mat₂.
Uk, fi lau shéung² spong
stséung.
SFú ein sí ckò ch'ut, 'nga
shéung², léung spfóng syii
'kün .
sÜn swai cts oi chik: páks 'wai.
skí sfá í 'kung syau 'shéung.
sWai chuk, stséung wai chí
í chung 'kwó muk, yá.
sLi nái chéung “tóng chí
smún.
Te) fw tsik, slau há? sfóng.
Fá ding ckún cká toi² hák..
Shui sts) ‘nái tsíp, ‘ngá cháng
«chí Shui lò,
Kam in kung tín sham
ckii fung kam² pat, tak, shín²
tsun'.
sMún háu
káw
sshing.
stung tít, tsờ
Kung st6ng chí sman chí
strong.
‘Ai ‘tsai shüi' ‹ü 'kau pí ká'
chung í chó? ting sléung.
Mún swán tsd2 sléung ün
ting smún mín kíứ mún
ckò cchí.
42. The walled gardens often include extensive orchards of fruit trees, in some parts of the
country consisting of the pear, apple, peach, &c. The walls are raised eight or ten feet from the
ground, most frequently built of brick; but often too a stockade or ditch surrounds the garden.
43. Gates are constructed over the principal thoroughfare, where it enters the precincts of
the village, defining the limits of the place; the sides and lintel are usually ornamented with in-
scriptions.
44. These go-downs, as they are called in the east, are store-rooms, in which merchandise,
provisions, and similar articles are deposited; they are generally spacious, and are sometimes
fitted up for offices or counting-rooms in mercantile houses.
SECT. 2.]
317
THE PARTS OF BUILDINGS.
•
52. Lathing is made of
strips of wood, a little sepa-
rated from each other, and
nailed on the upper part of
the room; on these mortar is
spread smooth in order to serve
in the place of a ceiling made
of boards.
53. A loft is an upper story
of a house; a gallery.
54. A mold-board is a rais-
ed board, nailed on the sides
of the floor close against the
walls.
55. Pannels are set in the
middle of doors and windows.
56. A park is where storks,
deer, and similar animals are
kept and fed.
houses are called the pediments
[or honorary portal, Sec. 1:64,
page 311]; they are also call.
ed kam tsz'.
58. A pillar is a column of
a palace.
59. A plate is the timber
which is placed horizontally
on the top of the walls, in order
to support the rafters.
60. Porchesextend all round
the outside of the palace.
61. Purlins are timbers
parallel with the ridge-tree.
62. Rafters are placed on
the purlins to support the tiles.
63. Inner rafters are placed
beneath the others for their
support, on which the roof is
built.
64. For a summer residence,
a very cool and airy place is
selected, in order to escape
the summer's heat.
65. A retreat is a place for
dwelling at ease in retirement.
66. The ridge of a house
is covered with tiles.
67. The ridge-tree is the
timber in the top of the house.
天​籠子​以​木​條
​間​釘​室​上​加
​灰​蕩​滑​以​代​天
​花​板
​樓​重​屋
​閣​也
​墙脚​線​樓板​邊
​貼墻​釘​木​起
​門​心​鑲​凸​鼓
​囿​以為​餐​鶴
​鹿​等​物
​Tin slung 'isz' í muk, st'íú
kán', shó ting shat, shéung',
‹ká ‹fúi tóng² wát, í toi² ‹t'ín
fá pán.
57. Pediments; the plain 牌樓​屋​上​爱
​parts at the ends of the roofs of
頭​之​處​日​牌樓
​一名​金字
​楹​乃​殿堂​之​柱
​水​古​墻頭​上​橫
​木​用以​承​釘​桷
​廊​廡​殿下​周​廊
​ART THE DR THU J | Lóng mú tín há chau long,
桁​乃​梁​旁​横木
​桷駕​桁​上​承瓦
​斜角​内​承​桁​以
​為​盖​瓦
​謝​暑​軒​最​凉​處
​夏​熟​避暑​之​所
​齋​乃​燕居​之​所
​屋脊​盖​梁​瓦
​梁乃​屋​之​正梁
​Lau sch'ung uk, tsik, kók,
sya.
¿Ts'éung kéuk, sín', slau ‘pán
«pín típ, sts'éung ting muk,
chí sín?.
Cheéung smún sam cséung
tut₂ kú.
Yau² sí swai wan? ‘yéung
hók, luk, 'tang mat,.
sPeái lau; uk, Śngá shéung²
spóng stau chí chi, ut,
spái slau; yat, sming sham
tsz2.
S
Ying nái tín stóng chí
sch'ü.
'Shui 'kú, sts'éung t'au
shéung² swáng muk, yung?
1 sshing cting kók,.
Háng nái sléung phóng
swáng muk..
K6k, ka háng shéung` shing
$ngá.
¿Ts'é kók, noi² shing chang
sí swai kot" nga.
Tsé' 'shu hin, tsü' léung
chü², há² íty pie shi cchí
'shó.
‹Chái nái ín' ‹kü ‹chí shó.
Uk, tsik› k'oi' sléung ngá
stung.
sLéung, nái uk, chí ching
sléung.
60. These correspond to the covered walks or porticos which were sometimes built by the
Greeks and Jews in front of their great buildings; in this country, they are attached to temples,
palaces and other large governmental buildings, and sometimes to private houses.
65. This retreat is sometimes the study of literati; but more commonly it is the residence of
wealthy gentlemen who seek for relaxation, by retiring for a time, from the bustle of public life.
CHI. CHR. 80
318
[CHAP. VIII.
ARCHITECTURE.
68. The 'warm gallery' is a
noble lady's dressing-room.
69. A reading-room is a
place for visitors to read.
70. A. retiring-room is a
place for the king to retire.
71. A screen is for the sup-
port of the monarch.
72. A sewer is a passage
for the water, which is poured
down beneath a house.
73. The shaft is the main
body of a column, and some-
times it is fluted for the sake of
ornament.
74. A shrine is where idols
are placed to be worshiped.
75. The lotus seat' is now
called a shrine because Budha
was seated on carved lotus
petals.
76. The lares' shrine is
erected in the hall; a small
shelf is made to place the
images on, where also the an-
cestral tablets are placed at
their side.
77. A sink is a railing of
bricks built up in a kitchen
into which water is thrown.
78. A sink-drain is a hole
in the house into which water
is thrown to run off into the
sewer.
79. Sleepers are the tim-
bers which are laid horizon-
tally to support the boards of
the floor.
80. The water-spout is a
tube attached to the gutter of
a roof for conducting off the
water.
81. A study is denominated
the 'rue windows.'
82. The stylobate (or pedes.
tal) supports the pillar's base.
暖閣​命婦​粧​樓
​舘​待​賓​讀書​所
​偏殿​王者​閒居
​屏​為​人君​倚立
​溝渠​乃​屋​下放
​水​之​路
​柱​棟​柱​身​或
​造成​瓜​哳
​神龕​祀神​於​內
​坐​今​之​神位
​因​佛​座​刻​蓮瓣
​神​樓​於​廳​上​建
​小樓​祀神​或​旁
​奉​祖先​於其​上
​水​圍​以​磚​築​欄
​於​厨​內​放水
​滲​井​乃​家​内​放
​水落​渠​之​穴
​樓​鎭​卽​承​樓板
​之​橫木
​水管​接​水​漕​之
​水​而​流下
​芸​號​日​書齋
​地​臺​以​承​柱礎
​*Nun k6h, ming sfú chóng
slau.
Kún toi² ‹pan tuk, ‹shü shó.
Pein tin² swóng ché shán
cki.
sPeing swai syan ckwan Ylap.
‹Kau skªü ³nái uk, há² fóng'
shui chí lò.
≤Ch'ü tung' tsik, ‘ch'ü ‹shan
wáky tsò?çshing ckwa chát).
s Shan chóm tsz? gshan cü noi².
Lin ts6 kam chí shan
wai², yan Fat tsú? hak, slín
pín².
„Shan slau; ‹ii ‹Ứing shéung'
kín² ‘síú ¿lau tsz” ¿shan; wák,
spóng fung2 ‘ts) sín i sk'í
shéung².
'Shui swai, í chun chuk,
lán cü schinoil fóng) shui.
Sham² using nái cká noiz
fóng” ‘shuilok, sk ü chí ütz.
Lau chan' tsik, shing lau
pán chí swáng muk.
‘Shui kún tsíp, shui sts ở
cchí shui sí slau há?.
sWan chéung hò² its cshii
cchái.
T{ stoi 1 sshing chú chó.
72. Columns are common in Chinese buildings; they are made round, square, &c., of wood,
bricks, and stone. The base is small in proportion to the height, and the top is seldom or-
namented with a capital, but the plain shaft passes directly from the base to the roof or entabla-
ture. The pillars in temples very frequently have inscriptions cut lengthwise upon the shaft
in a very elegant manner; such are also engraved upon gateways.
54. The flower here called wan is considered by the Chinese as a preservative of books
against insects, especially the Lepisma or bookworm; it would be accordingly found among the
books of a careful student; ch'éung a window is employed in this phrase, because the student
SECT. 2.]
319
THE PARTS OF BUILDINGS.
D
83. The summer is a tim-
ber placed above the lintel,
in order to support the bricks
and mortar.
84. The tie-beam is a tim.
ber which is laid horizontally,
from the front to the rear
walls.
85. Tiles are used for the
covering of a house; some are
with a concave, and others
with a convex, surface.
86. The green [glazed] tiles
are those which are used for
covering imperial palaces and
temples.
87. Square tiles turn red
after having been burned.
88. Turrets are for watch-
ing and guarding against fire;
the battle tent' is made in
the same manner.
89. A vestibule, a vacancy;
on both sides of the [princi-
pal] door are vacancies, which
serve as entrances.
90. The ún is a low, and
the ts'éung a high, wall, sur-
rounding houses; the pik is
also a wall.
92. A wattle is made of
bamboos framed into trellises,
built around gardens.
93. Watch-towers are high;
and there the watchmen beat
the hour of the night. They
are also named lookout-houses.
94. A watch-tower is built
關​缺​也門​兩邊
​缺​然​為​道​者​也
​垣​卑墻​高屋​之
​圍​墻壁​亦​墻​也
​照壁​衙署​祠廟
​91. The emblazoned wall is
that which is directly in front
of temples and magistrates' 之​對​面墻​也
​offices.
very high, for the accom-
modation of a single watch-
責​泥​門楣​上​承
​磚​泥​之​木
​扯​鎭​乃​前後​墻
​上​之​橫木
​瓦​以​盖​屋​上​有
​1
之​别
​綠瓦​宮殿​廟宇
​能​盖​之
​堦​磚​燒​後​轉​紅
​敵樓​陣​防火
​戰​棚​製​一​用
​籓​以​竹​交加​作
​眼​亦為​圍​種
​更​樓高​築​晚上
​巡更​又名​望樓
​白露​屋​高​建中
​容​一​人為​侯​望
​man.
95. Shop windows are hori-
舖​密​開​横​窓​於
​zontal windows, opened on the
sides of the door, where goods 門旁​擺賣​貨物
​are exposed for sale.
Chalks snai smún smí shéung:
sshing chin snai chí muk
'Ch'é chan' 'nái sts'ín hau²
sts'éung shéung chí wáng
muk,.
Ngá, í k'oi' uk, shéung';
'yau ngá pán ³ngá tung
cchí pít2.
Luh, ngá, chung tín mú
su snang koi chí.
Kái schin eshíú hau? chin
shung.
Tik, slau, móng chan sóng
f6; chín spáng chai yat
yung².
Hiüt、hiit, Syá; smún léung
cpín hit, sín swai tò? ché
syá.
sÚn pí, stséung ckð, uk,
chí swai sts*éung; pik, yikz
sts'éung ‘yá.
Chíú pik, ¿ngá 'ch'ü ¿tsz`
míứ chí túi mín sts'éung
£ya.
¿Fán, í chuk, ‹káu ‹ká tsók,
ngán, yik, swai swaichung.
Kang lau kò chuk, mán
shéung² stsun kang, yau?
sming móng sau.
Pák, ld² uk› ‹kò kín', ‹chung
syung yat, syan swai hau²
móng”.
Pờ chéung choi swáng
chéung cü smún spfóng, pai
mái fổ mat.
i
sets his table near the window, on account of the light. This is a poetical expression first used
by the famous poet Sú Tungpó.
94. This is described in the Sám Tsoi Ted as a small turret-like place, made of bamboo, and
covered with hides and lime to protect it from fire-arrows, and elevated on poles inside of the
city to several times the height of the wall, for the purpose of watching the approach of enemies
without, and the breaking out of fires within, the city.
320
[CHAP. VIII.
ARCHITECTURE.
1. Approaching the shore,
cast anchor fast in the harbor.
2. Soon we shall wish to
weigh anchor.
3. An anchor-buoy; a piece
of wood is tied to the anchor,
and floating on the surface
indicates. its position.
4. The apron is within to
strengthen the stem.
5. An awning is raised to
screen off wind and heat.
6. If the ship leaks, quickly
bale out the water.
7. Ballast consists of stones
which are put into the hold
of the ship, in order to prevent
it from being overturned.
8. Bilge water is the water
which leaks into the ship.
Section Third.
OF SHIPS AND THEIR APPENDAGES.
舟楫​類​第三​章
​Cháu chép, lui; tại
tai? sám chéung.
9. The binnacle is near
where the pilot [or helmsman]
stands in order to guide the
helm.
10. A small [tanka]boat car-
ries passengers back and forth.
11. A rice boat is used by
agriculturists.
12. The dragon boats are
made like a dragon; and on
the 5th of the 5th month
they engage in the races.
13. Tanka-boat people are
born and live on the water.
抵​岸​拋錨​灣​泊
​不久​就要​絞​錨
​錨​泡​錨​入​水繫
​木​浮​水面​為
​頭枕​內助​頭​鰲
​蓬​船上​擋風​熱
​船​漏​速​戽​水
​壓​艙​石​以​石​放
​艙底​無​傾覆​患
​水漬​船​漏水​入
​船尾​棚​楷​公​在
​此​把舵
​細​艇​渡​客​往來
​划船​田家​所​用
​龍船​制​如​龍​形
​端陽​競渡​之​戯
​蛋​家​水​生水​養
​"
Tai ngón pháu sáu wán
pók₂.
Pat, kau tsau² ú? káu sniu.
sNáu pái, snáu yapy shui
hai² muky sfau shui mín²
swai hò.
T'au 'cham noi chóstau
sngd.
P'ung sshin shéung' 'tong
fung ít.
Shinlau? tsuk, tsik, fw shui.
Áts cts óng shikz í shike fong
tsóng 'tai, mò ‹k'ing fuk,
wán.
'Shui tsik, shün lau' 'shui
yap2.
Shiin smí sp úng sháu kung
tsoi' 'ts'z' 'pá ťó.
tờ
Sai sting to hák, wong
sloi.
'Chán shiin stín ká shó
yung².
Lung sshun chai' ü lung
sying, tin syéung king? tòz
chí hí.
Tán há ‘shui shang shui
syéung.
Notes and Explanations.
BESIDES the names of ships and boats, and the various implements connected with them, this
section also contains some of the terms and phrases peculiar to a seafaring occupation, and to
the art of navigation. Some terms, therefore, given in former sections are repeated here. That
science which enables the navigator, by the aid of chronometers and celestial observations, to
shape his course and determine his position at sea, is quite unknown to the Chinese.
12. The circumstances in which this festival originated are given on page 121. These boats
vary in length from fifty to a hundred feet, and are worked by men with short paddles; more
than a hundred men may sometimes be seen in a single boat.
13. The term tán ká, literally egg families, is derived from the shape of the boats in which
these watermen and waterwomen live; they are not unlike eggs in their general contour. These
people, by a metonymy not at all unusual in Chinese, are characterized by the buildings they
;
SECT. 3.]
321
OF SHIPS AND THEIR APPENDAGES.
14. The skin boats are
made of raw cow-hide in the
shape of a trunk [or chest].
15. Ferry-boals are those
which are employed to carry
passengers across from one to
the other side of a river.
16. Lodging-boats are hir-
ed out to travelers.
17. Pintán boats are the
cargo boats for Macao.
18. A pleasure-boat is one
for parties of pleasure..
19. The fast-boats are pro-
pelled rapidly by many oars.
20. Flower-boats have the
delights of beauty and wine.
21. Passage-boats carrypas-
sengers to a distance.
22. The post-boats are used
by officers of government.
23. Fishing-boats drag nets
to catch fish.
便​單​澳門​載貨
​槎​乃​遊樂​之​船
​快艇​多​漿​捷​走
​花 ​花酒​宴樂
​渡船​以​渡​遠​客
​站 ​1 官府​所​坐
​罟​1牽​罟​捕魚
​1載​來往
​仙​1比​站​船​畧
​匾​而​淺​供​遊客
​快​蟹​槳​多​極快
​櫃​鎭​承​船板​之
​橫​桁
​船頭​俗名​暢​嘴
​頭​弼​船頭​之​桅
​頭​弼​横​擔​通​純
​之​樺木
​31. A boat is breamed by熒​船​以​草​灼​底
​burning straw beneath it.
兩枝​桅​船​三​枝
​桅​船​亦​畨​舶​也
​24. Salt-boats are loaded
with salt for transportation.
25. The sin boats are some-
what more flat and shallow
than the post-boats, and are
let to travelers.
26. The crab boats have
many oars, and are very swift.
27. The beams are horizon-
tal rafters for supporting the
planking of the deck.
28. The bows of a junk are
vulgarly named 'long lips'.
29. The bowsprit is the mast
in the stem.
30. The bowsprit bumpkin is
a horizontal timber, through
which ropes are reeved.
32. Two masted vessels (or
皮​船​以​生​牛皮
​制​如​箱​形
​橫​水​渡​渡​客​橫
​過​對岸​者
​紫​洞​艇​供​遊客
​brigs), and three masted ves-
els (or ships), are foreign ves-
sels.
貨船​走​樂
​Pishini shang ngan
sp'í chai’sü cséung sying.
Wáng shui tờ từ hát,
swáng kwó' túir ngón² ché
(Tsz' tung? ting, ckung :yan
hák,.
Pín² ‹tán ‘Ó ¿mún tsoi fő’.
sChá nái syau lóks ciní
eshiin.
Fái sting ‹tó 'tséung tsit;
'tsau.
Fá ting fá 'tsau ín' lókɔ.
Tð² çshün ³í tò² siin hák,.
Chúm sshin chún fú sho
tsó².
Ku sshin chin kú pò? ii.
Ím shun tsoi' sím sloi wóng.
Sin sshiin pí chám² gshiin
léuke ‘pín sí tstin, ckung syau
hák,.
Fái hái (tséung ctó kik, fáir.
Kwai cham' sshing sshiin pán
chí swáng cháng.
sShiin stfau tsukz
ch'éung' 'tsui.
sTau pak, sshin stau chi
wai².
tsuk, ming
st au pak, suáng tám tung
sshing <chíwáng muk₂.
‘Tám ‹shün ³í 'ts'ò chéuk, 'tai.
sLéung cchi swai sshiin, sanm
chí swai sshun, yik, fán
poke sya.
occupy; they are generally poor and illiterate, and those living ashore affect to hold them in
contempt. They get their living by ferryage and fishing.
17. These boats are in every respect like other lighters; the name is apparently a local one,
for which no other reason can be found than the caprice of the proprietors.
20. These are sometimes occupied by those who have a good reputation for sobriety and
chastity; those of an opposite character are, however, their most common occupants, being
places of dissipation, and the retreats of the abandoned.
CHI. CHR.
81
322
[CHAP. VIII.
ARCHITECTURE.
33. The bulwares are boards
built up
one story high on
the side to defend against the
35. The cable is attached
to the anchor in the water.
36. The cap is a plank
inade with two holes to join
two masts closely together.
一層​以防​浪
​waves.
34. The cabin is the place 船尾​房​乃​船主
​where the captain or passen-
gers or supercargoes reside.
客商​所​居
​錨​纜​繫​錨​下水
​桅​帽​以​木造​穿
​二​圈​為​駁​二​喘
​絞盤​置​船​之中
​或​起重​物​及​帆
​杠​等
​船主​乃​船​中​統
​理​之​人
​錨​拮​起錨​得以
​挂​之
​打​掙​乃​用​竹絲
​雞翼​三星​下木
​巡​船​出海​緝私
​鵝​膆​船頭​破浪
​之​處
​44. Davits are for suspend- 搭​鷄​為​吊​三​板
​ing the boat.
三星​在​大​根​下
​37. The capstan is placed
in the middle of the ship's
[deck], either for the purpose
of raising heavy things, or for
hoisting the yards, or similar
uses.
38. The ship's captain is
the person who has the gene-
ral control in the ship.
39.
Cat-heads; when the
anchor is hove up, these are
for supporting and hanging it.
40. For caulking, bamboo
'shavings are used.
41. The chains are the
planks below the dead-eyes.
42. Cruizers go out to re-
'connoitre smugglers.
43. The cut-water is on the
bow of the ship at the point
where the waves are divided.
45. Dead-eyes are below
the gunwale; laniards are se-
cured to them, which have rat-
lines thickly spread upon them.
46. The deck consists of the
planks on the top of the ship.
| 旱​旁​另​作​板​旁
​繫繩​密佈​成​梯
​櫃面​船​面​之​板
​Hón sp6ng ling' tsók, pán
spóng yat, sts'ang 1 sfong
lóng.
Shin Smí fóng nái shün
chi hák> shéung shockii.
Náu lám hai náu hả shui.
Wai mò² sí muk, tsò? cchtün
S
í² hün 、wai pók, í² sch'ün.
Káu spun chỉ sshin chí
«chung, wak, “hí chung mat,,
kap: sfán kóng) ‘tang.
Shiin ‘chủ śnái sshin chung
“ung lí chí syan.
SNáu Feats (hí snáu tak, í
kwá chí.
“Tá cháng “nái yung chuk,
<sz'.
Kai yik› ‹sám ‹sing há² muk¸.
¿Tsun ‹shün ch'ut, 'hoi ts'ap,
<sz'.
sNg6 sò’sshin stfaup'ó? lóng?
«chí chi.
Kat kai swai tíú' ‹sám 'pán.
〈Sám sing, tsoiz tá? ckan há?
hai' shing, mat, pò' shing
ct'ai.
Kwai món sshun mín chí
pán.
31. This is a very common operation performed upon Chinese vessels of all sizes.
Old cus-
tom, strong as the laws of the country, forbids the bottoms to be coppered or sheathed, and
consequently filth collects very rapidly, and even in despite of the greatest care soon destroys
the vessel.
37. Many of the terms in this chapter for the parts of a ship are known only to those conver-
sant with foreign vessels; the capstan is an instance, no native vessels having them.
42. These vessels are of a beautiful model for rowing boats, being fifty to seventy feet long,
sharp in the bows, and low in the middle; they carry a' small gun on the bow. When pulled
by fifty or sixty oarsmen, they will advance probably at the rate of ten or fifteen miles an hour.
The fast-crab boats are similar to them in shape, &c., and are used in this region principally by
smugglers and fishermen.
M
SECT. 3.]
323
OF SHIPS AND THEIR APPENDAGES.
49
47. A ship's deck consists
of the boards which are on the
upper part of the vessel, cover-
ing the hold.
48. The gun-deck and the
lowest deck are both within
the hold of the vessels as two
decks, being made like stories.
49. The fashion-piece is
scarfed into the stern-post as a
brace to secure it to the keel.
50. A fid is for joining
two masts that the upper one
may stand firmly.
51. The figure-head is a
painting of a tiger's head upon
the bow in order to decline
seeing the god of the sea.
52. Flags; the Chinese
have no national flag to dis-
tinguish their vessels, but
every vessel may hoist a flag
of its own, for a mark of dis-
tinction.
53. The flag-pole is hung
upon the mast.
54. The foot-waling is in the
ship's hold, nailed on as a ceil-
ing upon the ribs.
55. The gangway is where
the ladder is placed, and is
the opening for ascending and
descending.
56. The gangway-ladder is
for getting up and down.
57. An eight-oared gig is
only for reconnoitering and
carrying men; it is not for
attacking pirates.
58. A grappling-iron is an
anchor; it is made with four
flukes, for easily anchoring fast
the vessel.
**
艙板​乃​船​面​盖
​艙​之​板
​二層​櫃​三層​櫃
​倉​內​間​為​二
​層​如​樓​也
​尾​枕​鑲​於​尾​鰲
​之​角​並​助​底​骨
​桅​枷​以為​二
​喘​高​竪
​免​朝​牌​舡​首​虎
​頭​牌​海神​免​朝
​船​旗​唐國​本​無
​旗號​各​船​或​竪
​乃​自立​1號​耳
​橫​纛​懸於​檣​間
​隔水​旁​在​船​肚
​內​釘​盖​彎​柴
​水仙​門​置​梯​上
​落​之​門
​船​梯 ​渡​人​上​落
​八​漿​船​但​可供
​哨探 ​探​不能​擊
​錠​亦​錨​也​制成
​四​鈎​泊​船​易定
​2
Tsóng pán nái shiin mín
koi ts ống chí pán.
Ͳ¿tsang kwai², ‹sám ¿ts'ang
kwai², tsik,ctsóng noil ckán
swai ? stsang si lau ‘yá.
Mí 'cham ‹séung ‹ü mí
sngò chí kók, ping chó ‘tại
kwat,.
Wai chá sí swai tsuky F
Schün ckù shi?.
Mín ¿chíú spáishin 'shau
<
'fú t'au pái 'hoi shan mín
sch'íú.
Shün sk'í; Tóng kwók,
pán smò skeí hò², kok, sshiin
wáky shii² ‘nái tsz? lapz
sshin hờ sí.
S
Wáng tuk, sün üsts'éung
kán'.
Káh, ‘shui spóng tsoi shin
sied noi sting k'oi' wán
schai.
‘Shui sín mún chỉ tai
‘shéung lók, chí mún.
sShinf'ai tò? yan shé
lók,.
Pát, 'tséungshün tán² hó
kung shau' fám', pat, nang
kik, ts® ák2.
shéupg
Ting yik, náu yá; chai
sshing sz”ckau, pók, sshin ?
ting².
51. The tiger's head is most distinctly seen upon the bows of small governmental cruizers,
but it is depicted, either in part or whole, upon nearly all large vessels; it answers to the figure-
head upon foreign ships. The superstitious mariner, dreading a visit from the Neptune of his
imagination, depicts a tiger's head upon his bows, in order to terrify him, and thus, min chtti,
decline an audience.
53. The streamers and weather-vanes attached to junks and other vessels are run up the
mast as usual, but when the flag bears an inscription, it is fastened to a pole, that is suspended
from the mast head about half way down, and secured by another line passing from its handle to
the mast, so that the flag hangs obliquely, and blows out with the least wind.
324
CHAP. VIII.
ARCHITECTURE.
59. The gunwale is the large
timber on the side of the ship.
60. Halliards are for rais-
ing and lowering sails.
61. Hatchways are covered
by hatches.
62. In order to turn the
vessel's head, turn the helm.
63. The main hold of the
ship is the hold near the
mast, in which the goods are
stored.
64. An hourglass is for de-
termining the ship's progress.
65. The hull is the empty
body of a ship.
66. The jib-boom is the se-
cond mast [which is placed.
in the bowsprit].
67. The flying jib-boom is
the third mast [in the bow-
sprit].
71. The knight-heads are for
clasping and securing the
bowsprit.
72. Leechlines are fastened
to the sail to hold it in sailing;
[an order is] "hold the leech-
lines slack, and not clue them."
73. Lighters are used for
transporting goods.
大​根​為​船旁​之
​**
悝​纜​悝​上​落
​艙口​盖​以​撿​艙
​舟​轉頭​師​攀​柁
​桅​夾​艙​近​桅​之
​艙​為​裝載​貨物
​沙漏​以​訂​船​行
​船殼​乃​空​1身
​頭​弼​標​乃​第二
​節​也
​68. Junks are able to pass 艚​船​能​過​重洋
​on the high seas.
69. The keel is the timber at
the bottom of a vessel.
70. The kelson is let down
close to the keel in order to
secure and strengthen the ribs.
喘​頭​弼​標​乃
​第三節​也
​底​骨​船底​之​木
​1籠​貼近​以​夾
​助​彎​柴
​B *
將軍​柱​以為​夾
​竪​頭​弼
​繚​絲​繫​悝​牽​駛
​揸​生​繚​勿​死​繚
​西瓜​扁​以​駁​貨
​Tái chế wai sshun phóng
chí tái muk.
káu lí “shéụng lúk,.
Lí lám
Tsóng 'hau k'op' í kam
‹tsóng.
Chau 'chün stau tsik, pán
sť6.
Wai káp› ‹ts'óng kan' ¿wai
chí cts' ong, swai chóng tsoi
fó' mat,
‹Shá lau² í ting' shiin hang.
sShiin hỏi, nói chung sshin
shan.
T'au pak› ‹píú nái tai² í²
tsít, 'ya.
S
‹Sám ³ch'ün ‹ťau pak, ‹píú
'nái tai sám tsít, Syá.
Ts'd sshin nang kwó
sch'ung syéung.
Tại Kuat, sshin tại chí
muką.
L sung típ, kan i káp,
chó wán chái.
Tséung kwan Sch'ü í ‹wai
káp, shii' t'au² pak,.
L sẽ hai lí chín shai,
chá shang líú², mat, ‘sz'
líú².
‹Sai ‹kwá ‘pín í pók, fó'.
64. The Chinese junks that go to the islands of the Archipelago are often navigated by
Portuguese of Macao, the Chinese themselves having no charts or instruments of any value,
excepting the compass and hourglass.
68. The word junk is of eastern origin, now exclusively applied to the largest vessels of the
Chinese and Japanese. The Chinese junks are known by the high stern, split open half its
length, and without a stern-post, and by the lip-like bows, with a large eye pointed or carved
on each side. The model from which a junk was-first derived is said by the Chinese to have
been a monstrous fish; the fancied resemblance is kept up in the eyes, the mouth, and teeth paint-
ed on the bow, a frisking tail in the high stern, &c. The registered tonnage of the largest which
come to this port does not probably exceed five hundred tons,
72. The leechlines are numerous, a line being fastened to each fold of the sail, and each
one joined at different angles to two large ropes, leading aft to the rudder, so that the helmsman
can shift the sail according to the wind.
SECT. 3.]
325
OF SHIPS AND THEIR APPENDAGES.
74. The sounding line is
used to ascertain the depth of
the water; it is now called
the sounding lead.
75. The martingal is mor-
ticed into the bowsprit for the
purpose of leading the ropes
through to the jib-boom.
76. Sails are spread on the
mast to take the wind; a wai
is the sail-pole of a small ves-
sel.
77. Fore-mast, main-mast,
and mizzen-mast, are the
names of the masts in foreign
ships.
78. Masts in foreign ves-
sels have three divisions, join-
ed together and standing; each
division has its own name,
making the topmast, topgal-
lant-mast and royal-mast.
79. Lower the mast, and there
is no fear of running under.
80. The chief mate is at
the head of the sailors, and is
thoroughly acquainted with
the channels and courses of
the waters. In large ships,
there are two or three mates,
and they are, therefore, desig-
nated first mate, second mate,
and third mate.
81. Tanka boats require
bow mats to screen them.
82. Measure the dimen-
sions of the ship.
83. Cruisers are likewise
called men-of-war, and also
designated military vessels.
84. The ship's name is
written on her stern.
85. Oars are rowed to pro-
pel the boat.
86. The oar-tie is fitted
upon the oar-post.
龍​純​用​試​水深 ​| Lung sshiin yung² shi shui
S
‹sham 'ts'ín; ‹kam ming wai
tsam' stó.
淺​今​名為​沁​鉈
​倒​吊​鑲​於​頭​弼
​中​引​绳​通​標​尾 ​píú sna.
檣​掛​帆​使​風​者
​桅​小舟​帆​竿​也
​頭​梔​大​桅​尾​桅
​乃​畨​船​之​桅​名
​桅​有​三​節​續
​堅​每節​分​呼​為
​三四​喘而​名
​落​桅​不​防​駛​低
​伙​長 ​楷​公​熟
​識水​道​船​大​用
​二​三名​故​又有
​大伙​二​伙​三​伙
​之​稱
​小艇​要​盖頭​篷
​丈量​船​之​大小
​師​船​又​日​戰船
​兵​1也
​船名​寫​於​船尾
​漿​棹​船​以​渡水
​1 耳​扣住​漿​椏
​'Tò trú séung cu stau pat
<chung 'yan shing tung
¿T's'éung kwá' sfán 'shai
<fung 'ché; swai síú ‹chau
sfán kón sya.
¿T'au ‹wai, tái² ¿wai, ‘mí ‹wai,,
nái fán shin chí swai
¿ming.
Fán,wai 'yau (sám tsít,, tsuk
shü'; 'múi tsít, fan fú swai
í² ‹sám sz” 'ch'ün ‚í‚ming.
Lók, swai pat, ¿fóng ‘shai ‹tai.
'F6 'chéung, tsik, ‹shau kung,
shuk, shik, 'shui tò². Shün
tái yung Ý sám sming, kứ
yau² ‘yau tái² fó, í² fó, ‹sám
fo chí ching.
'Síú sting íú' k'oi' sťau
sprung.
Chéung léung shün chí tái
'síú.
Sz’sshin yau it, chín’ sshing
<ping shün 'ya.
79. The foot of the mast in Chinese vessels is usually let into a socket in the deck; on each
side of this hole, a thick plank or timber is firmly morticed into the deck, both of them forming
a stock, which, with the addition of pins or boards crosswise, inclose the mast. By taking out
the after pins, the mast can easily and quickly be let down upon deck.
84. Not only does the stern of Chinese merchantmen bear the name of the vessel, but it is
often decorated with paintings of flowers, a phoenix standing on one leg, pictures of demigods,
&c.; or with short sentences indicative of the hap-hazard nature of seafaring occupations: as,
66
May favorable winds attend you;" "With fair winds make profit;" "Fair winds are a great
happiness; " &c.
Shün ming sé ‹ü ‹shün
smí.
“Tséung cháu shun í tờ
'shui.
"Tséung " k'au' chi' tséung
cá.
CHI. CHR.
82
326
[CHAP. VIII.
ARCHITECTURE.
87. Oiling the bottom of a
boat makes her sail well.
88. Paddles are shorter than
an oar, and they are used in
boats by grasping them with
the hand to paddle.
89. The pilot is the man at
the helm.
90. A pinnace
(or gig)
carries goods off and on.
91. The pintles are for
hooking the rudder.
92. A poop-railing is built
up at the stern in order to lean
against and look abroad.
93. Port-holes are opened
in the bulwarks.
94. A pully is secured to the
mast for hoisting the sail.
95. The pump by working
is used to raise the water in
the ship's hold.
96. The quarter-pieces are
joined to the gunwale, and are
crooked timbers scarfed into
the transom.
97. A raft is the name of
the modern bamboo float.
98. In sailing, lookout for
sand-banks and rapids.
99. Write the register of
her tonnage.
100. The ribs are the crook-
ed timbers within the ship.
101. At sunset, rock a
boat and row an oar.
102. A ship answers as she.
is turned by a rudder.
103. The rudder-ropes ex-
-
tend from the stern to the bow
clasping the sides of the vessel,
and are fastened to the rudder.
104. The sails are bent for
sailing.
Sháu' ¿yau shün tai hè
'shai.
哨油​船底​好​駛
​机​短​於​槳​三​板
​中用​手持​以​扒
​Shau chung ‘pástócchi syan.
梢公​把​柁​之​人
​板​駁​貨​開​埋 ​Sán ‘pán pók, fo choi çmai.
sT6 chau 1 swai ckau ché.
柁​鈎​以為​勾​者
​欄​河​船尾​加​欄
​以為​凭​跳
​炮​門​開​在​旱​旁
​轆轤​繋​桅扯​𢃇
​拖​水泵​用以​絞
​船底​上水
​曲​爭​縛​大​根​而
​曲​鑲​為​尾​旁
​竹筏​今​之​竹排
​駛​船​最怕​炕​灘
​寫​載​位​運​貨物
​彎​柴​船​內​曲​木
​日落​泛舟​掉​槳
​尾​柁​轉運​憑​之
​勒​肚​自首​至​尾
​勒​船​肚​而​繫​舵
​𢃇​揚​掛​駛​船​行
​¿Pá 'tün ‹ü 'tséung sám
pán chung yung² shauschí
sí sp'á.
Lán h6 shün mí ká slán
sí swai sp'ang t'íú'.
Páu smún choi tsoi' shón
sphóng.
Luk, sló hai²wai 'ch'é K.
‹Tó ‘shui póm', yung² “ ‘káu
¿shün ‘tai shéung 'shui.
Huk, chang pók, tái kan sí
huk, séung swai fmí spfóng.
Chuk, fat, cham chí chuk,
speái.
Shai shun tsi pá hóng
tán.
'Sé tsoi' wai' wan' fo' mat,.
Wán sch ái shin noi huh,
muk,.
Yat, l6k, fán chau cháu
'tséung..
SM 86 ‘chin wan² spfang
chí.
Lak: sffò tsz'? shau ch' 'mí
lak, shün stò sí hai² stó.
Lí syéung kwá' 'shai shun
shang.
89. This shaukung, who answers somewhat nearly to the chief mate in European vessels, cor-
responds very exactly to the gubernator of the Romans. He sets at the helm, gives orders for
managing the sails, oars, &c.; he frequently hires the crew, and always receives higher wages
than the other sailors. It is his part to know the signs of the weather, currents, ports, d&c.
104. The character i is a vulgar one, used in this region to denote sails; prung is the term
for those made of matting. The matting is made from the culms of different kinds of rushes, at
first woven in pieces about three feet square, and then sowed together in one sail. In order to
support the body of the sail, several light bamboos are secured to it, each of which passes through
a traveler or rope that surrounds the mast, thus preventing the sail from beating to pieces in the
wind, and keeping it close to the wind in sailing. In small boats, there are no bamboos at-
tached to the sail, except as yards above and below.
啡
​"
SECT. 3.]
327
OF SHIPS AND THEIR APPENDAGES.
105. If the wind is high|風​猛​减​𢃇​能行
​take in sail, and you can go on.
順風​扯​𢃇​開​身
​106. With a fair wind, hoist
sail and start off.
107. Wear sail so as to take
the side wind.
108. A sprit-sail is a small
sail for use in light winds, it
is set forward of the bow.
轉​篷​爲​駛​橫​風
​頭​緝​船頭​外​之
​小​風帆​也
​梢​船上​工人​亦
​名​水手
​109. Sailors are the work-
men on board of a ship; they
are likewise called “water-
hands."
110. Wild scow; whoever
wishes to pass a river in it,
uses a long line by which he
pulls to the opposite bank.
111. Sculls are worked on
the quarters instead of a rudder.
112. Add a bow scull, and it
will be easy to turn the boat.
113. The scull is worked
野​航​但​渡水​用
​長​索​牽​抵​彼岸
​船旁​撓​櫓​代​柁
​加​頭​楷​易​轉動
​櫓​率​貫櫓​撓​之
​upon the scull-pin.
114. Scuppers are those pla-水仙​門​放水​處
​ces where the water runs off.
115. Entice a man aboard,
then take up the shore-board.
116. Fishing smacks cast
their nets on the broad ocean.
117. The spanker-boom is
the lower yard of the sail.
118. Splicing of ropes is
done by joining two ropes
together in such a manner as
to make one.
騙人​上船​拔​跳
​拖船​大海​拖網
​尾​送​悝​下​之​木
​續​纘​以​兩​纜​續
​而​為
​企​柱​堅​夾板​旁
​119. Stanchions are set up to
support the boards of the side.
120. The steamboat has
wheels; these are set in mo.
tion by steam, and turning in
the water, move it rapidly.
121. The stem is inclined
and scarfed into the keel.
122. The sternpost is the
inclined timber in the ship's
stern, and it extends down to
the keel.
•
123. Stocks are the timbers
which support the mast.
1
烟​船​有​輪​烟燻
​輪轉​攪​水​速​行
​頭​鰲直​貫​底​骨
​尾​鰲​夾​船尾​之
​直木​通至底骨
​桅​夾​夾​桅​之​木
​Fung‘máng Tám lí nang
shang.
Shun' fung 'ch'é lí choi
<shan.
'Chün sp'ung wai' 'shaiwáng
fung.
sTeau ts' ap), sshin stfau ngoi
cchi síú fung sfán yá.
Sháu shün shéung kung
syan; yik, ¿ming 'shui 'shau.
'shui
Yé shóng tán tờ
yung', sch'éung sók, chín 'tai
pí ngón.
Shin spfóng sú lò toil st'ó.
.Ká st au sháu Ý ‘chin tung”.
Lò sut, kún lò síu chí.
‘Shui sín mún fóng shui
ch'ü'.
Pín syan shéung sshin pát,
fw.
T6 sshin tái hoi tó móng.
M{ sung lí há chí muk).
Tsuke lám² í léung lám:
tsuke sí swai yat,.
K' ch'i shü' káp, pán
spóng.
In sshün yau slun; in sfan
slun 'chun, káu 'shui ts'uk,
shang.
S
sTeau sngd chikkún'tai
kwats.
*M{sngò káp, sshin 5mí chí
chike muk, ctfung chi tai
kwat,.
sWai háp, kép, swai chí
mukz.
106. This sail is sometimes seen in large jurks, bent to a yard which is run out upon a kind
of movable bowsprit, and having the sheets fastened to the lips of the bow. It is made of can-
vas, and very seldom used.
112. The scull in the bows of a boat differs from those in the stern, in being longer and larger,
and is only used for the purpose of guiding the boat.
115. This is a proverb, meaning to deceive one; invite a person aboard, and then pull in the
shore-board, when he must either go with the crew, or run the risk of drowning in jumping ashore,
328
[CHAP. VIII.
ARCHITECTURE.
124. Studding-sails are set
both sides of the ship,
when there are light winds.
on
125. The taffrail-rail is a
frame made of bamboo, placed
on the stern, or on the two
quarters.
126. The tank contains the
water in a ship.
127. The full tide in the
morning is called ch' íú.
128. The full tide in the
evening is called tsik.
129. When it is high tide,
the vessel can be floated.
130. With an ebb tide run-
ning contrary, it is hard to go.
131. The tiller is a stick
which is fitted into the rudder-
post, to take hold of in steer-
ing the ship.
132. In the tops is the place
where marines are concealed,
in order to discharge arrows
against the enemy.
133. A topsail is the sail
of the upper yards in a Chi-
nese vessel.
134. Tow a boat; when the
boat cannot move, then use
another one, to which being
fastened by a rope she is drag.
ed forward, and so made to
advance.
135. When it is calm, track
the boat with ropes.
136. When the water is
shallow use tracking-poles.
137. The transoms are be.
low the gunwale, and attached
close to the stern.
左右​插花​加​𢃇
​於​旁​細​風​用
​船​架​揦​以​竹​欄
​1尾​或​兩旁
​水櫃​盛水​於​船
​朝​水​漲​卽​爲​潮
​晚水​長​乃曰​汐
​水​大​順水​推​船
​水​乾​逆流​難​行
​柁​杠​横​鑲​而​用
​得以​揸​手​攀​駛
​桅​盤​舟師​伏​於
​其​上​放箭​攻敵
​頭巾​頂​唐​船頭
​喘 ​也
​帶​船​船​不能​行
​用​别​1繫​纜​牽
​導​而​行
​無​風​牽​纜​行船
​篙​水淺​撐​之
​尾​當​貼近​船尾
​大​根​之下
​Tsó yau ch áp, fá há lí củ
sp'óng, said fung tsik, yung².
sShin ká lát, sí chuk, slán
sshin mí waky sleung spfóng.
'Shui kwai' shing' 'shui ü
sshin.
shui chéung tsik,
☆Chíú
swai sch qu.
Mán shui chéung nái it
tsiką.
‘Shui tái shun shui túi
sshin.
Shui hón yik, sau soán
shang.
¿T'6 kóng' swáng séung í
yung², tak, sí cchá shau cpfán
'shai.
Wai sp'ún ‹chau ‹sz' fuk,
cü sk'í shéung², fong' tsin'
ckung tikz.
T'au kan ting Tong
sshin stau ch'ün lí yá.
Ná? sshin; sshin pat, snang
shang, yung² pítz sshin haië
lám² shín tò? sí shang.
Md fung hin lám² hang
shün.
Ko shui tsín tsik, cháng
chí.
M{ tổng típ, kanshin 5mí
tái kan chí hát.
125. This is a strong frame, made for the purpose of containing boxes, spears, provisions, and
other loose articles, and is placed upon both quarters, and on the stern like a gallery. It projects
over the side two or three feet; there are sometimes two, one above the other.
132. In ancient times, the Chinese had vessels of war furnished with spearmen and archers,
and some of the latter were placed in the tops. Bows and arrows may sometimes be seen in
ships at the present day.
133. This sail is usually made of canvas, and rigged at the top of the main or fore-mast
upon a light spar, like a gaff-sail. Topsails and those above them in foreign vessels are named
from the yards; as tai sám fán kóng lí, the topgallant-sail, and so for the others.
135. Tracking is very common among the Chinese, when traveling on canals and rivers.
Instead of horses, human strength is employed. Long lines, at one end fastened to the tops of the
masts, are taken hold of at the other by men and boys on the banks of the stream, by which
means, without wind or tide, boats are easily moved at the rate of three or four miles an hour.
!
SECT. 4.]
329
OF CARRIAGES AND SEDANS.
1
138. A weather-vane is plac
ed on the top of the mast.
139. Wales are the horizon-
tal timbers laid upon the ribs.
140. Wheel [rudder] of a
ship; when the rudder is to be
raised up high, then this is used
to elevate it.
A
141. Whirlpools are places
that ought to be avoided.
142. Let no head winds be
met by you.
143. Assuredly fair winds
will attend you.
144. With a foul wind you
must reduce the sail.
145. The windlass is secur-
ed in the bow of the ship for
heaving up the anchor.
146. Yards are the horizon-
tal spars supporting the sails;
there are three tiers of sails,
and therefore these are named
main, topsail, and topgallant,
yards.
風​信​旗​竪​桅​尾
​旁​為​橫架​彎​柴
​柁​絞​起​高​柁
​用​絞​之
​攪​流​處​要​關​防
​莫​遇​係​頂頭​風
​逆風​駕駛​勾​篷
​猪​籠​絞​置​船頭
​必​為​絞​錨
​帆​杠​乃​駕​帆​横
​木​有​帆​三層​師
​喘​帆​杠
​1. The axletree is a horizon-
tal timber for joining the naves.
#111
Fung san' k'í shü² wai
smí.
sP6ng swai swáng ká wán
sch'ái.
C
T6 káu; 'hí kò stó, tsik:
yung káu chí.
‘Káu lau ch'ü' íú' kwán
fong.
Mók, yü² hai' 'ting stau.
fung.
Pít, ting shun² fung séung
sung'.
Yik fung ká' ‘shai kau
sp'ung.
Chi tung káu chứ sshun
stau 'í swai káu náu.
¿Fán kóng nái ká fán
swáng muk,; yau fán sám
sts'ang, tsik, fan ¿ming wai
tái², í², sám 'ch'ün fán
kóng'.
139. The channel wale of a junk is a very large timber, laid upon the outside of the ribs, often
projecting from the side of the hull so much as to give it a flattened apprearance. In Chinese
men-of-war, the upper wales are smaller, and do not project so much as in junks; the largest and
upper wale is the tái kan (No. 59) or gunwale of the vessel,
140. The rudder of a junk is very large, compared with that of a ship; it takes the place in
a great measure of a keel in keeping the vessel to the wind, and is managed by a tiller propor-
tionably large; it is hoisted by a wheel in shallow water. The rudder itself has numerous
rhomboidal holes cut in it, from a notion that the eddying of the water through them causes
more resistance than a plain board.
Section Fourth.
OF CARRIAGES AND SEDANS.
車​輿​類​第四​章
​‹Küyü lui²; tai² sz" chéung.
| 軸​橫木​以​貫​轂 ​||
¿
Notes and aplanations.
WHEELED CARRIAGES are but little used in China, especially in the southern and eastern parts,
and in the vicinity of the large rivers, where boats are made to serve in their stead; most of those
Chau swáng muk, ý kún
kuk,.
}
CHI. CHR. 83
Sa mata pe
330
2. Poles of the axle are its
two ends in the nave.
3. The axle-cheeks are also
called puk, and likewise fuk;
they are placed on the axle.
tree on the right and left.
4. Bells of horses are the
brazen bells on their necks.
5. Bit is the iron in the
horse's mouth.
6. A brace is a horizontal
wood at the end of the thills.
7. Luktín says, 'that in rid-
ing a frantic horse, you must
use a whip to master him
and in riding a rampant horse,
you must use a bridle to con-
trol him.'
8. A sword-car has swords
in its back, and is placed at
the breaches in walls to ob
struct them.
9. The great car is the em-
peror's carriage; there are five
sorts
other.
differing from each
10. A scaling-car is one
used in approaching walls to
throw scaling ladders, so as to
climb up and take the city.
11. The carriage.box is al-
so called pan fuk.
12. The imperial carriage
is moved by men.
13. A sedan carriage has
the upper part like a sedan,
with wheels underneath by
which it advances.
14. A cart (or field car.
riage) is one which is fitted
for carrying heavy burdens
in the fields.
15. A shoulder-chair is the
present sedan.
16.
A basket-chair is a
basket woven of bamboo, hav.
ing one pole by which it is
carried.
ARCHITECTURE.
以​鞭​為主​御​驛
​馬​以​轡​為主
​刀​車​後​出​鎗​刃
​城​壞​以其​塞​之
​大​天子​輦​也
​轉軸​兩頭​貫​轂
​伏​免​又名​幞​名
​在​軸上​左右
​馬鈴​頸​下​銅鈴
​銜​馬​口​含​之​鐵
​輓​轅​端​上​橫木 ​Ngai
陸佃​日​御駕馬
​有​五​式​之​别
​絞車​為​逼​城​抛
​鈎​索登​城​攻敵
​車箱​又名​牝​服
​1輦​人​步​輓​車
​馬車​轎​上​如​轎
​下​有​車輪​轉行
​下​澤​1田間​任
​載​之​1
肩​輿​卽​今​轎​也
​籃​輿​以​竹​織​籃
​使​一​挑​而​之
​[CHAP. VIII.
Wai' chau léung tau kún'
kuk).
29
Fuk¿ ¿d' yau ming puk
sming fuks; tso?
shéung' 'tsó yau².
chau:
S
Má ling 'king hástung
sling.
5.
Hám ná hau chám chí
tít.
çün tün shéung'
swáng muk.
Luk, tín?iütz, yii² snd smá,
sí pín swai chi; yi chón
má í pí² swai 'chii.
To kü hau' ch'ut, ‹ts'éung
yan², sshing wái í skeí sak
cchí.
Tái² 16k,, ‹ťín 'tsz' slín ‘yá;
yau s’ng shik, chí pít).
Káu ki swai pik, sshing
páu ckau sók, ctang sshing
ckung tikz.
Kü séung yau? sming Span
fuk.
‹Kü lín ¿yan pò² śwán ‹kü.
S
Má ‹ki kíú² shéung' ‚ü kíú³,
há? syau cküslun chin shang.
Há chák, shi tín chán yam
tsoi” chí ki.
Kin syi tsik, ckam kíú? śyá.
SLám syi 'í chuk, chik, slám
'sz' yat› ‹ť'íú sí ‹kóng ‹chí.
that are employed have but two wheels, and are very rude in their construction. Several of
those described in this section are ancient ones, now quite disused, like those once in use among
the Romans. Some very good pictures of the ancient carriages may be seen in the Illustra-
tions of the Four Books.
3. These “sleeping rabbits,” as the Chinese call them, appear to have been intended to ease
the roughness of the road; they were mere blocks of wood, with a flat top, placed on the axle,
and having the box of the carriage resting upon them.
15. Sedans are in use by all classes, the only restriction being the means of the individual;
ome of the sedans of officers are elegant, others are poor, being made of bamboo.
SECT. 4.]
331
OF CARRIAGES AND SEDANS.
17. A war-chariot is one
used in war.
18. A general's war-chariot
has ten horses, and is the
chariot of the general in the
van.
,
19. The charioteer holds
the reins and guides the horses.
20. An easy coach has four
wheels, and is so constructed
that one can lean forwards or
backwards.
21. A stage-coach is a
foreign carriage; it is used
instead of a passage-boat and
carries passengers.
22. The crupper is the
strap upon the horse's rump.
23. The felly is the outside
circular part of a wheel; an-
ciently, it was called the
'tooth,' and also the 'rim.'
24. The fire-engine is used
to extinguish fires.
25. The girth is a strap fas-
tened under tbe horse's belly.
26. A headstall is the strap
fastened upon the head of the
horse.
27. The housings are also
called spatterdashes; they are
made of bear or deer's skin,
and are fastened upon the
back of the horse.
28. The linchpin is a cross
pin in the end of the axletree.
29. The nave is the wood
in the centre of the wheel.
30. The nave-box in the
largest end is called ín.
31. The nave-box in the
smallest end is called chat.
32. A noose is an iron bor.
ed into the nose of an ox, to
which a cord is tied to lead
him along.
33. The reins are the lines
held by one in the carriage.
兵​車​出兵​車​也
​戎​1十​乘​乃​先
​軍​之​戎​車​者​也
​御​馬​執​綏​使​馬
​安​車​四輪​前​可
​凴​後​可​倚
​車
​國​車​也
​如​渡船​而​運​客
​鞦​乃​馬​後​之​帶
​輞​輪​外圓​古​名
​曰​牙​又名​日​渠
​水車​救火​所​用
​馬​肚帶​繫​馬​肚
​馬​隴頭​繫​馬頭
​之​帶
​韂​又名​障​泥​以
​熊​鹿皮​為之​勒
​於​馬​後
​轄​軸​頭​之​横​閂
​轂​乃​輪​心​之​木
​賢​內​大​穿​之​名
​軹​內​小​穿​之​名
​秦​以​鐵​穿​牛鼻
​繫繩 ​之
​綏​挽​以上​車​索
​‹Ping ‹kü ch'ut, ‹ping ‹kü ‘yá.
s Yung chi shape shing², nái
sín kwan chí
chí syung chi
'ché ‘yá.
Yü² śmá chap, shui ‘shai Śmá.
Ón cki sz" slun ts'in hó
‹p'ang, hau² ‘hó í.
To ku fán kwók, kü ya,
sü tò? sshin sí wan² hák.
Tsau śnái má hau chí
tái.
Móng slun ngoi sun, hú
ming it sngá, yau² sming
üt, sk'ü.
'Shui ‹ché kau' fó 'shó
yung².
Má st ò tái hai má trò.
Má slung stau hai² má ‹ť'au
chí tái.
Shim yau ming chéung'
snai; í shung lukz spí swai
chí lak, u má hau.
Hat, chau’ tau chí wáng
shán.
Kuk, nái slun sam chí muk.
sắn noi tái chün chí ming.
Chat, noi síu chin chí
sming.
Kiin siteitechün sngau pí?
hai sshing chín chí.
Shui Śwán í sshéung cki
sók,.
24. The second character in this sentence is read ch'é; it is identical with that read kü in No.
20; though some distinguish the two by making the upper and lower strokes of different lengths.
32. In the meadows along the banks of the rivers, and on the uplands where herds of cattle
graze, boys may often be seen riding on the backs of oxen or buffaloes, which they control and
guide by a noose; the ox is often managed in the same way when harnessed to the plough.
33, 34. The first of these are the long reins held in the hand when driving a carriage; the
second, are the shorter reins of a bridle.
332
[CHAP. VIII.
ARCHITECTURE.
34. The reins are the cords
used for checking the horse.
35. To ride a horse is to
amble pleasurably and slowly.
36. A saddle is used to set
upon in riding to shoot.
37. A saddle-pad is the
protecting pad laid upon the
back of the horse.
38. A sedan, having no
wheels, is carried by poles.
39. An imperial sedan is
used within the palace.
40. An open sedan is a
chair for resting the body, and
has two poles, it is borne like
the common sedan.
who carry the sedan
41. Sedan bearers are those
· one
on
before and one behind
their shoulders.
Mang
42. The snaffle is fastened
on both sides of the bit, for
the purpose of making fast
the reins.
轎夫​擡轎​者​前
​後​一​人​以​肩​擡
​鑣​連​銜​夾​口​旁
​以為​繫繩​執​之
​輻​輞​中​木​三十
​43. The spokes are the
thirty sticks within the felly.
44. The stirrups are used
in mounting the horse.
馬​踏​鐙​上馬​用
​45. A support is for leaning 軾​可​凴​按​板
​upon, being a resting-board.
46. The thills are the shafts
轅​駕馬​之​車​杠
​車​前​曲​木​貫
​軸​中​拖車​行者
​大車​平地​任​載
​之一​也
​49. The carriage rests upon
輪 ​1凴​其​轉行
​the wheels, which turn round.
50. A whip is for beating 鞭撻​馬​使​速​行
​the horse to make him go.
51. A hair-whip is used
for switching the horse, or
for driving away the mus
quitoes.
拂塵​用​拂​馬​身
​或​用以​拂​蚊​者
​衡​曲軸​上​横木
​52. A yoke is a transverse'
stick at the end of the tongue.
for guiding the carriage.
47. The tongue is the crook-
ed timber in front, let into
the axle for drawing the ve-
hicle.
48. A waggon is a vehicle
for transporting goods on
level ground.
韁​乃​兜​馬​韁繩
​騎馬​緩行​遊樂
​鞍​用以​坐騎​射
​馬​鎧​馬​脊​之​披
​甲​也
​與​無​輪​以​程​代
​輦​宮內​擡​行者
​凴​身​椅​貫
​兩​程​如​轎​扛​之
​Kéung “nái tau Smá kéung
sshing.
¿K'í ³má ún² shang 、yau lók.
cÓn yung? sí tsó? sk'í shé?.
SMá hoi Smá tsik, chí pí
káp, yá.
Yü smò sluní sching toi².
Lin kung noi stoi shang
'ché.
Tau tsik, spfang shan í,
kún' 'léung sch'ing ‹ü kíú²
chéng chí.
Kui² fu stoi kiú? ‘ché, stsin
hau? yat, syan í ckín stoi.
Piú slin shám káp, Chau
spfóng, Sí swai hai² sshing
chap, chí.
Fuk, smóng chung muk, sám
shap..
SMá táp: tang) shéung ‘ma
yung².
Shik, 'hó pang tsik, ón'
'pán.
sYin ká má chí ki kóng”.
‹Chau ‹kii ‹ts'ín huk, muką,
kún chau chung đó chi
shang 'ché.
Tá chi sping tí? yam² tsoir
chí ki yá.
Lun ckii sp'ang sk'í chiin
shang.
‹Pín t'át, má ‘sz'ts'uk, ¿hang.
Fat, ch'an yung fat, má
shan, wáky yung² í fat, man
'ché.
sHang huk) chau shéung?
swáng muk.
35. There are other expressions for riding besides kri má; thus, a slow pace is expressed by liu
má, and racing in the manner of jockies, by standing in the stirrups, is called páu má; bút kí
má is the common expression for riding, whether slow or fast.
49. Wheels of various sizes and shapes are figured in the Chinese books, the number of spokes
differing from few to many; there are also truck wheels.
AGRICULTURE.
耕​農​篇​九
​Kang nung;
‹p'ín
'kau.
Section First.
IMPLEMENTS OF AGRICULTURE.
1. An aqueduct is made of
bamboos to conduct water.
2. The base of a plough is
the piece of wood which is
close upon the ground, and
supports the share.
3. The round osier-basket
CHAPTER IX.
農​器​類​第
​章
​Nung hi lui²; tai? yat, ‹chéung.
is for containing grain.
4. A splint-basket is made of
split bamboos to hold grain.
5. The round splint-basket
is another name for the two
preceding; there are large
and small, and nearly alike.
6. An eared basket resembles
the pedler's, though flatter.
7. The wheat-basket is for
containing reaped wheat.
8. The sprout-basket is for
holding sprouted grain.
連​筒​以​竹​通​水
​犂​底​貼​地​推​鑱
​之​木
​盛​穀​之​器​也
​箒​判​竹​以​盛​穀
​鍍​笔​需​别名​大
​小​有​差
​筹​籮​屬​比​籮​匾
​麥​籠​盛​麥​器
​篠​盛​種​之​器​也
​Lin stung í chuk, tung
'shui.
sLai 'tai típ, tí túi sts ám
chí muk.
sTiinshing kuk, chí hí
sya.
Chin pún² chuk, í shing²
kuk,.
Chi stiin «ch in pít, sming ;
tái? ‘siú yau ctsfz’.
Ts6 sló shuk, pí sló 'pín.
Mak, slung shing² ‹shám makĮ
hý.
¿Túú shing' 'chung chí hí'
sya.
Notes and Explanations.
AGRICULTURE holds a very high rank in the estimation of the Chinese, and the implements which
they have invented to facilitate its operations have been very numerous. This chapter contains,
besides the names of various utensils employed by the husbandman, questions respecting his
principal operations, especially in the cultivation of rice, and a discourse on the importance of
tillage to the wellbeing of the state. The first section is designed to contain the names of the
principal implements, both ancient and modern, used in the various departments of agriculture.
Some, here enumerated, are now disused; but being often referred to in their ancient books, ought
not to be omitted.
1. The lin tung, connected tubes of bamboo, form a very simple and durable aqueduct, for
temperate latitudes where there is no exposure to frosts. Large bamboos are taken, their knots
bored through, and then several pieces joined together to any extent desired.
{
CHI。 CHR.
84
334
[CHar. IX.
AGRICULTURE.
9. The sunming-basket is
of bamboo for drying grain.
10. The tall sprout-basket.
is also for containing grain;
it differs from the preceding,
whether large or small.
11. A globular basket is
made of bamboo to hold sprouts.
12. The beam of a plough
is the long timber in its front.
13. A beetle is used for
leveling the ground.
14. The water-bellows is
furnished with a leathern bag
to blow the fire; wooden fans
are now used instead.
15. The round strait besom
differs in form from the flat
besom, but their uses are the
same.
16. A bill-hook is an in-
strument for cutting grain.
17. The crooked bill-hook
is a blade for cutting grain.
18. A hedge-bill is crooked at
the end with a straight handle.
19. Cow blankets are rudely
woven of coarse hemp.
20. The boll is fastened be.
tween the beam and regulator.
21. The irrigating bucket
consists of a pail with cords
fastened to it, so that two men
can dip up water upon a field.
22. The chaff-cutter resem-
bles shears, for cutting grass.
23. The coulter-plough is a
blade for turning up the soil.
24. A crow-bar is for the
purpose of raising heavy stones.
25. A dam is made of sepa-
rate timbers to obstruct water.
26. The drag is framed
together of several pieces of
wood, for the purpose of level.
ing the ground.
曬​槃​曝​穀​竹器
​簣​亦​盛​1器​與
​篠​大小​異形
​種​簟​盛​種​竹器
​犂​轅​犂​前​長​木
​櫌​摩​田​之​器​也
​水​排​以​韋​囊​吹
​火​今​代​以​木​扇
​掃​箒​與​條​箒​形
​異​而​制​用​同
​銍​穫​禾​穗​刃​也
​翳​鐮刈​禾穗​刃
​鏍​上​彎​而​下直
​牛​衣​編​亂麻​作
​犁​建​泥​轅​與​評
​戽斗​以​純​繫​桶
​人​戽​水落​田
​蹦​如​級​切​草​器
​刀​開墾​之​刃
​動​釗​為​起重​石
​水​栅​排​木​障​水
​勞​用​條​木​編​之
​以​摩​田​也
​is inadc of sepa 水​栅
​Shái' sp¹ún puk, kuk, chuk,
h².
Kwai yik, shing² kuk, hí'
sünstlíú tair siú?sying.
'Chung im shing 'chung
chuk,hp.
sLai sün slaists' ín sch'éung
muk2.
Yau mó stín chí hi ya.
Shui sphái í swai snóng
cchui fo, ckam toil í muk,
shín’.
Sò' 'chau ii stiú 'chau sying
í² sí chai' yung² stung.
Chatz wók: swósui² yan? 'ya.
Ai slim ngai? swó sui? yan?.
Kil: shéung² <wángíhá? chik
Ngau ‹ ‹pín lün²¿má tsók,.
Lai kin' ní sün 'ü sp'ing.
FW tau í sshing hai? tung,
î'yan fú' 'shui lók, sť'ín.
Chat, si cháp, ts ít, ts ò hí.
Lai tò choi han chí yan.
Tung chí swai chí chung
shikz.
Shui
chéung' 'shui.
cháp, phái muk,
¿Lo yung stíú muk, pín
chí í mó stein syá.
14. This shui p'ái is represented as a pair of bellows, invented in the time of the Hón dynasty
for the purpose of saving human strength-called shui p'ái because it was worked by the power
of water; it was employed in furnaces.
16. The chat differs but little from a sickle; the blade of the kit may be a foot long, and is
curved like a snipe's bill at one end, while at the other it is fastened on a straight wooden handle
of about the same length as the blade. Of the ai lím, there are two forms; one differs from the
kit only in having the blade much bent near the handle, and being straight and square at the
end; the other has a scythe-like blade fitted into a handle at right angles.
23. The common plough of the Chinese is without a colter; and the colter-plough seems to
have been used to break up hard and uncultivated ground, to prepare it for the common plough ;
it is like a broad colter fastened to a handle, and having a beam by which to draw it.
!
SECT. 1.
335
IMPLEMENTS OF AGRICULTURE.
27. The square drag has
its teeth set in two beams.
28. A bush-drag is for le
veling the ground.
29. The gourd-drill holds
seed for sowing in fields.
30. A winnowing fan sepa.
rates chaff from the grain.
31. The winnowing fan,
holding chaff and broken ker-
nels mixed, turns them up to
the wind, to become clean.
32. The fanning-mill, being
worked, winnows out the
chaff, and the grain falls into
the trough below.
33. The teeth of an iron
feeler are sharp and partly bent.
34. A flail is an implement
for thrashing grain.
瓠​種​貯​種​播​田
​箕​簸​米​去​糠​者
​颺​籃​糠​龁​相​雜
​向​風​擲​乃得​淨
​風​櫃​攪​之​殼​吹
​出​米​從​槽​而​下
​鐵​撘​齒​銳​微​鉤
​連​耞​打​禾​之​器
​35. A rice-flulce is a tool
禾​鉤​斂​禾​具​也
​for gathering grain.
36. The fore-brace of the 犁​箭​自​策​額達
​plough extends from the stud-
brace to the base of the plough,
and passes through it.
1 底​縱​而​貫​之
​37. A fork is an implement 杈​箝​之​具​也
​for taking up grain.
穀​匣​盛​穀​方​匣
​八字​如​人​字
​齊​民 ​要​術
​耖​為​疏通​田​坭
​耧​車​下種​之​器
​方形​方​故名
​鎛​喞​耨​除草​物
​耰​去​莠​助​苗
​儋​貯​米​之​器​也
​木勺​拂​水淋​田
​机​似​無​齒​之​杷
​38. A grain-bin is a square
box for for containing grain.
39. The triangular harrow
is made like the character
farmers use it in harrowing.
40. The long-toothed harrow
is for loosening the ground.
41. A drill-harrow is for
sowing grain.
42. The square-harrow de.
rives its name from its form.
43. Pók is a weeding-hoe,
an utensil for removing grass.
44. The weeding-hoe re-
moves weeds to help the grain.
45. The rice-jar is a ves-
sel for preserving rice.
46. A wooden ladle is used
for watering fields.
47. A leveler resembles a
rake without teeth.
方​杷​兩​程​齒​離
​撻​打​田​等​者​也
​(Fóng sqiá léung schting
chí hí.
T'út, tá stín wai' 'ché ‘yá.
sú chung ch*u chung pó
steín.
Kípó ‘mai_hi chóng ché.
Yéung slám chóng ngat,
séung tsáp, héung fung
chák:‘nái tak, tsing².
S
Fung hai cháu chí hók,
cch'ui ch'ut, mai sts' ung sts0
sí há?.
Tít, táp, chí yui mí kau.
sLin chá tá swócchí hr.
5 Wó chau lím swó kii? syá.
Lai tsín' tsz" chák, ngák,
tát, lai 'tai tsung í kún'
cchí.
·eChá skim swó chí ki? syá.
Kuh, háp, shing kuk, fóng
háp2.
sYan tsz? spá si syan tsz”;
sts ai man spá stín íú'
shaty.
Ch'au? swai cshó tfung stin
snai.
La chi há chung chí hí.
Fóng spiá sying fóng kw
sming.
Pókɔ, tsik, nau' sch'i 'ts'ò
mat¿.
Yau tsui hü' yau chó²
smíú.
Tám, chi mai chí hử
svá.
と
​Muiz shéues fat, shui slam
stin.
¿Þá ³ts³z'¿mò 'ch'í ‹chí sp'á.
29. This is a gourd, having a tube passing through it lengthwise, and sharp at the bottom,
where are also several holes through which the grain contained in the gourd is strown on the field.
41. This machine is drawn by a yoke, and is so contrived that the grain, which is held in
baskets on the top of the frame, falls into the furrows made by the teeth of the harrow under-
neath; there are four or five large teeth, with a supply of grain above each.
39-42. Chinese husbandmen make great use of the harrow in breaking the clods, and
reducing the soil of the rice fields, where they are very wet, to a fine mesh.
336
[Cuar. IX.
AGRICULTURE.
48. A lock is a wooden
barrier constructed in a river,
to stop the course of the
water.
49. A thrashing-mat pre-
serves the falling grain.
50. A mattoc is smaller than
a pickaxe, and has its edge
overlaid and defended with
iron.
51. The water bolting-mill
sifts the flour rapidly.
52. The skinning-mill has
a vase for a mortar.
53. The wooden mill is
worked to hull the grain.
54. The stone mill is
sometimes worked by animal
strength, and sometimes by
water power.
55. The wooden and stone
water-mills, and the vertical
wheel-mortar, all have their
wheels turned by water, and
are worked for the purpose of
grinding rice and wheat.
56. The vertical wheel-mor-
tar has a round stone to grind.
57. The wheel-skinning
mortar is turned by water.
58. A bird-net is stretched
out in order to catch birds, and
a stool-pigeon being fastened
[close by the net], induces the
birds to come down so that
they are taken in it.
59. The plough is an imple-
ment for opening up the soil.
60. The plough-handle is
the tail of the plough.
61. The ploughshare is the
iron edge of the plough.
62. The bamboo-rake is
used in thrashing-floors, and
iş employed for the purpose
of raking off refuse matter.
河閘​於​河​間​設
​水閘​阻水​往來
​摜​稻​簞​承​遺​稻
​錦​ㄖ​鋤頭​之​小
​者​其​口​以​鐵​鍍
​水​打​蘿​篩​麵​速
​堈​碓​以​堈​作​白
​礱​礜​穀​以​去
​磨​多​用​畜力
​行​或​用水​力
​又
​水磨​及​水​襲​水
​碾​皆​水​轉輪​而
​運行​以​轢​穀​麥
​碾​以​石​碉​轢​穀
​機​碓​師​水碓​也
​羅​張​之​以​捕​飛
​禽​繫​囵​誘​而入
​擒​之
​犁乃​開田​之​器
​1梢​帥​犁​尾​也
​1鑱​1口​鐵
​竹​杷​場圃​間​用
​以​扒​餘​物
​sHó chápz cù shó ckán ch'it,
muk, cháp, tsò shui wóng
sloi.
Kwán' td² stím shing wai
tò².
Pổng hau sch'6 st au chí
síu ‘ché, shí hau í tít,
cséung.
'Shui 'tá ld 'shai mín' ts'uk,.
(Kóng. tui síckóng tsók, kau.
Lung slui kuk, í h'ü' hók,.
M6² ctó yung² chuk, likz
wán shang, wák, yung ‘shui
lik,.
Shui mó? kapr shui lung,
shui chín, chái shui chun
slun sí wan² shang, í lik,
kuk, mak,.
'Chin sí shiky ckwó lik, kuk,.
Kí túi tsik, ‘shui túi yá.
Ló, chéung chí sí pò? cfí
skam, hail engo, Syau sí yap2,
sk®am cchí.
sLai nái choi stín chí hí.
Lai 〈shau tsik, lai Śmí ‘yá.
Lai tsám tsik, lai hau
tity.
Chuk, sp'á sch'éung 'p'ò ‹kán
yung? sí sp'á si mat.
55. Mills and mortars for hulling,pounding, and grinding exist in several forms among the
Chinese; those worked by water power, however, are very few; some are worked by hand;
but for the most part they are turned by oxen, mules, and horses.
59. The plough of the Chinese, though very simple in its construction, has at different times
assumed a variety of shapes; one of their best, described in the Sám Ts'oi Tò, consists of eleven
parts, namely, the base, share, mold-board, beam, handle, fore-brace, regulator, bolt, stud-brace,
share-brace, whipple-tree or ear. There is no colter, and the mold-board is of iron. The
fore-brace is called the arrow'of the plough; it seems never to be mortised into the beam, but
to be fastened to it by a withe or thong, while another one passes around it and the handle,
(about half.way between the base and beam,) lashing them together; this latter one, the regula-
tor, is contracted or loosened by the bolt, by which it is twisted or untwisted.
SECT. 1.]
337
IMPLEMENTS OF AGRICULTURE.
63. Both the large rakes
and small rakes have straight
handles and transverse heads.
64. The harrow-rake is a
long rake for gathering wheat.
65. The grain-rake is used
to spread out grain to dry.
66. The weeding-rake is
used for weeding rice.
67. The reaping-basket (or
cradle) is for gathering wheat.
68. A reaping-rod is a bam-
boo for raising the grain.
69. The regulator of the
plough gauges the fore-brace.
70. Grain-ricks are frames
made of wood and bamboo.
71. A roller revolves and
beats down grass and shrubs.
72. The fluted roller resem-
bles a muskmelon, suspended
[by its two ends] in a square
frame.
73. The wheeled roller has
stone wheels.
74. A toothed stone roller is
made like the fluted roller; but
it has teeth arranged on the
outside.
/
75. The bill-knife is a knife
for cutting hemp.
76. A salmon-leap is for
catching fish; it consists of
bamboos arranged close to-
gether on the water's surface,
with a fire on it, and the fish
seeing the light, leap upon it.
77. A scarecrow is a thing
made like a man, standing in
the field, in order to frighten
away the birds.
78. A scraper is a tool for
scraping the ground.
79. A mud scraper is used
for leveling down the soil.
大​杷​小​杷​皆​直
​柄​橫​首
​拖​杷​樓​麥​長​杷
​穀​杷​用​攤​晒​榖
​耘​杷​用​耘​稻禾
​麥 ​杪​麥​之​器
​抄​竿​扶​麥​之​竹
​犂​評​用以​定​箭
​麥​竹木​成
​輥​軸​輥​碾​草木
​碜 ​方​架​內​如
​懸​瓜
​車​石​也
​石​砸​磾​與​穋​碡
​制​同​但​外​列​齒
​刈​刀​穫​麻​刃​也
​魚​梁​捕魚​竹​牌
​置​河面​另​燃火
​魚​見​光​師​躍上
​案​山​子​作物​如
​人​立​田​以​逐​禽
​Tái² sp'á 'síú spá, ‹kái chik,
ping swáng shau.
‹T6 sp'á lau mak, sch'éung
speá.
Kuk, spá yung' tán shái
kuk,.
S
Wan spá yung
swó.
Nak, chéuh, cháu
hí.
swan to'
mak, chí
Cháu chín fú mak, chí
chuk,.
¿Lai sping yung² í ting² tsín'.
chuk, muk
Mak₂ k'ng'
sshing ka.
Kuan chau, kwan chín
'ts'ò muk₂.
Luk, tuk, fong ká' noi i
sün kwá.
Tün küstün shik, kwo ya.
Shik lik₂ chák, ü luk, tuk,
chai stung, tán ngoi lít,
'ch'í.
Ngái to wák, smá yan² ya.
sÜ déung pờ sự chuk, phái,
S
chí chó mín, ling sin fu,
sü kín' kwóng, tsik, yéuk,
'shéung.
Ón' ‹shán tsz' tsók, mat, ‹ü
syan lap, stín, í chuk, sk'am.
刮板​土​具​也 ​Kuát, pán chán tà ki
svá.
nai.
平板​用​平田​地
​TЯTEP'ing 'pán yung² sp′ing stim
67. This implement resembles a basket-scoop, having a broad handle, by which it is turned
over, and the blade on the side brought against the grain; as the grain is cut, it falls over into
the basket, and is immediately put into the cart.
71-74. There are rollers of various kinds figured in the Sám Ts'oi T'd, some of which com-
bine the roller and the harrow, being armed with large, short, teeth. The luk tuk has the grooves
running lengthwise, and is of an egg shape. In the cultivation of rice, however, little or no use
is made of rollers, as the ground is too wet.
77. Various contrivances are resorted to by the farmers in China, as well as elsewhere, to
preserve the growing grain from the depredations of birds; sometimes lines are stretched across
the field, with things attached to them to jingle in the wind; at others, fantastic human forms
are made. Watchmen are also frequently stationed to guard the field.
CHI. CHR.
85
338
[CHAP. IX.
AGRICULTURE.
80. A hand-scraper is an
implement to level the ground.
81. The scythe is a crooked
instrument, for the purpose of
cutting grass.
82. A sieve is square inside,
and round without, and is
used for sifting grain.
$3. The share-brace is under
the share and moldboard.
84. A shovel is that with
which ditches are opened.
85. The sickle is the mo-
fern cutting-bill.
86. A corn-sickle is a blade
for cutting ears of grain.
87. The wheeled sickle has
a blade for cutting grain.
$8. A wheat sickle is a blade
for cutting wheat.
89. A sluice is a gate con-
structed in the side of a field,
to allow the high tides to run
into the fields.
90. A screen-sluice is con-
structed with a bamboo sieve,
or a basket sieve.
91. A spade has a metallic
edge, which is very sharp.
92. A share-spade is thrust
into the ground with the foot.
93. The wooden spade, the
iron shod spade, and the bas-
ket-spade, are all agricultural
implements.
94. A weeding-spade is a
tool for removing weeds.
95. The garden-spade is for
leveling and trimming.
田​盪​均​坭​田​器
​芒​鐮​刃​曲​以為
​割草
​内​方​外圓​用
​篩​穀​之​物
​壓​鑱​鑱​鏴​底​木
​所以​開渠​者
​艾​卽​今​之​刎​鐮
​栗​截​采​穎​刃​也
​推​鐮​斂​禾​之​刃
​麥​釤 ​麥​之​1
竇​門​於田​壆​設
​閘​放​潮水​入​田
​水 ​竹​箕​也​又
​籠​也
​鋒​其​金口​甚​銳
​長​饞​踏​田​器​也
​木​杴​與​鐵​刃​杴
​竹​揚​杴​皆​田​器
​鐙​鋤​划​穢​器​也
​鏟平 ​之​剷​也
​Tin tong' kwan nai stín
hí.
sMóng slim gan huk, sí swai.
kots ts®Ò.
L® noi fóng ngoi sin,
yung shai kuk, chí mat).
Át, sts'ám sts*ám pik, 'tai
muką.
Ch'áp, 'shó í choi sk'ü 'ché.
Ngái tsik, kam chí kau
slím.
Lutz tsítą swó wing' yan sya.
Túi slim slim swó chí yan.
<
Mak, shám shám mak, chí
yan².
Tau smún cü stín pók,
chít, cháp,, fóng’schíú shui
yapa stín.
Shui spóng chuk, ‹kí syá,
yau' lung sya.
‹Fung, skºí 、kam ‘hau sham²
yui².
¿Ch'éung sts¹ám táp, sťín hí
sya.
Muk, <hím, su tít, yan> <hẩm,
chuk, syéung hím, ‹kái stín
hí'.
<Tạng sch6 chán wai hí
sya.
‘Chán sping séuk, chí
'ch'án sya.
31. The scythe and sickle, as well as the plough and all the other implements and tools here
used in agriculture, are remarkably simple, yet for the most part answering their end admirably.
The names by which the Chinese terms in this section are rendered do not always, however,
describe an implement of precisely the same form, size, and construction as those used in western
lands, but rather their equivalents-tools that are employed to do the same service; and although
they answer the same purposes very well, still the most of them are roughly made, and destitute
of any great degree of finish.
90. This screen-sluice is designed to prevent sticks, grass, weeds, and other rubbish from
being carried on to the fields of rice while the grain is young, which otherwise might overspread
and destroy it.
91-96. The spade is much used by Chinese farmers and gardeners, and the forms which it
has taken are very numerous; it is generally made of hard wood, and the edge of the blade
guarded with iron, but sometimes the whole blade is iron. The basket-spade is used in the prov
inces of Chitkong and Kóngsai; it is made of bamboo, and constructed to dig up and carry
away light rubbish.
SECT. 1.]
339
IMPLEMENTS OF AGRICULTURE.
96. The ancient wooden
spade was a hand plough; the
crooked handle was called loi,
the iron was called tsz’.
97. A stack is an accumu.
lation of dried grass (or hay)
formed like a barrow; its com-
mon name is a straw heap.
98. The stud-brace affords
support to the moldboard.
99. Traces are the lines by
which the plough is
100. A frame trough is a
wooden watering trough.
101. The paddle-trough is
for scooping up water upon a
field; it is turned by treading
upon a wheel.
102. Earthen tubes are wa-
ter spouts.
103. The water-gate can
be employed for atering the
fields, and when closed the fish
[within] may be caught.
104. The grinding and spin-
ning water-wheel can be used
both for grinding grain, and
spinning thread.
105. The high chain bucket
wheel has a frame at both ends,
and each of them has a wheel.
106. The wheel-barrow is
for carrying things in the field.
107. The whipple-tree is a
cross bar which is fixed upon
the end of the beam of the
plough.
108. A winnowing machine
is for cleaning grain.
109. The ox yoke is an im-
plement for restraining the ox,
and is made large or small ac
cording to his size.
Loi tsz" 'shau‹kang hí' ; huk,
muk, üt, loi², kam üt, tsz”.
耒耜​手耕​器​曲
​木​日​耒​金​日
​Ch'ák, ngák, hó í hón' pik,.
積​苫​堆​稈​草​成
​塾​俗​日​禾稈​辠
​策​額​可以​杆​鏴
​耕​索​以​輓​犂​也
​架​槽​木架​水槽
​翻車​刮​水上​田
​Kang sók, íwán ¿lai syá.
Ká' sised muk, ká' 'shui ts'd.
Fán ch'é kwát, 'shui
sshéung sťín; “í kéuk, táp,
以​脚踏​輪​而​轉 ​slun si chun.
í
竇​泄水​器​也
​閘​闌​亦​放水​入
​田​者​門​可​捕魚
​水​轉​大​紡車​可
​磨​亦可​績​紡
​高​轉​筒​車上​下
​架​米​各​竪​一​輪
​手車​搬運​田​界
​"Shau ché pún wan² stín
hí.
犁​槃​橫​於​轅​之 ​Lai spún swáng cü sin chí
sts'ín mút).
前​末
​颺​扇​搧​穀糠​粞
​牛​軛​服​牛​具​隨
​牛​大小​制​之
​Tsik, chím túi skón ts à
shing tun; tsuk, üt, wó
'kón tun.
Ngá tau² sít, 'shui hí' 'ya.
Cháp, slán yik, fóng 'shui
yapa stín 'ché, shán hó pò
sü.
2
‘Shui chiên tái fóng ché
'hó mó² yik, hó chik, fóng.
hò chân stung ché shéung
há ká' muk,, kók, shü yat,
‹lun.
sYeung shin shín㎡ kuk, chóng
sai.
Ngau álts fuk, sngau kiz
sts'ui ngau tái síu chai
chí.
PPT A
101. This is described and figured in Staunton's Embassy, and is much used to elevate water;
the paddles are attached to a rope that runs through a long trough, which is turned at its upper
end by a wheel.
105. The chain bucket wheel is a series of small buckets attached to a rope, passing over two
large wheels; one of them is placed in, and turned by, a current of water, the other is placed
upon a frame in the field; the buckets, forty or fifty in number, are attached to a rope passing
over the two wheels, and as the wheel in the stream turns, the buckets are filled, pass up, and
empty themselves upon the field.
340
[CHAP. IX.
AGRICULTURE.
1. What grade of men are
agriculturalists?
A very honorable one, be-
ing considered as the second
of the four classes of the
people.
2. What are these four class-
es of the people ?
They are scholars, husband-
men, mechanics, merchants.
3. In the cultivation of
rice, what is the first process?
The ground is to be plough
ed, manures are to be applied,
and water is to be let in upon
the fields.
AGRICULTURAL OPERATIONS.
農 ​事 ​類 ​第 ​二 ​章
​Nung sz' lui; tai2 1chéung.
4. When the fields have
been first duly prepared, is the
seed then sown directly upon
them?
It is unnecessary to sow
the whole ground, for it is far
better to prepare thoroughly a
small plat, and sow it very
thickly for the production of
young shoots.
5. How is the seed, that is
to be sown, made to sprout?
The seed is first soaked for
a time until it sprouts, after
which it is taken and sown.
6. After the sowing of the
seed, how long must you wait
before the shoots will do to
transplant?
Section Second.
農夫​係​邊​流人
​其​大名​係​入​四
​民​之​二
​乜野​呌​四民​呢
​係​士​農工商​咯
​種​禾​點​起首​呢
​犂​鬆​地​落​肥料
​兼​放水​咯
​田​先​預備​停當
​係​候​撒種​唔​呢
​唔使​盡​撒​務​須
​預​將​一​小​畝​多
​撒種​做​秧​係​唎
​撒​嘅​種​點​發​呢
​將​種​先​浸​等​發
​芽​然後​擰​嚟​播
​撒種​後​等​幾​耐
​至​做得​秧​插​呢
​Nung cfú hai? pín slau syan ?
K'í táil sming, hai? yapz sz”
sman chí f2.
Mat, Syé kíú?sz”smanní?
Hai² sz”,
snung, ckung,
‹shéung, lók,.
Chung” swó tím chí ‘shau
ní?
Lai sung tí³, lók, sfí líú²,
kím fóng” ‘shui lók.
T'ín sin i² p² st'ing tóng',
hai hau sát, chung cm ní!
'M shai tsun² sat, mò² si
i'‹tséung yať' 'síú 'mau, ‹tó
sát, ‘chung ts) syéung hai
dé.
Sát, ké ‘chung “tím fát, ní?
Tséung chung sín tsam
tang fat, snga, sin hau² cning
slai pó’.
Sát, chung hau tang ki
noi chí tsờ tak, yéung
che ép>〈ní?
Notes and Explanations.
AGRICULTURAL operations are performed by the Chinese without much regard to science, or
much help from any mechanical agency. The various processes are simple, requiring only small
outlays of stock, and are, with but few exceptions, conducted throughout by manual labor. The
culture of rice forms a very important branch of labor. Some of the implements and processes
described in Loudon's Encyclopædia of Agriculture, as once existing among the Egyptians and
people of western Asia, may be now seen among the Chinese.
3. The Oryza sativa, of which there are many varieties, is called by different names at the
different stages of its growth. The ripe grain is called wo by the Chinese, and sometimes among
foreigners paddee, both before and after it has been thrashed. The names will appear in the
sequel.
SecT. 2.7
341
AGRICULTURAL OPERATIONS.
Generally about ten days.
are required, at which time
they may be taken and trans-
planted.
7. What is the very best
method of transplanting the
young shoots?
The shoots, being taken up
with a small spade (or shovel),
are held in one hand, while
with the other they are plant-
ed in rows, and at short in-
tervals.
8. How far apart must they
be separated?
Each plant may be about
six inches from the others.
9. While the young plants
are growing, is there anything
to be done to them?
grain, and likewise lets in
water upon his fields; but
when the rice has become
thoroughly ripe, the water is
then drawn off.
10. In what months are
the young shoots planted, and
in what months does the
grain become ripe?
The planting of the young
shoots is done during the se-
cond and seventh months, and
the grain becomes fully ripe
in the sixth and tenth months.
11. In what manner is the
rice reaped?
要​離​幾​濶​呢
​各​子​離​六寸​咁
​秧​生​起​又​做乜
​事呢
​The diligent farmer plucks 勤力​農夫​耨​草
​out the weeds, thins the young
獵​秧​兼​共​放水
​入​田​到​禾​熟​時
​放​水流​去
​係​乜​月份​插秧
​乜​月​穀​成熟​呢
​插秧​在​二月​七
​月​穀​熟​應​在​六
​月​十月​咯
​割​禾​又​點​樣​呢 ​Kót, swó yau² tím yêung-
ní?
禾​熟​用​鐮​貼​地
​割​略
​When the grain is ripe, it
is cut with a sickle close to
the ground.
大約​總​要​十幾
​日​至​擰​得​嚟​插
​實在​挿​嘅​法
​樣​呢
​12. And what is to be
done with the rice after it
has been reaped?
將​鏟​起​一手
​執​一手​插​行行
​離​陳​種​下
​Tái yéuk, 'tsung íú shap,
kí yat, chỉ ning tak, ai
chtáps.
Shat, tsoi cháp, kế fát,, tím
yéung? ní?
Tséung yéung chán chí,
yat, shau chap,, yat, shau
cháp,, chóng chóng shí shí
chunghá?.
Íú' ¿lí kí fút, ‹ní?
Kók, 'tsz' lí luk, ts'ün' 'kóm.
Yéung shang hí yau' tso-
mat, sz²² ‹ní?
¿K'an lik, 、nung ‹fú nau² ‘ts'd,
líp: cyéung ckím kung? fóng'
shui yap: stín'; tòçwó shukz
shí fóng” ‘shui sau hi.
Hai mat, it, fan cháp,
cyéung,mat,ütz kuk, sshing
shuky ní?
Cheap, yéung tsoi² í² üt, ts'at,
iity; kuk, shuk (ying tsoi? luky
üt, shap, üt, lókɔ.
Wó shuh, yung” lím típ, tí
kót, lók,.
禾​割​了​又​點​樣 ​Wo kót, líú yau
做​呢
​yéung? tsò? <ní?
'tím
6. Though they may be ready for transplanting in ten days, twice that time, and more, may
elapse before the period is passed, when they become unfit to be removed.
7. Rice-shoots are sometimes made an article of sale, though farmers usually sow their own;
about six roots are set out in the same spot, and the work is done with a good degree of regularity.
10. It is not always that two crops of rice are taken from the same field in one year. From
the richest lands in the southern and eastern parts of the empire, however, which are well manur.
ed and watered, two crops may be, and generally are, gathered.
CHI. CHR. 86
342
[CHAP. IX.
AGRICULTURE.
When the rice has been
thoroughly dried, it is either
thrashed out with a flail, or
it is beaten into a tub, by
which means the grain falls
out.
13. The grain being thrash-
ed, what becomes of the straw?
It is taken and dried, and
having been bound up into
separate sheaves, it is sun-
ned and dried for fuel.
14. And after the thrash-
ing, what further remains to
be done with it?
It is put into a fanning-mill
upon the thrashing-floor, and
lanned, in order to remove the
bad grain and the chaff.
15. What are thrashing-
floors, and where and how are
they constructed?
A level piece of ground is
selected, near at hand, which,
covered with lime and sand, is
pounded hard; its vulgar
name is 'earth-palace;' and
this is the place which is used
for thrashing the rice, and dry-
ing the grain.
16. And how is the manure
used?
Manure, that has been a
long time in a state of fermen-
tation in the vats, is taken
and formed into cakes and
thoroughly dried; these are
bought for two or three taels
per pecul; and, being pounded
fine with a pestle, are spread
upon the field; this process is
called 'dropping fatness.'
17. When farmers hire fel
low-laborers to assist them in
doing their work, about how
much money do they want
for each day's work?
將​禾​晒乾​或​用
​打​或​拍​落
​桶​務​使其​穀​落
​旣​落得​又​點​呢
​將​稈​扎起​一束
​東​晒乾​作​柴燒
​穀​落​咯​還有
​法子​做​呢
​將​穀​用​風​櫃​在
​場上​攪​去​啭​嘅
​共​糠​咯
​場​係​乜野​又​在
​邊​處​呢
​擇​附近​平地​用
​灭​砂​春​實​俗名
​地​堂​師​打​曬
​穀​所​用​之​處
​個​的​糞​點​用​呢
​將​糞​在​泵​漚​久
​作成​糞​餅​曬乾
​每​担​約​銀​二
​兩​買 ​春​碎​撒
​下田​名​日落​肥
​農夫​請​伙計​做
​工​每日​約​要​幾
​多​銀​呢
​¿Tséung,wó shái' ‹kón, wák,
yung² lín cká tá, wák: peák.
lók, tung mò² ‘sz'şk'í kuk,
lók,.
Kí lók,, ‘kón yau' 'tím ní?
Tséung kón chát, 'hí yat,
ch'uk,, ch'uk, shái' kón tsók,
schái shíú.
Kuk, lók, lólk, swan Syau
mat, fát, 'tsz' tsò ní?
Tséung kuk, yung fung
kwai? tsoi? gchéung shéung²,
kau hi pán ké? kung?
chóng lók,.
Chiéung hai mat, yé, yau
tsoi' «pín ch'ü' ‹ní?
Chaky fú? kan² spling t″,
yung? fúi shá cchung shat,
tsuky sming ti² stóng; tsik,
'tá swó shái' kuk,, 'shó yung?
chí chi.
Kó’tik,fan'tím yung? cní?
Tséung fan' tsoi² <tam au'
'kau, tsók,,shing fan' 'ping,
shár ckón; Śmúi tám²yéuk,
ngan í sám léung; mái
si chung sui, sát, há tín,
sming üt, lók, sfí.
¿Nung ‹fú 'ts'ing 'fó kí' tsò²
‹kung, múi yat, yéuk, íú’
'kí stó sngan ní?
13. Brooms, mats, and thatches are made of rice-straw, and it is also ploughed in as manure ;
but much of it is used as fuel.
16. Great care is exercised by the Chinese in the preparation and application of manures.
Their usual degree of simplicity is seen is both these processes, and more than an ordinary share
of economy in collecting whatever can be converted into fertilizing matter.
SECT. 2.]
343
AGRICULTURAL OPERATIONS.
1
1
For each day's work a mace
of money, perhaps eight can.
dareens, with three meals of
victuals; ploughing and har-
rowing the fields is done at a
given rate by the acre, the
price for the labor on each
being between one mace and
eight candareens, and also
three meals of victuals.
18. For those who trans-
plant, and weed, and cut the
grain, what is the amount of
wages?
For transplanting the young
shoots, the best wages are
three or four mace; one mace
is the common price; the
very lowest must be seven
candareens [for a day's work];
for weeding and reaping
the amount of wages is the
same. But for reaping, the
pay may be something differ-
ent: for reaping a single day,
two tau of grain are required;
sometimes also the arrange-
ment is made that for each
pecul twelve catties shall be
given; and moreover, in all
these several cases, from the
first ploughing till the harvest,
the laborers receive three meals
per day.
19. What are the customs.
and usages to be observed
when a farmer hires a field?
When making out the pa-
pers for the lease, it is clearly
stated how much grain or
money shall be paid for each
acre annually; sometimes also
the produce is equally divi-
ded; and after the particulars
are explained, they are written
down in papers to be kept
as evidence of the agreement.
每日​工​銀​一​錢
​或​八分​供​三​飡
​割​二​得​二三​嘅
​'Múi yat, kung ngan yat,
sts'ín, wákz pát, cfan, ckung
ssám ctsán; slai stein, sp'á
st'ín, í émau shò? kai'; Śmúi
mau ckung sngan yat, sts'ín
pát, fan chí kán, yik, shik
csám ststán.
犂田​耙​田​以
​數​計​每畝​工​銀
​錢​八分​之間
​亦​食​三​食
​插秧​耨​草​割​禾
​點​工​價​呢
​插秧​好​價錢​三
​四​銀​平價​一​錢
​至​平​都要​七分
​耘​草​割​禾​工​價
​樣​其中​割​禾
​或​有​唔同​嘅​割
​得​一日​要​穀
​斗​另有​講​割​得
​· 担​要​榖​十
​斤​至于​日​供
​飡​所有​開田
​人​都​係​咯
​農夫​領​田納​租 ​tsò, ckwai hi yau² tim
Nung fú ling st'ín, náp:
‘kü
yéung² <ní?
規矩​又​點​樣​呢
​批 ​時​言明​每
​畝​每年​約​或
​銀​若干​亦有​圴
​分​穀​的​言明​後
​寫​於​批​頜​為​亮
​Cháp, yéung nau tsò kót,
swó tím ckung ká ní?
Cháp, yéung hò ká stsín
csám sz” sngan; spfing ká
yat, sts ín; chí sp'ing tò íú'
ts'at, fan; swan ‘tsò kót,
swó, ckung káyat, yéung².
K'í chung kót, swó, wak₂
'm
yat, yats,
yau s’m stung ké; kót, tak,
íú?
kuk, ftau;
ling yau hóng hót, tak,
yat, tám², í
kuk, shapz ?
í²
ckan; chf cü yaty ckung sám
‹ts' án, 'shó 'yau choi ¿ť'ín ké
syan ctò hai? lók.
P®ai ling sshí, sín sming
múi ‘mau, múi snín, náp
kuk, wák, nganyéuk, ckón;
yike syau cdkwan fan kuk,
tiky, sín sming hau? sé xi
p'ai ling swar sp'ang.
18. It is not to be supposed that the amount of wages, here specified, can be more than an
approximation to that actually paid at different times and places; generally the price of labor is
very low.
344
[CHAP. IX.
AGRICULTURE.
20. In what manner do
the landholders pay their rent
in kind and their taxes to the
government?
In the winter of each year,
they repair to the office of the
district magistrate, where, in
the gabel department, are re-
corded the names of the
township, the village, the
neighborhood, the tything, the
family to which one belongs,
and what member of the fa-
mily he is; the tax on each acre
is levied at seven candareens
in silver,besides one shing and
one kóp of rice. The value
of the grain is converted into
silver, and an allowance must
also be made for refining and
stamping it: when all this is
done, [the landholder] receives
a duplicate receipt that it has
been paid.
21. What kind of fields are
the best for the cultivation of
rice?
Elevated fields, where there
are springs of water above
them, so that the water can
be brought down upon them,
having a rich soil and a de-
gree
of moisture, are the best.
22. What kinds of animals
are domesticated?
Poultry, ducks, cattle,
sheep, horses, swine, and so
forth, are all domesticated.
佃戶​點​樣​輸​糧
​納稅​呢
​每年​冬​到​縣衙
​糧​房​處​錄​某​司
​禾田​點​樣​嘅​係
​好呢
​田​高​上​有​山水
​下​可​放水​坭​腴
​澤​潤​就好​啫
​乜野​禽獸​係​養
​得​嘅​呢
​雞鴨​牛羊​馬​豕
​等​類​皆可​餐
​23. How large a proportion 通​國​計​地​田​居
​of the whole country do you
suppose is cultivated?
幾多​呢
​Tín ú ‘tím yéung shi
sléung náp, shui ní?
Múi nín tung, tờ in nga
léung sfóng ch'ü', luk, mau
sz', 'mau tò, 'mau sť'ò, mau
káp, ú² ting mau 、ming, in
mau ú; koi múi mau náp,
ngan ts'at, <fan, ling' mai
某​都​某某​甲
​戶​丁某​名​完​某
​* T * * Z *yat, shing yat, kóp,; ‹tséung
mai chít, ngan, ling (tséung
ngan pò súi fó hờ; náp
katą, Syau chap, chíú í²
戶​該​每畝​納​銀
​七分​另​米​一​升 ​cchéung ling súi.
·合​將​米​折​銀
​另​將​銀​補​回火
​耗​納​訖​有​執照
​二​張​頜​回
​Wó stín tím yéung ké
hai hò ní?
Tín kò, shéung yau shán
'shui, há hó fong' 'shui,
snai yi chák, yun, tsau hò
<ché.
Mat, Syé skam shau' hai
Syéung tak, ké ‹ní?
Kai, áp,, sngau, syéung, má,
'ch'í tang lui² ‹kái hó
$yéung.
Tung kwók, kai tí stín
kü kí tó ‹ní?
20. In the southern provinces, the tax in kind is commuted for silver, as the transportation of
grain to Peking would be too expensive. The rate of taxation varies according to the fertility
of the soil, and in many instances is less than the sum here mentioned. When new lands are
brought under cultivation, the government often does not assess them until the cultivator
has been partly repaid for his outlay; the tax on such fields as are reclaimed from the banks of
rivers and marshes is called ü yau, or fish-wandering; for the first or second year, when the tax
is raised, it is termed hok lap or stork-standing.
21. Not high lands or hills, but plains or upland meadows, so situated that at all times a good
supply of fresh water may be let in upon them at pleasure.
22. Beef is not much used by the Chinese, and horse flesh still less. Droves of sheep are
sometimes brought to the south. Pork, poultry, and fish, are the staple articles of animal food.
SECT. 2.]
345
AGRICULTURAL OPERATIONS.
The amount of cultivated
land may be about one eighth.
24. How large a part is
wild and uncultivated?
A like proportion, probably
about one eighth, more or
less.
25. How much of it is
forest?
The population of China.
being very dense, the forests
cannot be extensive.
26. How much grazing
land is used for pasturing
horses, cattle, and sheep?
It is uncertain, but there is
quite enough.
27. How many sorts of
fences and wattles are there,
and how are they constructed?
They are made either of
rattans, or rushes, or bamboos,
and are interlaced with in-
terstices.
28. How are flowers and
fruit-trees grafted?
The scions are cut out in
spring, and earth is bound a-
-
bout the place where they are
inserted.
29. What proportion of the
land throughout the whole
empire is occupied with the
mulberry-tree?
J
The land occupied with the
mulberry-tree does not equal
one eighth of the rice fields.
30. How large a part of
the whole country is occupied
with orchards?
Compared with the mulber-
ry-trees, the fruit-trees
are
the most numerous, and their
grounds the most extensive.
田​居​八​份 ​咁
​荒野​有​幾多​呢
​都​係​八​份 ​咁
​上下
​有​幾多​樹木​呢
​屮
​樹木​無​多
​有​幾多​馬​牛羊
​臥​食​嘅​草坡​呢
​冇​底​彀​使​為止
​籓​籬​有​幾​多樣
​又​點​做​嘅​呢
​或​籐​或​蘆荻​或
​竹​交加​間​搭喞
​花菓​點​駁​枝​呢
​春季​折枝​駁​口
​處​包​坭
​通​國​計​有​幾多
​桑​地​呢
​桑​地​不敷​禾田
​八​份​之一
​菓木​地​總​共計
​有​多少
​Yau kí ctó shii muk, ní?
人烟​稠​集 ​Chung kwók, syan ín schfan
tsapy, shiit muky smù tó.
菓木​比桑​畧多
​量​其​地​亦​界​廣
​¿T’ín ‹kü pát, fan² yat, kóm.
Fông Syé fyau kí tó ní?
Tò hai pát, fan yat,, hóm
shéung? há?.
Yau kí tó má, ngan,
syéung, ngô shik, hé tò
‹p'í ‹ní?
Mò tai, kau shai wai chí.
Fán lí yau 'kító yéung',
yau' 'tím tsò² ké' ‹ní?
Wak, st'ang, wák, slò tike,
wák, chuk,, ‹káu ‹ká kán'
táp, ké.
Fa kwó tím pók, cchí ni!
〈Chun kwa' chít, cchí, pók,
‘hau ch'ï' ‹páu ‹nai.
Tung kwók, ka yau kí
ctó sóng t? ní?
Sóng tí² pat, ‹fú swó stín
pát, fan chí yat,.
'Kwó muk, tí', 'tsung kung'
ka' yau ctó shíú?
Kwó muka pí esóng lóuk)
ctó, léung? ski t? yik, lénky
kwóng,
24. Statistics doubtless exist sufficient to form a very exact estimate on this subject, but they
seem never to have been collected and compared; and the statement here made is simply a
conjecture. The principal object of this and a few of the following questions is merely to serve.
as examples of the manner of prosecuting similar inquiries.
27. Fences made of boards, or posts and rails, and stone walls, are not much used. Small
orchards and gardens are often surrounded with walls. Hurdles and wattles are common, and on
low lands ditches-which serve to separate the lands belonging to different persons.
CHI. CHR.
87
346
[CHAP. IX.
AGRICULTURE.
31. What extent of fields
and lands are possessed by
single individuals?
The rich possess hundreds
and thousands of acres, but the
poor arc without any at all.
32. How are the field、
walks built ?
The foundations are form-
ed by posts driven down, with
earth piled on them, made
hard and solid.
33. How is the water let
in upon the fields ?
If the fields are near the
hills, gullies are formed for
the water, and the banks are
opened to let it on to them.
34. When are farmers most
at leisure ?
They have but a very little
leisure, merely the short inter-
vals between the seasons.
35. In what parts of the
country are sheep the most
numerous?
In the northern regions,
beyond the Great Pass, they
are the most numerous and
the best.
36. How many kinds of
gardens are there?
There are gardens for flow-
ers, fruits, melons, vegeta-
bles, &c.
37. What do the Chinese
use to make their spirituous
Liquors ?
Rice is used for the com-
'mon, and particular ingre-
dients for particular kinds.
每人​有​幾多​田
​地​呢
​富​者​千百​頃​貧
​無​牛​斗​升
​田​基點​樣​築​呢
​基​脚​打樁​培​坭
​擣​而​實​之
​田​水​點​樣​放​呢
​田​近​高山​堵截
​水路​開​基​放入
​‘Múi ¿yan ‘yau kí ‹tó ¿ťín
tí² <ní?
F' ché cts' in pak, king)
¿p'an ¿mò pún' 'tau ‹shing.
sTín kí tím yéung chuk,
: ní?
chí kéuk, tá chóng púi snai
‘tò cí shat, chí.
sTín shui tím yéung² fóng'
‹ní?
Tín kan kò shán tò tst
S
shui lò, choi kí fóng yapa.
農夫​幾​時間​呢 ​Nung fú xí sshí shán cní?
得​閒​甚少​不過
​係​農​隙​個​陣​啫
​通​國​以​邊​處​為
​至多​羊​呢
​以​北方​潼關​外 ​í pak fong Tung Kwán
ngoi swai đó swai hò.
Tak, shán sham² shíú, pat,
kwó' hai nung kwik, ko'
chan² «ché.
Teung kwoky sí pín chi
swai chí ‹tó ¿yéung ‹ní?
為​多​為​好
​園​有​幾​多樣​呢
​有​花菓​瓜菜​等
​各​園
​中國​用​乜野​蒸 ​Chung kwok, yung² mat, fyé
ching ‘tsau ní?
sÜn yau ki ctó yéung? cní?
Yau cfá kwó, ckwa, ts' oi'
‘tang kók, sin.
酒​呢
​常​酒​用​米​其餘 ​sShéung tsau" yung² smai,
欲何​酒​用​何​物
​sk'í süyuk, shó tsau yung?
shé matz.
32. The fields of the Chinese are often divided from each other by raised walks and embank-
ments of different degrees of stability. Small plats of ground are separated by mere footwalks,
covered with sod; while larger portions are divided by walks paved with stone, and frequently
shaded with trees; in the latter case, they are the roads between towns and villages.
33. The manner of irrigating rice-fields is adapted, for the most part, to their position and
locality; in many cases, rivulets from a neighboring hill are led down into the fields, passing
from one to the other, until they empty into a creek or river; at other positions, tanks are dug,
as reservoirs to supply the fields. When near a river or creek, sluice-gates are made in the bank
to let the water upon the grain, which are stopped as it ripens; fields are also watered by hand.
1
;
SECT. 3.]
347
ON THE IMPORTANCE OF AGRICULTURE.
38. In what manner are
animals fattened and made
fit for slaughter?
Only let them be kept in
good places, be fed at the pro-
per times, and with suitable
food, and assuredly there will
be no difficulty in their becom-
ing fat.
39. Are fishermen allowed
to take fish in whatever places
they please ?
In the great rivers, which
do not belong to any particu-
lar persons, people may fish
at pleasure.
點​能​養​得​肥
​嚟​劏​呢
​The Sacred Commands say,
Give importance to agriculture
and the mulberry, and so pro-
vide enough food and raiment.
2. We have heard that
food and raiment constitute
the essential supports of a
people. Agriculture and the
mulberry-tree are the sources.
from whence these are derived.
If a man does not plough, he
may very likely suffer hunger;
if a woman does not weave,
she may very likely suffer
cold.
·
養​得其​地​食​得
​其​時又​得其​物
​何患​不​肥
​漁人​能​隨處​捕
​魚​唔​呢
​大江​中​非人​屬
​地方​可​任意
​聖諭​云​重​農​桑
​以​足​衣食
​朕​聞​餐​民​之​本
​在於​衣食​農​桑
​者​衣食​所由​出
​也​一夫​不​耕​或
​受​之​饑​一​女​不
​織​或​受​之​寒
​Tim snang yéung tak, cfí
chuk, slai ctfóng cní?
39. Fisheries are very extensive and very productive, and are open to all as here stated.
No
•
tax seems to be levied on them in any way. There are, however, small lakes and ponds, the
property of individuals, subject of course to their control.
I
Yéung tak, ‹k'í tí², shik,
tak› ‹k'í ‹shí, yau² tak, ‹k'í
mat, shó wán' pat› ‹fí.
sÜ syan snang stsui chi
pò? zi, s'm ní?
Section Third.
ON THE IMPORTANCE OF AGRICULTURE.
農​本​第三​章
​Nung pún; tai² csám chéung.
Tái hóng chung fí yan
shuket², fóng hó yam² 2.
Shing Yiiz swan, Chung'
snung csóng, í tsuk, í shik .
Cham² man syéung smak
cchí pún, tsoi ci cí shiky.
Nung ‹sóng 'ché, ‹í shik, shó
¿yau ch'ut, ‘ya. Yat, fú pat,
kang, wák, shau chí chí;
yat, ‘nii pats chik, wák,
shau chí chón.
Notes and Explanations.
Or the sixteen maxims, Shing Yi, or Sacred Commands, of Hónghí, the sentence contained.
in the first paragraph is the fourth; and the remainder of the section contains the whole of the
amplification of it, by his imperial son, Yungching, comprising six hundred and sixty-one cha-
racters. It affords some data for forming a tolerably correct idea of the estimation in which
348
[CHAP. IX.
AGRICULTURE.
3. In ancient times, the
emperors ploughed the lands,
and the empresses cultivated
the mulberry. Though the
most honorable, they did not
disdain to toil and labor, as
examples to the whole em-
pire, in order to induce all the
people to seek these essen-
tial supports.
古​者​天子​親​耕
​后​親​桑​躬​為​至
​尊​不憚​勤勞​爲
​天下​倡​凡​為​兆
​姓​圖​其​本​也
​大​衣食​之​道​生
​於​地​長於​時而
​聚​於​力​本​務​所
​在​稍​不​自力​坐
​受其​困​故​勤​則
​男​有餘​粟​女​有
​餘​帛​不​勤​則​仰
​不足​事​父母​俯
​不足​畜​妻子​其
​理​然​也
​5. Although the northern
and southern parts of the
country differ in being high 有​高下​燥濕
​彼​南北​地​土​雖
​↑ B TRA
or low, dry or wet; yet the
3 PHA THI ko đi
殊​然​高燥​者​宜
​4. In the economy of food
and raiment, which are pro-
duced from the ground, nur-
tured by the seasons, gathered
by human strength-articles
essentially important—a want
of exertion is equivalent to
sitting still, and waiting for
poverty. Therefore, if dili-
gent, the farmer will have a
superabundance of grain, and
the housewife a superabun-
dance of cloth; but if negli
gent, then on the one hand,
you will not have enough to
serve your parents, nor on the
other, sufficient to feed your
wives and children. This rule
is most certain.
high and the dry are suitable
for millet and rye, the low
and wet for the different va-
rieties of rice. The soils on
which these provisions are
produced vary, while the agri-
cultural labors are identical.
'Kú 'ché, t'in 'tsz' ts' an
kang, hau <ts an sóng.
Kung swai chứ tsin, pats
tán sk'an slò, swai tín h
ch'éung, sfán ,wai chíú' sing'
sťò sk'í pún ³ya.
杭​稻​食​之​所​出
​不同​其​為​農​事
​th
L
sFú i shik, chí tờ, shang
‹i tí², 'chéung ‹ü ‹shí, sí
tsü² ‹ü lik₂, 'pún mò² shó
tsoi', 'sháu pat, tsz❞ lik,, tsó²
shau' sk'í kw'an'. Kú' sk'an
tsak, nám ‘yau ‚ü suk», ‘nii
¹yau ‚ü pák¿; pat, ‚k'an, tsak,
syéung pat, tsuk, sz' fú mò,
'fú pat, tsuk, ch'uk, «ts'ai
'tsz'. K'í slí sín sya.
'Pí nám pak, tí td, suï
Syau kò há, ts) shap, chí
sshii; sin ko ts'd' 'ché, sí
ín
'shu tsik, há shap, 'ché sí
không tờ. Shik, chi sho
ch'ut, pat, tung, sk'í swai
**T**Inung sz" yat, sya.
agriculture is held by the rulers of this country. The division into paragraphs does not exist in
the original, and is introduced into the translation solely for the sake of convenience.
4. In the phrase i shik chí td, the economy of food and raiment, the word to denotes "the
regular operations of nature in the generation, nutrition, and preservation of animals and plants.
"
5. The study of the mineral kingdom and of the atmosphere have never been carried to any
great extent among the Chinese. Experience has taught them many useful lessons, only a few
of which, however, seem ever to have been reduced to writing. There are no doubt, useful
treatises on this subject, but they are not much valued by the common farmer, who generally
prefers to take his lessons from his father and grandfather, and is contented with the small stock
of traditional knowledge which is transmitted to him by them. The idea of the royal com-
mentator in this paragraph appears to be that those lands lying northward are high and dry,
while the southern parts of the empire would necessarily be low and wet; this, however, is not
the case, the surface of the country being very low in some parts of the northern provinces.
SECT. 3.]
349
ON THE IMPORTANCE OF AGRICULTURE.
6. For the culture of the
mulberry-tree, and rearing of
the silkworm, excepting Kong-
nám,, Chítkóng, Sz'ch'ün,
and Úpak, the other provinces
樹​桑​養蠶​除​江
​浙​四川​湖北​外
​餘​省​多​不​相宜
​然​植​麻​種棉​或
​are not very well adapted,
though they are fit for the
production of hemp and cot-
ton, either for rolling or spine 績​或​紡​之​所
​ning thread. Thus the mate-
出​不同​其事​與
​樹​桑​- 也
​rials from which garments
are made are various, while
their labor is identical with the
culture of the mulberry-tree.
7. We desire our people to
exercise all their strength on
agriculture and the mulberry-
tree: do not love indolence,
and hate toil; do not be dili-
gent at first, and afterwards
idle; do not, because a season
of dearth may sometimes hap-
pen, lightly abandon your
fields and gardens; do not
covet extraordinary and ex-
orbitant rates of profits, and
hastily change your old oc-
cupations. If you give due
weight to fundamentals, al-
though from one year's in-
come, after liquidating public
and private accounts, there re-
main only a very small sur-
plus; yet by daily and month-
ly increase and augment, it
will become a very rich and
日積月累​以至
​affluent patrimony, and by 身家​饒裕子​孫
​sons and grandsons preserved
from age to age, will afford
an inexhaustible source of
世​守則​利​賴無
​productive support: if you
do not so, but seek the end
without the essential means,
how can such supports be long
continued ?
4
8. You soldiers, in the
ranks of the army, not engag.
ed in agriculture, try to realize
that the monthly disburse-
願​吾民​盡力​農
​桑​勿​好逸恶勞
​勿​始​勤​終​惰​勿
​因​天時​偶​歉​而
​輕​葉​田園慕
​竒​赢​倍​利​而​輒
​改​故​業​苟能​重
​本​務​雖​一​歲​所
​入​公私​輸​用​而
​外 ​餘​無幾​而
​窮​不​然而​捨​本
​逐​末​豈能​若是
​之​緜​遠​乎
​至​爾​兵​隷​在​戎
​伍​不​事​農​桑​試
​Shi sóng yéung tán,
schü Kóng, Chít,, Sz
cchtün, sU pak ngo², sii
sháng ctó pat, séung sí; sín
chik, má chung smín, wákz
chik, wák, fóng. Ghí
shó chut, pats stung, ckí
sz? Sü shi? csong yat, vá.
Ün² 'ng sman tsun² like snung
sóng; mat, hờ yat, ứ lò;
mat, 'ch'í k'an chung to';
mat, yan tín shí ngau
híp», số shing hí tín sin
mat, mờ shí ying phúi lí.
sí chíp, koi kứ íp, Kau
snang chung pún mờ, sui
yat, su) (shó yap, ckung sz˙
shi yung? sí ngoi², sín? sii
smò kí; sí yat tsik, iit, lui²,
í ch' shan cká síú i², ‘tsz’
csin sha) ‘shau, tsak, l? láiz
smù skfung: pat, sin, sí shé
pún, chuky múts, Chí snang
yêuk, shí chí smn in cú
6. Silk, like tea, is probably cultivated to some extent in all the provinces of the empire, but as
was observed in chap. VII.,, sect. 8, some provinces produce it in much higher perfection than
others. The amount produced in the province of Canton is known to be large in some districts,
as is also that of cotton. Chik means to spin or roll hempen threads on the knee by the hand.
7. It has been somewhere said that the Chinese never change their profession or occupation of
life; but their being here admonished by the emperor not to do so hastily, presents another view of
the case.
Ch' í ping tai: tsoi? syung
"'ng, pat, sz" nung song,
CHI. CHR.
88
350
[CHAP. IX.
AGRICULTURE.
"
ments of money, with the rice
dealt out from the grana-
ries, are all distributed from
the revenues which are paid
in by the people, for the sup.
port of yourselves and your
tamilies; there is not one floss
of silk, nor one kernel of
grain, which is not the product
of agriculture and the mulber-
ry-tree. Enjoying these their
profits, you ought to live in
mutual peace with them, by
all means protecting them, so
that they may exhaust all
their strength on agriculture
and the culture of the mul-
berry-tree, then your supplies
of food and raiment will never
fail, and thus also you will
have [a source of food and
raiment] whereon you can
confidently depend.
9. You likewise, local, civil
and military officers, whose
bounden duty it is to urge on
their tasks, do not rob the
people of their time, nor im-
pede their business; correct
the unsteady and idle, and
encourage the diligent and
laborious; let none of the
lands lie waste; let there be
no vagrants in the villages;
let no husbandman throw
aside his plough and hoe;
nor any housewife put away
her silkworms and woaving;
likewise, let the products of
The hills, marshes, orchards,
and gardens, and the increase
of poultry, pigs, dogs, and
swine, be all nourished in a
proper manner, and gathered
in due season, in order to
shí' (sz' üt, yau ‹fan k'óp,
chí héung, ts ông syau chí
fóng” chí mai, hái páh,
sing shii náp, í sán' kóp›;
Sí tang kók, chím shan chá
yat, ‹sz' yat, nap,, mók, pat,
chut, tsz” snung sóng. I
'tang kí héung sk'í lí², tóng
'pí 'ts'z' séung ‹ón, ‹tó ‹fóng
nón wai, sz’snung sóng ch in
ta' tsun' lik, í púi' ‹í shik,,
W
Swing in pat, kwai', tsak,
yik, chung “yau lái sín
思​月​有分​給​之
​餉​倉​有​支​放​之
​米​皆​百姓​輸​納
​以​散​給​爾等​各
​瞻​身家​一絲
​粒​莫不​出自​農
​桑爾​等​旣​享​其
​利​當​彼此​相安
​多方​扞衛​使​農
​桑​俱​得​盡力​爾
​輩​衣食​永遠​不
​匱​則​亦​重​有賴
​焉
​若​地方​文​武官
​* Q * R
僚​俱​有​勸​課​之
​責​勿​奪​民​時​製 ​勿
​妨​民事​浮​惰​者
​z 之​勤苦​者​勞
​之​務使​野​無​曠 ​chi shán chák, sin pro cchí
‹yau ‚k'í ¿ts'ám chik,; tsik,
chỉ phò
lí, chai tiin hau chí chí
土​邑​無​游民​農
​無​捨​其​耒耜​婦
​無休​其​蠶​織
​至​山澤​園圃​之
​Z
Yéuk tí fongsman mò
‹kún slíú, ‹k'ü yau hün' fó'
chí chak,, mat, tiit, sman
shi, mat, fong man sz";
sfau tớ ‘ché ching chí,
skan fú ché lờ chí; mò
‘sz’ yé mò kw6ng? “tò;yap,
、mʊ yau man, nung mò
'shé skí loi tsz"; fú mò
8. In all the provinces, the imperial troops are stationed in small parties in the principal towns
and districts of the empire,-and receive their pay and rations from the local magistracy by
orders from the commissariat in each provincial city. Being thus spread all over the country, it
is in their power to give much protection or annoyance to the people, according as they are
disposed. How they act depends, nevertheless, very much on the character of the magistracy.
Their pay ordinarily, in times of peace, is small; and not unfrequently they have recourse to
labor, in agriculture or mechanics, in order to provide for themselves and their families. In
this way, in agricultural districts, they become identified with the yeomanry of the country.
But sometimes, under a bad magistracy, they are troublesome neighbors.
SECT. 3.]
351
ON THE IMPORTANCE OF AGRICulture.
supply the deficiencies of agri. | 畜​亦皆​養​之​有
​culture and the mulberry-tree;
and if the proper diligence be
bestowed on these essential
道​取​之​有時​以
​employments, the of
food and raiment will be kept 佐​農​桑​之​不逮
​full.
幾​克勤​本​業
​而​衣食​之​源​溥
​矣
​所​慮​年​穀​豐登
​10. It is to be feared, that
in years of full harvest, you
will neglect to store up the
surplus; and that there will
be an unnecessary use of
cloth when it is abundant;
或​忽​於​儲蓄​布
​帛​充​瞻​或​侈​於
​so that the evils of prodigality 費用​不​儉​之​藥
​will equal those of idleness.
And it is still more to be fear-
ed, that gold and gems will
be esteemed, while vegetables
and grain are neglected; that
labor will be bestowed on
embroidery, while the silk.
worm and mulberry-tree are
disregarded; and that the
與​不​勤​等​甚且
​貴​金玉​而​忽​菽
​粟​工​文繡​而​廢
​蠶桑​相​率為​紛
​habits of following light fa-
shions and gaudy shows will
be acquired;-against these
you, both people and soldiers,
ought especially to guard.
華​靡​麗​之​尤
​爾​兵​民​所​當​深
​戒​者​也
​自古​盛​王​之​世
​老者​衣帛​食肉
​黎民​不​饑​不​寒
​亨​庶​富​之​盛​而
​致​教化​之​與其
​道​胥​由​乎​此
​11. From ancient times, in
the reign of prosperous kings,
the aged wore silks and ate
flesh, and the people suffered
neither hunger nor cold.;
those kings enjoyed an abun-
dance of people and wealth,
and a renovating influences.
went abroad: this, in like
manner, resulted from the
same causes [diligence and
economy].
ch'uk, yik, hái yéung chí
syau tờ, ‘ts*u chí yau shí,
sí ts6 snung sóng chí pat,
tail, shiückí hak, sk'an ‘pún
íp₂, sí ‹í shik, ‹chí ¿ün, ‹p²ò ³í.
Shó lui² snín kuk, fung
‹tang, wák, fat, ‹ü ‚ch'ü
ch'uk,; pò' pák₂ <ch'ung
chím, wák, 'ch'í u fai
ü
yung, pat, kím
chí pai, su
Sham' 'ch'é
pat, k'an 'tang.
kwai' kam yuk,, ‹í fat, shuk,
suk, ckung sman sau’, sí fair
sts'ám csóng,
csong, séung sut,
swai fan swá mí lai chí
tsáp½, ‹yau ³í ‹ping ‹man 'shó
ctóng sham kár ché Sya.
Tsz” kú shing? wóng chí
shai', 'lò 'ché cípák, shik, yuk,
slai man pat, cki pat, chón,
héung shi fứ chí shing:
sứ chỉ káu fá chí ching;
sk'í tò? si syau sú ts'z’.
S
9. In ancient times the magistracy – the local, civil, and military officers – were wont to call
on the people ad libitum, to work for them; at present, except in cases of emergency, the laws and
usages of the country secure to the people the entire command of their time. The yau-man,
vagrants or sauntering people, are very numerous in these degenerate times. Efforts are often
made by the government to remove them from the large cities and towns, and to fix them in
regular employments on waste lands. These efforts usually succeed but poorly.
11. This maxim, that the aged only should live on flesh and be clothed with silk, finds a place
in the popular creed of the day, but in practice it has not much effect.
12. The work here referred to, called Kang Chik Ted, or Plates illustrating Agriculture and
Weaving, is a large quarto, containing forty-six leaves, done in the best style of Chinese printing,
and having the imperial dragon surrounding each page of letter-press. There are twenty-three
352
[CHAP. IX.
AGRICULTURE.
12. Our sacred predeces-
sor, the august emperor Pious,
anxiously concerned for the
people, caused a book of plates,
on agriculture and the man-
ufacture of cloth, to be printed
and circulated far and near,
thereby evincing great regard
for the people's support.
13. And we, looking up to
and considering his sacred
instructions, anxious for the
most important affairs of the
people, have fully explained
it, admonishing you to exert
all your strength upon the
essential supports of life. I,
the one man, clothed and fed
by the revenues of the state,
desire that all in the empire
may be equally filled and
warmed.
14. Six hundred and sixty-
one characters.
我​聖​祖仁皇​帝
​念​切​民​依​嘗​刊
​耕​織​圖​頒行​中
​外​所以 ​本​阜
​民​者​甚
​至​朕​仰​惟​聖諭
​念​民事​之至
​廣​為​詮​解勸​爾
​等​力​於​本​務​金
​一​人​衣​租​食​稅
​願​與​天下​共​飽
​煖​也
​六百​六十​一字
​*Ngó shing” ‘tsò Yan swing
tai', ním² tsít, ¿man ‹í, ¿shéung
'hón kang chik, to pán
shang chung ngoi, shó í
'pún fauman 'ché
tun
sham'.
Chí cham ‘yéung swai shing
i, núm sman sz” chí chỉ
chung', 'kwóng swai sün
'kái, hün' í 'tang lik, ‹ü 'pún
mò². ¿U yat, ¿yan ‹í ‹tsò shik
shui, ün sù tín há kung
'páu 'nün ‘yá.
Luk, pák, luk, shap, yat, tsz".
plates illustrating the different operations of agriculture, and the same number exhibiting the
various manipulations in raising silkworms and weaving cloth. The descriptions are in poetry,
and for the most part, far beyond the scholarship of those for whom they were designed. The
subjects of the twenty-three plates on agriculture are as follows, beginning with the first:-soak-
ing the grain in water, previous to sowing it; ploughing the rice-grounds; harrowing them, and
reducing the soil to a mesh; harrowing a second time, with a harrow-rake; rolling the fields,
with a toothed roller; sowing the grain; observing the shoots, just above the ground; manur-
ing them with liquid manure; pulling up the shoots for transplanting; transplanting the shoots;
thinning and weeding the growing grain for the first time; a second weeding and thinning;
a third weeding; irrigating the growing grain; reaping the ripe grain; carrying the sheaves
to the thrashing-floor; thrashing the grain with flails; hulling the paddee in mortars; sifting the
grain; winnowing it in fans; grinding it in a wooden mortar, which takes off the skin of the
kernel; storing it in granaries; and lastly, returning thanks to the agricultural gods for the har-
vest. The subjects of the remaining plates are on rearing the silkworm, and weaving, as follows:
washing the eggs of the worms; spreading them out on trays in racks; hatching the eggs; bring-
ing leaves to feed the worms; cleaning the trays after the worms have eaten; removing the
trays to different situations; picking mulberry leaves; covering the trays with branches for the
worms to roll their coccoons; smoking the trays over a fire; weighing the coccoons; assorting
the coccoons; sealing them in jars for about ten days, until the moth is hatched; reeling off the
coccoons; the moths laying eggs; returning thanks to the gods for the crop of silk, and offering
a part; reeling off the spools of single floss to form threads; weaving plain cloth; reeling and
spinning thread; making the warp; dyeing the thread; weaving figured cloth; cutting cloth
for garments; and lastly, making garments. The plates are among the best that Chinese art
has produced, the perspective being tolerably good, and the filling up of the design often exhibit-
ing many little sketches of rural life; and, were not the price of the book so high as to place
it beyond the reach of common laborers, it might be useful to them.
14. The Chinese, like the Hebrews, often number the words of their sacred books. There
are editions of all their classics, in which the number of the characters is marked at the end of
each book, part, or section, as in the present instance.
CHAPTER X.
THE LIBERAL ARTS.
六 ​藝​篇​十
​Luk,
ngai²;
p'ín
shap..
Section First.
OF CEREMONIAL RITES.
1. I have heard people speak
of six liberal arts; what now
[I desire to ask] are these six
arts ?
They are, it may be said
in reply, etiquette, music, ar-
chery, charioteering, writing,
and arithmetic.
2. May I presume to ask
what is etiquette?
吾聞​人稱​六藝
​究竟​是​何​六藝
​答​日​禮樂​射​御
​書​數​是​也
​敢問​何謂​禮
​日​禮​也​者​天理
​之​節​文​人事​之
​儀​則​也
​日常​禮​又​如何
​日​婚姻​喪​祭​進
​退​應對​之間​無
​不​以​禮
​Notes and Explanations.
HERE, as in other countries, the liberal arts are not very distinctly separated from the mecha-
nical, or even from the sciences. Formerly in the west, grammar, dialectics, rhetoric, music,
arithmetic, geometry, and astronomy, were styled the fine arts; more recently, and by a more
correct nomenclature, those whose object is not utility, such as sculpture, architecture, painting,
poetry, music, etc., have been so designated. In what estimation the six arts are held by the
Chinese, the sequel will show.
2. The word lai has different shades of meaning in different places; its primary sense seems
Etiquette may be described,
as including the forms and
modes required by divine law,
with the rules and observan-
ces imposed by human socie-
ty.
3. And how is it in regard
to common etiquette?
It is concerned with mar-
章
​lui; tai yat, ‹chéung.
riage, mourning, offering sa-
crifices, saluting and taking
leave, answering and replying
to one another. Nothing is
without its ceremonies.
禮儀​類​第
​'Lai
sí
5
’Ng man syan cching luky
ngai², kau' ‘king shí² ¿hó lukɔ
ngai??
Táp,ity, lai, ngok, shé²,
yü², ‹shi, shò', shí' yá.
(Kóm man² shó wai² slai?
Üty, slai syá ché, tín lí cchí
tsít, sman, syan sz” chí sá
tsak, Syá.
Ütz sshéung lai yau² si sho!
Üt, efan cyan, esóng tsai', tsun'
chí chán.
túi, ying túi
sMo pat, sí slai.
CHI. CHR. 89
354
[CHAP. X
THE LIBERAL ARTS.
4. If so, where then can a
thorough knowledge of both
their principles and forms be
obtained?
There are the Ritual of
Chau, the Ceremonial Forms,
and the Book of Rites, three
entire and lucid codes.
5. What is the Ritual of
Chau?
The Ritual of Chau is the
work of the prince of that
line, whose family name was
Ki, son of king Man, and
younger brother of king Mò.
This work, the Ritual of Chau,
was framed in order to esta-
blish, for the several officers
of that family, their respective
duties.
|
然則​禮義​之​本
​末​何由得​而知
​曰​有​周禮​儀禮
​禮記​三 ​1詳​言
​周禮​者​何​也
​周​1周公​所作
​公​姓​姬​氏​文王
​子​武王弟​也​周
​禮​一​書​爲​周家
​-代​設​官​分​職
​之​制
​6. What is that called the
Ceremonial Forms?
何謂​儀禮
​The rules and canons, com-
prising the Ceremonial Forms,
are the production of the sages,
a digest of the laws and ca-
nons of king Man and the
prince of Chau, and derived
from the same source as the
Ritual of Chau. The Ritual
of Chau may be regarded as
the supplement, and the Cere-
儀禮​之​制度​文
​為​出於​聖人 ​文
​王周公​之​法度
​粗​具​與​周禮
​原​周禮​為​末​儀
​monial Forms as the body [of 禮​則​其​本​也
​one work].
7. And what is the Book
of Rites?
1 記​又何​如
​Tái Tak, a philosopher of
the Hon dynasty, collected
all the ancient ceremonial and
musical writings, one hundred
and eighty, and reduced them
to eighty-five chapters, now
漢儒​戴德​集​古
​禮樂​諸書
​百
​八十​篇​删​定​為
​Į
Ín tsak, lai f chi pún míút,
shó syau tak, sí chí?
Üt,, śvau Chau Lai, sĩ Lai,
Lai K', sám lai sts'éung
sín.
Chau 'Lai ‘ché, shó ¹yá?
.Chau Lai Chau chung sh
tsók,, kung sing', Kí shí',
sMan wóng (tsz', 'Mò swóng
tai? syá. sChau Lai yat,
shi, swai Chau cká yat,
toi, chít, chún fan chik,
chí chai.
Hó wai' Í Lai?
Í Lai chí chai từ sman
swai, chut, cü shing syan,
sMan swóng, Chau ckung
cchí fát, tò? ctsò ki², Sü
Chau Lai yat, sün. Chau
sLai swai mútz, I Lai tsak,
skí pún syá.
'Lai Kí' yau² shó sii?
Hon syii, Tái Tak,, tsáp, k
slai ngók, cchi (shi, yat, pak,
pát, shape <p‘ín, eshán ting²
to be that of prescribed form,—which is to be observed, and extended so as to regulate the mode
of every action. It also means whatever is according to the order of nature, as the propriety
of the social relations, or that fitness of things which is felt to be right; í is external ceremony
alone, but lai appears to include both internal and external.
5. In this work is found the origin of the Luk Pò or Six Boards; the work is divided into
six parts, one for each Board; and is often found on the same shelf with the Five Classics.
6. In its present shape, the Ritual of Chau, though regarded as supplementary, seems, never-
theless, to be the most esteemed, being more copious and methodical than the Ceremonial Forms.
7. The Book of Rites has already (in Chap. I. sect. 3: 74——77.) been mentioned. It is highly
valued by the Chinese, and is appealed to by them as an infallible standard in all matters relat-
ing to civil and religious rites, etiquette, etc. Of its forty-nine chapters, two have been taken
to form parts of the Four Books; viz.chap.31. the Chung Yung, and chap. 42. the Tai Hôk,
both good specimens of the Lai Kí.
Sect. 1.]
355
OF CEREMONIAL RITES.
រ
called the Book of Rites by
the Elder Tái. The Younger
Tái still further abridged this,
and formed a complete work
in forty-nine chapters. The
Ritual of the Elder Tái is no
longer extant; and the Book
of Rites by the Younger Tái
is placed among the Five Clas-
sics. This Younger Tái, son
of Tak's elder brother, was
called Tai Shing.
8. In the Illustrations of
Rites it is said, Never be dis-
respectful, but grave and con-
siderate, and let your words
be calm and determined, then
you will tranquilize the people!
9. From birth till ten years
of age, [man] is called a child,
and then begins to learn; till
twenty, he is called a youth,
and is then capped; to thirty,
he is in his manhood, and
may marry; at forty, he is full
of strength, and may enter
the magistracy; at fifty, he
becomes gray, and may serve
in the high offices of state;
at sixty, he becomes advanced
in years, and may direct af.
fairs; at seventy, he becomes
an old man, and may retire
from business; at eighty and
ninety, he becomes infirm and
forgetful. Till seven the child
is an object of compassion,
and both he and the man at
seventy and eighty are not lia-
ble to punishment when guilty
of crimes. When an hundred
years, then he must be fed.
八十​五篇​今​名
​大​戴​禮記​小​戴
​更為​裁定​成​書
​四十​九篇​大​戴
​禮​今​不行​惟​小
​戴​禮記​列​於​五
​經​小​戴​者​則​德
​兄子​]聖也
​曲​禮​日​毋​不敬
​儼​若​思安​定​辭
​安民​哉
​人生​十年​日​纷
​學​二十​日​弱冠
​三十​日​壯​有​室
​四十​日​強​而​仕
​五十​日​艾​服​官
​政​六十​日​耆​指
​使​七十​日​老​而
​傳 ​十九​十​日
​耄​七年​日​悼​悼
​與​耄​雖有​罪​不
​加刑​焉​百年​日
​期​頤
​swai páty shap, "ng sp'ín, ckam
ming Tái Tái Lai Kí.
Síú kang swai stsoi
ting sshing shu Sz” shap
kau phín. Tái Tái Lai,
ckam pat, shang; swai Síú
Tái Lai Kí lít, si Ng
Tái
King Síu Tai ché, tsak
Tak, ching ‘tsz’Táir Shing'
syá.
Huk, ‘Lai üt,, ‹mò pat, king',
ím yéuke csz', cón ting² stsz',
cón sman ctsoi!
sYan shang shap, nín út,
yau', hók,; í' shap, üt₂-yéuk₂,
kun; sám shap, ut, chóng”,
syau shat,; sz" shap, üt,
skéung, sí sz²; "'ng shap,
ütz ngai², fuks ckún ching';
luk, shap, üt, sk'í, 'chí 'sz';
ts'at, shap, üt, sld, sí sch'ün;
pát, shap, ‘kau shap, üt, mò².
Tsat, snín üt, tờ, tờ si mờ.
sui 'yau tsúi, pat, ‹ká sying
sín. Pák, snín üt₂ sk'í, chí.
8. This is the first sentence of the first chapter of the Book of Rites; and though brief, it
presents a fair example of the style of the work, which is for the most part laconic and didactic.
9. This is also from the first chapter of the Book of Rites. The term kún here denotes the
ceremony of putting on the cap, which is performed at the age of twenty, and introduces the youth
to the honors of manhood. They may and do enter office much earlier than at the periods here
specified; and they also remain longer in office.
356
[CHAT. X.
THE LIBERAL ARTS.
musical instruments; some
are played by blowing, others
by thrumming, or sucking,
striking and bowing; there are
also several notes hó, sz',
i, sháng, ch'é, kung, fán, líú,
ú, used in concert with the
tones of the singer's voice,
whether high or low, long or
short; and thus music is made
to contribute to man's pleasure
and joy.
MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS.
樂器​類​第二​章
​Ngók hí lui2; tai? í chéung.
1. Music ranks as second
of the six liberal arts. There
AAA |
are various methods of play 諸​樂​奏​法​不同
​ing on the different kinds of
有​吹​彈​呼​打​挫
​等​法​仍​用​合​士
​乙​上​尺​工​凡​六
​五​等​音​使​合​哥
​者​之​聲​高低​長
​短​相同​能​助人
​喜樂​也
​2. When playing on the
lute or harp, there are other
rules to be observed; to show
the order of moving the fin-
gers, they employ such terms
as mean to snap, to strike, to
hook, to push, etc., indicated
by the [contracted] characters,
tiểu, mút, hau, tik, &c. For in-
stance, [in the combined cha-
Section Second.
1
至於​琴瑟​則​另
​有​他​法​以​指​分
​次第​用​挑​抹​勾
​剔等​法​レ​木勹
​另​是​也​如​則
​Ngók, yapa luk, ngai chí
tsz”. Chủ ngók, tsau fát,
pat, stung; yau ch'ui, thán
{
‹fú, 'tá, ts'ó', 'tang fát,;
sying yung hó, sz", cá, sháng',
‹ch'é, ‹kung, fán', díú, cú,
'tang yam, sz' hóp, ‹kó 'ché
chí shing), chó tai chéung
tin séung stung, nang chó
¿yan hí lók, ‘ya.
Chí i kam shat, tsak,
ling yau tá fát); í chí
fan tsz" tai', yung tíú
mút, kau, tik, “tang fát,,
trú, mút, kau, tik, shí yá.
Notes and Explanations.
VOLUMES would be necessary to contain a complete and full account of the musical instruments
and musical art of the Chinese. Little beside a brief enumeration of their principal instruments
is contained in this section. As lovers of pleasure, they have always had great respect for music,
one of its principal promoters; and for tones and rhythm, the two essential elements of music
and of song, they manifest great fondness. Allied to music, they have something that resembles
dancing—it is termed mò or posture making, and is of two kinds, civic and martial. In the Sám
Ts'oi Tò, there is a series of plates, exhibiting the various attitudes of the performer. Their
writings on the subject of music, though hard to be understood, are very numerous; and they
contain records of the art, in the earliest periods of their history, accompanied with drawings and
descriptions of their instruments. Many of the most ancient are now disused. Often the in-
struments differ from any that are found in the west; and it must not be supposed, therefore,
that in all cases where the same names have been adopted, the instruments are identical.
1. These nine characters are the names of the notes in Chinese music, corresponding to the
do, ri, mi, si, &c.; the sounds of the characters are changed to accommodate them to this use.
In writing vocal music, these characters are merely set down one after the other, which, when
thus written, indicate only the pitch of the notes in a certain scale, leaving out altogether the
two important particulars of length and absolute pitch, which are to be learned from the teacher's
voice. The order of the notes in the Chinese scale is as given in the text. If the first or low-
SECT. 2.]
357
MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS.
racter here given,] the thumb
of the left hand is to be plac-
ed on the fifth string, while
the sixth string is snapped
with the right hand. After
this same manner, are all the
other combined characters to
be explained.
§ INSTRUMENTS OF PERCUS-
SION.
3. The drum is made of
wood in the form of a cylin-
der, bulging in the middle,
and covered at each end with
skin; large and small ones
are made in the same manner.
4. The battle drum is made
of wood, its body is flat, and
its two ends are covered with
skin; it is now used in ar-
chery, and to announce the
watches of the night.
5. Base drums; the small
base drum is called ying, the
large ones are called fan.
6. The tsun, pí, tsik, and kò
are four sorts of drums, all of
which were made in ancient
times, but are now disused.
7. The leading drum is the
leader of the ying drum.
用​左手​大指​按
​五絃​右手​則​挑
​第六​絞​以​此類
​推​餘​皆​做​此
​樂器​打​類
​鼓​以​木作​一​鼓
​腹​之​圍​底​面皮
​捫​大小​同
​戰鼓​木作​身​匾
​底​面皮​捫​今​用
​‹‚Ü tsak, yung 'tsó shau
>
tái chí on sng sín, jau
'shau tsak, tíú tai² luk, ín:
í “tsz lui túi, yu chái
fong 'ts'z'.
§ Ngok, hí tá lui².
Kú í muk, tsók, vat, kú
fuk› ‹chí wai, tai mín p²í
mún, tái síu tung.
Chin' kú muk, tsók,, (shan
'pín, 'tai mín² ‹p'í ‹mún,
kam yung í po' shé pù'
kang.
以​報​射​報​更
​鼗​鼓鼓​之​小​者
​日​應​大​者​日​鼗
​晉​鼙​鼕​馨​四​鼓
​皆​古​制​今​不用 ​yung.
悚​鼓​應​鼓​之​引
​Fan hú; kú chí sáu ché
ut, ging”, tái ché ut, fan.
Tsun, phí, ts ih», chò, sz hú
chái hú chai, cham pat,
Lát, kú ying hú chí van.
est be taken as the tonic, then they form a diatonic octave, with the addition of the ninth.
or one note more than an octave, making hó an octave below liú, and ú an octave above sz'.
There then would be no difference between this scale and that of Europe. But í and fán seem
to be little used, and hence it loses its diatonic character.
2. The rules for writing instrumental music among the Chinese change somewhat according
to the instrument employed; thus the lute requires a very different system of notation from the
guitar; and both from the rebeck. In the notation adopted for the lute, "each note is a cluster
of characters; one denotes the string, another the stud, a third informs you in what manner the
fingers of the right hand are to be used, a fourth does the same in reference to the left, a fifth
tells the performer in what way he must slide the hand before or after the appropriate sound has
been given, and a sixth says, perhaps, that two notes are to be struck at the same time." It is
partly on account of this clumsy mode of notation that so few Chinese learn to play the lute
scientifically. These four, tíú, mút, kau and t'ik, are some of the characters employed technical-
ly to describe the various movements of the hands; the contractions used in the notes are written
immediately underneath them in the text; and in the note introduced into the text, which is
a very simple one, the first contracted character, tíú, is written at the bottom. There are works
published, containing rules for playing the kam or lute, with diagrams showing the positions of
the hands, &c., and also various tunes for the player. The Kam Pò tái shing, or Complete Treat-
ise for playing on the lute, is regarded as one of the most perfect works on that subject.
3. The drum has received a great variety of forms and sizes among the Chinese. The largest
and best are seen in their temples. Most of them are of wood, hollow and cylindrical, with
skin or vellum stretched over one or both heads, and but seldom provided with braces by which
they can be tightened or relaxed.
7. There was an ancient instrument of this name, made long and slender, bulging a little
in the middle; the one now in use is hemispherical, small and almost solid, having skin stretch-
ed tight over its whole upper surface.
CHI. CHR.
90
358
[CHAP. X.
THE LIBERAL ARTS.
8. The Súchau drum is
made of wood, its body is
very thick, and the skin covers
it entirely.
9. The pillar drum is sup.
ported by a pillar in its centre.
10. The double drum is em-
ployed for the purpose of re-
joicing (i. e. conjuring) men
and spirits.
11. The concert drum i
mnade of wood, the body is
flattish, the top covered with
skin, and the bottom hollow.
12. The loaf-shaped drum
is of wood, the face is covered
with skin, the bottom is small,
and the belly hooped.
13. The flat drum is made
of thick wood, with a flat
body, and skin stretched over
both ends.
14. The waist drum has
large heads, a small barrel,
and the two ends, being beaten,
respond to each other.
15. The tamborine and the
rattle drum, have six faces.
16. The twirling drum has
a small barrel, with a stick
running through it, and it has
two clappers.
17. Both ends of the tam-
borine drum may be struck;
they are made of the skins of
the chamois.
蘇鼓木作​極厚
​皮​捫​至​脚
​楹​鼓​中​植​以​柱
​路 ​以為​降​人
​Sú kú muk, tsók,, kik, hau²,
spí mún chí kéuk).
饅頭​鼓​木作​面
​捫​皮底​尖​箍​腰
​懷鼓​厚木​作身
​匾​底面​捫​皮
​C Ying 'kú chung chik, í
sch'u.
Lokú í swai kóng' syan
kwai chí ngók.
鬼​之​樂
​梆​鼓​木​為​身​畧
​匾​面​捫​皮底​空 ​chung.
‹Póng kú muk, ¿wai, ‹shan
léuk, 'pín, mín² ‹mún sp¹í, 'tai
Mán² stau 'kú muk, tsók,,
mín² ‹mún sp'í, 'tai tsím, ‹fú
cú.
Wái 'kú hau² muk, tsók,,
shan pín, tai nín mún
spí.
ĺú kú, stau tái íú 'síú,
sléung tau kik, <shing ‹séung
腰皷​頭​大​腰​小
​兩頭​擊​聲​相應 ​ying.
靈 ​靈​鼗​六​面
​鼗​鼓​身​小​以​木
​貫​之​有​兩耳
​羯鼓​兩頭​可​擊
​以​戎​羯​為之
​sLing 'kú sling std luk, mín².
T'kú shan 'síú, í muk,
kún chí, yau séung sí.
Ít, cú sl6ung stau chó kik);
í syung ít, swai chí.
8. This, which derives its name from the famous city of Súchau, is small and flat, has but
one head, and is much used at present on the stage in theatrical amusements. The concert
drum is often used in its stead.
9. Pillar drums are still to be seen in temples, and some of them are large and elegant; they
usually stand on a single pillar, elevated six or eight feet from the ground. They are beaten
with a single mallet, at the hours of devotion, for the double purpose of summoning together the
worshipers, and of arousing the attention of the gods. The diameter of the largest of these
drums cannot be less than three feet.
10. The lo kú has two barrels, sometimes placed parallel to each other, and sometimes across
each other; it was sometimes suspended from a wooden frame, and sometimes placed on a single
pillar. The purposes to which they were applied are not very apparent; and they seem to have
gone entirely into disuse at the present time.
12. This is a small instrument, used in religious processions; its diameter may be about one foot,
and it gives a grave sound like the base drum.
13. This is much used by blind singers, who saunter through the streets in the night; as an
accompaniment to their voices, and a regulator of the time, it has a good effect. These singers
are also the tellers of old stories. Many of them are poor female children, early trained to this
business, by which they procure support for their parents, sometimes, as well as for themselves.
15, 16. Both the tamborine and twirling drums have balls suspended from the barrels
which strike the heads when twirled; their shapes varied, and some of the ling kú were made
with several drums attached to a central frame, and struck only on one head.
SECT. 2.]
359
MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS.
18. The hand tamborine is
flat and small, with a handle;
singers hold it in the left, and
strike it with the right hand.
19. The equestrian drum is
used on horseback.
20. The earthen drum is an
ancient instrument.
21. The fish tamborine is
made of a joint of bamboo, its
head is covered with skin,
and two fingers are used to
play upon it.
22. The great gong is cast
of copper, in the shape of a
platter; it is suspended by a
string and struck.
23. The small gong is
made of very thick copper, a
pair of them is always requir
ed for playing.
24. The drum gong is like
a waterman's hat, with a con-
vex centre, and is struck with
a mallet.
25. The gong from Suchau
is shaped like a boiler; and
being suspended by the finger,
is beaten with the corner of
a small billet of wood.
26. The watch-gong; this
was anciently used to strike
the hours; it is now a common
instrument, used in concert
with the drum gong, and is
called the watch-gong.
27. A frame of gongs;
thirteen small gongs, made of
copper, are fitted into a frame,
which is furnished with a long
handle on its lower part.
28. Cymbals are both large
and small; in shape they are
like a rain hat, and they are
vulgarly called, the 'great
olang,' and the little clang'
手鼓​匾​小​有​柄
​歌​者​左 ​右擊
​提​鼓​馬上​鼓​也
​土​1古​樂器​也
​魚​1截​竹​為​筩
​以​皮​冒​首​用​兩
​指​擊​之
​大​鑼​銅鑄​形​如
​盤​純​貫​吊​擊​之
​单打​厚​銅​為之
​每​打​用​一​對
​銅鼓​形​若​蛋​家
​帽​中​突​用​棰​擊
​蘇​鑼​形​如​鍋​以
​指​頭頂​起用​木
​片​之​角​擊​之
​點子​師​古​之​更
​點​今​俗​樂​以​之
​配​銅鼓 ​點子
​雲鑼​以​銅​為​小
​十​三​同一​木
​架​下​有​長柄
​鈸​有​大小​形​若
​雨帽​俗​號​為​大
​吵​小​吵
​Shau Veu pin siú ‘yau ping’,
kó 'ché 'tsó chap, yau' kik,.
T'ei 'kú má shéung kú
sya.
Teò ku kú ngók, he syá.
‹Ü kú tsít2 chuk, swai
stfung, 1 spí md² ‘shau, yung?
léung chí kik, chí.
·
Tá? lò stfung chi’, sying si
sp'ún, sshing kún' tiú? kik,
cchí.
Tán tá hau² stung wai
chí, múi tá yung yat, túi.
sTeung ku sying yéuk, tán²
chá mờ, chung tut), yung
sch'úi kik,.
‹Sú ld ¿ying ‹ü ‹kwó, í chí
stau “ting hí, yung muk,
pin' cchí kok, kik, cchí.
*Tím ‘ts, tsik, kú chíckang
“tím; cham tsuk, ngók, 1 chí
pfú) stfung kú, iity tím tsz’
Wan sld istung wai 'síú
S
slò shape csám, stung, yat,
muky k², hát syau schéung
ping.
Pút, yau tái síu; sying
yéuke si md², tsuky hò² swai
tái cháu, síu cháu.
22. This instrument is a simple metallic plate, in very general use in processions, in the
army, the navy, on board of merchant vessels, &c. It is of various sizes, from a few inches to
two or three feet in diameter.
24. The proper gongs or ld have flat faces, but this instrument has a protuberance in the
centre which makes it resemble a waterman's hat; they are smaller than the common gong,
and are used on the stage in concert with the watch-gong, as well as elsewhere.
28. These cymbals are much used on the stage; they are thin metallic plates, used in pairs;
360
CHAP. X.
THE LIBERAL ARTS.
29. The great bell is com.
posed of six parts of copper,
and one part of tin, in order
to make it very sonorous.
30. Long bells are like the
the great bell; they differ in
having metallic or wooden
tongues.
31. Wind bells have long
streamers hung upon the
tongue, which strike as they
are waved by the wind.
32. The sistrum bell resem-
bles the great bell, and small
round bells are suspended in
it, for a tongue.
33. The sacred king. is
made of stone, and is suspend-
ed in order that it may be
struck.
34. The pitch-note king was
employed in the palace, as a
leading instrument of music.
35. Oblong plates are made
of iron, and are used [as mu-
sical instruments] instead of
the king.
36. Upright supports are us-
ed for hanging bells and king.
37. Wind glasses, also call-
ed a hibiscus suspended by
golden threads," consist of
small pieces of glass, suspend-
ed by silken threads; these be
ing driven back and forth by
the wind strike against each
other, and so emit sound.
38. Musical cups or vases;
twelve of these vases are.
taken, and into them more or
r
less water is poured, and then
they are played on with slender
iron rods.
鐘​六​分​其​銅​而
​錫​居​一​使​聲響
​鐸​形​如​鐘​內​懸
​金​木​舌​之​别
​風鈴​外​拖長​幅
​於​舌​觸​風​而​動
​金​錞​形象​鐘
​懸鈴子​鈴銅舌
​磬​以​石​作​懸​而
​擊​之
​箧​用以​懸​鐘磬
​响​碼​一名​金
​弔​芙蓉​以​線​弔
​玻璃片​使​觸​風
​相撲​而​鳴
​甄
​甌​也​用​十
​二​甌​施加​减​水
​以​鐵​筋​擊​之
​Chung lukz cfan sk'í stfung,
sí sik, ki yat,, sz’ shing
Chéung.
Tók₂ sying ü ‹chung, noi²
sin ham muk, shít, chí pít).
Fung ling ngoil t'óschféung
fuk, cü shít, chuk) fung si
tung.
Kam shun sying tséung?
schung, noi' sün sling 'tsz',
sling stfung shíty.
Hing sí shike tsók, sin sí
kik, chí.
Tein sheau sí swai stróng
shéung² fshau ngéke.
天球​以為​堂上
​首​樂
​toi²
方​響​鐵​為之​以 ​Fong héung, 'it, swai cchí
代​磬
​Kü yung sí im chung
hing'.
(Héung Smá, yat, sming cam
sin' tíú' sfú syung, 'í sín' tíú'
pó lí pín', 'sz' chuk, fung
cséung pok, sí sming.
Yan tsik, au syá; yung²
<
shap, au, shí ‹ká kám
‘shui, í tít, chú kik, chí.
the performer, holding one in each hand, strikes and rattles them together with great clatter and
clangor, that has given them their vulgar name, well deserved.
A full
29. With the ancient Chinese, this bell was “the regulator of the harmonic scale.’
description of it may be found in the imperial edition of the Book of Rites, and in the Illustrations
of the Four Books. It is always made without a tongue, and is struck with a stick upon the rim.
33. This might be called the right-angle, since in shape it represents the two sides of a right-
angled triangle, which form the right-angle; it is sometimes made with one of its legs more
than twice the length of the other, in other instances, the legs are of the same length.
35. Ten of these were suspended, in two rows, upon a small wooden frame. They were
played on in the same manner, and for the same purpose, as the instrument for which they
were substituted.
37. These constitute a common ornament in summer houses, verandahs, &c., where the wind
will gently hit them together; between ten and twenty pieces are usually hung from one hoop.
SECT. 2.]
361
MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS.
可
​39. The sounding vase is
made of porcelain and is hol-
low; when struck, the sound
issues from its centre.
40. The musical box was
made of wood, like a lacker-
box; in the middle, a wooden
clapper, called a stopper, was
fastened, attached to the bot-
tom, by which it was worked.
41. The finale box resem-
bled a tiger couchant; its
head was struck with a bundle
of bamboos, and then run
reversely across the back in
order to stop the music.
42. Castanet boards are bil-
lets of wood; there are in all
three pieces, two of which are
joined as one, and are beaten
by the other piece.
43. The Budhistic fish is
made of wood, it has a hori-
zontal opening in its side, and
its middle is hollowed out.
44. The wooden fish is
carved from wood in the shape
of a fish, hollow in the mid.
dle, and rings when struck.
45. Chaff balls are like
leathern bags, stuffed with
chaff; they are struck in or-
der to mark time in music.
46. The copper-wire har-
monicon has copper nails at
each end, upon which some
ten or more copper threads
are stretched, which are beat-
en by slips of bamboo.
古​缶​瓦器​中​虛
​擊​之​聲​自​中​出
​柷​以​木作​如​漆
​桶​中​設​椎​柄​連
​底​桐​之​柄​名​止
​敔​狀​類​伏虎​以
​藝​擊​其​首​而​逆
​戛​之​以​止​樂
​拍板​木片​也​共
​Kú fau ngá hí', ‹chung
chi, kik, chí, cshing tsz.
<chung ch'ut,.
Chuk, í muk½ tsók,, ‹ü ts'at,
tung, chung chít, chui
ping', slín tai, tung? ?chí,
ping sming chí
*Yu chóng? lui fuk, fú, í
cyan kik, sk'í shau, sí yike
át, chí í chí ngói.
Pták, pán, muke pín' ‘yá,
kung² sám p'ín', í í² p'ín'
hóp₂ swai yat», ‹tán p'ín'
pák, cchí.
三​片​以​二​片​合
​為​一​單片
​單片​拍​之
​卜​魚​木​為之​邊
​開​橫​口中​挖空
​木魚​刻​木​為​魚
​形​中空​敲​有​聲
​拊​狀如​革囊​實
​以​糠​擊​以​節​樂 ​ngók..
洋琴​兩頭​有​銅
​釘​扯​銅​絃​十​數
​條​小​竹片​打​之
​Puk, si muk, wai chí, pin
choi swáng hau, chung wát,
chung.
Mukz sù hak, muk swai sü
sying, chung chung, cháu
syau shing.
Fú chóng sử káh, nóng,
shat, sí chóng, kik, í tsít,
Yeung skam léung tau
yau stfung ting, 'ch'éstfung
sín shap, sho' stíú, síú chuk,
phín” tá chí.
39. Its dimensions are very nearly those of a common sized tea.urn, which it somewhat
resembles in shape.
40, 41. The first of these was used by the ancient Chinese in their musical entertainments,
both civic and religious, to announce the time of commencing, and the second, of stopping, the
music. The chuk resembled a square box, having the stopper attached to the bottom, and rat-
tled from one side to the other through a hole in the front by means of a stick. The yü probably
produced a rattling sound, from the sticks in the back of the tiger reverberating through the
hollow body when struck. The names of these, and other ancient instruments, are introduced
into this section, because they frequently occur in books, although they are now nearly disused.
42. These, differing very little from this description, may frequently be seen in the hands
of musicians at the present day, used for the purpose of marking time.
43. This pue ü, “divining fish,” is used in the recitation of prayers, both private and public,
by the Budhistic priests, for the purpose of marking time. The muk u is like it in shape.
46. The board of this instrument resembles the frustrum of a triangle, and the strings decrease
in length from the base upward, being fastened securely upon the nails. There are two sets of
strings, made by placing the bridges at different distances from the pegs, and causing the wires
from one side to pass over one bridge, and under the other.
CHI. CHR.
91
362
[CHAP. X.
THE LIBERAL ARTS.
47. The seven stringed har-
monicon is like a lute, with
seven strings, and is played
on with a bamboo.
§§ STRINGED INSTRUMENTS
FOR THIRUMMING.
48. The scholar's lute is
made of wood, it is hollow
within, and has seven strings
on its face.
49. The many stringed lute
is like the scholar's lute, but
while the latter has nuts, this
has bridges.
W
50. The flat lute is small-
than the many stringed
one, has thirty strings, and
is played on with a plectrum.
51. The small flat lute has
thirteen strings, its top is
round, its bottom flat, and its
middle hollow.
52. The three-stringed guit
ar has the drum covered with
snake's skin; the bridge is the
support of the three strings.
53. The balloon-shaped guit-
ar has a body like a goose-egg,
and the four strings are
thrummed with the fingers.
54. The moon guitar is like
the full moon in shape, and its
sounds resemble those of the
inte; and hence its name.
蓁​與​箏​似​七​絃
​用​竹​軋​之
​樂器​彈​類
​琴​以​木​為​之中
​空​面​有​七​絃
​瑟​與​琴​同​惟​琴
​有​軫​瑟​有​柱
​箜篌​小於​瑟
​二​彈
​十​三絃​用​撥彈
​箏​十​三絃​上​圓
​下​平​中空
​三絃​蛇​皮​捫鼓
​柱​三絃​之​碼
​琵琶​身形​如​鵝
​卵​四​絃​指​撥​之
​月琴​以其​形​若
​月​聲​似​琴​故名
​1
Sau' ' chang ts'z', tsat,
sín, yung chuk, chát, chí.
§§ Ngók, hí stán lui.
Kam í muk, swai ‹chí, ‹chung
chung, mín² yau tsat, ín.
Shat, i sk'am tung, swai
sk'am 'yau 'ch'an, shat, ‘yau
sch'ü.
Hung hau síú cü shat,, í
shap, sám sín, yung² pút,
sťán.
Chang shap, sám ín, shéung?
sun, há” sping, chung chung.
‹Sám sín ‹shé sp'í ‹mún kú,
ch ü, tsik, sám sín chí má.
¿P'í spá ‹shan sying sü ngó
lun, sz” sín, chí pút, chí.
Üt½ ‹kam í sk³í ¿ying yéuk,
üt₂, ‹shing 'ts'z' ¿k'am; kú’
ming.
48. The kam (or kin) is justly more esteemed than any other musical instrument of the
Chinese. A native writer says its name is synonymous with the term kam, which means to
prohibit, and is so called because "it restrains and checks evil passions, and corrects the human
heart." It is indeed a beautiful instrument, and discourses most excellent music.' It is
about four feet long, convex above and plane below. Its strings are of silk, and differ a little in
their relative diameter; they pass over the smaller end, and distribute themselves upon two pegs
below. A bridge, near the wider end, gives them the proper elevation. The length of the
sounding board is divided by thirteen studs of nacre as a guide to the performer. They are plac-
ed so that the length of the strings is divided into "aliquot parts of eight, with the omission of
the seventh." A more extended description of the kam by G. T. Lay esq., can be seen in the
Chinese Repository, vol. VIII., page 38.
52. This has a drum-shaped, hollow cylindrical body, with a very long neck and head. Its
strings are tuned as fourths to each other; its sounds are low and dull, and it is played as an
accompaniment to the pip á.
53. This is nearly three feet long, and differs from the sám ín by having four strings, and a
body which is nearly a foot in diameter. It is one of the most common accompaniments to the
voice of ballad singers.
54. The üt kam is so called because the body is circular like the full moon; it resembles the
theorbo or arch-lute of Europe in its general contour, but the number of strings does not exceed
four, while that has ten or more. There are a number of raised frets upon the neck for the con-
venience of the player in fingering. The strings are of silk, and stand in two pairs, which are
tuned as fifths to each other; they are struck forcibly by a plectrum or the nail, and in the
hands of a good player emit very agreeable sounds.
SECT. 2.]
363
MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS.
55. The four-stringed guit-
ar is like, but smaller than,
the üt kam, and is played with
a horn plectrum.
56. The bamboo guitar is
made of a large joint of bam-
boo [like a corn-stalk fiddle].
64. The flageolet pipe is a
single wooden pipe; it has six
holes, and is inserted at the
mouth into a copper bell.
65. The whistle is used on
board foreign ships to call the
seamen.
阮咸​如​月琴​界
​細​以​角​撥​彈​之
​竹​銅鼓​截​大竹
​爲之
​今​變​以​銅
​喇叭​制​以​銅
​§§§ WIND INSTRUMENTS.
57. The brazen trumpet
was anciently made of wood,
but has in modern times been
exchanged for copper.
58. The funeral pipe is
made of copper, and has a
single hole; it is blown verti-
cally, the tube is small, but
the bell is very broad, resem-
bling the brazen trumpet.
59. The clarion is formed
from a sheet of copper into a
crooked pipe; it encloses a
small copper tube, which is
竅​直​吹​身​細​尾
​口​殊​敞​似​銅​角
​札​角​銅片​製成
​曲​筒内​套​小​銅
​管​吹​時​扯出
​drawn out when it is to be
blown.
60. The trombone trumpet 號筒​以​木作​吹
​is made of wood, and is blown
in the same manner as the
clarion.
法​同​札​角
​61. The hour horn is used
in the army, for the purpose
of regulating the morning and
evening hours.
畫角​軍​中​置​之
​以​司​晨昏
​62. The copper clarinet is
like the funeral pipe, it has
seven holes, the ends are of
brass, the barrel of wood.
63. The flageolet is made of
吶​如​喇叭​七
​孔​首尾​銅​木​管
​笳​以​蘆​為之​又
​名​篳​篥
​a reed; it is also called the
pat lut.
响​笛​一​木​筒​六
​孔​下​貫​一​銅​圈
​銀​鷄​沓​國​船上
​吹​而​傳人
​樂器​吹​類
​銅​角​古​以​木作
​¿Yün shám ‚ü üt½ sk'am,
léuk, sai', 'í kók, pút, ‹ťán
chí.
Chuk, tung Tú tsít, tái
chuk, wai chí.
§§ Ngók, hí chui lui.
¿T'ung kók, ‘kú í muk; tsók,,
ckam pín? í stung.
Lá pát, char í stung, yat,
híu, chik, «chui, shan sai,
Śmí hau sshu chóng, ‘ts*z’
stfung kok,.
Chát, kók stfung p'ín' chai'
sshing huk, stung, noi² tfù
siú stung kún, chui shí
'ch'é ch'ut,.
Hd² stung í muk, tsók,, <ch'ui
fát, stung chát, kók,.
Wá k6k, ckwan chung chỉ
·cchí, sí sz'gshan fan.
'S6 nát≥ ‹ü ‹lá pát,, tsat›
'hung, 'shau 'mí ¿ť'ung, muk,
'kún.
sKá sí slò swai chí, yau-
sming pats lutz.
'Héung tikɔ, yat, muk, ¿ť'ung;
luk, hung, há kún yat,
gtung chün.
Ngan kai fán kwók, shün
shéung? chui sí schiin syan.
56. This is made by cutting four or five strings in the cuticle of the bamboo, and elevating
them by nuts as tense as possible; it is a childish instrument, like the plaything of lads in
America to which it is likened.
57. Generally speaking, the wind instruments of the Chinese are inferior in sweetness of
tone to their stringed instruments. This remark applies to the trumpets and pipes, which have
the bodies short and usually straight, the bell made of thin copper, and the mouth-piece of a
recd; the whole instrument being at once difficult to play upon, and very shrill in its tones.
364
[CHAP. X.
THE LIBERAL ARTS.
1
66. The clarinet is blown at
the end.
67. The conch is a large
sea-shell.
68. The flute has only
seven holes; one is blown
into with the mouth, and six
are covered with the fingers.
69. The fife is made of
bamboo, it has three holes,
and it is used to harmonize
all kinds of sounds.
70. Large and small fifes
are made of bamboo.
71. The pandean pipe is
analagous to the double pan-
dean; it has twelve pipes, six
base and six tenor.
72. The double pandean
pipes are made of bamboos,
and whether large or small, the
number of pipes may vary.
73. The woot ung pipe is
blown by children.
74. The earthen cone is
made of earth like a steelyards'
weight, and whether large or
small has six holes.
75. In the organ (or sera-
phine) the foot works the bel-
lows, causing the wind to enter
the pipes and emit sound.
76. Small music boxes are
furnished with steel springs,
and when wound up will
emit sound.
§§§§ STRINGED
INSTRU-
MENTS FOR BOWING.
77. A two stringed fiddle is
a modern instrument, and is
played by a bowstring of horse
hair.
竪笛​直​而​吹​之
​海螺​螺​大​殼​也
​笛​不過​七​孔口
​吹​一​孔​按​六孔
​籥​以​竹​為之​三
​孔​所以​和​眾​聲 ​shing.
大小​篪​竹​為之
​Shii tih, chik, si chui chí.
Hoi ló ló tái hók, yá.
Tik pat, kwó' ts'at, 'hung,
hau chui yat, hung, ôn
luk, 'hung.
Yêuk, 1 chuk, swai chí, sám
'hung, 'shó í wó chung'
Tái síu chí chuk, wai chí.
#*#*>B Lutz sü ‹síú lui, luk, syéung
律​如​簫​類​六​陽
​luk, ‹yam, kung' shap, í kún.
六​陰​共​十二​管
​蕭​竹​為之​或​大
​或​小​管​數​不同
​Siú chuk, wai chí, wák₂
tái wák, ‘síu, kún shờ pat,
stung.
S
A2 Ng stung kók sí sťung
«chui.
塤​象​秤​錘​以​土
​作​大小​皆​六孔
​風琴​脚踏​風​箱 ​Fung
使​風​入​管​而​响
​小​風琴​內​有​鐵
​線​轉​其​機​而​响
​樂器​挫​類
​二絃​時​樂​以​馬
​尾​弓​挫​弦​發聲
​Hün tséung sp'ing sch'ui, í
tò tsok,, tái síu chái luk
'hung.
skam kéuk, táp.
fung <séung, 'sz'‹fung yapɔ
kún í héung.
Sáu fung sh am, noi Syau
tít, sin' 'chun k'í kí sí
'héung.
§§§§ Ngók, hí ts'ó' lui².
͸‹‹shí ngók, sí smá smí
kung tsó ín fát› ‹shing.
67. The shells employed are large turbinated volutes, with the apex bored; they are often
blown by private watchmen "for the purpose," as the Chinese say, "to let thieves know that the
house is guarded."
68. This is also called wáng tik or the horizontal flute, to distinguish it from the shi tik or
straight flute, i. e. the clarinet. It is made of bamboo, without joints or keys, and is a very
shrill instrument compared with the German flute. Between the mouth-hole and the first
finger-hole, there is an eighth one, covered with a film.
71, 72. The pipes of the lut, like the pandean pipes of Europe, decrease regularly from one
end to the other, while those of the proper síú are longest in the middle, decreasing alike both
ways; both kinds are, however, called síú. It is a very ancient instrument among the Chinese,
as well as among the Egyptians, and not an uncommon one. Some are highly ornamented.
74. This is made of porcelain, not unlike a pear in shape, and adorned with figures. There
are six round holes in the body, and one at the apex, but it is difficult to understand how the
sound was produced from the instrument, nor do the books afford a satisfactory explanation; it
was used in religious services at the temples and elsewhere.
SECT. 2.]
365
MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS.
78. The bass fiddle is like
a two-stringed fiddle, and a
cocoanut shell serves for its
drum.
79. A violin is like a two-
stringed fiddle, and is played
with a bow; it is a foreign
instrument.
§§§§§
INSTRUMENTS FOR
SUCKING.
80. The reed organ is made
of a gourd, into the middle of
which thirteen reeds are ar-
ranged in order; its mouth-
piece is called wóng.
81. The h'ü belongs to the
same class as the reed organ;
in most points it is the same,
but is a little different.
82. A plectrum is used to
strike the strings.
83. The nail plectrum is for
playing on such instruments as
the three stringed guitar, it is
put on the fingers as false nail.
84. A nut is the wood in
the head of the pípá and
similar instruments, to short-
en and relax the strings.
85. A bridge is a support;
all stringed instruments em-
ploy them to elevate the
strings.
啼​琴​如​二絃​惟
​下​貫​椰殼
​四​絃​如
​絃​以
​弓​挫​外國​所​用
​樂器​呼​類
​笙​以​瓠​為之​十
​三​管​列​瓠​中​其
​嘴​日​簧
​竿​亦​笙​類​大同
​而​小​異
​意​用以​撥絃​者
​套​甲​師​彈​三絃
​等​指頭​套​之​甲
​軫​郋​琵琶​等​頭
​收放​絞​之​木
​柱 ​碼​也​凡​絃
​樂​皆​用以​頂​之
​T'ai sham ü í sín, :wai
há² kún' yé hók,.
Sz” ¿ín çü í³‚‚ín í kung ts'6' ;
ngoi hwok, shó vung .
§§§§§ Ngók, hí' fú lui.
Shang 1 sú wai chí, shap
‹sám kún lít₂ ‹ú ‹chung: ¿k'í
'tsui üt, ‹wóng.
Hi vik, shang lui, tái
‹tung ‹í 'síú í².
Pút, yung² í pút, sín ‘ché.
S
Ted' káp, tsik› ‹ťán ‹sám ín
tang, ‘chí sau từ ‹chí
káp..
Ch'an tsik, spí spá ‘tang,
stau shau fóng sín chí muk.
77, 78. These are almost the only instruments among the Chinese that are played with a bow.
The first is as rude in appearance as it is unmusical in sound, being in outline merely a stick
of bamboo, passing through a hollow cylinder of the same material. The bow passes between
the strings which are tightened or relaxed by nuts upon the top of the stick, and elevated by a
bridge set upon the sounding-board. The second emits sounds still more coarse and gruff
than the first.
Ch'ü tsik, má, ¹yá; fánin
ngók, hái yung” 1 ‘ting chí.
80, 81. The Chinese play upon these two instruments by sucking the mouth-piece, but
sounds can be produced also by blowing. This mouth-piece is inserted into the gourd or wooden
ball, which composes the barrel or wind chest, and connects it with the tubes; the latter are
all of different lengths, having ventiges near the base to prevent their sounding, except at the
will of the performer, thus giving the essential parts of an organ, with the stops. It is, at present.
but seldom used by the Chinese, though it is one of the most ancient of their musical instruments.
N. B. A full account of the ancient music of the Chinese is contained in the Illustrations of
the Four Books. The 'ng shing, pát yam, 'ng yam séung shang, luk lut, &c., are there fully
explained and illustrated by diagrams. That which represents the genesis of the five notes gives
them thus; kung, the leading note, 81; sheung, 72; kók-64; chi-54; ü = 48.
"These five notes," says the commentator, "are produced from the wóng chung, which gives
kung, the leading note; and a reed (or tube, kún) nine inches long, doubled nine times gives the
number 81; from kung take one third, and it produces chí, whose number is 54; to chí add one
third, and it produces shéung, whose number is 72; from shéung take one third, and it produces
i, whose number is 48; to i add one third, and it produces kók, whose number is 64."
CHI. CHR.
92
366
[CHAP.X.
THE LIBERAL ARTS.
Section Third.
RULES OF ARCHERY.
1. The ancients practiced
archery, in order to develop
their virtue, causing their in-
ternal faculties to become cor-
rect, and their external de-
meanor upright.
2. His spirit roused, the
archer bends the bow, with
great strength and bowstring
opened wide; it checked, he
lets fly the arrow, with mind
settled and thoughts collected.
3. Estimate your strength,
and make the bow; estimate
the bow, and then make the
arrows.
4. In grasping the bow, it
is necessary that the thumb
should press firmly upon the
middle fingers.
5. The strong bow, it is
especially required, should be
stretched to nine tenths of its
utmost bent.
6. In shooting the arrow,
it is better it should go high
and beyond, than too low and
not reach, the mark.
7. In practicing archery on
horseback, the eyes must not
roll about, nor the person sit
in a leaning posture.
8. In practicing archery
on foot, first learn to bend the
bow wide and shoot far, after-
wards by degrees seek to
come nearer and nearer the
mark.
射​法​類​第三​章
​She fat, lui²; tail sám cchéung.
古​者​射​以​觀​德
​使其​内​志​正​外
​體​直
​怒氣​開​弓​力​雄
​而​引​滿​息​氣​放
​刖 ​心​定​而​慮​周
​量力​調​弓​量​弓
​制​矢
​把​弓​須​以​大指
​壓​中指
​馬​弓​决​要​開​至
​九​分​滿
​發​矢​寧​高​而​過
​慎勿​低​而不​及
​騎射​目​勿​瞬​視
​身​勿​坐
​步​射​先​學​扯​满
​射​遠​然後​自​近
​| 求​準
​Kú ché, shé? sí ckún tak｣,
'sz' k'í noi
chí ching,
ngoi tai chik.
Nò² h? choi ckung, liky shung
sí 'yan 'mún; sik, hí' fong'
tsín’, sam ting² sí lui² chau.
Léung² like, stíú ckung;
léung kung, chai' 'ch'í.
Pá kung, si í tái chí át,
chung chí.
Má chung, kit, íứ hoi chí
kau fan mún.
Fát, ‘chí, sning kò sí kwó”,
shan' matɔ ‹tai sí pat, k'ap₂.
sK'í shée, muky matz shun
shí², ‹shan mat, kü' tsó².
Po² shé², ‹sín hók, 'ch'é 'mún,
shé? Sün, sín hau? tsz? kan²
k'au 'chan.
Notes and Explanations.
ARCHERY has always, from very remote times, been held in high estimation and much cultivated
by the Chinese. It is now, however, looked upon as rather an elegant accomplishment for gen-
tlemen and military men, like fencing among some Europeans, than as a means of defense or
offense in actual warfare, when recourse is had to firearms and swords. The bow is used in hte
army, on board ship, and in gymnastic exercises.
7. Practicing archery on horseback is regarded as a high attainment, and is described with
care in books treating of tactics.
}:
SECT. 3.]
367
RULES OF ARCHERY.
9. Rules for placing the
feet: the forward leg is to be
placed like a post, and the
hinder one in a flexible posi-
tion; when the direction of
the arrow is to be changed,
it is to be effected by moving
the hinder foot; the tip of the
left shoulder must be exactly
opposite the right foot; they
must not be placed like the let-
ter T, nor like the letter A;
if shooting to the left, change
to the right, and vice versâ.
10. The rule for the eyes:
never look at the thumb-ring.
11. Rules for the arms: let
the forward arm be as if push-
ing over a mountain, and
the hinder (i. e. the right) one
as if grasping hold of a tiger's
tail.
12. Rules for the body:
let the cheeks avoid hanging
downwards; let the head avoid
nodding; let the breast avoid
swelling out forwards, and the
back from being humped.
13. Finger-cots: these are
made of leather, and are
worn on the three fingers of
the left hand; they are useful
in handling the string.
15. The bow: the body of
it is made of cow's horn; its
strings are made of sinews,
and its shape is crooked.
16. The bull's-eye is the
red spot in the target's centre.
17. Bow glove is another
name for the finger-cots.
18. The bracer is bound on
the arms to ease the shooting.
19. The thumb-ring is
made of ivory, and fitted to
足​法​前腿​似​橛
​後腿​似​瘸​隨​箭
​改​移​只​在​後脚
​左肩​尖​直​對​右
​脚尖​丁字​不成
​八字​不​就​射​右
​改​左​射​左右
​眼​法​不許​看​扣 ​Ngán fát, pat,
k'au'.
手法​前​手​如​推
​*sü
虎尾
​身法​頤​惡​傍​引
​頭​惡​却​垂​胸​惡
​前凸​背後​偃
​極​以​朱​韋​為之
​利​放
​也
​14. The quiver is vulgarly 靫​俗名​為​箭袋
​called the arrow-bag.
弓​以​牛角​作​身
​Tsuk, fát,, sts'in túi ‘tsz
kit,, hau? túi stsz skwang
ts' ui tsín' 'koi sí, chat, tsoi'
hau kéuk); tso kín tsím,
chik, túi yau kéuk, tsín,
ting tsz" pat, shing, pát,
tsz' pat, tsau', shé² yau² 'koi
'tsó, shé 'tsó koi yau³.
Ngán fát,, pat, hủ hôn
'Shau fát,, ts' in 'shau sü
tui tái shan, hau shau
‹ü ák› ‹fú ‘mí.
Shan fát,, chí ứ
spóng yang
st'au ú' k'éuk, shui, chung
ú' ¿ts'ín tut,, púï' ú' hau' 'ín.
所以​韜​右​三​指 ​fong cán yá.
Kik, Sí chü Swai swai chí,
'shó í ‹tò yau² ‹sám chí, lí²
‹Ch'á, tsuk¸ ¿ming ¿wai tsín'
toi².
‹Kung, í 、ngau kók, tsók›
shan; kan tsok, sín, sk'í
筋​作​弦​其​形​曲 ​| sying huk.
的
​中​之​紅心
​諜​極​之​别名
​講​縛​臂​以便​射
​決​象​骨​為之​著
​Tik, tó chung chí chung
(sam.
Tít, tsik, kik, chí pít, sming.
Kau pók, pí² ³í pín² shé².
Kit, tséung kwat, swai chí
10. If in action with an enemy or a pirate, the eyes must be riveted on them, or on the
target if practicing merely for acquiring knowledge and ability in the art.
15. The bow is not made entirely of horn; the horn is wrought into, and bound fast on, those
parts which give the instrument its elasticity and power. The longest bows exceed six feet
and six inches, and are beautifully made. When unstrung, the ends of the bow bend back,
making it like a in shape; this gives it greater force when strung.
18. In the Encyclopedia Britannica, art. Archery, there is a description of what is called a
bracer: "to prevent the bowstring from striking the left arm, the arm is covered with a piece,
of smooth leather, fastened on the outside of the arm :" in Chinese this is called kau.
368
[CHAP. X.
THE LIBERAL ARTS.
the thumb of the right hand;
by it the string is held and
the bow bent; it is commonly
called pán chí [i. e. the finger's
regulator].
於​右​巨​指​所以
​鉤​弦​而​開​者​也
​俗​謂​之​班​指
​20. The bow-case, also
called a greave, is made of
途​也​以​韋​為
​leather; it is for protecting 之所以​遂​弦​也
​the string.
乏​似​今​之​屏風
​以​牛​革​鞔​漆​之
​21. The target resembles a
modern screen; it is made of
leather, and varnished.
1. In the Book of Rites it
is said, among the accomplish-
ments are six liberal arts;
charioteering is one. Accord-
ingly, the controler-general
instructed all people in it;
and in it the royal tutors in-
structed the eldest sons of the
emperor and his officers. The
20. This case is little more than half the length of the bow, and is made firm and strong, so
that both bow and string are protected when placed in it. When marching, it is hung on the
soldier's back, or under his left arm.
Odes regard 'managing the
reins as silken cords' an excel-
lence; Confucius esteemed
chéuk› ‹ü yau' kü² chí, shó
í ckau sín sí choi ‘ché ‘yá;
tsuk, wai chí pán chí.
21. The target in use among the Chinese is made of a number of concentric rings, hung in
a piece of canvas, and so contrived that when the innermost one is hit, all will fall out; but
when an outer one is hit, none of the inner ones will fall. The arrows used in practicing have
the heads bored with holes to produce a twanging sound as they fly.
Section Fourth.
Sui² kau sya, sí swaiwai
chí, 'shó í sui ín syá.
CHARIOTEERING ILLUSTRATED.
Fat, ‘tsz kam chí sping
fung, í sngau kák mún
tsat, chí.
御​考​第四​章
​Yü cháu; tai sz" <chéung.
禮​書​日​禮​有​六
​藝​御​居​一​焉​故
​司徒​以​之​教​萬
​民​保​氏​以​之​教
​國​子​詩​以​執​轡
​如​組​為​賢​孔子
​Lai Shü ütą, lai yau luk
ngai², yü² ‹kü yat› ‹ín. Kú
Sz' td í chí káu' mán,
sman. Pò shí'í chí káu,
kwók, 'tsz'. «Shí sí chap, pí
si 'tsò ¿wai sín. 'Hung 'tsz
2
Notes and Explanations.
CHARIOTS and carriages of various kinds have been already described, in chapter tenth, section
fourth. Yü is used to denote, according to its position, either the person who directs the chariot
and horses, the auriga of the Latins, or the business itself of managing the horses and chariot.
Sometimes a single horse was harnessed to a carriage; and sometimes two, four, and even six,
all abreast. Oxen were sometimes used instead of horses.-The descriptions and representations
of Egyptian chariots and charioteers, as given by J. G. Wilkinson, are in many particulars
not unlike those of the ancient Chinese.
SECT. 4.]
369
CHARIOTEERING ILLUSTRATED.
'managing the chariot' an
accomplishment. In Chau's
list of officers, the duties of
the great charioteer, martial
charioteer, field charioteer,
and equal charioteer, were all
performed by great men, and
superior scholars: thus cha-
rioteering was no mean busi-
ness.
2. Accordingly there were
those of equal rank who acted
as charioteers; there were
those of inferior rank who
acted as charioteers; there
were scholars who, for their
master, acted as charioteers;
and there were persons of high
degree who acted as chariot-
eers for those of low degree.
3. In the Book of Rites it
is said, if the charioteers are
of an inferior rank, receive
them, but not if otherwise.'
This is said of charioteers of
equal and inferior ranks.
4. If the sovereign com-
mands, although they be per-
sons of low degree, the great
men and scholars must of ne-
cessity act for them as chariot-
eers: this illustrates 'persons of
high degree acting as chariot-
eers for those of low degree.'
5. In the Dialogues of Con-
fucius, sometimes I'myau is
spoken of as charioteer, and
sometimes Fánch'í is so deno-
minated: and this illustrates,
'scholars acting for their mas-
ters as charioteers.'
以​執​御​為​能​而
​周​官​大​戎
​田僕​齊僕​之​官
​皆​大夫​上士​為
​之​則​御​非​賤​者
​之​事
​故​有​以​同等​爲
​之​僕​者​有​以降
​等​為之​僕​者​有
​以​弟子​為​師​之
​僕​者​有​以​貴​者
​為​賤人​之​僕​者
​禮​日​若​僕​降​等
​則​受​不然​則​否
​之​為​僕​也
​君命​召​雖​賤人
​大​夫士​必​自​御
​之​此​貴​者​為​賤
​人​之​僕​也
​論語​或​稱​冉有
​僕​或​稱​樊遲​御
​此​弟子​為​師​之
​to the
sĺ
1 chap, yü²,wai nang.
Chau kún tái yi, yung
puk,, stín puk, ts'ai puk
chí chún, chái tái fú shéung
C
sz” wai chí: tsak, yi
tsín' 'ché chí sz²,
Kú' 'yau í stung 'tang wai
chí puk, 'ché; ‘yau í kóng'
tang wai chí puk, ‘ché;
'yau í tai' 'tsz' ¿wai ‹sz'‹chí
puk 'ché; yau 'í kwai' 'ché
¿wai tsín² yan ‹chí puk, 'ché.
Lai üt, yéuk, puk, kóng'
'tang tsak, shau², pat, ín
tsak, fau. Ts'z' t'ung 'tang
hóng tang ché chí wai
puk, sya.
Kwan ming² chíú², ‹sui tsín²
syan tái fú sz” pít, ts” yii
«chí; ‘tsz kwai ché wai
tsín syan chí puk, yá.
Lun Yü wák, ch'ing sĺm
syau puką, wák, ch'ing Fán
sch'i yü²; 'ts'z' tai 'tsz' wai
S
sz chí puk, yá.
6. In charioteering, why #HJAT Puk₂ shó hó lun² sú ‹tsoi!
speak of or degree!
1. Lai, in this first line, is used in its widest and most general sense, and therefore rendered
accomplishments. Sz' t'd and pò shi were ancient officers, whose duties are fully described in
the Chau Kún, a part of the Chau Lai.
6. This exclamatory sentence is added to the text by a commentator. Since equals may
serve each other as charioteers, scholars their masters, and those of high degrees of rank serve
those of low degree, there need be no discussion in this case about superiority.
CHI. CHR.
93
370
[CHAP. X.
THE LIBERAL ARTS.
1. At what age do the chil-
dren of the Chinese commence
learning to write?
In ancient times, at the age
of eight years they commen-
ced their primary studies, and
were taught the six liberal
arts; now also [they are
taught] in the same manner.
2. Well, as this is the case,
what apparatus is required for
use in writing?
The four precious articles
'of the study – the pencil, ink,
paper, and ink-stone--are re-
quired for writing.
3. With regard to the rules
for writing, what are held in
the highest estimation?
The copy-plates of Wong
Yaukwan are esteemed the
best: see chapter first, sections
five and sixor
In high antiquity, knotted
cords were used in govern-
ment; in after ages, the sages
exchanged them for writing,
and in the time of Tsong Kat,
the written characters were
fully and perfectly formed.
5. And with regard to pa-
per and pencils, who were the
first makers of them?
Section Fifth.
ON WRITING.
書寫​類​第五​章
​Shü sé lui; tai "'ng ‹chéung.
以​王​右軍​筆​陣
​圖為​上​見​一篇
​五​六章
​4. With whom did writingr書寫​始​自​誰​呢
​·commence?
上古​結​純​而​治
​後世​聖人​易​之
​以​書​契​迨​至​倉
​頡​字​於是​大​備
​至​紙筆​又何​人
​始創​嘅​呢
​中國​孩童​以​幾
​歲​初學​書寫​呢
​古​者​八歲​入​小
​學​教​以​六藝​茲 ​yike sù cchí.
亦如​之
​然則​用​何​物​而
​書​呢
​以​文房四寶​之
​筆墨​紙​硯​而​書
​書法​以​何者為
​高​呢
​陣​篇
​Chung kwók, shoi stung í
'kí sui' ch'ó hok₂ ‹shi ‘sé
<ní?
'Kú 'ché pát, sui' yap, 'síú
hók,, káu' sí luk, ngai²; ‹tsz'
sÍn tsak, yung² shó matąsí
shi ní?
sĩ man sóng sz” pò chí
pat, mak,, ‘chí, ín số shu.
〈Shi fat, sí shó ché swai ckò
«ní?
í sWóng Yau² ckwan pat›
chan stÒ swai shéung ; kín
yat, p'ín, "'ng luk, ‹chéung.
Shu 'sé 'ch'í tsz" shui ‹ní?
Sheung² 'kú kít, shing í
chứ; hau shai shing syan
yik, ‹chí í <shü k'ai', stoi
chi Ts'ong Kat,, tsz' ü.
shí tái pí.
Chí chí pat, yau chó syan
chí chóng kể ní?
Notes and Eæplanations.
1. Rules for writing, with an account of the six styles in vogue among the Chinese, have
already been given, as referred to in the third answer in this section.
4. The exact period at which writing was commenced, and the persons with whom it originat-
d, are not well ascertained—kái mà tsung hai háu gá. See the Kông Kám I Chí
SECT. 5.]
371
OF WRITING.
Pencils are attributed
to
Mung Teím, paper to Tsoi
Lun; the Thousand Charac-
ter Classic says thus, Tím
[made] pencils, and Lun pa-
per.
6. Where are the most ac-
complished portrait painters
to be found?
筆​穣​蒙恬​紙​號
​蔡倫​千字文​謂
​恬​筆​倫​紙​是​也
​善於​寫​眞​者​何
​處方​有
​各省​皆有​以​廣
​東​而論​獮​妙手
​者​多​己​物故​現
​如​省​之​鍾南山
​賴​清​眞​等​亦不
​過​應 ​而已
​7. Is this class of portrait 其​寫​像​者​世俗
​painters held in high esteem by
the people generally or not?
還​尙​他​否
​筆墨​生涯​罔​不
​號​為​先生​世俗
​They are in each and all
of the provinces; if reference.
be had only to the province of
Canton, many, who were the
most distinguished, are deceas-
ed; those at present in the
metropolis, such as Chung
Námshán, Lái Tsingchan,
&c., are however favored with
a respectable share of business.
Of those who live by the
pencil and ink, they are none
that are not addressed as sin-
shang; and by the people ge-
nerally they are held in high 未嘗​不
​estimation.
9. What kinds of paintings
do the people most esteem?
The landscape paintings;
for by them are seen the
thoughts cherished in the hu-
man breast, and therefore they
are esteemed.
18. Are there any books of
pictures which are printed
from plates?
The books of pictures print-
ed from plates are by no
means few.
世​所​尙​者​何​畫
​亦​山水​也​以其
​足見​人​之​胸懷
​故​也
​畫​有​刋​刷​之​圖
​本​否
​世​之​圖​本​不一
​而​足
​又以​何​圖​本​為
​11. And what kinds of pic-
tures printed from plates are
regarded as the most elegant? 最佳​呢
​Pat, ch'ing Mung Tím;
‘chí hờ Tsoi Lun; Tsín
Tsz? Man wait sTeím pat,,
sLun chí, shí? syá.
Shín² cü ‘sé cchan ché, shó
ch'ü' fong 'yau?
Kók, sháng ckái Syau, Sí
Kwóng tung sí lun², cchting
míú? ‘shau ché, ctó skí mat
k?; ín?süshángchí Chung
Nám shán Lái Ts'ing
<chan 'tang, yik, pat, kwó'
ying' schau í sí.
¿K'í sé tséung 'ché, shai'
tsuke swán shéung² tá fau?
Pat, mak, ‹shang 、ngai, ‘móng
pat, hờswai sín shang;
shai' tsuk, mí' shéung pat,
shéung².
Shai' 'sho shéung' 'ché shó
wá??
Yik, shán 'shui ‘yá; í k'’í
tsuk, kín syan chí chung
swái, kú syá.
Wá yau hón sát, chí tà
'pún fau?
Shai' chí std 'pún, pat, yat,
sítsuk,.
Yau
shó sťò 'pún wai
tsui) ckai ní?
5. The first flourished in the reign of Tsun Chíwóng, the great destroyer of books; the
second lived soon after in the time of the Hau Hón dynasty.
6, 7. The phrases sé chan ché, and sé tséung ché, are synonymous. Their delineations of the
human countenance are not always so true as the first phrase would seem to indicate; but the
Chinese paint insects, fishes, flowers, fruit, &c., admirably; and often group with taste and effect.
372
[CHAP. X.
THE LIBERAL ARTS.
At present the pictures form-
ing the Garden of Kale are
regarded as the most superb.
12. What materials are
used to make the plates for
these pictures?
There are plates of brass
and stone, but those of wood
are by far the most numerous.
13. When commencing
learning to read, are books
with pictures and names at.
tached to them used or not?
Although there are books
of this kind, they are never
used in learning to read.
現​以​芥子​園​畫
​譜​為​妙
​其​圖​板​用​何​物
​而​作​呢
​板​或​有​銅​石
​以​木​做​者​尤​多
​初​習​讀​時​有用
​左圖​右​字​書
​雖有​此書​然​習
​讀者​却​不用
​1. One is the beginning of
numbers; ten is the comple-
tion of numbers; they ad-
vance up to one hundred
which is a multiple of ten.
Ten reduplicated and multipli-
ed ten times makes one hun-
ded; one hundred reduplicated
and mutiplied ten times,
makes a thousand; a thousand
Ín² 1 Kái Tsz' Ün wá'
'p'ò ¿wai míú².
K'í sted 'pan yung² hó mat,
sí tsók› ‹ní?
'Pán wák, yau stung shik,
muk, tsʊ² 'ché ¿yau
tai
‹tó.
12. Etching, engraving on steel, and so forth, are arts which are scarcely known in this coun-
try, and have not been employed at all in illustrating books. Stone plates are little used, and
lithography is entirely unknown.
一​者​數​之​始​十
​者​數​之​終​至於
​百​者​十​之​盈​也
​Ch 6 tsap tuk, shí, yau
yung' 'tsó st'ò yau² tsz² shi
'fau?
13. It has been said that there are books of pictures, giving representations of animals, things
and actions, with their appropriate names, for the use of children when learning to read; draw-
ings of a few common things are sometimes introduced into the native almanacs, with the names
written beneath them, but the plan does not seem to have been carried into use in instruction.
十​累​而​盈滿​十
​則為​百​百​累​而
​«Sui ‘yau ‘ts'z' ‹shü, ‹ín tsapɔ
tuk, 'ché k'éuk, pat, yung².
Section Sixth.
ON ARITHMETIC.
數目​類​第六​章
​Sho' muk, lui; tai2 luk, chéung.
4
Yat, ché shờ chí ‘ch,
shap ‘ché shờ chí chung;
chỉ yi pák, ‘ché, shap, chí
sying ya. Shap, lui si sying,
'mún shap, tsak, wai pák,;
Notes and Explanations.
THE paragraphs, composing this short section, will at once serve to complete the view of the
iber al arts, and form an appropriate introduction to the next chapter.
•
SECT. 6.]
373
OF ARITHMETIC.
reduplicated and multiplied
ten times, makes a myriad.
Passing this, and advancing
onwards, numbers are without
any assignable limit, inca.
pable of being exhausted.
´2. With regard to the frac-
tional numbers -- tenths, hun-
dredths, thousandths, and tens
of thousandths,-- they all de-
crease by tens. All numbers
without exception are reckon.
ed in this manner.
3. How did numbers ori-
ginate? They originated with
drawings and writing. Fuk.
hí, obtaining them, drew his
eight diagrams; Yüthe Great,
obtaining them, measured off
the lands for cultivation. By
these same means the sages
arranged things into classes
and completed their works. Of
all the celestial officers, terres-
trial magistrates, music, signs,
soldiers, taxes, extending to the
minutest points and the small-
est fractions, there is not one
with which numbers are not
concerned; accordingly there
is nothing which, in its origi-
nal principles, is not included
in the Book of Changes.
4. The Book of Changes is
one entire work; its diagrams
are those originally drawn by
Fukhí; its explanations are
those which were added by
king Man and the prince of
Chau; and likewise there are
some by Confucius: and in it
are comprised the principles.
盈滿​十​則為​千 ​páks luisí sying, mún shap.
千​累​而​盈滿​十
​則為​萬​也​過​此
​以往​數​無極
​莫​之​能​窮
​tsak, swai cts'in; ts'ín lui,
sí sying, ‘mún shape tsaky
swai mán² ¹yá. Kwó' “ts'z'´í
Swóng, shừ mò kí kh
mok, chí nang khung.
至​小數​之​分​厘
​十​此​極
​毫​絲​忽​皆​滿​十
​而​推​凡​數​莫不
​有​也
​Chứ sáu shờ chí fan, chi.
shù, csz', fat), ckái Smún shape
sí tfúi. Fán shò' mók: pars
Syau yá.
數​何​肇其肇​自
​圖書​乎​伏羲​得
​之​以​畫​八卦​大
​禹​得​之​以​序​疇
​列​聖​得​之​以​門
​物​成​務​凡​天​官 ​yu Yik fan².
地​員​律​曆​兵​賦
​以及​纖​态​抄​忽
​莫不​有數​則​莫
​不​本​於​易​範
​易經​一​書​其
​本​伏羲​所​畫​其
​辭​乃文​王周公
​所​繫 ​孔子​所
​作​其中​變化​之
​电
​Shò shó shí?? K'f shiú?
tsz” tò shi sú. Fuky chi tak,
cchí sí wakz pátz kwa’: Táiv
Yü tak, chí í tsii² schau.
Lít, shing” tak, chí í mún
mat, sshing mờ. Fán tín
ckún, t'sün, luty, lika, <ping,
fú?, í kape cts'im, shik),
ch'au, fat,; mók, pat, vau
shù’; tsak, móks pat, pún
Yike King yat, cshi: ski
kwa' pún Fuk₂ chí shỏ
wáką; sk'í sts'z' 'nái Man
See
1. This paragraph is quoted entire from the commentary on the Trimetrical Classic.
chapter first, section third, page 11.
3. This paragraph forms the exordium of Ching Yisz' Arithmetic. According to tradition, on
a certain time, a seamonster, or lung-má, came up from the abyss, bearing on his back some
drawings, or tó; Fukhí obtaining possesion of these, formed from them his diagrams. On
another occasion, a tortoise, or kwai, coming on land from a river, Yu the Great discovered
certain characters on his back, and hence devised a system for laying out lands. And hence too,
came writing and arithmetic! The origin and history of the lung-mú or dragon-horse are not
explained. Pictures of the animal may be seen in the Chinese arithmetics and almanacs.
swóng Chau ckung shó hai';
ping' 'Hung 'tsz' 'shó tsók, ;
sk'í chung pín fa? cchi li
瞿
​CHI. CHR.
94
374
[CHAP. X.
THE LIBERAL ARTS.
-}
of all changes, which extend
to all concerns, and to all
things, without exception.
5. In ancient times, chil-
dren when eight years of age
commenced
studies, and when fifteen they
entered on the higher branch-
es; and those of the present
age, though not rigidly con-
forming to these periods, yet
by cutting off excess, and sup.
plying deficiency, also do not
deviate far from the same ge-
neral standard.
their primary 小學​十五​而入
​大學​當​今之世
​雖不​决​於其​時
​然​截長補短​办
​不外​如斯
​6. With regard to books on
numbers, they are everywhere
to be found; but if you seek
for the most general and im-
portant, the most methodical
and best arranged, there is
indeed no one book so well
prepared every way, as the
General Comprehensive Arith-
metic.
夫​數 ​書​靡不
​有​之​而​提綱​挈
​要​縷​析​支​分​則
​又​不如​算法​統
​宗一​書​之​爲大
​備​也
​7. The general Compre算法​統​宗​乃​明
​hensive Arithmetic is the
work is well arranged, com-
prising in one summary view,
extending from the most re-
mote times, whatever has
been said respecting the higher
branches, and downwards to
all the fundamental rules in.
compilation of Ching Yüsz' 萬​歴​間​程汝思
​of the Ming dynasty: the
clusive; and a thorough ac-
quaintance with it, will make
-
the student perfect master of
the subject.
理​萬事​萬物​無
​不​出乎​其中
​古​者​八歲​而入
​•
!
所​輯​其​書​具​在
​- 寓目​而​千古
​所謂​方​田​以下
​要​以上​九​數
​云​者​靡不​了​了
​於​胸中
​mán² sz" mán² mat, smò pat,
ch'ut, sú sk'í <chung.
'Kú 'ché pát, sui' sí yap, síú
hók,, shap, s’ng sí yap, tái
h6k); tóng kam chí shai,
csui pat,küt, cyü sk'í sshí,
sín tsít, sch'éung 'pò 'tin,
yik, pat, ngoi ü sz'.
sFú shò’yat, cshii, mí pat,
yau chí, sí stai chóng khít,
’lui tsik, chí cfan, tsak,
yau² pat, çü sün' fát, 'T'ung
Tsung yat, shii chí swai
tái pí yá.
Sün’fát, Tung Tsung, ‘nái
¿Ming Mán² lik, ‹kán, ‹Chŝing
Yü sz' 'shó ts'ap›; k'í ‹shü
ki² tsoi²,yat, yii² muke sí
‹ts'ín kú shó wai² ‹fóng stín.
5. This arithmetic is comprised in five duodecimo volumes; it is an elementary treatise, and
comprises much useful matter; and besides the fundamental rules, it contains some general
views of mensuration, astronomy, &c. Among the Chinese, arithmetic does not receive much
attention; their youth, who aspire to preferment and honor in the state, give their undivided
attention to classical learning; and arithmetic is studied only for practical purposes, in order to
facilitate the common transactions of life. Such fundamental principles as are acquired by the
child, are usually taught as a part of domestic education. The arithmetical operations are
performed on the counting board, described in the sequel.
sí há², spfóng cíú sí shéung²,
'kau sho'wan 'ché, 'mí pat,
“líú ³líú ‹ü ‹hung ‹chung.
MATHEMATICS.
數學​篇​十
​Sho'
hók,;
p'ín
shapz
1. The worked factor is
the given number.
2. The working factor is
the supposed number.
3. Suppose you now have
two hundred and sixty taels,
three mace, and two canda-
reens, to be divided among
six men; the question is, how
much will each man receive of
the said money ?
CHAPTER XI.
NUMERICAL CHARACTERS.
數字​類​第
​章
​Shò tsz? luiz; tai?
yat, ‹chéung.
3.
Answer: forty-four
taels, two mace, and two can-
dareens.
4. The method [for its solu-
tion) is this; the money laid
down, 260.3. 2. is the wor-
ked fuctor; and the 6, the
Section Fixst.
實​者​本​數​也
​法​者​樣​數​也
​假​如今​有​銀​二
​百​六十​両​三​錢
​二​分作​六​八分
​之間​每人​該​銀
​若干
​答曰​四​十四​両
​二​錢​二​分
​法​日置​銀​二​六
​三​二​為​實​以​六
​yat,.
;
Shat, 'ché, 'pún shò' 'yá.
Fát› 'ché, yéung' shò' ‘yá.
Ká ‹ü, ‹kam ‘yaungan
pák, luky shape léung, sám
sts'ín, ? fan, tsók, luk, syan
fan chí; man múi yan
ckoi sngan yéukzckón?
Táp, it, sz” shap: sz” léung)
? sts'in, ? fan.
Notes and Explanations.
Fát, ütz, ch' sngan ? luke
sám í²¿wai shat,; “ luk, ‹yan
SHÒ нÓк, meaning literally the science of numbers,' corresponds very nearly to the term
享
​Mathematics; and so it is regarded, by the Chinese, as the science which treats of numbers and
magnitude, or of whatever can be numbered or measured.
Shò tsz' corresponds to the phrase, 'mathematical definition:' and as the foundation of all know-
ledge of this science depends on definitions, it is requisite that these should be first explained.
In Ching's arithmetic, noticed in the last section, is a list of definitions, some of which are here
quoted. The Chinese systems of notation are very clumsy and not easily comprehended.
1, 2. These terms are used both in multiplication and division: in the first, for the multiplicand
and multiplier; in the second, for the dividend and divisor.
376
[CHAP. XI.
MATHEMATICS.
number of men, is the working
factor: six is the number by
which the given number is to
be divided.
5. Addition is to augment
and increase.
6. Subtraction is to dimi.
nish and lessen.
7. Multiplication is the
junction of the worked and
working factors so as to pro-
duce another number.
8. Division is the resolu-
tion of numbers.
9. Reduction is the rule by
which (any thing, such as)
catties, for instance, are reduc.
ed to taels.
13. Original numbers are
those first given.
14. Difference is when the
numbers are unlike, one be-
ing greater or less than the
other.
10. Reduplication is the
doubling of a number.
倍加​上​倍數​也
​11. Coupling is the join-
ing together of two numbers.
併​者​二​數​相合
​12. Separation is cutting 截​者​割斷​也
​off and taking away.
原​者​初​數​也
​差​者​多少​不同
​數​也
​15. The sum total is the
sum of the united numbers.
16. Involution is the mul.
tiplication of numbers into
themselves, and repeated a
second time.
17. A Remainder is that
which is left after any given
part whatever has been taken
away.
18. All numbers, whether
in long measure, dry measure,
or weights, from units ascend
to tens, hundreds, thousands,
tens of thousands, hundreds of
thousands, millions, tens of mil
lions, hundreds of millions,
billions, tens of billions,-units
occupying the first place, tens
the second, hundreds the third,
and so forth.
人為​法​用​六​歸
​算​之​則​合
​加​者​增添​也
​减​者​除​少​也
​乘​者​法​實​合​變
​數​也
​歸入​已​之​數​也
​折​者​以​斤​折​両
​是​也
​通​者​會同​其​數
​再​乘​者​自乘​之
​而又​乘​也
​剩​者​除去​尙​存
​之​餘
​凢​度量衡​自​单
​位​以上​則​日​十
​百千​萬億​兆​京
​垓​秭​穰​單​為
​位​十​為​二​位​百
​爲​三位​云云
​swai fát; yung² luk kwai
sun chí, tsak, hóp.
Ká 'ché, tsang tím 'yá.
'Kám 'ché, ch'ü 'shíú ‘yá.
Shing ‘ché, fát, shat, hópz
pín' sho' sya.
電
​Kai, yap; kí chí shờ yá.
Chít, ‘ché, 1 kan chít,
'léung shí' sya.
$P'úí, ‹ká shéung 'p'úi shò'
sya.
Ping 'ché, 12 sho' séung
hóp:.
Tsút, ‘ché, kót, tin yá.
stÜn ché, chó shò' syá.
Chá 'ché, ‹tó 'shíú pat,
stfung shù' syá.
Tung ché, úi² stung skí
shò’.
Tso' sshing ‘ché, tsz? sshing
«chí, sí yau shing syá.
Shing²‘ché, schü h'ü'
shéung’sts'un chí yu.
Fán tók2, sléung, shang, tsz2
tán wai² í shéung², tsak,
ütz shape, pák, cts'ín, mán²,
yik, chíú², cking, shoi, ‘tsz’,
syéung; tán swai yat, wai²,
shape swai ? wai², pák, swai
sám wait swan, swan.
10, 11. The first of these is simply a multiplication of any number by two; the second is
adding together any two numbers.
18. The fundamental law of numeration, that a removal, of one place, towards the left in-
creases the value of a figure ten times, is here recognized. Cypher, or the omission of any place,
is denoted by the word ling, literally remainder.
.
SECT. 1.]
377
NUMERICAL CHARACTERS.
19. Fractions: if, in long | 奇​零​如​度​法​命
​measure, for example, a chéung
is made unit, then the ch'ik,
ts'ün, fan, &c., are all frac
tions (or broken numbers).
丈​為​單位​則​尺
​寸​分​皆為​奇​零
​另有​淺深​數
​與​及​花​碼
​20. Moreover, there are sim-
ple and complex numbers,
also a species of short-hand.
[Thus,]
I
II
III
IV
V
one
two
three
four
five
six
seven
1
ten
2
3
VI
VII
VIII
IX
X
21. Now in reckoning num-
bers, we stop at myriads, and
although there are hundreds of
thousands, millions, and other
[higher] numbers, they are not
very much employed. For in-
stance, Three hundred and
sixty-two millions, four hun-
dred and forty-seven thousand,
4
5
6
eight 8
nine
7
9
10
one hundred and eighty-three
(362,447,183), is read three
myriads, six thousand, two
hundred and forty-four my.
riads, seven thousand
hundred and eighty-three.
one
1
一二​三四五​六​七八​九十
​壹​貳​叁​肆​伍​陸​柒​捌​玖拾
​川​又​射​LL 三人
​日​百千
​∙11
X
文
​十​拾​汁
​今人​算數​以​萬
​為止​雖有​億​兆
​等​數​多​不用​如
​三​垓​六​京​二​兆
​四億​四萬​七千
​百八​十三​則
​日三​萬​六​千​二
​百​四十​四萬​七
​千​一百​八十​三
​sKtí ling, sü tóky fats, ming:
chéung? swai tán wail, tsak,
chik, ts'ün², fan, ckái wai
sk'í sling.
Ling? Syau tsín shù’, sham
si
sho' 'ü k'ap ‹fá ³má.
yat, yat,
仁
​12
‹sám
sz"
"'ng
luk,
ts'at,
(sám
sz”
s'ng
lukz
ts'at,
yat,
í²
sám
粤
​sz
'ng
luk2
ts'at,
pát, páts pát,
'kau
'kau
'kau
}
shapz shap, shap,
〈Kam syan sin shù í mán?
swai ‘chí, sui ‘yau yik, chíú
tang shò’, ctó pat, yung².
U csám choi, luk, cking, ?
chíú?, sz”yik, sz" mán²,
ts'at, ts'ín, yat, pák›, pát,
shapz sám, tsak, iity sam
mán², luky cts'in, f pák, sz”
shap: sz” man², ts'at, cts in
yat, pák, pát, shap, sám.
20. The figures in the first column are used in books and documents; those in the middle
column are employed in mercantile accounts, drafts, &c., to prevent any change being easily
made in the sum; and the contracted forms, in the last column, are used in letters, and the
transactions of every-day life. The characters in the middle column, except the first three, also
have other meanings than numerical; they are employed for this purpose partly from the simi-
larity of sound, and partly from a resemblance to the figures themselves.
21. This number (362,447,183), introduced here to illustrate the Chinese system of notation,
gives the total population of the empire in 1812, as stated in an edition of the Ta Tsing Ui Tín,
published in 1828.
CHI. CHR.
95
378
[CHAP. XI.
MATHEMATICS.
Section Second.
RULES OF ARITHMETIC.
1. For all calculations of
numbers, the four fundament.
al rules of addition, subtrac-
tion, division, and multiplica-
tion, are necessarily the first
used; and are all performed
on the counting.board.
2. The rule of addition is
exemplified thus: if to each
tael of money, you add inter-
est three candareens, and,
without breaking the original
sum, you increase it by three,
you have the operation which
is called addition.
-
3. The rule of subtraction is
exemplified thus: the capital
and interest of money is four
taels, and each tael is to be
diminished by taking away
three mace; you have then
only to triple the three and
subtract the nine, and you will
obtain a remainder of three
taels, with a fraction of one
mace.
算法​類​第
​Sun' fát,
章
​fát, lui; tai² í chéung.
両​加​利​三​分
​不​破​本身​以​三
​增​之​故​謂​之​加
​减法​謂​如​本利
​銀​四​両​每​両​减
​去​三​錢​只​呼​三
​三​除​减​九​錢​得
​本​銀​三​両​零
​錢​之​類
​1
4
M G E L Æ DFán sin' fát, pít, csín sí ‹ká,
‘kám, ‹kwai, ¿shing, sz” fát,
加减​歸​乘​四​法
​為​要​而​皆以​算
​盤​習​之
​加法​謂​如​每​銀
​Thirty days hath September,
April, June, and November;
All the rest have thirty-one
February twenty-eight alone,
But in leap year twenty-nine.
1
¿wai íú'; sí ‹kái í sün' sp'ún
tsáp, chí.
Ká fát, wai su múi ngan
yat, 'léung ‹ká lí² ‹sám ‹fan,
pat, p'ó' 'pún ‹shan, í ‹sám
tsang chí, kứ wai chí ká.
Kám fát, wai²ü pún lí
,ngan sz" 'léung, ‘múi ‘léung
'kám h'ü' ‹sám tsín, chat,
‹fú sám sám ‚ch'ü ‘kám
'kau tsín, tak, 'pún ngan
<sám léung sling yat, sts'ín
chí lui.
Notes and Explanations.
NUMBERS, being employed to denote things of almost every kind and magnitude, have been
subjected to a great variety of rules, of which the four here named are the most simple and
useful. Ching's Manual will furnish the student with a great number of others; some of them are
curious, and are expressed in rhyme, like the old stanza :
1. This abacus is in universal use among the Chinese. It consists of an oblong frame
of wood, with a bar running lengthwise forming two compartments; through this bar, at right
angles, are usually placed seventeen (but sometimes more) small pins, having on each seven balls;
five on one side, and two on the other side, of the bar. Any ball in the larger compartment,
being placed against the bar, is called unity; and on the left of this they increase, and on the
right they decrease, by tens, hundredths, &c; the corresponding balls, in the smaller compart-
ment, increase or decrease by fifths, fiftieths, &c. By this means, all numbers, in the common
transactions of business integral or decimal, are computed with much ease and rapidity.
SECT. 2.]
379
RULES OF ARITHMETIC.
4. The rule of multiplica. | 乘法​謂​如有​布
​tion is thus exemplified: there
四百​二​十五​疋
​are four hundred and twenty-
five pieces of cloth, and each
piece costs two mace and five
candareens; it is asked, what
will be the amount of the
money required for the whole
[of the said cloth]?
每​疋​價​銀​二​錢
​五分​問​共​該​銀
​若干
​The answer is, one hundred
and six taels, two mace and
five candareens.
}
Į
The operation is performed
thus: the cloth is taken as the
multiplicand, and the price of
each piece of cloth, two mace
and five candareens, as the
multiplier; then by multiply.
ing them together, the product
is obtained.
MULTIPLICATION TABLE.
答曰​一百​零六
​両​二​錢​五分
​法​曰
​布​為​實
​以​每​疋​價​二​錢
​五​分爲​法​乘​之
​則​得
​九九​合​數
​五十
​七​十九
​四七
​七​四
​☆Shing fat, wai si Syau pò’
sz” pák, í² shap, "'ng p'at,;
‘múi p'at, ká’sngan ? sts'in
兒​ng fan; man² kung² ckoi
sngan yéuk ckón?
一​如一
​一二​如​二 ​二​二​如​四
​得​二十 ​五五​二​十五
​二三​如​六 ​三​三​如​九
​一​三​如​三
​一​四​四 ​二​四八 ​三四​一​十二​.四​四​一
​十六 ​八八​六十​四
​十六
​一​五​如​五 ​二五​得​一​十 ​三​五一​十五 ​四五
​二十​四 ​五六​得​三十 ​六六​三​十六
​六​如​六 ​二六​一​十二 ​三​六​一​十八 ​四六
​{七​如​七 ​二​七一​十四 ​三七​二十​一
​二​十八 ​五七​三​十五 ​六七​四​十二 ​七七​四
​一​八​如​八 ​二​八​一​十​六 ​三​八​二​十​四 ​四​八
​三​十二 ​五八​得​四十 ​六八​四​十八 ​七八​五
​-九​如​九 ​- 九​一​十八 ​三九​二​十七 ​四九
​三​十六 ​五​九四​十五 ​六​九五​十四 ​七​九六
​十三 ​八九​七​十二 ​九九​八十​一
​.
Táp, üt,, yat, pák, ¿ling luk,
léung, í' sts'ín, "'ng fan.
Fát,ütz, ch'pò’swai shat,
sí múi p'at, ká' í'sts'ín, "'ng
cfan swai fát), sshing chí tsak,
tak,.
'Kau 'kau hóp, shò'.
五九
​四九
​4. This table, commencing on the left at the top, reads thus: 1x1=1, or literally, one one as
ene; the second column is 1y2=2;2x2=4; the third column in the same way, 1×3=3.
書
​380
[CHAP. XI.
MATHEMATICS.
5. The rule of division is
exemplified thus: there are
twenty stone of rice, which is
to be divided equally among
fifty thousand men; it is ask-
ed, how much of this rice will
each man have?
The answer is, four chéuk.
The operation is thus: the
given rice is made the divi-
dend, and the five thousand
men taken as a divisor; the
sum being thus divided, the
quotient is obtained.
1. Long measure is that
by which the length of piece-
goods, bamboos, timber, and
such like articles is determin-
ed. The terms used are these:
1 grain is
10 fan make
10 ts'ün make
歸​法​謂​如有​米
​二十​石​作​五萬
​八分​之​問​每人
​該​米​若干
​and so on to the end, 9×981. In its arrangement, this is less simple and easy than that
usually called the table of Pythagoras, though in principle it is identical with it. The Chinese
have no algebraic system, and are without any mathematical signs or symbols like those used
in algebra.
5. This and the three preceding rules are abridged from the work of Ching, in which they
are illustrated, by very numerous examples.
one fan;
one ts'ün;
one ch'ik;
答​日​四句
​Táp, ütą, sz❞ chéuk,.
*¤ ¤ *£↑ Fát, üt₂, chí mai swai shat,,
以​人​五萬​為​法
​sí syan "'ng mán² wai fát,,
ckwai chí tsak, tak.
歸​之​則​得
​Section Third.
MEASURES OF LENGTH.
度​法​類​第三​章
​Tók fát, lui; tai sám chéung.
***
布疋​竹木​等​物
​hÆK *‡⇓
長短​鄖
​+ * B - A
十分​為
​1
1
Kwai fát,, wai'i yau mai
12 shap, shik,, tsók, "'ng mán²
syan fan chí; man múi
syan koi mai yéuk, «kón?
1
分寸​尺
​十​寸​為​一尺
​Tók 'ché, 'sho i fan pít,
mat, ch'eung 'tün. Tsik,—
Yat, nap, swai yat› ‹fan;
Shap, fan wai yat, ts'üin';
Shap, ts' in' wai yat, ch'ik›;
Notes and Explanations.
LIKE the people of all other nations, the Chinese have had great trouble and perplexity in trying
to fix a standard of weights and measures. Without any permanent standard -"established
by nature and accessible at all places on the earth," like the French metre, one 40 millionth
part of a meridian of the earth, or 39 English inches nearly-the Chinese made the wong
chung the foundation of all their measures. A certain number of kernels of grain-whether
disposed lengthwise or crosswise is disputed—was assumed for a starting point, like so many
SECT. 3.]
381
MEASURES OF LENGTH.
+
10 chik make one chéung;
10 chéung make one yan.
2. It is also employed for
determining geographical dis-
tances; in these terms:
Half a ts'ün is one ĺ;
5 ts'ün make one fan;
5 ch'ik make one pò;
360 pò make one li;
250 lít make one to.
3. What is the length of
an English mile?
It is a little less than three
Chinese miles.
4. How many ch'ik make
a Chinese mile?
One thousand eight hun-
dred and twenty-six feet make
one lí (or mile).
5. How many feet make
one English mile?
Five thousand, two hundred
and eighty feet make one
English mile.
十​尺​為​一丈
​十丈​為​一​引
​又​分别​土地​遠
​近​以
​半寸​為​一​厘
​五寸​為​一​分
​五尺​為​一步
​三百​六十​步​為
​里
​二百五​十里​為
​度
​英國 ​一​里​有​幾
​長​呢
​1 1 1
塵​分​步
​唐​三​里​畧​减​些
​唐​里​有​幾尺​呢
​千​八百​二十
​六 ​1為​一​里
​英國​一​里​有​幾
​多​尺​呢
​五千​二百​八十
​尺​為 ​- 里
​Shap, ch'ik,,wai yat,chéung?;
Shaps chéung² wai yat, yan.
Yau fan pít, “tò tử, sin
kan²;í-
Pún’ts'ün' swai yat, lí;
’Ng tsin’swai yat, fan;
"Ng ch'ik, wai yat, pò²;
‹Sám pák' luk, shap, pò²¿wai
yat, lí;
? pák, "ng shapz lí swai
yat,tò?.
Ying kwok, yat, lí Syan ki
schféung ní?
STóng, sám lí léuke kám
csé.
sT óng lí Śyau kích'ik, chí
Yat, tsín pát, pák, í² shap,
luke chik, swai yat, lí.
drams, grains, and barley-corns, in English tables. The ch'ik, (cubit, covid, or foot) fixed by
the Mathematical Board at Peking, is 13.125 English inches; that used by tradesmen in
Canton varies from 14.625 inches to 14.81 and that employed by the engineers of public works
is 12.7 inches; and that by which distances is usually measured is 12.1 nearly. The li, or mile
is 18974 English feet; and 1924 li were reckoned for a degreg of latitude or longitude. But
the European mathematicians at the capital, deviating from their predecessors, divided the degree
into 250 话​, reducing it to 1826 English feet, or the tenth part of a French league; and this, at
present, is the established measure. Accordingly, the li is a little more than one third of an
English mile.
1. These terms do not correspond exactly with those in use by any Europeans. The fan
may, however, be taken as equivalent to a line, in rough calculations; it is (calling the chik 14.
625 in.) exactly 1.015625 of the twelfth of an inch. The tsin is called punt or punto in
Canton, and is equal to 1.21875 of an inch, or one inch and one fifth. The chéung is frequently
used by carpenters and other artisans in measuring their work; the length of course corresponds
to the ch'ik employed, but it is usually about 14.3-5 feet. The yan is not much used.
Ying kwók, yat, slí, 'yau 'ki
<tó ch'ik, ‹ní?
"Ng tsín í pák, pát, shap
ch'ik, swai yat, ³lí.
CHI. CHR.
i
96
382
[CHAP. XI.
MATHEMATICS.
¦
:
6. How do the Chinese
and English inches compare
with each other in length?
According to the measure
of the Astronomical Board, ten
Chinese inches are nearly
equal to thirteen and a half
English inches; but according
to the usage in Canton, they
are nearly equal to fourteen
inches and six tenths.
7. Now there are of cloth
forty-eight chéung, six feet,
and three inches, to be divided
equally between two men :
It is asked, How much of the
said cloth will each of the
men receive?
The answer is, each man
will receive twenty-four
chéung, three feet, one inch,
and five tenths.
8. The circumference of
the earth is three hundred
and sixty degrees, which gives
a total [on the equator] of
ninety thousand [Chinese]
miles; these being converted
into paces [pó]give thirty-two
millions and four hundred
thousand; the paces being
reduced to feet [chik], give
one hundred and sixty-two
millions of feet.
唐​英​兩寸​相較 ​Trông Ying leung tsiün
C
cséung káu' tím yéung² cní?
點​樣​呢
​遵​欽​天​監​制度
​.Tsun yam tín kám chái
tò Tong shap, ts'ün', tsik,
唐​十​寸​師​英國 ​Ying kwok, shaps esám tsin)
pún'; chíú' 'Kwóng tung
skw'ai ki, ctséung shape sz”
ts*ün' luk,.
十三​寸半​照​廣
​東​規矩​將​十四
​寸​六
​今​有​布​四​十八
​丈​六尺​三寸​以
​二人​分之​問​每
​人​該​幾多
​答曰​每人​各​得 ​Táp, it, fmúi syan kók, tak,
í shap, sz" chéung', sám
ch'ik,, yat, ts'ün', "'ng fan.
二十​四丈 ​三尺
​寸​五分
​Kam 'yau pò' sz" shap, pát,
chéung², luke chik, esám
ts*ün', í í² yan ‹fan ‹chí;
man² Śmúi syan «koi ki tó?
地球​週圍​三百
​六十​度​共​得​地
​T? sk®au chau swai sám
pák, luky shap: tò², kung² tak,
t? kau mán² slí; pín' kai
tsik, ‹sám ‹ts'ín, í² pák,, sz”
九​萬里​變​計 ​shape mán² pòi; sí chik, yik.
pò², tsak, yat, man² luk, cts'ín
? pálk, mán² ch'ik).
三千​二百​四十
​萬​步​以​尺​易​步
​則​一​萬​六千​二
​百萬​尺
​
7, 8. These are given merely as examples of the manner in which the terms are used in the
transaction of business. The most common implement for measuring is a small rule, called
a chik, from its length; it is made of a slip of bamboo, neatly divided into ts'ün and fan by brass
pins. There is no supervision exercised by the government over the manufacture of the mea-
sures of length, and the extremes of length in a large number promiscuously collected are as
much as half or three fourths of a fan. The ch' ik of tailors, carpenters, &c., is called pái tsín
chik, in distinction from the shorter one used by masons, which is called chau tung chik, and
which is 12.7 inches in length. They also measure their work with a chéung or pole, ten of
these chik in length; this chéung is not far from eleven English feet.
Secr.4.7
383
MEASURES OF LENGTH.
1
1. Whenever the quantity
of rice, maize, pease, or other
grain is to be determined,
they are measured by these
rules, which are as follows:
MEASURES OF CAPACITY.
量​法​類​第四​章
​SLéung' fát, lui²; tak sz❞ <chéung.
1 grain of maize is a suk;
6 suk make one kwai;
10 kwai make one tsüt;
10 tsut make one ch'áu;
10 cháu make one chéuk;
5 chéuk make one yéuk;
2 yéuk make one kóp;
10 kóp make one shing;
10 shing make one tau;
5 tau make one hōk;
make one shik ;
2267k
1 fu is equal to 6 tau and
4 shing;
1 yi is equal to 16 tau;
1 ping is equal to 16 hók.
2. Now, if you have forty.
six thousand, seven hundred
and fifty-one stone of rice,
and to every stone you add
Section Fourth.
凡​分别​米​粟​豆
​Fán cfan pitz mai, suk),
tau², kuk, ctó kwa, ckéi sí
穀​多寡​皆以​量 ​leung swai fáts, skčí léung
tsak, 1:
為​法​其​量​則以
​一粒
​則爲​圭​撮​抄​勺​龠​合​升​斗斛​石
​粟​為​粟
​六​粟​為
​十​圭​為 ​一撮
​十​撮​為
​十​抄​為​一句
​五句​為
​兩會​為​一​合
​十​合​為​一​升
​十升​藠​一​斗
​五​斗​為​一​斛
​石
​兩​斛​為​一​石
​釜​則​六​斗​四​升
​庾​十六​斗
​秉​十六​斛
​今​有​米​四萬​六
​千​七百​五十​一
​Yat, nap, chí suk, swai suk,;
Luke suk, swai yat, ckwai;
Shapz ckwai swai yat, tsiit, ;
Shap, ts'üt, wai yat, ‹ch'áu;
Shape <chřáu wai yat, chéuk,;
s’Ng chéuk, swai yat, yéuk2 ;
SLéung yéuke swai yat, kóp);
Shape kóp, swai yat, cshing;
Shap, <shing swai yat, 'tau;
’Ng tau swai yat, hókz;
sLéung hókz swai yat, shikz;
Fú tsak, luk, tau sz”(shing;
sYü shapyluk: tau;
'Ping shap, luk, hóką.
Kam Syau ‘mai sz” mán²
lukycts'ín, ts'at, pák), "ng
Notes and Explanations.
MEASURES of capacity are used chiefly in buying and selling small quantities of rice, wheat, and
other grain; for large quantities are usually bought and sold by weight.
1. There are only four of these fourteen measures which are actually in common use among
the Chinese, the others are imaginary; these are the tóp, the half shing, the whole shing, and
the tau. The first three are made of the cylindrical joints of the bamboo; and the tau is made
of wood in the shape of the frustrum of a pyramid, neatly bound with brass, and having a
handle across the top. There are two sizes of the tau and shing; one, called shi tau, or the cur-
rent tau, contains just ten catties weight of rice, and is also called shap kan tau, from this fact;
1
384
[CHAr. X1.
MATHEMATICS.
for tare seven shing; what will
be the whole amount of the
rice?
3. Answer: the whole
amount of the original and
that added for tare, is five
thousand and twenty-three
stone, five tau, and seven
shing.
4. Again, [suppose] you
have one thousand and thirty.
eight stone of pease, which
are to be equally divided
among one hundred and se-
venty-three men; How many
stone will each man receive?
5. Answer: six stone.
石​每​石​加​耗​七
​升​問​共​米​若干
​答曰​正​耗​共​五
​萬​零二​十三​石
​五​斗​七​升
​又有​豆​一千​零
​1. In order to ascertain
the amount of things by
weight, it is necessary first to
know the weights, to wit:
1 kernel of grain is one shï ;
10 shi make one lui;
三​十八​石​作​一
​百​七十​三人​分
​問​每人​該​若干
​答​日​六​石
​Section Fifth.
蓋​辨​秤​物​輕重
​須​先知​衞​法​以
​the corresponding shing is named in a similar manner, and contains one catty of rice. The shik
is in this proportion, and is bought and sold as a pecul. The second size of the tau is the tsáng
tau or granary tau, and holds about six and a half catties of rice; it measures 309.57148 cubic
inches (including the handle), and is commonly used in retail shops. The shing, called also ts 6ng
shing, is proportionate, and contains 30.43415 cubic inches. The half shing and kóp are in
proportion, but in consequence of the inaccuracy of the bamboo joints, their capacities vary
considerably; the kóp is also called fan and mak by the common people. The English pint meas-
ures 35f cubic inches nearly; the gallon is 2771 cubic inches nearly. The tau measure often
has the name of the local magistrate engraven on its side, showing that it has been officially
examined and its accuracy proved; the smaller measures are not stamped in this manner.
粒​黍​為​一​黍
​十​黍​為​一​壘
​shap, yat, shik,, múi shik,
ká ho ts at, shing,; man²
kung² mai yéukz ckón?
WEIGHTS.
衡​法​類​第五​章
​Hang fat, lui); tail 爫​ng chéung.
Táp, ut, ching hờ kung
"'ng mán' ling 12 shap, sám
se
shik,, ng 'tau, ts'at, ‹shing.
1.
Yau yau tau' yat, tsin
sling sám shape pat, shikz,
tsók, yat, pák, ts'at, shap,
sám syan fan; man² (mi
syan ‹koi yéuk, ‹kón.
Tap, it, luk, shik2.
K'oi' pín' ch'ing' mat, hing
chung, sii sín chí shang
fát, 1:
Yat, nap,shii swai yat, ‘shii;
Shape ‘shii swai yat, slui;
Notes and Explanations.
ALMOST everything, among the Chinese, is sold by weight, not excepting timber, liquids, and
live stock.
SECT. 5.]
385
WEIGHTS.
10 lui
make one chi;
24 chù make one léung;
16 léung make one kan;
2 kan make one yin;
30 kan make one kwan;
100 kan make one tám;
120 kan make one shik;
2. But at present, every-
thing less than a tael, is
denoted by tsin, fan, li, hd,
sz', fat, and so forth.
3. There are three instru-
ments for weighing; one is
called a balance; one is called
a steelyard; and one a money
scales; all are fixed by stan-
dard weights, granted by the
imperial Board [at Peking].
The balance requires weights,
of which the tael is the great-
est [denomination], and the
ī is the smallest. The steel.
yard and the money scales
both require a counterpoise.
On the beam, there are small
stars, and by moving the
counterpoise, the beam is ba.
lanced. According to the
steelyard, sixteen taels make a
eatty, and it ascends to a pecul,
which is the greatest weight,
while the tsin is the smallest.
By the money scales, the tael
is the largest, and the l is the
smallest [weight].
十​纍​為​一​銖
​二十​四​銖​為​両
​十​六​両​爲​一​斤
​二斤​為​一
​三​十斤​為​一 ​鈞
​百斤​為 ​·擔
​百​二​十​斤​為​石
​第​今​両​以下​惟
​用​錢​分​厘​亳​絲
​忽而​已
​衡​物​有​三​日​天
​平日​秤​日​戥​皆
​以​部頒​法​碼​為
​定​天平​用​碼​以
​両​為首​以​厘​為
​末​秤​與​戥​皆​用
​錘​杆​身上​點​星
​移​錘​就​之​秤​以
​十六​両​作​斤​以
​擔​為首​以​錢​為
​未​戥​以​両​為首
​以​厘​為​末
​Shap, lui wai yat› ‹chii;
Ͳ shap₂ sz” ‹chü¸wai ‘léung;
Shapz luk léung swai yat,
ckan;
I? ckan swai yat, Śyan;
C
〈Sám shapz kan wai yat,
ckwan;
Pák, kan wai yat, tám';
Pák, í² shap, ‹kan wai shik¸.
Tai? ckam léung í hál, wai
yung² stsin, fan, sli, shù,
csz', fat), sí 1.
Hang mat, yau ‹sám, it
t'in sping, ut, ch'ing', it,
tang²; kái í Po² ‹pán fát,
§má wai ting². Tin sping
yung? ‘ma, í léung swai
'shau, í slí swai mút,. Ch'ing'
sü tang? ckái yung² schui.
Kón shan shéung? tím sing,
« _chui tsau chí. Ch*ing
í shap, luk, léung tsók, ‹kan;
í tám' wai 'shau, its' in
swai mút. Tang² í léung
swai shau, í shí wai mút.
1. The first three of these denominations, with the yan, kwan, and shik, are nominal; the tael
weighs 1 oz. av.; the catty 14lb. av., and the pecul 133 lbs. av. The pecul is distinguished by
the Portuguese into three kinds; the pecul balança or common pecul of 100 catties, the pecul seda
of 111.15 catties = 148 lbs., and the pecul chapa of 150 catties =200 lbs.
2. The ts'in is the same aliquot part of the léung (one tenth) in weights as in money, and
bears the same name of mace; the fan is also called candareen, and the li cash.
3. The t'in ping is used to weigh valuable articles, as drugs, gems, &c., and is made of
various sizes; articles weighed by it are reckoned in léung, and its subdivisions of is in, fan,
&c., and the weights are made from one cash up to a hundred taels in convenient sizes, the
larger of brass, the smaller of ivory. The ching is the most common instrument for weighing,
and is made of hard wood like a steelyard, neatly marked off into peculs, catties, taels, &c.; the
counterpoise is usually of stone. The tang is made on the same principle as the ch'ing, of an
ivory rod, and is called money scales from its most common use.
CHI. CHR.
97
386
[CHAP. XI.
MATHEMATICS.
Section Sixth.
LAND MEASURES.
畝​法​類​第
​第六​章
​-Mau fát, lui?; tail luk, ‹chéung.
1. Land measure is that
by which the length and
breadth of lands are measured;
the following terms are used:
5 chik make 1 pd (or
pace);.
24 pò
make one fan;
60 pò
make one kók;
4 kók make one mau;
thus making one mau equal
to 240 pò;
100 mau make one king.
2. But, at present, from the
mau downwards, the denomi-
nations are fan, li, hò, sz²,
fat; and sometimes they are
called shik, tau, and shing;
and whether the plats of
ground be square or round, ir-
regular or oblong, crooked or
straight, although the same
terms for the measurement
are employed, the method for
each kind of plat is different.
3. Question; what is the
area of a right-angled triangu
lar picce of ground, whose per-
pendicular (or longest side) is
sixty pò, and its base (or
shortest side) thirty pò?
畝​法​所以​分别
​田地​潤​狹​則​有
​五尺​為​·
二十​四​步​為​分
​步​爲
​六十​步​為​一角
​四角​為 ​畝
​二百​四十​步​也
​百畝​為​一頃
​惟​今​自​畝​以下
​則​日​分​壓​毫​絲
​忽​或​日​石​斗​升
​方圓​斜​横​曲
​直​之​田​丈量​雖
​同​而​法則​各異
​問句​股​田股長
​六十​步​句​濶​三
​十​步​得​田​幾何
​4. Answer; three maug 答曰​三​队​七分
​seven fun, and five lí (or 3.75
acres).
五厘
​〈Mau fat, shó sí fan pít,
st' in t? fút, hápz; tsak, fyau:
"Ng ch'ik, wai yat, pò²;
? shape sz" pò? swai cfan;
Luk, shap, pò² ¿wai yat, kók›;
Sz” kók, swai yat, mau;
tsik,, í pák,, sz" shap, pò
sya;
Pák, mau wai yat, 'k'ing.
Wai ckam tsz? Smau í há?,
tsak, iity cfan, slí, shù, csz',
fat,; wák, üt, shik, 'tau,
〈shing; tsik, fong, sin, sts'é,
swáng, huk, chiky cchí st'ín,
chéung? sléung sui stfung, sí
fát, tsak, kók, í².
Man² kau kú stín, kí
schféung luke shape pò², ckau
fút, sám shap, pò², tak, stín
kí shó?
Táp,ity; sám ‘mau, ts'at,
cfan, Png slí.
Notes and Explanations.
MAU is used in two senses; one denoting a plat of ground of any dimensions; the other, a spe-
cific area, anciently including one hundred pò, but now two hundred and forty.
1. The fan here given must not be confounded with the fan among the measures of length,
the latter being only a fractional part of a chik. The measure here is square measure: 240
square pò–1 mau or Chinese acre.
2. It will be seen from the many different measures and weights into which the terms fan,
í, hò, &c., enter, that they are not proper, but common terms, answering exactly to decima
SECT. 6.]
387
LAND MEASURES.
5. Rule: take the perpen-
dicular, sixty pò, and the
base, thirty pò; then multiply
them together, and a product
will be obtained, one thousand
eight hundred pò; take away
one half, and there are nine
hundred pò, which being re-
duced according to the land
measure, the answer is obtain-
ed.
fore by taking away one half,
the true product is obtained.
(b) If you take the length
sixty pò, and cut off one half,
you have thirty pò, which,
with the breadth, thirty pò,
being multiplied together, the
same product is obtained.
[Again -]
(a) The base and perpen-
dicular of the triangle multi-
句​股​相乘​成​一
​plied together produce a paral-
lelogram; but the shape of the
長方​積​句​股​形
​right-angled triangle is only 得​長方​之​故
​half a parallelogram;
折半​定​積
​若以​長​六十​步
​折​竿​得​三十步
​與​闊​三十步​相
​乘​得​積​同
​若以​隔​三十步
​折半​得​十五​步
​與​長​六十​步​相
​乘​得​積​亦同
​數​自乘​之​積​三
​自乘​之​積​為​九
​法​若以​一
​自​方​五尺​計​之
​積​六​千尺​也
​(c) If you take the breadth
thirty pò, and cut off one
half; you have fifteen pò,
which, with the length, sixty
pò, being multiplied together,
the same product is again
obtained.
6. The square of any num.
ber is the product of that num-
ber multiplied into itself: the
square of three is nine.
7. In land measure, if one
acre of land be taken, and
its contents be computed in
square feet [Chinese], it will
give six thousand feet.
法​以​股​六十​步
​句​三十步​相乘
​得​積​一千​八百
​步​折半​得​九百
​步​队​法​除​之​帥
​得
​Fát), í kú luke shape pù?.
ckau csám shape pò², cséung
sshing tak, tsik, yat, cts'in pát,
pák, pò?; chít, pún’tak, kau
pák, pò², mau fát, ¿ch'i ‹chí,
tsik, tak,.
‹Kau ‘kú ‹séung ‹shing shing
yat, sch'éung <fóng tsik,, kau
kú sying, tak, schéung fóng
chí pún', kú' chít, pún' ting'
tsik,.
Yéuk, í sch'éung luk, shap
pó² chít, pún' tak, ‹sám shap;
pò?, sü fúts csám shape pù²,
cséung sshing tak, tsik, stfung.
Yéuk, sí fút, sám shape pò:.
chít, pún’ tak, shap, sng pờ,
'ü ch'éung luk, shap, pò',
cséung sshing, tak, tsik, yik
stung.
܀
Shờ tsz” sshing chí tsik:
csám tsz” gshing chí tsik,
swai kau.
Mau fát,, yéuk, sí yat, mau
tsz" fong, "'ng ch'ik, kai'
chí, tsik, luk, tsín ch'ik›
Syá.
fractions, and should be read here tenths, hundredths, &c. Whenever used by a Chinese, their
meaning is so many tenths or hundredths of the integer mentioned before the fan; as, 15 catties,
6 taels, 8 mace, 3 candareens, and 9 cash, is equal to 15 catties, 6.839 taels.
3. This problem is introduced for the sake of the terms employed, and not for the illustration of
geometrical principles; most of the terms, being used in a definite mathematical sense, are
easily understood. For a further account of the mau fát, see the fifth volume of the Tsuimi shán
Fóng
Shòhók, or the "Mathematics of the Lagerstroemia hill Institution."
388
[CHAP. XI.
MATHEMATICS.
:
Section Ceventh.
MEASURES OF TIME.
1. The celestial sovereign
invented the ten stems, viz.,
káp, iit, ping, ting, mò, ki,
kang, san, yam, and kwai; and
the twelve branches, viz., tsz',
chỉ au, gien, mau, shan, tsz, ’ng,
mi, shan, yau, sut, and hoi. Af.
terwards, Náu the Great, tak-
ing the first of the stems and
branches, joined them toge-
ther in pairs, and formed a
cyclic nomenclature for the
years, months, and days; and
by drawing it in continuation
downwards, it requires sixty
years [to complete the series
of changes], after which the
process is recommenced and
repeated. Thus, for example,
are joined káptsz', ütchau,
and so forth; by degrees the
progression is carried on
through the whole series of
the stems and branches; and
曆法​類​第七​章
​Lik fát, lui²; tai? ts'at› ‹chéung.
天皇​氏​制​十​干
​甲乙丙​丁​戊​已
​庚辛​壬癸​十二
​支​子丑​寅​辰
​巳午​未​申酉​戌
​亥​迨​至大​撓​則
​以​干支​之​首​配
​合​而​年月​日​焦
​之​號​拖​漣​而
​必須​六十​載​然
​後​可​復​始​如​甲
​子​乙丑​之​類​由
​Tín wóng shí chai shap,
S
‹kón, káp›, üt,, 'ping, ting,
mờ, kí, kang, san, yam,
kwai'; shap, í² chí, 'tsz',
'ch'au, syan, 'mau, shan, tsz?
"'ng, mí', ‹shan, 'yau, sutɔ,
hoi. Toi chỉ Tái Náu
tsak, í kón chí chí “shau,
pú? hóp: sí snin it: yatz
swai chí hờ; tó shín sí hát,
pít, si luke shape tso', sín
hau' ‘hó fuk, ‘'ch'í. ‹Yu káp,
tsz, ut, ‘chau, chí lui ;
TABLE OF THE CYCLE OF SIXTY YEARS, OR FÁ KÁP TSZ.
1804 甲子 ​1814甲戌 ​1824甲申 ​1834甲午 ​1844甲辰 ​1854甲寅
​1805 乙丑 ​1815乙亥 ​1825 乙酉 ​1835乙未 ​1845乙巳 ​1855 乙
​1806
丙寅 ​1816 丙子 ​1826 丙戌 ​1836丙申 ​1846 丙午 ​1856 丙辰
​1807 丁 ​1817丁丑 ​1827丁亥 ​1837丁酉 ​1847丁未 ​1857丁巳
​1808 戊辰 ​1818 戊寅 ​1828 戊子 ​1838 戊戌 ​1848 戊申 ​1858 戊午
​1809 已​巳 ​1819已 ​1829已​丑 ​1839已​亥 ​1849已​酉 ​1859 已
​1810 庚午​1820庚辰 ​1830 庚寅 ​1840 庚子 ​1850庚戌 ​1860庚申
​1811 辛未 ​1821 辛巳 ​1831 辛 ​1841 辛丑 ​1851辛亥 ​1861辛酉
​1812 壬申 ​1822壬午 ​1832 壬辰 ​1842 壬寅 ​1852 壬子 ​1862 壬戌
​1813 癸酉 ​1823癸未 ​1833癸巳 ​1843 1853癸丑 ​1863癸亥
​}
SECT. 7.]
389
MEASURES OF TIME.
accordingly it is called, The
cycle of sixty.
2. The tropical year is di
vided into four seasons, called
Spring, Summer, Autumn, and
Winter; the first, second,
and third months make the
spring season; the fourth, fifth,
and sixth months make the
summer season; the seventh,
eighth, and ninth
and ninth months
make the autumnal season;
the tenth, the eleventh, an
twelfth, make the winter
season.
3. Twelve months make
one year; in five years there
are two intercalary months.
Sometimes thirty days make
one month; and sometimes
twenty-nine days make one
month.
tsz'
chau
H
yan 寅
​(6
(6
66
漸​而​下​名​之​日
​六十​花​甲子
​週歲​分​以​四季
​66
日​春夏​秋冬​以
​66
正​二​三月​為​春
​一​四季
​止​季夏​爲​十​十五​三​或​一
​季​四五​六月
​夏季​七八​九月
​為​秋季​十​十
​十二​烏​冬季
​十二月​為​一年
​五年​內​兩​閏​或
​is represented by shi, a rat;
by ngau,✈ a cow;
三十​日​為​一月
​或​二十​九日​為
​一月
​HOROLOGY, or the art of measuring time, early engaged the attention of the Chinese, who, like
other nations, have devised various methods for marking its progress by distinct periods. The
choice of these periods and their order of arrangement constitute what is called the Calendar.
1. According to tradition, Tái Náu was one of the ministers of Wong tai,'and flourished 2637
years B. C., at which time, by the commands of his sovereign, he formed the cycle of sixty,
which was immediately adopted; accordingly, 1840 is the 37th year of the 75th cycle. The
twelve characters used to designate the chí, or branches, have certain animals appropriated to
them, by which they are frequently alluded to in poetical and other writings; the ten kón, or
stems, have certain inanimate things appropriated to them in like manner. Thus, the twelve chí:
'ng
mi *
syau tsím² í há', ming chi
üt,, luk, shap, ‹fá káp, tsz².
Notes and Explanations.
Sz?
Chau sui fan í
kwai', üt, ‹ch'un há² ‹ts'au
tung; í <ching í sám ut,
wai chun kwai'; sz", "ng
luk, it, wai há² kwai'; ts'at,
pát, ‘kau ütɔ ‚wai ‹ts' au kwai':
shap、, shap、 yat,, shap, í²
swai tung kwai'.
shan
yau 西
​Sut 戌
​hoi亥
​Shap, 1 út, swai yat, snín.
sảng nín noi śléung yun.
Wak, sám shap, yat, wai
yat, ütɔ; wák, í² shap, kau
yat、、wai yat, üt¿.
by fú, a tiger;
mau
by td,
a rabbit;
sham 辰
​by lung,
a dragon;
tsz' E
by shé, a snake;
The ten kon are connected with the five elements, according to the cosmogony of the Chinese:
kúp and üt are allied to wood, which is figured as the yam and yéung wood, or a fir and a bamboo;
ping and ting are allied to fire, divided in the same manner into coal-fire and incense-fire; md
and kí to earth, as hills and plains; kang and san to metal; and yam and kwai to water; each of
which produces its successor, and destroys its predecessor. N. B. In order to distinguish md,
sut, and shi (another similar character), the Chinese use the following verse: Wáng sut, tím shii,
mò chung hung; i. e. cross sut, point shü, and leave open the middle of mo.
2. In the Trimetrical Classic there is a commentary on the four seasons, intended to illustrate
their order, and the mode in which, by the alternation of cold and heat, &c., they operate for
is represented by má,
by young,
by hau,
by kai,
by hun,
by chi,
(6
(6
66
(6
(6
猪
​a horse;
a sheep;
a monkey
a cock;
a dog;
a boar.
the
CHI. CHR.
98
390
[CHAP. XI.
MATHEMATICS.
4. Ten days make a decade,
of which in a month there
are three, the first, middle,
and last decades.
5. A year is divided into
twenty-four terms: the spring
season consists of-opening.
spring, rain-water, excited-in.
sects, vernal-equinox, pure
brightness, grain-rains; six-
terms. The summer season
consists of-opening-summer,
[ears of grain] little-filled,
spiked-grain, summer-solstice,
little-heat, nad great-heat; six
April 5. Tsing ming.
April 20.
Kuk ü.
May 5.立夏​Lap ha.
há.
十​日
​T = 0
歲​中共​二十​四
​節​春季​得​立春
​雨水​驚蟄​春分
​清明​穀雨​六​節
​夏季​得​立夏​小
​滿​芒種​夏至​小
​the production of trees and vegetables of all kinds. See Chap. I., sec. 2., No. 29. The inter-
val of time employed by the sun between two successive returns to one and the same point in
the ecliptic makes a complete year, usually called the tropical year. Its duration has always
been a subject of interest. The true mean year, as given by the last tables of M. Delambre,
is 365d. 5h. 48′ 51″.61.
Feb. 6. Lap ch'un. 15° in Aquarius. | Aug. 7.
立春
​Feb. 20.7K U shui.
雨水​ü
In Pisces.
March 5. King chat.
驚
​Mar. 20. Ch'un fan.
春分
​May 21.1 Síu mún.
小滿
​June. 6. 7 | Móng chung.
3. The Chinese year, which is luni-solar, consists of 12 months, except when, by this
mode of reckoning, the lunar time falls behind the solar time one whole revolution of the moon;
then an intercalary month is added, by the following rule; if, during any lunar month, the
sun does not enter any sign of the zodiac, that month is intercalary, and the year consequently
contains thirteen months. The intercalary year contains 384 days, and the common year 354
days; the 1st, 3d, 4th, 8th, and 12th months have 29 days. The month of 30 days is called túi
uit, that of 29, is called súú üt; the greater and the lesser months.
June 21.H = Hạ chí.
夏至
​5. These twelve terms express the periods of the sun's passage through the 12 signs of the
zodiac: in their meaning there is a reference to the season of the year. The terms are applied
to the day that the sun is in the first and fifteenth degree of a sign of the zodiac; consequently
in reckoning by the lunar year, their places in the calender will change every year, but in the
solar year of Europeans, they will fall more uniformly upon the same day, in successive years.
When an intercalary month occurs, the terms continue to be reckoned as usual, an arrangement
that sometimes brings the first term into the twelfth moon, making 25 terms in a year, but most
isually it falls in the first month. Some of the terms are sixteen days in length, and some are
fourteen, but the average is fifteen; and they correspond to our months nearly as follows, falling
in the signs here given.
July 7. Síú shü.
July 23. * Tái shu.
大暑
​In Aries.
In Taurus.
In Gemini.
In Cancer.
Shap, yat, yat, sts'un, iit,
noi fan shéung, chung, há,
sám tsun.
In Leo.
Sui' chung kung² 12 shap,
sz” tsít; chun kwai tak,
lap₂ <ch'un, si 'shui, king
chat₂, ch'un fan, tsing
ming, kuk, sü, luk, tsít,.
Aug. 23.
Há' kwai' tak, lap, há², 'síú
mún, móng chung, há
處暑
​Lap ts'au.
Chu shü.
Pák lú.
Sept. 8.
Sept. 23. Ts'au fan.
秋分
​Oct. 8. 寒露 ​Hón lú.
降
​Oct. 23. Séung kóng.
Nov. 7. Lap tung.
Nov. 22. Síú süt.
小雪
​Dec. 7. Tái sụt.
大雪
​Dec. 22. Ễ Tung chí.
X
Jan. 6. Síú hón.
小寒
​Jan. 21. A để Tái hóa.
In Leo.
In Virgo.
In Libra.
In Scorpio.
In Sagitta-
rius.
In Capricor-
nus.
enters Aquarius
SECT. 7.]
391
MEASURES OF TIME.
/
terms. The autumnal season
consists of – opening-autumn,
abated-heat, white-dew, an.
tumnal-equinox, cold-dew, de-
scending-hoarfrost; six terms.
The winter season consists
of-opening winter, little-
snow, great snow, winter-sol-
stice, little-cold, great-cold;
six terms.
暑​大暑​六​節​秋
​季​得​立秋​處暑
​白露秋​分​寒露
​雪​降​六​節​冬季
​得​立冬​小雪​大
​雪​冬至​小寒​大
​六​節
​6. Every and each period
of a day and night together
凡​每日​晝夜​共
​00
includes ninety-six quarters a九​十六​刻​分​十
​which are arranged intd/
二​時辰​帥​十二
​支​一時​共​八​刻
​每​刻​十五分​半
​點​六
​twelve periods of time, mark-
ed by the twelve branches;
one period includes eight
quarters, each of which con-
sists of fifteen minutes; half a
period makes one hour, or six-
minutes. Thus, in the 時​為
​day time, eleven o'clock, ac-
cording to the common mode
of speaking, is called káu.
᾿ng; half-past two o'clock, in
like manner, is called mí ching
í hak.
7. The brazen clepsydra is
formed of six water-pots, ar-
ranged in successive order
one above another, and from
•
1
which through small perfora-
tions the water gradually
66
((
66
1
十分​如​日​十
​點​師​俗​所謂​交
​午​一點​半​則​日
​未​正​二​刻
​琥​銅壺滴漏​者
​乃以​六​盤​叠​次
​滲水​而出​至​末
​6. Hak is a section, a notch, a small division of time; as it corresponds in duration with the
fourth part of an hour, it may be rendered quarter. The day among the Chinese commences
at eleven o'clock e. M. according to European reckoning. The hours are designated by the 12
chi, which from this use have been sometimes translated horary characters; and are thus applied.
From 11 to 1 A. M. (3d 三更 ​watch.) is子
​From 11 to lP.M. 正午 ​is noon.
(( 1-3 (4th 四​更 ​watch.) is H
·66 1-3 下午 ​is afternoon. 未
​3-5..
((
3-5 (5th五更 ​watch.) is 寅
​5—7.
(C 7-9.
9-11
上午 ​is forenoon. 巳
​7. Clepsydras are still in use; they have varied in their construction at different periods.
The water-pots seem originally to have been made of brass, and the term tung is still retained,
although wood only is now used. In the city of Canton, there is a building called kung pak lau,
“bowing northward loft;" it serves partly as an observatory, and partly as as a watch-house,
and is mantained by the government.
(6 5—7 .
(6
chí, síu ‘shu, tái ‘shi, luk,
tsít,. Ts'au kwai' tak, lap,
‹ts'au, ch'ü' 'shü, pák, lú²,
cts'au cfan, shón lú², séung
kóng', luk, tsít,. Tung kwai'
tak, lap, tung, síú sút, tái
sut,, tung chỉ, ‘síu chóng
tái shón, luk, tsít).
44
Fán múi yat, chau yé
kung 'kau shap, luk, hak,,
cfan shapy ↑ sshí shan, tsik,
shap, í chí, yat, sshí kung
pát, hak, múi hak, shap, "ng
cfan; pún’sshí swai yat, tím,
tsik, luk, shap: cfan. sU yat
shap, yat, 'tím, tsik, tsuk,
shó wai? ckáu "ng; yat, tím
pún,, tsak, üt, mí² ching' í²
hak,.
K'oi' stung sú tik, lau² ‘ché
snái sí luky spfún típ: ts'z”
sham)‘shui í chut. Ch'
7-9 (1st 初更 ​watch.)
9–11 (2d 二​更 ​watch.)
午​未​申酉​戌​亥
​392
[CHar. X1.
MATHEMATICS.
drops. The extreme lower
vessel, which receives the
water, has a wooden cover,
and through it a hole is cut;
and into it an index, marked
with periods of time, is insert-
ed. Then as the water in
the vessel fills one degree,
the index, floating on its sur-
face, rises one quarter. The
periods of time, and the watch-
es, are all indicated by this
-
means.
8. Also there are incense
sticks which are employed to
indicate periods of time; be-
ing lighted, the true time is
indicated by the progress of
the fire.
9. The sun-dial was devis-
ed for the purpose of observ-
ing the time, by the progress
of the sun; a line is stretched
due south so that the rays of
the sun will fall on it; by the
shadow of this line the true
time of the day is indicated.
10. The whole night is
divided into five watches, and
commencing at 7 P. M. are
announced as follows; Káu
sut is announced as the open-
ing watch, the first watch;
Káu hoi is announced as
the second watch;
Káu tsz' is announced as
the third watch;
Káu ch'au is announced
as the fourth watch;
Káu yan is announced as
the fifth watch.
The methods of announc-
ing the watches are various:
sometimes they are announc-
ed by the gong; sometimes
by the drum, and afterwards
by the gong, in concert. In
villages, and in streets and
market-places, hollow bamboos
and sticks are used for an-
nouncing the watchas.
用​板​盖​一​盤​以
​接​其​水​板​面​開
​孔​插​一​時辰​尺
​於​內​若​壺水​滿
​·分​則​尺​浮​高
​刻​時辰​更​籌
​皆​以此​報
​又有​時辰​香​以
​報​時刻​點​以​火
​所​到​為準
​制​日晷​以​觀​日
​行​所​到​之​時​立
​線​向南​太陽​照
​之​以​線​影​所指
​處​爲​眞
​通夜​以​五更​報
​之​如​交​戌​報​以
​初更 ​一​更​也
​交​亥​報​以​二​更
​交​子​報​以​三 ​1
交​丑​報​以​四​1
交​寅​報​以​五​1
報​更​不一​或​鼓
​報​或​鑼​報​或​先
​鼓​後​鑼​同​報​閭
​閻​市井​以​竹木
​筒​敲​報​者​尤甚
​mút, yung pán koi yat,
sp'ún, 'í tsip, sk'í shui, pán
mín choi lung, cháp, yat,
sshí shan chik, cü no².
Yéuk₂ sú 'shui 'mún yat,
fan, tsak, chik, sfau ckò yat,
hak,. Shí,shan ‹kang ch'au,
kai íts*z’pò.
Yau' 'yau shí shan héung
í pò’sshí hak); tím í fo
shó tò’swai chun.
Chai' yat, 'kwai í kún yat,
shang ‘shó tò' chí sshí; lap2
sín' héung'snám, t'a' syéung
chíú chí, í sín' 'ying 'sho
chí chi swai chan.
Tung yée sí "ng ckang pò?
‹chí; ‹ü ‹káu sut, pò' í
pò’‘í
chóckang, tsik, yat, ckang
sya;
Káu hói², pò' í í²¿kang;
pờ
(Káu tsz’, pò’í sám ckang;
(Káu ch'au, pò''í sz”ckang;
(Káu syan, pò’íng ckang.
Pò' (kang pat, yat); wák, kí
pò', wák, sló pò', wák, ‹sín
kú hau² sló stung pò’. Lui
sín shí ‘tsing, 'i chuk, muk
stung cháu pờ ‘ché syau
sham².
10. Káu sut is the time when the watch is set or commences, and is beat as the first watch
till káu hoi, on the opening of the second; and so of the others till 5 o'clock A. M., when the
watch breaks up with a reveille, which the Chinese call sánlui.
SECT. 8.]
393
GEOMETRY AND TRIGONOMETRY.
Section Eighth.
GEOMETRY AND TRIGONOMETRY.
方​田​弧​角​類​第八​章
​Fóng steín sú kók, lui; tai pát, chéung.
1. In the first place lay
down the terms of a problem,
and afterwards state the me-
thod for finding the solution.
先​設為​幾何​之
​分​然後​立​相求
​之​法
​有​長​無​濶​者​謂
​2. That which has length
without breadth is called a
line: a line is formed of
points.
之​線​線​成​於​點
​3. The two ends of a line
are points.
線​之​兩端​師​點
​4. A point is without length 點​無​長短​濶​狹
​厚薄​可​論​然​自
​or shortness, breadth or nar-
rowness, thickness or thin-
ness whereof to speak; but
by one point being drawn
out and lengthened till ano-
ther point is attained and
made the stopping-place, a line
is formed.
點​引​而​長​之
​至​又​一點​止​則
​成​線
​線​有​直​曲​兩種
​面​成​於​線
​體​成​於​面
​若​線​之​一端​為
​樞​復​以此​線​之
​端​為​界​旋轉
​一周 ​成​一​圜
​5. Lines are of two kinds,
rectilineal and curvilinear.
6. A surface is formed of
lines.
7. A solid is forned of
surfaces.
8. If one end of a line is
made a centre, and the other
end of the same line, taken
as a limit, be carried in a
circumference, then it will
form a circle.
i
Sín ch ít, swai kí cho chí
fan, sín hau? lapy séung kau
cchí fáts.
Yau schéung simù fút, 'ché,
wai? chí sín': sín'shing cù
'tím.
Sín? chí léung īiin, tsiky
'tím.
Tim smù schféung tün, fút,
háp,, hau' pók, hó lun²; ¿ín
tsz” yat,‘tím ‘yan, sí schféung
chí, chí yau yat, tim ‘chi
tsak,çshing sín'.
Sín' 'yau chik, huk, léung
chung.
Min² shing cüsín.
Notes and Explanations.
For most of their knowledge of mathematics, both pure and mixed, the Chinese are indebted
to foreigners. Mohammedans first, and subsequently Jesuits, translated into their language
treatises on the various branches of this science. This section, containing a few of the defini-
tions and first principles of geometry and trigonometry, affords a specimen of the phraseology
used in treating of these subjects.
1. A problem is something to be done: frequently, the object of inquiry is not the demon-
stration of any truth, but the performing of some operation, such as extracting the cube root, cx
inscribing a circle in a square; this is called solving a problem.
8. Shu is the pivot at the bottom of a door on which it turns, and is here used as synonimous
with sam, a heart, which is the proper term for the centre of a circle.
Taishing ‹ü mín².
Yéuk, sín' chí yat, tun wai
shu, fuk, í 'ts'z' sín' chí
yat, tiin swai kál, sin
'chün yat, chau tsik, shing
yat, wán.
CHI. CHR.
99
q.
394
[CHAP.XI.
MATHEMATICS.
9. A square is a figure
which has its four sides of
equal length, and the mea-
sure of its angles also equal.
10. When all the surfaces
are severally equal, and all
the sides are similar
similar and
equal, if the angles are all
equal, it is a cube (lit. an even-
face-perfect-square-solid).
11. Whenever one straight
line is drawn to meet another
[straight] line, if the angles
which it makes with it are
right angles, this line is called
a perpendicular line: for the
two lines [being prolonged]
will divide the circle into
four equal parts.
12.
Whenever the arc
which is opposite an angle is
one fourth part of the circum-
ference of a circle, this an-
gle must be straight; therefore
it is called a right angle.
13. The circumference of a
circle which is opposite to an
angle is called its arc; and
the arc which is opposite that
angle is called its measure (i.
the measure of the angle).
14. Every triangle which
has one right angle is a
right-angled triangle.
正方形​有​四邊
​線​度​等​而​角度
​亦​等​者
​各​面​俱​等​各​邊
​相等​所​成​各​角
​等​平面​正方體
​凡​角​相對​之​弧
​得​圜​界​四分​之
​一​者​此​角​必​直
​故​謂​之​角
​圜​界​以​所​對​之
​角​而​命​其​弧​而
​角​又以​所​對​之
​弧​而​命​其​度
​凡​三角形​一角
​直​者​為​直角​三
​角形
​Ching fong ying yau sy”
<pín sín' tò² 'tang, ¿í kók, tð²
yiks tang che.
凡​畫​- 一直​線​交
​Fán wák, yat, chik, sín'
ckáu ci pity sin', skí shó
於​别​線​其所​成 ​shing cchi kók, yêuk, chik
‘tsz sín wai «chí shui sín;
之​角​若​直​此​線
​k'oi' skí léung sín' sping
fan swán ká'çwai sz”.
謂​之​垂線​盖​其
​兩​線​平分​還​界
​為​四
​15. The three angles of
every triangle taken together
凡​三角形​之​三
​must be equal to two right 角度​相​併​必​與
​angles.
二​直​角度​等
​Kók, mín² ‹k'ü ‘tang, kók,
cpin cséung ‘tang, ‘shó sshing
kók, kók, tang, sping mín?
chingfong tai.
1
Fán kok, cséung túir chí
sú, tak, swán kái' sz" cfan
※chí yat, ché, ‘ts'z kók, pít,
chik; kứ wai chí chik
kók,.
Wán kái sí shó túi chí
kók, sí ming? sk'í sú; sí kók,
yau² í 'shó túi ‹chí sú sí
ming?sk'í tò?.
gFán sám kók, sying yat,
kók, chik, 'ché swai chik,
kók, ‹sám kók, ¿ying.
Fán sám kók, sying chí
sám kók, tù séung ping,
pít, 'yü i² chik, kók, to tang.
11. This and the preceding definitions differ, but not essentially, from those given in European
books, from which they seem (at least some of them) to have been translated. Thus Euclid;
#a line is length without breadth;" “the extremities of lines are points;" “a circle is a plane
figure contained by one line, which is called the circumference, and is such that all straight lines
drawn from a certain point within the figure to the circumference are equal to one another."
SECT. 8.]
395
GEOMETRY AND TRIGONOMETRY.
16. The base and perpen-
dicular of a right-angled trian-
gle severally multiplied into
themselves, are together equal
to the square of the hypotenuse.
(Euclid, Book I. 45.)
17. From the square of
the side subtending a right
angle, subtract the square of
the longer side of that angle,
and the square of the shorter
side is obtained.
18. If from one circumfe.
rence of a circle a straight line
be drawn through its centre
to the opposite side, then that
line will be the diameter of the
circle.
19. If from the middle of
the diameter [of a circle]ano-
ther straight line be drawn
as a radius, and not equally
dividing the circumference of
the semicircle, then it will
make one acute angle, and one
obtuse angle.
以
​勾股​各自​乘​之 ​Kau kí
積​相​弦​而​與​弦
​自乘​之​積​等
​弦​之​自​乘積​內
​减​股​自乘​之​積
​得​勾​自乘​之​積
​自 ​-界​過​圜​心
​癸
​至​相對​之​界​畫
​直線​則​是​圜​径
​自​圜​徑​中心​復
​畫​一​輻​線​而不
​平分​圜​之​界
​則​成​一​銳角-
​鈍角
​L
甲
​壬
​产
​兩
​20. Suppose, in the figure,
káp üt ping ting be a complete
circle; káp it ping is a semi-
circle; káp it is a quadrant;
如圖​甲乙丙​丁
​為​全​圜​甲乙丙
​it ting is a whole diameter; 為​牛​周​甲乙
​ting mo is the semidiameter;
象限​乙​丁​為​全
​徑​丁​戊​為​半徑
​Kau kú ók, tsz'
ńk, tsz? sshing
<chí tsik, cse, 'ng sín, sí éyü
sín tsz,shing .chí tsik, 'tang.
ín chí tsz” sshing tsik,noi
kám, hú tsz” sshing chí
tsiks, tak, ckau tszz sshing
chí tsik).
Tsz? yat, kái kwó) swán
sam chí séung túi chí hái
sín', tsak, shí'
wák, chik
swán king'.
Tsz” wán king chung sam
fuk, wák, yat, fuk, sín', sí
pat, spling fan pún' swán chí
kár, tsak, ęshing yat, yui?
kók, yat, tun² kók.

sYü sto, káp, it, ping ting
swai stsiin swán; káp, iit.
'ping ¿wai pún' ‹chau; káp,
iity swai ts'éung² hán²; iitz
cting swai stsin king); cting
mò swai pún'king'; ki ting
20. The sine and cosine, the versed sine with the versed sine of the complement, the tangent
and the cotangent, the secant and cosecant, form the pát sín, or eight lines of the Chinese.
396
[CHAP. XI.
MATHEMATICS.
kí ting is a given arc; káp kí
is its complement; kí san is
a chord; ki kang is a sine;
ki yam is the cosine; ting
kang is the versed sine; káp
yam is the versed sine of the
complement; üt kang is the
versed sine of the supplement ;
(i. e. the versed sine of üt md
ki is üt kang-üt md and kang
mò;) ting kwai is the tangent;
káp tsz' is the cotangent; mò
kwai is the secant; mo tsz'
is the cosecant.
21.
The Mathematics of
the Ts'uimí Hill Institution.
22. The logarithmic tables
are the work of a western
scholar, John Napier (Jeǒ-
wang Nă-pih-urh).
已​丁​為本​弧​甲
​已​為​餘​弧​已​辛
​為​通​弦​已​庚​爲
​正弦​已​壬​為​餘
​弦​丁​庚​為​正​矢
​1. The body of the heavens
is [apparently] spherical like
a globe. Its breadth is im-
measurable. The terrestrial
甲​壬​為​餘​矢​乙
​庚​為​大矢​丁癸
​為​正切​甲子​為
​餘切​戊​癸​為​正
​割​戊子​為​餘​割
​翠薇​山房​數學
​對​數​比例​乃​西
​士​若​往​納​白​爾
​所作
​¿wai 'pún sú; káp, kí²,wai¸ü
sú kí san swai tfung sín; ki
ckang swai ching) sín; kísyam
swai si sín; ting kang wai
ching chí; káp, syam wai
su chí; it, hang swai tái
chí; «ting kwaiwai ching
tsít,; káp, tsz’waisu ts ít:
mò² kwai' swai ching' kótɔ:
mnò' 'tsz' wai su kót,.
Tsui mí ‹Shán Fóng Shò'
hók,.
21. Tsuimi is the flower of the Lagerstromia Indica, and the name is here employed like
those sometimes given to books in the west; as, the Cambridge system of Physics, the Bridge-
water Treatises, &c. The work is comprised in thirty-six (sometimes in 38) octavo volumes;
and forms a complete course, including geometry, plain and spherical trigonometry, mensuration,
astronomy, etc. It contains a table of natural signs and tangents, and also a table of logarithmic
sines, tangents, secants, &c., for every degree and minute.
Túi shờ pí lai nái sai
sz? Yéuk: Śwóng Napz pák2
sí 'shó tsók,.
Section Ninth.
OF ASTRONOMY.
天體​渾圓​如​球
​其​廣​莫測​地球
​天文​類​第九​章
​Tin man lui²; taiz 'kau ‹chéung.
T'ín
ai wan' gün sü
skau. SKí kwóng mókz
ch'ák,. T? kau sün ci
Notes and Explanations.
ASTRONOMY seems to have been studied by the Chinese chiefly for astrological purposes.
Com-
plete systems of this science, however, have been compiled and translated into their language,
-
•
397
SECT. 9.]
OF ASTRONOMY.
globe is suspended in its
midst; and about [the earth,
as a centre] are several con-
centric spheres, to which the
sun, moon, and stars are at-
tached. Hence is the name,
celestial sphere.-See the first
volume of Plates Illustrative
of the Heavens, drawn and de-
scribed by Ts' ingloi Lí Ming-
ch'ít, under the patronage of
Yün Yün of Iching, [a dis-
trict in the province of Kóng-
sú.1
懸於​當中​外面
​數​重​包裹​內​則
​日月​星辰​繫​焉
​故名​渾天​見​儀
​徵​阮元​鑒定​靑
​來​李明徹​述​圜
​天​圖​說​上​卷
​渾天​之​體​有​南
​2. The body of the celes-
tial sphere (or heavenly sys-
tem) has two extremes, north
and south, which are the poles
of the heavens; the heavens
revolve, but the poles are im-
movable. Directly opposite
and centrically between the
北​二​極為​天​之
​樞紐​天​動​而​極
​不​動​從​二​極​正
​two poles, dividing equally ↑ *
the heavenly body into two
halves, is the place of a circle
occupying this central divi-
sion; this is the equator (lit.
the bright or flesh colored
path). All computations are
referred to and depend on this
fixed line. The whole cir-
cumference of the equator (or
equinoctial line) is graduated
into 360 degrees; thirty de-
grees form a sign (or house),
and each of the degrees are
divided into twelve periods
[of 24 hours each].
體​為​兩​半​其中
​分之​一圈​處​是
​為​赤道​凡​推測
​者皆​賴​此​為準
​絕​赤道​周圍​列
​三百​六十​度​三
​十​度​為​一​宮​每
​度​分​十二​時
​ông chung; ngoi minsho
schung páu kwó, noi tsak,
yatɔ, ütɔ, ‹sing shan hai² in.
Kứ ming wan tín.—Kín
Iching Yün Yün kám
ting, Tsing sloi Lí Ming
(
chít, shut, Wán thín T
Shüt,, shéung 'kün.
Wan tín chí “ai, yau
nám pak, í² kik, wai t'in
chí shui ‘nau; tín tung,
sí kik, pat, tung². Tsung
1 kik, chúng túi đóng
‹chung, sp'ing ‹fan t'in tai
swai 'léung pún', sk'í chung
fan chí yat, chin chi, shi
>
swai ch'ik, tò². Fán ‹ie
túi
chák, ché, chái lái ‘ts
>
swai 'chun shing. Ch'ik, tò²
chau,wai lít, ‹sám pák, luk,
shap, tờ; sám shap: từ wai
yat, chung; múi từ fan
shap, íshí.
S
by Europeans. Probably the best work of this kind is found in the Lut Lik Ün Ün, a work
comprised in one hundred volumes, "a few of which illustrate the theory of music, with the
European mode of notation; the others contain the principles of mathematics, spherics, the cal-
culation of eclipses, with tables of the sun and moon's mean motions, nodes, and anomalies, with
tables of all the necessary equations," &c. See Morrison's Dictionary, Part II., Vol. I., p. 1064.
1. The work here referred to is in five volumes, containing an epitome of astronomy and
geography. The author, who died in the vicinity of Canton only a few years since, was educat-
ed by Europeans, and derived most of his knowledge from their books. With that which is
true, he has blended much that is ideal and erroneous, as will be seen from this, and the seve-
ral paragraphs which follow, selected from his work. He makes the heavens to consist of ten
concentric hollow spheres or envelops: the first contains the moon's orbit; the second that of
Mercury; those of Venus, the Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, and the twenty-four constellations
follow; the ninth envelops and binds together the eight interior ones, and revolves daily;
the tenth "is the abode of the celestial sovereign, the Great Ruler, with all the gods and sages,
where they enjoy eternal tranquillity." The author's patron (Yün Yün) was for sometime governor
of Canton, and has since been one of the principal ministers of state, from which office he retired
in 1838 to his paternal estates in the province of Kóngsú.
#
CHI. CHR.
100
398
[CHAP. XI.
MATHEMATICS.
3. There are two north
and two south poles, those of
the equator and those of the
ecliptic. The poles of the
ecliptic regulate the varied
machinery of the heavenly
revolutions, and turn round
unecasingly. The poles of
the equator are the pivots of
the primitive celestial body,
and remain permanently un-
moved. What are called the
two poles, therefore, are really
not stars, but two immovable
points, in the north and in
the south.
南北​二​極​各有
​二​赤​極​黄​極​是
​也​黄​1主​天​旋
​之​化​機​運行​不
​息​赤​極​乃​天元
​本體​之​樞​居所
​不​動​名為​二​極
​實​非​星​也​乃​南
​北​二​點​不​動​處
​4. The centre of the ter-
restrial globe is the plc 地球​中心​為​周
​towards which the whole of
圍​重​性​所​趨
​故​山海​人物​皆
​為​無​傾倒​之​虞
​凡遇​朔​時​日月
​共​躔​一度​望​時
​日月​相對​各​遠
​半​周
​黄​道​最​南​之​界
​在​赤道​緯度​二
​十三​度
​道光​二​十年​二
​月初 ​日​日​蝕
​初​戲​正​初​刻
​五分​蝕​甚​午​初
​the surrounding parts gravi.
tate; and therefore the hills,
the seas, men, and all things
do not fall upside down into
ruins.
5. Always on the recur.
rence of new moon, the sun
and moon move together in
the same course; at the time
of full moon they are in direct
opposition, and distant from
each other half a circle.
6. The ecliptic's greatest
southern boundary is twenty-
three degrees and a half from
the equator (or equinoctial
line).
7. In the twentieth year of
the reign of Tokwóng, in
the second month, and on the
first day of the month, there
was an eclipse of the sun.
(March 4th, 1840.)
Beginning of the eclipse,
10 h. 20 m., A. M.
Middle of the eclipse, 11 h.
30 m.
End of the eclipse, 0 h. 54
,, P. M.
二​刻​無​分​復​圓
​午​正​三​刻​九​分
​Nám pak, í kik, kók, ‘yau
í², ch'ik, kiką swóng kik, shí²
yá. sWóng kik, chu tín
ssin chí fá chí, wan shang
pat, 'sik,. Ch'ik, kik, nái
tín sin pún “tai chí shi
<kü 'shó pat, tung'. Ming
swai ? kik, shat, cfí sing
Sya, ‘nái snám pak, ? tím
pat, tung' ch'ü'.
Tí² k'au ‹chung ‹sam 、wai
chau swai chung² sing' 'shó
cts'ü chü'; kú shán Choi
syan mat, ckái swaismo
cking ‘tò chí syu.
Fán yiil shók,sshí, yat,üt,
kung” schín yat, tờ; móng
sshí yat, it, cséung tú), kók,
sin pún?cchau.
sWóng tờ tsui nam chí
kái, tsoi chik, tờ ‘wại tờ
? shap: sám tò? pún?.
Tò² kwóng, í² shap, ¿nín, í'
iit, ch'ó yat, yatɔ, yat, shik,.
Chó fai tsz” ching” chó
2
hak, "'ng <fan; shik, sham²
sng chó hak, smò fan;
fuk, sün "'ng ching' sám
hak, 'kau fan.
7. This is copied from a native almanac, published in Canton. The time of the eclipse
corresponds to the 3d of March, on the other side of the globe, and it is accordingly so noted
in the almanacs of Europe and America.
The Chinese name their five planets by the five elements; thus, Venus is the star of gold, or
the star that is allied to gold; Mercury is the star of water; Saturn, that of earth; Mars, that
of fire; and Jupiter that of wood.
1
GEOGRAPHY.
地理​志​篇​十二
​T?
lí
chí;
<p'ín
shap?
企​。
Section First.
SHAPE OF THE EARTH.
1. The earth is a sphere
situated in the midst of the
celestial sphere.: and the
heavens surround the earth,
just as [the white of] an egg
surrounds the yolk.
CHAPTER XII.
章
​T? sying lui?; tai? yat, chéung.
地形​類​第
​2. The body of the sun is
one million, three hundred and
eight thousand times greater
than the earth. If viewed
from the sun, the earth would
appear like a small speck;
but the sun, viewed from the
earth, appears as large as
the wheel of a carriage.
a
3. If the earth were
square solid body, then the
sun, moon, and all the stars,
would not have the varied
appearances of rising and
sitting.
:
地​本​正圓​居​天
​圓​之中​天​包​地
​外​如​卵​裹​黄
​日​體​大地​一百
​三​十八​萬倍​自
​日​視​地​僅​小​如
​彈丸​自​地球​視
​日​則​大​如​車輪
​若​地​為​方​體​者
​則​日月​諸星​不
​當​有​隱​顯​各異
​T? pún ching syin, cki
t'ín syin chí cchung; tfin
páu tí? ngoi², si lun kwó
wóng.
+
Yat fai tái? tí? yat, pák,
‹sám shap, pát, mán² ≤p'úi.
Tsz" yat, shí' tí² 'kan 'síú
si stán sin; tsz? t? sktau
sh? yatı, tsak, tá? zückü lun.
Notes and Explanations.
UNASSISTED by foreigners, the Chinese have done very little in the study of geography, or, as
they term it, ti li chi, the Records of the earth's principles. Nor of the knowledge brought from
abroad, on this subject, have they made much use. Geography is not with them regarded as
a branch of education; and only a few, even of their literati, understand the first principles of the
science. Tsingloi Lí Mingchít, in his work just noticed (page 379), has given an outline of
geography, illustrated with plates. See his Wán Tin To Shut, volume III, from which most
of the phraseology of this section is selected.
3. That the earth is not only not square, but is not an
idea which the native author here wishes to combat.
immense stationary plain, is the
Yéuk, tí swai fóng giai
'ché, tsak, yat, üt› ‹chü ‹sing
pat, tóng yau yan chín hok,
12.
400
[CHAP. XII.
GEOGRAPHY.
4. If two ships in Europe
| 若​二​船​在​歐​邏
​on the same day take their
departure together, one sail.
巴​同​日​解​維
​ing towards the east, and one
sailing towards the west, they
will afterwards meet in Ut.
向東行​一​向西
​tung (or Canton); but that
which sailed to the east will,
往後​遇​於​粵東
​at the time of her arrival, 其​東​行者​到​時
​have gained half a day,
是​上​半日​西行
​者​到​時​是​下​半
​while that which sailed to the
west will have lost half a day;
which computed together will
give a difference of one whole
day. If that ship which came
eastward to Canton, again goes
eastward to Europe, and that
ship which came westward to
Canton again goes westward
to Europe, then their time
when computed together will
give a difference of two whole
days.
7. From the north pole to
the south pole, passing through
the centre of the globe, the
distance is about eight thou-
sand English miles.
5. One fixed immovable
line, passing through the cen-
tre and
定​不易​貫​心
​the
north pole to the south" poleo線​自​北極​至​南
​is called the axis of the earth.
極​曰​地​之​直​距
​6. The two poles are the
extremities of the axis, the
兩極​師​直​距​尾
​north pole and the south pole. 之​北極​南極
​在​北​1至​南極
​貫​球​心照​英國
​約​八千​里
​赤道​者​一定​線
​8. The equator is one fixed
line, which divides the earth
日​合計​者​約​差
​一日​矣​其​東​來
​之​船​在​粵東​復
​東​行​至​歐​邏​巴
​其​西​來​之​船​在
​粵東​復​西行​至
​歐​邏​巴​合計​者
​僅差​兩​日​而​矣
​Yéuk, í² ‹shün tsoi? Au lò
pá stung yatz kái swai, yat,
heung tung shang, vat,
héung) sai ‘wóng, hau² iz
cü Utęctung; skfíctung shang
'ché tò',shí shí' shéung² pún'
yat; sai shang ‘ché từ shí
shí' há² pún' yat,; hóp, kai'
'ché yéuk› ‹ch'a yat, yat, ‘í.
sKí tung sloi chí sshiin tsoi?
Ut, tung, fuk tung hang
ch↑ 〈Au slò cpá, sk®í sai sloi
chí shun tsoi Ut, tung fuk
sai shang chip Au slò pá,
hóp, kai' 'ché, 'kan chá
‘léung yat¿ ‚í ³í.
Yat, ting² pat, yik, kún' ‹sam
sín', tsz" pak, kik, chí nám
kik, it, từ chí chika kii.
Léung kik, tsik, chik, k'ü
mí ché pak, kiky snam kike.
Tsoi² pak, kiky ch' snam kik2
kún' k'au ‹sam chíú' Ying
kwók,yéuk, pát, cts'in slí.
Chik, tò²(ché yat, ting? sín?
4. This paragraph is abridged from the work of Ts'ingloi, where it is illustrated by a diagram,
rude indeed, but sufficiently clear to make the subject intelligible. A ship sails from Macao on
a Monday the first day of a month, and on Monday the eighth arrives in Manila, where the in-
habitants are regarding the day as the Sabbath, the seventh of the week and month; thus to
the people in the ship two Sabbath days come together. The reckoning of time at Macao is
that of those who came from the west, at Manila it is that of those who came from the`east,
around cape Horn. European navigators usually change their reckoning on reaching the 180°
from the meridian of Greenwich.
8. The summer solstice, they aptly call há chí, or summer's limit, and tung chí is winter's
SECT. 1.]
401
SHAPE OF THE EARTH.
in twain, so that the equator
is equally distant from the
north and south poles.
9. By the lines (or paral-
lels) of latitude extending
from east to west, the length
of the world is reckoned; by
the lines of longitude (or
meridians), extending from
north to south, the breadth
of the world is reckoned. Take
之​寬​以​晝夜​平
​the equinoctial line and make 線​定​緯度​中線
​it the middle line for the pa-
rallels of latitude; then from
this middle line (the equator)
reckoning up to the north pole,
will make the northern hemi-
sphere; and from this middle
line (the equator), reckoning
down to the south pole, will
make the southern hemisphere.
10. Now we employ this
reckoning in order to show
從​中線​往上​數
​至​北極​為​北方
​從​中線​往下​數
​至​南極​為​南方
​用​此​數​以​著
​the elevation of each pole 各​極​出​地​多寡
​above the earth; for the num-
place, are equal to each other;
but in the southern [hemi-
sphere] then it will be accord-
ing to the elevation of the
south pole; in the northern,
it will be according to the ele-
vation of the north pole.
Therefore, seeing that the ca-
pital of China is forty degrees
from the equator, we know
that at that place the elevation
of the north pole is forty
degrees above the earth.
ber of degrees any place is
盖​離​晝夜​平​線
​distant from the equinoctial
line, and the number of degrees 度數​與​極​出​地
​the pole is elevated at that
度數​相等​但​在
​南​則​若​南極​出
​地​之​數​在​北​則
​若​北極​出​地​之
​數​故​視​京師​隔
​中線​四十度
​知​京師​北極​出
​地​四十度
​今​圖​內​十​度​為
​11. On modern maps, ten
degrees are allowed for each
line, in order that they may
be more distinctly and easily
inspected. The parallels of
latitude, dividing the north
破​地​為​二​故​赤
​道​往​南北​同​遠
​東西​緯線​是
​‹Tung ‹sai¿wai sín', shí² 'sho
«tín há chí ch*éung; nám
* * * * * * pak, king sin', shi sho' ‹tin
天下​之​長​南北
​#⇓
fún. I chau Tạ
格​使​簡約​便
​覽​其​緯度​自​畫
​pớ tí swai í, kứ chi, c
Swóng nám pak, tung un
sping sin', ting swai fot
chung sín; chung
sín ‘wóng shéung shò chỉ
pak, kik, wai pak, fong:
sts ung chung sín' 'wong ha
‘shò chí nám kin,
snám fong.
29 Way
Tsik, yung' 'ts'z' shù', 'í chit'
kók, kik, ch'ut, tí tó 'kwá;
koi slí chau yê phing sín
tờ shờ, sự kik, chut, tí tò
shờ, sséung ‘tang; tán tsci
nám, tsak, yéuk, nám kiba
chut, tí chí shờ; tsoi pai
tsak, yéuk, pak, kik, chut, ti?
chí sho'. Kú' shí' king s7
kák, chung sín' sz" shap
tờ, tsik, chí ching sz ngh
kik, ch‘ut, tí sz” shap, từ.
Kam to noi² shap. tờ?
swai yat, kák,; sz kán
yéuk, pín² slám. Kí wai
limit, or the winter solstice. So zenith and nadir, and other terms, are expressed by words or
phrases whose literal meanings are equivalent to the technical terms in use among Europeans.
11. The writer, Ts'ingloi, is here describing and referring to a small map of the world, present.
ing the two hemispheres, the eastern and western; on which, as on European maps of the same
size, the only lines of latitude and longitude are those marked by the numbers, 10, 20, 30, &c.
CHI. CHR.
101
402
[CHAP. XII.
GEOGRAPHY.
and south poles from the | 夜​平​線​分​南北
​equinoctial line, are longitu-
dinal degrees; and as they
gradually near the poles, in
like manner the circles gra-
dually become smaller, and
cease in the ninetieh degree.
兩極​係​橫​度​漸
​近​極​則​圈​漸​小
​而​盡​於​九十度
​京都​順​天府北
​極​出​地​四十度
​郭為​中線
​盛京​奉​天府​北
​極​出​地​四​十二
​度​偏東​七​度
​廣東​廣州​府​二
​十三​度​二​十分
​偏西​三​度​三​十
​分
​12. At the capital city, in
the department of Shunt'ín,
the elevation of the north
pole is forty degrees; and
this [city] is taken to be the
first meridian line.
13. In Shingking, at the
city of Fungtin (or Mouk-
den), the elevation of the north
pole is forty-two degrees; and
its eastern longitude is seven
degrees.
14. In Kwóngtung, the city
of Kwóngchau (or Canton),
is in [north] latitude twenty-
three degrees and twenty mi-
mutes, and in west longitude
three degrees and thirty mi-
nutes.
15. In [the province of 雲南​雲南​府​二
​Wannám, the city of Wan-
nám is in [north] latitude
twenty-five degrees and twen.
ty minutes, west longitude
thirteen degrees and forty mi-
十五​度​二​十分
​偏西​十​三​度​四
​十分
​nutes.
昔人​末​覺​地​如
​渾​球​故​無從​指
​後​詳​究​則
​知​分​亞細亞​歐
​邏​巴亞​非​利加
​16. In ancient times men
did not perceive that the
earth was a round ball, and
therefore nothing was said
respecting it. Subsequently, 說
​after more deep researches,
they understood that the di-
visions, Asia, Europe, Ame-
rica, Africa, and New Holland,
were five great continents;
and that besides them there
were also several other small
islands, rising between those
continents.
美​理​哥​新​荷​囒
​為​五大​州​其外
​尙​餘​各​小​海​洲
​出乎​其間
​tò², tsz" chau' yé' ¿p'ing sín'
cfan nám pak, léung kik2,
S
hai? swáng tòz; tsim² kan?
kik2, tsak, chiin tsim² siú, sí
tsun? cü (kau shap, tò?.
King ctò, Shun² 'ín fú,
pak, kik, ch'ut, tí? sz" shap₂
tò?; tsik, swai vchung sín’.
Shing? cking, Fung² Win
fú, pak, kik, ch'ut, tí? sz”
shap? ? tò?; <p'ín ctung tsfat,
tò².
Kwóng tung, Kwong chau
'fú, í' shap, ‹sám tò² í² shap,
‹fan; ‹p'ín ‹sai ‹sám tò² ‹sám
shap, ‹fan.
Wan snám, sWan snám fú,
? shap: Png tò? ? shape cfan;
<p'ín sai shap› ‹sám tò² sz”
shape <fan.
Sik, syan m? kók, t? sü wan?
sk'au, kú smò stseung (chí
shit,. Toi hau² stséung kau²,
tsak, chí fan A sai ả, Au
slò ‹pá, A' ‹fí lí² cká, Mí lí
ckó, «San sHóxlan, swai ng
táil chau; sk'í ngo' shéung:
sii, kók, síú Choi chau ch'ut
sú sk'í ‹kán.
12–15. The latitude and longitude of these places are copied from Tstingloi's work. The
foreign factories in Canton, situated a few rods southwest from the walls of the city, are in lati-
tude 23 degrees, 7 minutes, 10 seconds north, and in longitude 113 degrees, 14 minutes, 30
seconds east of Greenwich.
SECT. 2.]
403
METEOROLOGY.
1. Air is that which is ex-
haled and inhaled by all crea-
tures. It possesses varieties
in rarity and density, elasti-
city and pliability, humidity
and aridity, heat and cold.
The earth, moreover, is sur-
rounded by and enveloped in
it, just as the white of the
egg encompasses the yolk on
all sides.
METEOROLOGY.
氣​奇​象​類​第二 ​章
​H' skčí tséung² lui²; tail í ‹chéung.
2. Clouds: the humid va-
pors, rising from the hills, the
streams, rivers, and seas, as-
cend and collect in the midst
of the firmament, and form
the clouds, which are borne
along and moved by the wind.
3. Dew and hoarfrost are
fundamentally of the same
class. When the wind is calm,
and the atmosphere warm,
then the dew falls; when the
wind is calm and the atmos-
phere cold, then hoarfrost is
deposited.
4. Earthquake: when the
watery and fiery vapors con-
fined in the earth are unable
to get vent, then by their agi-
tations they cause the earth
to quake.
Section Second.
氣​者​萬物​之​呼
​吸​也​有​輕重​爽
​膩​濕​燥​冷熱​不
​同​地球​亦​包涵
​於​氣​內​如​雞​卵
​之​白​藏​其​黄​也
​雲​者​山川​河海
​蒸​濕​之​氣​騰​結
​空中​而成​雲​俟
​風​送​而​行​也
​露​霜​本​一​類​也
​風​靜​而​天氣​暖
​則​露​下​風​靜​而
​天氣​寒​則​霜​下
​地震​盖因​地​中
​水火​之​氣​不​舒
​是以​激​致​地震
​Hi ché, mán² matchí fú
kap, syá. Yau ching chung²,
‘shóng nữ,shap, ts ờ, lang ít,
pat, tung. T? sk'au yik
páu nhám su hí noi, su
chai lun chí pák, stsóng
sk'í swóng ‘yá.
Wan 'ché: shán ch'in shó
hoi ching shap, chí hí,
stang kít, chung chung, sá
sshing swan; tsz" fung sung'
sí shang ¹yá.
Ld2 séung 'pún yat, lui² ≤yá.
Fung tsing? sí ttín hp snin,
tsak, lò há; fung tsing? số
t'ín hí chón, tsak, séung
há².
T² chan:ko' yan t?
chung shui fo chí hí,
pat, <shii, shí sí kik, chứ tí
chan'
Į
Notes and Explanations.
METEOROLOGY, that department of science which makes us acquainted with the properties and
relations of the atmosphere surrounding the earth, occupies the principal part of the fifth and
last volume of Ts'ingloi's work, from which the following paragraphs are abridged. Exactness
in such a science is hardly attainable, even by the ablest masters. Ts'ingloi has often used words
in a technical sense, and without the requisite definitions being attached; it is, therefore, some-
times impossible to determine their meaning. In such cases only their literal meaning can be
given.
1. The word hi is used to express very diverse ideas, relating to matter and mind, things
physical, spiritual, and imaginary. Here it evidently denotes simply the atmospheric air; with
many of the operations and properties of which the Chinese are familiar, though they seem to
have no idea of its constituent parts as a compound fluid, consisting of oxygen gas, and nitrogen
or azote.
404
[CHAP. XII.
GEOGRAPHY.
5. Fog is a light vapor
arising from humidity; when
there is not wind and heat of
the sun sufficient to cause its
dispersion, it collects together
and forms fog.
霧​者​濕​之​輕​氣
​因​無​風​太陽​飄
​散​致​結為​霧​也
​雹​冰​之​類​乃
​水​下降​忽遇
​極寒​而​凝​實​也
​日暈​者乃​空中
​之​雲氣​直逼​日
​之​光​圍​抱​成​環
​霜​者​露​所​結​也
​冰​者​寒氣​藉​水
​而成​故​孟冬​冰
​始​結​仲冬​冰​益
​季​冬​冰​方​盛
​光​者​由​日出​而
​臨​於​地​僅​計​八
​分​而​每​分​可行
​三千​六百​萬里
​月​本​無光​恒​借
​太​陽光​以為​光
​電​者​因​水土​氣
​挾帶​微​質​略​!
硝​炱​火熱​發​越
​適​映​雲​際​逢​其
​subtle material comes in con-
tact, it flashes forth in light- 質​氣​閃​為​電光
​nings.
6. Hail is a species of ice;
when the drops of rain de-
scending downwards, happen
to meet with intense cold,
they congeal and become
solid.
7. Halo of the sun: this is
caused by the cloudy vapor
of the sky coming in direct
contact with the sun's light,
thus forming a ring surround-
ing the sun's disc.
8. Hoarfrost is dew con-
gealed.
9. Ice is formed by cold
air acting on water. In the
first of winter the ice begins
to form; in the middle of win-
ter it becomes more firm; and
in the end of winter it is most
perfect.
10. Light proceeds forth
from the sun, and in making
its descent to the earth, takes
only about eight minutes, its
velocity being nearly thirty-
six millions of miles each
minute.
The moon is originally
without light, always borrow-
ing the light with which she
shines, from the sun.
11. Lightning: when the
aqueous vapor from the earth
collects and carries along sub-
tle matter, small as the cin-
ders of saltpetre, a fiery heat
is developed; when this reach-
es the bright clouds, and the
Mờ ‘ché, shap, chí ching hí
yan md fung fái véumg
cpíu sán, chứ kít, swai mờ
sya.
Pháu tsik, ping chí lại;
énái fü shui hat kóng², fat
ü kika shón, sí sying shat,
sya.
Yat, wan ‘ché: nái chung
chung chí swan hí, chik
pik, yat, chí kwóng, wai
speò sshing swan.
Séung 'ché lò' 'shó kit, 'yá.
Ping ché, shón hé tsik
‘shui sứ sshing. Kứ mang
tungping ‘chí kít, chung
tung ‘ping yik, chóng
kwal tung (ping fong shing².
Kwóng ‘ché, syau yatz ch ut,
í slam ci t², kan kai) pat,
fan í múi fan 'hó chang
csámcts'in luke pak, mán²
slí.
ütz pún smù ckwóng, shang
tsé tár syéung ckwóng í
swai ckwóng.
Tín ‘ché, yan shui “tò hí
káp, tái'smí chat,, léuk, sü
esiú stoi, fo it, fat, city, shik
‘ying swan chár, sfung skí
chat, hí shím wai tín
kwóng.
9. The terms mang, chung, and kwai, are employed where only a triad is spoken of, and
denote the first, second, and third, like shéung, chung, and há. The icicle the Chinese call
ping ch'i, a column of ice.
11. The electricity of the atmosphere is very imperfectly understood, even by European phi
losophers. The terms here employed are those in common use among the Chinese when speak-
ing of, or describing electrical phenomena. There are also many superstitious notions concerning
the cause of lightning, current among the people, which involve the agency of spirits, gods, &c.
1
Sect. 2.]
405
METEOROLOGY.
鲨
​12. Parhelia and paraselene
(mock sun & moon) described.
13. Rain: clouds collect
in the heavens, and after they
become thick and dense the
rain falls.
14. A rainbow is a certain
evidence of the presence of
rain. The clouds are situat-
ed on one side, and the sun on
the other side [of the observ-
er]: the solar rays, in contact
with the rain from the clouds,
are refracted and reflected
back ; and it is by these rays,
reflected from the rain of the
16. Snow and rain have
precisely the same rationale;
and the drops of rain on meet-
ing the cold air congeal in
flakes and descend to the
ground.
17. Thunder is caused by
lightning as it bursts forth;
accordingly at the time of the
lightning's flash, there is the
sound of thunder.
日月​重​見​說
​雨​者​雲聚​於​天
​積​重​然後​雨落
​虹​者乃​雨​際​之
​徵​雲​在 ​- 邊​日
​又​在
​•邊​日光
​18. Tides described. These
consist of an alternate rise
and fall of the water. The
water continues to rise dur-
ing six hours' time, after
which it falls; and the fall
also continues during six
hours’time, after which the
water again rises; if at twelve
o'clock it is at its height then
it will turn and ebb till six.
一
​distinct globules; these glo-
bules are sleet. They are also
散圓​散圓​師​霰
​called pearl-snow; and they 也​又名​珠​雪​亦
​are accompanied also with
drops of rain.
兼​同​雨點
​與​雲雨​斜​對​抵 ​shung yá.
住​是​映射​之​雲
​clouds, that the rainbow is
formed.
雨​所以​成​虹​也
​15. Sleet: by the intense
cold of winter the humid air
霰​者乃​隆冬​濕
​ascends, and forms conglome-
rated vapors; which meeting 氣​升​成​圆​雲
​with the cold air congeal with
frost, and so are formed into
遇​冷凝​沍​态​成
​雪​與​雨​其​理​並
​同​雨滴​遇​寒氣
​凝​片​而​下地
​雷​者​由​電​而​發
​故​閃電​之​際​而
​有​雷​之​聲​也
​潮汐​說​水​有​長
​退​長​必​三​時​之
​久​然後​退​退​亦
​三​時​之​久​然後
​復​長​如​子 ​時​長
​則 ​時​退​也
​Yat, ut, chung kin' shiit,.
ii tin
‹Ü ‘ché, swan ts'ü² ‹ ‹đín
tsik, chung²,ínhain?qi
lók,.
Hung ‘ché, nái sự trái ch
<ching. Wan tsoi² vat, yiní
S
yat, yau' tsoi² yat, spín; vat,
ckwóng yü swan iütsé tíúr
tai chü?; sh? ying shé?
chí wan si, chó í shing
S
Sán ché, nái slung tung
shap, h' cshing, tsik, shing
sin swan, ii? slang ving ú?:
sik), sshing sán'sün; san?on
tsik, sán, ‘yá. Yau² ming
cchi süts; yik, ckín tfung
sü 'tím.
Sut, Syü ü ski li ping :
stfung; sü tik,² shún hi
sying p' ín' í há² tí².
:
sLui ché, vau tín si fát,
kứ shím tín chí tsai, ch
yau shui chí shing vá.
¿Ch'íú tsik, shüt,. 'Shui 'yau
chéung túi. “Chéung pít
sám shí chí kau, in han
túi ; túi yik, sám shí chí
kau, sín haue fuk, chéung;
sü 'tsz' sshí 'chéung, tsak,
smau sshí túiva.
14. The rainbow is said by the Chinese to be caused by an effluence resulting from the union
of the dual powers, yam and yéung. It is known by various names, as hung ni, tái tung, and
tin hung, which last is the most common term.
:
CHI. CHR.
102
406
[CHAP. XII.
GEOGRAPHY.
19. Wind: in those re-
gions where the heat of the
sun is powerful, the air be-
coming rarified ascends; and
the cold air acting on this
heated air produces wind. In
the equatorial regions, if there
are thin fleecy clouds, then
there will be a tyfoon. Whirl.
winds are occasioned by the
sun's proximity.
?
19. Fung is one of the radicals of the Chinese language; 183 characters are comprised under
it, the greater part of which designate various modes and operations of the wind. Tyfoons, or
tái fung, as the Chinese often call the kü fung, occur on the southern coasts of their country.
風​者​太陽​所​曝
​之​處​則​氣​炎​而
​騰​及​凍​氣​激​之
​而成​風​赤道​之
​下​有​片​雲​印​有
​颶風​以​日​近​故
​有​旋風
​1. Arabia on the north is
conterminous with Turkey;
on the cast it joins upon
Persia; on the south it ex-
tends to the Indian ocean;
and on the west borders
upon the Red sea.
Section Thirð.
NATIONS OF
OF ASIA.
Fung 'ché, tái' syéung 'shó
puk, chí chi, tsak, hỉ sim
sí stang; k'ap, tung' hí' kik,
«chí sí sshing fung. Ch'ik
tờ chí há yau pín’swan
tsik, Syau kül fung. I' yat
kan kú? Syaussin fung.
亞細亞​國​第三​章
​A
sai' ③ kwók; tail sam cchéung.
亞​喇​伯​北​接​土
​耳​基​東​連​波斯
​南至​印度​海西
​接​紅海
​阿龙​北​接​雲南
​東南​皆​連​暹​邏
​西​界​英國​屬地
​are the British possessions.
Mintin belongs to Burinah (or 緬甸​屬​阿瓦​國
​Ava).
2.
Burmah on the north
is conterminous with Wan-
nám; on both the east and
south it borders upon Siam;
and its western boundaries
1
Á lá pák,, pak, tsíp, To
í ckí; tung slín (Pô sz'
nám chỉ Yan tờ hoi; sai
tsip, Hung Choi.
‹Á ³wá pak, tsíp› ‹Wan¸nám;
tung snăm kái shín Tsím
slò; sai ká? (Ying kwok,
shuk, tỉ. Mín tín shuk,
A swa kwók,.
Noles and Explanations.
THE names of the different countries comprised in this and the four following sections will come
nearer their true sounds if pronounced according to the court dialect. Most of them, especially
the names of European and Asiatic countries, are borrowed from Ts' ingloi and other native au-
thors, and are arranged in alphabetical order.
2. The whole Burman empire seems to be now known to the Chinese under the name of
A wá, while Míntín is applied by them to a small region, the northwest of Burmah.
SECT. 3.]
407
NATIONS OF ASIA.
3. The Chinese empire on
the north is conterminous
with Russia; east it extends
to the Pacific ocean; south it
borders on Cochinchina, Bur-
mah, Nípál, and so forth; and
its western boundaries are
several small Mohammedan
states.
4.
The king of Cochin-
china is styled Mingming;
this country on the north is
conterminous with the Chi-
nese empire; on both the east
and south it extends to the
ocean; and its western boun-
dary is Siam. Tungking,
Champa, and Camboja are
now included in and form a
part of the kingdom.
5. Corea is a small country,
situated between the Chinese
empire and Japan.
大​清​國​北​接​俄
​羅斯東​至​平​洋
​南越​南阿瓦
​郭​爾喀​等處​西
​界​回疆​外​諸​邦
​越南​國王​號​明
​命​其​地​北​接​大
​清​東南​皆​至於
​洋​西​界​暹​邏​內
​有​東京​占​城東
​埔​寨​附​之
​6. The greatest part of
India is the territory of the
English, and is under the con-
trol of a governor-general.
The principal province is call-
ed Bengal; its capital city is
Calcutta, and its port is Ked-
geree. The second city is
Madras; the third is Bom-
bay; and the fourth Agra:
and each of them is a provin-
cial capital. On the north,
India is bounded by Nípál,
and the frontiers of numerous
Mohammedan states; east it
joins on Burmah; south it
extends to the Indian ocean;
and its western boundaries are
朝鮮​小​國​間​於
​大​清​日本​之中
​天竺​大半​為​唭
​國​屬地​以​總督
​管​之​首​省​名​日
​呀​喇​省城​日​。
哩​噶​噠​其​港口
​日​葛​支​里​其次
​省​名​曼​噠​喇​薩
​又​次日​孟買​又
​其次​阿古​刺​各
​the countries of the Afghans 為​省會​北​界​郭
​and Bilúchís.
爾喀​及​回回​諸
​邦​東​連​阿瓦南
​至​印度​海西​界
​阿​付​干​及​卑​路
​治​之​國
​Tái
Tsing kwók, pah,
tsíp, Ngó 6 sz; tung chí
spring syéung; snám slín Ut
snám, A' 'wá Kwók, í hák),
tang chi; sai kái Ui
chéung ngoi chi páng.
Üt, snám kwók,, 、wóng hò²
¿Ming ming²; sk'í tí² pak, tsíp,
Tái Tsing; tung nám
hái chí ü syéung; sai hái
Tsím lò. Noi yau Tung
cking, Chím’sshing Tung ‘pờ
chái fú chứ.
Chíú sín síú kwók, kán'
ü Tái Ts'ing, Yat, 'pún
chí chung.
(Tein chuks tái² pún' swai
Ying kwók, shuk, tí², í
tsung tuk, kún chí. Shau
sháng sming Ming ngá lá
'sháng,shing üt, 'Kú li kat,
tát,; skí kóng 'hau üt, Kat,
cchi li. sKí ts'z" sháng
sming Mán tát, lá sát,; yau
ts'z” ut, Mang mái; yau
sk'í ts'z" A kú dá; kók,
swai sháng úr. Pak kái
Kwók, í hák, k'ap, ¿Ui
súi chii páng; tung slín
A swa; snam ch' Yan' tò:
'hoi; ‹sai kái ‹Á fú² ‹kón,
kap, Pí lò chí chí hwok.
•
3—5. China is also called Chung kwók; Cochinchina is also called Ónuám; Corea, Kòli;
408
[CHAT. X1.
GEOGRAPHY.
滿
​7. Persia on the north
extends to the Caspian sea;
east it borders on the two
countries of the Afgháns and
Bílúchís; south it extends to
the ocean; and west it is
conterminous with Arabia.
8. In the north of Asia
is the territory of Russia,
whose sovereign is called an
emperor; his name is Nicho
las. This territory on the
north extend to the Icy seas;
on the east it reaches to the
Pacific ocean; its southern
boundary is the Chinese
empire; and on the west it
joins upon Europe.
9. Siam on the north is
conterminous with Wannám ;
on the east it borders on
Cochinchina; southward it
stretches out to the sea; and
has Burmah on the west.
10. Turkey on the north
extends to the Black sea;
east it borders on Persia; its
southern boundary is Arabia;
and to the west it extends to
the Mediterranean sea.
11. Malacca, Pondicherry,
Travancore, Cochin, Goa,
Mahratta, Surat, &c., are
names of places.
12. Besides these there are
several tens of other coun-
tries. Among them, some have
kings, and others have chiefs,
who govern them ; full descrip-
tions of which it is impossible
to give.
波斯​北​至​海
​東​阿​付​干​卑
​路​治​兩國​南至
​洋​西​接​亞​喇​伯
​亞細亞​北方​俄
​羅斯​之​地​國君
​皇帝​其​號​尼
​可​勞​地​北​則​冰
​海東​至​平​洋​南
​界​大​清​西​連​歐
​邏​巴
​暹​邏​北​接​雲南
​省​東​連​越​南南
​至​海西​界​阿瓦
​土​耳​基​北​至​黑
​海東​連​波斯南
​界​亞​喇​伯西​至
​地中海
​麻​六​呷​笨​支​里
​打​冷​莽​柯​固​貞
​小​西洋​嗎​喇​他
​蘇​辣​等​地名​。
此外​有​國​數十
​其中​或​有​王​或
​諸侯​管轄​不等
​未能​盡​述​也
​(Pó (sz', pak) chP Lí hoí;
tung slín A fú² ckón kapz
Pí lờ chỉ léung kwok ;
nám chỉ yéung; sai tsíp,
A dá páks.
and India, Yantú, or Yintoo kwók, the country of the Hindús.
or the name of the reigning family of Nípál.
Á' sai' á' pak› ‹fóng ¿Ngó sló
csz’chí tí?; kwók) (kwan
ching swóng tar,sk'í hò² Ni
eóslò. T? pak, tsak) (Ping
hoi; tung chí sPing .yeung;
nám kái Tái Tsing; sai
slín Au lò cpa.
Tsím' ¿ld, pak, tsíp, Wan
nám sháng; tung slín Ut
nám; nám chỉ hoi; sai
kái' ‹A´ ‘wá.
‘T) { chí, pak, chứ Hak,
(hoi; tung slín (Pó (sz
sz’
snám ká?A? lá pák); csai
chí Tử chung hơi,
ܪܐ
sMá luk, káp,, Pan→ chí lí,
“Tá lang móng chó, Kứ
ching,Siú،Sai syeung, Má
lá tá, Sú lát, tang tí
sming.
Ts'z' ngoz Syau kwók, shò)
shap2. sK'í cchung wak Syau
swóng, wákz cchii shau kún
hat pat, Stang; mié snang
tsun² shutz (yá.
Kwók í hák is strictly Ghorka
12. Chinese travelers and voyagers (for a few such there have been,) have given to their coun-
trymen descriptions of the principal seaports of Asia, from Japan to the Red sea; and have add-
ed thereto notices of their inhabitants and articles of commerce.
-
V
SECT. 4.]
409
NATIONS OF EURope.
1. This section summarily
mentions the principal nations
of Europe, together with the
names of their sovereigns;
other small countries are not
noticed. The territories of
Europe extend from north to
south about forty or fifty thou.
sand miles; and from east to
west they extend nearly an
equal distance.
NATIONS OF EUROPE.
歐​邏​巴​國​第四​章
​‹Au sld
pá kwók); taiz sz” <chéung.
2. Europe on the north
extends to the Icy sea; east
it borders on Asia; south it
extends to the Black sea and
the Mediterranean; west it
reaches to the waters of the
Atlantic.
3. The sovereign of Austria
has the title of emperor, his
name is Ferdinand, and his
capital is called Vienna.
4. Bavaria, of which Louis
is king.
5. Belgium, of which Leo-
pold is king.
Section Fourth.
此​章​略​言​歐​邏
​巴​之​大​國​並​君
​號​另​小​國​未有
​悲​記​其​疆域​自
​北​至​南​約​四五
​萬里東​至西大
​略​相同
​歐​邏​巴​北​至​冰
​海東​連​亞細亞
​南至​黑海​及​地
​中​海西​至​壓​蘭
​的​海
​奧​地​哩​亞​國君
​稱​皇帝​其​號​非
​耳​地​難​建​都城
​日​美​衍
​巴
​哩​亞​王​號
​璐​義
​比​里​朕​國​者​王
​號​勒阿​撥
​'Ts'z' «chéung léuk, ‹ín ‹Au
slò pá chí tái kwok,, ping’
kwan hò; ling síu kwok,
mí² yau sik, kí'. ¿K'í ‹kéung
wáky tsz? pak, ch↑ nám,
yéuk, sz" "'ng mán' lí; tung
chí sai, tái léuk, séung
stfung.
cÂu là pá pak, chí Ping
choi; tung shín A” sai á
snám chr Hak, Choi, kㄍ​apz
Tí chung hoi; sai chí
At, lán tik, hoi.
Ó tí² slí á kwók, kwan
ching swóng ta'; sk'í hò?
Fí í tí nán; kín' to shing
ütz Mi in.
Pá swá slí á' swóng hồ²
Lú² í².
Pi slí cham' kwók, 'ché,
swóng hè Lak, có pút).
Notes and Explanations.
EVEN the names of some of the nations of Europe, as well as those of their sovereigns, are un-
known to the Chinese; accordingly some new combinations of characters have been required to
express these names. In such cases it is a rule with the Chinese to select the characters which
will best express the sound of the names.
3. The rule to express the sound of the foreign name is not always observed: sometimes a pro-
minent national characteristic is employed for naming a country. Thus Austria is known to the
:
CHI. CHR.
103
410
[CHAP. XII.
GEOGRAPHY.
7. Great Britain, or Eng-
land, of which Victoria is
queen, and whose capital is
called London.
6. Denmark, of which : 大​尼​國​者​王​號
​Christian VII. is king.
8. France, of which Louis
Philippe is king, and whose
capital is called Paris.
11.
William is king,
..
13. Portugal, also named
Western Ocean, of which
Maria II. is queen.
9. The families of Germa-
ny (i. e. the Germanic states)
are divided into several king-
doms, which, though they are
called Germany, have sepa.
rate names.
理​曼​另有​國​名
​10. Greece, of which Otho 希臘​國​者​王​號
​is king.
阿土
​Holland, of which 荷蘭​國​者​王​號
​威廉
​12. The capital of modern 今​之​以​大利​國
​Italy is called Rome.
其​京城​名羅馬
​葡萄牙​一名​西
​洋​國​者​女王​號
​馬利亞​第二​傳
​破​魯西​國​者​王
​號​非得​勒威廉
​第三​傳​唐人​呼
​其​國​曰​單​鷹
​14. Prussia of which Fre-
deric William III. is king.
The Chinese call this country
Tánying (or Single Eagle).
基士​陣​第七​傳
​大師​唭​陪​唎
​國​者​女王​號​威
​朶​哩​建​都城​日
​倫敦
​法蘭西​者​王​號
​璐​義​腓​立​建都 ​it. Pa slai.
城​日​巴黎
​阿​理​曼​族​類​分
​立​幾​國​仍​稱​阿
​Táľní kwók, 'ché, ¿wóng
hò² Kí sz❞ chan', tai tsat,
sch'ün.
<
Tái . Ying, tsik, . Ying hat, li
kwók, ché, Sni swóng hòz
〈Wai tó sí; kín' ctò sshing
ütz Lun tun.
Fát› ‹lán ‹sai 'ché, ¿wóng hò
Lú í Fí lap,, kín' to shing
‚Á ³lí mán² tsuk, lui² ‹fan lap
Ckí kwóks, sying ching A
í mán lingsyau kwok,
sming.
(Hilips kwok, ché, swóng
hờ Otò.
SH6 slán kwok, ché, swóng
hò² Wai slím.
Kam chí sÍ tái là kwok,
sk'í cking sshing sming Ló
smá.
sPò stò sngá, yat, sming (Sai
SYéung kwók, ché; snu
swóng hò Má lí á tai h
sch'ün.
<
Poslú sai kwók, 'ché wong
hò² Fí tak, lake Wai slím
tai?csám schün. Tóng syam
fú sk'í kwóksity TanYing.
people of Canton by the name Má Ying or Sheung Ying kwók, The Double Eagle country, be
cause, as the Chinese say, 'on its white flag is painted the double head of a bird."
6. Denmark is usually known among the Chinese of Canton as the Wong Ki kwók, the country
with the Yellow Flag. This inclination of the Chinese to designate foreign countries, by de..
scriptive epithets, rather than by terms which merely express the sound of their names, is owing
partly to the nature of their language, and partly to their ignorance of the true names, when the
inhabitants of those countries first appeared in China.
SECT. 4.]
411
NATIONS OF EUROPE.
15. The people of Rome,
in ancient times, used the
Latin written language.
16. Russia; half of this
'country is situated in Europe,
and half is situated in Asia.
17. Sardinia, of which Al-
bert is king.
18. Saxony, of which Fre-
deric is king.
19. Spain, of which Isabella
II. is queen.
20. Sweden and Norway, of
which Charles XIV. is king.
21. Switzerland is situated
between Germany, France,
and Italy.
22. Turkey; half of this
country is in Europe, and half
is in Asia.
23. The whole number of
states in Europe is about
fifty; and they have different
governments; among them
some are governed by em-
perors, some by kings and
queens, or by other persons of
noble rank.
羅馬​國人​古時
​用​拉​體​納​文字
​俄羅斯​國​其​地
​半​在​歐​邏​巴
​在​亞細亞
​撒​顛​牙​國​者​王
​號​亞​里​弼
​撒​所​尼​國​者​王
​號​非得​勒
​西班牙​國​者​女
​í²
王​號​以​散​比​喇 ​tai² sch un.
第二​傳
​sLó smá kwók, syan (kú sshí
yung Lá “tai náp, man
tsz".
曼法蘭西​以​大
​利​等​國​中間
​土​耳​基​國​者​其
​國 ​在​歐​邏​巴
​半​在​亞細亞
​歐​邏​巴​內​共​五
​十餘​國​其​國​政
​各異​中​或​皇帝
​或​王后​或​尊爵
​者​管轄​不等
​Ng6 sló sz' kwók,; sk'í tí
pún' tsoi' Au lò ‹pá, pún'
tsoi² A” sai' á'.
Sát, tín ngá kwok, ‘ché,
swóng hò² A3 slí pat..
Sát, shó ni kwók, 'ché,
swóng hò² (Fí tak, laky.
S
瑞典​那​華​兩國
​者​王​號​揸​理​第 ​shape sz" sch'in.
十四​傳
​瑞西​國​在​阿​理
​Sai pán ngá kwók, 'ché,
ni swóng hò sI san ‘pí lá
Suï² tín,³Nó ¿wá ³léung kwók,
'ché, wóng hò² Chá slí, tai
sz”schin.
Sui sai kwók, tso cÁ lí
mán, Fát, lan sai, SI′ tái h
tang kwok, chung ckán.
Ta si ki kwók, 'ché; skrý
kwók,pún'tsoi² cAu slòupá.
pún' tsoi' A' sai' á'.
cAu sddcpá no² kung² "ng
shap, si kwók,; ‚k'í kwók,
ching kólk, F, cchung wak)
swóng tail, wák swóng hau²,
wake cts'in tséuk, ché, kún
wák, ‹ts'ün
hat, pat, 'tang.
ܨ
19. Among the Chinese, Spain is usually called Tái Luisung, or Great Luçon, in contradis-
tinction to the Philippines which they call Small Luçon.
412
[CHAP. XII.
GEOGRAPHY.
1.
Africa extends from
north to south more than ten
thousand miles, and from east
to west more than nine thou-
sand miles.
NATIONS OF AFRICA.
亞非​利 ​利加​國​第五​章
​A、
fí K² chá kwók); tại s’ng chéung.
2. On the north, its boun-
dary is the Mediterranean
sea; on the west its boundary
is the Atlantic; its southern
boundary is the Southern
ocean; and the Red sea and
Indian ocean form its eastern
boundary.
3. At the northeast, there
is a narrow neck of land (an
isthmus), by which it is con-
nected with Asia.
4. On the northwest, at
the straits of the Mediter-
ranean sea, that narrow chan-
nel connects it with Spain in
Europe.
5. The whole continent is
divided by the equator, so
that about three tenths of the
continent are on the north
of the line, and about seven
tenths are on the south of it.
In the centre of the continent
are wild and desert lands. Its
extreme southern point is call-
ed the Cape.
Section Fifth.
亞非​利加​由​北
​而​南​一​萬​幾千
​里​自​西​而​東​九
​千​幾百​里
​北​以​地中海​為
​界​西​以​壓​蘭​的
​海​為​界​南​以南
​海​為​界​東​以​紅
​海​印度​海​為​界
​東北​區​紅海​處
​有​微​地​與​亞​細
​亞​相連
​西北​地中海​界
​首​廹​狹​而​接​歐
​邏​巴​之​西班牙
​統計​其​地​以​赤
​道​横​分​而論​南
​得其​三​北​居​其
​七​中​惟​荒野​地
​其​南極​處​日​呷
​A ‹fí lí² ká 、yau pak, í
、nám, yat, mán kí tsín lí;
tsz? sai sí tung kau ts'in
ckí pák, sí.
Pak, í T? chung hoi swai
kái; ‹sai í A't, lán tik, ‘hoi
swai kái; nám í Nam hoi
swai kái); tungi Hung Choi
Yan' to² 'hoiwai káť.
Tung pak, k'ü Hung 'hoi
ch'ü' 'yau,mí tí², ³ü A” sai
áséung slín.
Sai pak, Tí chung hoi kái
shau pik, háp, sí tsíp. Au
sld pá chí <Sí pán snga.
Tung kai' ‚k'í tí² “í ch'ik›
to wáng fan sí lun², snám
tak› ‹k'í sám, pak, ‹kü sk'í
tsfat). Chung swai fong Syé
tí². ¿K'í,nám kik, ch'ü' ütz
Kaps.
Notes and Explanations.
AFRICA and its inhabitants and productions are also quite unknown to the Chinese. Ts'ingloi
barely names the country, which he calls Li-pi-á, or Libya, as written by the Jesuits; but gives
no description of its several parts. The Cape, and the possessions of the Portuguese, are men-
tioned by a modern traveler, Tsé Tingkò, who says that there are many native states, some of
which are Mohammedans, and that “the people are as black as lacker; ivory, rhinoceros' horns,
grain, and melons, are the products.”
SECT. 6.]
413
NATIONS OF AMERICA.
6. Along all the coast there
are settlements; and on the
south are several regions of
country which belong to the
English and Portuguese.
7. On the north are several
states, as Morocco, Algiers,
Tunis, Tripoli, &c.
8. Egypt is situated at the
northeastern part, bordering
on the Red sea.
1. Were the globe of the
earth opened and spread out,
and were Asia, and Europe,
and Africa, made to con-
stitute one hemisphere, then
America would be opposite
to it.
沿海​皆有​民居
​南​且​有數​方​屬
​大​暎​與​葡萄牙
​北​有數​國​日​麻
​囉​哥安​遮​耳​都
​尼士 ​破​利​等
​東北​附​紅海​處
​有​麥西​國
​2. In high antiquity, it was
not known that the earth was
round and revolved; subse-
quently it was perceived that
the whole world was divided
into three parts; but yet it
was not known that there were
still people residing in the
farthest west. At length there
Ün hoi hái yau man ki
snám 'ch'é 'yau shò' fong
S
shuk, Tái* Ying u Po to
ngá.
8. In the manners and customs of the ancient Egyptians there are points of resemblance
to the modern usages of the Chinese; and it is by no means improbable that some intercourse
once existed between the two nations. Satisfactory evidence of this, however, seems to be
wanting.
Section Cixth.
NATIONS OF AMERICA.
美​理​哥​國​第六​章
​Milí kó kwók›; tai luk> <chéung.
Pak, ‘yau shò' kwók, út, ‹Má
sló ‹kó, O'n ché í, Tò ¿ní
sz”, Túi pó lí, ‘tang,
Tung pak, fú? Hung hoi
ch'ü' 'yau Mák, ‹sai kwók,.
推​佈​地球​以​亞
​細​亞歐​邏​巴亞
​非​利加​為​正面
​美​理​哥​為​背面
​上古​不知​地​如
​球​轉​後​覺​天下
​中​列​作​三分​然
​猶​未知​西​極​尙
​有​民居​及​有​智
​Notes and Explanations.
AMERICA is known to the Chinese generally as the country of the citizens of the United States;
with the people from other American states, they have never had much intercourse. The word
America is written with different characters, but those which are here given appear to be prefer-
able, from their coming nearest to the sound of Amerigo's name. In names, the Chinese often
Á
Túi pờ tí kau, í Á
sa’?, cAu slò pá, A' fí l?
cká, swai ching mín², Mi
lí kó swai pú mín².
Shéung kú pat, chí tí ti
sk'au 'chun; hau' kók, t'in
há chung lít, tsok, sám
fan; sín syau m² chi sai
kik, shéung² yau man kii.
Kap, yau chí chế, ming
CHI. CHR.
104
414
CHAP.Xit
GEOGRAPHY.
was a very learned man, call-
ed Copernicus, who supposed
that the earth must be round
like a globe and revolve;
however there was no certain
evidence of this, and accor-
dingly it was not believed.
3. In the reign of Hungchi
•
of the Ming dynasty, Colum-
bus, an Italian, sailed on a
voyage, and went thither (to
America) in person.
4. Several years subse.
quently, the voyage was re-
peated by Amerigo, who hav.
ing purchased a ship again
went to this country, where
for a time he resided; on his
return home he drew maps of
the new country, and hence
the country came to be gene-
rally called America. It is
also called the New World,
and likewise designated the
western continent.
5. This land is divided into
North and South; about eight
degrees north of the equator
there is a narrow piece of land,
which is called Darien, by
which the southern regions are
connected 【with the north];
hence the continent is divid-
ed into North and South
America.
6. On the north of America
are the Canadas, lands belong-
ing to the English. On the
northwest are wild regions
which belong to Russia. In
the middle [of North America]
are the United States, called
by the Chinese, Spangled
者​名​個​班​匿​固
​料​地​必​如​球​而
​旋​動​芾​無​徵​而
​不​信​焉
​明​弘治​年​間​以
​大理​之​個​倫布
​者​由​是​日​解​維
​身​歴​於​斯
​後​數​年​復​有​美
​理​哥​者​買​舟​再
​赴​入住​於此​島
​本國​描畫​新​國
​地圖​俗​因​名​之
​日​美​理​哥​叉​日
​新地​且​號​西方
​其​地​分​南北
​以其​於​赤道​出
​北​八​度​處​有​微
​地 ​爹​哩​現​與
​南極​下地​相連
​故​分​南北
​北美​理​哥​之​北
​有​干​拿大​國​屬
​英​土​西北​荒野
​屬​俄羅斯​中美
​Kó› ‹pán néuk, kú', lú? tí
pít› ‹ü ‹k'au ‹í sün tung²;
tail smd ching sí pat, sun'sín.
Ming, Hung chit snín ckán
I tái slí chí Kó' slun pò
ché, syau sh? yat, kai swai
‹shan lik, çü ‹sz'.
Hau²shd'snín fuk, Syau M
slí kó 'ché, mái chau tsoi'
fú², kau chü? ci ts' z’;
‹kwai 'pún kwók, ¿míú wák,
‹san kwók, tí² stò, tsuk, yan
sming cchí, iit, SMí lí gkó.
Yau ut, San Tí, ché ho
csaifong.
Kí tí wai fan Nám Pak,;
S
sí skčí sü chik, tò? chut,
pak, pát, tò ch'ü' 'yau ¿mí
tí² üt› ‹Té lí ín² siinám kik,
há² tí? séung slín; kú? fan
Nam Pak).
1
Pak, SMí lí ckó cchí pak,
Syau Kón sná tái kwók,
shuk Ying tò. Sai pak,
<
fóng yé shuk, Ngó sló sz'.
drop the first syllable a; r they change into 7, and confound g with k; thus for Amerigo, they
would choose to say Mi-li-k6 or Meleko.
3. Christopher Columbus, sailing in search of a shorter passage to the east, landed on one of
the West India islands in 1492. Amerigo Vespucci, a native of Florence, followed him in
1499; in 1508 he was appointed principal pilot by the king of Spain, and his duties were to pre.
pare charts and prescribe routes for vessels leaving for the New World, and in this way the
continent soon received his name.
SECT. 6.]
415
NATIONS OF EUROPE.
T
Banner. In the twentieth year
of Tukwóng, the number of
states was twenty-six. The
capital of the United States
is called Washington. The
country has no king, but a
president and a vice-president,
who hold their offices for four
years, and who receive salaries
for their personal support. In
their language, manners, and
customs, the people of this
country are quite like those of
Great Britain, inasmuch as
most of their ancestors origin-
ally came from thence.
7. On the south of the Uni.
ted States are the two coun-
tries of Mexico and Texas.
8. In South America are
the states of Columbia, Brazil,
Peru, Bolivia, Chili, and La
Plata, and so forth.
9. In the narrow regions
between North and South
America are numerous is.
lands, of which Cuba and
Hayti are the largest.
¿
理​哥​合​省​國​華
​人​號​日​花旗​道
​光​二​十年​共計
​號​二十
​二​十六​省​京城
​號​華盛頓​國​無
​王​而​有​正副​首
​領​四年​一任​廉
​俸​自​支​其​國
​語​規矩​與​大​英
​一​類​因其​宗祖
​本​由​大​英​而來
​合​省​國​之​南​有
​墨​息​哥​滴​些​士
​二​國
​南美​理​哥​中​有
​個​倫布​亞庇​理
​些​離​飄​而​魯​破
​理華​支離​臘巴
​打​等​國
​美​理​哥南​北​夾
​道​之中​有​海島
​數十​處​其​最大
​者​古巴哈​地​等
​Chung Mí slí ckó Hóp:
Shang kwók), Wá cyan hò:
üt, Fá skí. Tò² kwóng, í²
shap, nín kung² kai' í² shap,
luk sháng. King shing
hò? Wá shing² tun². Kwók,
smò swóng sí yau ching' fú?
‘shau ling, sz”çnín yat, yarn:
slím (fung tsz” <chí. K'S
Kí
kwók, ín ‘yü ‹kw'ai ‘kü ¹ü
S
<
Tái Ying yat, lui yan chí
tsung tsò pún syau Tá?
Ying sí sloi.
Hộp, Sháng kwok, chí nám
Syau Mak sik) (kó, Tiks csé
sz²², í² kwók,.
Nam Mí slí ckó chung yau
K' lun pò't, Pi li, sé lí,
sPhú s{ $lú, Pổ lí quá, Chí
lí, Láp, Pá tá, “tang kwók.
Mí slí ‹kó nám pak, háp,
tờ chí chung yau hoi to
shò’shapzchf'; sk'í tsu' tái
ché, (Ká pá, Há t² Stang.
9. In writing the names of foreign countries, cities, persons, &c., it is very desirable that
the same characters should always be chosen; uniformity is especially important in those names
which are mentioned in the Scriptures, and they should conform to the received version.
416
[Cnar. X11.
GEOGRAPHY.
!
Section Seventh.
ISLANDS OF THE SEA.
海​洲​類​第七​章
​Hoi chau lui?; tai? tseat, chéung.
1. Acheen is situated on
the north-west point of Su-
matra; and is a city.
2. Batavia, or Ká-lau-pá,
is a city situated on the north-
west side of the island of
Java.
3. Borneo, or the island of
Póló, is situated on both sides
of the equator; from north
to south it extends about two
thousand and five hundred
miles, and from east to west
about two thousand.
4. The island of Celebes is
situated east of Borneo; along
the sea-coast the native inha-
bitants are tribes of Malays.
Besides them, there is one
other tribe, called Bugis; the
rich take their families with
them to engage in trade, and
細​利​窪​洲​在​文
​萊​之​東​沿海​土
​番​為​無​來由​種
​類別​有​一種​名
​舞​吉子富​者​攜
​經商​所至
​亞齊​在​蘇​門​答
​刺​之​西​角​乃
​城​也
​噶​喇​巴加​留
​巴​在​瓜​哇​洲​之
​西北​邊​一​城​也
​文萊​師​婆羅洲
​Man loi tsik> Polo schau,
chung ckán chik> tò?; tsz'?
í
".
中間​赤道​自​北 ​pak, sí nám f cts'in ng
pák, lí, yau tung í sai ?
sts'in li.
而​南​二千​五百
​里​由​東​而​西​二
​千里
​Á tsai tsoi? Sú mún tập,
lá chí sai pak, kók, nái
yat, shing ‘yá.
Ká lá cpá, tsik) (Ká lau
‹pá, tsoi³ ‹Kwa ‹wá ‹chau chí
sai pak, pín, yat, shing yá. .
Sa? l? wá chau tsoil <Man.
loi chí tung; sun hoi tò
fán wai Mò loi syau chung
lui. Pít, yau yat, chung
ming Mò kat, tsz’; fú? cche,
‹ché,
skwai kin' cking shéung, sho
Notes and Explanations.
LARGE islands are hardly distinguished by the Chinese from continents. Of such islands as
Borneo, Java, Sumatra, etc., they seem not to have any just notions regarding either their form,
size, or their situation. Indeed they seem not to know whether they be islands or not. The
distance from one place to another they express only by the number of days usually occupied
in sailing the distance.
1. By some Chinese, two places are mentioned of this name, one called Great Acheen, and
the other Little Acheen. Others speak of only one, which is the modern town or city of Acheen.
The names of Acheen, Batavia, and few other cities, are entered on this list, because of their
being so often referred to.
3. Manloi and Pól6 were most likely the names, originally, of towns or settlements; and it
is doubtful whether they are, or ever were, applied by the Chinese to the island as one whole—
for as such they seem not to know it.
SECT. 7.]
417
ISLANDS OF THE SEA.
to whatever place they come
there they abide, without any
thought of their ancient lands,
and without any permanent
abode, when they are poor,
then many of them become
thieves and robbers.
安​無​故土​之​思
​亦無​一定​之​寓
​貧者​則​多​為​盜
​劫
​匪​支​島​在​平​洋
​之​南​多​出​燕窩
​平​洋​外​四​洲​而
​成國​者​日​日本
​爪哇​洲​南極​出
​7. The island of Java is
situated in south latitude more
than six degrees south of 地​六度​餘​西至
​the equator]. From east to
west it extends one thou-
sand eight hundred miles;
from north to south three hun-
dred miles. The number of
inhabitants is about seven
or eight millions. The island
belongs to the Dutch.
東​一千​八百​里
​北​至​南​三百​里
​人​約​七八​百萬
​亦​荷​嚙​所屬
​日本​南洋​而外
​有​琉球​小​國
​9. Luçonia (or the Philip-
pines) is situated south-east
from Macao; and [from
thence] with a fair wind it
may be reached in seven or
eight days. It includes more
than ten islands, which be-
long to Spain. By law it has
呂宋​在​澳​之​東
​南​順風​七八​日
​可​到​中​有​十餘
​洲​皆​屬​西班牙
​no king, a governor-general 例​不​立​主​以
​being chief; the city in
which he resides is called
Manila.
督​為首​居​城​日
​馬​呢​喇
​5. The Fiji islands are in
the South Pacific ocean, and
yield abundance of birds-
nests.
6. Offin the Pacific ocean
are four islands, which form
the empire of Japan.
8. South of Japan, off at
some distance in the ocean,
is the little kingdom of Lew.
chew.
10. In the Researches in
the East and West it is said,
that in the reign of Wing- 樂​年​間​有​佛​郎
​lók (about A. D. 1420), there
機​與​呂宋​互市
​網上​黄金​為​呂
​were certain Franks, who
traded with the people of
Luçon. On the king's birth-
day they made him presents
4.
chí tsik ón mờ hứ hạ
chí sz, yik, smo yat, ting
chí yử; span ‘chí, tsah, té
wai từ kíp,.
Fi <chi tò tsoil Peing syéung
cchí nán, ctó ch'ut,ín?〈Wh
¿P'ing yéung ngoi sz" .chau
sí,shing kwók, 'ché, üt₂ Yat,
pin
Chau
á chau nám kik,
chut, tỉ luk, từ ii. Sai chỉ
‹tung yat› ‹ts'ín pát, pák, lí;
pak, chí nám ‹sám pák, lí.
Yan yéuk, ts'at, pát, pák)
mán². Yik Ho lán sho
shukz.
Yat pún snam syéung sÚ
ngoi², ¹yau Lau kau síú
kwók,.
Lui sung” tsoi O chí tung
snám; shun² fung ts'at, pát
yat, hó từ. Chung yan
shape ii chau, ckái shukz
‹Sai ‹pán ngá. Lai² pat, lap,
chü;í tsung tuk, wai
'shau; ‹kü «shing üt, Má ní
lá.
10. Fat lóng kí should not be confounded with Fát lán sai, as it sometimes has been both by
foreigners and Chinese. The first is applied to all foreigners from Europe, the second only to
the French.
東西​洋​考​云​永 ​Tung Sai syéung Hauswan,
Wing lók, snín kán, yau
Fat, slóng kí su Lui sung
ú² shí. Yan shéung wong
CHI. CHR.
105
418
[CHAP. XII.
GEOGRAPHY.
of gold, and begged of him a
piece of ground as large as a
cow's skin, whereon to build
a house. The king believing
them sincere promised it, but
the Franks took the cow's
skin, cut it into strips and
then joined them together,
and therewith encircled a
square, and begged for the
ground corresponding to it.
At this the king was greatly
troubled, but dreading to
break his promise to the fo
reigners, he finally gave them
the land.
11. Macassar is situated on
the south-west of the Celebes
it is a mart (or commercial
town).
12. Madagascar is situat.
ed in the Indian sea, on the
east of Africa; its population
is about two millions,
13. Mauritius is an island,
and is also situated in the
Indian sea. It is several tens
of miles in circumference, and
is under the government of
England.
14. The Moluccas, or the
Mí-luk-hóp, include more than
ten islands, situated east of
Celebes.
15. Nias is an island situ.
ated north-west from Padang,
in the midst of the sea, rising
in one solitary hill; the people
resemble the Chinese but are
smaller.
kam wai Lui sung' wóng
shau², hat,t? sii sngau spí
tái, koi uk. Wong sun
sí hu chí; Fat, sóng chí
'nái 'ts'ü ngau sp'í, 'tsín í
S
sséung tsuke <chí, 'í wai sz”
宋王壽​乞​地​如
​牛皮​大​盖​屋​王
​信​而​許​之​佛​郎
​機​乃​取​牛皮​剪 ​Wong snán chí, cán chung
swai, hat, tí? ching she.
shat, sun' 'ün sí, 'king 'ü tí².
而​相​續​之​以為
​四圍​乞​地​稱​是
​王​難​之​然​重​失
​信​遠​夷​竟​予​地
​咖​薩​在​細​利 ​Móng chá sát. tsoil Saili
wá chí sai nám, nái yat
fau² sya.
窪​之​西南​乃​一
​也
​馬​帝​加士​架​在
​印度​海亞​非​利
​加之​東​人​約​二
​百萬​餘
​妙理​士​亦​在​印
​度​海​中​島嶼​也
​周圍​數十​里​為
​暎​陪​唎​所轄
​美​洛​居​米​六
​合​中​有​十餘​洲
​在​細​利​漥​之​東
​呢​是​島​在​叭​當
​之​西北​海​中​獨
​峙​-山民​佽​中
​國​而​小
​Ma tai chá sz** há tsoil
Yan'tò?shoi, A fí ? cká
chí tung; syan yéuk, í
pák, mán² sü.
Miu² la sz? yik, tsoi? Yan'
tờ ‘hoi chung, “tò su yá.
〈Chau swai shò' shap: lí, swai
Ying kat, lf? shó hat..
Mi-16k, kü, tsik, Mai luk,
hóp, chung Syau shapz sii
chau, tsoi Sai lí wá chí
ctung.
Ni sh? “tò tsoi Pát, tổng
chí sai pak,; hoi chung
tuk: sh? yat, cshán, sman
sts' z' Chung kwók, í síú.
11,14,15. To these places Chinese vessels have often found their way; formerly in con-
siderable numbers, but recently their number has decreased.
12, 13. To Madagascar and Mauritias, Chinese vessels are not known ever to have gone;
though the places have been visited by Chinese, who have gone, as they frequently do, in the
capacity of servants on board foreign vessels.
SECT.7.
7.]
419
ISLANDS OF THE SEA.
16. The Nicobars are sit.
uated north-west from the
extreme point of Acheen.
17. New Holland; this
country belongs to Great Brit-
ain; it is distant south from
Papua, by sea, three degrees;
in extent it is nearly equal to
Europe.
18. New Zealand is distant
from New Holland about fif.
teen degrees.
19. Padang is a harbor
on the west of Sumatra.
20. Papua is situated south-
west from the Moluccas.
21. Pinang is an island in
the midst of the sea; it is
also called Púlo Pínang. In
all Malayan countries, there
are two kinds of fruit; one is
called the durion, in shape
like the pine apple, having
many warts, and the pulp ex-
ceedingly fragrant and plea-
sant; the other is called the
mangostan, or the mangostan
chestnut, in shape like the
persimmon, with a rind, and
like the other of a rich, juicy
taste.
22. The Sandwich Islands
are situated eighty degrees
due east from Canton; they
are thirteen in number; the
largest of them is called
Hawaii.
呢​咕​肥​拉​在​亞
​齊​盡​處​之​西北
​新​荷蘭​地​屬​大
​英​由​吧​布阿​之
​南​越洋​三​度​而
​至​廣​若​歐​邏​巴
​新西蘭​由​新​荷
​蘭​東​越洋​約​十 ​shap, "ng tò? íchf
五​度​而​至
​叭​當​港口​在​蘇
​門​塔​喇​之​西
​吧​布阿​在​美​洛
​居​之​東南
​新
​海​中島​也
​·名​布​路​檳榔
​凡​無​來由​所​居
​地​有​果​二​種
​名流​子​形似
​波羅蜜​而​多​刺
​肉​極​香​酣​一名
​名
​茫​姑​生​又名​茫
​栗​形​如​柿​而​有
​壳​味​亦​清​酣
​檀香山​由​粵​省
​正東​八十​度​餘
​中​有​十三​洲
​名​阿​哇​希​最大
​‹Ní ‹kú ‹pá ‹lá tsoi² Á'¿tsai
tsun² chicchí sai pak.
〈SansH6 lán; t' shuk, Tái?
Ying; syau Pá pò) cá cchí
nám üt› ‹yéung ‹sám tò²
í ch'; kwóng yéuk> <Au slò
pá.
San (Sai lán syau San Hô
slán ‹tung üt, ¿yéung yéuk,
Pát, tóng kóng Chau tsoi Sú
mún táp, lá chí sai.
〈Pá pò’cá tsoi? <Mí lók, ckü
chí tung nám.
San Fau ‘hoi chung “tò yá ;
yat, ming Pờ lò Pan sóng.
Fán Mò loi syau shó cki
tí³, ‘yau 'kwó í² chung'; yat,
sining lau lín tsz”, ying
‘ts'z’cpó ld mat), sí ctó tsz”,
yuk kik: chéung st'ím. Yat
sming smóng kú shang, yau
ming móng lut,; ying cũ
ctsz', sí Syau hók, m² yiky
ctssing steím.
Tán (Héung shán syau Ütz
·S
sháng ching” tung pát, shap,
tờ sii; chung yau shap, sám
chau; yat, ming A quá chí
tsi’tá?.
16. The Nicobars are described by Tsé Tstingkò, together with another place in its vicinity,
(perhaps the Andamans,) the latter, he says “have inhabitants with faces like the horse, who eat
men, and nobody dares to go among them."
420
[CHAP. XII.
GEOGRAPHY.
23. Singapore, or San-ká-
pó, belongs to Great Britain;
it has several schools, and is
the residence of many En-
glish and Chinese.
24. The Súlú islands are
situated on the north-east of
Borneo, and are more than
ten in number.
25. Sumatra is situated
west from Borneo, distaht
about ten degrees.
26. Timor is situated south
east from the Celebes, and is
under the government of the
Portuguese.
息​辣​新​嘉​坡
​地​屬​大​暎​中​建
​數​書院​英​華人
​多​集​於​斯
​PHẦN ĐẦU XE XA 2
東北​中​十餘​島
​蘇​門​答​喇​在​文
​萊​之​西​約​十​度
​Sik, lát, tsik», ‹San ‹ká ‹pÚ.
tí shuk, Tái Ying; chung
kín' shò' ‹shủ ùn² Ying Wa
¿yan ‹tó tsap, ‹Ù ‹SZ'
27. If you desire to under-
欲​識​天下​水陸
​stand the situation and form of
the seas and lands throughout 形勢​請​覽​金陵
​the world, you are requested
to examine (1) the Researches
in the East and West, written
by Wóng Hitsung of Kamling;
also (2) the Notices of the
Seas, by Yeung Píngnám of
the department of Kaying in
Kwongtung; (3) the Notices
of things Heard and Seen in
Maritime Countries, by Chan
Lunkwing of the district
Tungón in Fukkín; with (4)
the Memoranda of the Foreign
tribes on the New Frontiers by
Ch'unyun of Chiktai. From
these works some distinct in-
formation may be obtained.
王​起​宗​所著​東
​西洋​考​並​廣東
​嘉應​州​楊炳南
​之​海​銾​福建​同
​安縣​陳​倫​烱​之
​海​國​聞​見​錄​直
​隷​椿​園​之​新疆
​外藩​紀​畧​亦頗
​得其​詳​矣
​Sú luk, tsoi Man loi chí
<tung pak», <chung shap, i 'tò.
‹Sú
Sú mún táp, látsoi Mar
sloi chí sai, yéuk, shap, tò
地​問​在​細​利​漥
​之​東南​地​歸西 ​yeung kán hat..
洋​管轄
​Ti² man² tsoi Sai lí² wá
chí tung nám, tỉ kwai Sai
Yéuk, shik, stín há 'shui
luk, ¿ying shai', 'ts'ing lám
Kam ling Wong 'Hí ‹tsung
C
‘shó chủ”, Tung Sai Yêung
Háu; ping Kwong tung
Ká ying' chau, Yeung 'Ping
snám chí Hoi Luk); Fuk,
<
Kín Tung on in, Chan
sLun kwing chí Hoi Kwok,
S
Man Kín Luk,; Chik, tai
Ch'un yün <chí San
Kéung Ngoi sFán Kí Léuk,.
Yik, 'p'ó tak, sk'í ¿tséung ‘í.
27. (1) The Researches in the East and West is in six volumes, octavo; it was written about
two centuries ago, near the close of the Ming dynasty; the first volume contains some very rude
charts, intended to show the situation and form of foreign countries.
.
(2) The Notices of the Seas is in one volume octavo. Its author obtained his information
from his townsman, Tsé Tsingkò who, when his ship was wrecked at sea, was himself saved by
the people on board a foreign vessel. After continuing abroad fourteen years, voyaging from
country to country, he returned to China, and became blind, after which he was engaged as in-
terpreter in Macao, where Yéung Pingnám meeting with him obtained the materials ofhis book.
1
(3) The Notices of things Heard and Seen in Foreign Countries are comprised in two small
duodecimo volumes, written about a century ago. The second volume contains a chart of the
whole Chinese coast.
(4) The Memoranda of the Foreign Tribes form four small octavo volumes, and were published
in the reign of Kinlung of the present dynasty.
SECT. 8.]
421
THE IMPERIAL DOMINIONS.
Section Eighth.
THE IMPERIAL DOMINIONS.
1. Chili forms the capital
province of the Chinese em-
pire, and was anciently called
Yú and Yen.
2. Shántung, i. e. east of
the hills, was anciently call-
ed Tsí and Lú. Confucius,
the sage, was born in this
province.
3. Shánsí, i. e. west of the
hills, was anciently called
Tsin and Cháu.
皇​略​第八​章
​Wóng syù léukz; taiz pát, chéung.
4. Honán forms the centre
of the Chinese empire, south
of the Yellow river, is desig-
nated the Centre-region, and
was anciently called Yen
and Yü.
5. Kiángnán is now divid.
ed into two provinces Kiáng-
sú and A'nhwui. The ancient
Nánking constitutes the mo-
dern city Kiángning, other-
wise designated Kinling.
!
6. Kiángsí, otherwise de-
nominated Yücháng, is also
called Wúsí.
7. Chekiáng was originally
the country of Yue.
直隸​為​中華​首
​省​古稱​幽燕
​山東​乃​山​之​東
​古稱​齊魯​孔​聖
​生於​此​省
​山​西乃山​之​西
​古稱​晋​趙
​河南​為​華夏​之
​中​黄河​之​南​號
​江西​别​號​豫章
​又​日​吳​西
​浙江​原​為​越​國
​Chik, tai wai Chung wá
shau sháng, hút ching
Yau, I'n'.
C
〈Shán tung nái shan chu
‹tung, 'kú ‹ch'ing Tsai, Lù.
'Hung shing' shang i 'tsz
'shing.
(Shán sai nái shan chu sai,
'kú ‹ch'ing Tsun', Chrí².
Hó nám swai Wá ha chi
chung, Wóng chó chí nám,
<
hờ Chung chau, hú ching
Hin, Yiz.
中州​古稱​充​豫
​江南​今​分​江蘇 ​Kóng enám (kam fan hóng
cstu, O'n fai, ? shang. Kú
sNam cking tsoil ckam Kong
sning ‘fú, píty hò² Kamling.
安徽​二​省​古​南
​京​在​今​江寧​府
​别​號​金陵
​hù=
Kóng (sai pit:
ri
cheung, yau² üty Ng sai.
Chits ckóng yiin swai Yut
kwók,.
Notes and Explanations
IMPERIAL dominions is a term which, by the native reader, can be applied to nothing but the
Chunghwá, the centre of wealth and civilization, the Tái Tsing Kwok or 'empire of the Great
Pure Dynasty,' which stretches from lat. 18° to 55° N., and from lon. 700 to 140° E., and includes
about 3,010,400 square miles, in extent exceeding the whole of Europe. This section includes the
names of the provinces, and also some of the principal rivers, lakes, and mountains.
N. B. Throughout the section the orthography, in the left hand column, indicates the sound of
the names when pronounced according to the court dialect.
1. The term China is probably derived from Tsin, one of the ancient dynasties. Each of the
eighteen provinces, into which China Proper is now divided, is often designated in writing by
the ancient name of the same region. The modern names of many of the provinces, as Shản-
tung, Shánsí, Chekiáng, Húnán, Húpa, &c., is derived from their geographical position, or from
some other circumstance connected with their topography.
CHI. CHR.
106
122
[CHAP. XII.
GEOGRAPHY.
8. Fukien was anciently
called Min. Formosa and the
Ž
福建​古稱​閩臺
​灣​彭​湖​皆​所屬
​湖廣​古稱​三​楚
​9. Húkwáng
3. Hilaráng was anciently
called Sántsú; because it had
many lakes, it was therefore
called Húkwáng; it is now
因其​多​湖​故名
​divided into two provinces 湖廣​今​分​兩省
​called Humán, and Húpa.
日​湖南​湖北
​陜西​别​號​京兆
​古稱​關​中
​11. Künsu was separated 甘肅​陝西​分​省
​from the province of Shènsí.
12. Sz'chuen was ancient-
四川​古稱​西蜀
​Piscadore islands both belong
to it.
10. Shènsí, otherwise de-
signated Kingcháu, was an-
ciently called Kwánchung.
ly called Si shu.
13. Kwángtung is also call♣†
ed Yuetung.
14. Kwangsi is also called 廣西​亦稱​粤西
​Yuesí.
15. Yamán was anciently|雲南​古稱​日​滇
​called Tien.
貴州​古稱​黔​地
​滿洲​之​省​有​三
​16. Kweichau was ancient-
ly called the land of Kien.
17. Of Mantchúria, the
provinces are three, namely,
Shingking (or Moukden) Ki-
rin, and Tsitsihar, or Halung÷*
kiáng. These are called the
Hiree castern"provinces.
and by the Russian territory,
from which the Hingán (the
the north, Mantchúria is bound-
ed
Daourian) mountains separate
il; on the east it reaches to
the sea;
on the south it is
bounded by Corea; on the
west it is conterminous with
the tribes of Mongolia, and on
the south-west with the pro-
vince of Chilí.
日​濟濟​哈爾​師
​黑龍江​謂​之​東
​#
三省​北​界​鄂​羅
​斯​地​由​興安嶺
​相​分​焉​東至​海
​南​界​朝鮮​西​連
​蒙古​各​部落​西
​南​連​直隸​省
​S
Fuk, kin' 'kú ch'ing Man.
sToi quán, spáng so chái
'shó shuk,.
sÚ huống kú ching ám
'Ch'ó; ‹yan skí ‹tó sú, kú
sming sU ‘hwóng; cham dan
Séung sháng ut, sự nám
U pak.
‘Shim sai pít, hồ King chu
kú ching Kwán chung.
K6m suk, 'Shín (sai fan
sháng.
Sử” chin kú ching Sai
shuk,.
Kwóng dung yik, ‹ch'ing Üt,
tung,
Kwóng ‹sai yik, ‹ch'ing Üt
¿
sai.
S
Wan sním kú ‹ch'ing üt;
Tín.
S
Kuai chau kú ching Kí
tí.
×
Mún chau chí ‘sháng, yau
sám, üt, Shing' king, it,
Kat, slam, it, Tsai trai chá
sí, tsik, Hak, lung ‹kóng,
Wai chí tung sám sháng.
Pak, kái Ngók, ¿ló ‹sz' tí²,
syau ‹Hing ‹ón ling ‹séung
fan sín; tung chí hoi;
snám kái Ch'íú sín; ‹sai
S
slín Mung 'kú kók, pò² lók, ;
sai snám shín Chik, tại
sháng.
i- 16. Of this list, Chili, Shántung, Shánsí, and Honán may be regarded as the northern
provinces, Kiángnán (or Kiángsú and A'nhwui), Kiángsí, Chekiáng, and Fukien, the eastern,
Húkwáng (or Húnán and Húpa), the central; Shènsí, Kánsu, and Sz'chuen, the western; and
Kwangtung, Kwangsí, Yunnan, and Kweichau, the southern. These eighteen provinces are
situated between lat. 18° and 41° N., and between long. 98° and 123° E., from Greenwich, and
include about 1,298,000 square miles.
17. The extent of Mantchúria, from north to south, is about twelve degrees, and about sixteen
from east to west. It is mountainous, little cultivated, and thinly peopled. The name is derived
from its inhabitants, the Manchus, who four centuries ago were only a few wandering tribes, but
are now masters of China.-Ngók and Ngó are both used in writing the name Russia.
{
Sect. 8. 1
423
THE IMPERIAL DOMINIONS.
18. The territory of Mon-
golia, on the east is conter-
minous with Mantchúria,
on the south is bounded by the
provinces Chilí, Shánsí, Shèn-
sí, and Kánsu; on the west,
it is conterminous with I'lí.
It is divided into four parts:
1. The Inner Mongols, 24
tribes, situated on the north
of the four provinces above
named, and on the south of
the Shamo or desert of Gobi ;
2. The Outer Mongols, the
tribes of the four Kalka khans,
on the north of Shámo, and
conterminous with Russia:
3. Ouliasutai and its subject
places, Gobdo, &c., on the
west of the Outer Mongols:
and 4. Koko-nor, or the Azure
sea, on the south of Kánsu
and the west of Shènsí.
19. Ílí is divided into two
provinces (or Roads). The
northern Road is on the north
of the Celestial mountains
(Tien shán), conterminous
with Russia, and is the origi.
蒙古​之​地​東​連
​满洲​南​界​直隸
​山西​陜西​甘肅
​各省​西​連​伊犂
​分作​四段 ​日
​内蒙古​二十​四
​部落​在​四​省​之
​北​沙漠​戈壁
​之​南​一日​外蒙
​古格爾格​四​汗
​之​部​在​沙漠​之
​北​與​俄羅斯​界
​連​一日​烏里雅
​蘇​台​及​所屬​科
​布​多​等處​在外
​蒙古​之​西​一日
​庫​庫​腦​兒​青
​海​在​甘肅​之​南
​陝西​之​西
​伊犁​分作​兩​路
​北路​在​天山​之
​北​界​連​俄羅斯
​原​為​準噶爾​地
​sMung kú chí tí, tung lín
Mún chau; nám kái Chik
tai², ‹Shán ‹sai, 'Shím sai,
(Kóm suk), kók, sháng; sai
lín I lai. (Fan tsók) sz”
tün²: yat, üt, Noi² ¿Mung kú,
12 shap, sz" pò² lók,, tsoi² sz"
'sháng chí pak,, ‹Shá mók,
tsik, Kó pik, chí nám; yat,
üt, Ngoi? Mung kú, Kak, í
kák: sz”
sz" hón² cchí pò,
tsoi Shá mók, ‹chí pak,,
ü Ngó ló csz’kái'slín: yat,
ütz U slí éngá csú stoi, kapz
shó shuky<Kó pò' ctó tang
ch'ü': tsoi² Ngoi' ¿Mung kú
chí sai; yat, ut, Kớ hó
nó sí, tsik, Tsing hoi,
tsoi K6m suk, chí nám,
Shím sai chí sai.
Í slai fan tsók, léung Id².
Pak, lò² tsoil Tin shán <chí
<
pak,, kái chín sNgó ló sz,
sun wai “Chun hót, sí tử;
:
18. The boundary lines of Mongolia are not very accurately defined. The Mungkú, or Mon-
gols, are not confined to its limits, but are scattered over the whole Chinese empire in the
eighteen provinces, they are divided into eight standards; in Mantchúria, they are shepherds,
as they are for the most part in Mongolia; in I'lí and Tibet they appear almost as strangers, set-
tled by force of arms rather than of free will. In Inner Mongolia are 24 tribes, divided into
49 standards; in Outer Mongolia are 4 tribes, divided into 86 standards; similar divisions and
subdivisions exist in Ouliasutai and Koko-nor. Mongolia is an elevated tract of country, and is
considered as the first of the Chinese colonies.
19. Hwuiyuen (ching) is the capital of I'lí, and the first canton; Tarbagatae (Táp-í-pá-háp-
tái) is the second, and Kour-khara-ousou (Kú-í-hák-láp-ú-sú) is the third. Bárkoul (Pá-li-kwan)
now called Chinsí fú, or the department of Chinsí (Chan-sai), and Oroumtchi (U-lò-muk-tsai)
424
[CHAP. XII.
GEOGRAPHY.
nal Soungaria; on its west
are the pastoral tribes of the
Hassáks (or Cossacks). The
southern Road lies on the
south of the Celestial moun.
tains, and the north of the
Kwanlun mountains; it is the
New Territory called that
of the eight Mohammedan
cities. The minister charged
with the general control of
affairs in the Mohammedan
territory resides at Yárkand.
Westward are situated the
several [independent] Moham-
medan tribes.
其​西​為​哈薩克
​游牧​南路​在​天
​山​之​南崑崙​之
​北回​回​八城​新
​疆​總理​疆​事
​務​大臣​駐​劄​葉
​爾​羗​西​則​回回
​諸​部分​住
​20. Tibet is on the west of
Sz'chuen province, and is
divided into Anterior and Ul-
terior Tibet; there is in each
西藏​在​四川省
​之​西​分作​前藏
​a Minister resident in Tibet, 後​藏​各​駐藏
​in order to regulate the affairs
of the lámás.
大臣​以​理​喇嘛
​之​事
​21. Those by whom the
yellow religion (Shamanism)
is maintained among the
Mongols and Tangouths are
called lámás.
23. Ulterior Tibet is also
divided into two territories,
namely Tsáng and 'Ari; west-
ward is Ladák, and south.
ward is Ghorka (or Nipál).
面​駐​則​住
​以​黃​教​行​於
​古唐古特​者​日
​喇嘛
​22. Anterior Tibet is di.
vided into two territories,
Kham and Wei, the chief
city being Lassa, which is
前藏​分作​康​衛
​二​地​其​首​城​拉
​the residence of the great 撒​為​黄​教​大師
​teacher of the yellow religion,
the dalaï lámá.
達賴喇嘛​住所
​後​藏​亦​分​二​地
​曰​藏​日​阿里西
​則​喇​達克南​則
​郭​爾喀
​sk'í sai wai (Ha sat, haky:
syau muk. Nám lo² tsoi:
Tín shán chí năm, Hwan
slun chí pak, Ui cái pát,
sshing San (Kéung. Tsung
slí súi ckéung szi nù? táiz
sshan, chiil cháp, Ipzíckwai.
Sai tsak, Vicúi chi ph
fan chi?.
〈Sai Tsóng² tsoi² Sz”cht ün
sháng chí sai, fan tsok,
Ts'ín Tsóng², Hau² Tsong²;
kok, chứ chi tsóng” tái
sshan, í lí lá má chí sz
số wong káu shang yu
Mung kú Tóng kú take
'ché, üt› ‹lá má.
sTs'in Tsóng fantsok, Hóng
Wai 12 tí², sk'í 'shau shing
Lá sát,, swai wóng káo
tái?csz', tát láil dá sma chii'
shó.
Hau² Tsóng² yike fan ? t?,
ütz Tsóng²,ütz (O li, sai
tsak, Lá tát, hak, nam tsak,
Kwók, í hák›.
now called Tihwá chau, or the department of Tihwá (Tai-fá), with their dependencies, belong to
Kánsu. The Hassaks are better known as Kirghís, i. e. “robbers of the deserts.’ The cantons
Hami (Há-mat) and Turfan (Tú-lí-fan) are the ancient possessions of Turkish tribes, situated
in the southern regions. The eight Mohammedan cities are, Harashar (or Hák-lá-shá-í), Kootché
(Fú-ché); Aksou (O'-hak-sú); Oushi (U-shap); Kashgar (Hák-shap-kot-1); Yengi-hissar (Ying-
kat-shá-ó); Yárkand (I'p-í-kéung); and Khoten (Wó-tín).
20. The name Tibet is said to be derived from Tou-p' ho, afterwards corrupted into Toubet.
The country is also called Tangout: the Chinese now usually designate it, as above, Si Tsáng
or the Western Tsáng.
1
Can a pl
SECT. 8.]
秦​蒙恬​萬里
​24. Mungtien of the Tsin
dynasty built the Great wall
(i. e. the wall of ten thousand
miles); it commences at Lin-
長城​起​臨洮​至
​táu and extends to Liáutung, 遼東​遠​萬餘​里
​inore than 10,000 lí in length.
25. The Yellow river, tak-
ing its rise in the Sea of Con-
stellations, among the Kwan-
lun mountains, enters the sea
at Fauning in Kiángsú.
黄河​出​崑崙​山
​星宿海​至​江蘇
​阜寧​而​出於​海
​26. The Yangtsz' ciáng, 洋子​江​起​於​星
​taking its rise to the west-
ward of the Sea of Constel-
lations, enters Yunnán, passes
through Húkwáng, and enters
the ocean at the island of
Sungming.
宿​海​之​西​入​雲
​南​經​湖廣​至​崇
​明​洲​而入​於​海
​運河​元​順帝​命
​賈魯​督​挖
​東嶽​泰山​在​山
​東​濟南​府
​西嶽​華山​在​陜
​西西安​府
​南嶽​衡山​在​湖
​廣​衡州​府
​27. The Grand Canal was
dug under Kiálú's direction,
by command of the emperor
Shuntí of the Yuen dynasty.
28. The eastern mountain
Tái Shán is situated in the
department Tsinán in Shán-
tung.
29. The western mountain
Hwá Shán is siuated in the
department Sí'án of Shènsí.
THE IMPERIAL DOMINIONS.
30. The southern mountain
Háng Shán is situated in the
department Hángchau in Hú-
kwáng.
31. The northern moun-
tain Hang Shán is situated
in the department Chinting 隸​真​定​府
​in Chilí.
32. The central mountains
Sung Shán are situated in
the department Honán in
Honán.
33. The lake Poyúng is
situated in the department
Jáuchau in Kiángsi.
34. The lake Tsingtsáu is
situated in the department
Yochau in Húkwáng.
北嶽​恒山​在​直
​中嶽​嵩山​在​河
​南​河南​府
​鄱陽湖​在​江西
​饒​州府
​青草湖​在​湖廣
​岳​州府
​Tsun Mung Cím chuk)
mún lí chéung shing: h
Lam trò chứ Líu dung.
iin mán? füí.
425
5
Wóng shó cut, Kwan zhun
cshán, Sing suk, Choi, chi
f
Kóng sú Fa² ning,
ch'ut ii Choi.
Yéung usz' chióng
hi (It
Sing suk, hoi chí sai, yap.
Wan snam, (kings U' (kwóng
ch↑ Shung ming chau, 小
​Fap, ai hoi.
C
Wan² Hô Yün Shun² tar
ming? (Ká lò tuk, wat.
Tung ngók, Tai
Shan
tsoi Shán tung Tsai nám
fú.
‹Sai ngók, Wú ‹Shán soi?
S
Shím sai ai còn fú.
Nám ngók, Hang ‹Shún
tsoi Ú Kwong Hang chau
'fú.
Pak, ngók› ‹Hang ‹Shán tsoi≥
Chiky tai² Chan ting? fú.
Chung ngók Sung Shán
tsoi Hó nám Hó nám fú.
P6 syéung sú tsoil Kong
sai I'ú chau fú.
Tsing tsò sú tso? ()
kwóng Ngók, chau fu.
!
26. Writers on Chinese geography have differed in their opinions respecting the orthography
of the name of this river; that here given, meaning the child of the ocean, seems the most appo-
site, and is now the most commonly used.
28-32. These five mountains are chiefly deserving of notice, only on account of their
being frequently mentioned in the ancient books of the Chinese.
CHI. CHR.
107
126
[CHAP. XII.
GEOGRAPHY.
35. The lake Tányáng is
situated in the department
Junchau in Kiángnan.
B0. The lake Tái is situat.
ed in the department Súchau
in Kiángsú.
37. The lake Tungting is
situated in the department
Waching in Húkwang.
1
!
丹陽​湖​在​江南
​潤​州府
​太湖​在​江蘇​蘇
​州府
​洞庭湖​在​湖廣
​武昌​府
​1. The districts comprised
in the department of Kwáng-
châu are Nánhái, Puányi,
Shunta, Tungkwan, Hiáng-
shan, Sinhwui, Sánshui.
Tsunghwa, Lungiman, Tsang-
ching: Sinning, Tsingyuen,
Sinán, and Hwa.
2. In the department of
Shauchau, the districts are
Kinkiáng, Lochang, Jin.
hwa, Jiiyuen, Ungyuen, and
Yingta.
Tán syéung sú tsoi² Kóng
snán Yun cchau fe.
33-37. The Tungting is said to be about 220 miles in circumference. The Póyéung is of'
sonewhat less extent. They both discharge their waters into the Yéungtsz' kóng. Like the five
mountains, mentioned above, these five lakes are often spoken of collectively in the Chinese
·lassics.
Táï ‹ú tsoi' Kóng ‹sú ‹Sú
chau fú.
Section Ninth.
PROVINCE OF KWÁNGTUNG.
Tung ing sú tsoi si
kwóng Mocchéung fú.
廣東​省​第九​章
​'Kwong tung 'shang; tai kau chéung.
廣州​府​之​縣​南
​海​番​禹順德​東
​莞​香山​新​會​三
​水​從​化​龍門​增
​城​新​寧​清遠​新
​安​花​縣
​Kông chau fú chí yun,
Nám 'hoi, ‹P'ún ‹yü, Shun´
tak, Tung kún, Héung
shán, San úi³, ‹Sám shui,
☆Tsung fá', Lung smún,
Tsang sshing, San sning.
Tsing in, San cón, Fa
in².
韶州​府​之​縣​曲
​Shíú chau fú chí yun
Huk, ckóng, Lóke <chféungy
江樂昌​仁化​乳 ​Yan fa, Yii sin, Yung
5
siin, Ying tak,.
"C
源​翁源​英德
​Notes and Explanations.
Tuis section affords a specimen of the territorial subdivisions of the eighteen provinces. The
province of Kwóngtung is estimated to contain 79,456 square 'miles; and, like the other pro-
vinces, is divided into fu, chau, King, and yin. The fu, or department, is the largest of these
subdivisions; there are nine of them in this province. Of the chau, there are two kinds; the
one, independent of any other subdivision-its chief officers being directly answerable to the
provincial authorities, like those of the fi-is called an inferior department, or chiktai chau, an
independent chau. The other, whose chief officers are subordinate to the prefect of a depart-
SECT. .9]
427
PROVINCE OF KWANGTUNG.
3. In the department of
Hwuichau, they are Kweishen,
Polo, Chángning, Yungán,
Háifung, Lufung, Lungchuen,
Hoyuen, Hoping, and the
superior district (chau) named
Lienping.
4. In the department of
Cháuchau, the districts are,
Háiyáng, Fungshun, Cháu.
yáng, Kieyang, Jáuping,
Hwuilái, Tápú, Chinghái, and
Púning.
5. Those in the department
of Shauking are, Káuyáu,
Sz'hwui, Sinhing, Yáng.
chun, Yángkiáng, Káuming,
’Anping, Kwángning, Kái.
ping, Hoshán, Fungchuen,
Káikien, and the superior
district named Taking.
6. In the department of
Káuchau, there are the dis-
tricts, Mauming, Tienpa,
Sin'í, Uchuen, and Shiching,
and the superior district Hwa.
7. These are the districts
of the department Lienchau,
Hopú and Lingshán, and the
superior district Kin.
8. In the department of
Lúichau, they are these, Hái-
káng, Suikí, and Suwan.
9. The
The department of
Kiungchau (or island of Hái-
nán) comprises these dis-
tricts, Kiungshán, Ching-
Wai chau fú chí viên,
Kwai shin', Pók, dó,
Ch'éung ning, Wing ón,
'Hoi <fung, Luk, ‹fung, ¿Lung
ch'ün, Hó sün, Wó spring,
Lín p'ing ‹chau.
S
惠州​府​之​縣​歸
​HH K
安海豐​陸豐龍
​川​河源​和平​連
​平​州
​潮州​府​之​縣​海
​陽​豐順​潮陽​揭
​陽​饒平惠​來​大
​埔​澄​海普寧
​肇慶​府​之​縣​高
​要​四​會​新興​陽
​春​陽江​高​明恩
​平​廣​寧開平​鶴
​山​封​川​開​建德
​慶州
​TÊN H B ZH Ko chau Vu chí vụn,
fú
Mau- sming, Tín pak, Sun
名​電​白信宜​吳
​川​石城​化​州
​廉​州府​之​縣​合
​LÊ |
浦​靈山​欽州
​Hi D IF 2 tháng Lui chau Tú chí yun,
Hoi chóng, Sui hai, Tui
康​遂溪​徐聞
​man.
瓊州​府​之​縣​瓊
​山​澄邁​定​安​文
​Chíu chau fú chí yun,
'Hoi yeung, Fung shun'
Ch'íú syéung, K'it, yéung,
ľú ping, Wai' loi, Tai-
'hoi,
po, Ching
P&
ning.
Shíú hing fú chí yun,
‹Kò íú, Sz❞ úi, San ching,
‹Yéung ‹ch'un, Yéung kóng,
Kò ming, Yan ping,
Kwong ning, Hoiphing,
C
Hók, shán, Fung ch'ün,
Hoi kín, Tak, hing chau.
c1, s’Ng chin, Shikshing,
Fá' chau.
Lím chau fú chí vůně.
Hóp, 'p'o, Ling shán, Yam
¿chau.
King chau fú chí yun,
sKing shán, Ch'ing mái.
ment, like those of the yün, is called a superior district: of the first kind there are four, and of
the second seven, in this province. The four chiktai chau are subdivided into districts, but as
one of these districts always retains the name of the chau, it may also be regarded as a superior
district of these there are four. Thus the chiktai chau may be either an inferior department,
or a superior district. The yin is a subdivision of both the fú and the superior (chiktai) chau,
and is called a district. The ting, in extent of territory, resembles the yün, but being like the
chiktai chau independent of any other subdivision, takes the same rank, and may also be called
an inferior department; of these there are two, while there is one (Námò), which ranks with
the yun. Thus there are in all 15 departments. And, including the 78 yün, the 7 chau of the
¿
428
[CHAP. XII.
GEOGRAPHY.
mái, Ting án, Wancháng,
Hwuitung,Lohwui, Linkâu
Chánghwá, Lingshui Kán.
Pan, and the superior districts,
Yai, Wan, and Tán.
10. The divisions of the in.
ferior department (chili chau)
of Loting are the superior dis-
trict Loting, and the districts
Tung'an and Síning.
11. The divisions of the
inferior department Lienchau
are Lienchau and the district
Yangshán.
12. The divisions of the
inferior department Nánhiung
are the superior district Nán-
hiung, and the district of Chí-
hing.
13. The divisions of the
inferior department Kiaying
are, the superior district Kiá-
ying, with the districts Hing-
ning, Changlo, Pingyuen, and
Chinping.
Kwangchau, and is govern-
ed by a sub-prefect.
嘉應​直隸​州​之
​分​嘉應​州​興寧
​長樂​平​遠​鎭​平
​縣
​14. The inferior depart 佛​直隸​廳​在
​ment (ting) Fakáng is on the
north of the
the department
廣州​府​之​北​同
​知​理​之
​15. The inferior depart-
ment, Lienshán Suiyáu, also
called Liyau, is situated on
the west of Lienchau.
昌​會同​樂​會​臨
​高昌​化​陵水​感
​恩​崖州​萬州​儋
​州
​羅​定​直隸​州​之
​分​羅​定州​東​安
​西寧​兩縣
​連​州​直隸​州​之
​分​連​州​陽山​縣
​南雄​直隸​州​之
​分​南雄​州​始興
​縣​嘉
​17. Macao is situated on
the south of the district Hiáng.
shan; it is under the govern-
ment of a sub-prefect, and is
the residence of an inferior
nagistrate of Hiángshán.
EE
連山​綏​獳​直隸
​廳​亦名​理​猺​廰
​在​連​州​之​西
​16. The inferior depart- 南澳​廳​半​屬​廣
​inent of Nanau (Namoh) per-
tains half to Kwangtung, and
東
​福建
​half to Fukien.
澳門​在​香山​縣
​之​南​同知​所轄
​香山​左​堂​此
​Ting² cón, Man cchéung
C
Ui? stfung, Lóks ú², Lam
ckò, <Chéung fa?, Ling shui,
Kam yan, sNgái cchau,
Mán chau, Tám chau.
sLó ting? chik, tai chau ch
fan, Lóting chau, Tung
cón, Sai ning, léung, yin².
Lín chau chik, tai chau
chí fan Lín chau Yéung
shan, yiin?.
C
Nam chung chik, tai chau
chí fan Nam chung chau,
Chí ching yin
(Ká ying chiky tai? 〈chau
chí fan Ká ying chau,
Hing ning, Ch'éung lók,,
S
Ping sun, Chan' p'ing,
yün?.
Fatz ckóng chiky tail t'ing
tsoi Kwong chau fú chi
pak, tung chí hí chí.
Lín shan Sui gíú chikz
tai
t'ing, yik, ming Li
síú t'ing, tsoi² Lín chau
chí sai.
Nám ò' t'ing pún' shuk,
'Kwóng tung, pún' Fuk,
kín.
Ò' mún tsoi Héung ‹shán
chí nám; stung chí ‘shó
hat; <Héung shan tsó stóng
chi' 'ts'z'.
rank of yin, with the 4 superior districts, and the 3 ting, gives a total of 92 districts.
Besides
these divisions, there are some others both larger and smaller than the yun, over which there are
proper officers.
¦
MINERALOGY.
石​論​篇​十三
​Shik,
lun²;
‹p'ín
shap?
sám.
1. The productions of the
earth are distributed into
three great divisions (or king-
doms). The first division is
called the inanimate, com-
prising such as minerals, coal,
earths, &c. The second com-
prises those which are animate,
but have no breath or blood,
such as flowers, trees, vegeta-
bles, grasses, &c. The third
consists of those animate ob
jects which have breath and
blood, as finny and shelly ani-
inals, crawling and flying in-
sects, birds and beasts, which
move upon the face of the earth.
These three kingdoms com-
CHAPTER XIII.
MINERALS.
玉石​等​類​第 ​章
​Yuk, shik, 'tang lui; tai yat, <chéung.
body of the globe, and there
is nothing else, besides what
is comprised in them.
Section First.
bined constitute the whole 是​也​三者​積聚
​Ko'
盖​天下​生物​分
​三大​類​一日​死
​者​如​石​煤​土​等
​是​也​一日​生​而
​'in hát shang mat.
fan sám tái lui. Yatiitz
‘sz’'ché, si shiky, smúi, tò.
'tang shi ya. Yat, it,
eshang sí mò hí hút, che.
fá, muk,, sho, tso, tang
sh? śya. Yat, üt, shang i
yau hí' hut, ‘ché, lun, kải',
I
無​氣血​者​花木 ​kwan chung, skam, shair,
¿yau hang tí² mín' 'ché, shí?
蔬​草​等​是​也
​yá. Sám ché tsik, tsiz
¿shing yat, tí²¿k'au, shé ´ts'z
í ngoi', kang' mò tá i
•
日​生​而​有​氣血
​者​鱗​介​昆虫​禽
​獸​遊行​地面​者
​1 E
成​一​地球​捨此
​而外​更​無​他​耳
​Notes and Explanations.
NATURAL History has been studied, among the Chinese, chiefly by physicians, and for the
most part in an empirical manner. Attempts have been made, indeed, to classify the productions
of the earth, and systematists have offered their various plans of arrangement. The most com-
plete system of classification is that of Lí Shíchan, as exhibited in the Pún Tsd or Materia
Medica, an elaborate compendium of Chinese medical knowledge, by several authors, of whom
he is the principal. In this work, inorganic substances are arranged under the several heads of
water, fire, earth, metals, gems, and stones. Water is divided into ærial and terrestrial water,
CHI. CHR.
108
430
[CHAP. XIII.
MINERALOGY.
2. Agate.
3. Almagatholite.
4. Alum.
5. Alun, crystals of.
6. Amber.
7. Amethyst.
8. Amethystine spar, crys-
talized.
9. Argillite.
10. Asbestos.
11. Borax.
12. Brimstone.
13. Burning wells.
14. Calcareous spar.
15. Chalk.
16. Chrysoprase.
17. Coal.
18. Conglomerate (or pud.
ding stone).
19. Coral, red, precious.
20. Coral, white, branch-
ing.
21. Coral, madrepore.
22. Cornelian.
白​瑪瑙
​圖書​石
​白礬
​鏡​礬
​琥珀
​藍寶石
​紫石英
​老坑​石
​陽​起​1
硼砂
​琉​璜
​火井
​寒水石​鹽​精​石
​火​石粉
​翡翠​玉
​煤​石炭
​蠻​石
​珊瑚
​石​花
​粉​石
​MB F F
紅​瑪瑙
​Pák₂ má nò.
Tò hi shik
Pák, fán.
King' fán
Fú pák,.
Lám 'po shik,
"Tsz' shik, ‹ying.
Lò háng shik
Yéung 'hí shik›.
‹P'ang ‹shá.
Fan shik,.
Lauwong.
Fó 'tsing.
Hón 'shui shik. Ím tsing
shiką.
'Fo shik, fan.
'Fi ts'ui' yuk₂.
Múi. Shik, cán.
Man shik,.
Shán ú
Shik, fá.
Lóng kín.
Hung má nè.
or that from the clouds, and that from springs, the ocean, &c. Fire is considered under eleven
species, among which are the flame of coals, bamboo, &c. The division of earth comprises
the secretions from various animals, as well as soot, ink, etc; that of metals includes metallic
substances and their common oxyds; and gems are found in the next division. The sixth and
last head combines whatever could not be placed in the preceding divisions. No principle of
arrangement runs through any of them, and the heterogenous collection under some of the heads
causes no little trouble to the student.-This section comprises mineral substances, not metallic;
and includes whatever, in the present limited opportunities of becoming acquainted with the pro-
ductions of China, has been with any certainty ascertained by foreigners.
9. This is the mineral of which the Chinese ink-stones are made, and also the shik ping or
stone screens,—carved stones used as ornaments in Chinese houses. It more nearly resembles
argillite or shale than any other mineral, but its geological position is not known.
16. Fitsui, the name of a small parrot with a green changeable plumage, is applied not only
to chrysoprase, but also to some varieties of serpentine, jade, and even colored vitreous compound
substances.
1
!
SECT. 1.]
431
MINERALS.
"
23. Diamond.
24. Emery.
25. Flint.
26. Glauber's salts (sul.
phate of soda).
27. Granite.
28. Gypsum.
29. Jade (or nephrite).
30. Jade, clouded.
31. Jasper, green.
32. Jet.
33. Kaolin.
34. Lapis lazuli.
35. Lava.
36. Lime.
37. Limestone (or marble).
38. Limestone is used to
make artificial rockwork.
39. Marble, blue clouded.
40. Marble, red breccia
41. Mica, friable.
42. Mica, foliated.
43. Mica,
'coarse.
44. Naptha.
金鋼石
​鑽石
​* 1
玄​明​粉
​花​缸​青
​石​羔
​玉
​碧​牙​犀
​青碧
​不​灰​木
​高嶺​石
​青​金
​温​石
​灰
​英​1用作​假山
​雲 ​1 大理石
​花蕊​石
​金星​1
千層​紙
​decomposed, 蒙​石
​石腦油​石漆
​Kam kong shik.
Tsun' shik,.
'Fó shiką.
Hün ming 'fan.
Fá kóng ts' ing.
Shik, kò.
Yuk,.
Pik› ‹ngá ‹sai.
Ts'ing pik,.
Pat, fúi muką.
¿Kó sling shiką.
Ts'ing kam.
Wan shik,.
¿Fúi.
'Fan shik,.
Ying shik, yung tsók, ká
‹shán.
Wanshik. Tái shí shik.
Fá yui shik.
Kam sing shik.
Ts'in ts' ang 'chi.
‹Mung shik.
Shik, 、nd 'yau. Shik, ts' at›.
27. The most common kinds of rock used in Canton and its vicinity for building, paving, and
other like purposes, are granite and sandstone. There are several varieties of both these
valuable minerals, differing to some extent in their color and fineness, and in the proportion of
their ingredients. Among the people, these varieties give rise to different names, most of which
are derived from the localities of the sort in question. This remark is likewise applicable to other
minerals, and in some cases, perhaps, the names here given may not be those most in use.
29. The term yuk is one of very common and extensive application; it is the name of a family
of minerals, of which fine jade is the type, and serpentine, prase, chrysoprase, &c., are some of
the species; and it is also extended to include all gems, and whatever else (as malachite and jet,)
can be used for ornaments or jewelry.
40. This variety of marble is employed in making tables and ornamental articles for opulent
Chinese. It is said to be brought from Shíúhing fú in the western part of this province.
Shíúhing shik is applied to a sort of black marble, brought from the same place.
L
432
[CHAP. XIII.
MINERALOGY.
45. Ochery.
46. Opal.
47. Ore of gems.
48. Pebbles, milky, quart-
zy.
49. Petrified pecten.
50. Petrified erabs.
51. Petrified orthocera.
52. Petuntse.
53. Potash.
:
57. Quartz, smoky.
赭石
​貓兒​眼
​璞
​鵝卵石
​石燕
​1 蟹
​石​蛇
​白​不​子
​鹹​砂
​浮石
​54. Pumice.
55. Quartz, crystals of.
56. Quartz, clear, crystal- 水晶
​ized.
白 ​1 英
​墨晶
​58. Quartz, smoky, (Cairn- 茶晶
​goram or tea stone.)
59. Quartz, rose.
紅​晶
​60. Quartzy pebbles.
61. Quartz, yellowish.
62. Ruby.
63. Sal Ammoniac.
64. Salt.
65. Salt, crystals of.
66. Saltpetre (or nitre).
67. Saline springs.
68. Sandstone.
69. Schistose stone.
石​春
​蠟​石
​紅寶石
​磨砂
​白​鹽
​戎​鹽
​硝
​鹽池
​紅​坭​石
​越​砒​1
Ché shik2.
Máu sĩ ngán.
P'uk₂.
+
Ngó lun shik.
Shike ín.
Shik, hái.
Shik,sshé.
Pák, 'tun 'tsz'.
Hám shá.
Fau shik,.
Páky shik> <ying.
'Shui tsing.
Maky tsing.
¿Ch'á etsing.
sHung tsing.
Shike <ch'un.
Láp, shik.
Hung pò shiky.
Náu (shá.
Pák₂ sím.
.Yung sím.
<Síú.
Ím sch'í.
Hung snai shikz.
Yütz <pí shiky.
1
į
第
​49-51. These and other petrifactions are considered by the Chinese as wonderful things,
lusus naturæ that are inexplicable: petrified crabs are found in the island of Hainan, and are
often sold at extravagant prices as panaceas.
55, 56. These are the same minerals, but the latter name is applied to the quartz when
made into spectacle-glasses, and the former is the name of the quartz crystal.
61. This is called láp shik or wax stone, from its color, which is caused by varnishing it; it
is made into ornamental and fanciful shapes.
SECT. 2.]
433
METALS.
¿
吃
​!
70. Soapstone.
71. Soda.
72. Stalactite.
73. Stalagmite.
74. Sulphur.
75. Tabasheer.
76. Talc.
77. Warm springs.
77. Whetstone.
1. Metalis a general term
for gold, silver, copper, iron,
tin, &c.; there are reckoned
to be in all forty-two sorts.
Of all substances in nature,
metals are the heaviest.
2. Arsenic.
3. Black lead.
4. Brass leaf.
滑石
​青​鹽
​石​鐘乳
​石牀
​硫磺​粉
​竹​簧
​雲母​石
​温泉
​礪​石
​72. Lí Shíchan, in the Pún Tsed, speaking of stalactites, says, “In the Íyung hill, near
Kwailam (in Kwongsai), there is a cave containing a great number of stalactites; on looking
up where the percolation issues forth, you see stalactites white as snow. The moisture on
the stone solidifies, forming them like so many little pinnacles upside down; the apex is pointed
and sharp; they are about as long as icicles, hollow in the middle like a goose's quill; the milky
water drops unceasingly, concreting as it falls; it is very clear, and is caught in bamboo tubes.
Section Second.
METALS.
Wat, shik,.
Tsing sim.
Shik, chung ‘yii.
Shik, ch'ong.
金​者乃​金銀銅
​鐵​錫​等​總​名​共
​計​四​十二​種​萬
​物​中​惟​金​最​重
​砒霜​信​石生信
​黑​鉛
​銅​簿
​Lau wong fan.
Chuk, ¿wóng.
Wan (nù shik,.
Wan stsin.
Lai' shik,.
五金​類​第二​章
​"Ng kam lui²; tai? 12 chéung.
Kam ché, nai ckam, ngan
st'ung, tít,, sik,, tang 'ts'ung
sming; kung² ka'sz” shape
í chung. Mán mai, chung,
swai kam tsui' chung'.
Pi seung.
<Shang sun'.
Hak, sin.
T'ung pók.
Sun' shik,.
Notes and Explanations.
In the term 'ng kam, the Chinese comprehend metals in generals, though they do not seem to
have any distinct idea of metallic bodies as distinguished from other minerals. In the popular
system of physics, the five metals are associated with the five colors, five planets, five viscera, five
elements, &c., and between these the Chinese suppose there is constant action and reaction, but
CHI. CHR.
109
434
[CHAP. XIII
MINERALOGY.
5. Cinnabar.
6. Cinders.
7. Copper is also called
the red metal.
8. Virgin copper.
9. Sulphate of copper (or
blue vitriol).
10. White copper.
11. Copperas.
12. Gold, if laid by for a
long time, will not gather
rust, nor will a hundred
fusings lessen it.
13. Gold dust.
1
14. Gold leaf.
15. Hæmatitic iron ore.
16. Iron, otherwise called
the black metal, is the most
abundant of all metals.
17. Lead, i. e. the clear
inetal.
19. White lead.
19. Litharge.
20. Loadstone.
21. Malachite.
22. Minium.
23. Orpiment (or hartall).
硃砂 ​丹砂
​鐵​屎
​銅
​自然​銅
​膽​礬
​赤金​也
​白銅
​皂​礬 ​青​礬
​黄金​久​埋​不​生
​衣​百​陶​不​輕
​水​金
​金​簿
​代赭石
​鐵
​黑金​也​五
​金​以​鐵​為​最多
​鉛印​青​金​也
​鉛粉
​蜜​佗​儈
​攝石​磁石​閃石
​石綠 ​***
鉛​丹
​雄黃
​!
Chu shá. Tán ‹shá.
Tít, shí.
T'ung, tsik, ch'ik› ‹kam ‘yá.
Tsz' sín tung.
2
Tám fán.
Pák₂ stung.
Tsofán. Ts'ing sfán.
Wong kam kau mai pat,
shang í, pák, stò pat, ching.
S
'Shui kam.
Kam pók.
Toi' 'ché shik¸.
Tít, tsik, hak,
kam ya;
"'ng kam í tít, wai tsui'
<tó.
‚Ün tsik› ‹ts'ing ‹kam ‘yá.
‚Ün 'fan.
Mat, tó sang.
Ship, shik. Tsz' shik,.
Shím shik.
Shik, luk,. Luk, tsing.
Ün stán.
Hung wong.
in what manner they cannot tell. The mineral treasures of China have not been explored to
a very great extent, and some of the gold and silver mines once opened are not now worked.
7-10. Copper, according to the Materia Medica, occurs in all the western provinces. “The
etymology of the character, the metal the same as gold,' is given to it because its color is like
that of gold." The Chinese do not use pure copper so much as its alloys, of which they have one
or two not known in other countries. Pák tung, or white copper, is said by Lí Shíchan to be
made by fusing copper ore with arsenical ore. Henry's Chemistry gives, as its constituents, iron,
copper, zinc, and nickel; others say it contains some silver, but the composition is not accurately
known, and probably varies in different specimens, as the alloy is made by fusing ores. It is
used for dish-covers and other domestic utensils, and when new looks almost as well as silver.
Iron is said to be found in all the eastern provinces, and the Chinese are skilled in
sunelting the ores. As repositories of facts in natural history, the works of natives, who have
written upon the subject, are not unworthy of notice; and they frequently describe what they
have seen with tolerable accuracy; as in the Pún Ts'ò, where, in this instance, the varieties and
principal uses of iron are detailed with much accuracy. But when they attempt to theorize, their
16.
Seer. 2.]
435
METALS.
24. All metals are taken
from mines in the hills. When
first dug they are termed ore,
and then they also combine
other substances; as there is
copper ore which combines
lead and silver, and there is
pure copper without any ad-
mixture. All ore, when dug,
is first put into a kiln to be
roasted, and then into a fur-
nace to be smelted, in order to
clear it of scoria, and obtain
the coarse metal: afterwards
it is once and again smelted
to make it pure.
25. Frites, coarse.
26. Quicksilver.
27. Rust of iron.
28. Silver, or the white
metal.
£
½ ⇓
採​出​初​出​日​礦
​而​礦​中​亦有​夾
​他物​者​如​銅礦
​有​夾​鉛​銀​者​有
​純銅​不​雜​者​凡
​採​璞​先​設​爐竈
​鍛鍊​去​其​滓​成
​然後​再三​鼓
​鍊​方​成​也
​青​蒙​石
​水銀​汞
​鐵銹
​銀白​金​也
​大​靑
​輕​粉
​29. Smalts.
30. Sublimate of mercury.
31. Spelter (or tutenague). 白​鉛
​32. Steel.
33. Tin.
34. Block tin.
35. Verdigris.
.36. Vermilion.
鋼​鍋​斗​銅
​錫
​斗​錫 ​花​錫
​銅綠
​硍​硃
​Ng kam kái yau ‹shán,
chúng ‘ts'oi ch‘ut. Cho
ch'ut, üt, kwong, í 'kwóng
<chung yik, yau káp, tá
mat, ché; sütung 'kwóng
'yau káp, ün ngan 'ché,
syau shuntung pat, tsáp,
'ché. Fán 'ts'oi p'ók, sín
chít, lò tsờ tin lín, hi
sk'í 'tsz',,shing ‹pí; ‹ín hau?
tsoi sám 'kú lín, fong
shing 'ya.
Ts'ing mung shik,.
'Shui ngan. Hung'.
Tít, sau.
Ngan, tsik, pák, kam yá.
Tái ts'ing.
‹Hing 'fan.
Pak, sün.
<Kóng.
Sik,.
'Tau sik). Fá sik.
T'ung luk,.
Ngan ‹chü.
writings are more amusing than instructive, as the introduction to the chapter on metals and
stones in that work will show. Lí says, "Stones are the kernels of the atmosphere, and the bones
of the earth; when large, they form mountains and cliffs, when small, sand and dust: their pure
parts form metals and gems; their noxious, barytes and arsenic. When the atmosphere coagu
lates, being solid, it forms sands of various sorts; when it permutes, being liquid, it becomes salt or
quicksilver. In its commutations, it may sometimes change from soft to hard, as when percola-
tions and saline drippings become stone; at other times, animate things become immovable, as
when plants and grass petrify. Or when birds and beasts, which breathe, petrify, then that
which had life becomes inanimate; or when thunder, earthquakes, stars, and meteors, are trans-
formed, then what was formless takes a shape. Metals and minerals, when well smelted and
thoroughly prepared, greatly assist mankind; although they are like rubbish, still they make and
change things to an unlimited extent. Moreover, they are available as property, and are used
medicinally to strengthen the body; although they are called inanimate things, still their pro-
fitable uses are unlimited."
BOTANY.
草木​篇​十四
​'Ts'ò
muk, ;
p'ín
shap,
Sz”。
Section First.
PARTS OF PLANTS.
草木​百​體​第 ​章
​Tseò muke pak, trai; tai² yat, chéung.
1. The bark is the covering
of the branches and trunk.
2. Branches grow from the
sides of trees.
3. A flower bud is one
whose petals are unexpanded;
it is also called púi.
CHAPTER XIV.
4. A leaf bud is the first
sprouting of the bud when
yet tender.
5. The calyx is that which
supports the flower's petals.
6. A catkin is the silken
flowers of a willow,
7. Corol is a general term
for the petals of a flower.
8. A crotch of a branch is
where it is divided.
9. A culm is the erect
stem of a grass.
樹皮​枝幹​外衣
​枝​樹木​傍生​也
​蕾​花瓣​未​開​也
​亦​日​蓓
​薳​乃​枝上​初生 ​sÜn, nái cchí shéung chó
shang chỉ nin chí chi.
至​嫩​之​處
​Shi phí chí kén ngoi .
Chi shu' muk₂ pong shang
syá.
Lui, ‹fá fán' mí² hoi yá;
yik, üt½ púť.
萼​托​花瓣​者​也 ​Ngoks tók) (fá
syá.
柳絮​柳​之​絲​也
​Lau ‘sui lau chí sz yá.
葩​花瓣​總稱​也
​椏​枝​之​分岐​處
​莖​草​之​正​幹​也
​fán' 'ché
Pá fá fán' 'tsung ch'ing
sya.
.A chí chí fan kí chi.
sKing tsed cchí ching kón
sya.
Notes and Explanations.
BOTANY, in the scientific sense of the word, is wholly unknown to the Chinese. Physicians and
herbalists have, however, done much in describing plants; and the study of their medical proper-
ties, from the time of the renowned Shannung, ‘the divine husbandman, to the present day, has
not been neglected. This personage, the Esculapius of Chinese medicine, is reported to have
tested the virtues of all the plants he described, and their effects upon his system were observed
by him as they passed through his bowels! His supposed observations have been the foundation
upon which his successors have built the present received system as exhibited in the Pún Tsd.
In this work, plants are comprised in twenty-seven chapters or kün, (which are here wholly
arbitrary,) arranged under five divisions or pò; viz., ts'd pð herbs, kuk pò grains, tsoi pò vegeta-
SECT. 1.]
437
PARTS OF PLANTS.
10. The beard of the grain | 穀​鎗​穀​皮​所生
​grows from the glume.
11. Chaff is the husky skin
of rice.
糠​米​之​皮殼​也
​12. The chorion is the in-
complete grain, when it is as
yet but a small kernel.
13. A cupule is the recep-
tacle of an acorn.
14. Faggots; wood cleav
ed down and cut up for cook-
ing is called faggots and bil-
Lets.
15. A fruit is the seed of
a tree.
16. A gourd is the hard
covering of a melon.
17. A graft is the term by
which a plant is designated
when grafted into another
plant.
18. Gum is the viscid sap
of the trunks of trees, which,
when the skin cracks, exudes
and concretes.
19. Juice is the water in
the pulp of fruits.
不成​穀​而成
​小粒​者​也
​桃​櫟​之​房​實​也
​薪​伐​下​之​木​炊
​爨​日薪​日​柴
​菓​乃木​實也
​匏​瓠​瓜​硬殼​也
​挨​枝​别​種​寄生
​之​稱
​樹膠​乃​樹​身​之
​潤​液​裂​皮​而出
​積​成​也
​菓汁​菓肉​之​漿
​Kuk, séung kuk, gp Sho
<shang.
Hóng mai chí phí hóh, ya.
Pi, pat, shing kuk, shing
'síú nap, 'ché ‘yá.
Kau lik, chí fóng shat,
'yá.
San fat, há² chí mua.
ch'ui 'ts'ün, üt, san, iit;
«ch đi.
'Kw6 nái muk, shat, ya.
‹Páu cú ‹kwá ngáng² hok,
sya.
Ai chi pít, ‘chung kí shang
chí ching.
Shi káu nái shu shan
2
chí yun yik,, lít, phí
ch'ut, tsik, shing 'yá.
bles, kwó pò fruits, and muk pò trees. These are still further divided into lui or families, which,
however, as there are no settled principles of classification, frequently include many plants that
have no family resemblance. The lowest term in the scale is chung, which is sometimes includes
a genus of plants, but oftener corresponds to a species, or even a variety. There is nothing in
the Pun Tsd, that indicates any knowledge of what constitutes a genus or a species.
I. The division of herbs contains nine lui: viz., 1. shán ts'ò,, hill plants, such as grow
wild, e. g. liquorice, ginseng, narcissus, has 70 chung, or species; 2. fóng is d, odoriferous plants,
such as mowtan, mint, tumeric, has 56 species; 3. shap ts'd, marshy plants, such as Indian shot,
plantago, chrysanthemum, has 126 species; 4. tuk ts'd, poisonous or noxious plants, such as rhu-
harb, day-lily, balsam, has 27 species; 5. mán tsd, creeping plants, such as convolvulus, China
root, honeysuckle, cucumber, has 73 species; it has also a sub-family containing 19 species of
scandent plants; 6. shui ts'd, aquatic plants, such as azolla, acorus, confervæ, has 22 species; 7.
shik ts'd, plants growing in stony places, as sedum, ferns, saxifrage, has 19 species; 8. toi lui,
family of mosses, as lichens, &c., has 16 species, and seems intended to comprise all plants
whose parasitic habitat is old walls, rocks, &c.; 9. tsáp ts'ò, miscellaneous plants, and plants not
used in medicine, in all 162 species. In this classification, the habitat is the most influential
principle of arrangement for the families; the division for the most part includes herbs, and what-
ever is not eaten or used in the arts, or does not attain to the consideration and magnitude of a tree.
II. The division of grains contains four families: 1. má mak tò lui, the family of hemp,
wheat, rice, &c., has 12 species; 2. tsik suk lui, the family of millet, maize, &c., has 18 spe.
cies; 3. shuk tau lui, the family of leguminous plants, has 14 species; 4. tsd néung lui, family
of what can be fermented, such as bean curd, boiled rice, wine, yeast, bread, congee, has 29
species. The first three families comprehend all those plants which are cultivated for their edible
seeds, and form three tolerably well defined families; the fourth is added on account of the medi-
cal nature of the work, and in a strictly scientific work would of course be left out.
Kw6 chap, kwó yuk, chi
tséung.
III. The division of edible vegetables, or kitchen herbs, contains five families: 1. fan san
lui, offensive, pungent plants, such as leeks, garlic, mustard, ginger, has 22 species; 2. yau
CHI. CHR.
110
438
[CHAP. XIV.
BOTANY.
20. A kernel is the flesh
inside of a nut.
21. Knot is the place where
the branches of trees grow out:
a joint is where the internodes
of a bamboo are joined.
22. Leaves grow upon the
branches and make a shade.
23. The midrib is that
which appears on the surface
of the leaf, as the roots of the
veins.
24. A A nut is contained
within the pulp of the fruit.
25. A parasite is another
plant that enters the branches
[of a tree] and grows.
26. A peduncle grows be-
neath the calyx.
27. Petals are the flakey
parts of the blossom.
28. The petiole grows under
the leaf.
29. Pistils are the beard
inside of the flower.
30. The pith is the heart
of the trunk.
31. A pod is the shell of
pulse.
32.
head of the peduncle.
33. Roots are the feet of
plants which enter the earth.
A receptacle is the
仁​菓核​内​之​肉
​節​樹​出​枝​之​處
​叉​竹筒​接續​處
​葉枝​上​生成​遮
​陰​者
​葉根葉​上​現​紋
​之​根
​核​在​菓肉​之​内
​寄生​别​種​入​枝
​而​生
​带​生於​萼​下​者
​瓣​花​之​片片​也
​梗​生於​葉​下​者
​蕊​花心​之​鬚​也
​蓮師​樹​心​也
​筴​荳​殼​也
​花房​蒂​之​頭​也
​根​樹​脚​入​坭​者
​C
Yan kwó wat, noi chi
yuk..
Tsít, shi ch‘ut, chí chí
chi ; yau chuk, st ung tsíp,
shuk, chu'.
Íp, chí shéung shang shing
ché yam 'ché.
ĺp, kan ip, shéung? ín²
sman chí kan.
Wat, tsoi' 'kwó yuk, ‹chi
noi².
K{ shang pit, chung yap.
chí sĩ shang.
Tai shang ai ngók, hát
'ché.
Fán, fá chí phín phín yá.
Káng shang t íp, há chứ.
Yui, fá sam chí sú yá.
‹Tung tsik, shü² sam ‘yá.
Káp, tau hók, yá.
Fá fóng “tai chí tau yá.
Kan shu kéuk, yap, nai
'ché.
wat lui, soft and smooth plants, such as are mucilaginous and juicy, as dandelions, lilies, bam.
boo sprouts, has 41 species; 3. lò tsoi, vegetables producing fruit on the ground, such as tomatoes,
melons, has 11 species; 4. shui tsoi, aquatic vegetables, as fuci, algæ, has 6 species; 5. chí í,
mushrooms and fungi, has 15 species.
·
IV. The division of fruits contains six families: 1. 'ng kwo, the five fruits, such as plum,
peach, date, has 11 species; 2. shán kwo, wild (or uncultivated) fruits, such as orange, pear,
citron, acorn, persimmon, has 34 species; í kw6, foreign fruits, as the cocoa-nut, areca, fig, laichí,
carambola, has 32 species; 4. mí lui, family of aromatics, as pepper, tea, has 14 species; 5. ld lui
fruits produced on the ground, as water-melon, grape, sugar-cane, 9 species; 5. shui kwó aquatic
fruits, as water caltrops, water lily, water chestnut, caladium, has 6 species, with a sub-family
of 23 species not used in medicine.
V. The division of trees contains six families: 1. héung muk, aromatic trees, as pine,
cassia, rose, assafoetida, champhor, aloes, has 35 species; 2. kíú muk, stately trees, as the wil-
low, dryandra, tamarix, sapindus, varnish tree, elm, croton, has 52 species; 3. kwan muk, luxu-
riant growing trees, as mulberry, gardinia, paper tree, cercis, cotton tree, has 50 species; 4. ü
muk, attached to trees, as parasites, amber, has 12 species; 5. páu muk, flexible plants, as bamboo,
has 4 species: 6. tsáp muk, miscellaneous trees, has 7 species, and a sub-family containing 20
species. A synopsis of the whole gives 5 divisions, 30 families, and 1094 species.
The drawings of plants in the Pún Ts'ò are exceedingly rude and inaccurate, rendering it
almost impossible to recognize even the most common and well marked flowers. In this respect,
it is excelled by the plates in the Sám Ts'oi T'd, six volumes of which work is filled with figure's
SecT. 1.]
439
PARTS OF PLANTS.
34. Sap is the juice of
trees.
J
35. [Seeds;] a tsz' is the
flower setting and before the
fruit is perfected. A shat is
also a general name for the
fruit; yéung are the seeds of
melons; kw6 are the seeds of
plants which ripen on the
ground.
36. The sheath of the leaf
in grasses is where they clasp
the stem.
37. The sheath of the joint
in bamboos is its covering.
38. A spathe is a leaf
which surrounds the yet
unopened flowers.
39. A spike; the head of
grain or millet, where the
seeds are congregated is so
'called.
40. Spines grow upon the
branches like thorns.
41. A sprout; that which
first of plant and herbs shoots
forth is called a sprout.
42. Sprouts of bamboo are
their first growth.
43. A stem; in grasses is
called a culm; in the bam-
boo a stalk; in trees a trunk;
and in grain a culm.
44. A stump enters the
earth, bearing roots.
45. Tendrils are like those
of rattans and vines.
46. A trunk is the original
body of the tree.
47. Twigs are the end of
the branches ascending to the
sky; they are also called sáu.
48. Vines drag along and
thus grow..
樹液​卽樹​津也
​子​乃花​初結而
​未​成菓​也​實​亦
​菓​總​名​瓤​亦​瓜
​實​也​草​之​實
​莢​草葉​莖​而
​生​也
​籜​竹節​之​衣​也
​花衣​花​未開​時
​所​包​之​葉
​穗​禾稻​結實​成
​串​而言
​花​芳枝​上​生​如
​刺者
​芽​草木​初​萌​之
​物​日​芽
​笋竹​之​初生​也
​幹​若​草 ​莖​竹
​日​箇木​日​枚
​日​槀
​樹頭​入地​生​強
​萁​如​籐蔓​者亦
​日​萁
​幹​樹​之​本身​也
​杪​枝​尾​叁天​日
​杪​亦​日​梢
​蔓​牽連​而​生​也
​{
}
Shü² yik, tsik, shü' ‹tsun ‘yá.
'Tsz' nái fá ‹ch'ó kít, í mí
shing kwó 'ya. Shat, yik,
kwó tsung ming. Yéung'
yik: ckwá shat yá. Kwo
cts ò chí shat
Káp, 'ts'ò ip, lui king í
shang yá.
T6k, chuk, tsít, chí í vá.
‹Fá ‹í ‹fá mí' choi shí 'shó
<páu chí ép2.
Sui wó tờ 'hít, shat, shing
ch'ün' í sín.
Fá lh, chí shéung shang
ü tsz" 'ché.
Ngá; tsed muke <chtòming
chí mat, ut, snga.
‘Sun chuk, chí chó shang
[yá.
Kón'; yéuk, ‘ts'd üt, sking;
chuk, üt, k6'; muk, üit, ¿múi ;
swó it: kò.
Kón' shu chí pún shan
syá.
Mtú; chí mí cts ám tin
!ütɔ ‹m²íú, yik, üit, ‹sháu.
Shi² sfau yap: tí? shang
'k'éung.
Ki; si tang mán² 'ché yika
iitz ckí.
Mán chín chín sĩ shang y
of plants arranged into 12 kiin or chapters, under the same five heads of herbs, trees, vegetables,
flowers, and fruits. There are also monographs on the most important productions, as tea, bam-
boo, &c., to which, as well as the Pun Ts'd, the student is referred for information concerning
the knowledge of the Chinese on these subjects.
i
440
[CHAP. XIV
BOTANY.
1. Amboyna wood.
2. Areca palm.
3. Ash tree.
4. Bamboo.
5. Black bamboo.
6. Whanghee bamboo.
7. Pencil-tube bamboo.
8. Jointless bamboo.
9. Empress' bamboo.
10. Banian fig. Ficus.
11. Camphor. Laurus.
12. Cassia tree.
13. Cinnamon.
Laurus.
pium.
14. Clove tree.
15. Coir palm.
16. Cotton plant. Gossy-
Section Second.
FOREST TREES.
喬木​類​第二​章
​¿K'íú muk₂ lui²; tai² fccléumg.
17. Cotton tree. Bombax.
18. Cycas.
19. Cypress. Cupressus.
20. Flat leaved cypress.
影​木
​槟榔
​槐樹
​竹​橱
​紫竹
​佛​肚​竹
​竹
​無節​竹虎​邱竹
​湘妃竹
​榕樹
​樟木​楠木
​桂​葑
​玉桂
​丁香
​椶​樹
​棉 ​1
木棉​樹
​沓​利市​錢
​栢​查
​扁栢
​'Ying muk,.
Pan slóng.
sWai shi².
\
Chuk,shii?.
'Tsz' chuk,.
Faty tò chuk,.
Mau chuk.
Mà tsít, chuk).
chuk,.
‹Séung ‹fí chuk,.
Yung shii².
Chéung muk,. Nám muk.
Kwai' shi².
Yuk, kwai'.
Ting chéung.
Tsung shi².
《Mín shi².
Muky mín shü².
Fán lí² shí ts' in.
Peak, shi².
'Pín p'ák..
1
Fú yau
Notes and Explanations.
By the term k'iú muk, the Chinese intend to include tall, stately trees, of which pines and firs
are the types. Trees of all sizes are, however, comprehended in the family, so that it might
more accurately be defined timber trees, or those not cultivated for their fruit. The number
and variety of forest trees in China is not very great, if the spare use of wood for domestic uses,
and the few drawings in botanical works can be taken as evidence. Some of the woods used in
cabinet-work are elegant and durable.
SECT. 2.]
441
FOREST TREES.
21. Dryandra.
22. Ebony.
23. Ebony-like wood.
24. Echites.
25. Elm.
26. Erythrina.
27. Eugenia.
28. Fagara
29. Fir.
30. Iron pear wood.
31. Jatropha.
32. Lagerstroemia.
33. Magnolia yulan.
34. Maple.
35. Mimosa.
36. Mountain ebony. Bau.
hinia.
37. Mulberry. Morus.
38. Oak.
39.
acorns).
Oak (with smooth
40. Palm.
41. Pandanus.
42.. Paper tree. Brous-
sonetia.
43. Pine.
44. Pride of India. Melia.
梧桐
​烏木
​酸枝
​山羊​角​樹
​榆樹
​古​抱​樹
​白飯​子
​山​介​樹
​松樹
​鐡​梨木
​桐​柚​樹
​紫薇 ​1
玉蘭
​楓樹
​肥皂
​鱗甲
​桑樹
​櫟​樹​橡樹
​槲​橄
​棕櫚
​蘆​兜​樹
​楮​樹
​杉
​森​木 ​苦​楝
​Ng stung.
Ú muk,.
Sin chí.
Shán yéung kok, shu².
Ü shi?.
'Kú p'ò shu².
Pák, fán? (tsz’.
Shán kái' shiü?.
Ts'ung shi².
Tít, lí muk).
Tung yau shu.
Tsz’<mí shi?.
Yuk, lán.
Fung shi².
Fí tsò?.
Lun káp.
Sóng shu.
Lik, shi㎡. Séung? shu?.
Huk, ts uk,.
Tsung lü.
Lù tau shiz.
'Chu shü'.
Ch'ám'.
Sham muk. Fúlín².
23. This wood is employed in the manufacture of musical instruments, and fine articles of
furniture, and is carved into stands for curiosities; it is nearly as black and heavy as ebony.
32. The bark of the paper tree is used very extensively in Japan for making paper, but the
Chinese principally employ the bamboo for that purpose.
43. All the cone-bearing trees found in China are great favorites with the people. Pines and
firs frequently cover the sides of mountains forming forests, and constitute the greatest part of
the wood used for fuel and building; they are also cultivated for these latter purposes. The
arbor vitæ, (Thuja orientalis) or flat leaved cypress, is a common ornament in parterres and gar-
dens, and is employed in religious ceremonies.
CHI. CHR.
111
442
[CHAP. XIV.
BOTANY.
45. Rattans. Calamus.
46. Robinia
47. Rose wood.
48. Sandal-wood tree.
49. Sapan wood.
50. Sapindus.
51. Sterculia.
52. Sideroxylon.
53. Tallow tree. Stillingia.
54. Tamarix.
55. Taxus.
56. Varnish tree.
57. Willow.
58. Weeping willow.
!
T. Aleurites.
2. Almonds.
畫
​沙​籐
​過​山​孻
​花梨木
​檀香
​蘇木
​無​患​橱​木​患​子
​顰​婆​1
山​欖 ​1
柳樹
​垂絲​柳
​羅漢松
​漆​葑
​楊柳
​Kung shi².
Shui csz'lau.
‹Ló hón' ¿tsung,
Ts'at, shu'.
¿Yéung slau.
檉​查​雨​絲絲​柳 ​Shing shii². sù sz.
$lau.
Shá tang.
Kwó' shán 'tsun.
Fá slí muką.
Tán chéung.
Sú muk2.
sMò wan² shi². Muk wán²
(tsz’.
Pean spró shi².
Shán lám shü².
石​栗
​杏仁
​50. The seeds of this tree are used for their detergent properties, and the nuts are employed
by the Budhists to make rosaries; they say, “you should string together 108 soap berries and
always wear them about your person. The wood of this tree is what all demons are afraid of;'
it has therefore been named mò wán shi, or the preventative of evil.
Section Third.
FRUIT TREES.
菓木​類​第三​章
​Kwó muk: lui?; tail sám chéung.
Shik, lut,.
Hang² syan,
SÜ Sz
Notes and Explanations.
A considerable proportion of the food of the Chinese consists of fruit, which is, at least in the
southern parts of the empire, both cheap and abundant. Fruit-stalls line the sides of the streets,
and baskets-full fill the doorways of shops. The variety is not so great as in western countries,
where exotic fruits are added to the indigenous, nor is the flavor of Chinese fruits as a whole
SECT. 3.]
443
FRUIT TREES.
3. Apple.
4. Apricot. Prunus.
5. Bullace.
6. Carambola, Averrhoa.
7. Chestnut.
8. Citron. Citrus.
9. Cocoa-nut.
10. Custard apple. Brome-
Via.
11. Dates. Rhamnus.
12. Red dates.
13. Dates of the palm.
14. Euonymus.
15. Fig.
16. Grape.
17. Ground nut. Arachis.
18. Guava.
19. Hazle nut.
20. Long hazle nut.
21. Hovenia
22. Jack fruit..
23. Kæmpferia.
24. Lemon or lime..
25. Líchí, Dimocarpus.
26. Common líchí.
27. Black leaved líchí.
28. Small, late líchí.
29. Thorny-skinned líché:
Psidium.
1 平​菓
​黄梅
​柰
​三​捻
​風​栗
​佛手
​椰子
​番​荔枝
​白​棗
​紅棗
​波斯​子​無漏​子
​山​柚​柑
​4
楊桃
​香​椽
​無花菓
​葡萄
​花生
​番石榴​鷄屎​菓
​棒子
​榧子
​枳​棋
​波羅密
​山​柰
​檸檬
​荔枝
​玉荷包​大​造
​黑​葉​荔枝
​槐​枝​11
火山​1枝
​Ping kwó.
Wóng smúi.
Noi².
(Sám ním². Yeung stfò.
<Fung lut₂.
çFat‘shau. 〈Héung sün.
¿Yé 'tsz'.
<Fán lail chí.
Pák, 'tsò.
Hung 'tsò.
Pó sz' 'tsz'. Mò lau' 'tsz'.
s
S
〈Shán syau ckóm.
Mò fá kwó.
Pò stò.
Fá shang.
〈Fán shike lau Kai shí
kwó.
Peáng tsz.
'Fí 'tsz.
Chat,kii².
Pó ló mat...
<Shán noi?.
Ning mung.
Lai chí.
Yuk shó páu、Tái tsò².
Hak, íp lai ch.
sWái chí lại chí.
'Fó shán lai' chí.
equal to that of lands where skill and science have combined to improve the productions of nature.
8. Budhá's hand, the meaning of Fat shau, is applied to this fruit by the Chinese on account
of its singular digitate appearance, which is caused artificially; and converts the greatest part
!
444
[CHAP. XIV.
BOTANY.
30. Greenish líchí.
31. Small stone líchí.
32. Egg-shaped líchí.
33. Viscid líchí.
34. Dried líchí.
35. Longan. Dimocarpus.
36. Loquat. Eriobotrya.
37. Mango. Mangifera.
38. Medlar.
39. Olive. Cannarium.
40. Coolie orange. Citrus.
41. Mandarin orange.
42. Coolie-mandarin
orange.
43. Kumkwat orange.
44. Nutmeg orange.
45. Gold nutmeg orange.
46. Sweet orange.
47. Thin skinned orange.
48. Dark skinned orange
(from Sz'úi).
49. Papaw. Carica.
50. Peach.
51. Hami peach.
52. Sweet peach.
掛綠 ​1枝
​香荔​1枝
​進​鳳​11
糯米​柿​1枝
​荔枝​乾
​龍眼
​琵琶​菓
​芒​藥
​枸杞​子
​橄欖
​椿
​硃砂​桔
​柑
​金橘
​四季​桔
​金錢​桔
​橙
​茶​枝​柑
​四​會​柑
​木瓜
​桃
​哈​蜜桃
​英​桃
​蘆​橘
​!
1
Kw luky lai cchi.
Héung lai lai' ch.
Tsun'fung² lai? cchí.
Nó mai cts'z lại chí.
Lai chí chón.
Lung éngán.
Pí spá kwó. Lò kwat».
Móng kwó.
'Kau kí ‘tsz'.
Kóm lám.
Cháng.
〈Chi shé kat,,
Kóm.
Kam kwat,.
Sz" kwai' kat,.
Kam sts' in kat,.
Tim schtáng.
Chá «chí kém.
Sz”ú?ckóm.
Muk, kwá.
sTed.
〈Há mat stò.
Ying stò.
of the fruit into rind; when ripe it is much sought after on account of its agreeable perfume,
one specimen being sufficiently powerful to scent a large room.
care.
25–36. The varieties of this fruit are tolerably well defined, arising chiefly from situation and
It is not found in the northern provinces, but has been introduced into the Archipelago
from China. The longan (or lungyen) is inferior in size, and the flavor is very unlike that of
the íchí; there are also several varieties of it.
39. This has been called the Chinese olive, merely from the color and shape somewhat resem-
bling that from the Levant; it is a very ordinary fruit, and usually pickled.
40–48. The Chinese have no general name for the orange, each variety bearing a different
The fruit is very abundant in the winter season, and species of the genus, especially the
citron and the kumkwat, are raised in pots as ornamental shrubs.
one.
1
NPCT. 3.]
445
FRUIT TREES.
53. Pointed peach.
54. Bitter peach.
55. Flat peach.
56. Pear.
57. Russet pear.
58. Shántung pear.
59. Persimmon. Diospy-
rus.
60. Persimmon cakes.
61. Pine apple.
62. Pine seeds.
63. Plantain, common.
64. Green plantain.
65. Triangular plantain.
66. Thin skinned plantain.
67. Short plantain.
68. Plum.
69. Sour plum.
70. Red plum.
71. Black plum.
72. Dark red plum.
73. Small yellow plum.
74. Red heart plum,
75. Juicy plum.
76. Nánhwá plum.
鸚​嘴​桃
​冷飲​桃
​扁桃
​梨
​沙梨
​雪梨
​柿
​柿​乾
​鷄心​柿
​波羅
​松子 ​柏子仁
​生​蕉
​香​牙​蕉
​芭蕉
​鼓槌​蕉
​阿婆​1
新婦
​梅
​酸梅
​紅梅
​烏梅
​杏
​李
​紅心​李
​鵝​膏​李
​南華​李
​Ying 'tsui to.
Lang fán² st').
'Pín to.
Li.
Shá ‹lí.
Süt› ‹lí.
Ts'z'. (Kai sam tsz.
☆Ts'z' ckón.
Póló.
Tsung 'tsz.
syan.
Shang tsíú. Héung nga
ctsíú.
Pá tsíú.
Kú chui tsiú.
Á’spó ctsíú.
San fú ctsíú.
Múi.
Sin smúi.
Hung múi.
Úmúi.
Hang².
Li.
Hung (sam li.
Ngockò li.
Nám wá li.
{
Peak)
IZ
50–55. The peach is one of the best fruits found in China, though it is not usually allowed
to attain its full maturity on the tree, This practice of picking fruits, before they are fully ripe,
is very common in China, and is often the chief reason of their insipidity. The peach tree is a
great favorite with the Chinese, and its budding leaves, opening flowers, and general beauty,
furnish an abundance of metaphors to their poets.
56–58. The pears of China often grow to a large size, but their flavor, as well as that of
the apple, is far inferior to the same fruits in England and elsewhere. The cause of this infe--
riority is found in the ignorance of Chinese gardeners of the methods of improving the quality
of fruit by grafting and careful cultivation.
CHI. CHR.
112
446
[CHAP. XIV.
BOTANY.
}
77. Green plum.
78. Pomegranate. Puuica.
79. Prunus. (A cherry?)
SO. Pumelo. Citrus.
81. Flat pumelo.
82. Ribbed pumelo.
83. Oblong pumelo.
84. Quince.
85. Raisins.
86. Rubus, or Raspberry.
87. Salisburia seeds.
88. Seeds of Hovenia.
89. Strawberry tree. Ar-
butus.
90. Walnuts.
91. Large walnuts (Juvia,.
or Brazil nut.)
92. Whampe.
Cookia.
青竹​李
​石榴
​櫻子
​柚
​斗​柚
​桑麻​柚
​陽​額​柚
​萬壽​菓 ​木瓜
​葡​提​子
​苺
​覆盆子
​銀杏 ​白菓
​5 字​菓
​to ty
核桃
​盒​桃
​黃皮
​胡桃
​Tsing chuk, slí.
Shik, lau.
Ying 'tsz'.
Yau.
"Tau yau.
Sóng má yau. .
¿Yéung ngák, yau.
Mán shau kwo.
kwá.
Peò stai tsz'.
Múi Fuk, sp'ún 'tsz'.
Ngan hang. Pák, kwó.
Mán tsz' kwó.
sYéung múi.
Hat, tò.
Hóp, sò. sÚ ò.
Wong spí.
1
Muk.
84. The quince and the papaw are both called 'tree melon;' the former bears another name,
the fruit of ten thousand ages,' given to it from its unwithering nature.
87. The seeds of the Salisburia resemble almonds in taste, and somewhat in appearance,
from whence the Chinese have transferred the name of its seeds to the almonds brought from
abroad. The leaves of the Salisburia are used by the Japanese to put between the leaves of
their books to preserve them from the depredations of insects.
88. This, the more common name for the fleshy peduncles of the Hovenia, was omitted in its
proper place; the fruit is sold in apothecaries' shops, attached to the peduncle, and is used to in-
crease the flavor of wine. The character mán is meant to imitate the form of the peduncle; it is
the Vitruvian scroll or the Indian Swastica, and is identical in meaning with the character mún,
a myriad.
SECT. 4.]
447
VEGETABLES AND GRAINS.
1. Bamboo shoots.
2. Barley.
3. Fragrant basil.
mum.
4. Beans.
Section Fourth.
VEGETABLES AND GRAINS.
Oci-
5. Long beans. Dolichos.
6. Soy beans.
7. Red beans.
8. Black beans.
9. Small red bean.
10. Broad bean.
11. Ensiform bean.
12. Betel leaf.
13. Brassica (or petsae).
14. Buckwheat.
15. Cabbage.
禾​菜類​第四​章
​Wó ts' oi' lui; tai sz" (chéung.
竹笋
​大麥​麴​麥
​紫蘇
​蠶荳
​荳角
​白荳
​紅荳
​黑荳
​赤小豆
​鴉​豆
​刀豆
​蒟​葉 ​蔞​葉
​白菜 ​菘​菜
​= 角​麥 ​蕎麥
​椰菜
​Chuk, 'sun.
Tái mak. Mau mah.
"Tsz' <sú.
S
Tsám tau.
Tau' kók,.
Pák, tau².
¿Hung tau¹.
Hak, tau?.
Ch'ik, 'síú tau³.
<Pín tau.
Tò tau².
Lau áp,. Lau ép..
Pák, ts'oi'. ‹Sung ts' oi'.
‹Sám kók, mak. Kíú mak¸.
¿Yé ts' oi'.
Notes and Explanations.
CHINESE agriculturalists excel in the cultivation of kitchen herbs and vegetables, of which
they raise a great variety and an abundant supply. Their forte lies in this branch of gardening :
and in the amount of vegetables produced from a single acre probably no people exceed
them. By constant manuring, transplanting, and forcing, three, four, and even five crops of
vegetables are obtained from the same bed in a twelvemonth. This section contains the names
of the most common vegetables found in the markets; but the minor varieties in this neighbor-
hood, and the sorts found elsewhere in China, are not yet accurately ascertained; many of them
have never been examined by foreigners.
4-11. Leguminous plants, comprising the numerous species and varieties of pulse, fitches,
&c., are included under the general term of tau; they are objects of considerable attention to
the Chinese gardener. The seeds are used in making soy, bean-curd, and other condiments;
the pods, seeds and tender leaves form important articles of food, and the sprouts, germinated
artificially, are also used for the same purpose.
13. This is the most common of the vegetables used by the Chinese; it is called 'white
greens' from the leaf-stalks being blanched.
448
[Cuse. XIV.
BOTANY.
16. Caladium.
17. Caraway. Carum.
18. Carrot.
19. Cauliflower.
20. Cayenne pepper.
21. Celery.
22. Chives.
23. Cress.
24. Cucumber.
25. Egg plant, or brinjal.
26. Garlic.
27. Ginger.
28. Gourd-squash.
29. Snake gourd. Trico-
santhes.
30. Bottle gourd. Cucur-
bita.
黄瓜
​苦瓜
​青蒜
​薑
​瓠
​絲瓜
​葫蘆
​Tsz'ckú. Tsz'<kú.
慈菇 ​茨​菰
​胡​荽
​阴 ​莞​茜
​紅​蘿蔔
​Ú (sui. Ün sai.
Hung ló pák..
花椰菜
​Fáyé ts'oi'.
慧
​‹tsíú.
椒​椒​花椒 ​Lát tsiú. Fan tsiú. Fa
ctsíú.
塘​蒿
​Thóng chò.
薤
​Hái.
水芹
​'Shui sk'an.
Wóng ckwa.
Fú ckwá.
禾​穀​菜
​31. Grain, growing.
32. Grain in the chaff.
33. Greens.
34. Water greens.
蕹​菜
​35. Winter coarse greens. 菠菜 ​赤​根​·菜
​36. Smooth leaved greens.
籐​菜
​37. Narrow leaved greens.
金針菜
​‹Ts'ing sün'.
‹Kéung.
sÚ. ·
Sz' ‹kwá.
‹Ú sld.
Wó.
Kuk,.
Ts'o'.
Ang' ts'oi'.
〈Pó ts'or. Ch'ik, ckan tso?.
¿Tang ts'oi'.
Kam cham ts'oi'.
17. Caraway and sweet basil are both cultivated for seasoning food; the seeds and leaves
of the former are both used, but only the leaves of the latter.
30. The bottle gourd is cultivated both for food, and for its horny shell; the latter is employed
in the kitchen as a dipper, and on board boats, where it is tied to the backs of infants to enable
them to float when they fall overboard.
31. W6 is both a general and a particular term; it is applied to growing rice in common
conversation, and in books its meaning is sometimes extended to include other edible grasses.
33. The word tsoi denotes a family of plants, corresponding in English to the terms greens,
kitchen vegetables, sallads, &c., meaning those plants which are chiefly cultivated for their
leaves. This definition is not, however, very strictly adhered to, for there are several plants not
found in it whose leaves are eaten. The number of sorts of ts' oi known, and the quantity cul-
tivated by Chinese gardeners, is very great; hardly a beggar is so poor that he cannot
some greens to serve as a relish to eat with his rice.
procure
}
SECT. 4.449
·1]
VEGETABLES AND GRAINS.
.
38. Winter greens.
39. Pickled greens.
40. Bean-sprout greens.
41. Pea-sprout greens.
42. Lettuce.
43, Maize.
44. Melon.
45. Millet, Setaria.
46. Barbadoes millet. Hol.
CUS.
47. Panicled millet. Mili-
im.
48. Grand millet. Sorghum.
49. Sz'ch'ün millet.
50. Small mushrooms.
51. Black, edible mush-
rooms.
52. Muskmelon.
53. Mustard.
54. Coarse mustard.
55. Onions.
56. Small onions.
57. Paddee.
58. Parsley.
59. Pearl barley.
60. Peas.
61. Green (colored) peas.
1
觀​達​菜​猪​乸​菜 ​Kún tát tstor.
鹹菜
​ts'oi.
Hám ts op.
大​豆芽菜
​細​豆芽菜
​生菜
​粟米
​瓜
​粟
​黍
​蜀​黍
​香​信
​木耳
​香瓜
​芥菜
​芥蘭
​葱頭
​胡​葱
​稻子
​旱​芹菜
​薏苡​米
​荷蘭豆
​綠豆
​金瓜
​Tái tàu ngả tsoi.
Sai tau' nga tsfoi'.
Shang ts' oi'.
Suk, mai.
Kwá.
Suk,.
Ts'ung tau.
5
Ú tsung.
Léung.
Tsik,.
'Shu.
Shuk, 'shu.
(Héung sun².
Muk, í.
Héung ‹kwá. Kam kw.
Kár ts'o'.
Kár lán.
Tò² 'tsz'.
Hón k'an ts'oi'.
pí mai.
Ho dán tau².
Luke taue.
Chill Dễ
45–49. Millet constitutes a larger proportion of the food of the people in the northern provin-
ces than in the southern; the sorts here mentioned are the principal ones, but native botancal
workson this subject mention many varieties which cannot be accurately discriminated without
an examination of the plants.
55. Onions, garlic, and all other edible alliaceous plants, are consumed by the Chinese in
large quantities, so much so, in some instances, as to taint their persons with the odor. There
are several varieties, the principal of which are here enumerated.
59. Pearl barley is made from the seeds of the Coix lachryma, or Job's tears; the leaves of
this grass are used in weaving the mat sails of Chinese vessels.
CHI. CHR.
113
450
[CHAP. XIV
BOTANY.
1
62. Green peas.
63. Black pepper.
64. Chinese pepper..
65. Long pepper.
66. Irish potato.
67. Sweet potato.
68. Pulse.
69. Pumpkin.
70. Flat yellow pumpkin.
71. Purslane.
72. Radish.
73. Rice.
74. Old man's rice (or glu.
tinous rice).
75. Common rice.
76. Unhulled rice.
77. Red rice.
78. White rice.
79. Sago.
80. Scallions.
81. Sea-weed.
82. Sesamum.
83. Sonchus or sow thistle.
84. White spinage. Ama-
ranthus.
85. Red spinage.
86. Long leaved spinage.
87. Long crooked squash.
青豆
​胡椒
​川椒
​蓽​撥​子
​荷蘭​薯
​紅薯
​薯 ​番薯
​海菜
​芝蔴
​苦菜
​冬瓜
​沓​1
1
南瓜
​猪仔​菜​耳​牌​菜
​紅​蘿蔔
​米
​糯米
​粘米
​糙米
​紅​谷米
​白米
​西​谷米
​韭菜
​>
白​莧菜
​紅​莧菜
​馬齒莧
​水​瓜
​胡麻
​Ts'ing tau².
‹Ú ‹ísíú.
Chin ctsíú,
Pat, pút, tsz’.
Ho dan sshii.
Hung sshi. Fán shii.
3
Shukz.
Tung kwá.
<Fán ckwa. Nam ckwa.
Chu 'tsai tsoi. Í ‹p²àí
ts' oi'.
S Hung sló pák..
sMai.
No² mai.
.Chím smai.
Ts'0' smai.
Hung kuk, mai.
Páky Smai.
〈Sai kuk, Smai.
'Kau ts'oi'.
'Hoi ts'oi'.
‹Chí smá. SÚ smá.
'Fú ts'oi'.
Pák, ín² ts'oi'.
sHung in² tstoi'.
Má 'ch'í ín'.
'Shui kwá.
68. Shuk is the general name for pulse, and tau is the term for the edible seeds, as peas,
beans, &c.
73. The cultivation of rice is briefly described in Chap. IX., Sect. 2. The number of varieties
is very great, and the distinctions between them minute and unimportant; those mentioned here
are the most common.
I
SECT. 5.]
451
ORNAMENTAL FLOWERS.
88.
squash.
Reddish
crooked
89. White cucumber.
90. Bottle squash.
91. Hairy squash.
92. Sugar cane.
93. Hot sugar cane.
94. Taro.
95. Tomatoes. Solanum.
96. Turnips.
97. Watermelon.
98. Water caltrops. Trapa
bicornis.
99. Water chestnut. Eleo.
charis tuberosus.
100. Water lily seeds.
101. Water lily roots.
102. Wheat.
103. Yam. Dioscorea.
矮​瓜
​白​1
1. Acacia.
芋
​節瓜
​甘蔗
​# Me
芋頭
​番茄
​蘿蔔
​西瓜
​菱角
​馬蹄
​蓮子
​蓮藕
​麥
​大​薯
​A
蕪菁
​勃​薺
​蓮​米
​Section Fifth.
'Ai kwá.
Pák, ‹kwá.
‹Kóng ú².
Tsít, kwá.
Kóm ché'.
Ít, ché .
Ú² t'au.
2
88. Kwá, like ts'oi, tau, kuk, and other words, indicates a family of plants, viz., that of the cu-
curbitaceæ, or gourds. An attempt has been made to arrange them under their common English
names, but perhaps not altogether successfully, the same name being applied to different species,
and the same sort, moreover, sometimes having two or more names.
+
‹Fán ‹k'é.
Ló pák. Mò ‹ts' ing.
Sai kwá.
Ling kók).
Má stai. Pút, ‹tsz'.
Lín 'tsz'. Lín mai.
Lín ngau.
Mak.
98, 99. Both these plants are cultivated in the vicinity of Canton as common articles of
food; they usually form the winter crop in rice fields, after the second crop of rice has been
harvested. The latter is a pleasant and wholesome vegetable, with a crisp taste, something like
that of the artichoke.
Táishii.
I
ORNAMENTAL FLOWERS.
名​花​類​第五​章
​Ming fá lui; tai 'ng ‹chéung.
| 銷​塞​花
​Notes and Explanations.
ORNAMENTAL flowers, or ming fá, are cultivated by the Chinese to such an extent as fairly to
Síú sak, ‹fá.
452
CHAP. XIV.
BOTANY.
2. Agapanthus.
3. Aglaia odorata.
4. Aglaia odorata. var.
5. Air-plant. Ærides and
Vanda.
6. Alpinia nutans.
7. Azalea Indica.
8. Bæckia frutescens.
9. Begonia discolor.
10. Bignonia grandiflora.
11. Bletia hyacinthina.
12. Bletia Tankervilliæ.
13. Variegated Camellia.
14. Laich'un Camellia.
15. Cercis siliquastrum.
16. Chimonanthus fra.
grans.
17. Chloranthus inconspi-
cuus.
18. Chloranthus onosta-
chys.
19. Chrysanthemum Si-
nense.
百​子​蓮
​三​葉蘭
​五​葉蘭
​吊蘭​風​蘭
​鴨​脚​花
​杜鵑​花
​榕​篩​花
​春​海棠
​凌​雪花
​紫​蘭
​鶴​頂​花
​蜀​茶
​麗​春茶
​紫荆
​蠟​梅花
​鷄爪​蘭 ​珠蘭
​白​珠蘭
​菊花
​Pák, sz' lín.
Sám íp slán.
s’Ng áp, slán.
Tíú lán. Fung lán.
Áp, kéuk, fá.
Tò² ‹kün fá.
Yung ‹shai ‹fá.
Ch'un ‘hoisťóng.
¿Ling süt› ‹fá.
"Tsz' slán.
Hók, 'ting fá.
Shuk₂ sch'a.
Lai chun cháo
"Tsz' ching.
Láp, múi fá.
Kai chau sán. Chủ lán.
Pák₂ chú slán.
Kuk, fá.
indicate a general taste for flowers. Ladies wear them in their hair, and pots of the common
sorts adorn the door-way or terraces; a tree or shrub is planted in the inner court of the house
seasons.
or temple, and flowers are hawked about the streets, in bouquets, festoons, and garlands, at all
Their floriculture is conducted with a success depending more on practice than the
deductions of science, and confined to the most popular favorites, as camellias, chrysanthemums,
oranges, &c., in these, being all indigenous plants, they succeed very well, and they have pro-
duced a great number of varieties. The practice of dwarfing forest trees is common, and consi-
dered as a test of the gardener's skill; bamboos, cypresses, oranges, and trees, are thus treated;,
and when well stunted and contorted, these victims of fashion often bear extravagant prices.
The Fá tí, or Flower gardens near Canton afford a good idea of Chinese horticulture, both useful
and ornamental; and in number of species and varieties it is probably not exceeded by any in the
country, as the patronage of foreign customers has drawn to it plants from all parts of China.
8. This plant is very abundant upon the rocky hills near Whampoa and Macao, continuing
in flower all the summer; it is frequently gathered to make brooms, and is also found among
the herbseller's stock.
13, 14. Ch'á fá is the common term for both Camellia and Thea. The varieties of the
former are numerous, cultivated both for use and beauty, and the flower is as great a favorite in
its native land as in western countries.
19. The term kuk is a general one for all large and gay syngenesious flowers, of which the
Chrysanthemum is the type. This species is a favorite plant with Chinese gardeners, who are
very successful in its cultivation, and enumerate more than a hundred varieties.
SECT. 5.]
453
ORNAMENTAL FLOWERS.
20. Chrysanthemum, or
China aster.
21. Clerodendrum squama-
tum & Bryophyllum calcynum
22. Cockscomb. Celosia
cristata.
23. Commelina.
24. Cotyledon serrata.
25. Crinum Asiaticum.
26. Cymbidium.
27. Daphne odora.
28. Dracæna ferrea.
29. Enkianthus quinqueflo-
ra, or new-year's bell flower.
30. Epidendrum.
31. Gardenia florida.
32. Gardenia spinosa.
33. Geranium, or crane's
bill.
34. Holly-leaved geranium.
35. Gomphrena globosa, or
bachelor's button.
36. Hedysarum (Zornia)
pulchellum.
37. Hibiscus okro.
38. Hibiscus mutabilis.
39. Hibiscus rosa-sinensis.
40. Double buff Hibiscus.
41. Double white Hibiscus.
42. Double red Hibiscus.
43. Purple Hibiscus.
44. Holly leaved acanthus.
Acanthus ilicifolius.
45. Honeysuckle. Loni-
cera periclymenum.
-
江南​菊花
​燈籠​花
​雞冠花
​淡​竹葉
​刀傷​藥
​文​樹​蘭
​玉蝶​蘭
​瑞香
​鐵樹​花
​弔鐘​花
​蘭花
​白​蟾​花 ​黄梔
​對面​芀
​香葉
​洋​葵
​百日​紅
​阿婆​錢
​黃​蜀葵
​芙蓉
​紅花
​鴨​跖
​旦​青​硃錦
​宮​粉​佛​桑
​大紅​佛​桑
​紫​佛​桑
​茛​花​节
​金銀花
​‹Kóng nám kuk, fá.
Tang lung fá.
Kai ckún fá.
Tám chuk, íp. Áp, tsik.
To shéung yéuk.
Man shi² lán.
Yuk, típ, slan.
Sui² chéung.
T'it, shi fá.
Tíú chung fá.
Lán fá.
Pák₂ shím ‹fá. Wong chi.
Túr mín² lik2.
<Héung íp2.
Yéung skw'ai.
Pák, yat, shung.
A spó sts'in.
sWóng shuky skw'ai.
Fúsyung.
‹Hung ‹fá.
Tán' tsing chü ‘kam.
Kung fan fat, sóng.
Tái shung fat, sóng.
Tsz fat, sóng.
sLóng fá lik..
‹Kam 、ngan ‹fá.
29. This pretty flower is sold in the markets at the new-year, it being much sought after to
grace the apartments of houses and shops; cuttings are put into vases of water, and by a little
care, made to throw out an abundance of flowers, covering the otherwise naked branches.
30. Lán is a general term for gynandrous plants like the Epidendrum, Malaxis, Vanda, &c.,
and for those of other genera whose flowers resemble them in their general contour, as the
CHI. CHR.
114
454
CHAP. XIV.
BOTANY.
1
46. Hoya carnosa,
47. Hydrangea hortensis.
48. Hypericum monogy-
num.
49. lupatiens cristata (?) or
touch-me-not.
50. Impatiens balsamina.
51. Indian shot. Canna
indica.
52. Ipomea quamoclit.
53. Ipomæa maratiina.
54. Ipomæa grandiflora.
55. Iris.
56. Iris, or deur-de-lis.
57. Ixora coccinea,
55. White jasmine,
59. Common white jas
mine.
Jasminurn officinale.
60. Lawsonia purpurea.
61. Lilium concolor.
62. Tiger-spotted lily. Li.
lium tigrinum.
63. White lily.
64. White day lily. Heme.
rocallis Japonica.
65. Yellow day lily. Heme.
rocallis fulva.
66. Lychnis coronata.
67. Magnolia pumila.
68. Magnolia fuscata.
69. Magnolia purpurea.
70. Malaxis.
71. Marvel of. Peru. Mi-
rabilis Jalapa.
72. Marygold. Tagetes pa-
tula.
玉​綉球
​洋​綉球
​金絲​海棠
​燈盞花​急性子
​風​仙花
​筆​管子​水​蕉​花
​白​錦屏​風
​鱟​籐
​大​葉錦​屏風
​杜若
​蝶​花 ​馬藺
​牡​英​丹​花
​茉莉花
​素馨​花
​指甲花
​朱​頂​花
​捲​丹
​百合花
​玉簪
​萱草
​虞美人
​夜​合​花
​含笑​花
​辛夷​花
​雀舌​蘭
​胭脂​花
​萬壽菊
​Yuk, sau' kau.
¿Yéung sau' k'au.
<Kam sz' 'hoistóng.
Tang chán fá. Kap, sing
'tsz'.
Fung ‹sín ‹fá.
Pat, kún 'tsz'. Shui tsu
<fá.
Pák, kam p'ing ‹fung.
Hau? stfang.
Tái íp, kam sping fung,
Toyéuke.
sÚ típ, đá. Má lun.
Mau ying tán fá.
Mút, lí fá.
F
Sú' ching cfá.
‘Chí káp, fá.
‹Chu 'ting ‹fá.
Künetán.
Pák, hóp, ‹fá.
Yuk, ‹tsám.
Hün 'ts'd.
Ü smí syan.
Yé? hópz «fá.
Hómsiú fa.
<San sí fá.
Tséuk, shít, slán.
dn chí fá.
Mán² shau² kuk,.
1
Chloranthus, Crinum, &c. There are many orchideous genera found in China, whose gay flowers
early drew the admiring notice of the people, and they are consequently very common in gardens,
55, 56. There are several species of Iris found in China, but their native names are not
SECT. 5.1
455
ORNAMENTAL FLOWERS.
73. Melastoma.
74. Michelia champaca.
75. Murraya exotica.
76. Mussænda Chinensis.
77. Myrtus tomentosa.
78. Narcissus tazetta.
79. Nasturtion, or Indian
cress. Tropeolum.
80. Oleander. Nerium ole-
ander.
81. White olive. Olea fra
fra
grans.
82. Reddish olive. var.
83. Orchis.
84. Pæderia fetida.
85. Passion flower. Pas-
siflora.
86. White double flower-
ing peach.
87. Flowering almond.
88. Small peony. Peonia
albiflora.
89. Mowtan peony. Peo.
nia moutan.
90. Pentapetes phoenicia.
91. Pergularia odoratis.
sima.
92. Chinese pink. Dian-
thus.
93. Early pink.
94. Late pink.
95. Variegated pink.
96. Pitcher plant. (?) Ne-
penthes.
97. Pittosporum tobira.
98. Plumbago.
雞​芝​拈
​洋​狗​牙
​九​里​香
​山​白​蟾​白​葉​茶
​烏​拈
​水仙花
​荷葉​蓮
​夾竹桃
​桂花
​桂花 ​丹​桂花
​木樨​花
​石​仙桃
​雞屎​籐
​風車​花​西番蓮
​碧​桃花
​緋​桃
​芍藥​花
​牡丹​花 ​花王
​午時​花
​夜來香
​剪​邊​蘿
​剪​春​蘿
​剪​秋​蘿
​番​石竹
​猪籠草
​海​童​花
​雁​來​紅
​I
Kai chí ném.
¿Yéung 'kau ngá.
“Kau lí chéung.
!
Shán pák, shím. Pák, íp,
sch'á.
U' ním.
'Shui sín fá.
sHó íp, chín.
Káp, chuk, stò.
Kwai' fá. Tán kwai fá.
Muk, ‹sai ‹fá.
Shiky sín sto.
〈Kai shí stfang.
Fung ché fá. Sai fán
çlín.
Pik, st'ò ‹fá.
<Fí stò.
Ch'éuk, yéuk, ‹fá.
Mau tán ‹fá.
Fá‹wóng
Ng sshí fá.
Yé? loi chéung.
Tsín ‹pín ¿ló.
'Tsín ch'un sló.
Tsin cts'au sló.
Fán shik, chukɔ.
Chi slung 'ts'd.
Hoistung fá.
Ngain? sloi shung.
definitely ascertained; ú típ, or butterfly-flower is applied to two or three flowers as well as to
the Iris. In truth, it may be observed that the names of plants and flowers are generally learned
traditionally, and consequently, much discrepancy is found between them, as given by different
persons; moreover, the characters employed to write the same name are, if anything, more di-
verse than the names themselves, thus rendering it difficult to ascertain which is right.
456
[CHAP. XIV.
BOTANY.
99. Plumieria acuminata.
100. Poinciana pulcherri- 金鳳​花
​ma.
101. Primrose. Primrose.
蓮​馨​花
​102. Double flowering pru- 賀正梅
​nus.
103. Red double prunus.
104. White double flower.
ing prunus,
105. Flowering pyrus.
106. Quisqualis indica、
107. Rose. Rosa.
108. Seven sisters.
109. Red monthly rose.
110. Monthly rose.
111. Cinnamon rose.
112. Roses of various sorts.
113. Serissa fetida.
114. Spiræa crenata.
115.
thus.
116. Sunflower.
117. Tabernæmontana co.
ronaria.
Sunflower. Helian-
118. Tuberose. Polianthes.
119. Uvaria. (Artabotrys)
uncata.
120. Vinca rosea.
121. Violet.
122, Water lily. Nelum-
bium.
123. Golden edged water
lily.
雞蛋​花​鷄​春花
​紅​梅花​硃砂​梅
​白​梅花
​紅​鐡​海棠​花
​使​君子
​玫瑰花
​七​姊妹
​胭脂​蝶
​月​瑰
​薔薇
​鐡​海
​脂​樂 ​粉​團
​醉​楊妃
​滿天星
​碎玉
​向日葵
​照​葵
​狗​牙​花
​細葉​玉​簪花
​鷹爪
​四時​春
​董榮
​莲花
​金邊​蓮
​:
棠​鶯
​茶​薇
​Kai tán² fa. 〈Kai chun
fá.
(Kam fung? fa
Lín ching fá.
Hóz ching smúi.
Hung múi fá. Chủ shá
smúi.
Pák> <múi fa.
sHung tít, hoi t óng ả.
Sz”ckwan (tsz’.
¿Múi kwai' ‹fá.
Ts'at, 'tsz' múi².
Ín chí típ .
Üt₂ kwai'.
Tséung smi.
Hung tít, hoi.
Tong
ang. Chí fan stun. Tă
smi. Tsui’syéung fi.
Mún tín sùng.
Sui' yuk₂.
Héung' yat, skw'ai.
Chíú' kw'ai.
'Kau ngá ‹fá.
Saríp: yuk> <tsam fé.
Ying ‘cháu.
Sz”sshí cch'un.
'Kan ts'oi'.
Lín fá.
Kam pin lin.
泰
​107--112. Twenty species of roses are known to be natives of China, besides the multiplied
varieties of the most popular. The Rosa Banksia grows wild near Canton.
SECT. 6.]
457
MISCELLANEOUS PLANTS.
1. Abrus precatorius.
2. Acorus calamus,
sweet flag.
3. Actæa aspera.
4.
hair.
5. Agar agar.
Adiantum, or maiden
6. Agaricus.
7. Ajuga.
8. Aloes.
MISCELLANEOUS PLANTS.
百草​類​第六​章
​Pák, ts' lui'; tai² luke <chéung.
9. Hemp aloes.
10. Amarantus spinosus,
11. Argemone Mexicana.
12. Artemisia, or mugwort.
13. Arundo.
14. Arundo.
15. Boletus.
16. Cactus, night bloom-
ing cereus, or prickly pear.
17. Conferva.
18. Coreopsis.
19. Croton tiglium.
or
}
Section Sixth.
紅​相思
​菖蒲 ​劍蘭
​錫​葉
​黑​骨​芒
​紫菜
​草​菰​蕈​菌
​老虎​鬚
​霸王鞭​火​炴​节
​波羅​麻
​假​莧菜
​老鼠​芳
​艾草​艾​旗
​茛​草
​폰
​木耳
​神僊​掌
​海藻
​九​里​明
​芭​荳
​Hung ‹séung ‹sz'.
Ch'éung spfò. Kim²lán.
Sik,íp2.
Hak, kwat, móng.
Tsz'ts'o'.
Ts'd ‹kú. Tsam. 'Kw'an.
Lò fú ‹sú.
Pá' ¿wóng ‹pin. Fo ving
lik,.
Póló má.
'Ká ín' ts'oi'.
Lò shi like.
Ngai tsò. Ngai? ski.
Lóng ts ò.
Móng.
Muk, í.
Shan sín 'chéung.
Hoi tsò.
“Kau lí ming.
Pá tau²,
Notes and Explanations.
THIS section comprises such herbs and plants as are not entitled to a place among ornamental
flowers, or vegetables used for food. The lower families of plants, or those included under the
comprehensive terms of weeds, mosses, grasses, &c., seem never to have drawn much of the at-
tention of Chinese herbalists, and the names of such as have been described are applied in a
general manner, one term frequently including all plants of the same habit and appearance.
5. This is the Malay name for the tenacious jelly or glue made from the Gigartina tenax, a
marine fucus; it is brought to China from the Indian Archipelago, and is also made in this
country, and is applied to many useful purposes. The bamboo lattice work of lanterns and win-
dows is covered with it; and when preserved with sugar it is eaten.
CHI. CHR.
115
458
[CHAP. XIV.
BOTANY.
20. Dandelion. Leontodon
Chinensis.
21. Datura metel.
22. Dodder. Cuscula.
23. Equisetuun, or scouring 木賊
​rush.
24. Eriocaulon.
25. Fallopia nervosa.
26. Ferns. Pteris or Asple-
nium.
27. Edible ferns.
28. Ferns. Acrostichum.
29. Unexpanded ferns.
30. Fungus.
31. Fungi on bamboo.
32. Grass.
3. Hay.
34. Hemp. Sida tiliaefolia.
35. Hemp.
36. Ipomea tuberosa, seeds
of the.
37. Laminaria (?) or edible
alge.
38. Lampwick grass.
39. Leaf used for painting.
40. Lemna, Azolla, or duck
weed.
41. Lichen.
蒲公英
​閙​陽​花
​無​葉​籐
​44. Lycopodium.
45. Lycopodium.
穀​精​草
​薢​寶​葉​後​山茶
​鳳尾​草
​蕨
​石​韋
​狗脊
​芝​桶
​蔴
​苧
​牽​牛​子
​昆布 ​海帶
​燈心草
​菩提​紗
​洋 ​蒲​蕎
​石耳
​甘草
​42. Liquorice.
43. Lycoperdon, or puff 灰​菰 ​牛屎​菇
​balls.
絲​芒
​萬年​忪 ​卷栢
​竹​蓐
​草
​乾草
​石蕊
​¿P'ò ‹kung ‹ying.
Nau? syéung fá.
sMà íp, st'ang.
Mukets' ákz.
Kuk, ‹tsing 'ts'ò.
Hái ‘pò íp, Hau sháu
2
sch'á.
Fung² smí tsò.
K'üt,.
Shiky Śwai.
'Kau tsik,.
Chí sĩ.
Chuk, yuk,.
Tsò.
Kón 'ts'd.
SMá.
Ch'ü.
〈Hín sngau ‘tsz’.
Kwan pò). (Hoi tai.
Tang (sam 'ts'ò.
sPò st'ai sha.
¿P'ing. ¿P'ò skíú.
Shikyí. Shik, syui.
Kóm 'ts'd.
Fúickú. sNgau shíckú.
<Sz'smóng.
Mán² snín stseung.
pták,.
stsung. 'Kün
25. The plant bears this name in Loureiro's Flora. It is found wild on the islands near
Macao, and the leaves are gathered by the Chinese as a substitute for tea.
40. Ping means small plants of any sort floating on the surface of pools. A species of duck-
weed of a reddish color is found in fish tanks, where it covers the surface, and affords food to the
fish by becoming the resort of many insects.
r
C
SECT. 6.]
459
MISCELLANEOUS PLANTS.
46. Mat grass、
47. Mosses.
48. Mushroom.
49. Poppy.
50. Palma Christi. Rici-
nus.
51. Pigeon grass, or cat's 莠
​tail grass.
52. Plantago.
53. Polygonum、
54. Polygonum tinctorium.
55. Polygonum.
56. Aquatic polygonum.
57. Rubia cordifolia (?
58. Rush, or aquatic gras-
ses.
59. Quickset grass, or the
couch grass.
60. Saxifraga sarmentosa.
69. Weeds.
藺
​苔​顧
​蘚
​鷄​蹤 ​土​菌
​阿​芙蓉
​蔴​草
​Kuran
車​前​草
​葒
​藍​草
​人​葉
​水​蓼
​茜​根
​韋
​茅草
​老虎​耳
​61. Scirpus.
草​菰
​62. Solanum, wild species 顛茄
​of.
63. Solanum indicum.
64. Spinifex squarrosus.
65. Thistle.
66. Tobacco.
67. Turmeric..
68. Typha, reed mace, or
cat's tail.
狗尾草
​黃​茄​花
​老鼠​节
​小薊
​烟草
​薑黄
​蒲
​歲
​罌粟
​Lun².
T'oi. Sín.
Kai tsung. Tò kwan.
Ó fú syung. Ying suk,.
Pí smá 'ts'd.
sYau. 'Kau mí 'ts'ò.
Ch'é sts'in tsò.
sHung.
Lám ts'd.
sYan íp2.
<Shui líú?.
<Sai ckan.
sWai.
SMáu tsò.
Lò fú í.
Tsò ckú.
Tín ché.
¿Wóng sk'é cfá.
Lò 'shu lik₂.
'Síú kai.
In 'ts'ò.
Kéung swóng.
sPò.
Wai'.
50. The oil from this plant is employed in cooking, but not to a very great extent in this part
of the country; animal fat is much preferred when it can be obtained.
62. The resemblance of the noxious fruit of the wild Solanum to the wholesome tomato has
given rise to a proverb; tung ngan mái tín k é, léung ha tau fin hí ; “With a copper dollar
to buy a wild mad-apple, both parties chuckle with pleasure;" meaning that each is pleased in
trying to cheat his fellow.
64. This and the Argemone are popularly known by the same name, one instance out of
many of the confusion in the names of plants.
ZOOLOGY.
生物 ​物​篇​十 ​五
​Shang mat,;
<p'ín
shap,
"ng.
Section First.
PARTS OF ANIMALS.
生物​百​體​第 ​章
​(Shang maty pak, tai; tai yat, chéung.
1. The air-bladder of fishes
is their sound; it is a bag in
their bellies, and by means of
it they can rise and fall.
CHAPTER XV.
2. Antenne are those things
which insects employ to touch
objects.
3. A beak (or bill) is that
with which birds peck.
4. A burrow (or den) is the
place where animals retreat.
膠​帥​鰾​也​乃​魚
​肚​中​之​胞​藉此
​而​浮沉​也
​鬚​昆虫​藉以​探
​物
​嘴​飛禽​藉以​啄
​物​也
​穴​走獸​藏身​之
​所​也
​¦
;
Káu, tsik, piú Syá; nái ü
stò chung chí ‹páu, tsik₂
'ts'z' ‚í‚fau ‹sh'am ‘yá.
Sú kwan sch'ung tsik, i
t'ám' mat, 'ya.
Tsui fí sk'am tsik, í téuk)
mat₂ sya.
Üt, tsau shau’ stsóng shan
chí shó syá.
Notes and Explanations.
ANIMATED nature is a free rendering of the phrase shang mat. Of zoology as a science, the Chi-
nese know nothing; their observations being confined to species. Their classification of animals is,
however, better than that of plants, as the marks by which the former are grouped in popular
classifications are much less recondite than in the latter. An old and popular arrangement of the
whole animal world by the Chinese is into five divisions; that of feathered, hairy, naked, shelly,
and scaly, animals; at the head of each of these divisions stands a type, technically called
chéung, chief or superior. The phenix, unicorn, man, tortoise, and dragon, are the respective
types of these divisions, and in themselves comprise all the good qualities of all the other
360 species found in it. The arrangement followed in the Pún Tsd is more elaborate than the
popular one, and exhibits more study than that found in any other work; animals are there
assorted into groups sufficiently natural, but as there are no settled principles of arrangement,
it still comprises many anomalies; as, for instance, the bat and flying squirrel are said to be the
only birds with hairy wings, and the pangolin the only fish that has legs! The number of pò,
¦
SECT. 1.]
461
PARTS OF ANIMALS.
•
5. Carapace; the shell of
crabs is called a carapace.
介​蠻有​甲​者​日
​介
​6. Chrysalis; the lodging‡ ‡
繭​乃​飛虫​未​出
​of flying insects before they
are produced is called a chry-
salis (or aurelia); the chrysalis
of a mantis is called píú síú.
其​房​日​繭​惟​螳
​蜋​之​曰​螵蛸
​爪​禽獸​用以​撄
​to the
7. Claws are used by birds
and beasts to seize objects.
8. A comb is the fleshy crest
upon the head of gallinaceous
birds.
冠​鷄​類​頂上​之
​肉​髻​也
​9. A crest is the elegant 髻​乃​島​頂上​所
​feathers upon the crown of
birds.
鬆​之​毛
​頂​線​島​頭上​之
​線紋​也
​Pen- 胡​牛​類​頸​下垂
​肉​也
​距​乃​牛​豕​之後
​Fill th
10. Crown-line is a marked
line upon the top of the head
of birds.
11. A dewlap is the flesh pen-
dent from the neck of bovine
animals.
12.
A dew-claw (or toe) is
the posterior claw in the feet
of cows, hogs, &c.
! Kái
Húi; hái vào hấp, th
út, káľ.
'hin (or hán), núi đi chung
mí³ ch'ut, ¿k'í „fóng út, kín:
wai táng láng chi kín
it₂ píú ‹síú.
Chau kam shau' yung
‹ying mat, yá.
Kún kai lui ting sheung
chí yuk, hai vá.
Kaử ‘nái niú 'ting shéung
shó sung chí mờ.
'Ting sin' níú t'an sheung
chí yat, sín’ man yá.
Ú ngau lui king há shui
yuk, 'ya.
Ki nái ngau 'chí chí hai
chí yá.
or divisions (or more properly orders) are five; viz., I. ch'ung pò, or insects; II. lun pò or scaly
animals; 1II. kái pò, or shelly animals; IV. kam pò, birds; V. and shau pò, quadrupeds; man
succeeds, and forms an order by himself. Each of these are subdivided, as in botany, into lui
families or tribes, and chung genera or species.
I. The order of ch'ung or insects comprises four lui or families: 1. lun shang, or born from
eggs, numbering twenty-three species, contains but little else than the two tribes of bees and
silkworms; 2. also called lun shang, numbers twenty-two species, and is filled with spiders, but-
terflies, &c.; 3. fá shang, the family of those produced by metamorphosis, contains thirty-one
species, as bugs, glow-worms, mole-crickets, cockroaches, &c.; 4. shap shang, or aquatic born,
has twenty-three species, among which are toads, frogs, centipedes, &c.
II. The order of scaly animals contains four families: 1. lung, the dragons, comprising
also the manis, has nine species; 2. shé, snakes, has seventeen species; 3. ü lui, or family of
fishes, has thirty-one species; 4. md lun ü, fishes without scales, as the cel, cuttle-fish, prawns,
ray, &c., has twenty-eight species, with a sub-family of nine species, which includes miseel-
laneous marine things used in medicine, as the roe and fat of fishes, &c.
III. Animals with shells are divided into two families: 1. kwai pít lui, tortoises and turtles,
making seventeen species; 2. páng kóp, bivalve and univalve shells, including star-fish, echinus,
and the hermit-crab, making twenty nine species.
IV. Birds are arranged into four families: 1. shui kam or water-fowl, as storks, herons, ducks,
kingfishers, &c., comprising twenty-three species; 2. ün kam or heath fowl, as pheasants,
partridges, sparrows, &c., has also twenty-three species; 3. lam kam, forest birds, as magpies,
pigeons, crows, &c., has seventeen species; 4. shán k'am, birds of the mountains, as owls, eagles,
hawks, &c., has twelve species.
CHI. CHR.
116
462
[CHAP. XV.
ZOOLOGY.
}
13. A dorsal spinous fin is
the fin on the back of a fish.
14. Eggs or tán; whatever
is borne from the womb of
birds, upon which they set,
and from which their young
come forth, is an egg.
15. The elytra are upon
the outside of the bodies of
insects in order to cover their
wings.
16. Exuvia are the cast off
skins, etc., which cicada,
snakes, &c., throw off.
17. Feathers are the small
pinions of birds.
18. Pan is the female of
birds and beasts; the vulgar
name is ná. Tsz' is the female
of birds.
19. Fins; those appendages
on the belly and sides of fish
with which they throw aside
the water are so called; largo
fins are called wings.
20. Gills are the lungs of
fishes.
21. Hair is the covering
of quadrupeds.
22. Hallux is the posterior
toe in the claws of birds.
23. Horns are the antlers
upon the top of the head.
鰭​鱗​魚​脊上​之
​t th
卵蛋​凡​由​鳥
​胎​中​生下​捕​鬪
​而​仔​出​者​也
​硬​翼​在​虫​身外
​以​盖子​翼​也
​蛻​乃​蟬​蛇​等​類
​退下​之​脱皮​也
​毛羽​之​小​者​也
​禽獸​之​母​也
​俗名​曰 ​雌鳥
​母​也
​翅​魚腹​下​兩
​邊​擺​水​日​翅​大
​翅​日​翼
​鰓​魚​之​肺​也
​毛​走獸​之​衣​也
​後​趾​鳥爪​中​之
​後​指​也
​角​獸頭​上​之
​Shi slun su tsik, shéung chí
líp, sya.
'Lun tsik, tán²; ¿fán ¡yau
níu toi chung shang há
pò² tau', í 'tsai ch'ut, 'ché
Syá.
Ngang' yik, tsoi chung
<shan ngoi² í k'oi' 'tsz' yik,
sya.
Túi snái shín sshé tang lui
túi há° chí t it, «phí yá.
sMò i chí síu ‘ché yá.
Pan sk'am shau chí mà
¹yá; tsuk, ¿ming üt 'ná.
Tsz' 'níú mo sya.
Ch'i tsik, sü fuk, há² léung
«pín ‘pái shui út, chỉ; tái
ch'í' üt, yik.
Soi su chí fai yá.
sMò tsau shau” chí có yá.
Hau chí nu chau chung
chí hau ‘chí yá.
Kók, shau’ stau shéung chí
chá.
V. Beasts are likewise arranged into four families: 1. chuk, or domesticated animals, contains
twenty-eight species; in this family, besides the nine domestic animals, are enumerated a great
number of animal products, as milk, skin, blood, &c.; 2. shau, or wild animals, as the lions,
deer, hare, otter, &c., has thirty-eight species; 3. shi, or rats, including also the squirrels and
hedgehogs, has twelve species; 4. ü kwái, monkeys and fairies, numbering eight species.
In this classification, there are five orders, eighteen families, and 391 species, but the actual
number of objects described is about 330, the remainder being made up of miscellaneous animal
substances employed in medicine. Three volumes of the Sam Tsoi T'd are taken up with
animated nature, arranged into six sections: birds and beasts fill two volumes, and men
shelly and scaly animals, with insects and worms, occupy the third. The whole is a fair speci-
of the ignorance and credulity of Chinese authors on such subjects, for the most ill-founded
accounts of birds with six heads, others with one leg, or with a human face, horned horses, fly-
ing wolves, hoofed monkeys, and other chimera, are mixed up with descriptions and tolerable
drawings of those objects that really have an existence. The descriptions are very brief, and
much inferior to those in the Pún Tsd.
SECT. 1.]
463
PARTS OF ANIMALS.
24. Hoofs are the horny
feet of cows, horses, &c.
25. Máu is the male of birds
and beasts; the vulgar name
is kung. Hung is the male of
birds.
26. The mane is the long
hair on the necks of horses,
lions, &c.
27. Metatarsus is the place
separating the claws from the
leg.
28. Nests are the habita-
tions of birds upon trees.
29. Nests are habitations
of birds and animals upon
the ground.
30. Nictitating membrane
is the thin eyelid of birds.
31. The operculum of shells
is the scale upon the orifice.
32. An ovipositor is that
which proceeds from the tail
of female insects, either long
or short, and is used to store
up her eggs.
蹄​牛馬​等​之​甲
​足​也
​牡​鳥獸​之​公​也
​俗名​日​公​雄
​鳥​牡​也
​駿馬​獅​等​頸​之
​長毛​也
​跖​爪​足​分界​之
​處​也
​巢​乃​鳥​居​樹​之
​所
​窩​鳥獸​居​地​之
​FIFT
鳥​眼膜​眼​之​薄
​盖​也
​螺​厴​螺​頭​之​甲
​尾​鎗凡​虫​母​尾
​所​出​或​長​或​短
​乃​藏​欄​之​物
​Tai ngau má “tang chí
kép, tsuk, yá.
Máu níu shau chí chung
¹yá; tsuk, 、ming üt, kung.
sHung tsik, níu máu yá.
Tsung', 'má sz' 'tang king
chí chéung smò yá.
Tsik, 'chau tsuk, fan kái
chá ch'u' 'ya.
Cháu nái níu ki shi
<chí 'shó.
<
W6 níu shau chi tí chí
'shó.
Níu ngán mới, ngán chí
pók, k'oi' sya.
¿Ló ím sló stau ‹chí káp».
Mí «tséung sfán chung mà
'mí 'shó ch'ut,, wák, sch'éung
wák, tin, nái sts óng ch un
chí mat,.
The classification of natural objects in the Chinese language itself should be mentioned in
connection with this of the Pún Tsd. The language is admirably adapted to the arrangement
of natural objects in a natural method, by taking the left part called the radical as the genus,
and the right half as the species. The most familiar objects, such as the tiger, horse, dog, &c.,
being first named, were afterwards taken as types of classes; then, when any new object was
found, a name was given to it comprising that type to which it bore the greatest resemblance,
and another character indicating some specific characteristic of the new object. But this idea
has been carried out very imperfectly, partly, no doubt, from the impossibility of directing the
formation of the character by any fixed rules, and partly from the difficulty, in doubtful cases,
or in exotic species, of referring the new object to its appropriate type. There are sixteen
radicals, out of the 214, which are appropriated to zoology, eleven to the vegetable world, and five
to the mineral. Of the sixteen zoölogical radicals, nine denote mammalia; of these the tiger,
dog, and leopard, stand for carnivorous animals; the rat for rodent; the ox, sheep, and deer for
ruminant, the horse and hog for pachydermatous; birds are all comprised under two radicals,
birds generally and short-tailed birds; the tortoise, dragon, and toad make three families; fishes
form one, and insects one. The first and fourteenth, or the tiger and the toad, are confined to
the type; the second and third, and the tenth and eleventh, are interchangeable, and some of
the others include many strange anomalies. The eleven botanical radicals are principally es-
culent plants; trees, herbs, bamboo, and hemp are exceptions; the two first comprise nine tenths
4T
464
[CHAP.XV.
ZOOLOGY.
!
!
33. Paw is the sole of the
foot of beasts; the paw of a
bear is its palm.
蹯​獸​足​掌​也​熊
​蹯 ​熊掌​也
​蟹螯
​蟹鉗​蟹
​之​兩大​也
​35. A pinion is the feathe-
ry wing of a bird.
羽鳥​之​翅毛​也
​36. Proboscis is the lon 象​拔​乃​象​之​長
​nose of the elephant with
which he seizes things and
bends them into his mouth.
34. The pincers of crabs
are their nippers, or the two
large claws.
39. Scales are the outer co-
vering of the bodies of fishes.
37. Quill of a feather is its
barrel.
毛​管​毛​之​筒​也
​38. Roe is the young of 鯤​魚子​魚蛋
​fishes or their eggs.
鱗​師​魚​身上​之
​衣​也
​甲​龜​鰵​之​殼​也
​殼​如​蠔​蜆​之​硬
​皮​也
​刺蝟​之​硬​毛​也
​文​也​虎豹
​身上​之​紋​是​也
​雞​踢​雞​距​也​脚
​之後​爪​不到​地
​者​也
​蠆​螫​乃​蜂​之
​針​也
​尾​鳥獸​魚虫​皆
​有​後​梢​也
​40. Shell is the hard cover-
ing of turtles and tortoises.
41. Shell is the hard cover.
ing of oysters and clams.
-
42. Spines are the hard
hair of hedgehogs.
43. Spots or stripes, are the 班
​marks upon the bodies of
tigers and pards.
44. Spur is the thorn of
a fowl, that posterior claw
which does not touch the
ground.
45. A sting is also called
chák; it is the needle of a
bee.
46. Tail is the posterior
appendage of birds, beasts, fish-
es, insects, &c.
鼻​取​物​以​捲入 ​yap: shau yá.
口​也
​¿Pún shau' tsuk, 'chéung ‘yá;
chung spún tsik, shung
'chéung ‘yá.
#
Hái ngáu tsik, hái kím
hái chí léung tái
chan
syá.
sÜ níu chí chỉ mù yá.
Tséung pat, ‘nái tséung chí,
ch'éung pí' 'ts'ü mat, í kún
sMà kún mò chí tung
sya.
(Kwan, tsik sü tsz’, sü tán².
Lun tsik, ü <shan shéung
chí í syá.
Káp, kwai pít chí hók,
syá.
H6k, si shò chín chí ngáng
speí syá.
Ts” wai chí ngáng mò
sya.
Pán tsik, sman syá ;
fú
pháu shan shéung chí man
she syá.
‹Kai tik› ‹kai ‘kü ‘yá; kéuk,
chí hau chau pat, tờ tí
cché yá.
Chai tsik, chák, nái ‹fung
chí cham yá.
Mi, 'níú shau', si, ch'ung,
hái yau hau sháu yá.
of all plants. Millet, wheat, rice, and growing grain form four families; and leguminous, cucur-
bitaceous, and alliaceous plants each make one. The mineral kingdom is arranged under the five
heads of gems, stones, metals, earths, and salts.
33. The paws of bears are considered by Chinese epicures as a very delicate dish; they are
said to be brought from Manchouria for the table.
40, 41. Káp is strictly applied to the marbled carapace of the turtle; h6k has a much more
extended meaning.
SecT. 1.]
465
PARTS OF ANIMALS.
1
47. Ling are the tail fea. | 翎​鷄​類​尾​之​長
​thers in gallinaceous birds.
毛​也
​'hau 'shó ch'ut, 'ché.
象牙​印象​口​所 ​Tseung ngá tsik, tsémy
出​者
​48. Tusks are the teeth
which grow from the mouths
of elephants.
49. The voices of birds and各​鳥獸​所​鳴​不
​beasts are all unlike; (as for
instance,) it is said that hens
cackle, horses neigh, birds
generally sing, scream, or ca-
rol; cows bellow, cicadas chir-
rup, tigers roar, sheep bleat,
cranes cry, parrots sing, dra-
gons howl, frogs croak, and
swallows chatter.
50. Wattles are fleshy ca.
runcles hanging below both
cheeks in fowls.
51. Web is the skin join-
ing the tarsi, as in the feet
of geese.
52. A web is the silk that
spiders spin and form into a
net.
掌​有​皮​相連​其
​指​如​鵞​之​掌​也
​網​乃​蜘蛛​吐絲
​而​結成​網
​53. Whiskers are the rigid 鬚​獸​之​環​口​硬
​hairs surrounding the mouth
of wild beasts.
54. Wings are used by
birds in flying.
55. Young is the tender
offspring of birds, beasts, &c.,
which they bear.
同​鷄​日​啼​馬​E
嘶​鳥鳴​曰​呌
​日​唱​貓​日​喊​犬
​日​吠​牛​日​吼​蟬
​日​噪虎​日​嘯羊
​日​咩​鶴​日​唳​鶯
​臼​歌​龍​日​吟​蛙
​日​閙燕​日​語
​下​冠​鷄​之​兩頰
​垂​肉​也
​毛​也
​翼​鳥​用​能​飛​也
​子​鳥獸​等​所生
​之​幼​者
​Malay Quote
Ling ckai lui? #mi chi
scheung smù yà
Kók, 'níú shau' sho ming
pat, stung; ckai iit fai,
má ut, sz', 'níú üt, ning,
£
üt kíú', üt, ch'éung', miú
ut, hám', 'hün út, fai, ngau
üt, 'hau, shin it, ts'o', fú
ut, síú, ¿yéung üt, ané, hók,
üt, lui', ang út, ‹kó, lung
ut, yam, ‹wá út; náu², in'
üt, fü.
Há hún hai chi héng
háp, shui yuk, vá.
(Chéung 'yau spticséung lin
shí 'chí, sử ngó chí chéung
syá.
Móng nái chí chii từ sz
sí kít, shing móng.
47. The tail feathers of the peacock are used by the emperor to confer upon worthy officers
as badges of honor equivalent in a degree to titles of nobility in western lands.
49. The Chinese do not attempt to discriminate between the various sounds of animals, a
few terms serving to express them all. Many of those in this sentence are not in common
use, though they will all be understood from the connection in which they here stand,
Si shau' chi wan hau
ngáng mà y.
Yik, níú yung² ‹nung di “vá.
'Tsz' 'níú shau' 'tang sho
shang chí yan ché.
CHI. CHR.
117
466
[CHAP. XY.
ZOOLOGY.
1. Quadrupeds (or mam.
miferous animals) comprise
all those animals which are
born from the womb, and nou
rished by milk; they are di-
vided into seven orders. The
first order consists of mon-
keys; they have four hands,
by all of which they can seize
objects. The second consists
of carniverous animals, with
pointed (or canine) teeth, and
sharp claws; such as the tiger,
cat,&c. The third compris-
es rats and squirrels, which
gnaw with their teeth, and
subsist on fruits and grain.
The fourth order consists of
edentata, which eat insects,
ants, &c., such as the pango.
Those of the fifth [rumi-
lin.
nate, that is ] eat grass, bring
from the stomach, chew
MAMMALIA.
走​獸類​第二​章
​"Tsau shau' lui'; tai? í chéung,
it up
and swallow it again, such as
cows, deer, &c. The sixth
comprises the pachydermata
(or thick skinned) and four
hoofed, such as the elephant,
horse, &c. The seventh con-
sists of amphibious animals,
which have fore legs, but no
hind ones, and which swim;
of which the porpoise is an
instance.
Section Second.
凡​走獸​皆​屬​胎
​生​乳哺​仍​分​七
​類​- 日​禺​類​則
​四​掌​皆可​撄​物
​也​一​類​食肉​牙
​尖​而​爪​利​如​虎
​貓​是​也​一 ​日​鼠
​以​齒​嚙​物​而
​食糧​肉​一​類
​牙​而​食​虫蟻​穿
​山甲​是​也 ​一​類
​食草​翻胃​而​噎
​吞​之​牛​鹿​是​也
​類​皮厚​四​!
如​象 ​馬​是​也
​類​水​獸​有​前脚
​而無​後脚​可以
​游水​河豚​是​也
​Fán tsau shau
hái shuk
tfoi shang ‘yii pò, sying
fan tsat, lui. Yat iit:
syi lui², tsak, sz”‘chéung
‹kái 'hó ‹ying mat, Sya. Yat,
lui² shik, yukɔ, ¿ngá ‹tsím, si
'chau'lí³, ‹ü 'fú ‹míú shí² ¹yá.
Yat,üt shi tíú, sí Chı
ngíty maty sí shik sléung yuk.
Yat, lui? smd snga, sí shiky
sch'ung Sngai, cchin shan
káp,sh? syá. Yat, luishik,
tsò, fán waist ít, tu
cchí, sngau luke sh? syá.
Yat, lui² spí hau², sz”stfai,
sü tséung² Śmá sh? syá.
Yat, lui 'shui shau', 'yau
sts ín kéuk, sí mò hau' kéuk,,
hó í syau shui, shó stfiin
shi? syá.
Notes and Explanations.
MAMMALIA is the equivalent term for tsau shau, rather than a literal translation of it; it is a
common term in Chinese books, meaning four footed animals or quadrupeds. In popular usage,
animals are subdivided into four classes; viz., chuk, or domestic animals, of which there are
nine, the horse, cow, camel, hog, sheep, dog, goat, ass, and mule; shau, or wild beasts; shi, rats
or small animals generally, which are described as being expert in thieving; and yu or the
monkey tribes. In this introductory paragraph, a slight outline is given of the classification of
animals for the use of the Chinese student. The zoology of the Chinese empire is but partially
known, nor do native works and drawings afford much aid in determining what are new frou
those already ascertained. Large animals, it is said by the Chinese themselves, are of rare oc
SECT. 467
2.2.
MAMMALIA.
]
!
2. Antelope, or pigmy deer.
3. Antilope gutturosa.
4. Ape or tailless monkeys.
5. Ass.
ส
6. Bat.
7. Bear.
8. White bear
9. Bitch.
10. Boar.
11. Wild boar
12. Buck.
18. Buffalo,
14. Bull.
15. Calf.
16. Camel.
17. Cat.
18. Chamois.
19. Civet (?)
20. Colt.
21. Cow.
22. Deer.
23. Musk deer.
24. Mouse deer.
25. Spotted deer, or waxis.
26. Doe.
·黄​猿​驢​蝙​熊
​黄羊
​24
麝
​援
​蝙蝠 ​飛​鼠
​熊
​狗 ​狗​母
​猪​公
​野猪 ​豪猪
​麗
​水牛
​牛​牯
​牛仔 ​犢
​駱駝 ​橐​駝
​猫​家​狸
​羊
​靈猫
​馬仔 ​駒​騑
​黄牛
​鹿
​麝 ​香​鏖
​黄​麖
​金錢​鹿
​麂
​牛​公
​羊 ​羚羊
​Chéung. (Kwan.
sW6ng yéung.
çÜn. çÜn.
Lò.
(Pin fuk). (Fí shi.
Hung.
¿P'í.
'Kau tsz". 'Kau mò.
Chückung.
Yé chu. Hò chu.
Ká.
'Shui ngau.
Ngau 'kú. Ngau ‹kung.
Ngau tsai. Tukz.
Lók, stó. Tók, stó.
Míú. Ká slí.
Ling syéung. Ling syéung.
sLing smiú.
Má 'tsai. K'ü. Fí.
¿Wóng ngau.
Luk,.
Shé?. Héung chéung.
※Wóng cking.
Kam sts in luką.
Yau.
currence in their country; but there are probably, among the descriptions and drawings in
works on natural history, species hitherto unknown to western naturalists.
7, 8. The bear; “an animal that hybernates in the winter;" so the Chinese describe it.
The white bear has been seen, they say, in Leaoutung, but it is probably a rare visitant there.
.
19. This animal is described as possessing an odor like that of the musk deer; it may not
be the true civet, though that animal is sometimes seen in Macao.
29. Elephants are at present not used by the Chinese either for war or for purposes of state, if
468
[Cuar. XV.
ZOOLOGY.
27. Dog.
28. Shaggy dog.
29. Elephant.
30. Fawn.
31. Flying squirrel.
32. Fox.
33. Gelding.
34. Gibbon, or long armed
ape.
35. Goat.
36. Guinea pig.
37. Hog.
38. Horse.
39. Dappled horse.
40. Bay horse.
41. White horse.
42. Wild horse.
43. Piebald horse.
44. Kid.
45. Kitten.
46. Lamb.
47. Leopard.
48. Lion.
犬​狗
​儂​犬
​象
​麑 ​麝
​鼯鼠
​狐狸
​騙​馬
​烏​猿
​山羊 ​草​羊
​荷蘭​豬
​豕 ​豬​彘
​馬
​驄​馬
​赤​馬
​白馬 ​馬​騮
​野馬
​駁​馬
​山羊​仔
​貓​仔
​羊仔
​豹
​獅子
​羔
​'Hün. Kau.
Nung 'hiin,
Tseung².
Í Ne.
'Ng. Lui 'shit.
sÚ slí.
Shín' má.
Ú sün.
Shán syéung. Tsò syéung.
SHó lán cchi、
Chí. Chủ. Chí
$Má.
Tsung smá.
Ch'iky Śmá.
Pák₂ má. Lau,
SYé smá.
Pók, má.
Shán syéung tsai.
Míú 'tsai.
Yeung 'tsai. Kd.
Pháu.
Sz' 'tsz'.
we except a few in Peking which have been given to the emperor by neighboring princes.
It is said to be still found in the provinces of Wannám and Sz’ch'ün.
31. The place for the flying squirrel and the bat has been as great a puzzle to Chinese sys-
tematists as the duck-billed platypus of Australia has been to European naturalists. Some have
placed them among squirrels and others among birds; the Pún Ts'ò and I′ Ngá rank them
among birds that have hairy wings.
32. Two different animals are described by these two characters in the Pún Ts'd, but the
racoon-faced dog or Chinese fox (Canis procyonoides of Gray) is called by this name when
brought to Canton; its hair is used to make pencils.
49. The figures given of this animal differ very much, for it appears to be a mere creature
of imagination. One drawing of it partly resembles the fabled griffon of the Greeks; a spinous
fin upon the back, a large horn upon the forehead, the claws and teeth of a lion, with the skin
of a tiger, are its usual outlines.
SECT. 2.]
469
MAMMALIA.
49. Lion-unicorn.
50. Manis or pangolin.
51. Mare.
52. Marmot.
53. Mole.
54. Monkey.
55. Proboscis monkey.
56. Mouse.
57. Shrew mouse,
58. Mule.
59. Orang outang.
60. Otter.
61. Sea otter.
62. Ox.
63. Pig.
64. Porcupine or hedgehog.
65. Porpoise.
獬​豸
​穿山甲 ​鯪​魚
​馬 ​草​馬​驗
​土撥鼠
​田鼠 ​鼹鼠
​獮​猴 ​馬​騮
​果然
​獋​獨
​鼫​鼠
​臊​鼠
​騾
​狒狒 ​猩猩
​水獭
​海獺
​閹​牛
​猪仔 ​豚
​蝟
​得​箭猪
​河豚
​豚​猪​魨
​Hái chí.
Ch'ün shán káp,.
Ling
slí.
Pan má. Ts'ò má. Shé.
To pút₂ shü.
Tín shu. Án shi
Ní hau. Má dau.
Kwo ín. Hái tuk.
Shik, shu.
Tsò 'shu.
Lui.
'Fi fi. Sing sing.
Shui chát,.
Hoi chát).
Ím ngau.
Chu 'tsai. Tun.
Wai'. Tsín' ‹chü.
Ho stun. Tun.
Hó
50. The scaly ant-eater or manis is common in China; the people say it is a fish with legs,
that lives both on land and in water. The hairy scales and other parts of the body are thought
to be powerful medicines by Chinese doctors, the saving efficacy of whose prescriptions in some
cases appears to be in direct ratio to the strangeness of their ingredients,
54. The family of i or monkeys in the Pún Tsd contains eight species, but the descriptions
are too vague to identify them. The common monkey is said to be common in the mountains
of U'kwong and Fukkín; it is often brought to Canton by strolling mountebanks.
55. The first name kw6 in here given to the proboscis monkey is from the Pún Tsd, the
second hái tuk is from Taberd's Annamese Dictionary. This animal is described from a specimen
in Paris as of a "reddish brown color, the face black, and with a nose of extraordinary length."
The Chinese account says "its nose is turned upwards, and the tail very long and forked at
the end, and that whenever it rains, the animal thrusts the two forks into its nose.
It goes in
herds, and lives in friendship; when one dies, the rest accompany it to burial." The account
goes on to state its activity, which is so great that it runs its head against the trees; its fur is
soft and gray, the face black, and the body about three cubits high.
59. There appears to be two distinct animals described by these two names, but the accounts
are not very precise; the principal difference between them consists in the mane or long hair
from the head which covers the back of the fifi, and in its lips, which are so long as to cover
its eyes when it laughs. The singsing is found on the west of China, is smaller than the
former, and more nearly resembles a man in its hair and erect gait. It may be akin to the
chimpanse, while the fift is more nearly allied to the orang outang, both being perhaps new
species of quadrumana.
66. This is the name given to a large cetaceous animal very common in the shallow waters of
:
CHI. CHR.
118
470
[CHAP.XY.
ZOOLOGY.
66. White porpoise.
67. Rabbit.
68. Ram,
69. Rat.
70. Bamboo rat.
71. Granary rat.
72. Water rat.
73. Rhinoceros.
74. Seal.
75. Fur seal.
76. Sheep.
67. Sow.
78. Squirrel.
79. Stag.
80. Stallion.
81. Tapir.
82. Tiger.
83. Benevolent tiger.
84. Unicorn.
85. Weasel.
86. Whale.
87. Wolf.
88. Yak or grunting ox.
89. Zebu.
白​魨
​免
​牡羊
​老鼠
​竹 ​1
倉 ​1
渠 ​1
犀牛 ​兕
​膃​肳​獸 ​海狗
​芝蔴​貂
​羊​公
​耗子
​綿羊
​猪 ​猪​母
​黃鼠
​騶​虞
​麒​片
​鼬鼠
​鯨
​豺狼
​犛牛
​幫​牛
​鬆鼠
​麋
​牡​馬
​隴
​貘 ​白狗
​老虎
​Pák, skí.
Tò.
•
5Máu syéung. Yeung kung.
Lò shu. Hờ tsz’,
Chuk, shii.
Tsóng shi.
K'ü 'shu.
‹Saingau. Tsz'.
'Hoi 'kau
Út, tò shau.
Chí má tíu.
Min syéung.
〈Chi Sna.
<Sung shii. Wong shi,
Mi.
Máu má. . Chat,
Mak. Pák, p'áu'.
sLò fú.
Tsau si.
K'í slun.
Yau 'shu.
SKting.
Chái sl6ng.
Máu sngau.
sFung sngau.
Chi smò.
the Pearl river below the Bogue. It is regarded with superstitious reverence by the fishermen,
who release it whenever it gets entangled in their nets, a respect which may have originated
in distaste of its oily flesh and its great strength. From a sight of it in the water, it appears to be
a species of Delphinapterus. The snout is long and tapering, color of the skin like that of a
scalded hog, and the body from six to eight feet in length.
83. This, like the lion-unicorn, is a fabulous animal, endowed with a disposition so bene.
volent that it never treads on living objects. It is introduced into this list, together with the
unicorn, phoenix, and other imaginary creatures, on account of the comparisons drawn from their
supposed qualities by Chinese writers.
SECT. 3.]
471
BIRD8.
1. All birds are produced
from eggs which are set upon
till the young are hatched;
they are divided into five or-
ders according to their bills
and claws. The first order
consists of falcons (or ac-
cipitres), which have crooked
bills, sharp talons, and eat
flesh; such as eagles and
ospreys. The second order
comprises sparrows (or pas.
serine), which have straight
bills, weak feet, and eat fruit
and insects; such as crows and
thrushes. Appended to the
sparrows, is a small order,
which have three claws before
and one behind, and are ex-
pert in climbing trees; such
as the parrot and woodpecker.
The third order consists of
fowls (or gallinaceae), whose
legs are large, with a spur
behind, and the wings small;
such as the silver pheasant
and the quail. The fourth
order is composed of cranes
(or the waders), which have
long, naked legs, and the bill
and neck proportionably long,
and eat snakes and reptiles;
such as the egret and stork.
The fifth order comprises the
ducks (or web-footed), whose
feet are formed into a palm,
and placed behind, to adapt
them for swimming easily;
such as the goose and duck.
Section Third.
BIRDS.
飛 ​禽類​第三​章
​Fí skam lui²; tai? sám <chéung.
凡​飛禽​皆​屬​蛋
​生​捕​鬪​而​生子
​依其​嘴​爪​仍​分
​五類​一日​鷹​類
​嘴​曲​爪​利​而​食
​肉​如​鷲​鳶​是​也
​日​雀​類​嘴​直
​爪​弱​而​食​果​虫
​如​烏鴉​畫眉​是
​也​附​雀​有​小類
​趾​前三​後​一​善
​豋​樹​如​鸚哥​啄
​木​是​也​一​曰​鷄
​類​脚​大有​後​距
​而​翼​短​如​鷳​鶉
​是​也​一日​鶴類
​裸​長​而​嘴​頸
​配​長​食​蛇​蛤​如
​鸛​鷺​是​也​一 ​日
​鳧​類​脚​成​掌​生
​過後​利​游水​如
​鵝鴨​是​也
​¿Fán ‹fí sk'am ‹kái shuk, tán²
‹shang, pò² tau' ‚í ‘ch'án ‘tsz'
í k'í tsui cháu, sying fan
"'ng lui. Yat, üt, ying lui',
tsui huk, cháu lí, số shik,
yuk¿; ¿ü tsau³, ùn shí³ ³yá.
Yat, ut, tséuk, lui², ‘tsui chiką,
cháu yéuk, sí shik, ‘kwó
sch'ung; ‹ü cú cá, wá² ‹mí
shí² ya. Fú tséuk», 'yau 'síú
Jui', 'chí tsín sám hau²
yat, shín² tang shi²; si
‹ying ‹kó, téuk, muk, shí² yá.
Yat, ut, kai lui, kéuk, tái,
Śyau hau? ki? í yike tün;
ü shán shun sh? yá. Yat,
üt, hók, lui', kéuk, 'kwo
sch'éung, sí tsui, king pú)
sch'éung, shiky shé kóp, si
kún' Ide shí' ya. Yat,
ütysfú lui², kéuk) sshing
'chéung shang kwó' hau² l
syau shui; si ngó áp, shí
sya.
Notes and Explanations.
BIRDS are not arranged by Chinese naturalists into different groups under certain conspicuous
examples as animals are, but are classified according to their habitat, into water, earth or fountain,
472
[CHAP. XV.
ZOOLOGY.
1
2. Avedavat, brown with
red spots.
3. Avedavat, red and black
with red spots.
4. Blackbird.
5. Bird of paradise.
6. Canary-bird.
7. Capon.
8. Cardinal.
9. Chaffinch.
10. Chicken.
11. Cock.
12. Bantam (or short leg-
ged) cock.
13. Silken cock.
14. Fishing cormorant.
15. White crane.
16. Red headed crane.
17. Crockotoa.
18. Crow.
19. Crow-pheasant.
梅花​雀
​小​紅娘
​山​島
​雀​皇
​時辰​雀
​白燕
​制​鷄
​高髻​冠
​金絲​芡​鵲
​雞​仔
​雞​公
​矮​鷄
​絲毛​鷄​竹絲​雞
​鸕鶿
​the
鶴
​白​鶯​哥
​烏 ​烏鴉 ​鴉​鵲
​芒​公
​Múi fá tséuk,.
Síú chung néung.
Shán ú.
Tséuk, wóng.
Shishan tséuk,. Pák, ín'.
Sín' kai.
Kò kai' kún.
Kam sz' ts'z' tséuk..
Kai 'tsai.
Kai kung.
'Ai kai.
Sz' mò kai.
kai.
Lò tsz'.
Kún'.
Hók₂.
Pák, ‹ying ‹kó.
‹Ú. ‹Ú ‹á. Á tséuk,.
Móng chung.
Chuk, sz'
forest, and hill, birds. The introduction to the kam pò, order of birds, in the Pún Ts'ò exhibits
their ideas upon the habits of birds generally: "Lí Shíchan says, "what has two legs and
feathers is called a (kam) bird.' Sz'kwóng says, 'The plumage of the 360 kinds of feathered
beings (i. e. all birds) harmonises with the four seasons, and their hues correspond to the five
quarters. Hill birds roost on cliffs, earth birds live on the ground; forest birds sing at dawn,
water birds cry at night. The beaks of land birds are short, and their tails adorned; the bills of
water birds are long, and their tails abbreviated. Birds are produced by laying eggs from under
the wing, or by a change in the same class, (as when hawks become pigeons); or by transformation
from different orders (as when moles become quails); or lastly by changing into lifeless beings
(as sparrows turning into shells). Truly, if the laws of beings are so various as this, how diligent
must the student be if he wishes to know them?" This section contains the English names
of the most common birds, without endeavoring to refer them to their scientific genera. The
terms employed in the first paragraph to indicate the orders of birds have been chosen on ac-
count of their being used in Chinese works as references for birds less common, and so far
employed by them as types of families. The paragraph will afford to the Chinese student a
sketch of modern classification in ornithology, and enable him to perceive the principles on
which it is founded.
5. This significant name has been given to the bird of paradise by Mr. Beale of Macao; and
it is now generally so called among the Chinese.
18. The character ú first applied to the crow now also means black or blackness; instances
of this sort are frequent in the Chinese language.
:
SECT. 3.]
473
BIRDS.
20. Black crane,
21. Dove.
22. Drake.
23. Duck,
24. Mandarin duck.
25. Wild duck, or mallard,
26. Eagle.
27. Lammergyr eagle,
28. Egret.
29. Falcon.
30. Hunting falcon.
31. Finches.
32. Fish-hawk.
33. Flycatcher.
34. Fowls, or gallinaceous
birds.
35. Gander.
36. Goatsucker (?)
37. Goose.
38. Wild goose.
39. Goshawk, or buzzard.
40. Wattled grackle.
41. Spotted grackle (or pie.)
}
1
!
AB RE
白鴿
​鴨​公
​鴨​鶩
​AL BÉ
鴛鴦 ​黄​鴨鴨
​水鴨 ​鳧
​mit?
鷲​神鷹
​皂​鵰
​鷺
​鵯 ​白鷹
​雀​誠
​黄雀
​鶚 ​魚鷹
​京​燕
​雞​類
​鵝公
​杜鵑
​草​鵞
​鴻鴈 ​鴈​鵞
​了​哥 ​八哥
​鵯
​Tsong kai. Tsong kút,.
Pák, kóp›.
Áp, chung.
Áp. Muk,
Ün yéung.
p'at,.
Shui áp,. Fu.
Tsau². Shan ‹ying.
Tsò tíú.
Lò tsz'.
Chun. Pák, ying.
Tséuk, sung.
Wóng tséuk,.
Ngók. Ü ‹ying.
King ín'.
Kai lui.
.Ngô king.
Tờ hiện.
Wong ap,
Tsò ngó.
Hung ngán. Ngán ngo
Fuk2.
“Líú ‹kó. Pát, ‹kó.
Pat,.
24. The word 'mandarin' applied to this bird, denotes, as it does in a few other instances, its
superiority over other ducks, and has no allusion to appropriation by officers of government; here,
the superiority consists in its gay and grotesque coloring; at other times, as in the mandarin
orange, the superiority consists in the flavor. There is nothing in the original to correspond to
this term. The mandarin duck (Anas galericulata) occurs, according to the Pún Tsd, in the
lakes of southern China, but it is not widely diffused. It is an emblem of conjugal fidelity among
the Chinese, of which a singular instance once occurred at Mr. Beale's aviary in Macao: a
drake was stolen from the inclosure, and during his absence, his mate received very marked
attentions from another drake, to which she was obliged to submit, and which were all reported
to her lord on his unexpected return, who thereupon avenged himself by pecking the unfortunate
drake to death.
25. Under the name of shui áp, there are included many kinds of the wild water fowl, which
frequent the shallows and inlets at the mouth of the Pearl river.
}
CHI. CHR.
119
474
[CHAP. XV.
ZOOLOGY.
42. Grebe.
43. Grouse (?)
44. Gull.
45. Hawfinch,
46. Hawk.
47. Imperial or
hawk.
48. Hen.
49. Heron.
50. Jacana.
51. Jay.
52. Reddish jay, with uot.
tled wings.
53. Kingfisher.
horned
56. Crested lark.
57. Singing lark.
58. Wood lark. Alauda.
59. Magpie.
60. Blue magpie, with two
long tail feathers.
61. Magpie, with a gradat.
ed tail.
62. Mango bird.
63. Owl.
64. Horned owl.
65. Paddy bird.
66. Parrot.
67. Partridge.
68. Peacock.
水​奴
​雉​鳩
​54. Variegated kingfisher. 翡翠
​55. Kite.
鷗
​蠟​嘴​鵠
​鷹
​御​鷹 ​角​鷹
​鷄​乸
​蒼鷺
​艟
​白勝​鷄
​鵲
​山​和​尙
​魚​狗​釣魚​郎
​怪​鴟
​角​靈
​百​鸝 ​百​鴿
​山​麻​鵲
​四​喜鵲
​練​鵲
​山​喜鵲
​黃鶯
​貓兒​頭​鷹
​角​鴟 ​鴟​鸺
​鵠
​鸚哥 ​鸚鵡
​鷓鴣
​孔雀
​'Shui,nd.
Chf ckau.
<Au.
Lap: tsui swó kuk.
Ying.
Yüzaying. Kok, ying.
〈Kai ná.
Tsóng lò², Mung stfung.
Pák, shing ckai.
Tséuk,.
〈Shan swó shéung².
si kau. Laps. Tiú'sülong.
'Fi tsui'.
Kwá'<chí.
Kók,sling.
Pák,sling. Pák,sling.
〈Shan smá tséuk.
Sz" 'hí tséuk,.
Lín² tséuk,.
Shán 'hí tséuk,
sWóng sang.
‹Híú. ¿Míú sí sť²au ¿ying.
Kók, ch'í. ‹Ch'í ‹yau.
Wó kuk,.
S
Ying ckó. Ying md.
Ché' ckú..
'Hung tséuk,.
54. This most elegant little bird, of green and red plumage, is very common in the
vicinity of Macao. The feathers are sometimes employed by artists to lay upon wires and
frames in forming little grotto work and landscapes.
SECT. 3.]
475
BIRDS.
:
69. Pelican.
70. Penguin.
71. Common pheasant.
˙72. Argus pheasant.
73. Medallion pheasant.
74. Silver pheasant.
75. Golden pheasant.
76. Tartar pheasant.
77. Peacock pheasant.
78. Phenix.
79. Pigeon.
80. Brown pigeon.
81. Pullet.
82. Quail.
83. Rail or wedge tailed
partridge.
84. Red headed rail.
85. Rain harbinger.
86. Raven.
87. Ringed raven.
88. Robin.
89. Roc.
塘鵝
​企鵝
​山鷄
​鸞​雞
​殺雞 ​鷊
​白​鷳
​錦鷄 ​驚​雉
​雉鷄
​金錢​雞
​鳳凰 ​鷗​鳳
​班​鳩
​鴨​鳩
​雞​項
​鵪鶉
​竹​鷄
​白面​鷄
​天天​雀
​鸚​鵒 ​八哥
​老鴉
​桂林​相思
​鵬
​☆Tróng sngó.
K'í sngó.
Shán ckai.
¿Lün kai.
Tờ shau kai. Yik.
Pák, shán.
Kam ckai. Pitch².
Ch?ckai.
Kam stsín ckai.
Fung² swóng. Íny fung².
<Pán ckau.
Ch*í chau.
Kai hóng”
Am shun.
Chuk, kai.
Paky mín² ckai.
Tin t'in tséuk,.
Ying kuk. Pát, chó
SEO cấu
Kwai lam séung «sz'.
¿P'ang.
71-77. The splendid plumage and graceful motions of the pheasants found in China have
long been the admiration of mankind. The gay and variegated vestment of the golden
pheasant, and the beauty of the black and white silver pheasant, have caused them to be much
sought after by the Chinese.
78. The argus pheasant appears to have been taken as the model for the Chinese phoenix,
which, as a kind of form, they have bedecked with every natural and moral excellence. For
notices of Chinese descriptions of the phoenix, unicorn, and other animals, the student is referred
to several articles in the VIIth volume of the Chinese Repository.
82. The quail is used by the Chinese as a game bird, and great pains are bestowed upon
its training, and large sums betted upon its prowess.
83. These two birds are thought to be sufficiently alike by the Chinese to have the same
name, though their habits are very dissimilar. Instances of the sort are not uncommon, and per-
haps others may occur in the section.
89. This bird corresponds sufficiently with the roc of Arabian history; it is fabled to be
changed into a bird from the kwan fish, a monster of many miles in length.
476
[CHAP.XV.
ZOOLOGY.
90. Sandpiper.
91. Secretary, or snake
cater.
92. Shrike or butcher bird.
93. Snipe.
94. Hill snipe, brown back,
gray spotted, tail short.
95. Sparrow.
96. Java sparrows.
97. Sparrow hawk.
98. Stork.
99. Rock swallow.
100. Swallow or martin.
101. Swan.
102. Tailor bird。
103. Teal.
104. Thrush.
105. White eyed, gray
thrush.
106. Singing thrush.
107. Turkey.
108. Turtle dove, ringed.
109. Wagtail.
110. Warbler, a kind of
robin.
111. Warbler, a kind of
nightingale or lark.
112. Widgeon.
113. Woodpecker.
114. Wren.
秧鷄
​鴆
​鵙 ​伯勞伯​鷯
​鷸 ​沙​錐
​山​錐
​雀 ​麻雀
​紅嘴
​鳶
​媽
​胡燕
​燕
​鵠 ​天​鵞
​巧​婦​鳥
​小​水鴨
​白​畫眉
​畫眉
​烏​屎​吉​猪屎​鴿
​火鷄 ​駝鳥
​鴨​鳩
​鶺​鴒
​藍​相思
​鷹
​翩​鷉
​喙​木​鳥
​鷦​鷯
​{
Yéung ckai.
'Sham.
K'í. Pák, glò. Pák, líú.
Kwat. 〈Sha chui.
‹Shán ‹chui.
Tséuk). Má tséuk2.
Hung 'tsui.
Ün.
Káu tsing.
‹Ú ín'.
In².
嗯
​Kuk). Tín nga.
'Háu fú níú.
Síú shui áp,.
Pákz wá? <mý.
Wa² smí.
Ú shí kat,. Chủ shí chá.
Fóckai. Tó niú.
Chí kau.
Tsik,sling.
Lám séung (sz'.
Ying.
Pik, <ch'í.
Téuk, muk, 'níú.
Tsíú líú.
}
91. The body, feathers, and all that appertains to this bird are thought by the Chinese to be
deadly poisons; its habits, as described, indicate its affinity to the secretary falcon of Africa.
98. The stork, crane, egret, and other shore birds are favorites of the Chinese; the crane
is an emblem of longevity; and similes are taken from the soaring flight, periodical migrations,
nightly screams, and other habits of these birds.
SECT. 477
•
4.]
REPTILES.
and long; such as the boa.
The fourth consists of frogs,
whose bodies have no hair or
scales; such as the toad.
2. Adder.
3. Amphisbena.
4. Black snake.
5. Boa of Yunnan.
6. Cobra di capello.
7. Crocodile.
Section Fourth.
REPTILES.
鱗​介​類​第四​章
​Lun kái lui²; tai❜
روح
1. All scaly and shelly
[reptiles] are produced from
eggs, which are not hatched by
incubation; their blood is cold
when fresh. They are divid-
ed into four orders according
to the shape of their bodies.
The first comprises tortoises,
whose bodies are covered by
their carapace; such as tur-
tles. The second consists of
lizards, whose bodies are scaly,
and have four legs, such as
crocodiles. The third consists
日​龜類​身​以
​介​盖​如是​也
​日​蝘​蜓​類​身
​of snakes, which have no legs, 鳞​四​足​如​鱷魚
​and their bodies are cylindrical
是​也​一​曰​蛇類
​chéung.
凡​鱗​介​皆​屬​蛋
​生​不​捕​鬪​而出
​其​血​鮮​冷​因其
​身形​仍​分​四類
​無​足​身​圓​且​長
​如​蟒​是​也
​是​也​一日
​蛙類​體​無​鱗​毛
​如​蟾蜍​是​也
​蝮
​Fán slun ká? ckái shuky tan-
<shang pat, pò tau', i chut,;
sk'í hiit, sin lang. Yan
‹k'í ‹shan ying, ying dan
sz" lui. Yat, iit, kwai lui.
<shan 'í kái' k'oi', ü, pít, shi
un
ya. Yat, üt, in ting lui,
shan slun, sz” tsuk, sü ngok.
ü sh? yá. Yat, iit, she
lu², smò tsuk, shan tin
ch'é chéung, zii #mong, shi?
ya. Yat, ut, ‹wá lui², Tai
md lun smù, ci shím shii
shí² ¹yá.
Fuk,.
Léung tau shé.
‹Ú shé.
兩頭​蛇
​烏​蛇
​蟒 ​巨蛇
​撲​箕​篋
​鱷魚 ​鼉​龍
​Notes and Explanations.
REPTILES are not recognized as a separate class of animals in Chinese works; the title of this
section means literally, the scaly and shelly class, and the introductory paragraph will indicate
its restrictive sense as here used. Foreigners possess very little knowledge of the species conɩ-
prised in this division of vertebrated animals, partly owing to their uninviting aspect or danger-
ous powers preventing their being brought by natives as objects of curiosity and sale, and partly
to there having been no particular attention paid to them.
Mong. Kiz shé.
Pók, ‹kí háp›.
Ngók, sü. Tó lung.
5. The mong appears to be the same as the anaconda of India, being very similar to it in size
and habits, The im shé (No. 21) is perhaps only another name for it, for Chinese writers on these
CHI. CHR. 120
478
[CHAP.XV.
ZOOLOGY.
8. Dragon of the sky.
9. Dragon of the moun-
tains.
10. Dragon of the deep.
11. Frog.
12. Tree frog?
13. Striped frog.
14. Gecko.
15. Common lizard.
16. House lizard.
17. Livid earth lizard.
18. Red spotted lizard.
19. Water lizard.
20. Newt.
21. Large snake.
22. Water snake.
23. Spotted snake.
24. Tadpole.
25. Toad.
25. Tortoise.
27. Shell tortoise.
28. Turtle.
29. Green turtle.
F
!
1
龍
​蛟
​螭
​蛙​鼃​田鷄​蛤​乸
​山​蛤
​蝦蟆
​雷公​蛇
​蟾​蛇
​蝘​蜓​守​宮​壁虎
​蜥蜴
​石龍子
​蛤蚧
​蠑​螈
​締
​蚺​蛇 ​蛇 ​南​蛇
​水蛇
​白花蛇
​蝌蚪 ​嚶​盎​仔
​蟾蜍
​蜍​黽
​玳瑁​龜
​鼈
​脚​魚
​sLung.
Káu.
Li.
Wá. Wá.
Kóp, 'ná.
Shán kóp..
<Hásmá.
sTin ckai.
sLui ckung she.
Shím sshé.
In sting. Shau (kung. Pik:
'fú.
Sik, yik. Shik, lung tsz'.
Kóp, kái'.
Wing siin.
Tai.
sÍm shé. Nam sshé.
'Shui shé.
Pák, ‹fá ‹shé.
Fó “tau. Ying óng tsai.
〈Shím gshii. 〈Min.
.Kwai.
Toi múi kwai.
Pít,.
Kéuk, çü.
subjects exercise so little discrimination in their quotations, that they are easily led astray by a
different name. Even in those objects which might be supposed most familiar, it is surprising
how many names they bear among the common people, thereby causing no little trouble to
ascertain which is the most correct.
8–10. The dragon of the sky, or the lung, is the most celebrated of all those fabulous beings,
which the Chinese have invested with extraordinary attributes of a physical and moral nature.
The dragon is considered as the emblem of imperial power and majesty, it is emblazoned on the
dress of the emperor, surrounds all edicts that appertain to himself, the title pages of books printed
by his authority, and more than anything else, may be regarded as the national coat of arms of
the Chinese empire.
SECT. 5.]
479
FISHES.
1
1. All fishes are produced
from eggs (or roe) scattered up-
on the banks of the ocean, from
which the young afterwards
are hatched of themselves.
They are divided into two
great classes, according as
their bones are hard or soft.
Soft boned (or cartilaginous)
fishes are such as the eel,
the shark, the sturgeon, &c.
Hard boned (or osseous) fishes
are arranged into nine orders
according to their fins; as the
dorsal fin being spinous makes
one order, if flexible makes
another order, &c.
Section Fifth.
FISHES.
類​第五​章
​lui²; tai² "'ng ‹chéung.
凡​魚類​皆​屬​散
​春​於​海傍​而後
​自​出​則​以其​骨
​之​剛柔​而​分​二
​大類​骨​之​柔​者
​如​鱓​紗​鱘​龍​等
​是​也​骨​之​剛​者
​以其​翅​而​分​九
​類​如​背​翅​之​剌
​剛​者​為​一​類​柔
​者​為​一​類
​Fán su lui chái shuh, sán
‹ch'un ‹ü 'hoi póng í hau,
tsz❞ ch'ut,. Tsak, í kí
kwat, chí kóng syau, số fan
í tái lui. Kwat, chí yau
'ché, ù shín, ‹shá, tsam
slung 'tang shí' sya. Kwat,
‹chí ‹kóng ‘ché, ‘í sk'í ch'í' sí
_fan ‘kau lui²; ‹ü púi ch'í'
«chí tsz” hóng ché, swai
yat, lui', yau 'ché wai yat,
lui².
Notes and Explanations.
THE original form of the character ü somewhat resembled a fish, but in its present contracted
shape, the similarity is nearly lost. Fish compose two tribes of the class lun pò, or scaly animals,
in the Pún Tsd. Lí Shíchan, in his introduction to this class, says, "there are two orders of scaly
animals, the aquatic and terrestrial, and although they are very unlike [in many things], still
both are alike scaly; for dragons and snakes are sagacious animals, but the numerous families of
fishes are nourished in the water: although the two classes differ, still they mutually pass into
each other in their metamorphosis; for, if their bodies do vary greatly, they are affected in the
same manner. The tribes of scaly animals are all produced from eggs, though the adder is borr
from the womb. The eyes of fishes do not close, though porpoises can move their eyes. The
tail of the blue snake is a remedy for the poison of its head; and the skin of the shark removes
all the concretions (or accumulations) of minced fish."
There are thirty-one sorts of scaly fishes, and twenty-eight of scaleless fishes, crabs, prawns,
crawfish, &c., described. Under the radical i in the Imperial Dictionary, the principal families of
fishes are assorted by their most common species, though as might be supposed with no very
great exactitude. The fishes in this section are chiefly those found in the waters about Canton
and Macao, though they are not, probably, more than a moiety of them, so numerous are the spe.
cies in these markets; their native names were obtained from drawings in the possession of Mr.
Beale of Macao, which he kindly loaned for examination. They were all painted from the life,
under the constant inspection of a foreigner, and as far as external characters go, the genus can
be ascertained, though the teeth and gill membranes are in many cases necessary to determine
them accurately. The brief descriptions here given are intended to be supplementary to the fuller
one given to the genus in ichthyological works, to which reference should be made for a complete
account. The generic names, which are principally those of groups or tribes, are from Cuvier's
large work on fishes.
480
[CHAP. XV.
ZOOLOGY.
:
2. Anchovy; body silvery, back high, anal
long, pectoral long, before the ventral Thryssa.
3. Anchovy; first pectoral rays free, anal
joined to caudal, long tapering body. Thryssa.
4. Anchovy; hairy processes behind gills,
belly serrate, dorsal far back. Engraulis?
5. Band-fish; no caudal fin, reddish yel-
low, body thin tapering.
Cepola.
6. Barbel; four cirri, brown and yellowish,
Barbus.
no spines, fins short.
7. Blenny; green cylindrical body, red
ring on the tail, 2 cirri.
Blennius?
8. Bream; broad body, no cirri, pectoral
small, dorsal long, spines weak. Cyprinus.
9. Bream; body broad, no cirri, 2 dorsal
spines, anal long.
Cyprinus.
10. Bream; broad, angular, silvery green,
Gobio?
one dorsal spine, no cirri.
11. Carp; general name for oblong
cyprini with large fins and cirri.
12. Carp; dark red fins thin and large,
spine jagged, 4 cirri, dark brown. Cyprinus.
13. Carp; 4 cirri, body broad, greenish
brown, fins small, reddish. Cyprinus.
14. Carp; 4 cirri, reddish fins, body
whitish brown, spines jagged. Cyprinus.
15. Carp; 4 cirri, tail black, broad body,
head somwhat emarginate.
Cyprinus.
16. Carp; 2 cirri, greenish, red tail,
broad, dorsal spine jagged.
Cyprinus.
17. Carp; 2 cirri, tail red, body angular,
spines notched.
Cyprinus.
18. Carp; 4 cirri, body reddish green,
caudal and pectoral fins red. Cyprinus.
19. Carp; 4 cirri, back spotted, body
angular, fins colored.
Cyprinus.
20. Carp; fins dark brown, body blunt,
Cyprinus.
and spine serrate.
21. Carp; body broad, angular, light
green, mouth very small.
Cyprinus.
22. Carp; yellowish red,
ventral before
dorsal, tail reddish banded.
Cyprinus.
23. Chaetodon; green and yellow banded,
black spot on dorsal, body round. Chaetodon.
24. Chaetodon; two inches long, greenish
spotted black.
Chaetodon.
25. Chætodon; yellow, black band across
the head and tail, mouth turned up. Chatodon.
26. Chatodon; long finned, body broader
than long, brown banded.
Platax.
馬​紫
​鳳尾
​青​孤
​$I *#*
嘉魚
​烏魚
​鯽魚
​扁​魚
​扁​魚
​鯉魚
​芙蓉​鯉
​綠​塘​黑​海上
​*** T
塘 ​1
1
海​1
上海​鱲
​火​鯉
​屐​鯉
​縮骨​鯽
​屐​魚
​&
金​鯽
​尖嘴​鱲
​金皷
​荷包​金
​飛​翼
​"1
Má tsai.
Fung mi.
‹Tsing ‹k.
Hung tái.
Ká sü.
‹Ú çü.
Tsik, it.
Pín si.
'Pín sii.
Lí ‹ü.
Fú yung lí.
Luk, lí.
Tóng lí.
Hak, slí.
'Hoi slí.
Shéung² ´hoi
láp.
'Fó lí.
Kik, lí.
Shuk, kwat,
tsik,.
Kik₂ ‹ü.
Kam tsik,.
Tsím ‘tsui
láp.
Kam 'kú.
Ce qu
Hó ‹páu kam.
Fí yiką.
11.-22. The carp is one of the most common fishes in China. Some of the species are
raised in tubs and tanks, where the water is constantly flowing, and grow to a very large size;
others are raised in fish-ponds. Carp are generally hawked about the streets alive, while lying
in shallow water.
23.-26. The Chinese names of fishes are sometimes very descriptive. Tapering beaked
perch,' 'golden drum,' golden money-pouch,' flying wings,' &c., are some of the expressive
names given to species of chætodon.
SECT. 5.]
481
FISHES.
27. Chatodon; silvery ash color, body #
roundish with irregular dark spots. Chaetodon.
28. Chatodon; greenish with dark stripes,
fleshy fins small, 11 dorsal spines. Chatodon.
29. Chatodon; blackish spotted, opercu-
lum scaly, back fins square. Pimelepterus.
30. Chaetodon; body roundish, banded
greenish, dorsal spines freeish. Ephippus.
31. Dace; tail yellow, 2 dorsal spines,
no anal spine, no cirri, fins small. Leuciscus.
32. Dace; no spines or cirri, greenish
yellowish, 8 dorsal, 14 anal, rays. Leuciscus.
33. Dace; broad, whitish, blue spots
near gills, ventral behind dorsal. Leuciscus.
34. Diodon; with a globular prickly 芀​泡
​Diodon.
body.
35. Dory; silvery white, head depressed;
body rhomboidal, ventrals long. Scyris.
36. Dory; silvery, fins short, head oblique,
dorsal and anal rays long.
Scyris.
37. Dory; body clouded, oval, anal spi-
nous, dorsal continuous. Amphacanthus?
38. Dog-fish; ashy, with black spotted
bands; 18 inches long. Scyllium ornatum.
39. Dragon-weever; brown back, purple
belly, black dorsal, 2 large gill spines. Percis.
40. Dragonet; umber, head of length,
dorsals separate, 12 anal rays. Platycephalus.
41. Dragonet; belly greenish, back umber,
flat, head 4 rows of spines. Platycephalus.
42. Dried fish from
from Bombay, called
Bombay ducks.
43. Eel; no pectoral, umber, with black
spots, 2 cirri, mouth deeply cleft. Muræna.
44. Eel; general name for those with
fins and spiracles.
45. White or light colored eel. Yellow
eel.
46. Red eel. Large eel.
47. Conger eel; pectorals large. Anguilla.
48. File-fish; back slate colored, yellow
pectoral and tail, 2 ventral spines. Balistes.
49. File-fish; large, body reddish gray, no
ventrals, dorsal spine very small. Aluteres.
50. File-fish; blackish, tail banded, late-
ral line angular, spine jagged. Monocanthus.
51. Fishing-frog; dark ashy color, with
cutaneous cirri; four dorsal spines. Lophius.
52. Fistularia; body and fins red, mouth
at end of a long tube, teeth large. Fistularia.
53. Flounder; reddish brown, eyes left,
teeth large.
Platessa.
the FB
黑石​鱲
​銀​拱
​黄​尾​鯪
​鱅​魚
​土​鯪
​長​翼​芒
​白​鬚​公
​黎​猛
​跌​墮​沙
​角​魚
​沙​甲
​刀 ​甲
​狗​吐​乾
​DR SE
鱓
​黃​鱓
​ma
血
​ILL 1 骨​1
鰻鱺
​剝皮​洋
​沙​猛
​黑皮​洋
​姜​麻​魚
​;;
馬鞭
​左​口​撻​沙
​虎​魚
​Ngan 'pínu.
Chái su.
Hak, shik, láp,.
Ngan 'kung.
Wong mi
ling.
Yung i.
ર
Tò sling.
Lik₂ p'áu'.
Ch'éung yik.
móng.
Pák, ‹sú ‹kung.
Lai máng.
Tít, to sha.
Kók, ii.
Shá káp..
Tò hấp).
'Kau tò' kón.
Láp, chui.
Shin. Yau.
Pák, shin.
Wong shin.
Hüt, shin.
Kwat, shin.
Mán lại.
Mók, spi
¿yéung.
Shá máng.
Hak, p'í
syéung.
Chan' ma 1.
Fú sü
Má pín.
"Tso hau tat,
shá.
42. Kau td is the name of a small species of salmon about the same size, to which the Chi-
nese term refers.
43-47. The number of species of eels found in the markets exceeds what are here men-
CHI. CHR.
121
482
[CHAP. XV.
ZOOLOGY.
54. Flounder; reddish, with many dark
破​篷
​spots, eyes right, fins yellowish. Platessa.
55. Fluke; marbled brown, fins lighter E
花​正​鼻
​spotted, eyes right and others left. Platessa.
56. Flying-fish; pectorals very long reach-
ing to the caudal.
Exocetus.
57. Gar-pike; green back, silvery belly,
long snout, anal longer than dorsal. Belone.
58. Gar-pike; small, silvery, black spot
on tail, dorsal near tail.
Belone.
59. Garoupa; marbled dusky red, fins
marbled dusky red, fins
banded, 11 dorsal spines, head smooth. Merra?
60. Tortoise-shell garoupa; marked in
angular spots, reddish.
Chrysophris?
61. Garoupa; brick red spots on a brown
ground, operculum 2 points. Chrysophris?
62. Garoupa; dark red marbled, lower jaw
projects, preoperculum serrate. Centropristis?
63. Gilt-head; marked in squares of yel-
low and blue, dorsal yellow striped. Dentex?
64. Gilt-head; head blue, body reddish
brown, fins red, head smooth. Dentex?
65. Gilt-head; yellowish green with blue
stripes, fins spotted blue.
Dentex?
66. Gilt-head; back bright red, fins yel-
lowish red, upper ray of tail long.
Sparus.
67. Gilt-head; head smooth, two first
rays of dorsal filamentous.
Pagrus?
68. Gilt-head; head purplish, body brown
and yellow striped, operculum scaly. Sparus.
69. Gilt-head; blackish, 2 greenish bands,
tail whitish, belly yellow. Amphiprion?
70. Gold fish; body golden red, fins
large, dorsal often wanting. Cyprinus.
71. Gudgeon; 3 inches long, spotted um-
ber back, belly purple, dorsal entire. Gobius.
72. Gudgeon; 5 inches, brown back, blue
belly, spotted, first dorsal small. Gobius.
73. Gudgeon; green back, dingy belly,
first dorsal 5 rayed, ventral large. Gobius.
74. Gudgeon; anal and 2d dorsal nearly
equal, brown back, belly lighter. Gobius.
6, second 9 rayed, ventral large.
75. Gudgeon; brown, spotted, 1st dorsal
Gobius.
76. Gudgeon; 1st dorsal 6 rayed, fins
rounded, large, spotted brown body. Gobius.
77. Gudgeon; spotted green, 1st dorsal
5 rays, partly free.
Periopthalmus.
飛魚
​鶴​浸
​鶴​浸
​石​班​魚
​玳瑁​班
​花​石​班
​花​班​魚
​EE
鶯​哥​鯉
​鰩
​紅​鶯​哥​鯉
​花​鶯​紅
​紅衫
​錦​鮪
​畫眉​鰽
​海​金魚
​金魚
​擗​口​狗
​趕​雞​棒
​白​蛤
​長​腰​稔
​筍​殼
​稔​魚
​牛尾​鮪
​花​1 彈​塗
​Pó'p'ung.
Fá ching' pi'.
‹Fí çü. sĺú.
Hók, tsam'.
Hók, tsam'.
Shik₂ <pán ü.
Toi mà pán
Fá shik, pán.
Fá pán ü.
¿Ang ‘kó í.
Hung ang ‹kó
slí.
Fá ang ko.
Hung <sháin.
Kam shau.
Ngau 'mí (shan
Wámíts v.
'Hoi kam sü.
Kam ü.
Mák, hau
'kau.
'Kón kai
spáng.
Pák, kóp›.
Ch'éung úú
nam.
'Sun hók,.
Nam sü.
'S
Fá sù. Tán
stò.
tioned; some of them are so much like water snakes in external appearance, that those reptiles
have been added by travelers to the list of strange viands found on the tables of the Chinese.
The lang shin, or rattan eel, so called from its small size and yellowish color; the mún shín or
large murena; the shá líú, or sand borer, and others, also occur.
59-62. Under the name of shik pán ü, or pán ü, the Chinese include such fish as have dark
red marbled bodies, small scales, and spinous fins. There appears to be several genera comprised
under this name, whose distinctive differences are not well ascertained. The first in the list is
the species commonly brought upon the tables of foreigners.
61-69. The gobies or gudgeons are seen in abundance in the marke's, where by sprinkling
SECT. 5.]
483
FISHES.
}
78. Gurnard; large blue pectoral, 2 dorsals,
body red and green, fins red. Trigla.
79. Gurnard; body reddish, 2 spines pro-
jecting beyond mouth, 2 fleshy cirri. Trigla.
80. Hemiramphus; light bluish silvery,
ventral near tail, anal short. Hemiramphus.
81. Herring; greenish white, anal fin
long, ventrals small, belly trenchant. Clupea.
82. Herring; dark green, body broad, belly
trenchant, dorsal and ventral opposite. Clupea.
83. Herring; greenish white, mouth small,
anal near tail, ventral with 4 rays.
Gobio.
84. Herring; greenish, mouth small, bel-
ly smooth, ventrals opposite dorsal. Clupea?
85. Herring; small, body silvery, belly
smooth, ventrals near anal.
·Clupea?
86. Herring; lateral line large, dorsal
emarginate, behind the pectoral. Megalops.
87. Herring; yellowish green, belly den-
tated, 6 spots on the back. Chatoessus.
88. Herring; bluish silvery, last ray of
dorsal shortish, lateral line large. Megalops.
89. Herring; body long, silvery, fins
small, dorsal ray long.
Megalops.
90. Herring; upper jaw emarginate, teeth
exsert, body silvery green. Chirocentrus.
91. Herring; body broad, silvery, anal
low, ventrals small.
Megalops.
92. Herring; belly serrate, ventral small,
rays 7, partly free.
*Clupea.
93. Holocentrum; head red, body with 5
Holocentrum.
red stripes, spines large.
94. Holocentrum; striped dark and light
Holocentrum.
red, tail cleft, 3 gill spines.
95. Labrus; gray, back and fins spotted
black, lips large, operculum acute. Labrus.
96. Labrus; reddish brown, with black
scales, fins green, anal scaly 3 spines. Labrus.
97. Labrus; tail red, body banded gray
and brown, 11 dorsal spines. Crenilabrus.
98. Labrus; body and fins yellowish, mouth
vertical, dorsal 7 spinous rays. Crenilabrus.
99. Labrus; body yellowish-greenish,
lateral line crooked, tail rounded. Labrus.
100. Labrus; reddish green spotted, oper-
culum scaly, one ventral spine. Crenilabrus.
101. Labrus: lateral line wavy, silvery
gray, back elevated, operculum acute. Labrus?
102. Labrus; dorsal continuous, mouth
small, prolonged, head smooth. Julis.
藍​翼​魚
​紅​角
​長短​浸
​鰽​白
​青​鱗
​長​腰​鯽
​黃澤
​海河
​忌​魚
​黄 ​1
坑​鰽​自
​水​滑
​布​刀
​黄魚​海
​三​黎
​將軍​甲
​金​鱗甲
​花​軟​唇
​軟​唇​鱲
​石​刼​臘
​黄皮​頭​石​首​魚
​黃​書
​金絲​衲
​胤​皮​鱲
​石​刼
​}
Lám yik, ‹ü.
Hung kók,.
Ch'éung 'tün
tsam'.
Ts'd pák¸.
×
Ts'ing lun.
¿Ch'éung ‹íú
lun.
Wóng chák.
C
Hoi chó.
S
Kí² ü.
Wong u.
Háng sts à
pák.
“Shui wát).
Pò' ‹tò.
Wong u hoi.
Sám lai.
<Tséung kwan
káp,.
Kam slun káp..
Fá 'ün shan.
sÜn shan láp .
Shik, kíp, láp
Wong sp'i stau,
Shik, 'shau șii.
Wong wák.
Kam sz' náp›.
Yan² spí láp.
Shik, kip.
a little water upon them they are kept alive for two or three days. As seen in the markets,
wriggling in the watery slime which keeps them alive, the gobies appear very repulsive as an
article of food.
95.-103. The first two species in this list are undoubtedly true labri, and the others belong
to that extensive group of fishes, but perhaps the sub-genera to which they are referred may not
be correct, for, so many generic marks are derived from the teeth, the number of gill-rays, and
the minute dentations of the operculum, preoperculum, and other parts about the gills, which
484
[CHAP. XV.
ZOOLOGY.
103. Labrus; long even dorsal and anal,
smooth head, red eyes, greenish. Julis?
104. Loche; 4 cirri, umber, spotted, pec-
toral 5 rayed, opposite the dorsal. Cobitis.
105. Mackerel; five finlets, marbled green,
no carina, dorsals separate.
Auxis.
106. Mackerel; fusiform, row of black
spots on back, 5 finlets both sides. Auxis.
107. Mackerel; first dorsal blackish, body
Caranx?
greenish, no horizontal spine.
108. Mackerel; greenish,
pectorals yellow, line mailed.
109. Mackerel; lateral line carinated, pro-
minent, 8 finlets, pectorals long. Orcynus.
110. Mackerel; 9 finlets above, 7 below,
no caudal carina, dorsals near.
Auxis.
111. Mackerel; one dorsal, equaling anal,
one finlet, line mailed, silvery green. Auxis?
112. Mackerel; yellowish-green, 1st dor-
Caranx?
sal a spine, dorsal and anal long.
113. Mackerel: names of Scomberoides
in books.
dorsals near,
Caranx.
black, first dorsal 7 rays.
114. Mango-fish; silvery slate color, dor-
sals separate, filaments 6, short. Polynemus.
115. Mango-fish; slate, 4 filaments, fins
Polynemus.
116. Moon-gazer; reddish brown, clouded,
Blepsias.
many cirri, pectorals broad.
117. Mullet; light green, scales on back
marked, fins and tail yellowish. Mugil.
118. Mullet; tail purplish, body silvery
green, angular muzzle reddish.
Mugil.
119. Mullet; silvery, striped with brown,
ventral forward, dorsal and anal equal. Mugil.
120. Mullet; back angular, silvery, head
blunt, anal large, one spined. Mugil.
121. Ophicephalus; dorsal long, body cy-
lindrical clouded, tail round. Ophicephalus.
122. Parrot-fish; dusky green above, yel-
low belly, dorsal 9 spiny rays.
Scarus.
123. Parrot-fish; dark green, fins and
mouth blue edged, scales large. Scarus.
124. Parrot-fish; dark slate, banded, fins
yellow, tail spotted white.
Scarus.
125. Parrot-fish; blue stripes, fins edged
blue, belly yellow, teeth notched. Scarus.
海龍
​沙​錐
​花​紙
​花​鮰
​方
​蝦 ​1
扁​甲​紙
​赤​甲
​魠​魚
​黃​乳
​鯖
​馬鮫​郎
​馬鮫
​馬​友 ​馬​母
​Ti Tipi F
黄​尾​鱭
​白​紫
​烏頭
​蜆​魚
​生​1
翠​鱗​縋
​青衣
​鷄​公​魚
​碎​牙
​Hoi lung.
Shá chui.
Fá ch'i.
Fá ch'í.
Fong chí.
Há ‹ch'í.
Pín káp,
ch'í.
Ch'ik, káp,
<ch'í.
Chíu.
Wong ¹yü.
Tsing.
Má
‹káu.
Má cháu cóng.
Má ¹yau. Má
smd.
Shik, sz' 'tsz'.
Wong 'mí
$tsai.
Pák, tsai.
Ústau.
'Hín şü.
Shang ü.
Tsui' lun
chui.
Ts'ing i.
'Kai ‹kung ‹ü.
Tsui' ngá.
cannot be ascertained from drawings, that it is not unlikely some of them may be referred to
the wrong genus. The same remark applies to the groups included under the English names
of gilt-head, garoupa, mackerel, perch and dory.
114, 115. The second of these is a delicate fish, and much sought after, by the Chinese; it is
called salmon by foreigners, upon whose tables it is no stranger. The first is much smaller,
and considered by some to be superior. A common saying in the market of Macao runs thus ;
Tai gat móng, tai í tsóng, tại sám má háu lỏng, “First the silure, then the pomfret, and third, the
small polynemus." This fish, also called bynni-carp, is common in the river Nile.
121. Shang ü, or living fish, is a very appropriate name for the ophicephalus, whose power of
living for a long time out of water by means of the peculiar mechanism of its gills is so well
known. It is hawked about the streets in shallow tubs, and cut up alive as it is sold.
SECT. 5.]
485
FISHES.
126. Pegasus; snout salient, body mailed,
pectorals large, wing like.
Pegasus.
127. Perch; dorsal emarginate, opposite
the ventral and pectoral, head blunt. Perca?
128. Perch; dark reddish brown, gills
unarmed, scaly, dorsal emarginate. Anthias?
129. Perch; operculum scaly, body silve-
ry, yellowish lower fins.
Anthias?
130. Perch; light green, spotted opercu
lar spine large, scales minute. Therapon ?
131. Perch; body yellowish green, mouth
prolonged, operculum acute. Mesoprion?
132. Perch; dark red, back wavy, oper-
culum scaly, teeth hooked. Mesoprion.
133. Perch; body silvery, fins reddish,
operculum dentated, dorsal scaly. Corvina?
134. Perch; 2d anal spine large, top of
head and tail red, body greenish. Pelates.
135. Perch; body brown-silvery, opercu-
lum scaly, acute.
Serranus?
136. Perch; small, gills scaly, acute,
body green, striped brown. Serranus?
137. Perch; body reddish brown, cloud-
ed, head rough, 12 dorsal spines. Myripristis?
138. Perch; mouth large, body brown,
banded, first dorsal 8 spiny rays. Ambassis?
139. Perch; eyes large, back and dorsal
red, mouth vertical, tail rayed. Priacanthus.
140. Perch; preoperculum smooth, serrate,
body brown, mouth projecting. Crenilabrus?
141. Perches, or other similar fishes with
spinous fins.
142. Perch-pike; 3 hooked front teeth,
back brown, belly silvery. Lucio-perca.
143. Pilot-fish; fusiform, 8 free dorsal
spines, purplish black, striped.
Elacates.
144. Pipe fish; head like a horse's, body
mailed.
Syngnathus.
145. Plaice; eyes right, dark brown spot-
ted, fins bluish, pectorals red. Platessa.
146. Plaice; ashy with lighter spots, fins
Platessa.
bluish, eyes left, dorsal short.
147. Plaice; dark reddish brown, teeth
large, tail broad, distinct.
Platessa.
148. Pomfret; body broad, no dorsal
Stromateus.
spines, greenish, fins equal.
149. Pomfret; purplish greenish, long
pectoral, lateral line silvery.
Stromateus.
150. Pomfret; 5 dorsal & 3 anal spines,
body broad, yellowish, ventrals small. Kurtus.
151. Pomfret; oval, first dorsal 6 rayed,
silvery, tail small.
Caranx?
飛​魚鷹​魚
​䱛​頭
​黑​鰽
​白花
​釘​公​魚
​石​角​鯽
​火​鰽
​黄 ​1
黄​頭
​頭​爐
​白​鱸
​唱歌​婆
​石​狗​公
​黑石​班
​大​眼​鱲
​頭​鱸
​鯛 ​Kath
三​牙
​黑​鮫
​海馬
​花​破​篷
​正​鼻
​左​口
​蒼​魚
​黑​蒼
​鯧
​黃蠟​蒼
​花​蒼
​Fí ü. Ying
sü.
Wák, t'au.
Hak, sts'ò.
Pák, fá.
<Ting ‹kung u.
Shik, kók, tsik..
Fótsd.
Wóng ststo.
T'au lò.
Pák ld.
Chéung kí
spó.
Shik, kau
kung.
Hak, shik, pán.
Tái ngán láp
T'au lò.
Tíú. Mín.
Sám ngá.
Hak, káu.
'Hoi má.
Fápó pung.
Ching' pí².
'Tsó 'hau.
Tsóng u.
Ch' éung.
Hak, tsóng.
127.-140. The remarks upon the genus Labrus apply with equal force to the fishes grouped
under perch, Sciana, and Sparus, most of the distinctions between which consist in the position
of the teeth, dentations of the gill-covers, and number of rays in the gills, which cannot be ac-
curately ascertained from drawings. Many of them are among the most common fishes in these
markets.
Wóng láp
cts óng.
Fátsóng.
CHI. CHR.
122
486
[CHAP. XV.
ZOOLOGY.
152. Pomfret; blunt head, body oval, red-
dish-green, dorsal long, few spines. Equula?
153. Pomfret; ventrals long, body pur-
plish green, anal and dorsal equal. Vomer.
154. Ray; 3 rows of spines on back,
head broad, spotted white. Rhina acylostoma.
155. Ray; tail spinous, back umber, spot-
ted, few spines, nose sharp, belly purple. Raia.
156. Ray; reddish brown, spines arrang-
ed like a T, 2 dorsals on tail.
-
Raia. 黄​點 ​1
瓜子​蒼
​跳板​魚
​琵琶​沙
​氷​紗​鯆
​157. Ray; head projecting, body reddish
brown, tail thrice as long as body. Myliobates.
158. broad, brown,
張​鶯
​tail long and slender like a whip. Myliobates. ***
花​點​張​鶯
​semicircular, tail short.
159. Ray; dark reddish green, body
Anacanthus.
160. Ray; comprising such as are broad
鯆​荖
​this
- 海​鷂​魚
​蠢​魚
​藍​刀
​Bon 鰱 ​ty
161. Roach; fusiform, brownish green, red
eyes, dorsal and ventrals opposite. Leuciscus.
162. Roach; fusiform, greenish, lateral
Leuciscus.
163. Roaches, or other similar cyprini,
line flexuous, one dorsal spine.
164. Salmon; speckled reddish, pectorals GH B
狗​吐​魚
​black, ventral and dorsal opposite.
Salmo.
錦鱗​縋
​165. Salmon; brown back, silvery belly,
mouth deeply cleft, head smooth. Osmerus?
166. Sciana; operculum scaly, ventral
and pectoral opposite, body silvery. Sciana?
167. Sciana; body and fins red, green spot
on back, dorsal and gills scaly. Hæmulon?
168. Sciæna; silvery brown, preoperculum
鰽​魚
​雄​1
雞 ​1
黄​鰲
​洋​梭​鮈
​紅​梳 ​1
serrated, tail reddish at the end. Pristiproma?
169. Sciæna; body reddish orange, dorsal
rays freeish, weak, operculum scaly. Lobotes?
170. Sciæna; first dorsal 6 rayed, head
smooth greenish brown, 2 anal spines. Sciana?
171. Sciana; small, fins red, 2 dorsals
near, large eyes, body brown striped. Sciana?
172. Sciane; long, yellowish, dorsal emar-
ginate, teeth hooked, anal spine. Otolithus?
173. Sciæna; dark green, fins yellowish.
anal scaly, operculum acute. Diagramma?
174. Ściana; dark brown, spotted, gills
scaly, dorsal emarginate.
Sciana?
175. Sciana; one cirrus on the lower jaw,
花​鱸
​dorsal emarginate, rays freeish. Umbrina?
176. Sciana; or a spinous finned thoracic
fish, with a large car stone,
海​鰽
​鰵​魚
​魚
​生​鬚​䱛
​از
ļ
石​首​魚
​Kwa 'tsz'
cts óng.
Tíú' 'pán ¿i
¿P'í ‹p'á ‹shá.
‹Ping ‹shá ‹pò,
Wong tim
pò.
Chéung ang.
Fá tím
«chéung cang.
Pò lò.
Fan.
síú cii.
'Ch'un sü.
Lám tò.
Shí. Lín.
Tsiin.
'Kau t'ò'sü.
'Hoi
'Kam lun
chui.
sTs'ò sü.
sHung sii.
«Kai ‹ü.
sWóng ngò,
Yéung ‹shó
só.
Hung (shó so.
Fá slò.
'Hoists' ò.
$Man su.
‹Shang sú
wák,.
Tsung. Shik.
'shau ii.
148.-153. The first of this group is the fish commonly known as the pomfret, or pampel:
the others resemble it in their general contour, from whence the Chinese call them tsong.
154.-159. Both sharks and rays are eaten by the Chinese, at all stages of their growth;
even the young are taken from the mother for the table. There are other species not enumerat-
ed here brought to market, some of them so large as to require two or three men to carry them.
The Zygena or hammer-headed shark is often seen in the market at Macao, but compared with
other species of shark it is commonly small, not exceeding three feet in length.
SECT. 5.
5.]
487
FISHES.
177. Scorpæna; blackish, many cirri on
lower jaw, ventrals united. Scorpæna.
178. Scorpaena; reddish, free rays of pecto-
ral reach to the tail, dorsal rays free. Pterois.
179. Scorpæna; pectorals and tail yellow
spotted, spines free, body dark clouded. Pelor.
180. Scorpæna; rays of dorsal and pecto-
rals free, feathery, body banded red. Pterois.
181. Scorpæna; pectorals 2 free rays,
body spotted, umber color, smooth. Pelor.
182. Scorpæna; or gurnard, or one of the
mailed fishes.
183. Shad; abdomen serrated, anal fin
near tail, ventral very small.
Clupea.
184. Common shark; brown back, nose
sharp, fins small, 2d dorsal small. Carcharias.
185. Shark; a spine on each dorsal, body
Cestracion zebra.
banded black and gray.
·
back greenish, anal near tail. Carcharias.
188. Shark; fins and back dirty green,
belly white, head blunt.
Carcharias.
189. Hammer-headed shark; dirty green,
eyes protruding, front of head thin. Zygana.
190. Silure; marbled brown, 4 cirri, fins
particolored, single dorsal small. Silurus.
191. Silure; back dusky green, one small
dorsal, 4 cirri, mouth turned up. Silurus.
192. Silure; dusky green, spotted black,
6 cirri, spines jagged.
Bagrus.
193. Silure; dull green, small 2d dorsal,
6 cirri, spines stout, jagged.
Bagrus.
194. Silure; dark green, fins reddish, dor-
sal spine smooth, 6 short 2 long cirri. Bagrus.
195. Silure; small silvery green, 6 cirri,
spines jagged, dorsal 6 rayed. Bagrus.
196. Silure; purplish back, spotted black,
8 cirri, second dorsal long.
Bagrus.
197. Silure; pectoral spine stout, 2d dorsal
and anal joined, mottled green. Plotosus.
198. Silure; 8 cirri, body dark green, one
dorsal, pectoral spine large Heterobranchus.
199. Silure; 4 upper and 4 lower cirri,
body brown marbled, head sharp. Pimelodus.
200. Silure; or bull-head, or a species of
mud fish.
·
老虎​魚
​龍鬚​1
黄​豹​魚
​鰲魚
​貓 ​1
縢
​三​黎
​沙​魚
​貓兒​沙
​186. Shark; snout sharp, 2 small dorsals, IV
dull gray, marbled.
Rhinobatus.
187. Shark; black fins, whitish beneath,
鯡
​鹻​魚
​緘 ​1
6 1
烏​翼​沙
​齊​頭​沙
​公子​帽​沙
​黃​骨​魚
​紗
​牛​1
芒​仔
​花​緘
​庵​丁
​塘虱
​黃龍
​Hite FOL
201. Silver-fish; a variety in color, of A G
珠​鱗​金魚
​the gold fish when young.
Cyprinus.
202. Smelt; greenish, dorsals near, mouth
沙​鑽
​sinall, head smooth, anal long, soft. Atherina.
203. Guava leaf sole; brown, spots large, #F
拈​葉​仔
​eyes right and others left; small. Solea.
鯊
​Lò fú çü.
¿Lung ‹sú ¿ü.
¿Wóng p¹áu'i
Ngò su.
Máu .
Tang. Kau.
Sám lai.
‹Shá ù. ‹Shá.
Shá.
Máu í ‹shá.
Lai stau shá.
‹Ú yik, ‹shá.
Ts'ai tau
、shá.
«Kung 'tsz'.
mò² ‹shá.
Wong kwat
sü.
Lím şü.
Kóm ü
Lím sü.
Ngau sii.
Móng “tsai.
Fá skóm.
Óm ting.
S
Tông sat,.
Wóng lung.
I. Nim.
Chu un kam
şii.
Shá tsin'.
Nim ip: tsai.
177.-181. Some of these fishes are considered to be poisonous by the Chinese, an idea
that has no doubt partly arisen from their forbidding aspect. The ngò ü is marked with bright
reddish bands, with cirri pendent from each eye, while the feathery fins, marked in brown bands
488
[CHAP. XV
ZOOLOGY.
204. Sole; yellow spotted ring on tail, bo-
dy banded, eyes left, pectoral whitish. Solea.
205. Sole; small, uniform reddish brown,
eyes right, dorsal reaches the muzzle. Achirus.
206. Sole; scales large, umber, eyes right,
dorsal ends opposite the mouth. Achirus.
207. Sole; uniform reddish brown, dorsal
reaches gills, fins ashy, eyes right. Achirus.
208. Sole; brown, fins reddish yellow,
eyes right, dorsal reaches muzzle. Achirus.
209. Sole; reddish spotted brown, dorsal
extends to the muzzle, eyes right. Achirus.
210. Sole; reddish, black spots, fins yel-
lowish green, eyes right.
Achirus.
211. Sole fish; other general names for
Pleuronectes.
the genus
212. Sparus; reddish, spotted blue, teeth
large, operculum acute.
Sargus?
213. Sparus; body oval, light red, dorsal
continuous, 24 rays, operculum scaly. Sargus?
214. Sparus; spotted red on gray body,
narrow at the tail, dorsal spotted. Sargus?
215. Sparus; head square, body reddish,
dorsal even, teeth numerous.
Boops?
216. Sparus; body oval, back brown,
belly light, head smooth, eyes blue. Boops?
217. Sparus; dorsal deeply cleft, ventral
behind pectoral, brown spotted. Boops?
218. Sparus; head tapering, greenish
back, mouth projecting, small. Pagelus?
219. Sparus; body brownish red, opercu
lum scaly, acute, dorsal fin striped. Pagelus?
220. Sparus; reddish brown, black spot on
flank, operculum scaly.
Dentex?
221. Sparus; fins yellow, dorsal and body
silvery blue, teeth large.
Dentex?
222. Sparus; head scaly, lower fins yellow,
body greenish, tail green and yellow. Pagrus?
223. Sparus; head smooth, mouth small,
9 dorsal spinous rays, anal scaly. Sparus?
224. Sphyræna; 2d dorsal opposite anal,
greenish, first dorsal five rayed. Sphyraena.
225. Sturgeon; back with a row of
plates.
Accipenser.
226. Sturgeon; has three rows of plates
on the back.
227. Surgeon-fish; dusky green, 4 caudal
spines, eyes blue, anal long. Acanthurus.
花​撻​沙
​細鱗​撻​沙
​密​鱗​撻​沙
​黑​鱗​撻​沙
​金邊​撻​沙
​花​點​撻​沙
​黑​點​撻​沙
​鰈​鞋底​比目魚
​金絲​鱲
​紅​絹
​凹​尾
​方​頭​䱛
​瓜子​鱲
​WE BE
鑽​嘴
​素​哥
​火​點​鰽
​黃​翼
​金絲​鱲
​海​鯽
​竹簽
​鱘​龍魚
​鱣 ​鯛​魚
​黑​將軍​蒼
​‹Fá tát› ‹shá.
Sailun t'át,
<shá.
Mat, lun t'át,
<shá.
Hak, slun tát,
<shá.
Kam pín tát,
<shá.
Fá tím tát›
shá.
Hak, tím tát›
<shá.
Táp». sHái tại
'Pí muk₂ ‹i.
Kam (sz' láp₂-
Hung láp,.
Yap, mí.
Fóng st'au
wák..
Kwá 'tsz' láp₂-
‹Pán ‹ld.
Tsün' 'tsui.
Sú kó.
Fó tím ts'd.
S Wóng yiką.
Kam sz' láp..
'Hoi tsik,.
Chuk, tsím.
¿Tsam ‹lung ‹ü.
Chín. Wong
sü.
Hak, 、tséung
kwan ts6ng.
upon a slate colored ground, and the large eyes, add to its singular and brilliant appearance.
The wong p'áu ü is one of the most hideous of fishes.
203.-210. Flounder, fluke, plaice, and sole, are English terms for fishes of the old genus
Pleuronectes, several species of which are very abundant in the shallow waters of the Pearl
river. The sole is called pi muk ü, or the fish with corresponding eyes, because, as the Impe-
rial Dictionary says, "if their eyes do not correspond they cannot swim;" consequently they
are drawn in pairs, one of which looks to the right and the other to the left.
226. These characters, and those under Nos. 113, 141, 160, 163, 176, 182, 200, 211, and
239, are taken from Chinese books; the figures in them are so rude and misshapen, that it is
SEOT. 5.]
489
FISHES.
228. Surmullet; broad, reddish, with back
brown, lips large, fins red.
Mullus.
飛​啼​鵲
​229. Surmullet; dark green back, spot-W
ted, belly silvery, tail banded.
Mullus.
230. Tænioides; body dark red, long,
head smooth, eyes concealed. Tanioides.
231. Tænioides; brick red, mouth turned
up, dorsal long, tail distinct. Tænioides.
232. Tench; dark green, brown fins, ven-
trals and dorsal spiny, opposite. Leuciscus.
233. Tench; blackish, long, fins whitish,
lateral line white, no cirri. Leuciscus.
234. Tench; head depressed, mouth ver-
Leuciscus.
tical, silvery, no anal spine.
235. Tench; fusiform, brown back, green,
Leuciscus.
belly, red eyes, dorsal 9 rayed.
236. Tench; fins reddish, body dusky
green, head tapering, fins jagged. Leuciscus.
237. Tench; fusiform, bluish green,
ventral and dorsal opposite.
Leuciscus.
238. Tench; or other cyprini, with and
without cirri.
239. Tetraodon; spineless, clouded, spot-
ted white, 4 nasal tubercles. Tetraodon.
240. Torpedo; head round, 2 dorsals on
tail, body dark reddish, spotted. Torpedo.
241. Trichiurus; body thin, long, white,
belly serrate, no caudal or ventral. Trichiurus.
242. Trunk-fish; body globular. plated
with hexagonal plates.
Ostracion.
243. Tunny; spotted green back, 7 fin-
lets, dorsals separate, three carina. Thynnus.
244. White rice fish; body diaphanous,
fins small, head pointed.
Leucosoma.
245. Wolf-fish; cylindrical, brown band-
ed with white spots, reddish belly. Anarrhicas
246. Wolf-fish; brown and red banded,
green head, anal low, long. Anarrhicas.
CHI. CHR.
紅​鮪 ​硃筆​魚
​蛇​更
​鯇​魚
​黑​鯇
​123
构​頸
​紅眼​笋
​G
1
鰍​魚
​鯔 ​鯽
​燈籠​泡
​木勺​鯆
​白帶 ​矢​幹​魚
​海牛
​鮫​魚
​白飯​魚
​井​公​魚
​雷公​魚
​Bat
Fí tai tsénk,.
¿Yéung tsiin'.
S
Hung lái.
‹Chü pat› ‹ii.
Shé kang.
Wánii.
Hak, wán.
Áu king.
Hung ngan
'sun.
Hak, shik,
wán.
'Kóm ü.
‹Tsz'. ÜÍ.
¿Ü
[.
impossible to do more than ascertain the order, and even this in many cases is impracticable.
The wong ü, or chín, is a native of the Yellow river; it is spoken of by Du Halde and other
writers in high terms, and from the description in the Pún Tsd of its habits and appearance
it is evidently a sturgeon. The sturgeon is now and then seen in these markets.
‹Tang lung
phát.
Muk, chéuk,
230, 231. These two fishes are akin to the gobies or gudgeons. They are remarkable for
the manner in which the eyes are concealed in the skin, and for the length of the under
jaw, which is everywhere convex, and ascends in front of the upper jaw, presenting a singular
profile. The first species is the Tanioides hermannien of Lacepede.
‹pd.
Pák, tái'. 'Ch'i
kón' sü.
'Hoi ngau.
Káu ü.
Pák, fán² ü.
'Ching kung
çü.
Lui ckung ii.
244. This singular fish is nearly transparent, and the scientific name, meaning white body,
expresses this characteristic. It belongs to the salmons, and is esteemed a delicate fish for the table.
Of the fish found in these markets, and of which this list contains only a part, the garoupa,
pomfret, marbled mackerel, polynemus or salmon, sole, and mullet, with the lung tan i, are the
most esteemed for the table. The Chinese, however, eat nearly all sorts of fish, and the contri-
vances they employ for capturing them, from the smack that ventures out 50 or 100 miles from
the coast, to the simple hook and net of the tánká woman, barely suffice to supply the demand.
490
[CHAP.XV.
ZOOLOGY.
1. All animals are divided
into two great classes, viz.,
those with backbones (or ver-
tebrated), and those without
backbones (or invertebrated).
Vertebrated animals are such
as birds, beasts, tortoises, frogs,
snakes, fishes, &c. Inverte-
brated animals are divided
into three classes; the first
consists of shells (or mollus-
ca), the second of insects and
crabs (or articulata), and the
third of star-fish and sea-ur-
chins (or radiata). The first
class is subdivided into two
orders; the second into five
orders; and the third also into
five orders.
2. Arca nodulosa.
3. Clams, an ebible species
of Mactra.
4. Cockle, or spiral uni-
valves.
5. Cones, or round pyrami-
dal shells.
6. Cowries.
7. Crab.
CRUSTACEA AND MOLLUSCA.
蟹​蚌​類​第六​章
​Hải phóng lui ; tai? luke <chéung.
8. Hairy crab.
Section Sixth.
凡​生物​統​分
​大部​日​有​脊​E
無​脊​有​者​如
​禽獸​龜​蛙​蛇​魚
​是​也​無​脊​者​列
​類​有​三 ​日​螺
​蚌​二​日​蟲
​日​海膽​海燕​是
​也​且​首​類​中分
​二​小類​次​類​中
​分​五​小類​叉​次
​類​中​亦​分​五​小
​類
​屋子 ​螄​堪
​沙​白
​螺螄
​珂 ​雞心​螺
​貝​子
​蟹 ​蟛​嶰​螃蟹
​生​支​蟹
​SA KA mag de dag ge ther
Fán shang mat, “ung fan
í² tái² pò², üt, yau tsik,, üt
mò tsik,. Yau tsik, 'ché, sii
sk'am, shau, ckwai, swa, sshé,
sü shí? syá. sMò tsik, ché,
lít, lui syau sám; yat, ut,
sló spfóng; ? üty schung'shái;
‹sám üt, hoi tám, 'hoi ín'.
shí' sya. 'Ch'é 'shau lui≥
chung fan í síú lui; tsz"
lui² chung fan "ng síú lui?;
yau? tsz” lui? «chung yiky fan
Ảng síu lui.
'Ngá uk, 'tsz'. Sz' hóm.
Shá pák,.
¿Ló ‹sz'.
Ó. 〈Kai sam slo.
Púi' 'tsz'.
Hái. sPáng thái. Phóng
shái.
Shang chí thái.
Notes and Explanations.
This section contains not only crustaceous and molluscous animals, but all the classes of in-
vertebrata, except insects. The introductory paragraph is a very slight outline of their division
into mollusca, articulata, and radiata, but as the Chinese have very partially investigated the
small beings composing these classes, and often apply the same name to many species widely
differing from one another, it is difficult to quote instances of the several orders, and therefore
no attempt has been made to describe the several orders.
SECT. 6.]
491
CRUSTACEA AND MOLLUSCA.
?
1
9. Smooth shelled swim.
ming crab.
10. Rough shelled swim.
ining crabs, or Pilumnus?
11. Hermit crab, or Pa.
gurus.
12. Edible crab.
13. Spider crab.
14. Crawfish, or large sea
prawns. Palinurus.
15. Crevette, or broad sea.
shrimp.
16. Cuttle-fish.
17. Cuttle-fish bone.
18. Eight armed cuttle fish,
or Octopus.
19. Cypraea.
'20. Dolium shell.
21. Ear-shell, or Haliotis.
22. Horsehoof, or king crab.
23. Leech, or bloodsucker.
24. Lobsters?
25. Mother of pearl shell.
26. Murex, or trumpet
shell.
27. Murex muriatacus?
28. Murex longicauda?
29. Murex, a spinous spe-
cies.
30. Murex,a large unarmed
edible species.
31. Edible Mytilus, a small
gibbous species.
32. Nerita, two species of.
•
蛾
​蟳
​寄​蟲
​1
花娘​嶰
​老虎 ​1
肉​獬
​蜘蛛​蟹
​龍蝦
​蝦​姑
​寄居​蟲
​縞
​烏賊​墨魚
​海​螵蛸
​章​舉
​紫​貝貝​子
​琵琶​螺
​雙
​石决明
​鱟
​馬​蟥​蜞 ​蜞​乸
​水蛭 ​牛​1
大頭​蝦
​雲母​殼
​響螺 ​吹
​長​指​螺
​欖​核 ​1
長​嘴​芀​1
辣
​沙​蜆
​Tsít,. ‹Fá ‹néung ‘hái.
sTs'am.
Lò fú hái.
Kf ch'ung. K?cküschung.
Yuk, shái.
Chí chu hái.
Lung phá. Hồ.
Há kú.
Ú tsák. Mak, çü.
“Hoi píu síu.
<Chéung 'kü.
'Tsz' púi'. Púi' ‘tsz'.
sPeí speá slo.
Fuk. Shikkit,sming.
Hau².
Má swóng ‹k'í.
'Shui chat.
Tái tau chá.
Wan md hók.
K³í³ná.
Ngau sk'í.
'Héung sló. Ch'ui slo.
Ch*éung ‘chí đó.
'Lám wat, sló.
Ch'éung tsui like sló~
Lát, sló.
<Shá chín.
沿​歌​麽​鷹​歌​嘴​Ün. ckó smó.
tsui.
7.–13. The word hái means crabs, comprising such species of the genus Cancer as are
somewhat square; há denotes those which are long, as crawfish, prawns, &c. There are more
than twenty species of há known here, most of them found in salt water, and about fifteen dif-
ferent kinds of hái; all of them form articles of food. The wóng há, shá há, and ming hái among
shrimps, and the yuk hái among crabs are the most esteemed.
22. The king crab, or Monoculus polyphemus, is eaten by the Chinese, and the shells art-
dried and formed into water ladles.
Ying ko
492
[CHAP.XV.
ZOOLOGY.
番
​33. Oysters.
34. Pectens, or eared oys-
ters.
35. Prawns.
36. Razor sheath, or Solen.
broad and thin, as Unio.
45. Univalve spiral shells.
46. Shrimps.
47. Sea shrimps or Cran-
gons.
48. Slugs.
49. Land snail or Helix.
蠔​車​明​蟶
​37. Sand-hoppers, or sea-
fleas.
Gammarus.
38. Sea-urchin, or Echinus.
39. Sea-wing, or Pinna.
40. Sea-qualm, or Medusa.
41. Bivalve shells, thick 蚶
​and furrowed, as Arca.
蛤
​50. Lymnea, or fresh water
snails.
車​渠
​51. Sponge.
52. Star-fish, or asteria.
53. Strombus.
54. Tellina.
55. Trochus niloticus.
56. Wentletrap, or Scalaria
pretiosa.
明蝦
​沙​螺
​水​曱​甴 ​蝦​虱
​海膽
​玉​珧
​水母
​42. Bivalve shells, thin and
colored, as Tellina, Cardium.
43. Bivalve shells, thick and 蜆
​smooth, as Mya, Mytilus, &c.
44. Fresh water bivalves,
蚌
​螺 ​螄
​河蟹
​麻​蜃
​沙​蝦 ​銀​蝦
​蛞蝓
​蝸牛 ​牛 ​蜆​嬴​虫
​田螺
​水泡
​牡蠣
​魁​蛤
​扁​螺
​:
海燕 ​雞爪​魚
​戒指​螺
​玳瑁​蜆​交​文​蜆
​亞​婆​髻
​珍​瓏​絲​螺
​• a global eta aslano van gege
çHò. Mau kai.
‹Ch'é sk'ü.
Ming chá.
Ching. 〈Shá sló.
Shui há chát. Há sat,.
Hoi tám.
Yukystíú.
Shui mò.
‹Kóm. ‹Fúi kóp›.
Kóps.
Hín. Pín só..
spe 6ng.
SLó. (Sz².
chó chứ. Má cháo
Shá chá. Ngan chá.
Út, sü.
Kwá sngau.
sch'ung.
Tin do.
Shui Spò.
(Hoi ín). (Kai chau qii.
Kár chí sló.
Toi mờ chín. Káu man
'hín.
A’spó kai’.
Chan slung sz.’ló.
41.–45. Shell-fish form no inconsiderable portion of the food of the people in this region.
Oysters are abundant, though by foreigners they are regarded as inferior; clams of several
sizes, small muscles of four or five genera, species of Murex, Helix, and Arca, besides others, are
constantly seen in the markets.
56. This elegant shell is often seen in the shops of Canton, where also are found many other
species, some of them brought in junks from the Indian Archipelago, and others collected on the
coasts. Fresh water shells, of the genera Unio, Mytilus, Cyclas, and others are sometimes met.
with, but as the Chinese think the gayest, shells are the most valuable, they do not collect flu-
viatic species.
Hín ló
SECT. 7.]
493
INSECTS.
1. Ant.
2. White ant.
3. Large red spotted ant.
4. Winged ant.
5. Bed bug, and other fetid
bugs, as Cimex.
6. Honey bee.
7. Queen bee.
8. Drone of a beehive.
9. Cells of a hive.
10. Beetle.
11. Gold green beetle, as
Cetonia.
12. Book worm.
13. Bugs found in wood.
14. Butterfly.
15. Large or Atlas butter-
dy.
16. Caterpillars on trees.
昆蟲​類​第七​章
​Kwan schung lui; tai2 ts'at› ‹chéung.
17. Smooth caterpillars, as
the larvæ of the sphinx.
18. Hairy caterpillar.
Section Seventh.
INSECTS.
蟻
​白蟻
​#IT #
【飛​蟻​翼​蟻
​臭虫
​蜜蜂
​蜂王
​蜜​奴
​**
窩​蜜
​猪仔​虫
​金龜子
​蠹蟲 ​蠹魚
​木虱
​蛺蝶
​蝴蝶
​花​羅​大​極
​蠹蟲
​they
芋​蠋 ​青虫
​Ngai.
Pák, ‘ngai.
Lung. Cháng oi.
‹Fí ‘ngai.
Wai'.
'ngai.
Chau' ch'ung.
Mat, fung. Fung.
<Fung wóng.
Mat, nò.
Wó mat.
Chu 'tsai sch'ung.
Kam kwai 'tsz'.
贴​嘶 ​狗​毛虫 ​|Ím sz.
Ấm sz’.
To' sch'ung. To'‹ü.
Muk, shat,.
sÚ típ,. Káp, típ.
Fá sló tái kik₂.
To' sch'ung.
Ú chuk. Ts'ing sch'ung.
Kau mò chung.
Hit,.
Yik
Notes and Explanations.
THE greatest part of the characters under the radical ch'ung are names of insects, or, with a
few exceptions, the group corresponds to the Linnæan order of Vermes. Many of them exhibit in
their combinations some striking characteristic either of the shape, habits, or color, of the insect
intended; thus ngai, an ant, means the orderly insect;' fung, a bee, is the needle insect;' ying a
fly, is the thread insect,' alluding to the spinning like mode of brushing its legs; man, a musketo,
is the letter insect,' referring to the white lines upon its body; and so of many others. Speak-
ing of insects, Lí Shíchan says, "Insects are the smallest of animals; their tribes are exceedingly
multifarious,, for which reason the character ch'ung is tripled to embody this idea. According
to the Memoir of Ingenious Works, 'some insects have bones outside, and others have them in-
side; some go backwards and others sideways; some in a file and others zigzag. They sing with
CHI. CHR.
124
494
[CHAP. XV.
ZOOLOGY.
19. Centipede, a Scolopen-
dra.
20. Centipede with an-
gular legs, a Scutigera.
21. Cerambyx,elytra black-
ish, with white spots.
22.
Worn.
23. Cicada, or broad locust.
Chrysalis of the silk-
24. Cockchaffer, or dorr-
beetle, a Melolontha.
25. Cockroach,
26. Cricket.
27. Hearth cricket, a large
species, small wings.
28. Dragon fly or Libellula
(Ashna).
29. Dragon needle, a slen.
der black species, an Agrion.
30. Dung fly.
31. Earthworm.
32. Ephemera fly.
33. Fire-fly.
34. Flea.
35. Flies found near stag.
nant water.
36. House fly.
37. Gad-fly, or breeze.
33. Gally-worm, or Julus.
39. Geometrical worms.
40. Glow worm.
41. Gnat.
蜈蚣​螂​蛆​百足
​蚰蜒​蟥​愆​鋹​蠅
​牛​蜋
​繭
​蟬
​蜩
​黄砂​乸
​行​夜​甴​曱​蜚蠊
​滑​蟲
​蟀 ​ASSES
恻
​烏​蠅
​蜚​痧
​尺​蠖
​螢
​蟎 ​蚋
​狗​虱
​Tsik, tsut,. 'Kung. J
Tau' má.
竈​馬
​蜻蛉​蜻螃​蜻蜓
​1½ ÞA ¼ 17 14 K Tsing sling. Tsing sting.
Tsing ting.
Chik, sut,.
Kóm' fán.
赤​卒 ​*# ****
大​尿​烏​蠅
​Tái shí ‘ú sying.
蚯蚓
​Yau ‘yan.
蜉蝣
​Fau syau.
螢火
​火 ​飛​螢
​Ying 'fo. Fí sying.
S
<
跳​虱
​groe
蟣
​蒼蠅
​'Ng ckung. Tsik, cts' ii.
Pák, tsuk,.
Yau sín. Yan sín. Ch'éung
<shí.
Ngau sóng.
'Kán.
Shím. Tíu.
S
Wóng sha ‘ná.
sHang yé. Ká chát,,
slím. Wát, sch'ung.
¿Ying ‹ts'ü.
Yui. Yui².
¿ří
F
Tíú' shat,.
shat,.
Mít, mung.
‹Ú‹ying. ¿Tsóng 、ying.
Fí móng.
Pák, tsuk,. Má luk₂. ‹Shár
sk'ung.
Ch'ik, wók.
"Ts'd. 'Kati
'Kün,
the thorax, mouth, sides, wings, belly, or breast; all these are called the tribes of small insects.'
These beings, if they are minute, must not be confounded with reptiles, birds, or fishes, although
their bodies are feathery, hairy, scaly, shelly, or naked." Most of the names in this section are
obtained from books, as it is difficult to ascertain the very vulgar term for any except the most
common insects.
23. It is an amusement of boys to capture this insect, and tie it up in such a manner as
to excite it to sing. Its stridulous noise is so loud as to overpower the voice when near by.
26. Crickets are collected by the Chinese in large quantities, and sold in the markets for
fighting. Two of them are placed in a basin, and irritated by a straw, when they attack each
+
495
SECT. 7.]
INSECTS.
1
42. Grasshopper.
43. Green headed grass- 螺​蚚
​hopper, a Truxalis.
44. Grubs, or large larva
蠐​螬
​found in the earth.
45. Horse fly.
馬蜂
​65. Musketo.
66. Larva of musketoes.
鱻​螽 ​斯​草​蜢
​46. Lady bug.
47. Lantern fly, or Fulgo- 龍眼​鵞
​ra.
48. Lepisma.
49. Locust.
50. Locust, or Acrydium.
51. Migratory locust.
52. Migratory locust.
53. Large winged locust.
54. Long legs.
55. Louse.
56. Wood louse.
57. Maggots in flesh.
58. Maggots in grain.
59. Praying mantis.
- 60. Mole cricket.
·
61. Large moth, as Sphinx 蛾
​or Phalena.
62. Candle moth.
63. Silkworm moth.
64. Phalena atlas, or Atlas
moth.
班​蝥 ​花​金龜
​白魚 ​蟫 ​蟫​鉗​蟲
​蝽​蜯​螽斯
​蟲​螽 ​蚱蜢
​蝗​蚱
​靑​軌​蜢
​玁​虫
​琴​勞
​虱 ​虱子​蝨
​木虱
​蛆
​蜡​虫
​螳螂 ​馬​江​蜋
​土狗 ​螻蛄
​燈​蛾
​蠶蛾
​羅浮​蝶​公
​蚊
​子​孑
​Fau² <chung. <Sz' tsò-mang.
Haisk'í.
Ts'ai sts'ù.
$Má fung.
Pán, máu. Fá cham chwai
Lung sngán sngo.
Yam.
Kím
Pák, sü.
sch'ung.
Chung chữ. Chung sz.
Fau² chung. Chák, mang.
sWóng chák..
Ts'ing 'kwai mang.
Lin schfung.
Kam dò.
Shat, 'ná. Shat, 'tsz'. Shat
Muk, shat,.
‹Ts'ü.
Mai chung.
S
Tóng óng.
slóng.
“Tò kau. Lau chú.
sNgo.
Tang sngo.
sTsám sngó.
sLo fau típ, chung.
Man.
Kit, kit,.
*Má ckóng
other with great violence, though the combat does not usually end in the death of one, but in its
retreat. Hundreds of dollars are staked on the result of these miniature conflicts, and large
sums are often paid for victorious warriors.
55. Shat is a generic term for parasitic insects, for small bugs, and for the larve of Aphides or
plant lice. Tsui, a maggot, ngó, a moth, fung, a Vespa, ying, a fly, and many others, are similar
terms for tribes. These constitute, however, but a small portion of the whole, the greatest
number of insects being named by specific characters.
496
[CHAP.XV.
ZOOLOGY.
67. Nit.
68. Ptinus, or small insects
in books.
69. Scarabus, species of.
70. Scarabus carnifex.
71. Scorpion.
72. Sea snail.
73. Silkworm.
74. Sow bug, mud lice, or
Asellus.
75. Large sow bug, or On-
iscus.
76. Spider.
77. Large spider, yellow
spotted.
78. Many spotted spider.
79. Burrowing spider.
80. Field spider.
81. Water spider.
82. Tape worm.
83. Tumble dung, or Aleo-
chara.
84. Wasp.
85. Slender waisted, or so-
litary wasp, or Sphex.
86. Water beetle, or Dy.
tiscus.
87. Weevil.
88. Worms or larva in li-
quids.
蛀
​黄​蟲 ​勒皮​象
​鞋​屎​蟲
​蠍​蠆​尾​虫
​泥​龜
​蠶
​地​溥​地​珠​土鱉
​"
咿​蜮​鼠​婦​蜃​蟲
​蜘蛛​鎏​蜗​蚰​蜘
​壁​錢 ​壁​鏡
​五色​琴​勞
​螲​蟷 ​土​蜘蛛
​草 ​蜘蛛
​水​蜘​1
蚘蟲
​蜡​蜣 ​蜣蜋
​黄蜂
​蝦​螉
​細腰​蠭
​山​龍虱​水​金龜
​米​牛
​蠱蟲
​蛔 ​鮪
​Kí.
Chü'.
Wóng schung. Lik, spi
tséung².
Pan shí ch‘ung.
Kít. Chái mích'ung.
<Nai ckwai.
Ts'am.
Tí ‘pò. Tí chi. “Trò pít).
I wai. Shi sfú. Ché?
sch'ung.
Chí chi. Lau su. Chit,
smau.
Pik,sts'ín. Pik, king.
s’Ng shik, sk'am lò.
Chat, tóng. “Tò chí chủ.
'Hi.
“Tsò chí chủ.
蟪
​Shui chí chủ.
Yau sch'ung. Wúi. Wúi.
S
Kít, kéung. Kéung sóng.
☆Wóng fung.
Ít,
‹yung. ‹Sai ‹íú ¿fung.
〈Shán lung shat). Shui ckam
skwai.
Mai sngau.
To' schfung.
85. Singular notions are entertained concerning this insect, which is supposed to have no
mate, but to take the young of another insect to transform into its own. See Chinese Reposi-
tory, Vol. VII., page 488.
86. The Dytiscus is common in the pools of Macao, and is sometimes captured for food.
Silkworms (after they have spun the coccoon,) are also fried in oil for the table; and in some
seasons, locusts are served up in the same manner.
·
CHAPTER XVI.
MEDICINE.
醫學​篇​士 ​十六
​hók,;
shap?
luk,.
Section First.
CONVERSATION
ON MEDICINE.
醫學​論語​第
​hókz lun? sü; tai?
章
​yat, chéung.
1. What is the object of
medical science?
何​為​醫學
​It is to protect and pre-
serve human life; hence it is
necessary to know the nature
of medicines, and the origin
of diseases, together with the
laws of treating them.
2. In what estimation is me-
dicine held by the Chinese?
Medicine, designed to pro-
tect and prolong human life,
has been called the benevolent
art; and therefore is esteemed
乃​保全​人命​者
​故​須知​藥性​與
​病源​及​治​之​法
​中土​視​醫​輕 ​否
​醫​乃​保全​人命
​仁​術​稱​焉​故​書
​second only to the literary 家​之外​則​推
​profession.
Hówai í hóky?
Nái pò sts in yan ming
‘ché; hứ su chí yéuk, sing”,
'ü ping²¿ün, k'ap, chi chi
fat,.
Chung tò sh? a thing fau?
í nái pò stsin syan ming,
syan shut cching in; k?
shu chế chí ngoi, tsah, túi
‹í.
Notes and Explanations.
MEDICAL Science among the Chinese is in a very different state from that to which it has been
advanced by modern practitioners in the west. It is where it was centuries ago: many diseases
are regarded as incurable, for which modern improvement has devised sure and speedy remedies.
However, a more thorough investigation of the healing art, as understood by this people, may
yet be of essential advantage to the science. It would probably be found, were the subject
sufficiently examined, that the Chinese, as a nation, enjoy as good a degree of health, and on
an average attain to as great an age, as any other people.
1. Preventive medicine, or hygiene, is a part of the benevolent art to which the Chinese pay
great, but evidently not too much, attention; they say, truly, “Prevention is better than cure.
The words pò ts'ün, as here used, are quoted from an imperial work, and indicate that the primary
object of the science is to preserve and to protect men from illness, rather than to heal their
diseases, or to cure their maladies.
3. The phrase i lí, or institutes of medicine, may be understood as comprising the general
physiological, hygienic, and therapeutical relations of medicine, or the general and fundamental
principles of the science.
CHI, CHR.
125
498
[Cuar. XVI.
MEDICINE.
3. What is requisite in or-
der to enter the profession?
You must seek for some
celebrated practitioner, and
become his pupil. In order
to search into the principles
of the science, and investigate
the nature of remedies, select
several medical authors for
study; and peruse them un-
til the principles are under-
stood, and your knowledge is
extensive, then you may read
all the professional writers.
4. Are there any medical
schools!
There are none in all the
country; but at Peking there
has been established a Great
Medical College; and persons
most thoroughly acquainted
with medicine, and possess-
ing an unblemished character,
are after examination selected
to enter the college, to fill its
offices, and to practice therein.
This Great Medical College
has one principal director, and
also one of a secondary, and
another of a subordinate, rank,
who superintend and exam-
ine the treatment
treatment of all
the nine classes of diseases,
and who direct all those who
are intrusted with the business
of the institution. Fifteen
members of the college hold
the rank of imperial physi-
cians; thirty are overseers;
forty are masters of medicine;
and thirty rank as bachelors
of medicine.
5. Who are sorne of the
ancient eminent physicians?
The earliest were the empe-
rors Im and Wóng; next
進​醫​門​事​何事 ​| Tsun'úsmún sz" zhó sz???
拜訪​名師​投​於
​門下​追求​醫理
​深究​藥性​擇​數
​醫​本​熟讀​待​理
​明​識​廣​然後​遍
​覽​諸​家
​有​教​習​醫​館​否
​通​國​皆​無​惟​京
​城​立​太​醫院​考
​選​通曉​】理​身
​無​過​犯​者​入院
​補缺​以​習​焉​其
​太​醫院​院​使​·
人​左​院​判​一 ​人
​右​院​判​一​人​掌
​考​九​科​之​術​率
​其​屬​以​供​醫​事
​御醫​十​有​五​人
​吏目​三​十八​醫
​士​四十​人​醫生
​三十​人
​醫生
​背​精​醫​者​為誰
​始於​炎黄​旣​於
​心
​Pái fong sming sz', stfau ci
smún há . Chui skau í lí,
‹cham kau' yéuk, sing', chák¸
sho? í pún shuky tuky, toi:
slí sming shik, kwóng, sín
hau' p'ín' slám ‹chủ ‹ká.
Yau káu tsapr í kún fau?
Tung kwok, ckái mò, swai
Kingsshing lap, Tái X
Yin, háu sun tung hin
híú
í lí, shan smò kwó' fán
'ché, yap, yün² pò küt, i
tsap2 sín. Kí Tar
Tái ľ
Yün²yün² sz”yat, syan, tsi
yiin² pún' yat, syan, yau?
yin² pfún' yat, syan, chéung
Máu kau fó chí shut,, sut
‹k'í shuk, “í ‹kung ‹ísz”. Yü²
S"
« shap, yau ng syan; lí
muk: sám shape syan; cí sz'
72
sz” shape syan; cí shang
csám shap, syan.
Sik, tsing í ché wai gshui ?
Chí dù sắm Wóng; kỉ
5. Íin tai-Yen te, or the emperor Yen, is otherwise called Shannung, the divine husband-
man, and the father of medicine. The emperor Wong was his successor, and with him K`ípák
was cotemporary. Pakkd lived about the same time. Mòhám, Tsóngkung, with his pupil Píntséuk,
lived prior to our era. Wat'ò is the physician said to have laid bare and scraped a bone of
the hero Kwán, and so saved him from the fatal effects of a poisoned arrow: one is now styled
a god of medicine, and the other of war. Popular tradition says, that Wat'ò was decapitated
at the instigation of Tsò Tsò, for having proposed to trepan that famous general with a view to
cure him of an affection of the brain. Shunyu I' lived near the same time. Wong Shukwó is
known by his work on the pulse, epitomized in Du Halde. Ch'an Kwai is said to have remov-
SECT499
Seer. .
CONVERSATION ON MEDICINE.
1.]
岐​伯伯​高​迨​後
​則​巫咸​倉​公​扁
​鵲​華陀​淳于​意
​王叔​和​陳桂​許
​孝宗​李時珍​又
​張仲景​劉守​眞
​李東垣​朱​丹溪
​號​為​四大​名家
​至今​猶​尙
​醫書​何​為​至善
​醫書​不能​枚舉
​各自​成家​反​足
​惑​人​而​善言​大
​備​莫如​醫​宗​金
​鑑​醫書​匯​忝​等
​又​如何​臨​症​呢
​臨​症​時​無論​內
​外科​皆以​望​聞
​問​切​四字​密​明
​病源​爲​要
​origin of the malady by in-
spection, by hearing, by inter-
rogation, and by feeling the
pulse.
8. Are there any hospitals 有​週濟​醫​館​否
​for gratuitous practice?
Sometimes only there have
been such.
9. At the apothecary's shop
不過​時​有時​無
​藥店​如何​發售
​如何​泡製
​in what manner are medi-
各省​生​熟​藥販
​were Keípák, and Pakkò;
and after them followed Mò-
hám, Tsóngkung, Pintséuk,
Wátò, Shunyül,Wong Shuk-
wó, Ch'an Kwai, Hü Hau.
tsung, Lí Shíchan ; and also
there were Cheung Chung.
king, Lau Shauchan, Lí
Tungún, and Chu Tánk'ai,
designated the four great
and renowned physicians,
who are even to this day much
esteemed.
6. What are the best me.
dical books?.
The medical books cannot
be severally considered; for
every branch having its own
authors, the doing so would
only perplex the student. But
for matter and method none
equal the Golden Mirror
of Eminent Authors, and the
Comparative Compendium of
Medical Writers.’
7. How are diseases to be
treated ?
Always in treating diseases,
whether they be internal or
external, it is necessary in all
cases to examine into the
cines sold, and how are they
compounded ?
Medicines, in a crude or
prepared state, are purchased
2
‹ü ‹K'í pák,, Pák, ‹kò; toi
hau² tsak, Mò sham, Tsong
ckung, Pin tséuk, Wá stò,
Shun ‹yü I'', Wóng Shuk,
S
swó, Chan Kwai², Hi Hau
ctsung, Li Shi chan; yau?
Chéung Chung king, Lau
Shau chan, Lí Tung sún,
Chu Tán kai, hò swaisz”
tái sming ká, chỉ cham yat
shéung².
í shi chó wai ch'shín??
‹Í ‹shü pat, nang ‹múi ‘kü;
kók, tsz” ęshing cká, fán
tsuk, wákzsyan.í shín² Án
tái pí, mỗk, su X Tsung
Kam Kám', I Shui UP
Tsám, ‘tang.
Yau su chó lam ching ní!
sLam ching shí, mò lun
noi ngoi fó, chái í móng',
sman, man², tsit:, sz" tsz?
sham ming ping² sin, swai
.
Yau chau tsai' í kún fau?
Pat, kwo shi yau shí mò.
Yéuktím'sü shó fat, shau²,
sü shó páu' chai'?
Kók, shang shang shuk
ed diseased viscera. Of Li Shíchan, who flourished in the reign of Manlik of the Ming dy-
nasty, it is enough to say he is the compiler and principal author of the Pún Ts'd. There
are also many other physicians, ancient and modern, who are highly celebrated.
6. Besides these, there are many others in high repute and extensively used. In the sixth
volume of the Pun Ts'), there is a list of 276 medical works quoted by Lí Shíchan; and like-
wise a list of 440 miscellaneous works, historical, biographical, &c., from which he made ex-
tracts for his materia medica.
500
[CHAP.XV1.
MEDICINE.
from all the provinces, and
are either cut in pieces or pre-
served whole; and then they
are measured out according
to recipes, sometimes several
kinds being compounded toge-
ther, at others they are formed
into ointments, pills, or pow-
ders, or steeped in spirits, and
retailed in small quantities.
10. Does the Penal Code
speak on this subject?
It speaks respecting physi-
cians: On injuring or killing
persons by an unskillful prac-
titioner,' it thus decrees:
"Whenever an unskillful
practitioner, in administering
medicines, or using the punc-
turing needle, proceeds con-
trary to the established forms,
and thereby causes the death
of a patient, the magistrate
shall call in other practitioners
to examine the medicine or
the wound, and if it appears
that the injury done was un-
intentional, the practitioner
shall then be treated according
to the statute for accidental
homicides, and shall not be
allowed any longer to practice
medicine. But if designedly he
departs from the established
forms, and deceives in his at-
tempts to cure the malady, in
order to obtain property, then
according to its amount he
shall be treated as a thief; and
if death shall ensue from his
""
或​裁​碎​或​原
​身​看來​方​多少
​或​將​數​味​製成
​膏​丹​九​散​或​浸
​水酒​零​沽
​律例​會​言​醫​否
​Luty Lai? sts'ang sín ci fau !
律例​言​醫​者​因 ​Lut. Lai áná che: sYan,
syung í shát, shéung (yan,
kú' lai tsoi' :
yeuks fanr súi, wáky cts oi sui
fán'
wáky sin shan; hón gloi
fong to shí, waks ctséung
shờ mí chai sshing chò, tán,
sun, sán, wáks tsam
shui
tsau sling ckú.
庸醫​殺傷​人​故
​例​載​凡​庸醫​為 ​yeuk ccham ts'z', 'ng pat,
Fan syung cí, swai syan yung:
¿ü 'pún ‹fóng, ‹yan ‹í chí’
人​用藥​針刺​誤
​'sz' 'ché, chák, ling2 pít, i
malpractice, then for having
thus used medicine with intent
to kill, he shall be beheaded." 殺人者​斬
​不如​本​方​因而
​致死​者​責​合​别 ​lun², pat, hù shing si. Yeuks
ché, í kwó’shat, shát, syan
kú’swai pún fong, chá líú.
醫​辨​驕​藥餌​穴
​道​如​無故​害​之
​情​者​以​過失​殺
​人​論​不許​行醫
​若​故​違​本​方​詐
​療​疾病​而​取​財
​物​者​計​贓​准​竊
​盜​論​因而​致死
​及​因​事故​用藥
​pín² im² yéuky ní? yity tò?;
si mà kứ hoi chí sts ing
i
tsat, ping², sí ‘ts'ü ¿ts'oi mat₂
'ché, kai' ‹tsóng 'chun sít,
tờ lun; yan sí chỉ ‘sz’, kap,
cyan sz?, kú yung² yéuk
shát, syan ‘ché chám.
10. This law, here quoted, forms the 297th section of the Penal Code, and seems to be
the only reference made therein to the medical profession. For engaging in the practice of
medicine no license is required; but the physician must be ware, lest his medicines fail to have
the desired effect.
SECT. 2.]
501
NOSOLOGY.
:
1
1. The Great Medical Col-
lege has 9 classes [of diseases].
First class; diseases affect.
ing the pulse violently.
Second class; diseases af-
fecting the pulse slightly.
Third class; diseases aris-
ing from cold.
Fourth class; diseases of
females.
Fifth class; ulcers and
cutaneous diseases.
Sixth class; diseases needing
the acupuncture and cautery.
Seventh class; diseases of
the eyes.
Eighth class; diseases of
the mouth and teeth.
Ninth class; diseases of
the bones.
2. The book [entitled] A
Sure Guide containing Ten
Thousand Recipes is the work
of doctor Ts'oi Kínchái of
Shányam. Considering that
the chapters and pages in the
Materia Medica were very
numerous, and all the recipes
were promiscuously inserted
under the names of the medi-
cines, he designed this book.
to be a true guide to that
Section Second,
NOSOLOGY.
百病​類​第二​章
​Pák, ping² lui²; tai² í chéung.
太​醫院​凡​九​科
​- 日​大方​脈​科
​二​日​小​方​脈 ​科
​三​日​傷寒​科
​四日​婦人​科
​五日​瘡瘍​科
​六​日​鍼灸​科
​七日​眼科
​八日​口齒​科
​九日​正​骨科
​萬方​緘​線​一​書
​山陰​蔡繭​齋先
​生​作​也​以​本草
​卷​篇​繁​賾​凡​方
​散​載​乎​藥品​之
​下​思​此​為​針線
​+
Táð Í Yün² fán kau đó.
Yat, ut, tái cong suah, fo.
Ĺ² üt₂, síú fóng mak, fö.
Sám út, ‹shéung hon tó.
Sz²² út, fú ¿yan fö.
“Ng ut,, chong yeug fo.
Luk, üt, cham chik; o.
Ts'at, ut, ngán fo.
Pát, ut, hau 'ch'í ‹fó.
'Kau üt,, ching' kwat, ‹fo.
Mán' Fong Kám Sín' yat,
shu, Shán yam Ts'ol' Kin
chái sín shang tsok, ya.
I 'Pún Ts'd ‘kün ‹p'ín fán
chak›, ‹fán ‹fóng sán' tsoľ ú
yéuk, pan chí ha, ‘sz’ ‘tsz
swai cham sín chí yá. Fan
Notes and Explanations.
THE phrase hundred diseases,' pák ping, is nearly equivalent to nosology. The literal term,
ping lun, would perhaps be intelligible, but it seems never to have been used by the Chinese.
1. Synoptical views of diseases, arranged into classes and orders, like those of Linnæus,
Cullen, Vogel, Sagar, Macbride, and Good,—are common with the Chinese, and may be found
in most of their medical works. The Medical College at Peking formerly arranged all diseases
into eleven classes, having a separate one for diseases of the throat, which are now included in
the eighth, and another for cutaneous diseases, at present combined with those under the second
class: for each of these eight classes, medical officers are appointed, all of whom are Chinese,
and some of them are in constant attendance on the emperor and his family.-The doctrine of
the pulse is treated of at great length and minutely by the Chinese: there are three places
on each wrist, at each of which they distinguish 24 different kinds of diseases. See Indo-Chi-
nese Gleaner, vol. III., p. 129. Most acute diseases, such as originate from checked perspira-
tion, are comprised in the third class. Ulcers and cutaneous diseases, and diseases of the
eyes, are in Canton and its vicinity more prevalent than any of the other classes.
CHI. CHR.
126
502
[CHAP. XVI.
MEDICINE.
work. Arranged in their due
order,-under the several classes
of diseases, general and parti
cular--there are in number
about fifteen or sixteen thou-
sand recipes. By the help
of this Guide, all the recipes,
which are scattered through
the Pún Ts'd, may be easily
referred to for use, and there
will be no necessity for any
other book of recipes.
3. Abortion. Abortio.
4. Abscess.
Abscessio.
5. Ague, or febris intermit-
tens.
6. Albugo, leucoma,
opacity of the cornea.
7. Amaurosis, or gutta se-
rena.
3. Amenorrhoea.
or
9. Anasarca, or cellular
dropsy.
10. Aphonia, or loss of the
voice.
11. Ascaris, or ascarides,
or worms in the bowels.
12. Ascites, or dropsy of
the belly.
13. Asthma.
14. Blindness.
之​也​分​門​析​類
​兼​理​耑​門​約​得
​方​一​萬​五​六​千
​有​此​則​本
​草​所載​之​方​皆
​以​適用​而​更​不
​必​具​方書云
​小產
​膿​瘡
​瘧疾
​眼​瘼
​發​晴​光
​閉經
​水​種
​失音
​胃腸​小虫
​水​蠱
​哮喘
​瞽
​蠱​脹
​盲眼
​mún sik, lui, kím lí chin
mún, yéuk, tak, đóng vat
mán sng luk, cts'ín chí sho
Yau 'ts'z', tsak, Pún "Tso
‘shó tsoi chí fóng, chái “
shik, yung', í kang pat, pít,
kii' fóng shu ‹wan.
Síú chán.
_Nung chông,
Yéuk, tsat.
Ngán mók.
Fát, tsing kwóng.
Pai' ‹king.
'Shui 'chung.
Shat, yam.
Wai chéung ‘síu chung.
'Shui 'kú. Kú chéung'.
Háu ch in.
Kú. Máng ngán,
2. This book of recipes is comprised in three small volumes; and the references to all the
recipes are arranged in order under those diseases for the cure of which they are intended.
General diseases are divided into
53 classes.
9 classes.
8 classes.
15 classes.
8 classes.
8 classes..
4 classes.
3
Diseases of the upper extremities are divided into
Diseases of the middle regions are divided into
Diseases of the lower extremities are divided into
Diseases peculiar to female children are divided into
Diseases peculiar to grown up females are divided into
Diseases peculiar to children are divided into
Under these one hundred and five classes, are specified several thousands of diseases; under each
of them its symptoms are first briefly detailed, and then the references are made to the work of Li
Shichan, in which at a given chapter and page, recipes for the disease will be found. Some-
times references are made to several recipes, from which the patient may take his choice. This
Guide now usually forms the third, fourth, and fifth volumes of the Pún Tsd.
3. The diseases, the names of which are given in alphabetical order in this list, are for the
most part, those which have come under the notice of foreign practitioners: often the name
is descriptive of the disease; but sometimes it is not so, having been adopted from some inci-
dental or local circumstance and not from any characteristic of the malady itself. In numerous
instances, both the common and the technical names are given.
SECT. 2.]
503
NOSOLOGY.
中
​15. Day blindness.
16. Night blindness.
17. Bronchocele, or goitre.
18. Bubo.
19. Burns. Ambustio.
20. Cancer of the breast.
21. Carbuncle. Anthrax.
Carbun
22. Cataract. Cataracta.
23. Catamenia.
24. Catarrh.
25. Cerumen excessive.
26. Cerumen defective.
27. Cholera.
28. Cholic. Cholica.
29. Conjunctivitis, or in-
flammation of the conjunctiva.
30. Consumption. Phthis
sis.
31. Contusion, or bruise.
32. Constipation.
33. Contagion.
34. Convulsions.
35. Convulsions of the
hands and feet.
36. Cough. Tussis.
37. Croup. Cynanche, or
sore throat.
38. Curvature of the spine.
39. Cutaneous diseases.
畏​日​眼
​畏​夜​眼
​鵞​唉唉​痺
​魚​口
​火​傷​火灼​火炙
​乳​癰
​癰​疽
​綠​水灌​瞳人
​經​水 ​月​水
​傷風
​濕​耳
​乾​耳
​霍亂 ​吐瀉
​心腹​絞痛
​眼​盖​内膜​赤​熱
​癆​症
​損傷
​大​便秘
​瘟 ​疫
​癇
​手足​瘛​瘲
​咳嗽
​哮​假
​曲​脊
​皮​病
​夜明珠
​Wai yat, ngán.
Wa' yé? éngán.
Ngó shau. Hau phí.
Ü 'hau.
'Fó shéung. Fó chéuk,. 'Fé
chik,.
Yücyung.
Yung tsi. Yée ming chi.
Luky shui kún' stfung syan.
King 'shui. Üt, 'shui.
Shéung fung.
Shap, sí.
Kón í.
Fok,lin². T sé.
Sam fuk, káu t'ung'.
Ngán koi noi mói, chih.
ít,.
Lò ching.
'Sün <shéung.
Tái pín pai.
Wan yikz.
sHán.
Shau tsuk, tsít, tsung”.
K'at sau’.
‹Háu ‹ká.
Huk, tsiky.
sPeí ping...
27. Among the Chinese at the straits of Malacca, the cholera broke out in 1819, and raged
violently, as it did subsequently in other places in its westward course. In Canton, cases are
said to occur almost every year; but the disease is not known ever to have raged here, or in
any part of China, with that dreadful mortality so common to it in Europe and in Western Asia.
39. Diseases of the skin are very numerous among the Chinese. Their mode of dressing,
and the little use made of the bath, are two of the principal reasons for their frequency. The
shirt is unknown to the Chinese; and their under dress, of whatever description it may be, is
504
CHAP. XVI.
MEDICINE.
拿
​40. Cystitis, or inflamma- 膀胱​熱
​tion of the bladder.
41. Dandrif. Pityriasis.
42. Deafness. Surditas.
43. Dementia, or madness.
44. Dentition.
45. Diabetes.
46. Acute disease.
47. Chronic disease.
48. Dislocation, or luxa-
tion.
49. Dumbness. Mutitas.
50. Dysentery, or flux.
51. Earache. Disease of
the ear.
52. Ectropium, or turning
out of the eyelids.
53. Enteritis, or inflamma-
tion of the intestines.
54. Entropium, or turning
in of the eyelashes.
55. Epilepsy.
56. Eruptions.
57. Erysipelas. Ignis sacer.
58. Fainting, or syncope.
59. Fever. Febris.
60. Intermittent fever. Fe-
bris intermittens.
61. Remittent fever. Fe.
bris remittens.
62. Glaucoma, or
green-
ness of the vitreous humor.
63. Gonorrhoea.
64. Gout. Arthritis, or Po-
dagra.
65. Granulations.
頭​枯​皮
​耳聾
​顛狂​症 ​發​熲
​乳牙
​發​尿​淋
​初起​之​病
​痼疾 ​固​病
​跌​出​骨
​啞
​痢​症 ​紅​白痢
​耳痛 ​耳​病
​顴​毛​反​出
​腸​熱
​顴​毛​倒​插
​發痒​吊
​癍​疹
​天​泡​瘡
​口
​燒​病​身​熱症
​寒熱​往來
​發​冷​發熱​瘧疾
​眼珠​變綠
​白濁
​酒​風​脚
​肉芽
​sPhóng kwóng ít.
Tau ckú spí.
í slung.
(
Tin skwéng ching. Fát,
tín.
Yü ¿ngá.
Fát, níú? slam.
Chó “hí chí ping”.
Kú' tsat₂. Kú' ping².
Tít, ch‘ut, kwat.
‹Á.
Lí ching”. Hung pải, lí.
It'ung'. Í ping.
K'ün mò 'fán ch'ut,.
Ch'éung ít,.
K'ün mò ‘tò ch áp).
Fát, syéung tíú'.
Pán 'ch'an.
T*ín phò chóng.
Shat, 'hau.
〈Shíú ping? Shan it. (Pan
ching'.
Hón ity Swóng sloi.
Fát, slang, fát, ít¿. Yéuk2
tsat2.
Ngan echi pín' luke.
Páky shuk2.
"Tsau fung kéuk,.
Yuk> <nga.
seldom changed. In their ancient literature, there is mention made of the bathing-tub, on which
the sages had their maxims engraved; but public baths seem never to have existed in this
country, and private ones are not common, nor much frequented.
59. The kinds of fevers enumerated by Chinese nosologists are numerous, but it is almost im.
possible to denote their differences so as to distinguish the several species.
SECT. 2.]
505
NOSOLOGY.
i
66. Gravel, calculus,
stone.
67. Hepatitis, or inflamma.
tion of the liver.
68. Hernia.
69. Hernia.
70. Hiccup. Singultus.
71. Hemoptysis, or spit.
ting of blood.
72. Humpbacked.
or
73. Hydrocele, or dropsy
of the scrotum.
74. Hydrophobia. Rabies
canina.
75. Ichthyosis, or scaly
skin.
76. Idiotism.
77. Imperforate meatus au-
ditorus.
78. Incontinence of urine.
79. Indigestion.
80. Inflammation of the
iris. Iritis.
81. Inflammation of the
cornea. Corneitis.
82. Itch.
83. Jaundice. Icterus.
84. Lameness.
85. Leprosy. Lepra.
86. Leuce, Alphus, or Le,
pra.
87. Leucorrhoea.
88. Lichen simplex, or the
tetter.
89. Lippitudo, or blear
eyedness.
90. Loss of memory.
91、Madness. Mania.
92. Mania potu, or delirium
tremens.
砂​淋
​肝​熟
​跌​打出​腸
​小腸​氣
​打​咽
​痰​有​血 ​吐血
​駝背
​卵​脬​水​脹
​傴​者
​狂犬​傳染​症
​生​蛇皮​魚鱗​皮
​不省人事
​無​竅​耳
​尿急​症
​不消化
​眼​黑​睛​赤​熱
​眼​外​睛​赤​熟
​乾​癩 ​癩​瘡
​發​黄​症
​跛脚
​痲瘋​發瘋
​白食
​流​白帶
​疔​瘡
​爛​眼​邊
​症​师
​症​疖
​怔忡
​顛狂​症​顛戆​症
​發​酒​顛
​Shá lam.
Kón ít.
Tít, tá ch'ut, ch'éung.
'Síú ch'éung hí'.
Táit).
Tam yan hüt. Thüt,.
Tó púi'. 'Ü 'ché.
'Lun fú 'shui chéung'.
Kwong hun
chün im
ching'.
Shang sshé spi. Ü lun pi.
Pat, sing yan sz?.
Mò kíú í.
Níú? kap,ching.
Pat› ‹síú ‹fá.
Ngan hak, ctsing chik, it2.
Ngan ngoi? ctsing chik, ity.
Kón lái. Lái ch óng.
Fát, swóng ching'.
Pai kéuk.
Má fung. Fát, fung.
Pák, shik,.
sLau pák, tár.
Fó ting chóng.
Lán² éngán pin.
Ching' <ch'ung. Ching'
<ch'ung
Tin skwong ching. Tin
óng ching.
Fat tsau tín.
74. Hydrophobia seems to be almost unknown among the Chinese. Somewhere among the
clauses or notes which accompany the Penal Code, there is mention made of the kw'óng hun, or
mad dog. But instances of canine madness, few in this part of the country have ever witnessed.
CHI. CHR.
127
506
[CHAP.XVI.
MEDICINE.
93. Miasmatic contagion.
94. Measles. Rubeola.
110. Palsy. Paralysis.
111. Pestilence.
95. Menses, or Menstrua.
tion.
經​水 ​每月​水
​96. Menorrhagia.
血​山崩
​97. Muscæ volitantes.
眼花
​98. Nebulæ, cloudy spots
蘿蔔​花
​on the corners of the eye.
99. Neuralgia (?) or dis-
ease of the nerves.
筋​病
​100. Odontalgia, or tooth.
ache.
牙​症
​101. Ophthalmia.
眼 ​1
102. Acute ophthalmia.
新​患​眼
​103. Chronic ophthalinia.
遠​年​患​眼
​眼​膠
​104. Purulent ophthalmia.
105. Rheumatic ophthal 瘰​癧​眼疾
​mia.
106. Serofulous ophthal.
眼​風​病
​mia.
107. Gonorrhoeal ophthal- |色眼
​mia.
108. Otorrhea, or a dis- 生​耳​睜
​charge from ear.
109. Palpitation of the
heart.
112. Petechiæ.
113. Piles. Hemorrhoids.
114. Pneumonia, or inflam.
mation of the lungs.
115. Polypus of the ear.
116. Nasal polypus.
117. Pox, or syphilis.
118. Small-pox.
瘴​癘
​麻​症
​心跳
​癱瘓
​瘟疫​疫症
​癍​症
​痔瘡
​癆​疾
​耳​花
​鼻中​瘜​肉
​疔
​痘
​出​痘
​Chéung lai.
Lam ching'.
King 'shui.
Hiüt, shan pang.
Ngán fá.
sLó pák: cfá.
Kan ping.
Nga ching'.
Ngán ching.
San wán? Śngán.
sÜn nén wán ngán,
Ngan ckáu.
'Ló lik, ngán tsat.
Ngan fung ping².
Shik, ngán.
l
Shang sí tsing².
Sam t'íw.
Tán ún².
‹Wan yik. Yik, ching',
Pán ching'.
Chí «chóng.
sLò tsat:.
sĺ cfá.
P? chung sik, yuke.
Ting.
Tau². Chut, tau².
Üt, shui.
93. The phrase, chéung lai is used to denote both the disease, miasmatic contagion, and the
miasma from which it originates. Other phrases are to be found used in the same manner.
99. Though kan ping may be the proper and the best term to denote disease or pain of the
nerves, yet it is exceedingly doubtful whether the term is generally understood as applying only
to this class of diseases.
!
?
SECT. 2.]
507
NOSOLOGY.
119. Chicken-pox.
cella.
120. Prickly heat.
121. Prolapsus recti.
122. Prolapsus uteri.
123. Pterygium, or excre-
scence upon the eye.
124. Ptosis, or inability to
raise the eyelid.
Vari.
125. Closed pupil, with de.
127. Rheumatism.
Tút, chóng chí ching.
Síu chán. Lók, toi. Há
ctoi.
Lò yukeepeán ctsing.
Tsing sp'í chui² há?.
Tung syan pai hộp.
Hau slung tung.
Fung shap..
128. Ringworm, or Tinea
Kam tsín sín.
capitis.
129. Scorbutus, or scurvy.
<Shang ‹tsü.
130. Scrofula.
Ló like.
131. Sea-sickness.
Wan lông. Au lòng”.
132. Near-sightedness.
Kan shí ‘ngán.
133. Far-sightedness.
遠視​眼
​©Yün sh? Śngán.
134. Shingles, or Herpes 腰帶​獬​圍腰​癬 ​dú tár sín. sWai áú sin.
zoster.
135. Sleepiness of the foot.
脚​痺
​Kéuk, pí'.
position of lymph.
126. Quinsy. Cynanchea 喉嚨痛
​tonsillaris.
風濕
​136. Stammering, or stut
tering.
137. Staphyloma, or projec.
tion of the cornea.
138. Strabismus, crosseyed,
or squinting.
139. Strangury.
140. Stone.
141. Suffocation by drown
ing.
水泡
​熱​痱 ​痱子
​脫肛​之​症
​小產​落​胎​下​胎
​老​肉​扳​睛
​睛​皮
​下
​瞳人​閉合
​142. Syphilis.
143. Tetanus, or lockjaw.
金錢​癬
​生​疽
​'Shui p'áu'.
Ít, fai'. Fai' 'tsz'.
瘰​癧
​運​浪 ​嘔​浪
​近視眼
​'Hau kat,.
口吃
​凸​眼珠​大​眼珠 ​Tat éngán chii. Táingán
'chu.
斜視​眼
​fTs'é sh? Śngán.
小便​热​痛
​膀胱​大​砂​淋
​溺水​痰壅
​生​疔
​口噤​牙關​緊閉
​Síu pín ít, trung.
sPóng kwóng tái sha slam.
Nik, shui st'ám (yung.
Shang cting.
Hau kam. Ngá ckwán
'kan pai'.
147. Vaccination appears to have been entirely unknown to the Chinese, until introduced
in 1805, by Alexander Pearson, esqo, surgeon of the East India Company's factory, who both
vaccinated numbers himself, and wrote a small tract in explanation of the theory and art: it was
translated into Chinese by sir George Staunton. From that time to the present, an efficient
vaccine establishment has been maintained at Canton, first under the care of doctor Pearson,
and subsequently under a native gentleman, He qua, who was initiated and well instructed in
the business by the founder of the institution. From Canton, the practice has spread into
508
[CHAP.XVI.
MEDICINE.
144. Tinnitus aurium, or
ringing in the ears.
145. Tumors.
146. Ulcers and sores.
147. Vaccination.
148. Venereal ulcers.
149. Vertigo, or giddiness.
150. Warts and corns.
151. Worms.
152. Wounds.
153. Xeroma, or dryness
of the eyes.
耳鳴
​肉瘤
​瘡
​種痘
​楊梅​瘡
​頭​運​眼花
​雞眼
​1. Whatsoever things are
produced in the world,—birds,
beasts, creeping things, and
fishes, which are generated,
and have blood and breath;
likewise flowers and trees,
which are generated, but are
without blood and breath ;
虫虫
​傷處​傷
​無​淚眼 ​亁​眼
​several, if not most, of the provinces of the empire, and the tract has also been widely circulated,
the Chinese publishers carefully suppressing its foreign origin.
Section Third.
í ming.
Yukeslau.
Chtóng.
Chung tau.
sYéung múi ch óng.
☆Trau wan² éngán fá.
Kai éngan.
152. External diseases, and especially those injuries which are caused by violence, called
shéung, do not usually form a distinct class with the Chinese. And surgery, or chirurgery, as a
distinct science, a separate branch of the healing art, is quite unknown to native physicians;
there is not, probably, one in the empire who would venture to attempt to open a vein, or to
amputate a finger.
Ch'ung. Wai' ch'ung.
Shéung chi). (Shéung.
Mò lui ngan. Kónéngán.
MATERIA MEDICA.
百​藥​類​第三​章
​I Pak, yéuks lui?; tail sám chéung.
凡​天下​生物​飛
​獸​虫魚​生​而​血
​氣​者​也​如​草​如
​木​生​無​血氣​者
​Fán tín há shang mat,
fí shau², schung, si, shang
sí hiit, hp ché sya. Yi tsò,
syü muk, ‹shang mò hüt,
Notes and Explanations.
THE Materia Medica of Lí Shíchan, often mentioned and quoted in the preceding pages, is
comprised in forty octavo volumes, divided into fifty-two chapters. The 1st and 2d chapters con-
sist of introductory matters; and with them are included the Mán Fóng Kám Sín, noticed in
the preceding section;---the whole filling seven volumes. The 3d and 4th contain lists of medi-
cines for the cure of all diseases, which fill three volumes and a half. The 5th chapter treats of
NECT. 3.]
509
MATERIA MEDICA.
and also inanimate objects,
such as rocks and hard iron,-
all these can be used as healing
medicines. Those examined
in the Materia Medica of Lí
Shíchan, amount to one thou-
sand, eight hundred, and se-
venty-one kinds.
2. The notable arrangement
in the work of Shannung.
3. Of the first class of me.
dicines there are 120 kinds,
which are sovereign, and the
chief supporters of human life,
thereby resembling heaven.
They are not poisonous, and
however freely or constantly
used they are harmless. If you
would exhilirate the body, and
improve the breath, and re-
tard the approach of age, use
this first class of medicines.
4.'Of
the second class
there are 120 kinds, which are
ministering servants, and the
chief supporters of human na-
ture, therdby resembling man.
Some are poisonous and some
not, and they ought to be
used with caution. If you
wish to check disease, and
restore those who are thin
and emaciated, use the second
class of medicines.
也​頑​然​如​石堅
​然​如​鐡​者​皆可
​作為​醫藥​也
​諸​李時珍​本草
​得​一千​八百​七
​十​一種
​神農​本​經​名​例
​上​藥 ​百​二十
​種​為​君主​養命
​以​應​天​無毒​多
​服​久服​不​傷人
​欲​輕身​益氣​不
​老​延年​者​本​上
​經
​中藥​一百​二十
​種​為​臣​主​養​性
​以​應​人​無毒​有
​毒​斟酌​其​宜​欲
​遏​病​補虛​羸​者
​本​中​經
​hf ché ya.
hí
Wán amon
shik, kín sín
sü tí, 'ché,
‹kái hó tsókɔ wai ó véuk,
yá. Háu clrü Lí Sh
chan Pún Tsò tak, Val
J
¿ts'ín pát, pák, tsat, shap,
yat, chung.
Shan nung 'pún cking ming
lai².
Shéung² yéuke yat, pák,
shap, ‘chung, wai ‹kwan, ‘chu
yéung ming², í ying 'in.
sMù tukz ctó fuk kau fuk:
Yuk:
pat, cshéung syan.
ching shan yik, hr, pat, In
cín nín 'ché, pún shéung
cking.
Chung yéuk, yat, pák, í
shap: chung, swai sshan, chir
yéung sing, í ying' syan.
Mo
SMò tuk Syau tuke, ccham
chéuk, skí sí. Yuk, át,
ping, pò chết gúi chế,
'pún ‹chung ‹king.
1
waters; the 6th, of fires; the 7th, of earths. In chapters 8, 9, 10, and 11, metals and rocks are
described. Chapters 12 to 37 inclusive, are devoted to the vegetable kingdom. The 38th
treats of garments and domestic utensils. The remaining chapters, from the 39th to the 52d,
treat of the various tribes in the animal kingdom. The preceding chapters fill thirty-nine vo-
lumes; the fortieth is filled with dissertations and notices respecting the pulse. The properties
of the articles discussed are considered in a very methodical manner, so that the student can
immediately turn to a plant or mineral, and ascertain its virtues by a moment's inspection. Thus,
the properties of the various parts of a horse are treated of under twenty-four heads, in which the
qualities and efficacy of the viscera, hair, hoofs, &c., &c., are described. See Chinese Reposi-
tory, Vol. VII., page 393.
The shop of an apothecary in Canton is said to contain usually not less than three hundred
medicines; yet the most intelligent of the Chinese affirm that forty or fifty only are absolutely
necessary in medical practice. In the streets and markets, there are numerous stalls in which
are exposed for sale a great many fresh and dried vegetable substances, which have never been
received into any European pharmacopæia. Most of these, together with whatever other
articles can be gleaned from the kingdoms of nature, and are used in the materia medica of
the Chinese, may be found enumerated in the chapters on natural history.
CHI. CHR.
128
510
[CHAP. XVI.
MEDICINE.
5. There are 125 kinds of
medicines of the third class,
which are assistants and a-
gents, curing diseases, thereby
resembling earth. They are
poisonous, and ought not to be
much used. If you wish to
remove cold or heat, correct
bad breath, or break up con-
gestion, or cure disease, use
the medicines comprised in
this class.
6. These three kinds being
united make three hundred
and sixty-five, corresponding
[in number] to the three hun-
dred and sixty-five degrees into
which the zodiac is divided,
one degree answering to one
day, and so completing a
year. This number doubled,
will give seven hundred and
thirty names.
7. Medicines have sove-
reigns, ministers, assistants,
and agents, by which they pro-
mulge and receive. An har-
monic union ought to have
one sovereign, two ministers,
three assistants, and five
agents; also one sovereign,
three ministers, and nine as-
sistants and agents, is a good
combination.
S. There are medicines
which are to be used alone;
others must be used together;
some are to be employed as
agents; some stand in awe of
cach other; and among some
下藥​一百​二十
​五種​為​佐使​主
​治病​以​應​地​多
​毒​不可​久服​欲
​除​寒熱​邪氣​破
​積聚​愈​疾​者​本
​下​經
​合​三百​六
​十五​種​法​三百
​六​十五​度 ​度
​應​一日​以​成
​一倍 ​三
​歲​倍​其​數​合​七
​百​三十​名​也
​藥​有​君臣​佐使
​Há² yéuk, yat, pák, í shap,
"'ng 'chung, wai tsó sz
chii ch? ping² sí ying' t?.
$
Tô tuk,pat, hó kau fukz.
Yuke schii shón it, sts'é hô,
pfó’tsik, tsii? i tsat che.
pún há? king.
Sám pan hóp, ‹sám pák:
luk, shap, s’ng chung, fát
‹sám pák, luk, shap, 'ng tò',
yat, to ying' yat, yat, si
sshing yat, su?. Peái ski
sho' hóp tstat, pák› ‹sám
shape sming Sya.
宜​一​君​二​臣
​臣​三
​佐​五​使​又可
​君​三​臣​九​佐使
​也
​藥​有​單行​者​有
​相​須​者​有​相​使 ​seung sz
者​有​相​畏​者​有
​ܙܙ
Yéuk: 'yau ckwan, sshan, ts6',
sz”, ‘í ‹séung ‹í ship, hóp, ¿wo
以​相宜​攝​合​和 ​ii yat, ckwan, gshan, csánı
tsó’, ’ng sz”; yau? (hó yat,
‹kwan, ‹sám shan, kau tso'
sz" sya.
Yêuk, yau tán shang chế;
'yau ‹séung ‹sii 'ché; yau
cséung sz”(ché; 'yau séung
wai' 'ché; 'yau «séung '
2—6. This arrangement-by tradition attributed to Shannung-is more curious and fanciful
than rational or useful; it is here introduced, from the sixth volume of the Materia Medica,
as a specimen of those imaginary systems, which are still adhered to by the Chinese as tena-
ciously as they ever were by western physicians of olden times.
7. What may have been, or what can ever be, the advantage of such a distribution of medi-
cines, the Chinese physicians do not explain, nor is it easy to imagine. The theory is founded
on the constitution of the state, but the relation in numbers is not very well maintained, there
being only two or three ministers for a sovereign. There are other systems of a somewhat similar
nature, in which the domestic relations of father and son, elder and younger brothers, &c., are
introduced.
学
​S. Of the 365 kinds of medicines forming the system of the celebrated Shannung, 71'are to
be used alone, 12 are to be used with each other, 90 are employed as agents, 78 stand in awe of
cach other, 60 are repulsive or hate each other, 18 are opposites, and 36 neutralize each other.
Tags madera
SECT. 3.]
there is mutual repulsion; oth-
ers there are which are oppo-
sites; and also some neutralize
each other. Whenever medi-
cines with these seven natures
are to be mixed together for
use, it will be well to employ
those which associate and assist
each other; but you must not
employ those which repel and
are opposites one to the other.
If a malignant case is to be
treated, employ those which
stand in awe of or neutralize
one another; otherwise you
must not use the medicines to-
gether.
9. Medicines have acidi-
ty, saltness, sweetness, bitter-
ness, and acridness, which are
their five tastes: there is
the acidity of vinegar; the
saltness of salt; the sweetness
of liquorice; the bitterness of
rhubarb; and the acridness of
pepper.
10. They also have the pro-
perties of cold and heat, of
warmth and coolness: for ex-
ample, the cold of gypsum;
the heat of cassia; the warmth
of oily nuts; and the coolness
of the oil of peppermint.
11. There are the four smells
of fragrant, fetid, frowzy,
and rank; thus aloes, san-
dal-wood and musk have a fra-
grant smell; garlic and as-
safetida have a fetid smell;
fowls, fish, ducks, snakes, &c.,
MATERIA MEDICA.
相​惡​者​有​相反
​者​有​相​殺​者​凡
​此​七情​合​和​視
​之​當​用​相​須​相
​使者​良​勿​用​相
​惡​相反​者​若有
​毒​宜​制​可用​相
​畏​相​殺​者​不​爾
​勿​合用​也
​藥​有​酸​鹹​甘苦
​辛​藥​之​五味​醋
​之​酸​食​之​鹹
​甘草​之​甘​大黄
​之​苦​花椒​之​辛
​又有​寒热​温凉
​性​如​石膏​之​寒
​桂皮​之​熱​夏
​之​温​薄荷​之​凉
​香臭​腥臊​四​氣
​如​沉​檀​麝​則​其
​氣​香蒜​與​阿魏
​則​其​氣​臭​雞​魚
​511
C
'ché; 'yau séung fán 'ché:
yau ‹séung shát, ché. Fán
'ts'z' ts'at, 'tsing hóp, wo shi
chí đóng yung sáung si
séung sz" 'ché léung; mat
yung séung ú séung fán
'ché. Yéuk, yau tuk, í chai'
hó yung' séung wai' séung
shát, 'ché, pat, í mat hop,
yung? vá.
.
A
Yéuk, yau sin, hám, ‹kóm,
<).
fú, san, yéuk, chí ng mí :
tờ chí sun; shik, sớm chi
chám; kóm ts ò chí chó:
tái wóng chí fú; đá trú
«chí san.
Yau yau shin, ít, wan,
léung, sing” : su shik, chò chí
shin;kwai sphí chí ít,; pún
há chí wan; pók chó chí
¿léung.
<Héung, ch'au', ‹sing, ‹tsò, sz"
hí': ‹ù ch'am, tán, shé,
tsak› ‹k'í hí' ‹héung; sun'‹ü
‹ó ngai³, tsak› ‹k'í hí' ch'au' ;
These seven natures, properties, qualities, or passions-are apparently imaginary; they have
never been recognized in European books, nor can they be very accurately described.
9. Tastes, with the Chinese as with Europeans, are very numerous, and vary in kind and
strength to an extent almost interminable. An accurate classification of them is impracticable.
Those here enumerated are easily understood and recognized, and, with the subdivisions, they
quite sufficient for all useful purposes. There is another distinction, that of agreeable and
disagreeable, instinctively recognized by brute animals; the first being for the most part whole-
some and nutritious, while those composing the second are hurtful.
10. These qualities are constantly referred to in Chinese medical works; the third and fourth
appear to be merely modifications of the first and second,-being the same in kind and differing
only in degree.
11. Heung and ch'au are common words to denote such smells as are grateful or offensive,
whatsoever may be their source. Sing is the smell which proceeds from animals when disem-
512
[CHAP. XVI.
MEDICINE.
have a frowzy smell; foxes,
have a rank smell.
12. Medicines operate three
ways, by causing perspiration,
vomiting, and purging.
13. There are six incura-
ble cases. The self-indulgent
and the profligate, unreasona-
bly violating propriety, is the
1st case; the inconstant and
the covetous, is the 2d case;
the unsuitably clothed and fed,
is the 3d case; the constitu-
tion which has its functions
deranged, is the 4th case; the
emaciated who is unable to
take medicines, is the 5th;
and the believer in enchant-
ments, who has no faith in
physicians, is the 6th case.
鴨​蛇​則​其​氣​腥
​狐狸​則​其​氣​臊
​有​三​治​日​汗​日 ​|
吐​日下
​有​六​不治​驕​恣
​不論​干​理 ​不
​治​輕身​重​財
​不治​衣食​不適
​三​不治​陰陽​臟
​氣​不定​四​不治
​形​羸​不能​服藥
​五​不治​信​巫​不
​信​醫​六​不治
​病​有​六​失​失​于
​不知
​14. Disease may prove fa-
tal in six ways;-in the 1st
place, by its not being examin-
ed; in the 2d, by its not be-
不​密​失​于​不​信
​ing acknowledged; in the 3d, 失​于​不過​時​失
​by its being neglected; in the
4th, by the bad choice of a phy-
于​不​擇​醫​失​于
​sician; in the 5th, by his not
understanding the disense: if 不​識​病​六​失​有
​there exist one of these six
causes of failures, then the
郭為​難治
​cure will be difficult.
15. The nature of medi.
cines requires that some of
藥性​有​宜​九​者
​宜​散​者​宜​水煮
​them be used as pills, others
ought to be used as powders,
others boiled in water, others
should be steeped in wine, and
others fried in fat; and there
inay also be materials that re-
者​宜​酒漬​者​宜
​膏​煎​者​亦有​一
​‹kai, sü, ápɔ, ‹shé, tsak› ‹k'i
hí ‹sing; cú lí tsak› ‹k'í hi'
ctsò.
Yau sám chỉ, ut, hón, it
l'ò', üt, há³.
Yau lukę pat, cht. Kíú tsz”
pat, lun² ckón lí, yat, pat,
ch; ching shan chung
cts oi, 1 pat, chứ ; shik, pat,
shik,, sám pat, chí; yam
syéung tsóng² hipat, ting²,
sz” pat, cht; sying lúi
pat, nang fuk, yéuk,, "ng
pat, chí; sun mò pat, sun
cí, luk> pat, ch².
?
Ping? (yau luky shat,: shat,
sü pat, sham; shat, sü pat,
sun’; shat, sü pat, kwó’sshí;
shat, sü pat, cháky í; shat,
si pat, shik,ping²; luky shat,
‘yau yat, tsik swainán ch?.
Yeuk, sing' yau sí sün 'ché;
sí sán² ché, sí shui chi
'ché, sí 'tsau tsik, 'ché, sí kồ
‹tsín 'ché, yik, 'yau yat, matɔ
bowelled; tsò is the rank, strong, effluvia from animals in heat, and the peculiar odor given off
by some of the canine animals.
14. This is quoted from the sixth volume of the Pun Tsò, page 50; and appears to be a frag-
ment of some one of the ancient authors, who had named six ways in which disease might
prove fatal; but in the book from which it is quoted, no reason is assigned for the omission
of one of the six.
15. The Chinese have their treatises on regimen, in which are rules for the attainment of
long life. One of these is divided into four parts; the 1st treats of the heart and affections,
the 2d treats of food, the 3d of business, and the 4th of rest by sleep. These treatises comprise,
with some things that are fanciful, many very useful remarks, which are evidently the result
of careful observation and long experience.
¡
SECT. 3.]
513
MATERIA MEDICA.
quire a combination of these
modes. Some there may be
which cannot be used with
hot water or wine. Always
have regard to the nature of
the medicine, that it may not
be resisted or disregarded.
16. Because all things may
be used in the materia medi-
ca, it is unnecessary to enu-
merate them in detail; but
some of them are taken and
compounded and mixed so as
to form a new medicine, which
is then known by a new
name. Of such the following
are the most important.
17. Absorbents.
18. Acetous.
19. Aliments.
20. Aromatics.
21. Octo-genii, or octo-an-
gelic cakes.
物​秉​宜​者​亦有
​不可​入湯​酒​者
​並​隨​藥性​不得
​違​越
​萬物​皆可​作​藥
​石​用​也不​消​繁
​叙​乃​有​以​泡
​製劑​斯​成​妙
​藥​名​以​新​方​此
​以下​凡​最​重​者
​渗濕​收​濇​之​劑
​有​醋​的
​食物​養​物
​味​類
​八仙​糕
​kím í ché. Yik, yau pat,
hó yap, tóng tsau chó.
Ping tsui yéuk, sing', pat,
tak, 、wai ütɔ.
Mán² mat, kái hó tsok,
yéuk, shik, yung' Syá, pat,
‹síú fán tsü'; nái yau sí
chí pháu chai mái tsai,
sz' ¿shing míú' yéuk, ming
í san fong. 'Ts'z' í ha
fán tsui' chung 'ché.
Sham shap.. Shau shik,
chí tsai.
Yau isò' tik,.
Shik, mat. Yéung mat.
Mí' lui².
Pát, ‹sín ‹kò.
16. The articles-mineral, animal, and vegetable-comprised in the Materia Medica of Lí
Shichan, are severally described in the following order. Taking for an example, táiwóng, or
rhubarb, which is the 1st article in the 4th family of the 1st order of vegetable productions, in
vol. xx, chap. 17; it is treated under eight distinct heads, the whole description occupying seven
leaves, or 14 octavo pages. Under the 1st head, shik ming, the Chinese scientific name and the
synonyms by which it is known are explained. Under the 2d, tsáp kái, there is a collection of ex-
planations, comprising the history and botanical description of the plant. Under the 3d, ching
ng, are corrections of errors, and instructions for preventing the improper use of the article as a
medicine. Under the 4th, sau ch'i, the mode of preparing it for use is detailed. Under the 5th,
hí mí, its taste, smell, etc., are noticed. Under the 6th, chu chí, its masterly operations, i. e. its
specific virtues as a medicine, are enumerated. Under the 7th, fát ming, is given a clear ex-
position of its uses, in other words, its rationale. Under the 8th and last head, fú fnóg, there is
a list of recipes, with the names of the maladies for which it is a remedy. There is some variety
in the mode of describing different articles; thus, the roots, branches, flowers, secretions and
fruit of a tree, if each is to be used separately as a medicine, will have its own description.
So in describing animals; the various organs and secretions are treated of under separate heads,
enabling the student immediately to refer to any part he wishes to examine. In the main, how-
ever, the above order is preserved throughout the book.
17. These two terms, sham shap, and shau shik chí tsai, are applied to those medicinal
substances which have the faculty of withdrawing moisture from the atmosphere, or any object
to which they are applied. They seem also to be applied sometimes to those medicines which
have no acrimony in themselves and neutralize acidity in the stomach and bowels, such as mag-
nesia, prepared chalk, &c. The word tsai is, in its correct application, confined to compounded
medicines.
18. The words yau tik, belonging to, or possessing the quality of, occurring in the phrase you
15'd tik, is a common mode of expressing a quality or nature, indicated in English by ous, ish, &c.
This phrase may serve as a model for forming or rendering other similar sentences.
CHI. CHR.
123
514
[CHA P.XVI.
MEDICINE.
22. Carbonaceous powders.
23. Cathartic.
24. Caustic.
25. Chemist, or druggist(?)
26. Cinchona bark,
27. Diuretic.
28. Emetic.
29. Enema.
30. Ferment.
31. Hartshorn.
32. Iron filings.
33. Liquor of divine heal.
ing.
34. Lixiyiun.
35. Lotions,
36. Medicine.
37. Myrrh.
38. Ointment,
39. Oil of peppermint,
40. Panacea.
41. Pill.
42. Plaster.
43. Potion
the stomach.
for warming
44. Powder.
45. Prescription.
46. Refrigerants.
47. Sudorific medicines.
百草霜
​泄瀉​之​劑
​艾​茸
​丹​家
​金雞​勒
​動​小便​的​藥
​嘔吐​之​劑
​以​藥​硬​納​便道​中
​釀
​鹿茸
​鐵
​聖​愈​湯
​堅​水
​洗​藥 ​洗滌
​藥
​沒​藥
​膏
​薄荷油
​藥​萬​病
​藥丸 ​丹
​膏藥
​温​胃​飲
​散
​藥方​子
​清熱​的​藥
​發表​之​劑
​1
Pák, 'tsò sé ung.
<
Sít, sé chí tsai.
Ngái syung.
Tán ‹ká.
Kam ckai laky.
Tung' 'síú píntik, yéuk,.
‘Au tò chí tsai.
sỉ yéuk, ngáng” náp, pín
tờ chung.
Yéung².
Luke syung.
Tít, sít,.
Shingyii?tfóng.
Kín shui.
Sai' yéuk. 'Sai tik¿-
Yéuk.
Mútzyéuk2.
cKò.
Pókz shó syau.
Yéuk, mán² ping².
Yéuky sin. Tán,
‹Kò yéuk,.
Wan wai' 'yam.
《
Fan. Sán.
Yéuk, <fóng 'tsz'.
“Tsing ít, tik, yéuk.
Fát, píú «chí sai.
33. Recipes for many kinds of cakes, liquors, lotions, pills, powders, plasters, etc., with sundry
directions for using them, may be found in the Golden Mirror; see chap. LXII.
V.
1
!
SECT. 4.]
515
ANATOMY.
1. Abdomen; the part be-
low the diaphragm is called
the abdomen, or vulgarly the
belly the part below the um-
bilicus is called the small ab-
domen.
2. Acetabulum, the cup-like
cavity of the os innominatum.
3. Adipose substance, or the
fat.
4. Alveolar process.
ANATOMY.
骨節​臟腑​第四​章
​Kwat, tsít, tsóng' 'fú; tai² sz" chéung.
5. Ankle; below the bones
of the leg, and above the top
of the foot, on the two sides,
there projects out a high bone;
the one on the outside is the
externus malleolus, and the
one on the inside is the inter-
nus malleolus. Vulgarly, they
are called the foot's eyes.
6. Anus.
7. Arms is the general de-
signation of the two large
limbs on the upper part of the
Section Fourth.
腹​者​膈​之下​日
​Hồ # 2 TH | Fuk, ché, kák, chí hạ út,
fuk, tsuk, ¿ming üt, tò;
腹​俗名​日​肚臍
​stsz chí há ut, síu fuk.
之下​日​小腹
​髀​樞​環​跳​穴 ​處
​膏​肉
​牙​藏​骨
​踝​者​骨​之下
​足​附上​兩旁
​突出​高​骨​在外
​為​外踝​在內​為
​內踝​俗​曰​脚​眼
​肛門 ​穀​道
​臂​者​上身​兩大
​肢​之​通稱​也​一
​Pí ‹sh'ü, swán tíú' üt,
ch'ü'.
Kò yuk.
.Ngá ch óng kwat.
Wá' 'ché, shang kwat, chí
há tsuk, fú chí sheung
léung phóng tat, ch'ut, chủ
kwat,; tsoi ngoi²¿wai ngoi²
wá', tsoi' noi' wai noi wá'.
Tsuk, it, kéuk, ngán.
Kung mún. Kuk, to².
Pí² 'ché, shéung' <shan léung
tái chí chí tung ching
Notes and Explanations.
WHILE anatomy is admitted by western physicians to be the basis of medical science, it is by the
Chinese almost wholly unknown and neglected. The single fact that dissection is seldom if ever
attempted in this country is evidence enough to prove that there cannot be any very accurate
knowledge of the human frame and its functions. Animal physiology is of course, but partially
understood. This section comprises, with few exceptions, only such terms as are in use among
the Chinese, and well-understood by them. From the nature of the case, it is very limited-those
names being for the most part excluded from it which, though well-known by foreigners, are
not recognized by the Chinese, and vice versa. A very few new terms have been admitted,
and where much doubt exists as to the correctness of any such it is indicated by a point of inter-
rogation. Some account of the human body has already been given on preceding pages; see
chapter II. In the Golden Mirror, noticed on page 499, human anatomy occupies several
chapters, commencing with the 80th, in which the principal parts of the osseous system are
named, and the names anatomically defined. A similar list of terms and definitions occurs in
the Lui King, or Medical Cyclopedia, by Chéung, vol. XVII.
1,7. These definitions of the abdomen and arms are copied verbatim from the Golden Mir-
ror. The latter definition, though it is very deficient and even erroneous in regard to the po-
sition and size of the ulna and radius, yet clearly points to them in the ching fú í kwat, as the
primary and secondary bones of the fore-arm.
516
[CHAP.XVI.
MEDICINE.
body; they are also called
kwang, and vulgarly, yikp' 6k.
The joint in the middle of
the arm, where the bones in
the upper and lower part of
the arm are joined together,
is called the elbow. The bone
above the elbow is called the
humerus. The bones below
the elbow are called the fore-
arm: the bones of the fore-
arm are two, a primary and
a. secondary; the secondary
(or the ulna) is joined above, is
short, small, and inclined out-
wards; the primary (or radi.
us) is articulated at the lower
end, is long, large, and inclin-
ed inwards. At
At the lower
extremity they both join the
bones of the wrist.
8. Arteries. (?)
9. Articulations; place that
can be bent and straightened.
10. Astragalus, ankle-bone,
or sling bone. (?)
11. Auditory foramen.
12. Axilla; vulgarly called
the arm-pit.
13. Basilar process of the
temporal bone.
14. The gall-bladder.
15. The urinary bladder.
16. Blood vessels. (?)
17. Bones of the head.
18. The brain is the mar-
row of the head.
19. Internal canthus, or
inner corner of the eye.
20. External canthus, or
outer corner of the eye.
21. Capillaries. (?)
22. Capsule of the lens.
23. Cardiac orifice of the
stomach.
名曰​肱​俗名​肐
​膊​肐膊​中​節​上
​下​骨​交接處​名
​日​肘​肘​上​之​骨
​日​臑​骨​肘​下​之
​骨​日​臂骨​臂​:
二​骨​輔
​有​正
​骨​在​上​短​細​偏
​外​正骨​居​下​長
​大​偏​内​俱​下​接
​腕骨​也
​脈​筋
​鉸​可​曲​可​直​處
​核​骨
​耳​吼
​腋​俗名​肐肢窩
​完​骨
​1
yá; yat, ming int ckwang,
tsuk,ming yik,peók. Yik,
pok, chung tsít, shéung há
kwat, cháu tsíp, chi, ming
út, chau. ‘Chau shéung chí
kwat, üt› ‹nò kwat,.
'Chau
Mak) 〈kan.
Káu';
ch'ü'.
Hat, kwat,.
sí dung.
Yiky tsuk, sming yik, chi wo.
Ün kwat..
Tám.
胆
​膀胱
​sPóng kwóng.
maky.
經絡​經脈​絡脈 ​King loks. King maks. Lók,
頭骨
​T'au kwat,.
腦​者​頭骨​之​髓
​眼​頭 ​內​眥
​眼尾​外​眥
​小​血​筋
​眼珠​胎
​胃管​口 ​賁門
​há chí kwat, it, pí kwat,
pí? kwat Syau ching' fú?, ?
kwat; fú? kwat, tsoil shéung?
tün sa' pfín ngoiz; ching
kwat, ki há chéung tái
cpín noiz. Kühá? tsip, ‘ún
kwat, syá.
'hó huk, 'hó chik,
Nò ‘ché, stau kwat, chí
'tsui.
SNgan st'au. Noi² ts'z”.
Ngan Smi. Ngo: tsz”.
'Síú hut, kan.
Ngán chu toi.
Wai? (kún Chau. Panmún.
17. Terms for designating the bones of the head, bones of the back, and those of all other
parts of the body, are formed by joining the word kwat to these several parts respectively; an
enumeration of them, therefore, is unnecessary.
SECT. 4.]
517
ANATOMY.
24. Carpal bones are those
small bones situated where
the hand and the wrist are
joined together.
25. Cartilages (literally,
Alexible bones).
26. Ensiform cartilage of
the sternum, or the bone co-
vering the heart. This sub-
stance is a cartilaginous bone,
and is situated at the bottom
of the sternum, and between
the divisions of that appen-
dage.
27. Caruncula lachryma lis,
gland in the corner of the eye.
28. Cellular tissue, or the
texture of animal organs.
29. Cerebellum, or little
brain.
30. Cerebrum, or brain.
31. Cerumen, or ear-wax.
32. Chamber of the eye,
anterior. (?)
33. Chamber of the eye,
Posterior. (?),
34. Cheeks.
35. Cheek-bones (or the
ossa malarum) are the promi-
nent square bones which form
the upper part of the cheeks.
36. Chin.
37. Covering or base of the
chin.
38. Choroid coat, or second
tunic of the eye. (?)
39. Cilia, or the eyelashes.
40. Clavicle is a bone out-
side of the top-ridge of the
sternum, above the cartilages
of the ribs, commonly called
the collar-bone. Interiorly it
joins on the upper ribs, exter-
nally it joins upon the top of
the shoulder joint.
41. Cochlea, or spiral bone
of the ear.
碎骨​者​在​掌​腕
​交接處
​脆骨
​鸠​尾​者​印​蔽​心
​骨​也​其​質​係​脆
​1 在​胸骨​之下
​岐​骨​之間
​眼​頭​肉
​網​膏
​小​腦漿
​腦漿
​耳​臘
​眼前​方
​眼​後方
​頰
​觀者​面​兩旁​高
​起​之​大​骨​也
​下​把
​Súi kwat, ‘ché, tsoi chém ng
ún cháu tsíp, chi.
Ts'ui' kwat,.
Kau 'mí 'ché, tsik, pai' sam
kwat, yá. K'í chat, haj
tsf ui’kwat,tsoil chung kwat:
chí há kí kwat, chí chán.
*Ngán tau yuk
Móng chò.
Síú ³nd ‹tséung.
$Nò tséung.
Í láp₂•
Ngan ststin fong.
Ngán hau fóng.
Káp.
¿K'ün 'ché mín
chò chí chí tái
*
í no? ló kwat,.
léung spong
hwat, yá.
Há² 'pá.
Hoi 'ché, tsik, há pá hok,.
Ngán tsing noi hak, spi.
K'ün smd.
頭​者​帥​下​把​殼
​眼睛​內​黑皮
​顴​毛
​挂​骨​者​膺​上​缺
​盆​之外​俗名​鎖
​kwat,
Ch'ü
ché ying
shéung? hiit,spún cchi ngoi²,
tsuk, ming só 'tsz' kwat,
yá. Noiz tsíp, swáng kwan,
子​骨​也​內​接​横 ​ngo? tsip,ckín kái Sya.
vá
骨​外接​肩​解​也
​耳​内​螺​骨
​26. Kau mí literally signifies dove's tail, which this cartilage resembles, and from which it
derives its name. Tsui kwat is the white elastic substance growing to the bones, commonly call-
ed gristle; ki kwat is a forked bone.
40. Ch'ii kwat is a transverse bone, and is commonly called by the Chinese, as in Europe, the
só tsz' kwat, or the key bone; hüt p'ún seems to denote the upper ridge of the sternum.
烹
​CHI. CHR.
130
518
[CHAP.XVI
MEDICINE.
bong Man deat
42. Concha, or trumpet of
the ear.
43. Condyles of the femur.
44. Conjunctiva oculi.
45. Conjunctiya corneæ.
46. Conjunctiva palpebræ.
47. Cornea, or anterior trans-
parent convex part of the eye.
48. Crystalline lens.
49. Dermis.
50. Diaphragm,
51. Nasal duct.
52. Lachrymal duct.
53. Lactiferous duct.
54. Dura mater, or thick
membrane around the brain.
55. Elbow.
56. Enamel. (?)
57. Epidermis, or scarf.
skin.
58. Epiglottis.
59. Eyeball.
60. Eyelids.
61. Fauces, (?) or larynx.
62. Fibula, or long bone of
the leg.
63. Finger bones.
64. Fontanelle; this is in
the front part of the skull. In
infant children when just born,
before the bone is closed up,
it is called the fontanelle; but
| 蔽​者​耳​門​也
​連​骸
​眼睛​膜
​眼​盖​内膜
​眼​外​睛​膜
​眼​外​1
眼睛​珠
​網​皮
​膈​者
​鼻​管
​眼淚​管
​出​乳​管
​腦漿​韌​膜
​手​拗
​牙​皮
​薄皮
​會厭​者
​眼睛
​目​胞
​喉嚨
​成​骨 ​骶骨
​指​1
匈​門​顛​前​之​頭
​骨​也​小兒​初生
​末​闔​名​日​匈​門
​Pa' ché í smún syá,
sLín shoi.
SNgan tsing mók..
Ngán koi noi mók.
Ngan ngoi? ctsing mók..
Ngan ngoiz ctsing.
Ngán tsing chu.
sMóng speí.
Kák, 'ché.
Pí kún.
SNgan luiz (kún.
Ch'ut, 'yü 'kún.
5Nò ctséung yan'mók..
Shauau.
¿Ngá spí.
Poke speí.
ÚP ím' 'ché.
Ngán «tsing.
Mukz <páu.
sHau slung.
Shing kwat. Kón?kwat.
'Chi kwat,.
帶
​Sun mún tín sts in chi
sť'au kwat, ‘yá. 'Síú í ‹ch'o
shang mit hóp, sming iity
47. Of the internal structure of the eye, it is generally believed by Europeans, that the Chi-
nese have no very extensive or accurate knowledge; the terms, therefore, which are used in this
section to designate internal parts of that organ, must be received with caution. The statement
somewhere advanced, that Chinese physicians many centuries ago operated for the cure of the
cataract seems incredible, and unsupported by any good authority.
63. Under the head of chi kwat, the Chinese arrange not only the phalanges of the fingers.
but also the metacarpal bones.
盲
​SECT. 4.519
·}]
ANATOMY.
·
after it is closed it is called the
fontanelle bone, i. e. the co-
vering of the celestial spirit.
65. Foramina, or small o-
penings.
66. Fossa, sinuses, or small
cavities and depressions.
67. Frontal bone, or highest
bone of the head.
68. Frontal eminences.
69. Frontal line.
70. Gizzard of a fowl.
71. Lachrymal glands.
72. Meibomian glands of
the eye.
73. Parotid glands.
74. Submaxillary glands.
75. Salivary glands.
76. Sublingual glands.
77. The glenoid cavity of
the scapula.
78. Gums.
79. Hair on the head.
80. Hair on the body.
81. Hair on the upper lip,
or mustaches.
82. Hair on the temples.
83. Hair on the cheeks, or
whiskers.
84. Hair on the chin, or
beard.
85. Ham, or hollow under
the knee.
已​闔​名​日​匈​骨
​天靈蓋
​卽​吼​穴
​顛​者​頭頂​也
​頭角
​額顱​･
鷄​腎
​眼淚​核
​眼​邊​小​核
​牙​鉸​下​1
寢​核
​口水​核
​舌下​1
肩胛骨​頭​白
​口​斷​所生​之​骨
​髮毛​髭​鬚髯
​鬍鬚
​鬚
​膝​凹 ​膕 ​腿​凹
​sun’smún;í hopy ming iit.
sun’kwat, tsik, ifín ling
k'oi'.
Lung.
Üt.
Tin ché, st'au ting Sya.
Tau kók,.
Ngak slò.
Kai 'shan.
Ngán lui hat
Ngán pín siú hat..
Ngá káu' há hat₂.
Ts'am hat..
'Hau 'shui hatɔ.
Shíty há? hat..
Kín káp, kwat, st'au ‘k'au.
Hau chan shó shang chí
kwat,.
Fát,.
sMò.
Tsz`.
Pan'.
Ím. ‹Ú ‹sü.
Sii.
Tsat, au. Kwok. Túi áo.
1
66. The term üt is not confined to this single meaning, but is very often employed to denote
certain parts of the body, supposed to be under the particular influence of one of the dual prin-
ciples yam and yéung.
71.76. The glands of the human body are but little understood, and but poorly described by
Chinese physicians; there may be other names for them besides those here given, and further
investigations may show that hat is not the best term for gland.
86. The heart and its appendages are described and illustrated at considerable length in the
Golden Mirror; see chap. 82, which is wholly occupied with this one subject. The heart is there
considered as the seat of human intelligence, fulfilling the functions of sovereign lord in the
empire of the human system. The other principal organs of the body are also described at length
in the same work.
520
[CHAP. XVI.
MEDICINE.
--
86. Heart.
92. Instep.
87. Heel of the foot.
88. Os calcis, or he elbone.
89. Helix, or rim of the ear.
90. Ilium, or haunch bone.
91. Incus, or anvil-bone of 耳​内​砧​骨
​the ear.
脚背
​跗​骨
​小腸
​大腸
​瞳人​外​黑​睛
​健​骨
​頰​車
​上​牙​藏​牙​骨
​下​牙牙​1
內​腎
​膝​解
​膝盖​骨
​淚​管​袋
​骨
​脚​囊
​肝
​肝​眼
​胗
​93. Small and great intes-
tines.
94. Iris, or colored part of
95. Ischium, or hip-bone.
96. Jawbone.
97. Upper jawbone, or su-
the eye.
perior maxillary bone.
98. Under jawbone, or in-
ferior maxillary bone.
99. Kidneys.
100. Knee-joint.
101. Knee-pan, or patella.
102. Lachrymal sack.
103. Leg.
104. Calf of the leg.
105. Liver.
106. Parenchyma of the li.
ver.
107. Loins.
108. Lungs.
109. Malleus,
bone of the ear.
110. Mamme or the breasts.
or
心
​脚踩
​跟骨
​耳​郭​者​耳輪​也
​腰​髁​骨
​111. Angle of the inferior
maxillary process.
112. Medulla spinalis, or
spinal marrow.
肺
​hammer 耳​內​錘 ​骨
​奶​乳
​脚​梗
​曲​骨
​脊髓
​Sam.
Kéuk, chang.
Kan kwat,.
sĺ kwók, 'ché í lun 'yá.
ĺú wa' kwatɔ.
³Í noi² ‹cham kwat,.
Kéuk,púr. Fú? kwat,.
Siú sch'éung. Tái'schféung.
Tung syan ngoil hak, tsing.
Kín' kwat,.
Háp, ché.
Shéung
kwat..
Há² ¸ngá káu' ‚ngá kwat›.
Noi² sshan.
Tsat, 'kái.
Tsat, k'oi' kwat,.
Lui 'kún toi².
Hang kwat,. Kéuk, kwang.
Kéuk, snóng.
Kón.
Kón Sngán.
.Châu.
ngá chóng ngả
Fai'.
Í noi sch'ui kwat,.
Nái. Yü.
Huk, kwat,.
Tsik, 'sui.
103. The parts of the leg, and especially the tibia and fibula, like the principal parts of the arm,
are described in the medical works of the Chinese; in which, attempts are sometimes made to
give the dimensions, shape, and weight, of the bones.
!
↓
SECT. 4.]
521
ANATOMY.
113. Membrana tympani,
or tympan of the ear.
114. Muscles. (?)
115. Muscles of the eye.
116. Nails of the fingers.
117. Nameless bones. Os-
118. Nares anterior, or out-
sa innominata.
er nostril.
119. Nares posterior.
120. Nates, or buttocks.
121. Navel, or umbilicus.
122. Nerves. (?)
123. Olfactory nerves. (?)
124. Optic nerves. (?)
125. Nerves of the eye. (?)
126. Occipital bone,
or
bone on the back of the head.
127. Occipital bones.
128. Occipital protuber-
ance.
129. Esophagus, or gullet.
130. Orbicular bone, or
round bone in the ear.
131. Orbital foramen, or
socket of the eye.
132. Os pubis.
133. Os coccygis.
134. Palate, or velum pala-
tinum.
135. Palpebrae.
136. Parietal
or
bones,
bones on the sides of the head.
137. Pelvis.
i
耳膜
​肉​筋
​眼​肉​筋
​手​甲
​臀​骨
​外​鼻​吼
​內​鼻 ​1
屁股
​後​枕骨
​腦後​1
枕骨
​咽​者​飲食​之​路
​耳​內​樞​骨
​眼​吼
​下​横​骨​横​骨
​尾閭 ​骶​端
​懸雍垂​卽​碓​嘴
​眼​盖
​sf móke.
Yuk, kan.
*Ngán yuk, han.
Shau káp,.
Tün kwat,.
頂​骨
​波羅​盖​骨
​Ngoi pí lung.
Noi?_p?lung®
Prkú.
Ts'z'.
臍
​筋
​Man hí' kan.
聞​氣​筋
​總​筋​目​系 ​Ngán tsung ckan. Mukz
hai.
眼​內​筋
​Ngan noi? ckan.
Hau' 'ch'am kwat,.
Nò hau² kwat.
Kan.
Ch'am kwat,.
Ít, ‘ché ‘yam shik, chỉ lò.
Í noi² sh'u kwat,.
Ngán lung.
2
Há wáng kwat,. Wảng
kwat,.
Mí li. Tar tiin.
114. The Chinese appear to be entirely ignorant of the muscles, unaware that there are in
the human body distinct portions of the flesh, which, susceptible of contraction and relaxation,
are in their natural healthy state subject to the will.
122. Of the nerves also the Chinese are ignorant, excepting in such respects as a knowledge
of them is obtainable without dissection. It should be remembered, however, (and it may be
here once for all remarked,) that with regard to the exact extent of the knowledge actually pos-
sessed by the Chinese, foreigners are but poorly informed.
Ün
n 〈yung sshui, tsikschúi
'tsui.
Ngán koi.
"Ting kwat,.
Póló k'o kwat,-
CHI. CHR.
131
522
[CHAP.XVS.
MEDICINE.
138. Pericardium, the bag
that surrounds the heart.
139. Pharynx,
or top of
the gullet.
140. Pia mater, or soft co-
vering of the brain.
141. Pleura.
142. Pomum Adami, or
Adam's apple.
143. Puncta lachrymale.
144. Pupil.
145. Pylorus, or inferior
opening of the stomach.
146. Rectum.
147. Retina,
148. Ribs, or costæ,
149. False ribs.
150. First ribs,
151. Cartilages of the
ribs. (?)
152. Sacrum.
153. Sclerotica, or white
of the eye.
154. Shoulder blade, or
scapula.
155. Shoulder bone, or hu.
merus.
156. Human skeleton.
157. Anterior view of the
human skeleton.
158. Posterior view of the
human skeleton.
159. Skull, or cranium.
160. Sole of the foot.
161. The back is the ge-
neral designation given to the
back part of the body, from
the principal vertebrae down.
wards and above the loins;
心包​絡
​咽喉
​腦漿​脆​膜
​肺​膜
​喉​欖
​淚​吼​尖
​瞳人
​幽門
​闌​門
​臟​督 ​直腸
​眼​網
​Sam pfáu lók,.
Ít, shau.
飯​匙​骨
​臑​骨
​A 1
正面​骨​度​部位​圖
​背面​骨​度​部位​圖
​骷髏
​脚板​膛
​背​者​後身​大椎
​以下​腰​以上​之
​通稱​也​脊​者​脊
​Nò ctséung tsui'mók..
Fai mók,.
sHau lám.
Lui lung tsím.
Tung syan.
Yau smún. sLán smún.
Tsóng? tuk,. Chik, sch'éung.
Ngán móng.
Híp, lak, kwat.
Kwai híp.
脇​肋骨
​季​脇
​上​横​骨
​Shéung' swáng kwat,.
膺
​Ying.
尾​龍骨​尻​骨 ​Milung kwat. Kú kwat..
眼白
​sNgan pák.
Fán' shí kwat,.
.Nò kwat,.
Yan kwat,.
|
Ching mín? kwat, tò? pù=
sted.
Pú mín² kwat, tò? pò wais
steò.
‹Kú lau.
Kéuk, pán stróng.
Púi ‘ché haushan tái’sch'u
í há² íú ¹í shéung² chí ‹tung
c
ch'ing 'yá; tsik, ché tsik
157. Most of the Chinese works on medicine have pictoral illustrations of the human body;
but these are exceedingly rude, and for the most part very inaccurate, not excepting those
published by the Medical College at Peking.
161. A more detailed account of the spine may be found in the Golden Mirror; see chap. 89.
The general divisions correspond pretty nearly with those in European books.
SECT. 4.]
523
ANATOMY.
the backbone is the vertebral
column; and is commonly call.
ed the ridge-pole of the back
(or the spine).
162. Stapes, or stirrup-
bone of the ear.
163. Sternum, or breast
bone.
164. Stomach.
165. Tarsus, or instep.
166. Tarsus, or cartilage
of the eyelids.
167. Superior tarsi. (?)
168. Inferior tarsi. (?)
169. Teeth are commonly
called ngá.
170. Canine teeth.
171. Incisor teeth.
172. Molar teeth.
173. Crown of the tooth.
174. Body of the tooth.
175. Fang of the tooth.
176. Temporalbone, or bone
on the corners of the head.
177. Temporal ridges.
.
178. The thighs is the ge-
neral name given to the two
great limbs which form the
lower extremities of the body;
they are vulgarly called the
thigh and the leg. The mid.
dle joint, where the upper and
lower bones are joined toge.
ther, is called the knee.joint.
The bone above the knee is
called the os femoris, or great
bone of the thigh; the bones
below the knee are called the
leg bones (tibia and fibula) or
the great bones of the leg.
膂​骨​也​俗名​脊
​樑 ​1
耳​內​馬蹬​骨
​胸骨
​胃
​脚背​骨
​目​綱
​眼​上​脆骨
​眼下​脆​]
齒​者​俗名​日​牙
​虎牙
​門牙
​大牙​槽牙
​牙​頂
​牙​身
​牙​脚
​魂​精​骨 ​鬢​骨
​額​顱
​股​者​下身​兩大
​肢​之​通稱​也​俗
​名​大腿​小腿​中
​節​上下​交接處
​名曰​膝​膝上​之
​骨​日​脾​骨​股​之
​大​骨​也​膝下​之
​骨​日​胗​骨​脛​之
​大​骨​也
​lü kwat yá; tsuke;ming
tsik, sléung kwat,.
sí noi² má tang' kwat,.
¿Hung kwat,.
Wai'.
Kéuk, púi' kwat,.
Muk〉 〈kóng.
*Ngán shéung tsui kwat.
*Ngán há ts'ui kwat,.
Ch'í ché tsuke sming it
snga.
Fú sngá.
sMún snga.
Tái sngá. Tsò ngá.
Nga 'ting.
sNgá shan.
¿Ngá kéuk,.
Wan tsing kwat,. Pan'
kwat,.
Ngák, lò.
Kú ché, há? shan léung
tái chí chí tung ching
Syá; tsuke sming tai túi, siú
túi. Chung tsít, shéung” há-
ckáu tsip, chügming iit
tsat.. Tsat, shéung² ‹chí kwat›
ut, pí kwat,, kú chí tái
kwat, ‘yá; tsat, há cchi
kwat, it, shang kwat, king)
chí tái kwat, yá.
2
169. Teeth are seldom extracted by the Chinese, unless they are in such a state that they
can be easily removed without the use of forceps,-to which recourse is had only in extreme
As dentists, native physicians have very little skill.
cases.
524
[CHAP.XVI.
MEDICINE.
179. The thigh bone (or os
femoris) is the great bone
above the knee. The, upper
head of it is like a pestle, and
is received into the acetabu-
lam; the lower head is like
a mallet, and is articulated
with the bones of the leg.
180. Thorax, or chest, is
a collective designation of the
bones of the breast.
181. Tibia, or bone of the
leg.
182. Ureter, or duct lead.
ing from the kidneys to bladder.
183. Uvea, or posterior
lamina of the iris.
184. Veins.
185. Vertebral column, or
backbone.
186. Vertebræ.
187. Cervical vertebræ.
188. Three upper cervical
vertebræ.
189. Dorsal vertebræ.
190. Lumbar vertebræ.
191. Vitreous humor of the
eye.
192. Vomer is the beam (or
partition) of the nose, i. e. the
'root of the hill.'
193. Windpipe, or trachea.
194. Wrist; this is so nam-
ed because that part where
the fore-arm and bones of the
hand are joined together,
easily bends and turns.
髀​者​膝上​之​大
​也​上端​如​杵
​接​於​髀​樞​下端
​如​鎚​接​於​脆骨
​鹘​者​胸​之​眾
​骨​名​也
​脚​梗​骨
​内​腎​管​通​膀胱
​瞳人​內​黑​睛​皮
​血​筋
​脊骨
​脊​1節 ​5 椎
​頸 ​1
項 ​1
背 ​1
腰​1
眼睛​內​之​水
​頞​者​鼻梁​山
​根​也
​喉​者​通​聲息​路
​腕​者​臂​掌骨​接
​交​處以​其​宛​屈
​故名​也
​Pí ché, tsat, shéung? chí
tái? kwat, śyá. Sheung² tiin.
sü sch'ü tsíp› ‹i 'pí ‹sh'ii;
há? tin sü schúi tsip, ii
chang kwat,,
Ót, kón ché, chung chí
chung kwat, sming yá.
Kéuk, kwang kwat,.
Noil shan (kún ctfung spfóng
kwóng.
Tung yan noi' hak› ‹ts'ing
sp'í.
Hut, kan.
Tsik, kwat,.
Tsik, kwat, tsít,. Chtui.
(King kwat,.
Hóng? kwat,.
Pú?kwat,.
ĺú kwat,.
Ngán tsing noi chí shui.
Át, ché pí? sléung, tsik,
shán ckan syá.
Hau ché t' ung gshing sik, lò2.
Ún 'ché pí' 'chéung kwat,
tsíp, ckáu chi', í kí ún
wat,, kú?sming yá.
184. Veins and arteries are not distinguished by the Chinese-at least foreigners have not
been able hitherto to ascertain that they make any distinction between them: lók mak, and king
mak, scem to include the whole system of blood vessels, without indicating that it is twofold-
having a system of arteries for carrying the blood outward, and a system of veins for returning
it back to the heart.
SECT. 5.]
525
SURGERY.
•
;
1. The term chirurgery
denotes an application of the
hands to bones and ten-
dons which have been injured,
so as to cause restoration to
their former state. But since
the injuries may be slight or
severe, they severally require
appropriate modes of treat-
ment; and the slowness or
rapidity with which they may
heal, also whether or not any
disease or escars supervene
and remain, all depend on the
securing appropriate modes
of chirurgical treatment, which
appropriate modes may be
wholly wanting, or they may
be defective in their applica-
tion.
2. Explanations of the
eight chirurgical operations.
3. The first is called feel-
ing. Feeling is the very care-
ful use of both hands, in rub-
bing them on the parts which
are injured, in order to as-
certain whether bones are
141 14
外 ​治​法​第五​章
​Ngôi chứ fát,; tại “ng chéung.
broken, or are splintered into
sinall pieces, whether they are
Section Fifth.
SURGERY.
夫​手法​者​謂​以
​兩手​安置​所​傷
​之​筋骨​使​仍​復
​於​舊​也​但​傷​有
​輕重​而​手法​各
​有所​宜​其​痊​可
​之​遲速​及​遺留
​殘疾​與否​皆​關
​乎​手法​之​所​施
​得宜​或​失其​宜
​或​未盡​其​法​也
​手法​釋義​有​八
​日​摸​法​摸​者
​用手​細細​摸​其
​所​傷​之​處​或​骨
​斷骨​碎骨​歪​骨
​Fú shan fát, 'ché, wai
éung shau ón chí sho
shéung chí chan kwat,, sz
‹ying fuk, ‹yü kau² yá. Tau
shéung yau ching churig.
'shau fát, kok, yau sho
«í; chi sun hó chí hi
tsukɔ, kapɔ ¿wai dau ¿ts' an
tsat, vü 'fau, kái kwán zú
shau fát, chí shó shí tin,
sí, wak, shat, ‹k'í sí, wákɔ un
tsun' ‹k'í fát, sya.
'Shau fát, shik, í² yau pát;.
Yat, ut, mók, fát›. Mók, 'ché,
yung' 'shau sai' sai' mók, k'i
'shó shéung chí ch'i', wák,
kwat, stun, kwat, súi, kwal,
Notes and Explanations.
THESE quotations, from the 87th chapter of the Golden Mirror, will afford a variety of technical
phraseology appropriate to the department of surgery, and will show at the same time how limit-
ed and how defective is the knowledge of the Chinese on this subject. Ngoi chí means external
practice, surgery, or that branch of the healing art which has for its object the healing of ex-
ternal diseases. In the practice of midwifery, among the Chinese, the accoucheur's functions
are always performed by women, and usually by those who from experience and success in the
art have acquired celebrity.
1. Chirurgery is a fair equivalent for shau fát, which literally means, hands' laws; or more
freely, the methods of applying the hands, and hence the operations performed by the hands,
which they reduce to eight.
3. The examination of the body, as here described, is always restricted to its external sur-
face; and even in the dead subject no attempts are made to acquire a knowledge of the internal
structure of the system, or of the character of the diseases by which it is attacked and destroyed.
CHI. CHR.
132
526
[CHAP.XVI.
MEDICINE.
in or out of place, or whether
they have become too weak
or too hard; or whether the
tendons are too stiff or too
limber, whether they are in
place or not, or whether they
have been broken or have
been distorted, or are enlarg
ed, or are reversed, or affected
with cold or heat; also whe.
ther the injury be deep or
superficial, light or serious,
likewise whether the injury
be recent or of long standing.
Having first by feeling as-
certained whether the injury
has been caused by a fall, or
by a sprain, or by a blow, then
apply the remedy according
to the diagnosis.
4. The second is the re-
duction of fractures. This is
defined to be the causing of
bones broken asunder, after
being brought together and
made fast in one place, to re-
turn again to their former
state. Whenever there is a
dislocation of a bone caused
by a fall or injury,-whether
be broken into two distinct
parts, or whether it be fractur-
ed and drops down, or be di-
vided into numerous small
parts and scattered, or split
into a fork and protrudes out
upon the side, carefully con-
sider its form and appear-
ances, and then very gradual-
ly reduce it: thus cause that
which was broken to reunite,
that which was fallen down
to reascend, that which was
divided into small pieces to
coalesce and consolidate, and
that which was elevated to be
restored to its former level.
Whether the operation is to
be performed with the hands
or with instruments alone, or
A p
正骨​輭​骨​硬​筋
​強筋​柔​筋​歪​筋
​正​筋​斷​筋​走​1
粗 ​1 翻 ​1 寒 ​1
熱​以及​表裏​虛
​實​並​所​患​之​新
​舊​也先​摸​其
​為​跌​撲​或​為​錯
​閃​或​為​打​撞​然
​後​依法治​之
​二​日​接​法​接​者
​謂​使​已​斷​之​骨
​合攏​一​處​復歸
​於​舊​也​凡​骨​之
​跌傷​錯落​或​斷
​而​兩​分​或​拆​而
​陷​下​或​碎​而​散
​亂​或​岐​而​傍​突
​相​其​形勢​徐徐
​接​之​使​斷​者​復
​續​陷​者​復​起​碎
​者​復​完​突​者​復
​平​或​用​手法​或
​用​器具​或​手法
​器具​分​先後​而
​wái, kwat, ching', kwat
siin, kwat, ngáng; kan
skéung, ckan syau, ckanewái,
ckan ching', ckan stiin, ckan
'tsau, kan ‹ts'ú, ‹kan ‹fán,
ckan shón, ckan it;. í kap.
píú, li, chi, shat, ping
shó wán chí san kau ấy.
(Sín moky sk'í wake swai tít.,
pók, wake swai tsók, shím.
wak: swai tá chóng², sín hau
ét fát, chí chí.
1
I iit, tsíp, fát.
wai? sz Sí stun
Tsip, ché
chí kwat,
hóp, slung yat, ch'ii', fuk¿
kwai u kau² Syá. Fán
$
kwat, chí tít, shéung tsok,
lók,, wák, tün sí léung fan,
wak, chít, sí hám há”, wá
súi í sán' lün², wák, sk'í st
sp'óng tut,; séung' skí sying
shai', ch'ü sch'ü tsíp, chi:
'sz' 'tun 'ché fuk, tsuk,;
hám ché fuk, hí; súi ché
fuk, siün; tut ché fuke sp'ing.
Wák, yung shau fát,, wak
yung hí' kii', wak, 'shan
fat, h' ki², fan sin hau? 1
:
4. The word tsíp here indicates what kind of reduction is intended by the phrase isíp fai,
rules of joining,-i. e. the reduction of bones which have been not simply displaced, and only
need to be restored, but of such as have been so ruptured or broken as to need to be (tsíp) joined
or reiinited. There may be numerous cases in which perfect success attends the reduction of
fractures performed by native practitioners, but the cases of failure are not few, and in some in-
stances the injury is rendered incurable and fatal through their malpractice; some of them are a
sad comment on the surgical skill of the "profession" in this country.
SECT. 5.]
527
SURGERY.
•
暑
​with both, first one and then
the other, or both together,
must be left to the surgeon's
discretion.
5. The third is the reduc-
tion of dislocations. In per.
forming this kind of reduction,
with one or both hands grasp
fast hold of the part which is
to be reduced, and then mind.
ful of the character of the in-
jury light or severe, either
from below bring up the bone
to its place, or from outwards
move it inwards to its posi-
tion, either in a straight or a
transverse direction [accord-
ing to its natural situation].
For when the bones have been
removed from their natural
situation, they must be reduc-
ed by exertion of the hands;
then without any long lapse
of time, the bones will regain
their points and be united.
They ought to be neither flat-
tened nor projected, and then
when healed there will be no
deformity from their being too
long or too short, or at all
uneven.
6. The fourth is the eleva-
tion of depressed bones. By
this is meant the raising up
and restoring to its proper place
a bone that has fallen down.
The rules for doing this are
not uniform. Sometimes both
hands are employed to ele-
vate it; sometimes a.cord
or a bandage is used to fasten
it up to some high place; and
after it has been elevated, an
apparatus is used to support
it, to prevent its again falling
down. It is necessary to con-
sider whether the injury is
light or severe, superficial or
deep, and then to regulate
the treatment accordingly. If
the injury is severe and the
i
兼用​之​是​在​醫
​者​之​通達​也
​三​日​端​法​端​者
​或​用​兩手​一手
​檎​定​應​端​之​處
​酌​其​重​輕​或​從
​下​往上​端​或​從
​外向​内​托​或​直
​端​斜​端​也​盖​骨
​離​其​位​必​以​手
​法​端​之​則​不待
​曠​日​遲​久​而​骨
​縫合​仍須​不
​偏不​倚​庶​愈​後
​無​長短​不齊​之
​患
​四日​提法提​者
​謂​陷​下​之​骨​提
​出​如​舊​也​其​法
​非​一​有用​兩手
​提​者​有用​繩​帛
​繫​高處​提​者​有
​提​後​用​器具​輔
​之​不致​仍​陷​者
​必​量​所​傷​之​輕
​重​淺深​然後​施
​kím, yung chí, shí tsoi-
ché chí tung tát, yá.
Sam üty tiün fat,. Tün
'ché wák, yung' léung shau
yat; ‘shau sk'am ting² ying
tün chí ch'ü', chéuk, sk'í
chung ching, wák, stsung há
swóng shéung² tiin, wák:
¿tsung ngoi héung' noi² tók,,
wák, chik, ‹tün ‹tsé ¿tün ¹yá.
K'oi' kwat, slí ‹k'í wai² pít, j
shau fát, tin chí, tsak, pat,
toi kwong' yat, sch'í 'kau, sí
kwat, sfung tsik, hópz. sYing
‹si pat› ‹pín pat, í shi' yù
hau² smd schéung tin pat,
sts'ai chí wán.
Sz” üit, ¿t'ai fát». Tai ‘che
wai hám há chíhwat), tai
ch'ut, syii kau? sya. Key fit
fi yatb. Yau yung? léung
shau st'ai ché; Syau yung:
‹shing pák, hai² ‹kò ch'i'sťài
stai
'ché; “yau tai hau' yung? hi’
ki fứ chí, pat, chỉ vùng
hánm?ché. Pit, leung sho
shéung chí chúng chung.
tsín shan, sin haul shíchu.
5. The reduction of a dislocation, or 'the displacement of the articulatory portion of a bone,
from the surface on which it was naturally received,' seems here intended. Cases of luxation,
as might be expected in the hands of the Chinese surgeon, fare no better than those of fracture,
Usually and for the most part both are miserably treated; and many times, slight injuries, by
being neglected or ill-treated, are never cured.
528
[CHAP. XVI.
MEDICINE.
i
the injury be slight and the ele
vation great, then, although
the old complaint may be re-
moved or cured, yet still a
new one will supervene.
elevation is slight, then the 治​倘​重​者​輕​提
​malady cannot be cured.
If
7. The fifth is the depres-
sion of elevations; this is done
by moving the hands down-
wards, so as to press the part
in that direction.
8. The sixth is trituration,
which may be defined a gra-
dual moving and rubbing of
the hands.
9. The seventh is protru-
sion. This may be defined
a pushing outwards with the
hands, so as to cause any
part [out of place] to be re-
stored.
10. The eighth is grasping
or tension. This may be
defined the taking hold with
one or both hands of the in-
jured parts, and then, with due
regard to the condition of the
wound, gradually reduce them
to their former situation.
11. General observations on
surgical apparatus. In cases
of bruises, contusions, lace-
ration, and other wounds,
although you do employ the
hands to dress them, it may
yet be feared lest, all not be-
ing done which is necessary,
that the pain of the cure will
not be less than if no cure
were attempted; in such cases
it cannot be said that the
principles of the healing art
are clearly understood.
P M M
則​病​莫能​愈​輕
​者​重提​則​舊​患
​雖​去​而又​增​新
​患​矣
​五日​按​法​按​者
​謂​以​手​往下​抑
​之​也
​六日​摩法摩​者
​謂​徐徐​揉​摩​之
​七日​推​法​推​者
​謂​以​手​推​之​使
​還​舊​處​也
​八日​拿​法​拿​者
​或​兩手​一手
​定​患處​酌​其​宜
​輕​宜​重​緩緩​焉
​以​復​其​位​也
​器具​總論​跌​撲
​損傷​雖​用​手法
​調治​恐​未盡​得
​其​宜​以致​有​治
​如未​治​之​苦​則
​未可​云​醫理​之
​周詳​也
​Tóng chung ché ‹hing tai
tsak, ping' mok, nang yu',
ching ‘ché chung? t'ai tsak,
kau wán sui hủi, cá yau
tsang san wán² sí.
sí shau swóng bá
sy á.
“Ng üt, ón' fát,; ón' 'ché wai'
yik, chi
Luke itz cmó fats; mó ché
wa? <chii schii syau sméchi.
Tsat, ut, túi fát; túi ché
wai 1 shau túi chi 'Sz'
swán kau? chir sya.
Pát, ut ná fát,; ná ché
wák, ‘léung ‘shau yat, ‘shau
níp ting wán chi, chéuk,
sk'í ¿í ‹hing áí chung² ún² ún²
sin sí fuke skí wai? yá.
Tit,
Hi kü' 'tsung lun'.
pok, sin shéung, sui yung²
shau fát, tíu chí, chung mi
tsun² tak, skčí sí, í cht yau
chứ syu mí chỉ chí tu;
lí chí
tsak, mí hó swan
cchau stséung Sya.
1
3–10. These eight explanations are, as they here stand, somewhat abridged; the student is
therefore referred to the Mirror for a fuller account of the chirurgical operations of the Chinese.
In the original, however, the compilers do not pretend to give more than an outline of the subject.
11. Surgical apparatus is here limited and poor, and poorly applied, in the hands of Chinese
doctors. Necessity has extorted from them some few articles, but they are very badly de-
signed and executed. Ten, mentioned and described in the Golden Mirror, seem to constitute
the circle of their chirurgical apparatus, and are noticed in the sequel.
!
529
SECT. 5.]
SURGERY.
12. Wherefore, according
to the shape of the body in all
its various parts, respectively
and separately considered,
prepare apparatus properly
adapted to these parts, so as
to supply that which cannot
be effected by the hands; and
by these means, that which is
displaced will be restored;
that which is high will be
brought to its proper level; and
that which has fallen down
will be raised up to its place.
Then the alarming prognosis
may turn and become quiet-
ing; and the wounds which
were dangerous will be view.
ed with unconcern.
13. And in the second place
you must avail yourself of the
efficacy of medical remedies;
and also direct that there be
16. The broad supporter
consists of a piece of cow-
hide, five inches long and
three inches broad, and with
爱​因​身體​上下
​正​側​之​象​製​器
​以​正​之​用​輔​手
​法​之​所​不逮​以
​冀​分​者​復合​欹
​者​復​正​高​者​就
​其​平​陷​者​升​其
​位​則​危​證​可​轉
​於​安​重傷​可就
​其​輕
​再​施以​藥餌​之
​功​更​示​以​調養
​之​善​則​正骨​之
​道​全​矣
​paid a strict regard to regi-
men. Then the ways and
means of curing the bones will
be perfect.
14. Bandages are made of 裹​帘​以​白布​為
​white cloth. When the na-
ture of the wound is such that
之​因​患處​不宜
​it admits no other dressings,
it is then requisite to bind it
up with cloth; dressings of
this form having come into
vogue, they were accordingly
named bandages. Their size
long or short, broad or narrow,
must be gauged according to
the nature of the wound.
15. Beater; this is a wood.
en cudgel, one foot and a half
long, in diameter about an
inch; or if it be of the dimen-
sions of a baker's roller it will
suffice.
他​器​只​宜​布​纒
​始​為​得法​故名
​裹​帘​其​長短​濶
​狹​量​病​勢​用​之
​振​梃​帥​木棒​也
​長​尺​半圓​如​錢
​大​或​麵​杖​亦可
​披肩​用​熟​牛皮
​·塊​長​五寸​寬
​Ün
n cyan shan Wai shéung=
há ching’ chak, chí tréng,
chai hí í ching” chí, yung
fú? shau fat chí sho piatr
ta';íkT fan ché fuk:
hópz; ck'í ché fuke ching:
ckò ché tsau² ckí spring;
hám²(ché, eshing ki wait.
Tsak, ngai ching' 'hó chun
cyii cón; chung² shéung he
tsau? çk'í ching.
Tsoi' shí í véuk: n? cchu
chung; hang” shí sĩ st in
ㄑ​yéung chí shín².
ching hwat, chú to ts'iên T.
Tsak,
Kwó dím i pák, pò' ¿wai
pờ
chí. Yan wan² chipati
tá hr, chat, í pò schin:
chí wai tak, fát, kứ ming
kwo shím. Kích'éung tung
fút, haps, léung² ping shaiš
yung chí.
Chan'ting; tsiks muke épang
syá, sch'éung chik, pún', un
syiists in tái, wák món
ch'éung' yik, hó.
空
​s
Pí ‹kin yung² shuk, ngau
spí yat, fár, sch'éung ng
}
14. These ten articles, viz., bandages, beaters, broad supporters, climbing cords, piled bricks,
back splints, lumbar splints, suspensory bandages, pine compresses, and knee caps; with the
nine needles mentioned in No. 25, constitute the whole assortment of Chinese surgical apparatus.
15. In the Golden Mirror, short explanations for the use, follow the description of these seve-
ral articles. The beater is to be applied to the soles of the feet; and, after this is done, if the
patient is favorably affected, he may be expected to recover; but if he remains insensible to the
application his case is to be regarded as hopeless.
CHI. CHR.
133
530
[CHAP. XVI.
MEDICINE.
two holes opened at each end.
Being placed on the wounded
part, cotton strings are passed
through the holes, and they
are drawn very tight, so as
to make it fast. This bandage
compared with splints is much
the most soft and pliable.
are
17. Climbing cords
prepared by suspending cords
from a high place, on which
both hands take hold, as in
the attitude of climbing.
18. Piled bricks; six bricks
are taken and piled up)
thrce in a pile, the two sepa.
rated one on the right and
one on the left, upon which
the two feet are to be placed
for the purpose of straighten-
ing the body.
19. Back splint. For mak-
ing this, you take a piece of
pine timber, three inches in
breadth, and two inches in
thickness, having its length ex-
tending up from the loins an
inch or more above the shoul-
ders; the outer surface is
made smooth; and in the in-
ner surface, where it is to fit to
the spine, grooves are cut, so
that it may set close to the
flesh upon the backbone.
20. Splints for the loins
consist of four pieces of thin
wood of the pine tree, made
like a flat carrying beam, an
inch thick, with length suited
to the several dimensions of
:
三寸​兩頭​各​開
​二​孔​夾​於​傷處
​以​綿​繩​穿​之
​緊縛​定​較之​木
​板​稍覺​柔​活
​攀​索​者​以​繩​掛
​於​高處​用​兩手
​攀​之​也
​腰​柱​者​以​杉木
​四​根​製​如​扁擔
​形寛​一寸​厚五
​分​長短​以​患處
​sám
ts' un'.
ts'ün', fún
sléung stfau kok, choi ? Chung.
Káp, yü shéung ch'i', sp
mín sshing chin chí, han
kan fok, ting². Káu chi
muk: pán, sháu kók> syau
útz.
疉​者​以​六
​塊​分​左右​各​疉
​三塊​兩​足踏
​於其​上​也
​通​水​者​用​杉木 ​Tung muk ché; yunga
ch'am' muk,, <fún sám ts' in',
hau²ftsfiün', sk'í schféung
寬​三寸​厚​二寸
​其​長​自​腰​起​上
​過​肩 ​寸許​外
​面​平整​向​脊背
​之​内​面​刻​凹形
​務​與​脊骨​膂​肉
​合
​Pán sók, 'ché, sí,shing kwa
yü ckò chü’,yung? léung
shau pán chí yá.
Típ, chun ché; ý chin
luk, fái', ‹fan 'tsó yau² kók,
fái,
típa,chP csám far, sléung tsuk,
tấp, yu kí shéung vá.
tsz”íú chí shéung? kw6' ckin
yat, ts'ün' 'hü; ngoi mín²
sp'ing 'ching, héung tsik,
áu
púr cchí noi² mín² haksaw
sying, mù? Syi tsik, kwat, liu
yukesman hóp..
Íú sch'ü ‘ché, sí ch'ám' muk¸
sz” kan, chai syu pín tán
¿ying, ‹fún yat, ts'iin',
hai:
sng fan, schféung tin ㄚ
​17, 18. In the original, this is illustrated by a diagram; a beam is erected on poles a few
inches above the utmost reach of the patient, and round it are placed two short cords to serve as
handles; the patient then steps upon the bricks, having three under one foot, and three under the
nther, and firmly grasps the cords; after this is done, the bricks, one after another, are gradually
removed; the operation brings, or is designed to Bring, the decrepid patient to his natural shape.
See Golden Mirror.
i
20. These splints are like the frame.work of a corset. The cords run through near each
end of the several pieces, and serve to bind them upon the body, which is by this means supported
and strengthened.
SECT. 5.]
531
SURGERY.
the wound; holes are then
bored though the sides of
these splints, and small cords
run through them.
21. The suspensory ban-
dage is a cool bandage, for
use in summer. Take the
dimensions of the injured part,
in its length and breadth, &c.,
and then cut the bandage so
as to suit it.
22. The pine compresses
are articles for closing and
compressing, Measure the
length, breadth, and figure,
with the elevations and de-
pressions of the wounded parts,
in their exact configurations,
and then according to these
make the compresses of pine
wood.
23. Knee cap; this consists
of a bamboo ring, furnished
with four feet [or clasps].
24. Compresses are made
of cloth, variously folded; they
are laid on above plasters,
[lint, &c.] and are then bound
close with rolfers and banda-
ges.
25. The nine needles are,
the arrowheaded, blunt, punc-
turing, spear-pointed, ensiform,
round, capillary, long, and
great.
26. Amputating instru-
ments.
27. Sharp-pointed bistoury.
爲​度​俱​自​側面
​鑽孔​以​繩​聯​貫
​之​也
​竹簾​者​夏​月
​凉​簾​也​量​患處
​之​大小​長短​裁
​取​之
​抱膝​者​有​四​足
​之​竹​圈​也
​$
貼​布​者​以​布​摺
​疊​為之​壓​膏藥
​上​然後​以​裹​帘
​裹​之
​九​鍼鑱​員​鍵鋒
​𨨏​員​利​毫​長大
​Sift t
割斷​器
​彎​口​尖刀
​wán
wan' ch'i' wai tò; ku tsz
chak, mín² tsin' ‘hung, í
shing sun kún chí yá.
杉​籬​者​複​逼​之
​Ch'ám' slí 'ché, fuk, pik, chí
hí yá. Léung wán chi
器​也​量​患處​之
​Đi theo 2 chí chéung, tung fút, hấp,
huk,, chik,, tat, 'áu', chi,
ying, 'í ch'am' muk, wai
chí.
長短​濶​狹​曲直
​凸凹​之​形​以​杉
​木​為之
​Chuk,
lím 'ché, tsik, há
üt, léung slím syá. Léung
wán chi «chí tái 'síú
ch'éung ‘tin, sts oi ts' ii chí.
P'ò sat, 'ché; yau sz" tsuk›
chí chuk› ‹hün ya.
Típ, pò' 'ché, ‘í pò' tsíp, tip:
swai chí, át, ‹kò yéuk.
shéung², ‹ín hau' í kwó
chím kwó chí.
Kau cham, sts ám, sun, tai,
fung, ‹pí, çün lí, cho,
sch'éung, tái, cham yá.
Kót, tin hí.
Wán hau ctsím tò.
21. This bandage is made of rattan or bamboo matting, and is used chiefly for suspending
the hand or arm, after the dressings have been applied.
22. These pine compresses resemble the lumbar splints described in No. 20; they are made of
narrow splints of wood, arranged parallel to each other,and are strung upon cords, by which they
are bound upon the body or limbs so as to close up and compress the wound.
23. The object of the knee cap is to give strength and firmness to the joint, and the cap is so
made and bound on as to accomplish this.
24. The description of these compresses, made of cloth, is not taken from the Mirror, but has
been written out by a native student, from drawings and descriptions found in European books.
25. These nine are the only instruments described in the Golden Mirror, and are merely need.
les or fine lancets, designed for puncturing the skin, &c.
532
[CHAP. XVI.
MEDICINE.
28. Catling.
29. Canula for passing li-
gatures.
30. Director.
31. Elevator.
32. Forceps.
33. Curved forceps.
34. Crooked forceps for
extracting teeth.
35. Tooth scaling instru-
ment.
36. Abscess knife.
37. Ligature.
38. Bullet scoup.
39. Stylet.
40. Brass syringe.
41. Ivory syringe.
42. Scalpel.
43. Spatula.
44. Stethescope.
45. Trochar for paracen-
ties.
46. Tenaculum..
47. Tourniquet.
48. Truss for hernia.
劍 ​刀
​導線​銀​管
​導​刀​鍼
​開​骨器
​鐵​鑷
​彎 ​1
曲​牙​鉗
​刮​牙​器
​膿​瘡​刀
​綁​脲​筋​線
​炮彈​挖
​挿​鼻​鍼
​銅​水​捷
​象牙​水​捷
​圓​口​刀
​開​藥​刀
​聞​症​筒
​蠱​脹​鍼
​鋼鈎
​截​血​帶
​揑​腸​夾
​:
Kím tò.
To² sín' ngan 'kún.
Tờ tò cham.
〈Hoi kwat, hr.
Tít, níp.
Wán níp..
Huk, çngá skim.
Kwát, çngá hr.
Nung chóng to.
'Póng mak› ‹kan sín'.
Páu' tán' wát,.
Cháp, pí cham.
Tung shui tsite.
Tséung nga 'shui tsít.
Ün hau tò.
Hoi yéuk, tò.
Man ching' stung.
Kú chéung’ chạm.
Kóng ckau.
Tsít, hút, tái.
Níp, sch'éung kép,.
¡
26– 48. These names have been framed by foreign practitioners, aided by native assistants;
by use in the hospitals at Canton and Macao, they have gained some degree of currency, and
are therefore here introduced. They may or they may not be the best terms for specifying the
several instruments which they designate.
:
r
Ÿ
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
王制​篇​十七
​Wóng chai';
¿p'ín
shap,
ts'at,.
$1. GENERAL Laws.
1. The five modes of pu-
nishment.
2. The ten great offenses,
or crimes of great enormity.
CHAPTER XVII.
Section First.
THE PENAL CODE.
律例​第
​章
​Lut, lai; tai²
tai² yat, ‹chéung.
3. The eight classes privi-
leged to enjoy deliberation.
名​律 ​例
​五刑
​十惡
​八​議
​Ming lut₂ lai.
"Ng ying.
Shap, ók,.
Pát, í.
Notes and Explanations.
ROYAL rule is the literal meaning of wóng chai, the sovereign power; the phrase is here used
to denote those affairs which are regulated by the highest national authority. The lut lai in-
clude the whole penal code, which had its origin in very remote times, and has undergone many
changes. The original statutes were termed lut; and the new clauses, introduced to limit, explain,
and alter them, were called lai. Such was the Penal Code under the late Ming dynasty. Soon
after the present family ascended the throne, its first monarch Shunchí ordered a revision of
that code, which was published under imperial authority in 1647, in seven divisions, and 436
sections, under an equal number (436) of separate heads, which are here given as they stand in
the original, according to an edition in 28 vols, published at Peking in 1830. A new edition is
published by authority every five years. The first of the seven divisions is in 46 sections, con-
sisting of general laws, comprising principles and definitions applicable to the whole code.
1. From 10 to 50 blows with the lesser bamboo is the first kind of punishment; from 50 to
100 with the greater bamboo is the second; transportation to any distance not exceeding 500 li
is the third; perpetual transportation is the fourth; and death either by strangulation or decol-
lation is the fifth. The bamboo, the cangue or movable pillory, the iron chain, handcuffs, and
fetters, are the common instruments of punishment. The bamboo is 5 chik 5 tsun in length;
the lesser is 1 tsun broad by 1 thick, weighing 1 catties; the larger is 2 by 13, and weighs 2
catties. The cangue is 3 chik long by 2 chik 9 ts'ün, and ordinarily weighs 25 catties.
2. Rebellion, disloyalty, desertion, parricide, massacre, sacrilege, impiety, discord, insubordi-
nation, and incest, are the ten great offenses, so designated on account of their enormity.
K
3. The privileges of imperial blood and connections, of long service, of illustrious actions, of
extraordinary wisdom, of great abilities, of zeal and assiduity, or nobility, and of birth, form
these eight classes. See Chinese Repository, Vol. IV., page 15.
CHI. CHR.
134
534
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
4. Offenses of the [eight]
privileged classes.
5. Offenses committed by
the father or grandfather of
persons belonging to the eight
privileged classes.
6. Offenses of persons hold-
ing office.
7. Public offenses of civil
and military officers.
S. Private offenses of civil
and military officers.
9. Offenders who are not to
be transported.
10. Offenses of those who
belong to the military classes.
11. Cases of mitigation of
punishment.
文​武官​1私​罪
​犯罪​免​發​遣
​軍籍​有​犯
​犯罪​得​累​減
​以​理​去官
​無​官​犯罪
​除名​當​差
​流​四​家屬
​常​赦​所​不​原
​流​犯​在​道​會​赦
​犯罪​存留​養​親
​天文​生​有​犯
​工​樂​戶​及​婦人
​犯罪
​men.
21. On second offenses of 徒​流人​又​犯罪
​transported convicts.
22. Ransom to be paid by
the old, young, and disabled.
23. Offenses committed be.
fore becoming old & disabled.
24. Restitution and forfeit.
ure of goods.
小​廢​疾​收​贖
​犯罪​時​未​老​疾
​給​没​贓物
​25. Criminals surrendering
themselves to justice.
犯罪​自首
​12. Removal from office
without disgrace.
13. Offenses committed be.
fore entering office.
14. Those dismissed from
office liable to service.
15. The relations of those
who are transported.
16. Persons who are not to
be included in general pardon.
17. Effect of general pardons
on those being transported.
18. Offenders detained to
serve their parents.
19. Offenses committed by
astronomers.
20. Offenses committed by
artisans, musicians [in the em-
ploy of government], and wo-
應​議​者​犯罪
​應​議​者​之​父祖
​有​犯
​職官​有​犯
​文武​官​1公​罪
​<
Ying í 'ché fán² tsúi².
.Ying í ché chí fú ‘t…
syau fán',
Chik› ‹kún ‘yau fán³.
sMan mò kún fán chung
tsúi².
S
Man mo kún fán Sz
tsúi².
Fán' tsúi mín fát, shín.
Kwan tsik, yau fán³.
Fán' tsúi tak, lui' 'kám.
‹Í ‹lí hü' ‹kún.
Mò kún fán² tsúi².
Ch'isming tóng chái.
Lau sch'au ka shuk,.
Chéung shé' 'sho pat, sun.
Lau fán tsoi2 tò² úi shé'.
Fán tsúi stsin sau yeung
ts'an.
.Tín sman shang yau fán,
Kung ngók, ú² kap, fú syan
fán' tsúi².
¿Tò ¿lau yan yau' fan' tsúi².
'Lò síú' fai' tsat, ‹shau tsuk›.
Fan' tsúi shí mí² lò tsat,
Kap, mút, ctsóng mat.
Fán tsúi tsz" 'shau.
7,8. "The offenses denominated private, in fact comprehend almost all cases of direct cri-
minality, whereas those denominated public, are cases of liability to punishment solely from
the official responsibility of the party implicated." Sir G. T. Staunton. See his translation
of the Penal Code-constant reference to which, and to a manuscript by Dr. Morrison, has been
Inade in preparing this section.
15. As no criminal is sent out of the country, transportation seems to be a more appropriate
term for lau than banishment, for denoting a removal from one place to another.
20. In favor of all these the severity of the law is mitigated,in the first and second because
of their services, and in the third because of their personal character.
SECT. 1.]
535
THE PENAL CODE.
26. Repeated offenses to
be judged with severity.
27. Offenders all making
their escape.
28. Official associates com.
mitting a public offense.
29. Errors or failures in
public proceedings.
30. Distinction between the
leader and accomplices.
31. Proceedings when one
of the offenders has escaped.
32. Kindred concealing the
offenses of each other.
33. Punishment of deser-
35. Particular cases where
the law appears contradictory.
36. Rules for increasing
and diminishing punishment.
37. Privileges and distinc-
tion of imperial rank.
38. Relations of the first
degree defined.
39. The phrase 'partaker
of the same crime' defined.
40: The terms superinten-
dent and keeper' defined.
41. A day is defined to be
a hundred quarters.
42. Rules for the priests and
nuns of the Taou sect.
43. On the decision of
cases by new laws.
= FO & VI | ¿Í² tsúi² ‹kü fát› ³í chung'
二​罪​俱​發​以​重
​lun².
論
​同僚​犯​公​罪
​公事​失​錯
​ters from the army.
34. Offenses of foreigners XC
who have been naturalized.
本條​别​有​罪名
​共​犯罪​分​首​從
​犯罪​事​發​在逃
​親屬​相​爲​容​隱
​處决​叛軍
​稱​乘輿​車​駕御
​稱​期​親​祖父母
​稱​與​同​罪
​稱​監​臨​主​守
​稱​日​者​以​百​刻
​道士​女​冠
​斷​罪​依​新​頒​律
​Fán² tsúi² kung' ¿ť'ò.
Tung slíú fán² kung tsúi.
Kung sz', shat, ts'ók..
Kung² fán² tsúi² fan '‘shau
tsung².
Fán² tsúi² sz" fát, tsoited.
<séung,wai
Ts'an shuk,
yung 'yan.
‘Ch'ü küt, pún² ‹kwan.
Fá ngoi yan yau fán.
'Pún stíú pít, yau tsui'
¿ming.
Ká 'kám tsúi² lai².
Ch'ing shing, ‹yü, ‹kü, kẩ’
yü².
Ch'ing skí ts'an 'tsò fú
smd.
Ch'ing $yü stung tsúi².
‹Ch'ing ‹kám slam chü' 'shau.
Ch'ing yat, 'ché í pák, hak..
Ch*ing Tà sz” snu chún.
Tün' tsúi² ‹í ‹san ‹pán lut,
28. This refers to cases where the parties become associates to some illegality, through
ignorance, error of judgment, &c., without any sinister or selfish motive.
34. This law ordains, that the naturalized subject shall, like the native, be amenable to the
laws, and equally enjoy their protection. It does not include the foreign residents in Canton,
but such as the Mongols who have become subjects. It has, however, been quoted by the pro-
vincial authorities with special reference to cases of homicide in Canton and Macao.
35. Crimes specifically provided for in the subsequent part of the code, must be decided on
according to the general principles in this division; and if they appear to differ, preference
must be given to the latter.
37. These five appellatives are to be used instead of the explicit term emperor, empress,
empress-mother, and empress-grandmother, in order to avoid the frequent use of sacred majesty.
38. The terms ki ts' an, &c., refer to the nine classes of kindred, (see Chap. I, sec. 3: 45.)
which are to be mourned for, and this section defines their use in the code.
42. The priests and priestesses of Budha are specified in and subject to the same laws: both
sects are tolerated by the government, but derive all their support from private sources-their
own funds or voluntary contributions.
43, 44. New laws are to take effect from the day of their promulgation. As laws are neces.
sarily limited while crimes are infinitely varied, cases for which there are no specific laws must
be decided from analogy.
536
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
}
44. On the decision
of
cases not provided for by law.
45. Places of temporary
and perpetual transportation.
46. Places of extraordina-,
ry transportation.
§2. CIVIL LAWS.
47. Successor to heredita-
ry offices and titles.
48. Ministers of state are
not to confer appointments.
49. Civilians (or high offi
cers) are not allowed to solicit
titles of nobility (except in ex-
traordinary cases).
50. On the appointment of
supernumerary officers.
51. On warrants granted
to the police.
52. On the appointment
of improper persons.
53. Recommendtaion of of-
fenders once dismissed.
54. On the quitting of office
without leave.
55. On delays in entering
upon the duties of office.
56. Non-attendance daily
in their place at court, or at
the public offices in the pro-
vinces.
57. Interference with sub-
ordinate magistrates.
58. Malicious cabals,
or
state intrigues.
59. Collusion of provincial
and court officers.
60. Address in favor of
great officers of state.
61. Thorough knowledge
of the laws required.
62. Non-execution of im.
perial edicts.
63. Destroying imperial e-
dicts and seals of office.
斷​罪​無​正​條
​徒​流​遷徙​地方
​充軍​地方
​吏​律
​官員​廕
​大臣​專擅​選​官
​交​官​不許​封​公
​候
​濫​設​官吏
​信​牌
​貢舉​非​其​人
​舉​用​有​過​官吏
​擅​離職​役
​官員​赴任​過​限
​無故​不​朝​参​公
​座
​擅​勾​屬官
​姦黨
​交​結​近侍​官員
​上言​大臣​德政
​講​讀​律​合
​制​書​有違
​葉​毀​制​書​印信
​Tin tsúi mà ching” tíú.
sTò slau cts'in sái tí fóng.
Chung kwan tí đóng.
Li² lutz.
Kún un tsap, yam'.
Tái shan chin shín sun
kún.
Man kún pat, 'hi fung
‹kung shau.
Lám chtít, ‹kún li².
Sunspái.
Kung' 'ki fí sk'í ¿yan.
'Kü yung' yau kwó' ‹kún
lí².
Shín lí chik, yik.
‹Kún ün fú' yam² kwó’
hán.
Mò kú' pat, chíú ‹tsám
kung tsó².
Shin' kau shuk, ‹kún.
Kán 'tong.
Káu kít, kan shí kún
sün.
Shéung sín tái shan tak,
ching'.
'Kóng tuk, lut, ling².
Chai' ‹shu 'yau wai.
Hí' 'wai chai' shui yan' sun'.
45, 46. Temporary transportation must not exceed 500 lí; there are three degrees of perpetual
transportation, first, 2000, second, 2500, third, 3000 li; of the extraordinary, or transportation to
the army, there are degrees of 2000, 2500, 3000, and 4000 l. The severest is to Ili for life.
§2. The li lut, or laws for the regulation of the civil service, are 28; fourteen (from Nos.
47 to 60,) refer to the shik chai, or system of government; and fourteen (61 to 74) to the
kung shik, or the conduct of magistrates.
48. High provincial officers are constantly in the habit of filling vacancies, both civil and
military, that occur within their jurisdiction; this, however, is only done by special permission,
ad interim, till the pleasure of the emperor can be signified.
61. Not only are all officers of government required to make themselves acquainted with the
laws of the empire, but such knowledge is deemed meritorious in husbandmen and artisans.
SECT. 1.]
537
THE PENAL CODE.
64. Errors in public docu-
ments and memorials.
65. On failure to make
due reports to the emperor.
66. Non-return of warrant
after its execution.
67. Delay in transmitting
governmental dispatches.
68. Examination and pre-
servation of records.
69. On the examination of
official documents.
70. On official persons act-
ing in concert and writing
and signing documents for
each other.
71. Adding to or abridging
official papers.
72. On the use and keep-
ing of public seals.
77. Temples and monaste-
ries not to be built, nor any per-
son enter the priesthood, with-
out permission of government.
78. On the appointment of
an heir.
上書​奏事​犯​諱
​事​應​奏​不​奏
​出使​不​復​命
​官​文書​稽​程
​✰✰
封​掌印​信
​73. Omitting to use or im-
漏​使​印信
​properly using public seals.
74. On using the public 擅用​調兵​印信
​seals to call out the military.
戶​律
​照​刷​文​卷
​磨勘​卷宗
​同僚​代​判​署​交
​案
​§3. FISCAL LAWS.
75. Omitting to register fa-
milies and individuals.
76. The registry of persons F
to be according to profession.
脫漏​戶口
​t
院​及​私
​私
​度​儈​道
​立​嫡子​違法
​79. On receiving and de-
taining stray children.
80. On inequality in taxes | 賦役​不均
​and personal service.
81. Unequal treatment of TF F
丁夫​差遣​不平
​persons in the public service.
82. Clandestine connec-
收留​迷失​女子
​隱蔽​差役
​tions with the civil service.
83. Against assuming the 禁​主​保​里​長
​office of constables, &c.
84. Evasion of public ser-
逃避​差役
​vice by desertion.
Shéung shu tsau' sz' fán
'wai.
Sz" ‹ying tsau' pat, tsan'.
Ch'ut, 'sz' pat, fuk, ming'.
Kún man shu ‹kai, ch'ing.
Chíú' shát, man ‘kün.
Mó hóm' 'kün tsung.
Tung shíú tòi pún shi
¿man ón'.
Tsang kám chún man shu.
Fung 'chéung yan' sun'.
Lau' Sz' yan' sun’.
Shin' yung tíú <ping yan
Úr lut.
sun'.
Tüt, lau² ú² ‘hau.
Yan ú² í tsik, wai ting'.
Sz chóng” cóm tin kap,
«sz từ sang từ
Lap, tik, 'tsz' wai fát,.
Shau lau mai shat, nii
'tsz'.
Fú' yik, pat, kwan.
Ting fú chái chín pat,
spring.
Yan pai chái yik.
Kam' kák, chi pò l
'ch'éung.
To píchái yik.
§3. Fiscal laws, or the regulations concerning the population and revenue, are 82;—fifteen
(Nos. 75 to 89,) refer to the ú yik or enrolment of the people; eleven (90 to 100) to tin chák or
lands and tenements; seventeen (101 to 117) to wan yan or marriage; twenty-three (118 to 140)
to tsong fú or granaries and treasuries; eight (141 to 148) to fó ching or duties and customs;
three (149 to 151) to ts in chai or money loans; five (152 to 156) to shí chín or markets and shops.
76. According to this statute, persons and families are not only required truly to represent
their profession in life, but in whatever that may be (the agricultural, mechanical, or any other),
therein they must remain fixed for ever: shai shai pat tak koi í, 'generation after generation they
must not change or alter it.'
CHI. CHR.
135
538
[CHAP. XVII-
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
85. Police-men appointed
to be guards of prisons.
86. Employing people and
artisans on private service.
37. On the separation of
registry and property.
83. On the use of property
by inferiors and youth.
39. On provision for the
bereaved and aged.
90. Fraudulent misrepre-
sentations of landed property.
91. Personal inspection of
lands injured by calamities.
92. Lands of meritorious
ministers.
93. Usurpation of lands
and tenements.
94. Purchases of lands and
tenements by office-bearers.
95. Mortgaging of lands
and tenements.
96. On usurping public or
private land fraudulently.
97. On abandoning regis.
tered lands.
98. On casting away and
destroying good utensils, har-
vests, &c.
99. On taking the produc-
tions of gardens and orchards.
100. Private employmen
of public carriages and boats.
101. Marriage of males and
females, how regulated.
102. On mortgaging a wife
or daughter.
103. On disregarding the
rank of wife and concubine.
點​差​獄卒
​私​役​部​民夫​匠
​别​籍​異​財
​卑​幼​私​擅用​財
​收養​孤老
​欺​隱​田​糧
​檢​踏​災​傷​田​糧
​功臣​田土
​盜賣​田宅
​任​所​置​買​田宅
​典​買​田宅
​盜​耕種​官​民田
​葉​毀​器物​稼穡
​等
​擅​食​田園​瓜菓
​私​借​官​車船
​男女​婚姻
​典​雇​妻女
​妻妾​失序
​Tím ‹chái yuk, tsut›.
‹Sz' yik, pò²¿man ‹fú tséung².
Pít, tsik, í sts'oi.
Pí yau' ‹sz' shin' yung
sts' oi.
Shau yéung chú lò.
Hí ‘yan st'ín sléung.
'Kím táp, tsoi shéung stín
sléung.
Kung shan tín tò.
Từ mái tín chák.
Yam shó chỉ mái tín
chák₂.
“Tín mái tín chák.
To kang chung› ‹kún man
stín.
Wóng mú tín tí.
Hi 'wai hí' mat, ká' shik›
'tang.
Shín² shik, stín çün ‹kwá
kwo.
‹Sz' tsẻ› ‹kún ‹kü ‹shün.
Nám ni wan ‹yan.
Tín kí cts ai Snu.
Ts'ai ts'íp, shat, tsi
89. This law requires that all poor destitute widowers and widows, the fatherless and child-
less, the helpless and the infirm, shall receive a needful support from the magistrates of their
native district or city, provided they are without relations on whom they can depend for support.
The foundling hospitals and those for the aged are designed to meet the requirements of this law.
90. It is worthy of remark, under this head, that both literary and religious institutions are
exempt from the tax on tenements.
91. Officers of government are the guardians of the people, and stand to them in the relation
of parents; and as the emperor's servants, they are by him held responsible for maintaining and
protecting and governing the people: hence, when any natural calamities befall the people, it
becomes the duty of the magistrates to examine the effects of the same in person, so that they
may faithfully report them to his master.
92. The lands of meritorious officers especially granted to them by imperial patent, are exempt
from taxation, while their private lands are subject like all others to the land-tax.
101-117. The right of controling marriages rests with parents and grandparents, or those who
stand in their stead. The ts' ai or wife is the husband's equal; the tsip holds an inferior rank:
the one honorable, the other mean; to confound their rank would be to destroy propriety, and
to rebel against social order.
SECT.
539
1.]
PENAL CODE.
104. Ejecting a son-in-law,
and marrying the girl again.
105. On marrying during
the period of mourning.
106. Marriage interdicted
during parents' imprisonment.
107. Marriage of those of
the same family name.
108. Marriage between the
honorable and the mean.
109. On marrying a wife
or concubine's relations.
110. Official persons mar.
rying as wives or concubines
the wives or daughters of fa-
milies under their jurisdiction.
111. On marrying with
those who have absconded.
112. Forcible marriage of
freemens' wives and daughters.
113. On marrying female
musicians. *
114. On the marriage of
priests.
115. On marriage between
free persons and slaves.
116. On the regulations for
divorce.
117. When marriages are
contracted contrary to law,
both the controler and the go-
between are responsible.
118. Regulations concern-
120. Impartiality in col-
lecting the revenue in kind.
121. On concealing or
wasting the revenue whether
consisting of grain or other
commodities.
122. On monopolizing the
payment of taxes.
123. On granting false re-
ceipts at the storehouses.
124. Of excess in receipts;
all private appropriation for-
bidden, and a faithful report
required.
125. On clandestine lend.
ing or using the revenue.
逐​婿​嫁​女
​居喪​嫁娶
​父母​囚禁​嫁娶
​同姓​為​婚
​尊卑​為​婚
​娶​親屬​妻妾
​娶​部​民​婦女​為
​妻妾
​娶​逃走​婦女
​強占​良家​妻女
​娶​樂​人為​妻妾
​儈​道​娶妻
​良​賤​為​婚姻
​出​妻
​嫁娶​違​律​主婚
​媒人​罪
​錢​法
​ing coinage.
119. Periods for receiving 收​糧​違​限
​taxes in kind not to be passed.
·
多​收稅​糧​斛​面
​隱匿​費用​稅​糧
​課​物
​攬​納稅​糧
​虛​出​通​關​硃​鈔
​附​餘​錢糧​私下
​補​數
​私​借​錢糧
​Chuk, sai ka nu.
Kü sóng hátsi.
Fú² mò ch'au kam' ká' ts i'.
Tung sing's waiwan.
Tsiin pí swaiwan.
Ts'ü' ‹ts'an shuk₂ ‹ts ai ts'ip..
Ts'ü' pò² man ‘fú nü ¿wai
ts'ai tsíp,.
Ts'i' st'ò tsau fú nii.
Kéung chím’léung chá thai
≤nü.
Tstü ngóke syan wai tsai
tsíp).
‹Sang tò² ts'ü' ‹ts'ai.
Léung tsin² swaiwan yan.
Ch'ut, tsai.
Ká' ts'ü' ‚wai lut, 'chii wan
smúi syan tsúiz.
Ts'ín fát,.
Shau fléung swai hán?.
‹Tó shau shui sléung huk
mín².
'Yan nik, fai' yung shui'
sléung fo'mat..
Káu náp, shuiéung.
〈Hü ch'ut, ctfung ckwan chii
ccháu.
Fú? ü sts'ín léung sz' hi
pò shò’.
Sz' tsé' sts'ín sléung.
104,105. Priests are forbidden to marry, or to have concubines. However, the priests
of the Taou sect often violate this law. Marriage between free persons and slaves is strictly
interdicted.
116. There are seven causes for putting away a wife, and there are three considerations
which interfere to prevent such an act: these are specified in Chap. III. sec. 4. page 96.
i
540
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
126. On clandestine lend-
ing or using public property.
127. On the transfers, ex-
penditures, and receipts.
128. On frauds by work-
men in the storehouses.
129. On fraud in the dis-
tribution of rations.
130. Revenue officers an-
swerable for each other.
131. On thefts in the gra-
naries and storehouses.
132. On the duties of the
receivers and the distributors
of property which belongs to
the government.
133. Fraud in the issues
and receipts of public stores.
134. On detention and an-
noyance in receiving revenue.
135. Purity of the gold and
silver delivered to government.
136. On the damaging of
governmental stores.
137. On the transmission
起解​金銀​足色
​損壞​倉庫​財物
​轉​解官​物
​of governmental stores.
138. On the distribution of
confiscated property.
擬​斷​贓​罰​不當
​139. On the safe keeping 守​掌​在​官​財物
​of confiscated property.
隱瞞​入​官​家產
​鹽​法
​140. Concealment of such
property or of persons.
141. Regulation of the salt
department.
142. On the avails obtain-
ed by the superintendents.
143. On the preservation
of the regulations on salt.
144. Ön the smuggling of
tea.
145. On the smuggling of
alum.
146. Evasion of duties of
any kind.
147. On the concealment
of goods by merchant vessels.
148. Arrears in the pay.
ment of duties and customs.
149. On taking unlawful
interest.
私​借​官​物
​那​移​出納
​庫​秤​雇​役​侵​欺
​冒​支​官​糧
​錢粮​互相​覺察
​倉庫​不覺​被盜
​守​支​錢粮​及​擅
​開​官​封
​出納​官​物​有違
​收支​留難
​監​臨​勢​要​中​鹽
​阻​壞​法
​私​茶
​私​礬
​稅
​舶​商​匿​貨
​人​戶​虧​兌​課程
​違禁​取​利
​‹Sz' tsé' ‹kún mat¿.
Nó sí ch'ut, náp¿.
Fú’spring kúyiky cts'am chi.
Mờ chí chún sléung.
¿Ts'ín léung ú² ‹séung kók,
chat.
Tsong fứ pat, hók, pí từ.
Shau chí sts'ín léung hap,
shín² choi ckún sfung.
Chut, núp, kún mat, yam
swai.
Shau chí lau chán.
Hí hái kam ngan tsuk,
shik›.
'Sün wái ts'ong fú'¿ts'oi
mat¿.
Chin kái ckún mat,.
I tun' tsong fát, pat, tóng'.
'Shau 'chéung tsoi kún
sts'oi mat,.
Yan mún yap, kún ká
chán.
I'm fát,.
Kám lam shai' íú' chung
sím.
Chó wái sám fát,.
<Sz' schá.
(Sz' fán.
Nik, shui'.
Pák, ‹shéung nik, fó'.
Yán ú? fai tú? fo'sching.
Wai kam' 'tsu li².
141-148. Duties and customs are regulated by these laws.
The trade in salt is one of the
principal sources of revenue, and is under the control of government, in the hands of licensed
merchants; and both the manufacture and the transportation of the article, as well as the sale of
it, are also regulated by government.
149, 151. Private property, and money loans, tsin chái, are regulated by these laws. The
maximum rate of interest is 30 per cent. per annum, but in no length of years can the interest
exceed the principal.
SECT. 1.]
541
THE PENAL CODE.
150. Breach of trust in
keeping property.
151. On finding things that
have been lost.
152. On clandestinely open.
ing factories and warehouses.
153. On the valuation of
goods by factors.
154. On combinations of
weights,
factors and traders.
155. On false
measures, and scales.
156. On manufacturing u.
tensils and silk stuffs in a man-
ner unsanctioned by usage.
163. On preparing medi-
§4. RITUAL LAWS.
157. Administration of sa-
red rites.
158. On destroying the al-
tars for the great sacrifices.
159. Sacrifices and offer-
ings to local divinities.
160. Concerning the tombs
of ancient emperors and kings.
161. On doing dishonor to
the gods.
162. Prohibition of magiš
cians and depraved arts.
165. On keeping and con-
cealing interdicted books.
166. On the transmission of
imperial presents.
167. Neglects and errors
in congratulations at court.
168. On neglect of the ap
pointed ceremonies.
費用​受​寄​財產
​得​遺失物
​私​充牙​行頭
​市​司​評​物價
​把持​行市
​私​造​斛​斗​秤​尺
​器用​布​絹​不如
​法
​合​和​御​藥
​cines for the emperor.
164. Care of the imperial 乘舆​服​御​物
​equipage and wardrobe.
收藏​禁書
​御賜​衣物
​失誤​朝賀
​失​儀
​禮​律
​祭​享
​毁​大​祀​邱​壇
​致祭​祀典​神​祗
​歴代​帝王​陵​寢
​褻瀆​神明
​I
Fai' yung shau² kí tsoi
chán.
Tak, wai shat, mat,
Sz chung ngá chóng fan-
sta'a.
'Shí (sz' sping mat, ká'.
“Pá chí chóng shí.
Sz' tsò huk, tau ch'ing?
ch'ik,.
Hí' yung pò' kün' pat, i
fát,.
$ Lai lut₂.
152-156. These ngá hóng are establishments for the exchange of commodities, approved of
and sanctioned by government; and the agents in charge of them are allowed only a fixed
per centage on the goods they ship or exchange. By the 154th section, these agents are for.
bidden to forestal the markets so as to raise or depress the prices of goods.
Tsai héung.
Wai tai tsz" ‹yau ¿tán.
Chứ tsai tsz” tín shan shi.
Lik, toi ta' wong ling
'ts'am.
Sít, tuk, shan ming.
Kam chí sz’mò ts'é shut.
Hóp, wó yu yéuk.
¿Shing ‹yü fuk, yü² matɔ.
Shau tsong kam' shi.
Yü' ts'z" í mat.
Shat, 'ng² chíú hó².
Shat, í.
§4. The ritual laws, or those which are designed to regulate the performance of religious
duties, are only 26 in number; of which six (157 to 162) refer to tsai tsz', or sacrifices and of-
ferings, and twenty (163 to 182) to chai, or ceremonial rules. In the religion of state, the
emperor and his officers all bear a part; the son of heaven is high priest of the empire, and
it is his sole perogative to offer the great sacrifices to the Most High, to heaven, to earth,
ancestors, &c. All the officers have their appointed duties in this legal service. See Chinese
Repository, Vol. III. page 49.
157-162. These six laws have special reference to tsai tsz' or sacrifices and offerings; there
must be no remissness or error in the worshipers, nor defects in the victims. According to
the 161st section, private individuals are forbidden to worship the great divinities; and by the
162d, heterodoxy of all kinds is interdicted.
CHI. CHR.
136
542
[CHAP. XVII
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
169. Breach of order in re-
sponding to the emperor.
170. On preventing or im-
peding imperial audiences.
171. Addresses on public
affairs.
172. On the erecting of
monuments by officers to com-
inemorate their own acts.
173. Interdicts on receiving
and taking leave of officers.
174. Against official mes-
sengers behaving rudely to-
wards provincial officers.
175. Sumptuary laws
specting dress, houses, &c.
176. Respect to parents
from the priesthood.
177. Neglecting to note
celestial phenomena.
178. On the predicting of
weal and woe by magicians.
179. Concealment of deaths
by proper mourners.
180. On neglect of parents
by office-bearers.
re-
181. Regulations for inter-
inent and funeral rites.
182. Regulations for vil
lage festivals.
$5. MILITARY LAWS.
183. Unauthorizedly enter-
ing the imperial temples.
184. Unauthorizedly enter-
ing the imperial palace.
185. Imperial guards not
allowed by night or day to
obtain any substitutes without
leave.
186. On the imperial reti-
nue failing in attendance.
187. Trespass on the im-
宮殿​門​擅入
​宿衛​守衛​人​私
​自​代替
​從​駕​稽​違
​直行​御道
​perial roads.
198. On the employment 内​府​工作​人​匠
​of substitutes for the work-
men in the imperial palaces.
替​役
​鄕​飮​酒​禮
​兵​律
​太廟​門​擅入
​奏​對​失序
​朝見​留難
​上書​陳​言
​見​任官​輭​自立
​碑
​Kam chí sying sung”.
禁止​迎送
​差​人員​欺​陵​「 Kung chái yan sun chú
sling ‘chéung chún.
長官
​服​舍​違​式
​儈​道​拜​父母
​失​占​天象
​術士​妄言​禍福
​匿​父母​夫​喪
​葉​親​之​任
​喪葬
​Tsau túi shat, tsu.
Chíu kín slan soán.
'Shéung ‹shü,ch'an sín.
Kín yam kún chíp, tsz”
lap, spí.
*******
Fuk, shé' ¿wai shik,.
Sang tờ pái fú mò.
Shat, chím tín tséung”.
Shut, sz” móng sín wo ful
Nik, fú $mà fú sóng.
Hí tsan chí yam.
د
«Sóng tsóng”.
Héung 'yam 'tsau lai.
‹Ping lut.
Tái míú² ¿mún shín' yap₂.
Kung tín’smún shín yap..
Suk, wai' shau wai yan
<sz' tsz" toi t'ai'.
Tsung ká' ‹kai ¿wai.
Chik, shang yi tờ.
Noi fú kung tsók, yan
tséung' t'ai' yikɔ.
65. These laws are 71 in number; sixteen (183-198) referring to kung ngá or the protection
of the palace; twenty-one (199–219) to kwan ching, or the government of the army; seven
(220–226) to kwán tsun or boundaries and passes; eleven (227-237) to chau muk, or the
governmental herds; sixteen (238-253) to yau yik, or posts and expresses.
183, 184. Reference is made in these to the imperial mausolea, gardens, parks, &c. The
apartments of the empress, empress-mother, and empress-grandmother enjoy the same protection
as those of the emperor.
4
SECT. 1.]
543
PENAL CODE.
189. On the non-departure.
of workmen after completing
their work in the imperial
palaces.
190. On irregularly going
in and out of the palaces.
195. Incroachments on the
imperial retinue.
196. Entering the imperial
cantonment.
191. On keeping a guard
when employésenter & depart.
192. On shooting arrows
towards the imperial palaces.
193. The nocturnal guards 宿衛​人​兵​仗
​are not to lay down their arms.
194. Convicted persons and
their relatives forbidden to
禁​經​斷​人​充​宿
​TAT
serve on the night guards.
衝突​儀仗
​P
197. On passing over the
wall of the imperial city.
198. On closing and lock.
ing gates of cities.
199. Against moving troops
without due authority.
200. Military operations to
be duly reported.
201. On sending expresses
concerning military affairs.
202. On betraying the se-
crets of the army.
越​城
​門禁​鎖鑰
​擅​調​官軍
​申報​軍務
​飛​報​軍情
​漏泄​軍情​大事
​203. Application for mili-
tary supplies on the frontiers.
204. Failures and errors in
military affairs.
邊境​申索​軍需
​失誤​軍事
​205. On delays in advanc-
從​征​違​期
​ing according to orders.
206. On soldiers serving 軍人​替​役
​as substitutes.
207. Unfaithfulness in com-
manders-in-chief.
主將​不​固守
​208. On allowing the army
to kidnap and plunder.
209. On neglect of exer-
cise and discipline.
210. On provoking peace-
able people to insurrection.
211. Clandestine sale of
war horses.
宮殿​造​作罷​不
​出
​輒​出入​宮殿​門
​關​防​內​使​出入
​向​宮殿​射箭
​212. On clandestine sale
of arms and accoutrements.
縦​軍​擄掠
​不​操練​軍事
​激​變​良民
​私​賣​戰馬
​私​賣​軍​器
​Kung tín tsò tsók, pá² pat,
ch'ut,.
Chíp, chut, yap, chung tín
smún.
Kwán fóng noi' sz" chut,
yap,.
Héung” chung tín shéts'ín.
Suk, wai' yan ‹ping chéung'.
Kam' cking 'tün çyan ‹ch'ung
suk, wai².
Chung tat, sí chéung².
Hang ‹kung sying ¿mún.
Üt,,shing.
Mún kam' 'só yéuk,.
Shín² tíú² ‹kún ‹kwan.
Shan pò² kwan mò².
Fí pò' kwan ts' ing.
Lau sít, chwan sts'ing tái
sz".
Pín 'king (shan sók, ‹kwan
<si.
Shat, 'ng' kwan sz”.
Tsung <ching swai skí.
Kwan yan t'ai' yik.
'Chü tséung' pat, kú' shau.
Tsung' kwan lú léuk.
12
Pat, tsò lín² kwan sz'
Kik, pín' léung ¿man.
Sz mái chín má.
Sz mái kwan hỉ.
198. The cities are regarded as fortifid places, and their gates are required to be locked at a
specified time at night, and ordinarily are not to be opened until a specified hour in the morning.
199-219. These all refer to kwan ching, the government of the army. According to the
207th section, if an officer, in chief command of any city or fortress, is surprised and unable to
defend his post, he shall suffer death by decapitation.
A
544
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
213. On destroying
abandoning the same.
214. On secretly keeping
prohibited arms.
215. On allowing soldiers
leave of absence.
or
216. Noblemen secretly em-
ploying governmental troops.
217. Against leaving or
running away from the army
when called on to perform ser-
vice.
218. Favors to those who
belong to the army.
219. Regulations for noc-
turnal police.
220. On crossing a barrier
without a passport.
221. Granting passports on
false pretenses.
222. On detentions and an-
noyances at barriers.
223. On assisting the wives
and daughters of deserters to
go forth from the cities or
fortified towns.
224. On discovering and
seizing spies.
225. On passing secretly
the frontiers, and on going out
to sea contrary to the regula
tions.
226. Private employment
of public archers.
227. Concerning the im-
proper management of the
herds and flocks belonging to
government.
228. On the breeding of
horses for government.
229. Unfaithfulness in the
examination of animals.
230. On failing to feed and
doctor lean and sick ani.
mals according to prescribed
rules.
優​恤​軍屬
​夜​禁
​私​越​冒​度​關​津
​詐​冒​給​路​引
​關​津​難
​遞送​逃妻​女
​出​城
​毀棄​軍​器
​私藏​應​禁軍​器
​縱​放​軍人​歇​役
​公私​役​官軍
​Kung hau sz' yik, kún
kwan.
從​征​守禦​官軍 ​| Tsung ching shau yi kón
逃
​kwan t'ò.
盤詰​姦細
​私​出外​境​及​違
​禁​下海
​私​役​弓兵
​牧養​畜產​不如
​法
​孳生​馬匹
​驗​畜產​不​以​實
​養​獠​瘦​病​畜產
​不如​法
​Wai hí' kwan hí'.
Sz’sts'óng ying kam’ kwan
hí.
Tsung fóng kwan syan hút,
yika.
Yau sut, kwan shuk,.
Yé² kam'.
‹Sz'üt, mò² tò² kwán tsun.
Chá mờ kap, lò ‘yan.
Kwan tsun ‹lau ‚nán.
Tai² sung std ‹kwan ‹ts'ai
'nù ch'ut, ‹shing.
Pún kít, kán sai’.
Sz' ch'ut, ngoi king kapa
swai kam' há² ‘hoi.
Sz' yik, kung ping.
Muk, Syéung ch'uk, 'ch'án
pat, ¿yii fátɔ.
Tsz' shang má pat,.
Ím² ch'uk, 'ch' án pat, i shat.
'Yéung ‹líú shau' ping² ch'uk›
'ch'an pat, syü fát,.
218. In case a soldier dies or is killed in the army, the local officers are required to provide
for the surviving relations with temporary means of subsistence, and of returning to their native
place, if absent from their families.
220-226. These laws refer to boundaries and passes both by sea and land. A clause under
the 224th section forbids the Chinese inhabiting the small islands along the coast.
This law
however is not enforced, and multitudes inhabit the islands.
230. The veterinary art has received no inconsiderable attention from the Chinese, as the Má
King, or Memoir on Horses, a work in four volumes containing recipes for curing the diseases
of not only horses but cattle and camels, sufficiently testifies. Horses, horned cattle, camels,
mules, and asses, are the several kinds of animals specified in this law, which refers only to
those kinds of animals that belong to the government, or are designed for its service.
SECT. 1.]
545
THE PENAL CODE.
231. On using the cattle
of government in such a man-
ner as to injure their backs
or necks.
232. Improper training of
governmental horses.
233. On slaughtering or
killing horses and cattle.
234. On cattle biting and
injuring people.
235. On concealing the
increase of cattle and horses
which belong to the govern
ment.
236. Privately lending ani-
mals belonging to government.
237. Concerning the public
messengers improperly com-
pelling the loan of horses.
238. On the conveyance
of governmental dispatches.
239. On intercepting dis
patches of government.
240. Post-offices must not
be allowed to go out of repair.
241. Private employment
of the office-soldiers.
242. Delays of the express-
es in carrying dispatches.
243. On exceeding the
number of horses allowed.
244. On granting an ex-
cess of rations.
245. On refusing to fur-
nish post-horses, for convey.
ing dispatches, when they are
due.
246. Delay in the transmis-
sion of governmental effects.
247. On occupying the prin-
cipal apartments of post offices.
248. On carrying private
property on post-horses.
249. Officers forcing the
people to carry their sedans.
乘​官​畜​脊​破​領
​穿
​官​馬​不​調​習
​宰殺​馬​牛
​畜産​咬踢​人
​隱匿​孳生​官​畜
​產
​私​借​官​畜產
​公​使人​等​索​借
​馬匹
​遞送​公文
​邀​取​實​封​公交
​舖​舍​損壞
​私​役​舖​兵
​驛​使​稽​程
​多​乘​驛馬
​多​支​廩​給
​文書​應​給​驛​而
​不​給
​公事​應​行​稽​程
​占​宿​驛​舍​房
​乘驛​馬​齎私​物
​私​役​民夫​抬轎
​Shing ‹kún ch'uk, tsik, p'o'
sling .ch'ün.
Kún má pat, ‚ťíú tsáp½.
“Tsoi shát, má ngau.
Ch'uk, 'ch'an 'ngáu tik, yan.
'Yan nik, tsz shang kún
ch'uk, 'ch'án.
Sz tsé kún chuk, 'chán.
Kung sz❞ yan 'tang sok,
tsé' 'má p'at,.
Tai' sung' kung man.
‹ĺú “tsü shat₂ fung kung
man.
Pò' shé' 'sùn wái³.
‹Sz' yik, p'ò' ‹ping.
Yik, sz" kai ch'ing.
Tóshing yik, má.
Tó chí lam kap..
Man shu ying kap, yik, í
pat, kap,.
Kung sz" ying hang kai
sch'ing.
Chim suk, yik, shé sheung
sfóng.
Shing yik má tsai sz
matą.
¿Sz' yik¿ ¿man ‹fú¸ťoi kýú²,
231. This law was made in consideration of government and for its benefit, and not in mercy to
the brute creation; however, in its operation it is most favorable to the dumb ass and ox.' The
Chinese generally seem not to be cruel to their brute beasts; and much of the labor borne by
the ox and the horse in other countries is here sustained by man.
C
233. This law ordains that, whoever, without the permission of government kills his own
horses and horned cattle shall be punished with 100 blows.' Swine and sheep are also included
in this law, and the killing of them without license is forbidden.
238-253. These sixteen laws regulate the yau yik, or post-offices and expresses for the trans.
mission of governmental dispatches. The ordinary rate of dispatches is 300 li per day; in
cases of great moment they are called fire dispatches, and are carried 500 li per day, arriving in
Canton from the capital in twelve or thirteen days.
CHI. CHR.
137
546
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
250. The families of de.
ceased officers are to be remov-
ed to their homes at the ex-
pense of government.
251. Committing to others
the care of conveying property.
252. On the conveyance
of private property by the
cattle, carts, or vessels of go-
vernment.
253. On privately lending
the post-horses of government.
§6. CRIMINAL LAWS.
254. High treason, or con-
certing high rebellion.
255. Concerting revolt or
desertion.
256. On making strange
(or wicked) books or speeches.
257. Stealing things used
by the emperor in sacrifices.
258. Stealing documents
written by the emperor.
259. Stealing the seals of
government.
260. Stealing from the im
perial palace.
261. Stealing the keys of
city gates.
262. Stealing of military
weapons.
263. Stealing timber from
gardens and mausolea.
264. Superintendents and
keepers stealing provisions and
money from the treasuries
and storehouses.
265. Common people steal-
ing provisions and money from
the treasuries and storehouses.
266. Robbery, or stealing
by violence.
267. Releasing prisoners
by violence.
268. On committing rob-
bery in open daylight.
病故​官​家屬​還
​鄉
​承​差​轉
​寄​人
​乘​官​畜產​車船
​附​私​物
​私​借​驛馬
​刑律
​謀反​大逆
​謀叛
​造​妖​書​妖言
​盜​大​祀神​御​物
​1 制​書
​1印信
​1內​府​財物
​1 城門​鑰
​1 軍​器
​1 園​陵​樹木
​監守自盜​倉庫
​錢糧
​常人​盜​倉庫​錢
​強盜
​刼​囚
​白晝​搶奪
​Ping' kú kún ká shuk,
swán chéung.
Shing chái chin kứ kí
syan.
Shing kún ch'uk, chán
kü shun fú² ‹sz' mat¿.
Sz' tsé' yik, má.
Ying lut.
sMau fán tái yik,,
¿Mau pún².
Tsd² íú ‹shú ú sín.
Tờ tái tsz” shan yi’ mat.
Tờ chai shu.
Tò' yan' sun'.
Tờ noi fú stsoi mat,.
Tờ sshing smún yéuk,
To kwan hí.
Tò² çün ling shü' muk,,
Kám ‘shau tsz” tờ? «tsóng fứ
sts' in léung.
Shéung syan tò ctsóng fu
sts' in sléung.
sKéung tò.
Kíp, schau.
Pák, chau' 'tséung tüt,.
§6. The criminal laws are 170, extending from Nos. 254 to 423, and are comprised in eleven
subdivisions: twenty-eight (254 to 281) refer to tò ts' ák or theft and robbery; twenty (282 to 301)
to yan ming or loss of human life; twenty-two (302 to 323) to tau au, or quarreling and
fighting; eight (324 to 331) to má lai or abusive language; twelve (332 to 343) to sú chung or
litigations; eleven (344 to 354) to shau chóng or bribery; eleven (355 to 365) to chá ngai or frauds
and forgery; ten (366 to 375) to fán kán or illicit intercourse; eleven (376 to 386) to tsáp fán
or miscellaneous offenses; eight (387 to 394) to pò móng or arrest and escapes; twenty-nine
(395 to 423) to tün yuk or imprisonments.
I
256. This law interdicts prophetic sayings, such as the foretelling of national prosperity or
adversity, and also the publication of obscene and heterodox books.
!
SECT. 1.]
547
PENAL CODE.
269. Stealing, or taking
property by stealth.
270. On stealing
horses
and other domestic animals.
271. On stealing grain and
the products of the fields.
272. On stealing from
kindred and relations.
273. On obtaining property
by alarms and threats.
274. Obtaining public or
private property fraudulently.
275. On kidnapping and
selling persons to be slaves.
276. On opening graves [to
rob the dead].
277. Causelessly entering
houses by night.
278. On harboring thieves
and robbers.
279. Concerning those who
abet plans for robbery.
280. The publicly taking
[by force], and the secretly
obtaining of property are both
alike to be regarded as robbery.
281. On the defacing of
branded marks.
282. On concerting the
killing of a person.
283. On concerting the
murder of an imperial envoy,
or a magistrate under whom
one lives.
284. On killing with ma-
lice prepense, father or mother,
grandfather or grandmother.
285. On killing an adul
terer by the husband.
286. Killing one's deceased
husband's father and mother.
287. On killing three per-
sons in one family.
Sít, tờ.
Tờ má ngau chuk, chán,
Tờ tín śyé huh, mák.
Tsan shuk, séung tò.
'Hung hák, 'tsü ¿tsoi.
Chá chí chún sz’ tsi sts' oi.
Léuk, yan léuk, mái yan.
Fát, 'chung.
Yé' ¿mò kú' yap, ¿yan ‹ká.
Tờ tsák, wó chu.
Kung mau wai tò²,
公​取​竊取​皆爲 ​Kung tsii sit,
盗
​swai tò².
竊盜
​盜​馬​牛​畜產
​1 田野​穀​麥
​親屬​相​盜
​恐嚇​取​財
​詐欺​官​私​取財
​略​人​略​賣​人
​發​塜
​夜​無故​入​人家
​無味
​盗賊​窩主
​共謀​為​盜
​起​除​刺字
​謀殺​人
​謀​1制​使​及​本
​管​長官
​謀殺​祖父母​父
​母
​殺死​姦夫
​謀殺​故夫​父母
​殺​一家​三人
​tsu chái
}
'Hí sch'ü sik, tsz'.
Mau shát, yan.
Mau shát, chai' sz" kap
S
'pún ‘kún ‘ch'éung ‹kún.
Mau shát, 'tsò fú' mò fú²
smd.
Shát, sz' ‹kán ‹fú.
Mau shát, kú' ‹fú fú² mò.
Shát, yat› ‹ká ‹sám yan.
273. Cases of this kind are not unfrequent; the plunderers, feigning themselves to be official
persons, enter the shops or premises of those whom they know to be obnoxious to justice, and
behave as if they were going to seize persons or property; but overtures being made for set-
tlement they accept money and move off before the deception is detected. Redress is then too
late. Such impositions are punishable with death.
276. The opening of graves and the disturbing of the dead are viewed by the Chinese as acts
of great enormity, and as equally offensive to gods and to men, to the living and to the dead.
These acts are sometimes committed for the sake of plunder, and sometimes in retaliation for
deeds done by the living. Cases of the latter often occur in prosecuting family feuds.
280. The legal term robbery is applied to the acts of all those who publicly with open violence
or clandestinely take, or attempt to take, the property of other people.
285. The husband who kills the adulterer or adulteress or both, when discovered by him in
the very act, shall not be punishable.
548
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
288. On cutting to pieces
human beings.
289. On preparing animal
poisons to kill people.
290. On fighting and in-
tentionally killing people.
291. On depriving people
of food and raiment.
292. On killing or maim-
ing persons in playing with
them, or by mistake, or by
simple accidents.
293. On a husband's beat-
ing to death a wife or concu-
bine, who is obnoxious to
punishment.
294. On killing a child or
grandchild, or a male or fe-
male slave, and charging the
crime on others.
295. On wounding persons
by shooting arrows, &c.
296. On killing or wound-
ing by carriages or horses.
297. On injuring or killing
by improper use of medicine.
298. On killing or wound-
ing by pitfalls or traps.
299. On causing the death
of persons by cruel annoyances.
300. On the heads of fami-
lies compromising or conceal-
ing the murder of children
or dependents.
301. Interference in cases
of intended injury.
302. On quarreling and
fighting in ordinary cases.
303. Period of responsibility
for consequences of injury.
304. Angry contentions in
the imperial palaces.
305. Cases in which mem-
bers of the imperial family,
near or remote, are beaten or
injured.
採​生​折​割​人
​造​畜​蠱毒​殺人
​鬭​歐​及​故​1人
​屏​去​人​服食
​殺​誤殺​過失
​殺傷​人
​夫​毆死​有罪​妻
​妾
​殺​子孫​及​奴婢
​圖​賴​人
​弓箭​傷人
​車馬​殺傷​人
​庸醫​1傷人
​窩​弓​]傷人
​威逼​人​致死
​尊長​為人​1私
​和
​同行​知​有​謀害
​鬪​毆
​保​辜​限期
​宮内​忿​爭
​宗室​覺​羅​以上
​親​被毆
​Ts oi shang chít, hot, yan.
Tsò ch'uk, kú tuk₂ ‹shát
syan.
Tau' 'au kap, kú' shát, ¡yan.
Ping hü' syan fuk, shik,.
Hi shát,' ng² shát, kwó' shat,
shát, shéung yan.
Fú 'au 'sz' 'yau tsúi ts'ai
tsi'p».
Shát, 'tsz' siin kap, nú spí
tò lái .yan.
Kung ts'ín' shéung yan.
‹Kü ‘má shát› ‹shéung yan,
Yung í shát, ‹shéung ¿yan.
W6 kung shát, ‹shéung yan.
Wai pik, syan chứ sz.
Tsün 'ch'éung wai yan
shát, sz' ¿wó.
S
Tung shang chí yau smau
hoi².
Tau' 'au.
'Pò kú hán² kí.
Kung noi fan cháng.
Tsung shat, kók, sló í
shéung ts'an pí² 'au.
288. This law has reference to cutting in pieces the human body in revenge, and also for
magical purposes. Those who are found guilty of this crime must suffer death by the slow
and painful process.'
291. By this statute, the applying of any noxious thing to the mouth, nose, or other natural
outlets of the body, in such a manner as to cause injury or death, is forbidden.
298. This law requires all persons, who dig pitfalls, or conceal springes and traps, etc., for the
purpose of taking game, to give notice of such pits by erecting flags, or stretching cords around
the dangerous spot.
301. This law requires those, who know of any injury intended to any one, to endeavor in
the first place to prevent it; and if unsuccessful, then, in the second place, to report the matter
to the magistrates.
SECT. 1.]
549
THE PENAL CODE.
306. On beating an impe-
rial envoy, or any officer or
magistrate under whom one
is living.
307. Inferior officers strik-
ing or injuring their superiors
under whose orders they are
residing.
308. Officers in superior
stations quarreling or fighting
with those under their own
authority.
309. Officers of the ninth
degree of rank striking those
of the third degree and up-
wards.
310. On striking persons
employed in public service.
311. Scholars and appren-
tices striking their masters.
312. On binding and con-
fining persons by the powerful.
313. On free persons and
slaves beating each other.
314. On male and female
slaves striking their masters.
315. Wives and concubines
striking their husbands.
316. On kindred fighting
with each other.
317. The mean and young
members of a family striking
those who are honorable and
aged.
318. Young members strik-
ing the elder members.
319. Children striking their
parents or grandparents.
320. Wives and concubines
who strike the kindred and
relations of their husbands.
321. Striking the children
of a. wife's former husband.
322. Wives and concubines
striking the father and mo-
ther of a deceased husband.
323. On a fatheror grand-
father being beaten.
324. On using abusive lan.
guage.
毆​制​使​及​本​管
​長官
​佐​職​統​屬​毆​長
​官
​上司​官​與​統​屬
​官​相​毆
​九品​以上​官​毆
​長官
​拒​毆​追​攝​人
​毆​受​業​師
​威力​制​縳​人
​良​賤​相​毆
​奴婢​毆​家長
​妻妾​1夫
​同姓​親屬​相​毆
​毆​大功​以下​尊
​長
​【期​親​尊長
​1祖父母​父母
​妻妾​與​夫​親屬
​相​毆
​毆​妻​前夫​之​子
​妻妾​故夫​父
​母
​父祖​被毆
​罵人
​L
‘Au chai’‘sz' kap: ‘píúr:
'kún 'ch'éung ‹kún.
Tsó’chik,tung shuk: al
chéung chún.
Shéung sz chún vu trung
shuk, ‹kún ‹séung ‘au.
Kau paní shéung kún
'au ‘chféung ckún.
Kü 'au chui ship, yan.
‘Au shau áp, $2.
Wai lik, chai' fok, yan.
¿Léung tsín² ‹séung ‘au.
Nò pí 'au cká ‘ch'éung.
Tsai tsíp, au fu.
Tung sing cts'an shuke
cséung ‘au.
(Au tá? ckung í há? tsin
'ch'éung.
'Au kí ‹ts'an ‹tsun 'ch'éung.
'Au 'tsò fú² mò fú² mò.
Tsai tsip, yii fú tsan
shuk, ‹séung ‹au.
'Au ‹ts'ai tsín fú chí 'tsz.
Tsai tsip, au kw fú fú?
smò.
Fú² 'tsò pí² 'au.
Má² syan.
313. The slave who strikes a free person is to be punished one degree more severely than
an ordinary person, and is to suffer death if the consequences of the beating prove to be fatal,
or even very serious.
314. This, if done designedly, is a capital crime, and all engaged in it, without distinction
between principals and accessories, shall suffer death by decapitation.
CHI. CHR.
138
550
[CHAP. XVII
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
325. On abusing an impe-
rial envoy, or an officer un-
der whose jurisdiction one is
living.
326. An inferior officer in
any department using abusive
language towards his supe-
riors.
327. Male or female slaves
abusing their masters.
328. On abusing the honor-
able and aged of a family.
329. On abusing parents
or grandparents.
330. Wives and concubines
using abusive language to-
wards the elder kindred of a
husband.
331. Wives and concubines
using abusive language to the
father and mother of a deceas-
ed husband.
332. Passing the proper and
complaining to a higher officer.
333. Concerning those who
put forth anonymous docu-
ments impeaching others of
crimes.
334. On neglecting to re-
ceive appeals.
335. Cases in which ma.
gistrates must retire.
336. On bringing forward
false accusations.
337. Accusations against
one's own kindred.
338. When children and
grandchildren disobey orders.
339. Prisoners in confine-
ment cannot accuse others
(except it be their keepers
in case of ill usage).
340. On exciting and se.
ducing people to litigations.
341. Mode of trial in cases
of those enrolled as soldiers,
罵​制​使​及​本​管
​長官
​佐職​統​屬罵​長
​官
​奴婢​罵​家長
​罵​尊長
​罵​祖父母​父母
​妻妾 ​夫​期​親
​尊長
​妻妾​罵​故夫​父
​母
​Má' chai' sz' kap, pún kún
chéung hún.
干​名​犯​義
​子孫​違犯​教​合
​見​禁​囚​不得​告
​舉​他​事
​教唆​詞​訟
​軍民​約會​詞​訟
​Tsó' chik, tung shuk, má¹
‘chéung chún.
No spí má² ‹ká 'ch'éung,
Má² ‹tsün 'ch'éung.
Má² 'tsò fú² mò fú² ³mò,
Tsai tsíp, má fú kí cts ava
tsün 'ch'éung.
Tsai tsíp, má kứ fú fú
smd.
越​訴
​投​匿名​文書​告 ​kò syan tsáil.
人​罪
​告狀​不受理
​聽​訟​迴避
​誣告
​Üt₂ sò'.
Tau nik, ming man shu
Kờ chóng pat, shau í
Ting trung súi pí.
Mò hờ.
Kón ming fán² í³.
“Tsz’sün çwai fán² káu' ling².
Kín' kam' ch'au pat, tak,
kò' 'kü tá sz”.
Káu' só 、tsz' tsung'.
Kwan man yéuk, úi²¿tsz
tsung'.
333. Whoever placards, or brings before government, an anonymous document falsely accusing
others of crimes, shall, according to this law, be strangled; and, although what he declares be true,
he shall yet be convicted. Notwithstanding the severity of this law, persons who feel themselves
uggrieved, have recourse to placards; and so bold are the people, that sometimes they post up their
complaints on the very walls of the magistrate's office. Recourse is also had to anonymous letters.
335. These are cases in which the kindred or relations of the magistrate are brought to his
court or tribunal; whenever this happens the officer must retire before the trial can proceed-it
being supposed that in such cases he will not act with impartiality.
337. Children who accuse their parents, and wives and concubines who accuse their husbands,
shall receive 100 blows, even if the charge be true; and death shall be the punishment, if it be
faise in only one particular,
:.
SECT. 1.]
551
PENAL CODE.
342. Litigations in behalf
of officers of government are
to be managed by their do-
mestics.
343. On being sentenced to
the army, or transported for
bringing forward false accu-
sations.
344. On officers of govern-
ment receiving bribes.
345. On bestowal of pro-
perty that may lead to crime.
346. On receiving a bribe
after an act is done.
349. Concerning the extor-
tion of loans by those who are
in the service of government.
官吏​受​財
​坐​或​致​罪
​事後​受​財
​347. On magistrates listen-
ing to promises of bribes.
官吏​聽​許​財物
​348. On seeking aid by 有事​以​財​請求
​bribes when in trouble.
在​官​求索​借貸
​350. Extortion of loans by
an officer's domestics.
351. Reception of bribes by
high and influential officers.
352. Levy ing contributions
on pretexts of public service.
353. On retaining stolen
goods recovered by the police.
354. The military receiving
presents from the nobility.
355. On forging an impe-
rial document.
358. Against counterfeiting
governmental seals, and the
imperial kalenders.
359. Against the private
casting of copper money.
360. Falsely pretending to
be officers of government.
官吏​詞​訟​家人
​訴
​誣告​充軍​及​遷
​WHE
356. On falsely promulgat.
ing imperial orders.
357. On giving false repliesT
to inquiries which are made
by the emperor.
i
以​實
​S
僞造​印信​時​憲
​書​等
​詐​假​官
​Kún lí tsz' tsung ká syan
sò'.
sMà kờ chung kwan kap.
cts in sai.
Kún lí shau cts oi.
Tso chóng chí tsúi.
Sz" hau' shau' sts' oi.
人​财物
​家人​求索
​風​憲​官吏​犯​贓 ​cheong.
因​公​科​斂
​尅​留​盜​贓
​私​受公​財物
​詐​為​制​書
​1 傳​詔旨
​Kún lí ting’ hüsts' oi mat,.
Yau sz" sí sts' oi 'ts' ing kau.
Tsoi kún skau sók, tsé'
thái yan sts oi mat,.
‹Ká¸yan kau sók,.
Fung hin' ‹kún lí² fán²
‹Yan ‹kung ‹fó lím.
Hah, slau tờ «chóng.
Sz'shau
mat,.
Chá' wai chai' ‹shü.
Chá chin chíu chí.
Túi chai shéung shi chá
pat, í shat,.
kung hau tsoi
Ngai ts'ò² yan' sun'
hín shù tang.
Sz' chu' stung tsin.
Chá' 'ká kún.
shí
344. No officer or other person in the employment of government is allowed, shau ts'oi, to re-
ceive property, as gifts or bribes; those who do so shall be immediately deprived of their honors
and office, dismissed from service, and be punished according to the value of the gift: if it be in
value one ounce or less of silver, 60 blows shall be the punishment; if 120 ounces or more, death.
The penalties of this law are often evaded; and presents to a very large amount, in one way or
another, reach the hands of official persons.
351. These high officers, governors, lieutenant-governors, commissioners of justice, of finance,
&c., and high ministers of state who are guilty of these crimes, are to be punished two degrees
more severely than those who are only of the rank of prefects.
552
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
361. Pretending to be high
officers of state.
362. High officers feigning
to hold secret commissions.
363. Pretending that there
are felicitous omens.
364. On pretending sick-
ness or death to avoid business.
365. Deceitfully persuading
people to transgress the law.
366. On illicit sexual inter-
course.
367. Conniving at illicit
conduct of wife or concubine.
368. Incest, or illicit in-
tercourse between relations.
369. Falsely accusing a
husband's father of incest.
370. Slaves or hired domes-
tics having illicit intercourse
with the master's wife.
371. Illicit intercourse with
people's wives and daughters.
372. Illicit intercourse by
those who are in mourning, or
by the priests of Budha and
of the Taou sect.
373. Illicit intercourse be-
tween free persons and slaves.
374. Officers of govern-
ment frequenting brothels.
375. On buying free per-
sons to be prostitutes.
376. On defacing or de-
stroying public monuments.
377. On procuring medical
aid for laborers and soldiers in
the public service.
378. Laws for the suppres-
sion of gambling.
379. Eunuchs [forbidden.
to all but titular kings].
380. Soliciting malversa-
tion in public business.
詐稱​內​使​等​官
​近侍​詐稱​私​行
​詐​為​瑞​應
​1 病​死傷​避​事
​1 教​誘人​犯法
​犯​姦
​縱容​妻妾​犯​姦
​親属​相​姦
​誣​執​翁​姦
​奴​及​雇工​人​姦
​家長​妻
​Chá ching noi sz” ‘tang
kún.
Kan shí chá ching 2
shang.
Chá'wai sui ying'.
Chá' ping 'sz' shéung pí
Sz22.
Chá' káu' yau ¿yan fán² fátɔ.
Fán² kán.
Tsung yung «ts'ai_ts ip, fán
‹kán.
‹Ts'an shuk› ‹séung kán,
Mò chap, yung chán.
¿Nò kap, kú' ‹kung yan ‹kán
ká chéung tsai.
Kán pò² man ‹ts'ai ‘nii.
Ki sóng kap, sang tờ fan
kán.
多​部​民​妻女
​居喪​及​儈​道​犯
​Is the
良​賤​相​姦
​官吏​宿​娼
​買​良​為​娼
​拆毀​申明亭
​夫​匠​軍士​病​給 ​kap, ú yénkz.
醫藥
​賭博
​閹割​火​者
​囑託​公事
​Séung tsín séung kán.
Kún lí suk, chéung.
$Máj sléung swai ‹ch'éung.
Chúk, 'wai shan ming ting.
Fú tséung kwan sz2 ping?
Tò pók›.
ắm hót, ó ché.
Chuk, tók, ‹kung sz”.
364. Leave of absence is very often obtained on plea of illness; and cases are not infrequent
in which the illness is feigned.
366–375. These laws, and the clauses under them, evince a most horrible state of crime, while
they show also how wisely reasonable men, with no other guide than conscience, can legislate:
having not the Divine law, they are a law unto themselves.
376. The shan ming ting are halls or courts in which the names of bad people are exposed;
and they might be called halls of exposure.
378. There are nineteen clauses under this law, the last of which, was enacted in 1819. The
government disallows all sorts of gambling, lotteries, &c., and often severely punishes those who
transgress these laws; still the evil practice in one form or another prevails to a great extent
among almost all classes of the people.
SECT. 1.]
553
THE PENAL CODE.
381. On privately hushing |
up public crimes.
382. Laws respecting ac-
cidental fires.
383. On willfully or mali-
iously setting fire to the
houses of other people.
384. Laws respecting the-
atrical representations.
385. On disobedience to
the orders of government.
386. On doing what ought
not to be done.
387. On the duty of police-
officers in pursuing and appre-
hending thieves.
388. Criminals resisting of-
ficers of the police.
389. On escaping from
prison by stealth, and on
breaking it open by violence.
390. On the escaping of
transported convicts.
391. On delays in transport.
ing convicts.
罪人​拒捕
​獄​囚​脫​監​及​反
​獄​在逃
​徒​流人​逃
​稽​囚徒
​392. Keepers not observing 主​守​不覺​失​囚
​the escape of prisoners.
知情​藏匿​罪人
​盜賊​捕​限
​因​應​禁​而​不禁
​故​禁​故​勘​平​人
​393. Concealing criminals,
while aware of their crimes.
394. Limited term of appre-
hending thieves and robbers.
395. On neglecting to con-
fine prisoners.
396. Maliciously imprison-
ing or torturing innocent men.
私​和​公事
​失火
​放火​故​燒​人​房
​NICE
搬​做​雜劇
​違​合
​不應​為
​應​捕​人​追捕​罪
​人
​Sz'wó kung sz".
Shat, fo.
Fóng' 'fó kú' shíú yan fong
uk>.
Pún tso² tsáp, kik,.
Wai ling.
Pat, ying,wai.
Ying po syan chui pò tsúi
syan.
Tsúi²,yan 'kü pò².
Yuk, ch'au t'üt, kám kap,
'fán yuk, tsoi'sťð.
sTò slau yan st).
Kai lau ch'au ‹td.
'Chu 'shau pat, kók, shat,
sch'au.
«Chí sts'ing sts'óng nik, tsúi
yan.
Tờ tsak, pờ hán.
Ch'au ying kam' í pat,
kam'.
Kú kam' kứ hóm' ping
syan.
381. Evasions of this law, by compromising offenses, and withdrawing them from the cognizance
of the officers to whose notice they have been brought, are very frequent among the Chinese.
Few magistrates will refuse to allow this when the temptation is sufficiently strong, and few
offenders are slow to resort to it when they have the means of making the temptation so strong
as to effect their purpose, and shove by justice.' Consequently, when one high in rank is
known to have passed through his office clean-handed, he is proportionably lauded by the people—
a reward highly prized by some Chinese statesmen.
382. This law subjects the master of any house, which is accidentally or any other way set
on fire, to punishment by the bamboo, and to death if the fire chance to extend to any of the
imperial temples.
384. By this law, actors are precluded from representing, in any of their performances,
empresses, famous princes, ministers, and generals of former ages; it is not however intended to
prohibit fictitious characters, if they be just and upright men, chaste wives, or pious and obedient
children. These very characters, by this law prohibited, are the most usual and constant ones
seen upon the Chinese stage. The theatre here, a favorite place of resort, is far from being an
unexceptionable school of virtue.'
395. Prison discipline in China is in a very low state, the condition of the prisons wretched in
the extreme, and the abuses enormous. The regulations for the management of prisons are often
allowed to remain dormant, and the sufferings of the inmates are horrible beyond description.
CHI. CHR.
139
554
[CHAP. XVII
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
397. Unjustly protracting
imprisonment.
淹​禁
​398. On the ill treatment of
陵​虐​罪​囚
​prisoners.
399. On giving, prisoners 與​囚​金​刃​解脫
​tools to effect their release.
主​守​教​囚​反​異
​獄​囚衣​糧
​功臣​應​禁​親人
​入​視
​死
​400. Keepers exciting pri
soners to reverse a confession.
401. On the raiment and
food of prisoners.
402. On permitting the
kindred of statesmen
once
meritorious to visit them
when prisoners.
403. Condemned criminals
procuring their own death.
404. Age and youth not
老幼​不​訊
​to be examined by torture.
405. Cases in which pri- ####
鞫​獄​停​囚​待​對
​soners are to be confronted.
406. Examination to
to be
confined to the indictment.
407. Against the disallow-
依​告狀​鞫​獄
​ing of the return of plaintiff
原告​人事​畢​不
​or accusers after the case is
finished.
放回
​408. Prisoners falsely ac-
cusing innocent persons.
409. On palliating or mag-
nifying a prisoner's offense.
410. On clearing up cases
of false accusation.
獄​囚​誣指​平​人
​官司​出入​人​罪
​辯​明​寃枉
​411. Sentences determined
by competent authorities.
412. Against all fallacious
有司​决​囚​等第
​檢驗​屍​傷​不​以
​WHY'
practices in holding an inquest
on a dead body.
決​罰​不如​法
​長官​使人​有​犯
​斷​罪​引​律​合
​413. Adjudging
punish.
ment which is illegal.
414. Offenses of high offi.
cers and imperial envoys.
415. In giving decisions,
the law must be quoted.
Ím kam'.
¿Ling yéuk, tsúi¹ ¿ch'au.
sYüschau kam yan kái
"
t'üt,.
'Chu 'sh'au káu' sch'au fán
12.
Yuk₂ sch'au ‹í sléung,
«Kungshan ‹ying kam'
‹ts'an yan yap, shí'.
'Sz' ch'au ling² yan tsz"
shát,.
Lò yau pat, cháu sun.
Kuk, yuk, sting sch' au toi'
túi.
I kờ chóng kuk, yuk,.
Un ko syan sz” pat, pat,
fóng” cúi.
Yuk, schau smò chí sping
syan.
Kún sz' ch'ut, yap, 、yan
tsúi².
Pín' ¿ming <ün 'wóng.
Yau ‹sz' k'üt, ch'au 'tang
tai'.
'Kím ím² shí ‹shéung pat,
sí shat,.
K'üt, fát, pat, çü fát›.
“Ch*éung kún sz” syan yau
fán².
Tün' tsúi² 'yan lut, ling¹.
404. By the provisions of this law, those who are above the age of 70, or under the age of 15,
are exempt from torture.
405. Magistrates, at whose tribunal a case has been brought, are allowed to demand the attend-
ance of associates and accomplices in it, who may be in the custody of other magistrates, and
the demand must be complied with in three days.
409. Magistrates acting as judges, by intentionally extenuating or aggravating the guilt of
prisoners-in other words, who designedly pronounce and execute any unjust sentence,-expose
themselves to the penalties of this law, and "in every such case, the member of the court who
stands first in point of responsibility, shall suffer punishment equal in degree with that which
was, when it ought not to have been, or was not, when it ought to have been, inflicted."
415. Under this head reference is made to common as well as to statute law: 'old custom,' or
well supported and well defined precedents, are no mean or infrequent authorities among the
Chinese.
SECT. 1.]
555
PENAL COde.
416. Criminals allowed to
confess and to protest.
417. Effect of a pardon on
a foregoing sentence.
418. He who on the hear.
ing of a general pardon com-
inits a crime [shall receive
heavier punishment].
419. Transported convicts
refusing to work.
420. On offenses committed
by females.
421. Waiting the report of
cases from the emperor.
422. On passing erroneous
sentences.
423. Clerks writing confes-
sions for others.
$7. PUBLIC WORKS.
424. On assuming to effect
public works.
425. On waste or expendi-
ture of time and wages on
materials that are unfit for use.
426. On buildings or manu-
factures not according to law.
427. Misapplication of the
public property.
423. Misapplication of the
governmental silks.
獄​囚​取​服​辯
​| Yuk, sch'au 'tsü fuk₂ pín'.
She'sts'in tün' tsúi² pat, tóng'.
赦​前​斷​罪​不當
​聞​有​恩​赦​而​故 ​Man yau yan she'sí kw
fán².
1L
徒​囚​不應​役
​婦人​犯罪
​死囚​覆​奏​待​報
​斷​罪​不當
​吏​典​代​冩​招​草
​工​律
​擅​造作
​虚​費​工力​採取
​不堪​用
​造作​不如​法
​冒​破​物料
​帶​造假​疋
​¿T'ò ch'au pat› ‹ying yik,.
'Fú syan fán³ tsúi².
'Sz' ch'au fuk, tsau' toi' pò'.
Tin tsúi pat, tóng”.
Lý tín toi ‘sé chíú sò.
‹Kung Lut›.
Shin' ts'd' tsók,.
‹H'ü fai' ‹kung lik, 'ts'oi 'tsi
pat, chóm yung'.
Tsò² tsók, pat, si fát,.
Mò² p'ó' mat, líú².
Tái tsờ tinphat,.
416. When a prisoner is sentenced to death, or to be transported, he must according to this
law have his case stated to him, so that be may either confess or dispute it; and his kindred,
within 300 lí, must be summoned to attend the trial.
417. By the provisions of this law, an erroneous sentence passed immediately after a general
pardon, may be so far corrected or reversed, as to be included in such general pardon.
420. Except in capital cases and those of adultery, females are not to be imprisoned, but kept
in the custody of their husbands or other kindred.
421. Ordinarily, provincial authorities, after reporting a criminal case to the throne, must
wait for the imperial rescript before proceeding to inflict capital punishment. In certain cases,
however, these formalities are dispensed with, and a criminal is led away to execution in a few
hours after his apprehension. For this end, there is lodged with the fúyün, or lieutenant-
governor of each province, a symbol of authority, called wong ming. The criminal being judged
and sentenced, the presiding officer, even if it be the fúyün himself, goes in state, and, with
prescribed formalities, requests the delivery of the wong ming; and being taken from the place
where it is kept deposited, it is borne with great pomp and solemnity before the criminal to the
fatal spot, where in its presence the victim kneels toward the emperor's palace, and by a single
stroke of the executioner's sword expires in the attitude of giving thanks to him for the dispen-
sation of justice! The phrase wóng ming, literally 'king's order,' is equivalent to death-warrant,
and is often so translated; it is supposed to be derived from high antiquity, before the use of
the word emperor, and hence the name king's order is still retained.
§7. These laws are thirteen in number, and refer chiefly to manufactures, and the con-
struction of buildings, for government.
428. This law is intended to prevent any one from mixing his own private materials with
those of the government, in its manufactories of silks, &c.
556
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
429. Against weaving or
manufacturing interdicted pat
terns of the dragon, phoenix,
&c.
430. On exceeding the li
mited time for work.
431. On repairing granaries
and storehouses.
432. Concerning officers,
and those in the employment
of government, not residing in
their offices.
433. On breaking down
embankments.
434. On failure in the time
for repairs.
435. Encroachments
streets and highways.
436. Concerning repairs of
bridges and roads.
Punishment.
on
Magandang
-
Death, to be strangled
Death, to be beheaded.
織造​違禁​龍鳳
​文​假​疋
​造作​過​限
​修理​倉庫
​有司​官吏​不住
​公司
​盗​決​河防
​失​時​不脩​隄防
​侵占​街道
​脩理​橋梁​道路
​TABLE I.
This table is an abstract of the principal articles of the laws specially provided for the protection.
of public and private property. The grade of punishments here exhibited are for crimes commit-
ted against the statutes in the first and sixth subdivisions of the criminal laws, viz. Nos. 254—
281, and Nos. 343-354. By this table, it appears on inspection, that whoever is guilty of any
species of pecuniary malversation, to the extent of 20 taels of silver, shall, generally speaking,
be liable, at the least to a punishment of 40 blows: that whoever is guilty of a theft of private
property, or of receiving a bribe for an object in itself lawful, to the same extent, is punishable
with 80 blows: that whoever is guilty to the same extent of a theft of public property, or of
receiving a bribe for an object in itself unlawful, is punishable with 60 blows, and banishment
for the space of one year and, lastly, that whoever is guilty of embezzling much of the public
property, will be punishable with 100 blows, and perpetual banishment to the distance of 2000 li.
(See Sir G. T. Staunton's Translation of the Penal Code.)
Taels.
20 blows with the bamboo
1 or less
30 blows
1 to 10
40 blows
20 to 30
50 blows
30 to 40
60 blows
40 to 50
50 to 60
70 blows
80 blows
90 blows
100 blows
60 to 70
70 to 80
80 to 90
60 blows and 1 year's banishment 100 to 200
70 blows and 1 year's banishment 200 to 300
80 blows and 2 years' banishment 300 to 400
90 blows and 2 years' banishment 400 to 500
100 blows and 3 years' banishment 500 & up'ds
100 blows and perpet. banish. 2000.
100 blows and perpet. banish. 2500l.
100 blows and perpet. banish. 3000 l.
SCALE OF PUNISHMENT FOR OFFENSES AGAINST PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY.
Bribery for | Bribery for
a lawful Jan unlawful
Object. Object.
Taels. Taels.
Pecuniary
Malver.
sation.
Theft.
Taels.
1 or less
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
1 or less
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
I
Chik, ts'd swai kam' lung
fung man tin' p'at,.
Upwards of Upwards of
120 taels. 120 taels.
Tsờ tsok, kwo hán.
Sau li tsong fú'.
Yau (sz' kún lí² pat, chii²
kung kái.
Ted² k'üt, shó ¿fóng.
Shat, shí pat, sau tai fong.
Tsam chím kái tờ.
Sau shí shíú sléung tờ kì.
1 or less
1 to 5 tls.
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
Theft of
Public
Property.
Taels.
1 or less
1 to 5 tls.
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
55
80 or 120
80 in ext-
If an inferi-reme cases.
or Officer.
Embezzle-
ment of pub-
lic property.
Taels.
1 or less
1 to 24
5
71
10
121
15

171
20
25
30
80 in ex.
treme cases.
SECT. 1.]
557
THE PENAL CODE.
4
¡
Punishment.
10 blows with the bamboo
20 blows
30 blows
40 blows
50 blows
60 blows
70 blows
80 blows
90 blows
SCALE OF THE PECUNIARY REDEMPTION OF NECESSARILY REDEEMABLE PUNISHMENTS.
or
If not alto- If aged,
gether
destitute.
T. m. c. c.
3
Killing or
Females in general
Dec.
wounding Days
accidentaly confin't. of tacls.
T. m. c. c. T. m. c. c.
1
2
3
100 blows
1 year's banishment
1½ year's banishment
2 years' banishment
24 years' banishment
3 years' banishment
4 years' banishment
5 years' banishment
Perpetual banishment to 2000 lí.
Perpetual banishment to 2500 l.
Perpetual banishment to 3000 lí.
Death,-to be strangled
Death, to be beheaded
Nom
Deginal Reduced.]
10 4 blows
2 20 5
3 30
10
4
40
15
5
50
20
6 60
20
7 70 25
8
80
30
9 90 35
10 100 40
19
""
11
,,
""
"1
"1
19
"
If well able
to pay.
A private, individual.
An officer above the fourth rank,.
An officer of the fourth rank,.
T. m. c. c.
2 5
5
7 5
11♡♡O TESL70
- ❤
1 2 4
3
3 5
4
4 5
5
7 5
10
12 5
15
17 5
20
25
||||
TABLE II.

An officer of the fifth or sixth rank,.
An officer of the seventh, or any inferior rank, or a Master of Arts, .
A graduate, licenciate, or a Bachelor of Arts,
-
4 5
6
6 5
9
1 2
1 3 5
1 5
1 6 5
1 8
3 6
5 4
7 2
9
10 8
14 4
18
An officer of the fifth or sixth rank,.
An officer of the seventh, or any inferior rank, or a Master of Arts,
A graduate, licenciate, or a Bachelor of Arts,
A private individual, .
An officer above the fourth rank,.
An officer of the fourth rank,.
An officer of the fifth or sixth rank,.
An officer of the seventh, or any inferior rank, or a Master of Arts,
A graduate, licenciate, or a Bachelor of Arts, .
A private individual,
under Age.
T. m. c. c.
7 5
1 8
225
FIQQ) 09 - t
..
1 5
3
3 7 5
1 8 75
3
4 5
5 25
6
2 27
4
TABLE III.
Scale of pecuniary redemption in such cases as are not legally excluded from the benefit of
general acts of grace and pardon, and which, though not necessarily redeemable, have, by an
edict of the eighth year of the emperor Kínlung (1744), been made redeemable upon petition.
Rank of the Offender.
An officer above the fourth rank,.
An officer of the fourth rank..
Sentence.
6 7 5
7 5
2 625
4
Deg.
Dimensions of the Bamboo. Deg.
11
12
13
14
15
Females
in certain
cases.
•
16
17
18 100
19
20
""
"
4
1 7 5
1 1 1 25
1 1 5
1 1 8 75
1 2 2 50 70 97
".
LO
1 3
1 3 3 75
1 3 7 5 10 6 4 6
1 45
12 4 2
"
5
6
TABLE I V. — DegreeS OF PUNISHMENT.
Nom-1
Jinally
""
679
"9
1 10
11
Reduced.
60 | 20 blows
70 25
80
30
90 35
100 40
100❘ 40
100 40
40
Death by strangulation.
Death by decollation.
1 4 19
1 7 7 4
3 5 48
5322
3 54
332
7 9
887
Death by
strangulation
or decollation.
Perpetual
banishment.
Temporary ba-
nishment, or blows.
with the bamboo.
For life.
For life.
and 105
and 135
20
25
30
and 165
35
40
and 195
225
and
50 and 3
55 and 3375
60 and 375
Together with Banishment.
For one year to a distance of 500 lɛ.
For one year and a half.... .500 lk.
For two years.
500 lí.
For two years and a half.
.500 lε.
For three years..
For life..
500 lɛ.
2000 lí.
2500 7.
3000 7.
Commutation.
12,000 tacls.
5,000 taels.
4,000 taels.
2,500 taels.
2,000 taels.
1,200 taels.
7,200 taels.
3,000 taels.
2,400 taels.
1,500 taels.
1,200 taels.
720 tacls.
4,800 taels.
2,000 taels.
1,600 taels.
1,000 taels.
800 taels.
480 taels.

CHI. CHR.
140
558
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
1. August is resplendent.
Complete virtue is very res-
plendent, and there is no place
which it does not illumine.
2. August sovereign is an
appellation of one possessing
complete virtue and able to
act on heavenly principles.
3. August emperor is one
very resplendent and complete
in virtue, who is above the
people (i. e. is emperor).
4. August heaven (the em.
peror) is he who because of his
Complete virtue and great splen-
dor, is great as heaven.
5. The words of the august
sovereign are silken sounds.
6. The august sovereign's
car is the gemmeous carriage.
7. The august sovereign's
seal is the gemmeous signet.
8. The commands of the
august sovereign are the impe-
rial commands, or the phoenix
(the incomparable) mandate.
9. The decree of the august
sovereign is the revered decree,
and is otherwise called the
sacred will.
!
Section Second.
IMPERIAL TITLES.
皇​王​異​說​第二​章
​Wong wong 1 shut,; tai í chéung.
}
皇​煌​也​盛德煌
​煌無​所​不照也
​皇帝​有​盛德​而
​能行​天道​之​稱
​皇上​煌煌​盛德
​民​之上​者
​皇天​以其​盛德
​煌煌​如​天​大意
​皇帝​車​日​玉​輦
​皇帝​印​日​玉​璽
​皇帝​之​諭​日​上
​諭​又​日​鳳​詔
​皇帝​之​命​日​欽
​命​又曰​聖旨
​Wong, wong sya. Shing
S
tak, wóng,wóng, mò shó
pat, chíú' sya.
Wong tai syau shing' tak,
sĩ snang shang tín từ chú
ch'ing.
Wóng shéung', wong wong
shing tak,, swai sman chí
shéung' 'ché.
Wóng tín, í skí shing
tak,swóng swóng, sử tín tại
í.
Wong tai' sín üt, slun ‹yam,
Wóng tai' ‹kü üt₂ yuk, slím.
S
.Wong tai yan it, yuk, sái.
sWóng tại «chí yu ut,
shéung' yü², yau² üt, fung
chíú'.
Notes and Explanations.
6
IMPERIAL titles have been variously written at different periods. Wong, the august or the
august one, was first applied to the three ancient sovereigns-Fukhí, Shannung, and Wongtai.
In the Yik Shi, or Unravelment of History,' kün í, pín yat, it is said: "Wong or august is heaven;
heaven speaks not, yet the four seasons follow in regular succession, and all things spring forth.
So the three august ones descended in state, and without even uttering a word, the people bowed to
their sway. Their virtue was inscrutable and boundless, like august heaven; and therefore were
they called august," or the august ones. Commonly wóng, august, is composed of wóng, a king
or ruler, surmounted by pák, clear or bright; in the Yik Shi, the wong is surmounted by tsz' or
self, thus indicating self-king, self-ruler, or one ruling alone and supreme.
Wóng tai chí ming ut
S
‹yam ming', yau' üt, shing
chí.
2. Wóngtai, august sovereign or emperor, is a very common appellation of the reigning monarch;
and, when speaking of him, it is used as an equivalent for H. I. M. or his imperial majesty.
The five immediate successors of the three august ones were called tai; and sometimes the three
august ones, with their next successors Yau and Shun, were called the five tai.
9. The word yam denotes that which is grand, majestic, and worthy to be revered; and
is applied particularly to what belongs to the emperor; and hence yam chái, yam ming, and yam
SECT. 2.]
559
IMPERIAL TITLES.
10. The celestial august
one; indicating great splendor
and perfect virtue like those of
heaven.
11. The wise and august,
is one infinite in knowledge,
complete in virtue, and very
resplendent.
天皇​煌煌​盛德
​有如​天大​之​意
​# 7
聖皇​於​事​無
​通​盛德煌​煌​也
​先皇​已​崩​之​稱
​帝 ​也​能行​天
​12. The once august is the
designation of one deceased.
13. Sovereign or a judger;
one able to act on celestial prin-
ciples, and in the service of 道​事​天​審​諦​也
​heaven execute judgment.
14. Sovereign king is one
able to act on celestial prin.
ciples, and to whom
empire goes and submits.
the
15. Celestial sovereign is
帝王​能行​天道
​而​天下​歸​往​焉
​Ï
天帝​能行​天道
​而​天下​歸​之​也
​聖帝​能行​天道
​one able to act on celestial
principles, and to whom the
whole empire submits.
16. The sacred sovereign
is one able to act on heavenly
principles, who is thoroughly
且​於​事​無​不通
​acquainted with all things.
17. The genealogical books 帝​胄​之​譜​名為
​of the sovereign's descendents
are named the gemmeous pages
(or pearly tablets).
玉牒
​18. King is to go; meaning
TH
王​往​也​天下​所
​歸​往​之​意
​that all the empire goes and
submits to him [who is so
styled their king].
19. The celestial king is a
designation given by the Chi
nese, denoting one to whom
all the empire submits.
20. A wise king is one
whose knowledge is unbound-
天王​諸夏​所稱
​意謂​天下​歸​往
​聖王​事​無​不通
​ed, and to whom the whole
empire submits.
而​天下​歸​往​也
​21. Aged king is the desig-ExŹ
老王​王父​之​稱
​nation of the king's father.
Tín wong; wong wong
$
shing tak, yau yu tín tái
chíP.
Shing’swing, yi sz” mù
pat, tung, shing' tak,,,wóng
swóng sya.
?
Sín wong, í pang chí
<ch'ing.
Tai', tai' ya; nang hang
«tín tờ, sz” tín sham tại
Syá.
Tai' wong; nang hang tin
tờ, sí tín há kwai swóng
sín.
.Tín tai,snang shang tín
tờ, sí tín há” ckwai chí yá.
s
Shing' tai', nang hang t'in
tờ, ché «i sz” mò pat,
‹ü
<t'ung.
Tai chau chí ‘pò, ming swai
yuk, típ.
Wóng, wóng yá ; tín há
،
$
shó hwai swóng chín
Tín wóng chứ há sho
‹ch'ing, í' wai² ‹t'ín ha² ‹kwai
swóng.
Shing wong sz❞ mò pat,
S
ct ung, số tín há chwai wóng
sya.
Lò swing swing fú chí
ch'ing.
fung, are rendered, imperial commissioner,' 'imperial decree,' and that which is or ought to
be received with reverence.' Works published by imperial authority are styled yam ting, i. e.
with the emperor's sanction, or by the emperor's permission.
12. The phrase sin wong is applied only to emperors after they are deceased. Their demise
is expressed by p'ang, which denotes the fall of anything high and massive, or honorable and
great, like the fall of a mountain, or the death of one who possesses great power and is highly
honored and revered, as is always supposed to be the case with an emperor.
13-17. These several sentences show the meaning which is attached to this word tai, both
when used alone and in connection with others. Sovereign, ruler, potentate, and so forth, are
terms which may be used as equivalents for it.
18. This term has been used by the Chinese as the title of their sovereign. They say "heaven
cannot have two suns, nor the people two wong or kings," i. e. sovereign rulers. One says that
•he who can keep the three powers, heaven, earth, and man in union, is a wóng.' At present
there are in the imperial family different orders of kings, all inferior to the emperor.
560
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
22. Honored king is one to
whom the hearts of all people
submit, and to whom the whole
empire shows obedience.
23. The nation's king is
the prince; one to whom the
people of a nation
of a nation submit,
and hence the name.
24. The lone king is a
modest appellation of a prince
used by himself, denoting that
he is poor.
25. A retired or ex-king is
one who was once king, but has
on account of age resigned in
favor of his son.
26. Prince is a multitude;
the term indicates one to
whom the hearts of the multi-
tude submit.
27. Prince of the country
is a phrase indicating one to
whom the hearts of the people
of the country submit.
28. Solitary prince is an
appellation of a prince used
only by himself, meaning that
he is without virtue.
29. Wise prince is one
whose knowledge is infinite,
and to whom the hearts of the
multitude submit.
30. The solitary man is a
modest appellation of a prince
applied to himself as one
possessed of few virtues.
31. The son of heaven is
33. The face of the son of
heaven (i.e. the emperor's face)
is called the dragon's face.
君王​羣​下​歸​心
​天下​趨向​歸​往
​國王​君​也 ​國
​之​民​歸​往​故名
​孤​王君​自卑​而
​稱​孤陋​之​人​意
​太​上​王​前​會​為
​王​辭​老王​父
​君​羣​也​羣​下​歸
​心​之​意
​國君​國民​歸​心
​之​意
​寡君​君​自稱​意
​謂​寡​德​也
​聖君​事​無​不通
​而​羣​下​歸​心​也
​寡人​君​自謙​為
​寡​德​之​人​也
​天子​天下​之​主
​lord of the whole empire, and is
so called because heaven is his 父​天母​地​之​謂
​father and earth his mother.
32. The wise son of heaven
聖​天子​天之所
​is one who is born of heaven
and whose knowledge is in-
finite.
生事​無​不通​也
​天子​之​面​日​龍
​顔
​Kwan swóng, skwan há
kwai sam, tín há² tsii
héung' kwai wóng.
Kwók, wóng, kwan yá;
yat, kwok, chí nan kwai
wong, kí sming,
Kú wóng, kwan tsz" pí si
«ching kú lau chí yan ỉ.
Tái shéung swóng, sts in
stsang wai wóng, sts'z' lò
¿wóng fú².
Kwan kwan ‘yá; ‚kwan há²
ckwai sam chí 1.
Kwók, kwan, kwók, man
kwai sam chí 1.
'Kwá kwan, kwan tsz'
<ch'ing, í' wai' 'kwá tak, yá.
Shing' kwan, sz” mò pat,
tung, sí skwan há² kwai
sam ‘yá.
Kwa yan, ‹kwan tsz❞ hím
swai 'kwá tak, ‹chí yan 'yá.
Tín ‘tsz’ tín há chí chủ,
fú tín ‘mò tí chí wai.
Shing” tín ‘tsz, tín chí
'shó shang, sz² mò pat,
t'ung 'ya.
Tín ‘tsz’ chí mín ut, cung
ngán.
24. This is rather affected than real poverty: in modern times Chinese kings possess but little
power, and are in no way comparable to the wóng tai, who alone is supreme; they are usually,
if not always, members of the imperial house.
28. Here the meaning of kwá is like kú in No. 24; both are used to express humility and
lowliness, and are also employed as a designation of one's self, when a sovereign is speaking in
the first person.
Kwá also means a widow, and kú an orphan.
31. This high-too high-title, for mortal man, is in very common use. The notice of its
origin, as here explained, is taken from the archæological work called Kú Sz' Ts'am Yün.
33. The emperor's person is also called the dragon's body, and his throne, the dragon's
throne. Moreover, as elsewhere explained, his coat of arms is the dragon.
1
1
1:5
SECT. 2.]
561
IMPERIAL TITLES.
34. The effects and furniture
(i. e. the chattels) of the em-
peror are called the imperial
chattels.
35. Whatever place is reach-
ed by the carriage or the car
of the son of heaven is said
to be blessed.
36. The place of residence
for the emperor is called, hall
of audience, golden palace,
the ninth entrance, vermilion
avenue, vermilion hall, rosy
hall, forbidden hall, the crim-
son and forbidden place, gem-
meous steps, golden steps,
meridian portal, ¡gemmeous
avenue, celestial steps, celes-
tial court, forbidden palace,
great interior, the maple pavi.
lion, and royal house.
37. Wise lord; his know-
ledge of things is infinite, and
he lords it over the country
and rules the people.
38. Lord paramount is one
who holds and regulates those
affairs which are above the
people.
39. Our master is a common
appellation given to the mo-
marchs of the present dynasty
by officers in conversation.
40. Lord of the country is
the prince, so called because
by him is exercised the lordship
over the country.
41. Sole potentate is an
appellation of the highest
honor, employed by the prince,
denoting We, Us, OUR, &c.
天子​之​物​曰​御
​物
​天子​車駕​所至
​日​幸
​天子​所​居​之​處
​日​朝廷​金殿​九
​重​丹​墀​丹彤
​庭禁​庭​紫​禁​玉
​堦金​堦午​門​玉
​墀​天​1天庭​禁
​宮​大 ​楓​宸​王
​室
​聖​主事​無​不通
​而​主​國​治​民​者
​主​上​執掌​為民
​上​之​事​也
​主子​本​朝​文武
​恒​談​而​稱​君​者
​國​主​君​也​以其
​爲 ​國​之​主​也
​朕​至尊​之​稱​君
​自​謂​言​我​也
​Tin tsz' <chí mats üti
mat¿.
T'ín tsz' ckü ká shó ch?
ütz hang².
Tin tsz' shocküchí ch'),
ütz sch'íú stding, ckam tín²,
(kau schung, tán schý, tán
sting, stung eting, kam' sting,
‘tsz’kam’,yuk ckái, ckam
ckái, ng smún, yuk, schí,
«tín kái, tín sting, kam
kung, tái noi, fung shang
wóng shat..
Shing' 'chu, sz" mò pat,
tung, số chu kwok, chứ
sman 'ché.
'Chu shéung', chap, 'chéung
swai sman shéung” chí sz”
sya.
‘Chü ‘tsz’,‘pún sch'iú gman
Śmò shang stám sí ching
ckwan 'ché.
Kwók, chi, ckwan (yá; “
sk'í swai yat, kwók, (chí
'chü ‘yá.
36. The origin of each of these terms is capable of explanation, and some of them are explain-
ed in several ways: thus, chiú ting is the hall of light, so called because there at early dawn
the emperor is wont to see his ministers, or because there they are permitted to see the light of his
countenance: again, there are nine successive gates or doorways to the palace, each opening into
a new suit of apartments; the emperor usually resides within the ninth, and hence the term kau
chung: the term 'maple' is employed, some say because around the palace were planted many
maple trees which overshadowed it, others say because it is built of maple timber. The other
terms are explained in a similar way.
Cham?chýctsin chi ching
ckwan tsz? waiz sín éngo sy.
41. This word cham was originally used for the first person by all classes; but having been
employed by the first universal monarch of China as the peculiar designation of royalty, it came
to be, and is now, the proper appellation of the sovereign, when speaking of himself; it is used
by the emperor in the sense of ngó, as employed by the people. The term frequently occurs in
imperial edicts.
CHI. CHR.
141
562
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
[CHAP. XVII
į
42. Footstool is the term
used by the ministers of state
in direct address to the em-
peror.
43. Ten thousand years is an
appellation of the emperor.
44. The empress is one
who continues the prince's suc-
cession; she bows and submits
to him, and hence the name.
45. The august empress mo-
ther is the emperor's mother.
46. She is also called the
great one of the nation.
47. The great empress is
also an appellation given to the
emperor's mother by the minis-
ters of state and the people.
48. The august empress is
a title of the prince's consort.
49. The queen of a country
is a title of a prince's consort.
50. Princess is the designa.
tion given to the prince's
consort by his ministers and
people.
51. Imperial lady is the
title of the prince's concubine.
52. Imperial consort is the
title given to her by the prince.
53. The orders of the au-
gust empress are called her
excellent pleasure.
54. The empress' room is
called the pepper-chamber.
55. Chief palace; the pa-
lace is divided into eastern
and western, which are the
apartments of the royal consort.
56. Eastern palace and
western palace both are apart.
ments which are occupied by
the prince's concubines.
57. August honorable la-
dies are the titles given to the
concubines of the prince.
?
TT từ E H Pai? hứ, tsun ching swong
tai', sín sí sya.
言​爾​也
​萬歲​稱呼​皇帝
​后繼​體​君​也​揖
​讓​受​於​君​故名
​皇太后​王母​也
​國​太​王母​之​秪
​EU AI F 21
太后​亦​臣民​之
​稱​王母​者
​皇后​君​妻​之​稱
​國​后​稱​君​之​妻
​娘娘​臣民​而​稱
​君​妻​者
​后妃​稱​君​之
​御​妻​君​自​稱謂
​É. Zôn
懿旨
​椒​房​皇后​所​居
​正宮​宮​分​東西
​正​者乃​妻​所​居
​* EAT
妾​所​居
​皇​貴妃​稱​君​之
​#t
Mán² sur', ch'ing ‹fú ¿wóng
tai'.
Hau², kai tai kwan ya ;
yap, yéung shau' ii kwan,
kú ming.
sWong tái hay swóng mò
sya.
Kwok, tái, swóng mò (chí
‹ch'ing.
Tai hau², yike sshan sman
chí ch'ing wóng mà ché.
Hau fí ch'ing kwan chí
tsíp,.
Yü tsai kwan tsz" ch'ing
wai².
2 Wong hau chí ming, wai
manner when approaching to and addressing the sovereign.
sWong hau, kwants'ai chí
<ch'ing.
Kwók, hau ch'ing kwan
chí cts ai.
Nung nung shan maní
«ch'ing ‹kwan «ts'ai ‘ché.
Ts'íú fóng swóng hau² 'shó
kü.
Ching' kung; kung fan
tung sai, ching chế nái
ts'ai 'shó kü.
E Tung kung, sai ckung, skái
‹kwan ts'íp, 'shó ‹kü.
Wóng kwai' fí, ch'ing
chwan chí tsíp, yá.
42. Pai há denotes primarily the footsteps beneath the place where the monarch is seated.
There his personal attendants stood to hear and to report to him the requests and complaints of
others;
and hence to report to those ministers, standing on the steps beneath the throne, came
to be equivalent to addressing the throne, or him that sat thereon.
43. Mán sui is often used in the sense of vive le roi, expressing the wish that the monarch's life
may be greatly prolonged. Mán sui yé, father of 10,000 years is also a common phrase. It re-
king live for ever! and is used in a similar 0 מלכא לעלמין, היי sembles the Hebrew phrase
SECT. 3.]
563
авата
THE IMPERIAL FAMILY.
58. The oldest son has the
title of heir apparent.
59. Elder brother is the
title of the emperor's sons.
60. The heir apparent's re-
sidence is called green palace.
61. Congratulations of the
heir apparent on his birthday
are expressed by the phrase,
'thousand autumns.'
62. Lord of the palace;
when the emperor gives a
daughter in marriage, he does
not himself direct its ceremo-
nies, but employs one of the
same family to do it, who is
therefore called lord of the
palace.
太子​號​日​儲君
​阿哥​君子​之​稱
​太子​居​日​靑​宮
​祝太子​壽​日​千
​秋
​宮主​天子​嫁​女
​不自主​婚​使​諸
​1. Our primeval progenitor,
the emperor Origin.
2. Our prosperous progeni-
tor, the sovereign Dispatch.
3. Our luminous progenitor,
the sovereign Benign.
4. Our illustrious progeni-
tor, the sovereign Munificent.
侯​同姓​者​主​之
​故曰​宮主
​Section Third.
59. This usage seems to have been introduced by, and to be confined to, the reigning family:
the oldest is called Akó, the next is called í Akó, the third sám Akó, and so on.
Tái tsz hò it, chú skwan.
cÁ kó kwan ‘tsz chí ching.
'tsz' kü üt₂ tsi ng
Tái'
kung.
Chuk, tái tsz shau ut
ts' in tsau.
IMPERIAL FAMILY.
宗​人類​第三​章
​Tsung syan lui² tai sám chéung.
肇祖​原​皇帝
​興​祖​直​皇帝
​景​祖翼皇​帝
​顯​祖宣皇​帝
​Kung 'chu: <t'ín 'tsz' ká'
'nü, pat, tsz” ‘chü ‹wan, ‘sz.'
‹chü shau ťung sing' 'ché
chu chí, kứ út, chung
'chü.
Shíú tsò Yün swóng tai'.
Hing 'tsò Chik, swóng tai'.
'King 'tsò Yik₂ swóng tai'.
'Hín 'tsò Sün ‚wóng tai’.
Notes and Explanations.
THE imperial family, now ruling over the Chinese empire, by endeavoring to conceal their.
recent origin as an independent state, has blended fables and facts in their early history, and thus
attempted to deduce their descent from the gods. The Mantchou nation was evidently formed
of several Tongouse tribes, situated on the north of Corea, along the banks of the Amour. In
the time of the Sung dynasty, they were known as the kam ch'iú, or golden court, and subdued
several districts of northern China. For a while their progress was checked by the Mongols,
who were led on by a grandson of Genghis, and who, destroying both the Sung dynasty and its
enemies, founded the Yün in 1279, which continued down to A. D. 1367, a period of 89 years.
The Ming family then came to the throne, from whom, after a reign of 276 years, it was wrested
by the Mantchou line, A. D. 1643-44. (See Companion to the Anglo-Chinese Kalendar for 1832.)
1—6. These are neither the proper names of the sovereigns, nor of those periods during which
each in succession held the supreme authority; they are the míú hò, 'temple designations,' or
posthumous titles conferred on the monarchs by their descendents, and written upon their monu-
564
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
1
5. Our magnanimous pro-
genitor, the sovereign Noble.
6. Our magnanimous ances-
tor, the emperor Accomplished.
7. Our immortal progenitor,
the monarch Brilliant.
8. Our sacred progenitor,
the emperor Pious.
9. Our immortal ancestor,
the emperor Excellent.
10. Our exalted ancestor,
the emperor Pure.
11. Our benevolent ances-
tor, the emperor Discreet.
12. Rules for all posthu-
mous titles: the several cha-
racters, examined and defined,
are entered in the register.
13. Several terms selected
for the ancestral temples.
14. Primeval, a divine and
martial founder.
15. Prosperous, wise to de-
vise and great to effect.
16. Luminous, having au-
thority with ample resources.
17. Illustrious, conspicuous
for merit, virtue and diligence.
18. Magnanimous, shedding
down light on a thousand ages.
19. Immortal, giving pro-
tection to all posterity.
太祖​高​皇帝
​太宗​文​皇帝
​世祖​章​皇帝
​聖祖​仁​1帝
​世宗​憲 ​1 帝
​高宗​純 ​1帝
​仁宗​睿​皇帝
​凡​諡​法​各​考​其
​字​義​而​著​於​車
​列​聖廟​號​取​焉
​神武​創業​日​肇
​聖​圖丕​振​日興
​光​有 ​緒​日​景
​功德​懋​著​日​顯
​光啟​千​祿​日​太
​貽​庥​奕​葉​日​世
​Tái “tsò Kò swóng tại.
Tái tsung Man wong tai.
Shai' 'tsò Cheung,wóng tai'.
Shing' 'tso Yan ‚wóng tai.
Shai tsung Hín’swóng tai.
‹Kò ‹tsung Shun ¿wóng tai'.
Yan etsang Yui²¿wóng tai.
Fán shí' fát,: kók, háu sk'í
tsz" í², ¿í chü² ‹ü chák,.
Lít, shing” míú hờ tsi n.
Shan mà chóng íp itz
shíú².
Shing'st'd píchan' üt› ‹hing.
Kwóng yau ling sui út,
'king.
Kung tak, mau' chi' üt, 'hín.
Kwóng 'kai ts' in tsz" ütz
thái.
sh you yik, íp, it, shai.
ments or tablets in the ancestral temple and in the annals of the country. The first, second, third,
and fourth in this list, were mere chieftains; the fifth, having become confederate with the family
of Ming, ruled over several tribes of Mongols and Mantchous, and in 1616 took, for the title of his
reign, the words Tín-ming; in 1627 he was succeeded by Tín-tsung. These six chieftains and
kings all reigned in Mantchouria.
7-11. These are the posthumous titles of their successors; who have reigned in China, as
the Tá Tsing chíú, or Great Pure dynasty; the following are their kwók hd.
8. Hónghí, (Káng.hí)
9. Yungching, (Yung-ching)
10. Kínlung, (Kien-lung)
11. Káhing, (Kea-king)
7. Shunchí, (Shun-chí) who ruled 18 years, commencing in 1644 ;
who ruled 61 years, commencing in 1662;
who ruled 13 years, commencing in 1723;
who ruled 60 years, commencing in 1736;
who ruled 25 years, commencing in 1796;
and ending in 1821; at which time he was succeeded by his imperial majesty, Tokwóng (Tau-
kwang), then in the 39th year of his age; who in figure, is said to be tall, thin, and of a dark
complexion and in the business of government, diligent, and economical. Some have reported.
him to be mild and generous. in his disposition; others have represented him as being unkind.
and cruel even to his own children.
:
12. These rules are contained in the second volume of the Tá Tsing Úi Tín, a "Collection of
Statutes of the great Pure dynasty." Some one or two hundred characters have been selected and
defined, (as in the examples Nos. 14 to 21, and 23 to 33,) and arranged for use into several
classes, according to the rank and station of the persons to whom they are to be given as titles.
Shúú, hing, king, &c. from No. 14 to 21, are selected from the first class. Those commencing
with No. 22, are from the second class of these selected characters.
14. He who like a divinity and like a warrior lays the foundations of an empire is, or may
be, called, shiú, a. patriarch, or one of primitive and primeval character.
SECT. 3.]
565
THE IMPERIAL FAMILY.
¡
20. Wise, having great vir.
tue continually exhibited.
21. Exalted, with rising
merit carried to the utmost.
22. Selection of posthumous
names.
23. Origin, planting virtue
laid a foundation.
27. Noble, had merits and
virtue in full greatness.
28. Accomplished, so as to
span heaven and measure earth.
29. Benevolent, loving all
living creatures as heaven.
30. Brilliant, i.e. respectful,
faithful, elevated, clear.
31. Excellent, rewarding the
good, punishing the bad.
32. Pure, one whose inmost
soul was pure and single.
33. Discreet, wise and
deeply and minutely learned.
34. All the emperor's kin-
dred, as more or less nearly
related, are called either the
imperial family or gioro. The
birth of children must be duly
announced, and their names
entered on the family register;
for adopted children, the same
must be done; for the sons-in-
law and daughters-in-law, the
same must be done; and so also
it must be with the conferment
or withdrawal of honors. Every
ten years these must be entered
on the gemmeous tables.
峻德​垂​統​日​聖
​筆​紀​立​極​日
​24. Dispatch, begining with
diligence perfected his work.
25. Benign, loved the peo-
ple and ruled them well.
愛民​好​治​日​翼
​26. Munificent, dispensed 施​而不​私​日​宣
​and that without selfishness.
功德​盛大​曰​高
​經​天緯​地​曰​交
​如​天​好生​曰​仁
​敬慎​高​明日​章
​賞​善​罰​奸日​憲
​内心​和​一
​和 ​一 ​日​純
​聖​知​通​微​曰​睿
​凡​皇族​别​以近
​遠​日​宗室​日​覺
​KHÈ L 3 EJVJ |
而​書​於​册​繼嗣
​亦如​之​婚嫁​亦
​如​之​爵​秩​始末
​亦如​之​十年​則
​豋​於​玉牒
​列​聖尊​諡​取​焉
​植​德開​基​日原
​肇敏​行​成日​直
​Tsun' tak shui 'tung üt½
shing'.
Shíú kí lap, kik, üt, ‹kò.
Lít, shing tsin shí' 'tsii in.
Chik, tak, choi ‹kí üt çün.
>
Shíú man hang ‹shing it,
chik.
Oi man hờ chứ üt, yih.
Shí sí pat, sz' üt› ‹sün.
Kung tak, shing tái üt, ko.
King tín Śwai tí ut, man.
Ü tín hờ” shang uf, yan.
King' shan' kò ming it,
<chéung.
'Chéung shin' fat, kán üt,
hín'.
Noi sam wó yat, ütɔ ‹shun.
Shing” chí tung smí it, yui.
Fán wóng tsuk, pít, í kan
'yün, üt, ‹tsung shat,, üt,
kók› ‹ló. ‹Shang 'tsz' tsak, í
kờ ‹í ‹shü ‹ü chák, ; kai tsz”
yikɔ çü ‹chí, ‹wan ka̸' yikɔ çü
chí; tséuk, tít, ‘chí mút, yik,
si chí. Shap≥ snín tsal, tang
i yuk, típ..
23-25. In these there is supposed to be a reference to the order of succession: there is
first, Origin, or the one who laid the foundation of the dynasty; next is Dispatch, or the one who
succeeded and carried forward-dispatching in order and with promptness-that which the first had
commenced; and then comes the Benign to give finish and completeness to the structure. As in
European states, the epithets and the posthumous names are intended by the Chinese to exhibit
the character of those illustrious personages to whom they are given.
29. On a preceding page (see Chap. III. Sec. 1. No. 42.), yan was rendered Pious; Benevolent,
however, seems to be the proper translation. In the list of words, contained in the Collection of
Statutes, three different definitions are given to this single character yan; it is not quite certain
whether or not the definition here given was intended for Honghí; it is, however, sufficiently
appropriate, and may be regarded accordingly, at least till the contrary is known.
34. The imperial family wear a golden yellow sash, and the gioro a red one; when degraded,
the former take a red sash, and the latter a carnation one.
CHI. CHR.
142
566
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
¡
T
35. The descendants of the
illustrious progenitor the august
Munificent, in a direct line,
constitute the 'imperial fami-
ly;' the descendants of his
uncles and brothers constitute
the gioro (or kókló).
36. The titles, conferred on
members of the imperial fa-
mily, are divided into twelve
orders:
mild, eminent,
(b) The extolled, elegant,
noble king.
(a) The
kindred king.
(c) The extolled, elegant,
honorable knight.
(d) The firm, elevated, ho-
norable prince.
(e) High honorary state
protector duke.
(f) High honorary state
supporter duke.
(g) Secondary state protec-
tor duke.
(h) Secondary state suppor-
ter duke.
(i) State protector general.
(j) State supporter general.
(k) High state general.
(1) High honorary general.
37. If without titles, then
rank is conferred.
顯​祖宣皇​帝​本
​支​為​宗室​伯叔
​兄弟​之​支​為​覺
​ALE
凡​宗室​封爵​之
​等​十有二​日
​和​碩​親王
​多​羅​郡王
​多羅貝勒
​固山​貝​子
​奉​恩​鎮國公
​奉​恩​輔國公
​不入​八分​鎭​國
​公
​不入​八分​輔​國
​A
鎮​國​將軍
​輔​國​將軍
​奉​國​將軍
​奉​恩​將軍
​無​爵​則​給以​品
​'Hín 'tsd ‹Sün ‚wóng tai' 'pún
‹chí 、wai ‹tsung shat,, pák,
shuk, ching tai chí chí swai
kók, sló.
Fán tsung shat, ‹fung tséuk,
«chí “tang shap, yau í it :
Wó shik, ‹ts'an ¿wóng.
Tó ló kwan' swóng.
Tó ló púi' lak¸.
Kò' shán púi' 'tsz'.
yan chan' kwók,
Fung
kung.
Fung yan fú² kwók, kung.
Pat, yap, pát, fan chan'
kwók, kung.
Pat, yap, pát, ‹fan fú² kwók,
‹kung.
;
Chan' kwók, tséung ‹kwan.
Fú² kwók, ‹tséung ‹kwan.
Fung' kwók, tséung ‹kwan.
Fung yan tséung ‹kwan.
¿Mò tséuk, tsak, k'ap, ‘í ‘pan.
35. "Among the chiefs of their tribes was one Aisin Keŏlo, or Gioro, whom the Mantchous
make the son of a divine virgin, who became pregnant of him by eating a fruit brought to her in
the bill of a magpie: this Aisin Gioro at first ruled over three tribes, but afterwards others submit-
ted to him, and he became king of a nation, to which he gave the name Mantchou (mánchau),
which in Chinese signifies, the full (or well-peopled) country." These gioro are those who have
descended collaterally from Aisin Gioro.
36. These titles of nobility are confined to the male branches of the imperial house; there are,
however, several others which are conferred on the female members, all of whom seem to have
titles of nobility or degrees of rank. W6 shik, tó ló, tó lá púi lák, kò shán púi tsz', are Mantchou
words, the meaning of which may or may not be (probably it is not) correctly expressed by the
Chinese characters.
(g, h.) In the time of Shunchi's grandfather, T'ínming, who reigned in Mantchouria, there
were appointed eight w6-shik and púi-lak to deliberate and consult together on the affairs of
government; of each of the two there were four, each having his appropriate duties; hence the
pát fan, which may be regarded as secondary orders of nobility.
Sccr. 4.]
567
INNER COUNCIL.
38. The titles with which
the eldest sons are invested
are two, one is syled 'perpe-
tual prince,' and the other is
styled 'elevated prince.'
39. All the titles of nobi.
lity are either meritorious
titles, or honorary titles, or he-
reditary titles, or titles which
are conferred on examination.
40. Whenever any titles
are conferred, or any posthu-
mous names are decreed to the
kindred and noble kings, these
are all determined and fixed
by order of precedence.
41. Government of the im-
perial family: there are (Ist)
a president, (2d) a left assist.
ant director, (3d) a right as-
sistant director, (4th) a left
assistant, and (5th) a right
assistant, which officers hold
M
the government and direction
of the imperial kindred.
·
嫡子​之​受封​者
​其​等​二曰​世子
​日​長子
​1. The high chancellors of
the Inner Council, two Man-
tchous and two Chinese, [with
two]
凡​封爵​有功​封
​有​恩​封​有​封
​有​考​封
​凡​親王​郡王​封
​則​賜​號​歿​則​予
​諡​皆​定​以​班
​宗人​府宗合-
​人​左​宗正 ​人
​右​宗正​一​人​左
​宗​人​一​人​右​宗
​人​一​人​掌​皇族
​之​政
​fung
Tik, ‘tsz chí shau
'ché k'í 'tang í², üt, shai'
'tsz', üt, 'ch'éung 'tsz'.
Fán ‹fung tseuk,, ‘yau ‹kung
<fung, 'yau ‹yan ‹fung, 'yau
tsap, fung, Syau cháu fung.
内閣大學士​滿
​洲​二人​漢​二人
​sFán cts'an swóng kwan?
wóng, fung tsak, tsz" hò',
múty tsak, si sh², ckái ting?
sí ‹pán.
38. The title of shai tsz' is conferred on the eldest son of the ts an wong, and that of ch'eung
tsz' on the eldest son of the kwan wóng; and in this way the direct line of each is continued.
Tsung syan fú; tsung ling?
yat, syan, tsó ctsung ching'
yat, syan, yau² tsung ching'
yat, syan, ‘tsó tsung syan
41. These five officers are all selected from among the members of the imperial clan: the
president must be either a ts'an wóng or a kwan wóng; and the second and third officers must
be from one of the first six ranks noticed in No. 36.
yat, syan, yau² tsung syan
yat, syan; chéung swóng
tsuk, chí ching” ling .
Section Fourth.
INNER COUNCIL.
內閣​第四​章
​Nor kóks; taiz sz' chéung.
Noi kok, tái hók, sz”, Mún
‹chau í²¿yan, Hón' í² ¿yan—
Notes and Explanations.
THE word kók denotes a pavilion, a court, or council-chamber, and by metonomy those who
568
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
4X4
2. Joint
chancellors-
3. Deliberate on the govern-
ment of the empire, proclaim
abroad the imperial pleasure,
regulate the canons of state to-
gether with the whole adminis-
tration of the great balance of
power, thus aiding the emperor
in directing the affairs of state.
Whenever the great solem-
nities [are to be celebrated],
they then bring forward all
the officers to take part.
4. Whenever the imperial
pleasure is to be promulged,
whether by an order, a decla-
ration, a proclamation, or a
warrant, in all cases their
forms must be decided on and
introduced [for H. I. M's in.
spection]; so also with the
sacrificial liturgy; so too with
congratulatory cards, if they
contain any phrases. When-
ever they receive the empe-
ror's pleasure in commands
to be promulgated, if it be an
answer given to a memorial,
and has already been sent
down, they must consign it to
the appropriate department to
be copied.
adjutant high|協辦​大學​士
​5. The announcement of
all great solemnities to those
in office is made by an order.
掌​議​天下​之​政
​宣布​絲​綸​釐​治
​憲​典​總​鈞​衡​之
​任​以​贊​上​理
​務​凡​大​典禮​則
​率​百寮​以​將​事
​凡​綸​音​之​下達
​者​日​制​日​詔​曰
​誥​日​勅​皆​擬​其
​式​而​進​焉​祝辭
​亦如​之​進​賀​表
​若​致辭​亦如​之
​凢​承​宣​諭旨​若
​章奏​之​批答​者
​旣​下​乃​布​於​百
​司​而​抄​焉
​凡​大​典禮​宣示
​百寮​則​有​制
​Híp, pán tái hók, sz”
“Chéung sí chín hát chí
ching, sun bờ sz dun, li
chí hán tín, sung kwan
shang chí yam, 1 trái
shéung shí shi mờ; sán
tái tín sai, tsal, sut, pak,
líú ítséung sz".
Fán slun yam chí há tất
'ché, üt, chai', üt, chíú', iitz
kò', üt, ch'ik,, ‹kái í ‹k'í
shik, í tsun' in; chuk, sts'z'
yika su chí; tsun hó píu,
yéuk, chỉ tsz, yik, sii chí.
Fán sching sun yü² 'chí,
yéuk, chéung tsau chỉ pai
táp, ché, kí há”, nái pờ
‹yü pák, ‹tsz' sí ‹cháu sín.
Fán tái tín lại, sun shi
pák, líú tsak, 'yau chai' ¿ts'z'.
/
occupy such a place: the Noi Kók is the emperor's cabinet or privy council. There are also in
this council ten hók sz', who are ex-officio members of the Board of Rites, of whom four are Chi-
nese, four are Mantchous, and two Mongols. Besides these, there are eight shituk hóksz', of whom
four are Mantchous, two Mongols, and two are Chinese; also sixteen shituk, ten of them being
Mantchous, three Mongols, and three Chinese. Next are six tintsik, two Mantchous and four Chi-
nese. Then there are ninety-two chung shi, of whom sixty-eight are Mantchous, sixteen Mon-
gols, and eight Chinese, with about eighty or ninety more under-secretaries, and so forth.
further particulars respecting this Council, see the Chinese Repository, vol. IV., page 137; and
also the Chinese Court Calender, or Red Book.
For
1. Literally tái hók sz', great learned scholars; they are the highest and principal officers in
the executive department of the state, in daily intercourse with H. I. M., to whom they are prime
ministers-what in other countries is intrusted to one is here lodged in the hands of these four
ministers, some one or more of whom, however, are often absent from the capital, acting either as
governors or special envoys.
3. The phrase pák líú is equivalent to pák kún, and includes all the high officers who are
associated in the administration of the government.
4. Among the first duties of the high chancellors of state are those which appertain to the
ritual observances, coronations, &c., on all which occasions they have to preside and direct.
Next to these duties are those here specified, which constitute their principal daily business.
{།
SECT. 4.]
569
INNER COUNCIL.
6. The publication of all
great governmental affairs to
ministers and people, and the
promulgation of imperial laws
and ordinances, are made by
declaration or proclamation.
7. When by special favor
there are conferred the fifth
and higher degrees of rank in
office, or orders of perpetual
hereditary nobility, it is done
by proclamation decree (or is
proclaimed by decree).
8. The investiture is made
abroad by warrant: when by
special favor are conferred the
sixth and lower degrees of rank
in office, or the orders of li-
mited hereditary nobility, both
are done by warrant decree.
9. When an edict is to be
promulgated in the colonies,
or a warrant is to be held by
a colonial officer, or is to be
transmitted by him, it is done
by a warrant edict.
10. These must be early
prepared and presented, and
respectfully delayed for the
imperial decision thereon.
11. The manner of intro-
ducing documents to H. I. M.
12. All documents, whether
they be from the dispatch
office, or from the other local
offices, must before presenta-
tion be submitted to the Coun-
cil, and duplicates of them all
must be prepared. If there
are plans, or schedules, or bills,
or billets attached, these must
accompany the documents.
大​政事​布告​臣
​民​垂​示​彞​憲​則
​有詔​有​誥
​覃​恩​封​贈​五​品
​以上​官​及​世​爵
​承襲​罔​替​者​日
​誥​命
​勅封​外藩​覃​恩
​封 ​六品以下
​官​及​世​爵​有​襲 ​ming.
次​者​日​勅命
​諭​告​外藩​及​外
​¿man,
Tái ching sz”, pờ kờ shan
shui shí'í hín', tsak,
yau chíứ ‘yau hờ.
Tám yan fung tsang ng
S
'pan shéung kún, kap,
shai' tséuk› ‹shing tsap, mong
tai' ‘ché, üt, kò' ming².
Chik, fung ngoi fán, tám
‹yan <fung ts'ang² luk, 'pan
í há² kún, kap, shai' tséuk,
'yau tsap, tsz❞ 'ché, üt, chik,
Yü² kò' ngoi sfán, kap
ngoi yam chún tso ming
#%*Z #chik, chun chikɔ, üt, chik,
yü².
勅​日​勅​諭
​皆​先期​撰擬​呈
​進​恭候​欽​定
​定​進​本​之​式
​凡​本​有​通​本​有
​部​本​先期​以​達
​於​閣​皆​備​其​副
​若​圖​若​册​若​單
​若​夾​簽​皆​附​焉
​Kái sín kí chán? 1 ching
tsun', kung hau² ‹yam ting'.
Ting' tsun' 'pún chí shik,.
Fán 'pún, yau stung 'pún,
'yau pò² 'pún, ‹sín skí sí
tátɔ ‹ü Kók,, ‹kái pí² ‹k'í fú.
Yéuk, sťd, yéuk, chák,, yéuk,
tán, yéuk, káp, tsím, hái
fú² sín.
5-9. The chai or order, chíú or declaration, kd or proclamation, kò ming or proclamation
decree, and the chik yü or warrant edict, are similar to the proclamations, letters-patent, &c.,
among western nations. They are all state papers, and the occasions and manner of their use
will best explain their specific character. It is not always easy-perhaps not exactly possible—
to mark, by any corresponding term in our language, the distinctions which exist, and are care-
fully maintained among the Chinese. The word pan (pin in the court dialect) is a case in point,
and illustrates this difficulty; it means petition, address, report, &c.
8. The words ngoi fán here refer to those portions of the Chinese empire which are situated
beyond the eighteen provinces. See Chap. XII., Sec. 8., Nos. 17-23.
11. The outline of the manner of introducing state papers to the emperor is given in the
following numbers, from the 12th to the 16th. In the original work, under this head, certain
days are specified on which no papers can be presented; these amount to some fifty or more
in a year, being days sacred to the memory of distinguished ancestors, the worship of gods, &c.
CHI. CHR.
143
570
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
13. The proposed deci
sions being settled, billets are
prepared; when there are two
proposals, two billets are made;
if three, then three; if four,
four; all being prepared, they
must be kept in waiting for
the decision of the emperor
thereon.
14. The reasons for the de-
cisions are stated in codicils
and H. 1. M.'s pleasure being
obtained respecting the pro-
posals, the documents are sent
to the six notary-offices.
15. On the emperor's ap-
proach to the audience gate to
hear of the government, open
documents are then presented.
16. The decisions made in
the imperial presence, and at
the autumnal assizes, being
brought forward, those to be
executed are marked off accor-
ding to H. I. M.'s pleasure.
17. All the documents
which are presented, after two
days are returned; if they have
special reference to matters
requiring haste they are return-
ed the same day.
18. The emperor's seals
are deposited in the palace of
Peace; they are twenty-five in
number.
19. The first is called the
seal under which the Great
Pure dynasty received its de-
cree (or commission) to reign,
票​擬​則​繕​簽​有
​兩​擬​者​繕​雙​簽
​若​三​簽​若​四​簽
​皆​備​擬​以​候​欽
​定
​申​以​說​帖​得​旨
​則​批​本​乃​發​於
​六​科
​御​門​聽政​則​進
​折本
​朝​審​秋​審​之​勾
​决​者​得​旨​則​予
​勾
​凡​進​本​逾​二​日
​乃​下​焉​其​帥​下
​者​不​越​日
​貯​御​寶​於​交​泰
​殿​凡​二十​有​五
​一日​大​清​受命
​之​寶
​Píú í tsak, shin' tsím, Syau
léung í 'ché shín' shéung
‹tsím, yéuk, ‹sám ‹tsím, yéukɔ
sz” tsím, káí pí² sí sí hau²
yam ting.
Shan í shut, típ,, tak, ‘chu
tsak, ‹pai pún; nái fát› ‹i
luk, fó.
Ümún ting' ching', tsak,
tsun' chák, 'pún.
Chíú sham tsau sham chí
ckau kut, ché, tak, chí tsak
sü ‹kau.
Fán tsun' 'pún, ü' í' yat₂
¹nái há² sín; sk'í tsik, há ché
pat, üt, yatɔ.
Chii pò « Káu tái tín:
fán í shap, 'yau "'ng.
Yat, it, Tái Tsing shau
ming? chí ‘pò.
12-13. The plans here referred to are those of public buildings, such as courts, palaces,
granaries, forts, bridges, &c., which are to be constructed at the expense of government. The
schedules and bills are similar documents, both referring to public works. The billets are small
cards, or slips of paper, attached to those documents, respecting which a variety of decisions-
two, three, four, or more-are proposed: they contain brief answers, such as it is supposed the
emperor may please to give: the object of them is to economise time when in his presence, for
then a stroke of the vermilion pencil on the one he prefers, is decisive.
14. The shit tip, or card of explanation, is a kind of codicillus, in which the reasons for the
several decisions are briefly noted, so that they may be ready at hand in case they are called for
by the emperor.
15. This gate is that called Kin Tsing, or Heavenly Purity; and thither his majesty ascends
and sits down to listen to the affairs of t'in hó, or all those beneath the heavens-his empire.
16. The cases of certain state criminals who have been condemned to capital punishment by
the provincial officers, are annually referred to the emperor in autumn.
18. The high chancellors of the Inner Council are charged with the keeping of the imperial
seals, which when not in use are laid up in the palace called Káutái tín, which, for a more conve-
nient term, is rendered palace of Peace.'
SECT. 4.]
571
INNER COUNCil.
1
1
20. The second is called
the seal under which the au-
gust sovereign receives his
celestial authority.
21. The third is called the
seal under which the Great
Pure dynasty perpetuates its
emperors.
22. The fourth is the seal
of the august sovereign.
23. The fifth is also called
the seal of the august sove.
reign.
24. The sixth is called the
emperor's seal.
25. The seventh is called
the seal of the honorable
kindred of the august sove.
reign.
26. The eighth is called the
seal of the august emperor's
near relations.
27. The ninth is the seal
for the sovereign's acts.
28. The tenth is the seal
for the sovereign's credentials.
29. The eleventh is called
the seal of the emperor's acts.
30. The twelfth is called
the seal of the emperor's cre-
dentials.
31. The thirteenth is called
the seal by which heaven is
honored and the people made
(or commanded to be) diligent.
二​日​皇帝​奉天
​之​寳
​三​日​大​清​嗣​天
​子​寶
​四日​皇帝​之​寶
​五​亦​日​皇帝​之
​寶
​六日​天子​之​寶
​七​1皇帝​尊親
​之​寶
​1日​皇帝​親親
​之​寶
​九日​皇帝​行​寶
​+1皇帝​信​寶
​十​有​一日​天子
​行​寶
​I ut, wong tai fung tín
«chí ‘pò.
2
>
Sám út, Tái Tsing sz
t'in 'tsz' 'pò.
8z” út, swóng tại chí pò.
s’Ng yik, ut, swing tai chí
'pò.
Luk, ut, tín sz chí pò.
}
Ts'at, ut, swóng tai' ‹tsün
cts an chí pò.
Pát, üt, swóng tai' ‹ts'an ‹ts'an
chí pò.
'Kau üt swóng tai' shang 'pò.
Shap, üt, swóng tai' sun' pò.
Shap, yau yat, üt₂ t'in 'tsz'
shang 'pò.
sun' 'pò.
+ = BR Shap, yau füt½ ‹t'ín 'tsz’'
信​寳
​+ # = = * Shap, yau sám üt, king
勤​民​之​寶
​tín chan man chí pò.
19. It is evident from the names of some of these seals that they are not often required for
use; nor is it easy to understand what mortal could use this first, inasmuch as the investiture is
(or would fain appear to be) from heaven.
20. This is the seal used on the occasion of a new succession to the throne; and of course has
been required only six successive times since the rise of the present dynasty, during a period of
nearly two hundred years.
25, 26. These two seals seem to be nearly or quite the same, as are also the fourth and
fifth; the reason for having two of the same kind, in either instance, does not appear, nor is it
to conjecture.
easy
27. The meaning of hang, here and in No. 29, is obscure and doubtful: but for the twentieth,
it would be natural to suppose it was intended for the emperor's traveling seal, and possibly such
may be the right interpretation of it; this being designed for his common excursions, and that for
those of a particular kind.
any
28. The same must be said of the word sun; it may refer to his private documents, if
such as ordinary letters or private correspondence be allowed: it seems, however, to refer to the
seal which is used in communications to tributary or foreign states, or on such occasions as those
when the emperor grants investiture to the kings of Corea, &c. So of the 12th.
572
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
[CHAP. XVII.
32. The fourteenth is called
the seal of orders and procla-
mations (i. e. seals used when
issuing orders), &c.
33. The fifteenth is called
the seal of the warrant decree.
34. The sixteenth is called
the seal under which instruc-
tion is sent down.
35. The seventeenth is call-
ed the seal of decreed virtue
(i. e. of his appointment to
rule in righteousness).
36. The eighteenth is called
the seal for imperial papers.
37. The nineteenth is call-
ed the seal for manifests,
classics, and histories.
38. The twentieth is called
the seal for patroling and
guarding the empire.
39. The twenty-first is call-
ed the seal of punishing crimes
and quieting the people (the
one used in criminal cases).
40. The twenty-second is
called the seal for regulating
and controling the army.
41. The twenty-third is call-
ed the seal of warrant for
keeping in order all nations.
42. The twenty-fourth is
called the seal of warrant for
keeping in order all people.
43. The twenty-fifth is call-
ed the seal of broad revolu.
tions.
十​有​四曰​制​誥 ​| Shap yau sz” its char_lkd}
chí pò.
之​寶
​+ Shap, Syau 'ng üt, chik,
ming? chí ‘pò.
之​寶
​十​有​六日​垂​訓
​之​寶
​十​有​七​曰​命​德
​之​寶
​Shap, yau luk, üt, shui
fan chí ‘pò.
二十​一日​討​罪
​安民​之​寶
​二​十二​日​制​馭
​六​師​之​寶
​十三​日​勅​正
​萬邦​之​寶
​二十​四日​勅​正
​萬​民​之​寶
​二十​五日​廣​運
​之​寶
​Shap, 'yau ts'at, üt, ming²
tak, chí ‘pò.
+ ^ Shap, yau pát, üt½ ‹yam
sman chí ‘pò.
之​寶
​十​有​九日​表章 ​Shape Syau kau it, píú
經​史​之​寶
​chéung king ‘sz chí pò.
二十​日​巡狩​天
​下​之​寶
​Ͳ shap₂ üt, tsun shau' t'ín
há chí ‘pò.
Ͳ shap, yat, üt, tè tsúï' ¿ón
sman chí ‘pò.
Í shap₂ í² üt, chai ü² luk,
sz' chi 'pò.
રે
Ͳ shap› ‹sám üt, chik, ching'
mán póng chí pò.
Í shap, sz❞ it, chik, ching'
mán sman chí ‘pò.
Í shap, "'ng üt, 'kwong wan'
chí ‘pò.
32, 33. These are, apparently, the common seals of state, or those which his majesty employs
on all ordinary occasions.
36, 37. There are numerous historical and statistical works, which are published by the govern-
ment alone, others are issued by imperial sanction; these are all called imperial editions.
38. It used to be customary for the emperor once in the year, or oftener, to proceed on hunting
excursions which was done partly for the purpose of exercising and reviewing his troops: it was
on these excursions that this seal was used.
43. Here again the meaning is obscure: the kwong wan, broad revolutions, or extensive cir-
culations, seems to refer to a favorite idea of universal empire.
SECT. 5.]
573
GENERAL COUNCIL.
44. Whenever the em-
peror's pleasure is to be pro-
claimed, his chancellors request
the seals, and use them; when
he goes on a tour, they receive
them and follow him. At
the end of the year they are
laid up. Those at Moukden
(the Affluent Capital) are kept
carefully in deposit.
1. Court for managing the
machinery of state. Its great
ministers superintend the pre-
paration of imperial edicts
and commands, together with
the essential interests of the
army and nation, thus assisting
the emperor's administration.
2. The great ministers of
the several councils, consist-
ing of an indefinite number of
Mantchou and Chinese of
凡​宣​綸​音​皆​請
​寶​而​用​焉​巡幸
​則​奉​以​從​歲終
​乃​洗​寶​其​貯​盛
​京​者​備​尊​藏​焉
​44. The materials of which the seals are made, and their dimensions, are all specified in the
original. Most of them are made of gem-stone, green, white, black, clouded, &c.; one or two are
made of fragrant wood. They are all square, and vary from two to six inches in the length
of their sides; and are one inch or more thick. They are all ornamented with the figure of the
dragon. Those at Moukden are only ten in number and apparently are seldom, if ever, taken for
use from their place of deposit-their use being superseded by those in Peking.
Section Fifth.
GENERAL COUNCIL.
軍機​處​第五​章
​Kwan kí chi; tai ng chéung.
Fán sün lun ‹yam, ‹kái
'ts'ing 'pò sí yung' ‚ín; tsun
hang tsak, fungi tsung.
Sui' chung, 'nái 'sai ‘pò. ¿K'í
Schü Shing king 'ché, pí²
tsun sts óng sin.
辦理​軍機​處​軍
​機​大臣​掌書​諭
​台​綜​軍​國​之​要
​以​贊​上​治​機務
​軍機​大臣​於​滿
​漢​大學​士​尙​書
​Pán² lí Kwan Ki ch'i'.
Kwan Kí tái shan chéung
shu i ‘chí, tsung kwan
kwók, chí íú', 1 tsán'
shéung chí kí mờ.
Kwan Kí tái shani Mún
Hón tái hok, sz” shéung
Notes and Explanations.
GENERAL Council is rather an equivalent for, than a translation of, the phrase Kwan Kí Ch'ü :
ch'ü means a place, and here denotes a court or council, including all those servants of the em-
peror who are appointed to deliberate on the machinery of the army. The general government
of this country partakes more of the military character than of the civil; and hence kwan, army,
is used as an equivalent for state; and machinery of the army, instead of council of state, or gener-
al council of the nation.
Under this and the Inner Council, and under all the principal Boards and offices in the capital,
there are a great number of subordinate departments for carrying on the various details of
business these are filled by clerks, under-writers, supervisors, inspectors, keepers of seals,
recorders, &c.
:
2. In this, as in most of the other principal councils and courts of the capital, there is a divi-
sion of the office-bearers, nearly one half being allotted to the Mantchous, and the other half to
the Chinese and Mongols: the number of Mongols, however, is very small.
CHI. CHR.
144
574
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
19
ficers, are selected from a-
mong the high chancellors,
presidents, and vice-presidents
in the metropolitan courts.
3. On all ordinary days,
they repair to the forbidden
palace, and there wait to be
summoned to audience.
4. The hall of the General
Council is situated within
the gate of Eminent Ances-
tors; daily, between the hours
of 5 and 6 o'clock, the great
ministers of state repair thith-
er. After the completion
軍機​堂​在​隆​宗
​門內​每日​寅時
​軍機​大臣​入直
​completion 於此​至​辦事​畢
​內​奏事​太監​傳
​旨合散​乃下​直
​召見​無​時​或
​次​或​數次​軍機
​大臣​至​上前​預
​敷​席​於​地​賜
​賜坐
​凡​諭旨​明​降​者
​旣​述​則​下​於​內
​of business, and when the
eunuchs of the palace in
attendance have communicat-
ed the imperial pleasure for
their dispersion, they straight-
way retire. There are no
fixed times for audiences;
sometimes they are summoned
once, and sometimes repeated-
侍郎​京​堂內​特
​簡​無​定員
​常​日​直​禁​庭​以
​待​召見
​answers to addresses to the
throne, are called the sove-
reign's pleasure; if however
these answers are to be
proclaimed and promulgated
to all far and near, then also
they are called edicts. Their
-
ly on the same day; on ap-
proaching his majesty's pre-
sence, they place a mat on the
ground, and are permitted to sit.
5. Whenever edicts or the
pleasure of the emperor are
openly sent down, after being
duly served by them, the pa-
pers are transmitted to the
Inner Council.
閣
​6. Papers originating with 特​降​者​為​諭​因
​the emperor are called edicts;
those which are sent down as
所​奏請​而降​者
​為​旨​其​或​因​所
​奏請​而​以​宣
​示​中外​者亦​為
​shi shr slong king stóng nói
taky kán, smù ting'sün.
☆Chéung yaty chikkam'sting
í to: chíú? kín?.
Kwan Kí stóng tsoil Lung
"
tsung smún noi; múi yat,
syan shí, Kwan Kí tái shan
yape chiky cü cts'z'; ch' pán®
sz” pat,, noi tsau sz” tái
kám schin chí ling sán,
snái há chik. Chíứ kín su
sshí, wák: yat, ts'z”, wák:
shù tsfz”; ckwan ckí tá?
shan chí' shéung? ¿tsín i²,
fú tsik,cüt', tsz”tsó?.
sFan ? chí sming kóng) (ché,
29
k' shut2, tsak, hát cü Noiz
Kók,.
Tak, kóng' 'ché ‚wai ü²; ‹yan
shó'ts'au)(tsing sí kóng) ché
swai ‘chí; skí wak, yan sho
tsau’‘tsing sí tsik, Si csiin
shí chung ngoi chế, yik,
1
3-4. In the original of the Collection of Statutes from which these paragraphs are selected,
par. No. 4. is an explanation of No. 3; and in like manner No. 2. above is an explanation of No.
1. The Nos. 1 and 3 are in large type, and Nos. 2' and 4 are in small type, one half the size
of the former, as explanatory notes. Trái cám, literally the great overseers,' are the personal at.
tendants of the emperor, and keepers of the inner gates of the palace. Throughout the empire,
as well as in the capital, the ministers and servants of the emperor are expected to be at their
posts and in the performance of their duties early in the morning.
5. Shul means to narrate, to tell, to rehearse, to arrange, &c; in this instance, it seems to
denote a compound act; the papers are to be revised, have their proper dates inserted, and then,
after being reported or rehearsed to the emperor, are transmitted to the Inner Council to be made
public, or otherwise disposed of, according to the nature of the respective documents.
6. This paragraph also appears in the original as a note, explanatory of the preceding para-
graph; and so in. the sequel, the 8th is explanatory of the 7th, and the 10th of the 9th.
SECT. 5.]
575
GENERAL COUNCIL.
style is thus; an edict is call.
ed, 'An edict received from
the Inner Council;' the other,
thus; The imperial pleasure
is received’
7. Whenever an edict is to
be carried into effect by the
ministers of the General Coun-
cil, after being duly served
by them, it is sealed and
dispatched.
8. If the edict either re-
quires haste or is a secret one, it
is called a palace dispatch, and
is not openly sent down to
pass through the Inner Coun-
cil, but goes directly from the
General Council sealed, and is
delivered to the express office
of the Board of War, to be
forwarded; and according to
the urgency of the case or
otherwise, it is hastened by
couriers, traveling at the rate
of four hundred, or five hun-
ded, or six hundred, and, in
very important cases, even
more than six hundred lí per
day.
9. When H. I. M.'s plea-
sure is to be kept in remem-
brance, it is put upon record
and laid aside; and at the
proper time it is brought for-
ward and presented.
10. A memorandum book
is prepared, and whenever
the imperial pleasure concern-
ing any affair is received,
and is to be kept in remem-
brance, it is in his majesty's
presence written in the book;
and at the proper time it is
brought forward and presented,
and his further pleasure re-
quested; if it be of a nature
requiring secrecy, then as
such the memorandum is seal-
ed; and at the proper moment
the seal is broken, and the bu
siness receives attention.
諭​其​式​論​曰​內
​閣奉​上​諭旨​日
​奉旨
​諭​軍機​大臣​行
​者​則​封​寄 ​sán.
焉
​或​諭​或​密諭
​ut
swaii². Kí shik),
Noiz Kok, fung² shéung² ü;
‘chí ut, fung’ chí,
密​存​事件​則​密
​封存​記​亦​於​屆
​時​拆封​辦理
​Ü Kwan chí tái shan shang
²
W
‘ché, kí shut,, tsak, fung kí
不由​內閣​明​降 ​kóng
者​為​廷​寄​徑​由
​Wak, tsuk, ü', wák, mat, ü',
pat, syau Noiz Kók,sming
kóng' 'ché, waiting kí';
S
king' yau Kwan Ki ch'u'
‹fung ‹káu ‹Ping Pò² tsít, pò'
chi tại swóng ; shí sz” chí
ún²kaps; wák: 'má shéung:
軍機​處​封​交
​部​捷報​處​遞​往
​視事​之​緩急​或
​馬上​飛​遞​或​四
​百里​或​五百​里
​或​六百​里​或​六
​百里​加
​凡​有​旨​存​記者 ​Fán yau chí tsin kfché,
chái shuu chák, sứ sts óng
皆​書​於​册​而​藏
​«chí; kái shí tsak, stai tsau.
之​届時​則​提​奏
​設​存​記​簿​凡​奉
​旨​存​記​事件​皆
​以​面​奉​諭旨​書
​於​簿​至​應​行時
​提​奏請​旨​其​應
​‹fí tai², wák, sz” pák, slí,
wák, "'ng pák, slí, wák, luk
pák, lí, wák, luk, pák, lí cká
'kan.
Chít, stsiin kí pờ ; fán fung:
chí stsun kí sz” kín, chái
í mín fung ii chí shù n
pò?; ch? cying shang sshí stai
ts'au’‘tsing ‘chi: ck'í ying
mate stsiin sy? kín², tsak,
maty fung stsiin k?, viky cl
kái shí chák, fung pán lí.
8. These dispatches are commonly called 'fire dispatches;' they seldom, however, exceed the
rate of four hundred Chinese (or about 130 English) miles a day. The 'express-office' is supplied
with a large number of couriers, ready at all times for dispatch.
576
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
i
1. The presidents of the
Board of Civil Office, a Man-
tchou and a Chinese; the left
vice-presidents, a Mantchou
and a Chinese; and the right
vice-presidents, a Mantchou
and a Chinese-have the go.
vernment and direction of all
the various officers in the ci
vil service of the empire, and
thereby they assist the em.
peror to rule all people.
THE SIX SUPREME BOARDS.
六部​第六​章
​Section Sixth.
2. Whatever appertains to
the plans of selecting and ar-
ranging rank and gradation;
to the rules of determining de-
gradation and promotion; to
the ordinances for granting
investitures and rewards; and
to the laws for fixing schedules
and furloughs-are reported
to the Board by the appro-
priate officers; and the pre-
sidents and the vice-presidents
with those under them delibe.
rate thereon; if important
affairs they are reported to the
Pò?; tai? lukz <chéung.
Luke Pò'; tai²
吏部​尙​書​滿洲
​-人​漢​一​人​左
​人
​侍郎​滿洲​一
​漢​一​人​右侍郎
​滿洲​一​人​漢​·
人​掌​天下​文職
​官吏​之​政​以
​贊​上​治​萬​民
​凡​品​秩​銓​敘​之
​制​考​課​黜陟​之
​方​封​授​策​賞​之
​典​定​籍​終​制​之
​法​百​司​以​達​於
​部​尙​書​侍郎​率
​其​屬​以​定​議​大
​事​上​之​小事​則
​throne, otherwise they are dis-
patched at once; thus supply. 行​以​布邦​職
​ing the civil service.
L² Pò? shéung² shi, Mún
chau yat, syan, Hón' yat,
syan; ts6 shí sóng, Mún
chau yat, syan, Hón' yat,
syan; yau shí slóng, Mún
chau yat, syan, Hón' yat
syan; chéung tín há man
chik, kún lí chí chúng
ling², í tsán' shéung² ch?
mán²sman.
Fán pan'títy stsin tsii? cchí
chai; cháu fó chut, chik,
chí fóng; fung shau chák,
chéung chí tín; ting tsik,
chung chai' ‹chí fát,; pák,
‹sz'sí tát₂ ‹ü Pò², shéung?
shi sh? lóng sut, sk'í shuk2
sí ting² í, tái² sz? shéung?
chí, síu sz” tsak, shang,
í pò’póng chik,.
I
Notes and Explanations.
THese six supreme Boards are, (1) the Board of Civil Office, (2) the Board of Revenue, (3) the
Board of Rites, (4) the Board of War, (5) the Board of Punishments, and (6) the Board of
Works. The duties of the Inner and General Councils are of a general nature, and refer
directly to the emperor and his family, or to all the departments of state; and they serve to
connect the supreme head with the subordinate branches of the administration-of which these
six are the principal and have cognizance of all that appertains to the civil service in the eighteen
provinces. See Chinese Repository, vol. IV., page 139; and also the Collection of Statues,-
from which the several paragraphs of this section are extracted.
1. The general duties of this Board-indicated by its name-consist in the arrangement and
distribution of those who are employed in the civil offices throughout the provinces. They have
also to direct the introduction of these officers to the imperial presence. The number and order
of those employed in the civil service are all specified.
SECT. 6.]
577
THE SIX SUPREME BOARDS.
ļ
1
3. The presidents of the
Board of Revenue, a Man.
tchou and a Chinese; the left
vice-presidents, a Mantchou
and a Chinese; and the right
vice-presidents, a Mantchou
and a Chinese,-direct the
territorial government of the
empire, and keep the lists of
population, in order to aid
the emperor in nourishing all
people.
4. Whatever appertains to
the regulations for levying and
collecting duties and taxes; to
the plans for distributing sala-
ries and allowances; to the
rates for receipts and disburse-
ments at the granaries and
treasuries; and to the rights for
transportation both by land and
water-are reported to this
Board by the appropriate of
ficers; and the presidents, &c.
deliberate thereon; if impor-
tant affairs they are reported
to the throne, otherwise they
are at once dispatched; in this
way sufficient supplies for
the country are provided.
戶​部​尙​書​滿洲
​人​漢​一​人​左
​侍郎​滿洲​一​人
​漢​一​八​右侍郎
​滿洲​一​人​漢​一
​人​掌​天下​之​地
​政​與其​版​籍​以
​贊​上​養​萬​民
​凡​賦稅​徵​課​之
​則​俸​餉​頒給​之
​制​倉庫​出納​之
​數​川​陸​轉運​之
​宜​百​司​以​達​於
​部​尙​書​侍郎​率
​其​屬​以​定​議​大
​事​上​之​小事​則
​行​以​足​邦​用
​-
<
Ú Pò shéung” shi, Mún
<chau yat, yan, Hón' yat,
syan; ‘tsó shí sóng, Mún
<chau yat, syan, Hón' yat›
syan; yau shí long, Mún
<chau yat, yan, Hón' yat,
syan, chéung tín há chí t
ching', 'ü sk'í pán tsik, í
tsán' shéung' yéung mán-
man.
sFán fú shui «ching fo chí
tsak,, 'fung 'héung ‹pán kap,
«chí chai”; «ts óng fứ ch‘ut,
náp, chí shờ; chiin luk,
'chun wan' chí sí; pák› ‹sz'
sí tát, ‹ù Pò², shéung' ‹shü
shí lóng sut, k'í shuk, sí
ting í; tái sz” shéung chí,
'síú sz' tsak, shang, í tsuk,
<póng yung'.
2. The special duties of each of the six Boards are drawn out, in the Collection of Statutes
precisely in the same form, and are, as in this one, arranged under four distinct heads. In the
phrase háu fó, háu seems to have reference to the reasons and considerations, upon the examina-
tion of which the degradation and promotion of officers is determined; it therefore qualifies fó,
and indicates the manner of determining, viz., by examination. The tsik appear to be lists or
schedules, containing the names of officers for civil service; and the chung chai are grants of
temporary retirement from office, which are allowed in order to attend upon the aged,
the sick, and to mourn for the dead.
3. The fiscal laws of the empire are enumerated in Sec. 1. §3. of this chapter. The details of
this department of the government fill six volumes of the Collection of Statutes, including chapters
10 to 18. This Board directs concerning the emperor's ploughing and sowing, which are done
annually as patterns for all the people of the empire. Formerly four furrows used to be turned by
the emperor, now the number is reduced to three. The admeasurement and surveying of the empire
is done under the direction of this Board, which regulates its divisions into provinces, departments,
districts, &c. In the eleventh chapter of the Collection of Statutes there is given a complete
census of the whole empire-the number in each province, and in each of the colonial dependen-
cies being enumerated separately.
4. The chief and the most important duties of the Board of Revenue are indicated, in four
distinct branches. Attached to this Board are fourteen subordinate departments, charged with
the supervision of the revenue of the empire,-which for this purpose is arranged into the same
number of territorial departments. Each of them has also to attend to particular portions of the
general business of the Board. In addition to these fourteen, there are several other minor of-
fices;-a court of appeal on disputes respecting property and succession; various minor treasuries
CHI. CHR.
145
578
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
*
5. The presidents of the
Board of Rites, a Mantchou
and a Chinese; the left vice-
presidents a Mantchou and a
Chinese; and the right vice-
presidents, a Mantchou and a
Chinese-examine and direct
concerning the performance
of the five kinds of ritual
observances, and make procla-
mation thereof to the whole
empire; thus aiding the empc-
ror in guiding all people.
6. Whatever appertains to
the ordinances for regulating
precedence and literary dis-
tinctions; to the canons for ma-
intaining religious honor and
fidelity; to the orders repect.
ing intercourse and tribute;
and to the forms of giving
banquets and granting boun-
ties--arc
reported to the
Board by the appropriate of
ficers; and the presidents, &c.
deliberate thereon; if impor.
tant affairs they report them to
the throne, otherwise they at
once dispatch them; in this
way promoting national edu.
cation.
禮部​尙​書​满洲
​-八​漢​一​人​左
​侍郎​滿洲 ​人
​漢​一​人​右侍郎
​满洲​一​人​漢​·
人​掌​考​五​禮​之
​用​達​於​天下​以
​贊​上​導​萬​民
​凡​班​制​論​材​之
​典​達​誠​致​慎​之
​坚​會同​職​貢​之
​政​燕​饗​餼​廩​之
​式​百​司​以​達​於
​部​尙​書​侍郎​率
​其​屬​以​定​議​大
​事​上​之​小事​則
​行​以​布邦​教
​sLai Pò shéung shi, Mún
<chau yat› yan, Hón' yat,
syan; tso shí slóng sMún
chau yat, yan, Hón' yat,
syan; yau shí sóng Mún
chau yat, yan, Hón' yat,
syan; chéung cháu s’ng lại
chí yung,tát, ü tín há’;
sí tán shéung tờ mán
sman.
sFán pán chai Iunstsoi 'chí
“tín; tất, sshing chí shan chí
cking;úi 'tung chik, kung
chí ching; ín héung l
slam (chí shik,; pák, ‹sz' sí tát,
ii Pò²; shéung shu shí
slóng sut, ¿k'í shuk, í ting?
sí; tái sz” shéung chí, síu
sz" tsak, shang; sí po' póng
káu'.
for supplying the expenses, or attending to the receipts arrising from particular branches of the
affairs of the Board; a mint under the direction of two vice-presidents; an office having under
its charge depositories of metals, silks, and coloring materials; an office for providing supplies of
grain in and about the capital; &c.
5. Eight volumes, the 13th to 20th inclusive-of the Collected Statutes are filled with the
details of the duties of this Board, comprising 14 chapters. The five kinds of ritual observances
are the following, (1) kal lai, felicitous, or those which relate to festivals and sacrifices in honor
of gods, departed heroes, and so forth, extending to 123 varieties; (2) kú lai, joyous, or those
which relate to new accessions to the throne, state congratulations, &c., 74 in variety; (3) kwan
lai, martial, or those which have reference to military affairs, the review of troops, preparations for
war, and such like, comprising 18 in variety; (4) pan lai, or those of a hospitable nature, such
as are required at the entertainment of guests, both domestic and foreign, 20 in number; and (5)
hung lai, infelicitous, or those which are appropriate to mournful occasions, 15 in number; being
of all the five kinds, 250 varieties.
6. The four subordinate departments of the Board of Rites, for carrying on its general business
are: the (1) I'chai sz', or the department of ceremonial forms and regulations; " it has the regulation
of the etiquette to be observed at court, on ordinary and extraordinary occasions, on congratulatory
attendance, in the performance of ministerial and official duties, &c.; also the regulation of dresses,
caps, &c., as to figure, size, color, and the nature of their ornaments; of carriages and their
riding accoutrements, their form, &c., with the number of followers, and the insignia of rank; it
has also the direction of the entire ceremonial of personal intercourse between the various ranks
of peers, minutely defining the number of bows and degrees of attention which each is to pay to
the other, when meeting in official capacities, according as they are on terms of equality or
SECT. 6.]
579
THE SIX SUPREME BOARDS.
7. The presidents of the
Board of War, a Mantchou
and a Chinese; the left vice-
presidents, a Mantchou and a
Chinese; the right vice-presi
dents, have the government
and direction of all the officers
within and without the provin-
ces employed in the military
service of the empire, for the
purpose of aiding the emperor
in protecting all people.
8. Whatever appertains to
the ordinances for taking
away, giving, and granting
office, or inheriting rank; to
the plans of the post-office
department; to the rules of
military examination and dis-
cipline; and to the rates of
enrolment and actual service-
are reported to the Board by
the appropriate officers; and
the presidents, &c., with those-
under them, deliberate there.
on; if important, report them
to the throne, but if otherwise,
they at once dispatch them,
thus regulating the hinge of
state.
兵部​尙​書​滿洲
​人​漢​一​人​左
​侍郎​满洲​一​人
​漢​一​人​右侍郎
​满洲​一​人​漢
​人​掌中​外​武​職
​官​之​政​个​以​贊
​上​衛​萬​民
​凡​除​授​封​廕​之
​典​乘​載​郵​傳​之
​制​甄 ​簡練​之
​15
方士​籍​軍​實​之
​數百​司​以​達​于
​部​尙​書​侍郎​率
​其​屬​以​定​議​大
​事​上​之​小事​則
​行​以​整​邦​樞
​Ping Pừ shéung” shii, Mún
chau yat, yan, Hón' yat,
syan; tso shí lóng, Mún
<chau yat, yan, Hón' yat,
yan; yau shí sl6ng, Mún
chau yat, yan, Hón' yat,
2
syan; chéung chung ngoi
smo chik, ckún chí ching
ling', 'í tsán' shéung' wai'
mán' man.
Fán sch'ü shau' fung yam'
«chí tín; sshing tsoi yau
chun chí chai; yan hat,
kán lín’ chí fóng ; sz” tsik,
kwan shat, chí sho'; pák,
‹sz' sí tát₂ ‹ü Pò², shéung2
shu shí lóng sut, sk'í shuk,
³í ting² sí; tái² sz" shéung'
«chí, ‘síu sz” tsak, shang; í
'ching pong (sh'ü.
otherwise. It has also to direct the forms of their written official intercourse, including the forms
to be observed in addresses to and from foreign states. It has further to attend to the establish-
ment of governmental schools and academies; and the regulation of the public literary examina-
tions; the number of the graduates, the distinction of their classes, the forms of their selection,
and the privileges of the successful candidates ;" &c., &c. The (2) Tsaitsz' sz', or the depart-
ment for sacrificial rites, &c. The (3) Chühák sz', or the department for regulating the inter-
course of hosts and guests, &c. And the (4) Ts'ingshín sz', or the department for the preparation
of food, &c.
7. The military laws of the Penal Code are enumerated in the 1st section of this chapter.
In the Collection of Statutes, the details of this Board fill five volumes, the 22d to the 26th in-
clusive, comprising the chapters 35 to 40. The general regulations of the army are under the
control of this Board; its presidents introduce to his majesty's presence all military officers, who
are on such occasions required to appear armed with the bow. The Board keeps lists of all the
military officers in the empire, grants commissions, honors, rank, &c., and withdraws them at the
emperor's pleasure. It also superintends the posts and expresses for the transmission of orders and
commands, and takes care of the arsenals and all military stores.
8. The hinge of state, here mentioned, is the army, the essential part, the mainspring in the
government of the empire. Of the four subordinate branches of this Board, the 1st is the Mosün
sz', an office, at the head of which are eight Mantchous, four Chinese, and one Mongolian, whose
duties are- -the adjustment of the rank and grade of military officers, the examination of their
skill in tactics, the regulation of their duties in the camp, &c. The degrees of rank in the army
are nine, the same as in the civil service, each of which is divided into a primary and a se-
condary, making in fact eighteen degrees. The 2d subordinate branch is the Chikfong sz', an
580
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
[CHAP. XVII.
a
9. The presidents of the
Board of Punishments,
Mantchou and a Chinese; the
left vice-presidents, a Man-
tchou and a Chinese; the
right vice-presidents, a Man-
tchou and a Chinese-have
the government and direction
of the punishments throughout
the empire, for the purpose of
aiding the emperor in correct.
ing all people.
10. Whatever appertains to
the measures of applying the
laws with leniency or seve-
rity; to the task of hearing
evidence and giving deci
sions; to the rights of granting
pardons, reprieves, or other-
wise; and to the rate of fines
and interest-are all reported
by the several officers to the
Board; and the presidents and
the vice-presidents with those
under them deliberate thereon;
if important, they report them
to the throne, otherwise they
dispatch them at once; thus
aiding in giving dignity to
national manners.
刑部​尙​書​滿洲 ​| Ying Pò shéung² cshi, Mún
、chau yatɔ ¿yan, Hón' yat›
一​人​漢​一​人​左
​侍郎​滿洲​一​人
​漢​一​人​右侍郎
​syan; “tsó sh? sóng, Mún
、chau yat, ¿yan, Hón' yat,
yan; yau shí sóng, Mún
chau yat, yan, Hón' yat,
syan; ‘chéung tín há° sying
fát, chí ching lng”, tsán
shéung ching mán sman.
滿洲​一​人​漢 ​-
人​掌​天下​刑罰
​之​政令​以​贊​上
​正​萬​民
​凡​律例​輕重​之
​適​聼​斷​出入​之
​孚​決​宥​速​之
​宜​贓​罰​追​貸​之
​數​各​司​以​達​于
​部​尙​書​侍郎​率
​其​屬​以​定​議​大
​事​上​之​小事​則
​行​以​肅​邦​紀
​Fán lut, lai ching chung'
chí shik; ting tin chut,
yapa chí fú; kit, yau ún
tsuk, chí sí; chóng fát,
chui toi chí shờ; kok,
sí tát₂ ‹ü Pò², shéung' shii
shí lóng sut, skí shuk, í
ting sí; tái sz” shéung chí,
'síú sz❞ tsak, ‹hang, 'í suk,
póng kí.
office, at the head of which are eight Mantchous, five Chinese, and two Mongolians, whose duties
are the investigation of the merits and demerits of officers, the examination of their claims
for favors, the trial of their talents and qualifications, the supervision of their discipline, their
instruction, mock battles, and such like. The 3d is the department Chémá, at the head of which
are four Mantchous, two Chinese, and one Mongolian, who are charged with the especial care
of the horses and chariots of the army; they have the supervision of the cavalry, waggons, posts,
and the express office, or literally, 'the office for the announcement of victories." The 4th is the
Mofú sz', an office at the head of which are four Mantchous, two Chinese, and one Mongolian,
whose duties are the inspection of the rolls and the general direction of the military stores, and
all the munitions of war.
9. The criminal laws of this Board are enumerated in the 1st section of this chapter; its
details fill only two volumes, the 27th and 28th, in the Collection of Statutes, comprising the
sections 41 to 44. The principal duties of this Board are the settlement of penal laws, the
decision of appeals, the confirmation or reversal of sentences, the regulation of fines and mulcts.
In all cases of capital crimes, with a few particular exceptions, there are assembled the sám fát
sz', three law offices, in one joint assembly, which comprises the leading members of this and
those of the two other criminal courts, the Tochát yün, and the Tálí sz'. For deliberating on the
criminal cases which come up from all the provinces annually in autumn, there are collected in
joint assembly kau hing, nine bodies of ministers, one from this and each of the other supreme
Boards, and one from each of the three offices, the Tòchát yin, the Tungching sz', and the
Tálí sz'. The object of these joint assemblies is to prevent malversation in the administration
of justice, in cases where human life is involved. The provisions of the law, to secure the impar-
tial administration of justice in this country, have been made with no ordinary degree of consi-
deration; and when the offender goes unpunished, or the innocent is made to suffer, it must be
more the fault of the executors of the laws than of their makers.
1
}
SECT. 6.]
581
THE SIX SUPREME BOARDS.
11. The presidents of the
Board of Works, a Mantchou
and a Chinese; the left vice-
presidents, a Mantchou and a
Chinese; and the right vice-
presidents, a Mantchou and a
Chinese-have the govern-
ment and direction of the
public works throughout the
empire, together with the cur-
rent expenses of the same,
for the purpose of aiding the
emperor to keep all people in
a state of repose.
12. Whatever appertains to
plans for buildings of wood or
earth; to the forms of useful
implements; to the laws for
stopping up or opening chan-
nels; and to the ordinances for
constructing mausolea and
temples are all reported to
the Board by the appropriate
officers; and the presidents
and vice-presidents deliberate
thereon; if important, they
report them to the throne,
otherwise they at once dis-
patch them, thus perfecting
the national works.
工部​尙​書​滿洲
​- 人​漢​一​人​左
​侍郎​滿洲​一​人
​漢​一​人​右侍郎
​滿洲​一​人​漢
​人​掌​天下​造作
​之​政 ​與其​經
​費​以​贊​上​與​萬
​R
凡​土木​興建​之
​制​器物​利用​之
​武​渠​堰​疏​障​之
​法​陵寢​供​億​之
​典​百​司​以​達​於
​部​尙​書​侍郎​率
​其​屬​以​定​議​大
​$ U
事​上​之​小事​則
​行​以​飭​邦​事
​Kung Pò shéung shu Mún
chau yat, yan, Hón' yat,
yan; tso shí dóng Mún
chau yat, yan, Hón' yat:
syan; yau shí lóng Mún
‹chau yat、 、yan, Hón' yat›
syan; chéung tín há ts i
=
tsok, chí ching” ling sii chết
king fai', í tsán' shéung:
tín mán man.
10. The five kinds and the several degrees of punishment have been enumerated in the first
section of this chapter.
Fán t muk, shing kín chí
chai; hí mat, lí yung chí
shik,; kü 'ín shó chéung'
«chí fát); sling ‘tsam chung vik,
chí tín; pák, sz” ý tát, c
Pờ—shéung shu shí long
sut› ‹k'í shuk, í ting² í; tái²
sz’shéung chí, ‘síu sz” tsal,
chang 'í shik, póng sz².
11. The laws respecting public works are enumerated in the first section of this chapter. In
the Collection of Statutes, the details of this Board fill three volumes, the 29th, 30th, and 31st,
comprising sections 45th to 48th inclusive.
12. Literally, these four leading clauses read thus: (1) all earth wood raise build 's plans; (2)
utensil things fitting use 's fashion; (3) gutter stop up open dike 's laws; (4) tombs temples
arrange contrive 's ordinances.
ordinances. The subordinate departments are similar to those of the other
Boards; and it has cognizance of all public works-such as the constructing of governmental
offices, temples, palaces, &c., belonging to the state; it has the charge of preparing all imple-
ments of war, tents, carriages, shot, &c.; confiscated property, consisting of buildings, also
comes under its care; it regulates the construction of all weights and measures; dikes and canals,
highways and bridges, dock-yards, &c., all come under its supervision, and also the mint, with
several minor offices.
CHI. CHR.
146
582
[CHAP. XVII
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
Section Seventh.
THE COLONIAL OFFICE.
1. The president of the
Colonial Office, a Mantchou;
the left vice-president, a Man-
tchou; the right vice-president
a Mantchou; with one super-
nuinerary vice-president, a
Mangolian-have the govern-
ment and direction of the
colonial states, order their
honors and emoluments, ap.
point their visits to court, and
regulate their punishments;
upon all these various branch-
es of business, the presidents
and vice-presidents, with those
under them, deliberate; if im-
portant they report them to
the throne, otherwise they
dispatch them at once, thus
displaying the majesty and
virtue of the state.
2. The officers in the de.
partment for the military rolls
are, a Mantchou and two
Mongolian secretaries; a mem-
ber of the imperial house a
Mantchou, and two Mongolian
理藩院​第七​章
​SLí fán yin²; tai? ts'at, chéung.
理藩院​尙​書​滿 ​| Mún chau yat, syan; tso
*Lí Fán Yin, shéung’ shi,
洲​一​人​左​侍郎
​满洲​一​人​右​侍
​郎滿洲​一​人​額
​外​侍郎​蒙古
​shí sóng, Mún chau yat,
syan; yau shí lóng, Mún
chau yat,syan; ngák, ngoiz
sht slóng, sMung kú yat,
2
- ANH | y?n chéung ngôi fán chí
chingling², chai?sk'í tséuk,
人​掌​外藩​之​政
​合​制​其​爵祿​定 ​siú
其​朝​會​正​其​刑
​罰​尙​書​侍郎​率
​其​屬​以​定​議​大
​事​上​之​小事​則
​行​以​布​國​之​威
​德
​旗​籍​清​吏​司​郎
​中​满洲​一​人​蒙
​古​二​人​員​外郎
​luk2, ting? skeí schíú úi²,
ching'sk'í sying fáty; shéung:
shi shi? lóng shut, sk'í shuk
sí ting? í; tái? sz? shéung?
«chí, síu sz” tsak, shang, á
pờ kwók, chí wai tak..
K'í tsik, tsling lý? csz',slóng
chung, Mún chau yat, syan,
Mung kú ? syan; sun ngoi
sün
Notes and Explanations.
LITERALLY, li fán yün means a board or court for the government of foreigners-subjected
and tributary tribes, situated on the west of China Proper. For the geographical position of these,
see Chap. XII. Sec. 8. No. 18, and the sequel. This office regulates the government of the
nomads, and defines their boundaries. What of the government in the 18 provinces is intrusted
to the six supreme Boards, is in the western states of the empire intrusted to this Colonial or
Foreign Office. Its duties are, of course, multifarious and arduous, and of no small importance,
whether they be viewed with reference either to the people who inhabit those western states or
to the supreme head the emperor-between which two, the lord paramount and his liege subjects,
the Lí Fán Yün forms the connecting link, the bond of union.
2. Literally, this reads thus, flag roll pure officers department : it has charge of the boundaries
of the country, and the allotment of lands, the rank and succession of the princes and nobles,
the appointment of subordinate officers, taxation of the people, their arrangement into tribes,
review of the troops, and so forth. Chát sát hak is a Mongolian term, used apparently with
different shades of meaning, and differently applied, analagous to kún or kún chik; here noi chát
SECT. 7.7
583
THE COLONIAL OFfice.
under-secretaries; with one
Mantchou director: these have
to examine and give direction
to whatever appertains to the
territory of the inner chief.
tains, to the regulation of their
honors, and of their census.
All the affairs respecting the
officers, the clansmen, their
alliances, the army, and the
posts, the whole they direct;
as they do also the nomads
who are in or connected with
their territories.
3. The officers connected
with the department for im-
perial audiences, are a Man-
tchou and two Mongolian
secretaries; two Mantchou and
three Mongolian under-secre-
taries; with two Mongolian di.
rectors: these have to regulate
the distribution of emoluments
among the inner chieftains,
their visits to court, their tri-
bute, with the banquets and
grants which are made to
them.
4. Rule for the conferment
of emoluments upon those
foreigners. The gifts which
they receive consist of both
money and silken fabrics; and
in all are arranged into seven
classes: (a) their kindred
kings receive each two thou-
宗室​一​人​滿洲
​一​人​蒙古​二人
​人
​主事​满洲​一
​掌​考​內扎薩克
​之​疆​理​敘​其​封
​爵​與其​譜系​凡
​官屬​部​眾​會​盟
​軍旅​郵​傳​之​事
​皆​掌​之​掌​遊牧
​之​內​屬​者
​會​清​吏​司​郎
​中​滿洲​一​人​蒙
​古​二​人​員​外郎
​滿洲​二人​蒙古
​三人​主事​蒙古
​二人​掌​頒​祿​於
​内扎薩克​而​治
​其​朝貢​燕​饗​賚
​予​之​事
​制​外藩​之​祿​有
​俸​銀​有​俸​幣​其
​等​各有​七​外​籓
​親王​俸​銀​二千
​noi?
slóng, cchung shat, yat,yan,
Mún chau yat, syan, Mung
kú ? syan, chi sz”, Mún
chau yat, syan; ‘chéung háu
chát, sát, hak, chí
kéung lí, chi shí fung
tséuk, 'ü ‹k'í pò hai². ¿Fán
ckún shuk, pò² chung',ú?
smang, ckwan lü, syau schin
chí sz”, ckái chéung chí;
chéung syau muk, chí noi
shuk, 'ché.
SWóng úi² cts'ing l? (sz',
slóng chung, Mún chau yat,
syan, Mung kú?syan; sin
ngoi slóng, Mún chau í
syan, sMung kú sám syan;
chi sz”, sMung kú? syan:
'chéung pán luk, ‹ü noi'
chát, sát, hak, sí chí chí
schíú kung'ín² Chéung loit
su chí sz”
Chai ngoi fán chí luh,
Yau fung sngan, Syau fung
pair; ski tang kók, Syau
ts' at ; ngoi² sfán cts'an swóng,
fung sngan ? cts'in léung,
sát hak seems to mean literally the inner military chieftains; the word is sometimes written
dsassak or dzassak. According to Timkowski, "a dzassak is the hereditary chief of a kouchoun
or division, generally composed of two thousand families." These divisions are not always
equally numerous. Sometimes the term seems to be used in a more general sense, denoting not
the chiefs merely, but the whole divisions over which they exercise their authority.
3. The salaries and whatever appertains to the emoluments of the several grades of officers in
Inner Mongolia are regulated by this department: literally wóng úi is a royal assembly, or a
meeting of kings. These high personages, who pay court to the emperor their master, do it in
regular succession, and for this purpose they are divided into several divisions or courses, one of
which repairs to Peking annually. Their retinue and guards are specified and fixed by statute,
under the cognizance and direction of the several officers of this department.
1
584
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
sand taels in money and
twenty-five pieces of silk; (b)
their noble kings receive one
thousand and two hundred
taels in money, and fifteen
pieces of silk; (c) their hono-
rable knights receive eight
hundred taels in money and
thirteen pieces of silk; (d)
the honorable princes receive
each five hundred taels in
money and ten pieces of silk;
(e) the state protector dukes
receive each three hundred
taels in money and nine pieces
of silk; (f) the state supporter
dukes receive two hundred
taels and seven pieces of silk;
and (g) the secondary and
last of these titular nobles
receive each one hundred
taels in money, and four piec-
es of silk.
5. The officers in the de-
partment for what is connect-
ed with the established ordi-
nances, are two secretaries, a
Mantchou and a Mongolian;
two Mantchou and six Mon-
golian, under-secretaries; with
two, a Mantchou and a Mon-
golian, directors: these have
to examine and regulate the
affairs of the tribes and sol-
liers of the outer chieftains,
and to control their posts and
relays and also with regard to
fairs and markets they pro-
両​俸​綴​二​十五
​疋​郡王​俸​銀
​千​二​百​両​俸緻
​十五​疋​貝勒​俸
​銀​八百​両​俸
​十三​疋​貝​子​俸
​銀​五​百​両​俸級
​十​疋​鎮國公​俸
​銀​三百兩​俸​蝦
​九​疋​輔國公​俸
​銀​二​百​両​俸蝦
​七​疋​札薩克​台
​吉塔​布囊​俸​銀
​百​両​俸綴​四
​疋
​典​属清​吏司​郎
​滿洲​一​人​蒙
​古​一​人​員​外郎
​滿洲​二人​蒙古
​六​人​主事​满洲
​一​人​蒙古​一​人
​掌​覈​外​扎薩克
​部​旗​之​事​治​其
​fung tin² ? shape.sng pat;
kwan² swóng, fung sngan yat,
cts'ín f pák, léung, fung
tiin² shap, ’ng pats; pú? lake,
fung sngan pát, pak, léung,
'fung tün shap, ‹sám pat,;
pú? ‘tsz’, fung sngan "ng
pák, léung, fung tiin² shape
kwok, ckung,
pat,; chan'
'fung ngan sám pák, léung,
fung tin² kau pat; f2
kwók, ckung, fung sngan ?
pák, léung, fung tiin² ts'at
pat›
pat); chát, sát, hak, tại
kat, táp, pờ nóng fung
sngan yat, pák, léung, fung
tiin² sz”pat.
1
Tin shuke ctsing lf sz',
slóng chung, Mún chau
yat, syan, Mung kú yat,
syan; n ngoi lóng, Mún
chau 12 yan, Mung 'kú luk,
syan; chii sz Mún chau
yat, syan, sMung kúyat, syan:
‘chéung hat, ngoi chát, sát
hals, pò shí chí sz”, chứ
5. The meaning of tin shuk here seems be what belongs to governmental affairs, referring to
the general government of the country. This department exercises the same, or nearly the
same control over the Outer Mongolian tribes, as the first one (the K'itsik sz') does over the Inner
tribes. Merchants going to its territories must be provided with licenses from the foreign office.
Officers connected with this department have the oversight and regulation of the commercial
intercourse carried on between Russia and China at Kiachta. The officers of this department
have to fix the limits to the territories of the several tribes, supervise their governments, regulate
their rank and succession, arrange their people into corps or divisions, superintend their ways of
communication, and regulate all their intercourse. The order of succession among the lamas
is regulated by the son of heaven' through the functionaries of this office.
Sec. 7.3
THE COLONIAL OFFICE.
mulge the regulations: what.
ever appertains to the lamas
both far and near, the whole
they regulate, as they do also
all the nomads who
within or belong to their ter-
ritories.
are
6. The officers in the de-
partment for the mild treat-
ment of those from afar are,
one secretary, a member of the
imperial house, with two Man-
tchou, and five Mongolian un-
der-secretaries, and one Mon-
golian director: these have
the regulation of whatever
appertains to the emoluments,
visits to court, tribute, &c.,
among the Outer Mongolian
Jamas.
柔​遠清​吏司​郎
​中​宗室 ​- 人員
​外​郎​滿洲
​滿洲​二人
​蒙古​五​人​主事
​蒙古​一​人​掌​外
​扎薩克​喇嘛​祿
​廩​朝貢​之​事
​7. The officers in the de. 徠​遠​清​吏​司​郎
​partment for those drawn from
中​蒙古​一​人員
​directors: these have the go.
vernment and direction of the
begs and chiefs of the Moham-
medan tribes among the Mon-
golians: whatever appertains
to the annual visits of the
Mohammedans is regulated by
them: they also regulate their
visits and their tribute paid to
court.
afar are, one Mongolian se-
cretary, two Mantchou and
three Mongolian under-secre- 外​郎​满洲​二人
​taries, with two Mongolian
蒙古​三人​主事
​蒙古​二人​掌​回
​部​扎薩克伯克
​之​政 ​凡​回​番
​之​年​班​皆​掌​之
​掌​外​裔​之​朝貢
​理​刑清​吏司​郎
​中​蒙古​二​人員
​8. The officers in the de-
partment for penal discipline
are, two Mongolian secreta
ries, two Mantchou, and four
郵​驛​互市​則​頒
​其​禁​个​凡​内外
​之​喇嘛​皆​掌​之
​掌​遊牧​之​内​屬
​者
​1
585
‹k'í ¿yau yik¸: ú² shí tsak,
‹pán ‹k'í kam' ling²; fán
noi ngoi chí lá má hái
chéung chí, chéung yan
muk, chí nơi shuk, chéo
S
Yau un tsing lí ‹sz', long
<chung tsung shat, yat, ¿yan,
siên ngoi sóng, Mún chau
? syan, Mung kń "ng syan,
‘chii sz” Mung kú yat, syan:
chéung ngoi chát, sát, hak,
‹lá‚má luk, lam chíú kung'
«chí sz”.
Loi 'ün <ts'ing lí² sz', dong
chung, Mung kú yat, syan;
sun ngoi sóng, Mún chau
í²¿yan, Mung kú ‹sám ¿yan ;
chi sz”, sMung kú ? yan:
chéung Ui pờ chát, sát,
hak,, pák, hak,, ‹chí ching'
ling”, sfán sUi fán chí
snín pán hái chéung chí,
‘chéung ngoi yui chí chíú
kung².
Lí sying cts'ing li? sz', lóng
chung, Mung 'kú í' yan;
S
6. The literal meaning of the title of this department is the mild distant pure officers depart-
ment; i. e. the department whose pure functionaries extend the imperial kindness and favor to
those who dwell far remote from the court. The king, his imperial majesty's liege servant, called
khán; his annual emoluments are, from the emperor annually, 2500 taels of silver, with 40
pieces of silk; the gifts to be conferred on the khan's officers are also specified, so likewise are
the articles and the amount of tribute; the periods for their visits to Peking are also fixed.
lamas, here and elsewhere mentioned, form no small nor uninfluential class; they take rank
among the chiefs and princes of the state.
The
7. This is literally, come or drawn remote pure officers department; and besides the Mohamune-
dan princes or kháns, and the pák hak or begs, it controls in a measure the Kassaks and Turkomans
on the remote frontiers of the Chinese empire. See Chinese Repository, Vol. IV., page 148.
CHI. CHR.
147
586
Mongolian under-secretaries, 外​郎​满洲​二人
​with one Mongolian director :
these have the direction and
control of whatever appertains
to penal discipline among the
several tribes of these remote
foreigners..
蒙古​四人​主事
​蒙古​一​人​掌​外
​藩​各部​刑罰​之
​事
​1. Governor; lit. ruling tri-
bunal, or H. E. the governor.
2. Commissioner or master
of the police.
3. Police-runners-
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
4. Protector, protectorate,
or protectorship.
5. The protector's subal-
terns, or staff.
6. Major-general of the
protectorate.
7. Keeper of the palace, or
master of the palace.
8. Canal commissioners and
keepers of passes.
9. Shepherd of a depart-
Section Eighth.
OFFICIAL TITLES.
職​分類​第八​章
​Chik, fan lui; tai pát, ‹chéung.
ment, i. e. its chief magistrate.
10. An assistant magistrate
8. Regulate punishment pure officers department; the ordinary and most common punishments
awarded by this department are fines, which are estimated and paid in cattle and horses.
of a department or district.
11. A subordinate magis-
trate of a district.
制​臺
​制置使
​差役
​鎮 ​鎭​臺​鎮守
​鎭​標
​鎮守​摅​兵
​執​金吾
​閘​官
​州牧
​Agg
州​同
​州​判
​[CHAP. XVII.
sun ngoi sóng, Mún chay
í²¿yan, Mung kú sz” ¿yan;
----
'chü sz", Mung 'kú yat,
syan: ‘chéung ngoi fán hóa,
pờ sying fát, chí s”,
Chai toi.
Chai chỉ s”.*
Chái yiks.
Chan'. Chan' st'oi. Chan'
'shau.
Chan' ‹píú.
Chan' 'shau 'tsung ping.
Chap, kam 'ng.*
G
Cháp, kún.
Chau muk,.
Chau stung.
Chau pún'.
Notes and Explanations.
UNDER the head of chik fan are arranged the titles of the functionaries of the government, both
civil and military. The order of arrangement here adopted is the alphabetical, according to the
Chinese pronunciation in the provincial dialect. The list is intended to include the titles of all
the principal officers, of ancient and modern times; those not now in use are marked with an
asterisk. In addition to the titles, the names of several offices, schools, &c., are enumerated.
8. There are many of these inferior officers; and they are stationed at the locks on canals, at
the passes through the country, at gateways, &c.
I
SECT. 8.587
OFFICIAL TITLES.
]
8.
1
12. Chief secretary of state,
or prime-minister.
13. Master of the privy
council.
14. Examiner of literary
graduates.
15. Prefect (chief civil of-
ficer) of a department.
16. Prefect of a minor de.
partment.
17. Magistrate (chief civil
officer) of a district.
18. Master attendant, or
under-secretary.
19. Sub-agent, or assistant
manager.
20. Keeper of records, or a
clerk in the interior.
21. Chief secretary, and
censor in waiting.
22. Commissioner in the
grain department.
23. Supervisor in the Of-
fice of Supervisors.
24. Subordinate supervisor
in the same.
25. Keeper of records in
the same.
26. Recorder or clerk in
the same.
27. Chief or principal (in
an office or department).
28. Honorary nobles.
29. School for polite lite-
rature.
30. Commissioner for sup-
pressing rebellion.
31. Courtier's sons and
grandsons.
32. Court nobles, or cour-
tiers.
33. Keeper of the seals, lil.
elucidator and examiner.
34. Under-secretary.
35. Chief of the literati.
36. General and chief pre-
sidents.
37. General and chief vice-
presidents.
掌​書記
​知​樞密院
​知​貢舉
​知府
​知​州
​知縣
​知事
​支使
​治​中
​台​書​侍御​史
​台​粟​內​史
​詹事​府​詹事
​詹事​府​少​詹事
​1事​府​主​簿
​詹事​府​錄​事
​正​堂
​徹​侯
​昭​文​館
​招討​使
​朝官​子孫
​朝​候
​照​磨
​照​廳
​狀元
​諸曹​尙​書
​諸曹​郎官
​'Chéung shu k?.*
*
Chí shi mat, in.
Chi kung' kü'.*
Chí fú.
Chí chau.
Chí ủn.
Chí sz.
Chí sz”.*
Chí chung.*
Ch? shi shfzsz'.*
Ch? suk, noi² sz.*
Chím sz" fú chím sz".
Chím sz” fú shíú” chím sz”.
Chím sz” fú ‘chi pờ.
〈Chím sz? sfú luk, sz”.
Ching' stóng.
Chít, shau.*
〈Chíú sman kún?.*
Chíu tò sz”.*
GChíú ckún tsz’<sün*.
sChíú shau.*
Chíú’smó.
Chíứ ting.
Chóng yün.
〈Chi ststò shéung? eshi.*
Chi ststò slóng ckún.*
18. The chísz', chíúmó, kinglik, kingching and chiúting, are nearly of the same grade, all of
them being of the lowest rank.
35. The first on the list of graduates of the three highest literary ranks is called yün; the
chóng yün is the highest, or the first on the list of the Hanlin, a rank acquired only after a long
course of study, and consequently highly honorable.
588
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
38. General and chief mili-
itary inspector.
39. General overseer
the herds.
40. Nobles, chiefs, princes,
or marquises.
41. Director, agent, or ma-
nager.
42. Chief examiner (at the
provincial examinations).
43. Chief or principal se-
cretary.
44. Keeper of records.
45. Gentleman usher of
Y
46. Chief secretary in the
military department.
47. Gentleman annalist, or
'the palace.
of
composer of history.
48. Commissionor for trans-
ports.
assistant,
49. Great
prime minister.
50. Great ruler, or prime
minister.
51. Assistant of the inner
court.
52. Inner director.
or
53. Inner secretary.
54. Inner governor, i. e.
shéung shü, or president.
55. Inner assistant.
56. Guardian of the prin-
ce's manners.
57. Minister of state, lit.
inner supporter.
58. A military secretary.
69. Aid-de-camp.
60. Inner gentleman usher
and general.
61. Keepers of H. I. M.'s
papers.
62. Inner secretary and
director.
63. Inner secretary and
overseer.
諸曹​參軍
​諸​牧
​諸侯
​主事
​主考
​主​書
​主​簿
​主客​郎中
​主管​機​宜​文字
​著作郎
​轉運​使
​家​相
​家
​中​相
​中正
​IL
中​書
​中​臺
​中丞
​中​允
​中​當
​中​軍
​中​協
​中郎將
​中​書​科
​中書令
​中​書​監
​Chüts'd tsám kwan.*
Chu muk, kám.*
Chu shau.*
Chủ sz”.
“Chủ háu.
'Chu shu.
'Chü pò'.
“Chi hák, slóng chung.
'Chu 'kún kí í man tsz”,*
Chi tsok, lóng. *
'Chün wan' sz”.
“Chung séung”.
“Chung ‘tsoi.
Chung séung”.
‹Chung ching).
Chung (shu.
Chung toi.*
‹Chungshing.
Chung Swan.*
Chung tong.
Chung kwan.
Chung híp.
Chung lóng tséung”.
Chung shu fo.
!
Chung shu ling'.*
Chung sshii kám.
*
>
40. Of these chi hau there were several in the time of the Hón dynasty; they were feudal
chiefs, at the head of departments or little principalities into which the empire was divided.
the
42. At the triennial examinations in the provincial capitals, two individuals, from among
members of the Imperial Academy, are appointed to preside, a principal or chù háu, and a secon-
dary or fú háu, also called fú chú háu.
SECT. 8.]
589
OFFICIAL TITLES.
1
64. Inner secretary, over-
seer and director.
中​書​監​合
​65. Inner secretary of se-
condary rank, i. e. clerk.
中​書​舍人
​66. Imperial body-guard 花​翎​侍衛
​wearing peacock's feathers.
67. District instructor.
訓導
​教​論
​68. Translators.
分​掌​繙譯
​69. Lieutenant (in the ar-
any)o.
70. Provincial treasurer, or
commissioner of finance.
71. Commissioner for de-
fense of the state.
72. Lieutenant-governor, or
controling officer.
73. Lieutenant-governor's
分​府 ​分​守
​藩臺
​防禦​使
​撫院
​無​標
​staff or subalterns.
74. Lieutenant-governor's 撫院​交​巡捕
​civil aid-de-camp.
院​撫​武​巡捕
​虎賁​中郎將
​副都統
​75. Lieutenant-governor's
military aid-de-camp.
76. Veteran general and
gentleman usher.
77. Lieutenant-general.
78. Deputy (or assistant)
censor.
79. Second examiner of
literary candidates.
80. Second commissioner.
81. Colonel, or commander
of a regiment.
82. Secondary leader, or
field-martial.
83. Treasury department,
1
副將
​副​元帥
​庫​部
​庫​大使
​treasury.
85. Keeper of the imperial 符​寶​郎​符​節令
​符​寶​郎​符​節​合
​signets (or seals).
附​馬都尉
​輔​國​將軍
​行​臺​省
​行​御史臺
​or board of exchequer.
84. Chief keeper of the
86. Assistant leader of the
horse guards.
87. Supporter general, (lit.
support country lead army).
88. Provincial commission-
ers of finance.
89. Traveling censors, or
board of circuit censors.
撫臺
​副​都​御史
​副​主考
​副使
​Chung shi kám ling *
Chung shi shé’syan.
Fáling shí² wai².
Fan tờ. Káu yi.
Fan 'chéung ‹fán yikɔ.
Fan fú. Fan 'shau.
sFán stoi.
sFóng yiz sz”.*
Fú yin².
Fú <píú.
Fú yin² man stsun pò?.
Fú yin² Śmò stsun pò?.
Fú
<pan chung đông
tséung'.*
Fứ tò “tung.
Fú ‹tò yü² ‘sz'.
Fứ chi háu.
F' sz”.
Fú' tséung'.
'Fú st'oi.
*
67. The fan tò, 'admonitor and guide,'"is the chief literary officer in a yin or district : he is
usually a literary graduate, and always paid by the government. In each district, the govern-
ment has a high-school or academy, over which he presides.
73. The fú piú includes the whole of the military officers and soldiers, under the control of
the lieutenant-governor.
Fú’syin shui’。
Fá pò?.
Fứ tái sz”
Fú pò slóng. Fú tsit, ling2.*
Fú? smá <tò wa'.*
Fú² kwók, ‹tséung ‹kwan.
Hang stoi ‘sing.*
Hang yü' 'sz' st'oi.*
CHI. CHR.
148
590
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
:
90. General leader of the
cavalry.
91. Inspector-general, (lit.
walk army teach give).
92. Master-controler of the
army.
93. Marquis, (lit. marquis
nobility, or rank of marquis).
94. Examiner of merits
and gentleman-usher.
95. Gentleman of distinc-
tion; (lit. dutiful and pure).
96. Recorder of H. I. M.'s
words and actions.
a
97. Sub-recorders of the
行軍​司馬
​行軍​教授
​行軍​校尉
​侯爵
​考​功​郎中
​孝廉
​起居注
​起居​舍人
​協​鎭​協​臺​協​守
​99. Joint adjutant high ±
協辦​大學​士
​chancellor of state.
100. Governor general of
河道​总督
​rivers and canals.
same.
98. Colonel of a regiment.
101. Staff of the governor
of the rivers.
ratime customs.
105. Chancellor of state,
or chief minister of state.
102. Overseer of the boats
on the river at Canton.
103. Magistrate of the 河​政​廳
​dwellers on the river.
104. Commissioner of ma-
106. Literary chancellor,
or director of learning.
107. The Imperial Acad-
emy, (lit. pencil forest court).
108. Chancellors and direc-
tors of the members of the
Imperial Academy.
109. Chancellors, receivers
of the emperor's pleasure, and
members of the Imperial
Academy.
110. Chancellors, readers
to his majesty, and members
of the Imperial Academy.
河​標
​河伯​所
​海關
​學士
​學院​學​臺​學​政
​翰林院
​翰林院​掌​院​學
​士
​翰林院​學士​承
​Sa
翰林院​侍讀​學
​+
Hang .kwan (sz' ‘má.*
Hang ‹kwan káu' shau².*
¿Hang ‹kwan káu' wai’.*
,Hau tséuk,.
'Hau kung slóng chung.*
Hau' slím.*
Híckii chủ.
'Hí ‹kü shé' yan.
Híp, chan. Híp, stoi. Híp,
'shau.
Híp, pán tái hók, sz”.
Hó tò² 'tsung tuk».
¿Hó ‹píú.
Hó pók, 'shó.
Hó ching ‹ting.
Hoi kwán.
Hók, sz".
Hók, yün². Hók₂ st'oi. Hók
ching'.
Hón² slam yün².
Hón' slam yün' 'chéung yün
hók, sz".
Hón' slam yün² hók, sz"
sshing chí.
Hón' slam yün² shí' tuk, hóka
sz'.
96. These recorders accompany the emperor when he goes abroad, or appears in public, and
it is their duty to record all his words.
102, 103. These are interior officers; one is stationed in the vicinity of Canton, (where are a
large number of people constantly living on the water,) and the others (two or three only) are in
the eastern provinces.
107. This academy is the emperor's principal laboratory for state papers. Official documents
and all national literary works, are prepared for publication either by, or under the direction of, the
members of this institute. There are several subordinate branches of the institution, with their
appropriate officers.
!
SECT. 8.]
591
OFFICIAL TITLES.
L
111. Chancellors, lecturers
to his majesty, and members
of the Imperial Academy.
112. President of. the
Court of Ceremonies.
113. Vice-president of the
Court of Ceremonies.
114. Department for the
transport of salt.
115. Commissioner for the
transport of salt.
116. Servant-archers and
reporters to H. I. M.
117. Commissioner of jus-
tice.
118. Board for the imperial
carriages.
119. Superintendent of the
papers of the court.
120. Domestics, or official
servants of the hoppo.
121. Chief of the second
rank of literati, or of A. M.
122. Office for care of the
highways.
123. Board of exchequer,
or treasury department.
124. His imperial majesty's
body-guard.
125. Military inspector, (lit.
inspect army).
126. President of a college,
or collegiate inspector.
. 127. Porter, or keeper of
the palace gate.
128. Commissioner for in-
specting the army.
129. Inspector and exam-
ining censor.
130. Under-graduate, or a
graduate of the lowest rank.
131. His excellency, the
imperial councellor.
}
132. Messengers to his im-
perial majesty.
133. Literary officers, (lit.
magistrates of instruction).
134. Teacher of a depart-
•
ment (lit. instruction giver).
135. Master-controller, (lit.
compare-tranquilize).
136. Ministers of state, (lit.
spring balances).
翰林院​侍講​學
​士
​鴻臚​寺​卿
​鴻臚​寺​少卿
​鹽運​司
​鹽運​使
​謁者​僕射
​臬​司
​臬​臺
​駕​部
​架​閣
​家人
​解元
​街道​衙門
​金​部
​錦衣衛
​監軍
​監​院
​監​門
​監軍​使
​I
監察​御史
​監​生
​諫議​大夫
​給事中
​教官
​教授
​校尉
​機​衡
​Hón' slam yün² shí' 'kóng
hók, sz'.
Hung lò tsz" <hing.
sHung lò tsz” shứ ching.
Im wan? sz.
Ím wan² sz”.
Ít, ché puk, yik
Ít, sz’. Ít, stoi.
Ká' pò².*
Ká kók,.*
Káyan.
Káï' şün.
Kái tờ ngá smún.
«Kam pò².*
'Kam í wai'.*
Kám kwan.*
Kám yün².
.Kám mún.
Kám kwan sz”.*
‹Kám chát, yü² ‘sz'.*
Kám shang.
Kán sí tái fu.*
K‘ap, sz” chung,
Káu' kún'.
Káu' shau².
Ká? wai'.
Kí shang.*
115. The commissioner for the transportation of salt is at the head of the gabel department,
or im wan sz', and takes rank with the two commissioners, the pò ching sz', and the ón chát sz’;
he has numerous assistants, clerks, &c., under him.
592
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
137. General controller of
the cavalry.
138. Prefect's secretary,
(lit. arranger and controler).
139. Professor of belles-let-
tres, (lit. classic lore officers).
140. Erudite professor of
polite literature.
141. Chief general of mili-
tary operations.
142. Commissioner for mi-
litary operations.
143. Clerk, or under-secre-
tary.
144. Metropolitan officers,
or magistracy of the capital.
145. Commissioner for ad-
monishing other officers.
146. Under-secretary,
copyist.
147. Chancellor of the In-
ner Council.
148. A graduate of the se-
cond degree, or a. M.
149. General of the armed
chariots and light-horse.
150. Commissioner for ob-
servation and inspection.
151. Officers: civil officers;
and military officers.
152. Duke; marquis; earl;
viscount; and baron.
153. Officer for recording
merits and demerits.
154. Great ministers of
state.
155. Military teacher, or a
or
fencing-master.
156. Inspector of military
implements.
157. Sub-prefect.
158. Military leader.
159. Military subalterns.
160. Controller, a control-
ler of a district or department.
161. Local magistrates; of-
ficers of a district.
í
騎都尉
​檢 ​校
​經筵​官
​經筵​博士
​經​畧​大​將軍
​經​使
​經歷
​京​尹
​警​巡​院​使
​稿​公
​閣​學士
​舉人
​車騎​將軍
​觀察​使
​官府​文官​武官
​公​侯伯子 ​男
​軍機​大臣
​軍​中​教​習
​軍​器​監
​軍民​府
​軍師
​軍​標
​郡​尉
​郡​官
​經​廳
​King lik₂. King ‹ting.
京兆尹 ​King Swan. ‹King chíú²
Swan.
*
'King tsun yün² sz”.
'Kò ‹kung.
Kók, hók, sz”.
Kü yan.
‹Kü ‚kí ‹tséung ‹kwan.*
*
Kún chát, sz".*
¿Kí ‹tò wai'.
Kim káu.
‹King sín ‹kún.
King sín pók, sz”.
King leuk,、 tái²
kwan.
‹King léuk, sz”.
tséung
Kún fú: man ‹kún; mò
kún.
<Kung; shau; pák,; 'tsz'
snám.*
Kung sts'd cts' ám kwan.
Kwan chí tái shan.
Kwan chung káu tráp,.
Kwan hí kám.
Kwan man fú.
Kwan (sz'.
Kwan píú.
Kwan' wai'.
Kwan² kún.
I
152. These titles of nobility are of ancient date, and are explained as indicative of certain
qualities in those to whom they were given: kung had regard to public good; hau, expelled for
their virtues, waited for better times; pák were bright-men of distinguished intelligence; tsz' were
capable of training others; and nám were those who were capable of sustaining important and re-
sponsible duties.
157. This officer exercises civil and military authority, having control over both soldiers and
people; one bearing this title resides at Tsínshán or Caza Branca, near Macao.
i
SECT. 8.]
593
OFFICIAL TITLES.
162. Magistrate of a dis-
trict; local magistrate.
163. H. E. the chief super-
intendent of customs.
164. Commissioner of cus-
toms.
165. Principals of the na-
tional college.
166. Professors of the na-
tional college.
167. Principal director of
the Banqueting House.
168. Vice-director of the
Banqueting House.
169. Principal overseer of
the Banqueting House.
170. Secondary overseer in
the Banqueting House.
171. Imperial body guard
with blue peacock's feathers.
172. Commissary or col-
lector of grain.
173. Commissioners for the
collection of grain.
174. Deputed officers, or
official attendants.
175. Chief attendant, head
officer, magistrate's secretary.
176. Secretary to the com-
missioner of finance.
177. General and comman-
der-in-chief.
178. Gentleman usher (lit.
pavilion centre).
179. Secretary in the army.
180. Officers in the field
service, or military officers.
181. Keepers of seals, or
sub-censors.
182. Office of the imperial
guards.
183. Chief commissioner of
the imperial guards.
184. Law-professors, or the
professors of jurisprudence.
·
郡丞 ​郡佐
​貴​監督
​関​部
​國​子​祭酒
​國子監​司​業
​光祿​寺​卿
​光祿​寺​少卿
​光祿​寺​署​正
​光祿​寺​署​丞
​藍​翎​侍衛
​糧​道
​糧​儲​道
​吏員
​吏目
​理​問
​領軍​將軍
​郎中
​錄​事​參軍
​陸路​官
​六​科
​鑾​儀​衛
​鑾​儀​衛​冠軍​使
​律​學​博士
​1 Kwan'shing. Kwan' tso'
!
Kwai kám tuk,.
Kwan pò².
Kwók, 'tsz' kám' ts'ai' ´tsan.
Kwók, 'tsz' kám' ‹sz' íp.
Kwóng luk, tsz" ching.
Kwóng luk, tsz" shíú hing.
‹Kwóng luk, tsz” “shii ching'.
‹Kwóng luk, tsz" shüi ‹shing.
164. This is the officer who, by the foreigners in Canton, is called the hoppo; he is also called
hoi kwán (No. 104); he is addressed by the title kwai kám tuk (163); a petition or written address
to him is superscribed, Yut hoi huán, Euán tuk tái gan, ón pan.
165. The branches taught in this school are belles-lettres, the classics, mathematics, &c.; and
attached to it are departments for the education of Russians, Lewchewans, &c. There is a long
list of instructors, with their appropriate titles, professors, tutors, lecturers, &c.
¿Lám ‹ling shí² wai².
Léung tò.
Léung chi tờ.
Lí sin.
Li muk₂.
Lá man.
'Ling <kwan ‹tséung ‹kwan.*
Lóng chung.
Luk, sz" ts'ám ‹kwan.*
Luk, lò² kún.
Luk, ‹fó.
Lün í wai.
‹Lün çí wai² kún ‹kwan sz”.
Lut, hók, pók, sz'.*
167. Literally, kwóng luk tsz' means a temple of glory and emoluments; it is designed for
feasting the meritorious, and banqueting the deserving; and its officers are charged with providing
victims for the imperial sacrifices.
172, 173. The duties of these commissioners for collecting grain are in six of the provinces
performed by the 6nchát sz'.
CHI. CHR.
149
594
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
185. Directors of the horse,
or of the horse department.
186. Commissioner & com-
mander-in-chief of the cavalry.
187. Director of the mili.
tary stores.
188. General and military
protector.
189. Watchman at the pa-
lace gate.
190. Chief officers of the
five Boards.
191. Inspectors of polite li-
terature.
192. Sub-sergeant, or cor
poral in the army.
193. Sergeant.
194. Minister in the capital,
or metropolitan officer.
195. Overseers of the im.
perial household.
196. Department for re.
gulating H. 1. M.'s household.
197. Commissioner for ju.
dicial trials, or judge.
198. Ensign in the army.
199. Ministers of state (lit.
bowing assistants).
200. Begs, or Mongolian
and Mohammedan princes.
201. There are nine offi.
cial ranks, subdivided into
eighteen degrees, (9) principal,
and (9) subordinate.
202. Board of accountants,
or financial department.
203. Keeper of national
archives.
204. Under-secretary,
copyist.
205. Chief
minister
or
state.
206. Assistant commissary.
207. Aid-de-camp (lit. ano-
ther carriage).
208. General of the light-
horse, or leader of the cavalry.
馬​司
​馬軍​都​指​麾​使
​武庫​合
​武衛​將軍
​門下​省
​五​部​督郵
​藝文​監
​筆​帖​式
​of 平章事
​兵備​道
​别駕
​驃騎​將軍
​額外​外​委
​外​委
​內​史
​內​寺​省
​内务府
​按察使
​把​摅
​拜​相
​伯克
​品​有​九​其​級​十
​AE
比​部
​秘書​監​秘書​合
​‘Má ‹sz'.*
Ma kwan tò chí fai sz”*
Mò fứ ling.*
$Mò wai' «tséung ‹kwan.*
Mún há' 'sing.*
•
"'Ng Pò' tuk› ¿yau.
Ngai man kám *
Ngák, ngoi² ngoi' 'wai.
Ngoi 'wai.
Noi' 'sz'.*
Noi tsz' 'sing.*
Noi mo fu.
Ón' chát, sz”.
**
'Pá 'tsung.
Pái' séung'.
Pák, hak,.
'Pan ‘yau ‘kau; sk'í kap, shap,
Syau pát) ; fan ching” tsung”.
'Pí pò.*
Pí shu kám'.* Pí shu
ling? *
Pat, típ, shik.
¿P'ing ‹chéung sz'.*
Ping pí² to².
Pít₂ ká'.*
‹Píú ‚k'í ‹tséung ‹kwan.*
196. Literally inner business house, or department, the object of which is to control the govern-
ment of a class of the imperial slaves or domestics in the palace. The department is filled with
an indefinite number of great ministers,' under whose supervision and direction are placed all
the financial, civil, ritual, military, penal, and operative, affairs of H. I. M.'s household.
201. Officers of the first rank, both principal and subordinate, are distinguished by a red pre-
cious stone ball on the top of their caps; the 2d wear a red coral; 3d, a blue precious stone; 4th,
a dark blue or purple; 5th, a crystal; 6th, an opaque white or jade stone; 7th, 8th, and 9th,
SECT. 8.]
595
OFFICIAL TITLES.
209. Supporter to H. I. M.
(lit. supply deficiency).
210. Commissioner for re-
gulating the civil government.
211. Constables, or village
justices of the peace.
212. Servant-archer, or mi-
nisters of state.
213. Four ministers direct-
ing official appointments.
214. Assistant secretaries
to the four ministers.
215. Three minor dukes
(guardians of the prince).
216. Three guardians (i. e.
guardians of the prince).
217. Three dukes (guardi-
ans of the prince).
218. Three commissioners,
of justice, finance, and excise.
219. Imperial attendants
on horseback.
220. Principal and secon-
dary keepers of seals attached
to the monastery of the priests
of Budha.
221. Right and left chief
instructors attached to the
monastery of the priests of
Budha.
222. Teachers and com-
mentators of the monastery.
223. Officiating priests in
the monastery.
224. Chief director of the
inferior monasteries.
225. Director of the infe.
rior monasteries.
226. Fellow of the inferior
monasteries.
227. College of revisors, to
prepare official documents.
228. Board for preparing
•
official papers.
229. First literary degree
(equivalent to A. B.).
230. Advisers (lit. embroi-
dered clad straight pointers).
231. Ministers of state (lit.
assistants of the state).
232. Admonitors (lit. sup-
plying deficiency) to H. I. M.
補闕
​布政司
​捕​廳
​僕射
​西​曹主吏
​西​曹​書​佐
​三​少
​三省
​三公
​三​司
​散騎常侍
​儈​錄​司​正​印​副
​!印​僧​世
​儈​錄​司​闡​教
​儈​錄​司​講經
​儈綱​司副​都​綱
​儈​綱​司 ​正
​儈​綱​司​儈​會
​脩​書院
​脩​文​館​脩​文​尋
​秀才
​繡衣​直指
​'Pò hüt,.*
Pò' ching' (sz'.
Po ting.
Puk₂ vik.*
相​國
​拾遺
​Saists'ò 'chu lí³.*
Sai ts'd shu tsó'.*
Sám shíú'.
Sám 'sing.*
Sám kung.
Sám sz'.
*
Sán shí shéung shí.
↑ #j £ ‡ Sang luk (sz' 'tsó yau² shín²
shai'.
Sang luk, sz' ching' yan'
fú' yan'.
Sang luk, sz chín káu.
‹Sang luk› ‹sz' kóng 、king.
Sang ‹kóng ‹sz' fứ ‹tò ‹kóng.
Sang kóng (sz' ‹sang ching'.
Sang kóng (sz' ‹sang úi².
Sau shi ün.*
Sauman 'kún.* Sau man
stsam.*
Sau'sts'oi.
Sau í chik, chí.*
Séung' kwók,.*
Shap₂ swai.*
worked gold. Officers who have not entered, or attained to, the nine ranks are designated the
mi yap lau.
197, 210. These two officers, by way of eminence, are often called the two commissioners,-
one is at the head of the judicial, and the other is at the head of the territorial and financial,
department of the provincial government: they are two of the sám sz' (218).
1
M
596
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
233. Prime-minister.
234. Captain.
235. Overseers of H. I. M.'s
medicine.
236. President, or the chief
secretary (of state).
237. Chief president and
principal secretary.
238. President and exami-
ner.
239. Gentleman president.
240. Presidents and first
and second ministers of state.
241. Directing president.
and historiographer.
242. President and director
(at court).
243. Overseers of the im.
perial wardrobe.
244. Imperial chamberlain:
gent. of the bedchamber.
245. Perpetual and privy
councilor.
246. Vice-president, or un-
der-secretary (of state).
247. Servants of the em.
peror.
248. Readers to his impe-
rial majesty.
249. Lecturers to his impe-
rial majesty.
250. Imperial body guard.
251. Office for directing
the servants of the emperor.
252. Censors in attendance
on the emperor.
253. Commanders of the
horse body guard.
254. Commanders of the
infantry body guard.
255. Board superintending
the emperor's table.
256. Minister of state (lit.
helper and assistant).
257. Gentleman and keep-
er of the seals.
258. Department for promul-
ging governmental dispatches.
首相
​守備
​尙​藥
​尙​書
​守​府
​尙​書​分​尙​書​臺
​尙​書​省
​尙​書​郎
​尙​書​左右​丞
​尙​書​史​合
​尙​書​都​事
​尙​衣​監
​尙​寢​局
​常​機密
​侍郎
​侍中
​侍讀
​侍講
​侍衛
​侍中​寺
​侍御​史
​侍衛​馬軍​司
​侍衛​步​軍​司
​膳​部
​丞相
​丞​頜符​璽郎
​承​宣​布政司
​¡
'Shau séung'.*
'Shau pí'. 'Shau 'fú.
Shéung yéuk.*
Shéung? shi.
Shéung² shi ling².* Shéung?
shii stoi.*
Shéung? shi sing.*
Shéung? shii çlóng.*.
Shéung? shi (tsó yau? sshing.*
Shéung? shi ‘sz’ling².*
Shéung² ‹shi ‹td sz”.*
Shéung? í kám?.*
Shéung? (ts'am kukz.*
Shéung ckí matz.*
Shí lóng.
Sh² cchung.*
Shí tuką.
Shí' 'kóng.
Shí' wai².
Sh? chung tsz2.*
Sh? yi? ‘sz’.*
Shí wai² má ‹kwan (sz'.*
She wai² pò? ckwan sz.*
Shin² pò?.*
Shing séung'.
Shing śling sfú sái sóng.*
☆Shing siin pò' ching² <sz..
236. The shéung shu are the high officers who stand at the head of several of the principal
departments of state; one or more of them the emperor places over each of the six Boards. Pre-
sident and secretary seem to be the best terms yet proposed as equivalents for shéung shi.
6
246. Waiting gentleman' is a literal rendering of shi lóng, and is perhaps well enough ex.
pressed by the term vice-president or under-secretary.
SECT. 8.]
597
OFFICIAL TITLES.
259. Master-controller of
of |城門​校尉
​the city gates.
260. High priest in the
temple of Confucius.
261. Master of the band in
the temple of Confucius.
262. Minor master, secon
dary guardian of the prince.
263. Minor tutor, seconda-
ry guardian of the prince.
264. Minor protector, se.
condary guardian of the prince.
265. Vice president, or un-
der-secretary.
266. Ministers of state (lit.
pivot springs).
267. Privy council (con-
sisting of eunuchs).
268. Commissioner of the
privy council.
269. Professor of general
literature.
270. Naval officers, or offi.
cers of the marine.
271. Admiral, or naval
commander-in-chief.
for
soothing the people.
273. Commissioner for ad.
monishing the people.
274. Gentlemen and recom•
menders of persons for office.
275. Professor of mathe-
matical sciences.
276. Private secretaries to
272. Commissioner
officers of government.
277. Superintendent of the
manufactures of cloth.
278. Superintendent of the
treasury.
279. Jailors, or keepers of
prisons.
280. Superintendent
of
learning(lit. control multitude).
281. Leader or controler of
cavalry.
282.Directors of work (to
be done by those at leisure).
283. Superintendent of ma-
lefactors.
聖廟​啟事
​聖廟​司​樂
​少​師
​少傅
​少​保
​少​常​伯
​樞機
​樞密院
​樞密​使
​書​學​博士
​水師​官
​水師​提督
​宣撫​使
​宣諭​使
​選舉​郎
​算​學​博士
​師爺
​司​服
​司​庫
​司​獄
​司徒
​司馬
​司空
​司寇
​Shing smún káu' war*.
Shing’míú?kai sz?.
Shing' míú² ‹sz' ngók,.
Shíú’csz'.
Shíú' fú?.
Shíg Epò.
Shíú’sshéung pák..*
〈Shücký.*
‹Sh'ü mat, yün².*
Sh'ü mat, 'sz'.*
〈Shi hók, pók2 sz?.*
Shui <sz'ckún.
<Shui <sz’st'ai tuk,.
‹Sün 'fú sz”.*
‹Sün ü² sz”. *
Sün 'kü lóng.*
*
Sün' hók, póką sz".*
‹Sz' ¿yé.
<Sz' fukz.
<Sz' fú?-
<Sz' yukz.
<Sz' stò.*
<Sz' Smá.*
<Sz' <hung.*
<Sz'kau’.*
*
260. In the capital, each of the three prevailing religious sects has its own public institutions,
enjoying the patronage of the government, and especially consecrated for the service of the em-
peror and his ministers. Shing míú is the temple of Confucius.
270,271. The titles of the naval officers are the same as those of the land or field service;
thus there is a luk lò tai tuk a commander-in-chief of the field service, a generalissimo; and there
is also a shui sz' tai tuk a commander-in-chief of the water service, an admiral. The chief naval
officers ordinarily reside on shore.
CHI. CHR.
150
598
[CHAP.XVII-
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
284. Professors, or profes.
sional masters.
285. Directors (of the re.
ceipt and dispatch of papers).
286. Board of Agriculture
and Husbandry.
287. Ministers superintend-
·
ing agriculture.
288. Vice-president, under.
secretary, or clerk.
289. Vice-president direct.
ing investitures.
290. Vice-president direct.
ing acknowledged favors.
291. Master-controller and
inspector-general.
292. Under-secretary and
examiner of merits.
293. Officers superintend-
ing the merits of others.
294. Officers superintend-
ing the grain department.
295. His excellency the di-
rector of the horse.
296. His excellency the di-
rector of the army.
297. His excellency the di-
rector of the chariots.
298. His excellency the di-
rector of sacrifices.
299. His excellency the di.
rector of banquets.
300. Vice-president of the
Board of Office.
301. Vice-president of the
Board of Revenue.
,302. Vice-president of the
Board of Rites.
303. Vice-president of the
Board of War.
304. Vice-president of the
Board of Punishments.
305. Vice-president of the
Board of Works.
306. General and comman-
der-in-chiéf.
307. General and comman.
der-in-chief.
308. Four high ministers
of state.
309. Historiographers,
imperial annalists.
or
司​業
​司​務
​司​農​司
​司農卿
​司​郎中
​司​封​郎中
​司​勳​郎中
​司隸​校尉
​司​功​書​佐
​司​功​參軍
​司​倉​參軍
​司馬​大夫
​司​戎大夫
​司​輿​大夫
​司​禋​大夫
​司​烹​大夫
​司​列​少​常​伯
​1元​少​常​伯
​1 禮​少​常​伯
​1 戎​少​常​伯
​1 刑​少​常​伯
​1平​少​常​伯
​四​征​將軍
​四平​將軍
​四​曹
​史官
​Szípz.
<Sz'mò².
(Sz’snung <sz'.*
〈Sz'snung shing:*
<Sz'slóng chung.*
<Sz' fung slóng chung.*
(Sz' fán slóng chung.*
Sz' tai káu' wai'.*
(Sz'ckung shi tsó’.*
〈Sz' ckung cts' ám ckwan.*
«Sz’«ts®óng cts'ám kwan.
8zsma tái fu.*
Sz’syung tái fu.*
<Sz’syü táiz fú.*
Sz yan tái fu.*.
Sz páng tái fu.
Sz' lít, shíú' shéung pák,.*
〈Sz'syün shíú’sshéung pák).*
(Sz’lai shíú’sshéung pák).*
Sz' yung shíú' shéung
pák,.*
(Sv’sying shíússhéung pák,.*
Sz' spring shíú',shéung pák,.*
Sz”ching ctséung ckwan.*
Sz”sp'ing ctséung ckwan.*
Sz”stsò.*
〈Sz'ckún.
*
ܕ
284. The word ip denotes an employment, manual or mental, followed for either amusement
or to gain a livelihood: hók p is a literary employment, the profession of letters: sz' íp is a
phrase of wider import, applicable to the proficient in any of the useful or ornamental branches.
300-305. Tlese terms lit, yin, lai, yung, ying, p'ing, were once used to designate the six
Supreme Boards; other terms have, at various times, been employed for the same purpose..
SECT. 8.]
599
OFFICIAL TITLES.
310. Chief controller, or
great tranquillizer.
311. Chief censor, or pre-
sident of the historiographers.
312. Prime minister of
state.
313. Chief guardian, or
great protector.
314. Chief overseers,
principal directors (eunuchs).
315. Ministers and over-
seers of the excchequer.
316. Director of the histo-
riographers.
317. Director of the chief
or
musicians.
318. The six guardians of
the prince.
319. Great master of the
prince, i. e. his guardian.
320. Great tutor to the
prince, i. e. his guardian.
321. Great protector to the
prince, i. e. his guardian.
322. Junior master to the
prince.
323. Junior tutor to the
prince.
324. Junior protector to
the prince.
325. Groom to the prince
or heir-apparent.
326. Overseer of the prince's
clepsydra.
327. Directors of the prin-
ce's body guard.
328. President of the office
for regulating H. I. M.'s stud.
329. Book-keeper in the
office of H. I. M.'s stud.
330. Imperial servant and
master of the herds.
331. President of the Sac-
rificial Court.
332. Assistant minister of
the Sacrificial Court.
333. Principal director of
the Great Medical College.
334. Secretaries and prin-
cipal ministers of state.
335. Great person, i. e. his
honor, or his excellency.
1
'
T'ai' wai'.*
Tái sz.*
Tái tsoi.
Tái shau.*
Tái kám.
Tái fú kám.* Tái đú
<hing.*
T'ai' 'sz' ling².*
Tái ngók, ling*
Tái' 'tsz' luk, fú².
Tái tsztái sz’.
Tái ‘tsztái fú.
Tái ‘tsztái pò.
Tái tsz’shứ sz.
T'ai' 'tsz' shíú' fú².
Tái ‘tsz’shíứ pò.
Tái tsz sai má.*
太子​率​使​更
​Tái ‘tsz’sut, sz’chang.*
AIA tai | Tái ‘sz’ tso yau wai sut.*
Tái puk, tsz” ching.
Tái puk, tsz” chi pờ.
Tái puk, muk, sz’.*
Tái sshéung tsz” ching.
Tái shéung tsz” shíứ ching.
Tái' í yün yün' 'sz'.
Tái fú luk, shéung shi
sz".*
Tải fú. Tái syan.
太尉
​太史
​太宰
​太守
​太監
​太​府​監太​府​卿
​太史​合
​太​樂​合
​太子​六 ​傅
​太子太師
​太子 ​1 傅
​太子​1保
​太子​少​師
​太子​少傅
​太子少保
​太子洗馬
​太僕寺​卿
​太僕寺​主​簿
​太僕​牧師
​太常​寺​卿
​太常​寺​少卿
​太​醫院​院​使
​太​傳​錄​尙​書​事
​大夫 ​大人
​328. This office for regulating H. I. M.'s stud is charged with the rearing of horses, taking
account of their increase and the training of them for service; it is under the direction of two
principal and two secondary ministers, aided by many minor officers, and is in some degree sub-
servient to the Board of War. This stud supplies horses for the imperial cavalry; and extensive
lands beyond the Great Wall are occupied for pastures.
600
[CHAP.XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
336. High chancellor, great
minister of state.
337. Great prime minister
of state.
338. Minister of the Board
of Officers.
339. Great manager of of-
ficial rank.
340. Director of the Board
of Office.
341. Great director of
honors.
342. Great director of in.
vestitures.
343. Great director of im.
perial honors.
344. Great director of the
host.
345. Great director of
agriculture.
346. Great director of the
multitude (of the people).
347. Great director of
measures.
348. Great director of the
granaries.
349. Great director of the
stores.
350. Great director of the
exchequer.
351. Great director of the
mint.
352. Great director of the
currency.
353. Great regulator of
ceremonies.
-
354. Great lord of the sa-
crifices.
355. Great master of cere-
monies.
356. Minister of the Su.
preme Court of Judicature.
357. Assistant minister of
the Sup. Court of Judicature.
358. Examiners in the Su-
preme Court of Judicàture.
359. Commanders-in-chief,
or major-generals.
360. Staff (or subalterns)
of the commander-in-chief.
361. A superintendent (re-
gulator of the price) of grain.
362. Chief provincial di
rector of education.
/
•
大學​士
​大家
​大​銓​衡
​大同​列
​大​提​衡
​大​司​績
​大 ​1封
​大 ​1
大​1徒
​大 ​1 農
​大 ​1 元
​大​1度
​大 ​1 儲
​大 ​1 庾
​大​1金
​大​1圜
​大 ​1 泉
​大​秘宗
​大​主​禋
​大典
​大理寺​卿
​大理寺​少卿
​大理寺​評​事
​提督 ​提​臺
​提​標
​提​舉
​提督​學​政
​Tái hók, sz”.
Tái chung ‘tsoi.*
Táiz stsiin shang.
Tái sz’ lít
Tái stai shang.
Tái sz’ chik.
Tái sz’ fung.
Tái sz’ fan.
Tái sz tò•
Tái sz nung.
Táizsz’syin.
Tái sz tờ.
Tái sz’chủ.
Tái si’su.
Tái sz’kam.
Tái sz’swán.
Tái sz' stsün.
Táiz títy ctsung.
Táiz chi cyan.
Tái tín pan
Tái lí tsz” ching.
Táit lí tsz" shíú ching.
Táiz slí tsz? sping sz2.
T'ai tuk. Taitoi.
☆T'ai píú.
T'ai 'kü.
S
Tai tuk, hók, ching'.
356. Lit. great justice temple, i. e. the Temple of Supreme Justice. This was mentioned
on page 580, in connection with the Board of Punishments. It is a high court of appeals, the
duty of which is, by statute, "to adjust all criminal punishments in the empire."
:
SECT. 8.]
601
OFFICIAL TITLES.
!
363. Overseer of the reve-
nues arising from shipping.
364. Circuit commission-
ers of justice.
365. Third of the highest
rank, Hónlam (or LL. D.).
366. Sole dictator, monarch,
or sovereign.
367.
Commander-in-chief
of national infantry and horse.
368. Under-secretaries, or
clerks.
369. Director of the police,
or justice of the peace.
370. Director and keeper
of the imperial signets.
371. Clerk to the secretary
of a district.
372. Chancellor of the im-
perial palace.
373. Censor attending on
H. I. M. in the palace.
374. Inspector general of
the body-guard.
375. A general, command-
er-in-chief.
376. General, commander-
in-chief (lit. all director).
377. General soother.
殿​學士
​殿中​侍御​史
​殿前​都​檢點​司
​都督
​都​統
​都尉
​378. Major.
都​司​都府​都​閩
​都​指揮
​379. Leader of the van
guards.
380. Keeper of the impe-
都​水​使者
​rial pleasure grounds.
381. Left censor of the 都察院​左​都​御
​Board of Censors, or Cen-
sorate.
史
​382. Right censor of the
Board of Censors, or Cen-
sorate.
383. An intendant of cir-
cuit.
384. A chief priest in the
school of the Rationalists.
提​舉​市​舶
​提刑​按察使
​探花
​單于
​し
​天下​兵馬​元帥
​典籍
​典吏
​典​瑞​掌​節
​典​郡​書​佐
​¿T'ai ‘kü ‘shí pók₂.*
sTai sying ón chát, sz”.
Tám' ‹fá.
‹Tán ‹yü.*
Tín há ping má yün
shui'.*
“Tín tsik,.*
Tín lí.
Tín sui chéung tsít.
“Tín kwan shi tso.*
Tín hók, sz.
Tín chung shí yi ‘sz.*
Tín sts ín tò kím tím sz*
To tuk,.
Tà “tung.
Tò ‘wai.*
Tờ sz. Tồ fú. Tờ kwan.
Tò chí fai. *
Tò 'shui sz” ‘ché.
Tò chát, yin ‘tsố tò yi
'sz'.
'Z'.
都察院​右​都​御 ​Tò chát, yin² yau? ctò yi?
史
​道​臺 ​廵​道
​道​錄​司​正-
​To st'oi. Ts'un to².
Tờ
To' luk, sz' ching' yat..
381. This Board of Censors, or Censorate, is one of the principal courts of the capital, intrusted
with "the care of manners and customs, the investigation of all public offices within and without
the capital, the discrimination between the good and the bad performance of the business thereof,
and between the uprightness and depravity of the officers employed therein; taking the lead of
the other censors, and uttering each his sentiments and reproofs, in order to cause officers to be
diligent in attention to their daily duties, and render stable the government of the empire." On
most state occasions, some of the members of this court attend by the side of the emperor, and are
usually permitted to express to him their opinions openly. They usually take the lead in bring-
ing new subjects for legislation before the emperor and his ministers.
CHI. CHR.
151
602
[CHAP. XVII.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
385. Professors attached to
the school of the Rationalists.
386. Masters attached to
the school of the Rationalists.
387. Superintendents, su-
perintending the school.
398. Colonel.
389. A councillor, or an
adviser.
390. An adviser in the na-
tional councils.
391. Court of assembled
worthies.
392. Assembled
worthies
and chancellors of the palace.
393. General, leader of the
army, a commandant.
394. Overseer of the im.
perial works.
395. Lieutenant.
396. Leader of the van, or
vanguards.
397. Commanders-in-chief
of the van, rear, left, and right.
398. Commissioners for
preserving the imperial rule.
399. Right and left admon-
itors to H. I. M.
400. Ministers of state (lit.
left right help assistants).
401. Right and left pillars
of state.
402. Right and left officers
of the palace.
403. Right and left attend-
ants in the palace.
404. Secondary right and
left attendants in the palace.
405. Right and left gene-
rals of the body-guards.
O
406. Sub-magistrate, or un-
der-magistrate.
407. Minister of state (lit.
ruling assistant).
408. Corn department (lit.
granary board). ;
409. Director general of
the imperial granaries.
410. Literary graduate of
the third degree.
道​錄​司​演​法
​道​錄​司​至​靈
​道紀​司都​紀
​參​將 ​參​府
​參謀
​參知政事
​集賢​院
​集賢​殿​學士
​將軍
​將​作​監
​干​總
​前​部​先鋒
​前後​左右​將軍
​節度使
​左右​司諫
​左右​丞相
​左右​柱國
​左右​內​史
​左右​春​坊​庶子
​h
左右​春​坊​中​允
​左右​衛​將軍
​左​堂
​宰相
​倉​部
​倉​場​總督
​進士
​Tò² luk₂ sz' 'hín fát».
Tờ luk, sz chứ sling.
To² 'kí (sz' tò 'kí.
Ts'ám tséung'. Tsám 'fú.
Ts'am mau.*
Tsám chí ching” sz”.
Tsap sín yün².*
Tsap, sín tín hók, sz².*
Tséung ‹kwan.
‹Tséung tsók, kám’.*
Ts'in 'tsung.
¿Ts'ín pò² sín ‹fung.
Ts'ín, hau', 'tsó, yau², ‹tséung
.kwan.*
Tsít, tò² sz".*
'Tsó yau² sz' kán’.*
"Tsó yau²,shing séung'.
'Tsó yau' 'ch'ü kwók,.*
'Tsó yau' noi' 'sz'.*
'Tsó yau ch'un fong shii'
'tsz'.
Tso yau chun fóng chung
Swan.
'Tsó yau' wai' ‹tséung ‹kwan.
“Tso stóng.
"Tsoi séung'.
«Tsóng pò*.*
Ts'ong sch'éung 'tsung tuk,.
Tsun' sz".
384, 387. The members of this institution, with those attached to the sang luk sz' (Nos. 222,
226), and to the shing míú (Nos. 260, 261), form the sám káu of the Chinese. The patronage
which these three religious sects enjoy seems to be limited to the capital; and the respective
officers, in those several religious houses, schools, and temples which are there dedicated to the
emperor's use, are appointed by government.
SECT. 8.]
603
OFFICIAL TITLES.
411. Circuit justices of the
peace.
412. Lieutenant-governor
ex-officio member of B. w.
413. Governor, or govern-
or-general.
414. Governor of the im-
perial canal.
415. Governor of (the great)
rivers.
416. Major-general, or com-
mander-in-chief.
417. General (or the chief)
standard-bearer.
418. Department for the
direction of manufactures..
419. General directors of
the army and state.
420. Under-secretary,
or
clerk.
421. The Board of Sacri-
fices, or sacrificial department.
422. Court-martial (lit. in-
vestigating officers).
423. The governor's staff
or subalterns.
424. Chief director of the
commissariate.
425. Local magistrate, jus-
tice of the peace.
426. Court of Representa-
tion.
427. Commissioner of the
Court of Representation.
428. Deputy-commissioners
of the Court of Representation.
429. Councillors of the
Court of Representation.
430, Secretaries of the
Court of Representation.
431. Under-secretaries of
the Court of Representation.
432. Sub-prefect, under, or
joint magistrate.
433. Chief of the third li-
terary degree.
434. Under-secretaries, or
clerks.
435. Chief director of the
imperial guards.
436. Lieutenant of the im-
perial guards.
437. Secretary to the im-
perial guards.
巡撫​部院
​總督
​總​漕
​總​河
​總兵
​總​旗
​J₺
摠​理​織造​府
​總​知​軍​國事
​從事
​部
​推​官
​督​標
​督​糧​道
​通​守 ​通​判
​通​政​司
​通​政​使
​通​政​副使
​通​政​司​參議
​通政司​經歴
​通政司​知事
​同知
​¿Ts'un kím ‹sz'. ¿Ts'un pò²
‹kún.
¿Ts'un 'fú pò² yün².
'Tsung tuk,.
'Tsung ¿ts'd.
'Tsung hó.
Tsung ping.
"Tsung sk'í.*
'Tsung lí chik, ts'd² ‹fú.
Tsung chí kwan kwók,
Sz³½ *
¿Ts'ung sz'.*
¿Ts'z' pò³.*
Túi chún.*
Tuk› ‹píú.
Tuk, léung tò².
Tung ‘shau.* Tungphún.*
<Tung ching› ‹sz'.
Tung ching' sz".
Tung ching' fú sz".
Tung ching' sz' ‹tsám sí.
Tung ching' sz' ‹king lik.
Tung ching sz chí sz”.
Tung chí.
Úï² ‚yün.
Ün ngoi slóng.
會​元
​員外郎
​Wai' swai ching.
衛尉​卿
​***** Wai' cts' in 'tsung. Wai² ‹ fan
衛​經歷
​'fú.
Wai' king lik2.
426. This court receives appeals from the people and memorials from the officers in the
provinces, and places them before the Inner Council; it has charge also of the great drum at
the palace gate.
}
604
438. General of the impe-
rial body guards.
439. Instructor and defen-
der of learning.
440. Deputies, officers who
are deputed.
441. School of literature,
or royal academy.
442. Officers attached to a
roval duke.
443. Imperial commission-
er, or envoy.
444. President of the Im.
perial Astronomical Board.
445. Right and left vice-
presidents of the Imperial
Astronomical Board.
446. Magistrate of a district
or city.
447. Assistant magistrate
of a district.
448. Lieutenant-colonel.
449. Sub-magistrate, or un-
der-magistrate.
450. Keepers of the impe-
rial post-offices.
451. Censors, or imperial
historiographers.
452. The tribunal of the
censors, or Censorate.
453. His excellency the
censor.
454. Keeper of records in
the Censorate.
455. Imperial guard in
waiting.
456. Principal director in
the school of Confucius.
457. Secondary director in
the school of Confucius.
458. Board for the regula-
tion of the imperial gardens.
459. Under-magistrate of a
district.
460. Director of the police
of a district.
461. Sub-magistrate.
462. Military leader, gene-
ralissimo of the army.
GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS.
衛​將軍
​衛​學​教授
​委員
​弘文​舘
​王侯​官屬
​欽差
​欽​天​監​監​正
​欽​天​監​左右​監
​副
​邑宰
​邑​尉 ​邑​曹
​遊擊 ​遊​府
​右​堂
​驛丞
​御史
​御史臺
​御史大夫
​御史​主​簿
​御前​侍衛
​儒學​正​堂
​儒學​副​堂
​虞​部
​縣​合
​縣尉
​縣丞
​元帥
​}
Wai? ctséung ckwan.
Wai? hóky káuw shau².
'Wai sün.
*
sWang sman (kún.*
S Wong shau kún shuk₂.
.Yam chái.
Yam t'ín kám'ckám ching'.
Yam tín kám ts6 yau
ckám fú’.
Yap, 'tsoi.*
Yap, Śwai.* Yap, sts'ò.*
sYau kiks. sYau fú.
Yau² steóng.
Yike sshing.*
Yii² sz’.
Yü² 'sz'st'oi.*
Yii²‘sz’táiz cfú.*
Yü' 'sz' 'chü pò².
Yii? sts'in sh² wai?.
sYü hók, ching'stóng.
sYü hóky fú? stóng.
sYü pò2.*
Yün² ling².
Yün² wai?. *
Yün² sshing.
sYün shu’.
451. These officers form the Tòchát yiin (No. 381); the governors of provinces are ex-officio
principal censors, and the lieutenant governors are ex-officio secondary censors.
<
Note. This Index is intended to guide the student to all the things and subjects treated of or named
in the first column, and, consequently, it contains proportionably a greater number of nouns, than of
adjectives, verbs, or adverbs, though these classes of words have by no means been overlooked. The
words given in the second column of the index are the translations of the corresponding English words;
but it has sometimes happened that the English words, found in the first column of the body of the work,
could not be inserted in this index because there were no corresponding Chinese terms for them, and vice
versâ. Many of the words here given are not used in conversation, other and more colloquial terms being
employed, or a periphrasis used; some of these terms do not occur in the index. It will, however, to a
good degree, serve the purpose of a vocabulary; and it will be advantageous to refer to the body of the
work to see the connection in which a word or phrase is used before employing it, as well as to learn
what are its proper characters. The first column of figures refers to the page, and the second to the
number of the paragraph; an n after the English word denotes that it is explained in a note.
A,
A little, n
Abacus,
Abandon, to,
Abandon and destroy,
Abandoned fellow,
Abandon family, to,
Abate a little, to,
Abatement,
Abdomen, n
Abdomen small,
GENERAL INDEX.

Abet, to,
Abide,
Abide, to,
Ability to eat, n
Able, Ability,
Able, n
Aboard ship,
Abode, permanent,
Abortion, Abortio,
About,
About how much,
About to break,
About 8 minutes,
Above,
Abridge, to,
Abroad from,
Abstruse,
Abundance,
yat,
8
yau ti kóm tó, 58
sün pún,
wóng mú,
wai hí,
tò, lán tsai,
ch'ut ká,
1 Accipenser,
515 1 Accipitrine birds,
515 1 Accommodate, not,
547 279 Accomplices,
112 14 Accomplished,
118 15 Accomplishments, n
177 24 Accompany, to,
119
2
160
25 Accompany, out to,
5 Accordance to,
502
hang shün,
yat ting chí ü, 417
síu chán,
shéung há, 84
yéuk tó shíú, 257
tséung lít, 280
kan kai pát fan, 404
shéung,
9 According to,
4||According to,
3 According to,
14 Accordingly,
2 Account, an, n
29 Account-book, n
10 Account, keep an,
99 46 Accountable, not,
537 71 Accountant,
loi lò,
181
ch'ut ngoi,
my my
hung séung sz' 457
nung chóng, 502
Abscess knife,
nung chóng tò, 532
Absent-minded,
sam 'm tsoi,
Absolutely necessary, n pít sù,
kám,
Abroad, gone,
Abrus precatorius,
Abscess,
23 Accoutrements,
4 Accumulated rocks,
1 Acetabulum,
4 Acetous, n
36 Acheen,
58
39 Achirus,
62 54 Acidity, n
513 17 Acorn,
Absorbents, n
sham shap,
d míú,
tsui shing,
111 26 Acorus calamus,
205 75 Acquaint, to, n
kám tik,
kám shíú,
fuk,
síú fuk,
kung mau,
ón, 417 4; ts'ün,
hang ts'ün,
léung,
nang,
tak,
4|| Abundant,
42 Abundant most,
171 15 Abuse one, to,
538 97 Acacia,
544 213 Academy,
125
fán,
tsui tó,
má yan,
síú sak fá,
shé hók,
hón lam ün,
8|| Academy, imperial,
124 16 Acanthurus, hak tséung kwants óng,
239 29 Acanthus ilicifolius,
198
lóng fá lik,
tsam lung ü,
ying lui,
'm tsó tak,
tsung,
35 59
434 16
549 324
451 1
308 3
308 4
488 227
453 44
man,
lai,
fú,
488 225
471 1
131 14
535 30
565 28
368 1
569 12
sung ch'ut,
189 63
ts'un chíú, 221 4
tsung, 75 87; kü, 90
léung, 128 6; í, 243
tsui,
72
44
189 64
tsik,
183 6
chéung muk, 198 2
chéung muk shò pò, 198 2
shéung shò, 170 11
mò shíp, 192 5
chéung kwai ché, 198 2
kwan hí, 543 212
lui,
37 73
515 2
yau ts'd tik,
513 13
A' tsai,
416 1
sai lun tát shá, 488 205
sün,
511 9
lik shat,
437 13
ch'éung p'd, 457 2
kít shik, 120 4
p'í shü,
CHI. CHR.
152
AC-AG.]
[INDEX.
606
Acquaintance, old,
Acquainted thoroughly, shuk shik,
Acquainted with all sz' mò pat
things,
tung,
Acrid,
Acridness,
Acrostichum,
Acrydium,
Act, to, n
Actæa aspera,
Acting on,
Active person,
Acts, n
Acute ears, n
Acute, (sound) n
Adam's apple,
Add a line,
Add, to,
Add to, to,
Adder,
Adduce, to,
Addition,
Adepts,
Adiantum,
Adipose substance,
Adjoining, n
Adjust, to,
Administration,
Admission of light,
Admiral, n
Admonishing,
Admonitors, right and
left,
Admonitors to H. I. M.
Adopted brother, n
Adopted brothers, n
Adopted son, n
Adopted son,
Adopted son, n
Adopted son,
Adulterer, n
Advanced age,
Advance, to,
Advance money,
Advertisements,
Advice, letter of, n
Adviser in council,
Advisers,
Adz,
Ærides,
Affected, mutually,
219
shuk shai hò, 188 48||After,
1 After all,
After completion,
559 16 Afternoon, n
214 171 Afterwards,
511 9 Again come,
458
28||Again,
50||Again,
fau chung,
495
13
wai,
sik ip,
457
tsik,
404
fái shau fái kéuk, 66
hang,
571
í ts' ung,hò í kwái, 56
hing,
hau lám,
4
71
83

Affection, n
Affianced, n
Afflictions, n
Affluent, n
Afghán,
A foot,
A fraid,
lát,
san,
shik wai,
sé tó kü,
tím, 180 13; ká,195
537
477
tsang,
fuk,
ts' éung,
ká,
tsing tung,
hak kwat móng,
kò yuk,
kák,
13
378
126
457
515
58
31
sít,
573
chí kí mò,
t'au kwóng, 314
shui sz' t'ai tuk, 597
hün,
352
56 Again try, n
3 Against,
9||Agapanthus,
43 Agar agar, n
27 Agaricus,
4 Agate,
13 Agate,
21 Age, an,
9 Age, ten, a child, n
10||Age, twenty, a youth,
71 Age of thirty, a man,
2||Age of forty,
55 Age of fifty,
2 Age of sixty,
12 Age of seventy,
4 Age of ninety,
3 Age, every,
33 Age, old, n
37 Age, old,
1 Age, the,
15 Age, what, n
271||Aged king,
13||Agent,
Agent,
tsó yau sz' kán, 602 399 Ages, thousand,
shap wai, 595 232 Agitation,
kai hing tai, 98 7||Aglaia adorata,
lán hing,
98 17 Aglaia, variety,
86 9||Ago, long,
shing kai tsai,
kaitsai,
88
40 Agra,
86
10 Agreeable,
89
547
184
60||Agreeable or not,
285 Agreeable or not,
16 Agreed, distinctly, n
4||Agreement, n
hau,
tò tai,
sz' pat,
háng,
3 Agreement, an,
4 Agricultural director,
5 Agriculturalist, n
ín hau,
tsoi fán lai,
tsoi fuk,
ming ling tsz',
í tsz,
kán fú,
A' kú lá,
ngám,
ím 'm ím,
ngám ’m á?
kong ming,
ts' ung,
í,
kò nín van,
tsín,
118
ting ku ngan, 198
chíu típ, 198
káu ngan sun, 198
ts'ám chí ching sz',602 390 Agriculturalist,
sau í chik chí, 595
kan,
sz' nung,
nung fú,
t'ín ká,
230 Agricultural operations, Nung sz',
293 1 Agricultural superinten-
tíú lán,
452 5
dent,
séung kwán, 85 23f AGRICUlture, n
yan, 13 49; tsing,99 47 Agriculture Illus-
kít fát,
trated, the, n
wán nản,
11 Agriculture, Imple-
yau yau,
gy ments of, n
407 6 Agriculture, Importance
183 3 of, n
92 2
98
á fú kón,
pò hang,
king,
69 106 Agrion,
Africa, Nations of, n A fí lí ká kwok, 412
Ague,
yau,
yéuk,
chóng,
kéung,
yau,
fan chün tau, 5
kam,
537
452 2
5
pák tsz' lín,
tsz' ts' oi,
ts'ò kú, tsam,
má nò,
pák má nò,
457
457
6
199 6
shai,
ngái,
k'í,
ld,
mò,
kú kam,
pák fát,
pák t'au,
tóng shai,
kwai kang,
ld wóng,
chi sz,
t'ai shan,
ts'ín tsz',
kik,
sám íp lán,
’ng íp lán,
í kau,
18
174
256 50
574 4
391 6
189 62
7 29
171 15
184
12
20
83
430 2
110 12
355 9
355 9
355 9
355 9
355 9
355
355 9
3559
86 23g
93 32
94 34
119 3
1717 5
559 21
588 41
199 7
564 18.
403 4
452 3
452 4
84 13.
407 6
174 13
174 12
181 17
220 2
13 49
128 8
600 345
340 1
320 11
340
sz' nung hing, 598 287
KANG NUNG, 333
Kang chik Tò, 351 12
Nung hí lui, 333
Nung pún, 347
chik sut,
yéuk tsat,
494 29
502 5
INDEX.]
[AH—AN.
607
i

·
Ah!
Ah me!
Aid, to,
Aid-de-camp,
Aid-de-camp,
Air, n
Air, to,
Air-bladder,
Aired, to air,
Air of,
Air plant,
Airy,
Ajuga,
Alas,
Alauda,
Albugo,
Aleochara,
Aleurites,
Algiers,
Alike,
Aliments,
Almagatholite,
Almonds,
All,
All, n
All affairs, n
Alarming prognosis, ngai ching,
All alike,
All consumed,
All day,
All escaping,
All, every one,
All in order, n
All kinds,
All men,
All men,
All men have,
á, 240 30; hí kóm, 186
ái yế
251
chó,
chung híp,
pít ká,
hí,
Allow me,
Allow, to,
All officers, n
All ready,
All severally equal,
All things,
All times,
Allotment,
Allowable,
Allowed, not,
Allowed to pass, n
Allowing it to be,
Alloyed,
Aloes,
Aloes, hemp,
Aloes.wood,
Alone,
Along with,
Along the coast,
Alphus,
Alpinia nutans,
Already, n
long,
káu, píú,
chui há,
fung,
116
tíú lán, fung lán 452
hò hí shik,
157
lò fú sú,
457
529
ái yá,
236
shán má tséuk,474
ngán mók,
keit kéung,
shik lut,
shing yat,
kung t'd,
yat tik,
yé tsai pí,
kók shik,
On ché í,
yat yéung,
shik mat, yéung mat,513
t'ò shu shik, 430
hang yan,
199
tsung, tò, hái, 101
ham pảng láng, 179
mat sz' to hai, 46
yan shó tung 13
shik sái,
137
157
283 58 Also,
588 69 Altar,
shí shí,
ming tít,
tang ngó,
tsung fong,
pák shik,
áp kéuk fá,
í king,
594 207||Altars of grain gods,
403 1 Altars of the people,
7 Although,
228
460
1 Although-yet,
157
8 Altogether,
8 Alum,
yan yan,
chung,
yan kái yau, 100
pák líú, pák kún,568
ts'ai pí sái, 173
kók k'ü tang, 394
mán sz',
75
36|| Already,
33|Also,
5 Alum, crystals of,
4 A luteres,
7 Alveolar process,
12 Always,
14 Always ready, n
58 Amaranthus,
502 6 Amarantus spinosus,
496 83||Amat, n
442
1 Amaurosis,
413
7 Amazed,
179
50 Anacanthus, n
3 Anarrhicas,
1 Anas galericulata,
10 Anasarca,
87 Anatomy, n
182 35 Ancestors,
75 87 Ancestors, Of`n
153 35 Anchor, n
544 215 Anchorage,
192
yam,
pat h'ü,
536
fóng nang tsun, 221
p'ang,
fong fat,
pá wong pín,
pó ló má,
101
211
457
8 Anchovy sauce,
457
9 Ancient,
cham heung, 199 9| Anciently, n
tuk,
100 50|| And,
sung, kung, 181 19,21 And,
un hoi,
413 6 And also,
505
452
158
·
62
199
fát tsing kwóng, 502
kw'ai,
fú p'ák,
mat p'ák,
ying muk,
fó chik,
53 Amber,
19 Amber, false,
3 Amboyna wood,
8 Ambustio,
56cAmenorrhoea,
53 America,
199 12
6
7
52 Amethystine spar,
8 Among,
535
27 Amount,
440 1
503 19
pai king,
502 8
Fá kí kwók, 415
70 America, Nations of, n Mí lí kó kwók, 413
53 Amethyst,
lám po shik, 430
tsz' shik ying, 430 8
chung,
115 18
kí tó,
168 4
t'ung ché, 376 15
lai máng,
481 37
léung t'au shé, 477 3
hót tin hí, 531 26
héung páu, 150 1
pò ld,
486 159
489 246
473 24
502 9
251
34 Amount, the,
157
5 Amphacanthus,
204
63 Amphisbena,
91 79d Amputating tools,
117 17 Amulets, n
lui kung ü,
ün yéung,
shui chung,
Kwat tsit tsóng fú, 515
tái hung,
84 15
Kò tsang tsò, 81
náu,
199 13
pók shun t'au, 199 14
náu páu,
320 3
í wán pók,
220 3
pháu náu, 320
háu náu,
320.
1
2
480
2
má tsai,
tsò ù kái,
160%
kú, 146 2; kú ché, 348
sik,
9
í ché, 168 5; tung, 173
yau,
kim,
37
19
ín tsoi,
185 21
tò, 6 25; kím chí, 178
ping, 27 15; yik, 28
tán,
150
shé tsik tán, 308 6
man shé,
78
308 7
101 56c
sui ín,
sui-ín,
348 5
169 6
199 10
430 5
481 49
5 Anchor-buoy,
49 Anchored,
5 Anchor, cast,
56c Anchor, weigh,
137 Anchovy,
86 And so forth, &c., n
6 And so forth,
12||And yet, n
yat tsung,
pák fán,
king fán,
sha máng,
ngá ch óng kwat, 515
shéung,
shéung pín,
pák ín ts'oi,
ká ín ts'oi,
A mat,
wan, wan,
í í,
chung,
4
78
90
162 34
450 84
457 10
250 26
7
44
11
•
~
1
3
5
6
31
30
340 3
75 91
382 4
77 6
ུ
AN—AR.]
[INDEX.
608
Anger, violent,
Angle, acute an,
Angle, obtuse an,
Angola cloths,
Angry,
Angry,

Ankle-bone,
Anklets,
Ankoi tea, n
Annealing, n
Annisseed stars,
Announce, to,
Announce a calling, n
Announce departure, to,
Announcement, an,
Annoy, to,
Annoyances,
Annoyances cruel,
Anguilla, n
Angular edge,
Anhwúi,
Animal spirits,
tsing shan,
Animals, Parts of, n Shang mat pák tai, 460
Animate,
Animated nature, n
Ankle,
Annually,
Another day, n
Another look,
Another place,
Answer,
Answers to addresses,
Ant,
Ant-eater, scaly, n
Ant, red spotted,
Ant, white,
Ant, winged,
Antique,
Antelope,
Antelope's horns,
Antennæ,
Anterior Tibet,
Anterior view, n
Anthrax,
Antilope gutturosa,
Antiquity,
Antlers,
Anus,
Anvil, n
nò hí,
yat yui kók,
yat tun hók,
ù ch'au,
nd,
nau nau,
mán lai,
ts'é hau,
On fái,
Any,
Apart,
83
251
pít ch'ü,
198
375
574
táp,
tsau ts'ing,
ngai,
493
ch'ün shán káp, 469
cháng oi,
pák ngai,
493
493
493
460
fi ngai,
kú ld,
139
chéung, kwan, 467
ling yéung kók,200
sú,
Ts'in Tsóng, 424
ching mín, 522
yung tsu,
503
wóng yéung, 467
kú chí shai, 307
hok chí chá, 462
kuk tò, kung mún, 515
chat,
293
í noi cham kwat, 520
wat,
37
Anxiously concerned, ním ts'ít,
Anvil-bone,
Anxious,
352
Anybody,
241
Apartments of Houses,
Apartments, inner, n
Ape,
Ape, long armed,
71
395
395
395
243
252
255
481
298
421
75
shang ché,
shang mat,
429
460
wá, keuk ngán, 515
hat kwat,
516
150
kéuk ák,
Onk'ai ch'á,
231
285
kám ím,
pát kók,
hò,
koi yat,
tsoi t'ai,
14||Aphonia,
19 Apothecary's shop,
19 Apparatus, n
43 Appear, to, n
36 Appear, to,
44 Appearance, personal,
47 Appears good,
82|Appellation,
5 Appointment,
10 Apricot,
2 Apron,
9 Apron of a ship, n
1 Apt,
200
357
15 Aquatic grasses,
4 Aqueduct, n
293 8 Aquiline nose, n
186 35 Arabia,'
sün shí,
568 5 Arachis,
tsuk tsuk wan, 252 35 Arbor,
lau náng
pò hò,
kò ts'z',
wai pik,
544 222||Arbor, wayside,
548 299 Arbutus,
129 9 Arc,
múi nín,
10 Arca nodulosa,
35 Arch,
5 Archery, rules of, n
3 Archery, to practice, n
6 Architects, n
1 ARCHITECTURE,
50|| Ardently loved,
3 Are,
2 Are,
4 Are there,
502 10
499 9
528 11
lồ, 69 91; ín, 438 23
chí kín,
63 59
yung máu, 73 51
ts'z tak kí hò, 175 4
ch'ing fú,
hau shau,
562 43
464 46
189 60
17
p'ing kwó, 443 3
kón p'ing kwó, 160
kung kü,
wóng múi,
wai kw'an,
2
52
536
443 4
146 1
320 4
1'au cham,
ling lí,
185 23
wai,
459 58
lín t'ung,
333 1
ang kó pí, kau pí, 52 30
A lá pák,
406 1
443 17
fá shang,
léung ting,
ting,
yéung múi,
ú,
308 8
308 9
446 89
394
13
490 2
313 1
366
kí shé, pò shé, 366 7,8
kung tséung, 277 1
KUNG TSE UNG MU 307
100 56a
10 15
219 236
19
shat yam,
yéuk tím,
hí ki,
5 Appendage,
89 Appetite,
wai hau,
Appetite, sharpen the, n hoi wai, sai wai,176
1 Apple,
Apples, dried,
yau yan,
yau mat,
233
shó, 24 921; lí, 341
n Fóng uk,
130
noi shat,
130
467
ün,
ú ün,
468 34||Arrack,
ngá uk tsz',
kung,
Shé fát,
trung oi,
wai,
nái,
85 Are you able,
2 Areca palm,
16 Argemone mexicana,
2 Argillite, n
22 Argus pheasant, n
157 Aridity,
21 Arithmetic, On, n
3 Arithmetical Rules, n
1 Arm,
23Arm, n
6 Arms,
2|| Armor,
91||Armorers,
74 Armpit, n
12 Armpit,
35||Army,
4 Army and state direc- tsung chí kwan
tors,
Aromatic flavor,
8
1 Aromatics,
4 Aromatics,
5
yau mò ní,
ní tak 'm á,
pan lóng,
lò shi lik,
440
2
457
11
lò háng shik, 430 9.
lün kai,
t'sò,
475 72
403 1
372
Shò muk,
Sün fát,
378
shau p1,
pí chí,
ping hí,
63 4
515 7
308 10
káp,
26 6
kwan hí tséung, 277 2
ká lák tai,
yik chí w6,
kwan,
71 24
8
2
516 12
543 208
kwók sz', 603 419
mí héung,
héung Kíú,
mí lui,
á lik tsau,
200 15
217 207
513 20
200 17
INDEX.]
[AR-AU.
609
Arrange, to, n
Arrange, to,
Arrange a dress,
Arrange in order, n
Arrange in order,
Arrears,
Arrival to dinner,
Arrived at manhood,
Arrow,
Arrow-bag or quiver,
Arrow-root, n
Arsenal,
Arsenic,
Arsenic,
Artabotrys,
Artemisia,
Arteries,
Arthritis,
Article of food, as an,
Articles, n
Articles,
Articles of Food, n
Articles of furniture,
Articulated,
Articulations,
chai hò, chap hò, 136 22,28 Assemble to, n
47 Assembly-hall, n
32 Assent, to, n
27 Assets,
pái, 137 46; lau, 33
chóng hò í fuk, 148
pái shing,
280
lít,
314
1 Assiduously, n
tó hím,
129
69 Assist the emperor, n
187 44 Assistance procure,
42e Assistant,
2,3 Assistant commissary,
14 Assistant district magis-
18 trate,
ngau fan,
kwan hí kuk,
sun shik,
pí séung,
ying chau,
ngái tsò,
mak kan,
10 Assistant in district,
19 Assistant leader of
433 2 guard,
456 119 Assistant of court,
457 12 Assistant secretaries,
156 8 Assistants of state,
tsau fung kéuk, 504
wai chán,
fún,
tsung,
Shik mat lui,
hí ming,
kü,
Artificers, Names of, n
Artificial flowermen, n
Artificial rockwork,
Artisan, n
As,
As if, n
As if, n
Asbestos,
Assafœtida,
Assaying,
Assemble to,
Assemble, to,
Ascaris,
Ascend, to,
Ascend, to (as vapor)
Ascend, to,
Ascend to sky,
Ascites,
Asellus,
Ash color, n
Ash-hole,
Ash tree,
Ashamed, quite,
Ashamed,
Ashes,
Asia, Nations of,
Aside cap and robe,
lay, n
Ask, to,
Asleep, foot,
Asplenium,
Ass,
}
chí fú tsik,
chí ü shing yan, 81
tsín, ch'í,
tsín toi,
366
367
200
308
200
káu,
516
Ming tséung, 277
chí t'ung fá sz' fú,277
ká shán, 431
kung tsók ché, 277
ARTS, THE LIBERAL, n LUK NGAI, 353
Arundo,
199 12 Assume, to do to,
13 Assuredly,
Assuredly,
236
160
211
516
67
59
84
yéung hí shik, 430
wai ch'éung síú ch'ung, 502
134
lóng ts®), móng,457
tung,
tóng tsok,
ún,
64 Assortment of colors, n púi shik,
218 225 Assortment of numbers, hò shò,
shín ts'ò,
shí pít,
pít ting,
tang,
shing,
tang,
405
33
ts ám tín,
439
shui kú, kú chéung, 502
496
tí pò,
fúi shik,
303
tsò fat,
166
440
wái shu,
sít tuk chí chí 189
mò tai míng
fúi,
61
132
A sai á kwók, 406
man,
kéuk pí,
fung mí ts'd,
id,
ó ngái,
200
king kwóng, 286
36
úi,
tsu úi,
120
135 Asteria,
7 Asthma,
9 Astragalus,
Astrologer, n
3 Astronomers,
38 Astronomy, n
4 At all, not,
wan tsap,
úi kún,
tím t'au, ngap thau, 43 14,15
200 21
chán ép,
kan lik,
5 22
tsán shéung,
576
L
66 45
ka shau,
pat,
33 48
ping pí tò,
594 206
44 At pleasure, ǹ
18 At present,
10 At the time,
11 Atherina,
55 Atlantic ocean,
15 Atlas butterfly,
At all understand, ǹ
13 At first,
68 At once,
¿
fú má to wai, 598 86
chung séung, 588 51
sai ts' ò shu tsó, 595 214
séung kwók, 595 231
237 24
255 47
555 424
46 59
329 143
492 52
502 13
516 10
kai chau ü,
háu ch in,
hat kwat,
chák yat sin shang, 124 10
t'in man shang,534 19
Tin man,
396
tò m,
159 30
’m híú tak sái, 20 5
pún loi,
254 42
27
ts'ai, yat ts'ai, 289
yam ngô 1,
í ká
lam shí,
shá tsün,
At lán tík hoi,
fá ló tái kik,
t'ín hí,
163 47
237 18
189 64
487 202
409 2
493 15
403 3
361 40
113 16
típ, 328 17 ; tsíp, 316 46
kik,
323 57
mò king í,
187 45
séung tsui, 183 4
sán k'í shéung
lín,
tuk,
shí, 595 219
yan kwai kü, 290 35
ship,
211 142
lók píú tau fau,200 23
cheut t'au, 200 22
chung tau fó ché, 200 24
tín thông,
ch'íú kín,
í lung,
ló sz' tsün,
fí sho wai,
tsang tím,
wong,
313 2
542 170
516 11
293 3
112 11
376 5
558 1
1 Attack, to,
105 Attempt at display, no,
3 Attendance, in,
58 Attendants to H. I. M.
35 on horseback,
30 Attitude of man, n
Attract, to,
Auction by notes,
shing kún fún í,188 48 Auction-sales,
382 7 Auctioneer,
69 101 Audience-hall,
26 Audience, an,
5 Auditory foramen,
20 Auger,
2||Aught, never does,
67 Augment, to,
7 August,
458
467
chau tung,
yap wai,
46 Atmosphere,
47 Attach, to,
12 Attached to ardently,
74 Attached to,
209 117
199 6
586 10
604 447
CHI. CHR.
153
AU-BA.]
[INDEX.
610

Austria, n Ótí lí
Authority, imperial,
Autumn,
Autumnal assizes,
August emperor, wóng sheung, 558
August empress,
wóng hau, 562
August empress mother,wóng tái hau, 562
August heaven, wóng tín, 558
August hon'ble ladies, wong kwai fí, 562
August sovereign, wóng tai, 558
Aunt, paternal, kú mò, kú tsz', 105 47,48 Bake, to,
Aunt, maternal,
Aurelia,
Auxis,
Avá, n.
Avail of, to,
Avedavat, brown,
Avedavat, spotted,
Avenue,
Averse to move, n.
Averrhoa,
Avoid, to,
Avoid, to,
Await to,
Away, move,,
Awl, n
Awn (beard) of grain,
Awning,
Awning, bamboo,
Awning, cloth,
Awning-maker, n
Axle-cheeks, n
Axle, poles of the,
í mò, ítsé, 105 71,72 Balances, pain of, n
kín,
461 46 Balances, standard,
Ma ying kwók, 409
á,
3 Bale,
79 426 Bale a boat,
389 2 Bale of goods, n
570 16 Balistes,
484 105 Balistic platform,
406 2 Ballast,
66
yam ting,.
ts'au,
ts'au sham,
fá ch'í,
Axletree,
Azalea Indica,
Azolla, n
Azure blue,
Azure sea (Koko-nor)
Baby, to feed a,
1
Bachelor's button,
Bachelor of arts,
Bachelor of medicine,
Back and forth, to go,
Back and forth,.
Back, come,
Back out, to,.
Back, put it,
Back-splint,
Back, the, n
Back, the,
Backbone, n
Backwards, to move,.
Bad,
Bad, n
Awá,
í tsz',
múi fá tséuk,
síú hung néung
yung tò,
pat hờ tung,
yeung t'd,
kí,
kwán fóng,
toi,
í hoi hát
chui,
kuk ts'éung,
Ax,
Axilla,
Axis,
Axis, or spotted deer, kam ts'in luk,
Axle,
chau,
293
437
437
320
p'ung,
chuk lím,.
134
134.
pò chéung,,
páng tséung, 278
fú t'au,
293
516
yik,
chik k'ü,
fuk t'd,
wai chau,
chau,
tò kiin fá,
p'ing,
tin tsing,
n Ts'ing hoi,
wai tsai,
pák yat hung,
sau ts'oi,
í shang,
wóng fán,
wóng loi,
fán lai,
fán hau,
chai fán ch'ü,
tung muk,
púi,
pui tsek,
tsik lü kwat,
túi hang,
3 Bad breath, n
48 Bæckia frutescens, n
45 Bag, a,
ts'é hí,
510 5
yung shai fá, 452 8
t'oi, páu, 460 1
4 Bag around the heart, sam p'áu lók,
57 Bagrus,
kóm ü,
2 Bait,
ní,
522 138
487 192
400
467
293
330
330
329
472
2 Balustrade,.
472
3 Bamboo,
313
3 Bamboo rat,
73
52 Bamboos,
443 6 Bamboo shoots,
23 8 Bamboo splints,
329 141 Band,.
187 44 Band fish,
139 93 Band of men, a
52 Ballast,
yat páu fó, 200 25
mók p'í yéung, 481 48
nú troi,
313 4
át ts'ong shik, 320 7
shun chui, 201 26
lán kón,
chuk,
chuk shü,
chuk kón,
chuk sun,
chuk mít,
t'ó sín,
hung tái,
tái fo,
131 2
440
470 70
201 27
447 1
278 8
293 7
480 5
4 Bandage the head, to, n lak t'au,
kwó lím,
125 9
44 28
529 14
10 Bandages, n
5 Bandana handker.
chiefs,
1
2 Bandbox,
5 Banian fig,
5 Banish, to, n.
21 Bank,
5 Bank or shore,.
25 Banks of ocean,
6 Banker's shop, î
3 Bankruptcy,
2 Banquets, n
145 217
kuk, 165, 86; kóng, 278
t'ín p'ing, 385
6
3
5
sz' má p'ing,
páu tsai,
fú shui,
191
237 15
320 6
522 161 Bark, to,
186 39 Barley,
ngai, 286 2; 291
286 2; 291 42||Barometer,
pat shín, 123 1; ók, 15 81||Baron, a n
1 Banqueting House
7
452
overseer,
458 40 Bantam cock,
304 12 Bar boats,
423
18 Bar of a door.
60 Bar of a window,
163
453
35||Bar of a grate,
229 Barbadoes millet,
595
498
4 Barbarous,
195
10 Barbel,
320
10 Barber, n
58 40 Barber, n
248 15 Barber's call, n
143 187 Bards, Of, n
530 19 Bargained,
522 161 Bargain money,
72 30 Bark,
hók yung kan, 252
mò hóp,
yung shui,
fóng lau,
shang fong,
ngón,
hỏi phóng,
1
NYAN
ngan tím,
chít pún,
ín héung,
kwong luk tsz’
shi ching, 593 169
ai kai,
472 12
tuk shui shün, 221 6
mún shán, 131 3
ch'éung át, 131 4
tít chi, 132 26
léung,
449 46
29 27
ká ü,
480 6
t'ai t'au sz' fú, 278 7
t'ai t'au lò, 151 3
ló yan,
ngau,
293 8
121
Sò yan,
ting,
137 43
207 93
436 1
465 49
ting ngan,
shu pí,
fai,
tái mak, mau mak, 447 2
fung ü cham, 135 3
nám,
592 152
37
146 8
440 10
117 15
201 28
219 223
479
1
259 7
201 29
583 3
INDEX.]
[BA.-BE.
611
Barracks,.
Barrel,
Barrel of a quill, -
Barrenness,.
Barrier,
Barter, to,
Barter, to,
Base (quality)
Base of a triangle,
Base of a pillar,.
Base of a plough,.
Basement room,
Basil, fragrant,.
Basilar process,
Basin, wash hand,, n
Basket,.
Baskets,
Basket, covered,
Basket, eared,
Basket, fish,.
Basket, globular,
Basket-maker,.
Basket, market, n
Basket, money,
Basket, open worked
rattan,
Basket, partition, n
Basket, peddling, n
Basket, rattan,
Basket, refuse paper,
Basket, round osier,
Basket, round splint,
Basket, splint,.
Basket, sprout,
Basket, sunning,
Basket, tall sprout,
Basket, tray, n
Basket, wheat,.
Baste, to, n
Bat,
Batavia,
Bath, a,
Bathe, to,
Bathing dress,.
Bathing room,
Bathing-tub,.
Batter,
Bauhinia,
Bavaria,
Bay horse,
Be careful,
Be thou, n
Bead tree, n
Beads,
Beads, court, n
Beads, aromatic, n
Beak,
Beam, carrying, n
Beam of a house, n
ú,
p'í pá tung,
mò kún,
mò tsz',
kwán cháp,
ún,
í fó yik fó,
tai,
ün kwat,
mín p'ún,
kóng,
lám lap,
hóp ló,
tso,
286
kau,
395
ch'ó, ch'u tun, 313
lai tai,
333
tí há ké fóng,
134
tsz' ts' oi,
447
516
135
135
.278
39
85|Beam of the nose,
4 Beam of a plough,
213 170 Beam of a ship,
135

ch'ü,
chung
63f Bean curd soup,
308 11 Bean, broad,
96
35 Beans,
38 Beans, n
2 Beans, soy, n
16 Bean sprout greens,
5 Bear, to,
2 Bear, a n
48 Bear up, to,
3 Bear white, a n
241
242
135
333
293
ü káp,
chung tím,
334
chuk hí sz' fú, 278
kung lám, 135
135
tíú,
shái p'ún,,
kwai,
ló tsai,
shó ngán
tang lap, 135
kák lám,
135
tám l6,
tang lám,
chí lap,
t'ün,
lí,.
mak lung,.
hóng,
fi shü,
Ká lá pá,
416
sai shan shui, 151
sai shan,,
151
sai shan shám, 151
sai shan fóng, 131
sai shan p'ún, 135
mín líú,
lun kép,
160
441
Pá wá lí á,
ch'ik má,
síú sam,.
ü wai,
mò wán shi,.
chu,
chú chủ,
heung chủ,
tsui,.
tám kón,
léung,,
13 Bear's paw, n
5 Beard, the,
6 Beard of grain,
8 Beat the breast to, n
7 Beater, n
6 Beat, to,
9 Beat to death, to,
11 Beat together, to, n
8 Beats, heart, n
8||Beautiful,
9 Beautiful, n
Beautiful,
14 Beautiful color,
11 Beautiful, very, n
10 Beauty is lost,
135 13 Because, n
135 12 Because,
135
333
3 Become ripe, n
5 Become white,
333
333
333
334
334
135
113
442
201
151
151
460'
135
293
333
155 81 Bee, drone,
467
6 Beef,
2 Beef, boiled,
4 Bed, n
8 Bedbug,
9 Bedding,
10 Bedroom, empress' n
15 Bedroom, Of the, n
7 Bee,
4 Beef, roast,
5 Beef, rolled,
5 Beef, salt,
5 Beefsteak, n
16 Beef suet,
4 Beer,
36 Beeswax,
409 4 Beetle,.
468 40 Beetle, (a farmer's)
230 Before, (in time)
145
14 Before,
50| Beg, a n
30 Beg, to,
6 Beg to,.
7 Beg to ask, I,
3 Beg to take leave, n
17 Beg the favor,.
4 Beggar,
}
pí léung,
lai ün,
kwai chan,
tau fú fá,
ts'ing sau,
mí,
kíú ím,
266 39
ts'ím tsím, 66 54
mò wan,
35 61
hai, 74 70; yan wai, 52 36
ché sé,
shing shuk,
chun pak,
chóng,
101 59c
341 10
70 9
157
ch'au ch'ung, 493
157
313
156
493
493
ngau yuk, 160
shap ngau yuk, 160
shíú ngau yuk, 160
kün t'ung ngau yuk, 160
524 192
334 12
321 27
296 45
pín tau,
447 14
tau kók,
160 3
447 4
ts'ám tau,
pák tau,
447
6
tái tau ngá ts oi, 449
40
44
shang, 465 55; 439
hung,
fung chi,
p'í,
hung pún,
sü,
kuk ts'éung,
ch'ui hung,
chan ting,
467 7
65 42
467 8
464 33
519 84
437 10
70 8
529 15
kik, 359 25; tá, 65 26
au sz',
548 293
chung lín,
204 59
71 23
sam hau ťíú,
kai,
38 80
73 53
75 90
p'd p❜í,
tsíú fóng,
Fan fong,
mat fung,
mat nò,
10 10
5
5
5
6
6
со 00
8
5
6
7
8
9
hám ngau yuk, 160
tít phá ngau yuk, 160 10
ngau kwat sui, 167 127
pé tsau,
161 14
mat láp, 201 31
chü tsai ch'ung, 493
11
yau,
334 13
79 38
149 62
sín shí,
tsin,
pák hak,
585 77
k'oi shik,
125 6
hat,
418 10
46 65
ts'ing man,
kò ts'z'
77 10
232 11
han yan,
hat í,
125 6
BE.—BL.]
[INDEX.
612
Begin, to, n hí shau, 2 4; mai shau, 3
Begin and not finish, n yau t'au mò mí, 46
Beginner, a,
ch'ó hók shau, 65
Beginning, n
chí chó,
Beginning, n
Beginning, middle,
17
66
yap shau,
mang, chung,
and end, n
Begonia discolor,
Behind,
kwai, 404
chun hoi tóng, 452
hau,
143
73
Behind, left,
lau,
yau, 27 10; wai, 31
chung lau, 313
Pí lí cham,
409.
78
Being
Belfry,
Belgium,
Believe,
Bell, great,
Bell, hand,
Bell, sistrum,
Bellow, to, n
Bellows, water, n
Bellows,
Bells, long, n
Bells, wind,
Bells of horses,
Belly, n
Belone,
Belong, to
Below,
Bend forward to,
402 16
293 10
162 32
79 36
202 40
111 26
201 33
151 8
201 34
149 60
320 8
256 53
460 3
201 35
334 18
334 16
334 17
361 42
70
3
569 12
376 18
569 12
407 6
309 32
278 11
35 59,60
149 64
342 13
44 27
295 38
70 6
páu chuk, 213 161
9
472 5
471
160
Beside,
154 49 Birdsnests, n
Besides,
Besides,
Besides, n
Besides these,
shun mí páng, 320
tséuk wong,
Fikam lui,
tséuk tsai,
11
kam shau, 61 7
ín wó, kún ín, 201 36
195 8 Birdsnests, feathery, n mò ín,
202 37
pít yau,
416
4 Birth,
yan shang, 355 9
ling ngoi,
171 19 Birth, n
chó shang,
17 7
ts, ngoi,
408 12 Birth, to celebrate a,
yam kéung tsau, 185 21
shé ts'z' í ngoi, 429 1 Biscuit,
mín p'ing kón,160
Besom flat,
tu chau,
chu kon shik, 303 3
Besom, round straight, sò chau,
wán hau tsím tò, 531
Best,
hám,
kín fí ní,
kau mò,
467 .9
ngáu,
545 234
lang fán tð, 445 54
fú,
571 9
kóp, hín, p'ong, 492 43
tsò, 208; 108 hak, 303 4
Besides these,
12
334 15 Bister color, n
334 15 Bistuory,
27
330 5
chí shín, 499
tsui hò, 46 68; chí hò, 131
6 Bit of a bridle,
13 Bit of fat, a
34 Bitch,
Best,
Best article,
189 61
Best plan,
44 Bite, to,
Best quality,
yau kái, 201
pat ü, 69 105; 243
shéung hò, 164 82 Bitter peach, n
256 53 Bitterness,
201 32 Bivalve shells, n
447 12||Black color, n
Bend head, to,
Bend round, to,
Bend sails, to,
Beneath the earth,
Beneath the screen, n
Benevolence,
Benevolent, n
Benevolent art,
Benevolent tiger, n
Bengal,
Benign, emperor, n
Benignant,
Bent, can be,
Bequeath, to, n
Bereaved, n
Besure,
Betel nut, n
Betel leaf,
sun,
chung,
chung tsai,
kam shun,
hau,
shui pái,
fung séung,
tók,
yan,
yan,
yan shut,
tsau ü,
tau kók,
hờ yan,
kwó tù,
ngoi yéung,
fi sho kap,
ngau wóng,
hau shui kín,
hoi sham,
fan fú,
shui tsik,
tán,
tsui,
19 Bill of exchange,
úi tán,
30 Bill, hedge, n
kít,
fung ling,
31 Bill-hook, n
chat,
má ling,
4 Bill-hook, crooked n ai lím,
ted,
515
1 Billet of wood,
hók tsam,
shuk,
482 57 Billet of wood, n
347 39 Billet, n
há,
99 46 Billion, a, n
187 40 Bills, n
fú shan,
tai tau,
kün,
45 53 Bílúchí,
464 36 Bin, n
yéung kwá lí, 326 104 Bind books, to, n
yap tí,
lím há,
218 232 Bind, to,
69 91 Bind on, to,
116
565
Ming ngá lá,
Yik wong tai,
mín fún,
hó huk,
wai há,
kú,
pín,
ch'ü,
tsz' ín,
pan long,
lau ép,
360
135
360
465
334
136
360
360
330
12 ||Betray, to,
69 Betroth, to,
497
470
407
563
61
516
28 Betrothed wife,
5 Betrothed, second, n
56 Better, had,
Between,
9 Between,
9 Bevel, carpenter's,
166 Beverage,
62 Beyond measure,
36 Beyond sea,
7 Beyond the reach,
5 Bezoar,
12 Bib, a,
29 Biche-de-mer,
18 Bid, to,
32 Bilge-water, n
49||Bill, a,
14 Bill of birds,
lau sít,
shing yan,
p' úi shat,
t'in fong,
pat ü,
noi,
kán,
3 Binnacle,
25 Bird of paradise, n
9 Birds, n
74
80 Birds,
538 89 Birds and beasts,
muk p'ín,
chái,
3 Bind sheaves, to,
29 Bind the head, to, n
2 Bind together, to,
83 Bind up the hair, to, n ch'uk fát,
6 Bind up, to,
káp tsím,
yat tsz',
tán,
Pí là chí,
uk,
ting chóng shu,
hai, chín,
phong kan,
chất ch uk,
páu t'au,
má,
543 202
89 61
94 .49
·95 52
244 45
186 39
INDEX.]
[BL.—BO.
613
Blackbird,
Blacking, n
Blacklead,
Blackletter printer,
Blacksmiths,
Ú pò,
408 10||Board of Revenue, n
Black sea
Black snake,
Black spots on the face, má mak,
Hak hoi,
ú shé,
477 4 Board of Punishments, n Ying pò,
73 61 Board of Rites, n,
Lai pò,
4 Board of Sacrifices,
Ts'z' pò,
472
shán ú,
mak shui,
202
202
38 Boards, Six Supreme, n Luk Pò,
Ping pò,
Kung pò,
fái hái,
hak ün,
fát típ tséung, 278
39 Board of War, n,
516
tá tít tséung, 278
tám,
phóng kwóng, 516
yan,
334
léung hoi,
pín,
pák chín,
Bladder, gall,
Bladder, urinary,
Blade, a,
Blades, two,
Blame, n
Blanket,
Blanket, cow,
ngau í,
p'íú shái,
lán ngán,
Bleat, to, n
mé,
Bleeding of the nose, lau pí hüt,
wó mái,
ú ü,
hang,
Blend, to,
tsz' lán,
hók ting fá,
máng ngán,
kú,
Bleaching,
Bleareyed,
Blenny,
Blessed,
Bletia hyacinthina,
Bletia Tankervilliæ,
Blindness, n
Blindness,
Blindness, or closed,
eye, n
Blinds, n
Blinds, Venetian,
Block tin,
Blood,
Bloodsucker,
Blood-vessels,
Blossom,
Blotched nose, n
Blotter,
Blow, a, n
Blow, a,
Blow an instrument, to, ch'ui,
Blowpipe,
Blue color, n
Blue black,
Blue vitriol,
Blunt,
Boa of Yunnan, n
Boar, a
Boar, wild, a
Board of Accountants,
mat ngán,
47
ngau pák íp, 131
pán lím ch'éung,
mún, 131
tau sik, fá sik, 435
hüt,
508
má wóng kí, khí ná, 491
king lók, lók mak, 516
fá,
438
tsau chá pí,
52
ts'ò pò,
pán,
206
72
tá chóng,
carriages,
Board for H. I. M.
gardens,
Board of Agriculture, sz' nung sz',
Board of Civil Office, n Lí pò,
Board for documents,
Board of Exchequer,
Board of Exchequer,
Board for H. I. M.
yé chü,
Pí Pò,
•
sau man kún,
Fú pò,
Kam pò,
ká pò,
yü pò,
9 Board of Works, n
10 Boat, crab,
14 Boat, dragon, n
15 Boat, fast,
17 Boat, ferry,
140 107 Boat, fishing,
15 81 Boat, flower, n
15 Boat, lodging,
158
334
286
19 Boat, passage,
3 Boat, píntán, n
47
5 Boat, pleasure,
465
49 Boat, post,
52 29 Boat, rice,
289 23 Boat, salt,
480 7 Boat, ship's,
561 35 Boat, sín,
11 Boat, skin,
452
452
12 Boat, small tanka,
47 10 Boat (people), tanka n
502
14 Bodily indisposition,
lung shün,
fái ting,
wáng shui tò,
kú shün,
fá t'ing,
tsz' l'ung,
to shin,
pín tán,
ch,
chám shun,
ch'an shün,
3 Boiling water, n
1 Boisterously,
11 Boisterous wind,
9 Bold,
8 Bold face, n
ím shun,
sám pán,
sín shin,
p'í shün,
síú t'ing,
ťán ká,
shan t'ai
11 Bodkin, printer's,
shí,
7 Body, Collective parts of, Pak tai,
Body, a dead,
8 Body-guard,
34 Body-guard with blue
feathers,
23 Body, human, n
16 Bohea hills, n
1
27 Boil food, to,
526
356
294
tang chui,
lám,
304
303
lò lám,
tám fán,
434
9 Boletus,
41 Bolivia,
5 Bolster,
tun,
291
móng, k'ü shé, 477
chu kung,
467 10 Bolt of a plough,
467 11 Bombasin,
594 202 Bombay,
598 286 Bombay ducks, n
576 1 Bombax,
595 228||Bombazetts,
589 83 Bombazetts, figured,
591 123 Bond, a,
Bone on corner of head,
591 118 Bones of head, n
Bones and joints,
604 458 Bonnet,
’m shóng, 83
káp níp,
294
70
554 12
591 124
kam í wai,
lám ling
yan shan,
Mò í shán,
shap,
27 Boil food, to,
p'ang,
85 Boil within a vessel, to, tun,
32 Boil water, to,
shí wai,
593 171
75 91
224 1
139 101
162 29
162 38
139 99
180 8
121 2
fán fung tái, 131 4
tái tám,
72 44
mín chun kwóng, 63 60
muk í,
457 15
Pó lí wá,
415 8
ch'éung cham t'au, 158 13
lai kín,
334 20
ü pò,
202 40
Mang mái, 407 6
kau t'd kón, 481 42
muk mín shü, 440 17
ü shá tsai, 243 43
ch'é fá ü ch'au, 243 43
ling,
191 4
pan kwat, 523 176
t'au kwat, 516 17
kwat hoi,
75 89
mò,
146 8
3
577
580 9
578
5
603 421
576
579
7
581 11
321 26
320 12
321 19
321
15
321
23
321 20
321 16
321 21
321 17
321 18
321 22
320 11
321 24
326 90
321 25
321 14
320 10
320 13
pò shui,
kw'an shui,
kwóng,
7
12
CHI. CHR.
154
phtaling vand
BO.—BR.]
Bonnet, ancient, n
Bonnet, court, n
Bonnet-cylinder, n
Bonnet-ring, n
Bonnet-strings,
Book, one set of a, n
Book, to,
Book of Changes, n
Book of Rites, n
Bookbinder, n
Book-case,
Book-keeper,
Book-keeping,
Bookseller's shop,
Book-stand,
Bookworm,
Boops,
Boot-jack,
Boots, a pair of,
Boots, satin,
Borax,
Border, a,
Border, to,
Bore, to,
Boring,
Born into the world,
Born of heaven,
Borneo, n
Borneo perfume,
Borrow, to,
BOTANY, N
Both,
Both, a pair, n
Bottle gourd, n
Bottle squash,
Bottles, wine,
Bottom,
Bottomry,
Boundary of land,
Bounty, n
Bovine,
Bow, a.
Bow, a, n
Bow, to,
Bow, to, n
Bow (a fiddle), to
Bow, cotton,
Bow, strong,
Bow -case, îI
Bow-glove,
Bow-maker,
Bowels, n
Bowing his head,
Bowing of cotton, w
Bowl,
Bowl, dessert,
Bowl, soup,
Bowl, lacker,
Boz, paint.
kún, pín,
pín,
mò lung,
mò hin,
mò phán,
yat to shui,
shéung pò,
Yik King,
Lai Kí,
354
ting chóng tséung, 278
shu kwai,
chu pò,
136
599
sz' lí shò muk pò, 202
shui pò,
8
shu ká,
•
tai,
tín shin,
kái hạn,
shéung ngan,
ngau lui,
vat yap,
kung,
tun shau,
yap,
ts' o,
lan kung,
má kung,
sui,
tít,
146 3,4 Bowsprit,
146
146
146
146
8
248
14
ts' é,
Ts'ò MUK,
léung,
sheung, 68, 76; kái, 92
ú lò,
kóng ú,
tsau tsun,
448
451
136
138
pá ľau,
ián mín fá,
136
21 Brace up, to, n
12 Bracelets, n
493
tò ủ,
pán lò,
tut h'éu pán,
488 217 Bracer (in archery) n
151
11 Brain stone,
yat túi h'ếu,
146
146
sz' h'éu,
p'ang shá,
pín lán,
430
254
lín, 408, 7; fú, 413
ch'iin,
51
286
chui tsun,
shang tsoi shai, 90
tín chí shó shang,560
Man loi, Pó ló, 416
Póló heung, 203
un,
ping phún,
tổng ung
614
294
366
368
367
kung tsín tséung, 278
to fuk.
70
186
356
2 Bowsprit-bumpkin,
7 Bowstring,
5 Bows,
6 Box, painter's,
4 Box, rattan,
187
286
15 Box, paint,
70 Boxes, lacquered,
7 Boxes, partition, n
11 Boy,
20 Boy, one poor, n
329 Boyhood, up to,
41 Brace in a building,
3 Brace of a carriage,
9 Brains,
11 Brains,
11 Bran bread, n
79 Brass-leaf, n
32 Brassica, n
3 Brave,
54 Brazil,
404 10 Brazil nut,
436
Bread, n
213 158 Breadth, extending in, ping p'ai,
mín t'au,
7 Breadth,
30 Breadth,
90 Break asunder, n
22 Break engagement, not,
fút,
kwóng,
chít ping,
pat yik í,
59 Breakfast-table, Of the,n Tso shin lui,
202 42 Breakfast,
tsò chả,
pín ủ,
tám shin,
hung trong,
hung kwat,
hung cham,
bí,
308
202
461
fú hap,
fá yui shik,
321 29
t'au pak,
tau pak wáng, 321 30
kung in, 367 15
shin t'au, ch'éung tsui, 321 28
yau ts'at séung,294 17
tang hóp,
ín shik p'ún,
ts'at séung,
ts'at man kü,
yau í,
136
28
294
16
26
136
136 27
88 43
20
23
yat kó síu ch‘ung, 185
kung lóng tái líu, 185
chang kók,
ngai,
tok chủ,
313 8
330 6
74 76
ch'un, ák,
151 12,13
kau,
367 18
lóng kén,
nò tséung,
430 21
71 17
nò,
516 18
hóng mín t'au, 160 13
chí,
436 2
388 1
547 281
202 44
202 45
447 13
93 25
185 29 Breast-bone,
367 15 Breast-pin,
182
2 Breath,
43 Branch,
8 Branches of cycle, 12, n chí,
8 Branded marks,
4 Brass,
11 Bream,
43 Breaming, n
11 Breast, n
34 Breathe, to,
1 Breccia red marble, n
13 Breeches, n
5 Breed to,
sik tsz',
wóng trung,
t'ung pók,
pák ts' oi,
kóng,
Pí lí sé lí,
´ú ted,
し
​24 Brickmakers,
25 Bride, n
294
ts' at 'ún,
14 Bridge,
ngán shik pút, 294 15 Bridge, floating,
20 Breed, to,
shang,
17 Breed or domesticate, to, ch'uk,
12 Breeze, a,
5 Bribe, to receive a, n
40 Bribery, n
5 Brick a, n
136 23 Brick red,
136
136
ngau t'au fú,
tsz' shang,
[INDEX
415 උ
446 91
160 13
129 9
191 5
396 1
71 25
93
207
173
173 1
480 9
321 31
71 22
523 163
146 12
429 1
74 67
431 40
147 13
544 228
90 57
281 36
fí móng,
494 37
shau ts'oi, 551 344
shau chóng, 546 254
ts'ing chiin, 313 9
ts' ing lín,
305 51
chin ngá sz' fú, 279 14
san fú, san p'ù, 94 45,46
kíú,
308 12
fau kíú,
398 13
INDEX.]
[BR.-BU.
615
Bridge, suspension, n
Bridge of a guitar,
Bridge of the nose,
Bridle,
Brig, a,
Bright,
Bright,
Bright yellow,
Brightness,
Brilliant,
Brilliant,
tíú kíú,
chu, má,
pí léung,
pí,
léung chí wai shun,
tsing,
Brilliant, n
Brilliant, very,
Brimstone,
Bring, to,
Bring here, to,
Bring here, to,
Brinjal,
Bristles,
Bristles,
Broad,
Broad locust, n
Broad supporter,
Broadcloth,
Broadcloths, n
Broadcloths, fine,
Broken down,
Broken open, n
Broker, n
Bromelia,
Bronchocele,
Broom, bamboo,
Broom, coir, n
Broom, clothes',
Broom, hemp-root,
Broom, straw,
Broth,
Brothels, frequenting,
Brother, elder,
Brother, elder,
ling,
wóng kít,
fai,
kwong wat,
ming léung,
chéung,
ning,
ním lai,
thai lai,
fú kwá,
fan ngoi kwóng,137
lau wong,
chu tsung mò,
chu tsung,
fút,
shíni, tíu,
308
365
vé í sò,
í fuk sò,
má k'éung sò,
wó kón sò,
á
Brother, younger,
Brother, wife of elder,
tóng,
suk ch'éung,
chéung hing,
kó, 98 21 ; tái
tai, sai lò,
tái sò, á sò,
Brother, wife of younger, tai fú,
Brother, wife of younger, sai sham,
Brothers, Of, n Hing tai,
Brothers, uterine,
Broussonetia, n
Brown color, n
Brown (fried)
Brownish red,
Bruise,
Brunswick Rocks,
51
330
324
37 73 Bubo,
136 37 Buck,
201 31 Bucket, n
32 43 Bucket, irrigating,
267 45 Buckle, a
289 29 Buckwheat,
564 7 Bud, flower,
50| Bud, leaf,
46||Budhist,
85 Budhist seal keepers,
11
8 Budhistic fish, n
203
150
135
Brush, to,
Brush down, to,
Brush up, to,
Brush, brass-wire,
Brush, clothes',
Brush, hair,
Brush, lacker priming, ts'at shán,
fát tsát,
174
448
203
136
king kí yan,
fan lại chí, 443
ngó hau, hau pí,503
chuk so,
136
136
152
70
494
p'í kín,
529 16
203
tái yung,
tái ní,
233
í chéuk tái ní, 236
king túi,
lut líú,
192
14||Brush, priming,
85 Brush, shaving, n
294
136
18 Brush, small priming,
7 Brush, tooth,
tung sz' ts'át, 294
í fuk ts'át,
•
32 Bryophyllum calcynum,
5 Bullace,
148
51 Bulwarks,
233 1 Bundle, a,
25 Buffalo,
47 Bugis,
33 Bugs in wood,
2 Build mud walls,
k'au,
147
sám kók mak, 447
436
lui, púi,
ün,
shím sang,
sang luk sz'
ching yan,
puk ü,
shui ngau,
Mò kat tsz',
muk shat,
chuk,
23 Buildings, Parts of, n Kung shat
mat líú,
fuk,
ngau kung,
tik,
noi,
hón póng,
páu tsai,
443 5
322 33
255 48
243 43
i pò,
fau fú,
203 49
120 6
mái mút,
A'wá,
406
shíú,
2
135 12
lau lò,
139 102
shéung, fó chéuk, 503 19
fó tsing,
430 13
ín kwóng,
294 24
136 38
294 24
25
286 6
496 79
tá mó,
má nò ín,
tò ham páng, 294
kwát séuk,
tò chí chủ,
üt,
460 4
139 97
páu líú,
fát,
405 17
sz' kón,
168 4
83 10
tai,
sé tsín sz',
tsung hai,
170 10
núi, 35 64; tán,525 1
wai,
117 15
385 2
224 1
279 15
476 92
161
16
493
14
tán hai,
493 15
521 120
48 Bulging,
4 Bull,
13 Bull's eye,
10 Bunting,
17 Buoy,
30 Buried in obscurity,
31 Burmah, n
14 Burn, to,
19 Burn, to make the fire,
32 Burns,
fú
161
552 374 Burnish, to,
98
lò,98
20 Burnish, to,
24 Burnisher, agate,
98 22 Burnisher, iron,
104 29,30 Burnishing,
104 32 Burrowing spider,
33 Burrow,
Burst, have,
1 Burst forth, to,
42 Business,
104
97
t'ung páu hing tai, 97
chu shü,
441
tsung shik,
304 16 Business, trifling,
nün, wóng tsing, 165 88,104|| But,
305 45 |But,
503 31 But,
222 7 But,
ché shik,
sün shéung,
U t'au shik,
ts'át, sò,
152 14,17 But there are,
133 47 Butcher,
líú,
fat,
132 30 Butcher bird,
20 Butter, n
136 33 Butterfly,
152 17 Butterfly, atlas,
294 23||Buttocks,
15 Burning wells,
'sz' kan,
sò ts'át,
•
294 21
síú shán,
ngá ts'át,
152 15
294 22
152 16
21
tăng lung fá, 453
503
18
ü hau,
ká,
467
12
136 34
trú trung,
fú tau,
334 21
14
14
3
436 4
124 16
trò van,
k'i, pák líú,
ngau nái yau,
ú típ,
fá lo tái kik,
pí kú,
་
595 220
361 43
467 13
416 4
493 13
27 12
313
357 3
467 14
367 16
BU_CA.]
[INDEX.
616
>
Button,
Button, to,
Button of a cap,
Button-hole,
Buying up the whole,
Buzzard,
By,
By all means,
By and by, n
By means of it,
By the acre, reckoned,
CABBAGE,
Cabin,
Cabin, poor woman’s,
Cabinet, the, n
Cabinet-maker, n
Cable,
Cable, n
Cabreta Point,
Cackle, to, n
Cactus,
Cage, bird,
Cairngoram stone,
Cake,
Cake, wheaten, n
Cake, wine, n
Cakes, meat,
Cakes, octo-angelic,
Caladium,
Calamities,
Calamus,
Calcareous spar,
Calculate, to,
Calculus,
Calcutta,
Calenderer, n
Calendering roll,
Calendering stone,
Calf,
Calf of leg,
Call him here,
Call in question, to, n
Call on, to,
Call out, to, n
Call to arise, to,
Called,
Called,
Called,
Called.
Calling cach other,
Calls,
Calm,
Calm,
('alm retirement, n
Calyx,
Cambodia, n
Cambric,
Camel,
nau,
kau nau,
mò ting,
nau mún,
mái tsun,
fuk,
í,
ts'ín mán,
mán mán,
tsik ts'z',
73 63;
286
241
3
460
í mau shò kai, 343
147
152
146
147
207
473
yé ts' oi,
161
shun mí fóng, 322
luk ch óng, 308
Noi Kók,
567
kíú,
wai,
hd üt,
séung ch'ing,
fú fún,
mò fung,
fung tsing,
ts'ing fuk,
ngók,
Tung pò,
ká shá pò,
lók t'ó,
15||Camellia, variegated, n shuk ch¹á,
18 Camellia, laichun,
7 Camlets,
15 Camlets, Dutch,
95 Camlets, English,
39 Camlets, silk,
3 Camphor,
36 Camphor trec,
11
1 Campoi tea, î
17 Can, oil,
káp mán sz' fú,279
náu lám,
322
náu lín,
203
Kai king t'au, 220
kai tai,
465
shan sín chéung, 457
tséuk lung, 136
ch'á tsing,
ping,
432
161
mín ping,
161
tsau ping,
161
wan t'an,
pát sín kò,
tsz' kú,
18 Cangue, n
20 Canine teeth,
301 144 Canister, tea,
513 21 Canna indica,
448 16 Cannarium, n
100 55 Cannot,
shá tang,
442
hón shui shik, 430
tá kwó,
wán nón,
253
505
shá lam,
Kú lí kat tát, 407
shín pò sz' fú, 279
kwóng pò chau,294
shin pò shik, 294
tuk, ngau tsai, 467
kéuk nóng,
kíú k'ü lai,
sz' í,
team,
yéung shing,
kíu bí shan,
ch'ing,
520
135
18
452 13
lai chun chá, 452 14
ü shá,
203 52
ütün,
203 53
243 42
264 21
203 54
ù tun tsai,
sín tsau,
chéung nò,
chéung muk,
nám muk, 440 11
kán púi, 225 3
yau p'ing,
tak,
136 36
Can,
8
17 Can you do,
34 Canada,
úi m úi,
Kón ná tái,
Wan Hó,
5
163 56
414 6
425 27
15 Canal, Grand,
1||Canal commissioner, n cháp kín, 586 8
shi shan tséuk, 472 6
yü yung,
503 20
171 16
yat fan,
tang ngó,
lap chuk pún,
chuk toi,
lap chuk tan,
tang cháu,
pín kón, 152 19;
ká,
fú ngá,
chá íp kún,
pat kún tsz',
kóm lám,
tsít pat hó,
pat nang,
pat hó í kau,
pat nang kü,
ngoi tsz,
66 Canthus, external,
6 Canthus of eye, internal, ngán t'au,
16 Canary bird,
35 Cancer of the breast,
50 Candareen, a,
3 Candle moth,
49 Candlestick,
16 Candlestick,
35 Candlestick,
58 Candle-shade,
19 Cane,
45 Cannot,
14 Cannot long, n
38 Cannot move,
17 Canton, n
27 Canton, n
26 Cantonment,
15 Canula for ligatures,
104 Cap, a,
18 Cap of a mast,
9 Cap of manhood,
233
3 Cap, to,
132
159
20 Capacities,
29 Capacious,
75 91 Cape, the,
91 79d Capillaries,
121 28 Capillary,
124 9 Capital city, n
99 29 Capital, invested,
74 72 Capital,
328 135 Capital of a pillar,
403 3 Capon,
82
436 5 Capsule of lens,
407 4 Captain,
250 27 Captain,
467 16 Car, great,
6 Capstan, n
}
Kwong tungsháng shing, 127
Kwongchau fú, 402
chái,
1
tò sín kún,
yat ting mò,
wai mò,
495 62
136 37
136 38
137 39
137 40
203 55
533 1
523 170
137 41
454 51
444 39
226 5
288 19
117 21
69 93
516 20
516 19
1
14
309 22
532 22
147 16
322 36
32 42
9
6
355
112
ts' oi,
fuk tái,
312 70
Káp,
412 5
síú hüt kan, 516 21
hò,
531 25
king tò,
pún ts'ü sik,
pún tsín,
chii típ,
sín kai,
káu pún,
ngán chủ toi, 516 22
shun chü, 322 38
shau pí, shau fú, 596 234
tái lók,
330 9
402 12
195 7
208 104
313 10
161 21
322 37
kún,
kún,
INDEX.]
[CA-CA.
617
Car, sword,
Car, scaling,
Carambola,
Caranx,
Carapace,
Caravansary, n
Caraway, n
8|| Carve, to,
tò ki,
káu kü,
330
330
10 Carved lotus,
yéung t'ò, sám ním, 443
há chí,
6 Carver of wood,
484 108 Carves ingeniously,
461 5 Carving knife,
16 Case for a fan,
kái,
yik,
308
ú sui,
448
Carbonaceous powders, pák ts'd séung, 514
yé ming chii,
shá, shá ü,
yat típ,
típ hộp,
tsò típ,
wai kún hau,
kò kai kún,
sz' fóng,
chan shát,
sín shan,
pí sam kí,
sai sai mók,
Carbuncle,
Carcharias,
Card, a, n
Card box,
Card, lease, n
Cardiac orifice,
Cardinal bird,
Cardinal points,
Carding,
Care, first,
Care, take,
Careful rubbing,
Carefully, n
Cares, vexatious, n
Cargo, discharge,
Carica,
Carmine,
Carnation,
Carniverous animals,
Carol, to, n
Carp, n
Carpal bones,
Carpenter,
Carpet,
Carriages and Sedans,n
Carriage-box, kü
Carriage, imperial,
Carrier, letter, n
Carriage, sedan,
Carrot,
Carry an umbrella,
Carry away, to,
Carry along with,
Carry by a pole, to,
Carry between two, to,
Carry here and there,
Carry off and on,
Carry on arm, n
Carry passengers,
Carry passengers,
Carrying beam, n
Cart,
tái sun yang
má kü kíú,
hung ló pák,
tám ché
ning h'ü,
kép tái,
kóng,
t'oi,
pún wan,
pók hoi mai,
wán,
wan hák,
tò hák,
tám kón,
!
há chák ki,
ts'ui kwat,
kau mí,
pí ch'ü,
503
487
182
152
muk kóng,
ying,
114
165
525
72
yung sam, 3 8; sai sam, 6
fán nò,
hí fó,
muk kwá,
kam ü hung,
ch'ik shik,
shik yuk lui,
ch'éung,
Kí ü,
42 Catch, to, n
sui kwat,
muk tséung,
279 18 Catarrh,
tí chín, 137
Kü yü lui, 329
séung, pan fuk, 330
ki lín,
330
214
330
161
154 60
174
128
516
23 Casket,
472
8 Caspian sea,
205 69 Cassia buds,
286 7 Cassia, native,
19 Cassia tree,
2 Cash, a, n
20 Cash, a, n
7 Cask,
tsing téuk,
tái ts án tò,
shín ch áp,
17 Case for Chinese type, lít tsz tái ká,
22 Case knife,
ngau yuk tò,
tsz' p'ún,
21 Case, type,
184 Cases, several,
kí shut,
yat lí,
yat ts'ín,
muk t'ung,
96 Cast away, to,
3 Cast (metal), to,
24 Cast net, to,
36 Castanet boards, n
10 Casting,
49 Casting plates, n
21 Castor,
22||Cat,
330
517
222
444
304
304
1 Cat-heads,
466
465 49 Catamenia,
480 11 Cataract of the eye, n
517 24
Catches, n
11 Catch cold, to,
12 Catch birds, to, n
174 Catch fish,
13 Caterpillars on trees,
22 Caterpillars, smooth,
8 Caterpillar, hairy,
11 Cathartic,
404
330 16 Catkin of willow,
145 218 Catling,
339 106 Cat's tail,
326 90 Cat's tail grass,
135 8 Cattle,
331 21 Cattle,
176 9,16
318 75
sai fá muk tséung, 279 20
282 50
139 103
153 42
28
294
139 104
294 29
321
15 Catty, a, n
135 17 Cauliflower,
517 26 Cause, a,
Cartilages, n
Cartilage, ensiform, n
Cartilage of the nose,
Cartilages of eyelids,
Cartilages of ribs,
Cartwright,
ü tséung,
Carum, n
ün sai,
448
Caruncula lachrymalis, ngán t'au yuk, 517
Caruncles,
kai há kún, 465
51 20 Cause, to,
523 166 Causelessly,
522 151 Caustic,
279
14 Caulking,
25 Cause (or make), to,
kót hoi, kái,
hak lín,
19 Cavalry, controller of,
17 Cavity,
27 Cavity of the ear,
50 Cayenne pepper,
shau shik séung, 152
Lí hoi,
kwai tsz',
t'ò kwai p'í,
kwai shü,
hí,
kú chü,
tó móng,
pák pán,
yung chü,
tò sik pán,
'ng mí ká,
míú, ká lí,
náu kat,
üt shui, king shui, 503
luk shui kún
18 10
385 2
258 3
289 26
21
408 7
203 57
203 56
440 12
538 98
257 3
tung yan, 50 48
shéung fung, 503 24
láu,
122 18
135 17
74 70
máu,
láng chéuk,
wók k'am,
рд ü,
281 35
321 23
tò ch'ung, hít, 493 16
ú chuk,
kím tờ,
ped,
kau mí ts'd,
chuk chán,
ngau lui,
yat kan,
327 116
361 42
287 8
299 116
137 34
467 17
322 39
23
ts'ing ch'ung, 493 17
kau mò ch'ung,493 18
sít sé chỉ tsai, 514 23
lau sui,
436 6
532 28
459 68
459 51
545 234
344 22
385 1
448 19
322 40
403 4
95 60
289 24
547 277
514 24
592 137
515 2
56 2
lát tsíú, fá tsíú, 448 20
í lung,
fá yé ts'oi,
tá cháng,
chí,
ün,
sz',
mò kú,
ngái yung,
ki to wai,
üt ch'ü,
CHI. CHR.
155
CE-CH.]
[INDEX.
618
Cease,
Cease, to,
Ceiling,
Celebes,
Celebrated,
Celery,
Celestial august one,
Celestial court, n
Celestial king,
Celestial phenomena,
Celestial Mts., n
Celestial sphere,
Celestial sovereign,
Celestial steps, n
Cells of convents,
Cells of a hive,
Cellular dropsy,
Cellular tissue,
Celosia cristata,
Cementing,
Censers,
Censor, n
Censor in attendance,
Censor in palace,
Censor in waiting,
Censorate, n
Censorate,
Cepola,
Cerambyx,
Cercis siliquastrum,
Cerebellum,
Cerebrum,
Ceremonial dress,
Ceremonial Forms, n
Ceremonial regulator,
Ceremonial Rites, n
Cereus,
Certainly, n
Certainly,
Certainly,
Certainly,
yau,
ting,
t'ín fá pán,
Sai lí wá,
Certify, to,
Cerumen, excessive,
Cerumen, defective,
Cerumen,
Cervical vertebræ,
Cestracion zebra,
Cetonia,
Chaff,
Chaff balls,
Cha-cutter,
ming,
trong hò,
t'in wong,
t'in t'ing,
tán wóng,
tín man,
Tín shán,
wan t'ín,
tín tai,
Cent, a,
Centipede,
494
pák tsuk, 'ng kung,
Centipede with angular legs, yau ín, 494
Centre,
Centre, n
Centre-bit,
chung 11 32; sam,
sh'ü,
shing tsün,
Centre-region (Honan) Chung chau,
hung tái,
ngau lóng,
tsz' hing,
40 90||Chaffinch,
74 67 Chains,
131
I' Lai,
tái tít tsung,
Lai i
416
498
161
559
561
559
110
423
397
tiin,
tsz' ín,
lap ki,
shap í,
kón í,
9
295 31
322 41
137 46
137 48
330 16
332 41
137 47
137 45
137 49
330 15
316 38
430 15
559
15 Chalk,
fo shik fan,
493
561 36 Chalk-line, n
314 11 Chamber, guest,
9 Chamber-lamp,
9 Chamber of eye,
28 Chamber-pot,
502
517
shing, mak tau sín, 295 32
hák t'ing, 131 10
óm tang,
159 26
ngán tsín fóng, 517 32
pín ú,
159 26
shéung ts'am kuk, 596 244
9| Chamois, yung ít, 358 17; ling yéung, 467 18
137 44 Champa, n
604 451 Champaca,
596 252||Champagne,
453
22 Chamberlain,
287
Chím shing, 407 4
yéung kau ngá, 455 74
sám pín tsau, 161 24
tái hók sz’, 567 1
tín hók sz, 601 372
chí tang,
137 50
kíú chuk sz' fú, 279
koi chun,
21
160 10
ún kwó,
139 103
142 149
tai kwó,
úi sam,
yik,
shím,
90 70
115 9
264 14
í king kwó, 158 12
pín ún yan,
201 28
shui ld,
316 46
shui tò,
325 80
p'ín, 1 1; kün, 436 1
shíu tán,
41
ní kó tsz',
trái to,
n wing tsz',
tsz' lí,
p'ún fai
153
17 2
122 12
22 7
192 5
tín hái,
shín fong,
wó mat,
shui chung,
móng kò,
kai kún fá,
chím típ,
héung ón,
'yii sz',
shí yü sz',
tín chung shí
Chancellor, high, n
yü sz', 601 373 Chancellor of palace,
chí shi shí i sz, 587
chí shu shí ii sz,587 21 Chandelier,
Tò chát yin, 601 381|Chandler,
yu sz' t'oi, 604 452 Change,
sín sz',
171 16 Change, to,
331
393
9 Chains of a ship,
4 Chair, n
3Chair, arm, n
23 Chair, basket,
10 Chair-bearers,
36 Chair, camp, n
19 Chair, easy, n
23 Chair, elbow, n
19 Chair, shoulder, n
2 Chaldrons,
19 Change, to,
20 Change purpose, to,
29 Change purpose, to,
8 Changeable, n
295
421
30 Changed already,
4 Changer of money,
480 5 Channels,
494
452
21 Channel or track,
15 Chapter, n
síú nò tséung, 517
29 Char, to,
nò tséung,
lai fuk,
517 30 Character, this, n
149 59 Characteristics,
354 6 Characters, parts of,
600 353 Charge, at the,
353 Charges and expenses,
shan sín chéung, 457
kwó tau, 25; kwó ín, 46
16
67 Chariot, war,
pít,
shai yung,
ping kii,
23d Chariot, general's war, yung kü,
88 40 Charioteer,
yü,
244
t'in puk,
85
46 Charioteer, field,
129 9 Charioteering Illus-
503 25 trated, n
Yi háu,
503 26
26 Charmed, to be,
tám,
517 31 Charming elqouence, n hau kók
524 187
487 185 Charring of timber,
í láp, í shí,
king kwat,
máu í shá,
kam kwai tsz', 493
hok, 335 32; hóng,437
fú,
361
ch'at, cháp, 334
kam sz' ts'z'tséuk, 472
t'it lín,
kai yik,
tang kwá í,
hün shau í,
lám vü,
kíú fú,
má cháp,
hók sz' í,
káu í,
kín yü,
wák,
11 Chase,
11 Chaste,
45 Chattels of emperor,
22 Chatter, to, n
253 38
331 17
331 18
331 19
369 1
368
122 16
ch'un fung, 55 34
tsíú muk, 287 10
mai pán ká, 295 33
ching, tsít, 93 14,29
ii mat,
561 34
ü,
465 49
•
INDEX.]
619
[CH.-CI.
Chau, Ritual of, n
Cheap,
Cheaper,
Cheat,
Check disease,
Checks (cloth) n
Cheeks,
Cheeks,
Cheek-bones,
Cheek-bones,
Cheese, n
Chekiang,
Chemist,
Cherish, to,
Cherish, to,
Chess-board, n
Chest, the,
Chest, treasure,
Chest, tea,
Chestnut,
Chéung, a, n
Chew, to,
Chicken,
Chicken, rolled,
Chicken, boned, n
Chau Lai,
ping,
tik tsz',
Chí lí,
89 56
8
15 74||Children of wife,
234 7 Chili, n
üt fát íú p❜ing, 240
kwai kwat yan,126
át ping,
33 Chilí province, n
14 Chimney,
415
1
Chik tai shang, 421
in t'ung,
131 11
452 16
74 76
517 37
3
1,4
k'í pún pò,
28 Chin, n
4||Chimonanthus fragrans, láp múi cá,
há p¹á,
hoi,
Chung kwók, 407
Chung hwá, wá há, 421
kóng nám kuk fá, 453
fuk ling,
Hón yan,
Tóng shu,
Tái Tsing kwok, 4073
Tóng wá,
Hón fú,
ch in tsíu,
Tróng yan,
fá pò,
20
204 58
567 1
4 17
1 2
264 20
450 64
157 7
248 17
483 90
pò tò,
465 49
525 1
295 36
295 34
295 35
295 37
288 16
448 22

Chief secretary,
Chief secretary, n
Chieftain, n
509
250
káp,
517
hí, 367 12; lím, 75
k'ün kwat, 72
k'ün,
517
ngau nái ping, 161
Chít kóng,
421
tán ká,
514
93
Child,
Child,
yéung,
ts'ün,
7 Chinese, a,
116
25 Chinese books, n
13 Chinese empire, n
13 Chinese language, n
250 29 Chinese officers, n
524 180 Chinese pepper,
137 51 Chinese, the,
137 52 Chintz,
443
yat chéung,
381
ts'd,
shau fát,
fá tsók,
472
161
tái tsok,
161
shik tsók,
507 119 Chisel, tile,
593 751 Chisel, to,
599 311 Chives,
kái chin tsok,
tsók,
hái,
hau tséuk, 53 15; ít, 466
kai tsai,
chí toi kai,
tan kwat kai,
shui p'áu,
lí muk,
thisz,
wai wai hing, 603 435 Chloranthus inconspi- kai chau lán,
chủ háu, 588 42
cuus,
king léuk tái
Chloranthus monosta-
tséung kwan,592 141 chys,
tái shau, 599 313 Chocolate,
ching tong,
587 27||Chotodon, n
fú tái sz', 589 84 Cholera, n
325 80 Cholic,
Choose, to,
46 Chopsticks, n
Chord, a, n
205 Chorion,
fó chéung,
chu kún kí
k'í pún,
ót kón,
Chicken pox,
Chief attendant,
Chief censor,
Chief director of guards,
Chief examiner, n
Chief general of military,
káp mán,
chá séung,
fung lut,
man tsz', 588
Chief guardian,
Chief in an office,
Chief keeper of treasury,
Chief mate,
Chief military secre
tary,
Chief minister of
state,
587 35 Chowder,
p'ing chéung sz', 594
Chief of commissariate, tuk léung tò, 603 424 Choroid coat,
Chief of the a. M.
hái yin,
591 121
Chief of the literati, n chóng yiin,
Chief of tsun sz', úi yin,
603 433 Chronic disease,
Chief officer of Boards, 'ng pò tuk yau, 594 190 Chronic ophthalmia,
Chief overseers,
tái hám, 599 314 Chronological,
Chief palace,
ching kung, 562 55 Chrysalis of a mantis,
Chief priest of Taou, n tò luk sz'
Chrysalis of silkworm,
384 Chrysanthemum
588 43 sinense, n
596 236 Chrysophris,
307
1 Chrysoprase, n
89 59 Chulan tea, n
133 42 Chunam, n
ching yat, 601
chü shü,
shéung shui,
shing yan,
í tsz',
88
31 Churn,
sai man tsai,
síú í,
mò tsai mò sün,
Childish,
Childless,
Childlike sports,
Children,
Children of concubine, shu tsz',
34 Chin, base of,
90 China, n
40 China, n
35 China aster,
25 China root,
87
síú í hò fán tau, 88
hoi tsz',
159
7 Ch'rocentrus,
1 Chirrup, to, n
1 Chirurgery, n
10 Chisel, flower,
26 Chisel, large,
27 Chisel, stone,
25 Cicada,
34 Cider,
22 Cigars,
89 57 Cilia,
chü lán, 452 17
pák chü lán, 452 18
chá kú lat, 161 28
tsím tsui láp, 480 23
tò sé, fok lin, 503 27
sam fuk káu ťung, 503 28
kán,
fái tsz',
tung in,
61 29
137 53
396 20
437 12
p'í,
ngán tsing
noi hak pí, 517 38
ü kang,
161 29
504 47
ünnín wán ngán, 506 103
tsui shí,
kú ping,
214 175
píú síú,
kín,
kuk fá,
toi mò pán,
fi ts'ui yuk,
chii lán chá,
461 6
461 6
452 19
482 60
430 16
225 3
59
54
23
30
204 60
517 39
tung yau fúi, fúi shá, 204
ngau yau ch'ung, 137
shím, tíú, 494
p'ing kwo tsau, 162
má kú ín,
k'ün mò,
CI.-CO.]
[INDEX.
620
Cimex,
Cinchona bark,
Cinder of saltpetre,
Cinder, to a, n
Cinders, iron,
Cinnabar,
Cinnabar color,
Cinnamon,
Cinnamon rose,
Cipher, n
Circle,
Circuit of the heavens,
Circuit commissioner
of justice,
Circuit justices.of peace,
Circular,
Circulate, to,
Circulation,
Circumference,
Circumstances, accor-
ding to,
Citron, n
Citrus,
Citrus, n
Cives, n
Civet, n
City,
City of Canton,
City, provincial, n
Civil laws, n
Civil officers,
Civil service,
Civilian,
Clam,
Clamps,
Clandestine,
síú t'oi,
shing tán,
thít shí,
chu shá, tán shá,
chu shá,
yuk kwai,
tséung mí,
ling,
wán,
chau t'ín,
t'ai ying on
chát sz',
tsun kím sz',
ün,
Clasp,
Clasp, to,
Clang,
Clap of thunder,
Clapper of a drum, n
Claret,
Clarion,
Clarinet,
Clarinet, copper,
ch'au ch'ung, 493
kam kai lak, 514
404
229
phái,
chun tung,
chau wai,
Class with, to,
Class, highest,
Class (in science),
CLASSES OF MEN, n
Classes of people, four,
Clavicle, n
ts' ui kíying pín, 189
fat shau, héung ün, 443
cháng,
fat shau,
444
kau ts'oi,
ling míú,
shing,
Üt sháng,
sháng shing,
lí lut,
man kún,
man chik,
man kún,
shá pák,
má ting,
yan pai,
cháu,
sun lúi,
í,
443
162
434
434
304 23 pervisors,
luk sz', 587 26
204 61 Clerk to secretary of a tín kwan
456 111 district,
shu tsó, 601 371
tín tsik,
601 368
376
393
75 91
467
308
5 Clearly distinguishing, n fan tsing,
26 Cleave in two, to,
Clever,
601 364 Climb trees, to,
603 411 Climbing cords, n
313 1 Cloak, rain, n
214 176 Cloak,
253 41 Clock,
382 8 Clog, n
Clogged,
11 Cleaver,
7 Clepsydra, n
6 Clerk,
5 Clerk in office of su-
Claw,
Clay,
Clean, kón tsing, 154 50; kít tsing, 133
Clean out, to, n
Cleanse, to,
Clear oil,
ts'ü kón tsing, 59
kik h'ü kau, 217
ming yau,
ím ming, -
294
221
Clearly ascertained,
Clear sound,
ts' ing,
18 Clerk, under,
8 Clerodendrum squama.
tum,
64 Close,
fat há,
chái tờ,
tik lau,
king lik, king ting, 592 143
chím sz' fú
5 23
437 14
137 52
391 G
8 Close, to
tang lung fá,
kwái ling,
tang shu,
pán sók,
453 21
88 44
471 1
530 17
só í,
149 61
tái lau,
147 18
shi shan chung, 137
56
kik hái, shui hái, 147 19
sak,
mat,
131 11
132 26
sak mái, 59 44; chi, 315 24
543 198
314 13
117 25
57 28
48 22
53 4
341 11
131 15
49 47
131 12
ming muk,
fóng tsai,
yung fuk,
pò p'at,
í ká,
149 52
204 63
152 23
chik pò sz' fú, 279 22
403 2
303
wan,
á,
ting héung,
ü,
sz' líú,
40 Close and lock, to, n
8 Close adjoining,
31 Close regimen,
19 Close the ear,
17 Close the eyes,
6 Close the mouth, n
199
127
1 Close to the ground,
536 47 Closed,
592 151 Closed eyes, n
576 1 Closet,
536 49 Cloth clothes,
490 3 Cloth piece goods,
295 38 Clothes' horse,
537 82 Clothes' mender,
359 28 Clouds,
58 38 Cloudy (color) n
358 16 Cloves, n
162
32 Clownish,
hung tsau,
chát kók,
363 59 Clue a line, to, n
364 66 Clupea,
shii tik,
so nát,
tái kau,
363 62 Cluster of flowers,
152 22 Coach, easy,
káp, 324 71; lui, 439 36 Coach, stage,
lui,
212 153 Coal,
shéung pan, 123
lui, 403 3; pò, 490
YAN PAN,
109
Coarse metal,
sz' man, 340 2 Coast, along the,
ch'ü kwat, 517 40 Coat, a, n
chau,
461
258
1 Coals, dig,
1 Coarse,
nai,
7 Coat, great,
3 Coat, long, n
44|Cobbler,
45 Cobitis,
206 Cobra de capello,
21 Cochin,
5 Cochinchina, n
4 13 Cochineal, n
só yéuk,
tsíp kan,
tsít kái,
am mái í,
hộp ngán,
kám hall,
típ tí,
ím,
·
204 64
90 77
sám lai,
324 72
483 92
153 45
tó fá,
ón kü,
331 20
td kü,
331 21
múi, shik tán, 430 17
kwat múi táng 280 25
tso,
209 120
pí,
435 24
413 6
ün hoi,
yat kín tái shám, 147 21
ch'éung páu, 147
147 20
ch'éung shám, 147 22
pò lán hai ché, 280 23
shá chui, 484 104
pók kí háp,
477 6
Kú ching, 408 11
Üt nám, O´n nám, 407
4
65
ngá lán mai, 204
!
INDEX.]
[co.-co
621
1

Cochineal color,
Cochlea,
Cock,
Cock, Bantam,
Cockchaffer,
Cockle shell,
Cockroach,
Cockscomb,
Cocoanuts,
Codicil, n
Coffee,
Coffee-mill,
Coffin, n
Coffin-maker, n
Coins, n
Coir broom, n
Coir, made of,
Coir palm,
Cold,
Cold, to take,
Cold water,
Cold weather,
Collar,
Collar, n
Collar bone, n
Collar of coat,
Collating,
Collect, to,
Collect debts, not,
Colter-plough, n
Columbia,
Columbus,
304
517
472
472
wóng shá ná, 494
ló sz',
490
Column,
Comb, n
Comb-makers,
Comb, tortoise-shell,
Comb of bird,
Combine, to,
ngá lán sik,
í noi ló kwat,
kai kung,
ai kai,
ká chát,
kai kún fá,
24 Combine (collect),
41 Come again, n
11 Come at dawn,
12 Come down to,
24 Come from,
4 Come from abroad,
10
494
453
204
yé tsz',
shut típ,
570
14 Come to dinner,
ka fí,
162 33 Come to maturity, not,
137
ka fí mó,
57 Come to pay respects,
kún tsoi,
280 24 Come to, to,
tau shau pán sz' fú, 280
ts'ín, 257 1; 204 67; 262
yé í sò,
136
í ts' ung tá shing, 203
ts'ung shü, 440
hón hí, 405 15; hón, 90
láng chéuk,
tung shui,
24 Coming in contact,
14 Command, to,
31 Command, to, n
51 Commandant,
15 Commander-in-chief,
78
t'ín lang,
fung ling,
k'am t'au,
150
74 70 Commander-in-chief,
155 79
146 10 Commander-in-chief,
147 23 Commander-in-chief,
1 Commander of body
só tsz' kwat, 517 40 guard,
596 253
shám ling,
152 24 Com. of national ar- t'ín há ping má
k'ím pín, 287 11 mies,
yün shui, 601 367
kít, 403 2; tsui, 39 88 |Commander of van, ts'in ts'ung kwan,602 397
Commands, imperial,
chéung tò ’m
shí wai sz',
S
shau tak hí,
ts'oi fá,
wan tsap,
253 41 Commelina,
232 46 Commence, to,
211 145 Commence, to, n
162 35 Commence, to,
70 Commence to learn,
309 20 Commence life, to,
309 21 Commences at home,
309 19 Commentary,
king,
n Pák ťai,
shü ün,
kung ün,
p'ik yung,
phún kung,
sau shi in,
kám yün,
yau ts'an,
chu,
308 18 Commerce,
mau yik,
shang í,
595 227 Commerce, trade,
591 126 COMMERCIAL AFFAIRS,N MAU VIK,
tsik tsü,
fán lai,
Collect flowers, to,
Collect together, to,
Collects (as cream),
Collective parts of body,
College, n
College imperial,
College of emperor, n
College of prince, n
College of revisors,
Collegiate inspector,
Colliers,
Colonel,
ts'oi múi yan, 280
ts'ám tséung, ts'ám fú, 602
Colonel,
fú tséung,
Colonel of a regiment, híp toi, híp shau, 590
Colonial Office, n
Color of face,
Coloring stuff,
Colors, Names of, n
Colors, primary, n
Colt,
Lá Fán Yün, 582
hüt shik,
63
ngán líú, 288
Ngân shik ming,302
ching shik,
k'ü má tsai,
lai tò,
56 request)
18 Com. for admonishing,
1 Com. for admonishing
303 1 other officers,
467 20 Commissioner for de-
334 23
fense of state,
415 8 Com. for inspecting
414 3
the army,
314 12 Com. for military opera-
shó, pí,
152 25,26 tions,
ching shó sz' fú,280 26 Com. for observation,
toi múi shó, 152 27 Commissioner for
kún,
461 8 regulating gov., n
chóng, 19 2; hóp, 218 229 Com. for soothing,
Kó lun pò á,
Kó lun pò,
ch'ü,
25 Come let us go,
22 Come out or disappear,n lat,
66 Come to call,
n
t'in mung lung lai, 1513
lau to,
ch'ut,
84 15
55 47
218 220
séung ts'ing h'ü, 167 142
tsz' loi lò,
251 33
233 3
lai tám ní,
yap tsik,
mí tsuk,
175
3
70
10
8
tak loi hau ká, 184
chí, 13 57 ; lan, 67
chik pik, 404
ming, 15 73; fan fú, 78
268
ü, ling,
tséung kwan, 602 393
ling kwan,
tséung kwan, 593 177
sz' ping
tséung kwan, 598 307
tò tuk,
601 375
601 376
tò tung,
25 Commercial Articles
388
and Terms, n
589 81 Commissary, n
98 Commissary of grain,
Commission, to (or
n
429
I
7 29
Kad
558
shéung yü,
tám chuk íp, 453 23
chí, 14 67; shau, 85 23
mai shau,
3 12
65 29
hoi shau,
chó hók,
ch'ut shan,
19 1
142 146
117 19
15 76
204 68
201 29
190.
T'ung sheung
ming tsz', 198
léung tò,
léung chủ tò,
king léuk sz',
kún chát sz',
pò ching sz',
sün fú sz',
71
7
11
pái tók,
sün ü sz',
king tsun
yün sz', 592 145
fóng yi sz', 589 71
kám kwan sz', 591 128
592 142
592 150
593 172
593 173
242 36
597 273
595 210
597 272
CHI. CHR.
156
Co-co.]
[INDEX.
622
Commissioner for trans-
porting salt, n im wan sz',
Commissioner, imperial, yam ch'ái,
Com, for transports,
chun wan sz', 588
Com, of customs,
hoi kwán, 590
Com, of finance, (prov.) hang t'oi sing, 589
Commissioner of grain, chí suk noi sz', 587
Commissioner of H. 1. lün 1 wai kún
M. guard,
Com. of H. I. M. rule,
Com. of justice,
Com. of privy council,
Commissioner of the
cavalry,
Commissioner of the
police,
Cominissioner to sup-
press rebellion,
Commit to memory, n
Commodity, a,
Common dishes,
Common people,
Common use,
Common use,
Commonly,
Complete, all,
Complete,
kwan sz', 593
tsít tò sz',
ít sz, ít troi,
sh'ü mat sz',
má kwan to
chí fai sz, 594
586
chai chí sz,
chíú tò sẻ,
kí,
fo,
ká shéung sung,
Communicate, to, n
Compact coal,
Company's woolens,
Comparative Compen.
dium, n
Compass,
Compasses, n
Compassionate,
Compensation,
Complement of an arc, ù ú,
metic, n
Compress, to,
shéung yan,
t'ung yung,
shí shéung shai, 257
ping shí,
168
shí,
118
kín tán,
230
kung sz tái ní, 234
I Shu U'i
Ts ám, 499
ló king,
205
kw'ai, kí tsín, 295
sut,
38
chau kung,
Complete a cycle,
Completed, (past tense)
Completion,
Complex numbers, n
Complexion,'n
Compliance,
Complicate, to,
Compliments, n
Comply, ought to,
Compose types, to, n
Composing in Chinese,
Composing-stick,
Composing types, n
Compositors, ni
Compound, to,
Compounded medicine, n tsai,
Comprador, n
Comprador's man, n
Comprehend, to,.
Comprehensive Arith-
220
396
157
k'ü ts'ün,
pí, 15 77; shing, 30
tang fá káp,
líú,
chung,
sham shò,
mín shik,
ts' un,
ts'ó lün,
ts'ing ón,
tóng tai,
chap tsz',
nón tsz',
Compresses, n
591 115 Computations,
268 1||Compute, to,
48 Computed together,
104 Conceal, to,
88 Conceal, to,
22||Conceal, to,
Conceal, to,
183 Concealed, to lie,
602 398 Conceive, (think)
591 117 Concert, in,
597 268 Conch, n
Concha,
186 Concord,
Concrete,
2 Concubine, n
Concubine, n
30||Concubine, father's, n
587
16 85 Concubine, prince's,
207 95
95 Condyles of the femur,
167 125 Cone, earthen, n
546 265 Cone shell,
144 190 Confectioner,
chap tsz' ká,
chap tsz',
pái pán yan,
pháu chai,
89
280
280
499
513
mái pán,
168
mái pán cháu, 168
shik,
110
Tung Tsung, 374
pik shat, 300
287 12 Congratulations,
295
287
tháp pò,
túi chak,
1 Confer titles, to, n
2 Conferva,
2 Confesses his guilt,
7 Confidence, insure,
5 Confiscated to gov.,
Conform to this, to,
6 Conforms to reason,
69 Confounded, not to be,
39 Confront, to,
83 Confucius, n
n
20
2 Confucius' Conversa-
tions, n
Lun Yü,
5 Confucius' school, di- yu hók
32 rector in,
24 Confusion, in,
78
36 70 Confusion, to act
372
with, n
377 20 Congeal solid, to,
61 26 Congee, n`
1
40 91 Conger eel, n
218 224 Congestion, break up, pó tsik tsü,
77 9 Congo tea, n
59 Conglomerate,
27 Congratulate, to,
sün,
kóp kai,
400
545 235
553 393
272
328 132
120 19
9
241 35
359 26
364 67
518 42
84 23α
tsik, 437 18;kít, 214 179
tsíp shí,
ü fú yan,
93 20
95 57
shu mò, á tsé, 103 13,14
hau fí,
lín hoi,
yau nik,
tsóng nik,
chóng nik,
fuk,
kwai yau,
t'ai,
p' úi,
hoi lo,
pai, í mún,
muk,
hün,
kai sam ló,
562 51
518 43
364 74
490 5
mat tsín sz' fú, 280 28
fung tséuk, 566 36
hai_ts ò, 457 17
tsz’ chí yau tsúi, 89 58
ts'ü sun,
207 93
mút kúng
chun ts'z',
tsun tò,
272 10
39 83
114 20
12 36
pat yung lun,
toi túi,
Hung tsz',
554 405
111 30
531 24
397 2
240 30
4.
↓
13 58
ching tong, 604 456
lap lap lün,
71 28
shau móng
kéuk lün, 67 59
ying shat,
404 6
pák chuk,
162 34
man lai, 481 47
510 5
kung fú chá, 229 my
mán shik,
18
chuk shau,
chuk,
430
79 40
563 61
568 4
13 Conjunctiva corneæ, ngánk' oi noi mók,518 45
27 Conjunctiva oculi, ngán tsing mók,518 44
9 Conjunctiva palpebræ, ngán ngoi
16
40 Congratulatory cards, n hó píú,
i

tsing mók, 518 46
ngán koi noi mok
I Conjunctivitis,
2
chik ít, 503 29
23 Conjunction with,
úi trung,
273 11
Connive, to,
tsung yung,
552 367
7 Consent, hang, 78 28; wan hang, 90 71
122 Consent or not, hang ’m hang á? 253 40
INDEX.]
[co.~co,
623
Consequently,
Consider, never,
Consign over, to,
Consistence, no,
Consist of, to,
Consoo charge,
Consort, prince's,
Conspicuous,
Constables,
pò ting,
Constant,
pat yik,
séung shau,
lít,
Constant, remaining,
Constant, the men,
Constantly,
Constellations, sea of, Sing suk hoi,
chun tung,
Constipation,
Constitute,
tái pín pai,
shing,
tsoi ü,
Constitute,
Constitution deranged, yam yéung
Constitution, good,
Construct, to,
Construct houses, to,
Consult about that,
Consummate, to,
Consumed, used,
Consumption,
Contagion,
Contain, to,
Contempt,
Contend, to,
Contents of body, n
Contentious,
Conterminous, n
Continent,
Continually, n
Contraband,
Contraband goods,
Contracted, n
Contracted or mean,
Contrary flowing,
Contrary to terms,
Contrition,
Control, to,
Control, general,
Controler of district,
Contumacious spirit,
Contusion,
Convene, to,
kú,
pat sz',
рд и,
m mái,
tsik,
hóng yung,
wóng hau,
kung,
1
kún,
trung lí,
kwan wai,
184
281
273
tsóng hí, 512
yih chóng,
ká, 279 18: chi,
táp shing,
cham chéuk,
wing ts'ü,
sái 137 52; síu, 236
lò ching, 503
wan yik, 503
shing, 328 126; tsoi, 294
míú ún, 274
tsók ch'au yan, 94
’ng fú luk chóng, 71
chang,
113
406
1 Cordage,
402 16 Corea, n
71 23 Coreopsis,
205 70 Cork,
192
25
Convenient,
pín,
Convenience, at your, n ts'ui pín,
Convent of Taouists,
kún,
Converge, to,
Converse, to,
Conversation,
ying ú chung,
tsui wá,
tám,
Conversation, Exercise in, n Tsáp ín,
Conversation, n
Conversation, in,
Conversation on Medi.
cine, n
196 14||Convicts, transported,
80 42e Convoy,
568 4 Convulsions,
164
67 Convulsions of hands
206 81
and feet,
235 11 Cook, a,
562 48 Cook, a,
564 17 Cook, to,
595 211 Cook, to, n
86 23g Cook, food to,
94 34 Cook thoroughly,
123 2 Cooked,
kóng shut wá,
hang tám,
Í hók lun ü,
253 41 Cookia,
425 25 Cool,
503
429
347
256
90
wai k óng sam,274
sün shéung,
503
chíú tsap,
119
149
6
309
11
11
131
31
1
2
561
32 Cooler,
tsíp,
tái chau,
pat hít,
fán kam,
wai kam fó,
shuk,
11||Corn, a,
hak pók chí sz' 112
yik lau, 328 130 Corn department,
206 86 Cornea, n
wai yéuk,
fúi,
273 11 Corneitis,
235 8 Cornelian,
322 38 Cornelians,
592 160 Corner,
497
13 Coolness, n
18 Cooper,
36 Copper virgin,
5 Copper, pure,
52 Copper,
69 Copperas,
13 Copy, to,
30 Copy of a book, a, n
33 Copy Plates, n
14 Copyist,
12 Coral, madrepore,
43 Coral, red,
18 Coral, white,
11 Cord,
1 Coolie, n
2 Coolie orange, n
Coolie-mandarin orange,
5 Corkscrew,
4 Cormorant,
ngán
12 Corner of eye,
31 Cornice of a room, n
2 Cornice of the eaves,
52 Corol of a flower,
27 Corporal,
23 Correct,
Cosmetic, n
Cossacks,
tò lau yan,
ú fó shün,
hán,
shau tsuk
32 Correct, to,
37
10 Correspondent (mer-
cantile), n
Corset,
4 Cosecant,
39 Cosine, a,
tsít tsung,
ch'ü tsz'
tsò ch'ü,
chui ts in,
lung,
ch'ü fán,
pat típ shik,
lóng kín,
shán ú,
shik fá,
shing,
shing, 209 120; lám, 205
503 35
160 7
169 7
437 14
161 27
p'ang tríú,
shuk shik,
wóng p'í,
tám léung,
léung kwó,
kún tím,
cháng,
kóm,
wan léung,
172 21
216 200
161 17
446 92
143 171
144 196
133 47
444 40
444 42
511 10
fú trung lò, 280 29
tsz' in t'ung, 434 8
shun t'ung,
435 24
t'ung, ch'ik kam, 434 7
tsò fán, ts'ing fán, 434 11
cháu sé,
214 175
yat ť'd,
fát típ,
8 4
24 16
594 204
430 21
430 19
430 20
149 64
73
Chíú sín, Kò lí, 407 5
kau lí ming, 457
457 IS
chat,
137 58
137 58
472 14
508 150
hai ngán,
ts' ong pò,
47
602 408
ngán ngoi tsing, 518
ngoi tsing ch'ik ít, 505 81
hung má nè, 430 22
má no shik, 205 74
kók,
143 174
ngán mí, tsz, 516 20
fá pán kéuk, 314 13
ím hau sín, 314 14.
pá,
433 7
ngák ngoi ngoi wai, 594 192
ching,
366 1
koi,
300 121
534 21
205 71
503 34
tsau tsun,
lò tsz',
fó kí,
mán hung,
ü kót,
ü ín,
shui fan,
Há sát hak,
241 36
152 28
396 20
396 20
152 29
424 19
CO.-CR.]
[INDEX.
624
1
Cost, what is the,
Costa,
Costly,
Costume,
Cotangent,
Cottages,
Cotton plant,
Cotton tree,
Cotton thread,
Cotton wool,
Cotyledon serrata,
Couch,
Couch grass,
Couchant tiger,
Cough,
Could not sleep,
Council chambers, n
Count, to, n
Count by the fingers, to, n wat chí,
Countenance,
Countenance, the,
í fuk,
147
ii ts ít,
147 20|Covering, a,
522 148| Coverlet,
147 31 Covetous,
24 Covid, a, n
20 Cow,
69| Cowhide,
16 Cow-house,
17 Cowkeeper,
122 Cowries,
396
máu uk, 309 24; síu lò, 67
mín shi, 440
muk mín shü, 440
mín shá,
140
mín fá,
205
tò shéung yéuk, 453
káu ts chóng,138
máu tsò, 459
fuk fú,
k'at sau,
361
503
tò fan 'm chéuk, 159
kung shó,
kai sün,
309
Counter, n
Counterfeit, to,
Counterpoise of steel-
yards, a,
Counting-room,
Country, a,
Country, whole,
Couple, to, n
Coupling,
Course, matter of,
Course, same,
Course, what, n
Courses, water,
Court, celestial,
Court in a house,
Court of worthies,
Court of Representa-
tion,
Court, palace, n
Court-martial,
Court-yard,
Courtier,
Courtier's sons,
Cousins of same sur-
surnames, n
name, n
Cousins of different
kí tó ngan,
híp lak kwat,
kwai,
ngán,
mín yung,
chéung kwai,
ngai ts'd,
385
ch'ui,
chéung fóng, 191
kwok, 202 43; pỗng, 28
tung kwok,
p' úi,
ping,
344
92
376
tsz' tóng ü tsz', 184
398
6
Cousin's son,
Covers,
Covers, n
Covers, dish,
Cover goods, to,
Cover over, to,
Cover or shield, to,
Cover the face, to,
Cover the mouth, to,
Cover, to, (as a drum)
Covering of chin,
yat to,
mat yé hò,
shui tò,
t'ín ch'íú,
t'ín tsing,
tsap ín yün,
66
66
74
píú hing,
píú chat,
k'am koi,
ts' un,
koti,
páu fó,
ngoi cha,
pai,
ím mín,
ím hau,
mún,
hoi,
75 Cozen, to,
24 Crab, n
59| Crab nets,
59 Crab soup,
41 Crab, hairy, n
36 Crack, to,
30 Crackers, n
25 Cradle,
53 Crafty,
53 Crafty fellow,
82 Crane, black,
60
7 Crane, red headed,
198
2 Crane, white,
551 358 Crane's bill,
Credulous, n
t'ung ching sz', 603 426 Creeping plants, n
tán ch'í, 314 16 Crenilabrus,
túi kún,
603 422 Crescent,
t'ing,
314 17 Cress,
ch'íú hau,
587
ch'íú kún tsz' sün, 587
tik t'ong hing tai, 97
32 Crest,
31 Crevette,
Crevice,
2 Crevices,
Cricket, hearth,
96 Crikeet, n
107 118 Criminal, n
173 4 Criminal, a,
106
17 Crawling insects,
16 Cream, n
5 Cream,
27 Creatures, all,
10 Credentials, n
Crangons,
heung íp,
shá há, ngan há,
kú lau,
tsau shá,
3 Cranium,
5 Crape,
17 Cravat, king tái, 147 25; king kan,
23 Cravings,
1 Crawfish,
kí,
lung há, hò,
kwan ch'ung,
ki lím,
ngau yii yau,
mán mat,
sun,
shé,
ngoi í, 436 1; hók, 437 16
fá pí mín,
chung ts'oi,
yat ch'ik,
wóng ngau,
ngau p'í,
ngau ts'ò,
hón ngau,
púi tsz',
ò p'ín,
phảng hái,
tò sú lung,
hái tông,
shang chí hái, 490
lít,
158 11
512 13
380 I
467 21
214 177
131 13
169 my
490 6
102 56h
490 7
299 102
175 4
fó páu,
8
163 50
208 99
159 22
275 15
51 24
473 20
472 16
472 15
453 33
492 47
522 159
325
270 4 Credit,
314 15 Credit, 2 months', n
602 391 Creditor, n
517 26 Crinum asiaticum,
67 74 Crisp,
188 51 Croak, to,
357 4 Crockery,
517 37ockotoa,
ngò chóng,
kón,
;
pák pí kó,
ts' óng kai,
kók,
kún,
266 41
152 30
121 8
491
429
161
162
403 1
14
1
16
35
571 28
205 77
240 31
205 78
58 36
437 1
wóng phí tau, 483 98
wán üt,
í tó ün,
mán ts'd,
shui k'an,
kai,
296 62
448 23
461 9
491 15
há kú,
lá kwik,
300 136
210 133
494 27
494 26
95 62
léung üt k'í,
chái chủ,
síu hung,
tau má,
tsik tsut,
tsúi,
fán tsúi,
140 109 Criminal, laws, n
138 60 Crimson,
ying lut,
ín chí,
206 83 Crimson, forbidden, place, tsz' kam,
160 4 Crinkled,
J

tsau,
man shủ lán,
sung so,
náu,
kóng ngá,
pák ying kó,
534 25
546 254
304 25
561 36
266 41
453 25
165 98
465 49
281 41
472 17
INDEX.]
[CR.-CY.
625
Crocodile,
Crooked,
Crooked fingers,
Crooked forceps,
Cross bands,
Cross-barred,
Crossbow,
Cross-eyed, n
Cross-grained wood,
Cross-piece,
Cross-pin,
Crotch,
Croton tiglium,
Croup,
Crow, n
Crow-pheasant,
Crowbar,
Crown, n
lusca, n
Cry, to,
Cry goods, to,
Crystal,
Crystaline lens,
Crystaline lens, n
Crystalized,
Crown-line,
Crucible, silver,
ting sín,
yung ngan wó, 295
tung wó, 295
Crucible, copper,
Crude,
499
sháng,
ts'án yan,
Cruel,
Cruel disappointment, n chóng pán,
Cruisers, n
Cruisers,
Crumbs,
Crupper,
Crustacea and Mol-
Cuba,
Cube,
Cubit, a, n
Cucumber,
Cucumber, white,
Cucurbita,
Cudgel,
Cue, n
Cuff,
Culinary Board,
Culm,
Cupboard,
Cupressus,
ngók ii, tó lung, 477
huk, 298 83; wán, 334
shau chí lung 65
huk ngá kím,
shap tsz tái,
ts'é man,
nd,
ts'é ngán,
wáng man muk,140
wáng muk,
wáng shán,

Cupule,
Curd, bean, n
Sug
pá tau,
háu ká,
ú, ú á,
móng kung,
tung ch'iú,
mín,
117
251
ts'un shün, 322
sz' shün, ping shün, 325
shik shing, 138
ts'au,
331
Hải phóng lui, 490
t'ai,
81
209
150
532
150
150
264 19 Curl, to,
313 4 Currency director,
48 19 Current money, n
116 Current price,
3 Currier,
28||Curry-stuff,
8 Currying,
457 19 Curtain,
293
331
436
503 37 Curtain fringe, n
18 Curtain gauze,
472
472 19 Curtains, musketo,
334 24 Curvature of spine,
147 26 Curved,
461
10 Curved forceps,
41 Curvilinear,
42 Cuscuta,
9 Cushion,
18 Cuspidor,
33 Custard,
42 Custard-apple,
83 Custom, n
73 Custom-houses,
22 Customs,
hám mái,
shui tsing,
ngán tsing chü,518
ngán chủ,
kít,
Kú pá,
48
217
415
p'ing mín ching fong tai, 394
yat ch'ik,
wóng kwá,
pák kwá,
381
448
451
ú ld,
448 30 Cut-water,
529 15 Cutaneous disease, n
muk páng,
pín,
153 31 Cutch,
tsau hau,
shin pò,
147 27 Cutler,
596 255 Cutlery,
Cultivate, to,
316
340
345
king, 436 9; kò, 439
tsoi chik,
Cultivate rice, to, n chung wó,
Cultivated land, tín ki,
Culture of mulberry, n shu sóng, 349
Cup,
fau,
138
ngau yau chung, 138
kat shí púi, 138
ngau yü chung,138
ún típ kwai, 138 65 Cycle, complete a,
p'ák shü, 440 19 Cylindrical,
437 13 Cymbidium,
162 36 Cynanche,
61 Cuttle-fish, eight armed,
62 Cycas,
Cup, butter,
Cup, custard,
63 Cycle of sixty, the, n
64
Cup, milk,
k'au,
tau fú,
Curd soup,
18 Cure, to,
30 Cure diseases,
34 Cure (tea), to, n
79 Curious,
Cut, to, n
Cut, to,
tau fú fá, 296 45
chí, 281 37; chí ping, 510
líú tsat, í,
chai tsò,
k'í,
kün,
sz'tsün,
5
124 8
228 7
316 41
315 29
600 352
258
t'ung pò,
3
ín kam ká tsín,214 176
p'í tséung,
30
280
wóng kéung ts'oi líú, 162 37
chám p'í,
287 14
lím,
138 66
man chéung yam, 159 23
man chéung shá, 267 50
16
man chéung, 158
huk tsik, 503 38
huk,
293 1
532 33
wán níp,
huk,
mà íp t'ang,
í tín, 138 67; í yuk,
tám kúng
kat shí,
393 5
458 22
248 18
153 32
162 38
fán lại chí, 443 10
póng ch'an, 256 54
kwán hau,
205 79
kw'ai kü, 343 19
tsít, 58 29; chám,106 133
tst hoi,
175 7
ts'oi, 281 42; kái, 281 40
tíú téuk, 282 48
kot wó,
343 18
tsín fát,
151 3
wák má,
337 75
ts'oi sui,
500 9
300 130
kái wai í,
tün,
9
6
284 79
ts'oi tsín,
p'ó p'í,
209 115
chít két,
548 288
ngó sò,
322 43
503 39
p'í ping,
í ch'á,
205 80
lí hí tséung,
280 31
lí hí,
206 81
kat lít kai, 162 39
kau lím,
338 85
cham,
138 68
ú tsák, mak ù, 491 16
hoi píu síu, 491 17
chéung kü, 491 18
fán lí shí tsín, 440 18
luk shap fá
káp tsz', 389
tang fá káp,
ün,
yuk típ lán,
hau ká,
42e Cut, to,
119 Cut and carve, to,
73 Cut grain,
48|Cut hair, to,
29 Cut hemp, to,
213||Cut in pieces,
9 Cut in two,
10 Cut out, n
Cut out clothes, to,
24 Cut the bark,
89 Cut to pieces, to, n
43 Cutlet fowl,
41 Cutting-bill,
3 Cutting-board,
23 Cuttle-fish,
6 Cuttle-fish bone,
======
1
78 24
477 1
453 26
503 37
CHI. CHR.
157
CY.-DE.]
[INDEX.
626
ļ
Cynanchia tonsillaris, hau lung tung, 507
tsz' púi, púi tsz',491
p'ák shi, 440
Cypræa,
Cypress,
440
Cypress, flat leaved,
Cyprinus,
pín p'ák,
fú yung lí, 480
phóng kw óng ít, 504
Cystitus,

DACE,
Daily, múi yat,
Daily expenses,
Daily increasing, n
Dainties,
Dalaï lama,
Dam,
Damage, to,
Damage, to,
Damage, prevent from,
Damaged goods, n
Damar,
Damask,
Damask silk,
Damp,
Dandelion,
Dandrif,
Danger,
Danger, no,
Daourian Mts.,
Daphne odora,
Dappled horse,
Dare not,
Darien,
Dark,
Dark color, n
Dark mottled color,
Dart, a,
Dash, a,
Date of year,
Date,
Dates, red,
Dates of palm,
Datura metel,
Daub, to,
Daughters,
Daughter, my,
Daughter-in-law,
wóng mí ling, 481
122 22; yat yat,
Davits,
Dawn, early,
Day, a,
Day and night,
Day before yesterday,
Day blindness,
Day-book,
Daylight,
Day lily, yellow,
Day lily, white,
Day, the whole,
Daytime,
Dead,
yat yung,
yat fán,
mí,
tát lái lá má,
shui cháp,
shui chím,
sün wái,
pat fong
shui chím,
shui tsik fó,
tá má yau,
tái fá,
ling,
shap tik,
p'ò kung ying,
t'au kú p'í,
ngai,
pat ím,
Hing on ling,
sui héung,
170
170
pák chau,
hun ts'ò,
yuk tsám,
shing yat,
yat lui,
sz',
206
206
206
87
208
424
334
206 83 Decade, a,
540
136 Decanter,
206
267
134
458
504
122
31
ts' ung má,
pat kóm,
Té lí ín,
hak,
tsò,
kú t'ung,
ch'í,
chák,
nín hò,
pák tsò,
hung tsò,
Pó sz' tsz',
nau yéung fá,
tséung,
nü í,
síú nü,
sik fú,
kat kai,
tsò l'ín mung lung, 151
389
391
422
453
468
178
126|| Dead-eyes,
19 Deaf ear, n .
19 Deafness,
20 Deal of skill,
12 Dear,
40 Dear, (in price)
Dear, exorbitantly,
31 Dearth,
11 Death, waits for,
11 Death-warrant, n
15 Debase, to,
100 Debtor,
hím ché,
22| Debtor, branded, n
25||Debts,
89
103
322
+
84 Deceased father,
44 Deceased mother,
Decapitate, to,
83 Decapitate, to, n
82 Decease, to, n
83 Decease of emperor, n p'ang,
hau,
pí,
48 Deceitful, n
20 Deceitful words,
41 Deceive, to,
414
134 53 Decorum,
303 4 Decrease, to,
248 19 Decrease, to,
38
78 Decree, n
24
260
443 11 Deduction,
443 12 Deduction,
443
458
298
103
19 Deception,
33 Decisions, n
17 Deck,
27 Deck, gun,
39 Declaration, a,
46 Decline seeing, n
5 Decoction,
13 Deed, stamped, n
21 Deeds, virtuous,
99 Deep and abstruse,
17 Deep, not very,
61 Deer,
16 Deer, mouse,
44 Deer, musk,
3 Deer, spotted,
3 Deer's sinews,
6 Deface, to,
yat yat,
chau yé,
tái tsín yat,
wai yat ngán, 503 15 Defend, to,
lau shui pó, 206 85 Defend against, to,
236
14 Defect,
546 268 Defend, to, wai,
454 65 Defiance, snort of,
454 64 Deficiency,
8 Deficiencies,
157
15 Decrepitude, n
7 Deduct, to,
131 17 Defraud, to,
93 22||Degree, a,
sám sing,
í mò man,
í lung,
hò shau shai, 165
87
67
64
chí tsan,
kwai,
252
37
ngáng tak tsai, 247 14
ngau híp,
349 7.
toi pai,
66 46
wong ming, 555 421
tai ngai,
260 7
205 78; hím chi, 206 86
chái tan,
58 31
ch'éung chái, 200 21
390 4
138 69
125 2
44 32
82 2
559 12
79 38
79 39
50 49
78 20
126 13
126 14
570 16
46
í ts' ang kwai, 323 48
chíú,
569 6
mín ch'íú, 323 51
ts' ing,
230 8
lai,
94 39
79 35
373 2
558 9
83
tím shui,
túi,
yat sun,
tsau tsun,
chủ chám,
chám tau,
kwó shan,
ngai,
ts ám ín,
hí p❜ín,
chả ngai,
kau küt,
322 45
57 14
kwai mín, tsóng pán, 322
56 3
pat tai,
p'ín,
tò,
ming,
mat í yuk,
kót fán, 247 11
ch'au t'au, 196 14
ch'ü t'au ngan, 206
hung k'ai,
shín sz',
89
127 2
118 9
d míú,
mò kí sham,
luk,
111 26
134 58
467 22
467 24
wóng king,
shé, héung chéung, 467 23
kam ts'ín luk, 467 25
luk kan,
162 40
hí ch'ü,
547 281
tám kón,
fống ú,
fong,
308 17; fóng shau, 9
tau pí hí,
tại hò,
254
124
322
43′
11
33
28
52 31
259
my
351 9
269
397 2
'
I
a ma
3
INDEX.]
[DE.—DI.
627
Degree, highest,
Degrees of kindred,
Dejected, n
Delay,
Deliberate,
Deliberate, to,
Deliberate, assemble to, tsap í,
Deliberation, united,
Delicate,
Delicately rises,
Delight in, to,
Delineate, to,
Deliver back, to,
Deliver over, to,
Deliver up, to,
Delude, to,
Demand, highest,
Demeanor, n
Dementia,
Demurrage,
Den,
Denmark, n
Denominaté, to,
Denotes,
Dense (population),
Density,
Dentals, n
Dented, n
Dentition,
Depart this life,
Department, n
Department for reg. H.
I. M. house, n
Department, inferior, n
Department of manu-
factures,
Department of salt
transport,
Depress, to,
Depressed voice, n
Departure, announce,
Depend, n
Depend upon, to,
Dependent on,
Dependent, mutually,
Depends, all,
Deportment,
Deposit, a,
Deposit of goods,
Deposits, oily,
Depraved arts, n
Deprive, to,
Depth,
Deputed officer,
Deputed officers,
kik,
tsung tsuk,
sóng hí,
kai ch'ing,
í,
Deputy censor,
Dermis,
Descend, to,
Descend, to,
chéung í,
úi chung í,
kíú,
mí yéung,
lók,
míú úi,
káu úi,
káu,
118
283
129
259
276
270
237
ying yung,
73
tín kwong ching, 504
i hán ngan,
üt,
206
460
kíú,
kú wák,
chí hồ mái,
Tái ní, Wóng kí, 410
kíú tsò,
90
17
345
403
chí,
ín ch'au tsáp,
chung,
ngá yam,
nap,
yü ngá,
h'i shai,
fú,
im wan sz',
kò ts'z',
lái,
kwán,
í lái,
séung í,
tsün pang,
yung,
át kwai ngan,
mat át,
yau hí,
ts'é shut,
93
21|Descend from, to,
85 23e Descendants,
45 51 Described,
537 67 Descriptions, all,
25 Description, every,
309
568
tai,
ch'am shing,
ping h'ü,
sham,
309
309 26 Desert, to,
214 177 Deserter, a,
24 15 Deserter, a,
2 Desire, to,
91 79e
87 22
405 18
283 66
282 48
3 Description, every,
kók yéung,
137
41
25 Desert, a, yé ch'ü, 307 1; fóng yé tí, 412
ted pí,
t'ò kwan,
pún kwan,
un, 349 7; yuk,
shau shai,
62 Desired things, n
9 Desist,
3 Dessert,
15 Destiny, to calculate,
3 Destroy, to,
6 26 Dew,
142 161 Dewclaw,
504 44 Dewlap,
84 13 Dexterous,
426
noi mò fu, 594
chik tai chau, 426
tung lí chik
ts'ò fú,
1 Diabetis,
Diagonal,
196 Diagrams,
1 Dial, a,
Dialect, n
418 Dialogue on Buying
Dic
Piece goods, n
591 114 Dialogue on. Buying
186 35 Woolens, n
603
350
16 Destroy reputation,
55 Detain, to,
43 Detain and annoy,
87 Detention,
4 Deteriorate, to,
6 Determination,
796 Determine direction,
2 |Developed,
25 Device,
1 Devise, to,
525
87 28 Diaphragm,
67 63 Dictator,
74 66 Die, to,
4 14 Different, each,
548 291 Difficult, n
ch'ün há,
tsz' siin,
shüt,
kók shik,
kók fún,
191 5 Difficulty, sold with,
604 440 Dig, to,
593 174 Dignified,
589 78 Diligent,
518 49 Dim,
wai yün,
Kí ün,
fú tò yụi sz',
móng phí,
lók,
323 55 Dim-eyed,
há kóng, lam, 404 6,10 Dim-sighted,
5
537 84
544 223
535 33
14
116
68 89
31 33
179 49
124 10
541 158
61 32
ting, 272 8; lau, 68 80
lau náng
540 134
lau,
29 23
ts' in,
3
9
chí tsò,
ting héung,
fát üt,
9
115
205 69
404 11
258 3
15
403 3
564
461 12
461 11
125 7
504 45
206 88
373 4
392 9
7 28
sik,
kwó tsz',
tók lí,
wai,
tíú líú mín,
vat shik,
iù,
lò,
kii,
ú,
in lung,
fat níú lam,
Mái mái pò phat
man táp, 245
Mái mái p at
tau man táp, 233
8 Diameter, wán king, ts' in king, 395 18,20
1 Diamond,
Istė,
kwá,
kam kóng shik, 431
kák ché,
tán yii,
sz',
23
518 50
601 366
115 19
kwó shan, 94 47; hí shai, 84
96 63c Died, n
191 5 Dies,
213 167 Differ, to,
kí tün,
pat yat,
20
74 67
63 61
136 31 Difference, chá, 376 14; kan chá, 400 4
541 162 Differences, split, áu hoi khi, 240 29
25 3 Different,
í, 98 8; pat tung, 99 37
kdk í,
411 23
hò 66 56; năn, 3 7
ok mái,
238 20
kwat,
chóng chung,
k'an lik, 62 55;
óm,
mung ngán,
ngán tung
m
280 25
73 54
341 9
143 182
47 12
78 17
yat kwai,
tsuk wá,
DI.-DO.]
[INDEX.
628

Dimensions,
Diminish, to,
Dimity,
Dimocarpus,
Dimocarpus,
Dining-room,
lung ngán,
tái ts án lau,
yap tsik,
Dinner, come to,
Dinner table, Of the, n Tái ts'án lui,
Diodon,
lik p'áu,
tái shi,
Dioscorea,
Diospyrus,
Dip, to,
Dip up, to,
Dip up water, to,
Dipper, cocoanut,
Directing president
ts'z', kai sam ts'z',
tím, 152 15; kíú lam,
fat,
fú shui,
yé hók,
and historiographer,
Director,
Director,
Director, a
Director of Banqueting
House, n
Director of granaries,
Director of horse, н.
E. the,
Director of military
stores,
Director of peace,
Director of signets,
Directors of horse,
Directors of papers,
Directors of work,
Dirt,
Dirty,
Dirty clothes,
Disagree, to,
tái síu,
chii shíu,
ts'é man pò,
lái chí,
Disappointment,
Discharge arrows,
Discharge bows,
Discharge cargo,
Discharge from ear,
Discount,
Discourse, to,
Discreet, n
Disdain, not,
Disease, acute,
Disease, chronic,
Disease of nerves,
Diseases, class of, n
Disgrace,
Disgrace, to,
Dish, beggar's,
Dish-cloth,
Dish, fish sauce,
Dish, sand,
Dishes,
Dishes, family,
Dishonor, to,
325 82 Dislike, to,
376
6 Dislocation,
206
443
luk,
yuk,
h'at pút,
tsín pò,
444
131
175
175
481
451
445
279
138
shéung shu
sz' ling,
tò tò cham,
chủ sz,
wai ün,
kwóng luk
tsz' hing, 593
ts'óng ch'eung
tséung kwan, 602
167 Disrespectful,
Distance,
409 |Distant, more,
sz má tái fú,
598
Distempers, remove,
295|Distiller, n
Distilling,
594 187 Distinct globules,
601 369 Distinctly,
mò fú ling,
tín lí,
tín sui chéung tsít, 601 370 Distinctly specified,
má sz', 594 185 Distinguish,
598 285 Distinguish, to, n
597 292 Distinguished guest,
83 Distorted, n
sz' mò,
sz' kung,
láp sáp, 138 76; tsik kau, 285
ú tsò,
lá chá í fuk,
m wó,
chóng pán,
fong tsín,
fát nú,
141 135 Distribute ink, to,
159 18 Distributing types, n
99 28
334
138
88 Dismiss, to,
25 Disobedience,
35 Disobey orders, to,
14 Disorder in,
3 Disorder, in,
Dispatch, to,
34 Dispatch a letter,
103 Dispatch department,
59
fán muk, 92 10; ím, 163 54
tít chut kwat, 504 48
ch'ü ming, 534 14
pat shun,
wai ling,
pat hò,
lün,
hang,
kí,
21||Dispatch, emperor, n
72 Dispatches, n
21 Dispersion of mist,
72 Dispirited,
Display, no,
596 241||Display, no,
532
588
257
30 Display, to,
41 Disposition,
3 Disposition, n
Dispute,
138
ü yau chung, 138
shá p'ún, 295
típ, 178 38; 174
ká shéung sung, 167 125 Do, to,
sít tuk,
541 161 Do not,
4
shing sun pò
ching sz', 596 258
Chik wóng tai, 563 2
kung man,
545 238
404 5
120 21
187 45
248 20
84 23a
p'í hí,
sam ch'éung,
chang lun,
pat king,
ủn trò lò,
kang shó,
k'ü fung,
215 188
ching tsau sz' fú, 280 32
ching,
217 210
88 30
71 12
220 2
355 8
231 10
88 48
píu sáng
shat chí,
mò king í,
'm tak sháp,
ch' íú,
96 63f
553 385
70 5
286 5
576 2
575 7
sán ün,
ling ling lí lí,
kong ming,
pín,
52 35
fan, 3 9; fan pít, 205 69
kíú hák,
188 49
wái,
luk wan,
kwai un tsz',
251 33 District, n
pái tsz', 288 15
yün,
426 1
chau,
427 3
fan tò, káu yi, 589 67
chí ủng
587 17
357 6
338 84
328 132 District, superior, n
313 4 District instructor, n
hí fó,
222
10 District magistrate,
shang í tsing, 506 108 Disused,
k'au t'au ngan,206 89 Ditch, a,
kóng, shut, 14
yui,
564
pat tán,
348
chỗ hí chí ping, 504
kú tsat, kú ping, 504
kan ping, 506
h'ò,
314 18
314 19
shui kwán,
61 Ditch of a city, n
11 Ditch-gate,
3 Diuretic,
46 Divide, to,
47 Dividend,
99 Dividend,
tung síu pín tik yéuk, 514 2
101 56d
fan,
kwan t'án,
shat,
207 90
380 5
fó,
501
1 Divination,
pók,
Shan nung,
28 18 Divine husbandman, n
114 4 Divine law,
138 73 Diviner,
36 70
436
353 2
chím
75 Divinities, local,
74 Division, a,n
43 Division, rule of,
8 Dizziness,
tín lý,
kwá sín shang, 124 9
shan k'í, 541 159
tái lui, 429 1; pò, 436 1
kwai fát, 380 5
wan wan tan, 181 28
wai, hang, 119 26,25
mók, 38 78; mat, 26 8
pat yung,
k'ü,
405 15
170 14
220 2
53 3
297 77
INDEX.]
[DO.-DR.
629

Do not,
Do not know,
Do not laugh,
Do'nt get angry,
Do very well,
Do? will this,
Docks,
Doctrine, n
Document, a,
Dodder,
Doe,
Does,
Does it speak?
Does not do,
Dog,
Dog, shaggy,
Dog-fish,
Doing of good,
Dolichos bean,
Dolium,
Doll,
Dollar,
Dollar, a,
Dollar, whole,
Dome,
Domestics, n
Domestics (a cloth)
Done,
Done, (cooked)
Door,
Door, great,
Door, inner, n
Door, low, n
Door, middle, n
Door, round, n
Door, side,
Doorkeeper,
Door-pivot, n
Door-post,
Door-posts of shops,
Door-screen,
Door-shutters,
Door-sill,
Dormitory,
Dorr-beetle,
Dorsal fin,
Dorsal vertebræ,
Dory,
Dot,
36 Down,
134 60|| Doubt this, n
22 6 Dove,
74 71 Dovetailing,
'm shai nò, 252
chí tsò tak, 239
kóm tsò tak mí,159
wáng chung pòtau, 207
tò lí, 18 8; 1, 80
shü, 551 355; pún, 569
mò íp trang,
29 Down, fell,
28 Down on birds,
91 Dowry,
42c Dozen,
11||Dracæna ferrea,
458 22 Draft, n
467_26||Drag,
118 9 Drag, to,
500 10 Drag, to,
119 26 Drag along,
468 27 Drag, bush,
468 28 Drag, square,
481 38 Dragon-fly,
119 19 Dragon-needle,
447
Double,
Double, to,
Double hibiscus,
Doubt, to, n
yat ko ngan tsín, 169
tsing ün,
wák tai,
Dome-ball,
uk ting,
DOMESTIC AFFAIRS, N
194
314 20 Dragonet,
314 21 Drake,
YAT YUNG,
127
ch'uk, 12 40; 466
Domestic rites,
kwai mún,
Domesticate, to, ch'uk, 31274; yéung,
Domestic animals, n
89
344
Domestics,
551
172
m hò,
m chí,
tsít mat síú,
yau,
hang,
ín fau,
fat wai,
kau, hün,
nung hün,
tít tó shá,
wai shín,
tau kók,
p'í pá ló,
kung tsai,
ün, 129 9; man, 256
1
ká yan,
chi nín tai,
ts'd pò,
tsd kwó,
491
148
shuk,
169
fóng mún,
tái mún,
chák mún,
ai mún,
chung mún,
üt mún,
wáng mún,
hón mún,
mún shi, 314
mún fóng,
314
mún lun tsz', 315
mún lím, 248
pfò ch'éung pán, 315
kók, mún han, 315
ts'am shat, 314
wóng shá ná,
shí,
1
494
462
púi kwat, 524
chéung yik móng, 481
tím,
sheung,
28
237
ká shéung púi, 376
kung fan fat sóng, 453
sz' í,
18
132
132
132
132
131
8 Dragon's face, n
3 Dragon's whiskers, n
Draw back, to, n
Draw out, to,
245
79 38 Drawers,
166 111 Drawers, case of,
5||Dragon of sky, n
lung,
20 Dragon of mountains, n káu,
32 Dragon of deep, n
51 Dragon-weever,
lí,
kók ü,
lung ngán,
lung sú,
shá káp,
131 15 Drawing,
131
17 Dregs, n
20 Drenched,
19 Dress, a,
18 Dress, to,
'm sun,
22
6
pák kóp, 473 21; wat, 90 76
káu ch'í,
há,
288 16
199 13
154 49
lók,
296 48
144 206
253 38
453 28
198
5
334 26
321 23
328 134
439 48
335 28
335 27
494 28
494 29
478 8
478 9
478 10
481 39
560 33
225 3
66 Draw out, to,
22||Draw out nails, to, n
342 Draw up,
20 Draw water, to,
2|Drawback, n
21||Dress, Articles of, n
16 Dress hair, to,
7 Dress the foot, to, n
22 Dressing case,
23 Dressing-gown,
24 Dressing-room,
18 Dressing-table,
26||Dried,
25 Dried fish, n
11 Drill, gourd, n
24 Drink, to,
13 Drive away, to,
189 Drive in, to,
35 Drone,
19 Drone bee,
yung,
ká yung,
tá shan,
tít shi fá,
phúi
tán,
10,
hín,
hín tò,
hín lín,
t'át tá,
fong p❜á,
tsing ling,
chik sut,
481 40
áp hung, 473 22
shuk mái shau, 64 21
yan, í ch' éung, 393
ch'é ch'ut,
4
363 59
302 160
215 183
138 61
207 92
147 28
153 33
238 17
pát ting,
luk,
kap shui,
wán shui ngan,
lui fú,
í fuk kwai t'ung,
míú wák,
chá,
52 27
pí shui tsam shap, 206 82
í fuk, í shéung, 147 30,31
ch'ün í,
183 3
Shau shik í fuk,146
shó t'au,
172 21
ch'ín kéuk, 67 65
king chóng, 153 38
t'au fát shám, 153 36
t'ai shan fong, 132 22
shó t'au t'oi,
chau,
kau tò kón,
ú chung,
yam,
fat,
153 37
208 108
481 42
335 29
53 12
332 51
297 68
tá yap,
mò yung yan, 125 1
mat nò,
493 8
23 9
shui kín,
17 Drooping shoulders, n
10 Drop of rain,
41 Dropsy in belly,
ü tím, ü tik, 405 15,16
kú chéung,
502 12
9 Dropsy of scrotum, lun fú shui chéung, 505 73
CHI. CHR.
158
DR.—EB.
[INDEX.
630

Drowning,
Druggist,
Drum, n
Drum, bass,
Drum, battle,
Drum, concert,
Drum, earthen,
Drum, equestrian,
Drum, double, n
Drum, flat, n
Drum gong,
Drum, hand, n
Drum, leading, n
Drum, loaf-shaped, n
Drum, pillar, n
Duck, dried, n
Duck, roast,
Duck weed,
Duct, lachrymal,
Duct, nasal,
Duct to bladder,
Due,
Dura mater,
Durable,
Durion,
Dust,
nik shui t'ám yung, 507 141||Dutch camlets,
25 Duties, to pay,
3 Dutiful,
tán ká,
kú,
514
357
fan kú, ying, fan, 357
5 Duty,
chín kú,
357
4 Duty, constant,
póng kú,
11 Duty on goods,
20 Dwell, to,
19 Dwell at ease,
Dust-board,
Dust-basket,
Duster,
tò kú,
t'ai kú,
lò kú,
wái kú,
t'ung kú,
luk kú,
Léung fát,
kón léung,
hím,
pún ying,
wó wan,
lát kú,
mán ťau kú,
ying kú,
Drum, rattle, n
ling t'd,
Drum, small copper, n síú t'ung kú,
Sú kú,
ling kú,
tò kú,
Drum, Súchau, n
Drum, tamborine,
Drum, twirling, n
Drum, waist,
Drums, ancient,
Dry,
íú kú,
14 Eagle, lammergyr,
6 Ear,
358
tsun, pí, ts'ik, kò, 357
kón,
136 23 Ear, Parts and Func.
158 10 tions of, n
334 9 Ear, to give,
299 117 Ear-ache,
158 10 Ear-brush, n
383 Ear-pick,
púi,
Dry at a fire, to,
Dry grain, to,
Dry in the air, to,
Dry in the sun, to,
Dry Measure, n
Dry provision,
Dryandra,
puk kuk,
léung,
shái,
228
6 Ear-ring,
Dryness of the eyes,
Duck,
441 21 Ear-shell,
508 153 Ear-spoon, n
473 23 Ear-tweezers,
162 41 Ear-wax,
162
458
ngán lui kún, 518
pí kún,
518 51 Early and later,
p'óng kwóng tung, 524 182 Early in the morning,
195 9 Earnest money, n
78 23 Earth,
'ng tung,
kỗn ngán,
áp, muk,
lớp áp,
shiu áp,
ptò kíú,
42 Eared oyster,
40 Earl, n
52 Early,
Due, are,
Due proportion,
Duke, n
299 104 Earth, Shape of the, n
592 152 Earth, the,
kung,
sám kung,
Dukes, 3 guardian,
595 217 Earthen cone, n
Duke's attachés, wóng hau kún shuk, 604 442 Earthen stools, n
Dull,
154 67 Earthquake,
303 1 Earthworm,
58 42 East,
239
ü pí t'ing tong, 340
á,
504
tái shí ú ying, 494
fú,
569
nò tséung yan m6k, 518
Dull color,
Dull of hearing, n
Dull red heat,
tün,
tám, á,
chóng lung,
mí ít fó,
23 Eastern palace,
4 Ease, to,
Duly prepared,
Dumbness,
Dung fly,
Duplicates,
k'am,
lau lín tsz',
ch'an,
fat tau,
chuk ch¹ám,
kai mò sò,
A
358
359
359
"
358
358
359
295
357
358
358
358
296
358
10 Dye, to,
13 Dyeing,
24 Dyeing-rods,
44 Dyer,
1
7 Dyestuff,
12 Dysentery,
9 Dytiscus, n
15
45||EACH,
8 Each end,
358 15 Each other,
358 16 Eagle,
49 Easily,
30 Easy to pour,
12 Eat, to,
53 Eat to the full,
242
38 Eatable,
419 21 Eatables,
122 14 Eaten sufficient, n
138 76 Eaves,
1
138 77 Eaves, flying, n
138.78 Ebb tide,
243 42
232 11
87 27
hang,
80 42d
86 23
205 79
ch'i, 100 53; chák, 32
shéung tò,
shui,
42
317 65
Hólán ü tün,
náp shui,
háu,
ín kü,
ím shik,
204 65
tsang ts'oi, 288 18
shái pò phang, 296 47
ím fóng sz' fú, 280 33
ím líú,
216 195
lí ching, 504 50
shán lung shat, 496 86
kók,
288 15
léung t'au, 361 46
séung,
99 35
tsau, shan ying, 473 26
tsò tíú,
473 27
í tó,
56 1
Í lui,
pí í ting,
í tung,
síú sak,
56
58 41
í wat,
504 51
296 48
148 38
í wán,
153 39
shik küt ming, 491 21
í tíú,
296 49
296 50
517 31
492 34
í k'ím,
í láp, í shí,
ch'é kü,
pák,
592 152
270 5
tsò,
sín hau,
110 24
153 31
ts' ing shan,
ting ngan,
nai,
Ti ying,
tí, tí kau,
196 12
438 33
399
399 2
364 74
144 195
yau yan,
tung,
tung kung,
pín,
403 4
494 31
400 4
562 56
367 18
í, 16 1; yung í, 140 114
hò cham,
142 148
53 11
166 113
216 200
hün,
ngá kú,
tí chan,
shik,
shik páu,
hó shik,
yé shik,
shik páu,
ím,
fí ím,
shui kón,
I
164.75'
252 37
315 28
315 28
328 130
INDEX.]
[EB.-EN.
631
Ebony,
Ebony-like wood, n
Echites,
Eclipse of sun, n
Ecliptic,
Ecliptic, poles of,
Economy, n
Ectropium,
Edge,
Edge of knife,
Edible crab, n
Edict,
Edict, n
Edifices, Various kinds
of, n
Eel, n
Efficacy,
Egg,
Egg, n
Egg, poached,
Egg-cup,
Egg-cup stand,
Egg-plant,
Either-or,
Eject, to,
Elacates,
Elasticity,
Elbow,
Elbow, n
Elder brother, n
Eldest son,
Elephant,
Elevate, to,
Elevated,
Elevated, n
Elevation of pole,
Elevator,
Eleven o'clock, n
Elm,
Egret,
Egypt, n
Eight,
Eight musical instru-
ments, n
Eloquent,
Else,
Elucidate, to,
Elytra,
:
Emaciated,
Embankment,
Embarrassed, n
Embrace, to, n
shan
Embracing,
Embrasures,
Embroidered,
td,
k'ün mò fán ch'ut,
hau,
68 Empale, to,
12 Emperor, n
6 Emperor's face, n
Emperor's son, n
Empire,
Employ, to,
44 Empress,
13 Empress bamboo,
462 14 Empress' orders,
162 43,44 Empress' room, n
161 20 Empty,
138 79 Empty out, to,
138 80 Empty words,
448 25 Enamel,
lò tsz',
473
Mák sai kwók, 413
pát,
377
28 Encampment,
8 Enchasing, n
20 Enchantments,
Encompass, to,
12 44 Encourage,
342 12 Encounter, to,
539 104 End,
485 143 End the affair, to,
chuk,
hak káu,
shóng,
shau áu,
403
1 End of year,
518
shau cháng, 63 3; fú, 516
á kó,
563
chéung tsz', ch'ung tsz', 86
Elegant, kai, 371 11; tsing chứ, 142
Elegant saying, n shing yü,
Elements, the five, n'ng hang,
50
12
Eleocharis,
má tai,
ú muk,
sin chí,
yéung kók shü, 441
yat shik,
398
wóng tò,
wóng kik,
tò hau,
yuk hái,
yü,
ü ling,
kung,
lun,tán,
kai tán, kai ch'un,
tán p'd,
tán chung,
tán ká,
fú kwá,
Kung shat lui, 306
shin,
481
529
pát yam,
wák—wák,
tséung,
ting,
kd,
ngóng,
kik ch'ut tí,
hoi kwat hí,
káu 'ng,
ü shü,
yau hau ts'oi,
chung,
kóng kau,
ngáng yik,
hi lúi,
207
441
kú sau sz' fú, 281 34
í luk,
305 35
tsun shik, 431 24
au tò chí tsai, 514 28
tsing, 498 5; ch'éuk, 35 62
kwan tsz',
héung,
113 15
364 75
sh'é fó,
208 101
583
3
tsók lán,
1
3
287 12
wóng tai,
562 42
tín tsz’ chí mín, 560 33
yün tsz',
86
100 51; tín há, 568
tók,
128 7
hau,
562 44
séung fí chuk, 440 9
í chí,
562 53
ts'íú fóng, 313 6; 562 54
hung,
324 65
tò,
153 32
114 3
h'ü ín,
ngá p'í,
t'ün ping,
518 56
309 22
288 19
512 13
ang fá,
mò,
tsóng,
ld,
tsò,
403 1
350 9
122 19
tau, 213 158 ; tün, 330 6
kí hò chủ, 254 43
sui chung, 573 44
35 62
184 11
55 41
pat,
pá,
pat hóm,
59 Endure, cannot,
3,4 Enema,
514 29
328 132
159 Enemy,
49 Energy,
í yéuk pín tò,
ch'au yan, 94 43; tik,
tsing shan,
ün yéuk,
ting,
74 66
34 Energy, no,
451 99 Engaged,
94 50
144 204
207 93
468 29 Engagement, not break, pat yik í,
410 7
Ying kat lí,
Hung mò,
243 43
365 85 England,
344 21 English, n
25 3 Engraulis,
10 Engraving,
31 Engrossing,
6 Enjoy, to,
ts' ing kú,
tíú hak,
480 4
288 20
tün tsik kü k'í, 207 95
tsun fún,
188 56
401
532
391
441 25 Enkianthus quinque-
54 31 flora, n
171 18 Enlarge, to,
13 54 Enough!
462
15 Enough,
hó fong,
nán hoi hau,
398
398
348
504
292
154
491
574
268
p'd, 67 66; lám chü,
/
54
68
68
lám chu,
`nü ts'éung, 315
267
kò sau,
94 Embroiderer, n
23 Emerald green,
24 Emery,
7 Emetic,
6 Eminent,
3 Eminent man,
4 Emit sound, to,
52 Emit sparks,
44 Emoluments from gov., luk,
509 4 Enough, not,
433 Enough, quite,
556
55 Ended,
7 Ended, n
sz hoi,
29
tíú chung fá, 453
tuk hung,
33 49
pá lé, 189 61; 255 45
tsuk, 90 77 ;kau, 178 43
'm kau,
164 63
kau shai wai chí, 345 26
tsau tso tak, 171 18
kóm tó kau, 180 ° 9
ú hau, ú yik, 537 75
tò tau,
447 11
517 26
kau mí,
25 Enough, those are,
76 Enough, that is,
76 Enrolment of people,n
29 Ensiform bean,
53 Ensiform cartilige, n
EN.—EX.]
[INDEX.
632

Ensign,
Entablature,
Enter, to,
Enteritis,
Entice, to,
Entire flavor,
Entrance of river,
Entropium,
Entry, n
Enumerate, to,
Envelop, to,
Envoy,
Ephemera fly,
Ephippus,
Epidendrum, n
Epidermis,
Epiglottis,
Epilepsy,
Epiphora, or weeping
eyes,
Equal, an,
Equal, to,
Equal, no, n
Equal not,
Equal sides,
Equally divided,
Equator,
Equinoctial line,
Equisetum,
Erect,
Erect, to,
Eriobotrya,
Eriocaulon,
Error,
Erudite professor,
Eruption,
Erysipelas,
Erythrina,
47
118
112
mò tik,
116
pat kap, 118 13; pat fú, 345
pín tò tang, 394
kók tak yat pún, 197
chík tò, 397
chau yé p'ing sín, 401
muk tsák, 458
k'í,
315
chít,
313
p'í p❜á kwó, 444
kuk ts'ing ts'd, 458
fán wai,
537
king ín pók sz', 592
pán ch'an, 504
t'in p'ò ch'óng, 504
kú p'ò shü,
chün,
sham kái,
chéung,
Especially,
Especially to guard,
Essay, an,
Essential,
Essential supports,
Establish, to,
pá tsung,
sín p'ún,,
tsun, 130 1; yap,
ch'éung ít,
pín,
ts'un mí,
kóng,
53 Evening meal,
115 Evening, this,
94 Evenly arranged,
1 Evenly arranged,
54 Every,
219
k in mò tò cháp, 504
mún kún t'ing, 132 23 Every description,
shing kai,
303 1 Every month,
403 1 Everywhere,
604 443 Everywhere,
494 32 Every year,
481 30 Evidence,
453 30 Evidence, no,
518 57 Evil,
518
58 Evils of smuggling,
55 Ewer,
504
Ex-king,
páu hám,
yam chái,
fau yau,
ngan kung,
lán fá,
Establishment, mer-
cantile,
pók p'í,
úi ím ché,
fát yéung tíú,
lui ngán,
ngau,
ts'ai,
Etiquette, n
Eugenia,
Eunuch,
Eunuchs of palace, n
Euonymus,
Europe, Nations of, n
Evade, to,
Evaporate, to,
Even,
594 198||Even, to cut,
315 30 Even fire, an,
299 102 Evening,
504
327
165
íú,
pún mò,
lap, 110 14; chít, 205
7 Examination, on,
8 Examine accounts, to,
8 Examine, to (goods)
5 Examine, to (goods)
29 Examine, to,
9 Examiner of merits,
tsít tsai,
wan fó,
ái mán,
Excitement,
121 Excrescence, fleshy,
52 Excrescence on eye,
yé ts'án,
kam mán,
wan t'ing,
tsai k'í há,
fán,
kók yéung,
ón üt,
3 Excuse, to,
7 Excuse, pray, n
1 Executed,
!
140 105
139 94
158 [1
177 23
166 119
29 24
29 26
117 22
15
2 Examiner of literary
10 graduates,
4 Exceed, not,
36 Exceedingly,
24 Excellency, his,
64 Excellent,
140 Excellent, n
chí kung ku, 587 14
23 Examining censor, kám chát yi sz', 591 129
24 Example, ch'éung, 348 3; kwai mò, 89 68
pat kwó, 130 10
kik, 216 194; sham, 214 171
tái fú, tái yan, 599 335
shat shau hò, 179 50
hín,
564 9
Kwan tsz',
113
í chí,
mók pat yau,
páu,
tò kik,
56 Excellent Men, n
57 Excellent pleasure,
441 26 Exception, without,
284 71 Excess in food,
351
10 Excessive,
29 24 Exchange, to,
573
352
137 41
197 17
32 44
102 56i
128
5
215 182
p'ò,
chu chü,
múi nín,
p'ang,
mò ching, 414 2
kwó, 118 4; tsoi, 119 19
lau shui chí pai, 205 79
shui ang,
153 40
tái shéung wóng, 560
kau king,
25
101 56c
170 12
túi,
chá ím,
232 11
213 163
n
pún ím,
háu, 35 58; chát, 39 87
hau kung
lóng chung, 590 94
562 53
373 2
114 21
45 50
ún, 2572; cháu úng 259 6
1 Exchange, merchants', n úi kún, 309 26
13 Exchequer director, sz' kam,
600 350
79 Excite, to,
ch'ung,
33 49
ít hí,
52 36
yat t'íú yuk,
Ïd yuk
52 38
p'án ts'ing, 507 123
fún yau,
79 37
86 34
shíú púi,
hing,
shat shau,
wai ü,
Esteem, n
mau yik chí ká,210
ts'ing mín, 62
kún tó shíú, 227 · 6
•
Estimate, to,
Estimate, to, (consider) léung,
366
Eternal,
wing,
22
182
lai, 353 2; 1 chi,
pák fán tsz',
441
27 Executioner,
ím kót fó,
552 379 Exemplify, to,
tái kám, 574 4 Exercises in Conversa-
shán yau kóm, 443 14 tion, n
Tsáp ín, 1, 7, 16
Au lò pá kwók, 409 Exercises in Reading, n Tsáp tuk
9
t'ò pí, 537 84; nik, 540 146 Exhale, to,
fú,
103
ts' oi tsun,
460
mók nang k'ung, 373
shái kón,
p'ing,
215 191 Exhaust, to,
145 231 Exhausted, not be,
274 13
325 2
179 4
1
8
1
INDEX.]
[EX-FA
633

A
Exhibit plays, to,
Exhilirate, to,
Exocetus,
Exorbitant,
Expect, to, (await)
Expectations, high,
Expedients,
Expel, to,
Expense, a hair's,
Expenses, daily,
Experienced,
Experienced hand, n
Expert,
Explanations,
Exports,
Expose, to,
Express office,
Expresses,
Expression, the,
Extend, to,
pók hók,
Extensively read,
Extent,
tó kwá,
ngoi tai,
External demeanor,
Extinguish a fire, to,
sik fó,
Extinguish a fire, to,
kau fó,
Extort loans, to,
kau sók,
Extract, to,
ts'ü,
Extraordinary favor, kák ngoi shí yan, 273
Extreme,
25
Extremely,
Extremities, the four,
Extremity, end,
Exuberant,
Exude, to,
Exuviæ,
Eye, Parts and Motions,
Eye, cloudy spots in,
Eye, corners of the,
Eye, corners of the,
Eye-pearl, n
Eyebrows, n
Eyeball, n
Eyelashes,
Eyelid, inability
to raise the,
Eyelids,
FACE to face,
Face, Form and Ex-
pression of, n
Facilitate, to, n
Facing outwards, n
Facing towards,
Factor,
Factor, n
Factor, worked, n
Factor, working,
Factory, n
Faculties, internal,
ín k'ik,
hing shan,
fi ü,
ngáng tak tsai,
toi,
k'ü,
yat mò chí fai,
yat yung,
ld shau,
shuk shau,
shín,
ts' z',
ch'ut hau fo mat,
tá ch'ut,
tsít pò,
yau yik,
yung máu,
chí,
móng séung,
kai,
chí,
kik, to kik,
sz' chí,
mí,
mau shing,
ch'ut,
125
509
482
247
187
28
437 14
535 29
543 204
504 58
61 26
220 2
226 6
327 106
207 98
sín yau,
84 19
shing shat, 113 8
tám tung bón, 71 14
chun, pák ying, 473 29
tséuk sung, 473 30
pò tséuk shau, 281 35
tít pók,
526 3
335 32
há,
247 10
62 Fall down, to, tít lók, 131 2; lít lün, 140 120
7 Fall short,
chang,
lít,
hái pò ép,
ü lók,
23 Fall to pieces,
280 29
6 Fallopia nervosa, n
366
1 Falls, rain,
133 33 False,
331 24 False accusations,
458 25
405 13
fí yü, 18 10; ngai, 286 2
mò hò,
550 336
séung pí,
kwai híp,
chá ká,
ming,
50 2
551 350 False nose, n
292 43 False ribs,
522 149
551 360
186
81
47
túi,
Ngán lui,
ló pák fá,
ngán kík,
506
296
153
48
ngán t'au, tsz', 516
ngán chủ,
ngán mí,
ngán tsing,
ngán yap mò,
ts' ing p'í
chui há, 507
ngán koi, 48 26; muk páu, 518
48
48
túi mín,
60
Mín lui,
20
191
toi pán shéung, 207
shisz,
tsít king,
héung ngoi,
héung,
shat,
fát,
nga hông,
nói chí,
471
373
207
146
4| Fagara,
3 Faggots,
56 Failure,
155
74
170 11 Fairs,
114
128
14 Failures and errors,
44 Fainting,
32 Fair complexion,
42e Fair weather,
69 105 Fairy ramblings, n
66 52 Faithful and sincere,
1 Faithful, very,
80 Fair weather,
78 Fair wind,
575 8 Fall, a,
545 238 Fall, to,
283
408
4 Falcon,
96 Falcon, hunting,
12 Falconer, n
11 Falsely,
2 Fame,
72
65
400
226
437 18 Fan, winnowing,
462 16 Fan-case,
Fan-maker,
98 Fancy articles,
25 Fancy buttons,
19 Fancy, to suit the,
51 Fang of tooth,
41 Fanning-mill,
28 Far and near,
34 Far-sightedness,
Farm-house,
124||Farmer,
60 Farrier,
Farthest above me,
15 Fashion,
tít
Fashion-piece,
Fashionable kind,
115 17
39
34 Family, a ú, 537 75; yat ká ts an, 99
38 Family in science, n
ui,
437
6 Family register,
565 34
5 Fan, a, n
chák,
yat pá shín, 148 34,35
kí, yéung lám, 335 30,31
shin cháp,
shín kung,
ún mat,
fá nau,
chung Ý,
ngá kéuk,
fung kwai,
ün kan,
60
5 23 Fast boats,
6 Fast, tied,
5 Fasten, to,
97 Fasten, to,
541 153 Fasten back,
375 1 Fasten up,
375 2 Fasten with a wedge,
541 152 Fasten with a pin, n
366 1 Fastened, well,
shán kái shü, 441
san,
ts'ók,
shat 'ng,
shat hau,
hò mín shik,
shun fung,
hí shóng,
shun fung,
ch'an hü,
148 36
281 36
212 151
300 136
251 32
523 175
335 32
204 68
507 133
309 27
343 19
381 37
tsui shéung t'au, 91 79d
shí hing,
mí cham,
shí fún,
153 43
323 49
281 45
321 19
fái ting,
fók ting,
hai,
530 16
326 103
145 217
146 5
134 49
287 12
in shí ngán,
lú uk,
nung fú,
shau í,
kau chü, 131 7; póng,
ting fán,
ting hí,
síp,
kíú,
sun tau hò,
154 62
154 56
CHI. CHR.
159
FA.-FI.]
[INDEX.
634

Fat and lean,
Fat, bits of,
Fatal sickness, n
Father, a,
Father, deceased, n
Father, deceased, n
Father, his,
Father, honored, n
Father-in-law,
Father-in-law,
Feasted, not,
Feather bed,
Feather fan, ”
Feathers,
k'ü lò tsz',
tsun tai yan,
76
ngók chéung, 106
ngoi fú,
106
Father, my, lò yan ká, 78 17; ká kwan, 79
ká fú, 76 3; ká ím, 78
ká tsò,
84
pák kung,
Father, my, n
Father, my (dead),
Father's elder brother,
Father's elder br.'s wife,
Father's elder sister,
Father's maternal uncle,
Father's paternal elder
uncle,
Father's paternal youn-
ger uncle,
shuk kung,
Father's sister's husband, kú chéung,
Father's younger brother, shuk fú,
Father's yo. br.'s wife, a sham,
Father's younger sister, kú tsz',
Father, your, là tái yé, 78 16; lò tau, 79
Father, your aged, tsün yung, lò yan ká, 77
Father, your honored, ling tsün,
Fatten, to,
yéung tak fí,
hau lung,
105
105
104
104
105
Fauces,
Faultless,
mò kwó,
Favor, to, n
Favor, requesting,
Favorably examined,
Fawn,
Fear,
Fear, to, n
Fear, no,
Feared, to be,
Fearless, n
Feast,
fi shau,
kí kín fí,
ping shat,
fú ts'an, 78 12;
ling hau,
sín kwan,
Febris intermittens, n
Febris remittens, n
Fecula,
Fee of lease,
Feeble and infirm,
Feed a child, to,
Feed the baby,
Feed to,
Feel, to,
Feel, to, n
Feel the pulse,
Feeler, iron,
Feet, the,
Feet and hands, n
pák fú,
pák mò,
kú mò,
k'au kung,
177 29||Feet, cow's,
61 Feet, horny,
189
512
14 Feign, to,
18 Feign, to,
38 Fell timber, to,
78
21 Fell down,
78 25||Fellow, a,
fú, 78
79
yeuk tsat,
fát láng fát ít,
fan,
p'ai t'au,
chang,
pò,
wai tsai,
yéung,
team,
mók,
tsít,
tít tập,
kéuk,
shau tsuk,
pat kung yam, 188
kai mà yuk,
157
mò shín,
mo,
3 Fellow in monastery,
104
43 Fencing-master,
44 Fender, n
105 47 Ferment,
104
79 Fellow-laborers,
80 |Felly,
30 Felt,
108 132 Ferment long, to,
Ferns,
544 218 Fiddle, bass, n
22 Fidelity,
chung,
t'ín pók,
luk lò kún,
yau sut,
han yan,
232 11 Fiddle, two stringed, n íín,
ím tak hò, 238
í, ní,
468
kü, 12 41; king, 33
p'á, 2 6; wai, 55
'm yau, 252 37; 'm fong, 254
tsui kí,
yau yung,
chán,
164
116 6 Fife,
218 225 Fifty,
56 Fig,
7 Fight, to,
35 Figure,
17||Figure-head, n
5 Figure or pattern,
148
462
11 Female of animals,
20 Fence,
105 58 Ferns, edible,
Ferns, stone,
60 Ferns, unexpanded,
49 Ferry-boat, n
45 Fertile soil,
46 Festoons,
48 Fetid,
31 Fettered, n
5,8 Fever, n
76
4 Few days,
347 38 Fibula,
518 61 Ficus,
110 13 Fid of a mast,
502
504
200
196
30 Field, bank of a,
50||Field officer,
47 Field marshal,
43 Field spider,
64 Field-walks, n
ngau kéuk,
káp tsul,
chá,
chá ching,
fat ó,
chui lók,
t'ò,
sz' sang úi,
fó kí,
148 46
pan, ná, tsz', 462 18
ií,
315 31
kwan chung káu tsáp, 592 155
fó lò wai,
yúng,
138 81
514 30
au kau,
342 16
458 26
fung mí ts'ò,
k'üt,
458 27
shik wai,
458 28
kau tsik,
61||Figured,
18 Fiji islands,
14 File,
77
8 File, rat-tail,
81 42e File, three-cornered,
163 60 File-fish,
544 230||Filial Duty, the, n
67 73 Fillet of pork,
3 Fin,
525
499 8 Finale box, n
335 33 Finally gave it,
65 34 Finch,
67 63 Find, to,
móng,
chín,
458 29
tò hák shun,
trò hau,
93 24
226 5
267 51
511 11
67 65
kít tsoi,
chau,
kw6 tsuk,
shíú ping, shan ít, 504 59
ki yat, 7 29; 244 49
kón kwat, shing kwat, 518 62
yung shi,
wai ká,
t'ai k'am,
440 10
323 50
365 78
364 77
13 52
338 89
593 180
589 82
496 80
346 32
162 45
463 24
56 8
552 362
293 5
154 49
125
595 226
342 17
331 23
fú yün shui,
364 69,70
ts' ò chí chủ,
t'ín kí,
yéuk, chí,
'ng shap,
mò fá kwó,
tau au,
ying,
199 12
443 15
548 290
34 55
288 19
mín ch'íú pái, 323 51
ying ying,
'ng ts'oi,
Fí chí tò,
ts' ó,
264 17
417 5
296 52
shii mí ts'ó, 296 54
sám kók ts'6, 296 53
mók pºí yéung, 481 48
Háu King, 14 66
chi pí cham, 163
ch'í, yik,
462
361 41
418 10
473 31
145 226
yü,
king ü,
wóng tséuk,
wan,
46
19
INDEX.]
[FI. — FL.
635

Find, not,
Fine,
Fine, very,
Fine work,
Finely done,
Finger, a
Finger bones, n
Finger, little,
Finger, ring,
Finger-bowls,
Finger-cots,
Finger-ring,
Fingers, n
Fingers, beautiful, n
m kín,
yau,
chan ching hò, 178
yau sai,
279
279
yau sai,
shau chí,
chí kwat,
64
518
mí chí, 20 6; síu chí, 64
mò ming chí, 64
sai shau chung, 138
kik, tít,
kái chí,
Finny tribes,
Fir,
Fire, to extinguish,
Fire burn, to make the,
Fire, to dry at,
Fire-arms,
Fire-engine, n
Firefly,
Fire-pipe, n
Fireplace,
Fireworks, n
Fires, accidental,
Fireside,
Firm,
Firm, a,
Firm, to stand,
Firm disposition, n
Firmament,
First, n
First, middle, last,
First, second, third, n
First,
then,
First and second mi-
nister,
First Bar,
First day of month,
First decade,
First growth,
First learn, n
First makers,
First month,
First process,
First watch, n
Fiscal laws, n
Fish, salt,
Fish, to,
Fishermen,
Fishes, n
Fish-hawk,
Fish-head Rocks,
Fishmaws,
Fishpole,
Fish-pool,
chí,
shap chí
lun lui,
ts' ung shui,
sik fó,
ts'ím ts'ím, 66
429
441
133
136
164
281
shui ch'é,
331
ying fo, fi ying, 494
fo trung,
142
fó lò ham,
146 Flake, to,
132 24 Flake, a,
208 99||Flakey,
ín fo,
553 382 Flannel,
shat fo,
fó lò pín,
kín kú,
ká,
shü,
tít sam,
hung chung,
shau,
shai fó mang,
fó púi,
fó hí,
147 14||Fish-spear,
209 120 Fishing-frog,
37 Fishing.nets,
20 Fist, n
20||Fistularia,
8 Fit, is,
63 Fit to eat,
12 Fit well, to,
15 Five,
82 Five colors, n
367 13,17 Five elements, n
153 44 Five virtues, n
20 6 Fix, to, (arrange)
Fix a price, to,
54 Fixed,
1 Fixed, not,
71
403
11
shéung, chung, há, 390
mang, chung,
kwai, 404
22
29 Fixtures,
33 Flag,
19 Flag-pole, n
69 Flag-staff, n
142 153 Flash forth, to,
297 68 Flat, n
200 21 Flattish,
sín,-hau,
shéung shu tsó
yau shing, 596
Tái hò tau,
ch'6 yat,
shéung tsun,
chó shang,
sín hók,
222
398
390
439
44 Flageolet,
24 Flageolet pipe,
33 Flail,
323 50 Flatulence,
12 Flavor,
2 Flavor, to lose,
21||Flax,
4 Flea,
Fleam,
9 Fleecy clouds,
6 Flesh,
Flesh color,
240 Fleur-de-lis, n
7 Flexible,
7 Flexible,
4 Flies in pools,
42 Flints,
4 Float, a bamboo,
2
chí chóng, 370
ching üt,
5 Float, to,
389 2 Floor,
hi shau,
340 3 Florist,
ch'ó kang,
392 10 Floss,
ú lut,
537 75 Flounder,
hám ü,
163 48 Flour,
tíú ü, 299 118; pò ü, 347
ü yan, 347 39; ü yung, 124
U lui,
479
ü ying,
Ü tau shik,
ü ted,
tíú kón,
chí tông,
ü píú,
chan má ủ,
kú móng,
kin tau,
39 Flow, to,
13 Flow down,
Flower,
473 32 Flower-pot,
222 7 Flowered, n
208 100 Flowering almond,
299 118 Flowering pyrus,
315 32
64 7
481 52
má pín,
shai hò,
140 108
ching shik tak, 161 22
chéuk ts'ai ching, 153 34
'ng,
377 20
'ng shik,
303
'ng hang,
'ng shéung,
ching,
lak ká,
ting,
'm ting,
25 1
168 2
ká fó shap mat, 196 11
shun k'í,
323 52
323 53
315 33
363 63
363 64
wáng tuk,
k'í kón,
ká, pat lut,
héung tik,
lín ká,
335 34
218 228
shing fái,
pín,
p'ín p'ín,
297 71
481 51
208 109
yung,
shin,
405 16
438 27
147 28
404 11
50 3
358 11
164 64
34
55
1
165 84
139 88
286 7
tíú shat, kau shat, 494
fóng má hit tù, 296
pín wan,
406 19
yuk, 160 5; 438 20
ch'ik,
212 153
454 56
292 46
517 25
494 35
208 101
326 97
230 8
ú típ fá,
tám wat,
ts' ui,
mít mung,
fo shik,
chuk phái,
fau,
lau pán,
fá wóng,
132 25
281 38
fat, 263 1; yung, 267 54
tsó hau tát shá, 481 53
mín, 139 98; píú mín, 163 49
lau há,
101 56d
lam lam lí, 71 27
fá, wai,
281 38
fá ping,
139 85
fá, 288 19; ts'oi, 264 8
455 87
pín,
léuk pín,
fung,
mí,
lau hí,
má,
12
34
12 36
136 36
208 102
fited,
hung tít hoi
tóng fá, 456 105
FL.—FO.]
[INDEX.
636

Flowers, cluster of, n
Flowers, Ornamental, n
Fluency of speech, n
Fluke, a,
Fluke, rice,
Fluke,
Flushed,
Flute, n
Fluted,
Flux,
Fly,
Fly, to,
Flycatcher,
Flying fish,
Flying squirrel, n
Fob, n
Fog,
Fogong, n
Fold the hands, to, n
Fold the hand, to, n
Folding paper,
Follow after, to,
Follow own will,
Follows, as, n
Fond of, n
Fond of,
Fontanelle,
Food, Articles of, n
Food and raiment,
Fool,
Foolishly, n
Foot, one, n
Foot, goes on,
Foot, the, n
Footstep, n
Footstool, n
Footstool of throne, n
Foot-waling,
For, n
For, in place of,
For holding,
For making,
tó fá,
Ming fá,
hò hau kok,
kau,
wó kau,
fá ching p'í,
mín ch'ik,
tik, wáng tik,
kwá chát,
hung pák lí,
Forceps,
Forcible,
ú ying,
fí,
king ín,
fú ü, íú,
lui shü 'ng,
píú toi,
mò,
fung lò,
lím shau,
tsau shau,
chíp chí,
kan yan mí,
tsz' sui,
ü,
hò, 73 52; p'ik,
oi shéung,
sun mún,
Shik mat lui,
153 45 Foreigner, n
451
Foriegners, crafty,
54 30 Forehead, n
323 58 Fore-mast,
335 35 Foremost, n
482 55 Forenoon, n
60
9 Forest,
364
318
504
494
465
473
482
lung,
'm hang,
fung kam,
kam t'ing,
í shik,
yü,
má má fú,
yat ch'ik,
183
65
pò hang,
kéuk, tsuk,
pò,
75
kéuk tap tang, 139
pai há,
562
kák shui phóng,323
yan wai,
toi,
í wai chóng,
wai,
For me,
toi ngó,
For me, buy, n
trung ngoi mái,
For sale, n ch ut mái, 136 26; fát hák, 199
Foramina,
Forbear, to,
Forbid to,
Forbidden hall,
Forbidden palace,
6
122
161
518
468 31 Fork,
148 37 Fork,
68 Forest, a,
73 Forest Trees, n
50 Forestalling,
404
5 Forked bone, n
87 Form, a,
139
66
46 Form, human,
48 Form, to,
66
288 21 Form of writing, a,
142 145 Form of, in the,
96 63e Former state,
52
199
297
295
36 Forge, to,
54 Forgery, n
33 Forget, to,
56 Forging,
83
8
160
347
1 Forms of writing,
28 Fort,
254 43 Forty,
111
380
1 Fortune, good,
3 Fortunes, to tell,
31 Forward, bends,
90 Fossa, n
26 Formerly,
12 Formerly,
25 Formosa,
64 Forms, all,
76 | Foundation stones,
32 Founder,
9 Fountain, a, n
4 Fountain-head,
9 Four,
519 65 Four Books, n
177 24||Four classes,
316 47 Four Limbs,
561
36 Four Odes, n
561 36 Four points, n
kam kung,
tít níp,
kéung,
532 32 Four precious articles,
539 112
466
516
Fore,
tsín,
pí kwat,
Fore arm, n
Fore-brace of a plough, lai tsín,
335
Forefinger, í chí, 20 6 ; shik chí, 64
Foreign, loi ld, 163 48; yéung, 200
Foreign countries, ngoi kwok, 203
Foreign coins,
yéung ts'ín,
259
Forms, a pair of bed,
chá,
chá,
ki kwat,
yéung, 295 41; ying,
yan yung máu,
shing,
sé fát,
hò ts'z' kom yéung, 129 9
ying fuk ü kau, 525 1
sín yat,
177 23
ts'ung ts ín, 185 21
T'oi Wan,
kók tai,
422 8
284 73
41.
309 28
375 3
yat túi tú tang, 159 21
shu l'ai,
p'áu t'oi,
sz' shap,
hò ming,
chím sün,
fú shan,
üt,
73 59
301 151
187 40
519 66
87 16
88 39
329 144
346 32
kí, ts' éung kéuk,315
chai,
lo lai yếung,
yéung tsz',
yik fung,
kí kéuk,
34
315 35
kú chủ shau,
yat kú ts'ün,
ün,
sz',
Sz' Shü,
sz' man,
Sử chí,
Sz Shí,
sz' fóng,
man fóng
83 Foster-child,
42 Foster-child,
54 Foul wind,
36 Foundation of walk,
7 Foundation of a wall,
1 Four Seasons, sz' shí,
7 Fourth, a,
36||Fowl, fricaseed,
10 Fowl, rabbit,
17 Fowls, roast,
48 Fowls,
6 Fox, n
í, 268 1; ün í, 418 10
kán í,
276 15
43 8
ngák t'au,
t'au wai,
kwai,
325 77
9 4
6
shéung 'ng,
shu muk,
sham,
K'íú muk lui,
lung tün kü k'í,
kóng lín,
chá ngái,
móng kí,
tün lín,
391
345
32
440
208 102
280 31
546 254
153 42
289 22
335 37
139 84
517 26
293 10
283 62
212 148
191 5
25
40
281 39
101 56d
85 23e
377 20
13 57
340 2
63
15 79
11 32
sz' pò, 370 2
11 30; sz' kwai, 389 2
sz’ fan chí yat, 394 12
fat lán sai kai, 163
lò shu kai,
shíú kai,
51
163 52
163 50
kai lui,
473 34
ú lí,
468 32
INDEX.
[FR.-GA.
637
Fractions,
Fractions,
Fractured,
Fragments,
Fragrant,
Frame, to,
Frame of a roof, n
France,
Franks, n
Frantic horse,
Fraternal, n
Fraud,
Fraudulently,
Freckles,
Free from feathers,
Free from rocks,
Free ingress,
Free passage,
Free persons,
Freely drink,
Freely drink it,
Freeman,
Freight,
Frequently,
Fresh, (not salt)
Fresh, (uncooked})
Fresh air, let in,
Fresh color,
Fresh fish,
Frighten birds, to,
Friend,
Friend, intimate,
Friend, honored,
Friend, your,
Frieze,
Fringe of a hat,
Frisket,
Fritting,
Frock,
Frog,
Frog, striped,
Frog, tree,
From,
From-to,
From, come,
From abroad,
Front,
Front door,
Front of a hall,
Frontal bones,
Frontal eminences,
Frontal line,
Frontiers,
Frontiers,
Frowzy, n
Fruit,
Fruit of trees,
síu shò chí fan, 373
k'í ling,
377
ptó lán,
ling sui,
héung,
ká,
kau pí,
Fát lán sai,
Fat lóng kí,
nò má,
284
296
165
291 38; 315
315
410
417
10 Fukien, n
330
7 Fulgora,
11 21 Full,
540 128 Full half,
547 274 Full harvest,
73 61 Full moon, time of,
36 Full of wine,
tai,
ts'am hí,
chá hí,
má mak,
í mò tsing,
mò shik,
tung wan yap,
séung tung,
léung yan,
yam sham,
ts'ui pín yam,
léung,
shui kéuk ngan,
pat lí shéung,
tám,
shán kóp,
yau, 112 12; tsz',
tsz’—chí,
ch'ut,
loi lò,
From one to another, n tsó káu yau,
From whence,
shang,
náp léung,
sín ín,
sín ü,
chuk k'am,
pang yau,
ts'an pang,
shai pák,
i tai,
íú sín,
mò ying,
kák chík am,
hóng púi,
tái shám,
tín kai, wá,
há má,
#
201
199
314
85
552
189
182
539
2 Fruit Trees, n
19 Fruitful season,
80 Fruitful soil,
61 Fry, to (dry)
84 Fry, to (in fat)
36 Fry, to (or simmer)
36 Frying-pan,
8 Fuel, n
148
478
ch'ut tsoi pín ch'ü,
ching mín,
tau mún,
tóng ts'ín,
tín ché,
tau kok,
519
ngák lò,
pín sui,
309
sui, 308 11; pín king, 543
sing, 511 11; so, 164
kwo tsz, 168 53; kwó, 437
shat, tsz',. 439
208 103 Fur seal,
63 58 Furnace,
14 Fumigate, to,
18 Fundamentally,
23f Funds,
373 Fungus,
58 Fungus on bamboo,
35 Furs,
112 Fur dresses,
167 133 Furnace, tinman's,
164 83 Furnace, cooking, fung
314. 15 Furnished, n
289 29 Furniture of Houses, n
163 47 Furniture, printer's,
337 77 Furrowed,
69 103 Further, what,
126 13 Fuse, to,
185 28 Fuse and cast, to,
182
2 Future generations,
316 37
162
296
31 GABEL department,
56 Gable,
289
23 Gable-ears,
38 Gad-fly,
11 Gag, to, n
478 13 Gain,
478 12 Gain, to make,
218 220 Gaiters,
326 103 Galangal,
203
53 Galbanum,
181
23 Gall-bladder, n
69
95 Gall-nuts,
224
131
Kwó muk lui,
fung nín,
tí lí,
442
308
7
227
6
139 86
160 4
165
87
139 86
342
422
B
8
165 103
lung ngán ngó, 495 47
mún,
tái púng
kuk fung,
móng shí,
tsau tsui,
252 35
398
122
351 10
5
22
33 50
403
208 104
3
458 30
458 31
208 105
208 105
470 75
íú, 279 14; ts'un, 37 74
296 57
tá sik lò,
ld, 139 87; tsd, 316 33
157 5
yé ts'ai pí,
134
Hí yung,
káp pán fóng, 296
tsau,
73 58
wán yau mat, 342 14
yung fá, 258 3; kú chu, 281
58
39
278 13
tün lín,
hau shai,
111 27
1 Gallery,
7 Gallinaceous birds,
1
hóng,
cháu,
tsín,
344 20
316 39
316 40
494 37
53
7
115
7
128
3
148 39
208 106
208 107
140 111
208 108
317 53
461
313
3 Gallipot,
139 88
296 59
314 15 Gally, a,
519 67 Gally-worm,
519 68 Gambier, n
69 Gambler,
494 38
208 109
126 12
552 378
209 110
306 79
tò kwan,
tò pók,
tang wong,
tang wong,
22 Gambling,
203 Gamboge,
78 Gamboge yellow,
15 Game of me, do’nt make, mai wan ngó, 251 33
35 Gammarus,
shui há chát, 492 37
wó,
chái,
Fukkín,
yau,
pún,
fo pún,
chí í,
chuk yuk,
p'í,
k'au,
chí má tíú,
léung fong,
uk fí,
kiin í,
fí móng,
sak hau,
lí,
chán,
kéuk máng,
léung kéung,
fung chí heung,
tám,
'ng púi tsz',
kók,
kai lui,
hôm chung,
ón tsz' pán,
pák tsuk, má luk,
shu léung,
L
CHI. CHR.
160
GA.—GI.]
[INDEX.
638

"
Gamut,
Gander,
Gangway,
Gangway-ladder,
Gape, to,
Gar-pike,
Garden,
Garden, a walled, n
Gardenia florida,
Gardenia spinosa,
Garlic,
Garments, n
Garoupa, n
Garrison, a,
Garters,
Gate,
Gate of a village, n
Gateway,
Gather, to,
Gather grain, to,
Gather up hair, to,
Gather wheat, to,
Gauge,
Gauge, to,
Gauze,
Gauze, coarse,
Gearing,
Gecko,
ngók yam,
ngó kung,
shui sín mún,
shun t'ai,
tá hám lò,
hók tsam,
ün,
wai,
pák shím fá,
túi mín lik,
General laws, n
General leader of
cavalry,
ts'ing sün,
í fuk,
shik pán ü,
ying,
mat tái,
mún,
lü,
mún hau,
General of the light
horse,
General soother,
ts' oi,
lím wó,
ch'uk fat,
cháu mak,
káu chí lát,
ting, 337 69; léung,
shá,
kí shá,
put chí,
Jui kung shé,
káu,
shín má,
Gelatinous,
Gelding,
Gem, a, n
Gemmeous avenue,
yuk chí,
Gemmeous carriage,,yuk lím,
Gemmeous pages,
yuk típ,
yuk sái,
yuk kái,
Gemmeous signet,
Gemmeous steps,
Genealogical book,
General, a,
рд,
General, a,
General, in,
General and chief
tséung kwan,
tò tuk, tò trung, 601
tái léuk,
chi ts ở
presidents,
shéung shu, 587
General Comprehensive Sün fát Tung
Arithmetic, the, n
Tsung, 374
General consumption, no, 'm síú lau, 242
General Council, n
General herdman,
General history,
General inspector,
Kwan ki ch'ü, 573
chủ muk kém, 588
chi sz,
16
chíú ts ò
356
473
323 55
323
74
1 General term,
35 General vice-president, chi ts'd,
56 Generalissimo,
68 Generally,
482 57 Generation, a,
316 41 Generation, a, n
316 42 Genius, chí hí,
453 31 Gentian,
453 32 Gentleman, that, n
163 54 Gentleman annalist,
208 109 Gentleman keeper of
482 59 the seal,
124 11 Gent. of distinction,
148 40 Gentleman president,
4 Gentleman usher,
183
558
559
558
561 36 Giblet-pie,
559 17 Giddiness,
602 393 Gig, eight-oared,
375,376 Gig, ship’s,
232 12 Gild, to,
ts'ám kwan, 588
ming lut lai, 533
hang kwan
38 Girl, green, n
Girl, servant,
Girth,
90||Give, to,
sz' má, 590
General name,
tsung ming, 216 202 Give assent, n
General of body guard, wai tséung
Give consent, not,
kwan, 604 438 Give ear,
píú kí
Give in marriage,
tséung kwan, 594 208||Give no time,
to wai,
601 377 Give notice, to,
7 Gimlet,
37 Ginger,
Ginger, preserved,
39 Ginseng,
88 Gioro, n
Girdle,
316
43
136 35 Gentleman usher,
124 12 Gentlemen, a,
335 35 Gentlemen,
124 17 Gentleness,
337 67 Genus, n
297
529
267
267 51
65 GEOGRAPHY, n
14||Geometrical worms,
46 Geometry and Trigo-
nometry, n
289 24 Geranium,
453 33
478 14 Geranium, holly leaved, yéung kw'ai, 453 34
208 109 Germany,
A' lí mán,
468 33 Gesticulation,
shau mủ,
chun, 218 225: yuk, 10 13 Get ready some,
36 Get rich, n
Fóng tín ủ k0k, 393
heung íp,
410 9
ching tik,
fát ts'oi,
shéung lók,
'm tak,
65 41
171 17
63 60
323 56
561
6 Get up and down,
17 Getting, without,
7 Gibbon,
164 78
ú ün,
468 34
ngó tau kwai, 163 55
t'au wan,
44 37
pát tséung shun, 323 57
sám pán,
326 90
tò kam, 294 24; múi kam, 211 135
Gilding, hò kam, 145 219; séung kam, 289 25
36 Gills,
462 20
Gilt head,
482 63
soi,
ang kó lí,
shau tsün,
kéung,
296 60
448 27
tóng kéung, 181 20
yan sham,
kók ló,
209 112
565 34
íu tái, 153 40; chuk, 35 60
ts'ing t'au nü, 95 52
múi tsai, 135 7
má tò tái, 331 25
pí, 150 75; sung, 250 30
tím tau, ngap tau, 43 14,15
mí wan hang, 90 71
pí í ting,
ká nü,
58 41
563 62
58 38
128 7
-
lóng kún, 587 37
604 462
341 6
109 6
fuk, pán púi, 99 42,44
122 15; ying tsoi, 309 20
wóng kín,
209 111
kó wai yan hák, 173 5
chi tsok lóng, 588 47
shing ling fú
i
sái lóng, 596 257
háu lím, 590 95
shéung shü lóng,596 239
chu hák
tsung ch'ing, 436 7
*
yün shui,
tái yéuk,
shai,
lóng chung, 588 45
lóng chung, 593 178
lò yé,
183 4
lít wai,
175 3
shun, 92 3; yau, 93 25
chung,
437
399
494 39
Tí LÍ CHÍ,
ch'ik wók,
pat k'ap,
píú hí,
i
INDEX.]
[GI.—GO.
639
;
Give over to, to,
Give up, to, n
Given number, the,
Given year, a,
Gizzard,
Glad,
Gland in eye,
Glands, lachrymal, n
Glare of sun,
Glass,
Glass, champagne,
Glass, claret,
Glass-blower,
Glass-mender, n
Glass-stuff,
Glassware,
Glauber's salts,
Glaucoma,
Glaze, to,
Glazed,
Glazed gauze,
Glazier,
Glenoid cavity,
Glistening,
Globe, the,
Globules,
Gloomy weather,
Glory of man, n
Glossy,
Gloves, n
Glow-worm,
Glue,
Glume,
Glutinous,
Glutinous rice,
Gnat,
Gnaw, to,
Gnaw, to,
Go, to,
Go abroad, to,
Go and bring,
Go down, to,
káu,
yéung,
pún shò,
mau nín,
kai shan,
Goa,
Goat,
Goatsucker,
Gobi, desert of,
Gobius,
Goblet,
sám pín púi,
hung tsau púi,
ch'ui pó lí sz' fú,
hí,
26
ngán t'au yuk, 517
ngán lui hat, 519
yat shái,
134
pó lí,
138
139
139
281
Gods,
Going, am,
Going and coming,
Goitre,
pò ts'z' kóng tséung, 281
209
209
shíú líú,
pó lí hí,
hün ming fan,
ngán chi pín luk,
séung kwó,
láp mín,
léung shá,
séung pó lí sz' fú, 281
kín kép kwat
t'au k'au, 519
303
396
ün,
405
227
tín 6m,
yan chí in shau, 46
wát, 279 17; sín ín, 288
148
494
ling,
tí kau,
shau lap,
ying ts'ü,
ngau p'í kau,
kuk pí,
káu lín,
260
519
nó mai,
yui,
hau ngát,
ngít mat,
hü,
chut ngoi,
h'ü tám,
Go home, to,
Go in peace,
Go out, not,
Go through the streets, yau kái,
Go-between, a,
wan múi,
t'd fú,
Go-down, a, n
215 182||Gold,
10 19 Gold dust,
375
1 Gold-fish,
431
504
141
248
267
434 12
474 13
482 70
kam kwai tsz', 493 11
kam pók,
kam lín,
434 14
69 91
5 Golden lilies, n
27 Golden Mirror, n Í Tsung Kam Kám, 499 6
kam tín,
kam kai,
71 Golden palace, n
561 36
475 75
2 Golden pheasant,
69 Golden steps,
kam kái,
561 36
281 43
kam tséung,
pák yat hung, 453 35
h'ü líú,
79 30
392 10
359 24
ló,
123
503
7 Gold green beetle,
70 Gold leaf,
89 Goldsmith,
90 Gomphrena globosa,
40 Gone,
41 Gong, a,
113 Gong, drum, n
113 Gong, great, n
26 Gong, hand,
62 Gong, small,
139 Gong, watch,
tít,
kwai,
hò hang lé,
pat nang ch'ut, 299 102 Gossypium,
209 119 Gouge, eyebrow,
539 117 Gouge, semicircle,
316 44 Gourd,
Síú Sai yéung, 408
ts'ò yéung, shán yéung, 468
ted kün, 473
Shá mók, 423
kón kai páng,482
ú,
121
sz'shan ling, 312
séung h'ü,
wóng loi,
ngô hau,
11 Gourd, bottle, n
35 Gourd, snake,
36 Gourd-squash,
18 Gout,
151
17 Gongs, frame of,
47 Gonorrhea,
42 Gonorrheal ophthalmia,
Good, n
77 Good bye, n
1 Good deeds,
1 Good faith, n
15 Good foreigners,
6 Good health,
61 Good living,
18 Good-looking,
42 Good luck attend,
40 Good medicine,
114 Good men, Of, n
437 10 Good name, n
209
166
111 Good order, put in,
450 74 Good wares,
494 41 Goodman,
53 15 Goodness,
466 1 Goosequill,
154 63 Goods,
27 x7 6 Goose,
140 112 Goose, roast,
241 35 Goose, wild,
120 15 Goose, wild,
244 47 Goshawk,
72 Govern, to,
6 Govern, to,
wóng kam,
shui kam,
kam ü,
t'ung kú,
tái ló,
359 22
sú ló, 296 61; 359
tán tá,
tím tsz',
25
359 23
359 26
359 27
504 63
wan lò,
pák shuk,
shik ngán,
hò, 2 6; shín,
ts'ing á,
shín hang,
506 107
17 7
7 29
311 64
san,
273 11
276 15
léung í,
on shéung,
90 78
yau tsau yau yuk, 100
55
hò tại,
137 53
256 54
55 42
118
hó hang,
léung yéuk,
Shin yan,
t'ai mín,
chai hò,
fó chan,
61 21
136 22
46 67
93 18
81 42e
213 170
233 4
473 · 37
163 56
163 57
473 38
473 39
léung yan,
tak,
ngó mò bún,
fó mat, 214 181; fó,
ts'ò ngo,
shíu ngó,
ngán ngó,
hung ngán,
fuk,
mín shi,
ngó mí tsók,
üt chán,
páu,
ú lò,
sz' kwá,
ú,
448 28
tsau fung kéuk, 504 64
chí,
80 426
kún hat, 411 23
chéung ká, 93 28
ching,
110 16
440 16
296 63
296 62
437 16
448 30
448 29
75 Govern family,
5 Government,
6 GOVERNMENTAL AFFAIRS,nWÓNG CHAI, 533
17 Governmental boats,
kún ting, 222 9
GO.—GR.]
[INDEX.
640
Governmental dispatches, kung man,
Governmental horses,
Governor, a,
Governor, a,
Govenor-general,
Governor-general of
rivers,
Governor of canal,
Governor of rivers,
Governor's staff,
Grackle, spotted,
Grackle, wattled,
Grade, a, n
Grade of men,
Gradually,
Gradually,
Graft,
Graft, to,
Grain, a
Grain, bad,
Grain, growing,
Grain in the chaff, n
528
tsím, 79 35; chi chi, 528
ai chí,
437
Grandson,
Grandson's wife,
kún má,
chai t'oi,
tsung tuk,
tsung tuk,
hộ tò
Grain-bin,
Grains, family of, n
Grains, fish,
Grains, the six, n
Granaries, n ts'óng,
Granary director,
Granary rat,
Grand Canal,
Grand chop, n
hung phái,
Granddaughter,
sün nü,
Granddaughter's husband, sün sai,
tsò fú,
chung shing,
shá lam,
4 14
505 66
398 4
ts'ii ch'ii,
t'ai,
202 39
chap,
536 1 Gravitate, to,
603 413 Gravity,
407
6 Gravy,
Gravy dish,
tsung tuk, 590 100 Gray color, n
tsung ts'ò,
603 414 Gray hairs,
tsung hó,
613 415 Grayheaded,
tuk píú,
603 423 Grazing,
pat,
473 41 Great,
40 Great,
163 59
chap chung, 139 93
fúi, 239 25; hót shik, 304 26
pák fát,
72
t'au fát kán fá pák, 71
ngó shil,
tái,
35
19
26
345
42 3
90 79c Great assistant,
340 1 Great Britain,
10 Great director,
8 Great empress,
17 Great expense,
28 Great interior,
345
383
p'í, 27 15; kü, 38 80
chung séung, 588 49
Tái Ying, 410 7
tái sz’ chik, 600 341
tái hau,
562 47
fai tsoi tái sham, 188 57
tái nói,
561 36
Tái Í yün, 498 4
tái sz lít, 600 339
448 31 Great minister of state, kwan kí
448 32
tái shan, 592 154
kwok tái, 562 46
Tung Kwán, 346 35
tái chung tsoi, 600 337
chung tsoi,
trái wai,
1 Great Medical College,
342 14 Great manager,
335 38 Great one of nation,
437 Great Pass,
588 50
599 310
64 Great prime minister,
38 Great ruler,
29||Great tranquilizer,
600 348 Great tutor to prince,
470 71 Great variety,
425 27 Great Wall,
thái tsz tái fú, 599 320
hò tó,
46 65
lí chéung shing, 425 24
tsang sin,
88 47
chung sün, 89 49
tsang sin
sik fú,
tsang tsò,
ťái kung,
tsang tsò mò,
t'ai p'ó,
Granite, n
Grant, to, n
Grant, to, (pay out)
Granting it is,
Granulations,
líú kó, pát kó, 473
yat púi,
lau yan,
ún úng
Grandfather,
Grandfather, my, n
Grandfather, my deceased,
Grandfather, your,
Grape,
Grappling-iron,
Grasp, to,
Grasp, to,
Grass,
pók chí,
yat nap,
p'án,
wó,
kuk,
kuk háp,
kuk pò,
Grate, a,
Grateful,
Grater,
Gratuitous practice,
Grave,
Grandmother,
Grandmother, deceased, sín tsò pí,
ù ch'á,
296
luk kuk,
12
kw'an, king, pan, 309
tái sz chi,
ts' ong shu,
Wan Hó,
á kung, á yé,
sín tsò háu,
ling tsò,
tsò mò, á pó,
545 238||Grave tone, n
545 232 Gravel,
sün,
sün sik fú,
104
fá kóng ts'ing, 431
chun,
chí,
269
545
sui hai kóm yéung, 241
yuk ngá,
504
443
ped teò,
ting,
323
p'á, 366 4; ák, 367
ná, 528 10; ch'í, 326
ts'ò,
há pò,
sz' ts'ò mang,
458
148
Grasscloth,
Grasshopper,
495
Grasshopper, greenheaded, hai k'í, 495
139
269
fo lò, 132 26;
hám yan,
kéung ts'át,
chau tsai,
139
mò,
223
104
104
103
mán
11 Great-grandson, n
21 Great-grandson, n
22 Great-grandson's wife,
7
84 17,18 Great-grandfather, n
84 22 Great-grandfather, n
84 19 Great-grandmother,
103 9,10
84
21 Great-great-grandfather, n kò tsò,
26 Great-great-grandmother, kò tsò mò,
20 Great-great-grandson, n ün sün,
27 Great-great-grandson's
2 wife,
244 Greatest part,
33||Greave for a bow, n
65 Grebe,
16 Greece,
58||Green color, n ts'ing,
11 Green, (not ripe)
88 Green palace,
32 Green plantain,
38 Green vegetables,
42 Greens, n
43 Greens, water,
91 Gridiron, n
3||Grieve, to,
92 Grind, to,
499
8 Grind fine, to,
78 22 Grind wheat, to,
104 24
82 3
103 5
103 4,6
82 2
2
48
103
88
shui nò,
ün sün sik fú, 104 26
tái púng
407 6
kau,
368 20
474 42
Hi líp,
410 10
72 46; luk shik, 304 30
shang,
208 108
ts'ing kung, 563 60
pá tsíú,
ts'ing ts'oi,
ts' oi,
ang ts'oi,
tít phá,
445 64
167 125
448 33
448 34
139 94
114 24
yau,
mó, 297 64; lúi, 294
15
ü yall,
298 97
336 55
lik mák,
INDEX.]
[GR.-HA.
641
Grindstone,
Gristle, n
Grocery,
Groom to prince,
Grooves,
Ground, into the,
Ground, the,
Ground nut,
Grouse,
Grove, a,
Grow, to,
Grow (plants), to,
Grown up,
Grubs,
Grudge, not to,
Grudge, without,
Gruel, rice,
Grum tone, n
Grunting ox,
Guard, to,
Guard boats, n
Guard frontiers, to,
Guarded, n
Guardhouse,
Guardian of prince's
manners,
Guardians, three,
Guava,
Guest-chamber,
Guide or signal,
Guide the hand, to, n
Guilt,
Guinea pig,
Guitar, bamboo, n
Guitar, balloon shaped,
Guitar, four stringed,
Guitar, moon, n
Guitar, three stringed, n
Gull,
Gullet,
Gully, a,
Gum,
Gum,
Gums,
Gun, a,
Gun, a, (cannon)
Gunpowder,
Gunpowder tea, n
Gunsmith,
Gunwale,
Gurnard,
Gutta serena,
Gutter,
Gutturals, n
mó tò shik,
ts'ui kwat,
tsáp fó p'ò,
309 33 HAD, sold all I,
530
ťái tsz' sai má, 599 325||Hæmatitic ore,
19 Haggard looks, n
au ying,
68 Háinán, island,
40 Hail,
yap t'd,
297
tí, 127 2; tín nai, 335
fá shang,
443
17 Hair,
chí kau,
474
43 Hair, a single,
lam,
40 Hair, locks of, n
37 Hair, suit to a
9 Hair-pin,
42 Hair of the head,
44 Hair on temples,
17 Hair on upper lip,
Half, a,
2 Half, a full,
i
shang,
chung,
í ch'éung tái,
ts'ai ts'ò,
pat kai,
tsüt pat
mai ú,
á shing,
chung wan,
sám sing,
fán shik lau,
ním íp tsai,
mák hau kau,
Guest, pan, 94 37; hák, yan hák, 184
Guava-leaf sole,
Gudgeon,
máu ngau,
kái,
áp shiin,
fong shau sui,
yan,
ká,
kan sik, 269
163
4
470
351
222
fá ting,
óm hồ,
pá shau,
297 64||Gypsum,
517 26
32
52
231
88
495
122
tsui,
hó lán chu,
au,
ít ché,
309
116
310
316
222
19
89
468
chuk tung kú, 363
n p'í pá,
yün hám,
üt k'am,
sám ín,
Hall, side,
588 56 Hall of audience, n
595 216 Hall of exposure, n
443 18 Hall of science,
487 203 Halliards,
482 71 Hallux,
8 Halo,
60 Half, lower,
14 Half and half,
88 Half past two, n
10 Haliotis,
9 Hall,
22 Hall, great, n
11 Hall, magistrate's,
34 Hall, second,
45 Halungkíang (Tsitsi-
6 har),
Hak lung kong, 422 17
tsat au, kwók, 519 85
fó túi,
163 61
há mat tò, 444 51
tá chóng ch‘ui, 297 68
hái ch ui, 297 67
shik ch'ui, 297 66
tá sik ch'ui,
chui,
297 69
202 45
í noi ch'ui kwat, 520 109
kung tsz'
tò,
shau,
mò shá, 487 189
1
17
63
64
66
52
yat chik shau,
shuk shau,
fung,
tại lại,
tái pháu,
184 11
139 90
64 22
tó lái shau,
kw'ai shau,
shu káu, 209 115; 437 18 Hand, n
chí kò,
215 189 Hand, a,
hau kan kwat, 519
níú tséung,
220
220 3 Hand here, to,
fó yéuk,
209 116 Hand in hand, n
má chủ, 225 4 Hand in hand,
ts'éung ch'ung fó Hand-bound,
hí tséung, 281
tái kan, 324
lám yik ü, 483
fát tsing kwóng, 502
shui tsò,
hau yam,
44 Handcuffed, n
59 Handful,
78 Handkerchiefs,
7 Handkerchiefs, n
46 Handle,
65 40
ch'uk shau, 66 47
só chi shau, 64 23
yat pá,
229 7
kan, shau kan, 348 43
ch'an kan,
154 51
ping, 359 18; í, 145 210
316
6
26 Handsome, hò tai, 154 52; tsing chí, 251 32
shik kò,
mái sải,
toi ché shik,
hi ngán,
K'ing chau fú, 427
pháu,
mo,
yat tíú mò,
1 Ham,
58 Ham, a,
36 Hami peach,
56 Hammer, pile, n
362 53 Hammer, shoe,
363 55 Hammer, stone,
362 54 Hammer, tinman's,
362 52 Hammer, to,
474 44 Hammer bone of ear,
521 129 Hammer-headed shark,
346 33
yam,
153
ngáu sín h'am, 248
chái,
154
49
71
28
t'au fát,
pan,
tsz',
519 82
519 81
197 16
yat pún,
tái púng
há pún,
252 35
182 2
túi púng
13
6
21
35
247
mí ching í hak, 391
fuk, shik küt ming, 491
tóng,
310
tái ting,
132 27
kung tóng, 316 49
í t'ing ťóng, · 132 29
wáng ting, 132 28
ch'íú ting,
561 36
shan ming ting, 552 376
hók kung, 310 36
lí lám,
323 60
462 22
404 7
hau chí,
yat wan,
78 Hand, an experienced,
3 Hand around, to,
431 28
243 42
434 15
48 15
9
404 6
462 21
72 39
48
15
!
CHI. CHR.
161
HA.—HE.]
[INDEX.
642
·
Handwriting,
Hang before, to,
Hang down, n
Hang down, to,
Hang on, to,
Hang up, to,
Happen to meet,
Happiness,
Harbor, n
Hard,
Hard to deal,
Hard to say,
Hard to say,
Hardly reckoned,
Hardware,
Harelip,
Harem,
Harmless,
pat tsik,
lòng tù,
78
158
tíú, 140 117; ün, 293
tai,
43
t6 fán, cháp lók, 148
kwá hí,
135
404
90
fat ü,
fuk,
kong hau, 209
kín, 207 94; ngáng, 210
chan chan lí hoi, 254
nán kong, 251
nán tờ,
pat k'ap shò,
tít hí,
Harrow, to,
Harrow, triangular,
Hartall,
Harmonicon, copper
wire, n
yéung k'am, 361
Harmonicon, seven stringed, sau, 362
Harmony,
wó hái, 92 8; í í, 99
Harmony and concord, wó muk,
Harness of a loom, n
Harpoon,
Harrow, drill, n
Harrow, long-toothed,
Harrow, square,
Hartshorn,
Harvest, full,
Has he brought?
Hash, n
Haste,
Hastily change, n
Hat, a
Hat, felt,
Hat, official red, n
Hat, rain,
Hat, straw,
Hat, summer,
Hat, winter, n
Hat-band,
Hatch, a,
Hatch, to,
Haughtily,
Haunch bone,
Haunch of mutton,
Have, to,
Have you?
Hawaii,
Hawfinch,
Hawk, n
tsung,
sáu, ü píú,
lau kü,
ch'au,
fóng p'á,
phá tín,
pang hau,
54 21 Healing medicines,
kam ün,
316 47 Health,
pat shéung yan, 509
3 Hear, to,
Hear, to, n
46 Hear, to,
47 Heart,
30||Heart beats,
99 34 Hearth,
297 70 Hearth brush,
297 71 Hearth cricket,
335 41 Heat,
335 40 Heater, n
335 42 Heave anchor,
343 17 Heaven, n
335
434
tsò mò
léung mù,
nün mò,
mò tái,
k'am ts'óng,
pò tau,
ts' ong hau,
Hatchways,
Hate, to,
ú,
Hateful, to be disliked, ím,
Hatter,
tsuk,
chép koi,
yat ting md,
chín mò,
hung mò,
i mò,
75 Head, bow the,
117 Head, Shape and Mo-
129
tions of, n
43 Head of a man, n
34 Head winds,
102 56h Headache,
268 2 Headdress,
209 118 Headstall,
148
148
27 Hawk, imperial,
10 Hawkers,
4 Hay,

10 Hayti,
36| Hazle nut,
15 Hazle nut, long,
6 He,
yan tsz' p²á,
514
hung wóng,
luk yung,
kuk fung,
351
ning fán mí á, 158
hat shik, 163
575
349
148 44 Heel bone,
324
471
324
349
74
chóng mò sz fú, 281
hò hí,
73
íú wá kwat, 520
yat pín yéung yuk, 164
yau,
190
151
yau mò á,
A wá hí,
419
láp tsui wó kuk, 474
ying,
90
kók ying, yü ying, 474 47
fán tsai,
kón ts'd,
209 119
458 33
415 9
Há tí,
pháng tsz,
fi tsz',
443 19
443 20
kü,
134 56
pá tau yat tai, 187
40
79 41
59 44
12
120 12
520 86
71 23
132 30
139 95
494 27
320
5
139 96
káu náu, 329 145
t'ín, 11 25; 75 91
tám páu tín, 71 15
hò t'ín,
81 42
44 38
chung,.
wai, tsín chủ,
á pó ts'ín,
pat kai,
137 55
469 64
453 36
121 10
33
88
kéuk cháng tau, 65
kan kwat, 520
tát chang hái, 149
tsz' tsz',
69
86
6
tái tổz,
chu kwan,
86 2
563 58
chíú kwai, 456 116
kwá ngau,
492 49
í kwók, í lun, 520 89
pá ťó,
320 9
sháu kung,
320 9
póng,
fú ch'í,
chó yat pí chí lik, 68 82
ó,
tíú,
hun ts'd
61 Help, to,
152 22
99 35
7 Help each other,
73 Helping-hand,
45 Helve
297 72
65 Hem, to, n
155 81
90 Hemerocallis fulva,
454 65
454 64
483 80
63 Hemerocallis Japonica, yuk tsám,
Hemiramphus, ch'éung tün tsam,
11 Hemisphere, southern, nám fong, 401 9
22 Hemorrhage,
lau hüt,
52 29
ú má, 209 120; chü, 458 35
pó ló má, 457 9
45 Hemp,
76 Hemp aloes,
148 45 Heir-apparent, n
48 Heir-apparent,
148
148
47 Helianthus,
148 49 Helix,
147 14 Helix of ear,
39 Heaven-daring, n
23 Heavens, high,
31 Heaviness of the head, t'au chung,
10 Heavy,
11 Hedgehog,
62 Hedysarum pulchellum,
8 Heed, not to,
7 Heel,
46 Heel, shoes down at,
50 Heir,
61 Helm, to hold the,
1 Helmsman,
42
T'au lui,
yan t'au,
42 I
ting t'au fung, 329 142
t'au t'ung,
44 35
154 52
shóc hóng,
má lung tau, 331 26
í yéuk,
chóng kín,
ting kín,
509 1
t'ing, ling yam, 56
man,
sam,
sam t'íú,
fo lò tai,
fúi sò,
tau má,
ít,
fó wó,
INDEX.]
HE.-HO.
643

?
Hen,
Hen-house,
Hence,
Hepatitis,
Herbalist,
Herbs, n
Here,
Hereditary titles,
Hermit crab,
Hermitage,
Hernia,
Heroes, Of, n
Heroic,
High sea, the,
High treason,
High wind,
474
132
kú,
562
kón ít,
505
ts'oi yéuk sín shang, 282
ts'ò pò,
437
ní ch'ü,
tsap fung,
kí ki chung,
491
hang mún, 310
tít tá ch'ut ch'éung, 505
Ying hung,
hò,
119
Higher,
Highest lowest,
Highly prized,
Hill,
Him,
Hinder, to,
Hinge of a door,
Hinge of state, n
Hip bone,
Hire, to,
kú,
Hire, (a house) to,
Hire a field, to,
Hire a house, to,
His,
His Excellency,
H. E. a censor,
His I. M.'s body guard,
Historiographers,
History, n
History, general,
Hither and thither, n
Hoarfrost,
Hod,
Hod, basket,
Hoe, weeding,
Hoe and plough,
kai ná,
kai lán,
tsóng lò,
wai íú sín,
170
567
sz',
chü sz',
pan ch'í,
séung,
fúi tau,
fúi tsám,
nau, pók,
loi tsz',
48|| Homoptysis,
31 Hæmorrhoids,
44 Hog,
67 Hoist sail,
343
128
46 Hókshán district, n
Holcus, n
39
474 49 Hole,
12 Hold, main,
39 |Hold, to, (contain)
11 Hold fast,
37 Hold in the hand, to, ch'á,
68 Hold of ship,
Hold the hand,
89 Hold the pencil, to,
Heron,
Herpes zoster,
507 134 Holland,
ts'd pák,
483 81 Hollow,
Herring,
Herself,
21 Hollow,
361 43
hung,
tsz' kí,
172
chung hủ,
Héung (a lad) n
Héung,
10 17 Hollow out, to,
wát hung,
Híángshán district, Héung shán yün, 426 1||Holly leaved geranium, yéung kw'ai, 453 34
Hibiscus, buff, tán ts'ing chi kam, 453 40 Holly leaved acanthus, lóng fá lik, 453 14
Hibiscus mutabilis,
fú yung,
453 38 Holocentrum, tséung kwan káp, 483 93
Hibiscus okro, wóng shuk kw'ai, 453 37 Home, return,
kwai,
414 4
Hibiscus rosa-sinensis, hung fá, 453 39 Home, returned, héung sün, 82 3
Hiccup,
505 70 Home, not at,
'm hai k'í, 93 16
139 83 Homely,
ch'au yéung,
73 59
Hó nám,
231 9
Hó nám,
421 4
mó,
154 67
13
High,
tả ít,
ko,
shéung há,
tái hók sz,
ká ko ngóng,
High and low, n
High chancellor,
High price,
3 10 Honam, n
600 336 Honán,
High price, very,
High priest,
chung yéung, 324 68 Honeysuckle,
mau fán tái yik, 546 254 Hong,
fung máng,
327 105 Hong merchants,
71 26 Honor, to,
3 Honorable,
tsin,
166 112 Hone, to,
ká tsui kò, 199 11 Honest and faithful, n t ít tám tung kin,71
shing míú kai sz', 597 260 Honey,
mat tóng, 164 64
kam ngan fá, 453 45
hóng,
210 121
yéung shéung, 199 12
king,
13 52
76 2; tái mỏng, 340 1
chí tsin,
348 3
ching king
mái mái, 273 11
chít hau, 587 28
kwai,
95 61
shai pák,
185 27
kwan wóng,
560 22
tái sz' chik, 600 341
463 24
kò kwó,
tó-shíú,
kwai chí,
shán,
128
266 41 Honorable, most,
403 2 Honorable traffic,
28 18
228
í,
316
579
tám kók,
mún káu,
póng sh'ü,
kín kwat, 520
172 21; ts'ing, 342
tsò yam,
190
ling tín,
t'ai,
297 75
289 26
tsò uk,
k'ui,
tái fú, tái yan,
yü sz' tái fú,
shí wai,
sz' kún,
6|| Honorary nobles,
48 Honored,
8 Honored friend,
95 Honored king,
17 Honors, great director,
2 Hoof,
19 Hook, hooked,
7 Hooping, n
73 51 Hoops of tub,
599 335 Hoppo, n
604 453 Hoppo boats, n
596 250 Hoppo's domestics,
598 309 Horary characters, n
572 37 Horizontal opening,
16 88 Horn,
gry
6 Horned hawk,
8 Horned owl,
t'ám yau hut, 505 71
chí chóng,
chủ, chế,
506 113
468 37
ch'é lí,
326 94
231 9
Hók shán,
léung,
449 46
wai hấp ts óng,324 63
tsoi,
299 105
71 24
324 72
201 26
69 92
19 2
286 4
410 11
358 11
208 108
404
297
73 Horse,
297
74 Horse, wild,
335 43 Horseback,
350 9 Horse-hair,
kíp chủ,
tsong tai,
áu shau,
chap pat,
hung,
Hó lán,
kau,
fú ch'uk,
tung fú,
kwán pò,
áp shin,
ka yan,
chí,
wáng hau,
kók,
kók ynig,
kók ch'í,
má,
yé má,
má shéung,
má mí,
139 97
593 164
222 9
591 120
391 6
361 43
462 23
474 47
474 64
468 38
628 42
359 19
364 77
HO.—IG.]
[INDEX.
644
Horsefly,
Horsehoof, the,
Hospital,
Hospital, foundling,
Host,
Host director,
How, n
How, (what)
How attested?
How long time?
How many,
How much,
How much,
Hot,
Hot, (pungent)
Hot sun,
Hot water,
Hotel, n
Hotel, public,
Hour, an,
Hour horn,
Hourglass, n
House, a,
uk yat shó,
kung shat,
307
478
494
172
Houses, n
House lizard,
ín t'ing, p'ik fú,
ú ying,
Housefly,
á má,
Housemaids,
Housings of a saddle, shím, chéung nai, 331
Hovenia,
chat kü, 443
mán tsz' kwó, 446
tím yéung,
tsam mó,
Hovenia, n
3
91
í hó wai p'ang, 128
hó í,
111
tím tsò tak ní, 236
tím chí,
20
tsò mat yé,
Kí kí fút,
169
341
tái tsoi,
tím yéung,
109
2
353
ü hó,
kí nói,
kí tó,
tó shíú,
yéuk kón,
kí tái,
úi mái,
How can?
How can do,
How can I know,
How employed,
How far apart,
How great!
How, in what manner,
How is it?
How old,
How to buy, know,
Howl, to, n
Howqua,
Howqua's hong,
Hoya carnosa,
Hug, to, n
Húkwáng,
Hull of a ship,
HUMAN BODY, n
Human beings,
Human energy,
Human relations, n
Humanity,
Humble,
Humerus, n
Humidity,
Humpbacked,
má fung,
hau,
Humped,
Húnán,
Hundred, a, n
491
í kún,
310
yuk ying tong, 310
chü,
sz' tò,
184
600 344 Hung up,
146
11 Hunger,
164
yatt'au máng, 154
kwan shui, 174
ít,
kún, 310 40; hít tím, 166
kung kún, 310
yat tím chung, 391
wá kók,
shá lan,
495 45|| Hundred Family
22 Names, the, n
38 Hundred million, a,
39 Hundred thousand, a,
9 Hundredths,
lát,
363
324
129
síú, 76 2; hím hím,
nò kwat,
shap,
ts' ó púi, ü ché,
ín,
Ú nám,
yat pák,
116
113
516
76 Hungkam tea,
60 Hungmuey, n
11 Hunter,
403
505
367
107 Hunting falcon,
41 Húpa,
422
376
6 Hurriedly,
61 Husband, a, n
64 Husband and Wife, n
9 Husband, my,
1 Husband's elder bro-
16
ther,
36 Husband's sister,
21 Husband's younger
brother,
27
21 Husbandman,
88 Hush up, to,
10 Husk,
num,
4 Hypothenuse,
3 Hyson, n
5 21 Hyson Skin,
156 2
218 221 I, n
375
31,
82
79 Hut, poor man's, n
8 Hut, thatched,
27 Hydrangea hortensis,
12 Hydrocele, lun
4 Hydrophobia,
7
235
yam,
465
'Ng Shíú wing, 276
I wó hóng, 240 31 Ichthyosis,
yuk sau k'au, 454 46 Icterus,
lám chü,
68 76 1
76 Icy sea,
Ú kwóng,
422
9 Ideas,
shün hók,
324 65 Identical,
SHAN TAI,
42 Idiotism,
282 51 Idle,
yan mat,
74 66 Idle talk,
tsing shan,
13 48 Idleness,
yan chí lun,
yan,
1 If,
5 If, as,
7If he can only,
8 Hypericum monogy.
7
6 I, the one man,
81 myself,
49 I'd have you know,
16 Ice,
1 If so, n
72 If there,
12 If thus, n
231 9
225 3
123 3
473 30
422 9
185 28
ld kung,
Fú fú,
93 17
92
chéung fú, nám yan, 93 15,16
tái pák,
pák yé,
kú néung,
sai shuk,
108 142
108 143
108 148
shuk yé,
nung fú,
sz' wó,
108 145
108 146
123 5
553 381
p'í hók,
437 11
pák uk,
310 42
307 1
tsang cháu,
yéung san k'au, 454–47
fú shui chéung, 505 73
kwóng hun chân
ím ching, 505 74
kam sz'
9 If you please,
18 Ignis sacer,
Pák Ká Sing,
yat hoi,
yat yik,
hò,
tíú,
kí,
hung kam,
hung múi,
líp,
tseuk
Ú pak,
móng,
sung,
tsik,
hí ch'an,
p'í chá,
ngó,
'ng,
hoi tóng, 454 48
395 16
225 4
225 4
ü yat yan,
ngó tsi kí,
wá ní chí,
8 2
376 18
376 18
373 2
161 21
351 11
hán wá,
pat kan,
yéuk,
1 2
1
353
352 13
ಜಿ ಪ
177 22
235
ping,
404 9
shang shé pí, 505 75
fát wóng ching, 505 83
Ping hoi,
í,
408 8
29 24
349 6
76
yat yá,
pat sing yan sz', 505
tó, lán tó,
349
235
9
351 10
90 78
ü,
75 85
tán hó,
186 32
ín, 354 4; kóm wá, 5 18
131 2
yeuk hai,
kóm yéung,
7 28
tsui píng
176 8
tín pò chóng, 504 57
INDEX.]
[IG-IN.
645
Ignited, thoroughly,
Ignorant,
I'lí, n
Ilium,
Ill fitted for use,
Illegal,
Illicit intercourse,
Illness,
Illumine, to,
Illustrate, to, n
Illustrations of Four
shíú t'au,
pat chí,
I lai,
Immortal,
Immovable,
Immovable,
Impatiens balsamina,
Impatiens cristata,
Impeach, to,
Impede, to,
Impede business,
Imperceptibly,
Imperforate meatus,
Imperial academy's
hall, n
íú wá kwat,
hò shai,
m
sz chít,
fán kán,
ping t'ai,
chíú,
ká ü,
Sz' Shü
Books, the, n
Illustrious,
I'm or Yen, n
Image, the,
Images,
Imbecile,
tséung,
shan ling,
ün yéuk,
Imitate, to,
fát,
Imitate, to, (follow) n kan chu,
Imitation,
Immaterial which,
Immeasurable,
Immediately,
Immediately,
Immediately,
Immediately, sell,
Tò hau, 30
hín,
I'm tai,
pat tung,
ting pat yik,
fúng sín fá,
kap sing tsz',
kò yan tsúi,
t'o shau,
fong sz',
pat kók,
mò kíú í,
230
413
ká,
243
tò hai yat yéung, 178
mók ch❜ák, 396
tsui, 185 29; tsik, 189
sui,
186
tsik kón,
230
7 In the house,
241
35 In the times of,
kón fái mái,
shai,
564 19 In this manner,
203
50 In this manner,
5 Inanimate,
Imperial annalist,
Imperial authority,
Imperial body guard,
Imperial chattels,
Imperial consort,
Imperial councillor,
Imperial decision,
Imperial Dominions, n
Imperial Family, n
Imperial guard in
waiting,
Imperial historiographer, n yü sz',
Imperial honor director, sz' fan,
Imperial lady,
Imperial lands, n
Imperial majesty, n
Imperial order,
Imperial physicians,
Imperial seals,
Imperial tea, n
Imperial Titles, n
hau fí,
wóng tò,
mán sui yé,
chák,
7 Imperial trust,
1 Implements of Agri.
423 19 culture, n
520 90 Implicate, to,
141 141 Importance, no great,
129 9 Importance, utmost,
552 366 Importance of Agri-
79 29 culture, n
558 1 Important,
102 56g Imported goods,
Imports,
2 Impose, to,
17 Imposing,
5 Impoverished and few, shui mí,
302 1 Impracticable,
pat nang,
312 75 Improper, n
94 50 Improve appearance,
79 426 Improve in flavor,
5 18 Improve the breath,
41 Impurities,
35 In,
In-out,
564
498
400
454
50 Incarcerate, to
454 49 Incense sticks,
550 333 Incest,
67 75 Inch, an, n
350 9 Inches,
45
505
49 Incisor teeth,
77 Incline, to,
Incline to hear, n
5|Inclined,
562
591
yü ts'ai,
kán í tại fú,
yam ting, 569
Wong yi leuk, 421
Tsung yan lui, 563
yi ts'ín
62 In, (within, inside)
34 In order to, n
hón lam ün ü, 308
sz' kún,
598 309 Include, to,
79 426 Incoherent,
yam ting,
fá ling shi wai, 589
fá ling shi wai, 589 66 Incomplete,
ü mat,
561
34 Inconstant,
52 Incontinence of urine,
131 Increase, an,
10 Increase, daily,
Incubation,
Incumbrances,
Incurable,
shi wai, 604 455 |Incus,
ü í,
yü pò,
498
570
tái chủ, chủ lớn, 226
Wóng wóng í shüt, 558
604 451 Indeed! n
600 343 Indemnity, bill of,
562 51 Index,
127 2 India, n
90 79a Indian cress,
28 20 Indian ocean,
4 Indian rubber,
ts'an
18
4 Indian shot,
Indicate, to
hung ép,
333
Nung hí,
lui,
29 24
'm séung kón, 236 12
241 36
chí kan,
10
fí shó í,
ching yung,
kang ká yat mí,
278
160
509
199
10
136
35
58
34
129 9
yik hí,
mí,
noi, 318 77; tsoi,
yap-ch'ut,
lui t'au,
wai,
hóng noi,
ko chan shí,
ch'un ts'z',
kóm yéung,
sz' ché,
chau,
77 6
169 6
238 20
40 90
79 33
429 1
311 65
shi shan héung, 392 6
shuk séung kán, 552 368
yat tsün, 380 1
ín chí,
254 43
mún ngả,
523 171
p*ín,
516 7
chak í t'ing,
56 12
í,
30 30
lín, 91 79c; 236 14
kwóng
pat shing,
hing shan,
122 18
níú kap ching,
lí,
347
Nung pún,
íú,
16 85
loi lò p'at t'au, 236 12
yap hau chí fo, 210 – 123
t'am,
235 7
hóp pán, 289 22
87 22
303 1
11
80 42€
yát tsik,
pò tau,
437 12
512 13
505 78
350 9
349 may
477 1
ting shau,
191 5
512 13
pat chí,
í noi cham kwat, 520 91
ái yá,
p'úi p'ò tán,
chí,
83 7
210 123
135 3
407 9
T'ín chuk,
455 79
407 6
hó ép lín,
Yan to hoi,
mút chí káu,
shui tsíú fá,
chí,
7
3
3

tséung p'í, 210 124
454 51
392 9
CHI. CHR.
162
IN.-IN.]
[INDEX.
646
Indicate, to,
Indigestible,
Indigestion,
Indignation,
Indigo,
Indigo color,
Indisposed to, n
Indisposed to speak, n
Indisposition,
Indolence, n
Induce, to,
Indulgence,
Indulgent, n
Inequality,
Inexhaustible,
Infant,
Infant,
Infant children,
Inferior,
Inferior goods,
Inferior in both,
Infinite in knowledge,
Infirm, n
junctiva,
Inflammation of
cornea,
Inflammation of iris,
yai fó,
k'ü pat hó,
mò pat t'ung,
tái chang,
Inflamed eyes, n
chik ngán,
Inflammation of bladder, phóng kwóng ít,504
Inflammation of bowels, ch'éung ít, 504
ngán koi noi
48
Inflammation of con-
Ink,
Ink, red, n
Inflammation of liver,
Inflammation of lungs,
Inflexible, n
Influences, evil, n
Inform to,
Information, full
Ingeniously,
Ingot,
Inhale, to,
Inhale, to, n
Inherit, to,
Inherit honors, to, n
Injunctions, n
Injure, to,
Injured,
Injured parts,
Injurious, not,
Injury,
Ink-cup, n
Ink-roller,
Ink-shovel,
Ink-stone,
Ink-table,
chun, pò,
'm lí fuk,
pat síú fá,
fan, nò,
trò tín,
yéung lám,
mí sz',
mò hau kóng,
m shóng,
yat, 349 7; tó,
chíú,
83
10
10 Inner overseer,
348
3 Inner overseer and
81 director,
38
yau,
ts'z', 78 19; yung, 112 13| Inner 2d secretary,
pat kwan, pat p'ing, 537 80,81 | Inner secretary,
mò kung,
349 7Inner usher,
ying í,
310 39 Innkeeper, n
hoi tai chí trung, 87 23 Innocent mang
síú í,
518 64 Innumerable,
'm ts'z', 144 209 Inquest, holding,
241 35 Inquire, to,
227
6 Inscribe, to,
Inlay, to
Inmost thoughts,
392 8,7|Inmost thoughts,
176 20 Inn, n
Inn,
505 79 Inner apartments, n
270 3,4 Inner assistant,
210 125 Inner Council, n
305 39 Inner director,
46 Inner director,
26 Inner governor,
7 Inner Mongols,

49
54
kón ít,
lò tsat,
tít sam,
ts'é mat,
tung chí,
chí sik,
tsing,
281
ngan ting, 294 26; pò ting, 260
k'ap,
ts'ü hí,
shing,
tsáp yam,
kd,
wán,
shéung,
wán chu,
mò mat hoi,
wái,
mak,
hung chủ,
mak shing,
mak luk,
mak tíu,
ín,
mak t'oi,
séung yap,
fai kón,
•
559
77
11 Insects, n
8 Insects in books,
17 Insert, to
40 Inside,
53 Insolvent,
Inspect, to, n
29 Inspection,
Inspection, buy for,
81 Inspector-general,
ch'ik ít, 503
ngán ngoi tsing
ch'ik ít, 505
ngán hak tsing,
ch'ik ít, 505 80 Inspector-gen. of guard,
505 67 Inspector of arms,
506 114 Inspectors of literature,
71 12 Inspissated,
155 80 Instance, an,
244 46 Instead of,
268 1 Instep,
sham sam,
hít tím,
noi shat,
112 14
166 107
130 1
chung shing, 588 55
Noi Kók, 567
chung shu ling, 588 62
chung ching, 588 52
chung toi, 588 54
Noi Mung kú, 423 18
chung shi hám, 588 63
chung shu
kám ling, 589 64
chung shu shé yan, 589 65
chung shu, 58S 53
chung lóng tséung, 558 60
tím chü,
p'ing yan,
pat shing shò,
kín ím sz',
282 47
554 408
88 36
554 412
120 10
70 11
man,
ming,
Kwan chung lui, 493
chu,
séung,
lí t'au,
tò hóng,
t'ai,
móng,
mái tai,
hang kwan
45 Instep, under the, n
7 Institute, to, n
1 Instructions, n
403
52 34 Instructor of learning,
89 51
87 18 Instruments for bowing, ngók hí
15 72
288 14 Instruments of per-
525 1 cussion,
528 10||Instruments for
181
182
29
sucking,
34 Instruments for thrum.
2 ming,
370
1 Instruments, wind, n
19
297
76
297
77 Insult, to,
hí,
297 78 Insurance companies, n tám pò úi,
370 2||Intelligence, divine,
shan ming,
297 79 Intelligence, superior,
292 50 Intendant of circuit,
75 85 Intense cold,
496 68
313 8
237 16
201 29
20
5
499 7
148 35
káu shau, 590 91
tín tsín sz', 601 374
kwan hí kám, 592 156
ngai man kám, 594 191
ying,
200 18
258
pín shí,
3
toi,
203 51
520 92
kéuk púi,
kéuk pán tóng, 65 31
15 75
chu,
fan, 15 72; káu, 123
wai hók
1
káu shau, 604 439
ts'ó lui, 364 77
ngók hí tá lui, 357 3
ngók hí
fú lui, 365 80
ngók hí tán lui, 362 48
ngók hí
ch'ui lui, 363 57
72 35
210 126
74 77
186 31
ts' ung wai,
tò t'oi, tsun tò, 601 383
kik hón, 404 6
INDEX.]
[ IN.—JO.
647
·
Intention,
Inter, to,
sam sz',
tsóng,
yun üt,
235
8||ls yet,
84 21 Ischium,
389 3 Isinglass,
115 11 Island,
Intercalary month,
Intercourse with friends, ch'ü yau,
Interdict, to, fung kam, 199 12; kam, 539 106 Islands of the Sea, n
Interest,
Interlace,
lí sik,
210 127 Islet,
345 27 Issued,
288 16 Isthmus,
289
24 Italy,
káu ká,
ú hóp,
pút phóng,
hón ít wong loi, 504
noi chí,
chuk t'ung,
Interlock, to,
Interlock, to,
Intermittent fever,
Internal faculties,
Internodes of bamboo,
Intervals, at
60 Itch,
366
lí shó,
Interview, an,
Intestines, small and

great,
Intimacy, n
Intimate, very, n
Intimate friend,
Into,
Into the hall,
Intoxicated, n
Intoxicated,
Invariable,
Invite, to,
Invite guests,
Invoice,
Involution,
Involve, to,
Ipomea grandiflora,
Ipomea maratima,
Ipomea quamoclit,
Invent, to
fuk,
cham kau,
Investigate, n
shik,
Investitures, director of, sz' fung,
Inverted,
Investigate, to,
Invisible,
Iris of the eye,
Irish potato,
Iron,
Iron filings,
Iron pear wood,
Irregular,
Irregularly,
kín min,
síú chéung,
Is, n
Is,
Is it well? n
Is not,
Is there?
Is there?
tái chếung, 520
98
yam tsui,
pat yik,
chai,
íú hák,
fó tán,
438
341
60
tsoi shing,
lui,
p'ing fung, 454
Ipomea tuberosa, seeds of, hín ngau tsz', 458
Iris,
ú típ fá, tò yéuk, 454
Iris of eye,
tung yan ngoi
ún típ,
ts'ing trung
shau tsuk, 67
shau tsuk p'ang
yau, 126 13; 69
lók, 148 37; 136
tang tóng, 185
tsui tsau,
121
161 24 Jam,
86 23g Jambs,
388 1 Japan,
314 20 Japanning, n
497 3 Jar, dyeing,
11 22 Jar, rice,
600 342 Jar, unglazed,
muk shó pat kín, 49 36||Jars, n áng, 140
ts'ing, 171 19; chíú, 196 11 Jasmine, white,
43 Jasminum officinale,
128 Jasper, green,
187
210
376
16 Jatropha,
88
37 Jaundice,
tái íp kam,
ping fung, 454
hau tang,
454
pák kam
hak tsing, 520
ngán hak tsing, 48
hó lán shii, 450
t'ít, hak kam, 434
tít sít,
514
tit li muk,
441
ts' é,
386
lün,
130
hai, 4 16; tsik, 198
shí,
34
2
hò ’m hò ní,
mók fi,
yau mò á,
íú 'm íú,
127
133
128
1 Items,
21 Itself, boil by,
7 Ivory,
13 Ivory cuttings,
Ixora coccinea,
93
12 JACANA,
Jack fruit,
68 Jacket, n
Jacket, riding,
103 Jade, n
34 Jade, clouded,
27 Jailor,
2 Jailors,
Java,
54 Java sparrows,
53 Jawbone,
Jay,
52 Jay, mottled,
36 Jealousy,
55 Jelly,
Jelly, pig's foot,
94 Jerk,
33 Jet,
66 Jeweler,
16 Jewels,
32 Jib-boom,
30 Jib-boom, flying,
2
1Join, to,
3 Join hands,
57 Join in pairs,
3 Join to drink, n
’m ts'ang á,
kín kwat,
2 Join together, to,
40 Join together, to,
4 Join together, to,
ü káu,
hoi tò,
Hoi chau,
chu,
fát chut,
mí tí,
Í tái lí,
kón lái,
tik mat yé,
175 2
520 95
210 130
415 9
416
pák sháp,
tséung ngá,
ngả pín,
mau ying tán fá, 454
39 85
223 11
412 3
pat fúi muk,
yuk hí sz' fú,
chü pò,
t'au pak píú,
sám chin thau
410 12
505 82
170 13
164 81
210 131
210 132
57
pák shing kai, 474 50
pó ló mat, 443 22
chung shám, 148 51
má kw¹á,
yuk,
149 52
431 29
431 30
pik ngá sai,
kam tsut,
125 3
sz' yuk,
kò,
597 279
149 52
132 32
417 6
fó lò chi tan,
Yat pún,
mút tsat,
289 28
tín kóng,
tám,
296 46
335 45
táp,
140 110
109; ung kóng, 140 111
mút lí fá, 454 58
sú híng fá, 454 59
ts'ing pik,
tung yau shii, 441 31
fat wóng ching, 505 83
Chau wá,
431 31
417 7
476 96
hung tsui,
hấp ché,
tséuk,
520 96
474 51
shán wó shéung, 474 52
tò,
ch'é lí,
96 63f
164 67
chủ kéuk tung, 164 66
tsat ím,
24 14
431 .32
282 48
152 21
324 66
séung hóp,
séung tsuk,
pak píú, 324 67
kún, 329 1; tsíp shuk, 438
21
kung shau, 187 41
púi hóp, 388 1
mín púi yam, 178 45
kún, 329 1; pók, 322 36
376 11
418 10
?
JO.—KN.]
[INDEX.
648
Join upon, to,
Joined,
Joiner,
Joint,
Joint adjutant high chép pán tái
chancellors, n
Joint owner,
Jointless bamboo,
Journey, a long,
Joy,
Joy, n
Judge,
Judge, to,
Judge of, to, n
Judger, n
Judgment,
Juicy plum,
Juicy taste,
Julus,
Jug,
Jugglers,
Juice,
Juice of trees,
Jumped out,
Junction,
lín,
408
hóp mái,
17
tsò ch'éung muk tséung, 282
tsít,
438
Junior master,
Junks, n
Jupiter, n
Just enough,
Just Men, Of, n
Just now,
Just now,
Just now brought,
Just price,
Just try,
Justice,
Justice of peace,
Juvia,
KÆMPFERIA,
Kalka,
Kansu province,
Kaolin,
Kedgeree,
Keel,
Keen-eyed, n
Keep, to,
Keep in, to,
hók sz', 568
Keep in order, to,
Keep silence,
Keep till to morrow,
hóp pún yan,
mò tsít chuk,
tái mung,
lók,
27
hí shik, 62 46; hí, 95
ón chát sz', 594
chak, 120 11; léung, 231
sham,
52
Keeper of H. I. M. seals,
Keeper of H. I. M.
8 Kelson,
34 Kept open,
tai,
559
tò léung,
ch'ing,
shut sz',
13 Kernel of fruit,
88 31 Kernel of grain, a,
140 112 Kernels, broken,
125 7 Kettle,
chap, 209 115; kwó chap, 437
shu tsun,
439
ngó kò lí,
445
mí ts'ing tím, 419
má luk, shán k'ung, 494
19 Kettle, water,
34 Key, n
shé ch'ut,
145
376
hóp,
shíú sz',
ts'd shin,
muk sing,
tsuk kau,
I sz',
ching wá,
ín tsoi,
í ká tsau chí,
kung tò ká,
shí há,
1,
tín lí,
hóp t'ò,
shán noi,
Kák í kák,
Kóm suk,
213
440
122
kò ling shik,
Kat chí lí,
tai kwat,
wai ngán,
ón tak,
398
254
114
8|| Keeper of national
archives,
06
49 Keeper of prison,
21 Keeper of palace,
ting yat, 163
fú pò lóng, 589
papers,
chung shu fó,
588
Keeper of H. I. M.
pleasure grounds, to shui sz' ché, 601
Keeper of H. I. M. post
office,
yik shing,
Keeper of records in
Censorate,
2
62 Keeper of records,
8 Keeper of records,
13 Keeper of supervisor's
records,
12
56 Keeper of seals,
197 Keg,
587 20
588 44
yi sz chi pò, 604 454
chí chung,
chü pò,
chím sz' fú
chü pò, 587 25
chíú mó,
587 33
p'í pá tung tsai, 139 98
lí lung,
324 70
157 8
tá hoi,
yan,
438 20
384 1
yat nap,
ngat,
335 31
wók,
139 101
139 99
139 100
421 5
Kóng nám,
Kóng sú, 421 5
shán yéung tsai, 468 45
lú léuk,
543 208
noi shan,
520 99
shat,
72 44
435 24
297 81
ngá íú,
297 80
yau, 99 27; léung shín, 113 9
'm chéuk shai, 252 35
ch'ái fá, 139 102
92 6
75 Kíangnán province,,
21 Kíangsú province,
38 Kid,
216 Kidnap, to,
7 Kidney,
599 322 Kill, to,
324 68 Kiln for ore,
7 Kiln, lime,
43 Kiln, pottery,
Kind,
9 Kind of use, no,
407
324
69 King, n
9 King, the sacred, n
12 King, the pitch note,
shau tsong, 143 165 Kingcrab, n
47
160
chik ching, 572
hóp hau,
53
lau fán,
594 203
pí shi ling,
pí shu kám,
chu shau, 554 400
chap kam 'ng, 586 7
t'ung pò,
shí,
157
235
11 Kindlings,
yan,
13 Kindness, n
158 13 Kindness,
247
151
114 18 Kindred,
shun,
sut lín,
9 Kindness,
11 28
117 20
tsung tsuk, 85 23e; ts'an, 113 16
601 369 KINDRED RELATIONS, n TS'AN I',
76
446 91 Kindred, nine degrees of, n kau tsuk, 13 48
Kinds, 12,
shap yau í chung, 509 3
443 23 Kinds, all, kók fún, 135 13; chung, 204 64
423 18 Kinds, all,
kók shik,
204 63
tang mat, 202 44
422
11 Kinds, many such,
431
33 Kinds of goods, what,
6 Kinds of things,
pín tsung fó, 237 16
chu shik tang mat, 202 44
559 18
360 33
360 34
491 22
Knee, bend the, n
604 450 Knee cap,
lò tsò,
fui lò,
wóng,
hing,
t'ín k'au,
hau,
kwók,
42 Kingdom,
6 Kingfisher,
Kingfisher, variegated, n fí tsui,
62 King-post,
85 Kirin in Mantchúria,
ai tsai,
Kat lam,
ch ii fóng,
Kitchen,
61 Kitchen of a temple, n p'áu ch'ii,
Kite,
kwái chí,
380 Kitten,
míú tsai,
410 9
ii kau, tíú ü lóng, 474 53
474 54
316 50
422 17
133 33
310 43
tá yat ts'ín,
p'ò sat,
474 55
468 45
183 5
531 23
INDEX.]
649
[KN-LA.

Knee-joint,
Knee-pads,
Knee-pan,
Kneel, to,
Knees,
Knife, beveled,
Knife, bill,
Knife, brick,
Knife, carving,
Knife, case,
Knife, dessert,
Knife, drawing,
Knife, dress,
Knife, fish,
Knife, pen,
Knife, scraping,
Knife, small,
Knife, vegetable,
Knight-heads,
Knives and forks,
Knob, to pin a,
Knock at a gate, to,
Knock head, to, n
Knock head, to, n
Knocker,
Knot of tree,
Knotted cords,
Know, to, n
Know how, to,
Knowledge, slight, n
Known,
Knuckles,
Laceration,
Lachrymal duct,
Lachrymal glands,
Lachrymal sack,
Lackaday,
Lackered ware,
Lackering,
Lactiferous duct,
Lad,
Ladák,
Ladder,
tsat kái,
páu tsat,
tsat k'oi kwat,
kwai há,
Koko-nor, n
Kumkwat orange,
Kwangsí province,
Kwangtung province, n
Kwanlun Mts.,
Kweichau province,
Kwongchau city,
sat tau,
tsám tờ,
ngái tò,
chin tò,
tái tsán tờ,
ngau yuk tò,
kwó tờ,
tò ch'an,
phúi tò,
in tờ,
to tsai,
ts' oi tò,
tséung kwan ch'ü, 224
tò chá,
176
ts' ám kún,
124
183
kau mún,
k'au tau,
k'o tau,
mún wáng
tsít,
kít shing,
shik, 162 39;
úi,
p'ó shik há,
fat shan,
LA PLATA,
Labials, n
Laboring,
Labors, agricultural, n nung sz',
Labrus,
fá ün shan,
tsz' kang,
Lac, gum,
Lace, gold and silver, kam ngan
chíp káu tò tsai, 140 107 Lake red,
kwát tờ,
298 84 Lama,
154 54 Lamb,
140 105 Lameness,
520 100||Lade water, to, fú shui, 320 6; fat shui, 335 46
149 53 Ladle,
140 114
140 115
335 46
58 30
Láp Pá tá,
shan yam,
ch'ut lik,
520 101||Ladle, soup,
185
65
28 Ladle, wooden,
35 Lady, a, n
298
82 Lady, a, n
337 75 Lady, your, n
294 18 Lady, your honorable,
139 103 Lady, that,
139 104 Lady bug,
140 108 Ladyship, her,
298 83 Lagerstroemia,
154 53 Laichí, dried,
140 106 Lake,
44
44
316
438
370
káu ts at,
ch'ut yü kún,
yau í,
Lá tát hák,
tai tang,
chí, 17
235
95
116
10 Land, make,
shau tsít,
64 13 Land, people of the,
Kó kó nó í, 423 18 Land Measures, n
kam kwat, 444 43 Land snails,
422 14 Land tax,
Kwóng sai,
Kwong tung, 426
Kwan lun shán, 424
Kwai chau, 422
Kwóng chau fú, 402
Landed property,
19 Landholder,
16 Landlord,
1 Lands,
Landscape,
8 Landscape,
26 Landscape-painter,
53 Language, Chinese, n
5 Languid,
95 Languor,
210 133 Lank,
415
6
89
348
483
sín tái, 211
sün shéung, 528
ngán lui kún, 518
ngán lui hat,
lui kún toi,
ái yá,
ts'at hí,
71 Lamentations,
13 Laminaria,
17 Lammergyr eagle,
4 Lamp, globular, n
23 Lamp, helmet, n
22 Lamp, water, n
51 Lamp-chimney,
21 Lamp-stand,
4 Lampwick,
4 Lampwick grass,
8 Lampwick, rush,
54 Land,
Lantern,
134 Lantern-fly,
11 Lapicide,
52 Lapis lazuli,
519 71 Lappet,
520 102 Lard,
hók,
tóng hók,
muk shéuk,
kú néung,
fan mín yau tau, 45
ling chung,
95
95
n tsün fú yan,
kó wai á néung, 174
pán máu,
lò tái tái,
495
79
46
tsz' mí shü,
lai chí kón,
ú,
41
441 32
164 69
425 33
305 46
fán hung,
lá má,
46
505 84
424 22
kò, yéung tsai, 468
pai kéuk,
tán tsing,
hoi tái,
tsò tíú,
89 65
458 37
473 27
kam ü kóng tang, 140 118
kw'ai tau tang, 140 117
140 119
lau lí,
tang trung,
tang toi,
140 121
140 120
1
tang sam,
140 122
tang sam ts'd, 458 38
tang ts'd, 140 123
3
tí, 346 31; chau, 373
219
kín ngón,
noi tí man yang 270
386
Mau fát,
t'ín ló, kwá ngau, 492 50
7
259
tí ting,
538 90
tín léung,
tín ú,
344 20
15
128 7; phò chi, 196
538 92
tín tò,
shán ch'ün king, 288 17
shán shui wá, 371 9
wak kung,
282 51
Tóng wá,
1 2
toi kin,
kwan hái,
shau,
67 62
67 72
61 24
141 124
tang lung,
lung ngán ngó, 495 47
shik hí tséung, 282 50
211136
ts' ing kam,
shám k'am,
149 54
chü yau,
164 68
kóm tó yan,
131
14
mò mat tái, 138 63
tái—síu, 357 3
kang tái, 130 10
130 10; tsuitái, 415 9
shau—mút, 385 3
kók ling,
474 56
íp chủ,
234 6 Large a number, so,
211 135 Large, not very,
29 Large-small,
289
518
88
424
53 Larger,
43 Largest,
23 Largest-smallest,
140 113 | Lark, crested,
55
59
56
14
chí tái,
4
1
CHI. CHR.
163
LA.—LE.]
[INDEX.
650
Lark, singing,
Lark, wood,
Larva of musketoes,
Larynx,
Lassa,
Last, shoemaker's,
Last decade,
Last night,
Last year,
Lastings,
Latch, n
Late-early,
Late years,
Lately,
Later,
Lathe, tinman's,
Lather, to,
Lathing,
Latin language,
Latitude, lines of,
Laugh, to,
Laurus cinnamomea,
Lava,
Law, n
Law, a silk, n
Law professors,
Lawless, n
Lead, sounding,
Lead,
57 Lease,
pák ling, 474
shán má tséuk, 474 58 Lease, to,
kít kít, 495 66 Leather,
518 61 Leather,
424
hau lung,
Lá sát,
hái hung
298
há tsun,
390
159
63 57 Leech,

tsók mán,
kau nín,
Laws, obey the,
Laws and canons,
Lawsonia purpurea,
Lay a foundation, n
Lay aside dress, to, n
Lay down, to,
Lay it aside,
Lay on, to,
Lay (spread) upon, to, pò,
Lay straight, to,
Lay the table,
Lay up, to,
Lay upon, to, n
Lax, somewhat,
Leaf,
Leaf fan, n
Leaf for painting,
Leak, to,
Leak, repair a,
Lean,
Lean against, to,
Leaning posture,
Leap, a, n
Learn, to, n
243
43 Leechlines, n
133
34 Leek green,
227
6 Left, not,
ü ling,
mún kwai,
chí—tsò,
kan nín, 268
kan yat, 77 8; kan loi, 177
hau,
sik ch'é,
ch'á sò,
2 Left hand, n
25 Leg,
110
11 Leg bone, n
298
86 Leg bone, n
152
15 Leg of mutton,
52 Leger,
t'ín lung tsz', 317
Lá tai náp man, 411
15 Leggins,
wai sín, wai tò, 401 9,11 Leisure, no,
síú,
74 71 Lemna, n
yuk kwai,
wan shik,
440 13 Lemon,
431
533
35 Lend, to,
lut lai,
1 Lend a hand,
ló,
266
lut hók pók sz', 593
muk mò fát kí, 49
tsun fát,
270
354
fát tò,
chí káp fá,
454
hoi kí,
565
shing kún fún í, 188
lók, 207 93; chít, 393
tsóng chí,
shéung,
ts'ai ching,
pái tsik,
ch'ü tsoi,
Lead, white,
Lead, to,
Leader of army,
Leader of cavalry,
Leader of the vanguards,
Leads,
·
p'ai, 191 4; p'ai ling, 343
19
190 3
287 14
ngau kák, 368 21; wai, 368 20
sung ch'ut, 132 23
lí.
222 &
22 Leave, he took,
85 Leave, to,
4 Leave, take my,
30 Lecturers to H. I. M.
kò ts'z',
77 10
shí kóng,
ngau k'í, k'í
líú sz',
ts'ung luk,
mò shing,
596 249
ná, 491–23
324 72
305 37
74 79
yéung pí,
tsung pò,
tso shau, 64 19; tso pin, 187 43
kéuk, 155 86; síu túi, 523 178
hang kwat, kéuk kwang, 520 103
king chí tái kwat, 523 178
164 80
211 138
149 55
254 41
458 40
443 24
213 167
chó yat pí chí lik, 68
fút, 386 1; ch'éung, 393
184 Leniency and severity, hing chung, 580
37 Lenient,
82
42 Length,
2
4 Leontodon chinense,
6 Leopard,
60 Lepisma,
23 Lepra,
48 Leprosy,
10
yung,
270 3
pò kung ying, 458 20
pháu,
468 47
pák ü, kím ch'ung, 495 48
pák shik,
505 86
má fung, fát fung, 505 85
shíú-tó, 182 33
shing yam ché, 128 8
ch'ü shíú, 376 6
íp chi,
128 8
hung,
201 26
186 33
190 1
1 Less-more,
575
9 Lessee,
294 21 Lessen, to,
291 37 Lessor,
pá,
136 34
332 47
pí ngô trai,
loi yat kín,
234 6
185 25
kung yau hák, 321 25
n fóng shui yap, 346 33
séung ts'ing h'ü, 167 142
shü sun,
tsz',
shang ts'oi,
pák shik,
trò ling,
hak wán,
ngán mók,
lau pák tái,
pák fán ü,
'ng sz' tün,
p'ing,
293 1
p'ing, 337 79; kwan, 338
83 9
210 124
449 42
505 86
481 33
489 233
502 6
505 87
489 244
264 18
80
47
pá,
335
táp,
shéung fún,
tsam t'ó,
270
74 Let me see,
17 Let me see him,
18 Let to travelers,
325
ün, ts' ing kam, 434
ün fan,
434
yan, 357 7; 325 75 Let water on a field,
tséung kwan, 602 393||Let us go,
sz' má,
597 281 Letter, a,
to chí fai, 601 379 Letters,
ün pín, ün kán kák, 298 87 Lettuce,
íp,
438 22 Leuce,
kw'ai shín, 148 35 Leuciscus,
pò t'ai shá, 458
135
39 Leuciscus or tench,
lau shui,
chap lau,
shau,
p'angť'íú, 326 92; 1, 331
133
60
366
kü tsó,
yéuk,
hók,
144 202 Lest,
188
50 Let,
278
SLet (a house), to,
84 Let down, to,
68
4 Let into,
tsò,
p'í,
4 Leucoma,
46 Leucorrhœa,
6 Leucosoma, n
20||Levantine satin,
7 Level,
23
11 Level, to,
1 2 Leveler,
fú.
m tak hán,
p'ing,
ning mung,
tsé,
yam,
fóng lók,
kún,
INDEX.]
[LE.—LI.
651

Lever,
Levy duties,
Lewchew,
Lewd,
Libellula,
LIBERAL ARTS, n
Liberty, not at,
Library,
Libya, n
License,
Light winds,
Light, put out a,
Lighters,
Light-house,
Lightning, n
Like,
Like,
Like, I,
Like a,
tung chíu,
fú shui,
Lau kau,
yam,
tsing t'ing,
LUK NGAI,
Like, to,
Like, very,
Likewise,
Lilies, golden, n
Lilium concolor,
Lily, day,
353
pat nang yam í, 258
shi fóng,
Lí pí á,
phái,
443 24
431 37
Lichen,
431 38
Lichen simplex,
shik í, shik yui, 458
fó ting chóng, 505
lai chí,
393 8
Líchí,
443
180
25 Limit, overpass,
5 Linchpin,
120 19 Line, a,
556 430
331 28
Lid,
Lie concealed,
Lie upon, pleasant to, hò fan,
Lieutenant,
Lieutenant-colonel,
Lieut..general,
Lieut.-governor,
Lieut.-governor and
ts'ín tsung,
yau kik, yau fú,
fú tò trung, 589
fú yün, fú t'oi, 589
ts' un fú
member of the B. w. pò yün, 603
Lieut.-governor's aid, fú yün man
sín, 314 14; sók, 327 110
143 183 Line, sounding, lung shün, tsam t'ó, 325 74
602 395 Line of descendants, n kwá tít,
89 52
604 448||Line of map,
kák.
77 Linen,
má pò,
72 Linen, fine,
chuk pò,
Linguals, n
shit yam,
412||Linguist,
t'ung sz',
Lining,
74 Links,
73 Lintel,
401 11
211 141
250 26
6 26
222 10
náp lí, 265 29 ; chan, 248 18
lín wán kau, 298 89
mún mí,
Ling ting,
sz' tsz',
hái chí,
tsun pò, 589
Lieut.-governor's staff, fú píú,
589
Lieutenant in army, fan fú, fan shau, 589
Lieut. of the imperial wai ts'ín tsung,
guards,
133 36
220
3
69 Lintin island,
Lion,
468 48
469 49
lớn ngán pín, 505 89
hau shun, 54 16; tsui, 102 56f
196 11
ts'ing,
wai fan fú, 603
Life,
ming, 57 26; yan ming, 210
Life, regardless of, móng ming, 125
Life, this,
kam shai, 95
wai shang, 283
kü, 34 11; tau hí, 131
póng mak kan sín, 532
hing-chung, 201
kwóng,
404
léuk, 211 136 ; tsín, 251
hí hí,
chéuk fo,
tím tang,
Life, to the very,
Lift up, to, n
Ligature,
Light-heavy,
Light,
436 Lion unicorn, n
126 Lippitudo,
8 Lips,
60 Liquidate, to,
62 Liquor of divine
3 healing, n shing yi tóng,514 33
37 Liquorice,
kóm ts'ò, 458 42
26||Listen, to, n ting, 6 25; ling yam, 57 20
10 Lists of population, n pán tsik,
577 3
31 Literary grad. of 3d degree, tsun sz',
44 Literary officers, káu kún,
139 87 Literary profession,
shu ká,
Light (color),
Light (food),
Light a fire, to,
178
Light a lamp, to,
140 113 Litharge,
Light entertaiment, n pók chéuk,
Light fashions,
fan wá ts' áp,
fan tí,
Light ground,
Light red,
k'oi,
kwai yan,
tám hung,
sai fung, síú fung,
sik fo,
sai kwá pín,
kwóng lau,
tín,
yau,
ts'z',
ngó chung 1,
tséung,
íú, 175 4; oi,
hò tsz,
yik, 147 30 ; kim kung,
kam lín,
chu ting fá,
yuk tsám,
298 88|| Lily, tiger spotted,
577 4 Lily, water, n
417 8 Lily, white,
57 25 Limber,
494 28 Limbs, n
Limbs, the Four, n
3 Lime,
133 35 Lime-burner,
412 Lime fruit,
211 139 Limestone,
187 43 Litigation,
351
351 10 Little,
264 10 Little, a,
85 23e; ü, 93
419
148
364
205
327
137
324 73
211 140 Little less,
404
41 Limestone for rocks,
88| Limit,
243
140
341
69
kün tán,
lín fá,
pák hóp fá,
yau,
chí, kwang,
Sử chí,
fúi,
shíú fúi ld,
72 Little, a, n
108||Little damp, n
39 Little, drink very,
ning mung,
fan shik,
ying shik,
kái.
kwo hán,
hat,
11 Little reputation, n
23||Live by,
21 Live in retirement,
43| Livelihood, to procure, n ú hau,
74 Livelihood, to procure, n wai shang,
42 Livelihood, get a,
110 Lively,
mik shik,
hí sing máng,
kón,
9 Liver, n
91 Liver, beef?s,
ngau
kón,
454 62 Liver, parenchyma of, kón ngán,
454 64 Living, good,
454 62
75 90
454 63
526 3
515 7
63
431 36
282 52
mat t'ó sang,
tsz' tsung,
496 2
434 19
126 11
há, 160 8; shíú, 261 11
sám fan,
90 78
tik, 164 65; tí kóm tó, 58 42
shap shap tí, 157 9
léung sham
602 410
591 133
tsín háp, 188
léuk kám sé, 381
pók mín,
shang ngai,
hán ki,
60
371
57
3
17
7
82 5
53 8
125 10
186 32
161 14
72 46
165 87
520 105
56
yau tsau yau yuk, 100
LI.—LY.]
[INDEX.
652

Living, while,
Lixivium,
Limit, without,
Lizard,
Livid earth lizard,
Lizard, house,
Lizard, spotted,
Load, to,
Loadstone,
Loadstone,
Loaf, a, n
Loamy soil,
Loans, n
Lobe of ears,
Lobsters,
Local,
Local magistrates,
Local magistrates,
Local magistrate,
Local officers,
Loche,
Lock, a,
Lock, to,
Lock, water,
Locked, not,
Lockjaw,
Locust,
Locust, large,
Locust, migratory,
Lodge, field,
Lodge, snail's, n
Lodging-place, n
Loft, red,
Loft,
Lofty, n
Lofty and sublime,
Logarithmic tables,
tsoi shang,
kín shui,
mò kí kik,
shím shé,
sik yik, shik
Long ears,
Long ells,
lung tsz' í, 478
ín t'ing, shau kung, 478
kóp kái,
478
tsoi,
321
shím shik,
434
tsz' shik, shíp shik, 211
yat kó mín t'au, 160
fí yan tí,
tsín chái,
1 chủ,
tái tau há,
pún tí,
kwan kún,
kwan shing,
tung shau,
Long-cloth,
Long-cloths, gray,
Long Measure, n
Long legs,
Long lips,
Long, time, how,
Longan,
t'ung p'ún,
tí fóng kún,
shá chui,
yat pá só,
só mái,
hó chấp,
mí kwán,
Loins, n
Loiter, to,
Lone king, n
Long,
Long, all day,
Long time,
Long established usage, shéung yat,
17||Look, to,
84
514 34 Look back, to,
373 1 Look downwards, to,
478 15 Look upwards, to,
Looking-glass,
17 Lookout, keep a,
16 Lookout-house,
18 Looks well,
24 Loom,
20 Loose,
142 Loosen ground,
13 Lophius,
227 5 Loquacious,
540 149 Loquat,
57 16 Lord, n
491 24 Lord, to,
235 11 Lord of sacrifices,
592 161 Lord of the country,
593 162 Lord of the palace,
Lord paramount,
603 425 Lose (on sales), to,
350
9 Loss of duties,
484 104 Loss of memory,
141 125 Loss of voice,
133 37 Lost,
336 48 Lot, whole, n
131 15 Lotion,
·
ngá kwán kan pai, 507 143 Lotus,
495 49 Louse, n
chung chủ,
lün ch'ung,
wóng chák,
shau shé,
wó lú,
495 53 Louse, wood,
495 51 Love,
310 44 Love, to,
310
kü shó,
277
hung lau,
lau, kók,
kd,
ngai ngai,
túi shò pí lại,
cháu, 520 107; íú,
560 24 Lowly,
ch'éuk,
kú wóng,
ch'éung,
57 26 Luçonia,
shing yat,
157
hü kau, 62 37; hò noi, 79
310
317
81
109
396
522
34
45 Love ardently,
1 Lover of virtue, n
46 Low, n
53 Low-high,
1 Low price,
4 Lower, to,
22 Lower Classes, Of the,
161||Lower half,
57 Lowest (quantity),
57
238
23 Lumps (in yarn),
244 45 Lungs, n
chéung ch'ing, 221
shui kín í,
pat kí,
yéung pò,
ün shik pò,
Tók fát,
k'am ld,
ch'éung tsui,
245
380
2 Lustrous,
Lustrous,
495
321
kí noi,
79
lung ngán, 444
Longevity, n shau chéung shang, 280
Longitude, lines of,
king sín, 401
Lonicera periclymenum, kam ngan fá, 453
sung, 255 49; 241 33
shó tung nai, 335 40
chan má i, 481 51
tó hau, 54 19; tó ín, 96 63f
lò kwat, p'í p'a kwó, 444 36
15 74
561 37
600 354
561 40
tái chi yan,
kwok chủ,
kung chü,
chủ shéung,
shit,
563 62
561 38
236 11
lau shui,
205 79
ching ch'ung, 505 90
shat yam,
shat h'ü,
502 10
143 181-
247 14
514 35
318 75
495 55
495 56
oi, 92 6; ch‘ung oi, 95 57
hò, 116 12; yau, 98 15
trung oi,
100 56
lók shín yan, 118 1
há, 3 10; ai, 132
tại—kò,
19
1
356
244 45
324 60
125
182 42
239 27
113 5
417
9
485 142
J
íú kwat, 524 190
king, 564 16; hak, 38 82
ham páng láng
lá ch®é, 247 13
shá tsít,
255 49
fai,
73 49
kwóng wát, 265 25; ling, 267 44
kwóng léung, 266 35
k'am,
362 48
362 49
362 50
362 51
264 6
tít chut kwat, 504 48
ü mí yan, 454 66
8 Lucio-perca,
30 Lumbar vertebræ,
Luminous,
4 Lumping the whole,
18
t'ai, 250 30; hón, 101 56d
28 21
110 23
yéung,
110 23
chíú mín king, 154 55
tsü pá,
móng lau,
hò tai,
326 98
319 93
149 54
298 90
54 Lute, scholar's, n
28 Lute, many stringed,
34 Lute, flat,
35 Lute, small flat,
24 Lutestring,
9 Luxation,
45|| Lychnis coronatu,
I
kú,
fú,
ki,
kung,
chü,
yat kú náu,
sai yéuk,
lín,
shat ná,
muk shat,
ká lang tám,
lók,
n Há pan,
há pún tsít,
chí shíu,
hím hím,
Lui sung,
sám ngá,
shat,
hung hau,
chap,
kün,
INDEX.]
[LY-MA.
653
I
Lycoperdon,
Lycopodium,
Lying on, while,
Lymnea,
MACAO,
Macao Roads,
Macassar,
Mace, a, n
Mackerel,
Mactra,
Madeira,
Madness,
Madras,
Madagascar,
tóng
3 Manage the chariot,
12||Mandarin duck, n
143 Mandarin orange,
10 Mane,
Madder,
tán sham,
hò kung tsok,
Made, well,
151
Made of, í wai chí, 135 6; í tsók chí, 213
164
pák tsau,
tín kw óng ching, 505
Mán tát lá sát, 407
fó yéuk kuk, 310
ts'ü,
169 Mango, Mangifera,
70 Mango bird,
91 Mango fish, n
6 Mangostan,
47 Manhood,
57 Manhood,
495
495
541
58 Mania potu,
162 Manifests,
127
2 Manifest, a,
604 446 Manila,
Manis, n
590 103 Mankind,
316 49 Manner, a, n
310 48 Manner, this,
311 57 Manner, what,
454 68 Manner of, all,
454 67 Manners and customs,
454 69 Mansion,
441 33 Mantchou, n
474 59 Mantchúria, n
474 60 Mantis,
408
11 Mantle-piece,
21 Manufacture, foreign,
4
people, n
Magistrate's hall,
Magistrate's office,
Magistrate's office,
Magnolia fuscata,
Magnolia pumila,
Magnolia purpurea,
Magnolia yulan,
Magpie,
Magpie, blue,
Mahratta,
Maid,
Maiden-hair,
Maize,
Maize, an ear of, n
Majesty, imperial, n
Majesty and virtue,
Major,
Major-general,
Major-general,.
Major-general of pro-
tectorate,
Magazine,
Maggots in flesh,
Maggots in grain,
mai ch'ung,
Magicians, shut sz', 542 178; sz' mò,
Magistracy,
kún,
Magistrate of a district, yap tsoi,
Magistrate of river
Make, to,
Make, to, n
Make a bed, to, n
Make bread, to,
Make one, to,
Maker, first,
Makes, what,
Malacca,
Malachite,
fúi kú,
458 43|| Male,
sz' móng, kün p²ák, 458 44,45 Malice prepense,
7 Mallard, n
229
492
50 Malleolus,
Mallet,
428
17 Malleus,
220
3 Mammæ,
418 11 Mammalia, n
258 3 Man, men, n
484 111 Manage, to,
490
pín tsoi,
t'ín ló,
Malady, n
Malay,
Malaxis,
ò mún,
Shá lek,
Móng ká sát,
yat ts'ín,
ch'í ü,
shá pák,
Má tai ká sz' ká,
hó ching ting,
kung tông,
kái,
ngá shi,
hóm síú fá,
yé hóp fá,
sau í fá,
yuk lán,
sz' hí tséuk,
lín tséuk,
Má lá tá,
á má, 172 21; shai múi,172
hak kwat móng, 457
suk mai,
yat páu suk,
mán sui yé,
wai tak,
tò sz, tờ fú,
tsung ping,
tai tuk, tai toi, 600
chan shau
418
211
tsung ping, 586
tsò, 150 85; tsók, 38
tsò, 279 16; ching, 166
pò hò chóng, 157
Má luk káp,
shik luk,
wai,
Mò lòi yan,
tséuk shít lán,
máu, kung, hung, 443 25
547 284
473 25
515 5
298 91
í noi ch‘ui kwat, 520 109
nái, yü,
520 110
Tsau shau, n 466
yan, 91; ting, 37
tau, 46 70; pán, 232
369
chap yü,
ün yéung,
473 24
chu shá kat,
tsung,
móng kwó,
wóng ang,
444 37
474 62
káu lóng, má yau, 484 114
móng kú shang, 419 21
chí ü shing yan, 81 42
88 42
chéung tái,
505 92
fát tsau tín,
211 144
phái chíu,
572 37
píú chéung,
Má ní lá,
417 9
chun shán káp, 469
50
yan ché, 117 23; shai, 124 8
569 11
79 33
341 11
288 20
415 6
shik,
kóm yéung,
tím yéung,
kók fún,
kw'ai k'ü,
chák,
310 49
Mún chau,
Mún chau,
566 35
422 17
495 59
133 38

416
454
43 Manure,
71 Manure, to, n
449
164
90 79 Mauritius,
582 1 Many few,
601 378||Many, how,
603 416 Many, so, n
359||Many, too,
Many voices,
6 Many years,
79 Maple,
119 Maple pavilion, n
9 Marble, black, n
fát mín páu, 167 144 Marble, blue,
wai yat,
327 118 Marble, red, n
370 5 Marbled,
52 36 Mare,
408 11 Marines,
wan
chí chóng,
wai mat sz',
434 21 Mark, a, (name)
72
29 Mark, or target,
4| Mark, to make one’s, n tá chí mò,
70 Mark time, to,
tsít ngók,
má
mau shat,
fú, shui áp,
noi wá,
muk ch'ui,
76
12
I
444 41
463 26
tóng lỏng,
fó lò ngák,
ngoi yéung
shó chai, 203 52
fí líú, fan, 342 16
lók fí,
342 16
Míú lí sz', 418 13
chung-kwá, 275
kí tó, 169 6; kí kó, 93
kóm tó,
6 24
tó tak tsai, 159 27
k'í,
14
20
39 88
tsik nín,
271 6
fung shü, 441 34
fung shan,
561 36
Shíú hing shik, 431 40
shik, tái lí shik, 431 39
fá yui shik, 431 40
303 1
469 51
328132
46 68
366 8
65 27
361 45
tsáp shik,
pan má, shé,
chau sz',
hò,
chan,
CHI. CHR.
164
MA.—ME.]
[INDEX
654
Marked line, a,
Market,
Market, n
Market price,
Marking-line,
Marking-lines,
Marmot,
Marquis, n hau tséuk, 590 93; hau,
Marriage,
Marriage, after,
Marriage, second,
Married again, n
Marrow,
Marry (a husband), to,
Marry (a wife), to,
Mars, n
Marshes,
Marshy plants, n
Mart, a,
Mart, commercial,
Martial,
Martin,
yat sín man, 461 10 ||Mat-maker,
chik tsik sz' fú, 282 54
ch'an h'ü, 135 10; shí, 211 145 Mate, chief,
fó chéung, 325 80
sh'í tsing,
310 50 Mate, second,
í fó,
325 80
207 95 Materia Medica, n Pák yéuk lui, 508
298 92 Materia Medica, the, n Pún Ts'ò,
298 93 Materials,
mat,
ngoi tsò,
shí ká,
429 1
kán chik,
ts'am chuk,
366 12
tò pút shi,
469 52 Maternal grandfather,
592 152
353 3 Maternal grandmother,
96 63e
ngoi kung, 105 62
ngoi p'ó,
ngoi tsò mò, 105 65
94
48 Maternal grandmother's
sister,
95 58
72
29 Maternal uncles,
463
62 Maternal uncle's wife,
69
90
398
7 MATHEMATICS, N
350
9 Mathematics of Ts'uimí
Institution, n
437
1
418
268

Martingal,
Marvel of Peru,
Marygold,
Mask, a,
Masons,
Mast,
Mast, fore, main,
mizzen,
Mast, to lower a, n
Mast, top, top-gallant,
royal,
Master, n
Master, a,
Master attendant, n
Master controller,
Master controller,
Master-controller of
city gates,
Master controller of
the army,
་
fan yan,
shik yan,
kai shat,
fán t'au p'ó,
Mat,
Mat, bow,
Mat, dish,
Mat, rattan chair,
Mat, thrashing,
Mat grass,
kwat sui,
ká (fú),
ts'ü (ts ai),
fó sing,
chák,
shap ts'ò,
yat fau,
shí má tau,
mò,
564
14 Matter, refuse,
ín,
tò tíu,
ín chí fá,
476 100 Matter, subtil, n
325 75 Matter of course,
454 71 Matters, such,
mán shau kuk, 454 72 Matting,
síú mín,
59 Matting, rush,
53 Mattoc,
76 Mature, not,
Maxillary angle,
77 Maxillary bone,
79
superior,
63
nai shui sz' fú, 282
tséung, wai, 325
tau wai, tái wai,
mí wai, 325
325
lók wai,
í, sám, sz',
Master of ceremonies,
Master of house,
Master of medicine,
Master of privy
council,
Master of the herds,
Master of the temple
band,
Masters in school of the Tò luk sz'
Rationalists, n
Masticate, to,
+
J
Maxillary, inferior,
ch'ün, 325 78 Maxims,
kún yan, 93 30; tung ká, 170 13 May,
sín shang, 124 9 May be,
chí sz, 587 18 May I add,
sz' tai káu wai, 598 291 May pass,
káu wai, 591 135 Mazarine,
shing mún
Me,
káu wai, 597 259 Meal, a,
hang kwan
Meal, evening,
káu wai, 590 92 Meal, frugal,
tái tín pan, 600 355 Meal, Indian,
chu yan,
188 50 Mealy,
í sz',
498
chí shi
4 Mean (actions),
Mean business, no,
13 Mean, the,
330
11 Matress,
2 |Matrix,
111
mat ün, 587
tái puk muk sz', 599 Meaning, (intention)
shing míú
Meaning, what is the,
sz' ngók, 597 261 Means, devising,
Measles,
chí ling, 602 386 Measure, to,
hau tséuk,
tsik,
t'au p'ung,
típ tín,
trang tín,
kwán tò t'ím,
lun,
53 14 Measure, a, n
212 146 Measure a ship,
325 81 Measure of an angle,
141 127 Measure rice, to,
141 126 Measures, director of,
336 49 Measures of Capacity,
459 46 Measures of Land, n
+
k'au mò, 105 69,70
SHÒ HÓK, 375
Ts'uimí shán
Shò Hók, 396 21
yuk,
yan,
ù mat,
mí chat,
157 6
298 94
336 62
404 11
tsz' tóng ü ts'z', 184 16
kók sz',
172 20
p'ung, 278 5; tsik, 212 146
141 128
ts'ò tsik,
póng, chó tau, 336 50
mí tsuk,
70 10
huk kwat, 520 111
shéung ngá chóng
ngá kwat, 520 97
há ngá káu kwat, 520 98
mò, 109 2; kw al, 110 24
nang, 112 12; hó wai, 112 15
wák ché,
168 2
tang ngó tím, 180 13
fóng hang,
pò lám,
211 144
228 20
149 56
ngó,
yat tstán,
yé ts'án,
343 17
177 23
pín fán,
187 45
164 72
suk mai fan,
sung,
hak pók,
fí tsín ché chí sz',
pí,
i sz',
tím kái,
kai,
lam ching,
tók, 281 41;
shing,
chéung léung,
td,
léung mai,
sz'tò,
í p❜ó,
105 74
mò k'au, k'au fú, 105 67
k'am mò,
n
Léung fát,
Mau fát,
167 129
112 11
369 1
539 108
90 79a
16 1
87 13
506 94
117 22
383 1
325 82
394 13
301 147
600 347
383
386
INDEX.]
[ME.—MI.
655

;
Measures of Length, n
Measures of Time, n
Meat,
Meat cakes,
MEDICINE, n
Medicine,
Medicine, good,
Mediterranean,
Medlar,
Medulla spinalis,
Medusa,
380
388
141 138 Meridian portal,
301 144 Meridians,
123
Mechanic, a,
MECHANICAL AFFAIRS, n KUNG NGAI, 277
293
Mechanical Implements, n Hí kü,
Mechanical Operations, n Pák ngai lui, 285
t'ò shau kai,
Medallion pheasant,
Medical College, n T'ai l' Yün,
475
501
Medical College director, tái í yün
yün sz',
Meet, to,
Meet, to, n
Meet together, to, núi mín,
•
Megalops,
Meibomian gland, n
Melastoma,
Melia,
Mellow color,
Melolontha,
Melon,
Melon, winter, n
Melon seeds,
Melt, to
Melting,
Members, four, n
Membrana tympani,
Membrane around
Memorial,
Memory, n
Menagerie,
Mencius, n
Men, all,
Men, grade of,
Mend, to,
Menorrhagia,
Men-of-war,
4
Í HÓK,
yéuk,
léung yéuk,
Tí chung hoi,
kau kí tsz',
tsik sui,
shui mò,
ü,
seung fung, chóng kín, 45 57,58| Mew, to,
Tók fát,
Lik fát,
yuk,
wan t'an,
kung,
ment,
Merchandise,
Merchant, n
Merchants,
Mercury, n
shui wát,
ngán pín síú hat,
kai chí ním,
sham muk,
Menses,
Mercantile business,
Mercantile establish:
;
nd tséung.
the brain,
yan mók, 518
Memoirs of Ladies, n Lit Nu Chün, 95
Memoranda of Foreign
San kéung
Tribes, n
Memorandum book,
599
497
kí pò,
tsau,
kí,
t
yan yan,
lau yan,
514
55
fó,
shéung yan,
hák shéung,
shui sing,
519
455
441
Ngoi Fán, 420
575
568
Mercy,
Merely, n
ün,
Mang tsz',
ching fan, 142 161; pò, 279
hüt shán pang, 506
sz shin, chín shin,
ping shün, 325
506
king shui,
mái mái sz, 207
mau yik
3 Merinoes,
Meritorious,
Meritorious deeds,
Meritorious titles,
73 Messenger,
1 Messengers to H. I. M,
Met in long a time, not,
333||Metal, n
Metals, n
408 10 Meteorology, n
444 38 Method, a
520 112 Metropolitan officers,
492 40
405 16 Metropolitan officer,
24 Microcosm, n
44 Middle,
ld,
303
wóng shá ná, 494
449
kwá,
164 73 Middle of door,
t'ung kwá,
yéung,
439 35 Middling Classes, n
yung fá,
212 148 Midrib,
290 30 Midsman,
síú yung,
sz chí,
chung yan,
tóng chung,
59 46 Midst of heavens,
521 113 Mildewed,
í mók,
múi,
wó,
Mildness, n
54 Mile, a, n
63 Military classes,
Military implements,
27 Military inspector,
10 Military laws, n
4 Military leader,
16 85 Military officers,
91 79d Military operations,
yat lí,
kwan tsik,
ping hái,
kám kwan,
ping lut,
kwan sz',
mò kún,
kwan mò,
kún túi,
340
1 Military post,
310
51 Military protector,
14 60
mò wai
tséung kwan, 594 188
kwan píú,
592 159
22 Military subalterns,
96 Military secretary,
58
chung kwan, 588
Milium,
tsik,
449 47
83 Milk, ngau yü, 138 64; ngau nái, 164 74
shik mó,
95 Mill, hand, ʼn
141 131
97||Mill, skinning,
Mill, stone,
121| Mill, water bolting,
82 Mill, wooden,
kóng túi,
mó,
shui tá lò,
lung,
suk,
shu,
yat chíú,
36 Metals, precious,
42 Metatarsus,
king wan, king
594 194
ch'íú wan, 592 144
noi sz',
hám,
Mak sik kó,
60 12 Mexico,
483
73 Mica, friable,
44 Mica, foliated,
465 49
4157
89 Miasmatic contagion, n chéung lai, 506 93
431
mung shik,
43
72 Mica, decomposed,
kam sing shik, 431
ts'ín tsang chí,431
yéung kau ngá,455
síu tín tí,
chung,
mún sam,
Chung pan,
íp kan,
1 Michelia champaca,
chí ká, 210
206
123 6 Millet, n
117 20
3 9
sut lín,
pat kwó,
’ng mún,
king sín,
ü ts'é,
kung,
561 36
401
9
243 43
538 92
tsik,
25 4
kung fung, 567 39
sz',
110 19
k'ap sz' chung, 591 132
184 8
kau pat mín,
kam,
433
433
'Ng kam lui,
pò púi,
tsik,
1
257 1
463 27
Hi ki tséung, 403
fát,
341 7; 375 4
209 117 Millet, grand, n
398 7 Million a,
41
42
74
91
29
55
75
132
317
123
438 23
196 14
397 1
226 5
92 3
381 3
534 10
2
277
591 125
542 183
592 158
592 151
543 200
311 52
336 52
336 54
336 51
336 53
.449 45
449 48
376 18
MI.—MO.]
656
[INDEX.

Million a,
Mills, water, n
Mimosa,
Mind,
Mine,
Mine, silver,
Minerals, n
MINERALOGY, N
Mingle and flow,
Minister, a, n shan,
Minister of state,
Minister of state,
Minister of Board of
Officers,
Ministers of state,
Ministers of state,
Ministers of state,
Minium,
Minor dukes,
Minor master,
Mint,
Mint, n,
Mint, director of,
Mistaken, n
Mistress,
Mitigation,
Mix, to,
Mix up, to,
Mixed colors,
Mixed, (wove)
Mizzen mast,
ts'ín ngan, 1936
201 28
ngan pºò,
Mung kú tí, 423 18
má lau, ní hau, 469
kwó ín,
54
ü lui,
469 55
466 I
hak p'í yéung, 481 50
n hau,
491 22
tuk shí shang 1, 212 149
yat üt,
389 3
130 10
456 110
84 20
múi üt,
üt kwai,
ts'in üt,
pí,
542 172
398 5
Minute, a,
móng shí,
shók shí,
tsun shut,
398 5
404 10
484 116
57 Moongazer,
ín chí fá,
shau king,
sháng king tséung,
pat yan ché,
55 Moonlight, n
68 80
134 55
21 Moonlight, to enjoy,
61 Moor, to, wán pók, 222 9'; t'ing chau, 199 14
Mop, n
141 132
Minutely, speak,
Mirabilis jalapa,
Mirror, hand,
Mirror-grinder, n
Misanthropist, n
Miscellaneous,
Miscellaneous Plants, n
Miscellaneous plants, n
Miserably inferior, yai kwó t'au,
Mistake,
ts'ó kwó,
Mistake in calculation, kai 'm sun,
kí ká,
234
tung chu néung, 172 21 More or less, n
kám,
534 11 Moreover,
299 110 Moreover,
shap mat,
Pák ts'd lui,
tsáp ts'd,
muk,
kwó,
1 More,
437
249
21 More, a little,
62 42 More-less,
171
15 More firm,
7 More than 10,000,
t'ò lín,
Model,
Model, a,
pák mán,
shui mó,
fí tsò,
Modeling,
Modern,
Modern,
Molasses,
Molasses glue, n
Mold,
Mold, tin,
Mold-board,
Molding glass,
sam,
58
háng,
435
ngan kwóng, 260
Yuk shik lui,
SHIK LUN,
káu lau,
429
429
11 27; tái shan,
chung tông,
kí háng,
tái tsun hang,
pái séung,
shing séung,
sh'ü ki,
ün tán,
sám shíú,
shíú sz',
k'ing síú,
ts' in kuk,
s
wó̟ wan,
tsáp shik,
12|| Mole,
418
336 55 Mole cricket,
441
t'ín shü, 469 53
t'ò kau, lau kú, 495 60
Mílók kú, 418 14
35 Moluccas,
39 Monarch,
tai, 100 560 ; tán yi, 601 366
24 Monastery of Budhists, shí,
311 53
8 Money,
ngan, 1985; ts'ín, 122 17
ín ngan,
253 40
káu ngan,
240 31
Money, ready,
Money, to pay,
4 Money-changer’s shop, n cháu ún
7
pán,
mí wai,
kwaimò,
pán shik,
yan t'd,
shí,
70
575
588
►
f
wán,
hak, 204 62; fan, 391 6 Moon, full,
231
9 Moon, new,
454
71 Moon, the,
154
57 Money shop,
591 136 Mongolia, n
Monkey, n
600 338 Monkey, proboscis, n
594 199 Monkies,
596 256 Monocanthus,
597 266 Monoculus polyphemus,
434 22 Monopoly,
595 215 Month, a,
597 262||Monthly,
201 28 Monthly rose,
257 3 Months ago, two,
600 351 Monuments,
282
117
296
457
257
3 Mortar,
290 31 Mortar,
364
:
146
kam,
tái hím líú,
Modest, too,
Moist,
Moisten, to,
Molar teeth,
186
Modest appellation, n tsz' pí chí ch'ing, 560
shap,
47
shap, 155 79; luk, 155
tái ngá, ts'ò ngá, 523
kat shui tóng, 212
tóng káu, 212
yan, 258 3; mò, 287
sik mò,
298
ts'éung kéuk sín, 317
chui pó lí, 290
}
226 5 Morning,
238 20 Morning,
264 7 Morning, early in,
325 77 Morning, to-morrow,
213 166 Morocco,
yik chóng,
yat mán kí,
fóng ché, 236 13; ling, 377
73 55
174 16
182 33
404 9
412 1
kóm shéung há, 247 10
20
403 1
328 127
156 3
153 31
ting tsò, 151 3; 159 29
Má ló kò, 413 7
kau,
336 62
290 31; fúi nai, 297 73
77 Mortar, a lime,
fúi hóm,
4 Mortar, physic, n yéuk chín,
33||Mortar, vertical wheel, chín,
24 Mortar, wheel, n
8||Mortar, wheel skinning,
75 Mortar and pestle,
172| Mortgage,
147 Mortgage, to,
148 Mortising,
nai,
1
298 95
298 96
336 56
336 55
336 57
shui chín,
kí túi,
chung hóm,
tín,
141 133
tín mái,
üt,
shik sz' tsz',
ming üt,
ún üt,
8|| Morus,
54 Mosses,
tik tím,
tó-shíú,
yik,
ch'íú,
chíú tau tsò,
tsing shan,
tau sun, 290 32; séung,
sóng shi,
t'oi, sín,
54 Most, (a superlative) n líú pat tak,
33 Most assuredly,
shí pít,
212 150
538 95
325 75
441 37
459 47
7353
46 59
INDEX.]
[MO-MY.
657
Most certainly, n
Most excellent,
Most to be feared,
Moth,
Moth, atlas,
Moth, candle,
Mother,
Mother, my,
Mother, my,
Mother, my honored,
Mother, my respected,
Mother, your,
Mother, your, n
Mother, your, n
Mother, your deceased, ling pí,
Mother-in-law,
Mount a horse, to,
Mountain, n
Mountain ebony,
Mother's arms,
Mother's elder sister, í mò,
Mother's younger sister,í tsé,
Mother's sister's husband, í chéung,
Mother-o'-pearl,
Mother-of-pearl cutter,
Motions, make,
Motley assortment,
Mottled dark color,
Mottled jay,
Moukden,
Mouse,
Mouse, shrew,
Mourn, to,
Mr. n
Mr. So-and-so,
Much,
Much, not,
Much too broad,
Much pleasure,
Mucus, n
Mud-lice,
kwó tau,
shat shau hò,
tsui kí,
ngó,
495
lỗ fau típ kung, 495
tang ngó, 495
mò, 95; mò ts'an, 103
ká ts'z',
78
79
Mugil,
Mugwort,
Mulberry tree,
2
179
164
Mule,
Muller,
Mullet,
Mulligatawny,
ká mò,
mò ts' an tại yan,79
ím ts'z',
lò ón yan,
ling shau t'ong,
lò thái óng
78
77
77
79
79
ngók mò, ngoi mò, 106
wái phò,
81
105
wan mò hók,
ch'é pò tséung,
tá shau mín,
239
tsáp shik,
kú trung,
248
shan wó shéung, 474
Shing king,
shéung má,
ngók, shán,
lun kép,
shik shu,
ts'd shü,
fuk,
Mourning,
sóng tsai,
Mourning, in, sóng, 97 63h; ki sóng, 552 372
Mouth, Form and Func-
tions of, n
Hau lui,
Mouthpiece of shang, n wóng,
Movable types, n
Move about, to,
Move away, to,
Move, tọ,
Moving, resting,
Mowtan,
út tsz',
tung,
í hoi, 139 93;
kü, 69 93; pún,
tung, tsing,
mau tán fá,
sín shang, 19 1; sz' t'au, 46
Mi sz' Mau mau, 236
tó, 231 9; fán, 33
mò kí tó,
170
❤
fút kwó t'au,
hò lé,
tai,
tí pò, tí chü,
pák tsai,
ngái ts ò,
sóng,
lui,
ín shik shik,
wóng mí tsai,
wóng kéung t'óng,
49 Murex spinosus,
9 Murex muriaticus,
34 Murraya exotica,
39 Muscæ volitantes,
81 Muscles, n
42e Muscles of eye,
71 Muscovy glass,
105 72 Mushroom,
105
212
282
69
5 Mullus,
yéung tsün,
50 Munificent, emperor, n sün wong tai,
64 Multiple,
61 Multiplicand,
64 Multiplication, n
62 Multiplication table,
12 Multiply together,
13 Multitude,
36 Multitude, director of, sz'yün,
37 Muræna,
14 Murex,
73 Mushroom, black,
151 Mushroom, small,
56 Music, n
98 Music box,
484
164
489 229
563
4
ying,
372
1
shat,
379
4
shing,
379
4
4
kau kau hóp shò, 379
séung shing,
kwan há,
387 5
560 29
600 346
481 43
láp chui,
héung ló, lát ló, 491 26
ch'éung tsui lik ló, 491 29
chéung chí ló, 491 27
kau lí héung, 455 75
ngán fá,
yuk kan,
506 97
521 114
ngau noi kau, 521 115
ts' in tsang chí, 431 42
kai tsung, t'd kw'an, 459 48
muk í,
449 51
héung sun, 449 50
356 1
ngók,
síú fung k'am, 364 76
chuk,
361 40
360 38
$56
25 Musical box, n
19 Musical cups,
52 Musical Instruments, n
422 17 Musical instrument
332 44 maker,
425 28 Musicians,
441 36 Musicians,
469 56 Musk,
469 57 Musk-deer,
88 45 Musket,
353 3 Musketo,
Musketo, larva of,
Musketo-whip, n
53 Muskmelon, 、 héung
365 80 Mussænda chinensis,
280
73
136
144 201||Must not,
126
27 Must,
52 Must, n
21 Must not,
455

250
29 Mutitas,
177
29 Mutton, n
70 4 Mutton-steak,
496 74 Mutual, n
484 118 My,
457
15 Mustaches,
89 Mustard, coarse,!
66 Mustard plant,
14 Mustard (in powder),
49 Mustard-pot,
10 Muster, n
12 My own,
1 My own son,
58 Myliobates,
347
469
298 97 Myriad,
117 Myrrh,
76 |Myrtus tomentosa,
yan,
Ngók hí,
tsók ngók
sz' fú, 282
t'ung tsz' pát yam, 282
124 58
ngók shang,
shé héung,
212 152
shé, héung chéung, 467 23
3
níú ch'éung, 220
495 65
57
14
man,
k'it kit,
495 66
man fat, 159 25
kwá, kam kwá, 449 52
455 76
pak íp chá,
131 4; sü yung, 55 39
13 56
pít,
mat, 68 88; tsít mat, 93 27
49
’m hò,
42
tsz',
519 81
449 54
íú,
kái lán,
449 53
kái ts oi,
164 77
kái mút,
kái mút chung, 141 134
fó pán,
244 45
504 49
164 78
164 79
67 63
á,
yéung yuk,
tít pá yéung yuk,
séung,
ngó, 58 42; ngô tik, 91 79c
264 8
pún,
ts'an shang tsai, 86 8
486 157
chéung ang,
mán,
373 1
mút yéuk,
212 153
455 77
ú ním,
CHI. CHR.
165
MY.-NO.]
[INDEX.
658

Myself,
Mytilus, edible,
NAIL,
Nail, finger,
Name, n
Name, ship's, n
Nameless bones,
Names of Colors, n
Namoh,
Nanhwa plum,
Nankeen, n
Nánking, city of,
Nap,
Naphtha,
Napkin,
Napkin,
Narcissus tazetta,
Nares anterior,
Narrow,
Nasal duct,
Nasal polypus,
Nasals, n
Nasturtion,
Náu the Great, n
Naval officers, n
Nave,
Nave-box,
Navel,
Near and distant, n
Near land,
Near-sightedness,
Nearest,
Nearly,
Nearly alike large,
Nearly equal,
Nebulæ,
Necessary, n
Necessary, it is,
Neck,
Necklace, a,
Neckcloth,
Need, to,
Need not,
Needle, n
Neglect, not to,
Neigh, to, n
Neighbor,
ngộ tsz kí,
shá hín,
Neither-nor,
Nelumbium,
Nelumbium root,
ting,
shau káp,
ming,
shun ming,
t'ün kwat,
Nates,
National Airs, n
National Coins, n
Nations of Europe, n
Nation's king,
Native, pún t'd, 209
Natural, n
Nature, n
Ngán shik ming,
Nám d,
Nám wá lí,
tsz' fá pò,
Nám king,
mò,
shik no yaul,
chá pò,
mút shau kan,
shui sín fá,
ngoi pí lung,
chák, 159 19; háp,
pí kún,
90 79c||Nepenthes,
491
298
63
Nephew's sons, n
98 Nephew's wife,
2 Nephrite, n
4 16 Nerita,
325 84 Nerium oleander,
521 117 Nerves, n
302
428
31 Nephew,
Nest,
16 Net,
76 Net, bird,
73 57 No mistake,
456 122 No one,
164 81 No place, n
445
ló,
212 154 Net, crab,
to sú lung,
421
kú,
234
tsang,
431
5 Net, drag,
7Net, lifting,
44 |Neuralgia, n
135 Neutralize, to,
7 Never,
141
173
455
78 Never does,
34
521 118 Never mind,
386
Never return, n
518 51 Never seen,
pí chung sik yuk, 506 116 Never yet,
6 26 New,
299 101
kan ping,
506 99
séung shat, 511 8
ts'ang, 79 39; mò, 181 29
fí sho wai, 117 18
'm séung kón, 251
m úi tau,
46 63
muk shó pat kín, 49 36
mí shéung,
110 13
137 43
137 44
142 159
419 17
398 5
455 79 New-old,
pí yam,
hó íp lín,
pí kú,
521 120 New fashioned,
Kwok Fung,
15 78 New Holland,
Kwok pò lui, 257
New moon,
Au lò pá kwók, 409
kwók wong, 560
112; t'ò ch'an,259
sing,
New Zealand,
419 18
453 29
199 9
59
sing,
kuk,
ín, chat,
ts'z',
san,
san-kau,
shí hing,
San Hó lán,
shók shí,
San Sai lán,
23 New-year's bell flower, n tíú chung fá,
6 Newly arrived,
san tò,
46 Newt,
t'ai,
478 20
9 1; 497 1 Next, n
ts'z', 11 21; há ť'au, 17
Tái Náu, 388 1 Nias,
Ní shí,
418 15
shui sz kún,
597 270 Nicely,
hò, 234 6; lím hò, 149 54
331 9 Nicobars, n
Ní kú pá lá, 419 16
331 30 Nictitating,
níú ngán mók, 463 30
521 121 Niece,
chat nu,
89 66
noi ngoi,
103
Niece's husband, chat sai,
105 53
kan ngón,
211 140 Night, whole, n trung yé, 392 10
kan shí ngán, 507 132 ||Night blindness, wai yé ngán, 503 16
chí kan,
173 5 Night blooming
tséung loi, 82 6
léuk tái,
300 127 Nightingale,
tái leuk séung trung, 409 1 Nine, n
ló pák fá, 506
chí tsò, tò íú, 6
pít sü,
160
king,
70
yat t'íú king lín, 154
king kan, 149
íú,
131 9||Nitre,
147 31 No,
cereus,
shan sín chéung, 457 16
ying,
476 111
kau,
377 20
98 Nine degrees of kindred, n kau tsuk, 13 48; 90 796
25 Nine tenths,
kau fan,
1 Ninth entrance, n
1Nípál, n
366 5
kau chung,
561 36
Kwók í hák, 407 6
hái ngáu, hái kím, 464
kí,
síú,
34
58 Nippers of crabs,
56 Nit,
496 67
432 66
'm lun,
kún cham,
pat hó shat,
154 59 No fear, n
94 41 No importance,
465 49 No matter,
39 84 No matter whether,
'm hai, 179 47; fí, 55 45
pat fóng, mà ím, 33 46,47
'm séung kón, 236 12
pat k'ü,
227 6
499
245 1
sz',
mò lun,
lun,
pat-pat,
lín fá,
lin ngau,
mí
chü lung ts'ò, 455
chat,
chat sün,
chat fú,
yuk,
ying kó tsui,
káp chuk tò,
kan,
cháu, wó,
móng,
+
96
105 50
89 50
105 51
431 29
491 32
455 80
521 122
463 28,29
298 99
336.58
299 102
299 100
mò ts'ó,
mút yau yat kò,101 566
mò shó,
63 86
INDEX.]
[NO.—OE.
659

•
Nobility,
Noble,
Noble friends,
Noblemen, n
Nobody,
Nocturnal guards,
Nod, or give assent, to, n tím ťau,
Nod, to, n
Nod, to,
Noise,
Nomads,
None,
None, have,
Noon, n
Noose, cow, n
North,
Northeast,
Northerner, n
Northwest,
kung hau,
kò,
kòpang,
chu hau,
mò yan,
suk wai,
43
367
shing, 139 100; ts'ò ching, 159
yau muk,
mò,
583
28
mò,
Norway,
Nose, Form and Func-
tions of, n
Nose, cartilige of,
Nose-bleeding,
Nosology, n
Nostrils,
•
ngap t'au,
k'éuk shui,
157
ching ’ng, án chau, 391
kün,
331
pak,
397
tung pak,
412
ngoi kóng,
242
sai pak,
412
Nó wá,
411
Nothing over,
Notice, not to,
Notices of Maratime
Not, n
Not at all large,
Not at all understand, n 'm híú tak
551 354||Number of men,
564 5 Numbers,
132 27 Numerical Characters, n
588 40 Numerous,
Pi lui,
pí ch'ü,
lâu pí hut,
Pák ping lui, 501
pí lung, 51 22; 521
'm, 23; pat, 45
mò tái tik, 144
tóng ká,
'm tak ching,
'm pá,
pat ím hluk,
pat kwó,
mò kí tó,
'm hai,
237 19 Nunnery of Budhists,
543 193||Nuptial lamentations,
43
14 Nuptial presents,
15 Nuptial presents,
12 Nursery,
133 39
30 Nurture, to, n yéung, 109; fú yéung, 310 39
2 Nut,
wat, kwó wat, 438 24,20
ch'an,
365 84
tau k'au, yuk kwó, 212 155
sz' kwai kat, 444 44
má ts'ín,
212 156
19 Nut of a lute,
7 Nutmeg,
6 Nutmeg orange,
32 Nux vomica,
í ká, 6 27;
fú,
í ká,
tuk tsed,
sái ké, 20
153
50
51
52
Not at home, n
Not correct, n
Not fear, n
Not fear bending,
Not more than,
31
224
170
234
mat tung,
mò kí sham,
Not much,
Not so,
Not touch,
68
Not very deep,
134
Not yet,
mí, 79 29; shéung mí, 89
Not yet,
in tsang, mí tsang, 68
Notable arrangement, ming lai,
Notary offices,
fó,
Notes in music, n yam,
Nothing else beside,
509
570
356
shé ts'z' í ngoi
kang mò tá, 429
mò shing,
74
pat shik yan, 62
Hoi Kwok
Countries, n
Man Kín Luk, 420
Notices of the Seas, n Hoi Luk, 420
Notorious offenders, chung fán, 311
Nourish, to,
fú,
Nourish by breasts, to, yi pò,
Nourishing,
vik,
Now, n
Now, (conj.)
Now-a-days,
Noxious plants, n
lik shii, séung shü, 441 38
huk ts'uk,
441 39
tséung,
325 85
tséung í, tséung á, 325 86
shun,
pái,
tsung,
90 73
94 46
96 63e
'm ting wá, 58 35
hó wai,
497 1
yau sam, tók lái, 184 13,15
ts'é,
300 131
wáng,
386 2
tsò hau,
54 20
í tsak,
353 2
5 Observances,
5 Observatory,
kún,
311 55
311 56
ling toi,
kan shau,
2
89 66
5 20 Observatory, imperial,
6 Observe carefully, to,
33 Obstinate,
1||Obstruct, to
10 Obtain, to,
6 Obtain property,
'ng yik,
90 74
sak, 3308; chéung, 334 25
tak, 200 23; ts'ü, 209 115
ts'ü ts'oi mat, 500 10
pín ch'ü yau,
8 3
mín,
258 3
182 2
274 13
88 Obtain, where,
ii shí,
58 Obverse of a coin, n
61 Occasion, on an,
90 Occasion, on this,
2|Occasion, this,
14 Occasionally,
1 Occipital bone,
ts'z' ts'z',
ní úi,
238 22
shí shí,
167 136
hau ch'am kwat, 521 127
Occipital protuberances, ch'am kwat, 521 128
1Occur according to, t'ing tsung, 75 87
79| Occupation, an, íp, 124 13; yat ngai, 125
48 Occupy, to,
1
kü,
562 56
432 45
Ochery,
27 Ocimumn,
27||O'clock, five,
ché shik,
tsz' sú,
447 3
’ng tím chung, 159 29
391 6
65 O'clock, half past one, yat tím pún,
93 14 Octopus,
chéung kü,
ts in túi,
1 Odds and ends, n
491 18
252 37
15 80
8 2
506 100
437
521 129
466
162
kam, 18
2
3 OAK,
38 Oak, smooth acorn,
4 Oar,
20 Oar-post, oar-tie,
Obedient,
Obeisance, n
yan tó shíú,
shò,
Shò tsz',
shò shap,
ím,
tán ts'ing,
chóng lím,
cha lai,
kwai mún,
20 Obey, to,
29 Obey, does not,
Object, what, n
118 Obliged, much,
43 Oblique,
193 Oblong,
Obscene,
220 3
373 3
375
415 9
311 54
89 65
89 63
89 62
40 Ode, an,
10 Odes for Children, n
80 427 Odontalgia,
242 37 Odoriferous plants, n
437 1 Esophagus,
shí,
Yau Hók Shí,
ngá ching,
fóng ts'd,
ít ché, .
OF.—OR.]
[INDEX.
660
t
Of course,
Off and on,
Offend, to,
Offended, not,
Offense, n
Offer, to,
Offer, to,
Office, censor's, n
Office, magistrate's,
Office, public,
Office for care of
tsz' ín,
hoi mái,
kái wái,
Olfactory nerves,
Olibanum,
pat kái wái,
ók,
Olives,
Olives, n
Olive flower, white,
Olive, reddish,
115
533
188
33
u sz ngá mún, 311
kái,
310
311
fung, tai,
kín,
ngá shi, ngá mún,
kái tò
Officers, (mandarins)
Official directors,
Official people, n
Official recommenders,
Official seals,
Official Titles, n
Often repeating, n
Oh,
Oker yellow,
Oil, to,
Oil, sweet,
Oil, sesamum, n
Oil-presser,
Oil-press,
Oil of peppermint,
Oil of roses,
Oiling a boat,
Oily deposits,
Oily taste,
Ointment,
Old, (in years) n
Old, so, n
Old acquaintances,
Old acquaintances,
Old Cantoner, n
Old, from of,
Old Hyson, n
hí pí,
Old man's rice,
nó mai,
Old man, (a husband) n lò kung,
Old woman, (a wife)
ld pó,
Older-younger,
Oldest son of king,
Olea fragrans,
Oleander,
48 Once august, n
57 One, n
highways,
Office for directing
servants,
shí chung tsz', 596
Officer of merits, sz' kung ts'ám kwan,598
Officer superintending sz' ts'óng
One, (single)
122||One after another, n
One eighth,
251 One occupation, n
293 One-other,
One side, put,
grain,
ts'ám kwan, 598 294 One with another,
Officer to record merits, kung ts'd
One's own child,
153 Onions,
ts'ám kwan, 592
kún fú,
sai tsò chu lí,
kung kún,
sün kü lóng,
kún yan,
Chik fan lui,
tó kí úi,
592 151 Onions, small,
595 213 Oniscus,
130 10 Only,
597 274 Only,
213 165 Only intended,
586
5
hò wá,
77
306
nai wong,
yau,
44
shang ts' oi yau,164
chí má yau, 165
chá yau sz' fú, 283
sz' fú, 283
chá,
299
pók hó yau, 514
múi kwai yau,
sháu yau,
yau hí,
155
326
136
230
514
10
yau yik, 164 68; wát,
88 48||Omen,
326 90 Omens, felicitous,
16 On,
16 On no account, n
115
ngá mún, 591
ko,
id,
kóm tsun shing, 77
shuk shai hò, 188
lò séung i, 235
lò Kwong tung,235
tsz' kú,
303
225
450
93
2 On the contrary,
47 On the wall,
47 On the water,
58 Once,
kau,
120
552 363
sui ying,
ón,
143 180
ts'ín k'í 'm hò, 46 60
í ch'é,
181 29
134 57
203 49
12
5
559 12
377 20
yat,
tán,
47 14
28
29
4
chuk yat chuk í, 7
pát fan chí yat, 345
chun mún, 277
yat-yat,
341
chai hoi yat píng 251
lá ch'é,
ts'an shang,
ts'ung t'au,
ú tsung,
shü fú,
7
35
256 50
89 60
165 85
449 56
496 75
171 18
116 12
chat, 90 77; tsung hai,
wai,
pat kwó,
tuk pat sz',
kú tuk tsai,
ngán mók,
máu í ngán, 432 46
hoi,
244 45
81 42e
99 45
502 6
ím hoi,
mák hoi,
tá hoi,
chang hoi,
ím hoi, túi hoi,
kít hoi,
131 7
134 59
49 41
132 18
1.53 38
134 59,60
141 142
lat líú,
148 51
547 276
62 42
248 16
135 14
463 31
484 121
48 16
Only not consider, n
22 Only son, an,
7 Opacity of the cornea,
73 Opal,
31 Open, to,
83 Open, to,
84 Open, to force,
59 Open, to,
103 Open, to,
39 Open, to,
70 Open, to (unloose)
87 Open, broken, n
31 Open graves, n
8 Open mistake,
38 Open out, to,
12 Open worked,
6 Operculum,
48 Ophicephalus, n
8 Ophthalmia,
8 Ophthalmia,
1 Ophthalmia, acute,
4 Opinion, correct,
74 Opium,
17 Opium, Edict for
93 22 delivery of, n
21 Opportunity, no,
58 Opposite,
tái tik, sai tik, 172
t'ái tsz', 563
tán kwai fá, 455 81 Opposite one another,
káp chuk t'd, 455 80 Opposition, in,
man hí kan, 521 123 Oppressed, the, n
yü héung, 212 157 Optic nerves,
kwai fá, 455 81 Or,
muk sai fá, 455
lám, ts' ing kwó,213
kóm lám,
82 Orange color,
158 Orange pecco, n
39 Orange red,
444
pik shéung,
shui mín,
yat tsz',
sín wong,
fát chung,
tóng mín ts'ó,
pái hoi,
chó ngán,
ló ím,
shang ü,
ít ngán,
ngán ching, 506 101
wán san ngán, 506 102
ts'ing ch❜ó, 245 4
p'ín, ó fú yung, 213 159
á
Ü ling kíú á p'ín, 268
mờ tí,
túi míng
séung túi,
púi chí,
pat p'ing,
muk hai,
120 16
174 13
394 12
205 70
114 5
521 124
wán, 176 12; wak, 182 2
wóng tán, 305 40
shéung héung, 225 3
tsz' tán,
305 49
,
INDEX.]
[OR.-PA.
661
•
Orange, common or coolie, cháng,
Orange, coolie-mandarin, n kóm,
Orange, mandarin,
Orbicular bone,
Orbital foramen,
Orchard,
Orchis,
Order,
Order, an,
Order, an, n
Order, good,
Order, put in,
Order, to,
Order in classification,
Order to, in,
Orderly, n
Ordinary abilities,
Ordinary days,
Ore of gems,
Ore of metals,
Organ,
Organ, reed, n
Organs, vocal, n
Origin, an,
Origin, emperor, n
Original color,
Original sum,
Originally, first,
Originate, to, n
Originate, where, n
Ornament workers,
Ornamental Flowers, n
Ornamented pongee, n
Ornaments, head, n
Orphan,
Orpiment,
Orthorcera, petrified,
Os calcis,
Os coccygis,
Os femoris,
Os innominata,
Os pubis,
Ossa malarum,
Ostracion,
Other,
Other, what,
Other, (additional)
Others, the,
Otherwise,
Otherwise,
Otorrhoea,
•
Otter,
Otter, sea,
Ought,
Ought,
Ought,
Ought, n
Ought to be, what, n
Ought to govern,
444
444
444
chu shá kat,
í noi shu kwat, 521
ngán lung,
kwó muk tí,
shik sín tò,
ming,
tán,
chai ts'z',
chai hò,
pai hồ,
fan fú,
n pò,
í tsik,
40||Ouliasutai, n
42 Ounce, an, n
41 Our master,
130 Ourself, n
521 131 Out-in,
345 30 Out, to go,
83 Out of order,
455
78
201
568
136
153
133
33 Outside,
460
Outside,
224 Outwards,
28 Oven,
24 Over, to turn,
fán,
218
chuk yat chuk í, 7
tsz' chat yau hán, 185
chéung yat,
puk,
kwong,
ling ngoi,
úi chai,
fung k'am,
shang, h'ü,
574 3 Over and above, n
432 47 Overcharge stomach,
435 24 Overcome, not yet,
mí ü,
364 75 Overdo, to,
nung,
365 80,81 Overlay with iron, to, í tít séung,
2
kím hau,
6 Overplus, n
120
ch'ut ch'ü,
Yün wong tai, 563
286
ün shik,
pún tsín, 208
pún loi, 177; ün, 92
shíu,
373
18
pín chi lai,
shíú líú sz' fú, 283
Ming fá,
451
kam ch'au,
10 Overseers, great, n
1 Overseer of boats, n
3 Overseer of clepsydra,
104 Overseer of H. I. M.'s
1 household,
3 Overseer of im. works,
8 Overseer of medicine,
60 Overseer of wardrobe,
Overseer of shipping,
28 Overturn, to,
265
146
shau shik,
Ovipositor,
93
434 23||Owl,
432 51 Owl, horned,
520 88 Own hand,
521 133 Ox, n
523 178 Oyster,
521 117 Oyster-pie,
37 Out of place,
35 Outer,
5 Outer Mongols,
22 Outline, an,
14 Outline of, an,
83
93
í,
11
shó tóng,
10
lying chéung, 93
kú,
hung wóng,
shik shé,
kan kwat,
mílü, tai tün,
pí kwat,
t'ün kwat,
há wáng kwat, 521 132
k'ün ché,
517 35 PACE, a, n
hoi ngau,
489 242 Pacific ocean,
pít,
231 9 Pack goods, to,
chung yau mat yé, 240 32 Pack in boxes, to,
tím,
171 19 Pad,
k'í ü,
tsik,
pít,
shang í tsing,
shui chát,
189
64 Padang,
203
48 Paddee,
421 6 Paddles,
506 108 Paddy-bird,
469 60 Padlock,
hoi chát,
469 61 Pæderia fetida,
44 Pæonia moutan,
kang í,
133
tsau íú,
8 Pæony, small,
sui íú,
29 Page, a,
20 Pagoda,
18 Pagoda, literary,
28||Pagurus,
14 Owe, to,
V
Úlí ngá sú t'oi, 423
yat léung,
chu tsz',
cham,
ch'ut―yap,
ch'ut kái,
lün,
wái,
ngoi,
189 63
Ngoi Mung kú,423 18
tò ying,
288 17
187 42
tái léuk,
tsoi ngoi,
515 5
1
219
20 1
133
40
67 57
171 19
189 61
79 29
163 46
336 50
77 7
574 4
590 102
599 326
ngoi,
héung ngoi,
kuk lò,
yau ü,
tái kám,
hó pók shó,
sut sz' kang,
18
385 1
561 39
561 41
58 34
149 69
noi tsz' sing, 594 195
tséung tsók kám, 602 394
shéung yéuk, 596 235
shéung í kám, 596 243
tai ki shí pók, 601 363
320
k'ing fuk,
7
mí tséung,
463 32
216 199
hím,
míú í tau ying,474 63
kók ch'í, 474 64
170
ts'an shau,
11
ngau, 12 39; ím ngau, 449 62
hò, mau lai,
hò mín kwai,
492 33
165 86
pò,
Pring yéung,
kwan chuk fó,
chóng séung,
má hoi,
Pát tóng,
tò tsz',
pá,
wó kuk,
140 120
526 3
382 8
407 3
214 181
7
230
332 37
419 19
449 57
326 88
474 65
hóp lò só,
141 136
kai shí thang,
455 84
mau tán fá, 455 89
ch'éuk yéuk fa, 455 88
pán,
293 33
táp,
311 60
311 61
man kók,
kí kü chung, 491 11
CHI. CHR.
166
PA.—PA.]
[INDEX.
662
Pail.
Pain,
Painter, house,
Painter, portrait,
141 137 Parsley,
56 Parrot,
61 Parrot fish,
Part, to,
62 Part, every,
34 Part with, to,
144 192 Particle, n
311 63 Particle, smallest,
311
62 Particolored,
8 Particulars,
575
176 20 Partition,
ün yungshui,
hồ, lung há,
káu shik pán,
mín ts'ing,
521
491
299
60
441
443
63 1; shau pán, 65
tsung lii,
Palm date, seeds of, pó sz' tsz',
Palma Christi, n
pí má ts'ò,
Palpebræ,
ngán koi,
Palpitation of the heart, sam tíú,
459 50 Parts, six,
521 135 Parts, write some, n
506 109 Parts of Animals, n
tán ún, 506 110 Pass, n
wó, 229 7; wók, 141 138 Pass, to, n
yéuk mán ping, 514 40 Pass, to let,
pán kik,
ld tau shu,
pó lí pín,
ling li,
165 88 Pass from-to, to, n
441 41 Pass in and out,
141 139 Pass into river, n
469 50 Pass it along, to,
449 47 Pass over, to, n
12 37 Pass over to,
317
tsik,
shu,
tut kú,
tái fú,
kún sz' fóng,
á pá, té té,
55 Pass through, to,
149 57 Pass through a hole,
133 41 Pass to me,
78 15,20 Passage, a,
24,23,26||Passage boats,
444 49 Passed,
213 160 Passenger,
283 63 Passenger,
á yé, á ché, á té, 78
muk kwá,
chí,
chí tséung,
chii shu,
40 Passerinæ,
22 Passion flower,
35 Passions, the seven,
401 9 Passport, n
506 110 Paste,
64 6 Paste paper, to,
315 29 Paste-bowl,
405
12 Paste-brush,
438
25 Pasting table,
Painting,
Pair, a,
Palace, imperial,
Palace, ancient,
Palace dispatch, n
Palatable,
Palate,
Palinurus,
Palsy,
Pan,
Pallet,
Pallid countenance,
Palm, the, shau chéung,
Palm,
Panacea,
Pancake,
Pandanus,
Pane of glass,
Pangolin,
Panicled millet.
Panicum, n
Pannel,
Pantaloons,
Pantry,
Papa,
Papa,
Papaw,
Paper,
Paper-maker.
Paper tree,
Papua,
Parallelogram,
Parallels,
Paralysis,
Paralytic hand, ʼn
Parapet,
Paraselenæ,
Parasite,
Parasol,
Parcel, a,
Pardon, to, n
Pare, to,
Parents,
Parents, Of, n
Parhelia,
Parietal bones,
shui tung,
tung, 51 16; tung, 102
yau
ts' at sz' fú, 283
sé tséung,
sín shang, 283
290
Paris,
Park,
Parlor,
Parotid gland, ri
mút yau,
yat túi,
tái noi,
tín,
ting kí,
lí hau,
441
Pá pò á,
419
yat tsz' yéung, 252
wai sín,
tán ún,
pai shau,
chí típ,
it chung kin,
ki shang,
ché,
vat páu,
shé,
134 Partition, general,
14 Partition off, to,
104 Partly bent,
10 Partner, a,
26||Partner, n
40 Partridge, wedge tailed, n chuk kai,
13 Partridge,
ché kú,
hón kan ts'oi,
ying kó,
ts'ui lun chui,
fan shau,
ch'ù ch'ü,
lat shau,
hu tsz',
sz hò,
phóng,
26
tái léuk,
228 6
pán chéung, 133 42
kán kák, 294 29
cháp kán fong, 143 167
mí kau,
335 33
213 162
fó pún ché,
fó ki,
66 49
475 83
165 90
360 29
8 6
154 60 Pastry, n
213 161 Patella,
pai,
555 417 Paternal grandf. sister,
154 54 Paternal grandfather's
fú mò,
80 42e
sister's husband,
Shéung ts'an,
76
Path, n
yat chung kín, 405 12 Path of rectitude,
ting kwat, 521 136 Patience,
Pá lai,
410 8 Patiently, wait,
317 56 Patrimony,
137 42 Patroling, n
yau,
ting,
ngá káu há hat, 519
73 Patronage, no, n
luk fan,
sé tak tik,
Shang mat pák tai, 460
kwán tsun,
tò,
fong hang,
tsó káu yau,
yap-ch'ut,
yap shán shui hau,
chá kwó,
üt,
chun kwó,
chun,
kún,
tại lại,
213 163
my my 5
211 144
69 95
58 34
220 3
139.48
543 197
132 28
530 16
335 36
140 106
318 72
321 21
í kwó, kwo líú, 222 7,8
tò hák,
321 25
táp hák, 213 164
tséuk lui, 471 1
fung ch'é fá, 455 85
ts at ts'ing, 12 42
hung phái, 223 11;
tséung ú,
píu chí,
ú pún,
299 105
tséung ú sò, 299 106
píú chóng, 299 107
n
213 165
299 106
267 51
tim sam, 163 49; mín shik, 165 91
tsat k'oi kwat, 520 101
kú pó, 106 78
chéung kung,
kú kung, 106 76,77
9 I
113 6
yan noi,
tò,
chung yung,
kín tang há,
ká chán,
tsun,
252 36
241 34
100 48
572 38
'm ts'oi shan, 252 35
id,
tò shun,
165 89
474 66
484 122
94 33
102 567
244 45
17 3
272
1
1
Index.]
663
[PA.- PE.
¡
Patronize, n
Pattens,
Pattern,
Pattern,
Pattern,
Pattern, like the,
Pattern of cloth,
Pattern style,
Paw, n
Pawn, to,
Pawnbroker,
Pay, to,
Pay a visit, n
Pay taxes, to,
Pay duty, to,
Pay over to, to,
Pea,
Pea, green,
Pea-sprout greens,
Peace, n
Peace, living in,
Peach,
Peach, flowering,
Peacock,
Peacock pheasant,
Peak, a,
Pear,
Pease, green,
Pearls,
Pearl barley,
Pearl snow,
Pebbles, milky,
Pecco, inferior,
Pecco tea, n
Peck, to,
Peck, a (Chinese),
Pecten,
Pecul, a, n
Pedestal,
Pediment,
233 3||Penguin,
475 70
149 58||Pentapetes phoenicia,
455 90
213 166 People, kwok chí man, kwan há, 560 23,22
kí ngô,
'ng shí fá,
15 People, aged,
215 193 Pepper, black,
141 143 Pepper, Chinese,
251 34 Pepper, long,
lò yan ká,
ú tsíú,
chin tríú,
pat pút tsz',
ú tsíú tsun,
tsíú fóng,
pók hó yau,
múi,
83 8
214 171
450 64
450 65
141 140
313 6
514 39
41
3 Pepper-box,
33 Pepper chamber, n
7 Peppermint oil,
228 6
kau ts'at k'au, 235 11
kau k'au,
206 89
125 6
un trò,
241 33
ngó t'ai,
mí kók,
302 16
485 127
485 142
481 39
114 25
303 1
114 25
249 21
26 6
118 10
35 59
154 61
455
wák, 183 3; wák ché, 8
91
5
sam páu lók, 522 138
kü tau,
13 55
482 77
fá ü,
mò yat ting
chí yü, 417
ngap t'au,
kú,
4
15
3 Permit, to, n
383
1 Perpendicular, a,
492 34 Perpendicular line,
1 Perpendicular line, n
5|| Perpendicular stroke,
57 Perpetuate, to,
385
313
shui sín,
nò, shü, chik,
chik ch'éuk,
tsuk kai,
43
395 16
394 11
23 10
26 6
186 31
499 6
p'ái lau, kam tsz', 317
fán tsai,
64 Perplex, to,
283
438
t'ai,
mók,
168 5
wák yan,
shéung
Pó sz',
26 Perquisites, n
72 33 Persia,
485 126 Persimmon,
fí ü, ying ü,
tóng ngó, 475 69 Persimmon cakes,
wong p'áu ü, 487 180 Person, a,
p'ó ló k'oi kwat, 521
ngó mà pat, 213
408 7
ts'z', kai sam ts'z', 445 59
ts'z' kón, 445 60
yau yat yan, 182 1
tsoi shan, 228 6
128 7
73 51
tsz' hang,
137 Person, about,
170 Person, go in,
533 Personal appearance,
lut, 28 20; pat, 371 5; 213 169 Personal consideration, kí chí yau mò, 115
Lut lai,
yung máu,
sú kam pat,
iin pat,
299 109 Personal estcem,
210 124 Personal interview,
299 108 Personal servants,
22
yau tsing mín, 61 33
kín mín,
sz' tsai,
phái pat,
pat tséung,
máu chuk,
60 13
169 7
125 4
169 6
440
283 65 Personate, to,
7 Persons, nine,
11 Perspiration,
26||Peru,
shui,
461
512 12
lau,
147
kún í,.
120 18 Perverse,
72 29 Pestilence,
415 8
wái, 55 46; 'ng yik, 90 47
yik ching,
506 111
tò yap,
Pedler, n
Peduncle,
Peel off, to,
Pegasus,
Pelican,
Pelor, n
Pelvis,
Pen,
Penal Code, n
Pencil, n
Pencil, gilding,
Pencil, lead,
Pencil, spread,
Pencil-maker,
Pencil-tube bamboo,
Pendent,
Pendant, n
Penetrate the ear, to,
Penetrated to, n
póng chan,
k'ek,
yéung tsz',
píú, 109 6; fát, 112
kwai mò,
hóp shik,
fá,
khái shi,
pún,
tín,
11,
luk tau,
chan chu,
í í mai,
chü süt,
ngó lun shik,
tsz hò,
pak hò, kwan mí,
téuk,
yat tau,
ch'é k'ü,
tóng p'ò yan,
213
182
128
chí, 169 9; káu, 197
pái hák,
náp shui,
ch'ut héung,
káu ngan,
hó lán tau,
ts' ing tau, 450
sai tau ngá ts'oi, 449
wó, 94 42; hò, 55
te
ung hái,
ťd,
239 27 Perceive, I,
240 31 Perceive, not,
449 60 Perch,
pik t'd fá,
hung tséuk,
kam ts'ín kai,
fung,
yat tám,
ch'u tun,
464
121
•
167 Per,
16| Per cent, three,
Per cent, ten, n
4 Perambulate, to,
62 Perch-pike,
41 Percis,
47 Perfect,
94 36 Perfect knowledge,
444 50 Perfect man, the, n
225
460
86 Perfection, exact, n
455
474
475
68 Perfectly straight,
77 Perfectly upright,
29 25 Perfume,
sz' fú kwat,
í ching,
tün ching,
hing,
445 56 Perfumery,
héung mat,
165 92 Pergularia odoratissima, yé loi héung,
213 168 Perhaps, n
449 59 Pericardium,
405 15 Periods, n
48Periopthalmus,
432
225
wák tau, tíú,
sám ngá,
kók ü,
3 Permanent abode,
3
shing,
tsun shik,
kwan tsz',
fóng,
kau ko yan,
hón,
Píú í lú,
PE.-PL.]
[INDEX.
664

Pestle,
Petals,
Petechiæ,
Petiole,
Petition, to,
Petrified crab,
Petrified orthocera,
Petrified pecten, n
Petsae, n
Petticoat, plaited,
Pettifogger, n
Petuntse,
Pewterers,
Phalana moth,
Pharynx,
Pheasant, common, n
Pheasant, golden,
Pheasant, peacock,
Phenomena, celestial,
Philanthropists, Of, n
Philosophers, n
Phoenix, n
Phoenix mandate,
Phthisis,
Physicians,
Pia mater,
Piano, n
Piazza,
Pick, to,
Pick out another,
Pickax,
Pickled,
Pickled greens,
Pickles,
Picture-frame,
Pictures,
Pie, a, n
Pie or grackle,
Piebald horse,
Piece, a, (large)
Piece, small,
Piece-goods,
Piece of cloth, a,
Piece of silk,
Pier-glass,
Pierce, to, n
Pierce with holes, to,
Pig,
Pig,
Pigeon,
Pigeon, brown,
Pigeon, roast,
Pigeon grass,
Pigeon pie,
Pigeon's egg,
Pigment,
Pigmy deer,
Pilau,
Pile earth, to,
chung chi,
fán, fá p²ín,
pán ching,
káng,
pan,
shik hái,
shik shé,
shik ín,
pák ts' oi,
pák chíp kw'an,149
tsung kwan,
pák tun tsz,
tá sik sz' fú,
ló fau típ kung, 495
it hau,
shán kai,
kam kai,
kam ts'ín kai,
tín tséung,
Yan yan,
tsz',
fung wong,
fung chíú,
ld ching,
wan kwó,
chó tau,
tsò ím,
hám ts'oi,
sun kwó,
wá ká,
wá,
kwai,
pat,
p'ók má,
yat fái,
pín,
pò p'at,
yat pat,
yat p'ín sz',
chíú shan king,
cháp,
lau ngán,
chü tün,
299 110|| Piled bricks, n
438 27 Piles,
506 112 Piles, to drive, n
438 28 Pill,
223 11 Pillar,
432 59 Pillars of state,
71 Pimelepterus,
75 Pin, n
475
77 Pin, to,
542 177 Pin-box,
116
Pin-case,
16 84 Pin-cushion,
475 78 Pinang,
558
503
í shang,
124
nò tséung ts'ui mók, 522
pát yam k'am, 141
lóng,
133
tsoi chák,
pák hóp kwai,
pák hóp tán,
shik,
chéung,
pó ló fán,
púi nai,
432 51 Pillow,
432
447
126
432
283
66 Pilot's office, n
64 Pilot’s passport,
522 139 Pilumnus,
475
475
263
141
57
chu tsai, t'un,
pán kau,
ch'í kau, 475
shíú pán kau, 165
kau mi ts'd, 459
49 Pillow-cases,
13 Pilot, n
59 Pilot, n
11 Pilot, outside,
52 Pilot fish,
8 Pincers of crabs,
30 Pinch, to,
8 Pine,
140||Pine apple,
142 Pine compresses,
43 Pine seeds,
226 5 Pinions,
249 23 Pink, Chinese,
336 50 Pink, variegated,
161 17 Pinna,
449 39 Pinnace,
165 95 Pint, a, n
141 143 Pintles,
159 23 Pious, n
163 55 Pipe,
473 41 Pipe,
468 43 Pipe, double Pandean,
167 130 Pipe, fire, n
202 45 Pipe, funeral,
280 33 Pipe, Pandean, n
4 Pipe, woot'ung,
2 Pipe fish,
234
165
165
209
467
18
530
506 113
346 32
yéuk ün, tán,
ying,
514 41
317 58
ch'i kwók, 602 401
cham t'au,
158
cham t'au pò, 158
tái shui yan, yan shui yan, 220
shau kung, 326
14
14
3
89
1
10
ngoi yéung tái shui, 219
hak káu,
485 143
yan shui kún, 220 3
shun pái, 220 3
lò fú hái, ts'am, 491
hak shik láp, 481 29
kú chui cham, 154 62
kíú,
154 62
cham séung,
154 64
cham tung,
154 63
cham chín, 154 65
San Fau, 419 21
hái ngáu, hai kím, 464 34
níp,
ch'ám,
pó ló,
ch'ám lí,
ts' ung tsz', 445 62
síú ü, 462 17; ü, 464 35
tsín pín ló, 455 92
fán shik chuk, 455 95
yuk tíú, 492 39
sám pán,
326 90
yat shing, 383 1
tó kau,
326 91
51 9
79 426
142 145
364 75
364 72
142 146
lá pát,
363 58
lut,
364 71.
'ng tung kók, 364 73
hoi má,
485 144
481 52
142 147
125 10
422 8
má pín,
ín trung tau,
hoi ts ak,
Phảng ú,
yui, fá sú, 438 29
tíú kóng,
142 148
chu lung ts'ò, 455 96
wó kung,
548 298
tung, shu sam,438 30
trung chí, 277 3
hoi tung fá,
455 97
hó sik,
236 14
tau kú pí,
504 41
ch'ü, 143 187; shó, 211 145
536 45
tí fóng,
141 140 Pirate, n
165 94 Piscadore islands,
469
1
475
63 Pistil,
79 Pitcher,
80 Pitcher plant,
96 Pitfalls, n
51 Pith,
144 Pipe fish, Chinese,
15 Pipe-stem,
98 Pith paper,
97 Pittosporum tobira,
110 Pity, a,
2 Pityriasis,
165 99 Place,
346
32 Place, a,
típ ch in,
chí chóng,
tá chóng,
yan,
in tung,
kún,
síú,
fo t'ung,
441 43
445 61
531 22
INDEX.]
[PL.—PO.
665

Place, (in numbers)
Place, no, n
Place, to,
Place in the sun,
Place on, to,
Place to place, from,
Place together, to, n
Plaice,
Plain, (in color)
Plainly,
Plaintiff,
376 18Please, not,
68 86 Please, if you,
159 26 Please sit down, n
145 220 Pleasant,
203 49 Pleasure, n
6 Pleasure, at,
líp mái,
fá pó pung,
123
20 6 Pleasure, imperial,
485 145 Pleasure, imperial,
264 6 Pleasurably, to amble,
13 55 Plectrum,
sú,
ming,
554 407 Plectrum, nail,
ün yan,
tá píng
153 31 Pledge, a,
tò, 569 12; mau, 547 279||[Pledged, n
pat yü,
ying,
páu,
sín p²áu,
wán páu,
lau p¹áu,
kwóng phu,
243 44 Plenty of food,
277 1 Pleura,
299 111 Pleuronectes,
299 112 Pliable,
299 113 Plough, n
299 114 Plough-handle,
299 115 Ploughshare,
322 46 Plough, to,
132 21||Plough, to,
ts'ò tsz',
41 5 Pluck, to,
cheap yéung, 341 10 Plum,
ch'é ts in tsd, 459
héung ngá tsíú, 445
Plantain, green,
pá tsíú,
445
Plants, Miscellaneous, n Pák tsed, 457
Plants, Parts of, n
Plaster,
Plant, to,
pán,
chung,
Plant character,
Plant shoots, to,
Plantago,
Plantain,
52 Plum, dark red,
63| Plum, small yellow,
64 Plumbago flower,
Plumieria,
Ts'ò muk pák tai, 436
Plunder, to,
514
431
42 Plunder, to, n
28 Pneumonia,
Plaster of Paris,
134 57 Poached egg,
226
5 Pocket,
340
4 Pockmarks, n
480 26 |Pod,
142 149 Podagra,
138 71 Poet,
142 150 Poetry,
317 59 Poinciana,
111
29 Point, a,
299 116 Point, to cut to a,
360.35 Point bricks, to,
Point of a pencil,
1 Point upward,
Points, four, n
12 Poison, nauseous,
53 Poker,
Plait the cue, to, n
Plan, a,
Plan, best,
Plan, to,
Plane,
Plane, bead,
Plane, gouge,
Planc, sash,
Plane, smoothing,
Plank,
Plastering,
Plastic soil,
Plat of ground
Platax,
Plate, a,
Plate, dessert,
Plate, lacquered,
Plate of a roof,
Plates, (pictures)
Plates, casting, n
Plates, oblong, n
Plates Illustrative of
Heavens, n
Plates on Agriculture
•
wai,
mò shó,
fóng,
shái,
fóng mín,
wóng loi,
kò yéuk,
shik kò,
fan pik,
nai ning,
yat síu mau,
fí yik,
yat chik típ,
kwó típ,
tsat típ,
shui kú,
ted,
tò sik pán,
fóng héung,
Wán tín
To shut, 397
Platessa,
Platform, n
58 Pole, a,
Plating,
Platter,
Platycephalus,
Play, to,
and Weaving, n Kang Chik Td, 351
tsó hau tát shá, 481
t'oi,
311
290 36 Pole, north and south,
142 152 Poles, paper-drying
481 40 Poles of earth,
24 Polianthes,
Play actors,
tò ngan,
k'am tau,
shá káp,
hi.
87
hí, 123 4; hí tsz', 125
Play on instruments, to, cheung tsau, 124
Play the rogue, n yung ngai ché, 50
Play tricks,
in lung,
125
mai wan ngó, 252
shat shau tsíú líú, 88
tsau fát, 356
4 Police director,
14 Police runners,
49 Polish, a,
7 Polish, to,
37 Polite,
Play tricks on me,
Playful, very, n
Playing, rules for,
41 Politeness, n
Polygonum,
250 29
176 8
m ngầm,
tsui pín,
ts' ing tsó,
shóng,
1
7 1
157 4
lók, 112 17; hí lók, 356
yam 1, 347 39; tsui í, 179
lun yam,
chí,
568 4
575 6
332 35
365 82
365 83
213 167
98 13
yau tsau yau yuk, 100 55
fai mók,
522 141
táp, hái tai, 488 211
ní, 403 1; ün shuk, 288
lai,
14
336 59
lai shau,
336 60
lai tsam,
336 61
267 2
343 17
341 9
445 68
445 72
lí,
445 73
ngán loi hung, 455 98
kai tán fá, 456 99
tá kíp,
125 9
léuk, 24 13; lú léuk, 543 208
lò tsat,
506 114
tán phò,
161 20
toi,
149 60
73 60
tau pí,
káp,
438 31
tsau fung kéuk,504
sò yan,
122 14
shí,
64
121 5
kam fung fá, 456 100
tím,
393 3
séuk,
213 170
man chin, 301 138
pat fung,
24 13
héung shéung, 226 5
sz' fong,
11 32
sham tuk, 271 7
fó ch'ü,
142 153
ch'ing,
332 38
pak, nám kik, 400 5
léung chí chuk,299 117
shi nau,
397 2
sai íp yuk tsám fá, 456 118
yün wai, 604 460
chái yik,
586 3
tsing, 202 38; íú, 300 136
mó,
282 55
hù hau,
54 17
lai 1, 10 16; lai, 94 41
hung, yan íp, 459 53,55
hang yau lók,
pút,
ted káp,
mat át,
pái úi,
kang tín,
lai tín,
nau,
múi,
hang,
51
CHI. CHR.
167
PO.—PR.]
[INDEX.
666
Polygonum, aquatic,
shui líú,
Polygonum tinctoriun, lám ts'ò,
Polynemus, n
má yau,
Polypus of the ear, í fá,
Polypus in the nose, pí shé,
Polypus in the nose, pí chung sik yuk,
Pomatum,
héung yau,
shik lau,
Pomegranate,
Pomfret,
Pomum adami,
Pondicherry,
Pongee, Hongchau fú,
Pongee, luk flowered,
Poop-railing,
Poor,
Poor-rich, n
Poor border,
Poor boy, one n,
Poor goods, n
Poor surname, n
Pop, to,
Poppy,
Porcelain,
Porch, n
Porcupine,
Pores of skin,
Pork, fried,
Pork, salt,
Pork-chops,
Porpoise,
Porpoise, white, n
Port, a,
Port, a,
Port-holes,
Port wine,
Portal, honorary, n
Porter, a,
tsóng i,
hau lám,
Portfolio,
Portrait, n
Portrait-painter,
Portrait-painter,
Portrait-painting,
Portugal,
Porter, a,
tíú fú,
Porter of palace gate, kám mún,
shi káp,
Pan chí lí,
fú ch'au,
408
265
luk ká fá ch'au, 265
lán hó,
326
74
p'an k'ung,
pan—fú,
pín lán suk,
115
254
yat kó síu chung, 185
yai fó,
234
81
tsín sing,
páu,
229
7 Powers, three, n
49 Pox,
172 Poyáng lake,
60 Practice,
ó fú yung, ying suk, 459
ts'z' hí, 214
lóng mú, 317
wai, tsín chủ, 469 64 Practice, n
mò kún, 288 14 Practice, to, n
ch'áu chü yuk, 165 101 Praise,
yam yung,
sé tséung ché,
sé chan ché,
wák tséung,
Pò tò ngá,
459
56 Potato, Irish, n
11:
459
54 Potato, Irish,
484 115 Potato, sweet,
506 115 Potatoes, baked,
52 38 Potion for stomach,
506 116 Potter,
154 66 Pottery,
446 78 Pouch,
485 148 Poultry,
522 142 Pound, n
yau,
chán ép,
yik má,
pò shé,
hám chu yuk, 165 102 Praise and blame, n
chu p'ái kwat,
hó t'un, t'un,
pák ki,
kóng hau,
165 100 Prawns,
469 65 Pray excuse me, n
470 66 Pray sit down, n
209 117 Precede, to,
207 96 Precedence, n
326 93 Preceding month,
165 103 Precious,
hoi hau,
páu mún,
pút tsau,
pái lau,
311 64 Precious,
hón mún,
sun tsz',
hau,
Sai yéung, 410
403
371
371
290
Possess, to,
Possessions,
Post horses,
Post-offices,
Postage,
Posterior,
Posterior view,
púi mín,
wai fuk tsz',
shí,
Posterity, tsz' sün, 87 21; hau sz', 311
Posthumous son,
Posthumous titles, n
Posting of accounts,
Pot, a,
Potash,
kwó shò,
kóng,
hám shá,
11 Pour in, to,
25 Pour in, to,
24 Pour out, to,
92||Poverty,
71||Powchong tea, n
20 Powder,
43 Powder, gun,
20 Power,
6 Powerful sun,
1 Powers, mental,
169 8 Precipitate,
214 173 Precisely the same,
591 127 Prefect of a chau,
142 154 Prefect of a department,
84 18 Prefect's secretary,
7 Prefer, to,
6 Prejudice business, to,
35 Prepare papers, to,
Prepare, to,
ching
13 Prepare, to,
1 Prepared,
154 53
344 22
255 48
póng,
ch'ung,
174 11
tsam, 151 4; chóng, 164 74
cham, 142 148; k'ing, 287 &
p'an,
115 10
páu chung, 225 3
fan, sáng 514 44
fó yéuk,
221 3
12
nang,. 122 20; shai, 118
tái yéung puk, 406
sing tsing,
19
121
It
sám ts'oi,
11 25
506 116
}
fán shü,
166 105
450 66
hó lán shü,
hung shu, 166 106
kuk shu tsai, 165 104
wan wai yam, 514 43
kóng ngá sz' fú, 283 67
297 80
nga hí,
ts'an toi,
kai lui,
sau,
tsáp,
hang,
ká,
117 24
113 1
15 81
492 35
186 34
pò pín,
ming há,
shíú púi,
ts'ing tsó,
sín chí,
tsü,
shéung üt,
pò,
76 I
183 4
13 51
169 9
118 5
púi, 36 65; chan pò, 213 168
chui,
199 10
209 112
mò í,
chí chau,
chí fú,
kím káu,
587 16
587 15
592 138
178 34
84 16 Prepared medicine,
545 243 Prescription,
545 240 Presence of II. I. M.
214 174 Presence of, in, n
462 22 Present,
522 158 Present, at,
59 Present, at this,
87 11 Present, to,
564 12 Present cards, to,
214 175 Present dynasty,
283 67 Present for examination,
ch'ing ím,
432 53 Present papers, to,, ching tsun,
l
ting,
Pó yéung ú, 425
34
9
1
chung 1,
'ng sz',
chán 1,
254 41
10
569 10
hò, 163 55; chít, 575
pán, 162 39; shai, 161 28
k'ü ts'ün,
shuk yéuk,
161 19
499 9
yéuk fóng tsz' 514 45
oh'íú,
570 16
tóng mín, 60 16
kam, 297 71; tsz', 303 1
í ká,
237 18
ní p❜ái,
52 36
fung,
184 11
tai tip,
172 20
pún ch'iú,
561 39
223 12
569 10
425 33
55
2
I
INDEX.]
[PR.—PR.
667
Presently,
Presents,
Preserve, to,
Preserve from decay,
165 92|| Princess,
145 218 Principal,
150
287 10
Preserved,
181
23 Principally,
6 Principal,
President, n
415
President,
President and director, shéung
596 236 Principle, a, n
Principles, celestial,
shu tò sz', 596 242 Printed,
President and exa- shéung
Printer, block,
miner, n
shu sing, 596 238 Printing,
President of H. I. M.'S
thái puk
Printing-press,
stud, n
tsz' hing, 599 328 Prison,
Pres. of the Astronomical yám ťín kám
Prisoner,
Board,
kám ching, 604 444 Private,
hung lò
Private conversation,
tsz' hing, 591 112 Private secretaries,
tái shéung
Private use,
sz' hing, 599
chá, 283 59; káp, 299
káu p'ún,
t'in fung,
President of the Court
of Ceremonies,
President of sacrificial
court,
Press, to,
Press, bookbinder's,
Press around, to,
Press upon, to,
Presume, I,
Presume, not,
Presume to ask,
Pretend illness,
tsau,
sung lai,
yéung,
Primary Lessons, n
Primary studies,
Prime, to,.
Prime cost, below,
Prime cost, below,
Prime minister,
Prime minister,
Prime minister,
pat chí í lán,
mat tsín t'óng,
ching fú,
shéung shü,
néung néung, 562 50
shau,
407 6
kwók tsz kám
ts'ai tsau, 593 165
tái tai,
189 64
t'au,
313 3
lí, 498 3; í, 30 42d
t'ín tò,
559 14
yan hí,
288 21
hón sát tséung, 283 68
yan shu,
291 37
yan shu ká, 300 120
hám lò, 311 65; yuk, 558 5
fán, 125 3; ch'au, 546 267
sz',
534 S
káu t'au tsíp í, 45 54
sz' yé,
597 276
249 22
ká yung,
534 4
ying í,
háng, tsz shó, 133 44
73 Principals of national
college, n
33 Privileged classes,
119 Privy,
299 119 Privy council of
290 31 eunuchs,
366
184
4 Privy councillor,
18 Prize, to,
83 10 Probable, not,
353
2 Probable, very,
552 364 Problem, n
192 5 Proboscis,
11 27 Progenitors,
560 27 Progress,
588 40 Prohibit, to,
shí
át,
sün shí,
pat kóm,
Prevent, to,
kóm man,
chá ping,
tün k'ang,
Prevent confusion,
ú fan wan,
Prevent stiff appearance, í fá pán,
Previous day,
Previous year,
Price,
226
35 59 Proceed from—to, n
28 20 Proceeds from mouth,
187 43 Proceeds from sun,
5 Proclaim abroad,
46 66 Proclamation, a, n
247 13 Proclamation decree,
239 27 Procure, to,
ü yat,
shéung nín,
ká ts'ín,
kung tò ká,
Price, just,
214 176 Procure, to,
Price, true,
Price current,
Priceless,
Prickly heat,
Prickly pear,
lò shat ká,
shí ká chí,
mò ká,
139 85 Procure livelihood, nú hau,
ít fai,
507
shan sín chéung, 457
ngò,
121
sham muk, fú lín, 441
wó shéung, 149 71; sz', 312
120 Prodigal son,
16 Prodigal son,
11 Prodigality,
44 Produce,
pái ká tsai,
lóng tsz,
fai,
Pride, to,
fo,
Pride of India,
Priest,
75 Produce, to,
42 Produce, to,
Priest of Taou, n
Priestess,
To sz,
nii ní,
sang luk sz'
535
311
54 Productions, n
Priests, officiating,
Profession of medicine,
kóng king, 595 223 Professor, a, n
Síú Hók,
13 57 Professor of belles-
5 lettres,
síú hók,
374
tá tai,
294
19 Professor of literature,
247 14 Prof. of mathematics,
236 12 Professors of national
596 233 college,
'm kau pún,
shít tik pún,
shau séung,
thái tsoi,
chung séung,
shíú,
szíp, 593 166
599 312 Prof. of Taou school, tò luk sz' hín fát, 602 385
588
sz íp,
598 284
chán, 207 90 ; lí, 268 2
ün yün,
109 3
tsung,
85 23c
588 49 Professors,
Primeval,
564 14 Profit,
Primrose, Primula,
456 101 Profound,
lín hing fá,
Prince, n
kwan,
Prince of the country, kwók kwan,
Princes, n
chi hau,
hang,
kam chí,
324 64
541 162
sh'ü mat yün, 597 267
shéung kí mat, 596 245
kwai chí,
266 41
'm hing í,
241 35
tái yêuk,
244 45
kí hó,
393 1
tséung pat, 464 36
yau—chí,
22 6
tsung hau ch'ut,54 44
yau yat ch'ut, 404 10
sin pò,
kò,
kò ming,
kú,
568 3
569 6
569 7
220 3
163
53
53 8
pán,
87 12
86 5
351 10
242 39
201 33
208 106
429 1
498 3
24 16
shang,
chán,
shang mat,
í mún,
sín shang,
king ín kún, 592 139
shi hók pók sz', 597 269
sin hók pók sz', 597 275
kwók sz' kám
PR.-PU.]
668
[INDEX.

Prohibit, to,
Prohibitory laws,
Project out, to,
Projection of cornea,
Prolapsus recti,
Prolapsus uteri,
Prolonged-limited,
Prominence,
Prominent eyes, n
Promiscuous,
Promise, to,
Promise bribes, to,
Promulgate, to,
Promulgate, to,
Prong,
Proof,
Proof, a,
Propel in water, to,
Propel rapidly, to,
Proper, not,
Proper time,
Properly, hang,
Property,
Property,
Proportion, what,
Proportionably long,
fung kam,
515
lai kam,
tat ch'ut,
tái ngán chi, 507
tüt kóng chí ching, 507
síu chán, há toi, 507
chín—shau,
yéung,
tat ngán,
27
25
47
sán tsoi,
501
79 31 Publish, to,
551 347 Pudding stone,
569 9 Pudding,
Prospect, a,
Prospect of death,
Prosperous,
Prosperous,
Prosperous kings,
Prostitutes,
tsoi, 538
Protect, to,
pò,
Protect all people, n
Protect and preserve,
Protector's subalterns,
Protectorate,
Protrude out, to,
Protruding,
Protrusion, n
Province of Kwáng.
tung, n
ying shing,
hu tsoi mat,
kd,
sün shí,
ch'í,
p'ang,
shu kò,
cháu shui,
tsít tsau,
'm chéuk,
kái shí,
ch'un há pái,
tsoi mat,
88; chóng,
kai yau kí tó,
púi chéung,
móng,
kín sz',
fát tát,
Prussian blue,
Prussian blue color,
tut,
fát,
túi,
260
205
·
fán shik lau,
fung mí ts'ò,
lung sü ü,
443 18
458 26
487 178
lò yuk p'an tsing, 507 123
chu,
496 68
tsing p'í chui há, 507 124
kung-sz', 349 7
kún mat,
540 126
537 84
555 424
chái yik,
2 Public works, laws on, n kung lut,
hing,
shing wóng,
ch' éung,
119 24; pó shau, 92
wai mán mang 579
pò ts'ün,
chan píú,
chan t'oi,
497
586
586
526
39
528
8|| Psidium,
70 Pteris,
80 42c Puff ball,
296
5 Pterois, (a fish)
137 Pterygium,
121 Ptinus, or book bugs,
122 Ptosis,
16 Public-private,
3 Public property,
3 Public service,
64 Pull his ears,
7 Pull out, to,
260
300 121 Pull out, to,
•
216 200| |Pull out a hair, n
321 19 Pull the punkah,
173
2 Pullet,
9 Pully,
575
148
36 Pulo Penang,
210 123 Pulp, to make into,
551 345| Pulp of fruits,
345 29||Pulse, n
47,
308
115
87 20 Pumelo,
564
1 Pulse, seeds of,
8 Pulse, the,
8 Pulverize, to,
15 Pumelo, ribbed,
351 11 Pumice,
552 375 Pump,
pò kò,
mán shik,
pò tín,
ngau shí kú,
nau í tsai,
ts'ím, 155 87; níp,
pát,
9 Pumpkin,
7 Pumpkin, flat,
1 Puncta lachrymale,
5 Punctual payment,
4 Puncturing needle,
4 Pungent,
86 |Pungent plants, n
9 Punica,
yau,
sóng má yau,
fau shik,
tó shui póm,
tung kwá,
fán kwá,
450 70
lui lung tsím, 522 143
mò tak tó hím, 192 5
cham ts'z', 500 10
lát, 165 93; san, 203
fan san lui,
shik lau,
n Ying Pò,
ying,
56
437 I
446 78
580 9
533 1
fung shín,
mún há,
142 155
498 3
t'ung yan pai hóp, 507 125
t'ung yan,
48 30
mau tsz',
48 31
121 10; chí mái, 128
chíú ting,
shun,
3
196 11
pák chuk,
shun shín,
kò ngan,
´tsuk kam,
564 10
162 34
118 6
155 73
292 43
há,
512 12
540 135
tsuk shik,
háng,
317 61
sít ts'ü,
258 3
tsz' fan, 305 41; p'ò ts' ing, 238 20
Punishment, Board of,
Punishment, n
Kwong tung
sháng, 426
Provincial city,
shang shing, 257
Provincial educational tai tuk
3 Punkah, n
Pupil,
director,
Provincial treasurer,
Provision, dry,
Provisions,
hók ching, 600 362 Pupil, closed,
fán t'oi, 589 70 Pupil of the eye, n
kón léung, 228 6 Pupil of the eye, n
shik mat,
310 50 Purchase, to, kú,
ts' oi mín shik, 166 107 Purchase, to invite,
Provisions, n chái mai, 90 77; sung, 135 ' 8 Pure, n
Provoke to insurrection, kik pín,
Proximity,
Provisions, n
543 210 Pure congee, n
kan,
406 19 Pure goodness,
wóng múi,
443 4 Pure silver,
Prunus, red double, hung múi fá, 456 103| Pure metal,
Prunus, double flowering, hó ching múi, 456
Prunus,
102 Purging,
Prunus, or cherry,
Prussia,
ying tsz', 446
P'ó lú sai, Tán ying, 410
yéung tín, 214
yéung tín, 305
79 Purity of metal,
14 Purlin,
177 Purloin, to, n
43 Purple,
569 6
430 18
166 108
458 43
58 35
294 12
74 83
pát yat mò, 74 83
ch'é fung shín, 142 155
kai hóng,
475 81
luk ló,
326 94
Pò lò Pan lóng, 419
au lán,
kwó yuk,
shuk, 12 37;
tau,
21
213 160
mak,
ín mút,
437 19
450 68
438 31
501 1
217 214
446 80
446 82
432 54
326 95
460 69
INDEX.]
[PU.-RA.
669
•
Purple Hibiscus,
Purpose,
Purpose, fixed, n
Purpose, for the,
Purpose, to change,
Purpose of, for the,
Purse, n íu tau, 74
Purslane,
Pursuits,
Purulent ophthalmia,
Push away, to,
Put a little more,
Put to my account,
Put to rights,
tsz fat sóng,
í,
Put together orderly,
Put under,
Put up, where,
Put within, to,
Putchuck,
Putting the hand on,
QUADRANT,
Quadrupeds,
Quadrupeds, n
Quail,
Quake, to,
Quality,
Quality, best,
ting kín,
í yuk,
chün í,
í wai,
75 ; chóng tau,
chu tsai ts'oi,
thíú hò,
pái hò,
chai ít tau,
tá lók, 135 16; cháp,
fóng noi,
ching lók,
Put back, to,
143
chai hoi yat pín, 251
Put by one side,
Put in, to, ngáp fán, 153 42; fong tsoi, 142
chai lók, 155 91; chai, 142
Put in, to,
Put in order, to,
Put in order,
153
152
Put in sun,
Put into, to,
Put into,
Put into, to,
Put on, to,
Put on dress,
Put on corset,
Put on thimble,
Put on the head, to,
Put out a fire, ta, n
Put out fire, to,
kón, 82 9 ; sz íp, 88
ngán káu,
túi hoi,
pí tik tím,
chai fán,
Quality, of good second,
Quality, what, n
Quarreling, n
4
Quarry, to,
Quarrymen,
Quarter, a,
Quarter, by the,
Quarter of an hour, n
Quarters of a ship,
Quarterly,
453
208
72
148
chéuk, 146 10; lau, 149
ch'ün í,
183
lám mán hung, 152
tái chạm ting, 155
tái, 152 13; 148
kau fó,
sik fó,
149
137
240
173 2 Quiver,
yap ngó shò,
p'ò kwó,
k'ím ts'ai,
chai há tai,
ü shó,
chai lók,
muk héung
kam chù
Pylorus,
fú shau, 133
yau mún, lán mún, 522
Pyrites, coarse, ts'ing mung shik, 435
Pyrus, flowering, hung tit hoi t'ong fá,456
43|Quarter-piece,
98 Quartz, crystals of,
38 Quartz, rose,
38 Quartz, smoky,
70 Quartz, yellowish,
10 Quartz crystals,
21Quartz pebbles,
71 Queen,
32 Queen bee,
506 104 Question,
202
90
358
120
450
ts'éung hán,
tsau shau,
shau pò,
am shun,
chan,
léung tái,
tsui hò,
142 151 Question, call in, n
174 16 Quickly, n
187 Quickly answered,
35 Quickset grass,
154 Quicksilver,
158 Quicksilver,
48 Quiet, to,
37 Quiet retirement,
158 10 Quietude, n
145 228 Quill,
230
8 Quill (or spool),
37 Quince,
61 Quinsy,
3 Quisqualis,
28||Quite ashamed,
81 Quite right,
49 Quite so easy, not,
61 Quite too dark,
39 Quite too short,
31 Quite what ought, not, chang tik,
ch' á, tsín toi,
muk tsím,
Radius bone,
395 20 Raft,
462 21 Rafter,
462 Rafters, inner,
475 82 Rage or fashion, n
403 4 Ragged,
128
6 Raia, n
46 68 Raiment,
40 Rain, to,
n shün chü fó, 234 6 Rain,
mat yé hò, 242
tau au,
546
tsók ts'ü,
284
ts'oi shik yan, 284
sz fan chí yat, 394
6n kwai, 197 17 Rail, red headed,
hak,
391 6 Railing,
327 111 Raise signals,
254 Rain harbinger,
69 Rainbow, n
69||Rail, n
12 Rail, n
shin póng,
sz' kwai,
287 11 Quoins,
159 26 Quote, to,
310 41 Quote laws, to,
174 11 Quotient,
214 178
man,
sz' 1,
fái tik,
tsau ling,
5 22
74 72
máu tsò,
459 59
214 179
shui ngan,
hung,
435 26
ón,
572 39
82
5
hán ki,
tsing,
73 52
mò kún,
464
37
síú ts'un,
291
38
mán shau kwó, muk kwá, 446 84
hau lung tung, 507 126
sz' kwan tsz', 456 106
sít tuk,
189 58
mò ts'ó,
246
’m tak kom yung í, 235
Rabbit,
45 Rabbit, stewed,
145 Rabies canina, n
23
105 RABBIT,
huk chang,
326 96
pák shik ying, 432 55
hung tsing,
mak tsing,
láp shik,
432 59
432 57
432 61
432 56
432 60
shui tsing,
shik ch'un,
kwók hau,
562 49
fung wóng,
493 7
375
18

192 5 Raise the head, to, n
3
ma
9
hak kwó tau, 134 53
thái tin,
147 21
234 6
367 14
300 120
yan,
18 10
yan lut ling, 554 415
tak,
380
5
ted,
470 67
úi tò tsz', 166 109
hw6ng hun chun
ím ching, 505 74
450 27
hung ló pák,
ching kwat, 516 7
fat, chuk phái, 326 97
kók,
317 62
ts'é kók,
317 63
248 17
shí hing,
lán,
ping shá pò,
í,
ü,
lók ü,
148 45
486 155
347 1
405 13
405 13
t'in t'in tséuk, 475 85
14
tung, 25 4; hung, 405
fú shau,
133 42
chuk kai,
pák mín kai,
lán,
475 £3
475 84
kín lap mat kín
318 77
222 7
43 13
t'oi t'au,
CHI. CHR.
168
[RA.—RE.]
[INDEX.
670
Raise the head, to, n
Raise up, to,
Raise water,
Raised flowers,
Raisins,
Rake, bamboo,
Rake, grain,
Rake, harrow,
Rake, large,
wan pá,
Rake, weeding,
Ram,
máu yéung,
Ramble among immortals, n yau sín,
Rampant horse,
hón má,
Rank,
Ransom,
Rapidly,
Rapids,
Rare, cooked,
Rarified,
Rarity,
Rasp,
Raspberry,
Raspings,
Rat, n
Rat, bamboo,
Rate of interest, n
Rationale,
Rationalists, n
Rather, n
Rather, ought,
Rather be, n
Rather dear,
Rather feeble, n
Ration,
Ratlines,
Rattans,
ch'é hí fá,
p'd tai tsz', pò t'ai kón, 166
336
hí t'au,
fú,
káu shui,
Raven,
Raven, ringed,
Raven color,
Raw,
Ray, n
Rays of sun,
Rays, solar,
Razor,
chuk p¹á,
kuk pá,
Read, to, n
Read, extensively,
Readers to H. I. M.
Reading-room,
Ready,
Ready, make,
Ready, not yet,
Ready money,
Realize, not to,
tó pá,
tái phá,
tsò,
tsuk,
ts' uk,
tán,
nün,
ím,
hing,
tái ts 6,
múi, fuk pún tsz',
300
446
chap,
139
lò shii, 142 162; hò tsz', 470
chuk shü, 470
chán sik,
128
ts'ing un, 46 62; ning,
tai tóng,
115
186
tai yat, tai í,
kwai tik,
shang shik,
p'í ptá shá,
thái yéung chíu,
ying shé,
Razor-strap,
t'ai sú tò,
hot to pí,
Razor-sheath,
ching, shá ló,
Reach, immediately, n ts'oi tò,
Reach to, to,
Reach to, to,
Reached,
45 52 Really,
337 68 Really,
326 95 Really, n
264 17 Really not,
110 Reap, to,
62 Reap, to,
337
337
337
63 Reaping-rod,
337 66 Rear-front,
470
84
84
330
ín ngan,
pat kók,
tò tái chang,
lam kap,
lí,
tò sz',
shing t'ai,
shá ť'ang,
ying kuk, pát kó, 475
lò á,
ú,
256
252
65 Reaped wheat,
64 Reaping-basket,
68 Rear, to, n
19 Reason,
7 Reäscend, to,
511
11 Rebellion,
534 22 Recant, to,
336 51 Receipt,
shau tán,
326 98 Receipt for tax,
chap chíú,
176 12 Receipts and expenses, shau chí,
406 19 Receipts and disbursements, ch'ut náp,
403 1 Receipts of stores,
123 Receive, to,
86 Receive, to,
92 Receive counsel,
69 Receive guest, to, n
70 Receive guest, to,
3 Receive into, to,
19 Receive money, to,
36 Receive tenon,
154
492
222
tai,
37
kap, 117 19; tò, 232
shó chí,
tuk shu,
561
pók hók, 114 23 Reduplicated, n
shí tuk,
596 248 Reeds,
kún,
318 69 Reel,
pín, 131 5; í pái, 188 51 Reel, horizontal,
ts'ai pí,
175 1 Reel, to,
164 79 Reeler, coccoon,
236 11 Reeling,
185
mí ching,
21 Reeve, to,
kwó ín,
chan ching,
shat shau, 37; chan, 18
shat fí,
wan,
kot wó,
náp,
tak, 382 7; shau,
shing, 127 2; shau,
ling káu,
tsíp hák,
ying hák,
tsíp,
shau tò ngan,
shám mak,
mak ch'éuk,
cháu kín,
hau-tsín,
tsz', 12 40; yéung, 310
td,
fuk hí,
lün,
fán fúi,
yap sun,
kan loi,
186 31
167 126
ün tán,
Hung hoi,
shíú hung,
8
398 3
123 5
341 11
333 7
337 67
337 68
319 84
51
118 11
526 4
40 92
248 15
215 182
54 Recently,
184 15
37 Receptacle of flower, fá fóng,
77 8 Recipe,
545 244 Reckon, to,
405 16 Reckon, to,
438 32
yéuk fóng,
501 2
sho,
401 9
kai, 171 16; sün shò, 377 21
yan,
74 74
team,
323 57
322 42
206 85
124 17 Recognize, to, n
322 45 Reconnoitre, to,
214 181 Reconnoitre smugglers, ts'ap sz',
86 Record, to,
kí, tang kí,
475 87 Recorder of H. I. M.'s words, hí ku chü, 590 96
303 4 Rectilinear,
chik,
393 5
161 17 Rectum, tsóng tuk, chik ch'éung, 522 146
486 154 Recurrence,
392 9 Red color,
yü,
hung shik,
398 5
305 44
405
14 Red lead,
434 22
154
67 Red sea,
406 1
68 Redhot,
229
36 Reduce a fracture, n
tsíp,
526 4
239 26
8 Reduce price, to,
kám tik ká,
kau p'ung,
chít,
77 Reduce sail,
12 Reduction,
329 144
376 9
198 1
35 Reduction of duty,
kám shui,
4 17 Reduction of dislocations, n tün fát, 527 5
344 20
211 138
577 4
560 133
369 3
168 2
186 35
132 18
183
392
215 182
290 32

lui, 372 1; púi, 376 10
309 27
300 124
300 126
pò tséung,
pút fú,
lók ní,
kün,
tsò k'ü,
p'ún shá,
tung shing,
300 126
300 125
291 33
321 30
INDEX.]
[RE.—RE.
671
L
I
Reflect, to,
Reflection, make a,
Reformation,
koi,
Refracted and reflected, ts'é túi,
405
Refrigerant,
Refrigerants,
Refuse,
sing léung, 200
ts'ing ít tik yéuk, 514
lớp sáp,
138
ü mat,
336
wai yéuk pat wán, 206
Regardless of admonition, n mò í sing, 56
Refuse matter,
Refuse to pay,
Regardless of life,
Regardless of truth, n
móng ming, 125
mò hau chí,
tsít kái,
54
Regimen,
177
Region, a,
Register, n
Register of ship,
Register of a ship,
Regret, why,
Regulate, to,
Regulation, a,
Regulations, just, n
Regulations of Pilots, n
Regulator of a plough,
Regulator or ties, n
Rehearse and sing, î
Rehearse or repeat, to,
Reign, to,
Reign of,
Reins, n
F
Reins, bridle, n
Relates to, n
Relations,
Relations, remote, n
Relations, Near and
413
564
215
326
hó sik,
74
255
lí chí, 568 3; chi, 398
tsung lai,
í fong,
Yan shui
10
Distant, n
Relative by blood, n
Belief, cut in, n
Relieve, poor,
Relight, to,
Relish, a, n
Remain, to,
Remain, there,
séung,
yéung chíú,
Remove from,
Remove things, to,
Removes disease,
shün ting ch'ák,
tsoi wai,
fóng,
ehák,
Remainder,
Remains, what further,
Remains of food,
Remember, to,
Remembrancer, n
Remittent fever,
Remote,
Remote relations, n
Remove, to,
Remove evil, to,
337
chéung ching, 219
lai p'ing,
kóng, 11 27;
fung wing,
n_ním,
lam yü,
nín kán,
shui,
kéung,
shuk,
tsuk yan,
sho pí,
Noi ngoi ts' an,
típ yuk,
hak tat,
tsai p'an,
tím fán,
sung,
lau,
sín ü,
102 56g||Renovate, to,
154 57 Renowned, n
275 14 Rent, ground,
14 Rent book,
Rend, to,
Render, to, n
Renew by a lathe, to, san,
92
15
素
​414
331
332
72
91
shing,
wán yau mat,
suk yuk,
kí tak,
kí hò,
fát lang fát ít,
58
504
ün, 101 56c; shó, 117
p'í kák,
89
ts'ín, 129 9; ch'ü, 510
síú tsoi,
119
290
tun ch'ut,
shau h'ü,
kái tuk,
p*6,
103
88
8
79 426 Report the hour,
sz', 289 29; ling, 74
16 Rent in kind, n
46 Rent money,
76 Renting Houses, Of, n
62 Renting Shops, Of, n
86 Repair, to, ching, 137
9 Repair (watch), to, n
8 Repair a leak,
28 Repair to, to,
25 Repairs,
6 Repairs,
12 Repay, to,
183 Repay visits, to,
3 Repose,
33 Reptiles, n
34 Repulsion, mutual, n
46 Reputation, family,
79c Reputation, good,
89 50 Reputation, literary,
Reputation, little, n
Reputation, to destroy,
39 Request, to,
19 Require, severally,
20 Requisite, n
12 Reply, to,
79 Report of cargo,
5 Report in person, î
Tsd yam fóng uk,127
Pai yam p'd tím, 190
57; sau ts ap, 207
sau ching,
chap lau,
ts'ing tò,
síu sau,
sau lí,
wán,
37 77
99 Repayment,
pải úi,
143 169
phúi wán, 207 92
fán chün tau, 5 20
78 Repeat, to, n
3 Repeated the reckoning, tsoi sám sün, 171 15
44 Repeatedly,
shò tsz',
574 4
lü tsz', 271 5; kí tsz', 62 51
114 17
Replace, to, tá fán, 135 17; séung hí, 142 147
7 Repeatedly,
Repine, to,
ün,
69 Replace, to,
p'úi pò,
táp üt,
pò fó tán,
mín pan,
210 123
75 91
215 184
62 54
124 15
25 1
477
511 S
186
32
61 21
186 31
60 17
61 32
3
1
175
525
7 28
88 38
114 6
288
115
140 119 Rescue, to,
162 36 Rescue, to,
525
349
376
342
142 158 Reside, to,
185 21 Reside, to,
29 Reside, to, n
61 Residence, n
19 Residence, family,
50 Residence, summer,
5 Resign, to,
19 Respect, to, n
31 Respectful,
174 17 Respectful,
215 185 Respects, to pay,
279 22 Resplendent, n
73 Respond, to,
286 6 Responsible,
fá,
ming yéung,
náp tí tsò,
tsò pò,
shu léung,
tsò ngan,
Researches of East
7 and West, n
17 Resemble, to,
14 Resemble, to,
110 20
10 8
128 6
129 9
kung,
king,
kung,
hau ká,
wóng wóng,
séung ying,
yan pò,
344 20
129 9
pò lau hò,
ning,
Lun kái lui,
séung ú,
shán tín fuk,
t'ai mín,
shu héung,
pók mín,
n tíú líú mín,
ts' ing,
kók yau shó í,
íú,
k'au,
ch'ing,
Tung Sai
Yeung Hau, 420 27
ts'z',
418 15
ying ü, 204 58; ü, 101 56e
tso, 124 7; chủ, 556 432
kü, 417 9; chü, 424 19
kí tsuk, tók tsuk, 67 69,70
ch'ü, 95; shé, 74 77
tán fú,
312 66
tsé shu hín, 317 64
tsz',
560 25
13 50
565 30
99 27
184 S
558 1
358 14
216 198
91
285 84
133 46
131 10
192
5
556 436
RE.-RO.]
672
[INDEX.

...
Rest, repose,
Rest, the,
Rest, to,
Resting-place,
Restless,
Restoration,
Restore, to,
Restore, to,
Restricted to,
ón,
26
k'í ü, 189 64; 192
p'ang shan, 332
chu tsók shó, 308
ím ím chím chím, 177
Returned, not yet,
Reünite,
ying fuk,
káu wán,
Retail, to,
Retail, to, n
Retain, to,
Retain in place,
Retard,
Retina,
Retire, to,
Retire from the world, to, pí shai,
Retired or dispersed,
Retired scholar,
Retirement,
Retirment, n
Retract, to, n
Retreat, n
Retreat to,
Return, never, n
Return (back), to,
Return home,
Return to former state,
рд,
kwai,
ling kú,
ling mái,
chóng,
k'am,
Rich, n
Rich color,
Rich soil,
ín,
ngán móng,
hán ki,
174
121
sán,
yat sz',
yan, 83 7; hán kü, 82
yé,
112
shuk, 25 4; í ín, 192
chái,
317
tsóng shan, 461
m úi tau,
úi, fán hü,
kwai,
fuk kwai
mí fán lai,
fuk tsuk,
Reveille, n
sán lui,
Revenue, Board of, n Ú Pò,
Revered decree, n
Reverse of a coin,
Reversed,
Revolve, to,
Revolve, to,
Rewards,
Rewards, confer, n
4 Ring, a finger,
Ring, to, n
4 Ringing in the ears,
93 17 Ringing sound,
526 4 Ringworm,
392 10 Rinse, to,
577 3 Ripe,
558
9 Ripples, n
258
3 Rise and fall,
526
chün, 413 2; wan, 300
sün tung,
414
tséung shéung, 276
chéuk ü
3 Rise and fall of tide,
124 Rise in knowledge, n
2 Rising and sitting, n
15 Rites, Ceremonial, n
Rites, Board of, n
11 Ritual laws, n
11 Ritual of Chau, n
105| River,
fung shap, 507 127 Rivet,
p'í p'á shá, 486 154 Roach,
sai ngau, tsz', 470
Rhubarb,
tái wóng,
215
Ribbon, sz tái tsai, 154 69; pín tái, 267 52 Roast metals, to,
Ribs,
híp lak kwat, 522 148 Roast (tea), to,
Ribs, false,
kwai híp, 522 149 Rob of time,
wán chái, 326 100 Robber,
shéung hò, 273
Rhamnus,
pák tsò, 443
Rheumatic ophthalmia, ló lik ngán tsat, 506
Rheumatism,
Rhina acylostoma,
Rhinoceros,
63 Roar, to, n
185 Roast, to,
Ribs of a ship,
Rice, n
Rice, cooked, n
Rice, growing,
Rice, old man's,
Rice in the grain,
tò, 12 37; kóng trò, 348
fán, 166 113; án, 189
w6,
nó mai,
mai,
yau yau, 77 7; fú kwai, 97
303
344
yü kau, 526
yam ming,
tai,
fán,
tsing
95 61
pí má ts'd, 459 50
mak kong,
337 70
k'í má, 332 35; yü, 3307
p'úi má, 183 3
uk tsik,
317 66
317 67
120 20
274 12,13
330
3
253 41
394 · 12
léung,
í síú,
ying, í,
yau-tsó,
tsau hai lé,
chik hók,
fong,
301 141
kau kú tín, 386 3
64 19; yau pín, 173 5
í shí chung, 113 13
4 Right, not,
m hò,
46 60
18 Rights, set to,
ch'é ching há, 153 35
Rights, put to,
pò kwó,
173 2
5 Rigid,
ngáng,
465 53
3||Rigidly conforming, not, pat k'ütyü, 374 5
5 Rigor, n
ím,
í kwók,
65 Rim of the ear,
4 Rim of wheel,
10 10
520 89
331 23
419 21
404 7
153 44
135 18
5||Riches,
5 Ricinus,
40 Rick, grain,
16||Ride a horse, n
23 Ride a horse, n
525
1 Ridge of a house,
65 39 Ridge-tree,
509 4 Ridicule, to,
216 203 |Right,
nung,
nai yü chák,
500
9||Right-left,
283
75
64 Right, all,
86 Right angle, a,
56 Right angles,
296
509
3||Right angled triangle,
522 147 Right hand, yau shau,
318 70 Right, in the,
112
46 64 Rind,
77 4,10 Ring, a,
414
5 Robbery,
61 Robe,
340 3 Robin,
166 111 Robin or warbler,
215 186 Robinia,
63h Robust, n
1 Roc, n
21||Rock a boat,
k'ü,
hók,
wán,
kái chí,
íu, ngò,
n í ming,
56 5
ying ying shing, 58 37
kam tsín sín, 507 128
pó,
285 83
163 53
75 90
460 1
405 18
113 4
fau sh'am,
chéung túi,
shéung tát,
yan híng
Lai í,
Lai Pò,
399 3
353
578 5
lai lut,
541 157
Chau Lai, 354 5
300 127
486 161
hó, 403 2; kóng, 347 39
káu ting,
ch'un ü,
síú,
465 49
shíú, 160 7 ; úi,166 105
tün lín,
435 24:
cháu,
229 7
tüt shí,
350 9
kéung tò, 125 9; tò kíp, 417 4
tò ts ák, kéung tò, 546 254,266
p'd,
149 62
kwai lam séung sz', 475 88
lám séung sz', 476 110
kwó shán tsun, 442 46
chóng kín, 77 8
p'ang,
475 89
326 101
fán chau,
p'íú,
shuk,
INDEX.
[RO.—SA.
673
i
Rock swallow,
Rocks,
Rockwork,
Roe,
Rogue, play the, n
Roll in fingers, to,
Roll ink, to,
Roll out thin, to,
Roll the eyes, to,
Roll thread on
the knee, n
Roll up, to,
Roller, baker's,
Roller, field, n
Roller, fluted,
Roller, toothed stone,
Roller, wheeled,
Rolling pin,
Roof,
Room, a,
Room, lady’s dressing,
Room, retiring,
Root,
Rome,
Rope,
Rope-maker,
Rose,
Rose, monthly,
Rose colored, deep,
Rose red,
Rosin,
Rose maloes,
Rose wood,
Rosy hall, n
Rouge,
Rough,
Round,
Round and round,
Round ball,
Roused,
Roused spirit,
Roused to indignation,
Row an oar,
Rows, in, n
Royal academy,
Royal house,
29.
Rub, to,
Rub bright,
Rub on, to,
Rubbing, careful, n
Rubeola,
Rubia cordifolia,
Rubus,
Ruby,
Rudder,
Rudder-ropes,
Rug,
Ruined,
Ruins,
ú ín,
476
shik,
509
431
ká shán,
kwan,
464
yung ngai ché, 50
nó,
229
297
luk mak,
hoi pók,
shun shí,
chik,
tscó,
ché, 134 1; kün,
204
mín ch'eung, 529
kwan chau, 337
luk tuk,
shik lik chák,
tün kü,
mín kwan,
133
vk púi,
yat kán fóng,
chóng lau,
phín tín,
318
44
318
kan, 438 33; k'éung, 439
Ló má,
411 15 SACRED commands,
lám, 205 73; shing sók, 215 187 Sacred sovereign,
káu lám sz' fú, 284 70||Sacred will, n
múi kwai fá, 456 107 Sacrifices, n tsz',
in chí típ,
456 109 Sacrificial court,
ts' oi hung
249 22 Sacrificial Ritual for
ngan hung,
305 48 Temple of Sages,
tsung héung, 215 189 Sacrificing,
sú hóp,
215 188 Sacrum,
fá lí muk,
tung ting,
ín chí,
442 47 Saddle,
561 36 Saddle-pad,
155 71 Saddler,
72 34 Safe, a,
286 4 Safer,
ts'd,
297
402
270
i
ün,
lun chün,
wan k'au,
shan nò,
349
284
366
270
nù hí,
kung fan,
cháu tséung, 326
hóng hóng,
341
wang man kún, 604
wóng shat, 561
mút, 137 40; chát, 229
ín íú,
chá,
sai sai mok,
lam ching,
sai kan,
142 156 Rump, horse's,
366
7 Rumpled,
6 Run, to,
lak ted,
tí chín,
wái líú,
yü,
237
337
337
99||Rule, to,
1 Rule, composing,
38 Rules, n
38 Rules of Archery, n
19 Rules of Arithmetic, n
7 Rumbling,
77 Ruminate, to,
78 Run contrary,
60 Run off water, to,
15 Run out,
71 Run through,
72 Run under,
74 Running hand,
73 Rush,
142 156 Rushes,
133
46 Russet pear,
47 Russia,
68 Rust,
70 Rust brown,
3 Sail, take in,
101 Sail, to,
7 Sail, to spread,
441 Sail, wear,
36 Sail safely, to,
7 Sail-maker,
294 25| |Sail-pole,
155 71 Sailors,
525 3 Sails, n
506 94 Sal ammoniac,
459 57 Sale, on,
446 86 Sale of goods,
fuk pún tsz',
hung pò shik, 432 62 Saline springs,
mí tó,
chí, 561 37; wan, 34 53
tung p'in kák, 300 128
19 2
fong fát,
366
•Shé fát,
Sün fát,
378
kwang,
37

326 102 Salisburia seeds, n
326 103 Salivary glands, n
142 157 Salmon,
49 43 Salmon fish, n
398 4 Salmon-leap,
73
466 1
331 22
249 23
34 57
tsau,
yik lau,
328 130
327 114
fong shui,
ping cheut,
71 17
kún,
531 20
shai tai,
hang shü,
325 79
41
4
wai,
459 58
k'ü ch'ü,
309 27
445 57
shá lí,
Ngó ló sz,
408 8
1, 434 12; tít sau, 435 27
tít tsung,
304 17
fán wai, ít,
má hau,
cháu,
tsai,
353 3
mí lung kwat, 522 152
ón,
332 36
332 37
284 71
142 158
137 51
má hoi,
má ón sz' fú,
shá fung tang,
kam kwó,
Shing yan, 109 1
16 Sago, sai mai, 166 115; shá kuk mai, 215 190
koi ngan,
375 3
ch'é lí,
64 Sagès, Of, n
4Said moncy,
2 Sail, hoist,
327 106
327 105
kám lí,
shai shün,
326 98
347 1
n Shing Yü,
559 16
shing tai,
558 9
shing chí,
112 16; tsai tsz', 541 157
Tái shéung tsz,599 332
Shing Míú
n Tsz tín, 111 29
223 13
327 107
yéung fan,
chun p'ung,
ü shün í hang, 203 49
fung lí yan, 284 72
fán kón, 325 76
sháu, shui shau,327 109
lí, phung,
326 104
náu shá, 432 63
kí mái,
135 13
chut mái fó, 198 4
ấm chí, 432 67
ngan hang,
hau shui hat,
kau t'd ü,
má yau,
ü léung,
446 87
519 75
486 164.
484 115
337 76
CHI. CHR.
169
SA.-SC.]
[INDEX.
674

Salt, n
Salt, crystals of,
Salt-cellar,
Saltness, n
Saltpetre, n
Salutations,
Salute, to,..
Same,
Same,
Same-as,
Same as before,
Same kind,
chíú young,
Same place, not dwell, pat ping lap,
Sample, n
Sample,
fo pán,
Sand,
pák ím, 166 116; ím, 215 191||Scarabus carnifex,
432 65 Scarcely,
yung ím,
ám chung,.
hám,
142 159 Scarecrow, n
511 9 Scarf into, to,.
215 192 Scarf skin,
síú,
lai,
187
44 Scarlet,.
2 Scarus,
tsun, 353 3; pái,
t'ung, 99 44; yat.yá,
yat yéung,
ü—ü,
ü kú,
Sandal-wood,
Sandals,
Sandals, courier's,
Sand-banks,
Sanded lime, n
•
Sandhoppers,..
Sandpiper,
Sandstone,
Sandwich Islands,
Sap,
Sapan wood,
Sapindus, n
Sardinia,
Scales, money, î
Scales, pan of, :
Scales of fishes,
Scales' weight,
Scaling car,
Scaling ladders,
Scallions,
L
Sash, n
Satin,
Satisfy, to,
Saturn, n
Saucer, n
Saucer-boat, n
Sausages,
Saw, great,
Saw, hand, n.
Saw, small,
Sawing,
Say, to,
Say, to,
Sayings, good, n
Says, he,
Saxifraga sarmentosa,
Saxony,
Scalaria pretiosa, n
Scales, n
Scalpel,
Scaly skin,
Scapula,
Scarabus, species of,
yéung tsz',
shá,
**
64 Sciæna,
63 Science of medicine,
98 Scion,
59 Scirpus,
37 Scissor-case,
90 Scissors, a pair of,
68 Sclerotica,
22 Scolopendra,
216 194 Scholar, n
149
ts'ín lí má hái, 149
hóng,
326
fúi shá, 204
shui ká chát, 492
yéung kai, 476
hung nai shik, 432
Tán héung shán, 419
shü yik,
439
sò muk,
216
mò wán shü, 442
Sát tín ngá, 411
tóng chéung, 134
tiin,
264
ch'ung, 121 9; ím tsuk, 251
t'ò sing, 398 7 Scorpion,
chả típ,
142 160 Scoup, bullet,
ch'á shun, 142 161 Scour, to,
chii ch'éung, 166 117 Scour, to,
300 130 Scouring rush,.
300 131 Scow, wild,
300 129 Scrape, to,
291 39 Scraper,
34 Scoop up water, to,.,
195 Scoop-net,
50 Scorbutus,
17 Scores,
49Scoria,
12 Scorn,
34 Scorpæna,
tái ki,
shau ki,
síú kü,
kü muk,
kóng, 58 41; shüt tò, 183-
üt, 36 66; wan, 30
shín ín,
4 Scraper, hand, .
30 Scraper, mud,
59 Scream as birds, to,
14
tán héung muk,
ts ò hái,
182
110
89
24 Scatter, to,
49 Scattered about,..
98 19 Schedules,
279 22 Schistose stone,
26 School, to go to,
250
120
244 45
9 School for polite lite..
rature,
215 193 School-house,
258 3 Scholar,
>
་
•
20
^
9
k'ü wá,
174 13 Screen, door, n
Iò fú í,
459 60 Screen, folding,
Sát shó ní, 411 18 Screen, imperial,
chan lung sz' ló, 492
56 Screen, standing,
tín ping, 142 162 Screen, steaming, n.
385 3 Screen, to,
❤
tang,
163 Screw,
t'ín p'ing p' ún, 142
lun,
464 39 Screw, a very, n
ch'ing tau, 255 44 Scrofula,
káu k'ü, 330 10 Scrofulous ophthalmia,
330 10 Scull,
kau sók,
kau ts' oi,
450 80 Scull, bow, ni
in hau tờ, 532 42 Scull-pin,
shang shé pí, 505 75 Scum,
fán shi kwat, 522
wóng ch'ung, 496
154 Scupper,
69| |Scurvy,
70
pan shí ch‘ung, 496
nán,
291 41
837 77
ón shán tsz',
séung,
pók pí,
323 49
518 57
fá hung,
305 55
ts' ing í, tsui ngá, 484 123
sát,
229 7
tsung wáng,
chák,
yüt pí shik,
k'ai mung,
chíú man kún, 587 29
hók kún,
308 3
340 2
Sz',
486 166
hók ché, 13 56; ü, 113 14
ts'ò ü,
í lí,
chí,
498 3
345 28
ts'd kú,
tsín háp,
459 61
143 165
yat pá káu tsín, 142 164
ngán pák, 522 153
'ng kung, 494 19
339 101
kwát shui,
300 132
507 129
tóng móng,
shang tsü,
ngá chết,
tsz',
295 43
435 24
274 12
míú ún,
Ið fú ü,
487 177
chái mí ch'ung, 496 71
páu tán wát, 532 38
mó, 130 108; tá mut, 140 114:
sháng, 135 5; tsát, 136 37
muk tsák, 458 23
yé hóng, 327 110
séuk,
286 6
337 78.
338 80
337 79
465 49
325 81
143 167
f
kwát pán,
tín thông,
p'ing pán,
n. kíú,
lím, 69 91; k'oi,
wai p'ing,
p'ing,
318. 71
148 166
143 168
320 5
p'ing fung,
ching lung,
tóng,
ló sz',:
302 161
chí má ts ó, 256 54
16 lik,
507 130
ngán fung ping, 506 106
Id,
327 111:
tau sháu,
Id sut,
tóng mí,
shui sín mún,
shang tsu,
133 35
569 12
432 69
185 22
327 112
327 113
143 177
327 114
507 129
INDEX.]
[SC.-SE.
675
Scutigera,
Scyllium ornatum,
Scyris,
Scythe, n
Sea,
Sea flea,
Sea otter,
Sea prawns,
Sea qualm,
Sea sickness,
Sea shrimp, broad,
Sea shrimps,
Sea snail,
Sea urchin,
Sea wing,
Seamen,
Seashore,
Seaweed,
yan ín,
tít tó shá,
pák sú kung, 481
móng lím yan, 338
hoi, 203 50; yéung, 324
há sat, shui ká chát, 492
hoi chát,
lung há,
shui mò,
469
wan lóng, au lóng,507
há kú,
491
shá há, ngán há,.492
nai kwai,
hoi tám,
yuk tíú,
shui shau,
Seal,
Seal, a, n
Seal, break a,
Seal character,
Seal, fur,
Seal on cloth,.
Seal-maker, n
Sealed,
Seals, public,
Seals of office, n‹
Seam,
Seams or crevice,.
Search closely,.
Season, dry,
Season, to,
Seasons, the,.n.
Seat of a rich man,..
Seats, please take,
Secant, n
494
481
Second examiner,
Second offenses, .
Second quality,
Second sort,
Second to,
Second to,
496
492
492
216
yan sun,
po,
sín pò,
i
37 Sedan, imperial,
61 Sedan, open,
491 14 Sedan.bearers,
492 39 Sediment,
131 Sediment of
15 See, to n
47 Seed,
72 Seek,
hoi pín, 151 5; hoi phóng, 211 140 Seen,.
216 197 Seize, to,
hoi ts' oi,
hoi kau,.
t'ò shü,
chák fung, .
sün shü,
chí má tíú,
ün ts'ín,
tşun t'è chéung tséung, 284
fung,
575
537
573
147
chóng,
133
chui kau, 271 6; 498
tín hóng
pán ts'oi,
226
20|| Secure (a thing), to,.
38 Security,
41
470
240
36 Security, a,
81 Security merchant,
68 Sedan,
162
sz' shí, 11.30; kwai, 389
chủ mún, 312
ts'ing yap tsik, 188
ching kết,
sham kü,
396
312
•
64
36
85
21
117 16
113 10
512 13
565 26
127 2
93 30
241 35
395 20
395 20
42 Send a letter,
3 Send a little,
5 Send down, to,
37 Senior, î
2 Sensation lost, n
67 Senseless, n
198 55
175 5
shui, 572 34; kong, 574
chéung,
11
20
mò shó chíkok, 49 47
pat chí í,
10 14
tò ngau lóng, 264
ú ngau lóng, 263
5
shü léung ch'au, 266 35
kü,
302 155
shing man, 55 38
lí, 17 6; pít, 15 81; 189 63
5
Secluded residence,,
Second Bar,
52 Senshaw, Canton,
20 Senshaw, Nanking,
68 Senshaw, rust.col'd,
222 6 Sentence, a, n
589 80 Sentences, perfect, n
589 79 Separate, to, n
Hồ tan,
Second commissioner, fú sz',
130
10 Separation,
376 12
27
15 Sepia color,
305 56
497
2 Seraglio,
575
10 Seraphine,
575
8 Sergeant,
fú chủ háu,.
yau fán tsui, 534 21 Separate carefully, to, k'ing pán, 286 2
´í tang, tsz' tang, 264 7,19 Separated,
fan lí, 99 25; kák, 296 56
tsz' tang,
tsít,
á,
chí ngoi tsak túi,
Secrecy,
mat,
Secret dispatch,. mat ü,
Secretary bird, n
sham,
476 91 Serissa fetida,
Secretary of state, chéung shü ká, 587 12 Servant, personal n,
Secrets, betray,
lau sít sz',
Sec. to com. of finance, li man,
Sec. to H. I. M.'s guard, wai king lik,
Sec. to the army, luk sz' ts' ám kwan,
Secrete,.to,
sít,
tsun yat,
sít,
chéung,
Servants of H. I. M..
káp chó, káp shi,324 70,71 Serve out soup, to,
312 68
364 75
594 193
456 113
172 20
183 4
595 212
VA
543' 202 Servant, personal,
593 176 Servant archers,
603 437 Servant-archers and
593 179 reporters, n
125 10 Servant boy, n
75 88 Servant girl,
547 280 Servants,
1
Secretions of body,
Secretly taking,
Section of a book, n
Secure, to,
470 74 Select, to, n
284 73 Select, to,
575
38 Seek, to,
39 Seeking reputation,
196 Seems dirty,
sugar,
141 136
190 3
216 198
222 10
143 169
332 39
332 40
332 41
136 30
tóng tai,. 212 147
kín, 11 21; tai, 133
shat, tsz',
42
439 35
250 29
24
34
7
chu kú,
p'ang kü,
tám pò yan,
pò shéung,
yi, 332 83; kíu,
lín,.
wan,
man, 120 17; mik, 121
séung t'ò mín, 61
pá ú tsò,
kín kwó,
173
10 Self,
1 Self-examine, to,
75 Self-indulgent,
32 Selfishness, without,
73 Sell, to,
8 Sell by peddling, to,
72 Sell off immediately,
44 Semicircle,
27 Semidiameter,
tau,
kíú fú,
nai tsik,
·
73
ying, 461 7; ts'ü, 464
chák, 95; ts'üt, 16
kám, 249 22; ts'ü, 309
kí,
k'au chủ kí,
kíú,
pat sz',
mái,
fú fán,
kón fái mái,
pún chau,
pún king,
kí sun,
tai tik kwó,
ngá fúi,
noi kung,
fung k'am,
ngoi wai,
mún tín sing,
kan pán,
síú tsz',
puk yik,
ít ché puk yik, 591 116
sz' tsai,
169 8
múi tsai,
135 7
síú tsz' mún, 184 11
shí chung, 596 247
fú tông,
140 115.
J
Vorer
1
SE.-SH.]
[INDEX.
676

Serve parents,
Serve up tea, to,
Serve up, to,
Server,
Sesamum,
Set, a,
Set (of bowls), a,
Set, to,
Set (as fruit), to,
Set a table, to,
Set fire to, to,
Set to rights,
Set well, not,
Setaria,
Settee,
Settled mind,
Settlement of accounts,
Seven, n
Seven passions, n
Seven sisters,
yéung ts'an,
fung chá,
shéung ín,
t'ók pún,
chí má,
yat fú, yat t'óng,
yat tung,
pò tau,
kít,
Shámo desert,
Shánsí province,
534 18||Shave the beard, to,
142 160 Shave head, to, n
218 225| |Shave head wholly, to, n seuk fát,
143 170 Shave thin,
séuk pín,
450 82 Shaving-case,
137 44,48 Shavings, bamboo,
136 25 Shavings, hair, n
462 14 Shavings, rattan,
439 35 Shawl,
173 2 Sheaf of straw,
553 383 Shears,
153
35 Shears, betel-nut,
152
449
18 Shears, tinman's
45 Sheath of a joint,
143 171 Sheath of a leaf,
366 2 Sheep,
peò foi,
fóng fó,
ché ching há,
'm ts'ai ching,
suk,
chuk ch óng,
sam ting,
ts' ing shò,
ts' at,
Several, n
ts' at ts'ing,
ts'at tsz' múi,
kí,
Several times, shò tsz', 266 35; kí úi, 182
Severally consider,
499
Severally equal,
múi ki,
kók k'ü tang, 394
chung shéung, 525
Severe injury,
Severe prohibitions,
Sew, to, n
ím kam,
271
lín, 154 59; fung, 284
phúng
208
147 27 Shine, to,
tíú fán,
kau k'ü,
318 72 Shine into, to,
216 199 Sheet, a,
377 20 Shelf,
12 42 Shell of turtle, n
456 108 Shell of clams,
18
10 Shell (for windows),
33 Shells, bivalve, n
6 Shells, fresh water,
10 Shells, thick bivalve n,
1 Shelly animals,
6 Shelter, to,
yat
Sew, to,
Sew again,
Sewer,
Sexagenarian,
Shad,
k'í,
sám lai,
Shade, to,
22 Ships,
67 Ship, a,
332
46 Shipwright,
ché, 134 2; ché yam,
Shadow, n
ying,
Shaft of a carriage,
kü kóng,
Shaft of a column, n ch'ü tung,
318 73 Ships and their
Shaft of a sedan,
kíú kóng,
186 39 Appendages, n
Shake clean, to, yéung kon tsing, 154 50||Shirt,
Shake hands,
ak shau,
Shake the head, to, ning ť'au, íú t'au, 43 16,17 Shoes, a pair of,
tsín,
321 25 Shoes, ladies,
sham ts'ín, 221
Shá lek,
220
sz' hó kwái, 74
65 36 Shoemaker,
Shallow,
Shallows,
Shallows off Macoa,
3 Shoe money, n
6 Shoe-mender,
82 Shoe strings,
11 Shoot arrows,
Shameful affair,
Shamanism,
424
423
421
18 Shoot arrows, to,
22||Shoots, rice,
58 Shooting-stick,
2 Shop,
Wóng káu,
Shá mók,
hái sang
Shantung pear,
süt lí,
445
Shantung province, Shán tung, sháng, 421
Shape,
tséung ying, 296 53 Shop, this, n
Share-brace of a plough, át ts'ám, 338 83 Shop-owners,
Shark,
487 184 Shore, approach,
Shark, ham.-headed, kung tsz' mò shá, 487 189|
|Shore-board, n
Shark's fins,
shá ü,
216 200 Short, break
Sharp,
Sharp-pointed,
i chết,
11,
tsím,
hoi wai,
Sharpen appetite, n
Sharpening,
Sharp pointed,
ch'án mó,
yui,
35 58 Shingles,
487 183 Shinnung, n
438
67
142 164 Short, fall,
213 158 Short hand,
176 17 Short way, n
291 41 Short,
335 33 Shot,
t'ai sú,
t'ai t'au,
3
44 26
72 36
298 93
155 47
322 40
155 75
157 6
149 65
342 13
tái káu tsín,
143 172
píng lóng cháp,143 173
sik tsín,
t'ók,
300 133
439 37
439 36
470 76
158 12
143 174
464 40
464 41
134 50
492 42,43
492 44
ming nga,
kóp, hín,
phóng,
kóm, fúi kóp, 492 41
kái lui,
'ché,
477 1
148 45
422 10
586 9
Shím sai,
211 140
156 3
507 134
436
t'ai sú séung,
chuk sz',
páu fá,
tung sz',
táp pók kan,
ch'uk,
72 Shènsí province,
105 Shepherd of a department, chau muk,
káp,
mín yéung,
chéung p'í tán,
kau pí ká,
káp,
kók,
chíú,
shái yap,
íú tái sín,
15.
chang,
fá má,
tsít king,
tün,
tán tsz',
153
Shan nung,
shün,
211 140
sám chí wai shin, 321 32
chóng shin tséung, 284 74
Chau chép lui, 320
shan shám, hón shám, 149 66,67
hái tseung,
284 75
yat túi hái, 149 68
chín kéuk hái, 149 70
hái kam, 129 9; 195 10
pò hái lò, 280 23
hái tái,
155 77
shé tsín,
543 192
fong tsín, fát chí, 366 2,6
yéung,
340 6
muk chống chui, 300 – 134
tím,
210 121
ní kán p'ò ťau, 46 67
p'ò chü,
190 1
320 1
327 115
208 108
tai ngón,
tíú,
tsui,
247 10
377 20
5 23
26 m
221 3
INDEX.]
[SH.—SK.
677
..
{
1
Should,
Should be,
Should have fallen,
Shoulder, to,
Shoulder blade,
Shoulder bone,
Shoulder joint,
Shoulders,
Shovel,
Shovel, fire,
Shovel, rice,
Shrew mouse,
Shrike,
Shrill, n
Shrimps,
Shrine,
Shrine, lares',
Shrine of Budha,
Shroffing, n
Shut, to,
Shut the eyes,
Shut to, to,
Shut together, to,
Signify,
Silence, keep,
Silently,
nò kwat,
kín kái,
pók t'au,
ch áp,
fó chán,
wok chán,
tsò shu,
k'í, pák lò,
héung,
hó há, má há,
shan hóm,
shan lau,
lín tsó,
t'ai ngan,
shán mái, kwán,
pai ngán,
ám mái,
kóp hau,
ch'éung pán,
ch'ü,
Tsím lò,
ping, 45 52; tsat t'ung,
Shutters,
Shuttle,
Siam,
Sick, n
Sickle,
Sickle, corn,
Sickle, wheat,
Sickle, wheeled,
Sida tiliæfolia,
Side,
Side, open at,
Side, to the other,
Side wind,
Sideroxylon,
Sides, two,
Sieve,
Sieve for flour,
Sieve for grain,
Sieve-pearls,
Sift, to,
Sight of, a,
Sightedness, near,
Sign,
Sign of a shop, n
Signal-posts,
Signals,
Signboards, n
Silks,
Silken cock,
sü,
1,
tsau tít,
tám,
fán shí kwat,
475 74
ngan tséung, 138 80
ts in shò,
pat kwó,
377 20
196 11
289 24
113 8
séung ts' ui,
shing shat,
ít sam chéung, 72 43
ching ín,
396 20
367 15
kan,
162 40
465 49
465 49
luk kan,
ming, kíú,
k6,
ch'éung, 92 11;yam, 121 2
Sik lát, San ká pó, 420 23
kó ché,
356 1
tán, 145 210; yat, 319
yat mín chí ts'z', 62
yat tíú mò,
yat sai,
94
74 79
251 33
505 70
tá ít,
shui wai,
sham tsing,
üt,
318 77
318 78
519 66
tung ká,
170 13
34||Sir, host, friend, &c., n tsün ká,
2 Sir, or host,
237
mak shám,
túi lím, 338
má,
458
pín, 159 26; phóng pín, 182
wang hoi,
túi ngón,
wáng fung,
shán lám shu,
léung t'au,
shai kí,
77 7
184 9
46 66
15 Sir, or master, n
ká shéung,
sz’tau hung,
sín shang,
321
15 Sir, or teacher, n
327
107 Siri leaf,
lau,
19 1
201 32
104 34
104 39
52 Sister, elder, n
tsz',
442
157 4 Sister, younger,
143 178 Sister's daughter,
múi,
ngoi shang nu, 107 128
143 179 Sister's daughter-in-law, ngoi shang fú, 107 127
338 82 Sister's grandson,
300 136 Sister's hus-
291 40 band, elder,
61 36 Sister's husband,
132 younger,
2 Sister's son,
ngoi shang sin, 108 130
tsz' chéung, tsz' fú, 104 35,36
tsz' sai, ngoi hing, 104 37,38
múi fú, múi sai, 104 40,42
múi chéung,
104 41
ngoi shang, 107 126
tsó,
7 1
377 20
12 40
353 1
14 60
luk,
luk ch'uk,
luk ngai,
luk king,
luk kuk,
12 38
shap luk,
10 426
10
tang,
130
tséung,
208 109
522 156
yan kwat,
shau shai,
165 87
shín,
231 8
shau ngai yan, 277 4
ló tau shai,
11.
lau chü,
shai,
yat mín,
kan shí ngán,
lik, 373 3; kung,
hd,
fung tun,
312
mat kín wai hò, 222
chíú pái,
216
kái,
17
53
13 51Silken sounds,
29 24 Silkworm,
131
135 12 Silkworm moth,
522 154 Silure,
522 155 Silver,
517 40 Silver fish,
71 26 Silver pheasant, n
338 84 Silversmith,
143 175 Simple numbers,
143 176 Simply,
469 57 Simultaneously,
92 Sincere,
476
4
31 Sincere mind, n
46 Sine, a,
492
318
74 Sinews,
318 76 Sinews, deer,
318
291
75 Sing, as birds, n
42 Sing, as parrots,
131 183 Sing, to,
48
21 Singapore,
136 20 Singer, a,
143 175 Single,
315 26 Single conversation,
300 172 Single hair,
408
81
ngái, kau lím, 338
lut,
9 Single washing,
42e||Singultus,
85||Sink,
338
338
hóp hau,
mak,
200
Silk, Canton raw, n
t'd sz',
263
263
Silk, Nanking raw, n
ú sz',
Silk, Varieties of, n Kók fún ch'au tün, 263
Silk of maize, n
suk sò,
sz' fát,
sz' mò kai,
lun yam,
ts ám,
1||Silkworm, chrysalis of, kár, 461 6;

507
397
191
86 Sink-drain,
88 Sinuses, n
87 Sir,
5 Sit, to,
69 Six, n
7 Six animals, n
201 Six arts, n
5 Six classics, n
6 Six grains, n
23 Sixteen,
4 Size,
4 Size, to,
Skeleton,
164 71 Skill,
216 202 Skillful,
472 13 Skillful workman,
553
5
496 73
494 22
ts' ám ngó,
495 63
wóng kwat ü, 487 190
ngan, pák kam, 435 28
chü lun kam ü, 487 201
pák hán,
CHI. CHR.
170
SK.—SO.]
[INDEX.
678
Skillfully work,
Skimmer,
Skin,
Skins, kinds of, n
Skinflint, n
Skull, n
Skull,
Sky,
Sky, clear,
188 54
60 2
131 11
159 Smooth and level,
7 Smooth hair, to,
6||Smuggle, to,
50 Snaffle,
k'ap skik, 270 4; ch'ui, 204 60
kwóng, 45 47; yun, 289 28
wát, 45 48; yau tung, 145 232
p'ing wan, 287 12
man t'au, 155 75
sz', 322 42; 540 144
píú,
332 42
134
324
t'ín ló,
492 50
kwá ngau,
27 Snails, fresh water,
291 40 Snails, shell,
301 137 Snake, spotted,
62 40 Snake, water,
pák fá shé,
shui shé,
sham,
492 94
478 23
478 22
23
8 Snake eater, n
476 91
289
26 Snake gourd,
Slaughter, to,
Slaughter, to,
Slave,
448 29
356 1
286 7
313 Sneeze, to, n p'an t'ai, 51 12; tá hat chí, 74
70
21 Snipe, hill,
shán chui, 476
shá chui, 166 118; kwat, 476
p'an pí,
tau pí hí,
süt,
279 15 Snap, to, n
tóng,
347 38 Snarls,
nò puk, 1255; ts'ín, 549
Slaves, female,
á t'au,
172
Sleep, to, n mín, 49 46; fan, 156 1; 159
177
318 79 Snort of defiance,
507 135 Snow,
94
22 Snipes,
93
51 11
fan 'm chéuk,
23 Snort, to,
52 31
Sleep, unable to,
Sleeper of a floor,
Sleepiness of foot,
Sleeping-gown,
Sleet,
lau chan,
kéuk pí,
shui p'd,
405 16
216 205
305 57
sán, chu süt,
Sleeve the hands, to, n tsau shau,
tsau,
143 182
164 76
279 16
Skylight,
Slack line, a, n
Slacking of lime,
Slaie,
Slandering,
Slant,
Siat,
Sleeves,
Slender,
Slight knowledge, n
Sling bone,
Slings, oil, n
Slings, rope,
Slippery,
Slips of bamboo,
Slow of speech, n
Slowly,
Slowly,
Slowness,
Slugs,
Sluice,
Sluice, screen, n
Smack, fishing,
Smack, fishing,
Small,
Small pox,
Sinaller than,
Smallest,
Smalts,
Smalts blue,
Smell, to,
Smell, to, n
Smell, a, n
Smelt, to
Smelting,
Smelts,
háu tsò,
lau hók,
277 3|| Smile, to,
143 177 Smiling face,
72 34 Smoke,
p'í,
kók hóng p'í,
216 203 Smoke, to,
tau hok,
kú lau,
há chun cháp,256 54 Smooth,
42 2 Smooth,
522
hung chung, 404
tín tsing,
tín chéung,
shang líú,
227
fát fúi,
shing,
púi wai,
chak,
mít,
tsoi shát,
66
149
yéuk, 30 32; shau, 36
Slice,
tít phá,166 106 ; yat fái, 175
Slight indisposition, n yau tí'm shóng, 83
Slight injury,
hing sheung, 525
p'ó shik,
shéung yat, 189
kóm tó,
6
kóm tsun shing, 77 6
61
24
95
516
hat kwat,
yau lók,
10 Soak, to, shui lam, 165 92; tsam shui, 164 102
143 180 Soaked,
292 47
sín lók,
ím kwó,
i lam lí,
fán kán,
héung kán,
wát shik,
tsu hing,
mat t'au,
wát,
chuk phín,
kóm hau nut,
mán mán,
ts'ü,
chí,
159 20 Snuff,
405 15 Snuff color,
48 Snuffers,
1
út ü,
tau mún,
shui phóng,
ü ting,
tó shün,
sai, 29 26; tsín, 32
ch'ut tau, tau, 506
síú ü,
362
chí síu, 130 10; chí sai, 178
71 So,
70 So forth,
7 So good as for-
merly, not,
m
1 So many, n
54 So old, n
143 181 Soaking rains,
55 37 Soap,
361 46 Soap, perfumed,
54 29 Soapstone,
170
14 Social visit,
síu chí chí,
síú mín,
ín,
sz' kwá,
tíú,
lün,
pí ín,
pí ín shik,
chuk tsín,
kóm,
tang mat,
'm ts'z'
1
40 91 Sock,
525
1 Socket of eye,
492 48 Soda,
338 89 Sofa,
338 90 Soft,
220 1 Soft, boiled,
327 116 Soft pongee,
41 Soil, a rich,
118 Soil, soft,
50 Soil, turn up,
41 Solanum
tái tsing, 216 204 Solanum, wild, n
fat t'au ts'ing, 304 11 Solanum indicum,
251 33 Solar ray, n
í pí tsau ch'au, 52 32 Sold all,
459 62
459 63
405 14
man,
243 42
292 44
tsui, 251 33; hí, 511
11 Soldering,
435
kú lín,
king lín,
shá tsun,
24 Soldier, ping ting, 124 11; kwan yan, 543 206
292 43 Sole, n
fá tát shá, 488 204
hái tai,
149 63
487 202||Sole of shoe,
226 5
217 206
155 78
433 70
187 43
150 72
ngán lung, 521 131
ts'ing ím, 433 71
shui í,
143 183
ún, 286 23; nün, 227 6; 303 1
tsang nam, 167 143
shuk ch'au, 265 31
nai yü,
344 21
tí ťò nai ning, 226 5
hoi han,
334 23
451 95
fán k'é,
tín k'é,
wóng k'é fá,
yat kwóng,
mái sái,
hón hau,
INDEX.]
[SO.- SP.
679
Sole fish,
Sole of foot,
Sole of foot,
Sole potentate, n
Solemnity,
Solen,
Solid,
Solid learning,
Solitary,
Solitary hill,
Solitary man,
Solitary prince, n
Solstice, summer, n
Solution,
Sombre color,
Some,
Some men,
Some other,
Sometimes,
Sometimes happen,
Somewhat,
hái tai, pí muk ü, 488
tsuk chéung, 464
kéuk pán tóng, 522
561
cham,
tái tín lại,
shá ló,
t'ai,
shat hók,
yii,
tuk shí yat shán,
418
560
kwa yan,
kwa kwan,
560
400
há chí,
séung kau,
ün,
393
tik, 155 75;
yau yan,
303
kí, 160
190
pít yéung, 236
wak, 211 135; yau shí, 168
349
ngau híp,
léuk,
Soon,
Soon as,
Son,
Son, an only,
Son, my own,
Son, your, ling lóng,
Son of a daughter
Son of heaven, n
Son's father-in-law,
Son's mother-in-law,
Son-in-law,
Sons and Grandsons, n Tsz' sün,
Son's son,
noi sun,
shí,
Song,
Sonchus,
Sonorous,
fú ts'oi,
shing héung,
pat kau,
tsau,
hing sz' pat,
yau ín,
chóng,
Sooner die than,
Soot black,
Sore,
Sore thoat,
Sorghum,
Sorrows,
Sort, to,
Sorts of colors,
Souchong, n
Sound, n
Sound of fishes,
Sounding lead,
Soup,
Sour,
Sorry, exceedingly,
Sort,
Source,
Souse,
Souterrain,
South, n
Southeast,
Sow,
háu ká,
shu,
•
tóng,
sün,
211||Sow fields, to,
33 Sow seed, to, n
160 Sow bug,
41 Sow bug, large,
568 5 Sow thistle,
492 36 Sovereign,
393
72
33
328
tsz', 9 6; í tsz', 103
kú tuk tsai, 99
ts'an shang tsai, 86
ling kung long, 90 69,71 Spare-rib,
ngoi sun,
t'ín tsz',
ts'an ká,
ts'an ká mò,
nü sai,
ün,
chi lí kéuk,
tau, káu,
nám,
tung nám,
chủ ná,
7 Sovereign, n
37 Sovereign king, n
45 Sovereign's pleasure,
15 Soy-stand,
30 Soy, n
28 Soy bean,
8 Space,
1 Spacious,
4 Spade, n
360
320
88 46 Spark of fire,
560 31 Sparrow,
108 136 Sparrow-hawk,
109 137 Spars,
103 19 Sparus,
86
88 45 Spathe,
122 21 Spatterdashes,
450
83 Spatula,
33 45
131 13
338 91
339 96
chuk yéung h'ím, 338 93
chán,
338 95
ch'éung ts' ám, 338 92
tang chó, 338 94
Sai pán ngá, Tái Lui sung, 411 19
king tín, 565 28
yéung kón shik, 304 20
mí sung,
327 117
chu mí lung, 166 123
fó shé,
208 101
tséuk, má tséuk,476 95
ün,
476 97
wáng muk hóng, 329 146
wá mí ts'ò,
hung láp,
fá í,
chéung nai,
hoi yéuk tò,
fúi pán,
kóng,
kón ín,
tak,
482 68
488 212
439 38
331 27
532 43
301 138
2 Spade, ancient wooden, loi tsz',
1 Spade, basket,
13 Spade, garden,
2 Spade, share,
7 Spade, weeding,
25| |Spain,
15 Span heaven,
45 Spanish brown,
8 Spanker-boom,
Sparus or gilthead,
29 Spatula, lime,
2||Speak, to, n
í wai, shu fú,
fú ts' oi,
kwan,
wóng tai,
tai wóng,
chí,
shí yau ká,
shí yau, 167 124;
pák tau,
chím,
508 146 Species of ice,
503
449
68
87 Spear,
115 19 Special,
303 7 Species in botany, n
37 Specified time,
48 Specious,
36 Speck, a,
57 Speck or point,
9 Spectacles,
20 Spectacle maker,
36 Speedy,
3 Spelter, n
46 Spermaceti,
yau sz',
79
kwó í path'ü, 188
yéung, 46 68; shik, 330
p'úi,
238
hók yéung ngán shik, 252
síu chung, 225
héung, 29 23; shing, 59
píú, káu, 460
tsam t'ó, lung shün,
325
166
162
30 Spices,
354
6 Spick and span new,
166 122 Spider,
321 70 Spider crab, n
31 Spies,
11
420
26 Spike, n
470 77 Spike of grain,
pó tín,
sát chung,
tí pò, t'ò pít,
n
1 Sphere, celestial, n
74 Spherical,
119 Sphryæna,
fút,
fung,
2 4
26 6
276 16
437
404 6
206 87
55 46
399 2
300 136
ngán king, 150 73
ngán king tséung, 284
chuk,
pák ün,
76
198 1
219 236
217 208
king yau,
wan t'ín,
397
1
396 1
488 224
217 209
249 23
496 76
491 13
544 224
chák,24 12; tái ting, 302 160
sui,
439 39
335 29
340
6
496 74
496 75
450 83
510 7
2
558
559 14
574
6
143 184
217 207
447 6
chung,
ping chí lui,
hán,
kwái,
tán ün,
lá kwik,
wan ün,
chuk tsím,
héung mat,
san sín,
chí chu,
chí chi hái,
kán sai,
SP.—ST.]
[INDEX.
680
Spill the tea, to, n
Spin in the fingers, to,
Spinage, long leaved,
Spinage, red,
Spinage, white,
Spinal marrow,
Spine,
Spines,
Spines on plants,
fá lik,
Spinifex squarrosus, n lò shi lik,
Spinner,
Spinner, hemp,
Spinning,
Spinning-wheel,
Spiræa crenata,
Spiral bone of ear,
Spirit,
Spirit,
Spirits,
Spirits, animal,
Spit (birds), to,
Spitting of blood,
Spleen, n
Splicing ropes,
Splinter, broken,
Splintered bones,
Splints for loins, n
Splints, bamboo,
Splints, bamboo,
Split, to,
Split bamboos,
Split the difference, n
Spoil, to, n
Spoil from, to, n
Spoils,
Spoken,
Spokes,
Sponge,
Spoon, sugar,
Sports,
hung in ts' oi,
pák ín ts'oi,
tsik sui,
94 51|Spring season, n
217 217|| Spring and Autumn
450 86 Record, n
450 85 Spring of evil, n
450 84 Spring water,
112 Springs, steel,
161 Sprinkle, to,
520
tsik léung kwat, 523
tsz',
464
439
459
tá sé ch'á,
ch'ó,
má ch'í ín,
fóng sín, 292 45; chik,
fóng ch'é,
sui yuk,
í noí ló kwat,
ling,
hí koi, chí hí,
tsau,
tsing shan,
ch' in shing chun,
tám yau hut,
p'í,
tsuk lám,
fóng sha yan,
chik má yan,
Spots on animals,
Spots on face, black,
Spotted spider, yellow,
Spout, a,
Spout, water,
Sprain,
Sprain the leg, to,
Spread, to,
Spread down, to,
Spread thin, to,
Spreading,
Sprig,
tün shái,
kwat súi,
íú ch'ü,
chuk sz',
chuk mít pín,
p'ó,
p'ún chuk,
áu hoi khi,
pái,
kíp,
au wái,
Spool,
Spoon,
Spoon, broad, (or ladle) ch'éuk,
Spoon, egg-green, tán ts' ing t'íú kang,
chap kang,
Spoon, gravy,
Spoon, rice,
Spoon, salt,
fán kang,
ím kang,
tóng kang,
fán tau,
kóng kwó,
fuk,
shui pò,
fú,
shi kang,
p'd fán tí,
tán pók,
ín,
chí,
160
505
42 Sprinkle, to,
40 Sprit-sail, n
64 Sprout,
284
284
263
301
139 Square,
114 Square, a,
456
517 41 Square, a,
37
74 Square for corners,
120 5,22 Square of a number,
217 210 Squash, bottle,
75
77 Sprout, to,
78 Sprout, to,
3 Spur on fowls,
333
240
78 19 Stage-coach,
115 20 Stain, a,
164 72 Stair-case,
62 43 Stairs,
332 43 Stalactite, n
155 79 Stalagmite,
301 140 Stalk of bamboo,
143 185 Stall, vegetable,
26 8 Stallion,
144 190 Stammering,
144 188 Stamp, to,
144 189 Stamp the feet, n
143 187 Stanchion,
143 186 Stand, a,
88 34 Stand, to,
464 43 Stand and wait,
pán, man,
má mak,
pik tsín,
73 61 Stand how high,
496 77 Stand in awe of,
yat tung tsui, 138 64 Stand out, to,
shui kún,
318 80 Standard, up to,
526 3 Standard bearer,
101 56g Stanza,
ts6k shím,
tít líú ťúí,
tán, 337 65; sát, 342
16 Stapes,
137 42 Staphyloma,
228 7 Star,
89 Squash, hairy,
11 Squash, long,
71 Squash, red crooked, n ai kwá,
73 48 Squinting,
ch'un kwai,
Ch'un Ts'au,
lí hoi chí kí,
shán shui,
tít sín,
sham,
shá,
t'au ts ap,
15 80
55 47
230 8
364 76
176 18
291 40
327 108
ngá,
439 41
ch'ut nga ts'oi, 165 92
fát ngá,
226 5
kai tik,
464 44
kít fóng, 252 35; fóng, 286 6
301 141
kü,
ching fong,
mak hók,
394 9
301 142
tsz' shing,
kong ú,
387 6
451 90
tsít kwá,
shui kwá,
452 91
450 86
451 88
55 Staff, n
4 Staff of general,
29||Stag,
48 19
327 118 Squirrel,
ts'é ngán,
sung shu,
lui shü,
470 78
468 31
24 41 Squirrel, flying, n
8
111 27
148
47 Stable, a,
525 3 St. George and Dragon, n yan má yan, 246
530 20 Stable,
lap,
má fóng, 134 51
tsik chím, wó kón tun, 339 97
chéung,
122 17
thai píu,
mí,
278
8 Stack,
137
tò kii,
33 48 Star-fish,
153 41 Start off in a vessel,
389
2
ka,
lap,
shí lap,
tò kí tờ,
séung wai,
tat ch'ut,
káu tak chun,
tsung k'í,
tsz',
600 360
470 79
331 21
tsik kau,
285 63
lau tai fóng, 134
53
lau t'ai,
134 52
shik chung yi, 433 72
shik ch óng, 433 73
kó,
439 43
tán pái,
312 72
máu má, chat,470 80
lau hau,
54 22
yan,
183 2
70 8
tun tsuk,
k'í ch'ü,
327 119
156 95
186 30
66 44
145 214
511 8
288 19
249 21
603 417
134 57
í noi má tang kwat, 523 162
tut ngán chủ, 507 137
sing, sing shan, 397
1
hoi ín, kai chau ü, 492 52
327 106
hoi shan,
INDEX.]
[ST.-ST.
681

State, ministers of,
Statesman,
Stationery,
Statutes, n
Stay a visitor, to, n
Stead, father's,
Steak, or slice,
Steal, to,
Stealing,
Steam,
Steamboat,
Steaming, n
Steaming sticks, n
Steel,
Steelyards, n
Steelyard, n
Steelyards' weight,
Steeped in wine,
Steer, to,
Stem,
Stem of a ship,
Stems, ten, n
Step, n
Step by step,
Step-ladder,
Stepmother, n
Sterculia,
Stern,
Sternpost,
Sternum,
Stethescope,
Stew, to,
Steward, Of the, n
Stick, bamboo,
wat huk,
ching chu,
kóng, 435 32; tít kóng,
sz' má ch'ing,
ch'ing,
ch'ing ch'ui,
tsau tsik,
pá ť'ó,
Stick, lime,
Stick in, to,
Stiff,
Stiff-limber,
Stiff (cloth),
Stiff pongee,
Stifle inquiry,
Still cheaper,
Still in,
Still larger,
Still more,
Still remains,
Still unwilling,
Stillingia,
Sting,
Stint or grudge,
without,
Stir it up,
Stir up, to,
Stirrup,
Stirrup-bone,
Stock, a,
Stock of mast,
Stockfish,
Stockings,
tái shan,
sz wán,
shu tsik,
lut lai,
tóng ká,
tóng fú,
tít phá,
t'au,
sít tờ,
ín fan,
ín shün,
574
312
278
533
king tái,
wai káp,
hám ü,
mat,
364
512
Stone, a, n
183
98
5 Stone, Lydian, n
20 Stone, the,
79 Stool,
164
125 10 Stool-pigeon,
547 269 Stools, bamboo,
327 120||Stools, earthen, n
327 120 |Stools, stone bottomed,
292 46||Stop, stop, n
144 192 Stop, to,
217 211 Stop up, to,
144 193 Stop up,
385
3||Stoppage of nose,
74 Store, to,
15 Store, to,
19 Store, to,
43 Store up, to,
121 Store-house,
320
ting, 37 76; kón, 439
tau ngò,
shap kón,
327
388
1 Stores,
pò, 133 39; hoi, 39 85 Stores, director of,
yat pò pò, 134 52 Storeship, a,
pán t'ai, 144 191 Stories,
fán t'au pó, 95 58 Stork,
p'an p'ó shü, 442 57 Strabismus,
shun mí,
325 84 Straight,
mí ngò,
327 122 Straight,
hung kwat, 523
man ching tung, 532
úi, 165 97; chu, 280
163 Straight-edge,
44 Straighten, can,
28||Strainings,
Mái pán, 168
chuk ch'ák, 301
fúi ch'íú,
Straits,
144 Strange,
301 143| |Strange, not,
ch áp,
315 31 Strange speeches, n
ngáng,
72 30 Strangury,
kéung-yau, 526 3 Strap,
kwát tséung, 246
9 Straw,
shang ch'au, 265
tổng sik,
274
üt fát íú p'ing, 240
shéung tsoi, 78
kwó tái, 130 10 Streamer from bells,
chung yau,
240
yau tsoi,
57
chung 'm hang, 254
kung shü, 442
chai, chák, 464
tsüt pat
30||Straw-heap, a stack,
12 Strawberry tree,
33| |Stray children,
21 Stream,
kan sik, 269
wó há,
151
káu hí,
4||Stomach,
wai,
66 Stomach, inferior opening, yau mún,
11 Stomacher, n
nün teò,
yat shik,
mó ngan shik,
tái shá lam,
tau fóng í,
ngó,
383 1
301 145
507 140
144 194
336 58
chuk í, chuk tang, 144 196
ngá kú,
144 195
shik mín má ú, 144 197
mó tsz', mó tsz', 16 1
chí pò,
132 20
52 38
sak chu,
sak mai,
57 23
51 14
139 98
194
6
324 63
312 73
312 73
540 136
600 349
32 Streamlet, n
22 Street,
má táp tang,
í noi má tang kwat, 523 162||Strike, to,
150 74 Strike, to,
327 123 Striker,
167 125 String of, n
150 75 String of a lute,
43 Streets, ramble in, n
53 Streets, go into,
45 Strength, animal,
Strengthen, to,
2 Strengthening,
4 Stretch out, to, n
144 207 Striæ on finger, n
332 44 Strife of words,
523 164
522 145
150 77
pí sak,
chóng,
chu tun,
chóng tsoi,
shu fóng,
chán,
tsoi mat,
sz' ü,
tun shün,
272 9
ts'ang lau,156 1; 134 54
476 98
507 138
264 21
káu tsing,
ts'é shí ngán,
chik,
ching,
chun,
301 146
301 146
516 9
sham há chí shui,217 207
hó chik,
412 4
253 41
pik háp,
kú kwái,
'm kwai tak,
íú ín,
83 7
546 256
síu pín ít trung, 507 139
tái,
tsed,
331 25
wó kón tun,
yéung múi,
shat ni tsz',
chin,
ch'éung fuk,
shui pái,
321 31
339 97
446 89
537 79
403 2
360 31
85 23e
141 124
152 19
141 124
kái,
336 54
320 4
yau kái,
chut kái,
ch'uk lik,
chó,
yau pò,
166 121
shan hoi,
64 20
chí mò, 64 14; 65 27
chang hau hí, 51 32
au, kü au, 549 317,310
tá, 297 66; kik, 301 149
tau kwát, 301 147
chin,
151 6
357 2
ín,
CHI. CHR.
171
ST.—SU.]
[INDEX.
682
String of cash, n
Striped satin, n
Stripes (cloth),
Strips,
Stroke, a, n
Stuffing,
Stuffed with chaff,
Stump,
Sturgeon, n
Stuttering,
Sty, pig,
Style,
Style, good,
Style, to,
Style, to,
Stylobate,
Sub-agent,
Stromateus,
Strombus,
Strong,
Strong (as a fabric),
Strong tea,
kít shat,
yung chá,
Strong (or firm), not, 'm chu kú,
Stud-brace of a plough, ch'ák ngák,
Studding-sails,
ch áp fá,
Study, n
wan ch'éung, shu chái, 318
Study, a,
shu fong,
185
Study, to, n
kung shi, 88
STUDY OF CHINESE, n TSA´P T'ONG WA', 1
162
361
yéung ť'd,
shat í hóng,
shu t'au,
tsam lung ü, wóng ü,
42 Sudorific medicines,
45 Suet, beef,
439 44 Suffer hunger,
488 225 Sufficient,
507 136 Sufficient, n
312
hau kat,
hün,
shik,
78 Sufficient, more than,
575 6 Suffocation by drown-
chí chéuk, 147 23 ing,
ching,
190
üt, 119 25; hò, 15
41
2 Sugar,
cháp pí cham, 532
tí t'oi,
chí sz,
luk fó,
79 Sugar bowl,
Sugar-cane,
39 Sugar candy,
318 82 Suggest, as you,
587 19 Suit, cut it to,
593 181 Suit, to,
519 76 Suit to a hair,
604 461 Sulphate of copper,
602 406||Sulphate of iron,
519 74 Sulphate of soda,
603 432 Sulphur,
592 157 Súlú,
shít há hat,
yün shing,
tso tóng,
Subjection,
73 63 Sum, original,
117 16 Sum total,
96 63d Sum up, to,
Sublimate of mercury, hing fan, 435 30 Sumatra,
Sublime,
ngai ngai, 109
Submits, to, kwai, 559 14; kwai sam, 560
Subordinate,
4 Summary view,
29 Summer,
shuk,
536
57 Suminer of a door,
Summon, to,
Subordinate district
587
magistrate,
Subordinate supervisor,
chau pún,
chím sz'
11 Sumptuary laws,
Sun,
24 Sun,
Subsequently,
Substance, no,
Substance of a thing,
Substances, all,
fú shíú, 587
toi hau,
402 16 Sun, put in the,
mò shan fan, 241 33 Sun, to,
517 26 Sundial,
433 6 Sundry goods,
435 24 Sunflower,
143 170 Sung style,
542 185 Sunglo,
Substances, other,
Substantial,
Sub-censor,
Sublingual glands,
Styles of writing, six, luk shi,
Stylet,
Sub-magistrate,
Sub-magistrate,
ts'ín ch'in,
lau tíú tün,
lau tíú pò,
tíú,
téuk,
69 94||Succeed, to, n
264
250 28 Succeeding,
300 133 Succeeding ages,
24 14 Succession, a,
485 148 Successive order,
492 53 Successor,
lik, 72 42; king, 34 51 Succor, to,
239 25 Such a doctrine,
167 141 Such are,
136 27 Such is,
339 94 Such is,
328 124 Such like,
81 Such then, n
26 Súchau, city of,
43 Suck, to,
Sudden clap,
Subdue, to, n
Subdue self, to
Substitutes,
Substitutes,
Subtil matter,
Subtraction,
tsóng i,
kái chí lý,
Submaxillary glands, n ts'am hat,
Sub-prefect,
Sub-prefect. n
trung chí,
kwan man fú,
fuk yan,
hak ki,
fuk,
chat,
mán mat,
t'á mat,
lò shat,
toi t'ai,
tsuk ín,
13 Succeed to inheritance, shing,
tak sam,
hau shai,
kai,
típ tsz',
tai yik, 542 188; 543 206 Sunken,
404 11 Sunset,
síú chat,
kám,
378 3 Superabundance, n
C
tsap yam,
tsai,
kó tik tò lí,
nái pún ú ts'z',
fóng tsz',
ché tsoi shí,
tang,
kóm wá,
Sú chau fú,
fú,
sun lúi,
58 38
fát píu chí tsai, 514 47
ngau kwat sui, 167 127
shau chí kí,
kau sün,
kau yau tat,
yau ü,
347 2
178 43
181 27
275 14
nik shui
wai shik,
thái yéung,
yat t'au,
chai ít thau,
shái,
chai yat kwai,
tsáp fó,
heung yat kwai,
Sung shü,
tsung ló,
sham,
yat lók,
yü,
95 55
89 51
66 51
112 15
30 28
391
7
536 47
113 2
18 8
232
12
187 42
102 56i
198
4
27
6
232 18
356 1
507 141
217 212
144 198
451 92
167 126
t'am yung,
tóng,
ping tổng chung,
kóm ché,
ping tong,
tsung ming, 188 49
ts oi ts ü chí, 531 21
chung 1, 151 9
kóm ngáu sín, 248 15
tám fán,
434 9
tsò fán, ts'ing fán, 434 11
hün ming fan, 431 26
lau wóng fan, 217 214
Sú luk,
420 24
pún shan, 378 2
tung,
386 15
sün hí,
235 11
Sú mún táp lá, 420 25
yat yü muk, 374 7
há,
389 2
319 83
chak nai,
chíú,
574 3
542 175
406 19
154 60
158 10
145 220
392 9
242 39
456 115
41 6

225 4
47
4
326 101
348 4
INDEX.]
[SU.-TA.
683
Superb,
Supercargo,
Superciliæ,
Superfine,
Superior in office, a,
Superior intelligence,
Superior Lessons, n
Superior man, n
Superior sort,
Superintend, to,
Superintendent of cloth
Supervene, to,
Supervene, to,
Supervisor,
Supper,
Supplied, n
Supply is abundant,
Support,
Support, to,
Support children, to,
Support it, to,
Support in a sedan,
Support parents, to,
Support up, to,
Supporter general,
Supporter to H. I. M.
Supports, essential,
Supports, upright,
Suppose, to, n
Suppose, cannot,
Supposed number,
Supposing,
Suppress, to,
manufacture,
Superin't of customs,
Sup. of grain,
Sup. of learning,
Sup. of malefactors,
Superintendent of papers
Supreme Boards, n
Supreme court of
judicature, n
Surat,
Surditas,
Sure,
Sure Guide for
Recipes, n
Surely,
Surety,
Surface,
Surface,
Surgeon-fish,
míú,
hák shéung,
of court,
ká kók,
Sup. of Taou school, n Tò kí sz' tò kí, 602 387||Sway, to,
Sup. of treasury,
sz' fú,
tsang san,
wai lau,
chím sz' fú,
mán chá,
ts'ai pí,
tsuk chí chí,
yuk,
tók, 25 2; shing, 317
út í,
93
ts'é chang chí, 313
shik,
332
toi lò,
Surgery n,
Surmullet,
sing,
76 2
150 78
ká shá,
349
7
534
25
sín yü mò kí,
tsz' shau,
wai, 150 74; páu, 399 1
chau wai,
398 4
117 25
360 32
tíú,
322 44
ting hí, 359 25
shing kún tíú, 359 21
fú tái,
150 79
531 21
196 13
476 100
466 1
476 99
476 101
120 22
tín ngó, kuk,
tung, 115 21; í,
hỗn ngán, 74 82
Sui tín,
411 20
léuk, 24 13; pít, 28 17
sò,
131 9
tím, 165 85; kóm, 511 9
kím lán,
457 2
mat tsín tóng kwó, 167 128
tím cháng, 444 46
hung shi,
450 67
115 19
321 26
466 1
491 10
yau shui,
9
13
19 Swimming crab, hairy, n lò fú hái,
21 Swimming crab, smooth, fá néung hái, 491
Swindler, n
kwóng kwan, 126
87 Swine,
chí lui,
595 209 Switch, to,
fat,
352 13 Switzerland,
360 36 Sword,
2
Sai sai,
344 22
332 51
411 21
kím, 74 81; ts' éung yan, 330
kím to,
man ngan,
shat hau,
8
kú,
5 Swords,
220 3
8 Sycee, n'
’m tung chung 235
yéung shò,
375
2 Syncope,
chít,
182
1 Syngnathus,
hoi má,
32 40 Synonymous,
576 Syphilis,
Syringe,
tái lít sz’hing, 600 356 System of government,
Sú lát,
408 11 Sz'chuen,
504 42 Sz'chün millet,
115
7

ngán mí,
ting shéung,
ch'éung kún,
tsung wai,
Tái Hok,
kwan tsz',
shéung tang,2
chéung háu,
sz' fuk,
kwai kám tuk, 593 163 Suspensory bandage, n chuk lím,
t'ai kii,
tám shing,
ín,
sz' tò,
600 361 Sustain, to,
597 280 Swallow,
597 283 Swallow, to,
Swallow, rock,
591 119 Swan,
sz' kau,
tun,
ú ín,
chu,
Luk Pd,
372 11||Surname, n
322 34 Surplice,
48 27 Surplus, small,
237 15 Surrender, ones-self,
550 326||Surround, to,
186
14
59
64
493
31 Surrounding parts,
64 Suspects, never,
46 Suspend, to,
6 Suspend, to,
4 Suspend on the finger,
Suspended by a string,
597 277 Suspenders,
tün,
tám pò,
mín,
shéung,
hak tséung
hóng,
fú kwók
tséung kwan, 589
pò hüt,
pún mò,
kü,
528
597 278 Sweaty countenance,
6 Sweden,
1||Sweep, a, n
23 Sweep, to,
28 Sweet, n
525
587
161
157
187
309
87
159
5 Sweet flag,
í lung,
ting,
Mán Fóng
TABASHEER,
Kám Sín, 501 2 Tabernæmontana,
68 79 Table,
196 13 Table, a clear,
393
6 Table, imposing,
289 25 Table-cloth,
Tadpole,
kwan tsong, 488 227||Tael, a, n
Ngôi chí fát, 525 Tænioides,
fí t'ai tséuk, 489 228 Taffrail-rail, n
46 Sweetmeats,
20 Sweet orange,
59 Sweet potato,
13 Swerve, not to,
8 Swift,
45 Swim, to,
pat í,
ün,
*
pat wat,
fái,
yau,
shang ting,
shui tsít,
shik chai,
Sz' ch'ün,
shuk shui,
chuk wóng,
kau ngá fá,
t'oi,
ts'ing ch❜ák,
'tsz' pán t'oi,
tái toi pồ,
ying ong tsai,
yat léung,
chü pat ü,
shün ká lát,
259 7
504 58
485 144
111 2
507 142
532 40
536 47
422 12
449 49
433 75
456 117
144 199
272 9
301 14S
144 202
478 24
385 1
489 230
328 125
TA.-TE.]
[INDEX.
684
Tagetes patula,
Tái lake, n
Tail,
Tail feathers,
Take out, to,
Take off (cover),
Take off (cover),
Take off (in price),
Take off (skin),
Take part, to,
Taken in, greatly,
Taken with,
Takes,
Taking,
Talc,
Tailor,
Tailor bird,
Take,
pún hoi h'ü,
Take a book, n
Take along with tea,
Take away, ním h'ü,
Take away,
Take away, to,
Take away, to,
ning h'ü,
Take away half,
chít púng
Take by attack,
kung tik,
Take care,
pí sam,
Take care of,
t'ai fong há,
Take care of, to, kú, 99 40; shau kún,
Take care of, to,
líu lí,
láng chéuk,
Take cold,
Take from,
Take leave, n
tsu, 148 33; ch'i,
kò ts'z',
ním kám,
Take off, to,
Take off clothes, to,
tüt,
Take one in, to, n
Talebearers,
Talebearing, n
Talent,
Talented,
Talents, n
Talismans, n
Talk, to, n
Tallow,
Tallow tree,
Talons,
Tamarix,
Tamborine, hand,
Tamborine drum,
Tamborine fish,
Tangent, a,
Tangouths,
Tank,
Tanning,
Tányáng lake,
Taou priests,
Tape-ends,
Tape-worm,
Tapering,
máu shauhuk, 454
Trái ý,
426
mí,
ling,
ts' oi fung sz' fú,284
háu fú níú,
¡
t'am,
ch'ü,
kít hí,
kít hoi,
kám,
mók,
tséung,
181
shau shii,
sung cha,
155 85; ním hoi, 158
shau hii,
176
144
í tséung sz',
shéung kwó tóng,
tak,
464
465
tséung,
tséung,
wan mò shik,
shui hák,
hau shít,
ts' oi,
46 Target, n
47 Tariff,
79 Taro,
476 102 Tarsi, superior,
201
70
sú t'au,
yau ch'ung,
shui lò,
159
150
568
238
160
135
387
330 10 Taste a little, to,
165 96 Tastefully,
145
221 Tasteless,
125
172
74
153
gry
281
216
433
126
55
72 Tapir,
36 Tare,
27
309
man ts'oi,
ts' oi,
111
k'am t'au fú, 155
kóng,
28
6 Tarsus or instep,
19 Tarsus of eye,
12 Tart,
13 Tartar pheasant,
198 Tassel,
9 Taste, n
5 Taste, to,
3 Tattler, n
20 Tau of Inshán, n
70 Tavern, n
39 Tawing,
10 Tax,
27 Tax, to levy a,
náp shui,
náp ngan,
77 Tax-money,
ló hón ts' ung,
chá íp,
235
8 Taxus,
153 39 Tea,
142 152 Tea, Different kinds of, n Ch'á íp lui,
180
7 Tea, black,
248
162
14 Tea, cup of,
44 Tea, green, n
3 Tea-canister,
22 Tea-cup, covered,
3 Tea-kettle,
42 Tea-kettle, tin,
199 Tea-pot,
76 Tea-poy,
16 Tea-saucer,
mak, pák páu, 470 81
hò,
384 2
tó, 367 16; fát, 368 21
tsak lai,
217 215
167 129
ú t'au,
ngán shéung
36 Tea-spoon,
14 Tea-strainer,
21 Tea-stone,
ts'ui kwat, 523 167
kéuk púi kwat, 523 165
muk kóng,
523 166
167 130
475 76
147 17
30
160 8
165 101
281 34
166 116
126 16
10 7
166 107
292 48
373 3
128 4
344 20
442 55
52
137
224
224
174
2
15
225 4
145 212
144 209
144 205
144 206
174 11
1 Tea-table, Of the, n
80 Tea-tray,
tát,
chí kai,
chá kí,
144 203
ch'á típ,
180 15
144 207
ch'á shí,
cha lau,
144 204
3
4 17
74 76 Teach, to, n
279 21 Teacher, n
láp,
10 16
591 134
476 103
kung shui,
cháu,
74 69
shui sz' lau,
shau kú,
ít kú,
ch'á tsing,
432 58
Mán ch á lui, 179
t'ók ch'a p'ún, 180
káu,
sín shang, I 1; sz',
442 53 Teacher of a department, káu shau,
471 1 Teal,
442 54 Tears,
359 18 Tears,
358 17 Teeth,
ü kú,
359 21 Telescope, n
ching tsít, 396 20 Tell him,
T6ng kú, 424 21 Tellina,
shui kwai, 328 126 Temple, n
ím p'í, 292 47; síú p'í, 280 30 Temple, orbate, n
Tán yéungú, 426 35 Temple designation, n
Tò sz',
309 23 Temple of ancestors,
246 7 Tempies, n
496 82 Temporal bone,
35 61 Temporal ridges,
síu shui áp,
lau lui,
chủ lui, ngán shui,
ch'í, ngá,
ts'ín lí king,
kíú k'ü,
toi mò him,
míú,
71 2227
523 169
145 213
167 131
492 54
312 75
311 59
563 1
312 76
43 8
523 176
523 177
mò sui,
hí, 143 168; mí to, 162
shéung há,
shí há síú,
ting,
mò mí,

ngá pó,
Tau Inshán,
kò lau,
síú pí,
fú,
hak chá,
yat púi chá,
luk chá,
ch'á áp tsun,
kuk chung,
ch' á pò,
sik ch'á thai,
ch'á ú,
mò sz' tán,
míú hò,
sz trong,
ngák kók,
pan kwat,
ngák lò,
INDEX.]
[TE.-TH.
685
Ten, n
Ten billions,
Ten cubit length, a, n
Ten duties of life, n
shap,
yéung,
chéung,
shap í,
Ten millions,
yat king,
Ten thousand,
yat mán,
Ten thousand years, n mán sui yé,
kóng kau,
p'd hák,
wan ủ,
shóng, sò,
shíú shí,
Tenaculum,
Tenant,
Tench,
Tender,
Tender age, n
Tender (or soft),
Tender (flesh),
Tendons,
Tendrils,
Tenements,
Tenon,
Tenon, door,
Tent,
Tent, general's,
Tenter-hooks,
Tenths,
Term, a,
Term of time,
lí,
hd,
kí,
Terms, semi-monthly, n tsít,
Terrace,
Terrestrial operations,
Territory,
Test, to, n
Test teas,
Tetanus,
Tetraodon,
Tetter,
Texas,
Text,
Than, higher,
Thank much, to, n
377 20||Then, or after,
376 18 Then there will be,
1 There is, n
53 There-here,
18 Thereby,
381
13
376
376
18 Therefore, n
43 Therefore,
562
532 46 Thermometer,
190 2 These,
489 232 These, n
165 85,86 These all, n
10 15 They,
166 122 They both, n
161 21 Thick-thin,
525 1 Thick tone, n
439 45 Thief,
538 93 Thievish hand, n
290 32 Thievishness,
314
22 Thigh,
312 77 Thigh bone,
312 78 Thighs,
man chéung kau, 159
sun,
mún tau,
ying p'ún,
sz' fú,
24 Thills,
373
564
192
That,
That gentleman,
That man,
That sort,
That which,
Thatch,
Theft,
Them,
Then,
Then,
Then, n
Then, n
Then (instantly), n
Then (taking),
Then, when,
nam,
sung,
kan,
kí,
chák,
man,
kò kwó,
´tó tak, tó tak,
Thank you, n
tsik fuk,
Thank you to come, n ts'ing ní lai,
Thank you, I, n
Thank you, I, n
Thank you, very good,
tók lai,
tín toi,
tí lí,
shuk tí,
shí, 230 8; pán,
kún chá,
231
hau kam, 507
tang lung p'áu, 489
fó tăng chóng, 505
Tik sé sz',
415
390
134
110
"
80
71
7
76
18
tó tsé,
kái tsik
hung fuk, 184
135
kó wai yan hák, 174
kó,
kó kó yan,
49
kó yéung,
46
shó,
mau ts'ò,
82
184
439
309
tò,
540
k'ü tí,
182
133
fóng, 219 1; tsik, 161
sz', 116 14; chí,
ín tsak,
tsau,
18
k6 chan shí,
pín tseung,
ü shí,
2 Thimble,
55 Thin plants, to,
407
23 Thin texture,
6 Things,
301 145 Things,
8 Things,
143 Think, to, n
239 Think (apprehend), to, tai,
88 Think on, to,
7 Third,
13 Thin,
5 Thin, shaved,
5 Thin and emaciated,
ín hau,
tsik yau,
287 12
406 19
hai, 3 9; yau, 405 17
kó chi—ní ch'ü, 170 12
í,
85 236
kú ts'z', 83 7; shó í, 102 56i
kú, 85 23ƒ; kú ts'z', 261 11
hón shi cham, 145 214
ní tik,
179 49
3 9
10
83 7
kó tik,
18
pí kǎí,
k'ü,
82
4
k'ü í wai,
hau-pók,
chuk shing,
393
4
14
ts'ak tsai,
10
64 18
96 63ƒ
523 178

426 Third of the Hanlin,
26 Thirty,
29 This, n
4 This eye,
12 This evening,
4 This morning,
13 This shop,
This or that, a certain,
sám chik shau,
sít to,
tái túi,
10 Thorn,
7 28 Those,
pí kwat,
kú ché,
234
7 Those,
226
5 Those places,
186 35 Thou, n
yün,
cham ting,
pók,
139 104
séuk pín,
298 93
hi lúi,
509 4
líp yéung,
341 9
249 21
h'í séuk,
shap mat, 298 98
yé, 179 49; kü, 293 9
mat,
213 161
séung, 1 2; kú, 249 25
171 15
99 47
156 1
601 365
498 4
2
19 This time,
4 Thistle,
12 Thorax,
ót kón,
48 Thorough knowledge,
pún mút chí,
68 Thoroughly acquainted, shuk shik,
41 Thoroughly boiled,
24 Thoroughly boiled,
131 Thoroughly cooked,
35 Thoroughly done,
ním tsoi,
tai sám,
t'ám fá,
sám shap,
ní kó, 17 2; tsz', 421
ní chik ngán, 49
kam mán,
kam tsò,
chu shuk,
15 Thoroughly intoxicated, tsun tsui,
34 Thoroughly roasted,
ch'áu tsíú,
tsz',
4
125
pò nam,
sháp tau,
lò,
524 179
523 178
332 46
155 81
157 9
ní kán p'ò tau, 46 67
mau,
277 4
sz shí,
184 11
459 65
524 180
354
síú kai,
4
325 80
162 40
163 61
176 12
166 111
122 22
162 33
439 40
130 10
136 22
231
9
113 14
ché,
kó tik,
ts'z' tí,
yü,
44
179 I
CHI. CHR.
172
TH.-TO.]
[INDEX
686

Though,
Though,
Though,
Though,
Three per cent,
Three powers, ʼn
Three ties, n
Threshold,
Threshold,
!
Thryssa,
Thumb, n
Thumb,
tsung hai,
shéung mí,
Thumb-ring,
Thunder,
Tibet, n
Tibia,
Ticket-ends,
Tide, ebb,
Tide, evening,
Tide, high,
Tide, morning,
Tide-waiters, n
Tie together, to,
Tie up, to,
Tie, to,
Tie-beam,
tsik,
sui ín,
Thoughts,
Thoughts, inmost, n
Thousand, a,
Thousand autumns, n
Thousand character
Ts in Tsz' Man, 8
Classic, n
Thousandths,
Thousandths, tens of,
sz',
373
fat,
373
tá wó,
342
Thrash grain, to,
Thrash into a tub,
Thrashing-floor,
T'hread,
p'ák lók t'ung, 342
ch'éung, tí tóng, 342
sín,
155
255
mín sín,
Thread, cotton,
Thread, gold and silver,
Thread, to,
Thread of silk, a, n
yat sz',
217 218||Tin, block,
154 59 Tin plates, n
263 1 Tinea capitis,
547 273||Ting, round, n
377 20 Ting-tóng, n
Threats,
hung hák,
sám,
Three,
Three commissioners, n sám sz',
595 218 Ting-tóng, small,
11 26 Tinker, n
Three lights,
sám wong,
kau tsat,
sám ts'oi,
sám kóng,
235 11 Tinnitus aurium,
11 25 Tinsel-maker, n
27 Tip, to,
11
mún han, 315
mún chán, 134
ch'éung shing, 87
25 Tip of the shoulder,
56 Tiptoe,
21 Tired,
350
9 Titles,
Thriving and numerous,
Throw aside,
Tier,
Tiffin,
Tiger,
ním,
fai kón,
yat ts'ín,
ts'ín tsau,
kam ngan sín,
ch'un,
Throw, to,
Throw off, to,
Throw on (garment), to, lau,
Thrum, to,
Thus, n
Thrush,
Thrush, white eyed,
Thrush, singing,
shé,
pau,
túi há,
▸
phái thau,
shui kón,
tsik,
shui tái,
ch'íú, 328 127;
hoi kwán chái yik,
chát shing,
póng hí,
lak fán, póng chú,
ch'é chan,
ts' ang,
án,
lò fú,
252
37||Tiger, benevolent, n
49 46 Tiger lily,
122
239
19 Tight, drawn,
25 Tiles, green glazed,
116
75
376
563
13 Tiles, roof,
85 Tiles, row of,
18 Tiles, square,
61|Till, to,
31
36 To,
462
14 To others,
149
61 To-day,
tán, 356 1; chí pút, 362 50 Tomorrow,
kóm yéung,
20 6 To-morrow, n
pák wá mí, 476 104 To-morrow morning,
wá mí,
476 105 To-morrow morning,
ú shí kat, 476 106 Toad,
fung mí,
480
tau chí, tái chí, 20
kung chí,
64
3 Toast,
6 Toast, to,
9 Toast-rack,
kau, kit, pán chí, 367 10,19 Tobacco,
lui,
405
Sai Tsóng, 424
kéuk kwang kwat, 524 181||Toe or dewclaw,
17 Tobacco plant,
20 Toe,
242 40 Together,
328 130 Together, multiplied,
328 128 Toilet, Of the, n
328 129 Tomato,
405
222
296
155
Tiller,
2 Tillot, flowered,
2 Tilt, to,
2 Timber,
15 Time,
12 Time of a flash,
15 Time, that or the, n
82 Times, two or three,
45 Tin,
18 Tone of voice,
8 Tones, eight, n
48 Tông-tông,
77 Tongs, n
tsau ü,
kün tán,
470 83
454 62
kan kan fók ting, 530 16
luk ngá,
319 86
ngá, pán, t'ung, 319 85
hang,
191 5
319 87
kái chun,
kang,
123 5
tó kóng,
328 131
fá toi,
241 33
tau hí,
186 39
muk,
326 40
shan,
tín chí tsai,
kó chan shí,
tsoi sám úi,
sik,
tau sik,
31 39
405 17
17 4
171 15
217 219
435 34
218 220
507 128
301 151
301 149
301 150
284 80
má hau tít,
kam ts'ín sín,
üt ting,
ting tong,
síu ting tóng,
pò wók lò,
í ming,
508 144
kam fá tséung, 284 81
kún,
213 170
367 9
kín tsím,
kò kéuk,
67 60
kün, nai,
49 46
fung tséuk, 566 36
tò, 93 36; chí, 232 10
ü yan,
kam yat,
125 5
157 8
186 36
146 1,6 Tongue, n
319 84 Tongue, salt,
293 146 Tongue in a carriage,
166 115 Tongue-scraper, n
470 82 Tonic Dictionary, n
ming yat,
18 12
t'ing yat,
t'ing tsò, 171 19
ting chíú, 159 29
shim shu, mín, 478 25
tó shí,
167 132
hóng,
167 132
145 215
tó shí ká,
ín áp,
in ts'd,
kéuk chí,
204 60
459 66
65 32
461 12
134 55
kü,
kung,
387 5
150
séung shing,
Chóng pán,
fán k'é,
yam shing,
pát shing,
tóng tóng,
kím,
lí,
hám ngau lí,
chau,
ki kwát,
Fan Wan,
451 95
81 42e
3 10
301 152
145 216
71 20
167 133
332 47
155 73
4 15
INDEX.]
[TO.—TR.
687
Tonnage,
Too,
Too large, not,
Too many,
Too much,
Tool,
Tooth, crown of,
Tooth-drawer,
Tooth-powder,
Tooth-scaler,
Toothache,
Toothpick,
Top,
Top, a,
Top-bottom,
Top of a mast,
Topmast,
Tops in a mast, n
Topsail, n
Torn,
Torpedo,
Tortoise,
Tortoise shell,
Tortoise-shell,
Torture, to, n
Touch, not to,
Touch-me-not,
Tough,
Tough or sinewy,
Tourniquet,
Tow a boat,
'Towards, n
Towards, n
Towel,
Traces,
Traces,
Trachea,
Track a boat, n
Tracking-poles,
Tradesmen,
Traffic,
Traffic, to,
Traffic, join in,
Trail, to,
Transfer, to,
Transfer, to,
Translators,
Translucent,
Transmitted,
Transmitted, n
Transom,
Transparent,
Transparent,
chóng léung,
tái, 155 86; kwo,
mò tái tik,
to tak tsai,
kwó tó,
hí,
ngá ting,
huk ngá kím,
ngá fúi,
kwát ngá hí,
ngá ching,
ngá ts'ím,
toi múi kwai,
toi múi,
háu sun,
mat tung,
tong chán fá,
ngáng, yan,
ngan,
tsít hut tái,
nái shin,
ü,
héung,
mín kan,
tsung tsik,
kang sók,
hau ché,
hín lám,
kd,
kú,
83 Tray, eating, n
ting, 133 36; mín, 144 200 Tray-basket, n
141 140 Tread on, to,
koi,
shéung—há,
wai mí,
28 77 Tread under,
329 138 Treason,
325 78 Treasury,
í ch'ün,
328 132 Treasury,
wai p❜ún,
tau kan ting,
lán,
muk chéuk pò,
kwai,
328 133 Treasury department,
256 52 Treat disease, to,
mau yik,
fán fó,
ü síú kau,
tô tí,
cháu kwó,
tín ü pít yan,
fan chéung fán yik,
mí tóng,
ming tau,
trung chíu,
tung shá,
cháp yéung,
pók fó,
218 221 Transverse,
134 53 Tranquil
144 193 Tranquillize, to,
159 27 Trap,
226
5 Trapa,
3 Travancore,
113
523 173 Travel, to,
532
34 Traveler,
155
84 Traveler,
532
506
155
Transparent guaze,
Transplant, to,
Transport, goods to,
Transportation, n lau, 534 15; tsín sái,
Transporting goods,
Transverse,
pók fó,
wáng,
59 46 Tribes,
20
6 Tribute,
155
85 Trichiurus,
73
62 Trickle, to,
339
99 Tricks, to play,
524 193 Tricosanthes,
328 135 Trifling business,
328 136 Trigla,
124 7 Trim, to,
208
123
271
149
214
202
589
ming léung, 209
shéung káu há,
shut,
35 Traveling censor,
100 Tray,
489 240 |Treatment of diseases,
478 26 Treaty,
478 27| Tree, a,
218 222 Tree frog,
554 404 Tremble, to,
68 88 Triad, a, n
454 49|Trial balance,
163 51,57||Trials,
68
15
527
5
tsé,
tsing,
ón,
shu káp,
ling kók,
33 46
355 8
145 217
451 98
11
195 10
308 12
321 25
Tá lang móng hó, 408
pan tsau,
hang yan,
yau hák,
hang yi sz’toi, 589 98
t'ók p'ún,
shik séung,
wó lám,
145 219
145 218
145 220
339 101
wán nám,
kwó kóng,
210 124 Trials, n
532 47 Triangle, right angled, chik kók sám
328 134
328
212 157 Trouble,
138
267
táp,
túi tờ,
98 Trimetrical Classic, n
6 Tripang,
7 Tripod,
tái yih,
fú,
fú,
260 7
fú pò,
lam ching,
589 83
499 7
kau fo chí shut, 498 4
séung yéuk,
218 223
101 56e
478 12
yat fó shü,
shán kóp,
chan,
mang, chung, kwai, 404 9
tsít shò,
218 224
69 106
•
98 11
93. 10
71 Tripoli,
175 Triturate,
42 Triturate medicine, n
68 Trochar,
hú
114 Trochus niloticus,
77 Trombone trumpet,
77 Tropical year, n
137 Tropaeolum,
kók ying, 394 14
423 18
583 3
489 241
71 22
252 37
448 29
83 10
483 79
hung kók,
séuk koi, 294 18; tsoi, 295 37
218 225
Sám Tsz' King, 9 1
hoi sham,
ting,
Túi pho lí,
mó,
281 39
413 7
218 228
ín yéuk,
298 96
chéung cham, 532 45
á pó kai,
hồ trung,
chau sui,
hó íp lín,
492 55
363 60
389 2
455 79
195 10
5 21
239 25
lò,
197 17
250 30
рд,
kung,
pák tái,
tik,
wan,
sz' kwá,
tsín sz',
73 65
546 254
312 79
69 Trouble yourself, not, n 'in shai man,
46 Troublesome,
fai sz',
fan fán,
6 Troublesome, n
340
324
ók tá fát,
ká ts'ò,
73 Troublesome fellow,
551 343||Trough, frame,
324 73 Trough, paddle, n
332 52 Trowel,
fán ch'é,
fúi sh'í,
339 100
339 101
301 153
TR.—UN.]
[INDEX.
688

Trowsers,
Trowsers, a pair,
True guide,
True Medium, n
True price,
True to his word, n
Truly,
Truly,
Truly,
Truly,
Truly,
Trumpet, brazen, n
Trumpet shell,
Trumpet of ear,
Trunk,
Trunk,
Trunk, leathern,
Trunk-fish,
Truss,
Trust, to,
Trust, a, n
Truxalis,
ngoi fú,
yat t'íú fú,
cham sín,
Chung Yung,
shat ká,
yau hau ch'í,
ín,
shat tsoi,
kwó,
kwó ín,
100 566 Turtle,
chan ching,
238
tung kók,
363
ch'ui ló, héung ló, 491
pai ché í mún yá, 518
í séung,
kón, shu shan, múi,
Try, to, n
Try again, n
Try to equal,
Tsingtsau lake,
Tsitsihar in Mant-
chúria,
Tub, low,
Tubes, earthen,
Tuberose,
Tuck under, to,
Tuft, to put hair in,
Tumble-dung,
Tumbler,
Tumor,
Tungking,
Tungting lake, n
Tunis,
Tunnel,
Tunny,
Turbans,
Tureen,
Turkey,
Turkey, a,
Turkey red,
Turmeric,
Turn up,
Turn a key, to, n
Turn and go away,
Turn away, to,
Turn back,
Turn back,
Turn in a lathe, to,
Turn over, to,
sai
p'í lung,
hoi ngau,
níp ch'éung káp,
shé chéung,
ming,
hai k'í,
shi yat shí,
5
fán chun t'au tsoi, 5
sz' ts'ai,
112
Ts'ing ts'ò ú, 425
Tsai tsai há í,
Haklung kóng, 422
pín shan p'ún, 145
ngá tau,
íp yuk tsám fá,
ngáp,
ch'uk fát,
155
150
501
14
235
54
28
19 Turning to,
235
9 Turnip,
99 41 Turret,
kít kéung,
shui púi,
yuk lau,
Tung king,
Tung ting ú,
Tò ní sz,
lau tau,
káu ü,
t'au pá,
tong tau,
Ted í kí,
22 Turtle dove,
57 Turtle, green,
26 Tush,
42 Tusk,
145 221 Tussis,
439 46,43 Tutenague,
145 222 Twain, in,
489 242 Twang, to, n
532 48 Twankay,
253
40 Tweezers,
15 Twelve branches, n
43 Twenty,
19 Twenty-nine,
20 Twig,
8 "Twill do, n
34 Twilled cloth,
Twine,
115
495
86||Turned, well,
80 Turning,
2 Turning out of eyelids,
62
9 Turning in of eyelids,
27
fó kai, 167 134; tó níú, 476
17 Twinkling, n
223 Twinkling, in a, n
339 102 Twirl, to,
456 118| Twist, to,
154 51 Twist, water,
17 Two, n
124
496
83 Two, a couple,
145 225 Tyfoon, n
508 145 Tympan,
407
426
4 Tympan of ear,
37 Typecutters,
7 Types, metallic,
145 226 Typha,
489 243
413
150 81 UGLY, n
145 227 Ulcer,
408 10 Ulna,
107 Ulterior Tibet,
33 Umbilicus,
67 Umbrella, an,
40 Umbrellas,
lím hồ,
ts' it ts 6,
k'ün mò
fán ch'ut, 504 52
k'ün mò
tò cháp, 504 54
heung tsín,
ló pák,
185 28
451 96
319 88
tik lau,
478 28
476 108
478 29
251 33
465 48
503 36
218 226
401 8
293 8
225 4
155 87
383 1
13 58
17] 16
439 47
255 45
250 26
143 181
pít,
ch'í kau,
kéuk ü,
ú wá!
tséung ngá,
k'at sall,
pák ün,
wai í,
héung,
t'un k'ai,
níp kím,
shap í chí,
í shap,
í hò kau,
m'íú, sháu,
yéung hung, 251
keung wóng,
kiin,
fú kwat,
Hau Tsóng,
ts'z',
yat pá ché,
i sáng
459
316
nau mái,
70 Unable,
89 55
508 146
516 7
424 23
521 121
155 18
201 27
'm kau, 55 40; pat nang, 81 42e
16 Unacquainted with the yau ngán pat
62 48 world, n
shik yan,
43 21 Unauthorizedly entering, shín yap,
34 54 Unbounded,
pat kwai,
ch'é tsò,
282
ting chun shan,159
k'ing ch'ut, 258
Turn round and round, káu lun chun, 297
Turn round,
úi,
43
Turned over by hand, í shau káu fán, 230
138
chun kwó k'ü, 131
fán mín,
chün,
fán,
Turn out,
56 Unbounded knowledge, sz' mò pat t'ung, 559 20
19 Unbutton, to,
ch'ü nau,
3 Unchangeable,
pat koi,
64 Unchangeable,
pat pín,
20 Unchangeableness,
7Uncle, maternal,
152 18
110 18
288 18
14 63
pat yik,
mò k'au, k'au fú, 105 67,68
pá liú,
ts'é man pò,
sín,
49 40
chin ngán,
yat shun chí kán,
chun,
káu, 205 73; káu mái,
shui fóng,
49 39
301 149
215 187
255 46
377 20
í,
léung,
156 2
ki fung, tái fung, 406 19
yan tsz' k'am, 301 154
í mók,
521 113
hak shu pán tséung, 285 82
ün út tsz',
301 155
459 68
p'd,
149 54
292 49
chau,
chóng,
49 44
542 183
79 42e
INDEX.]
689
[UN.-VA.

·
Uncle, paternal,
Unceasingly,
Unceasingly,
Uncertain,
Unconnected,
Uncultivated land,
Under,
14 63
231 8
558
512 13
155 89
íp fóng,
231 8
mò tí shau tin, 68 78
yung í,
500 10
pat lap,
Under the mask,
Under-graduate,
Under-magistrate,
Under-magistrate,
Under-magistrate of
a district,
110 12
143 180
89 54
on 'm wan,
'm shing,
'm hóp shik,
kái,
250 29
155 82
340 5
218 227
tang,
604 459 Untie,
603 434 Until,
587 34 Unused, long,
596 246 Unusually,
9 Unwell,
Under-secretary,
Under-secretary,
163 48
Under-secretary, n
Underlet, to,
Underneath,
ch'ü yat kau,
fan ngoi,
m shóng,
ping trung,
177 25
184 15
yün ling,
in ngoi lóng,
chíú ting,
shí lóng,
chin tsò pít yan, 129
há tai,
159 26 Unwell,
Understand, to (know) shik,
420 27 Unwilling, pat hang, 45 53; pat yan, 94 33
Understand, to, n híú tak, 311; ming, 16 84 Unworthy to receive, n 'm kóm tóng, my 97
Understood, distinctly, ín ming,
9||Unwrought, n
pat téuk,
10 13
chí, 11 20; trung, 1688| Uphold vice,
fú ók,
274 12
shing,
282 53 Upon,
tsoi, 159 25; shéung, 283
pat háu,
shéung-há,
chik,
129
Understood, n
Undertake, to,
68
Undutiful,
22 6
Uneducated,
80 42e Upper-lower,
3 Upright,
pat káu,
9
366 1
Unequal,
537 81 Upright,
Unexpanded,
Unexterminated,
phóng
tun ching,
436 3 Upside down,
274 13 Upwards, a year and,
544 229 Ureters,
543 207 Urge, to,
147 25 Usage,
425 Usages,
20 Use, no,
54 Use, to,
76 Use, to,
118 10 ; chung, 123 2
k'ing tò, 398 4
nín ling, 226 5
kwóng kún trung, 524 182
tsúi,
253 41
chéung ch'ing, 221 4
kw'ai kü, 343 19
'm chung yung, 245 4
yung,
201 27
shai, 135 15; tá, 145 213
tán hang,
510 S
'm shai tak noi, 142 150
séung si, 510 8
pat yung,
55 35
134 48; p'ing shí, 177 22
tờ mái,
538 93
hí, 278 13; hí ki, 293
tung páu hing tai, 97
chí to,
235
kóng,
3 10
84 Used alone,
219 1
500
Used not long,
10 Used together,
92 11 Useless,
84 23a Usually, tsung tái,
92 11 Usurp, to,
1
11
tsun,
270 4
king móng, 115 10
tsung 'm hang, 177 24
ying cháu, 456 119
tung yan noi hak p'í, 524 183
Unfaithful,
Unfaithfulness,
Unfit,
Unfit for use,
Unfortunate lot, n
Unhappy,
Unhulled rice,
Unicorn,
Uniform, not,
Unintentional,
Union,
Union and concord,
Unison, in,n
Universe,
Unjust,
Unkind,
Unlawful,
Unlearned,
pák fú, shuk fú, 104 43,45||Unperverted,
pat kung,
pat ting,
mò tai,
mà shíp,
fóng yé,
pat í shat,
pat kú shau,
'm chéuk,
pat hóm yung, 555
ming p°í, 185
'm shing tak fuk, 89
ts' mai,
k'í lun,
pat ting,
mò kú,
ts' ui,
yung muk,
ts' ui,
Unit,
23 Utensils, n
44 Uterine brothers, n
49 Utmost,
tán, 376 18; yat, 11
Unite, to,
hóp,
292
United strength, híp lik, 100
United States, Hóp sháng kwók, 414
Univalve shells,
sz', ló,
492
Universal benevolence, yat shí
6 Utter, to,
45 Utterly,
tung yan, 268
chau,
Utterly disregards,
2 Utterly forbear,
25 Uvaria uncata,
270 3 Uvea,
117 25
pat í,
pat yan,
wai kam,
pat hók,
540 149 VACANCY, a,
10 14 Vaccination, n
Unlike,
Âm trung,
147 24 Vagabond,
Unmindful of himself, móng shan, 114
1 Vainly, n
Unnecessary, n 'm shai, 4 18; mí pín, 231 9 Valley, a,
Unnecessary to detail, pat síú fán tsu, 513 16
16 Valuable,
Unofficial rule,
pat lí í chí, 110 1 Vanda,
Unopened,
mí hoi,
439 3 Vandyke,
345
274 12 Unrobe, to,
345
tai, 288 19; há, 315
24 Unroll, leaves,
35||Unskillful, n
tái síú mín,
kám shang,
yau tóng,
tso thông,
pat p❜ing,
mí hoi,
mí tsüt,
pat p'ín,
yé héung,
7 Unravelment of History, n Yik Shí,
26 Unreasonably,
pat lí,
fún í,
11 30 Unpleasant smell,
230
63 59 Unskillful doctor,
591 130 Unstable,
604 449 Unsteady,
602 406 Unsuccessful,
Unsuitable,
450
470
hüt,
chung tau,
lán tsai,
h'ü,
kuk,
kò, 286 2; pò,
fung lán,
wan kín,
319 89
508 147
125 8
77 5
36 68
282 56
452 5
155 90
CHI. CHR.
173
VA-VO.]
[INDEX.
690
Vanished in a
twinkling,
chin ngán,
shing hung, 49
Vapor,
ching shap hí, 403 2; 404
Varicella,
shui p'áu,
Variegated kingfisher, n fí tsui,
507
Variegated pink,
fán shik chuk,
Variety of ways,
tó shai ch'ü,
Varnish,
Varnish tree,
Various,
Various kinds,

Vase, flower,
Vase, sounding, n
Vast,
Vat, manure, n
Veal,
Vegetables and Grains,
Veil,
Veil, gauze,
Veins, n
Veins of leaves,
Velum palatinum,
Velvet,
Veneering,
Venereal ulcers,
Venetian blinds, n
Venison,
Venomous,
Vent, no,
Venture to enter,
Venus, n
Veracious,
Veranda,
Verdigris,
Vermicelli,
ts'at,
ts'at shü,
Vermilion,
Vermilion avenue, n
Vermilion hall,
Vermilion red, n
Vernal months, in,
pat yat,
kí yéung,
fá p'ing,
kú fau,
yau yau,
tam,
ngau tsai yuk,
n W6 ts' oi lui,
mín í,
chéung mín shá,
hüt kan,
man,
chúi tsui,
Vertigo,
Very, n
Very beautiful, n
Very good,
Very high,
Very hot,
ít kik,
Very large, not, mò mat tái,
Very poor (quality), n yai tak tsai,
Very strong, n
Very tender,
Very true,
474
455
46 65 usher,
283
442
392
163 53 Vice-president,
145 228 Vice-president,
361 39 Vice-president,
110 18 V. P. of acknowledged
342 16 favors,
167 135 V. P. of Board of
447
office, n
150
150
83 V. P. of Boards, n
89 Vice-president of Court
524 184 of Ceremonies,
438 23 Vice-president of
521 134 investitures,
tsín yung,
267
séung sín pín, 292
yéung múi chóng, 508
ngau pák íp,
luk fú,
131
167
tuk,
55
pat shi,
403
kóm tsun,
kam sing,
chik hau,
t'ín t'oi,
Very well, n
40 Very well, not,
11 Very well, thank you,
119 |Vest,
kau chóng kín, 77
sham ts'ui, 161
hai lók,
243
136 Village justices,
41 Village school-house,
4 Vinca rosea,
219
t'ung luk, 305 58;
fan sz',
ngan chủ,
tán chí,
1 Vindicate, to, n
398
7 Vine,
54 18 Vinegar,
131 7 Violet,
218 227|Violin,
167 137 Virtue, n
218 228||Virtues, five, n
561 36 Virtues (of drugs), n
tán ting, 561 36 Virtuous,
ngan chü,
306 59 Visage,
ch'un kán, 226
5 Viscid sap,
ü ü,
113 12 Viscount, n
Versed sine,
ching ch'í, 396 20|| Visit, to,
Versed sine of complement, ü chí, 396
Versed sine of supplement, tái chºí, 396
Vertebræ,
ch'ui, tsik kwat tsít, 524
Vertebral column, î
Vertebral column, n
Vertebrated,
Versed in,
20||Visit to court,
20 Visiting, Rules of, n
186||Visitor,
tsik kwat, 524 185 Visitor,
tsik lü kwat, 522 161 Vitreous humor,
yau tsik,
490 Vitreous substances,
l'au wan ngán fá, 508 14 Vitriol, blue,
shat shau,
3 7Vocal music,
tsím tsím,
66
54 Vocal organs, n
chí hò,
163 6 Vociferate, to,
tái kò, 72 40; tsui hò, 139 82 Vogue, not in,
285
138
Voice, sounds of my,
63 Voice of birds, n
6 Void of,
234
8 Volume, a,
54 Vestibule,
95 Veteran general and
61 Vexatious cares, n
56 Viands, common,
10 Vice, a,
hò lé, 234 4; & hò, 7
’m hai shat shau hò, 83
tók lái,
púi sam,
hüt,
56 Victuals,
50 Victualing-house,
148| View, to,
7 Village,
23 Vomer,
4115Vomiting,
29
8
184 10
fú pan chung
lóng tséung, 589 76
fán nò,
72 36
mò kai pan,
188 58
lò shi cham, 302 156
shau ling, 415 6
shíú shéung pák, 597 265
shí lóng,
596 246
sz' fán
lóng chung, 598 290
sz lít shíú
shéung pák, 598 300
shíú shéung pák, 598 305
hung lò
tsz' shíú hing, 591 113
sz' fung
lóng chung, 598 289
fó shik,
167 138
312 80
kò lau,
shí,
120 15
héung, 308 3; lui, 392 10
pò ting,
595 211
héung hók kún, 308 3
szshích'un, . 456 120
tá pò,
mán,
114 5
ts'd,
kan ts'oi,
150 84
319 89
ín,
mín yung,
yun yik,
tsz',
439 48
167 139
456 121
sz' ín,
365 79
tak, 96 63c; shín, 118 1
'ng shéung, 12 36
kung,
62 47
93 26
60 7
437 18
592 152
182 1
585 7
wóng pái,
ch'íú,
Káu tsíp í yung, 182
pan,
310 40
hák, yan hák, 189 63
ngán tsing noi shui, 524 191
pó lí mat, 285 1
tám fán,
ch'éung,
k'ím hau,
híú,
218 229
283 58
2 6
yat pò shü,
át ché,
ted,
29 27
’m tung hang, 243 44
ngó k6 hau hong, 5
ming,
mò,
18
465 49
117 24
8 5
524 192
512 12
INDEX.]
[vo.- WE.
691
Vouchsafe,
Vow, a, n
Voyage, to,
Vulgar name,
WAGES, n
2018
Walk, to,
Walk to and fro, to,
Walking-sticks,
Wall,
Wall, emblazoned,
Wallet,
Walls, to construct,
Walnuts,
Walnuts, large,
Want, to,
Wantonness,
War, n
War, Board of, n
War horses,
Waggon,
Wagtail,
Waist,
Waistcoat,
Wait, n
340
172
83
Wait for death, to, n
Wait how long,
Wait on, to,
Wait on you, N
Wait patiently,
Waiting maids,
Waive, to, n
Wales, n
chat kún tang há, 241
shai múi,
172
ch'ui tok,
phóng,
Walk hand in hand, n tó lái shau,
Wares,
Warm,
Warm springs,
Warm weather,
Warm weather,
Warm water,
Warmth, n
Warping,
Warrant decree, n
Warrant edict, n
Warrant, police,
Warts,
Wash, to,
Wash from sand, to,
Wash the feet, to,
Washblock,
Washermen,
Washington,
Wash-stand, n
Wasp,
kák,
shai,
hang shün,
tsuk ming,
kung ngan,
273
11|| Wasp, slender waisted,
15 73 Waste, to,
167 138 Wasted, capital is,
462 18 Watch, to,
Watch, three,
Watch-tower, n
2 Watches,
48 Watches,
kung ts'ín, 168
332
476 109 Watchmaker, n
tái ki,
tsik ling,
íú,
púi sam,
tang chí,
toi pai,
tang kí noi,
tsz' hau,
t'ing káu,
Warbler,
Wardrobe,
Warehouse,
hóng,
Warehousing vessels, n tun shün,
fó,
nün,
wan ts'ün,
t'ín niin,
tín ít,
ít shui,
yam,
yung,
Ping Pò,
chín má,
lám séung sz',
í fuk kwai,
hang,
phúi úi,
chuk kón,
ts'éung, ún, pik, 319
chíú pik,
319
150
hó páu,
chuk,
hat t'ò,
hóp t'd,
íú,
wan,
kang shá,
chik ming,
Wá shing tun,
mín p❜ún ká,
wóng fung,
150
75 90 Watchman, kang pò,
85 Watchman of palace,
7 29 Watchman's tower,
66
46 Water, n
6 Water, boiling,
20 Water, hot,
10 Water, spring,
34 Water beetle, n
21 Water caltrops, n
18 11 Water chestnut, n
496 85
[555 425
201 29
310 44
392 10
319 94
218 231
392 10
285 84
124 15
594 189
319 93
12 33
167 141
ít shui, 156 94; tóng, 513 15
shán shui, 140 112
415
156
496
329 139 Water-gate,
64 22 Water greens,
21 Water lily,
98
133 43 Water lily, golden edged,
218 230 Water lily root,
90 Water lily seeds,
91 Water lizard,
86 Water power,
9 Water rat,
313
446
90 Water spider,
446 91 Water (a garden), to,
46 66 Water (a field), to, n
96 63f Watered gauze,
55 47 Watermelon,
579 7 Wattle,
543 211 Wattled grackle,
476 110 Wattles,
156 92 Waves,
216 201 Wax stone, n
271 7 Way, this,
46 67 Wayside, n
136 91 We, the emperor, n
433 77 We Chinese,
164 67 Weak,
146
151
11 Weak tea,
4 Weal and woe,
511
292
569
569
536 51 Weasel,
10 Weapons,
51 Wear, to,
chik yü,
sun phái,
kai ngán,
508 150 Weather,
sai, 44 24; sai há, 141 134 Weather, cold,
tò ch'ut, 261 12 Weather, cold,
chók tsuk
67 71 Weather, warm,
cham,
293
sai í fuk ld,
2 Weather, wet,
285
8 Wear, to,
9 Wear (on head); to
ít yung,
h'ü fai,
chít hò púng
hón,
sám kang,
pák lò uk,
shí shan píú,
kang,
sau píú sz' fú,
123 3; kang fú,
mún há sing,
kang lau,
shui,
kw'an shui,

83 Weather-vane,
6 Weave splints, to,
95 Weaver,
84 Weaving,
shui kam kwai, 496 86
ling kók,
451 98
451 99
mà tai,
339 103
cháp lán,
ang ts'oi,
lín fá,
448 34
456 122
kam pín lín, 456 123
lín ngau,
451 101
lín tsz', lín mai, 451 100
wing ün,
478 19
336 54
shui lik,
k'ü shü,
shui chí chủ,
n kún ün,
lam tín,
lóng,
láp shik,
kóm yéung,
mak ld,
94 44
cham, 80 42c; 561 41
ngó tí pún tí, 255 44
shui, 72 41; in, 526
tám chá,
3
14
180
276 15
546 262
chin, 147 19; chéuk, 243 43
wó fuk,
kwan hí,
í,
tái,
351 11
148 50
yau shü,
470 85
t'ín shí,
226 5
139 96
146 10
141 126
335 46
héung wan shá, 267 49
sai kwá,
fán,
451 97
319 92
líú kó, pát kó, 473
há kún,
40
465 50
322 43
432 61
94 46
470 72
496
81
94 40
ín hón,
tín lang,
shii tín,
lók ü tín,
fung san k'í,
chik mat pín,
kí ni,
chik pò,
147 19
329 138
278 8
285 85
292 52
b
WE.-WH.]
[INDEX.
692

Weaving Illustrated, n Kang Chik tò, 352
Web, spider’s, chí chủ móng, 133 47;465
wai, 250 29; kí ch'ü, 9
chéung,
tsím muk,
síp,
Web of cloth, n
Web of foot,
Wedge, a,
Wedge, to,
Weed, to, nau tsd, 341 9; wan ts'ò 343
Weeds,
67
yau, 335 44; wai, 338
lui, 47 7; huk,
shing shü,
mai ngau,
wai,
442
496
255
túi, 257 3; ching, 384
shun hoi shan, 223
túi,
191
384
18
Hang fát,
tsò tak,
tsing,
náp fuk,
134
hò á,
hò ’m hò ní,
hò tai,
hò lá, hồ lá,
í ch'éung,
sun tau hò,
hò kam,
shing,
kat ko,
kwó h'ü,
chan lung sz' ló, 492
yau yan,
18
sai,
sai kung,
sai fóng,
shap,
tsam t'au,
Weeping, n
Weeping willow,
Weevil,
Weft,
Weigh, to,
Weigh anchor, to,
Weighed,
Weights, n
Well, n
Well, a,
Well, (in health), n
Well, are you, n
Well, is it? n
Well, looks,
Well, well!
Well extended,
Well fastened,
Well gilded,
Well-rope,
Well-sweep,
Went away,
Wentle-trap, n
Were there any,
West,
Western palace,
Western regions, n
Wet,
Wet thoroughly, to,
Wets himself,
Whale,
Whampe,
Whampoa,
Whanghee bamboo,
Whanghees,
Wharf,
What,
What, n
What a pity,
What a trouble,
What amount,
What can he do, n
What further
What fear,
What have,
What makes (why), n
What meaning, n
What name,
What now,
What place,
Whatever,
Whatever brought,
6 Whatsoever he does,
465 51 Wheat,
300 134 Wheel, n
287
12 Wheel, grinding and
18 spinning water,
94 Wheel, high chain
66 bucket, n
58 Wheel, rudder, n
87 Wheel-barrow,
49 When,
1 When, n
12 When then, n tsui
5 When, at the time,
When, at the time,
12 When they are poor,
58 Whence,
3 Whence, from,
12|| Whatever you please, n tsui pín,
52 Whatsoever,
fán,
sho wai,
mak,
76
82
2
149
235
26
5 Where are,
154 56 Where get it! n
145 219 Where go?
145 229 Wherefore,
302 157 Whereof to speak,
131 16 Whether—or,
56 Whetstone,
9 Whetstone,
151
470
446
222
4
3 Whenever
54 Where, n
9 Where are,
40 Which, n
40
562
56 Which gentleman,
110 25 Which kind,
139 87 Which place, at,
273 9 While living,
lau shap shan,
k'ing,
wóng p'í,
Wong pò,
440
218 232 Whiskers,
219 233 Whiskers, long, n
122 20 Whiskers (of beasts),
3
fat t'ò chuk,
chuk k'éung,
tò tau,
shó,
mat yé,
hó sik,
236
wan p'í chéung, 252
kí tó,
hó wai,
wán yau mat,
hó wán,
128
8 Whip,
86 Whip, hair,
92 Whipple-tree,
8 Whirlpool,
6 Whirlwind, n
pín ch'ü, 224 1
394 11
fán,
pín chü, 3 12; hó ts'ang, 100 55
tsoi pín chi, 149 57
ón tsoi,
120 13
pín tak,
77 7
héung pín chü mái, 128
hóp hing,
hó lun,
hai-hai,
lai shik,
mó tò shik,
7
272 9
393 4
237 15
433 77
145 232
12 38
174 13
179 52
222·7
84 17
332 50
332 51
11 Whisper, to,
14 Whisper, to, n
35 Whistle,
6 White ant,
10 12 White bear,
342 14 White color,
347
233
lun,
shui chun tái
fóng ch'é, 339 140
330 105
329 140
339 106
kò chin
trung ché,
tó káu,
shau ch'é,
kí shí, 78 26; hó shí, 69 99
kó chan shí, 17 4
shí íú ts'ui shí pí, 253 41
héung loi,
196 11
tóng,
223 11
pan ché tsak,
417 4
212 147
yan wai,
ch'ut tsoi,
yau mat,
wai mat sz',
tím kái,
38 White copper, n
2 White eyed thrush,
36 White horse,
4 White lead,
1 White of egg,
52
17
kíú tsò mat ming, 168
kau king,
353 1 White of the eye, n
pín chi,
94 49 White porpoise, n
kók mat,
213 161 White rice fish, n
pat lun shó tâi, 268
2 Who,
shó,
pín wai,
pín tik,
k'oi ch'ü,
tsoi shang,
pín,
fat ch'an,
lai p❜ún,
káu lau,
sün fung,
ím, ú sú,
ú lín sú,
6
27
508 I
115 17
12 37
332 49
ngan kai,
pák ngai,
p'í,
339 107
329 141
406 19
519 83
74 73
sú,
465 53
tai shing üt, 188 51
tsíp í,
45 54
363 65
493 2
467 8
pák shik,
pák tung,
wá mí,
lau, pák má,
ün fan,
tán pák,
298 99
ngán pák tsing, 48 32
pák ki,
470 66
pák fán ü, 489 244
hó,
122 22
306 60
434 10
476 105
468 41
434 18
INDEX.]
[WH.-WO.
693
mat shui,
175
fán,
277
270
sho yau yan,
tsung kung, 171 16; tsun, 340
33
chung,
yat fú,
72
200
tái páu,
tsing kít,
tsui hò,
129
181
101
196
242
Who,
Whoever,
Whoever,
Whole,
Whole, the,
Whole, one, n
Whole bales,
Whole sum paid,
Wholesome,
Why,
Why is it?
Why is this?
Why regret,
Wicked,
Wickedness,
Wide,
hó í, 75 91; wai sham mó,
wai mat sz',
Wide-spreading,
Widgeon,
Widow,
Wife, n
Wife, equal, n
Wife, my,
Wife, my, n
Wife, my, n
Wife's brother's wife,
Wife's elder brother,
ching
Will,
Will, the,
Will be,
Will this do,
Will you take another,
Willing,
Willingly,
Willow,
Willow, weeping,
Wind,
Wind, fair,
Wind, foul,
Wind, head,
Wind around, to,
Wind glasses, n
mat ün kú,
hó sik,
ók,
ok chí sz,
fút,
yéung yéung,
pik chí,
chí,
4 Windpipe,
4 Wine,
kwá fú, séung fú,
fú, 13 49; tsai,
p'ing ts'ai,
ts'ai, ching shat, 93 19,21||Wise king,
tsín noi,
94 47 Wise lord,
chüt king,
95
k'am néung, 106
tái kau,
54 Wise prince,
Wife's elder sister,
Wife's neice,
87 Wise son of heaven,
Wish,
noi hing, 106 83,84 Wish, to, n
tái í néung,
106 84 Wish, I, n
noi chat nü, 106 69 Wishes, best,
Wife's nephew,
noi chat, 106 92|| With,
Wife's young brother, sai k'au, noi tai, 106 85,88 With, n
Wife's younger sister, sai í néung, 106 90 With, eaten,
Wild,
kwong, 122 12; fong, 345 24 With, together,
yé chü,
467 11 With which,
shui áp,
473 25 Within, n
hung ngán, 473
yé, 31 38; káu, 39
Wild boar,
Wild duck, n
38 Without,
Wild goose,
Wilderness,
pít,
63
114
4 Wine, Chinese,
4 Wine, grape,
45 Wine-glass,
43 Wine-jar,
25 Wine-shop, n
9 Wing,
29 Winnow, to,
56c Winnow, to,
14 Winnowing machine,
37 Winter,
74 78 Winter,
126 15 Winter coarse greens,
26 Winter greens,
119
13 Winter solstice, n
2 Wipe, to, n
p'ò t'd tsau,
kéuk púi,
tsau ú,
sz',
121 4
yik,
465 54
143 178
pó,
ch'ui ch'ut,
yéung shín,
335 32
339 108
tung, 389 2; tung tín, 164 66
tung yat,
pó ts'oi,
chu ná ts' oi,
tung chín
mút, 136 23; kíu,
tít sín,
chí,
161 15
448 35
449 38
400 8
138 75
302 159
12 35
111 28
559 11
shing wong,
559 20
shing chu, 561 37
shing kwan, 560 29
shing t'ín tsz', 560 32
yuk,
160 1
oi, 4 18; séung, 5 22
ngó íu,
7 28
ts'ing ón, 184 12
67 73
héung, 3 12; hai, 8 2
kím shik,
201 32
kung, 82 3; tsan, 10 16
tsik í,
460 3
noi,
100 51
mò, 61 31; mò, 110 12
pat fong, 33 46
ngoi,
315 33
í,
mò pún tau shing, 346 31
ts'z' kü,
129 9
tséung loi,
186
159
181
78
272
kóm tsò tak mí,
yung kwó é,
ts'ing ün,
ts' ing kóm,
yéung lau, 442
shing shü, sz' lau, 442
fung,
406 19 Wong, an emperor, n Wong tai,
shun fung,
327 106 Wood, n
yik fung, 329 144 Woodcutter,
58 Women,
ting t'au fung, 329
chín,
295
héung má, kam sín
142 Wooden fish, n
30 Woodlark,
Woodpecker,
37 Wool,
124 Wool,
tíú fú yung, 360
Wind thread, to,
kuin shá,
300
Wind up (a clock), to, shéung fán lín, 137
Winder,
Windlass,
Window, a,
Window, shop,
56 Woolen goods,
tsui kü,
302 158 Woolens,
chü lung káu, 329 145 Woolens,
yat tò chéung mún, 156
p'ò ch'eung, 319
2 Word, in a,
95 Woping tea, n
hau ché,
tsau,
shíú tsau,
131
109
476 112 Wire, iron,
93 29,27 Wisdom, n
92 1 Wise,
shing,
95 53 Wise and august one, shing wóng,
84 Without fear,
60 Without, outside,
18 Without property,
31 Witness, this is,
28 |Wolf,
24 Wolf fish,
16 Woman,
10 Woman, the old,
57 Womb,
524 193
121
2
167 142
163 58
145 230
145 231
chái lóng, 470 87
ching kung ü, 489 245
nii, 96 63g; fú, 150 38
lò pó,
t'oi,
fú yan,
93 22
17 6
534 20
498 5
muk,
12 43
ts'íú tsz', 124 12
muk ü,
361 44
shán má tséuk, 474 58
téuk muk níú, 476 113
yéung mò, 148 44
mín yéung mò, 219 234
p'at t'au, 236 12
tái ní,
203 48
tó ló yung,
219 235
tsung hai, 235 8
Wó p'ing,
231 9
CHI. CHR.
174
WO.-ZO.]
[INDEX.
694
Word, n
Words, listen to,
Words and actions,
Work,
Work (a bellows), to,
Work a scull, to,

Workbag,
Work-box, n
Workman, a, n
Workman, a, n
Workmanship, n
Workmen, hired,
Works, Board of, n
World,
World, the,
Worleys,
Worms in bowels,
yat nók,
115
t'ing k'ü kóng, 143
ín hang,
112
kung,
258
ch'é,
íú lò,
cham sín páu,
kung fú séung,
tséung yan,
sz' fú,
shau shai,
kú kung,
Kung Pò,
shai,
tín há,
í chik í síú ní, 237
wai ch'éung
síú ch'ung, 502
496
318
243
tò ch‘ung,
tsz' shan,
mò sín,
Ín yan,
Worms in liquids,
Worship, to,
Worsted thread,
Worthies, Of, n
111
Worthy to be,
15
tóng,
Would rather not, I, ts'ing un-yik'm, 46
Wound, to, n
65
Wounds, n
W
508
40
tsíú líú, 88 41; 476
tá pai,
shéung ch'ü,
páu,
rap up, to,
Wren,
Wrench, nail, n
Wrench, screw,
Wrench, to,
Wrist,
Wrist-bone,
Write, to,
Write, to, n
Write down, to,
ts'ín kan,
ló sz' ning,
shím,
shau ún, 64 5; shau king,
ún ché,
shu tsz',
sé, 19 1; t'ai,
cháu hi,
Write in, to,
sé lók,
Writing, Exercises in,n Tsáp sé,
Writing, On, n
Writing-desk,
Wrong to assent, n
Shü sé,
sé tsz' séung,
m hò ngap tau, 46
XEROMA,
15 Yángtsz' kíang, n
3 Yard, a,
136 19 Yards of a mast,
327 111 Yárkand,
156
136
260
13|| YAK,
166 Yam,
277
65 25 Yeast,
285
581 11 Yellow color,
122 13 Yellow river,
420 27 Yes, n
17 Yes-no,
mò lui ngán, 508
96||Yarn, cotton,
29 Year, a,
7 Year, tropical, n
4 Year by year,
86 Yeast cakes,
152 Yoke of a carriage,
92 Yolk of an egg,
114 You, n
302 160 You,
302 161 Young Hyson, n
102 56g Young of animals,
69 92 Young persons,
524 194 Younger,
213 169 Younger brother,
134 57 Your country,
239 24 Your honor, n
129 9 Youth,
19
Youthful,
370 Yunnan province,
138 70
59 ZEBU,
káu,
tsau ping,
306 68
wóng shik,
Wóng hó,
425 25
hai, 2 3; yau, 5 23
shí-fí,
Yes, Sir,
á hò lé,
tsók yat,
55 45
173 3
170 12
11 Yesterday,
236 14
244
74 Yet (still),
45
43 Yet, not,
Yet all one,
79 Yew,
88 Yesterday, day before, tái tsín yat,
chung yau, 77 6;
'm ts'ang,
kéuk tsung shí yat,
ló hón ts'ung,
yéung pí ní,
ngau ák,
kang,
tán wóng, 403 1; 306 76
ní, 1 2; ní mún, 91 79e
1,
30 28
ü ts'ín, múi p'ín, 225 4
tsai, 462 14; tsz', 465 55
nín shíu,
sai tik,
94 48
101 56c
442 55
256 51
339 109
332 52
62 Yield to you,
34 Yoke, ox,
72 42
172 20
104. 31
257 1
1
sai lò,
kwai ch'ü,
ká shéung,
81
yau, 25 3; yéuk, 355
nín shíu,
Wan nám,
9
119 1
422 15
153
Zinc, n
ZoÖLOGY, n
470 88
máu ngau,
tái shu,
167 143
Yéung tsz' kong, 425 26
má,
246 9
329 146
fán kóng,
ĺp í kwai,
424 19
mín shá,
255 45
389
3
389 3.
269 3
167 144
217 210
yat nín,
chau sui,
nín nín,
fung ngau,
pák ün,
SHANG MAT,
470 89
219 236
460
INDEX OF CHINESE PROPER NAMES
ARRANGED ACCORDING TO THE CHINESE SOUNDS.
Ch'an Kwai, n
Chan Lunkwing, n
Chanp'ing ün,
Chanting fú,
Chau kung, n
Chau kún, n
Chau Lai, n
Chau Yik, n
Chéung Chungking,
Ch'éungfá ün,
Ch'éunglók ün,
Ch'éungning,
Chíhing ün,
Chiktai,
Ching Yüsz',
Chinghoi in
Ch'ingmái ün,
Chítkóng,
Chíú,
Ch'íúchau fú, n
a physician, 499
a geographer, 420
dist. in Kiáying, 428
Chinting in Chilí, 425
prince of Chau, 15
part of the Chau Lai, 369
Ritual of Chau, 354
Changes of Chau, 14
a physician, 499
dist. in Kiungchau, 428
dist. in Kiáying, 428
dist. in Hwuichau, 427
dist. in Nánhiung, 428
province of Chilí, 421
an arithmetician, 374
dist. in Chauchau, 427
dist. in Kiungchau, 427
province of Chekiáng, 421
ancient name of Shánsí, 421
department of
Chauchau, 427
Corea,
422
dist. in Cháuchau, 427
a physician, 499
a philosopher, 13
Chulan tea, 225
Confucius' Annals, 15
a geographer, 420
name of Honán, 421
China,
a painter,
407
Ch'íúsín,
Chíúyéung in,
Chi Tánh ai,
Chú fútsz,n
Chü lán,
Ch'un Tsau, n
Ch'unyün, n
Chung chau,
Chung kwók, n
Chung Namsháng
Chung Yung, n
Fá chau,
Fá ün,
Fan Wan, n
Fánchí,
Fatkong ting,
Fauning,
Fó shán,
Fú mún,
Fukhí, n
Fukkín,
Fungch'ün ün,
Fungshun ün,
Háinán,
Haklung kóng,
Hangchau fú,
Háu King, n
371
True Medium, 14
sup. dist. in Káuchau, 427
dist. in Kwangchau, 426
Tonic Dictionary, 4
a charioteer, 369
inf. dep. of Fakáng, 192
Fauning in Kiángsú, 425
place near Burmah, 260
Bogue,
221
an emperor, 373
province of Fukien, 422
dist. in Shauking, 427
dist. in Cháuchau, 427
K'ingchau,
Tsitsihar,
department in
427
422
Húkwáng, 425
Filial Duty, 14
Ulterior Tibet, 424 23
a vaccinator, 507 147
Héung, a lad, 10 17
district in Kwangchau, 426
Hyson,
Hyson,
I
225 4
225 4
dist. in Kiaying, 428 13
Daourian mts., 422 17
Second Bar, 222 6
dist, in Hwuichau, 427 3
Notices of the Seas, 420 27
Kín, n Notices of Maritime
499
Countries, 420 27
dist. in Hwuichau, 427
dist. in Lúichau, 427
dist. in Shauking, 427
dist. in Shauking, 427 5
dist. in Cháuchau, 427
Hókshán in Canton, 231
Hónám near Canton, 231
province of Honán, 421
place in Honán, 425
place in Chítkong, 265
Hónyéung in Upak, 264
dist. in Lienchau, 427
a physician,
dist. in Shauchau, 426
chapter in Lai Kí, 355
Confucius, 111
emperor of Ming dynasty, 414
a kind of tea, 231
Hungmuey tea, 225
Ceremonial Forms, 354
country of Ilí, 423
Tsung Kam Kám, n Golden Mirror, 499
5 I'm tai,
emperor I´m, 498
14 I'm yau,
25 l'úchau fú,
8 l'úping ün,
3 Iwó hồng,
3 'yung shán,
8 Káhing, n
5 Kaying chau,
4 Kái Tsz' Un,
16
5||Hau Tsóng,
27 He qua, n
13||Héung, n
31 Héungshán,
74 Hí chun,
1 Hí pí,
5 Hingning ün,
71 Hingón ling,
5 Hồ tan,
9 Hóün ün,
13||Hoi Luk, n
3 Hoi Kwok Man
12
1 Hoifung ün,
7 Hoihóng ün,
4 Hoikín ün,
9 Hoi p'ing ün,
7 Hoiyéung ün,
3 Hókshán,
Hónám,
4 Hónám,
17 Hónám fú,
4 Hóngchau fú,
5 Hónyéung fú,
57 Hóppò ün,
3 Hi Hautsung, n
80 Hukkóng,
27 Huk Lai, n
4 Hung tsz', n
5 Hungchí,
6 Hungkam,
62 Hungmúi,
61 Lai,
1lai,
8 Kaiking t'au,
17 Kam Po tai shing,
Kamling,
30 Kamyan ün,
66 Kán púi,
(+
3
A Ce co
4
9
9
4
32
25
20
7
10 200
5
8
30
3
3
6
19
6
5
a charioteer, 369 5
Jauchau in Kiangsí, 425 33
dist. in Chauchau, 427 4
Howquá's hong, 240 31
I'yung hill, 433 72
emperor Kiáking, 564 7
inf. dep. of Kiáying, 428 13
Garden of Kale, 372
Cabreta Point, 220
a work on music, 357
city of Nanking, 421
dist. in Kiungchau, 428
Campoi,
11
3
n
2
5
9
226 3
696
INDEX OF CHINESE NAMES.
Kang Chik T'ò, n
Kánghí, n
Kat lam,
K'í pák,
Kiálú,
Kimti,
Plates of Agriculture
and Weaving, 352
emperor Hónghỉ, 564
Kirin in Tartary, 422
a physician, 499
builder of grand canal, 425
name of Kweichau, 422
name of Shènsí, 422
department of
Kiung chau, 427
dist. in Kiungchau, 427
emperor Kienlung, 564
dist. in Cháuchau, 427
department of Káuchau, 427
dist. in Shauking, 427
Corea,
407
dist. in Shauking, 427
province of Kánsu, 422
province of Kiángnán, 421
city of Nanking, 421
province of Kiángsí, 421
province of Kiángsú, 421
a book, 313
an archaeological
work, 560
a commentator, 16
Congo tea, 229
Kungtò, a philosopher, 18
a commentator, 16
Shannung's treatise, 14
province of Kweichau, 422
capital of Kwangsí, 433
Kwaishín ün, dist. in Hwuichau, 427
Kwanlun shán,
Kwanlun mts. 424
Kwan mí,
Pecco tea,
225
Kwánchung,
name of Shènsí, 422
Kwangtung sháng shing, n Canton, 127
Kongnám,
Kongning fú,
Kóngsai,
Kóngsú,
Kú Sz' Kung Lam, n
Kú Sz' T'sam Yü,
Kukléung, n
Kung fú,
Kungtò, n
Kungyéung, n
Kwai Ch'ong, n
Kwaichau,
Kwailam,
Kwok Fung, n
Kwókí hák,
Kwóngning ün,
Kwóngsai,
Kwongchau fú,
National airs, 15
Ghorka or Nipal, 424
dist. in Sháuking, 427
province of Kwangsí, 422
department of
Kwangchau, 4 6
Book of Rites, 354
Lái, a painter, 371
dist. in Kiungchau, 428
a commissioner, 269
dist. in Kiungchau, 428
place in Liáutung, 425
a physician, 499
a poem,
121
a doctor, 499
aphysician, 499 5
a poet,
Kingchíú,
K'ingchíú fú,
K'ingshán ün,
Kínlung, n
K'ityéung un,
Kochau fú,
Kòíú ün,
Kòlí,
Kòming ün,
Kómsuk,
Lai Kí, n
Lái Tsingchang
Lákúi ün,
Lam (or Lin), n.
Lamkò ün,
Lamt'ò,
Lau Shauchan, n
Lí Sò, n
Lí Shíchan, n
Lí Tungún,
Lí Táipák, n
Lííú ting,
Límchau fú,
n Shán, n
1
Lín tsz' sam,
12 Línchau,
7
Lienchau, 427
Fukhí's treatise, 14
17 Lingshán ün,
5 Lingshui ün,
27 Lingting island,
16 Línp'ing chau,
10
Linshán Suiíú chik
9 tai ting,
9 Líú tung,
7 Ld,
4| Lò, n
6 Lókch'éung ün,
5 Lókúi ün,
5 Lui King, n
5 Luichau fú,
11 Lukfung ün,
5 Lun Yi, n
5 Lung sú,
6||Lung tin,
9
3
Pecco tea,
225 3
inf. department of
Lienchau, 428 11
dist. in Lienchau, 427_7
dist. in Kiungchau, 428 9
Lintin,
220 3
sup. dist. in
Hwuichau, 427 3
inf. department of
Lienshán Suiyáu, 428 15
Liáutung, 425 24
name of Shantung, 421 2
a philosopher, 16 87
dist. in Shauchau, 4262
dist. in Kiungchau, 428
Medical Cyclopedia, 515
Department of Lúichau, 427
dist. in Hwuichau, 427
Confucius' Conversations, 13 58
Souchong sort, 225
Souchong, 225 3
dist. in Hwuichau, 427 3
dist. in Kwangchau, 426 1
Penal Code, 533
an astronomical
work, 397 1
Gunpowder tea, 225 21
Memoir on Horses, 544 230
a name of Fukien, 270
Sure Guide for
Recipes, 501
sup. dist. in Kiungchau, 428 9
king Man, 354 5
dist. in Kiungchau, 428 9
Mencius, 95; 59 46
a philosopher, 16 87
an emperor, 374 7
dist. in Káuchau, 427 6
King of A´nnán, 407 4
Bohea hills, 224 1
a physician, 499 5
king Mò, 354 5
Wúcháng in
5
2
37
4
17
5
Húkwáng, 426
an emperor, 308 5
Young hyson, 225
Mantchúria, 422
422
inventor of pencils, 371
Mongolia, 423 18
emperor Mungtím, 425 24
Namoh,
428 15
inf. department of
Nánhung, 427 12
district in Kwangchau, 426 ]
city of Nanking, 421 5
Howqua, 276 16
sup. dist. in Kiungchau, 428 9
dist. in Káuchau, 427 6
Yochau in Húkwáng, 425 34
5 Lungch'ün ün,
6 Lungmún ün,
Lut Lai,
31
82
Lut Lik Ün Ün, n
7||Má chi,
9 Má King, n
82||Man or Min, n
71 Mán Fóng Kám sín,
16
72 Mán chau,
3 Man wong,
19 Manch'éung ün,
3|| Mang tsz', n
10 Manchung tsz', n
1 Mánlík,
78 Mauming ün,
23 Mingming,
5 Mò í shán, n
14 Mò hám, n
Mà wóng,
122 18 Námhoi,
inf. dep. of Lienshán
Suiyáu, 428
department of
1 Mòché'ung fu, n
7
6| Mú, n
9 Múi p' ín,
1| Mún chau, n
9||Mung T'ím, n
24 Mungkú,
5 | Mungt'ím of Tsin,
Namò,
5 Námhung chau,
Námking,
15 'Ng Shíúwing,
Ngai chau,
7||’Ngchin ủng
71 Ngókchau fú,
∞ $∞∞
INDEX OF CHINESE NAMES.
697
1
Ngsai,
O mún,
O´n k'ai,
O'nfai,
O´nnám, n
Pák Ká Sing, n
name of Kiángsí, 421
Macao,
428
Ankoi tea,
231
Pakhò, n
Pakking,
Pákkò, n
province of Anhwi, 421
Cochinchina, 107
Hundred Family
Names 8
Pecco tea,
225
Peking, the capital, 402
a physician, 499
the Piscadore Is. 422
Powchong, 225
Hyson skin, 225
Đáng ú,
Páuchung,
Pí ch'á,
ingün ün,
Pintséuk, n
ingyéung fú, n department in Shansai, 100
dist. in Kiáying, 428
A physician, 499
dist in Hwuichau, 427
dist. in Cháuchau, 427
lake Poyáng, 425
Matéria Medica, 508
district in Kwangchau, 326
*dist. in Loting, 428
klờ ün,
ing ün,
éung ú,
Ts'd, n
nyü,
ing ün,
Tsóng, n
aión fú,
aishuk,
ám Tsoi Tò, n
Sam Tsz' King, n
Sám tó chuk,
Sámch'ó
Sámshui ün,
San fau,
San Kéung Ngoi
Fán Kí Léuk,
Sanhing ün,
Sanning ün,
Sanón ün,
Sanúi ün,
Singsuk hoi,
Síu chung,
Síú Hók,
Shá lek,
Shíú Ying, n
Shíúhing fú,
Shámók,
423
Shamk'ai,
Shamk'ai tea, 231
Shannung, n Divine Husbandman, 436
Shánsai,
province of Shánsí, 421
Shantung, province of Shantung, 421
Shéung heúng, Orange pecco, 225
Shí King, n
Book of Odes, 14
Shikshing ün,
dist. in Kauchau, 427
Shimsai,
province of Shènsí, 442
Shing Míú tsz' tín, n Sacrificial Ritual, 111
Sacred Commands, 437; 79
Moukden, 422
department of
Shing Yü, n
Shingking,
Shíúchau fú,
Shü King, n
Shauchau, 426
a writing master, 24
department of
Shauking, 427
Book of Records, 15
424 20
29
Tái chủ,
12
+
6 f
7
Tái Hok, n
Tái hồ tau,
Tái Náu, n
g|Tái Shing,
9||Tái shik Kú lò,
1 Tai Tak,
î
Four Books, 397
province of Sz'chuen, 422
a writer in Pún Ts'd, 472
dist. in Shauking, 427
Collection of
Tibet,
Statutes, 564
department in Shènsí, 425
imperial tea, 225
name of Schuen, 422
Superior Lessons, 14
an encyclopedia, 262
First Bar, 222
Trimetrical Classic, 9
Náu the Great, 389 I
place in Kwangtung, 231
a writer,
355 7
name of Húkwáng, 422
Stony Kúld, 231 9
dist. in Kwángchau, 426
a philosopher, 354
Pinang, 419
China,
421
Memoranda of
Yu the Great, 373
Foreign Tribes, 420
dist. in Cháuchau, 427
dist. in Shauking, 427
sup. dist. in Sháuking, 427 5
dist. in Kwángchau, 426
sup. dist. in Kiungchau, 428 9
dist. in Kwangchau, 426
Tau of Inshan, 10 7
dist. in Kwangchau, 426
Celestial mountains, 423 19
sea of Constellations, 425
name of Yunnán, 422 15
Souchong, 225 3 Tín kú lít Nu Chin, a Memoirs of
Primary Lessons, 13 57
Macao Roads, 220- 3 Ts' in Tsóng,
desert of Shámo,
18 Tingón ün,
9 Tínpák ün,
1
3
21 Tái Tsing Kwol, n
Tái Yu,
27 Táipò ün,
5 Takhing,
1 Támchau,
1 Tau I'nshán,
1 Tín shán,
26 Tín,
Tòkwóng, n
3 Toi Wan,
2 Tông,
3 Ts'ai,
68 Tsainám fú,
6 Tsan Chíwóng,
10 Tsang tsz',
29 Tsangshing ün,
42 Tsau lò,
17 Tsé Tsingkò, n
Tséuk shit,
2 Tséung chau,
16 Tsímló,
Tsínshán, n
5 Ts'in Tsz' Man, n
73
6||Shun,
16 Shunchí, n
9 Shuntak,
5 Shuntai Yün,
4 Shunt' ín fú,
Shunyü I,
2||Sú Tungpò, n
3 Súchau fú,
12 Suikai ün,
5 Sun,
8 Sungming chau,
3 Sungmún ün,
4 Sungsing, n
56a Suni ün,
13 Sz' Shu, n
5Sz Shí,
3 Sz' Shu T'o,
4
33 Sz'ch'ün,
1 Sz'kwóng, n
1 Sz'úi ün,
10
an emperor, 110 10
an emperor,
564 7
district in Kwángchau, 426
I
56
emperor Shuntí, 425 27
12
department of Shunt'ín, 402
a physician, 499 5
a poet,
319 54
Súchau city, 232 10; 426 36
427
dist. in Lúichau,
16
a philosopher,
island of Sungming, 425 26
dist. in Kwángchan, 426
place in Cochinchina, 260
dist. in Háuchau, 427
13
Four Books,
15
Four Odes,
Illustrations of
I

12
15
Tá Tsing Úi Tín, n
ti
1
57
79

:)
12
I
Ladies, 95 63
Anterior Tibet, 424 23
dist. in Kiungchau, 428
dist. in Káuchau, 427
emperor Táukwáng, 561
Formosa,
422
a sage,
110 10
ancient name of Shantung, 421 2
department of Tsinán, 425 23
an emperor,
371 5
author of Tái Hók, 14 64
dist. in Kwangchau, 426
sort of Chulan, 225
a geographer, 420
Pecco tea,
n
225
place in Yunnán, 260
Siam,
408 9
Caza Branca, 220 3
Thousand Character
Classic, 3715
6
11
3
27
00
CHI. CHR.
175

698
INDEX OF CHINESE NAMES.
Tsingloi Lí Mingchít, n a geographer,397
Tsingün ün,
Tsingün,
Ts oi Kínchái,
Tsoi Lun, n
Tsong Kat,
'1' ôngkung, n
Tuimí shán fong
shð hók,n
Tsuiman ün,
Tsun,
dist. in Kwangchau, 426
place in Canton, 231
a medical writer, 501
inventor of paper, 371
Tsóng Kat, a sage, 370
a physician, 499
Mathematics of
Tsung lò,
Tsung chái,
Tsungfá ün,
T7 hò,
Tsz' sz', n
Tin kai, n
Tung Sai yéung
Hán, n
Tung Tsung,
Tungkún ün,
Tungón ün,
Tungón ün,
Tungting hú,
U',
{chau fú, n
U tau shik,
U tsín,
l'itung in,
Ukwóng,
lnám,
U'pak,
Waichau fú,
Ts' uimí Institution, 396
dist. in Lúichau, 428
ancient name of Shánsí, 421
sunglo,
souchong,
225
225
dist. in Kwángchau, 426
inferior pecco, 225
author of True Medium, 14
Twankay, 225
Researches in the
East and West, 20
General Arithmetic, 374/
dist. in Kwangchau, 426
district in Loting, 428
district in Fukkín, 420
lake in Húkwáng, 426
an emperor, 110
department of Uchau, 263
Brunswick Rocks, 222
young hyson, 225
dist. in Kiungchau, 428
province of Húkwáng, 422
province of Húnán, 422
province of Húpa, 422
department of
r
Hwuichau, 427
dist. in Cháuchau, 427
an astronomical
Waild ün,
Wán tín Tò Shit, n
Wannám,
Wannám fú,
Wat Yün, n
Watd, n
Wing Tsz' Pat Fát, n
province of Yunnan, 422
capital of Yunnan, 402
a poet,
121
a physician, 499
Treatise on pen-
manship, 22
'།
1|| Winglók,
1 Wingón ün,
9 Wong Hitsúng, h
2 Wong há,
5 Wong pò,
4 Wong Shukwó, n
5 Wong tai, n
Wong Yaukwan, n
21 Wóping,
8 Wú wong, n
3 Wúcháng fú,
4 Yam chau,
emperor of Ming, 417
dist. in Hwuichau, 427
222
499
5
a geographer, 420
Yellow river, 425
Whampoa,
a physician,
emperor Wong, 498
a writing-master, 20
Wóp'ing in Canton, 231
martial king,
15
place in Húkwang, 426 37
sup, dist. in Lienchau, 427
3
9
74
dist. in Shauking, 427
dist. in Shauchau, 426
Odes for Children, 8
Japan,
417
name of Honán, 421
province of Chilí, 421;
emperor Yen, 498
a philosopher, 16
dist. in Shauking, 427,
"a geographer, 420,
dist. in Shauking, 427
dist. in Lienchau, 428
a river,
425
Book of Changes, 373
Unravelment of History, 558
dist. in Shauchau, 426 6
emperor Yíú or Yáu, 100 56a
place in Húkwáng, 425 34
ancient name of Honán, 421
ancient name of Chilí, 421
name of Chekiáng, 421
name of Kwangsí, 422 14
name of Kwangtung, 422 13
name of Kiángsí, 421 6
ancient empress, 263 3
a Chinese statesman, 396 1
Junchau in Kiángnán, 426 35
Yung, a lad, 11 19
an emperor,
79 426
dist, in Shauchau, 426 2
dist. in Shauchau, 426 2
4
1
7
3 Yanping un,
1 Yanfá ün,
3 Yan Hók Shí, n
62 Yatpún,
4 Yen or Hin,
Yen or I'n,
27 Yen te, n
7 Yeung, n
1 Yéungkóng ün,
10 Yeung Pingnám, n
27 Yeungch'ün,
37 Yếungshan in,
10 Yéungtsz' kóng,
4 Yik King, n
7 Yik Shí, n
4 Yingtak ün,
9 Yíú tai,
9 Yochau fú,
ancient
9 Yü,
9 Yú,
Yue or Yüt,
3 Yuesí,
4 Yuetung,
Yün fi, n
Yücháng,
15 Yün Yün, n
15 Yunchau fú,
Yung, n
5 Yungching, n
Yungün ün,
6Yüün ün,
10
1
3
27
25
8
5

Į
POL
Par
by
Pún
• Pú›
Sain!
Sai
!
j
.

. ܐ ܕ ܕ
...
ܐܘܟܐ
ܕ
ܐ ܗܘ ܢ ܀
ܠܨ
ܫܐ ܒܪܬܐܒ ܐ ܘ
ܘ ܘ ܘ
***
ܐ ܘܢ ܐ ܐ
4.
ܝܐ
47